diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 20:11:24 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 20:11:24 -0700 |
| commit | 733cf4de89992b72bab215841c256803bc70bfc0 (patch) | |
| tree | 519bb7e005da55e1feaade2a943b5e5e91229de5 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-8.txt | 19107 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 459503 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 1221568 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h/38892-h.htm | 20996 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h/images/img885.jpg | bin | 0 -> 26228 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h/images/img891a.jpg | bin | 0 -> 21230 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h/images/img891b.jpg | bin | 0 -> 31745 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h/images/img891c.jpg | bin | 0 -> 21892 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h/images/img966.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20677 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h/images/img967.jpg | bin | 0 -> 74065 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h/images/img968.jpg | bin | 0 -> 122495 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h/images/img969.jpg | bin | 0 -> 79333 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h/images/img971.jpg | bin | 0 -> 131874 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892-h/images/img974.jpg | bin | 0 -> 212005 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892.txt | 19110 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38892.zip | bin | 0 -> 458514 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
19 files changed, 59229 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/38892-8.txt b/38892-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..135c9e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19107 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th Edition, +Volume 7, Slice 10, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th Edition, Volume 7, Slice 10 + "David, St" to "Demidov" + +Author: Various + +Release Date: February 15, 2012 [EBook #38892] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ENCYC. BRITANNICA, VOL 7 SL 10 *** + + + + +Produced by Marius Masi, Don Kretz and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + +Transcriber's notes: + +(1) Numbers following letters (without space) like C2 were originally + printed in subscript. Letter subscripts are preceded by an + underscore, like C_n. + +(2) Characters following a carat (^) were printed in superscript. + +(3) Side-notes were relocated to function as titles of their respective + paragraphs. + +(4) Macrons and breves above letters and dots below letters were not + inserted. + +(5) [root] stands for the root symbol; [alpha], [beta], etc. for greek + letters. + +(6) The following typographical errors have been corrected: + + ARTICLE DAVIS, HENRY WINTER: "The War of Ormuzd and Ahriman in the + Nineteenth Century (1853), in which he combated the Southern + contention that slavery was a divine institution." 'Nineteenth' + amended from 'Ninteenth'. + + ARTICLE DEAD SEA: "Among these may be mentioned 880 (1) the + explanation of a remarkable line of white foam that extends along + the axis of the lake almost every morning--supposed by Blanckenhorn + ..." 'almost' amended from 'amost'. + + ARTICLE DECEMVIRI: "... the name applied by the Romans to any + official commission of ten." 'commission' amended from 'commision'. + + ARTICLE DÉJAZET, PAULINE VIRGINIE: "French actress, born in Paris + on the 30th of August 1798, made her first appearance on the stage + at the age of five." 'August' amended from 'Ausust'. + + ARTICLE DEKKER, EDWARD DOUWES: "He was ardent, provocative, perhaps + a little hysterical, but he made himself heard all over Europe." + 'himself' amended from 'himelf'. + + ARTICLE DEKKER, JEREMIAS DE: "(Klaagliederen van Jeremias), which + was followed by translations and imitations of Horace, Juvenal and + other Latin poets." 'Klaagliederen' amended from 'Klaagliedern'. + + ARTICLE DELABORDE, HENRI FRANÇOIS: "Against Sir Arthur Wellesley's + English army he fought the skillful brilliant rear-guard action of + Rolica." 'skillful' amended from 'skilful'. + + ARTICLE DEMETRIUS DONSKOI: "In 1371 he won over the khan by a + personal visit to the Horde, and in 1372 he defeated the + Lithuanians at Lyubutsk." 'and' amended from 'add'. + + + + + ENCYCLOPAEDIA BRITANNICA + + A DICTIONARY OF ARTS, SCIENCES, LITERATURE + AND GENERAL INFORMATION + + ELEVENTH EDITION + + + VOLUME VII, SLICE X + + David, St to Demidov + + + + +ARTICLES IN THIS SLICE: + + + DAVID, ST DEERFIELD + DAVID I. DEER PARK + DAVID II. DEFAMATION + DAVID (Welsh princes) DEFAULT + DAVID, FÉLICIEN DEFEASANCE + DAVID, GERARD DEFENCE + DAVID, JACQUES LOUIS DEFENDANT + DAVID, PIERRE JEAN DEFENDER OF THE FAITH + DAVIDISTS DEFERENT + DAVIDSON, ANDREW BRUCE DEFFAND, MARIE ANNE DE VICHY-CHAMROND + DAVIDSON, JOHN DEFIANCE + DAVIDSON, RANDALL THOMAS DEFILE + DAVIDSON, SAMUEL DEFINITION + DAVIDSON, THOMAS DEFOE, DANIEL + DAVIES, DAVID CHARLES DEGAS, HILAIRE GERMAIN EDGARD + DAVIES, SIR JOHN DE GEER, LOUIS GERHARD + DAVIES, JOHN DEGGENDORF + DAVIES, SIR LOUIS HENRY DE HAAS, MAURITZ FREDERICK HENDRICK + DAVIES, RICHARD DEHRA + DAVILA, ENRICO CATERINO DEHRA DUN + DAVIS, ANDREW JACKSON DEIOCES + DAVIS, CHARLES HOWARD DEÏOTARUS + DAVIS, CUSHMAN KELLOGG DEIR + DAVIS, HENRY WILLIAM BANKS DEIRA + DAVIS, HENRY WINTER DEISM + DAVIS, JEFFERSON DEISTER + DAVIS, JOHN DÉJAZET, PAULINE VIRGINIE + DAVIS, THOMAS OSBORNE DE KALB + DAVISON, WILLIAM DE KEYSER, THOMAS + DAVIS STRAIT DEKKER, EDWARD DOUWES + DAVITT, MICHAEL DEKKER, JEREMIAS DE + DAVOS DEKKER, THOMAS + DAVOUT, LOUIS NICOLAS DE LA BECHE, SIR HENRY THOMAS + DAVY, SIR HUMPHRY DELABORDE, HENRI FRANÇOIS + DAWARI DELACROIX, FERDINAND VICTOR EUGÈNE + DAWES, HENRY LAURENS DE LA GARDIE, MAGNUS GABRIEL + DAWES, RICHARD DELAGOA BAY + DAWISON, BOGUMIL DELAMBRE, JEAN BAPTISTE JOSEPH + DAWKINS, WILLIAM BOYD DELAMERE, GEORGE BOOTH + DAWLISH DE LAND + DAWN DELANE, JOHN THADEUS + DAWSON, GEORGE DELANY, MARY GRANVILLE + DAWSON, SIR JOHN WILLIAM DE LA REY, JACOBUS HERCULES + DAWSON CITY DE LA RIVE, AUGUSTE ARTHUR + DAX DELAROCHE, HIPPOLYTE + DAY, JOHN DELARUE, GERVAIS + DAY, THOMAS DE LA RUE, WARREN + DAY DELATOR + DAYLESFORD DELAUNAY, ELIE + DAYTON (Kentucky, U.S.A.) DELAUNAY, LOUIS ARSÈNE + DAYTON (Ohio, U.S.A.) DELAVIGNE, JEAN FRANÇOIS CASIMIR + DEACON DELAWARE (state of the U.S.) + DEACONESS DELAWARE (city) + DEAD SEA DELAWARE INDIANS + DEADWOOD DELAWARE RIVER + DEAF AND DUMB DELAWARE WATER-GAP + DEÁK, FRANCIS DE LA WARR + DEAL (municipal borough) DELBRÜCK, HANS + DEAL (part or portion) DELBRÜCK, MARTIN FRIEDRICH RUDOLF VON + DEAN DELCASSÉ, THÉOPHILE + DEAN, FOREST OF DEL CREDERE + DEANE, RICHARD DELESCLUZE, LOUIS CHARLES + DEANE, SILAS DELESSE, ACHILLE ERNEST OSCAR JOSEPH + DEATH DELESSERT, JULES PAUL BENJAMIN + DEATH-WARNING DELFICO, MELCHIORRE + DEATH-WATCH DELFT + DE BARY, HEINRICH ANTON DELHI + DEBENTURES and DEBENTURE STOCK DELIA + DEBORAH DELIAN LEAGUE + DEBRECZEN DELIBES, CLÉMENT PHILIBERT LÉO + DEBT DELILAH + DEBUSSY, CLAUDE ACHILLE DELILLE, JACQUES + DECADE DELIRIUM + DECAEN, CHARLES MATHIEU ISIDORE DELISLE, JOSEPH NICOLAS + DECALOGUE DELISLE, LÉOPOLD VICTOR + DE CAMP, JOSEPH DELITZSCH, FRANZ + DECAMPS, ALEXANDRE GABRIEL DELITZSCH + DECAPOLIS DELIUS, NIKOLAUS + DECASTYLE DELLA BELLA, STEFANO + DECATUR, STEPHEN DELLA CASA, GIOVANNI + DECATUR DELLA COLLE, RAFFAELLINO + DECAZES, ÉLIE DELLA GHERARDESCA, UGOLINO + DECAZEVILLE DELLA PORTA, GIOVANNI BATTISTA + DECCAN DELLA QUERCIA, JACOPO + DECELEA DELLA ROBBIA + DECEMBER DELMEDIGO + DECEMVIRI DELMENHORST + DECHEN, ERNST HEINRICH KARL VON DELOLME, JEAN LOUIS + DECIDUOUS DELONEY, THOMAS + DECIMAL COINAGE DE LONG, GEORGE WASHINGTON + DECIUS, GAIUS MESSIUS TRAJANUS DELORME, MARION + DECIZE DE L'ORME, PHILIBERT + DECKER, SIR MATTHEW DELOS + DECKER, PIERRE DE DE LOUTHERBOURG, PHILIP JAMES + DECLARATION DELPHI + DECLARATION OF PARIS DELPHINIA + DECLARATOR DELPHINUS + DECLINATION DELTA + DECOLOURIZING DELUC, JEAN ANDRÉ + DECORATED PERIOD DELUGE, THE + DE COSTA, BENJAMIN FRANKLIN DELYANNI, THEODOROS + DE COSTER, CHARLES HENRI DEMADES + DECOY DEMAGOGUE + DECREE DEMANTOID + DECRETALS DEMARATUS + DECURIO DEMERARA + DÉDÉAGATCH DEMESNE + DEDHAM DEMETER + DEDICATION DEMETRIA + DE DONIS CONDITIONALIBUS DEMETRIUS (king of Bactria) + DEDUCTION DEMETRIUS (kings of Macedonia) + DEE, JOHN DEMETRIUS (kings of Syria) + DEE (river of Wales) DEMETRIUS (Greek sculptor) + DEE (river of Scotland) DEMETRIUS (Cynic philosopher) + DEED DEMETRIUS DONSKOI + DEEMS, CHARLES (ALEXANDER) FORCE DEMETRIUS PHALEREUS + DEER DEMETRIUS, PSEUDO- + DEMIDOV + + + + +DAVID, ST (_Dewi, Sant_), the national and tutelar saint of Wales, whose +annual festival, known as "St David's Day," falls on the 1st of March. +Few historical facts are known regarding the saint's life and actions, +and the dates both of his birth and death are purely conjectural, +although there is reason to suppose he was born about the year 500 and +died at a great age towards the close of the 6th century. According to +his various biographers he was the son of Sandde, a prince of the line +of Cunedda, his mother being Non, who ranks as a Cymric saint. He seems +to have taken a prominent part in the celebrated synod of +Llanddewi-Brefi (see CARDIGANSHIRE), and to have presided at the +so-called "Synod of Victory," held some years later at Caerleon-on-Usk. +At some date unknown, St David, as _penescoli_ or primate of South +Wales, moved the seat of ecclesiastical government from Caerleon to the +remote headland of Mynyw, or Menevia, which has ever since, under the +name of St David's (_Ty-Dewi_), remained the cathedral city of the +western see. St David founded numerous churches throughout all parts of +South Wales, of which fifty-three still recall his name, but apparently +he never penetrated farther north than the region of Powys, although he +seems to have visited Cornwall. With the passing of time the saint's +fame increased, and his shrine at St David's became a notable place of +pilgrimage, so that by the time of the Norman conquest his importance +and sanctity were fully recognized, and at Henry I.'s request he was +formally canonized by Pope Calixtus II. about 1120. + + Of the many biographies of St David, the earliest known is that of + Rhyddmarch, or Ricemarchus (c. 1090), one of the last British bishops + of St David's, from whose work Giraldus Cambrensis (q.v.) chiefly + compiled his extravagant life of the saint. + + + + +DAVID I. (1084-1153), king of Scotland, the youngest son of Malcolm +Canmore and (Saint) Margaret, sister of Edgar Ætheling, was born in +1084. He married in 1113 Matilda, daughter and heiress of Waltheof, earl +of Northumbria, and thus became possessed of the earldom of Huntingdon. +On the death of Edgar, king of Scotland, in 1107, the territories of the +Scottish crown were divided in accordance with the terms of his will +between his two brothers, Alexander and David. Alexander, together with +the crown, received Scotland north of the Forth and Clyde, David the +southern district with the title of earl of Cumbria. The death of +Alexander I. in 1124 gave David possession of the whole. In 1127, in the +character of an English baron, he swore fealty to Matilda as heiress to +her father Henry I., and when the usurper Stephen ousted her in 1135 +David vindicated her cause in arms and invaded England. But Stephen +marched north with a great army, whereupon David made peace. The peace, +however, was not kept. After threatening an invasion in 1137, David +marched into England in 1138, but sustained a crushing defeat on Cutton +Moor in the engagement known as the battle of the Standard. He returned +to Carlisle, and soon afterwards concluded peace. In 1141 he joined +Matilda in London and accompanied her to Winchester, but after a narrow +escape from capture he returned to Scotland. Henceforth he remained in +his own kingdom and devoted himself to its political and ecclesiastical +reorganization. A devoted son of the church, he founded five bishoprics +and many monasteries. In secular politics he energetically forwarded the +process of feudalization which had been initiated by his immediate +predecessors. He died at Carlisle on the 24th of May 1153. + + + + +DAVID II. (1324-1371), king of Scotland, son of King Robert the Bruce by +his second wife, Elizabeth de Burgh (d. 1327), was born at Dunfermline +on the 5th of March 1324. In accordance with the terms of the treaty of +Northampton he was married in July 1328 to Joanna (d. 1362), daughter of +the English king, Edward II., and became king of Scotland on his +father's death in June 1329, being crowned at Scone in November 1331. +Owing to the victory of Edward III. of England and his protégé, Edward +Baliol, at Halidon Hill in July 1333, David and his queen were sent for +safety into France, reaching Boulogne in May 1334, and being received +very graciously by the French king, Philip VI. Little is known about the +life of the Scottish king in France, except that Château Gaillard was +given to him for a residence, and that he was present at the bloodless +meeting of the English and French armies at Vironfosse in October 1339. +Meanwhile his representatives had obtained the upper hand in Scotland, +and David was thus enabled to return to his kingdom in June 1341, when +he took the reins of government into his own hands. In 1346 he invaded +England in the interests of France, but was defeated and taken prisoner +at the battle of Neville's Cross in October of this year, and remained +in England for eleven years, living principally in London and at Odiham +in Hampshire. His imprisonment was not a rigorous one, and negotiations +for his release were soon begun. Eventually, in October 1357, after +several interruptions, a treaty was signed at Berwick by which the +Scottish estates undertook to pay 100,000 marks as a ransom for their +king. David, who had probably recognized Edward III. as his feudal +superior, returned at once to Scotland; but owing to the poverty of the +kingdom it was found impossible to raise the ransom. A few instalments +were paid, but the king sought to get rid of the liability by offering +to make Edward III., or one of his sons, his successor in Scotland. In +1364 the Scottish parliament indignantly rejected a proposal to make +Lionel, duke of Clarence, the next king; but David treated secretly with +Edward III. over this matter, after he had suppressed a rising of some +of his unruly nobles. The king died in Edinburgh Castle on the 22nd of +February 1371. His second wife was Margaret, widow of Sir John Logie, +whom he divorced in 1369; but he left no children, and was succeeded by +his nephew, Robert II. David was a weak and incapable ruler, without a +spark of his father's patriotic spirit. + + See Andrew of Wyntoun, _The orygynale cronykil of Scotland_, edited by + D. Laing (Edinburgh, 1872-1879); John of Fordun, _Chronica gentis + Scotorum_, edited by W. F. Skene (Edinburgh, 1871-1872); J. H. Burton, + _History of Scotland_, vol. ii. (Edinburgh, 1905); and A. Lang, + _History of Scotland_, vol. i. (Edinburgh, 1900). + + + + +DAVID, the name of three Welsh princes. + +DAVID I. (d. 1203), a son of Prince Owen Gwynedd (d. 1169), came into +prominence as a leader of the Welsh during the expedition of Henry II. +in 1157. In 1170 he became lord of Gwynedd (i.e. the district around +Snowdon), but some regarded him as a bastard, and Gwynedd was also +claimed by other members of his family. After fighting with varying +fortunes he sought an ally in the English king, whom he supported during +the baronial rising in 1173; then after this event he married Henry's +half-sister Emma. But his enemies increased in power, and about 1194 he +was driven from Wales by the partisans of his half-brother Llewelyn ab +Iorwerth. The chronicler Benedictus Abbas calls David _rex_, and +Rhuddlan castle was probably the centre of his vague authority. + +DAVID II. (c. 1208-1246) was a son of the great Welsh prince, Llewelyn +ab Iorwerth, and through his mother Joanna was a grandson of King John. +He married an English lady, Isabella de Braose, and, having been +recognized as his father's heir both by Henry III. and by the Welsh +lords, he had to face the hostility of his half-brother Gruffydd, whom +he seized and imprisoned in 1239. When Llewelyn died in April 1240, +David, who had already taken some part in the duties of government, was +acknowledged as a prince of North Wales, doing homage to Henry III. at +Gloucester. However, he was soon at variance with the English king, who +appears to have espoused the cause of the captive Gruffydd. Henry's +Welsh campaign in 1241 was bloodless but decisive. Gruffydd was +surrendered to him; David went to London and made a full submission, but +two or three years later he was warring against some English barons on +the borders. To check the English king he opened negotiations with +Innocent IV., doubtless hoping that the pope would recognize Wales as an +independent state, but here, as on the field of battle, Henry III. was +too strong for him. Just after Henry's second campaign in Wales the +prince died in March 1246. + +DAVID III. (d. 1283) was a son of Gruffydd and thus a nephew of David +II. His life was mainly spent in fighting against his brother, the +reigning prince, Llewelyn ab Gruffydd. His first revolt took place in +1254 or 1255, and after a second about eight years later he took refuge +in England, returning to Wales when Henry III. made peace with Llewelyn +in 1267. Then about 1274 the same process was repeated. David attended +Edward I. during the Welsh expedition of 1277, receiving from the +English king lands in North Wales; but in 1282 he made peace with +Llewelyn and suddenly attacked the English garrisons, a proceeding which +led to Edward's final conquest of Wales. After Llewelyn's death in +December 1282 David maintained the last struggle of the Welsh for +independence. All his efforts, however, were vain; in June 1283 he was +betrayed to Edward, was tried by a special court and sentenced to death, +and was executed with great barbarity at Shrewsbury in October 1283. As +the last native prince of Wales, David's praises have been sung by the +Welsh bards, but his character was not attractive, and a Welsh historian +says "his life was the bane of Wales." + + + + +DAVID, FÉLICIEN (1810-1876), French composer, was born on the 13th of +April 1810 at Cadenet, in the department of Vaucluse. As a child he +showed unusual musical precocity, and being early left an orphan he was +admitted into the choir of Saint Sauveur at Aix. He was for a time +employed in an attorney's office, but quitted his service to become +_chef d'orchestre_ in the theatre at Aix, and chapel-master at Saint +Sauveur. Then he went to Paris, being provided with £100 a year by a +rich uncle. After having studied for a while at the Paris Conservatoire, +he joined the sect of Saint Simonians, and in 1833 travelled in the East +in order to preach the new doctrine. After three years' absence, during +which Constantinople and Smyrna were visited and some time was spent in +Egypt, he returned to France and published a collection of _Oriental +Melodies_. For several years he worked in retirement, and wrote two +symphonies, some chamber music and songs. On the 8th of December 1844 he +suddenly leapt into fame through the extraordinary success obtained by +his symphonic ode _Le Désert_, which was produced at the Conservatoire. +In this work David had struck out a new line. He had attempted in simple +strains to evoke the majestic stillness of the desert. Notwithstanding +its title of "symphonic ode," _Le Désert_ has little in common with the +symphonic style. What distinguishes it is a certain naïveté of +expression and an effective oriental colouring. In this last respect +David may be looked upon as the precursor of a whole army of composers. +His succeeding works, _Moïse au Sinai_ (1846), _Christophe Colomb_ +(1847), _L'Éden_ (1848), scarcely bore out the promise shown in _Le +Désert_, although the second of these compositions was successful at the +time of its production. David now turned his attention to the theatre, +and produced the following operas in succession: _La Perle du Brésil_ +(1851), _Herculanum_ (1859), _Lalla-Roukh_ (1862), _Le Saphir_ (1865). +Of these, _Lalla-Roukh_ is the one which has obtained the greatest +success. In 1868 he gained the award of the French Institute for the +biennial prize given by the emperor; and in 1869 he was made librarian +at the Conservatoire instead of Berlioz, whom subsequently he succeeded +as a member of the Institute. He died at Saint-Germain-en-Laye on the +29th of August 1876. If David can scarcely be placed in the first rank +of French composers, he nevertheless deserves the consideration due to a +sincere artist, who was undoubtedly inspired by lofty ideals. At a time +when the works of Berlioz were still unappreciated by the majority of +people, David succeeded in making the public take interest in music of a +picturesque and descriptive kind. Thus he may be considered as one of +the pioneers of modern French musical art. + + + + +DAVID, GERARD [GHEERAERT DAVIT], (?-1523), Netherlands painter, born at +Oudewater in Holland between 1450 and 1460, was the last great master of +the Bruges school. He was only rescued from complete oblivion in +1860-1863 by Mr W. J. H. Weale, whose researches in the archives of +Bruges brought to the light the main facts of the master's life. We have +now documentary evidence that David came to Bruges in 1483, presumably +from Haarlem, where he had formed his early style under the tuition of +Ouwater; that he joined the gild of St Luke at Bruges in 1484 and became +dean of the gild in 1501; that he married in 1496 Cornelia Cnoop, +daughter of the dean of the Goldsmiths' gild; became one of the leading +citizens of the town; died on the 13th of August 1523; and was buried in +the Church of Our Lady at Bruges. In his early work he had followed the +Haarlem tradition as represented by Dirck Bouts, Ouwater and Geertgen of +Haarlem, but already gave evidence of his superior power as colourist. +To this early period belong the "St John" of the Kaufmann collection in +Berlin, and Mr Salting's "St Jerome." In Bruges he applied himself to +the study and the copying of the masterpieces by the Van Eycks, Van der +Weyden, and Van der Goes, and came under the direct influence of the +master whom he followed most closely, Hans Memlinc. From him he acquired +the soulful intensity of expression, the increased realism in the +rendering of the human form and the orderly architectonic arrangement of +the figures. Yet another master was to influence him later in life when, +in 1515, he visited Antwerp and became impressed with the life and +movement of Quentin Matsys, who had introduced a more intimate and more +human conception of sacred themes. David's "Pietà" in the National +Gallery, and the "Descent from the Cross," in the Cavallo collection, +Paris (Guildhall, 1906), were painted under this influence and are +remarkable for their dramatic movement. But the works on which David's +fame will ever rest most securely are the great altar-pieces executed by +him before his visit to Antwerp--the "Marriage of St Catherine," at the +National Gallery; the triptych of the "Madonna Enthroned and Saints" of +the Brignole-Sale collection in Genoa; the "Annunciation" of the +Sigmaringen collection; and, above all, the "Madonna with Angels and +Saints" which he painted gratuitously for the Carmelite Nuns of Sion at +Bruges, and which is now in the Rouen museum. Only a few of his works +have remained in Bruges--"The Judgment of Cambyses," "The Flaying of +Sisamnes" and the "Baptism of Christ" in the Town museum, and the +"Transfiguration" in the Church of Our Lady. The rest were scattered all +over the world, and to this may be due the oblivion into which his very +name had fallen--partly to this, and partly to the fact that with all +the beauty and soulfulness of his work he had no new page to add to the +history of the progressive development of art, and even in his best work +only gave new variations of the tunes sung by his great precursors and +contemporaries. That he is worthy to rank among the masters was only +revealed to the world when a considerable number of his paintings were +assembled at Bruges on the occasion of the exhibition of early Flemish +masters in 1902. At the time of his death the glory of Bruges, and also +of the Bruges school, was on the wane, and Antwerp had taken the +leadership in art as in political and commercial importance. Of David's +pupils in Bruges, only Isenbrandt, A. Cornelis and Ambrosius Benson +achieved importance. Among other Flemish painters Joachim Patinir and +Mabuse were to some degree influenced by him. + + Eberhard Freiherr von Bodenhausen published in 1905 a very + comprehensive monograph on _Gerard David and his School_ (Munich, F. + Bruckmann), together with a _catalogue raisonné_ of his works, which, + after careful sifting, are reduced to the number of forty-three. + (P. G. K.) + + + + +DAVID, JACQUES LOUIS (1748-1825), French painter, was born in Paris on +the 30th of April 1748. His father was killed in a duel, when the boy +was but nine years old. His education was begun at the Collège des +Quatre Nations, where he obtained a smattering of the classics; but, his +artistic talent being already obvious, he was soon placed by his +guardian in the studio of François Boucher. Boucher speedily realized +that his own erotic style did not suit the lad's genius, and recommended +him to J. M. Vien, the pioneer of the classical reaction in painting. +Under him David studied for some years, and, after several attempts to +win the _prix de Rome_, at last succeeded in 1775, with his "Loves of +Antiochus and Stratonice." Vien, who had just been appointed director of +the French Academy at Rome, carried the youth with him to that city. The +classical reaction was now in full tide; Winckelmann was writing, +Raphael Mengs painting; and the treasures of the Vatican galleries +helped to confirm David in a taste already moulded by so many kindred +influences. This severely classical spirit inspired his first important +painting, "_Date obolum Belisario_," exhibited at Paris in 1780. The +picture exactly suited the temper of the times, and was an immense +success. It was followed by others, painted on the same principles, but +with greater perfection of art: "The Grief of Andromache" (1783), "The +Oath of the Horatii" (Salon, 1785), "The Death of Socrates," "Love of +Paris and Helen" (1788), "Brutus" (1789). In the French drama an +unimaginative imitation of ancient models had long prevailed; even in +art Poussin and Le Sueur were successful by expressing a bias in the +same direction; and in the first years of the revolutionary movement the +fashion of imitating the ancients even in dress and manners went to the +most extravagant length. At this very time David returned to Paris; he +was now painter to the king, Louis XVI., who had been the purchaser of +his principal works, and his popularity was soon immense. At the +outbreak of the Revolution in 1789, David was carried away by the flood +of enthusiasm that made all the intellect of France believe in a new era +of equality and emancipation from all the ills of life. + +The success of his sketch for the picture of the "Oath of the Tennis +Court," and his pronounced republicanism, secured David's election to +the Convention in September 1792, by the _Section du Muséum_, and he +quickly distinguished himself by the defence of two French artists in +Rome who had fallen into the merciless hands of the Inquisition. As, in +this matter, the behaviour of the authorities of the French Academy in +Rome had been dictated by the tradition of subservience to authority, he +used his influence to get it suppressed. In the January following his +election into the Convention his vote was given for the king's death. +Thus the man who was so greatly indebted to the Roman academy and to +Louis XVI. assisted in the destruction of both, no doubt in obedience to +a principle, like the act of Brutus in condemning his sons--a subject he +painted with all his powers. Cato and stoicism were the order of the +day. Hitherto the actor had walked the stage in modern dress. Brutus had +been applauded in red-heeled shoes and _culottes jarretées_; but Talma, +advised by David, appeared in toga and sandals before an enthusiastic +audience. At this period of his life Mademoiselle de Noailles persuaded +him to paint a sacred subject, with Christ as the hero. When the picture +was done, the Saviour was found to be another Cato. "I told you so," he +replied to the expostulations of the lady, "there is no inspiration in +Christianity now!" David's revolutionary ideas, which led to his +election to the presidency of the Convention and to the committee of +general security, inspired his pictures "Last Moments of Lepelletier de +Saint-Fargeau" and "Marat Assassinated." He also arranged the programme +of the principal republican festivals. When Napoleon rose to power David +became his enthusiastic admirer. His picture of Napoleon on horseback +pointing the way to Italy is now in Berlin. During this period he also +painted the "Rape of the Sabines" and "Leonidas at Thermopylae." +Appointed painter to the emperor, David produced the two notable +pictures "The Coronation" (of Josephine) and the "Distribution of the +Eagles." + +On the return of the Bourbons the painter was exiled with the other +remaining regicides, and retired to Brussels, where he again returned to +classical subjects: "Amor quitting Psyche," "Mars disarmed by Venus," +&c. He rejected the offer, made through Baron Humboldt, of the office of +minister of fine arts at Berlin, and remained at Brussels till his death +on the 29th of December 1825. His end was true to his whole career and +to his nationality. While dying, a print of the Leonidas, one of his +favourite subjects, was submitted to him. After vaguely looking at it a +long time, "_Il n'y a que moi qui pouvais concevoir la tête de +Léonidas_," he whispered, and died. His friends and his party thought to +carry the body back to his beloved Paris for burial, but the government +of the day arrested the procession at the frontier, an act which caused +some scandal, and furnished the occasion of a terrible song of +Béranger's. + +It is difficult for a generation which has witnessed another complete +revolution in the standards of artistic taste to realize the secret of +David's immense popularity in his own day. His style is severely +academic, his colour lacking in richness and warmth, his execution hard +and uninteresting in its very perfection. Subjects and treatment alike +are inspired by the passing fashion of an age which had deceived itself +into believing that it was living and moving in the spirit of classical +antiquity. The inevitable reaction of the romantic movement made the +masterpieces, which had filled the men of the Revolution with +enthusiasm, seem cold and lifeless to those who had been taught to +expect in art that atmosphere of mystery which in nature is everywhere +present. Yet David was a great artist, and exercised in his day and +generation a great influence. His pictures are magnificent in their +composition and their draughtsmanship; and his keen observation and +insight into character are evident, especially in his portraits, notably +of Madame Récamier, of the Conventional Gérard and of Boissy d'Anglas. + + See E. J. Delécluze, _Louis David, son école et son temps_ (Paris, + 1855), and _Le Peintre Louis David. Souvenirs et documents inédits_, + by J. L. Jules David, the painter's grandson (Paris, 1880). + + + + +DAVID, PIERRE JEAN (1789-1856), usually called David d'Angers, French +sculptor, was born at Angers on the 12th of March 1789. His father was a +sculptor, or rather a carver, but he had thrown aside the mallet and +taken the musket, fighting against the Chouans of La Vendée. He returned +to his trade at the end of the civil war, to find his customers gone, so +that young David was born into poverty. As the boy grew up his father +wished to force him into some more lucrative and certain way of life. At +last he succeeded in surmounting the opposition to his becoming a +sculptor, and in his eighteenth year left for Paris to study the art +upon a capital of eleven francs. After struggling against want for a +year and a half, he succeeded in taking the prize at the École des +Beaux-Arts. An annuity of 600 francs (£24) was granted by the +municipality of his native town in 1809, and in 1811 David's +"Epaminondas" gained the _prix de Rome_. He spent five years in Rome, +during which his enthusiasm for the works of Canova was often excessive. + +Returning from Rome about the time of the restoration of the Bourbons, +he would not remain in the neighbourhood of the Tuileries, which swarmed +with foreign conquerors and returned royalists, and accordingly went to +London. Here Flaxman and others visited upon him the sins of David the +painter, to whom he was erroneously supposed to be related. With great +difficulty he made his way to Paris again, where a comparatively +prosperous career opened upon him. His medallions and busts were in much +request, and orders for monumental works also came to him. One of the +best of these was that of Gutenberg at Strassburg; but those he himself +valued most were the statue of Barra, a drummer boy who continued to +beat his drum till the moment of death in the war in La Vendée, and the +monument to the Greek liberator Bozzaris, consisting in a young female +figure called "Reviving Greece," of which Victor Hugo said: "It is +difficult to see anything more beautiful in the world; this statue joins +the grandeur of Pheidias to the expressive manner of Puget." David's +busts and medallions were very numerous, and among his sitters may be +found not only the illustrious men and women of France, but many others +both of England and Germany--countries which he visited professionally +in 1827 and 1829. His medallions, it is affirmed, number 500. He died on +the 4th of January 1856. David's fame rests firmly on his pediment of +the Panthéon, his monument to General Gobert in Père Lachaise and his +marble "Philopoemen" in the Louvre. In the Musée David at Angers is an +almost complete collection of his works either in the form of copies or +in the original moulds. As an example of his benevolence of character +may be mentioned his rushing off to the sickbed of Rouget de Lisle, the +author of the "Marseillaise Hymn," modelling and carving him in marble +without delay, making a lottery of the work, and sending to the poet in +the extremity of need the seventy-two pounds which resulted from the +sale. + + See H. Jouin, _David d'Angers et ses relations littéraires_ (1890); + _Lettres de P. J. David d'Angers à Louis Dupré_ (Paris, 1891); + _Collection de portraits des contemporains d'après les médaillons de + P. J. David_ (Paris, 1838). + + + + +DAVIDISTS, a fancy name rather than a recognized designation for three +religious sects. It has been applied (1) to the followers (if he had +any) of David of Dinant, in Belgium, the teacher or pupil of Amalric +(Amaury) of Bena, both of whom taught apparently a species of pantheism. +David's _Quaterni_, or _Quaternuli_, condemned and burnt at Paris +(1209), is a lost book, known only by references in Albertus Magnus and +Thomas Aquinas. Its author would have been burnt had he not fled. The +name has been given (2) to the followers of David George or Joris +(q.v.), and (3) to the followers of Francis Dávid (1510-1579), the +apostle of Transylvanian unitarianism. (See SOCINUS, UNITARIANISM.) + + + + +DAVIDSON, ANDREW BRUCE (1831-1902), Scottish divine, was born in 1831 at +Kirkhill in Aberdeenshire, where his father Andrew Davidson had a farm. +The Davidsons belonged to the congregation of James Robertson +(1803-1860) of Ellon, one of the ministers of Strathbogie Presbytery, +which in the controversy which led to the disruption, resisted the +"dangerous claims of the established church to self-government." When +the disruption came the principles at stake were keenly canvassed in +Ellon, and eventually Andrew Davidson, senior, went with the Free +Church. In 1845 the boy, who had been a "herd" on the farm, went for six +months to the grammar school at Aberdeen and was there prepared for a +university bursary, which was sufficient to pay his fees, but no more. +During his four years at the university his mother supplied him +fortnightly with provisions from the farm; sometimes she walked the +whole twenty miles from Kirkhill and handed the coach fee to her son. He +graduated in 1849. At the university he had acquired a distrust of +philosophy, and found it difficult to choose between mathematical and +linguistic studies. A Free Church school having been opened in Ellon, he +became master there for three years. Here he developed special aptitude +for linguistic and philological studies. Besides Hebrew he taught +himself French, German, Dutch, Italian and Spanish. In November 1852 he +entered New College, Edinburgh. There he took the four years' +theological course, and was licensed in 1856. For two years he preached +occasionally and took vacancies. In 1858 the New College authorities +appointed him assistant to the professor of Hebrew. He taught during the +winter, and in the long vacation continued his preparation for his life +work. One year he worked in Germany under Ewald, another year he went to +Syria to study Arabic. In 1862 he published the first part of a +commentary on Job. It was never finished and deals only with one-third +of the book, but it is recognized as the first really scientific +commentary on the Old Testament in the English language. In 1863 he was +appointed by the general assembly professor of oriental languages at New +College. He was junior colleague of Dr John Duncan (Rabbi Duncan) till +1870, and then for thirty years sole professor. He was a member of the +Old Testament revision committee, and his work was recognized by several +honorary distinctions, LL.D. (Aberdeen), D.D. (Edinburgh), Litt.D. +(Cambridge). Among his students were Professors Elmslie, Skinner, Harper +of Melbourne, Walker of Belfast, George Adam Smith of Glasgow and W. +Robertson Smith. He understood it to be the first duty of an exegete to +ascertain the meaning of the writer, and he showed that this could be +done by the use of grammar and history and the historical imagination. +He supplied guidance when it was much needed as to the methods and +results of the higher criticism. Being a master of its methods, but very +cautious in accepting assertions about its results, he secured attention +early in the Free Church for scientific criticism, and yet threw the +whole weight of his learning and his caustic wit into the argument +against critical extravagance. He had thought himself into the ideas and +points of view of the Hebrews, and his work in Old Testament theology is +unrivalled. He excels as an expositor of the governing Hebrew ideas such +as holiness, righteousness, Spirit of God, Messianism. In 1897 he was +chosen moderator of the general assembly, but his health prevented his +accepting the post. He died, unmarried, on the 26th of January 1902. + + Besides the commentary on Job he published a book on the _Hebrew + Accents_, the only Scottish performance of the kind since the days of + Thomas Boston. His _Introductory Hebrew Grammar_ has been widely + adopted as a class-book in theological colleges. His _Hebrew Syntax_ + has the same admirable clearness, precision and teaching quality. His + _Commentary on the Epistle to the Hebrews_ is one of a series of + handbooks for Bible classes. These were followed by commentaries on + Job, Ezekiel, Nahum, Habakkuk and Zephaniah, in the Cambridge series; + and a Bible-class primer on _The Exile and Restoration_. His lectures + on _Old Testament Prophecy_ were published after his death by + Professor J. A. Paterson. The _Theology of the Old Testament_ in the + "International Theological Library" is a posthumous volume edited by + Professor Salmond. "Isaiah" in the _Temple Bible_ was finished, but + not revised, when he died; and he also had in hand the volume on + Isaiah for the _International Critical Commentary_; to which must be + added a mass of articles contributed to _The Imperial Bible + Dictionary_, _The Encyclopaedia Britannica_, and the chief religious + reviews. Various articles in Dr Hastings' _Bible Dictionary_ were by + Davidson, especially the article "God." Two volumes of sermons, _The + Called of God_, and _Waiting upon God_, were published from MS. after + Davidson's death. + + + + +DAVIDSON, JOHN (1857-1909), British poet, playwright and novelist, son +of the Rev. Alexander Davidson, a minister of the Evangelical Union, was +born at Barrhead, Renfrewshire, Scotland, on the 11th of April 1857. +After a schooling at the Highlanders' Academy, Greenock, at the age of +thirteen he was set to work in that town, by helping in a sugar factory +laboratory and then in the town analyst's office; and at fifteen he went +back to his old school as a pupil-teacher. In 1876 he studied for a +session at Edinburgh University, and then went as a master to various +Scotch schools till 1890, varying his experiences in 1884 by being a +clerk in a Glasgow thread firm. He had married in 1885, and meanwhile +his literary inclinations had shown themselves, without attracting any +public success, in the publication of his poetical and fantastic plays, +_Bruce_ (1886), _Smith; a tragic farce_ (1888) and _Scaramouch in Naxos_ +(1889). Determining at all costs to follow his literary vocation, he +went to London in 1890, but at first had a hard struggle. There his +prose-romance _Perfervid_ (1890) was published, one of the most original +and fascinating stories of "young blood" and child adventure ever +written, but for some reason it did not catch the public; and a sort of +sequel in _The Great Men_ (1891) met no better fate. He contributed, +however, to newspapers and became known among literary journalists, and +his volume of verse _In a Music-Hall_ (1891) prepared the way for the +genuine success two years later of his _Fleet Street Eclogues_ (1893), +which sounded a new and vigorous note and at once established his +position among the younger generation of poets. He subsequently produced +several more books in prose, romantic stories like _Baptist Lake_ (1894) +and _Earl Lavender_ (1895), and an admirable piece of descriptive +landscape writing in _A Random Itinerary_ (1894); but his acceptance as +a poet gave a more emphatic impulse to his work in verse, and most +attention was given to the increasing proof of his powers shown in his +_Ballads and Songs_ (1894), _Second Series of Fleet Street Eclogues_ +(1895), _New Ballads_ (1896), _The Last Ballad, &c._ (1898), all full of +remarkably fresh and unconventional beauty. In spite of the strangely +neglected genius of this early _Perfervid_, it is accordingly as a +writer of verse rather than of prose-fiction that he occupies a leading +place, with a decided character of his own, in recent English +literature, his revival of a modernized ballad form being a considerable +achievement in itself, and his poems being packed with fine thought, +robust and masterful in expression and imagery. Meanwhile in 1896 he +produced an English verse adaptation, in _For the Crown_ (acted by +Forbes Robertson and Mrs Patrick Campbell), of François Coppée's drama +_Pour la couronne_, which had considerable success and was revived in +1905; and he wrote several other literary plays, remarkable none the +less for dramatic qualities,--_Godfrida_ (1898), _Self's the Man_ +(1901), _The Knight of the Maypole_ (1902) and _The Theatrocrat_ (1905), +in the last of which a tendency to be extraordinary is rather too +manifest. This tendency was not absent from his volume of _Holiday and +Other Poems_ (1906), containing many fine things, together with an +"essay on blank verse" illustrated from his own compositions, the +outspoken criticisms of a writer of admitted originality and insight, +but not devoid of eccentric volubility. But if the identification of +"eccentricity" and "greatness" by Cosmo Mortimer in Mr Davidson's own +_Perfervid_ sometimes obtrudes itself on the memory in considering his +more peculiarly "robust" and somewhat volcanic deliverances, no such +objection can detract from the genuine inspiration of his best work, in +which the true poetic afflatus is unmistakable. This is to be found in +his poems published from 1893 to 1898, five years during which his +reputation steadily and deservedly grew,--the _Fleet Street Eclogues_, +with their passionate modern criticism of life combined with their +breath of rural beauty, and such intense ballads as those "Of a Nun," +and "Of Heaven and Hell." In his ethical and didactic utterances, _The +Testament of a Vivisector_ and _The Testament of a Man Forbid_ (1901), +_The Testament of an Empire Builder_ (1902), _Mammon and his Message_ +(1908), &c., the fine quality of the verse is wedded with a certain +fervid satirical journalism of subject, less admirable than the +detachment of thought in the earlier volumes. In later years he lived at +Penzance, provided with a small Civil List pension, but otherwise badly +off, for his writings brought in very little money. On March 23rd, 1909, +he disappeared, in circumstances pointing to suicide, and six months +later his body was found in the sea. + + See an article by Filson Young on "The New Poetry," in the + _Fortnightly Review_, January 1909. + + + + +DAVIDSON, RANDALL THOMAS (1848- ), archbishop of Canterbury, son of +Henry Davidson, of Muirhouse, Edinburgh, was born in Edinburgh and +educated at Harrow and Trinity College, Oxford. He took orders in 1874 +and held a curacy at Dartford, in Kent, till 1877, when he became +resident chaplain and private secretary to Dr Tait, archbishop of +Canterbury, a position which he occupied till Dr Tait's death, and +retained for a short time (1882-1883) under his successor Dr Benson. He +married in 1878 Edith, the second daughter of Archbishop Tait, whose +_Life_ he eventually wrote (1891). In 1882 he became honorary chaplain +and sub-almoner to Queen Victoria, and in the following year was +appointed dean of Windsor, and domestic chaplain to the queen. His +advice upon state matters was constantly sought by the queen and greatly +valued. From 1891 to 1903 he was clerk of the closet, first to Queen +Victoria and afterwards to King Edward VII. He was made bishop of +Rochester in 1891, and was translated to Winchester in 1895. In 1903 he +succeeded Temple as archbishop of Canterbury. The new archbishop, +without being one of the English divines who have made notable +contributions to theological learning, already had a great reputation +for ecclesiastical statesmanship; and in subsequent years his diplomatic +abilities found ample scope in dealing not only with the difficulties +caused in the church by doctrinal questions, but pre-eminently with the +education crisis, and with the new problems arising in the enlarged +Anglican Communion. As the chief representative of the Church of England +in the House of Lords, his firmness, combined with broadmindedness, in +regard to the attitude of the nonconformists towards denominational +education, made his influence widely felt. In 1904 he visited Canada and +the United States, and was present at the triennial general convention +of the Protestant Episcopal Church of the United States and Canada. In +1908 he presided at the Pan-Anglican congress held in London, and at the +Lambeth conference which followed. He had edited in 1889 _The Lambeth +Conferences_, an historical account of the conferences of 1867, 1878 and +1888, giving the official reports and resolutions, and the sermons +preached on these occasions. + + + + +DAVIDSON, SAMUEL (1807-1898), Irish biblical scholar, was born near +Ballymena in Ireland. He was educated at the Royal College of Belfast, +entered the Presbyterian ministry in 1835, and was appointed professor +of biblical criticism at his own college. Becoming a Congregationalist, +he accepted in 1842 the chair of biblical criticism, literature and +oriental languages at the Lancashire Independent College at Manchester; +but he was obliged to resign in 1857, being brought into collision with +the college authorities by the publication of an introduction to the Old +Testament entitled _The Text of the Old Testament, and the +Interpretation of the Bible_, written for a new edition of Horne's +_Introduction to the Sacred Scripture_. Its liberal tendencies caused +him to be accused of unsound views, and a most exhaustive report +prepared by the Lancashire College committee was followed by numerous +pamphlets for and against. After his resignation a fund of £3000 was +subscribed as a testimonial by his friends. In 1862 he removed to London +to become scripture examiner in London University, and he spent the rest +of his life in literary work. He died on the 1st of April 1898. Davidson +was a member of the Old Testament Revision Committee. Among his +principal works are:--_Sacred Hermeneutics Developed and Applied_ +(1843), rewritten and republished as _A Treatise on Biblical Criticism_ +(1852), _Lectures on Ecclesiastical Polity_ (1848), _An Introduction to +the New Testament_ (1848-1851), _The Hebrew Text of the Old Testament +Revised_ (1855), _Introduction to the Old Testament_ (1862), _On a Fresh +Revision of the Old Testament_ (1873), _The Canon of the Bible_ (1877), +_The Doctrine of Last Things in the New Testament_ (1883), besides +translations of the New Testament from Von Tischendorf's text, +Gieseler's _Ecclesiastical History_ (1846) and Fürst's _Hebrew and +Chaldee Lexicon_. + + + + +DAVIDSON, THOMAS (1817-1885), British palaeontologist, was born in +Edinburgh on the 17th of May 1817. His parents possessed considerable +landed property in Midlothian. Educated partly in the university at +Edinburgh and partly in France, Italy and Switzerland, and early +acquiring an interest in natural history, he benefited greatly by +acquaintance with foreign languages and literature, and with men of +science in different countries. He was induced in 1837, through the +influence of Leopold von Buch, to devote his special attention to the +brachiopoda, and in course of time he became the highest authority on +this group. The great task of his life was the _Monograph of British +Fossil Brachiopoda_, published by the Palaeontographical Society +(1850-1886). This work, with supplements, comprises six quarto volumes +with more than 200 plates drawn on stone by the author. He also prepared +an exhaustive memoir on "Recent Brachiopoda," published by the Linnean +Society. He was elected F.R.S. in 1857. He was awarded in 1865 the +Wollaston medal by the Geological Society of London, and in 1870 a Royal +medal by the Royal Society; and in 1882 the degree of LL.D. was +conferred upon him by the university of St Andrews. He died at Brighton +on the 14th of October 1885, bequeathing his fine collection of recent +and fossil brachiopoda to the British Museum. + + See biography with portrait and list of papers in _Geol. Mag._ for + 1871, p. 145. + + + + +DAVIES, DAVID CHARLES (1826-1891), Welsh nonconformist divine, was born +at Aberystwyth on the 11th of May 1826, his father being a merchant and +a pioneer of Welsh Methodism, his mother a niece of Thomas Charles +(q.v.) of Bala. He was educated in his native town by a noted +schoolmaster, John Evans, at Bala College, and at University College, +London, where he graduated B.A. in 1847 and M.A. (in mathematics) in +1849. He had already begun to preach, and after an evangelistic tour in +South Wales supplied the pulpit of the English presbyterian church at +Newtown for six months, and settled as pastor of the bilingual church at +Builth in 1851. He returned to this charge after a pastorate at +Liverpool (1853-1856), left it again in 1858 for Newtown, and went in +May 1859 to the Welsh church at Jewin Crescent, London. Here he remained +until 1876, and from that date till 1882, although living at Bangor for +reasons of health, had the chief oversight of the church. In 1888 he +accepted the principalship of the Calvinistic Methodist College at +Trevecca in Brecknockshire. His work here was successful, but short; he +died at Bangor on the 26th of September 1891, and was buried at +Aberystwyth. + +Though Davies stood somewhat apart from the main currents of thought +both without and within his church, and was largely unknown to English +audiences or readers, he exercised a strong influence on Welsh life and +thought in the 19th century. He was a serious student, especially of +anti-theistic positions, a good speaker, and a frequent contributor to +Welsh theological journals. Several of his articles have been collected +and published, the most noteworthy being expositions on _The First +Epistle of John_ (1889), _Ephesians_ (2 vols., 1896, 1901), _Psalms_ +(1897), _Romans_ (1902); and _The Atonement and Intercession of Christ_ +(1899, English trans. by D. E. Jenkins, 1901). + + + + +DAVIES, SIR JOHN (1569-1626), English philosophical poet, was baptized +on the 16th of April 1569, at Tisbury, Wiltshire, where his parents +lived at the manor-house of Chicksgrove. He was educated at Winchester +College, and became a commoner of Queen's College, Oxford, in 1585. In +1588 he entered the Middle Temple, and was called to the bar in 1595. In +his general onslaught on literature in 1599 the archbishop of Canterbury +ordered to be burnt the notorious and now excessively rare volume, _All +Ovid's Elegies, 3 Bookes, by C. M. Epigrams by J. D._ (Middleburgh, +1598?), which contained posthumous work by Marlowe. The epigrams by +Davies, although not devoid of wit, were coarse enough to deserve their +fate. It is probable that they were earlier in date of composition than +the charming fragment entitled _Orchestra_ (1596), written in praise of +dancing. The poet, in the person of Antinoüs, tries to induce Penelope +to dance by arguing that all harmonious natural processes partake of the +nature of a conscious and well-ordered dance. He closes his argument by +foreshadowing in a magic mirror the revels of the court of Cynthia +(Elizabeth). _Orchestra_ was dedicated to the author's "very friend, +Master Richard Martin," but in the next year the friends quarrelled, and +Davies was expelled from the society for having struck Martin with a +cudgel in the hall of the Middle Temple. He spent the year after his +expulsion at Oxford in the composition of his philosophical poem on the +nature of the soul and its immortality--_Nosce teipsum_ (1599). The +style of the work was entirely novel; and the stanza in which it was +written--the decasyllabic quatrain with alternate rhymes--had never been +so effectively handled. Its force, eloquence and ingenuity, the orderly +and lucid arrangement of its matter, place it among the finest of +English didactic poems. In 1599 he also published a volume of twenty-six +graceful acrostics on the words _Elisabetha Regina_, entitled _Hymns to +Astraea_. He produced no more poetry except his contributions to Francis +Davison's _Poetical Rhapsody_ (1608). These were two dialogues which had +been written as entertainments for the queen, and "Yet other Twelve +Wonders of the World," satirical epigrams on the courtier, the divine, +the maid, &c., and "A Hymn in praise of Music." Ten sonnets to Philomel +are signed J. D., and are assigned to Davies (_Poetical Rhapsody_, ed. +A. H. Bullen, 1890). In 1601 Davies was restored to his position at the +bar, after making his apologies to Martin, and in the same year he sat +for Corfe Castle in parliament. James I. received the author of _Nosce +teipsum_ with great favour, and sent him (1603) to Ireland as +solicitor-general, conferring the honour of knighthood upon him in the +same year. In 1606 he was promoted to be attorney-general for Ireland, +and created serjeant-at-arms. Of the difficulties in the way of the +prosecution of his work, and his untiring industry in overcoming them, +there is abundant evidence in his letters to Cecil preserved in the +_State Papers on Ireland_. One of his chief aims was to establish the +Protestant religion firmly in Ireland, and he took strict measures to +enforce the law for attendance at church. With the same end in view he +took an active part in the "plantation" of Ulster. In 1612 he published +his prose _Discoverie of the true causes why Ireland was never entirely +subdued untill the beginning of his Majestie's happie raigne_.[1] In the +same year he entered the Irish parliament as member for Fermanagh, and +was elected speaker after a scene of disorder in which the Catholic +nominee, Sir John Everard, who had been installed, was forcibly ejected. +In the capacity of speaker he delivered an excellent address reviewing +previous Irish parliaments. He resigned his Irish offices in 1619, and +sat in the English parliament of 1621 for Newcastle-under-Lyme. With Sir +Robert Cotton he was one of the founders of the Society of Antiquaries. +He was appointed lord chief justice in 1626, but died suddenly (December +8th) before he could enter on the office. He had married (1609) Eleanor +Touchet, daughter of George, Baron Audley. She developed eccentricity, +verging on madness, and wrote several fanatical books on prophecy. + + In 1615 Davies published at Dublin _Le Primer Discours des Cases et + Matters in Ley resolues et adjudges en les Courts del Roy en cest + Realme_ (reprinted 1628). He issued an edition of his poems in 1622. + His prose publications were mainly posthumous. _The Question + concerning Impositions, Tonnage, Poundage ..._ was printed in 1656, + and four of the tracts relating to Ireland, with an account of Davies + and his services to that country, were edited by G. Chalmers in 1786. + His works were edited by Dr A. B. Grosart (3 vols. 1869-1876), with a + full biography, for the Fuller Worthies Library. + + He is not to be confounded with another poet, JOHN DAVIES of Hereford + (1565?-1618), among whose numerous volumes of verse may be mentioned + _Mirum in modum_ (1602), _Microcosmus_ (1603), _The Holy Roode_ + (1609), _Wittes Pilgrimage_ (c. 1610), _The Scourge of Folly_ (c. + 1611), _The Muses Sacrifice_ (1612) and _Wittes Bedlam_ (1607); his + _Scourge of Folly_ contains verses addressed to many of his + contemporaries, to Shakespeare among others; he also wrote _A Select + Second Husband for Sir Thomas Overbury's Wife_ (1616), and _The + Writing Schoolmaster_ (earliest known edition, 1633); his works were + collected by Dr A. B. Grosart (2 vols., 1873) for the Chertsey + Worthies Library. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] Edited by Henry Morley in his _Ireland under Elizabeth and James + I._ (1890). + + + + +DAVIES (DAVISIUS), JOHN (1679-1732), English classical scholar and +critic, was born in London on the 22nd of April 1679. He was educated at +Charterhouse and Queens' College, Cambridge, of which society he was +elected fellow (July 7th, 1701). He subsequently became rector of Fen +Ditton, prebendary of Ely, and president of his college. He died on the +7th of March 1731-1732, and was buried in the college chapel. Davies was +considered one of the best commentators on Cicero, his attention being +chiefly devoted to the philosophical works of that author. Amongst these +he edited the _Tusculanae disputationes_ (1709), _De natura deorum_ +(1718), _De divinatione_ and _De fato_ (1725), _Academica_ (1725), _De +legibus_ (1727), _De finibus_ (1728). His nearly finished notes on the +_De officiis_ he bequeathed to Dr Richard Mead, with a view to their +publication. Mead, finding himself unable to carry out the undertaking, +transferred the notes to Thomas Bentley (nephew of the famous Richard +Bentley), by whose carelessness they were burnt. Davies's editions, +which were intended to supplement those of Graevius, show great learning +and an extensive knowledge of the history and systems of philosophy, but +he allows himself too much licence in the matter of emendation. He also +edited Maximus of Tyre's _Dissertationes_ (1703); the works of Caesar +(1706); the _Octavius_ of Minucius Felix (1707); the _Epitome divinarum +institutionum_ of Lactantius (1718). Although on intimate terms with +Richard Bentley, he found himself unable to agree with the great scholar +in regard to his dispute with Trinity College. + + + + +DAVIES, SIR LOUIS HENRY (1845- ), Canadian politician and jurist, was +born in Prince Edward Island in 1845, of Huguenot descent. From 1869 to +1879 he took part in local politics, and was premier from 1876-1879; in +1882 he entered the Canadian parliament as a Liberal, and from 1896 to +1901 was minister of marine and fisheries. In the latter year he became +one of the judges of the supreme court of Canada. In 1877 he was counsel +for Great Britain before the Anglo-American fisheries arbitration at +Halifax; in 1897 he was a joint delegate to Washington with Sir Wilfrid +Laurier on the Bering Sea seal question; and in 1898-1899 a member of +the Anglo-American joint high commission at Quebec. + + + + +DAVIES, RICHARD (c. 1505-1581), Welsh bishop and scholar, was born in +North Wales, and was educated at New Inn Hall, Oxford, becoming vicar of +Burnham, Buckinghamshire, in 1550. Being a reformer he took refuge at +Geneva during the reign of Mary, returning to England and to parochial +work after the accession of Elizabeth in 1558. His connexion with Wales +was renewed almost at once; for, after serving on a commission which +visited the Welsh dioceses, he was, in January 1560, consecrated bishop +of St Asaph, whence he was translated, early in 1561, to the bishopric +of St Davids. As a bishop Davies was an earnest reformer, very +industrious, active and liberal, but not very scrupulous with regard to +the property of the church. He was a member of the council of Wales, was +very friendly with Matthew Parker, archbishop of Canterbury, and was +regarded both by Parker and by William Cecil, Lord Burghley, as a +trustworthy adviser on Welsh concerns. Another of the bishop's friends +was Walter Devereux, first earl of Essex. Assisting William Salisbury, +Davies took part in translating the New Testament into Welsh, and also +did some work on the Welsh translation of the Book of Common Prayer. He +helped to revise the "Bishops' Bible" of 1568, being himself responsible +for the book of Deuteronomy, and the second book of Samuel. He died on +the 7th of November 1581, and was buried in Abergwili church. + + + + +DAVILA, ENRICO CATERINO (1576-1631), Italian historian, was descended +from a Spanish noble family. His immediate ancestors had been constables +of the kingdom of Cyprus for the Venetian republic since 1464. But in +1570 the island was taken by the Turks; and Antonio Davila, the father +of the historian, had to leave it, despoiled of all he possessed. He +travelled into Spain and France, and finally returned to Padua, and at +Sacco on the 30th of October 1576 his youngest son, Enrico Caterino, was +born. About 1583 Antonio took this son to France, where he became a page +in the service of Catherine de' Medici, wife of King Henry II. In due +time he entered the military service, and fought through the civil wars +until the peace in 1598. He then returned to Padua, where, and +subsequently at Parma, he led a studious life until, when war broke out, +he entered the service of the republic of Venice and served with +distinction in the field. But during the whole of this active life, many +details of which are very interesting as illustrative of the life and +manners of the time, he never lost sight of a design which he had formed +at a very early period, of writing the history of those civil wars in +France in which he had borne a part, and during which he had had so many +opportunities of closely observing the leading personages and events. +This work was completed about 1630, and was offered in vain by the +author to all the publishers in Venice. At last one Tommaso Baglíoni, +who had no work for his presses, undertook to print the manuscript, on +condition that he should be free to leave off if more promising work +offered itself. The printing of the _Istoria delle guerre civili di +Francia_ was, however, completed, and the success and sale of the work +were immediate and enormous. Over two hundred editions followed, of +which perhaps the best is the one published in Paris in 1644. Davila was +murdered, while on his way to take possession of the government of +Cremona for Venice in July 1631, by a ruffian, with whom some dispute +seems to have arisen concerning the furnishing of the relays of horses +ordered for his use by the Venetian government. + + The _Istoria_ was translated into French by G. Baudouin (Paris, 1642); + into Spanish by Varen de Soto (Madrid, 1651, and Antwerp, 1686); into + English by W. Aylesbury (London, 1647), and by Charles Cotterel + (London, 1666), and into Latin by Pietro Francesco Cornazzano (Rome, + 1745). The best account of the life of Davila is that by Apostolo + Zeno, prefixed to an edition of the history printed at Venice in 2 + vols. in 1733. Peter Bayle is severe on certain historical + inaccuracies of Davila, and it is true that Davila must be read with + due remembrance of the fact that he was not only a Catholic but the + especial protégé of Catherine de' Medici, but it is not to be + forgotten that Bayle was as strongly Protestant. + + + + +DAVIS, ANDREW JACKSON (1826-1910), American spiritualist, was born at +Blooming Grove, Orange county, New York, on the 11th of August 1826. He +had little education, though probably much more than he and his friends +pretended. In 1843 he heard lectures in Poughkeepsie on "animal +magnetism," as the phenomena of hypnotism was then termed, and found +that he had remarkable clairvoyant powers; and in the following year he +had, he said, spiritual messages telling him of his life work. For the +next three years (1844-1847) he practised magnetic healing with much +success; and in 1847 he published _The Principles of Nature_, _Her +Divine Revelations_, and a _Voice to Mankind_, which in 1845 he had +dictated while in a trance to his "scribe," William Fishbough. He +lectured with little success and returned to writing (or "dictating") +books, publishing about thirty in all, including _The Great Harmonia_ +(1850-1861), an "encyclopaedia" in six volumes; _The Philosophy of +Special Providences_ (1850), which with its evident rehash of old +arguments against special providences and miracles would seem to show +that Davis's inspiration was literary; _The Magic Staff: an +Autobiography_ (1857), which was supplemented by _Arabula: or the Divine +Guest, Containing a New Collection of New Gospels_ (1867), the gospels +being those "according to" St Confucius, St John (G. Whittier), St +Gabriel (Derzhavin), St Octavius (Frothingham), St Gerrit (Smith), St +Emma (Hardinge), St Ralph (W. Emerson), St Seiden (J. Finney), St +Theodore (Parker), &c.; and _A Stellar Key to the Summer Land_ (1868) +and _Views of Our Heavenly Home_ (1878), each with illustrative +diagrams. Davis was much influenced by Swedenborg and by the Shakers, +who reprinted his panegyric of Ann Lee in an official _Sketch of Shakers +and Shakerism_ (1884). + + + + +DAVIS, CHARLES HOWARD (1857- ), American landscape painter, was born at +East Cambridge, Massachusetts, on the 2nd of February 1857. A pupil of +the schools of the Boston Museum of Fine Arts, he was sent to Paris in +1880. Having studied at the Academy Julian under Lefebvre and Boulanger, +he went to Barbizon and painted much in the forest of Fontainebleau +under the traditions of the "men of thirty." He became a full member of +the National Academy of Design in 1906, and received many awards, +including a silver medal at the Paris Exhibition of 1889. He is +represented by important works in the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New +York; the Corcoran Art Gallery, Washington; the Pennsylvania Academy, +Philadelphia, and the Boston Museum of Fine Arts. + + + + +DAVIS, CUSHMAN KELLOGG (1838-1900), American political leader and +lawyer, was born in Henderson, New York, on the 16th of June 1838. He +was taken by his parents to Wisconsin Territory in the year of his +birth, and was educated at Carroll College, Waukesha, Wisconsin, and at +the university of Michigan, from which he graduated in 1857. After +studying law in the office of Alexander W. Randall, he was admitted to +the bar in 1860. During the Civil War, as a first lieutenant of Federal +volunteers, he served in the western campaigns of 1862 and 1863, and in +1864 was an aide to General Willis A. Gorman (1814-1876). Resigning his +commission (1864) on account of ill-health, he soon settled in St Paul, +Minnesota, where he practised law in partnership with General Gorman, +and soon became prominent both at the bar and, as a Republican, in +politics. He served in the state House of Representatives in 1867, +1868-1873 was United States district attorney for Minnesota. In +1874-1876 he was governor of the state, and from 1887 until his death +was a member of the United States Senate. In the Senate he was one of +the acknowledged leaders of his party, an able and frequent speaker and +a committee worker of great industry. In March 1897 he became chairman +of the committee on foreign relations at a time when its work was +peculiarly influential in shaping American foreign policy. His extensive +knowledge of international law, and his tact and diplomacy, enabled him +to render services of the utmost importance in connexion with the +Spanish-American War, and he was one of the peace commissioners who +negotiated and signed the treaty of Paris by which the war was +terminated. He died at St Paul on the 27th of November 1900. Few public +men in the United States since the Civil War have combined skill in +diplomacy, constructive statesmanship, talent for political +organization, oratorical ability and broad culture to such a degree as +Senator Davis. In addition to various speeches and public addresses, he +published an essay entitled _The Law of Shakespeare_ (1899). + + + + +DAVIS, HENRY WILLIAM BANKS (1833- ), English painter, received his art +training in the Royal Academy schools, where he was awarded two silver +medals. He was elected an associate of the Academy in 1873, and +academician in 1877. He made a considerable reputation as an +accomplished painter of quiet pastoral subjects and carefully elaborated +landscapes with cattle. His pictures, "Returning to the Fold" (1880), +and "Approaching Night" (1899), bought for the Chantrey Fund Collection, +are now in the National Gallery of British Art (Tate Gallery). + + + + +DAVIS, HENRY WINTER (1817-1865), American political leader, was born at +Annapolis, Maryland, on the 16th of August 1817. His father, Rev Henry +Lyon Davis (1775-1836), was a prominent Protestant Episcopal clergyman +of Maryland, and for some years president of St John's College at +Annapolis. The son graduated at Kenyon College, Gambier, Ohio, in 1837, +and from the law department of the university of Virginia in 1841, and +began the practice of law in Alexandria, Virginia, but in 1850 removed +to Baltimore, Maryland, where he won a high position at the bar. Early +becoming imbued with strong anti-slavery views, though by inheritance he +was himself a slave holder, he began political life as a Whig, but when +the Whig party disintegrated, he became an "American" or "Know-Nothing," +and as such served in the national House of Representatives from 1855 to +1861. By his independent course in Congress he won the respect and +esteem of all political groups. In the contest over the speakership at +the opening of the Thirty-Sixth Congress (1859) he voted with the +Republicans, thereby incurring a vote of censure from the Maryland +legislature, which called upon him to resign. In 1860, not being quite +ready to ally himself wholly with the Republican party, he declined to +be a candidate for the Republican nomination for the vice-presidency, +and supported the Bell and Everett ticket. He was himself defeated in +this year for re-election to Congress. In the winter of 1860-1861 he was +active on behalf of compromise measures. Finally, after President +Lincoln's election, he became a Republican, and as such was re-elected +in 1862 to the national House of Representatives, in which he at once +became one of the most radical and aggressive members, his views +commanding especial attention owing to his being one of the few +representatives from a slave state. From December 1863 to March 1865 he +was chairman of the committee on foreign affairs; as such, in 1864, he +was unwilling to leave the delicate questions concerning the French +occupation of Mexico entirely in the hands of the president and his +secretary of state, and brought in a report very hostile to France, +which was adopted in the House, but fortunately, as it proved later, was +not adopted by the Senate. With other radical Republicans Davis was a +bitter opponent of Lincoln's plan for the reconstruction of the Southern +States, and on the 15th of February 1864 he reported from committee a +bill placing the process of reconstruction under the control of +Congress, and stipulating that the Confederate States, before resuming +their former status in the Union, must disfranchise all important civil +and military officers of the Confederacy, abolish slavery, and repudiate +all debts incurred by or with the sanction of the Confederate +government. In his speech supporting this measure Davis declared that +until Congress should "recognize a government established under its +auspices, there is no government in the rebel states save the authority +of Congress." The bill--the first formal expression by Congress with +regard to Reconstruction--did not pass both Houses until the closing +hours of the session, and failed to receive the approval of the +president, who on the 8th of July issued a proclamation defining his +position. Soon afterwards, on the 5th of August 1864, Davis joined +Benjamin F. Wade of Ohio, who had piloted the bill through the Senate, +in issuing the so-called "Wade-Davis Manifesto," which violently +denounced President Lincoln for encroaching on the domain of Congress +and insinuated that the presidential policy would leave slavery +unimpaired in the reconstructed states. In a debate in Congress some +months later he declared, "When I came into Congress ten years ago this +was a government of law. I have lived to see it a government of personal +will." He was one of the radical leaders who preferred Frémont to +Lincoln in 1864, but subsequently withdrew his opposition and supported +the President for re-election. He early favoured the enlistment of +negroes, and in July 1865 publicly advocated the extension of the +suffrage to them. He was not a candidate for re-election to Congress in +1864, and died in Baltimore, Maryland, on the 30th of December 1865. +Davis was a man of scholarly tastes, an orator of unusual ability and +great eloquence, tireless and fearless in fighting political battles, +but impulsive to the verge of rashness, impractical, tactless and +autocratic. He wrote an elaborate political work entitled _The War of +Ormuzd and Ahriman in the Nineteenth Century_ (1853), in which he +combated the Southern contention that slavery was a divine institution. + + See _The Speeches of Henry Winter Davis_ (New York, 1867), to which is + prefixed an oration on his life and character delivered in the House + of Representatives by Senator J. A. J. Creswell of Maryland. + + + + +DAVIS, JEFFERSON (1808-1889), American soldier and statesman, president +of the Confederate states in the American Civil War, was born on the 3rd +of June 1808 at what is now the village of Fairview, in that part of +Christian county, Kentucky, which was later organized as Todd county. +His father, Samuel Davis (1756-1824), who served in the War of +Independence, was of Welsh, and his mother, Jane Cook, of Scotch-Irish +descent; during his infancy the family moved to Wilkinson county, +Mississippi. Jefferson Davis was educated at Transylvania University +(Lexington, Kentucky) and at the United States Military Academy at West +Point. From the latter he graduated in July 1828, and became by brevet a +second lieutenant of infantry. He was assigned for duty to Jefferson +Barracks at St Louis, and on reaching this post was ordered to Fort +Crawford, near Prairie du Chien, Wisconsin. In 1833 he took part in the +closing scenes of the Black Hawk War, was present at the capture of +Black Hawk, and was sent to Dixon, Illinois, to muster into service some +volunteers from that state. Their captain was Abraham Lincoln, and +Lieutenant Davis is said to have administered to him his first oath of +allegiance. In June 1835 he resigned from the army, married Miss Knox +Taylor, daughter of Colonel (later General) Zachary Taylor, and became a +cotton planter in Warren county, Miss. In September of the same year, +while visiting in Louisiana to escape the fever, his wife died of it and +Davis himself was dangerously ill. For the next few months he travelled +to regain his health; and in the spring of 1836 returned to his cotton +plantation, where for several years he devoted his time largely to +reading political philosophy, political economy, public law and the +English classics, and by careful management of his estate he acquired +considerable wealth. In 1843 Davis entered the field of politics as a +Democrat, and exhibited great power as a public speaker. In 1844 he was +chosen as a presidential elector on the Polk and Dallas ticket; in +February 1845 he married Miss Varina Howell (1826-1906) of Mississippi +(a granddaughter of Governor Richard Howell of New Jersey), and in the +same year became a Democratic representative in Congress. From the +beginning of his political career he advocated a strict construction of +the Federal constitution. He was an ardent admirer of John C. Calhoun, +and eventually became his successor as the leader of the South. In his +rare speeches in the House of Representatives he clearly defined his +position in regard to states rights, which he consistently held ever +afterwards. During his first session, war with Mexico was declared, and +he resigned his seat in June 1846 to take command of the first regiment +raised in his state--the Mississippi Rifles. He served in the Northern +Campaign under his father-in-law, General Taylor, and was greatly +distinguished for gallantry and soldierly conduct at Monterey and +particularly at Buena Vista, where he was severely wounded early in the +engagement, but continued in command of his regiment until victory +crowned the American arms. While still in the field he was appointed +(May 1847) by President Polk to be brigadier-general of volunteers; but +this appointment Davis declined, on the ground, as he afterwards said, +"that volunteers are militia and the Constitution reserves to the state +the appointment of all militia officers." Afterwards, Davis himself, as +president of the Confederate States, was to appoint many volunteer +officers. + +Upon his return to his home late in 1847 he was appointed to fill a +vacancy in the United States Senate, and in 1850 he was elected for a +full term of six years. He resigned in 1851, but was again elected in +1857, and continued as a member from that year until the secession of +his State in 1861. As a senator he stood in the front rank in a body +distinguished for ability; his purity of character and courteous manner, +together with his intellectual gifts, won him the esteem of all parties; +and he became more and more the leader of the Southern Democrats. He +was, however, possessed of a logical rather than an intuitive mind. In +his famous speech in the Senate on the 12th of July 1848, on the +question of establishing a government for Oregon Territory, he held that +a slave should be treated by the Federal government on the same basis as +any other property, and therefore that it was the duty of Congress to +protect the owner's right to his slave in whatever state or territory of +the Union that slave might be. In the debates on the Compromise Measures +of 1850 he took an active part, strongly opposing these measures, while +Henry Stuart Foote (1800-1880), the other Mississippi senator, was one +of their leading advocates. But although still holding to the theory +expounded in his July speech of 1848, he was now ready with the proposal +that slavery might be prohibited north of latitude 36° 30´ N. provided +it should not be interfered with in any territory south of that line. He +resigned from the Senate in 1851 to become a candidate of the Democratic +States-Rights party for the governorship of his state against Foote, the +candidate of the Union Democrats. In the campaign he held, in opposition +to the wishes of the more radical members of his party, that although +secession might be resorted to as a last alternative the circumstances +were not yet such as to justify it. A temporary loss of eyesight +interfered with his canvass, and he was defeated by a small majority +(1009), the campaign having been watched with the greatest interest +throughout the country. In 1853 he accepted the position of secretary of +war in the cabinet of President Pierce, and for four years performed the +duties of the office with great distinction and with lasting benefit to +the nation. He organized the engineer companies which explored and +reported on the several proposed routes for a railway connecting the +Mississippi valley with the Pacific Ocean; he effected the enlargement +of the army, and made material changes in its equipment of arms and +ammunition, utilizing the latest improvements; he made his appointments +of subordinates on their merits, regardless of party considerations; he +revised the system of tactics, perfected the signal corps service, and +enlarged the coast and frontier defences of the country. During all this +time he was on terms of intimate friendship with the president, over +whom he undoubtedly exerted a powerful, but probably not, as is often +said, a dominating influence; for instance he is generally supposed to +have won the president's support for the Kansas-Nebraska Bill of 1854. +After the passage of this bill, Davis, who as secretary of war had +control of the United States troops in Kansas, sympathized strongly with +the pro-slavery party there. At the end of his service in the cabinet, +he was returned to the Senate. To his insistence in 1860 that the +Democratic party should support his claim to the protection of slavery +in the territories by the Federal government, the disruption of that +party was in large measure due. At the same time he practically told the +Senate that the South would secede in the event of the election of a +radical Republican to the presidency; and on the 10th of January 1861, +not long after the election of Lincoln, he argued before that body the +constitutional right of secession and declared that the treatment of the +South had become such that it could no longer remain in the Union +without being degraded. When his state had passed the ordinance of +secession he resigned his seat, and his speech on the 21st of January +was a clear and able statement of the position taken by his state, and a +most pathetic farewell to his associates. + +On the 25th of January 1861 Davis was commissioned major-general of the +forces Mississippi was raising in view of the threatened conflict. On +the 9th of February he received the unanimous vote of the Provisional +Congress of the seceded states as president of the "Confederate States +of America." He was inaugurated on the 18th of February, was +subsequently, after the adoption of the permanent constitution, +regularly elected by popular vote, for a term of six years, and on the +22nd of February 1862 was again inaugurated. He had not sought the +office, preferring service in the field. His brilliant career, both as a +civilian and as a soldier, drew all eyes to him as best fitted to guide +the fortunes of the new Confederacy, and with a deep sense of the +responsibility he obeyed the call. He heartily approved of the peace +conference, which attempted to draw up a plan of reconciliation between +the two sections, but whose failure made war inevitable. Montgomery, in +Alabama, was the first Confederate capital, but after Virginia joined +her sister states, the seat of government was removed to Richmond, on +the 29th of May 1861. How Davis--of whom W. E. Gladstone, in the early +days of English sympathy with the South, said that he had "made a +nation"--bore himself in his most responsible position during the +gigantic conflict which ensued, cannot here be related in detail. (See +CONFEDERATE STATES; and AMERICAN CIVIL WAR.) In the shortest time he +organized and put into the field one of the finest bodies of soldiers of +which history has record. Factories sprang up in the South in a few +months, supplying the army with arms and munitions of war, and the +energy of the president was everywhere apparent. That he committed +serious errors, his warmest admirers will hardly deny. Unfortunately his +firmness developed into obstinacy, and exhibited itself in continued +confidence in officers who had proved to be failures, and in dislike of +some of his ablest generals. He committed the great mistake, too, of +directing the movements of distant armies from the seat of government, +though those armies were under able generals. This naturally caused +great dissatisfaction, and more than once resulted in irreparable +disaster. Moreover, he was not, like Lincoln, a great manager of men; he +often acted without tact; he was charged with being domineering and +autocratic, and at various times he was seriously hampered by the +meddling of the Confederate Congress and the opposition of such men as +the vice-president, A. H. Stephens, Governor Joseph E. Brown of Georgia, +and Governor Zebulon Vance of North Carolina. + +During the winter of 1864-1865 the resources of the government showed +such exhaustion that it was apparent that the end would come with the +opening of the spring campaign. This was clearly stated in the reports +of the heads of departments and of General Lee. President Davis, +however, acted as if he was assured of ultimate success. He sent Duncan +F. Kenner as special commissioner to the courts of England and France to +obtain recognition of the Confederacy on condition of the abolition of +slavery. When a conference was held in Hampton Roads on the 3rd of +February 1865 between President Lincoln and Secretary Seward on the one +side, and A. H. Stephens, R. M. T. Hunter, and Judge James A. Campbell, +representing President Davis, on the other, he instructed his +representatives to insist on the recognition of the Confederacy as a +condition to any arrangement for the termination of the war. This +defeated the object of the conference, and deprived the South of terms +which would have been more beneficial than those imposed by the +conqueror when the end came a few weeks later. The last days of the +Confederate Congress were spent in recriminations between that body and +President Davis, and the popularity with which he commenced his +administration had almost entirely vanished. In January 1865 the +Congress proposed to supersede the president and make General Lee +dictator,--a suggestion, however, to which the Confederate commander +refused to listen. + +After the surrender of the armies of Lee and Johnston in April 1865, +President Davis attempted to make his way, through Georgia, across the +Mississippi, in the vain hope of continuing the war with the forces of +Generals Smith and Magruder. He was taken prisoner on the 10th of May by +Federal troops near Irwinville, Irwin county, Georgia, and was brought +back to Old Point, Virginia, in order to be confined in prison at +Fortress Monroe. In prison he was chained and treated with great +severity. He was indicted for treason by a Virginia grand jury, +persistent efforts were made to connect him with the assassination of +President Lincoln, he was unjustly charged with having deliberately and +wilfully caused the sufferings and deaths of Union prisoners at +Andersonville and for two years he was denied trial or bail. Such +treatment aroused the sympathy of the Southern people, who regarded him +as a martyr to their cause, and in a great measure restored him to that +place in their esteem which by the close of the war he had lost. It also +aroused a general feeling in the North, and when finally he was admitted +to bail (in May 1867), Horace Greeley, Gerrit Smith, and others in that +section who had been his political opponents, became his sureties. +Charles O'Conor, a leader of the New York bar, volunteered to act as his +counsel. With him was associated Robert Ould of Richmond, a lawyer of +great ability. They moved to quash the indictment on which he was +brought to trial. Chief Justice Chase and Judge John C. Underwood +constituted the United States circuit court sitting for Virginia before +which the case was brought in December 1868; the court was divided, the +chief justice voting to sustain the motion and Underwood to overrule it. +The matter was thereupon certified to the Supreme Court of the United +States, but as the general amnesty of the 25th of December 1868 included +Davis, an order of _nolle prosequi_ was entered in February 1869, and +Davis and his bondsmen were thereupon released. After his release he +visited Europe, and spent the last years of his life in retirement, +during which he wrote his _Rise and Fall of the Confederate Government_ +(2 vols., 1881). In these volumes he attempted to vindicate his +administration, and in so doing he attacked the records of those +generals he disliked. He also wrote a _Short History of the Confederate +States of America_ (1890). He died on the 6th of December 1889, at New +Orleans, leaving a widow and two daughters--Margaret, who married J. A. +Hayes in 1877, and Varina Anne (1864-1898), better known as "Winnie" +Davis, the "daughter of the Confederacy," who was the author of several +books, including _A Sketch of the Life of Robert Emmet_ (1888), a novel, +_The Veiled Doctor_ (1895), and _A Romance of Summer Seas_ (1898). A +monument to her, designed by George J. Zolnay, and erected by the +Daughters of the Confederacy, was unveiled in Hollywood cemetery, +Richmond, Va., on the 9th of November 1899. Mrs Davis, who exerted a +marked influence over her husband, survived him many years, passed the +last years of her life in New York City, and died there on the 16th of +October 1906. + + AUTHORITIES.--Several biographies and memoirs of Davis have been + published, of which the best are: _Jefferson Davis, Ex-President of + the Confederate States_ (2 vols., New York, 1890), by his widow; F. H. + Alfriend's _Life of Jefferson Davis_ (Cincinnati, 1868), which + defended him from the charges of incompetence and despotism brought + against him; E. A. Pollard's _Life of Jefferson Davis, with a Secret + History of the Southern Confederacy_ (Philadelphia, 1869), a somewhat + partisan arraignment by a prominent Southern journalist; and W. E. + Dodd's _Jefferson Davis_ (Philadelphia, 1907), which embodies the + results of recent historical research. _The Prison Life of Jefferson + Davis_ (New York, 1866) by John J. Craven (d. 1893), a Federal army + surgeon who was Davis's physician at Fortress Monroe, was long + popular; it gives a vivid and sympathetic picture of Mr Davis as a + prisoner, but its authenticity and accuracy have been questioned. + (W. W. H.*; N. D. M.) + + + + +DAVIS (or DAVYS), JOHN (1550?-1605), one of the chief English navigators +and explorers under Elizabeth, especially in Polar regions, was born at +Sandridge near Dartmouth about 1550. From a boy he was a sailor, and +early made several voyages with Adrian Gilbert; both the Gilbert and +Raleigh families were Devonians of his own neighbourhood, and through +life he seems to have profited by their friendship. In January 1583 he +appears to have broached his design of a north-west passage to +Walsingham and John Dee; various consultations followed; and in 1585 he +started on his first north-western expedition. On this he began by +striking the ice-bound east shore of Greenland, which he followed south +to Cape Farewell; thence he turned north once more and coasted the west +Greenland littoral some way, till, finding the sea free from ice, he +shaped a "course for China" by the north-west. In 66° N., however, he +fell in with Baffin Land, and though he pushed some way up Cumberland +Sound, and professed to recognize in this the "hoped strait," he now +turned back (end of August). He tried again in 1586 and 1587; in the +last voyage he pushed through the straits still named after him into +Baffin's Bay, coasting west Greenland to 73° N., almost to Upernavik, +and thence making a last effort to find a passage westward along the +north of America. Many points in Arctic latitudes (Cumberland Sound, +Cape Walsingham, Exeter Sound, &c.) retain names given them by Davis, +who ranks with Baffin and Hudson as the greatest of early Arctic +explorers and, like Frobisher, narrowly missed the discovery of Hudson's +Bay via Hudson's Straits (the "Furious Overfall" of Davis). In 1588 he +seems to have commanded the "Black Dog" against the Spanish Armada; in +1589 he joined the earl of Cumberland off the Azores; and in 1591 he +accompanied Thomas Cavendish on his last voyage, with the special +purpose, as he tells us, of searching "that north-west discovery upon +the back parts of America." After the rest of Cavendish's expedition +returned unsuccessful, he continued to attempt on his own account the +passage of the Strait of Magellan; though defeated here by foul weather, +he discovered the Falkland Islands. The passage home was extremely +disastrous, and he brought back only fourteen of his seventy-six men. +After his return in 1593 he published a valuable treatise on practical +navigation in _The Seaman's Secrets_ (1594), and a more theoretical work +in _The World's Hydrographical Description_ (1595). His invention of +back-staff and double quadrant (called a "Davis Quadrant" after him) +held the field among English seamen till long after Hadley's reflecting +quadrant had been introduced. In 1596-1597 Davis seems to have sailed +with Raleigh (as master of Sir Walter's own ship) to Cadiz and the +Azores; and in 1598-1600 he accompanied a Dutch expedition to the East +Indies as pilot, sailing from Flushing, returning to Middleburg, and +narrowly escaping destruction from treachery at Achin in Sumatra. In +1601-1603 he accompanied Sir James Lancaster as first pilot on his +voyage in the service of the East India Company; and in December 1604 he +sailed again for the same destination as pilot to Sir Edward Michelborne +(or Michelbourn). On this journey he was killed by Japanese pirates off +Bintang near Sumatra. + + _A Traverse Book made by John Davis in 1587_, an _Account of his + Second Voyage in 1586_, and a _Report of Master John Davis of his + three voyages made for the Discovery of the North West Passage_ were + printed in Hakluyt's collection. Davis himself published _The Seaman's + Secrets, divided into two Parts_ (London, 1594), _The World's + Hydrographical Description ... whereby appears that there is a short + and speedy Passage into the South Seas, to China, Molucca, Philippina, + and India, by Northerly Navigation_ (London, 1595). Various references + to Davis are in the _Calendars of State Papers, Domestic_ (1591-1594), + and _East Indies_ (1513-1616). See also _Voyages and Works of John + Davis_, edited by A. H. Markham (London, Hakluyt Society, 1880), and + the article "John Davys" by Sir J. K. Laughton in the _Dictionary of + National Biography_. (C. R. B.) + + + + +DAVIS, THOMAS OSBORNE (1814-1845), Irish poet and journalist, was born +at Mallow, Co. Cork, on the 14th of October 1814. His father, James +Thomas Davis, a surgeon in the royal artillery, who died in the month of +his son's birth, belonged to an English family of Welsh extraction, and +his mother, Mary Atkins, belonged to a Protestant Anglo-Irish family. +Davis graduated B.A. at Trinity College, Dublin, in 1836, and was called +to the bar two years later. Brought up in an English and Tory circle, he +was led to adopt nationalist views by the study of Irish history, a +complicated subject in which text-books and the ordinary guides to +knowledge were then lacking. In 1840 he made a speech appealing to Irish +sentiment before the college historical society, which had been +reorganized in 1839. With a view to indoctrinating the Irish people with +the idea of nationality he joined John Blake Dillon in editing the +_Dublin Morning Register_. The proprietor very soon dismissed him, and +Davis saw that his propaganda would be ineffective if he continued to +stand outside the national organization. He therefore announced himself +a follower of Daniel O'Connell, and became an energetic worker (1841) on +the committee of the repeal association. He helped Dillon and Charles +Gavan Duffy to found the weekly newspaper, _The Nation_, the first +number of which appeared on the 15th of October 1842. The paper was +chiefly written by these three promoters, and its concentrated purpose +and vigorous writing soon attracted attention. Davis, who had never +written verse, was induced to attempt it for the new undertaking. The +"Lament of Owen Roe O'Neill" was printed in the sixth number, and was +followed by a series of lyrics that take a high place in Irish national +poetry--"The Battle of Fontenoy," "The Geraldines," "Máire Bhán a Stoír" +and many others. Davis contemplated a history of Ireland, an edition of +the speeches of Irish orators, one volume of which appeared, and a life +of Wolfe Tone. These projects remained incomplete, but Davis's +determination and continuous zeal made their mark on his party. +Differences arose between O'Connell and the young writers of _The +Nation_, and as time went on became more pronounced. Davis was accused +of being anti-Catholic, and was systematically attacked by O'Connell's +followers. But he differed, said Sir Charles Gavan Duffy, from earlier +and later Irish tribunes, "by a perfectly genuine desire to remain +unknown, and reap neither recognition nor reward for his work." His +early death from scarlet fever (September 15th, 1845) deprived "Young +Ireland" of its most striking personality. + + His _Poems_ and his _Literary and Historical Essays_ were collected in + 1846. There is an edition of his prose writings (1889) in the _Camelot + Classics_. See the monograph on _Thomas Davis_ by Sir Charles Gavan + Duffy (1890, abridged ed. 1896), and the same writer's _Young Ireland_ + (revised edition, 1896). + + + + +DAVISON, WILLIAM (c. 1541-1608), secretary to Queen Elizabeth, was of +Scottish descent, and in 1566 acted as secretary to Henry Killigrew (d. +1603), when he was sent into Scotland by Elizabeth on a mission to Mary, +queen of Scots. Remaining in that country for about ten years, Davison +then went twice to the Netherlands on diplomatic business, returning to +England in 1586 to defend the hasty conduct of his friend, Robert +Dudley, earl of Leicester. In the same year he became member of +parliament for Knaresborough, a privy councillor, and assistant to +Elizabeth's secretary, Thomas Walsingham; but he soon appears to have +acted rather as the colleague than the subordinate of Walsingham. He was +a member of the commission appointed to try Mary, queen of Scots, +although he took no part in its proceedings. When sentence was passed +upon Mary the warrant for her execution was entrusted to Davison, who, +after some delay, obtained the queen's signature. On this occasion, and +also in subsequent interviews with her secretary, Elizabeth suggested +that Mary should be executed in some more secret fashion, and her +conversation afforded ample proof that she disliked to take upon herself +any responsibility for the death of her rival. Meanwhile, the privy +council having been summoned by Lord Burghley, it was decided to carry +out the sentence at once, and Mary was beheaded on the 8th of February +1587. When the news of the execution reached Elizabeth she was extremely +indignant, and her wrath was chiefly directed against Davison, who, she +asserted, had disobeyed her instructions not to part with the warrant. +The secretary was arrested and thrown into prison, but, although he +defended himself vigorously, he did not say anything about the queen's +wish to get rid of Mary by assassination. Charged before the Star +Chamber with misprision and contempt, he was acquitted of evil +intention, but was sentenced to pay a fine of 10,000 marks, and to +imprisonment during the queen's pleasure; but owing to the exertions of +several influential men he was released in 1589. The queen, however, +refused to employ him again in her service, and he retired to Stepney, +where he died in December 1608. Davison appears to have been an +industrious and outspoken man, and was undoubtedly made the scapegoat +for the queen's pusillanimous conduct. By his wife, Catherine Spelman, +he had a family of four sons and two daughters. Two of his sons, Francis +and Walter, obtained some celebrity as poets. + + Many state papers written by him, and many of his letters, are extant + in various collections of manuscripts. See Sir N. H. Nicolas, _Life of + W. Davison_ (London, 1823); J. A. Froude, _History of England_ + (London, 1881 fol.); _Calendar of State Papers 1580-1609_; and + _Correspondence of Leicester during his Government of the Low + Countries_, edited by J. Bruce (London, 1844). + + + + +DAVIS STRAIT, the broad strait which separates Greenland from North +America, and connects Baffin Bay with the open Atlantic. At its +narrowest point, which occurs just where the Arctic Circle crosses it, +it is nearly 200 m. wide. This part is also the shallowest, a sounding +of 112 fathoms being found in the centre, whereas the depth increases +rapidly both to north and to south. Along the western shore (Baffin +Land) a cold current passes southward; but along the east there is a +warm northward stream, and there are a few Danish settlements on the +Greenland coast. The strait takes its name from the explorer John Davis. + + + + +DAVITT, MICHAEL (1846-1906), Irish Nationalist politician, son of a +peasant farmer in Co. Mayo, was born on the 25th of March 1846. His +father was evicted for non-payment of rent in 1851, and migrated to +Lancashire, where at the age of ten the boy began work in a cotton mill +at Haslingden. In 1857 he lost his right arm by a machinery accident, +and he had to get employment as a newsboy and printer's "devil." He +drifted into the ranks of the Fenian brotherhood in 1865, and in 1870 he +was arrested for treason-felony in arranging for sending fire-arms into +Ireland, and was sentenced to fifteen years' penal servitude. After +seven years he was released on ticket of leave. He at once rejoined the +"Irish Republican Brotherhood," and went to the United States, where his +mother, herself of American birth, had settled with the rest of the +family, in order to concert plans with the Fenian leaders there. +Returning to Ireland he helped C. S. Parnell to start the Land League in +1879, and his violent speeches resulted in his re-arrest and consignment +to Portland by Sir William Harcourt, then home secretary. He was +released in 1882, but was again prosecuted for seditious speeches in +1883, and suffered three months' imprisonment. He had been elected to +parliament for Meath as a Nationalist in 1882, but being a convict was +disqualified to sit. He was included as one of the respondents before +the Parnell Commission (1888-1890) and spoke for five days in his own +defence, but his prominent association with the revolutionary Irish +schemes was fully established. (See PARNELL.) He took the +anti-Parnellite side in 1890, and in 1892 was elected to parliament for +North Meath, but was unseated on petition. He was then returned for +North-East Cork, but had to vacate his seat through bankruptcy, caused +by the costs in the North Meath petition. In 1895 he was elected for +West Mayo, but retired before the dissolution in 1900. He died on the +31st of May 1906, in Dublin. A sincere but embittered Nationalist, +anti-English to the backbone, anti-clerical, and sceptical as to the +value of the purely parliamentary agitation for Home Rule, Davitt was a +notable representative of the survival of the Irish "physical force" +party, and a strong link with the extremists in America. In later years +his Socialistic Radicalism connected him closely with the Labour party. +He wrote constantly in American and colonial journals, and published +some books, always with the strongest bias against English methods; but +his force of character earned him at least the respect of those who +could make calm allowance for an open enemy of the established order, +and a higher meed of admiration from those who sympathized with his +objects or were not in a position to be threatened by them. + + + + +DAVOS (Romonsch _Tavau_, a name variously explained as meaning a sheep +pasture or simply "behind"), a mountain valley in the Swiss canton of +the Grisons, lying east of Coire (whence it is 40 m. distant by rail), +and north-west of the Lower Engadine (accessible at Süs in 18 m. by +road). It contains two main villages, 2 m. from each other, Dörfli and +Platz (the chief hamlet), which are 5015 ft. above the sea-level, and +had a population in 1900 of 8089, a figure exceeded in the Grisons only +by the capital Coire. Of the population 5391 were Protestants, 2564 +Romanists, and 81 Jews; while 6048 were German-speaking and 486 +Romonsch-speaking. In 1860 the population was only 1705, rising to 2002 +in 1870, to 2865 in 1880, to 3891 in 1888, and to 8089 in 1890. This +steady increase is due to the fact that the valley is now much +frequented in winter by consumptive patients, as its position, sheltered +from cold winds and exposed to brilliant sunshine in the daytime, has a +most beneficial effect on invalids in the first stages of that terrible +disease. A local doctor, by name Spengler, first noticed this fact about +1865, and the valley soon became famous. It is now provided with +excellent hotels, sanatoria, &c., but as lately as 1860 there was only +one inn there, housed in the 16th-century _Rathhaus_ (town hall), which +is still adorned by the heads of wolves shot in the neighbourhood. At +the north end of the valley is the fine lake of Davos, used for skating +in the winter, while from Platz the splendidly engineered +_Landwasserstrasse_ leads (20 m.) down to the Alvaneubad station on the +Albula railway from Coire to the Engadine. + +We first hear of Tavaus or Tavauns in 1160 and 1213, as a mountain +pasture or "alp." It was then in the hands of a Romonsch-speaking +population, as is shown by many surviving field names. But, some time +between 1260 and 1282, a colony of German-speaking persons from the +Upper Valais (first mentioned in 1289) was planted there by its lord, +Walter von Vaz, so that it has long been a Teutonic island in the midst +of a Romonsch-speaking population. Historically it is associated with +the Prättigau or Landquart valley to the north, as it was the most +important village of the region, and in 1436 became the capital of the +League of the Ten Jurisdictions. (See GRISONS.) It formerly contained +many iron mines, and belonged from 1477 to 1649 to the Austrian +Habsburgs. In 1779 Davos was visited and described by Archdeacon W. +Coxe. (W. A. B. C.) + + + + +DAVOUT, LOUIS NICOLAS, duke of Auerstädt and prince of Eckmühl +(1770-1823), marshal of France, was born at Annoux (Yonne) on the 10th +of May 1770. His name is also, less correctly, spelt Davoût and Davoust. +He entered the French army as a sub-lieutenant in 1788, and on the +outbreak of the Revolution he embraced its principles. He was _chef de +bataillon_ in a volunteer corps in the campaign of 1792, and +distinguished himself at Neerwinden in the following spring. He had just +been promoted general of brigade when he was removed from the active +list as being of noble birth. He served, however, in the campaigns of +1794-1797 on the Rhine, and accompanied Desaix in the Egyptian +expedition of Bonaparte. On his return he took part in the campaign of +Marengo under Napoleon, who placed the greatest confidence in his +abilities, made him a general of division soon after Marengo, and in +1801 gave him a command in the consular guard. At the accession of +Napoleon as emperor, Davout was one of the generals who were created +marshals of France. As commander of the III. corps of the _Grande Armée_ +Davout rendered the greatest services. At Austerlitz, after a forced +march of forty-eight hours, the III. corps bore the brunt of the allies' +attack. In the Jena campaign Davout with a single corps fought and won +the brilliant victory of Auerstädt against the main Prussian army. (See +NAPOLEONIC CAMPAIGNS.) He took part, and added to his renown, in the +campaign of Eylau and Friedland. Napoleon left him as governor-general +in the grand-duchy of Warsaw when the treaty of Tilsit put an end to the +war (1807), and in 1808 created him duke of Auerstädt. In the war of +1809 Davout took a brilliant part in the actions which culminated in the +victory of Eckmühl, and had an important share in the battle of Wagram +(q.v.). He was created prince of Eckmühl about this time. It was Davout +who was entrusted by Napoleon with the task of organizing the "corps of +observation of the Elbe," which was in reality the gigantic army with +which the emperor invaded Russia in 1812. In this Davout commanded the +I. corps, over 70,000 strong, and defeated the Russians at Mohilev +before he joined the main army, with which he continued throughout the +campaign and the retreat from Moscow. In 1813 he commanded the Hamburg +military district, and defended Hamburg, a city ill fortified and +provisioned, and full of disaffection, through a long siege, only +surrendering the place on the direct order of Louis XVIII. after the +fall of Napoleon in 1814. + +Davout's military character was on this, as on many other occasions, +interpreted as cruel and rapacious, and he had to defend himself against +many attacks upon his conduct at Hamburg. He was a stern disciplinarian, +almost the only one of the marshals who exacted rigid and precise +obedience from his troops, and consequently his corps was more +trustworthy and exact in the performance of its duty than any other. +Thus, in the earlier days of the _Grande Armée_, it was always the III. +corps which was entrusted with the most difficult part of the work in +hand. The same criterion is to be applied to his conduct of civil +affairs. His rapacity was in reality Napoleon's, for he gave the same +undeviating obedience to superior orders which he enforced in his own +subordinates. As for his military talents, he was admitted by his +contemporaries and by later judgment to be one of the ablest, perhaps +the ablest, of all Napoleon's marshals. On the first restoration he +retired into private life, openly displaying his hostility to the +Bourbons, and when Napoleon returned from Elba; Davout at once joined +him. Appointed minister of war, he reorganized the French army as far as +the limited time available permitted, and he was so far indispensable to +the war department that Napoleon kept him at Paris during the Waterloo +campaign. To what degree his skill and bravery would have altered the +fortunes of the campaign of 1815 can only be surmised, but it has been +made a ground of criticism against Napoleon that he did not avail +himself in the field of the services of the best general he then +possessed. Davout directed the gallant, but hopeless, defence of Paris +after Waterloo, and was deprived of his marshalate and his titles at the +second restoration. When some of his subordinate generals were +proscribed, he demanded to be held responsible for their acts, as +executed under his orders, and he endeavoured to prevent the +condemnation of Ney. After a time the hostility of the Bourbons towards +Davout died away, and he was reconciled to the monarchy. In 1817 his +rank and titles were restored, and in 1819 he became a member of the +chamber of peers. He died at Paris on the 1st of June 1823. + + See the marquise de Blocqueville, _Le Maréchal Davout raconté par les + siens et lui-même_ (Paris, 1870-1880, 1887); Chenier, _Davout, duc + d'Auerstädt_ (Paris, 1866). + + + + +DAVY, SIR HUMPHRY, Bart. (1778-1829), English chemist, was born on the +17th of December 1778 at or near Penzance in Cornwall. During his school +days at the grammar schools of Penzance and Truro he showed few signs of +a taste for scientific pursuits or indeed of any special zeal for +knowledge or of ability beyond a certain skill in making verse +translations from the classics and in story-telling. But when in 1794 +his father, Robert Davy, died, leaving a widow and five children in +embarrassed circumstances, he awoke to his responsibilities as the +eldest son, and becoming apprentice to a surgeon-apothecary at Penzance +set to work on a systematic and remarkably wide course of +self-instruction which he mapped out for himself in preparation for a +career in medicine. Beginning with metaphysics and ethics and passing on +to mathematics, he turned to chemistry at the end of 1797, and within a +few months of reading Nicholson's and Lavoisier's treatises on that +science had produced a new theory of light and heat. About the same time +he made the acquaintance of two men of scientific attainments--Gregory +Watt (1777-1804), a son of James Watt, and Davies Giddy, afterwards +Gilbert (1767-1839), who was president of the Royal Society from 1827 to +1831. By the latter he was recommended to Dr Thomas Beddoes, who was in +1798 establishing his Medical Pneumatic Institution at Bristol for +investigating the medicinal properties of various gases. Here Davy, +released from his indentures, was installed as superintendent towards +the end of 1798. Early next year two papers from his pen were published +in Beddoes' _West Country Contributions_--one "On Heat, Light and the +Combinations of Light, with a new Theory of Respiration and Observations +on the Chemistry of Life," and the other "On the Generation of +Phosoxygen (Oxygen gas) and the Causes of the Colours of Organic +Beings." These contain an account of the well-known experiment in which +he sought to establish the immateriality of heat by showing its +generation through the friction of two pieces of ice in an exhausted +vessel, and further attempt to prove that light is "matter of a peculiar +kind," and that oxygen gas, being a compound of this matter with a +simple substance, would more properly be termed phosoxygen. Founded on +faulty experiments and reasoning, the views he expressed were either +ignored or ridiculed; and it was long before he bitterly regretted the +temerity with which he had published his hasty generalizations. + +One of his first discoveries at the Pneumatic Institution on the 9th of +April 1799 was that pure nitrous oxide (laughing gas) is perfectly +respirable, and he narrates that on the next day he became "absolutely +intoxicated" through breathing sixteen quarts of it for "near seven +minutes." This discovery brought both him and the Pneumatic Institution +into prominence. The gas itself was inhaled by Southey and Coleridge +among other distinguished people, and promised to become fashionable, +while further research yielded Davy material for his _Researches, +Chemical and Philosophical, chiefly concerning Nitrous Oxide_, published +in 1800, which secured his reputation as a chemist. Soon afterwards, +Count Rumford, requiring a lecturer on chemistry for the recently +established Royal Institution in London, opened negotiations with him, +and on the 16th of February 1801 he was engaged as assistant lecturer in +chemistry and director of the laboratory. Ten weeks later, having "given +satisfactory proofs of his talents" in a course of lectures on +galvanism, he was appointed lecturer, and his promotion to be professor +followed on the 31st of May 1802. One of the first tasks imposed on him +by the managers was the delivery of a course of lectures on the chemical +principles of tanning, and he was given leave of absence for July, +August and September 1801 in order to acquaint himself practically with +the subject. The main facts he discovered from his experiments in this +connexion were described before the Royal Society in 1803. In 1802 the +board of agriculture requested him to direct his attention to +agricultural subjects; and in 1803, with the acquiescence of the Royal +Institution, he gave his first course of lectures on agricultural +chemistry and continued them for ten successive years, ultimately +publishing their substance as _Elements of Agricultural Chemistry_ in +1813. But his chief interest at the Royal Institution was with +electro-chemistry. Galvanic phenomena had already engaged his attention +before he left Bristol, but in London he had at his disposal a large +battery which gave him much greater opportunities. His first +communication to the Royal Society, read in June 1801, related to +galvanic combinations formed with single metallic plates and fluids, and +showed that an electric cell might be constructed with a single metal +and two fluids, provided one of the fluids was capable of oxidizing one +surface of the metal; previous piles had consisted of two different +metals, or of one plate of metal and the other of charcoal, with an +interposed fluid. Five years later he delivered before the Royal Society +his first Bakerian lecture, "On some Chemical Agencies of Electricity," +which J. J. Berzelius described as one of the most remarkable memoirs in +the history of chemical theory. He summed up his results in the general +statement that "hydrogen, the alkaline substances, the metals and +certain metallic oxides are attracted by negatively electrified metallic +surfaces, and repelled by positively electrified metallic surfaces; and +contrariwise, that oxygen and acid substances are attracted by +positively electrified metallic surfaces and repelled by negatively +electrified metallic surfaces; and these attractive and repulsive forces +are sufficiently energetic to destroy or suspend the usual operation of +elective affinity." He also sketched a theory of chemical affinity on +the facts he had discovered, and concluded by suggesting that the +electric decomposition of neutral salts might in some cases admit of +economical applications and lead to the isolation of the true elements +of bodies. A year after this paper, which gained him from the French +Institute the medal offered by Napoleon for the best experiment made +each year on galvanism, he described in his second Bakerian lecture the +electrolytic preparation of potassium and sodium, effected in October +1807 by the aid of his battery. According to his cousin, Edmund Davy,[1] +then his laboratory assistant, he was so delighted with this achievement +that he danced about the room in ecstasy. Four days after reading his +lecture his health broke down, and severe illness kept him from his +professional duties until March 1808. As soon as he was able to work +again he attempted to obtain the metals of the alkaline earths by the +same methods as he had used for those of the fixed alkalis, but they +eluded his efforts and he only succeeded in preparing them as amalgams +with mercury, by a process due to Berzelius. His attempts to decompose +"alumine, silica, zircone and glucine" were still less fortunate. At the +end of 1808 he read his third Bakerian lecture, one of the longest of +his papers but not one of the best. In it he disproved the idea advanced +by Gay Lussac that potassium was a compound of hydrogen, not an element; +but on the other hand he cast doubts on the elementary character of +phosphorus, sulphur and carbon, though on this point he afterwards +corrected himself. He also described the preparation of boron, for which +at first he proposed the name boracium, on the impression that it was a +metal. About this time a voluntary subscription among the members of the +Royal Institution put him in possession of a new galvanic battery of +2000 double plates, with a surface equal to 128,000 sq. in., to replace +the old one, which had become unserviceable. His fourth Bakerian +lecture, in November 1809, gave further proofs of the elementary nature +of potassium, and described the properties of telluretted hydrogen. Next +year, in a paper read in July and in his fifth Bakerian lecture in +November, he argued that oxymuriatic acid, contrary to his previous +belief, was a simple body, and proposed for it the name "chlorine." + +Davy's reputation was now at its zenith. As a lecturer he could command +an audience of little less than 1000 in the theatre of the Royal +Institution, and his fame had spread far outside London. In 1810, at the +invitation of the Dublin Society, he gave a course of lectures on +electro-chemical science, and in the following year he again lectured in +Dublin, on chemistry and geology, receiving large fees at both visits. +During his second visit Trinity College conferred upon him the honorary +degree of LL.D., the only university distinction he ever received. On +the 8th of April 1812 he was knighted by the prince regent; on the 9th +he gave his farewell lecture as professor of chemistry at the Royal +Institution; and on the 11th he was married to Mrs Apreece, daughter and +heiress of Charles Kerr of Kelso, and a distant connexion of Sir Walter +Scott. A few months after his marriage he published the first and only +volume of his _Elements of Chemical Philosophy_, with a dedication to +his wife, and was also re-elected professor of chemistry at the Royal +Institution, though he would not pledge himself to deliver lectures, +explaining that he wished to be free from the routine of lecturing in +order to have more time for original work. Towards the end of the year +he began to investigate chloride of nitrogen, which had just been +discovered by P. L. Dulong, but was obliged to suspend his inquiries +during the winter on account of injury to his eye caused by an explosion +of that substance. In the spring of 1813 he was engaged on the chemistry +of fluorine, and though he failed to isolate the element, he reached +accurate conclusions regarding its nature and properties. In October he +started with his wife for a continental tour, and with them, as +"assistant in experiments and writing," went Michael Faraday, who in the +previous March had been engaged as assistant in the Royal Institution +laboratory. Having obtained permission from the French emperor to travel +in France, he went first to Paris, where during his two months' stay +every honour was accorded him, including election as a corresponding +member of the first class of the Institute. He does not, however, seem +to have reciprocated the courtesy of his French hosts, but gave offence +by the brusqueness of his manner, though his supercilious bearing, +according to his biographer, Dr Paris, was to be ascribed less to any +conscious superiority than to an "ungraceful timidity which he could +never conquer." Nor was his action in regard to iodine calculated to +conciliate. That substance, recently discovered in Paris, was attracting +the attention of French chemists when he stepped in and, after a short +examination with his portable chemical laboratory, detected its +resemblance to chlorine and pronounced it an "undecompounded body." +Towards the end of December he left for Italy. At Genoa he investigated +the electricity of the torpedo-fish, and at Florence, by the aid of the +great burning-glass in the Accademia del Cimento, he effected the +combustion of the diamond in oxygen and decided that, beyond containing +a little hydrogen, it consisted of pure carbon. Then he went to Rome and +Naples and visited Vesuvius and Pompeii, called on Volta at Milan, spent +the summer in Geneva, and returning to Rome occupied the winter with an +inquiry into the composition of ancient colours. + +A few months after his return, through Germany, to London in 1815, he +was induced to take up the question of constructing a miner's safety +lamp. Experiments with samples of fire-damp sent from Newcastle soon +taught him that "explosive mixtures of mine-damp will not pass through +small apertures or tubes"; and in a paper read before the Royal Society +on the 9th of November he showed that metallic tubes, being better +conductors of heat, were superior to glass ones, and explained that the +heat lost by contact with a large cooling surface brought the +temperature of the first portions of gas exploded below that required +for the firing of the other portions. Two further papers read in January +1816 explained the employment of wire gauze instead of narrow tubes, and +later in the year the safety lamps were brought into use in the mines. A +large collection of the different models made by Davy in the course of +his inquiries is in the possession of the Royal Institution. He took out +no patent for his invention, and in recognition of his disinterestedness +the Newcastle coal-owners in September 1817 presented him with a +dinner-service of silver plate.[2] + +In 1818, when he was created a baronet, he was commissioned by the +British government to examine the papyri of Herculaneum in the +Neapolitan museum, and he did not arrive back in England till June 1820. +In November of that year the Royal Society, of which he had become a +fellow in 1803, and acted as secretary from 1807 to 1812, chose him as +their president, but his personal qualities were not such as to make him +very successful in that office, especially in comparison with the tact +and firmness of his predecessor, Sir Joseph Banks. In 1821 he was busy +with electrical experiments and in 1822 with investigations of the +fluids contained in the cavities of crystals in rocks. In 1823, when +Faraday liquefied chlorine, he read a paper which suggested the +application of liquids formed by the condensation of gases as mechanical +agents. In the same year the admiralty consulted the Royal Society as to +a means of preserving the copper sheathing of ships from corrosion and +keeping it smooth, and he suggested that the copper would be preserved +if it were rendered negatively electrical, as would be done by fixing +"protectors" of zinc to the sheeting. This method was tried on several +ships, but it was found that the bottoms became extremely foul from +accumulations of seaweed and shellfish. For this reason the admiralty +decided against the plan, much to the inventor's annoyance, especially +as orders to remove the protectors already fitted were issued in June +1825, immediately after he had announced to the Royal Society the full +success of his remedy. + +In 1826 Davy's health, which showed signs of failure in 1823, had so +declined that he could with difficulty indulge in his favourite sports +of fishing and shooting, and early in 1827, after a slight attack of +paralysis, he was ordered abroad. After a short stay at Ravenna he +removed to Salzburg, whence, his illness continuing, he sent in his +resignation as president of the Royal Society. In the autumn he returned +to England and spent his time in writing his _Salmonia or Days of +Flyfishing_, an imitation of _The Compleat Angler_. In the spring of +1828 he again left England for Illyria, and in the winter fixed his +residence at Rome, whence he sent to the Royal Society his "Remarks on +the Electricity of the Torpedo," written at Trieste in October. This, +with the exception of a posthumous work, _Consolations in Travel, or the +Last Days of a Philosopher_ (1830), was the final production of his pen. +On the 20th of February 1829 he suffered a second attack of paralysis +which rendered his right side quite powerless, but under the care of his +brother, Dr John Davy (1791-1868), he rallied sufficiently to be removed +to Geneva, where he died on the 29th of May. + +Of a sanguine, somewhat irritable temperament, Davy displayed +characteristic enthusiasm and energy in all his pursuits. As is shown by +his verses and sometimes by his prose, his mind was highly imaginative; +the poet Coleridge declared that if he "had not been the first chemist, +he would have been the first poet of his age," and Southey said that "he +had all the elements of a poet; he only wanted the art." In spite of his +ungainly exterior and peculiar manner, his happy gifts of exposition and +illustration won him extraordinary popularity as a lecturer, his +experiments were ingenious and rapidly performed, and Coleridge went to +hear him "to increase his stock of metaphors." The dominating ambition +of his life was to achieve fame, but though that sometimes betrayed him +into petty jealousy, it did not leave him insensible to the claims on +his knowledge of the "cause of humanity," to use a phrase often employed +by him in connexion with his invention of the miners' lamp. Of the +smaller observances of etiquette he was careless, and his frankness of +disposition sometimes exposed him to annoyances which he might have +avoided by the exercise of ordinary tact. + + See Dr J. A. Paris, _The Life of Sir Humphry Davy_ (1831), vol. ii. of + which on pp. 450-456 gives a list of his publications. Dr John Davy, + _Memoirs of Sir Humphry Davy_ (1836); Collected Works (with shorter + memoir, 1839); _Fragmentary Remains, Literary and Scientific_ (1858). + T. E. Thorpe, _Humphry Davy, Poet and Philosopher_ (1896). + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] Edmund Davy (1785-1857) became professor of chemistry at Cork + Institution in 1813, and at the Royal Dublin Society in 1826. His + son, Edmund William Davy (born in 1826), was appointed professor of + medicine in the Royal College, Dublin, in 1870. + + [2] Davy's will directed that this service, after Lady Davy's death, + should pass to his brother, Dr John Davy, on whose decease, if he had + no heirs who could make use of it, it was to be melted and sold, the + proceeds going to the Royal Society "to found a medal to be given + annually for the most important discovery in chemistry anywhere made + in Europe or Anglo-America." The silver produced £736, and the + interest on that sum is expended on the Davy medal, which was awarded + for the first time in 1877, to Bunsen and Kirchhoff for their + discovery of spectrum analysis. + + + + +DAWARI, or DAURI, a Pathan tribe on the Waziri border of the North-West +Frontier Province of India. The Dawaris inhabit the Tochi Valley (q.v.), +otherwise known as Dawar or Daur, and are a homogeneous tribe of +considerable size, numbering 5200 fighting men. Though surrounded on all +four sides by a Waziri population they bear little resemblance to +Waziris. They are an agricultural and the Waziris a pastoral race, and +they are much richer than their neighbours. They thrive on a rich +sedimentary soil copiously irrigated in the midst of a country where +cultivable land of any kind is scarce and water in general hardly to be +obtained. But they pay a heavy tax in health and well-being for the +possession of their fertile acres. Fevers and other ravaging diseases +are bred in the wet sodden lands of the Tochi Valley, lying at the +bottom of a deep depression exposed to the burning rays of the sun; and +the effects of these ailments may be clearly traced in the drawn or +bloated features and the shrunken or swollen limbs of nearly every +Dawari that has passed middle life. They have an evil name for +indolence, drug-eating and unnatural vices, and are morally the lowest +of the Afghan races; but in spite of these defects, and of the contempt +with which they are regarded by the other Afghan tribes, they have held +their own for centuries against the warlike and hardy Waziris. The +secret of this is that the Dawaris stand together, and the Waziris do +not, while the weaker race is gifted with infinite patience and tenacity +of purpose. With the advent of British government, however, the Dawaris +are now secured in the possession of their ancestral lands. + + See J. G. Lorimer, _Grammar and Vocabulary of Waziri Pushtu_ (1902). + + + + +DAWES, HENRY LAURENS (1816-1903), American lawyer, was born at +Cummington, Massachusetts, on the 30th of October 1816. After graduating +at Yale in 1839, he taught for a time at Greenfield, Mass., and also +edited _The Greenfield Gazette_. In 1842 he was admitted to the bar and +began the practice of law at North Adams, where for a time he conducted +_The Transcript_. He served in the Massachusetts House of +Representatives in 1848-1849 and in 1852, in the state Senate in 1850, +and in the Massachusetts constitutional convention in 1853. From 1853 to +1857 he was United States district attorney for the western district of +Massachusetts; and from 1857-1875 he was a Republican member of the +national House of Representatives. In 1875 he succeeded Charles Sumner +as senator from Massachusetts, serving until 1893. During this long +period of legislative activity he served in the House on the committees +on elections, ways and means, and appropriations, took a prominent part +in the anti-slavery and reconstruction measures during and after the +Civil War, in tariff legislation, and in the establishment of a fish +commission and the inauguration of daily weather reports. In the Senate +he was chairman of the committee on Indian affairs, and gave much +attention to the enactment of laws for the benefit of the Indians. On +leaving the Senate, in 1893, he became chairman of the Commission to the +Five Civilized Tribes (sometimes called the Dawes Indian Commission), +and served in this capacity for ten years, negotiating with the tribes +for the extinction of the communal title to their land and for the +dissolution of the tribal governments, with the object of making the +tribes a constituent part of the United States.[1] Dawes died at +Pittsfield, Mass., on the 5th of February 1903. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] The commission completed its labours on the 1st of July 1905, + after having allotted 20,000,000 acres of land among 90,000 Indians + and absorbed the five Indian governments into the national system. + The "five tribes" were the Cherokee, Chickasaw, Choctaw, Creek and + Seminole Indians. + + + + +DAWES, RICHARD (1708-1766), English classical scholar, was born in or +near Market Bosworth. He was educated at the town grammar school under +Anthony Blackwall, and at Emmanuel College, Cambridge, of which society +he was elected fellow in 1731. His peculiar habits and outspoken +language made him unpopular. His health broke down in consequence of his +sedentary life, and it is said that he took to bell-ringing at Great St +Mary's as a restorative. He was a bitter enemy of Bentley, who he +declared knew nothing of Greek except from indexes. In 1738 Dawes was +appointed to the mastership of the grammar school, Newcastle-on-Tyne, +combined with that of St Mary's hospital. From all accounts his mind +appears to have become unhinged; his eccentricities of conduct and +continual disputes with his governing body ruined the school, and +finally, in 1749, he resigned his post and retired to Heworth, where he +chiefly amused himself with boating. He died on the 21st of March 1766. +Dawes was not a prolific writer. The book on which his fame rests is his +_Miscellanea critica_ (1745), which gained the commendation of such +distinguished continental scholars as L. C. Valckenaer and J. J. Reiske. +The _Miscellanea_, which was re-edited by T. Burgess (1781), G. C. +Harles (1800) and T. Kidd (1817), for many years enjoyed a high +reputation, and although some of the "canons" have been proved untenable +and few can be accepted universally, it will always remain an honourable +and enduring monument of English scholarship. + + See J. Hodgson, _An Account of the Life and Writings of Richard Dawes_ + (1828); H. R. Luard in _Dict. of Nat. Biog._; J. E. Sandys, _Hist. of + Classical Scholarship_, ii. 415. + + + + +DAWISON, BOGUMIL (1818-1872), German actor, was born at Warsaw, of +Jewish parents, and at the age of nineteen went on the stage. In 1839 he +received an appointment to the theatre at Lemberg in Galicia. In 1847 he +played at Hamburg with marked success, was from 1849 to 1854 a member of +the Burg theatre in Vienna, and then became connected with the Dresden +court theatre. In 1864 he was given a life engagement, but resigned his +appointment, and after starring through Germany visited the United +States in 1866. He died in Dresden on the 1st of February 1872. Dawison +was considered in Germany an actor of a new type; a leading critic wrote +that he and Marie Seebach "swept like fresh gales over dusty tradition, +and brushing aside the monotony of declamation gave to their rôles more +character and vivacity than had hitherto been known on the German +stage." His chief parts were Mephistopheles, Franz Moor, Mark Antony, +Hamlet, Charles V., Richard III. and King Lear. + + + + +DAWKINS, WILLIAM BOYD (1838- ), English geologist and archaeologist, +was born at Buttington vicarage near Welshpool, Montgomeryshire, on the +26th of December 1838. Educated at Rossall School and Oxford, he joined +the Geological Survey in 1862, and in 1869 became curator of the +Manchester museum, a post which he retained till 1890. He was appointed +professor of geology and palaeontology in Owens College, Manchester, in +1874. He paid special attention to the question of the existence of coal +in Kent, and in 1882 was selected by the Channel tunnel committee to +make a special survey of the French and English coasts. He was also +employed in the scheme of a tunnel beneath the Humber. His chief +distinctions, however, were won in the realms of anthropology by his +researches into the lives of the cave-dwellers of prehistoric times, +labours which have borne fruit in his books _Cave-hunting_ (1874); +_Early Man in Britain_ (1880); _British Pleistocene Mammalia_ +(1866-1887). He became a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1867, and acted +as president of the anthropological section of the British Association +in 1882 and of the geological section in 1888. + + + + +DAWLISH, a watering-place in the Ashburton parliamentary division of +Devonshire, England, on the English Channel, near the outflow of the +Exe, 12 m. S. of Exeter by the Great Western railway. Pop. of urban +district (1901) 4003. It lies on a cove sheltered by two projecting +headlands. A small stream which flows through the town is lined on both +sides by pleasure-grounds. Dawlish owes its prosperity to the visitors +attracted, in spring and early summer, by the warm climate and excellent +bathing. An annual pleasure fair is held on Easter Monday, and a regatta +in August or September. Until its sale in the 19th century, the site of +Dawlish belonged to Exeter cathedral, having been given to the chapter +by Leofric, bishop of Exeter, in 1050. + + + + +DAWN (the 16th-century form of the earlier "dawing" or "dawning," from +an old verb "daw," O. Eng. _dagian_, to become day; cf. Dutch _dagen_, +and Ger. _tagen_), the time when light appears (daws) in the sky in the +morning. The dawn colours appear in the reverse order of the sunset +colours and are due to the same cause. When the sun is lowest in both +cases the colour is deep red; this gradually changes through orange to +gold and brilliant yellow as the sun approaches the horizon. These +colours follow each other in order of refrangibility, reproducing all +the colours of the spectrum in order except the blue rays which are +scattered in the sky. The colours of the dawn are purer and colder than +the sunset colours since there is less dust and moisture in the +atmosphere and less consequent sifting of light rays. + + + + +DAWSON, GEORGE (1821-1876), English nonconformist divine, was born in +London on the 24th of February 1821, and was educated at Marischal +College, Aberdeen, and at the university of Glasgow. In 1843 he accepted +the pastorate of the Baptist church at Rickmansworth, and in 1844 a +similar charge at Mount Zion, Birmingham, where he attracted large +congregations by his eloquence and his unconventional views. Desiring +freedom from any definite creed, he left the Baptist church and became +minister of the "Church of the Saviour," a building erected for him by +his supporters. Here he exercised a stimulating and varied ministry for +nearly thirty years, gathering round him a congregation of all types and +especially of such as found the dogmas of the age distasteful. He had +much sympathy with the Unitarian position, but was not himself a +Unitarian. Indeed he had no fixed standpoint, and discussed truths and +principles from various aspects. His sermons, though not particularly +speculative, were unconventional and quickening. He was the friend of +Carlyle and Emerson, and did much to popularize their teachings, his +influence being conspicuous, especially in his demand for a high ethical +standard in everyday life and his insistence on the Christianization of +citizenship. He was warmly supported by Dr R. W. Dale, and by J. T. +Bunce, editor of _The Birmingham Daily Post_. Both Dawson and Dale were +disqualified as ministers from seats on the town council, but both +served on the Birmingham school board. Dawson also lectured on English +literature at the Midland Institute and helped to found the Shakespeare +Memorial library in Birmingham. He died suddenly at King's Norton on the +30th of November 1876. Four volumes of _Sermons_, two of _Prayers_ and +two of _Biographical Lectures_ were published after his death. + + See _Life_ by H. W. Crosskey (1876) and an article by R. W. Dale in + _The Nineteenth Century_ (August 1877). + + + + +DAWSON, SIR JOHN WILLIAM (1820-1899), Canadian geologist, was bom at +Pictou, Nova Scotia, on the 30th of October 1820. Of Scottish descent, +he went to Edinburgh to complete his education, and graduated at the +university in 1842, having gained a knowledge of geology and natural +history from Robert Jameson. On his return to Nova Scotia in 1842 he +accompanied Sir Charles Lyell on his first visit to that territory. +Subsequently he was appointed to the post of superintendent of education +(1850-1853); at the same time he entered zealously into the geology of +the country, making a special study of the fossil forests of the +coal-measures. From these strata, in company with Lyell (during his +second visit) in 1852, he obtained the first remains of an +"air-breathing reptile" named _Dendrerpeton_. He also described the +fossil plants of the Silurian, Devonian and Carboniferous rocks of +Canada for the Geological Survey of that country (1871-1873). From 1855 +to 1893 he was professor of geology and principal of M'Gill University, +Montreal, an institution which under his influence attained a high +reputation. He was elected F.R.S. in 1862. When the Royal Society of +Canada was constituted he was the first to occupy the presidential +chair, and he also acted as president of the British Association at its +meeting at Birmingham in 1886, and of the American Association for the +Advancement of Science. Sir William Dawson's name is especially +associated with the _Eozoon canadense_, which in 1864 he described as an +organism having the structure of a foraminifer. It was found in the +Laurentian rocks, regarded as the oldest known geological system. His +views on the subject were contested at the time, and have since been +disproved, the so-called organism being now regarded as a mineral +structure. He was created C.M.G. in 1881, and was knighted in 1884. In +his books on geological subjects he maintained a distinctly theological +attitude, declining to admit the descent or evolution of man from brute +ancestors, and holding that the human species only made its appearance +on this earth within quite recent times. Besides many memoirs in the +Transactions of learned societies, he published _Acadian Geology: The +geological structure, organic remains and mineral resources of Nova +Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island_ (1855; ed. 3, 1878); +_Air-breathers of the Coal Period_ (1863); _The Story of the Earth and +Man_ (1873; ed. 6, 1880); _The Dawn of Life_ (1875); _Fossil Men and +their Modern Representatives_ (1880); _Geological History of Plants_ +(1888); _The Canadian Ice Age_ (1894). He died on the 20th of November +1899. + +His son, GEORGE MERCER DAWSON (1849-1901), was born at Pictou on the 1st +of August 1849, and received his education at M'Gill University and the +Royal School of Mines, London, where he had a brilliant career. In 1873 +he was appointed geologist and naturalist to the North American boundary +commission, and two years later he joined the staff of the geological +survey of Canada, of which he became assistant director in 1883, and +director in 1895. He was in charge of the Canadian government's Yukon +expedition in 1887, and his name is permanently written in Dawson City, +of gold-bearing fame. As one of the Bering Sea Commissioners he spent +the summer of 1891 investigating the facts of the seal fisheries on the +northern coasts of Asia and America. For his services there, and at the +subsequent arbitration in Paris, he was made a C.M.G. He was elected +F.R.S. in 1891, and in the same year was awarded the Bigsby medal by the +Geological Society of London. He was president of the Royal Society of +Canada in 1893. He died on the 2nd of March 1901. He was the author of +many scientific papers and reports, especially on the surface geology +and glacial phenomena of the northern and western parts of Canada. + + + + +DAWSON CITY, or DAWSON, the capital of the Yukon territory, Canada, on +the right bank of the Yukon river, and in the middle of the Klondyke +gold region, of which it is the distributing centre. It is situated in +beautiful mountainous country, 1400 ft. above the sea, and 1500 m. from +the mouth of the Yukon river. It is reached by a fleet of river +steamers, and has telegraphic communication. Founded in 1896, its +population soon reached over 20,000 at the height of the gold rush; in +1901 it was officially returned as 9142, and is now not more than 5000. +The temperature varies from 90° F. in summer to 50° below zero in +winter. It possesses three opera-houses and numerous hotels, and is a +typical mining town, though even at first there was much less +lawlessness than is usually the case in such cities. + + + + +DAX, a town of south-western France, capital of an arrondissement in the +department of Landes, 92 m. S.S.W, of Bordeaux, on the Southern railway +between that city and Bayonne. Pop. (1906) 8585. The town lies on the +left bank of the Adour, a stone bridge uniting it to its suburb of Le +Sablar on the right bank. It has remains of ancient Gallo-Roman +fortifications, now converted into a promenade. The most remarkable +building in the town is the church of Notre-Dame, once a cathedral; it +was rebuilt from 1656 to 1719, but still preserves a sacristy, a porch +and a fine sculptured doorway of the 13th century. The church of St +Vincent, to the south-west of the town, derives its name from the first +bishop, whose tomb it contains. The church of St Paul-lès-Dax, a suburb +on the right bank of the Adour, belongs mainly to the 15th century, and +has a Romanesque apse adorned with curious bas-reliefs. On a hill to the +west of Dax stands a tower built in memory of the sailor and scientist +Jean Charles Borda, born there in 1733; a statue was erected to him in +the town in 1891. Dax, which is well known as a winter resort, owes much +of its importance to its thermal waters and mud-baths (the deposit of +the Adour), which are efficacious in cases of rheumatism, neuralgia and +other disorders. The best-known spring is the Fontaine Chaude, which +issues into a basin 160 ft. wide in the centre of the town. The +principal of numerous bathing establishments are the Grands Thermes, the +Bains Salés, adjoining a casino, and the Baignots, which fringe the +Adour and are surrounded by gardens. Dax has a sub-prefecture, tribunals +of first instance and of commerce, a communal college, a training +college and a library. It has salt workings, tanneries, saw-mills, +manufactures of soap and corks; commerce is chiefly in the pine wood, +resin and cork of the Landes, in mules, cattle, horses and poultry. + +Dax (_Aquae Tarbellicae_, _Aquae Augustae_, later _D'Acqs_) was the +capital of the Tarbelli under the Roman domination, when its waters were +already famous. Later it was the seat of a viscounty, which in the 11th +century passed to the viscounts of Béarn, and in 1177 was annexed by +Richard Coeur de Lion to Gascony. The bishopric, founded in the 3rd +century, was in 1801 attached to that of Aire. + + + + +DAY, JOHN (1574-1640?), English dramatist, was born at Cawston, Norfolk, +in 1574, and educated at Ely. He became a sizar of Caius College, +Cambridge, in 1592, but was expelled in the next year for stealing a +book. He became one of Henslowe's playwrights, collaborating with Henry +Chettle, William Haughton, Thomas Dekker, Richard Hathway and Wentworth +Smith, but his almost incessant activity seems to have left him poor +enough, to judge by the small loans, of five shillings and even two +shillings, that he obtained from Henslowe. The first play in which Day +appears as part-author is _The Conquest of Brute, with the finding of +the Bath_ (1598), which, with most of his journeyman's work, is lost. A +drama dealing with the early years of the reign of Henry VI., _The Blind +Beggar of Bednal Green_ (acted 1600, printed 1659), written in +collaboration with Chettle, is his earliest extant work. It bore the +sub-title of _The Merry Humor of Tom Strowd, the Norfolk Yeoman_, and +was so popular that second and third parts, by Day and Haughton, were +produced in the next year. _The Ile of Guls_ (printed 1606), a prose +comedy founded upon Sir Philip Sidney's _Arcadia_, contains in its light +dialogue much satire to which the key is now lost, but Mr Swinburne +notes in Manasses's burlesque of a Puritan sermon a curious anticipation +of the eloquence of Mr Chadband in _Bleak House_. In 1607 Day produced, +in conjunction with William Rowley and George Wilkins, _The Travailes of +the Three English Brothers_, which detailed the adventures of Sir +Thomas, Sir Anthony and Robert Shirley. + +_The Parliament of Bees_ is the work on which Day's reputation chiefly +rests. This exquisite and unique drama, or rather masque, is entirely +occupied with "the doings, the births, the wars, the wooings" of bees, +expressed in a style at once most singular and most charming. The bees +hold a parliament under Prorex, the Master Bee, and various complaints +are preferred against the humble-bee, the wasp, the drone and other +offenders. This satirical allegory of affairs ends with a royal progress +of Oberon, who distributes justice to all. The piece contains much for +which parallel passages are found in Dekker's _Wonder of a Kingdom_ +(1636) and Samuel Rowley's (or Dekker's) _Noble Soldier_ (printed 1634). +There is no earlier known edition of _The Parliament of Bees_ than that +in 1641, but a persistent tradition has assigned the piece to 1607. In +1608 Day published two comedies, _Law Trickes, or Who Would have Thought +it?_ and _Humour out of Breath_. The date of his death is unknown, but +an elegy on him by John Tatham, the city poet, was published in 1640. +The six dramas by John Day which we possess show a delicate fancy and +dainty inventiveness all his own. He preserved, in a great measure, the +dramatic tradition of John Lyly, and affected a kind of subdued +euphuism. _The Maydes Metamorphosis_ (1600), once supposed to be a +posthumous work of Lyly's, may be an early work of Day's. It possesses, +at all events, many of his marked characteristics. His prose +_Peregrinatic Scholastica or Learninges Pilgrimage_, dating from his +later years, was printed by Mr A. H. Bullen from a MS. of Day's. +Considerations partly based on this work have suggested that he had a +share in the anonymous _Pilgrimage to Parnassus_ and the _Return from +Parnassus_. The beauty and ingenuity of _The Parliament of Bees_ were +noted and warmly extolled by Charles Lamb; and Day's work has since +found many admirers. + + His works, edited by A. H. Bullen, were printed at the Chiswick Press + in 1881. The same editor included _The Maydes Metamorphosis_ in vol. + i. of his _Collection of Old Plays_. _The Parliament of Bees_ and + _Humour out of Breath_ were printed in _Nero and other Plays_ (Mermaid + Series, 1888), with an introduction by Arthur Symons. An appreciation + by Mr A. C. Swinburne appeared in _The Nineteenth Century_ (October + 1897). + + + + +DAY, THOMAS (1748-1789), British author, was born in London on the 22nd +of June 1748. He is famous as the writer of _Sandford and Merton_ +(1783-1789), a book for the young, which, though quaintly didactic and +often ridiculous, has had considerable educational value as inculcating +manliness and independence. Day was educated at the Charterhouse and at +Corpus Christi College, Oxford, and became a great admirer of J. J. +Rousseau and his doctrine of the ideal state of nature. Having +independent means he devoted himself to a life of study and +philanthropy. His views on marriage were typical of the man. He brought +up two foundlings, one of whom he hoped eventually to marry. They were +educated on the severest principles, but neither acquired the high +quality of stoicism which he had looked for. After several proposals of +marriage to other ladies had been rejected, he married an heiress who +agreed with his ascetic programme of life. He finally settled at +Ottershaw in Surrey and took to farming on philanthropic principles. He +had many curious and impracticable theories, among them one that all +animals could be managed by kindness, and while riding an unbroken colt +he was thrown near Wargrave and killed on the 28th of September 1789. +His poem _The Dying Negro_, published in 1773, struck the keynote of the +anti-slavery movement. It is also obvious from his other works, such as +_The Devoted Legions_ (1776) and _The Desolation of America_ (1777), +that he strongly sympathized with the Americans during their War of +Independence. + + + + +DAY (O. Eng. _dæg_, Ger. _Tag_; according to the _New English +Dictionary_, "in no way related to the Lat. _dies_"), in astronomy, the +interval of time in which a revolution of the earth on its axis is +performed. Days are distinguished as solar, sidereal or lunar, according +as the revolution is taken relatively to the sun, the stars or the moon. +The solar day is the fundamental unit of time, not only in daily life +but in astronomical practice. In the latter case, being determined by +observations of the sun, it is taken to begin with the passage of the +mean sun over the meridian of the place, or at mean noon, while the +civil day begins at midnight. A vigorous effort was made during the last +fifteen years of the 19th century to bring the two uses into harmony by +beginning the astronomical day at midnight. In some isolated cases this +has been done; but the general consensus of astronomers has been against +it, the day as used in astronomy being only a measure of time, and +having no relation to the period of daily repose. The time when the day +shall begin is purely a matter of convenience. The present practice +being the dominant one from the time of Ptolemy until the present, it +was felt that the confusion in the combination of past and present +astronomical observations, and the doubts and difficulties in using the +astronomical ephemerides, formed a decisive argument against any change. + +The question of a possible variability in the length of the day is one +of fundamental importance. One necessary effect of the tidal retardation +of the earth's rotation is gradually to increase this length. It is +remarkable that the discussion of ancient eclipses of the moon, and +their comparison with modern observations, show only a small and rather +doubtful change, amounting perhaps to less than one-hundredth of a +second per century. As this amount seems to be markedly less than that +which would be expected from the cause in question, it is probable that +some other cause tends to accelerate the earth's rotation and so to +shorten the day. The moon's apparent mean motion in longitude seems also +to indicate slow periodic changes in the earth's rotation; but these are +not confirmed by transits of Mercury, which ought also to indicate them. +(See MOON and TIDES.) (S. N.) + +_Legal Aspects._--In law, a day may be either a _dies naturalis_ or +natural day, or a _dies artificialis_ or artificial day. A natural day +includes all the twenty-four hours from midnight to midnight. Fractions +of the day are disregarded to avoid dispute, though sometimes the law +will consider fractions, as where it is necessary to show the first of +two acts. In cases where action must be taken for preserving or +asserting a right, a day would mean the natural day of twenty-four +hours, but on the other hand, as in cases of survivorship, for +testamentary or other purposes, it would suffice if a person survived +for even the smallest portion of the last day necessary. + +When a statute directs any act to be done within so many days, these +words mean _clear days_, i.e. a number of perfect intervening days, not +counting the terminal days: if the statute says nothing about Sunday, +the days mentioned mean consecutive days and include Sundays. Under some +statutes (e.g. the Parliamentary Elections Act 1868, the Corrupt and +Illegal Practices Prevention Act 1883) Sundays and holidays are excluded +in reckoning days, and consequently all the Sundays, &c., of a +prescribed sequence of days would be eliminated. So also, by custom, the +word "day" may be understood in some special sense. In bills of lading +and charter parties, when "days" or "running days" are spoken of without +qualification, they usually mean consecutive days, and Sundays and +holidays are counted, but when there is some qualification, as where a +charter party required a cargo "to be discharged in fourteen days," +"days" will mean _working days_. Working days, again, vary in different +ports, and the custom of the port will decide in each case what are +working days. In English charter parties, unless the contrary is +expressed, Christmas day and other recognized holidays are included as +working days. A _weather working day_, a term sometimes used in charter +parties, means a day when work is not prevented by the weather, and +unless so provided for, a day on which work was rendered impossible by +bad weather would still be counted as a working day. _Lay days_, which +are days given to the charterer in a charter party either to load or +unload without paying for the use of the ship, are days of the week, not +periods of twenty-four hours. + +_Days of Grace._--When a bill of exchange is not payable at sight or on +demand, certain days (called days of grace, from being originally a +gratuitous favour) are added to the time of payment as fixed by the +bill, and the bill is then due and payable on the last day of grace. In +the United Kingdom, by the Bills of Exchange Act 1882, three days are +allowed as days of grace, but when the last day of grace falls on +Sunday, Christmas day, Good Friday or a day appointed by royal +proclamation as a public fast or thanksgiving day, the bill is due and +payable on the preceding business day. If the last day of grace is a +bank holiday (other than Christmas day or Good Friday), or when the last +day of grace is a Sunday, and the second day of grace is a bank holiday, +the bill is due and payable on the succeeding business day. Days of +grace (_dies non_) are in existence practically among English-speaking +peoples only. They were abolished by the French Code (Code de Commerce, +Liv. i. tit. 8, art. 135), and by most, if not all, of the European +codes since framed. + +_Civil Days._--An artificial or civil day is, to a certain extent, +difficult to define; it "may be regarded as a convenient term to signify +all the various kinds of 'day' known in legal proceedings other than the +natural day." (_Ency. English Law_, tit. "Day"). The Jews, Chaldeans and +Babylonians began the day at the rising of the sun; the Athenians at the +fall; the Umbri in Italy began at midday; the Egyptians and Romans at +midnight; and in England, the United States and most of the countries of +Europe the Roman civil day still prevails, the day usually commencing as +soon as the clock begins to strike 12 P.M. of the preceding day. + +In England the period of the civil day may also vary under different +statutes. In criminal law the day formerly commenced at sunrise and +extended to sunset, but by the Larceny Act 1861 the day is that period +between six in the morning and nine in the evening. The same period of +time comprises a day under the Housing of the Working Classes Act 1885 +and the Public Health (London) Act 1891, but under the Public Health +(Scotland) Act 1897 "day" is the period between 9 A.M. and 6 P.M. By an +act of 1845, regulating the labour of children in print-works, "day" is +defined as from 6 A.M. to 10 P.M. Daytime, within which distress for +rent must be made, is from sunrise to sunset (_Tulton_ v. _Darke_, 1860, +2 L.T. 361). An obligation to pay money on a certain day is +theoretically discharged if the money is paid before midnight of the day +on which it falls due, but custom has so far modified this that the law +requires reasonable hours to be observed. If, for instance, payment has +to be made at a bank or place of business, it must be within business +hours. + +When an act of parliament is expressed to come into operation on a +certain day, it is to be construed as coming into operation on the +expiration of the previous day (Interpretation Act 1889, § 36; Statutes +[Definition of Time] Act 1880). + +Under the orders of the supreme court the word "day" has two meanings. +For purposes of personal service of writs, it means any time of the day +or night on week-days, but excludes the time from twelve midnight on +Saturday till twelve midnight on Sunday. For purposes of service not +required to be personal, it means before six o'clock on any week-day +except Saturday, and before 2 P.M. on Saturday. + +_Closed Days_, i.e. Sunday, Christmas day and Good Friday, are excluded +from all fixtures of time less than six days: otherwise they are +included, unless the last day of the time fixed falls on one of those +days (R.S.C., O. lxiv.). + +_American Practice._--In the United States a day is the space of time +between midnight and midnight. The law pays no regard to fractions of a +day except to prevent injustice. A "day's work" is by statute in New +York fixed at eight hours for all employees except farm and domestic +servants, and for employees on railroads at ten hours (Laws 1897, ch. +415). In the recording acts relating to real property, fractions of a +day are of the utmost importance, and all deeds, mortgages and other +instruments affecting the property, take precedence in the order in +which they were filed for record. Days of grace are abolished in many of +the seventeen states in which the Negotiable Instruments law has been +enacted. Sundays and public holidays are usually excluded in computing +time if they are the last day within which the act was to be done. +General public holidays throughout the United States are Christmas, +Thanksgiving (last Thursday in November) and Independence (July 4th) +days and Washington's birthday (February 22nd). The several states have +also certain local public holidays. (See also MONTH; TIME.) + (T. A. I.) + + + + +DAYLESFORD, a town of Talbot county, Victoria, Australia, 74 m. by rail +N.W. of Melbourne. Pop. (1901) 3384. It lies on the flank of the Great +Dividing Range, at an elevation of 2030 ft. On Wombat Hill are beautiful +public gardens commanding extensive views, and a fine convent of the +Presentation Order. Much wheat is grown in the district, and +gold-mining, both quartz and alluvial, is carried on. Daylesford has an +important mining school. Near the town are the Hepburn mineral springs +and a number of beautiful waterfalls, and 6 m. from it is Mount +Franklin, an extinct volcano. + + + + +DAYTON, a city of Campbell county, Kentucky, U.S.A., on the S. bank of +the Ohio river, opposite Cincinnati, and adjoining Bellevue and Newport, +Ky. Pop. (1890) 4264; (1900) 6104 including 655 foreign-born and 63 +negroes; (1910) 6979. It is served by the Chesapeake & Ohio railway at +Newport, of which it is a suburb, largely residential. It has +manufactories of watch-cases and pianos, and whisky distilleries. In +the city is the Speers Memorial hospital. Dayton was settled and +incorporated in 1849. + + + + +DAYTON, a city and the county-seat of Montgomery county, Ohio, U.S.A., +at the confluence of Wolf Creek, Stillwater river and Mad river with the +Great Miami, 57 m. N.N.E. of Cincinnati and about 70 m. W.S.W. of +Columbus. Pop. (1890) 61,220; (1900) 85,333; (1910) 116,577. In 1900 +there were 10,053 foreign-born and 3387 negroes; of the foreign-born +6820 were Germans and 1253 Irish. Dayton is served by the Erie, the +Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St Louis, the Pittsburg, Cincinnati, +Chicago & St Louis, the Cincinnati, Hamilton & Dayton, and the Dayton & +Union railways, by ten interurban electric railways, centring here, and +by the Miami & Erie Canal. The city extends more than 5 m. from E. to +W., and 3½ m. from N. to S., lies for the most part on level ground at +an elevation of about 740 ft. above sea-level, and numerous good, hard +gravel roads radiate from it in all directions through the surrounding +country, a fertile farming region which abounds in limestone, used in +the construction of public and private buildings. Among the more +prominent buildings are the court-house--the portion first erected being +designed after the Parthenon--the Steele high school, St Mary's college, +Notre Dame academy, the Memorial Building, the Arcade Building, Reibold +Building, the Algonquin Hotel, the post office, the public library +(containing about 75,000 volumes), the Young Men's Christian Association +building and several churches. At Dayton are the Union Biblical +seminary, a theological school of the United Brethren in Christ, and the +publishing house of the same denomination. By an agreement made in 1907 +the school of theology of Ursinus College (Collegeville, Pennsylvania; +the theological school since 1898 had been in Philadelphia) and the +Heidelberg Theological seminary (Tiffin, Ohio) united to form the +Central Theological seminary of the German Reformed Church, which was +established in Dayton in 1908. The boulevard and park along the river +add attractiveness to the city. Among the charitable institutions are +the Dayton state hospital (for the insane), the Miami Valley and the St +Elizabeth hospitals, the Christian Deaconess, the Widows' and the +Children's homes, and the Door of Hope (for homeless girls); and 1 m. W. +of the city is the central branch of the National Home for disabled +volunteer soldiers, with its beautifully ornamented grounds, about 1 sq. +m. in extent. The Mad river is made to furnish good water-power by means +of a hydraulic canal which takes its water through the city, and +Dayton's manufactures are extensive and varied, the establishments of +the National Cash Register Company employing in 1907 about 4000 +wage-earners. This company is widely known for its "welfare work" on +behalf of its operatives. Baths, lunch-rooms, rest-rooms, clubs, +lectures, schools and kindergartens have been supplied, and the company +has also cultivated domestic pride by offering prizes for the best-kept +gardens, &c. From April to July 1901 there was a strike in the already +thoroughly unionized factories; complaint was made of the hectoring of +union men by a certain foreman, the use in toilet-rooms of towels +laundered in non-union shops (the company replied by allowing the men to +supply towels themselves), the use on doors of springs not union-made +(these were removed by the company), and especially the discharge of +four men whom the company refused to reinstate. The company was +victorious in the strike, and the factory became an "open shop." In +addition to cash registers, the city's manufactured products include +agricultural implements, clay-working machinery, cotton-seed and linseed +oil machinery, filters, turbines, railway cars (the large Barney-Smith +car works employed 1800 men in 1905), carriages and wagons, +sewing-machines (the Davis Sewing Machine Co.), automobiles, clothing, +flour, malt liquors, paper, furniture, tobacco and soap. The total value +of the manufactured product, under the "factory system," was $31,015,293 +in 1900 and $39,596,773 in 1905. Dayton's site was purchased in 1795 +from John Cleves Symmes by a party of Revolutionary soldiers, and it was +laid out as a town in 1796 by Israel Ludlow (one of the owners), by whom +it was named in honour of Jonathan Dayton (1760-1824), a soldier in the +War of Independence, a member of Congress from New Jersey in 1791-1799, +and a United States senator in 1799-1805. It was made the county-seat in +1803, was incorporated as a town in 1805, grew rapidly after the opening +of the canal in 1828, and in 1841 was chartered as a city. + + + + +DEACON (Gr. [Greek: diakonos], minister, servant), the name given to a +particular minister or officer of the Christian Church. The status and +functions of the office have varied in different ages and in different +branches of Christendom. + +(a) _The Ancient Church._--The office of deacon is almost as old as +Christianity itself, though it is impossible to fix the moment at which +it came into existence. Tradition connects its origin with the +appointment of "the Seven" recorded in Acts vi. This connexion, however, +is questioned by a large and increasing number of modern scholars, on +the ground that "the Seven" are not called deacons in the New Testament +and do not seem to have been identified with them till the time of +Irenaeus (A.D. 180). The first definite reference to the diaconate +occurs in St Paul's Epistle to the Philippians (i. 1), where the +officers of the Church are described as "bishops and deacons"--though it +is not unlikely that earlier allusions are to be found in 1 Cor. xii. 28 +and Romans xii. 7. In the pastoral epistles the office seems to have +become a permanent institution of the Church, and special qualifications +are laid down for those who hold it (1 Tim. iii. 8). By the time of +Ignatius (A.D. 110) the "three orders" of the ministry were definitely +established, the deacon being the lowest of the three and subordinate to +the bishop and the presbyters. The inclusion of deacons in the "three +orders" which were regarded as essential to the existence of a true +Church sharply distinguished them from the lower ranks of the ministry, +and gave them a status and position of importance in the ancient Church. + +The functions attaching to the office varied at different times. In the +apostolic age the duties of deacons were naturally vague and undefined. +They were "helpers" or "servants" of the Church in a general way and +served in any capacity that was required of them. With the growth of the +episcopate, however, the deacons became the immediate ministers of the +bishop. Their duties included the supervision of Church property, the +management of Church finances, the visitation of the sick, the +distribution of alms and the care of widows and orphans. They were also +required to watch over the souls of the flock and report to the bishop +the cases of those who had sinned or were in need of spiritual help. +"You deacons," says the Apostolical Constitutions (4th century), "ought +to keep watch over all who need watching or are in distress, and let the +bishop know." With the growth of hospitals and other charitable +institutions, however, the functions of deacons became considerably +curtailed. The social work of the Church was transferred to others, and +little by little the deacons sank in importance until at last they came +to be regarded merely as subordinate officers of public worship, a +position which they hold in the Roman Church to-day, where their duties +are confined to such acts as the following:--censing the officiating +priest and the choir, laying the corporal on the altar, handing the +paten or cup to the priest, receiving from him the pyx and giving it to +the subdeacon, putting the mitre on the archbishop's head (when he is +present) and laying his pall upon the altar. + +(b) _The Church of England._--The traditionary position of the diaconate +as one of the "three orders" is here maintained. Deacons may conduct any +of the ordinary services in the church, but are not permitted to +pronounce the absolution or consecrate the elements for the Eucharist. +In practice the office has become a stepping-stone to the priesthood, +the deacon corresponding to the licentiate in the Presbyterian Church. +Candidates for the office must have attained the age of twenty-three and +must satisfy the bishop with regard to their intellectual, moral and +spiritual fitness. The functions of the office are defined in the +Ordinal--"to assist the priest in divine service and specially when he +ministereth the Holy Communion, to read Holy Scriptures and Homilies in +the church, to instruct the youth in the catechism, to baptize in the +absence of the priest, to preach if he be admitted thereto by the +bishop, and furthermore to search for the sick, poor and impotent +people and intimate their estates and names to the curate." + +(c) _Churches of the Congregational Order._--In these (which of course +include Baptists) the diaconate is a body of laymen appointed by the +members of the church to act as a management committee and to assist the +minister in the work of the church. There is no general rule as to the +number of deacons, though the traditionary number of seven is often +kept, nor as to the frequency of election, each church making its own +arrangements in this respect. The deacons superintend the financial +affairs of the church, co-operate with the minister in the various +branches of his work, assist in the visitation of the sick, attend to +the church property and generally supervise the activities of the +church. + + See Thomassinus, _Vetus ac nova disciplina_, pars i. lib. i. c. 51 f. + and lib. ii. c. 29 f. (Lugdunum, 1706); J. N. Seidl, _Der Diakonat in + der katholischen Kirche_ (Regensburg, 1884); R. Sohm, _Kirchenrecht_, + i. 121-137 (Leipzig, 1892); F. J. A. Hort, _The Christian Ecclesia_ + (London, 1897). + + + + +DEACONESS ([Greek: hê diakonos] or [Greek: diakonissa], servant, +minister), the name given to a woman set apart for special service in +the Christian Church. The origin and early history of the office are +veiled in obscurity. It is quite certain that from the 3rd century +onward there existed in the Eastern Church an order of women, known as +deaconesses, who filled a position analogous to that of deacons. They +are quite distinct from the somewhat similar orders of "virgins" and +"widows," who belonged to a lower plane in the ecclesiastical system. +The order is recognized in the canons of the councils of Nicaea (325) +and Chalcedon (451), and is frequently mentioned in the writings of +Chrysostom (some of whose letters are addressed to deaconesses at +Constantinople), Epiphanius, Basil, and indeed most of the more +important Fathers of the 4th and 5th centuries. Deaconesses, upon +entering their office, were ordained much in the same way as deacons, +but the ordination conveyed no sacerdotal powers or authority. +Epiphanius says quite distinctly that they were woman-elders and not +priestesses in any sense of the term, and that their mission was not to +interfere with the functions allotted to priests but simply to perform +certain offices in connexion with the care of women. Several specimens +of the ordination service for deaconesses have been preserved (see +Cecilia Robinson, _The Ministry of Deaconesses_, London, 1878, appendix +B, p. 197). The functions of the deaconess were as follows: (1) To +assist at the baptism of women, especially in connexion with the +anointing of the body which in the ancient Church always preceded +immersion; (2) to visit the women of the Church in their homes and to +minister to the needs of the sick and afflicted; (3) according to the +Apostolical Constitutions they acted as door-keepers in the church, +received women as they entered and conducted them to their allotted +seats. In the Western Church, on the other hand, we hear nothing of the +order till the 4th century, when an attempt seems to have been made to +introduce it into Gaul. Much opposition, however, was encountered, and +the movement was condemned by the council of Orange in 441 and the +council of Epaone in 517. In spite of the prohibition the institution +made some headway, and traces of it are found later in Italy, but it +never became as popular in the West as it was in the East. In the middle +ages the order fell into abeyance in both divisions of the Church, the +abbess taking the place of the deaconess. Whether deaconesses, in the +later sense of the term, existed before 250 is a disputed point. The +evidence is scanty and by no means decisive. There are only three +passages which bear upon the question at all. (i) Romans xvi. 1: Phoebe +is called [Greek: hê diakonos], but it is quite uncertain whether the +word is used in its technical sense. (ii) 1 Tim. iii. 11: after stating +the qualifications necessary for deacons the writer adds, "Women in like +manner must be grave--not slanderers," &c.; the Authorized Version took +the passage as referring to deacons' wives, but many scholars think that +by "women" deaconesses are meant. (iii) In Pliny's famous letter to +Trajan respecting the Christians of Bithynia mention is made of two +Christian maidservants "_quae ministrae dicebantur_"; whether +_ministrae_ is equivalent to [Greek: diakonoi], as is often supposed, is +dubious. On the whole the evidence does not seem sufficient to prove +the contention that an order of deaconesses--in the ecclesiastical sense +of the term--existed from the apostolic age. + +In modern times several attempts have been made to revive the order of +deaconesses. In 1833 Pastor Fleidner founded "an order of deaconesses +for the Rhenish provinces of Westphalia" at Kaiserswerth. The original +aim of the institution was to train nurses for hospital work, but its +scope was afterwards extended and it trained its members for teaching +and parish work as well. Kaiserswerth became the parent of many similar +institutions in different parts of the continent. A few years later, in +1847, Miss Sellon formed for the first time a sisterhood at Devonport in +connexion with the Church of England. Her example was gradually followed +in other parts of the country, and in 1898 there were over two thousand +women living together in different sisterhoods. The members of these +institutions do not represent the ecclesiastical deaconesses, however, +since they are not ministers set apart by the Church; and the +sisterhoods are merely voluntary associations of women banded together +for spiritual fellowship and common service. In 1861 Bishop Tait set +apart Miss Elizabeth Ferard as a deaconess by the laying on of hands, +and she became the first president of the London Deaconess Institution. +Other dioceses gradually adopted the innovation. It has received the +sanction of Convocation, and the Lambeth Conference in 1897 declared +that it "recognized with thankfulness the revival of the office of +deaconess," though at the same time it protested against the +indiscriminate use of the title and laid it down emphatically that the +name must be restricted to those who had been definitely set apart by +the bishop for the position and were working under the direct +supervision and control of the ecclesiastical authority in the parish. + + In addition to Miss Robinson's book cited above, see _Church Quarterly + Review_, xlvii. 302 ff., art. "On the Early History and Modern Revival + of Deaconesses" (London, 1899), and the works there referred to; D. + Latas, [Greek: Christianikê Archaiologia], i. 163-171 (Athens, 1883); + _Testamentum Domini_, ed. Rahmani (Mainz, 1899); L. Zscharnack, _Der + Dienst der Frau in den ersten Jahrhunderten der chr. Kirche_ (1902). + + + + +DEAD SEA, a lake in Palestine occupying the deepest part of the valley +running along the line of a great "fault" that has been traced from the +Gulf of Akaba (at the head of the Red Sea) to Hermon. This fracture was +caused after the end of the Eocene period by the earth-movement which +resulted in the raising of the whole region out of the sea. Level for +level, the more ancient rocks are on the eastward side of the lake: the +cretaceous limestones that surmount the older volcanic substrata come +down on the western side to the water's edge, while on the eastern side +they are raised between 3000 and 4000 feet above it. In the Pleistocene +period the whole of this depression was filled with water forming a lake +about 200 m. long north to south, whose waters were about the same level +as that of the Mediterranean Sea. With the diminishing rainfall and +increased temperature that followed that period the effects of +evaporation gradually surpassed the precipitation, and the waters of the +lake slowly diminished to about the extent which they still display. + +The length of the sea is 47 m., and its maximum breadth is about 9½ m.; +its area is about 340 sq. m. It lies nearly north and south. Its surface +being 1289-1300 ft. below the level of the Mediterranean Sea, it has of +course no outlet. It is bounded on the north by the broad valley of the +Jordan; on the east by the rapidly rising terraces which culminate in +the Moabite plateau, 3100 ft. above the level of the lake; on the south +by the desert of the Arabah, which rises to the watershed between the +Dead and the Red Sea--65½ m. from the former, 46½ from the latter; +height 660 ft.--and on the west by the Judean mountains which attain a +height of 3300 ft. On the east side a peninsula, El-Lisan ("the +tongue"), of white calcareous marl with beds of salt and gypsum, divides +the sea into two unequal parts: this peninsula is about 50 ft. high, and +is connected by a narrow strip of marshland with the shore. Its northern +and southern extremities have been named Cape Costigan and Cape +Molyneux, in memory of two explorers who were among the first in modern +times to navigate the sea and succumbed to the consequent fever and +exhaustion. North of the peninsula the lake has a maximum depth of 1278 +ft.; south of it the water is nowhere more than 12 ft., and in some +places only 3 ft. The surface level of the lake varies with the season, +and recent observations taken on behalf of the Palestine Exploration +Fund seem to show that there are probably cyclical variations also +(ultimately dependent on the rainfall), the nature and periodicity of +which there are as yet no sufficient data to determine. In 1858 there +was a small island near the north end rising 10 or 12 ft. above the +surface and connected with the shore by a causeway; this has been +submerged since 1892; and owing to the gradual rise of level within +these years the fords south of the Lisan, and the pathway which formerly +rounded the Ras Feshkhah, are now no longer passable. + +The slopes on each side of the sea are furrowed with watercourses, some +of them perennial, others winter torrents only. The chief affluents of +the sea are as follows:--on the north, Jordan and 'Ain es-Suweimeh; on +the east Wadis Ghuweir, Zerka Ma'in (Callirrhoë), Mojib (Arnon), +Ed-Dera'a, and el-Hesi; on the west, Wadis Muhawat and Seyal, 'Ain Jidi +(En-Gedi), Wadi el Merabbah, 'Ain Ghuweir, Wadi el-Nar, 'Ain Feshkhah. +The quantity of water poured daily into the sea is not less than +6,000,000 tons, all of which has to be carried off by evaporation. The +consequence of the ancient evaporation, by which the great Pleistocene +lake was reduced to its present modest dimensions, and of the ceaseless +modern daily evaporation, is the impregnation of the waters of the lake +with salts and other mineral substances to a remarkable degree. Ocean +water contains on an average 4-6% of salts: Dead Sea water contains 25%. +The following analysis, by Dr Bernays, gives the contents of the water +more accurately:-- + +Specific gravity 1.1528 at 15.5° C. + + Calcium carbonate 70.00 grains + Calcium sulphate 163.39 + Magnesium nitrate 175.01 + Potassium chloride 1089.06 + Sodium chloride 5106.00 + Calcium chloride 594.46 + Magnesium chloride 7388.21 + Magnesium bromide 345.80 + Iron and aluminium oxides 10.50 + Organic matter, water of crystallization, loss 317.57 + -------- + Total residue per gallon 15260.00 + +The density of the water averages 1.166. It increases from north to +south, and with the depth. The increase is at first rapid, then, after +reaching a certain point, becomes more uniform. At 300 metres its +density is 1.253. The boiling point is 221° F. To the quantity of solid +matter suspended in its water the Dead Sea owes, beside its saltness, +its buoyancy and its poisonous properties. The human body floats on the +surface without exertion. Owing principally to the large proportion of +chloride and bromide of magnesia no animal life can exist in its water. +Fish, which abound in the Jordan and in the brackish spring-fed lagoons +that exist in one or two places around its shores (such as 'Ain +Feshkhah), die in a very short time if introduced into the main waters +of the lake. The only animal life reported from the lake has been some +tetanus and other bacilli said to have been found in its mud; but this +discovery has not been confirmed. To the chloride of calcium is due the +smooth and oily feeling of the water, and to the chloride of magnesia +its disagreeable taste. In Roman times curative properties were ascribed +to the waters: Mukaddasi (A.D. 985) asserts that people assembled to +drink it on a feast day in August. The salt of the Dead Sea is collected +and sold in Jerusalem; smuggling of salt (which in Turkey is a +government monopoly) is a regular occupation of the Bedouin. The bitumen +which floats to shore is also collected. The origin of this bitumen is +disputed: it was supposed to be derived from subaqueous strata of +bituminous marl and rose to the surface when loosened by earthquakes. It +is, however, now more generally believed that it exists in the breccia +of some of the valleys on the west side of the lake, which is washed +into the sea and submerged, till the small stones by which it is sunk +are loosened and fall out, when the bitumen rises to the surface. + +_History._--The earliest references to the sea or its basin are in the +patriarchal narratives of Lot and Abraham, the most striking being the +destruction of the neighbouring cities of Sodom and Gomorrah. (See +SODOM.) The biblical name is the Salt Sea, the Sea of the Arabah (the +south end of the Jordan valley), or the East Sea. The name in Josephus +is _Asphaltites_, referring to the bituminous deposits above alluded to. +The modern name is Bahr Lut or "Sea of Lot"--a name hardly to be +explained as a survival of a vague tradition of the patriarch, but more +probably due to the literary influences of the Hebrew Scriptures and the +Koran filtering through to the modern inhabitants or their ancestors. +The name Dead Sea first appears in late Greek writers, as Pausanias and +Galen. At En-Gedi on its western bank David for a while took refuge. +South of it is the stronghold of Masada, built by Jonathan Maccabaeus +and fortified by Herod in 42 B.C., where the last stand of the Jews was +made against the Romans after the fall of Jerusalem, and where the +garrison, when the defences were breached, slew themselves rather than +fall into Roman hands. + +The sea has been but little navigated. Tacitus and Josephus mention +boats on the lake, and boats are shown upon it in the Madeba mosaic. The +navigation dues formed part of the revenue of the lords of Kerak under +the crusaders. In modern times navigation is practically _nil_. The +lake, with the whole Jericho plain, is claimed as the personal property +of the sultan. + +The medieval travellers brought home many strange legends of the sea and +its peculiarities--some absurd, others with a basis of fact. The absence +of sea-birds, due to the absence of fish, probably accounts for the +story that no birds could fly over it. The absence of vegetation on its +shores, due to the scanty rainfall and general want of fresh +water--except in the neighbourhood of springs like 'Ain Feshkhah and +'Ain Jidi, where a luxuriant subtropical vegetation is found--accounts +for the story that no plant could live in the poisonous air which broods +over the sea. The mists, due to the great heat and excessive +evaporation, and the noxious miasmata, especially of the southern +region, were exaggerated into the noisome vapours that the "black and +stinking" waters ever exhaled. The judgment on Sodom and Gomorrah (which +of course they believed to be _under_ the waters of the lake, in +accordance with the absurd theory first found in Josephus and still +often repeated) blinded these good pilgrims to the ever-fresh beauty of +this most lovely lake, whose blue and sparkling waters lie deep between +rocks and precipices of unsurpassable grandeur. The play of brilliant +colours and of ever-changing contrasts of light and shade on those +rugged mountain-sides and on the surface of the sea itself might have +been expected to appeal to the most prosaic. The surface of the sea is +generally smooth (seldom, however, absolutely inert as the pilgrims +represented it), but is frequently raised by the north winds into waves, +which, owing to the weight and density of the water, are often of great +force. + +The first to navigate the sea in modern times was an Irish traveller, +Costigan by name, in August and September 1835. Owing largely to the +folly of his Greek servant, who, without his master's knowledge, threw +overboard the drinking-water to lighten the boat, the explorer after +circumnavigating the sea reached Jericho in an exhausted condition, and +was there attacked by a severe fever. The greatest difficulty was +experienced in obtaining assistance for him, but he was ultimately +conveyed on camel-back to Jerusalem, where he died; his grave is in the +Franciscan cemetery there. His fate was shared by his successor, a +British naval officer, Lieutenant Molyneux (1847), whose party was +attacked and robbed by Bedouins. W. F. Lynch, an American explorer +(1848), equipped by the United States government, was more successful, +and he may claim to be the first who examined its shores and sounded its +depths. Since his time the duc de Luynes, Lartet, Wilson, Hull, +Blanckenhorn, Gautier, Libbey, Masterman and Schmidt, to name but a few, +have made contributions to our knowledge of this lake; but still many +problems present themselves for solution. Among these may be mentioned +(1) the explanation of a remarkable line of white foam that extends +along the axis of the lake almost every morning--supposed by +Blanckenhorn to mark the line of a fissure, thermal and asphaltic, under +the bed of the lake, but otherwise explained as a consequence of the +current of the Jordan, which is not completely expended till it reaches +the Lisan, or as a result of the mingling of the salt water with the +brackish spring water especially along the western shore; (2) a +northward current that has been observed along the east coast; (3) +various disturbances of level, due possibly to differences of barometric +pressure; (4) some apparently electrical phenomena that have been +observed in the valley. Before we can be said to know all that we might +regarding this most interesting of lakes further extensive scientific +observations are necessary; but these are extremely difficult owing to +the impossibility of maintaining self-registering instruments in a +region practically closed to Europeans for nearly half the year by the +stifling heat, and inhabited only by Bedouins, who are the worst kind of +ignorant, thievish and mischievous savages. (R. A. S. M.) + + + + +DEADWOOD, a city and the county-seat of Lawrence county, South Dakota, +U.S.A., about 180 m. W. of Pierre. Pop. (1890) 2366; (1900) 3498, of +whom 707 were foreign-born; (1905) 4364; (1910) 3653. It is served by +the Chicago, Burlington & Quincy and the Chicago & North-Western +railways. It lies on hilly ground in the canyon of Whitewood Creek at an +elevation of about 4530 ft. Deadwood is the commercial centre of the +Black Hills. About it are several gold mines (including the well-known +Home-stake mine), characterized by the low grade of their ores (which +range from $2 to $8 per ton), by their vast quantity, and by the ease of +mining and of extracting the metal. The ore contains free gold, which is +extracted by the simple process of stamping and amalgamation, and +refractory values, extracted by the cyaniding process. Several hundred +tons of ore are treated thus in Deadwood and its environs daily, and its +stamp mills are exceeded in size only by those of the Treadwell mine in +S.E. Alaska, and by those on the Rand in South Africa. The discovery of +gold here was made known in June 1875, and in February 1877 the United +States government, after having purchased the land from the Sioux +Indians, opened the place for legal settlement. + + + + +DEAF AND DUMB.[1] The term "deaf" is frequently applied to those who are +deficient in hearing power in any degree, however slight, as well as to +people who are unable to detect the loudest sounds by means of the +auditory organs. It is impossible to draw a hard and fast line between +the deaf and the hearing at any particular point. For the purposes of +this article, however, that denotation which is generally accepted by +educators of the deaf may be given to the term. This makes it refer to +those who are so far handicapped as to be incapable of instruction by +the ordinary means of the ear in a class of those possessing normal +hearing. Paradoxical though it may seem, it is yet true to say that +"dumbness" in our sense of the word does not, strictly speaking, exist, +though the term "dumb" may, for all practical purposes, fairly be +applied to many of the deaf even after they are supposed to have learnt +how to speak. Oral teachers now confess that it is not worth while to +try to teach more than a large percentage of the deaf to speak at all. +We are not concerned with aphasia, stammering or such inability to +articulate as may be due to malformation of the vocal organs. In the +case of the deaf and dumb, as these words are generally understood, +dumbness is merely the result of ignorance in the use of the voice, this +ignorance being due to the deafness. The vocal organs are perfect. The +deaf man can laugh, shout, and in fact utter any and every sound that +the normal person can. But he does not speak English (if that happens to +be his nationality) for the same reason that a French child does not, +which is that he has never heard it. There is in fact no more a priori +reason why an English baby, born in England, should talk English than +that it should talk any other language. English may be correctly +described as its "mother tongue," but not its _natural_ language; the +only reason why one person speaks English and another Russian is that +each imitated that particular language which he heard in infancy. This +imitation depends upon the ability to hear. Hence if one has never +heard, or has lost hearing in early childhood, he has never been able to +imitate that language which his parents and others used, and the +condition of so-called dumbness is added to his deafness. From this it +follows that if the sense of hearing be not lost till the child has +learnt to speak fluently, the ability to speak is unaffected by the +calamity of deafness, except that after many years the voice is likely +to become high-pitched, or too guttural, or peculiar in some other +respect, owing to the absence of the control usually exercised by the +ear. It also follows that, to a certain extent, the art of speech can be +taught the deaf person even though he were born deaf. Theoretically, he +is capable of talking just as well as his hearing brother, for the +organs of speech are as perfect in one as in the other, except that they +suffer from lack of exercise in the case of the deaf man. Practically, +he can never speak perfectly, for even if he were made to attempt +articulation as soon as he is discovered to be deaf, the fact that the +ear, the natural guide of the voice, is useless, lays upon him a +handicap which can never be wiped out. He can never hear the tone of his +teacher's voice nor of his own; he can only see small and, in many +instances, scarcely discernible movements of the lips, tongue, nose, +cheeks and throat in those who are endeavouring to teach him to speak, +and he can never hope to succeed in speech through the instrumentality +of such unsatisfactory appeals to his eye as perfectly as the hearing +child can with the ideal adaptation of the voice to the ear. Sound +appeals to the ear, not the eye, and those who have to rely upon the +latter to imitate speech must suffer by comparison. + +Deafness then, in our sense, means the incapacity to be instructed by +means of the ear in the normal way, and dumbness means only that +ignorance of how to speak one's mother tongue which is the effect of the +deafness. + +Of such deaf people many can hear sound to some extent. Dr Kerr Love +quotes several authorities (_Deaf Mutism_, pp. 58 ff.) to show that 50 +or 60% are absolutely deaf, while 25% can detect loud sounds such as +shouting close to the ear, and the rest can distinguish vowels or even +words. He himself thinks that not more than 15 or 20% are totally +deaf--sometimes only 7 or 8%; that ability to hear speech exists in +about one in four, while ten or fifteen in each hundred are only +semi-deaf. He rightly warns against the use of tuning forks or other +instruments held on the bones of the head as tests of hearing, because +the vibration which is felt, not heard, may very often be mistaken for +sound. + +Dr Edward M. Gallaudet, president of the Columbia Institution for the +Deaf in Washington, D.C., suggests the following terms for use in +dividing the whole class of the deaf into its main sections, though it +is obviously impossible to split them up into perfectly defined +subdivisions, where, as a matter of fact, you have each degree of +deafness and dumbness shading into the next:--the _speaking deaf_, _the +semi-speaking deaf_, the _mute deaf_ (or _deaf-mute_), the _speaking +semi-deaf_, the _mute semi-deaf_, the _hearing mute_ and the _hearing +semi-mute_. He points out that the last two classes are usually persons +of feeble mental power. We should exclude these altogether from the +list, since their hearing is, presumably, perfect, and should add the +_semi-speaking semi-deaf_ before the mute semi-deaf. This would give two +main divisions--those who cannot hear at all, and those who have partial +hearing--with three subsections in each main division--those who speak, +those who have partial speech and those who do not speak at all. Where +the hearing is perfect it is paradoxical to class a person with the +deaf, and the dumbness in such a case is due (where there is no +malformation of the vocal organs) to inability of the mind to pay +attention to, and imitate, what the ear really hears. In such cases this +mental weakness is generally shown in other ways besides that of not +hearing sounds. Probably no sign will be given of recognizing persons or +objects around; there will be in fact, a general incapacity of the +whole body and senses. It is incorrect to designate such persons as deaf +and feeble-minded or deaf and idiotic, because in many cases their +organs of hearing are as perfect as are other organs of their body, and +they are no more deaf than blind, though they may pay no attention to +what they hear any more than to what they see. They are simply weak in +intellect, and this is shown by the disuse of any and all of their +senses; hence it is incorrect to classify them according to one, and one +only, of the evidences of this mental weakness. + + _Extent of Deafness._--The following table shows the number of deaf + and dumb persons in the United Kingdom at successive censuses:-- + + +------+-----------------------------------------+ + | | NUMBER OF DEAF AND DUMB PERSONS. | + | YEAR.+---------+---------+----------+----------+ + | | United | England | Scotland.| Ireland. | + | |Kingdom. |& Wales. | | | + +------+---------+---------+----------+----------+ + | 1851 | 17,649 | 10,314 | 2155 | 5180 | + | 1861 | 20,224 | 12,236 | 2335 | 5653 | + | 1871 | 19,159 | 11,518 | 2087 | 5554 | + | 1881 | 20,573 | 13,295 | 2142 | 5136 | + | 1891 | 20,781 | 14,192 | 2125 | 4464 | + | 1901 | 21,855 | 15,246 | 2638 | 3971 | + +------+---------+---------+----------+----------+ + + From this we find that the proportion of deaf and dumb to the + population has been as follows:-- + + +------+-----------------------------------------------+ + | | PROPORTION OF DEAF AND DUMB TO THE POPULATION.| + | YEAR.+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + | | United | England | Scotland. | Ireland. | + | | Kingdom. | & Wales. | | | + +------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + | 1851 | 1 in 1550 | 1 in 1739 | 1 in 1340 | 1 in 1264 | + | 1861 | 1 in 1430 | 1 in 1639 | 1 in 1310 | 1 in 1025 | + | 1871 | 1 in 1642 | 1 in 1972 | 1 in 1610 | 1 in 974 | + | 1881 | 1 in 1694 | 1 in 1953 | 1 in 1745 | 1 in 1008 | + | 1891 | 1 in 1814 | 1 in 2040 | 1 in 1893 | 1 in 1053 | + | 1901 | 1 in 1897 | 1 in 2132 | 1 in 1694 | 1 in 1122 | + +------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + + There has, therefore, been on the whole a steady decrease of those + described as "deaf and dumb" in proportion to the population in Great + Britain and Ireland. But in the census for 1901, in addition to the + 15,246 returned as "deaf and dumb" in England and Wales, 18,507 were + entered as being "deaf," 2433 of whom were described as having been + "deaf from childhood." + + Mr B. H. Payne, the principal of the Royal Cambrian Institution, + Swansea, makes the following remarks upon these figures:-- + + "The natural conclusion, of course, is that there has been a large + increase, relative as well as absolute, of the class in which we are + interested, which we call the deaf, and which includes the deaf and + dumb. Indeed, the number, large as it is, cannot be considered as + complete, for the schedules did not require persons who were only deaf + to state their infirmity, and, though many did so, it may be presumed + that more did not. + + "On the other hand, circumstances exist which may reasonably be held + to modify the conclusion that there has been a large relative increase + of the deaf. The spread of education, the development of local + government, and an improved system of registration, may have had the + effect of procuring fuller enumeration and more appropriate + classification than heretofore, while 1368 persons described simply as + dumb, and who therefore probably belong, not to the deaf, but to the + feeble-minded and aphasic classes, are included in the 'deaf and dumb' + total. It is also to be noted that some of those who described + themselves as 'deaf' though not born so may have been educated in the + ordinary way before they lost their hearing, and are therefore outside + the sphere of the operation of schools for the deaf. + + "In connexion with the census of 1891, it has been remarked in the + report of the institution that no provision was made in the schedules + for distinguishing the congenital from the non-congenital deaf, and + that it was desirable to draw such a distinction. To ascertain the + relative increase or decrease of one or the other section of the class + would contribute to our knowledge of the incidence of known causes of + deafness or to the confirmation or discovery of other causes, and so + far indicate the appropriate measures of prevention, while such an + inquiry as that recommended has, besides, a certain bearing upon + educational views. + + "The exact number of 'deaf and dumb' and 'deaf' children who are of + school age cannot be ascertained from the census tables, which give + the numbers in quinquennial age-groups, while the school age is seven + to sixteen. It is a pity that in this respect the functions of the + census department are not co-ordinated with those of the Board of + Education." + + John Hitz, the superintendent of the Volta Bureau for the Increase of + Knowledge Relating to the Deaf, Washington, D.C., U.S.A., gives the + number of schools for deaf children, and pupils, in different + countries in 1900 as follows:-- + + AFRICA. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Algeria | 1 | 3 | 37 | + | Egypt | 1 | 2 | 6 | + | Cape Colony | 4 | 9* | 77 | + | Natal | 1 | 2 | 7 | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 7 | 16* | 127 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + * Incomplete. + + ASIA. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | China | 3 | 10 | 43 | + | India | 3 | 13 | 73 | + | Japan | 3 | 24 | 337 | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 9 | 47 | 453 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + + AUSTRALASIA. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Australia | 6 | 41 | 282 | + | New Zealand | 1 | 5 | 50 | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 7 | 46 | 332 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + + EUROPE. + + +------------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +------------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Austria-Hungary | 38 | 291 | 2440 | + | Belgium | 12 | 181 | 1265 | + | Denmark | 5 | 57 | 348 | + | France | 71 | 598 | 4098 | + | Germany | 99 | 798 | 6497 | + | Great Britain | 95 | 462 | 4222 | + | Italy | 47 | 234 | 2519 | + | Luxemburg | 1 | 3 | 22 | + | Netherlands | 3 | 74 | 473 | + | Norway | 5 | 54 | 309 | + | Portugal | 2 | 9 | 64 | + | Rumania | 1 | 3 | 46 | + | Russia, Finland, | | | | + | Livonia | 34 | 118 | 1719 | + | Servia | 2 | 2* | 26* | + | Spain | 11 | 60 | 462 | + | Sweden | 9 | 124 | 726 | + | Switzerland | 14 | 84 | 650 | + | Turkey | 1 | | | + | +---------+----------+---------| + | | 450 | 3152 |25,886 | + +------------------+---------+----------+---------+ + * Incomplete. + + NORTH AMERICA. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Canada | 7 | 130 | 768 | + | United States | 126 | 1347 | 10,946 | + | Mexico | 1 | 13 | 46 | + | Cuba | 1 | | | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 135 | 1490 | 11,760 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + + SOUTH AMERICA. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Argentine | 4 | 18 | 133 | + | Brazil | 1 | 9 | 35 | + | Chile | 1 | 7 | 61 | + | Uruguay | 1 | | | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 7 | 34 | 229 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + + SUMMARY. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + |Africa | 7 | 16 | 127 | + |Asia | 9 | 47 | 453 | + |Australia | 7 | 46 | 332 | + |Europe | 450 | 3152 | 25,886 | + |North America | 135 | 1490 | 11,760 | + |South America | 7 | 34 | 229 | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 615 | 4785 | 38,787 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + + These figures refer only to deaf children who are actually under + instruction, not to the whole deaf population. + + While it is gratifying to find that so much is being done in the way + of educating this class of the community, the number of schools in + most parts of the world is still lamentably inadequate. For instance, + taking the school age as from seven to sixteen, which is now made + compulsory by Act of Parliament in Great Britain, and assuming that + 20% of the deaf population are of that age, as they are in England, + there should be 40,000 deaf pupils under instruction in India alone, + whereas there are but seventy-three. There are 200,000 deaf of all + ages in India. And what an enormous total should be in schools in + China instead of forty-three! The whole of the rest of Asia, with the + exception of Japan, has apparently not a single school. There must be + many thousands of thousands of deaf (hundreds of thousands, if not + thousands of thousands of whom are of school age) in that continent, + unless indeed they are destroyed, which is not impossible. What are we + to say of Africa, where only 100 pupils are being taught; of South + America, with its paltry 200, and Australia's 300? To come to Europe + itself, Russia should have many times more pupils than her 1700. Even + in Great Britain the education of the deaf was not made compulsory + till 1893, and there are many still evading the law and growing up + uneducated. Mr Payne of Swansea estimated (_Institution Report_, + 1903-1904) from the 1901 census, that there must be approximately 204 + deaf of school age in South Wales and Monmouthshire, while only 144 + were accounted for in all the schools in that district according to Dr + Hitz's statistics. + + Dr Kerr Love (_Deaf Mutism_, p. 217) gives the following table, which + shows the number of deaf people in proportion to the population in the + countries named:-- + + Switzerland 1 in 408 + Austria " 765 + Hungary " 792 + Sweden " 977 + Prussia " 981 + Finland " 981 + Canada " 1003 + Norway " 1052 + Germany (exclusive of Prussia) " 1074 + Portugal " 1333 + Ireland " 1398* + India " 1459 + United States " 1514 + Denmark " 1538 + Greece " 1548 + France " 1600 + Italy " 1862 + Scotland " 1885* + Cape Colony " 1904 + England " 2043* + Spain " 2178 + Belgium " 2247 + Australasia " 2692 + Holland " 2985 + Ceylon " 4328 + + * The figures for England, Scotland and Ireland, according to the + 1901 census, are different and have been given above. + + According to a tabular statement of British and Colonial schools, June + 1899, the proportion of those born deaf to those who lost hearing + after birth was, at that time and in those countries, 2126 to 1251, as + far as returns had been made. Several schools had, however, failed to + give statistics. These figures show a proportion of nearly 59% + congenitally deaf persons to over 41% whose deafness is acquired. + Professor Fay, whose monumental work, _Marriages of the Deaf in + America_, deserves particular attention, mentions (p. 38) that of + 23,931 persons who attended American schools for the deaf up to the + year 1890, 9842, or 41%, were reported as congenitally deaf, and + 14,089, or 59%, as adventitiously deaf,--figures which exactly reverse + those just quoted. The classification of deafness acquired in infancy + with congenital deafness by some other authorities (giving rise to the + rather absurd term "toto-congenital" to describe the latter) is + unscientific. There is reason for the opinion that the non-congenital, + even when hearing has been lost in early infancy, acquire language + better, and it is a mistake from any point of view to include them in + the born deaf. + + Other statistics vary very much as to the proportion of born deaf, + some being as low as a quarter, and some as high as three-quarters, of + the whole class. We can only say, speaking of both sides of the + Atlantic, and counterbalancing one period with another, that the + general average appears to be about 50% for each. Probably the + percentage varies in different places for definite reasons, which we + shall now briefly consider. + +_Causes of Deafness._--These may be considered in two divisions, +pre-natal and post-natal. + +1. _Pre-Natal._--A small percentage of these is due, it seems, to +malformation of some portion of the auditory apparatus. Another +percentage is known to represent the children of the intermarriage of +blood relations. Dr Kerr Love (_Deaf Mutism_, p. 117) gives statistics +from thirteen British institutions which show that on a general average +at least 8% of the congenitally deaf are the offspring of such +marriages. Besides this, little is known. Beyond all doubt a much larger +percentage of deaf children are the offspring of marriages in which one +or both partners were born deaf than of ordinary marriages. But +inquiries into such phenomena have generally been directed towards +tracing deafness and not consanguinity, or at least the inquirer has +rarely troubled to make sure whether the grandparents or +great-grandparents on either side were relations or not. Such +investigations rarely go beyond ascertaining if the parents were related +to each other, though we have proof that a certain tendency towards any +particular abnormality may not exhibit itself in every generation of the +family in question. To give an illustration, suppose that G is a deaf +man. Several inquirers may trace back to the preceding generation F, and +to the grandparents E, and even to the great-grandparents D, in search +of an ancestor who is deaf, and such they may discover in the third +generation D. But probably not one of these several inquirers will ask G +if any of his grandparents or great-grandparents married a cousin, for +instance, though they may ask if his father did. To continue this +hypothetical case, the investigators will again trace back along the +family tree to generations C, B and A in search of an original _deaf_ +ancestor, on whose shoulders they seek to lay the blame of both D's and +G's deafness. Not finding any such, they will again content themselves +with asking if D's parents (generation C) were blood relations or not, +and, receiving an answer in the negative, desist from further inquiry in +this direction, assuming that D's deafness is the original cause of G's +deafness. They do not, we fear, inquire if any grandparents or +great-grandparents (hearing people) were related, with the same +persistency as they ask if any were deaf. The search for deafness is +pushed through several generations, the search for consanguinity is only +extended to one generation. Perhaps if it were carried further, it would +be discovered that A married his niece, and there lay the secret of the +deafness in both D and G. In other words, the deafness in D is not the +cause of that in G, but the deafness in both D and G are effects of the +consanguineous marriage in A. All this is, however, merely by way of +suggestion. We submit that if deafness in one generation may be followed +by deafness two or even three generations later, while the tendency to +deafness exists, but does not appear, in the intermediate generations, +it is only logical to inquire if deafness in the first discoverable +instance in a family may not be caused by consanguinity, the effect of +which is not seen for two or three generations in a similar manner. +Moreover it is probable that consanguinity in parents or grandparents +may often be denied. An exhaustive investigation along these lines is +desirable, for we believe that congenital deafness would be proved to be +due to consanguinity in hearing people, if the search were pushed far +enough back and the truth were told, in a far greater percentage of +cases than is now suspected. This is not disproved by quoting numbers of +cases where no deafness follows consanguinity in any generation, for +resulting weakness may be shown (where it exists) in many other ways +than by deafness. + +This theory receives support from the statistics quoted by Dr Kerr Love +(_Deaf Mutism_, p. 132), where the percentage of defective children +resulting from the consanguineous marriages of hearing people increases +in almost exact proportion to the nearness of affinity of the parents. +It is further borne out by statistics of the duchy of Nassau, and of +Berlin, both quoted by Dr Kerr Love (pp. 119, 120). These show 1 deaf +person in 1397 Roman Catholics, 1101 Evangelicals and 508 Jews in the +former case, and 1 in 3000 Roman Catholics, 2000 Protestants and 400 +Jews in the latter. When we are told that "Roman Catholics prohibit +marriages between persons who are near blood relations, Protestants view +such marriages as permissible, and Jews encourage intermarriage with +blood relations," these figures become suggestive. We find the same +greater tendency to deafness in thinly-populated and out-of-the-way +districts and countries where, owing to the circle of acquaintances +being limited, people are more likely to marry relations. + + With regard to the question of marriages of the deaf, Professor Edward + Allen Fay's work is so complete that the results of his six years' + labour are particularly worthy of notice, for, as the introduction + states, the book is a "collection of records of marriages of the deaf + far larger than all previous collections put together," and it deals + in detail with 4471 such marriages. The summary of statistics is as + follows (_Marriages of the Deaf in America_, p. 134):-- + + +----------------------+-----------------+------------+--------------------+ + | | NUMBER OF | NUMBER OF | PERCENTAGE. | + | | MARRIAGES. | CHILDREN. | | + | MARRIAGES +------+----------+------+-----+----------+---------+ + | OF THE DEAF. | |Resulting | | |Marriages | | + | |Total.| in deaf |Total.|Deaf.|resulting | Deaf | + | | |offspring.| | | in deaf |children.| + | | | | | |offspring.| | + +----------------------+------+----------+------+-----+----------+---------+ + | One or both partners | | | | | | | + | deaf | 3078 | 300 | 6782 | 588 | 9.7 | 8.6 | + | Both partners deaf | 2377 | 220 | 5072 | 429 | 9.2 | 8.4 | + | One partner deaf, | | | | | | | + | the other hearing | 599 | 75 | 1532 | 151 | 12.5 | 9.8 | + | One or both partners | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf, | 1477 | 194 | 3401 | 413 | 13.1 | 12.1 | + | One or both partners | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf | 2212 | 124 | 4701 | 199 | 5.6 | 4.2 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf | 335 | 83 | 779 | 202 | 24.7 | 25.9 | + | One partner | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf, | | | | | | | + | the other | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf | 814 | 66 | 1820 | 119 | 8.1 | 6.5 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf | 845 | 30 | 1720 | 40 | 3.5 | 2.3 | + | One partner | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf, | | | | | | | + | the other hearing | 191 | 28 | 528 | 63 | 14.6 | 11.9 | + | One partner | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf,| | | | | | | + | the other hearing | 310 | 10 | 713 | 16 | 3.2 | 2.2 | + | Both partners had | | | | | | | + | deaf relatives | 437 | 103 | 1060 | 222 | 23.5 | 20.9 | + | One partner had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives, the other| | | | | | | + | had not | 541 | 36 | 1210 | 78 | 6.6 | 6.4 | + | Neither partner had | | | | | | | + | deaf relatives | 471 | 11 | 1044 | 13 | 2.3 | 1.2 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf; | | | | | | | + | both had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives | 172 | 49 | 429 | 130 | 28.4 | 30.3 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf; | | | | | | | + | one had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives, the other| | | | | | | + | had not | 49 | 8 | 105 | 21 | 16.3 | 20.0 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf; | | | | | | | + | neither had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives | 14 | 1 | 24 | 1 | 7.1 | 4.1 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf;| | | | | | | + | both had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives. | 57 | 10 | 114 | 11 | 17.5 | 9.6 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf;| | | | | | | + | one had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives, the other| | | | | | | + | had not | 167 | 7 | 357 | 10 | 4.1 | 2.8 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf;| | | | | | | + | neither had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives | 284 | 2 | 550 | 2 | 0.7 | 0.3 | + | Partners | | | | | | | + | consanguineous | 31 | 14 | 100 | 30 | 45.1 | 30.0 | + +----------------------+------+----------+------+-----+----------+---------+ + + One point deserves special attention in the above list. It is that + where there are no deaf relatives (i.e. where there has not been a + history of deafness in the family) only one child out of twenty-four + is deaf, even when the parents were both born deaf themselves. Where + there were deaf relatives already in the family on both sides, and the + parents were born deaf, the percentage of deaf children is seven and a + half times as great. This seems to show that there are causes of + congenital deafness which are, comparatively speaking, unlikely to be + transmitted to future generations, while other causes of congenital + deafness are so liable to be perpetuated that one child in every three + is deaf. We conjecture that one original cause of congenital deafness + which reappears in a family is consanguinity--for instance, the + intermarriage of first or second cousins (hearing people) in some + previous generation. Out of the 2245 deaf persons who were born deaf, + 269 had parents who were blood relations, according to Fay. And + perhaps many more refrained from acknowledging the fact. Eleven had + grandparents who were cousins. This theory calls for investigation, + and while the marriage of deaf people is not encouraged, it is fair to + ask those who so strenuously oppose such unions whether they may not + be spending their energies on trying to check an effect instead of a + cause, and if that cause may not really be consanguinity,--witness the + percentage of deaf people among Roman Catholics, Protestants and Jews + before noticed. On the principle that prevention is better than cure + it is the intermarriage of cousins and other relations which should be + discouraged. The marriage of deaf people is inadvisable where there + has been deafness in the family in former generations, but the same + warning applies to all the other members of that family, for the + hearing members are as likely to transmit the defect of which deafness + is a symptom as the deaf members are. We are more concerned to + discover the primary cause of the defect, and take steps to prevent + the latter from occurring at all. Those who have no dissuasions for + hearing people, who might perhaps cause the misery, and only give + counsel to those among the transmitters of it who happen to be deaf, + are acting in a manner which is hardly logical. + +2. _Post-Natal._--We have collected and grouped the stated causes of +deafness in those partners of the marriages in America noticed by Fay. +About a hundred and thirty did not mention how they lost hearing. Any +errors in this calculation must be less than 1% at most, and can make no +material difference. In some cases two or more diseases are given as the +cause of deafness. In such cases where one is a very common cause of +deafness, and the other is unusual, the former is credited with being +the reason for the defect. Where both are common, we have divided the +cases between them in a rough proportion. + + Scarlet fever 973; scarlatina 3; scarlet rash 2 978 + + Spotted fever 260; meningitis 92; spinal meningitis 76; + cerebro-spinal meningitis 70; spinal fever 28; spinal + disease 8; congestion of spine 2 536 + + Brain fever 309; inflammation of brain 62; congestion of + brain 30; disease in brain 3 404 + + Typhoid 127; "fever" (unspecified) 117; typhus 17; + intermittent fever 14; bilious fever 11; other fevers 14 300 + + Gatherings, inflammations, in head; ulcers, disease, sores, + risings, &c., all but 22 being explicitly stated to be in + head or ears 276 + + "Sickness" 167; "illness" 49; "disease" 8; no definite + specification 12 236 + + Measles 191 + + Colds 101; colds in head, &c. 35; catarrh 19; catarrhal + fevers 10; chills, &c. 17 182 + + Whooping cough 77; diphtheria 34; lung fever, and various + diseases of lungs and throat 60 171 + + Falls 143 + + Fits and convulsions 58; spasms 18; teething 16 92 + + Scrofula 35; mumps 25; swellings on neck 2 62 + + Many various and unusual causes 60 + + Smallpox 8; chickenpox 6, cholera, &c. 7; canker, &c. 11; + erysipelas 13 45 + + Paralysis, &c. 12; nerve diseases 12; fright 8; palsy 3 35 + + Hydrocephalus 14; dropsy on brain or in head 17; dropsy 2 33 + + Various accidents, blows, kicks, &c. 31 + + Quinine 22; other medicines 7 29 + ---- + Total 3804 + ---- + +We have counted a hundred and thirty of those who were returned as +having lost hearing who were also stated to be the offspring of +consanguineous marriages. + + Dr Kerr Love (_Deaf Mutism_, p. 150) gives the following list compiled + from the registers of British institutions:-- + + Scarlet fever 331 + Miscellaneous causes 175 + Teething, convulsions, &c. 171 + Meningitis, brain fever, &c. 166 + Measles 138 + Falls and accidents 122 + Enteric and other fevers 119 + Disease, illness, &c. 37 + Whooping cough 33 + Suppurative ear diseases 18 + Syphilis 2 + ---- + 1312 + + Unknown causes 98 + + The same writer quotes Hartmann's table, compiled in 1880 from + continental statistics, as follows:-- + + Cerebral affections, inflammations, + convulsions 644 + Cerebro-spinal meningitis 295 + Typhus 260 + Scarlatina 205 + Measles 84 + Ear disease, proper 77 + Lesions of the head 70 + Other diseases 354 + ---- + 1989 + +There appears to be no cure for deafness that is other than partial; but +with the advance of science preventive treatment is expected to be +efficacious in scarlet fever, measles, &c. + + +_Condition of the Deaf._ + +1. _In Childhood._--It is difficult to impress people with two facts in +connexion with teaching language to the average child who was born deaf, +or lost hearing in early infancy. One is the necessity of the +undertaking, and the other is that this necessity is not due to mental +deficiency in the pupil. To the born deaf-mute in an English-speaking +country English is a foreign language. His inability to speak is due to +his never having heard that tongue which his mother uses. The same +reason holds good for his entire ignorance of that language. The hearing +child does not know a word of English when he is born, and never would +learn it if taken away from where it is spoken. He learns English +unconsciously by imitating what he hears. The deaf child never hears +English, and so he never learns it till he goes to school. Here he has +to start learning English--or whatever is the language of his native +land--in the same way as a hearing boy learns a foreign language. + +But another reason exists which renders his task much more difficult +than that of a normal English schoolboy learning, say, German. The +latter has two channels of information, the eye and the ear; the deaf +boy has only one, the eye. The hearing boy learns German by what he +hears of it in class as well as by reading it; the deaf boy can only +learn by what he sees. It is as if you tried to fill two cisterns of the +same capacity with two inlets to one and only one inlet to the other; +supposing the inlets to be the same size, the former will fill twice as +fast. So it is in the case of the hearing boy as compared with his deaf +brother. The cerebral capacity and quality are the same, but in one case +one of the avenues to the brain is closed, and consequently the +development is less rapid. Moreover, the thoughts are precisely those +which would be expected in people who form them only from what they see. +We were often asked by our deaf playmates in our childhood such +questions (in signs) as "What does the cat say?"--"The dog talks, does +he not?"--"Is the rainbow very hot on the roof of that house?" They have +often told us such things as that they used to think someone went to the +end of the earth and climbed up the sky to light the stars, and to pour +down rain through a sieve. + +But there is yet a third disadvantage for the already handicapped deaf +boy. He has no other language to build upon, while the other has his +mother tongue with which to compare the foreign language he is learning. +The latter already has a general idea of sentences and clauses, of tense +and mood, of gender, number and case, of substantives, verbs and +prepositions; and he knows that one language must form some sort of +parallel to another. He is already prepared to find a subject, predicate +and object, in the sentence of a foreign language, even when he knows +not a word of any but his own mother tongue. If he is told that a +certain word in German is an adjective, he understands what its function +is, even when he has yet to learn the meaning of the word. All this goes +for nothing in the case of the deaf pupil. The very elementary fact that +certain words denote certain objects--that there is such a class of word +as substantives--comes as a revelation to most deaf children. They have +to begin at seven laboriously and artificially to learn what an ordinary +baby has unconsciously and naturally discovered at the age of two. +English, spoken, written, printed or finger-spelled, is no more natural, +comprehensible or easy of acquirement to the deaf than is Chinese. The +manual alphabet is simply one way of expressing the vernacular on the +fingers; it is no more the deaf-mute's "natural" language than speech or +writing, and if he cannot express himself by the latter modes of +communicating, he cannot by spelling on the fingers. The last is simply +a case of _vicaria linguae manus_. None of these are languages in +themselves; whether you use pen or type, hand or voice, you are but +adopting one or other method of expressing one and the same +tongue--English or whatever it may be, that of a "people of a strange +speech and of a hard language, whose words they cannot understand." The +deaf child's natural mode of communication--more natural to him than any +verbal language is to hearing people--is the world-wide, natural +language of signs. + +2. _Natural Language of the Deaf._--We have just called signs a natural +language. While a purist might properly object to this adjective being +applied to all signs, yet it is not an unfair term to use as regards +this method of conversing as a whole, even in the United States, where +signs, being to a great extent the French signs invented by de l'Epée, +are more artificial than in England. The old story, by the way, of the +pupil of de l'Epée failing to write more than "hand, breast," as +describing what an incredulous investigator did when he laid his hand on +his breast, proves nothing. In all probability he had no idea that he +was expected to describe an action, and thought that he was being asked +the names of certain parts of the body. The hand was held out to him and +he wrote "hand." Then the breast was indicated by placing the hand on +it, and he wrote "breast." Moreover, the artificial element is much less +pronounced than is supposed by most of those who are loudest in their +condemnation of signs, there being almost invariably an obvious +connexion between the sign and idea. These critics are generally people +whose acquaintance with the subject is rather limited, and the +thermometer of whose zeal in waging war against gestures generally falls +in proportion as the photometer of their knowledge about them shows an +increasing light. We may go still further and point out that to object +to any sign on the ground of artificiality _per se_, is to strain at the +gnat and to swallow the camel, for English itself is one of the most +artificial languages in existence, and certainly is more open to such an +objection than signs. If we apply the same test to English that is +applied to signs by those who would rule out any which they suppose +cannot come under the head of natural gesture or pantomime, what +fraction of our so-called natural language should we have left? For a +spoken word to be "natural" in this sense it must be onomatopoetic, and +what infinitesimal percentage of English words are such? A foreigner, +unacquainted with the language, could not glean the drift of a +conversation in English, except perhaps a trifle from the tone of the +voices and more from the natural signs used--the smiles and frowns, the +expressions of the faces, the play of eyes, lips, hands and whole body. +The only words he could possibly understand without such aids are some +such onomatopoetic words as the cries of animals--"mew," "chirrup," &c., +and a few more like "bang" or "swish." + +The reason why we insist emphatically upon the importance of teaching +English in schools for the deaf in English-speaking countries, is, +firstly, because that is the language which the pupil will be called +upon to use in his intercourse with his fellow-men after he leaves +school, and secondly, because, if his grasp of that tongue only be +sufficient and his interest in books be properly aroused, he can go on +educating himself in after-life by means of reading. Time tables are +overcrowded with kindergarten, clay modelling, wood-carving, carpentry, +and other things which are excellent in themselves. But there is not +time for everything, and these are not as important in the case of the +deaf pupil as language. Putting aside the question of religion and moral +training, we consider the flooding of their minds with general +knowledge, and the teaching of English to enable them to express their +thoughts to their neighbours, to be of paramount importance, so +paramount that all other branches of education in their turn pale into +insignificance by comparison with these, while the question of methods +of instruction should be subservient to these main ends. Too many make +speech in itself an end. This is a mistake. Speech is not in itself +English; it is only one way of expressing that language. And we are +little concerned to inquire by what means the deaf pupil expresses +himself in English so long as he does so express himself, whether by +speech or writing, or as he does so express himself, whether by speech +or writing or finger-spelling--for if he can finger-spell he can write. +It is not the mere fact that he can make certain sounds or write certain +letters or form the alphabet on his hands that should signify. It is the +actual language that he uses, whatever be the means, and the thoughts +that are enshrined in the language, that should be our criterion when +judging of his education. + +The importance of English is insisted upon because to place the deaf +child in touch with his English-speaking fellow-men we must teach him +their language, and also because he can thereby educate himself by means +of books if, and when, he has a sufficient command of that language. The +reason is not because the vernacular is actually superior to signs as a +means of conversation. The sign language is quite equal to the +vernacular as a means of expression. The former is as much our mother +tongue, if we may say so, as the latter; we used one language as soon as +the other, in our earliest infancy; and, after a lifelong experience of +both, we affirm that signs are a more beautiful language than English, +and provide possibilities of a wealth of expression which English does +not possess, and which probably no other language possesses. + +That others whose knowledge of signs is lifelong hold similar opinions +is shown by the following extract from _The Deaf and their +Possibilities_, by Dr Gallaudet:-- + + "Thinking that the question may arise in the minds of some, 'Does the + sign language give the deaf, when used in public addresses, all that + speech affords to the hearing?' I will say that my experience and + observation lead me to answer with a decided affirmative. On occasions + almost without number it has been my privilege to interpret, through + signs to the deaf, addresses given in speech; I have addressed + hundreds of assemblages of deaf persons in the college, in schools I + have visited, and elsewhere, using signs for the original expression + of thought; I have seen many more lectures and public debates given + originally in signs; I have seen conventions of deaf-mutes in which no + word was spoken, and yet all the forms of parliamentary proceedings + were observed, and the most earnest, and even excited, discussions + were carried on. I have seen the ordinances of religion administered, + and the full service of the Church rendered in signs; and all this + with the assurance growing out of my complete understanding of the + language--a knowledge which dates from my earliest childhood--that for + all the purposes enumerated gestural expression is in no respect + inferior, and is in many respects superior, to oral, verbal utterance + as a means of communicating ideas." + +The following is an analysis of the sign language given by Mr Payne of +the Swansea Institution, together with his explanatory notes:-- + +"_Analysis of the Sign Language._ + + I. Facial expression. + + /1. Sympathetic \ + II. Gesture < 2. Representative (= Natural signs | Conventional + \3. Systematic (a) Arbitrary signs > especially in + (b) Grammatical signs / shortened form. + III. Mimic action. + + IV. Pantomime. + + + "_Observations._--People speak of 'manual signs.' Of course there are + signs which are made with the hands only, as there are others which + are labial, &c. But the sign language is comprehensive, and at times + the whole frame is engaged in its use. A late American teacher could + and did 'sign' a story to his pupils with his hands behind him. Facial + expression plays an important part in the language. Sympathetic + gestures are individualistic and spontaneous, and are sometimes + unconsciously made. The speaker, feeling that words are inadequate, + reinforces them with gesture. Arbitrary signs are, e.g., drumming with + three separated fingers on the chin for 'uncle.' Grammatical signs are + those which are used for inflections, parts of speech, or letters as + in the manual alphabet, and some numerical signs, though other + numerals may be classed as natural; also signs for sounds, and even + labial signs. Signs, whether natural or arbitrary, which gain + acceptance, especially if they are shortened, are 'conventional.' + 'Mimic action' refers, e.g., to the sign for sawing, the side of one + hand being passed to and fro over the side or back of the + other.'Pantomime' means, e.g., when the signer pretends to hang up his + hat and coat, roll up his sleeves, kneel on his board, guide the saw + with his thumb, saw through, wipe his forehead, &c." + +Illustrations of one style of numerical signs are given below. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.] + +Units are signified with the palm turned inwards; tens with the palm +turned outwards; hundreds with the fingers downwards; thousands with the +left hand to the right shoulder; millions with the hand near the +forehead. For 12, sign 10 outwards and 2 inwards, and so on up to 19. 21 += 2 outwards, 1 inwards, and so on up to 30. 146 = 1 downwards, 4 +outwards, 6 inwards. 207,837 = 2 downwards, 7 inwards (both at +shoulder), 8 downwards, 3 outwards, 7 inwards. 599,126,345 = 5 +downwards, 9 outwards, 9 inwards (all near forehead); 1 downwards, 2 +outwards, 6 inwards (all at shoulder); 3 downwards, 4 outwards, 5 +inwards (in front of chest). + +Only the third, and a few of the second, subdivision of the second +section of the above classes of signs can be excluded when talking of +signs as being the deaf-mute's natural language. In fact we hesitate to +call representative gesture--e.g. the horns and action of milking for +"cow," the smelling at something grasped in the hand for "flower," +&c.--conventional at all, except when shortened as the usual sign for +"cat" is, for instance, from the sign for whiskers _plus_ stroking the +fur on back and tail _plus_ the action of a cat licking its paw and +washing its face, to the sign for whiskers only. + +The deaf child expresses himself in the sign language of his own accord. +The supposition that in manual or combined schools generally they "teach +them signs" is incorrect, except that perhaps occasionally a few pupils +may be drilled and their signs polished for a dramatic rendering of a +poem at a prize distribution or public meeting, which is no more +"teaching them signs" than training hearing children to recite the same +poem orally and polishing their rendering of it is teaching them +English. If the deaf boy meets with some one who will use gesture to +him, a new sign will be invented as occasion requires by one or other to +express a new idea, and if it be a good one is tacitly adopted to +express that idea, and so an entire language is built up. It follows +that in different localities signs will differ to a great extent, but +one who is accustomed to signing can readily see the connexion and +understand what is meant even when the signs are partly novel to him. We +are sometimes asked if we can make a deaf child understand abstract +ideas by this language. Our answer is that we can, if a hearing child of +no greater age and intelligence can understand the same ideas in +English. Signs are particularly the best means of conveying religious +truths to the deaf. If you wish to appeal to him, to impress him, to +reach his heart and his sympathies (and, incidentally, to offer the best +possible substitute for music), use his own eloquent language of signs. +We have conversed by signs with deaf people from all parts of the +British Isles, from France, Norway and Sweden, Poland, Finland, Italy, +Russia, Turkey, the United States, and found that they are indeed a +world-wide means of communication, even when we wandered on to most +unusual and abstract subjects. Deaf people in America converse with Red +Indians with ease thereby, which shows how natural the generality of +even de l'Epée signs are. The sign language is everybody's natural +language, not only the deaf-mute's. + + Addison (_Deaf Mutism_, p. 283) quotes John Bulwer as follows:--"What + though you (the deaf and dumb) cannot express your minds in those + verbal contrivances of man's invention: yet you want not speech who + have your whole body for a tongue, having a language which is more + natural and significant, which is common to you with us, to wit, + gesture, the general and universal language of human nature." The same + writer says further on (p. 297): "The same process of growth goes on + alike with the signs of the deaf and dumb as with the spoken words of + the hearing. Arnold, than whom no stronger advocate of the oral method + exists, recognizes this in his comment on this principle of the German + school, for he writes: 'It is much to be regretted that teachers + should indulge in unqualified assertions of the impossibility of + deaf-mutes attaining to clear conceptions and abstract thinking by + signs or mimic gestures. Facts are against them.' Again, Graham Bell, + who is generally considered an opponent of the sign system, says: 'I + think that if we have the mental condition of the child alone in view + without reference to language, no language will reach the mind like + the language of signs; it is the method of reaching the mind of the + deaf child.'" + + The opinions of the deaf themselves, from all parts of the world, are + practically unanimous on this question. In the words of Dr Smith, + president of the World's Congress of the Deaf held at St Louis, + Missouri, in 1904, under the auspices of the National Association of + the Deaf, U.S.A., "the educated deaf have a right to be heard in these + matters, and they must and shall be heard." A portion may be quoted of + the resolutions passed at that congress of 570 of the best-informed + deaf the world has ever seen, at least scores, if not hundreds, of + them holding degrees, and being as well educated as the vast majority + of teachers of the deaf in England: "Resolved, that the oral method, + which withholds from the congenitally and quasi-congenitally deaf the + use of the language of signs outside the schoolroom, robs the children + of their birthright; that those champions of the oral method, who have + been carrying on a warfare, both overt and covert, against the use of + the language of signs by the adult deaf, are not friends of the deaf; + and that, in our opinion, it is the duty of every teacher of the deaf, + no matter what method he or she uses, to have a working command of the + sign language." + +It is often urged as an objection to the use of signs that those who use +them think in them, and that their English (or other vernacular +language) suffers in consequence. There is, however, no more objection +to thinking in signs than to thinking in any other language, and as to +the second objection, facts are against such a statement. The +best-educated deaf in the world, as a class, are in America, and the +American deaf sign almost to a man. It is true that at first a beginner +in school may, when at a loss how to express himself in words, render +his thoughts in sign-English, if we may use the expression, just as a +schoolboy will sometimes put Latin words in the English order. That is, +the deaf pupil puts the word in the natural order of the signs, which is +really the logical order, and is much nearer the Latin sequence of words +than the English. But, firstly, if he had always been forbidden to use +signs he would not express himself in English any better in that +particular instance; he would simply not attempt to express himself at +all,--so he loses nothing, at least; and secondly, it is perfectly easy +to teach him in a very short time that each language has its own idiom +and that the thought is expressed in a different order in each. + +Of the deaf child's moral condition nothing more need be said than that +it is at first exactly that of his hearing brother, and his development +therein depends entirely upon whether he is trained to the same degree. +The need of this is great. He is quite as capable of religious and moral +instruction, and benefits as much by what he receives of it. Happiness +is a noticeable feature of the character of the deaf when they are +allowed to mix with each other. The charge of bad temper can usually be +sustained only when the fault is on the side of those with whom they +live. For instance, the latter often talk in the presence of the deaf +person without saying a word to him, and if he then shows irritation, +which is not often in any case, it is no more to be wondered at than if +a hearing person resents whispering or other secret communication in his +presence. + +3. _Social Status, &c._--From the 1901 census "Summary Tables" we gather +the following facts concerning the occupations of the deaf, aged ten and +upwards, in England and Wales. About half of the total number, taking +males and females together (13,450), are engaged in occupations--6665. +The rest--6785--are retired or unoccupied. Of the former, the following +table given below shows the distribution:-- + + In general or local government work (clerks, messengers, &c.) 11 + In professional occupations and subordinate services 87 + In domestic offices or services 788 + In commercial occupations 12 + In work connected with conveyance of men, goods or messages 144 + In agriculture 568 + In fishing 3 + In and about mines and quarries, &c. 151 + In work connected with metals, machines, implements, &c. 503 + In work connected with precious metals, jewels, games, &c. 46 + In building and works of construction 485 + In work connected with wood, furniture, fittings and decorations 470 + In work connected with brick, cement, pottery and glass 153 + In work connected with chemicals, oil, soap, &c. 46 + In work connected with skins, hair and feathers 137 + In work connected with paper, prints, books, &c. 238 + In work connected with textile fabrics 407 + In work connected with dress 1829 + In work connected with food, tobacco, drink and lodging 194 + In work connected with gas, water and electric supply, and + sanitary service 22 + Other general and undefined workers and dealers 371 + ---- + Total 6665 + + Among those in professional occupations are a clergyman, five law + clerks, ten schoolmasters, teachers, &c., thirty-seven painters, + engravers and sculptors, and seven photographers. Of those not engaged + in occupations, 235 have retired from business, and 245 are living on + their own means. Probably a very large number of the remainder were + out of work or engaged in odd jobs at the time of the census; it would + certainly be incorrect to take the words "Without specified + occupations or unoccupied" to mean that those classified as such were + permanently unable to support themselves. + + The commonest occupations of men are bootmaking (555), tailoring + (429), farm-labouring (287), general labouring (257), carpentry (195), + cabinet-making (142), painting, decorating and glazing (95), + French-polishing (88), harness-making, &c. (80). + + The commonest occupations of women are dressmaking (484), domestic + service (367), laundry and washing service (230), tailoring (170), + shirtmaking, &c. (81), charing (79). + + In Munich there are about sixty deaf artists, especially painters and + sculptors. In Germany and Austria generally, deaf lithographers, + xylographers and photographers are well employed, as are bookbinders + in Leipzig in particular, and labourers in the provinces. + + In France there are several deaf writers, journalists, &c., two + principals of schools, an architect, a score or so of painters, + several of whom are ladies, nine sculptors, and a few engravers, + photographers, proof-readers, &c. + + Italy boasts deaf wood-carvers, sculptors, painters, and architects + graduating from the universities and academies of fine arts with + prizes and medals; also type-setters, pressmen, carvers of coral, + ivory and precious stones. + + Two gentlemen in the office of the Norwegian government are deaf, as + are four in the engraving department of the land survey; one is a + master-lithographer, another a master-printer, a third a civil + engineer, and the rest are engaged in the usual trades, as are those + in Sweden. + +The deaf form societies of their own to guard their interests, for +social intercourse and other purposes. In England there is the British +Deaf and Dumb Association; in America the National Association of the +Deaf and many lesser societies; Germany has no fewer than 150 such +associations, some of which are athletic clubs, benefit societies, +dramatic clubs, and so forth. The central Federation is the largest +German association. France has the National Union of Deaf-Mutes and +others, many being benefit clubs. Italy has some societies; Sweden has +eight. + +In the United States there are no fewer than fifty-three publications +devoted to the interests of the deaf, most of them being school +magazines published in the institutions themselves. Great Britain and +Ireland have six, four of them being school magazines. France, Germany, +Sweden, Hungary have several, and Finland, Russia, Norway, Denmark and +Austria are represented. Canada has three. + +There are many Church and other missions to the deaf in England and +abroad, which are much needed owing to the difficulty the average deaf +person has in understanding the archaic language of both Bible and +Prayer-book. Until they have this explained to them it is useless to +place these books in their hands, and even where they are well-educated +and can follow the services, they fail to get the sermon. Chaplains and +missioners engage in all branches of pastoral work among them, and also +try to find them employment, interpret for them where necessary, and +interview people on their behalf. + +The difficulty of obtaining employment for the deaf has been increased +in Great Britain by the Employers' Liability and Workmen's Compensation +Acts, for masters are afraid--needlessly, as facts show--to employ them, +under the impression that they are more liable to accidents owing to +their affliction. + +The new After-Care Committees of the London County Council are a late +confession of a need which other bodies have long endeavoured to supply. +Education should be a development of the whole nature of the child. The +board of education in England provides for intellectual, industrial and +physical training, but does not take cognizance of those parts of +education which are far more important--the social, moral and spiritual. +Some teachers, both oral and manual, do an incalculable amount of good +at the cost of great self-sacrifice and in face of much discouragement. +They deserve the highest praise for so doing, and such work needs to be +carried on after their pupils leave school. + + +_Education._ + +_History._[2]--"Who hath made man's mouth? or who maketh a man dumb, or +deaf, or seeing, or blind? Is it not I the Lord?" (Ex. iv. 11). Such is +the first known reference to the deaf. But the significance of this +statement was not realized by the ancients, who mercilessly destroyed +all the defective, the deaf among the rest. Greek and Roman custom +demanded their death, and they were thrown into the river, or otherwise +killed, without causing any comment but that so many encumbrances had +been removed. They were regarded as being on a mental level with idiots +and utterly incapable of helping themselves. In later times Roman law +forbade those who were deaf and dumb from birth to make a will or +bequest, placing them under the care of guardians who were responsible +for them to the state; though if a deaf person had lost hearing after +having been educated, and could either speak or write, he retained his +rights. Herodotus refers to a deaf son of Croesus, whom he declares to +have suddenly recovered his speech upon seeing his father about to be +killed. Gellius makes a similar statement with reference to a certain +athlete. Hippocrates was in advance of Aristotle when he realized that +deaf-mutes did not speak simply because they did not know how to; for +the last-named seems to have considered that some defect of the +intellect was the cause of their inability to utter articulate sounds. +Pliny the elder and Messalla Corvinus mention deaf-mutes who could +paint. + +The true mental condition of the deaf was realized, however, by few, if +any, before the time of Christ. He, as He opened the ears of the deaf +man and loosened his tongue, talked to him in his own language, the +language of signs. + +St Augustine erred amazingly when he declared that the deaf could have +no faith, since "faith comes by hearing only." The Talmud, on the other +hand, recognized that they could be taught, and were therefore not +idiotic. + +It is, however, with those who attempted to educate the deaf that we are +here chiefly concerned. The first to call for notice is St John of +Beverley. The Venerable Bede tells how this bishop made a mute speak and +was credited with having performed a miracle in so doing. Probably it +was nothing more than the first attempt to teach by the oral method, and +the greatest credit is due to him for being so far in advance of his +times as to try to instruct his pupil at all. Bede himself invented a +system of counting on the hands; and also a "manual speech," as he +called it,--using his numerals to indicate the number of the letter of +the alphabet; thus, the sign for "seven" would also signify the letter +"g," and so forth. But we do not know that he intended this alphabet for +the use of the deaf. + +It is not until the 16th century that we hear much of anybody else who +was interested in the deaf, but at this date we find Girolamo Cardan +stating that they can be instructed by writing, after they have been +shown the signification of words, since their mental power is unaffected +by their inability to hear. + +Pedro Ponce de Leon (c. 1520-1584), a Spanish Benedictine monk, is more +worthy of notice, as he, to use his own words, taught the deaf "to +speak, read, write, reckon, pray, serve at the altar, know Christian +doctrine, and confess with a loud voice." Some he taught languages and +science. That he was successful was proved by other witness than his +own, for Panduro, Valles and de Morales all give details of his work, +the last-named giving an account by one of Ponce's pupils of his +education. De Morales says further that Ponce de Leon addressed his +scholars either by signs or writing, and that the reply came by speech. +It appears that this master committed his methods to writing. Though +this work is lost it is probable that his system was put into practice +by Juan Pablo Bonet. This Spaniard successfully instructed a brother of +his master the constable of Castile, who had lost hearing at the age of +two. His method corresponded in a great measure to that which is now +called the combined system, for, in the work which he wrote, he shows +how the deaf can be taught to speak by reducing the letters to their +phonetic value, and also urges that finger-spelling and writing should +be used. The connexion between all three, he goes on to say, should be +shown the pupils, but the manual alphabet should be mastered first. +Nouns he taught by pointing to the objects they represented; verbs he +expressed by pantomime; while the value of prepositions, adverbs and +interjections, as well as the tenses of verbs, he believed could be +learnt by repeated use. The pupil should be educated by interrogation, +conversation, and carefully graduated reading. The success of Bonet's +endeavours are borne witness to by Sir Kenelm Digby, who met the teacher +at Madrid. + +Bonifacio's work on signs, in which he uses every part of the body for +conversational purposes, may be mentioned before passing to John Bulwer, +the first Englishman to treat of teaching the deaf. In his three works, +_Philocophus_, _Chirologia_ and _Chironomia_, he enlarges upon Sir +Kenelm Digby's account, and argues about the possibility of teaching the +deaf by speech. But he seems to have had no practical experience of the +art. + +Dr John Wallis is more important, though it has been disputed whether he +was not indebted to his predecessors for some ideas. He taught by +writing and articulation. He took the trouble to classify to a certain +extent the various sounds, dividing both vowels and "open" consonants +into gutturals, palatals and labials. The "closed" consonants he +subdivided into mutes, semi-mutes and semi-vowels. Language, Wallis +maintained, should be taught when the pupil had first learned to write, +and the written characters should be associated with some sort of manual +alphabet. Names of things should be given first, and then the parts of +those things, e.g. "body" first, and then, under that, "head," "arm," +"foot," &c. Then the singular and plural should be given, then +possessives and possessive pronouns, followed by particles, other +pronouns and adjectives. These should be followed by the copulative +verb; after which should come the intransitive verb and its nominative +in the different tenses, and the transitive with its object in the same +way. Lastly, prepositions and conjunctions should be taught. All this, +Wallis held, ought to be done by writing as well as signing, for he did +not lose sight of the fact that "we must learn the pupil's language in +order to teach him ours." + +Dr William Holder, who read an essay before the Royal Society in +1668-1669 on the "Elements of Speech," added an appendix concerning the +deaf and dumb. He describes the organs of speech and their positions in +articulation, suggesting teaching the pupil the sounds in order of +simplicity, though he held that he must learn to write first. Afterwards +the pupil must associate the letters with a manual alphabet. Holder +notices that dumbness is due to the want of hearing, and therefore +speech can be acquired through watching the lips, though he admits the +task is a laborious one. He also urges the teacher to be patient and to +make the work as interesting to the pupil as possible. Command of +language, he maintains, will enable the deaf person to read a sentence +from the lips if he gets most of the words; for he will be able to +supply those he did not see, from his knowledge of English. + +Johan Baptist van Helmont treated of the work of the vocal organs. Amman +says that Van Helmont had discovered a manual alphabet and used it to +instruct the deaf, but had not attained very good results. + +George Sibscota published a work in 1670 called the _Deaf and Dumb Man's +Discourse_, in which he contradicts Aristotle's opinion that people are +dumb because of defects in the vocal organs; for they are, he believed, +dumb because never taught to speak. They can gain knowledge by sight, he +maintained; can write, converse by signs, speak and lip-read. Ramirez de +Carrion also taught the deaf to speak and write, as did P. Lana Terzi. + +About George Dalgarno more is known. He wrote, in 1680, his +_Didascalocophus_, or _Deaf-Mute's Preceptor_, in which he makes the +mistake of saying that the deaf have the advantage over the blind in +opportunities for learning language. The deaf can, in his opinion, be +taught to speak, and also to read the lips if the letters are very +distinct. They ought to read, write and spell on the fingers constantly, +but use no signs. Substantives are to be taught by associating them with +the things they represent; then adjectives should be joined to them. +Verbs should be taught by suiting the action to the words, and +associating the pronouns with them. Other parts of speech should be +given as opportunities of explaining them present themselves. Dalgarno +invented an alphabet, the letters being on the joints of the fingers and +palm of the left hand. + +John Conrad Amman published his _Dissertatio de Loquela_ in 1700. In the +first chapter he treats, among other things, of the nature of the breath +and voice and the organs of speech. In the second chapter he classifies +sounds into vowels, semi-vowels and consonants, and a detailed +description of each sound is given. The third chapter is devoted to +showing how to produce and control the voice, to utter each sound from +writing or from the lips, and to combine them into syllables and words. +It was only after the pupil had attained to considerable success in +articulation and lip-reading that Amman taught the meaning of words and +language; but the name of this teacher will long stand as that of one of +the most successful the world has known. + +Passing over Camerarius, Schott, Kerger (who began teaching language +sooner than Amman did, and depended more on writing and signs), Raphel +(who instructed three deaf daughters), Lasius, Arnoldi, Lucas, Vanin, de +Fay (himself deaf) and many others, we come to Giacobbo Rodriguez +Pereira, the pioneer of deaf-mute education in France, if we except de +Fay. Beginning his experience by instructing his deaf sister, he soon +attained to considerable success with two other pupils; his chief aim +being, as he said, to make them comprehend the meaning of, and express +their thoughts in, language. A commission of the French Academy of +Sciences, before whom he appeared, testified to the genuineness of his +achievements, noticing that he wrote and signed to his pupils, and +stating that he hoped to proceed to the instruction of lip-reading. +Pereira soon after came under the notice of the duc de Chaulnes, whose +deaf godson, Saboureaux de Fontenay, became his pupil; and in five years +this boy was well able to speak and read the lips. Pereira had several +other pupils. Probably kindness and affection were two of the secrets of +his success, for the love his scholars showed for him was unbounded. His +method is only partly known, but he used a manual alphabet which +indicated the pronunciation of the letters and some combinations. He +used reading and writing; but signs were only called to his aid when +absolutely necessary. Language he taught by founding it on action where +possible, abstract ideas being gradually developed in later stages of +the education. + +We now come to the abbé de l'Epée (q.v.). The all-important features in +this teacher's character and method were his intense devotion to his +scholars and their class, and the fact that he lived among them and +talked to them as one of themselves. Meeting with two girls who were +deaf, he started upon the task of instructing them, and soon had a +school of sixty pupils, supported entirely by himself. He spared himself +no expense and no trouble in doing his utmost to benefit the deaf, +learning Spanish for the sole purpose of reading Bonet's work, and +making this book and Amman's _Dissertatio de Loquela_ his guiding +lights. But de l'Epée was the first to attach great importance to signs; +and he used them, along with writing, until the pupil had some knowledge +of language before he passed on to articulation and lip-reading. To the +latter method, however, he never paid as much attention as he did to +instructing by signs and writing, and finally he abandoned it altogether +through lack of time and means. He laboured long on a dictionary of +signs, but never completed it. He was attacked by Pereira, who condemned +his method as being detrimental, and this was the beginning of the +disputes as to the merits of the different methods which have lasted to +the present day; but whatever opinions we may hold as to the best means +of instructing the deaf we cannot but admire the devoted teacher who +spent his life and his all in benefiting this class of the community. + +Samuel Heinicke first began his work in 1754 at Dresden, but in 1778 he +removed to Leipzig and started on the instruction of nine pupils. His +methods he kept secret; but we know that he taught orally, using signs +only when he considered them helpful, and spelling only to combine +ideas. He wrote two books and several articles on the subject of +educating the deaf, but it is from Walther and Fornari that we learn +most about his system. At first Heinicke laid stress on written +language, starting with the concrete and going on to the abstract; and +he only passed to oral instruction when the pupils could express +themselves in fairly correct language. Subsequently, however, he +expressed the opinion that speech should be the sole method of +instruction, and, strange to say, that by speech alone could thoughts be +fully expressed. + +Henry Baker became tutor to a deaf girl in 1720, and his success led to +the establishment of a private school in London. He also kept his system +a secret, but recently his work on lessons for the deaf was discovered, +from which we gather that he adopted writing, drawing, speech and +lip-reading as his course of instruction. The point to notice is that +after the primary stages Baker turned events of every-day life to use in +his teaching. His pupils went about with him, and he taught by +conversation upon what they saw in the streets,--an excellent method; +but it is a pity that such a good teacher had not the philanthropy to +make his methods known and to give the poorer deaf the benefit of them, +as de l'Epée did. + +A school was established in Edinburgh in 1760 by Thomas Braidwood, who +taught by the oral method. He taught the sounds first, then syllables, +and finally words, teaching their meaning. In 1783 Braidwood came to +Hackney, whence he moved to Old Kent Road, and in 1809 there were +seventy pupils in what was lately the Old Kent Road Institution. +Braidwood's method was practically a development of Wallis's. We must +regard him as the founder of the first public school for the deaf in +England. + +It was only at the beginning of the 19th century that a brighter day +dawned on the deaf as a class. With the sole exception of de l'Epée no +teacher had yet undertaken the instruction of a deaf child who could not +pay for it. Now things began to be different. Institutions were founded, +and their doors were opened to nearly all. + +Dr Watson, the first principal of the Old Kent Road "Asylum," taught by +articulation and lip-reading, reading and writing, explaining by signs +to some extent, but using pictures much more, according to Addison, and +composing a book of these for the use of his pupils. From Addison (_Deaf +Mutism_, pp. 248 ff.) we learn what developments followed. In Vienna, +Prague and Berlin, schools had been founded in rapid succession before +the 19th century dawned, and in 1810 the Edinburgh institution opened +its doors. Nine years later the Glasgow school was established and, +under the able guidance of Mr Duncan Anderson (after several other +headmasters had been tried) from 1831, taught pupils whose grasp of +English was equal to that of the very best educated deaf in England +to-day, as has been proved by conversation with the survivors. Mr +Anderson's great aim was to teach his pupils language, and we might look +almost in vain for a teacher in England to succeed as well with a whole +class in the beginning of the 20th century as he did in the middle of +the 19th. He wrote a dictionary, used pictures and signs to explain +English, and apparently paid little or no attention to most of the +numerous subjects attempted to-day in schools for the deaf, which, while +excellent in themselves, generally exclude what is far more important +from the curriculum. + +Addison further mentions Mr Baker of Doncaster, a contemporary of +Anderson, as having compiled many lesson books for deaf children which +came to be used in ordinary schools also, and Mr Scott of Exeter as +having, together with Baker, "exercised a profound influence on the +course of deaf-mute education in this country." "Written language," +explained by signs where necessary, was the watchword of these teachers. + +Moritz Hill is credited with being principally responsible for having +evolved the German, or "pure," oral method out of the experimental stage +to that at which it has arrived at the present day. Arnold of Riehen is +also honourably mentioned. + +The great "oral revival" now swept all before it. The German method was +enthusiastically welcomed in all parts of Europe, and at the Milan +conference in 1880 was almost unanimously adopted by teachers from all +countries. Those in high places countenanced it; educational authorities +awoke to the fact that the deaf needed special teaching, and came to the +conclusion that the "pure" oral method was the panacea that would +restore all the deaf to a complete equality with the hearing in any +conversation upon any subject that might be broached; many governments +suddenly took the deaf under the shelter of their own ample wings, and +the "bottomless pocket of the ratepayer," instead of the purse of the +charitable, became in many cases the fount of supply for what has been a +costly and by no means entirely satisfactory experiment in the history +of their education. The "pure" oral method has had a long and unique +trial in England in circumstances which other methods have never +enjoyed. + +Meanwhile in the United States Dr Thomas Hopkins Gallaudet was elected +in 1815 to go to Europe to inquire into the methods of educating the +deaf in vogue there. This was at a meeting held in the house of a +physician named Cogswell, in Hartford, Connecticut, and was the result +of the latter's discovery that eighty-four persons in the state besides +his own little girl were deaf. Henry Winter Syle, himself deaf, tells +how "four months were spent in learning that the doors of the British +schools were 'barred with gold, and opened but to golden keys,'" and +how, disappointed in England, Gallaudet met with a ready response to his +inquiries in Paris. With Laurent Clerc, a deaf teacher, he returned to +the United States in 1816, and the "Connecticut Asylum" was founded a +year after with seven pupils. The name was changed to "The American +Asylum" later, when it was enlarged. This was followed by the +Pennsylvania, New York and Kentucky institutions, with the second of +which the Peet family were connected. Dr Gallaudet married one of his +deaf pupils, Sophia Fowler, and, after a very happy married life, Mrs +Gallaudet accompanied her youngest son, Edward Miner Gallaudet, to the +Columbia institution for the Deaf and Dumb, Washington, D.C., founded in +1857 by Congress and largely supported by Amos Kendall, and to the +National Deaf Mute College, which was founded in 1864, was renamed the +Gallaudet College, in honour of Dr T. H. Gallaudet, in 1893, and with +the Kendall School (secondary), now forms the Columbia Institution. This +college is supported by Congress. + + The following account of the work done at the National Deaf-Mute + College at Washington is worth attention, as the results are unique, + and are often strangely ignored. + + Here is a statement of the course for the B.A. degree:-- + + First year: Algebra, grammar, punctuation, history of England, + composition, Latin grammar, Caesar. + + Second year: Algebra (from quadratics), geometry, composition, Caesar + (Gallic War), Cicero (Orations), Allen and Greenough's _Latin + Grammar_, Myer's _General History_, Goodwin's _Greek Grammar_ + (optional), Xenophon's _Anabasis_ (optional). + + Third year: Olney's or Loomis's _Plane and Spherical Trigonometry_, + Loomis's _Analytical Geometry_ (optional), Orton's _Zoology_, Gray's + _Botany_, Remsen's _Chemistry_, laboratory practice, Virgil's + _Aeneid_, Homer's _Iliad_ (optional), Meiklejohn's _History of English + Literature and Language_ (two books), Maertz's _English Literature_, + Hadley's _History_, original composition. + + Fourth year: Loomis's _Calculus_ (optional), Dana's _Mechanics_, + Gage's _Natural Philosophy_, Young's _Astronomy_, laboratory practice, + qualitative analysis, Steel's Hygienic _Physiology_, Edgren's _French + Grammar_, Super's _French Reader, Demosthenes on the Crown_ + (optional), Hart's _Composition and Rhetoric_, original composition, + Hill's-Jevon's _Elementary Logic_. + + Fifth year: Arnold's _Manual of English Literature_, Maertz's _English + Literature_, original composition, Guizot's _History of Civilization_, + Sheldon's _German Grammar_, Joynes's _German Reader_, LeConte's + _Geology_, Guyot's _Earth and Man_, Hill's _Elements of Psychology_, + Haven's _Moral Philosophy_, Butler's _Analogy_, Bascom's _Elements of + Beauty_, Perry's _Political Economy_, Gallaudet's _International Law_. + + Even in 1893 we were told that of the graduates of the college + "fifty-seven have been engaged in teaching, four have entered the + ministry; three have become editors and publishers of newspapers; + three others have taken positions connected with journalism; fifteen + have entered the civil service of the government,--one of these, who + had risen rapidly to a high and responsible position, resigned to + enter upon the practice of law in patent cases, in Cincinnati and + Chicago, and has been admitted to practise in the Supreme Court of the + United States; one is the official botanist of a state, who has + correspondents in several countries of Europe who have repeatedly + purchased his collections, and he has written papers upon seed tests + and related subjects which have been published and circulated by the + agricultural department; one, while filling a position as instructor + in a western institution, has rendered important service to the coast + survey as a microscopist, and one is engaged as an engraver in the + chief office of the survey; of three who became draughtsmen in + architects' offices, one is in successful practice as an architect on + his own account, which is also true of another, who completed his + preparation by a course of study in Europe; one has been repeatedly + elected recorder of deeds in a southern city, and two others are + recorders' clerks in the west; one was elected and still sits as a + city councilman; another has been elected city treasurer and is at + present cashier of a national bank; one has become eminent as a + practical chemist and assayer; two are members of the faculty of the + college, and two others are rendering valuable service as instructors + therein; some have gone into mercantile and other offices; some have + undertaken business on their own account; while not a few have chosen + agricultural and mechanical pursuits, in which the advantages of + thorough mental training will give them a superiority over those not + so well educated. Of those alluded to as having engaged in teaching, + one has been the principal of a flourishing institution in + Pennsylvania; one is now in his second year as principal of the Ohio + institution; one has been at the head of a day school in Cincinnati, + and later of the Colorado institution; a third has had charge of the + Oregon institution; a fourth is at the head of a day school in St + Louis; three others have respectively founded and are now at the head + of schools in New Mexico, North Dakota, and Evansville, Indiana, and + others have done pioneer work in establishing schools in Florida and + in Utah." + + Later years would unfold a similar tale of subsequent students; in + 1907 there were 134 in the college and 59 in the Kendall School. + + There is a normal department attached to the college, to which are + admitted six hearing young men and women for one year who are + recommended as being anxious to study methods of teaching the deaf and + likely to profit thereby. Their course of study for 1898-1899 included + careful training in the oral method, instruction in Bell's _Visible + Speech_, instruction in the anatomy of the vocal organs, lectures on + sound, observation of methods, oral and manual, in Kendall School, + lectures on various subjects connected with the deaf and their + education, lectures on pedagogy, lessons in the language of signs, + practical work with classes in Kendall School under the direction of + the teachers, correction of essays of the introductory class, &c. But + the greatest advantage of the year's course is that the half-dozen + hearing students live in the college, have their meals with the + hundred deaf, and mix with them all day long--if they wish it--in + social intercourse and recreation. We are very far indeed from saying + that one such year is sufficient to make a hearing man a qualified + teacher of the deaf, but the arrangement is based on the right + principle, and it sets his feet on the right path to learn how to + teach--so far as this art can be learned. The recent regulation of the + board of education in England, prohibiting hearing pupil teachers in + schools for the deaf, is deplorable, retrograde and inimical to the + best interests of the deaf. It shows a complete ignorance of their + needs. The younger a teacher begins to mix with that class the better + he will teach them. + +In 1886 a royal commission investigated the condition and education of +the deaf in Great Britain, and in 1889 issued its report. Some of the +recommendations most worthy of notice were that deaf children from seven +to sixteen years of age should be compelled to attend a day school or +institution, part, or the whole, of the expense being borne by the local +school authority; that technical instruction should be given, and that +all the children should be taught to speak and lip-read on the "pure" +oral method unless physically or mentally disqualified, those who had +partial hearing or remains of speech being entirely educated by that +method. To the last mentioned recommendation--concerning the method to +be adopted--two of the commissioners took exception, and another stated +his recognition of some advantage in the manual method. + +As a result of the report of the royal commission a bill was passed in +1893 making it compulsory for all deaf children to be educated. This was +to be done by the local education authority, either by providing day +classes or an institution for them, or by sending them to an already +existing institution, parents having the choice, within reasonable +limits, of the school to which the child should go. School-board classes +came into existence in almost every large town where there was no +institution, and sometimes where one existed. Those who uphold the +day-school system advance the arguments that the pupils are not, under +it, cut off from the influence of home life as they are in institutions; +that such influences are of great advantage; that this system permits +the deaf to mix freely with their hearing brethren, &c. The objections, +however, to this arrangement outweigh its possible advantages. The +latter, indeed, amount to little; for home influences in many cases, +especially in the poorer parts of the large cities, are not the best, +and communication with the hearing children who attend some of the day +schools may not be an unmixed blessing, nor is freedom to run wild on +the streets between school hours. But it may be urged further that it is +difficult, except in very large towns, to obtain a sufficient number of +deaf children attending a day school to classify them according to their +status, while it is more than one teacher can do to give sufficient +attention to several children, each at a different stage of instruction +from any other. Moreover, the deaf need more than mere school work; they +need training in morals and manners, and receive much less of it from +their parents than their hearing brothers and sisters. This can only be +given in an institution wherein they board and lodge as well as attend +classes. The existing institutions were from 1893 placed, by the act of +that date, either partly or wholly under the control of the school +board. They were put under the inspection of the government, and as long +as they fulfilled the requirements of the inspectors as regards +education, manual and physical training, outdoor recreation and suitable +class-room and dormitory accommodation, they might remain in the hands +of a committee who collected, or otherwise provided, one-third of the +total expenditure, and received two-thirds from public sources. Or else, +the institution might be surrendered entirely to the management of the +public school authority, and then the whole of the expenditure was to be +borne by that body. Extra government grants of five guineas per pupil +are now given for class work and manual or technical training. Such is +the state of things at the present day, except, of course, that the +school board has given place to the county council as local authority. + + Some teachers have asked for the children to be sent to school at the + age of five instead of seven. This savours of another confession that + the "pure" oral method had not done what was expected of it at first. + First, the demand was for the method itself; then came requests for + more teachers, so that, the classes being smaller, each pupil should + receive more attention; this meant more money, and so this was asked + for; then day schools would remedy the failure by giving the pupils + opportunities of talking with the public in general; then we were told + the teachers were unskilful; finally, more time is needed. And yet the + _language_ of the pupils is no better to-day than it was in 1881, even + though they were at school only four or five years then as opposed to + nine or ten now. + + + Foreign schools. + + To Addison's _Report on a Visit to some Continental Schools for the + Deaf_ (1904-1905) we are indebted for the following information. The + new school at Frankfort-on-Maine, accommodating forty or fifty + children at a cost of £40 to £50 per head, is modelled on the plan of + a family home. The main objects are to obtain good speech and + lip-reading and to use these colloquially; the work is very thorough + and the teaching very skilful. At Munich those of the hundred pupils + who have some hearing are separated from the others and taught by ear + as well as eye. At Vienna (Royal Institution) a small proportion of + the pupils are day scholars, as they are at Munich, and the teaching + is, of course, carried on by the oral method, as it is all over + Germany. Here, however, the teachers "think it impossible to educate + fully all deaf-mutes by the oral method only." In the Jews' Home at + Vienna the semi-deaf are taught by the acoustic method, and are not + allowed to see the teacher's lips at all. At Dresden, a large school + of 240 pupils, the director favours smaller institutions than his own, + considers the oral method possible for all but the "weak-minded deaf," + and divides his pupils into A, B and C divisions, according to + intellect. In the first division good speech is obtained. Saxony + boasts a home for deaf homeless women, grants premiums for deaf + apprentices, and trains its teachers of the deaf in the institution + itself--a good record and plan. In the royal institution at Berlin + Addison saw good lip-reading and thorough work, though the deaf in the + city--as in most of the schools--signed. The men in Berlin "like the + adult deaf generally, were all in favour of a combination of methods, + and condemned the pure oral theory as impracticable." At Hamburg, + again, "hand signs" were used at least for Sunday service. Schleswig + has two schools. Pupils are admitted first to the residential + institution, where they are instructed for a year, and are then + divided into A, B and C classes, "according to intellect." The lowest + class (C) remain at this institution for the rest of the eight years, + and a "certain amount of signing" is allowed in their instruction. A + and B classes are boarded out in the town and attend classes at a day + school specially built for them, being taught orally exclusively. + + In Denmark Addison saw what impressed him most. All the children of + school age go to Fredericia and remain for a year in the boarding + institution. They are then examined and the semi-deaf--29% of the + whole--are sent to Nyborg. The rest--all the totally deaf--remain + another year at Fredericia and are then divided into the A, B and C + divisions before mentioned, and on the same criterion--intellect. + Those in C--the lowest class, 28% of the totally deaf--are sent to + Copenhagen, where they are taught by the manual method, no oral work + being attempted. Those in B class, numbering 19% of the deaf, remain + in the residential institution in Fredericia and are taught orally, + while the best pupils--A class--are boarded out in the town and attend + a special day school. These form 26% of the deaf, and those with whom + they live encourage them to speak when out of as well as when in + school. The buildings and equipment generally are excellent. "Hand + signs" are used at Nyborg, indicating the position of the vocal organs + when speaking, and, as might be expected, the "lip"-reading is 90% + more correct when these symbols--infinitely more visible than most of + the movements of the vocal organs and face when speaking--are used at + the same time. The idea of these hand signs, by the way, corresponds + to that of Graham Bell's _Visible Speech_, in which a written symbol + is used to indicate the position of the vocal organs when uttering + each sound; it is a kind of phonetic writing which is to a slight + extent illustrative at the same time. We find natural signs of the + utmost value when teaching articulation, to describe the position of + the vocal organs. We give these details from Mr Addison's notes + because it is to Germany that so many look for guidance to-day, and it + is the home of the so-called "pure" oral method; while the system of + classification in Denmark into the four schools which are controlled + by one authority, struck him very favourably and so is given rather + fully. + + In France most of the schools are supported by charity, and the only + three government institutions are those at Paris for boys, with 263 + pupils lately, at Bordeaux for girls, having 225 inmates, and at + Chambéry with 86 boys and 38 girls. In the great majority the method + of instruction is professedly pure oral. "But," said Henri Gaillard + (_Report, World's Congress of the Deaf_, Missouri, 1904), "this is + only in appearance. In reality all of the schools use the combined + method; only they are not willing to admit it, because the oral method + is the official method, imposed by the inspectors of the minister of + the interior." + + In Italy, again, we are told that the teachers sign in most of the + schools, which are professedly pure oral. + + In Sweden, schools for the deaf have ceased to depend, as they did up + to 1891, upon private benevolence. The system is generally the + combined, and in schools where the oral method is adopted the pupils + are divided into A, B and C divisions, as in Denmark and Dresden, in + the two latter divisions of which signs are allowed. In Norway the + method is the oral. + +_Methods of Teaching._--There have always been two principal methods of +teaching the deaf, and all education at the present time is carried on +by means of one or other or both of these. Where there is sufficient +hearing to be utilized, instruction is sometimes given thereby as well, +though this auricular method does not seem to make much headway, and +experience is not in favour of believing that the sense of hearing, +where a little exists, can be "cultivated" to any marked degree. It is +really impossible to draw hard and fast lines between these means of +instruction. One merges into another, and this other into the next; and +no two teachers will, or can, adopt exactly the same lines. It is not +desirable that they should, for much must be left to individuality. +Orders, rules, methods, should not be absolute laws. Observe them +generally, but dispense with them as circumstances, the pupil and +opportunity may require. Strong individuality, sympathy, enthusiasm, +long intercourse with the deaf, are needed in the teacher, and it is +surely obvious that every teacher should have a full command of all the +primary means of instruction to begin with, and not of one only. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--The Manual Alphabet. (One-handed.) + +The Manual Alphabet. (Two-handed.)] + +Where deafness is absolute, or practically so, we have to seek for means +that will appeal to the eye instead of the ear. Of these, we have the +sign language, writing and printing, pictures, manual alphabets and +lip-reading. We have to choose which of these is to be used, if not all, +and which must be rejected, if any. Moreover, we have to decide how much +or how little one or another is to be adopted if we employ more than +one. Hence it is obvious that there may be many different systems and +subdivisions of systems. But the two main methods are the _manual_, +which generally depends upon all the above-mentioned means of appealing +to the eye except lip-reading, and the _oral_, which adopts what the +manual method rejects, uses writing and printing and perhaps pictures, +but excludes finger-spelling and (theoretically) signs. To these two we +must add a third means of instruction--the _combined system_--which +rejects no means of teaching, but uses all in most cases. The dual +method need hardly be called a separate method or system, for it implies +simply the use of the manual method for some pupils and of the oral for +others. Nor need we call the mother's (= intuitive or natural) a +separate method in the sense in which we are using the word here, for it +is rather a mode of procedure which can be applied manually or orally +indifferently. The same may be said of the grammatical "method"; also of +the "word method," which is really the "mother's." The "eclectic method" +is practically the combined system, or something between that and the +dual method, and hardly needs separate classification. + +Let us notice the manual method, the oral method, and the combined +system, considering with the last the "dual method." + + + Manual. + +The chief elements of the manual method are finger-spelling, reading and +writing and signing. These are used, that is to say, as means of +teaching English and imparting ideas. Signs are used to awaken the +child's thoughts, finger-spelling and writing are used to express these +thoughts in the vernacular. The latter are used to express English, the +former to explain English. + +We give two manual alphabets, the one-handed being used in America, on +the continent of Europe with some variations and additions, in Ireland, +and also to some extent in England; the two-handed in Great Britain, +Ireland and Australia. A speed of 130 words a minute can be attained +when spelling on the fingers. Words are quite readable at this speed. + +Although reading and writing are common to both methods, the manual and +oral, as a matter of fact they seem to be used considerably more in the +former than in the latter. + + + Oral. + +In the oral method articulation and lip-reading are chiefly relied upon; +reading and writing are also adopted. The phonetic values of the letters +are taught, not the names of the letters; for instance, the _sound_ of +the letter a in "hat" is taught instead of the _name_ of the letter +(long A), though of course the latter is taught where such is the proper +pronunciation, as in "hate." + +Here is a chart which was lately in use: + +_Articulation Sheets._ + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ANALYSIS OF THE VOWEL SOUNDS. | + +-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+ + | Long. | Middle. | Short. | Broad. | + +-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+ + |Diacritic Phonetic |Diacritic Phonetic |Diacritic Phonetic |Diacritic Phonetic | + | mark. spelling.| mark. spelling.| mark. spelling.| mark. spelling.| + +-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+ + | fat(e) = feit | fär = far | f)at = fat | fãll = /fawl | + | | | | \fol | + | me = /mee | | | | + | \mi | | m)et = met | | + | pin(e) = pain | | p)in = pin | | + | no = nou | möve = muv | n)ot = not | | + | tub(e) = tiub | büll = bul | t)ub = tub | | + +-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+ + + Order in which the Vowel Sounds are to be taught. + + /Diacritic / ã + | Mark < wall + | | || + 2 < \ aw, o + |Phonetic \ wol + \ Spelling / + + /Diacritic / ä )o ü )e e o i a u öë + | Mark | path hot blu(e) set see ton(e) pi(e) lat(e) mul(e) boy + | < || || || || || || || || || || + 1 < | a o u e i ou ai ei iu oi + | \ ee + |Phonetic \ path hot blu set si toun pai leit miul boi + \ Spelling / + + /Diacritic / )a )u i + | Mark < hat hut hit + 3 < | || || || + | \ a u i + |Phonetic \ hat hut hit + \ Spelling / + +The consonants are as follows, though the order of teaching them +varies:-- + +p; f; s; h; sh; v = _f_; th (thin; moth); _th_ (then; smooth); l; r; t; +k; b; d; g (go; egg); z = _s_; m; n; ch = tsh; j = dzh = g; ph = f; kc = +k; cs = s; q = kw; x = ks; ng; w = oo; wh = hw; y = e. + +The following mode of writing the sounds is now preferred by some as it +renders the diacritic marks unnecessary:-- + +_Middle, Broad and Long Vowel Sounds._ + + ar or oo ee er oa igh ai ew oi ou + aw ea ir o-e i-e a-e u-e oy ow + au ur ay + a-- + +_Short Vowel Sounds._ + + a o oo e i u + +_Consonants._ + + h p /ph\ t s th sh ch /k \ l r m n ng w + \f / \ck/ + b v d z _th_ zh / j \ g + \dzh/ + +These charts are given as examples of those used, but they vary in +different schools, as does the order of teaching the vowel and consonant +sounds and the combinations. The exact order is not important. Words are +made up by combining vowels and consonants as soon as the pupil can say +each sound separately. + +Here are extracts from the directions on articulation written by a +principal to the teacher of the lowest class, which show the method of +procedure:-- + + "(1) Produce the sound of a letter. Each pupil to reproduce, and write + it on the tablet. + + (2) Point to the letter on the tablet, and make each pupil say it. + + (3) The same with combinations of vowels and consonants. + + (4) Instead of tablet, each pupil to use rough exercise-book. + + (5) Write on tablet and make each pupil articulate from teacher's + writing. + + (6) When a combination is made of which a word may be made make all + write it in their books, thus:--'te--tea,' 'sho--show,' 'ov--of,' + 'nalz--nails,' &c. + + (7) When one pupil produces a combination correctly make the others + lip-read it from him. In this way make them exercise each other. + + (8) When they have a good many sounds and combinations written in + their books make them sit down and say them off their books as hearing + children do. + + (9) Make them say the sounds off the cards, and form combinations on + the cards for them to say. + + (10) Take each vowel separately and make each pupil use it before and + after each consonant. + + (11) Take each consonant and put it before and after each vowel. + + "The above will suggest other exercises to the teacher. + + "Give breathing exercises. Incite emulation as to deep breathing and + slow expiration. Never force the voice. Make the pupil speak out, but + do not let him strain either the voice or vocal organs. Do not force + the tongue, lips, or any organ into position more than you can help. + Do all as gently as possible. Register their progress. 'Ä' (as in + 'path'; 'father'). As 'Ä' is the basis of all the vowels, being most + like all, it is taken first. It is an open vowel. Do not make + grimaces, or exaggerate. If false sound be produced do not let the + pupil speak loudly; make him speak quietly. If nasal sound be produced + do not pinch the nose, but first take the back of the child's hand, + warmly breathe on it, or get a piece of glass, and let the child + breathe on it, or press the back of the tongue down. Show the child + that when you are saying 'a' your tongue lies flat or nearly so, and + you do not raise the back of the tongue. Prefix 'h' to 'a' and make + the pupil say 'ha' first, then 'a' alone. + + "'P.' If the child does not imitate at the first the teacher should + take the back of the hand and let the child feel the puff of air as + 'p' is formed on the lips. + + "'P' is produced by the volume of air brought into the cavity of the + mouth being, checked by the perfect closure of the lips, which are + then opened, and the accumulated air is propelled. The outburst of + this propelled air creates the sound of 'p.' Take the pupil to see + porridge boiling. Pretend to smoke. 'P' is taken first because it has + no vibration and is the most simple. The consonants should first be + joined to each vowel separately, and to prevent the pupils making an + after-sound the letters should be said with a pause between, _viz._ 'A + . . p,' and as they become more familiar with them, lessen the pause + until it is pronounced properly:--'ap.'" + +These directions, which are only brief examples of those given for one +particular subject in one particular class, will give an idea of the +mode of beginning to teach articulation and lip-reading. + + + Combined method. + +The combined system, as before mentioned, makes use of both the manual +and oral method, as well as the auricular, without any hard and fast +rule as regards the amount of instruction to be given by means of each, +but using more of one and less of another, or _vice versa_, according to +the aptitude of the child. It thus follows the sensible, obvious plan +of fitting the method to the child and not the unnatural one of forcing +the child to try to fit the method. + +The following is the way the same principal would teach language to +beginners by the combined system:-- + + "The letters p, q, b and d of the Roman text are to be taught first. + The pupils are to do them 9 in. long on the blackboard or tablet + first; then trace them on the frames; then on slips of paper with pen + and ink, or in rough exercise-book with pen and ink. + + "The whole of the Roman text is then to be taught in the same manner, + also the small and capital script. + + "When the English alphabet has been mastered in the above four forms + the pupil may proceed to the printing and writing of his own name. + Then his teacher's and class-mates' names. Then the names of other + persons and the places, things and actions with which he has to do in + his daily life. Every direction the teacher has to give in school and + out of school should be expressed in speech, writing or + finger-spelling, or by any two or all three means. Repetition of such + directions by the pupil enables him to learn words before he has + finished the alphabet. + + "All words to be spelled on one hand first; then two. When a few words + have been memorized, they should be written on slips of paper, then in + the exercise-books and dated. After this there should be further + repetition and exercising. The same course should be taken with + phrases and short sentences. Names of persons should be written on + cards and slips of paper and pinned to the chest. Names of things to + be affixed to them, or written on them. Names of apartments on cards + laid in the rooms. Where the object is not available use a picture, or + draw the outline and make pupil do the same. Never nod, or point, or + jerk the finger, or use any other gesture, without previously giving + the word, and when the latter is understood drop the gesture + altogether. + + "Never allow a single mistake to pass uncorrected, and make pupils + always learn the corrections. + + "Language should be a translation of life. It should proceed all day + long, out of school as well as in it. If spoken so much the better, + but finger-spelling is not a hindrance but a valuable help to its + acquisition. + + "In most language lessons, especially those exemplifying a particular + form of sentence, the pupils should: + + "(1) Correct each other's mistakes. Correct 'mistakes' designedly made + by the teacher. + + "(2) Teacher rubs out a word here and there on the blackboard or + tablet; pupils to supply them. + + "(3) Pupils to answer questions, giving the subject, predicate and + object of the sentence as required, e.g. 'A farmer ploughs the + ground.' 'Who ploughs the ground?' 'What does a farmer do?' 'What does + he plough?' Also additional and illustrative questions; e.g. 'Does the + ground plough the farmer?' 'Does a farmer plough the sea?' 'Does he + eat the ground?' &c. + + "The pupils should learn meanings or synonyms of unfamiliar words + before such words are signed. + + "(4) Teacher gives a word, and requires pupils to exemplify it in a + sentence, e.g. 'sows,' 'He sows the seed.' + + "(5) Let them give as many sentences as they can think of in the same + form. + + "Occurrences, incidents, objects, pictures, reading-books, newspaper + cuttings and correspondence should all be used." + + + The best system. + +The "pure" oral method, as before noticed, came with a bound into +popularity in the early seventies. Since then it has had everything in +its favour, but the results have been by no means entirely satisfactory, +and there is a marked tendency among advocates of this method to +withdraw from the extreme position formerly held. Opinion has gradually +veered round till they have come to seek for some sort of _via media_ +that shall embrace the good points of both methods. Some now suggest the +"dual method"--that those pupils who show no aptitude for oral training +shall be taught exclusively by the manual method and the rest by the +oral only. While this is a concession which is positively amazing when +compared with the title of the booklet containing utterances of the Abbé +Tarra, president of the Milan conference in 1880--"The _Pure_ Oral +Method the _Best_ for _All_ Deaf Children"!--yet we believe that in no +case should the instruction be given by the oral method alone, and that +the best system is the "combined." That the combined system is +detrimental to lip-reading has not much more than a fraction of truth in +it, for if the command of language is better the pupils can supply the +lacunae in their lip-reading from their better knowledge of English. It +is found that they have constantly to guess words and letters from the +context. Teach all by and through finger-spelling, reading, writing and +signing where necessary to explain the English, and teach those in whose +case it is worth it by articulation and lip-reading as well. Signs +should be used less and less in class work, and English more and more +exclusively as the pupil progresses--English in any and every form. A +proportion of teachers should be themselves deaf, as in America. They +are in perfect understanding and sympathy with their pupils, which is +not always the case with hearing teachers. Statistics which we collected +in London showed the following results of the education of 403 deaf +pupils after they had left school:-- + + Manual. Combined. Oral. + Quite satisfactory result 65% 51% 20% + Moderate success 29% 41% 35% + Unsatisfactory result 5% 7% 44% + +That the combined system should show to slightly less advantage than the +exclusively manual method is what we might perhaps expect, for the time +given to oral instruction means time taken from teaching language +speedily, the manual method being, we believe, the best of all for this. +But it may be worth while to lose a little in command of language for +the sake of gaining another means of expressing that language. Hence we +advocate the combined system, regarding speech as merely a means of +expressing English, as writing and finger-spelling are, and a good +sentence written or finger-spelled as being preferable to a poorer one +which is spoken, no matter how distinct the speech may be. It is no +answer to point to a few isolated cases where the oral method is +considered to have succeeded, for one success does not counterbalance a +failure if by another method you would have had two successes; and, +moreover, these oral successes would have been still greater +successes--we are taking language in any form as our criterion--had the +teacher fully known and judiciously used the manual method as well as +the oral. + + The _exclusive_ use of the oral method leads, generally speaking, to + comparative failure, for the following, among other, reasons:--(1) It + is a slow way of teaching English, the learning to speak the elements + of sound taking months at least, and seldom being fully mastered for + years. The "word method," by the way, starts at once with words + without taking their component phonetic elements separately; but it + has yet to be proved that any quicker progress is made by this means + of teaching speech than by the other. (2) Lip-reading is, to the deaf, + sign-reading with the disadvantage of being both microscopic and + partially hidden. The deaf hear nothing, they only partly _see_ tiny + movements of the vocal organs. Finger-spelling, writing, signing, are + incomparably more visible, while 130 words a minute can be attained by + finger-spelling, and read at that speed. (3) The signs--as they are to + the deaf--made by the vocal organs are entirely arbitrary, and have + not even a fraction of the redeeming feature of naturalness which + oralists demand in ordinary gestures. (4) Circumstances, such as + light, position of the speaker, &c., must be favourable for the + lip-reading to approach certainty. (5) Styles of speech vary, and it + is a constant experience that even pupils who comparatively easily + read their teacher's lips, to whose style of utterance they are + accustomed, fail to read other people's lips. (6) There is a great + similarity between certain sounds as seen on the lips, e.g. between + _t_ and _d_, _f_ and _v_, _p_ and _b_, _s_ and _z_, _k_ and _g_. Which + is meant has usually to be guessed from the context, and this requires + a certain amount of knowledge of language, which is the very thing + that is needed to be imparted. (7) The deliberate avoidance by the + teacher of the pupil's own language--signs--as an aid to teaching him + English. If a hearing boy does not understand the meaning of a French + word he looks it up in the dictionary and finds its English + equivalent. If the deaf boy does not understand a word in English, the + simplest, quickest, best way to explain it is, in most cases, to sign + it. (8) The distaste of the pupil for the method. This is common. (9) + The mechanical nature of the method. There is nothing to rouse his + interest nor to appeal to his imagination in it. (10) The temptation + to the teacher to use very simple phrases, owing to the difficulty the + pupil has in reading others from his lips. Consequently the pupil + comparatively seldom learns advanced language. + + Other means of educating the deaf in addition to the oral should have + a fair trial in modern conditions for the same length of time that the + oral method has been in operation. To consider pupils taught manually + in oral schools fair criteria of what can be done by the manual method + or combined system, when those pupils have confessedly been relegated + to the manual class because of "dulness" (as in the case of the C + divisions in Denmark and Dresden), is obviously unfair. This division, + moreover, assumes that the "pure" oral method is the best for the + brightest pupils. The comparing of oral pupils privately taught by a + tutor to themselves with manual pupils from an institution crippled + and hampered by need of funds, where they had to take their chance in + a class of twelve, and the comparison of oral pupils of twelve years' + standing with combined system pupils of four years', are also + obviously unfair. Reference may be made on this subject to Heidsiek's + remarkable articles on the question of education, which appeared in + the _American Annals of the Deaf_ from April 1899 to January 1900. + + The opinions of the deaf themselves as to the relative merits of the + methods of teaching also demand particular attention. The ignoring of + their expressed sentiments by those in authority is remarkable. In the + case of school children it might fairly be argued that they are too + young to know what is good for them, but with the adult deaf who have + had to learn the value of their education by bitter experience in the + battle of life it is otherwise. In Germany, the home of the "pure" + oral method, 800 deaf petitioned the emperor against that method. In + 1903 no fewer than 2671 of the adult deaf of Great Britain and Ireland + who had passed through the schools signed a petition in favour of the + combined system. The figures are remarkable, for children under + sixteen were excluded, those who had not been educated in schools for + the deaf were excluded, and the education of the deaf has only lately + been made compulsory, while many thousands who live scattered about + the country in isolation probably never even heard of the petition, + and so could not sign it. In America an overwhelming majority favour + the combined system, and it is in America that by far the best results + of education are to be seen. At the World's Congress of the Deaf at St + Louis in 1904 the combined system was upheld, as it was at Liége. From + France, Germany, Norway and Sweden, Finland, Italy, Russia, everywhere + in fact where they are educated, the deaf crowd upon us with + expressions of their emphatic conviction, repeated again and again, + that the combined system is what meets their needs best and brings + most happiness into their lives. The majority of deaf in every known + country which is in favour of this means of education is so great that + we venture to say that in no other section of the community could + there be shown such an overwhelming preponderance of opinion on one + side of any question which affects its well-being. In the case of the + rare exceptions, the pupil has almost always been brought up in the + strictest ignorance of the manual method, which he has been sedulously + taught to regard as clumsy and objectionable. + + +_The Blind Deaf._ + +In the summary tables (p. 283) of the 1901 British census the following +numbers are given of those suffering from other afflictions besides +deafness:-- + + 1. Blind and deaf and dumb 58 + 2. Blind and deaf 389 + 3. Blind, deaf and dumb and lunatic 5 + 4. Blind, deaf and lunatic 5 + 5. Deaf and dumb and lunatic 136 + 6. Deaf and lunatic 51 + 7. Blind, deaf and dumb and feeble-minded 5 + 8. Blind, deaf and feeble-minded 8 + 9. Deaf and dumb and feeble-minded 221 + 10. Deaf and feeble-minded 100 + +In addition to these, 2 are said to be blind, dumb and lunatic; 20 dumb +and lunatic; 3 blind, dumb and feeble-minded, and 222 dumb and +feeble-minded. These are certainly outside our province, which is the +deaf. The "dumbness" in these four classes is aphasia, due to some brain +defect. + +Of those in the list, classes 7, 8, 9 and 10 are (we are strongly of +opinion) incorrectly described, being, as we think, composed of those +who are simply feeble-minded as well as, in classes 7 and 8, blind. +Their so-called "deafness" is merely inability of the brain to notice +what the ear does actually hear and to govern the vocal organs to +produce articulate sound. Many of classes 9 and 10, however, may not be +"feeble-minded" at all, but only rather dull pupils whom their teachers +have failed to educate. + +It is safe to say that in some instances in classes 3, 4, 5 and 6 the +persons were only assumed to be deaf. Again, cases of deaf people who to +all appearance could not fairly be called insane but who may have had +violent temper or some slight eccentricity being relegated to an asylum +have come to our notice. A good teacher might accomplish much with some +of these described as lunatic in classes 5 and 6. Finally, classes 3 and +4 may have become lunatic owing to the loneliness and brooding +inseparable to a great extent from such terrible afflictions as +blindness and deafness combined. Probably the isolation became +intolerable, and if only they had had some one who understood them to +educate them their reason might have been saved. + +We are most concerned with the first two classes, and in considering +them have to take individual cases separately, as there is no regular +institution for them in Great Britain. + +Mr W. H. Illingworth, head master of the Blind School at Old Trafford, +Manchester, tells how David Maclean, a blind and deaf boy, was taught, +in the 1903 report of the conference of teachers of the deaf. The boy +lost both sight and hearing, but not before six years of age, which was +an advantage, and could still speak or whisper to some extent when +admitted to school. His teacher began with kindergarten and attempts at +proper voice-production. He gave the sound of "ah" and made David feel +his larynx. Then he tickled the boy under his arms, and when he laughed +made him feel his own larynx, so that the boy should notice the +similarity of the vibration. Then, acting on the theory that brain-waves +are to some extent transmittable, Mr Illingworth procured a hearing boy +as companion, and, ordering him to keep his mind fixed on the work and +to place one hand on David's shoulder, made him repeat what was +articulated. The blind-deaf boy's right hand was placed on Mr +Illingworth's larynx and the left on the companion's lips. Thus the +pupil felt the sound and the companion's imitation of it, and soon +reproduced it himself. From this syllables and words were formed by +degrees. The pupil knew the forms of some letters of the alphabet in the +Roman type before he lost sight and hearing, and the connexion between +them and the Braille characters and manual alphabet was the next step +achieved. This, and all the steps, were aided to a great extent by the +hearing and seeing boy companion's sympathetic influence and +concentration of mind, in Mr Illingworth's opinion. After this stage his +progress was comparatively quick and easy; he read from easy books in +Braille, and people spelled to him in the ordinary way by forming the +letters with their right hand on his left. + +From Mr B. H. Payne of Swansea comes the following account of how four +blind-deaf pupils were taught:-- + + "We have received four pupils who were deaf-mute and blind, one of + them being also without the sense of smell. One was born deaf, the + others having lost hearing in childhood. There was no essential + difference between the methods employed in their education and those + of 'sighted' deaf children. Free-arm writing of ordinary script was + taught on the blackboard, the teacher guiding the pupil's hand, or + another pupil guiding it over the teacher's pencilling. The script + alphabet was cut on a slate, and the pupil's pencil made to run in the + grooves. The one-hand alphabet, used with the left hand, was employed + to distinguish the letters so written. The script alphabet was also + formed in wire for him. The object was to enable the pupil when he had + gained language to write to friends and others who were unacquainted + with Braille, but the latter notation was taught to enable the pupil + to profit by the literature provided for the blind. Both one- and + two-hand alphabets were taught, the teacher forming the letters with + one of his own hands upon the pupil's hand. The name of the object + presented to the pupil was spelled and written repeatedly until he had + memorized it. Qualities were taught by comparison, and actions by + performance. The words 'Come with me' were spelled before he was + guided to any place, and other sentences were spelled as they would be + spoken to a 'hearing' child in appropriate associations. The blind + pupil followed with his hands the signs made by junior pupils who were + unacquainted with language, and in this way readily learned to sign + himself, the art being of advantage in stimulating and in forming the + mind, and explaining language to him. One of the pupils was confirmed, + and in preparation for the rite over 800 questions were put to him by + finger-spelling. His education was continued in Braille. The deaf-born + boy developed a fair voice, and could imitate sounds by placing his + hand on a speaker's mouth. Two of them had a keen sense of humour, and + would slyly move the finger to the muscles of their companion's face + to feel the smile with which a bit of pleasantry was responded to. In + connexion with the pupil who was confirmed, the vicar who examined him + declared that none of his questions had been answered better even by + candidates possessed of all their faculties than they were by this + blind-deaf boy." + +Mr W. M. Stone, principal of the Royal Blind School at West Craigmillar, +Edinburgh, gives this very interesting information: + + "We have five blind-deaf children at this institution, and all are + wonderfully clever and intelligent. In all cases the children + possessed hearing for a time and had some knowledge--very slight in + some cases--of language. The method of teaching is, first to teach + them the names of common objects on their fingers. A well-known object + is put in the child's hand and then the word is spelled on the + hand,--the child's hand of course. The child learns to associate these + signs--he does not know they are letters--with the object, and so he + learns a name. Other names are then given and similar names are + associated together, and by noticing the difference in the names the + child gradually grasps the idea of an alphabet. For instance, if he + learns the words cat, bat and mat, he will quickly distinguish that + the words are alike except in their initial letters. When in this way + language has been acquired he is taught the Braille system of reading + for the blind and his progress is now very rapid. This method may + appear very complicated and difficult, but in reality it is not so. + There are no institutions in Great Britain specially for the + blind-deaf, nor are there any in America. I do not know of any on the + continent. Our own blind children here are receiving the same + education as our other children, and in some ways are more advanced + than seeing and hearing children of their own ages. They not only + read, write and do arithmetic, but they do typewriting and much manual + work." + +Mr Addison mentions two deaf and blind pupils who were taught by the +late Mr Paterson of Manchester, and a third in the same school later on. +Another was taught in the asylum for the blind in Glasgow, though she +only lost hearing and became deaf at ten. + +Mr William Wade has written a monograph on the blind-deaf of America, in +the preface to which he points out, rightly, that the education of the +blind-deaf is not such a stupendous task as people imagine it to be. + + "It may not be amiss," he says, "to state the methods of teaching the + first steps to a deaf-blind pupil, that the public may see how + exceedingly simple the fundamental principles are, and it should be + remembered that those principles are exactly the same in the cases of + the deaf and of the deaf-blind, the only difference being in the + application--the deaf _see_, the deaf-blind _feel_. Some familiar, + tangible object--a doll, a cup, or what not--is given to the pupil, + and at the same time the name of the object is spelled into its hand + by the manual alphabet." (The one-hand alphabet is in vogue in + America.) "By patient persistence, the pupil comes to recognize the + manual spelling as a _name_ for a familiar object, when the next step + is taken--associating familiar acts with the corresponding manual + spelling. A continuation of this simple process gradually leads the + pupils to the comprehension of language as a means for communication + of thoughts." Mr Wade is right. Given a sympathetic, resourceful + teacher with strong individuality, common-sense, patience, and the + necessary amount of time, anything and everything in the way of + teaching them is not only possible but certain to be achieved. + Language,--give the deaf and the blind-deaf a working command of that + and everything else is easy. + +In the New York Institution for the Deaf ten blind-deaf pupils were +educated, up to the year 1901. Nearly all of these lost one or both +senses after they had been able to acquire some knowledge with their +aid. In the Perkins Institution for the Blind, Boston, five were taught. +It was here that Laura Bridgman was educated by Dr Samuel G. Howe +(q.v.); all honour is due to him for being the pioneer in attempting to +teach this class of the community, for she was the first blind-deaf +person to be taught. Many other schools for the deaf or blind have +admitted one or two pupils suffering from both afflictions. In all, +seventy cases are mentioned by Mr Wade of those who are quite blind and +deaf, and others of people who are partially so. The most interesting, +of course, of all these is Helen Keller, if we except Laura Bridgman, in +whose case the initial attempt to teach the blind-deaf was made. Helen +Keller was taught primarily by finger-spelling into her hand, and +signing (which she, of course, felt with her hands) where necessary. Her +first teacher was Miss Sullivan. The pupil "acquired language by +practice and habit rather than by study of rules and definitions." +Finger-spelling and books were the two great means of educating her at +all times. After her grasp of language had been brought to a high +standard, Miss Fuller gave her her first lessons in speech, and Miss +Sullivan continued them, the method being that of making the pupil feel +the vocal organs of the teacher. She learnt to speak well, and to tell +(with some assistance from finger-spelling) what some people say by +feeling their mouth. Her literary style became excellent; her studies +included French, German, Latin, Greek, arithmetic, algebra, geometry, +history, ancient and modern, and poetry and literature of every +description. Of course she had many tutors, but Miss Sullivan was "eyes +and ears" at all times, by acting as interpreter, and this patient +teacher had the satisfaction of seeing her pupil pass the entrance +examination of Harvard University. To all time the success attained in +educating Helen Keller will be a monument of what can be accomplished in +the most favourable conditions. (A. H. P.) + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] The two words are common to Teutonic languages, cf. Ger. _taub_ + and _dumm_ (only in the sense of "stupid"), Dutch _doof_ and _dom_; + the original meaning seems to have been dull of perception, stupid, + obtuse, and the words may be ultimately related. The Gr. [Greek: + typhlos] blind, and [Greek: typhos], smoke, mist, probably show the + same base. + + [2] For our résumé of the history we are indebted solely to Arnold + (_Education of Deaf Mutes, Teachers' Manual_) as far as the date of + the founding of the Old Kent Road Institution. + + + + +DEÁK, FRANCIS (FERENCZ), (1803-1876), Hungarian statesman, was born at +Söjtör in the county of Zala, on the 17th of October 1803. He came of an +ancient and distinguished noble family, and was educated for the law at +Nagy-Kanizsá, Pápá, Raab and Pest, and practised first as an advocate +and ultimately as a notary. His first case was the defence of a +notorious robber and murderer. His reputation in his own county was +quickly established, and when in 1833 his elder brother Antal, also a +man of extraordinary force of character, was obliged by ill-health to +relinquish his seat in the Hungarian parliament, the electors chose +Ferencz in his stead. He took an active part in the proceedings of the +diet at Pressburg and made the acquaintance of Ödon Beöthy and the other +Liberal leaders. No man owed less to external advantages. He was to all +appearance a simple country squire. His true greatness was never +exhibited in debate. It was in friendly talk, generally with a pipe in +his mouth and an anecdote on the tip of his tongue, that he exercised +his extraordinary influence over his fellows. Convinced from the first +of his disinterestedness and sincerity, and impressed by his penetrating +shrewdness and his instinctive faculty of always seizing the main point +and sticking to it, his hearers soon felt an absolute confidence in the +deputy from Zala county. Perhaps there is not another instance in +history in which a man who was neither a soldier, nor a diplomatist, nor +a writer, who appealed to no passion but patriotism, and who avoided +power with almost oriental indolence instead of seeking it, became, in +the course of a long life, the leader of a great party by sheer force of +intellect and moral superiority. + +During the diet of 1839-1840 Deák succeeded in bringing about an +understanding between a reactionary government, sadly in want of money, +and a Liberal opposition determined that the nation should have its +political privileges respected. "Let us put all jealousy on one side and +allow him the pre-eminence," wrote Széchenyi of Deák (April 30th, 1840). +Deák would not go to the diet of 1843-1844, though he had received a +mandate, because his election was the occasion of bloodshed in the +struggle between the Clericals who would have ousted him and the +Liberals who brought him in. In 1848, however, he accepted the post of +minister of justice offered to him by Louis Batthyány. He never ceased +to urge moderation in those stormy days, holding rather with Eötvös and +Batthyány than with Kossuth, and he went more than once to Vienna to +endeavour to effect a compromise between the Radicals and the court. But +when the ill-will of the Vienna government became patent, and the +sentiments of the king doubtful, he resigned together with Batthyány, +but without ceasing to be a member of the diet. He it was who drew up +the resolution of the Lower House in reply to the rescript of the +Austrian ministry demanding the repeal of the Hungarian constitution. It +was he who urged the Hungarian cabinet not to depart a hair's-breadth +from their legitimate position. He was one of the parliamentary +deputation which waited in vain upon Prince Windischgrätz in his camp. +(See HUNGARY: _History_.) He then retired to his estate at Kehida. After +the war of independence he was tried by court-martial, but acquitted. + +During the years of repression he lived in complete retirement. He +rejected Schmerling's proposal that he should take part in the project +of judicial reform, but on the other hand he held completely aloof from +the widespread, secret revolutionary movements. After 1854 he spent the +greater part of his time at Pest, and his little room at the "Queen of +England" inn became the meeting-place for those patriots who in those +dark days looked to the wisdom of Deák for guidance. He used every +opportunity of stimulating the moral strength of the nation and keeping +its hopes alive. He invited the nation to contribute to the support of +the orphans of Vörösmarty when that great poet died. He drew up the +petition of the academy to the government, in which he defended the +maintenance of this asylum of the national language against Austrian +intervention. He trusted that, as had so often happened in the course of +Hungarian history, the weakness and blindness of the court would help +Hungary back to her constitutional rights. Armed resistance he +considered dangerous, but he was an immutable defender of the continuity +of the Hungarian constitution on the basis of the reforms of 1848. His +principles alienated him from the Kossuth faction, which looked for +salvation to a second war with Austria, engineered from abroad; but he +was equally opposed to the attitude of resignation taken up by the +followers of Széchenyi, who, according to Deák, always regarded the +world from a purely provincial point of view. + +The war of 1859 convinced the Austrian government, at last, of the +necessity of a reconciliation with Hungary; but the ensuing negotiations +were conducted not through Deák, but through the Magyar Conservatives. +In 1860 Deák rejected the October diploma (see HUNGARY: _History_), +which was simply a cast-back to the Maria Theresa system of 1747; but, +at the request of the government, he went to Vienna to set forth the +national demands. On this occasion he insisted on the re-establishment +of the constitution in its integrity as a _sine qua non_. Meanwhile, it +became more and more evident that the Conservative party had no standing +in the country. The majority of the deputies returned to the diet of +1861 were in favour of asserting their rights by a resolution of the +House, instead of petitioning for them by an address to the crown; hence +arose the two parties of the Addressers and the Resolutioners. The +_Patent_ of the 20th of February 1861 increased the uneasiness and +suspicion of the nation; but Deák, now one of the deputies for Pest, was +in favour of an address rather than of a resolution, and his great +speech on the subject (May 13th, 1861) converted the majority hostile to +an address into a majority for it. The object of the Addressers was to +make the responsibility for a rupture rest on the Austrian government. +Nevertheless, the court found the address so voted inadmissible; +whereupon, on Deák's motion, the Hungarian diet drew up a second address +vigorously defending the rights of the nation, and solemnly protesting +against the usurpations of the Austrian government. The speech which +Deák made on this occasion was his finest effort. Henceforth all Europe +identified his name with the cause of Hungary. The Magyar Conservatives +hereupon entered into negotiations with Deák, and the Austrian +government, more than ever convinced of the necessity of a +reconciliation, was ready to take the first step, if Hungary would take +the second and third. Deák now proposed that the sovereign himself +should break away from counsellors who had sought to oppress Hungary, +and should restore the constitution as a personal act. The worthy +response to this loyal invitation was the dismissal of the Schmerling +administration, the suspension of the February constitution and the +summoning of the coronation diet. Of that diet Deák was the +indispensable leader. Under his direction the Addressers and the +Resolutioners coalesced, and he was entrusted with the difficult and +delicate negotiations with the crown, which aimed at effecting a +compromise between the Pragmatic Sanction of 1719, which established the +indivisibility of the Habsburg monarchy, and the March decrees of 1848. +The committee of which he was president had completed its work, when the +war of 1866 broke out and all again became uncertain. + +After Königgrätz the extreme parties in Hungary hoped to extort still +more favourable terms from the emperor; but Deák remained true to +himself and to the constitutional principle. On the 18th of July he went +to Vienna, to urge the necessity of forming a responsible Magyar +ministry without delay. He offered the post of premier to Count Julius +Andrássy, but would not himself take any part in the administration. The +diet was resummoned on the 17th of November 1866 and, chiefly through +the efforts of Deák, the responsible ministry was formed (February 17th, +1867). There was still one fierce parliamentary struggle, in which Deák +defended the Composition (Ausgleich) of 1867, both against the +Kossuthites and against the Left-centre, which had detached itself from +his own party under the leadership of Kálmán Tisza (q.v.). He, a simple +citizen, from pure patriotism, thus mediated between the crown and the +people, as the Hungarian palatines were wont to do in years gone by, and +it was the wish of the diet that Deák should exercise the functions of a +palatine at the solemn ceremony of the coronation. This honour he +refused, as he had refused every other reward and distinction. "It was +beyond the king's power to give him anything but a clasp of the hand." +His real recompense was the assurance of the prosperity and the +tranquillity of his country in the future, and the reconciliation of the +nation and its sovereign. The consciousness of these great services even +reconciled him to the loss of much of his popularity; for there can be +no doubt that a large part of the Hungarian nation regarded the +Composition of 1867 as a sort of surrender and blamed Deák as the author +of it. The Composition was the culminating point of Deák's political +activity; but as a party-leader he still exercised considerable +influence. He died at midnight of the 28th-29th of July 1876, after long +and painful sufferings. His funeral was celebrated with royal pomp on +the 3rd of February, and representatives from every part of Hungary +followed the "Sage" to the grave. A mausoleum was erected by national +subscription, and in 1887 a statue, overlooking the Danube, was erected +to his memory. + + See _Speeches_ (Hung.) ed. by Manó Kónyi (Budapest, 1882); Z. + Ferenczi, _Life of Deák_ (Hung., Budapest, 1894); _Memorials of + Ferencz Deák_ (Hung., Budapest, 1889-1890); Ferencz Pulszky, + _Charakterskizze_ (Leipzig, 1876). (R. N. B.) + + + + +DEAL, a market town, seaport and municipal borough in the St Augustine's +parliamentary division of Kent, England, 8 m. N.E. by N. of Dover on the +South-Eastern & Chatham railway. Pop. (1901) 10,581. It consists of +three divisions--Lower Deal, on the coast; Middle Deal; and, about a +mile inland, though formerly on the coast, Upper Deal, which is the +oldest part. Though frequented as a seaside resort, the town derives its +importance mainly from its vicinity to the Downs, a fine anchorage, +between the shore and the Goodwin Sands, about 8 m. long and 6 m. wide, +in which large fleets of windbound vessels may lie in safety. The trade +consequently consists largely in the supply of provisions and naval +stores, which are conveyed to the ships in need of them by "hovellers," +as the boatmen are called all along the Kentish coast; the name is +probably a corruption of _hobeler_, anciently applied to light-horsemen +from the hobby or small horse which they rode. The Deal hovellers and +pilots are famous for their skill. Boat-building and a few other +industries are carried on. Among buildings the most remarkable are St +Leonard's church in Upper Deal, which dates from the Norman period; the +Baptist chapel in Lower Deal, founded by Captain Taverner, governor of +Deal Castle, in 1663; the military and naval hospital; and the barracks, +founded in 1795. The site of the old navy yard is occupied by villas; +and the esplanade, nearly four miles long, is provided with a promenade +pier. The golf-links is well known. At the south end of the town is Deal +Castle, erected by Henry VIII. in 1539, together with the castles of +Sandown, Walmer and Sandgate. They were built alike, and consisted of a +central keep surrounded by four lunettes. Sandown Castle, which stood +about a mile to the east of Deal Castle, was of interest as the prison +in which Colonel Hutchinson, the Puritan soldier, was confined, and is +said to have died, September 1664. It was removed on becoming endangered +by encroachments of the sea. The "captain" of Deal Castle is appointed +by the lord warden of the Cinque Ports. The town is governed by a mayor, +6 aldermen and 18 councillors. Area, 1111 acres. + +Deal is one of the possible sites of the landing-place of Julius Caesar +in Britain. Later in the period of Roman occupation the site was +inhabited, but apparently was not a port. In the Domesday Survey, Deal +(_Dola_, _Dale_, _Dele_) is mentioned among the possessions of the +canons of St Martin, Dover, as part of the hundreds of Bewsborough and +Cornilo; it seems, however, from early times to have been within the +liberty of the Cinque Ports as a member of Sandwich, but was not +continuously reckoned as a member until Henry VI., on the occasion of a +dispute as to its assessment, finally annexed it to their jurisdiction. + +In the time of Henry VIII. Deal was merely a fishing village standing +half-a-mile from the sea, but the growth of the English navy and the +increase of trade brought men-of-war and merchant ships in increased +numbers to the Downs. Deal began to grow in importance, and Lower or New +Deal was built along the shore. The prosperity of the town has ever +since depended almost entirely on its shipping trade. In 1699 the +inhabitants petitioned for incorporation, since previously the town had +been under the jurisdiction of Sandwich and governed by a deputy +appointed by the mayor of that town; William III. by his charter +incorporated the town under the title of mayor, jurats and commonalty of +Deal, and he also granted a market to be held on Tuesday and Saturday, +and fairs on the 25th and 26th of March, and on the 30th of September +and 1st of October, with a court of Pie Powder. The Cinque Ports were +first represented in the parliament of 1265; the two members returned by +Sandwich represented Sandwich, Deal and Walmer, until they were +disenfranchized by the act of 1885. + + + + +DEAL. (1) (A common Teutonic word for a part or portion, cf. Ger. +_Teil_, and the Eng. variant "dole"), a division or part, obsolete +except in such phrases as "a great deal" or "a good deal," where it +equals quantity or lot. From the verb "to deal," meaning primarily to +divide into parts, come such uses as for the giving out of cards to the +players in a game, or for a business transaction. (2) (Also a Teutonic +word, meaning a plank or board, cf. Ger. _Diele_, Dutch _deel_), +strictly a term in carpentry and joinery for a sawn plank, usually of +pine or fir, 9 in. wide and 2 to 4½ in. thick. (See JOINERY.) The word +is also used more loosely of the timber from which such deals are cut, +thus "white deal" is used of the wood of the Norway spruce, and "red +deal" of the Scotch pine. + + + + +DEAN (Lat. _decanus_, derived from the Gr. [Greek: deka], ten), the +style of a certain functionary, primarily ecclesiastical. Whether the +term was first used among the secular clergy to signify the priest who +had a charge of inspection and superintendence over two parishes, or +among the regular clergy to signify the monk who in a monastery had +authority over ten other monks, appears doubtful. "Decurius" may be +found in early writers used to signify the same thing as "decanus," +which shows that the word and the idea signified by it were originally +borrowed from the old Roman military system. + +The earliest mention which occurs of an "archipresbyter" seems to be in +the fourth epistle of St Jerome to Rusticus, in which he says that a +cathedral church should possess one bishop, one archipresbyter and one +archdeacon. Liberatus also (_Breviar._ c. xiv.) speaks of the office of +archipresbyter in a manner which, as J. Bingham says, enables one to +understand what the nature of his duties and position was. And he thinks +that those are right who hold that the archipresbyters were the same as +the deans of English cathedral churches. E. Stillingfleet (_Irenic._ +part ii. c. 7) says of the archipresbyters that "the memory of them is +preserved still in cathedral churches, in the chapters there, where the +dean was nothing else but the archipresbyter; and both dean and +prebendaries were to be assistant to the bishop in the regulating the +church affairs belonging to the city, while the churches were contained +therein." Bingham, however, following Liberatus, describes the office of +the archipresbyter to have been next to that of the bishop, the head of +the presbyteral college, and the functions to have consisted in +administering all matters pertaining to the church in the absence of the +bishop. But this does not describe accurately the office of dean in an +English cathedral church. The dean is indeed second to the bishop in +rank and dignity, and he is the head of the presbyteral college or +chapter; but his functions in no wise consist in administering any +affairs in the absence of the bishop. There may be some matters +connected with the ordering of the internal arrangements of cathedral +churches, respecting which it may be considered a doubtful point whether +the authority of the bishop or that of the dean is supreme. But the +consideration of any such question leads at once to the due theoretical +distinction between the two. With regard to matters spiritual, properly +and strictly so called, the bishop is supreme in the cathedral as far +as--and no further than--he is supreme in his diocese generally. With +regard to matters material and temporal, as concerning the fabric of the +cathedral, the arrangement and conduct of the services, and the +management of the property of the chapter, &c., the dean (not excluding +the due authority of the other members of the chapter, but speaking with +reference to the bishop) is supreme. And the cases in which a doubt +might arise are those in which the material arrangements of the fabric +or of the services may be thought to involve doctrinal considerations. + +The Roman Catholic writers on the subject say that there are two sorts +of deans in the church--the deans of cathedral churches, and the rural +deans--as has continued to be the case in the English Church. And the +probability would seem to be that the former were the successors and +representatives of the monastic decurions, the latter of the inspectors +of "ten" parishes in the primitive secular church. It is thought by some +that the rural dean is the lineal successor of the _chorepiscopus_, who +in the early church was the assistant of the bishop, discharging most, +if not all, episcopal functions in the rural districts of the diocese. +But upon the whole the probability is otherwise. W. Beveridge, W. Cave, +Bingham and Basnage all hold that the _chorepiscopi_ were true bishops, +though Romanist theologians for the most part have maintained that they +were simple priests. But if the _chorepiscopus_ has any representative +in the church of the present day, it seems more likely that the +archdeacon is such rather than the dean. + +The ordinary use of the term dean, as regards secular bodies of persons, +would lead to the belief that the oldest member of a chapter had, as a +matter of right, or at least of usage, become the dean thereof. But +Bingham (lib. ii. chap. 18) very conclusively shows that such was at no +time the case; as is also further indicated by the maxim to the effect +that the dean must be selected from the body of the chapter--"_Unus de +gremio tantum potest eligi et promoveri ad decanatus dignitatem_." The +duties of the dean in a Roman Catholic cathedral are to preside over the +chapter, to declare the decisions to which the chapter may have in its +debates arrived by plurality of voices, to exercise inspection over the +choir, over the conduct of the capitular body, and over the discipline +and regulations of the church; and to celebrate divine service on +occasion of the greater festivals of the church in the absence or +inability of the bishop. With the exception of the last clause the same +statement may be made as to the duties and functions of the deans of +Church of England cathedral churches. + +Deans had also a place in the judicial system of the Lombard kings in +the 8th, 9th and 10th centuries. But the office indicated by that term, +so used, seems to have been a very subordinate one; and the name was in +all probability adopted with immediate reference to the etymological +meaning of the word,--a person having authority over ten (in this case +apparently) families. L. A. Muratori, in his _Italian Antiquities_, +speaks of the resemblance between the _saltarii_ or _sylvani_ and the +_decani_, and shows that the former had authority in the rural +districts, and the latter in towns, or at least in places where the +population was sufficiently close for them to have authority over ten +families. Nevertheless, a document cited by Muratori from the archives +of the canons of Modena, and dated in the year 813, recites the names of +several "deaneries" (_decania_), and thus shows that the authority of +the dean extended over a certain circumscription of territory. + +In the case of the "dean of the sacred college," the connexion between +the application of the term and the etymology of it is not so evident as +in the foregoing instances of its use; nor is it by any means clear how +and when the idea of seniority was first attached to the word. This +office is held by the oldest cardinal--i.e. he who has been longest in +the enjoyment of the purple, not he who is oldest in years,--who is +usually, but not necessarily or always, the bishop of Ostia and +Velletri. Perhaps the use of the word "dean," as signifying simply the +eldest member of any corporation or body of men, may have been first +adopted from its application to that high dignitary. The dean of the +sacred college is in the ecclesiastical hierarchy second to the pope +alone. His privileges and special functions are very many; a compendious +account of the principal of them may be found in the work of G. Moroni, +vol. xix. p. 168. + +There are four sorts of deans of whom the law of England takes notice. +(1) The dean and chapter are a council subordinate to the bishop, +assistant to him in matters spiritual relating to religion, and in +matters temporal relating to the temporalities of the bishopric. The +dean and chapter are a corporation, and the dean himself is a +corporation sole. Deans are said to be either of the old or of the new +foundation--the latter being those created and regulated after the +dissolution of the monasteries by Henry VIII. The deans of the old +foundation before the Ecclesiastical Commissioners Act 1841 were elected +by the chapter on the king's _congé d'élire_; and the deans of the new +foundation (and, since the act, of the old foundation also) are +appointed by the king's letters patent. It was at one time held that a +layman might be dean; but since 1662 priest's orders are a necessary +qualification. Deaneries are sinecures in the old sense, i.e. they are +without cure of souls. The chapter formerly consisted of canons and +prebendaries, the dean being the head and an integral part of the +corporation. By the Ecclesiastical Commissioners Act 1841, it is enacted +that "all the members of the chapter except the dean, in every +collegiate and cathedral church in England, and in the cathedral +churches of St David and Llandaff, shall be styled canons." By the same +act the dean is required to be in residence eight months, and the canons +three months, in every year. The bishop is visitor of the dean and +chapter. (2) A dean of peculiars is the chief of certain peculiar +churches or chapels. He "hath no chapter, yet is presentative, and hath +cure of souls; he hath a _peculiar_, and is not subject to the +visitation of the bishop of the diocese." The only instances of such +deaneries are Battle (Sussex), Bocking (Essex) and Stamford (Rutland). +The deans of Jersey and Guernsey have similar status. (3) The third dean +"hath no cure of souls, but hath a court and a _peculiar_, in which he +holdeth plea and jurisdiction of all such ecclesiastical matters as come +within his peculiar. Such is the dean of the arches, who is the judge of +the court of the arches, the chief court and consistory of the +archbishop of Canterbury, so called of Bow Church, where this court was +ever wont to be held." (See ARCHES, COURT OF.) The parish of Bow and +twelve others were within the peculiar jurisdiction of the archbishop in +spiritual causes, and exempted out of the bishop of London's +jurisdiction. They were in 1845 made part of the diocese of London. (4) +Rural deans are clergymen whose duty is described as being "to execute +the bishop's processes and to inspect the lives and manners of the +clergy and people within their jurisdiction." (See Phillimore's +_Ecclesiastical Law_.) + +In the colleges of the English universities one of the fellows usually +holds the office of "dean," and is specially charged with the +discipline, as distinguished from the teaching functions of the tutors. +In some universities the head of a faculty is called "dean," and in each +of these cases the word is used in a non-ecclesiastical and purely +titular sense. + + + + +DEAN, FOREST OF, a district in the west of Gloucestershire, England, +between the Severn and the Wye. It extends northward in an oval form +from the junction of these rivers, for a distance of 20 m., with an +extreme breadth of 10 m., and still retains its true forest character. +The surface is agreeably undulating, its elevation ranging from 120 to +nearly 1000 ft., and its sandy peat soil renders it most suitable for +the growth of timber, which is the cause of its having been a royal +forest from time immemorial. It is recorded that the commanders of the +Armada had orders not to leave in it a tree standing. In the reign of +Charles I. the forest contained 105,537 trees, and, straitened for +money, the king granted it to Sir John Wyntour for £10,000, and a fee +farm rent of £2000. The grant was cancelled by Cromwell; but at the +Restoration only 30,000 trees were left, and Wyntour, the Royalist +commander, having got another grant, destroyed all but 200 trees fit for +navy timber. In 1680 an act was passed to enclose 11,000 acres and plant +with oak and beech for supply of the dockyards; and the present forest, +though not containing very many gigantic oaks, has six "walks" covered +with timber in various stages of growth. + +The forest is locally governed by two crown-appointed deputy gavellers +to superintend the woods and mines, and four verderers elected by the +freeholders, whose office, since the extermination of the deer in 1850, +is almost purely honorary. From time immemorial all persons born in the +hundred of St Briavel's, who have worked a year and a day in a coal +mine, become "free miners," and may work coal in any part of the forest +not previously occupied. The forest laws were administered at the +Speech-House, a building of the 17th century in the heart of the forest, +where the verderers' court is still held. The district contains coal and +iron mines, and quarries of building-stone, which fortunately hardly +minimize its natural beauty. Near Coleford and Westbury pit workings of +the Roman period have been discovered, and the Romans drew large +supplies of iron from this district. The scenery is especially fine in +the high ground bordering the Wye (q.v.), opposite to Symond's Yat above +Monmouth, and Tintern above Chepstow. St Briavel's Castle, above +Tintern, was the headquarters of the forest officials from an early date +and was frequented by King John. It is a moated castle, of which the +north-west front remains, standing in a magnificent position high above +the Wye. + + See H. G. Nicholls, _Forest of Dean_ (London, 1858). + + + + +DEANE, RICHARD (1610-1653), British general-at-sea, major-general and +regicide, was a younger son of Edward Deane of Temple Guiting or Guyting +in Gloucestershire, where he was born, his baptism taking place on the +8th of July 1610. His family seems to have been strongly Puritan and was +related to many of those Buckinghamshire families who were prominent in +the parliamentary party. His uncle or great-uncle was Sir Richard Deane, +lord mayor of London, 1628-1629. Of Deane's early life nothing is +accurately known, but he seems to have had some sea training, possibly +on a ship-of-war. At the outbreak of the Civil War he joined the +parliamentary army as a volunteer in the artillery, a branch of the +service with which he was constantly and honourably associated. In 1644 +he held a command in the artillery under Essex in Cornwall and took part +in the surrender after Lostwithiel. Essex (_Letter to Sir Philip +Stapleton_, Rushworth Collection) calls him "an honest, judicious and +stout man," an estimate of Deane borne out by Clarendon's "bold and +excellent officer" (book xiv. cap. 27), and he was one of the few +officers concerned in the surrender who were retained at the remodelling +of the army. Appointed comptroller of the ordnance, he commanded the +artillery at Naseby and during Fairfax's campaign in the west of England +in 1645. In 1647 he was promoted colonel and given a regiment. In May of +that year Cromwell was made lord-general of the forces in Ireland by the +parliament, and Deane, as a supporter of Cromwell who had to be reckoned +with, was appointed his lieutenant of artillery. Cromwell refused to be +thus put out of the way, and Deane followed his example. When the war +broke out afresh in 1648 Deane went with Cromwell to Wales. As +brigadier-general his leading of the right wing at Preston contributed +greatly to the victory. On the entry of the army into London in 1648, +Deane superintended the seizure of treasure at the Guildhall and +Weavers' Hall the day after Pride "purged" the House of Commons, and +accompanied Cromwell to the consultations as to the "settlement of the +Kingdom" with Lenthall and Sir Thomas Widdrington, the keeper of the +great seal. He is rightly called by Sir J. K. Laughton (in the _Dict. of +Nat. Biog._) Cromwell's "trusted partisan," a character which he +maintained in the active and responsible part taken by him in the events +which led up to the trial and execution of the king. He was one of the +commissioners for the trial, and a member of the committee which +examined the witnesses. He signed the death warrant. + +Deane's capacities and activities were now required for the navy. In +1649 the office of lord high admiral was put into commission. The first +commissioners were Edward Popham, Robert Blake and Deane, with the title +of generals-at-sea. His command at sea was interrupted in 1651, when as +major-general he was brought back to the army and took part in the +battle of Worcester. Later he was made president of the commission for +the settlement of Scotland, with supreme command of the military and +naval forces. At the end of 1652 Deane returned to his command as +general-at-sea, where Monck had succeeded Popham, who had died in 1651. +In 1653 Deane was with Blake in command at the battle off Portland and +later took the most prominent and active part in the refitting of the +fleet on the reorganization of the naval service. At the outset of the +three days' battle off the North Foreland, the 1st, 2nd and 3rd of June +1653, Deane was killed. His body lay in state at Greenwich and after a +public funeral was buried in Henry VII.'s chapel at Westminster Abbey, +to be disinterred at the Restoration. + + See J. Bathurst Deane, _The Life of Richard Deane_ (1870). + + + + +DEANE, SILAS (1737-1789), American diplomat, was born in Groton, +Connecticut, on the 24th of December 1737. He graduated at Yale in 1758 +and in 1761 was admitted to the bar, but instead of practising became a +merchant at Wethersfield, Conn. He took an active part in the movements +in Connecticut preceding the War of Independence, and from 1774 to 1776 +was a delegate from Connecticut to the Continental Congress. Early in +1776 he was sent to France by Congress, in a semi-official capacity, as +a secret agent to induce the French government to lend its financial aid +to the colonies. Subsequently he became, with Benjamin Franklin and +Arthur Lee, one of the regularly accredited commissioners to France from +Congress. On arriving in Paris, Deane at once opened negotiations with +Vergennes and Beaumarchais, securing through the latter the shipment of +many vessel loads of arms and munitions of war to America. He also +enlisted the services of a number of Continental soldiers of fortune, +among whom were Lafayette, Baron Johann De Kalb and Thomas Conway. His +carelessness in keeping account of his receipts and expenditures, and +the differences between himself and Arthur Lee regarding the contracts +with Beaumarchais, eventually led, in November 1777, to his recall to +face charges, of which Lee's complaints formed the basis. Before +returning to America, however, he signed on the 6th of February 1778 the +treaties of amity and commerce and of alliance which he and the other +commissioners had successfully negotiated. In America he was defended by +John Jay and John Adams, and after stating his case to Congress was +allowed to return to Paris (1781) to settle his affairs. Differences +with various French officials led to his retirement to Holland, where he +remained until after the treaty of peace had been signed, when he +settled in England. The publication of some "intercepted" letters in +Rivington's _Royal Gazette_ in New York (1781), in which Deane declared +his belief that the struggle for independence was hopeless and +counselled a return to British allegiance, aroused such animosity +against him in America that for some years he remained in England. He +died on shipboard in Deal harbour, England, on the 23rd of September +1789 after having embarked for America on a Boston packet. No evidence +of his dishonesty was ever discovered, and Congress recognized the +validity of his claims by voting $37,000 to his heirs in 1842. He +published his defence in _An Address to the Free and Independent +Citizens of the United States of North America_ (Hartford, Conn., and +London, 1784). + + _The Correspondence of Silas Deane_ was published in the Connecticut + Historical Society's Collections, vol. ii.; and _The Deane Papers_, in + 5 vols., in the New York Historical Society's _Collections_ + (1887-1890). See also Winsor's _Narrative and Critical History_, vol. + vii. chap, i., and Wharton's _Revolutionary Diplomatic Correspondence + of the United States_ (6 vols., Washington, 1889). + + + + +DEATH, the permanent cessation of the vital functions in the bodies of +animals and plants, the end of life or act of dying. The word is the +English representative of the substantive common to Teutonic languages, +as "dead" is of the adjective, and "die" of the verb; the ultimate +origin is the pre-Teutonic verbal stem _dau_-; cf. Ger _Tod_, Dutch +_dood_, Swed. and Dan. _död_. + +For the scientific aspects of the processes involved in life and its +cessation see BIOLOGY, PHYSIOLOGY, PATHOLOGY, and allied articles; and +for the consideration of the prolongation of life see LONGEVITY. Here it +is only necessary to deal with the more primitive views of death and +with certain legal aspects. + +_Ethnology._--To the savage, death from natural causes is inexplicable. +At all times and in all lands, if he reflects upon death at all, he +fails to understand it as a natural phenomenon; nor in its presence is +he awed or curious. Man in a primitive state has for his dead an almost +animal indifference. The researches of archaeologists prove that +Quaternary Man cared little what became of his fellow-creature's body. +And this lack of interest is found to-day as a general characteristic +of savages. The Goajiros of Venezuela bury their dead, they confess, +simply to get rid of them. The Galibis of Guiana, when asked the meaning +of their curious funeral ceremony, which consists in dancing on the +grave, replied that they did it to stamp down the earth. Fuegians, +Bushmen, Veddahs, show the same lack of concern and interest in the +memory of the dead. Even the Eskimos, conspicuous as they are for their +intelligence and sociability, save themselves the trouble of caring for +their sick and old by walling them up and leaving them to die in a +lonely hut; the Chukches stone or strangle them to death; some Indian +tribes give them over to tigers, and the Battas of Sumatra eat them. +This indifference is not dictated by any realization that death means +annihilation of the personality. The savage conception of a future state +is one that involves no real break in the continuity of life as he leads +it. If a man dies without being wounded he is considered to be the +victim of the sorcerers and the evil spirits with which they consort. +Throughout Africa the death of anyone is ascribed to the magicians of +some hostile tribe or to the malicious act of a neighbour. A culprit is +easily discovered either by an appeal to a local diviner or in torturing +some one into confession. In Australia it is the same. Mr Andrew Lang +says that "whenever a native dies, no matter how evident it may be that +death has been the result of natural causes, it is at once set down that +the defunct was bewitched." The Bechuanas and all Kaffir tribes believe +that death, even at an advanced age, if not from hunger or violence, is +due to witchcraft, and blood is required to expiate or avenge it. +Similar beliefs are found among the Papuans, and among the Indians of +both Americas. The history of witchcraft in Europe and its attendant +horrors, so vividly painted in Lecky's _Rise of Rationalism_, are but +echoes of this universal refusal of savage man to accept death as the +natural end of life. Even to-day the ignorant peasantry of many European +countries, Russia, Galicia and elsewhere, believe that all disease is +the work of demons, and that medicinal herbs owe their curative +properties to their being the materialized forms of benevolent spirits. + +This animistic tendency is a marked characteristic of primitive Man in +every land. The savage explains the processes of inanimate nature by +assuming that living beings or spirits, possessed of capacities similar +to his own, are within the inanimate object. The growth of a tree, the +spark struck from a flint, the devastating floods of a river, mean to +him the natural actions of beings within the tree, stone or water. And +thus too he explains to himself the phenomena of human life, believing +that each man has within him a mannikin or animal which dictates his +actions in life. This miniature man is the savage's conception of the +soul; sleep and trance being regarded as the temporary, death as the +permanent, absence of the soul. Each individual is thus deemed to have a +dual existence. This "subliminal" self (in modern terminology) has many +forms. The Hurons thought that it possessed head, body, arms and legs, +in fact that it was an exact miniature of a man. The Nootkas of British +Columbia regard it as a tiny man, living in the crown of the head. So +long as it stands erect, its possessor is well, but if it falls from its +position the misfortunes of ill-health and madness at once assail him. +The ancient Egyptian believed in the soul or "double." The inhabitants +of Nias, an island to the west of Sumatra, have the strange belief that +to everyone before birth is given the choice of a long and heavy or +short and light soul (a parallel belief may be found in early Greek +philosophy), and his choice determines the length of life. Sometimes the +soul is conceived as a bird. The Bororos of Brazil fancy that in that +shape the soul of a sleeper passes out of the body during night-time, +returning to him at his awakening. The Bella Coola Indians say the soul +is a bird enclosed in an egg and lives in the nape of the neck. If the +shell bursts and the soul flies away, the man must die. If however the +bird flies away, egg and all, then he faints or loses his reason. A +popular superstition in Bohemia assumes that the soul in the shape of a +white bird leaves the body by way of the mouth. Among the Battas of +Sumatra rice or grain is sprinkled on the head of a man who returns from +a dangerous enterprise, and in the latter case the grains are called +_padiruma tondi_, "means to make the soul (_tondi_) stay at home." In +Java the new-born babe is placed in a hen-coop, and the mother makes a +clucking noise, as if she were a hen, to attract the child's soul. It is +regarded by many savage peoples as highly dangerous to arouse a sleeper +suddenly, as his soul may not have time to return. Still more dangerous +is it to move a sleeper, for the soul on its return might not be able to +find the body. Flies and butterflies are forms which the souls are +believed by some races to take, and the Esthonians of the island of +Oesel think that the gusts of wind which whirl tornado-like through the +roads are the souls of old women seeking what they can find. + +But more widespread perhaps than any belief, from its simplicity +doubtless, is the idea that the body's shadow or reflexion is the soul. +The Basutos think that crocodiles can devour the shadow of a man cast on +the surface of water. In many parts of the world sorcerers are credited +with supernatural powers over a man by an attack on his shadow. The sick +man is considered to have lost his shadow or a part of it. Dante refers +to the shadowless spectre of Virgil, and the folklore of many European +countries affords examples of the prevalence of the superstition that a +man must be as careful of his shadow as of his body. In the same way the +reflexion-soul is thought to be subject to a malice of enemies or +attacks of beasts and has been the cause of superstitions which in one +form or another exist to-day. From the Fijian and Andaman islander who +exhibits abject terror at seeing himself in a glass or in water, to the +English or European peasant who covers up the mirrors or turns them to +the wall, upon a death occurring, lest an inmate of the house should see +his own face and have his own speedy demise thus prognosticated, the +idea holds its ground. It was probably the origin of the story of +Narcissus, and there is scarcely a race which is free from the haunting +dread. Lastly the soul is pictured as being a man's breath (_anima_), +and this again has come down to us in literature, evidenced by the fact +that the word "breath" has become a synonym for life itself. The "last +breath" has meant more than a mere metaphor. It expresses the savage +belief that there departs from the dying in the final expiration a +something tangible, capable of separate existence--the soul. Among the +Romans custom imposed a sacred duty on the nearest relative, usually the +heir, to inhale the "last breath" of the dying. Moreover the classics +bear evidence to the sanctity with which sentiment surrounded the last +kiss; Cicero, in his speech against Verres, saying "_Matres ab extremo +complexu liberum exclusae: quae nihil aliud orabant nisi ut filiorum +extremum spiritum ore excipere sibi liceret_." Virgil, too, refers in +the _Aeneid_, iv. 684, to the custom, which survives to-day as a +ceremonial practice among many savage and semi-civilized people. + +From the inability of the savage in all ages and in all lands to +comprehend death as a natural phenomenon, there results a tendency to +personify death, and myths are invented to account for its origin. +Sometimes it is a "taboo" which has been broken and gives Death power +over man. In New Zealand Maui, the divine hero of Polynesia, was not +properly baptized. In Australia a woman was told not to go near a tree +where a bat lived: she infringed the prohibition, the bat fluttered out, +and death resulted. The Ningphoos were dismissed from Paradise and +became mortal because one of them bathed in water which had been +"tabooed" (Dalton, p. 13). Other versions of the Death-myth in Polynesia +relate that Maui stole a march on Night as she slept, and would have +passed right through her to destroy her, but a little bird which sings +at sunset woke her, she destroyed Maui, and men lost immortality. In +India Yama, the god of Death, is assumed, like Maui, to have been the +first to "spy out the path to the other world." In the Solomon Islands +(_Jour. Anth. Inst._, February 1881) "Koevari was the author of death, +by resuming her cast-off skin." The same story is told in the Banks +Islands. The Greek myth (Hesiód, _Works and Days_, 90) alleged that +mortals lived "without ill diseases that give death to men" till the +cover was lifted from the box of Pandora. This personification of Death +has had as a consequence the introduction into the folklore of many +lands of stories, often humorous, of the tricks played on the Enemy of +Mankind. Thus Sisyphus fettered Death, keeping him prisoner till rescued +by Ares; in Venetian folklore Beppo ties him up in a bag for eighteen +months; while in Sicily an innkeeper corks him up in a bottle, and a +monk keeps him in his pouch for forty years. The German parallel is +Gambling Hansel, who kept Death up a tree for seven years. Such examples +might be multiplied unendingly, but enough has been said to show that +the attitude of civilized man towards the sphinx-riddle of his end has +been in part dictated and is even still influenced by the savage belief +that to die is unnatural. + +_Law--Registration._--The registration of burials in England goes back +to the time of Thomas Cromwell, who in 1538 instituted the keeping of +parish registers. Statutory measures were taken from time to time to +ensure the preservation of registers of burials, but it was not until +1836 (the Births and Deaths Registration Act) that the registration of +deaths became a national concern. Other acts dealing with death +registration were subsequently passed, and the whole law for England +consolidated by the Births and Deaths Registration Act 1874. By that +act, the registration of every death and the cause of the death is +compulsory. When a person dies in a house information of the death and +the particulars required to be registered must be given within five days +of the death to the registrar to the best of the person's knowledge and +belief by one of the following persons:--(1) The nearest relative of the +deceased present at the death, or in attendance during the last illness +of the deceased. If they fail, then (2) some other relative of the +deceased in the same sub-district (registrar's) as the deceased. In +default of relatives, (3) some person present at the death, or the +occupier of the house in which, to his knowledge, the death took place. +If all the above fail, (4) some inmate of the house, or the person +causing the body of the deceased to be buried. The person giving the +information must sign the register. Similarly, also, information must be +given concerning death where the deceased dies not in a house. + +Where written notice of the death, accompanied by a medical certificate +of the cause of death, is sent to the registrar, information must +nevertheless be given and the register signed within fourteen days after +the death by the person giving the notice or some other person as +required by the act. Failure to give information of death, or to comply +with the registrar's requisitions, entails a penalty not exceeding forty +shillings, and making false statements or certificates, or forging or +falsifying them, is punishable either summarily within six months, or on +indictment within three years of the offence. Before burial takes place +the clergyman or other person conducting the funeral or religious +service must have the registrar's certificate that the death of the +deceased person has been duly registered, or else a coroner's order or +warrant. Failing the certificate, the clergyman cannot refuse to bury, +but he must forthwith give notice in writing to the registrar. Failure +to do so within seven days involves a penalty not exceeding ten pounds. +Children must not be registered as still-born without a medical +certificate or a signed declaration from some one who would have been +required, if the child had been born alive, to give information +concerning the birth, that the child was still-born and that no medical +man was present at the birth, or a coroner's order. The registration of +deaths at sea is regulated by the act of 1874 together with the Merchant +Shipping Act 1894. See further BIRTH and BURIAL AND BURIAL ACTS. +Registers of death are, in law, evidence of the fact of death, and the +entry, or a certified copy of it, will be sufficient evidence without a +certificate of burial, although it is desirable that it should also be +produced. + +_Presumption of Death._--The fact of death may, in English law, be +proved not only by direct but by presumptive evidence. When a person +disappears, so that no direct proof of his whereabouts or death is +obtainable, death may be presumed at the expiration of seven years from +the period when the person was last heard of. It is always, however, a +matter of fact for the jury, and the onus of proving the death lies on +the party who asserts it. In Scotland, by the Presumption of Life +(Scotland) Act 1891, the presumption is statutory. In those cases where +people disappear under circumstances which create a strong probability +of death, the court may, for the purpose of probate or administration, +presume the death before the lapse of seven years. The question of +survivorship, where two or more persons are shown to have perished by +the same catastrophe, as in cases of shipwreck, has been much discussed. +It was at one time thought that there might be a presumption of +survivorship in favour of the younger as against the older, of the male +as against the female, &c. But it is now clear that there is no such +presumption (_In re Alston_, 1892, P. 142). This is also the rule in +most states of the American Union. The doctrine of survivorship +originated in the Roman Law, which had recourse to certain artificial +presumptions, where the particular circumstances connected with deaths +were unknown. Some of the systems founded on the civil law, as the +French code, have adopted certain rules of survivorship. + +_Civil Death_ is an expression used, in law, in contradistinction to +natural death. Formerly, a man was said to be dead in law (1) when he +entered a monastery and became professed in religion; (2) when he +abjured the realm; (3) when he was attainted of treason or felony. Since +the suppression of the monasteries there has been no legal establishment +for professed persons in England, and the first distinction has +therefore disappeared, though for long after the original reason had +ceased to make it necessary grants of life estates were usually made for +the terms of a man's _natural_ life. The act abolishing sanctuaries +(1623) did away with civil death by abjuration; and the Forfeiture Act +1870, that on attainder for treason or felony. + + For the tax levied on the estate of deceased persons, and sometimes + called "death duty," see SUCCESSION DUTY. + + For the statistics of the death-rate of the United Kingdom as compared + with that of the various European countries see UNITED KINGDOM. See + also the articles ANNUITY; CAPITAL PUNISHMENT; CREMATION; INSURANCE; + MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE, &c. + + + + +DEATH-WARNING, a term used in psychical research for an intimation of +the death of another person received by other than the ordinary sensory +channels, i.e. by (1) a sensory hallucination or (2) a massive +sensation, both being of telepathic origin. (See TELEPATHY.) Both among +civilized and uncivilized peoples there is a widespread belief that the +apparition of a living person is an omen of death; but until the Society +of Psychical Research undertook the statistical examination of the +question, there were no data for estimating the value of the belief. In +1885 a collection of spontaneous cases and a discussion of the evidence +was published under the title _Phantasms of the Living_, and though the +standard of evidence was lower than at the present time, a substantial +body of testimony, including many striking cases, was there put forward. +In 1889 a further inquiry was undertaken, known as the "Census of +Hallucinations," which provided information as to the percentage of +individuals in the general population who, at some period of their +lives, while they were in a normal state of health, had had "a vivid +impression of seeing or being touched by a living being or inanimate +object, or of hearing a voice; which impression, so far as they could +discover, was not due to any external cause." To the census question +about 17,000 answers were received, and after making all deductions it +appeared that death coincidences numbered about 30 in 1300 cases of +recognized apparitions; or about 1 in 43, whereas if chance alone +operated the coincidences would have been in the proportion of 1 to +19,000. As a result of the inquiry the committee held it to be proved +that "between deaths and apparitions of the dying person a connexion +exists which is not due to chance alone." From an evidential point of +view the apparition is the most valuable class of death-warning, +inasmuch as recognition is more difficult in the case of an auditory +hallucination, even where it takes the form of spoken words; moreover, +auditory hallucinations coinciding with deaths may be mere knocks, +ringing of bells, &c.; tactile hallucinations are still more difficult +of recognition; and the hallucinations of smell which are sometimes +found as death-warnings rarely have anything to associate them specially +with the dead person. Occasionally the death-warning is in the form of +an apparition of some other person; it may also take the form of a +temporary feeling of intense depression or other massive sensation. + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--Podmore, Gurney and Myers, _Phantasms of the Living_ + (1885); for the Census Report see _Proceedings of the Society for + Psychical Research_, part xxvi.; see also F. Podmore, _Apparitions and + Thought Transference_. For a criticism of the results of the Census + see E. Parish, _Hallucinations and Illusions_ and _Zur Kritik des + telepathischen Beweismaterials_, and Mrs Sidgwick's refutation in + _Proc. S.P.R._ part xxxiii. 589-601. The _Journal of the S.P.R._ + contains the most striking spontaneous cases received from time to + time by the society. (N. W. T.) + + + + +DEATH-WATCH, a popular name applied to insects of two distinct families, +which burrow and live in old furniture and produce the mysterious +"ticking" vulgarly supposed to foretell the death of some inmate of the +house. The best known, because the largest, is a small beetle, _Anobium +striattum_, belonging to the family _Ptinidae_. The "ticking," in +reality a sexual call, like the chirp of a grasshopper, is produced by +the beetle rapidly striking its head against the hard and dry woodwork. +In the case of the smaller death-watches, some of the so-called +book-lice of the family _Psocidae_, the exact way in which the sound is +caused has not been satisfactorily explained. Indeed the ability of such +small and soft insects to give rise to audible sounds has been seriously +doubted; but it is impossible to ignore the positive evidence on the +point. The names _Atropos divinatoria_ and _Clothilla pulsatoria_, given +to two of the commoner forms, bear witness both to a belief in a causal +connexion between these insects and the ticking, and to the superstition +regarding the fateful significance of the sound. + + + + +DE BARY, HEINRICH ANTON (1831-1888), German botanist, was of Belgian +extraction, though his family had long been settled in Germany, and was +born on the 26th of January 1831, at Frankfort-on-Main. From 1849 to +1853 he studied medicine at Heidelberg, Marburg and Berlin. In 1853 he +settled at Frankfort as a surgeon. In 1854 he became privat-docent for +botany in Tübingen, and professor of botany at Freiburg in 1855. In 1867 +he migrated to Halle, and in 1872 to Strassburg, where he was the first +rector of the newly constituted university, and where he died on the +19th of January 1888. + +Although one of his largest and most important works was on the +_Comparative Anatomy of Ferns and Phanerogams_ (1877), and +notwithstanding his admirable acquaintance with systematic and field +botany generally, de Bary will always be remembered as the founder of +modern mycology. This branch of botany he completely revolutionized in +1866 by the publication of his celebrated _Morphologie und Physiologie +d. Pilze_, &c., a classic which he rewrote in 1884, and which has had a +world-wide influence on biology. His clear appreciation of the real +significance of symbiosis and the dual nature of lichens is one of his +most striking achievements, and in many ways he showed powers of +generalizing in regard to the evolution of organisms, which alone would +have made him a distinguished man. It was as an investigator of the then +mysterious Fungi, however, that de Bary stands out first and foremost +among the biologists of the 19th century. He not only laid bare the +complex facts of the life-history of many forms,--e.g. the Ustilagineae, +Peronosporeae, Uredineae and many Ascomycetes,--treating them from the +developmental point of view, in opposition to the then prevailing +anatomical method, but he insisted on the necessity of tracing the +evolution of each organism from spore to spore, and by his methods of +culture and accurate observation brought to light numerous facts +previously undreamt of. These his keen perception and insight +continually employed as the basis for hypotheses, which in turn he +tested with an experimental skill and critical faculty rarely equalled +and probably never surpassed. One of his most fruitful discoveries was +the true meaning of infection as a morphological and physiological +process. He traced this step by step in _Phytophthora_, _Cystopus_, +_Puccinia_, and other Fungi, and so placed before the world in a clear +light the significance of parasitism. He then showed by numerous +examples wherein lay the essential differences between a parasite and a +saprophyte; these were by no means clear in 1860-1870, though he himself +had recognized them as early as 1853, as is shown by his work, _Die +Brandpilze_. + +These researches led to the explanation of epidemic diseases, and de +Bary's contributions to this subject were fundamental, as witness his +classical work on the potato disease in 1861. They also led to his +striking discovery of _heteroecism_ (or _metoecism_) in the Uredineae, +the truth of which he demonstrated in wheat rust experimentally, and so +clearly that his classical example (1863) has always been confirmed by +subsequent observers, though much more has been discovered as to +details. It is difficult to estimate the relative importance of de +Bary's astoundingly accurate work on the sexuality of the Fungi. He not +only described the phenomena of sexuality in Peronosporeae and +Ascomycetes--_Eurotium_, _Erysiphe_, _Peziza_, &c.--but also established +the existence of parthenogenesis and apogamy on so firm a basis that it +is doubtful if all the combined workers who have succeeded him, and who +have brought forward contending hypotheses in opposition to his views, +have succeeded in shaking the doctrine he established before modern +cytological methods existed. In one case, at least (_Pyronema +confluens_), the most skilful investigations, with every modern +appliance, have shown that de Bary described the sexual organs and +process accurately. + +It is impossible here to mention all the discoveries made by de Bary. He +did much work on the Chytridieae, Ustilagineae, Exoasceae and +Phalloideae, as well as on that remarkable group the Myxomycetes, or, as +he himself termed them, _Mycetozoa_, almost every step of which was of +permanent value, and started lines of investigation which have proved +fruitful in the hands of his pupils. Nor must we overlook the important +contributions to algology contained in his earlier monograph on the +Conjugatae (1858), and investigations on Nostocaceae (1863), _Chara_ +(1871), _Acetabularia_ (1869), &c. De Bary seems to have held aloof from +the Bacteria for many years, but it was characteristic of the man that, +after working at them in order to include an account of the group in the +second edition of his book in 1884, he found opportunity to bring the +whole subject of bacteriology under the influence of his genius, the +outcome being his brilliant _Lectures on Bacteria_ in 1885. De Bary's +personal influence was immense. Every one of his numerous pupils was +enthusiastic in admiration of his kind nature and genial criticism, his +humorous sarcasm, and his profound insight, knowledge and originality. + + Memoirs of de Bary's life will be found in _Bot. Centralbl._ (1888), + xxxiv. 93, by Wilhelm; _Ber. d. d. bot. Ges._ vol. vi. (1888) p. + viii., by Reess, each with a list of his works; _Bot. Zeitung_ (1889), + vol. xlvii. No. 3, by Graf zu Soems-Laubach. (H. M. W.) + + + + +DEBENTURES and DEBENTURE STOCK. One of the many advantages incident to +incorporation under the English Companies Acts is found in the +facilities which such incorporation affords a trading concern for +borrowing on debentures or debenture stock. More than five hundred +millions of money are now invested in these forms of security. Borrowing +was not specifically dealt with by the Companies Acts prior to the act +of 1900, but that it was contemplated by the legislature is evident from +the provision in § 43 of the act of 1862 for a company keeping a +register of mortgages and charges. The policy of the legislature in +this, as in other matters connected with trading companies, was +apparently to leave the company to determine whether borrowing should or +should not form one of its objects. + +The first principle to be borne in mind is that a company cannot borrow +unless it is expressly or impliedly authorized to do so by its +memorandum of association. In the case of a _trading_ company borrowing +is impliedly authorized as a necessary incident of carrying on the +company's business. Thus a company established for the conveyance of +passengers and luggage by omnibuses, a company formed to buy and run +vessels between England and Australia, and a company whose objects +included discounting approved commercial bills, have all been held to be +trading companies with an incidental power of borrowing as such to a +reasonable amount. A building society, on the other hand, has no +inherent power of borrowing (though a limited statutory power was +conferred on such societies by the Building Societies Act 1874); nor has +a society formed not for gain but to promote art, science, religion, +charity or any other useful object. Public companies formed to carry out +some undertaking of public utility, such as docks, water works, or gas +works, and governed by the Companies Clauses Acts, have only limited +powers of borrowing. + +An implied power of borrowing, even when it attaches, is too +inconvenient to be relied on in practice, and an express power is always +now inserted in a joint stock company's memorandum of association. This +power is in the most general terms. It is left to the articles to define +the amount to be borrowed, the nature of the security, and the +conditions, if any,--such as the sanction of a general meeting of +shareholders,--on which the power is to be exercised. Under the +Companies Act 1908, § 87, a company cannot exercise any borrowing power +until it has fulfilled the conditions prescribed by the act entitling it +to commence business: one of which is that the company must have +obtained its "minimum subscription." A person who is proposing to lend +money to a company must be careful to acquaint himself with any +statutory regulations of this kind, and also to see (1) that the +memorandum and articles of association authorize borrowing, and (2) that +the borrowing limit is not being exceeded, for if it should turn out +that the borrowing was in excess of the company's powers and _ultra +vires_, the company cannot be bound, and the borrower's only remedy is +against the directors for breach of warranty of authority, or to be +surrogated to the rights of any creditors who may have been paid out of +the borrowed moneys. + +A company proposing to borrow usually issues a prospectus, similar to +the ordinary share prospectus, stating the amount of the issue, the +dates for payment, the particulars of the property to be comprised in +the security, the terms as to redemption, and so on, and inviting the +public to subscribe. Underwriting is also resorted to, as in the case of +shares, to ensure that the issue is taken up. There is no objection to a +company issuing debentures or debenture stock at a discount, as there is +to its issuing its shares at a discount. It must borrow on the best +terms its credit will enable it to obtain. A prospectus inviting +subscriptions for debentures or debenture stock comes within the terms +of the Directors' Liability Act 1890 (re-enacted in Companies Act 1908, +§ 84), and persons who are parties to it have the onus cast upon them, +should the prospectus contain any misstatements, of showing that, at the +time when they issued the prospectus, they had reasonable grounds to +believe, and did in fact believe, that the statements in question were +true; otherwise they will be liable to pay compensation to any person +injured by the misstatements. A debenture prospectus is also within the +terms of the Companies Act 1908. It must be filed with the registrar of +joint stock companies (§ 80) and must contain all the particulars +specified in § 81 of the act. (See COMPANY.) + +The usual mode of borrowing by a company is either on debentures or +debenture stock. Etymologically, debenture is merely the Latin word +_debentur_,--The first word in a document in common use by the crown in +early times admitting indebtedness to its servants or soldiers. This was +the germ of a security which has now, with the expansion of joint stock +company enterprise, grown into an instrument of considerable complexity. + +Debentures may be classified in various ways. From the point of view of +the security they are either (1) debentures (simply); (2) mortgage +debentures; (3) debenture bonds. In the debenture the security is a +floating charge. In the mortgage debenture there is also a floating +charge, but the property forming the principal part of the security is +conveyed by the company to trustees under a trust deed for the benefit +of the debenture-holders. In the debenture bond there is no security +proper: only the covenant for payment by the company. For purposes of +title and transfer, debentures are either "registered" or "to bearer." +For purposes of payment they are either "terminable" or "perpetual" (see +Companies Act 1908, § 103). + +_The Floating Debenture._--The form of debenture chiefly in use at the +present day is that secured by a floating charge. By it the company +covenants to pay to the holder thereof the sum secured by the debenture +on a specified day (usually ten or fifteen years after the date of +issue), or at such earlier date as the principal moneys become due under +the provisions of the security, and in the meantime the company +covenants to pay interest on the principal moneys until payment, or +until the security becomes enforceable under the conditions; and the +company further charges its undertaking and all its property, including +its uncalled capital, with the payment of the amount secured by the +debentures. Uncalled capital if included must be expressly mentioned, +because the word "property" by itself will not cover uncalled capital +which is only property potentially, i.e. when called up. This is the +body of the instrument; on its back is endorsed a series of conditions, +constituting the terms on which the debenture is issued. Thus the +debenture-holders are to rank _pari passu_ with one another against the +security; the debenture is to be transferable free from equities between +the company and the original holder; the charge is to be a floating +charge, and the debenture-holders' moneys are to become immediately +repayable and the charges enforceable in certain events: for instance, +if the interest is in arrear for (say) two or three months, or if a +winding-up order is made against the company, or a resolution for +winding-up is passed. Other events indicative of insolvency are +sometimes added in which payment is to be accelerated. The conditions +also provide for the mode and form of transfer of the debentures, the +death or bankruptcy of the holder, the place of payment, &c. The most +characteristic feature of the security--the floating charge--grew +naturally out of a charge on a company's undertaking as a going concern. +Such a charge could only be made practicable by leaving the company free +to deal with and dispose of its property in the ordinary course of its +business--to sell, mortgage, lease, and exchange it as if no charge +existed: and this is how the security works. The debenture-holders give +the directors an implied licence to deal with and dispose of the +property comprised in the security until the happening of any of the +events upon which the debenture-holders' money becomes under the +debenture conditions immediately repayable. Pending this the charge is +dormant. The licence extends, however, only to dealings in _the ordinary +course of business_. Payment by a company of its just debts is always in +the ordinary course of business, but satisfaction by execution levied +_in invitum_ is not. This floating form of security is found very +convenient both to the borrowing company and to the lender. The company +is not embarrassed by the charge, while the lender has a security +covering the whole assets for the time being, and can intervene at any +moment by obtaining a receiver if his security is imperilled, even +though none of the events in which the principal moneys are made payable +have happened. If any of them has happened, for instance default in +payment of interest, or a resolution by the company to wind up, the +payment of the principal moneys is accelerated, and a debenture-holder +can at once commence an action to obtain payment and to realize his +security. At times a proviso is inserted in the conditions endorsed on +the debenture, that the company is not to create any mortgage or charge +ranking in priority to or _pari passu_ with that contained in the +debentures. Very nice questions of priority have arisen under such a +clause. A floating charge created by a company within three months of +its being wound up will now be invalid under § 12 of the Companies Act +1908 unless the company is shown to have been solvent at the time, but +there is a saving clause for cash paid under the security and interest +at 5%. + +_Trust Deeds._--When the amount borrowed by a company is large, the +company commonly executes a trust deed by way of further security. The +object of such a trust deed is twofold: (1) it conveys specific property +to the trustees of the deed by way of legal mortgage (the charge +contained in the debentures is only an equitable security), and it +further charges all the remaining assets in favour of the +debenture-holders, with appropriate provisions for enabling them, in +certain events similar to those expressed in the debenture conditions, +to enforce the security, and for that purpose to enter into possession +and carry on the business, or to sell it and distribute the proceeds; +(2) it organizes the debenture-holders and constitutes in the trustees +of the deed a body of experienced business men who can watch over the +interests of the debenture-holders and take steps for their protection +if necessary. In particular it provides machinery for the calling of +meetings of debenture-holders by the trustees, and empowers a majority +of (say) two-thirds or three-fourths in number and value at such meeting +to bind the rest to any compromise or arrangement with the company which +such majorities may deem beneficial. This is found a very useful power, +and may save recourse to a scheme or arrangement first sanctioned under +the machinery of the Joint Stock Companies Arrangement Act 1870 +(Companies Act 1908, § 120). + +_Registration of Mortgages and Charges._--A company is bound, under the +Companies Act 1862, to keep a register of mortgages and charges, but the +register is only open for the inspection of persons who have actually +become creditors of the company, not of persons who may be thinking of +giving it credit, and the legislature recognizing its inadequacy +provided in the Companies Act 1900 (§ 4 of act of 1908) for a public +register at Somerset House of all mortgages and charges of certain +specified classes by a company. If not registered within twenty-one days +from their creation such mortgages and charges are made void--so far as +they are securities--against the liquidator and any creditor of the +company, but the debenture-holders retain the rights of unsecured +creditors. An extension of the time for registering may be granted by +the court, but it will only be without prejudice to the rights of third +persons acquired before actual registration. These provisions for +registration as amended are contained in the Companies Act 1908 (§ 93). + +_Debentures Registered and to Bearer._--Debentures are, for purposes of +title and transfer, of two kinds--(1) registered debentures, and (2) +debentures to bearer. Registered debentures are transferable only in the +books of the company. Debentures to bearer are negotiable instruments +and pass by delivery. Coupons for interest are attached. Sometimes +debentures to bearer are made exchangeable for registered debentures and +vice versa. + +_Redemption._--A company generally reserves to itself a right of +redeeming the security before the date fixed by the debenture for +repayment; and accordingly a power for that purpose is commonly inserted +in the conditions. But as debenture-holders, who have got a satisfactory +security, do not wish to be paid off, the right of redemption is often +qualified so as not to arise till (say) five years after issue, and a +premium of 5% is made payable by way of bonus to the redeemed +debenture-holder. Sometimes the number of debentures to be redeemed each +year is limited. The selection is made by drawings held in the presence +of the directors. A sinking fund is a convenient means frequently +resorted to for redemption of a debenture debt, and is especially +suitable where the security is of a wasting character, leaseholds, +mining property or a patent. Such a fund is formed by the company +setting apart a certain sum each year out of the profits of the company +after payment of interest on the debentures. Redeemed debentures may in +certain cases be reissued; see Companies Act 1908 (§ 104). + +_Debenture Stock._--Debenture stock bears the same relation to +debentures that stock does to shares. "Debenture stock," as Lord Lindley +states (_Companies_, 5th ed., 195), "is merely borrowed capital +consolidated into one mass for the sake of convenience. Instead of each +lender having a separate bond or mortgage, he has a certificate +entitling him to a certain sum, being a portion of one large loan." This +sum is not uniform, as in the case of debentures, but variable. One +debenture-stockholder, for instance, may hold £20 of the debenture +stock, another £20,000. Debenture stock is usually issued in multiples +of £10 or sometimes of £1, and is made transferable in sums of any +amount not involving a fraction of £1. It is this divisibility of stock, +whether debenture or ordinary stock, into quantities of any amount, +which constitutes in fact its chief characteristic, and its convenience +from a business point of view. It facilitates dealing with the stock, +and also enables investors with only a small amount to invest to become +stockholders. The property comprised in this security is generally the +same as in the case of debentures. Debenture stock created by trading +companies differs in various particulars from debenture stock created by +public companies governed by the Companies Clauses Act. The debenture +stock of trading companies is created by a contract made between the +company and trustees for the debenture-stockholders. This contract is +known as a debenture-stockholders' trust deed, and is analogous in its +provisions to the trust deed above described as used to secure +debentures. By such a deed the company acknowledges its indebtedness to +the trustees, as representing the debenture-stockholders, to the amount +of the sum advanced, covenants to pay it, and conveys the property by +way of security to the trustees with all the requisite powers and +provisions for enabling them to enforce the security on default in +payment of interest by the company or on the happening of certain +specified events evidencing insolvency. The company further, in +pursuance of the contract, enters the names of the subsisting +stockholders in a register, and issues certificates for the amount of +their respective holdings. These certificates have, like debentures, the +conditions of the security indorsed on their back. Debenture stock is +also issued to bearer. A deed securing debenture stock requires an _ad +valorem_ stamp. + +_Debenture Scrip._--Debentures and debenture stock are usually made +payable in instalments, for example 10% on application, 10% on allotment +and the remainder at intervals of a few months. Until these payments are +complete the securities are not issued, but to enable the subscriber to +deal with his security pending completion the company issues to him an +interim scrip certificate acknowledging his title and exchangeable on +payment of the remaining instalments for debentures or debenture stock +certificates. If a subscriber for debentures made default in payment the +company could not compel him specifically to perform his contract, the +theory of law being that the company could get the loan elsewhere, but +this inconvenience is now removed (see § 105 of the Companies Act 1908). + +_Remedies._--When debenture-holders' security becomes enforceable there +are a variety of remedies open to them. These fall into two classes--(1) +remedies available without the aid of the court; (2) remedies available +only with the aid of the court. + +1. If there is a trust deed, the trustees may appoint a receiver of the +property comprised in the security, and they may also sell under the +powers contained in the deed, or under § 25 of the Conveyancing Act +1881. Sometimes, where there is no trust deed, similar powers--to +appoint a receiver and to sell--are inserted in the conditions indorsed +on the debentures. + +2. The remedies with the aid of the court are--(a) an action by one or +more debenture-holders on behalf of all for a receiver and to realize +the security; (b) an originating summons for sale or other relief, under +Rules of Supreme Court, 1883, O. lv. r. 5A; (c) an action for +foreclosure where the security is deficient (all the debenture-holders +must be parties to this proceeding); (d) a winding-up petition. Of these +modes of proceeding, the first is by far the most common and most +convenient. Immediately on the issue of the writ in the action the +plaintiff applies for the appointment of a receiver to protect the +security, or if the security comprises a going business, a receiver _and +manager_. In due course the action comes on for judgment, usually on +agreed minutes, when the court directs accounts and inquiries as to who +are the holders of the debentures, what is due to them, what property is +comprised in the security, and gives leave to any of the parties to +apply in chambers for a sale. If the company has gone into liquidation, +leave must be obtained to commence or continue the action, but such +leave in the case of debenture-holders is _ex debito justitiae_. A +debenture-holder action when the company is in winding up is always now +transferred to the judge having the control of the winding-up +proceedings. The administration of a company's assets in such actions by +debenture-holders (debenture-holders' liquidations, as they are called) +has of late encroached very much on the ordinary administration of +winding up, and it cannot be denied that great hardship is often +inflicted by the floating security on the company's unsecured creditors, +who find that everything belonging to the company, uncalled capital +included, has been pledged to the debenture-holders. The conventional +answer is that such creditors might and ought to have inspected the +company's register of mortgages and charges. The matter was fully +considered by the departmental board of trade committee which reported +in July 1906, but the committee, looking at the business convenience of +the floating charge, saw no reason for recommending an alteration in the +law. + +_Reconstruction._--When a company reconstructs, as it often does in +these days, the rights of debenture-holders have to be provided for. +Reconstructions are mainly of two kinds--(1) by arrangement, under the +Joint Stock Companies Arrangement Act 1870, amended in 1900 and 1907, +incorporated in act of 1908 (§ 120), and (2) by sale and transfer of +assets, either under § 192 of the act of 1908, or under a power in the +company's memorandum of association. By the procedure provided under (1) +a petition for the sanction of the court to a scheme is presented, and +the court thereupon directs meetings of creditors, including +debenture-holders, to be held. A three-fourths majority in value of +debenture-holders present at the meeting in person or by proxy binds the +rest. Debenture-holders claiming to vote must produce their debentures +at or before the meeting. Under the other mode of reconstruction--sale +and transfer of assets--there is usually a novation, and the +debenture-holders accept the security of the new company in the shape of +debentures of equivalent value or--occasionally--of fully paid +preference shares. + +A point in this connexion, which involves some hardship to +debenture-holders, may here be adverted to. It is a not uncommon +practice for a solvent company to pass a resolution to wind up +voluntarily for the purpose of reconstructing. The effect of this is to +accelerate payment of the security, and the debenture-holders have to +accept their principal and interest only, parting with a good security +and perhaps a premium which would have accrued to them in a year or two. +The company is thus enabled by its own act to redeem the reluctant +debenture-holder on terms most advantageous to itself. To obviate this +hardship, it is now a usual thing in a debenture-holders' trust deed to +provide--the committee of the London Stock Exchange indeed require +it--that a premium shall be paid to the debenture-holders in the event +of the security becoming enforceable by a voluntary winding up with a +view to reconstruction. + +_Public Companies._--Public companies, i.e. companies incorporated by +special act of parliament for carrying on undertakings of public utility, +form a class distinct from trading companies. The borrowing powers of +these companies, the form of their debenture or debenture stock, and the +rights of the debenture-holders or debenture-stockholders, depend on the +conjoint operation of the companies' own special act and the Companies +Clauses Acts 1845, 1863 and 1869. The provisions of these acts as to +borrowing, being express, exclude any implicit power of borrowing. The +first two of the above acts relate to mortgages and bonds, the last to +debenture stock. The policy of the legislature in all these acts is the +same, namely, to give the greatest facilities for borrowing, and at the +same time to take care that undertakings of public utility which have +received legislative sanction shall not be broken up or destroyed, as +they would be if the mortgagees or debenture-holders were allowed the +ordinary rights of mortgagees for realizing their security by seizure and +sale. Hence the legislature has given them only "the fruit of the tree," +as Lord Cairns expressed it. The debenture-holders or the +debenture-stockholders may take the earnings of the company's undertaking +by obtaining the appointment of a receiver, but that is all they can do. +They cannot sell the undertaking or disorganize it by levying execution, +so long as the company is a going concern; but this protecting principle +of public policy will not be a bar to a debenture-holder, in his +character of creditor, presenting a petition to wind up the company, if +it is no longer able to fulfil its statutory objects. Railway companies +have further special legislation, which will be found in the Railway +Companies Powers Act 1864, the Railways Construction Facilities Act 1864 +and the Railway Securities Act 1866. + +_Municipal Corporations and County Councils._--These bodies are +authorized to borrow for their proper purposes on debentures and +debenture stock with the sanction of the Local Government Board. See the +Municipal Corporations Act 1882, the Local Authorities' Loans Act 1875, +and the Local Government (England and Wales) Act 1888. + +_United States._--In the United States there are two meanings of +debenture--(1) a bond not secured by mortgage; (2) a certificate that +the United States is indebted to a certain person or his assigns in a +certain sum on an audited account, or that it will refund a certain sum +paid for duties on imported goods, in case they are subsequently +exported. + + AUTHORITIES.--E. Manson, _Debentures and Debenture Stock_ (London, 2nd + ed., 1908); Simonson, _Debentures and Debenture Stock_ (London, 2nd + ed., 1902); Palmer, _Company Precedents (Debentures)_ (3rd ed., + London, 1907). (E. Ma.) + + + + +DEBORAH (Heb. for "bee"), the Israelite heroine in the Bible through +whose encouragement the Hebrews defeated the Canaanites under Sisera. +The account is preserved in Judges iv.-v., and the ode of victory (chap. +v.), known as the "Song of Deborah," is held to be one of the oldest +surviving specimens of Hebrew literature. Although the text of this _Te +Deum_ has suffered (especially in vv. 8-15) its value is without an +equal for its historical contents. It is not certain that the poem was +actually composed by Deborah (v. 1); ver. 7, which can be rendered +"until _thou_ didst arise, O Deborah," is indecisive. The poem consists +of a series of rapidly shifting scenes; the words are often obscure, but +the general drift of the whole can be easily followed. After the +exordium, the writer describes the approach of Yahweh from his seats in +Seir and Edom in the south to the help of his people--the language is +reminiscent of Ps. lxviii. 7 sqq., Hab. iii. 3 seq. 12 seq. In the days +of Shamgar the son of Anath the land had been insecure, the people were +disarmed, and neither shield nor spear was to be seen among their forty +thousand (cf. 1 Sam. xiii. 19-22, and for the number Josh. iv. 13). Then +follows, apparently, a summons to magnify Yahweh. After an apostrophe to +Deborah and Barak, the son of Abinoam, the meeting of the clans is +vividly portrayed. Ephraim, with Benjamin behind him (for the wording, +cf. Hos. v. 8), Machir (here the tribe of Manasseh) and Zebulun, +Issachar and Naphtali, pour down into the valley of the Kishon. Not all +the tribes were represented. Reuben was wavering, Gilead (i.e. Gad) +remained beyond the Jordan, and Dan's interests were apparently with the +sea-going Phoenicians (see DAN); their conduct is contrasted with the +reckless bravery of Zebulun and Naphtali. Judah is nowhere mentioned; it +lay outside the confederation. The Canaanite kings unite at Taanach by +Megiddo, an ancient battlefield probably to be identified with Lejjun. +The heavens joined the fight against Sisera (cf. the appeal in Josh. x. +12 seq.), a storm rages, and the enemy are swept away in the flood. +Meroz, presumably on the line of flight, is bitterly cursed for its +inaction: "they came not to the help of Yahweh." In vivid contrast to +this is the conduct of one of the Kenites: "blessed of all women is +Jael, of all the nomad women is she blessed." The poem recounts how the +fleeing king craves water, she gives him milk, and (as he drinks) she +fells him (perhaps with a tent-peg); "at her feet he sank down, he fell, +he lay, where he sank he lay overcome." The last scene paints the mother +of Sisera impatiently awaiting the king. Her attendants confidently +picture him dividing the booty--a maiden or two for each man, and richly +embroidered cloth for himself. With inimitable strength the poet +suddenly drops the curtain--"so perish thine enemies, all of them, +Yahweh! But let them that love him be as the sun when it rises in its +might." + +The historical background of this great event is unknown. The Israelite +confederation consists of central Palestine with the (east-Jordanic) +Machir, and the northern tribes with the exception of Dan and Asher. +This has suggested to some an invasion from the coast, or from the north +by way of the coast, since had Dan and Asher fallen into the hands of +the enemy, this would probably have been referred to in some way. Sisera +is scarcely a Semitic name; a "Hittite" origin has been suggested.[1] +Shamgar son of Anath seems equally foreign; the latter is the name of a +Syrian goddess and the former recalls Sangara, a Hittite chief of +Carchemish in the 9th century. The context suggests that Shamgar is a +foreign oppressor (ver. 6), but he appears to have been converted +subsequently into one of the "judges" of Israel (iii. 31), perhaps with +the idea of bringing their total up to twelve. + +The prose version (iv.) contains new and conflicting details. Deborah, +whose home is placed under "Deborah's palm" between Ramah and Bethel, +summons Barak from Kadesh-Naphtali to collect Naphtali and Zebulun, +10,000 strong, and to meet Sisera (who is here the general of a certain +Jabin, king of Hazor) at Mt. Tabor. But Sisera marches south to Kishon, +and after his defeat flees north through Israelite territory, past Hazor +to the neighbourhood of Kadesh. His death, moreover, is differently +described (iv. 21, v. 25-27), and Jael "who with inhospitable guile +smote Sisera sleeping" (Milton) is guilty of an act which has possibly +originated from a misunderstanding of the poem. In the prose narrative +Jabin has nothing to do with the fight, whereas in Josh. xi. he is at +the head of an alliance of north Canaanite kings who were defeated by +Joshua at the waters of Merom. It would seem that certain elements which +are inconsistent with the representation in Judg. v. belonged originally +to the other battle. Kadesh, for example, might be a natural +meeting-place for an attack upon Hazor, and the designation "Jabin's +general," applied to Sisera, is probably due to the attempt to harmonize +the two distinct stories. Moreover, Deborah, who is associated with the +tribe of Issachar (v. 15), appears to have been confused with Rebekah's +nurse, whose tomb lay near Bethel (Gen. xxxv. 5). Some more northerly +place seems to be required, and it has been pointed out that the name +corresponds with Daberath (modern Daburiyeh) at the foot of Tabor, on +the border of Zebulun and Issachar. At all events, to represent her as a +prophetess, judging the people of Israel (iv. 4 seq.), ill accords with +both the older account (v.) and the general situation reflected in the +earlier narratives in the book of Judges. + + For fuller details see G. A. Cooke, _History and Song of Deborah_ + (1892), the commentaries on Judges and the histories of Israel. + Cheyne, _Critica Biblica_, pp. 446-464, offers many new textual + emendations. Paton (_Syria and Palestine_, p. 158 sqq.) suggests that + the battle was against the Hittites (Sisera, a successor of Shamgar). + See also L. W. Batten, J_ourn. Bibl. Lit._ (1905) pp. 31-40 (who + regards Judg. v. and Josh. xi. as duplicates); Winckler, _Gesch. + Israels_, ii. 125-155; _Keilinschr. u. d. Alte Test._(³) p. 218; and + Ed. Meyer, _Israeliten_, pp. 272 sqq., 487 sqq. (S. A. C.) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] The term "Hittite" is here used as a loose but convenient + designation for closely related groups of N. Syria; see HITTITES. + + + + +DEBRECZEN, a town of Hungary, capital of the county of Hajdu, 138 m. E. +of Budapest by rail. Pop. (1900) 72,351. It is the principal Protestant +centre in Hungary, and bears the name of "Calvinistic Rome." Debreczen +is one of the largest towns of Hungary, and is situated in the midst of +a sandy but fertile plain. It consists of the inner old town, and +several suburbs, which stretch out irregularly into the plain. The walls +of the old town have given place to a broad boulevard and several open +commons, beautifully laid out. The most prominent of its public +buildings is the principal Protestant church, built at the beginning of +the 19th century, which ranks as the largest in the country, but has no +great architectural pretensions. In its immediate neighbourhood is the +Protestant Collegium, for theology and law, which is one of the most +frequented institutions of its kind in Hungary, being attended by over +two thousand students. This college was founded in 1531, and possesses a +rich library and other scientific collections. The town hall, the +Franciscan church, the Piarist monastery and college, and the theatre +are also worthy of mention. Amongst its educational establishments it +includes an agricultural academy. The industries of the town are +various, but none is of importance enough to give it the character of a +manufacturing centre. Its tobacco-pipes, sausages and soap are widely +known. It carries on an active trade in cattle, horses, corn and honey, +while four well-attended fairs are held annually. The municipality of +Debreczen owns between three hundred and four hundred square miles of +the adjoining country, which possesses all the characteristics of the +Hungarian _puszta_, and on which roam large herds of cattle. + +The town is of considerable antiquity, but owes its development to the +refugees who flocked from the villages plundered by the Turks in the +15th century. In 1552 it adopted the Protestant faith, and it had to +suffer in consequence, especially when it was captured in 1686 by the +imperial forces. In 1693 it was made a royal free city. In 1848-1849 it +formed a refuge for the national government and legislature when +Budapest fell into the hands of the Austrians; and it was in the great +Calvinist church that, on Kossuth's motion (April 14th, 1849) the +resolution was passed declaring the house of Habsburg to have forfeited +the crown of St Stephen. On the 3rd of July the town was captured by the +Russians. + + + + +DEBT (Lat. _debitum_, a thing owed), a definite sum due by one person to +another. It may be created by contract, by statute or by judgment. +Putting aside those created by statute, recoverable by civil process, +debts may be divided into three classes, (1) judgment debts, (2) +specialty debts, and (3) simple contract debts. As to judgment debts, it +is sufficient to say that, when by the judgment of a court of competent +jurisdiction an order is made that a sum of money be paid by one of two +parties to another, such a debt is not only enforceable by process of +court, but it can be sued upon as if it were an ordinary debt. A +specialty debt is created by deed or instrument under seal. Until 1869 +specialty debts had preference under English law over simple contract +debts in the event of the bankruptcy or death of the debtor, but this +was abolished by the Administration of Estates Act of that year. The +main difference now is that a specialty debt may, in general, be created +without consideration, as for example by a bond (a gratuitous promise +under seal), and that a right of action arising out of a specialty debt +is not barred if exercised any time within twenty years, whereas a right +of action arising out of a simple contract debt is barred unless +exercised within six years. (See LIMITATION, STATUTES OF.) Any other +debt than a judgment or specialty debt, whether evidenced by writing or +not, is a simple contract debt. There are also certain liabilities or +debts which, for the convenience of the remedy, have been made to appear +as though they sprang from contract, and are sometimes termed +quasi-contracts. Such would be an admission by one who is in account +with another that there is a balance due from him. Such an admission +implies a promise to pay when requested and creates an actionable +liability _ex contractu_. Or, when one person is compelled by law to +discharge the legal liabilities of another, he becomes the creditor of +the person for the money so paid. Again, where a person has received +money under circumstances which disentitle him to retain it, such as +receiving payment of an account twice over, it can generally be +recovered as a debt. + +At English common law debts and other choses in action were not +assignable (see CHOSE), but by the Judicature Act 1873 any absolute +assignment of any debt or other legal chose in action, of which express +notice in writing is given to the debtor, trustee or other person from +whom the assignor would have been entitled to receive or claim such +debt, is effectual in law. Debts do not, as a general rule, carry +interest, but such an obligation may arise either by agreement or by +mercantile usage or by statute. The discharge of a debt may take place +either by payment of the amount due, by accord and satisfaction, i.e. +acceptance of something else in discharge of the liability, by set-off +(q.v.), by release or under the law of bankruptcy (q.v.). It is the duty +of a debtor to pay a debt without waiting for any demand, and, unless +there is a place fixed on either by custom or agreement, he must seek +out his creditor for the purpose of paying him unless he is "beyond the +seas." Payment by a third person to the creditor is no discharge of a +debt, as a general rule, unless the debtor subsequently ratifies the +payment. When a debtor tenders the amount due to his creditor and the +creditor refuses to accept, the debt is not discharged, but if the +debtor is subsequently sued for the debt and continues willing and ready +to pay, and pays the amount tendered into court, he can recover his +costs in the action. A creditor is not bound to give change to the +debtor, whose duty it is to make tender in lawful money the whole amount +due, or more, without asking for change. (See PAYMENT.) A debtor takes +the risk if he makes payment through the post, unless the creditor has +requested or authorized that mode of payment. The payment of a debt is +sometimes secured by one person, called a surety, who makes himself +collaterally liable for the debt of the principal. (See GUARANTEE.) The +ordinary method of enforcing a debt is by action. Where the debt does +not exceed £100 the simplest procedure for its recovery is that of the +county court, but if the debt exceeds £100 the creditor must proceed in +the high court, unless the cause of action has arisen within the +jurisdiction of certain inferior courts, such as the mayor's court of +London, the Liverpool court of passage, &c. When judgment has been +obtained it may be enforced either by process (under certain conditions) +against the person of the debtor, by an execution against the debtor's +property, or, with the assistance of the court, by attaching any debt +owed to the debtor by a third person. Where a debtor has committed any +act of bankruptcy a creditor or creditors whose aggregate claims are not +less than £50 may proceed against him in bankruptcy (q.v.). Where the +debtor is a company or corporation registered under the companies acts, +the creditor may petition to have it wound up. (See COMPANY.) + +Imprisonment for debt, the evils of which have been so graphically +described by Dickens, was abolished in England by the Debtors Act 1869, +except in cases of default of payment of penalties, default by trustees +or solicitors and certain other cases. But in cases where a debt or +instalment is in arrear and it is proved to the satisfaction of the +court that the person making default either has or has had since the +date of the order or judgment the means to pay the sum in respect of +which he has made default and has refused or neglected to pay, he may be +committed to prison at the discretion of the judge for a period of not +more than forty-two days. In practice, a period of twenty-one days is +usually the maximum period ordered. Such an imprisonment does not +operate as a satisfaction or extinguishment of the debt, and no second +order of commitment can be made against him for the same debt, although +where the court has made an order or judgment for the payment of the +debt by instalments a power of committal arises on default of payment of +each instalment. In Ireland imprisonment for debt was abolished by the +Debtors Act (Ireland) 1872, and in Scotland by the Debtors (Scotland) +Act 1880. In France it was abolished in 1867, in Belgium in 1871, in +Switzerland and Norway in 1874, and in Italy in 1877. In the United +States imprisonment for debt was universal under the common law, but it +has been abolished in every state, except in certain cases, as where +there is any suspicion of fraud or where the debtor has an intention of +removing out of the state to avoid his debts. (See also CONTRACT; +BANKRUPTCY.) + + + + +DEBUSSY, CLAUDE ACHILLE (1862- ), French composer, was born at St +Germain-en-Laye on the 22nd of August 1862, and educated at the Paris +Conservatoire under Marmontel, Lavignac, Massenet and Guiraud. There +between 1874 and 1884 he gained many prizes for solfège, pianoforte +playing, accompanying, counterpoint and fugue, and, in the last-named +year, the coveted Grand Prix de Rome by means of his cantata _L'Enfant +prodigue_. In this composition already were thought to be noticeable the +germs of unusual and "new" talent, though in the light of later +developments it is not very easy to discern them, for then Debussy had +not come under the influence which ultimately turned his mind to the +system he afterwards used, not only with peculiar distinction but also +with particular individual and complete success. Nevertheless, the mind +had clearly been prepared by nature for the reception of this influence +when it should arise; for, in order to fulfil that condition of the Prix +de Rome which entails the submitting periodically of compositions to the +judges, Debussy sent to them his symphonic suite _Printemps_, to which +the judges took exception on the ground of its formlessness. Following +in the wake of _Printemps_ came _La damoiselle élue_ for solo, female +voice and orchestra--a setting of a French version of Rossetti's "The +Blessed Damosel"--which in the eyes of the judges was even more +unorthodox than its predecessor, though, be it said, fault was found as +much with the libretto as with the music. Both works were denied the +customary public performance. + +The Rome period over, Debussy returned to Paris, whence shortly he went +to Russia, where he came directly under the influence referred to above. +In Russia he absorbed the native music, especially that of Moussorgsky, +who, recently dead, had left behind him the reputation of a "musical +nihilist," and on his return to Paris Debussy devoted himself to +composition, the stream of his muse being even in 1908 as fluent as +twenty years before. To him public recognition was slow in coming, but +in 1893 the Société Nationale de Musique performed his _Damoiselle +élue_, in 1894 the Ysaye Quartet introduced the string quartet, while in +the same year the _Prélude à l'après-midi d'un Faune_ was heard, and +brought Debussy's name into some prominence. As time passed the +prominence grew, until the climax of Debussy's creative career was +reached by the production at the Opéra Comique on the 30th of April 1902 +of his masterpiece _Pelléas et Mélisande_. Herein lay the whole strength +of Debussy's system, the perfection of his appeal to the mind and +imagination as well as to the emotions and senses. Since its production +the world has been enriched by _La Mer_, and by the _Ariettes oubliées_, +but the lyric drama remains on its own lofty pedestal, a monument of +elusive and subtle beauty, of emphatic originality and of charm. In an +Apologia Debussy has declared that in composing _Pelléas_ he "wanted to +dispense with parasitic musical phrases. Melody is, if I may say so, +almost anti-lyric, and powerless to express the constant change of +emotion or life. Melody is suitable only for the chanson, which confirms +a fixed sentiment. I have never been willing that my music should +hinder, through technical exigencies, the change of sentiment and +passion felt by my characters. It is effaced as soon as it is necessary +that these should have perfect liberty in their gestures or in their +cries, in their joy, or in their sorrow." + +The list of Debussy's works is a lengthy one. Several of them have been +referred to already. Among the others, of which the complete list is too +long to print here, are the dances for chromatic harp or pianoforte; +_Images_; incidental music to _King Lear_; the _Petite Suite_; _Trois +Nocturnes_; innumerable songs, as _Proses Lyriques_ (text by Debussy); +two series of Verlaine's _Fêtes galantes_; _Cinq Poèmes de Baudelaire_; +many pianoforte pieces. + +In 1891 Debussy was appointed critic of the _Revue Blanche_. In his +first notice he expressed his faith thus: "I shall endeavour to trace in +a musical work the many different emotions which have helped to give it +birth, also to demonstrate its inner life. This, surely, will be +accounted of greater interest than the game which consists in dissecting +it as if it were a curious timepiece." + +As to the theories, so much debated, of this remarkable +musician--probably in the whole range of musical history there has not +appeared a more difficult theorist to "place." Unquestionably Debussy +has introduced a new system of colour into music, which has begun +already to exert widespread influence. Roughly, Debussy's system may be +summarized thus: + +His scale basis is of six whole tones (enharmonic), as (1) middle C, D, +E, G[flat], A[flat], B[flat], which are of excellent sound when +superimposed in the form of two augmented unrelated triads. + + / B[flat] / A[sharp] + < G[flat]or enharmonically < F[sharp] + \ D \ D + + / A[flat] / G[sharp] + < E < E + \ C \ C + +used frequently incomplete (i.e. by the omission of one note) by +Debussy. + + E \ + C | + A > + F[sharp] | + D / + +Now, upon the basis of an augmented triad a tune may be played above it +provided that it be based upon the six-tone scale, and a fugue may be +written, the re-entry of the subject of which may be made upon any note +of the scale, and the harmony will be complete. To associate this scale +with the ordinary diatonic scale let a major 9th be taken, e.g.: one may +conventionally flatten or sharpen the fifth of this (A becoming [sharp] +or [flat] as desired): if _both_ the flattened and sharpened fifths be +taken in the one chord this chord is arrived at: + + E + C + B[flat] + A[flat] (A[sharp] enharmonically altered to B[flat]) + F[sharp] + D + +which is composed of the notes of the aforesaid scale (1), and Debussy +thereby proves his case to belong to the "primitifs." It will be noticed +that chords of the 9th in sequence and in all forms occur in Debussy's +music as well as the augmented triad harmonics, where the melodic line +is based on the tonal scale. This, in all likelihood, is the outcome of +Debussy's instinctive feeling for the association of his so-called +discovery with the ordinary scale. The "secret," it may be added, comes +not from Annamese music as has been frequently stated, but probably from +Russia, where certainly it was used before Debussy's rise. (R. H. L.) + + + + +DECADE (from Gr. [Greek: deka], ten), a group or series containing ten +members, particularly a period of ten years. In the new calendar made at +the time of the French Revolution in 1793, a decade of ten days took the +place of the week. The word is also used of the divisions containing ten +books or parts into which the history of Livy was divided. + + + + +DECAEN, CHARLES MATHIEU ISIDORE, COUNT (1769-1832), French soldier, was +born at Caen on the 13th of April 1769. He was educated for the bar, but +soon showed a strong preference for the military career, in which he +quickly made his way during the wars of the French Revolution under +Kléber, Marceau and Jourdan, in the Rhenish campaigns. In 1799 he became +general of division, and contributed to the success of the famous attack +by General Richepanse on the Austrian flank and rear at Hohenlinden +(December 1800). Becoming known for his Anglophobe tendencies, he was +selected by Napoleon early in the year 1802 for the command of the +French possessions in the East Indies. The secret instructions issued to +him bade him prepare the way, so that in due course (September 1804 was +hinted at as the suitable time) everything might be ready for an attack +on the British power in India. Napoleon held out to him the hope of +acquiring lasting glory in that enterprise. Decaen set sail with Admiral +Linois early in March 1803 with a small expeditionary force, touched at +the Cape of Good Hope (then in Dutch hands), and noted the condition of +the fortifications there. On arriving at Pondicherry he found matters in +a very critical condition. Though the outbreak of war in Europe had not +yet been heard of, the hostile preparations adopted by the Marquis +Wellesley caused Decaen to withdraw promptly to the Isle of France +(Mauritius), where, during eight years, he sought to harass British +trade and prepare for plans of alliance with the Mahratta princes of +India. They all came to naught. Linois was captured by a British +squadron, and ultimately, in 1811, Mauritius itself fell to the Union +Jack. Returning to France on honourable terms, Decaen received the +command of the French troops in Catalonia. The rest of his career calls +for no special mention. He died of the cholera in 1832. + + See M. L. E. Gautier, _Biographie du général Decaen_ (Caen, 1850). + (J. Hl. R.) + + + + +DECALOGUE (in patristic Gr. [Greek: hê dekalogos], sc. [Greek: biblos] +or [Greek: nomothesia]), another name for the biblical _Ten +Commandments_, in Hebrew the _Ten Words_ (Deut. iv. 13, x. 4; Ex. xxxiv. +28), written by God on the two tables of stone (Ex. xxiv. 12, xxxii. +16), the so-called _Tables of the Revelation_ (E.V. "tables of +testimony," Ex. xxxiv. 29), or _Tables of the Covenant_ (Deut. ix. 9, +11, 15). These tables were broken by Moses (Ex. xxxii. 19), and two new +ones were hewn (xxxiv. 1), and upon them were written the words of the +covenant by Moses (xxxiv. 27 sqq.) or, according to another view, by God +himself (Deut. iv. 13, ix. 10). They were deposited in the Ark (Ex. xxv. +21; 1 Kings viii. 9). In Deuteronomy the inscription on these tables, +which is briefly called the covenant (iv. 13), is expressly identified +with the words spoken by Jehovah (Yahweh) out of the midst of the fire +at Mt. Sinai or Horeb (according to the Deuteronomic tradition), in the +ears of the whole people on the "day of the assembly," and rehearsed in +v. 6-21. In the narrative of Exodus the relation of the "ten words" of +xxxiv. to the words spoken from Sinai, xx. 2-17, is not so clearly +indicated, and it is generally agreed that the Pentateuch presents +divergent and irreconcilable views of the Sinaitic covenant. + +As regards the Decalogue, as usually understood, and embodied in the +parallel passages in Ex. xx. and Deut. v., certain preliminary points of +detail have to be noticed. The variations in the parallel texts are +partly verbal, partly stylistic (e.g. "Remember the Sabbath day," Ex.; +but "observe," &c., Deut.), and partly consist of amplifications or +divergent explanations. Thus the reason assigned for the institution of +the Sabbath in Exodus is drawn from the creation, and agrees with Gen. +ii. 3. In Deuteronomy the command is based on the duty of humanity to +servants and the memory of Egyptian bondage. Again, in the tenth +commandment, as given in Exodus, "house" means house and household, +including the wife and all the particulars which are enumerated in ver. +17. In Deuteronomy, "Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's wife," comes +first, and "house" following in association with field is to be taken in +the literal restricted sense, and another verb ("thou shalt not desire") +is used. + +The construction of the second commandment in the Hebrew text is +disputed, but the most natural sense seems to be, "Thou shalt not make +unto thee a graven image; (and) to no visible shape in heaven, &c., +shalt thou bow down, &c." The third commandment might be rendered, "Thou +shalt not utter the name of the Lord thy God vainly," but it is possible +that the meaning is that Yahweh's name is not to be used for purposes of +sorcery. + + The order of the commandments relating to murder, adultery and + stealing varies in the Vatican text of the Septuagint, viz. adultery, + stealing, murder, in Ex.; adultery, murder, stealing, in Deut. The + latter is supported by several passages in the New Testament (Rom. + xiii. 9; Mark x. 19, A.V.; Luke xviii. 20; contrast Matt. xix. 18), + and by the "Nash Papyrus."[1] It may be added that the double system + of accentuation of the Decalogue in the Hebrew Bible seems to preserve + traces of the ancient uncertainty concerning the numeration. + +_Divisions of the Decalogue._--The division current in England and +Scotland, and generally among the Reformed (Calvinistic) churches and in +the Orthodox Eastern Church, is known as the Philonic division (Philo, +_de Decalogo_, §12). It is sometimes called by the name of Origen, who +adopts it in his _Homilies on Exodus_. On this scheme the preface, Ex. +xx. 2, has been usually taken as part of the first commandment. The +Church of Rome and the Lutherans adopt the Augustinian division (Aug., +_Quaest. super Exod._, lxxi.), combining into one the first and second +commandments of Philo, and splitting his tenth commandment into two. To +gain a clear distinction between the ninth and tenth commandments on +this scheme it has usually been felt to be necessary to follow the +Deuteronomic text, and make the ninth commandment, Thou shalt not covet +thy neighbour's wife.[2] As few scholars will now claim priority for the +text of Deuteronomy, this division may be viewed as exploded. But there +is a third scheme (the Talmudic) still current among the Jews, and not +unknown to early Christian writers, which is still a rival of the +Philonic view, though less satisfactory. Here the preface, Ex. xx. 2, is +taken as the first "word," and the second embraces verses 3-6. + + See further Nestle, _Expository Times_ (1897), p. 427. The decision + between Philo and the Talmud must turn on two questions. Can we take + the preface as a separate "word"? And can we regard the prohibition of + polytheism and the prohibition of idolatry as one commandment? Now, + though the Hebrew certainly speaks of ten "words," not of ten + "precepts," it is most unlikely that the first word can be different + in character from those that follow. But the statement "I am the Lord + thy God" is either no precept at all, or only enjoins by implication + what is expressly commanded in the words "Thou shalt have no other + gods before me." Thus to take the preface as a distinct word is not + reasonable unless there are cogent grounds for uniting the + commandments against polytheism and idolatry. But that is far from + being the case. The first precept of the Philonic scheme enjoins + monolatry, the second expresses God's spiritual and transcendental + nature. Accordingly Kuenen does not deny that the prohibition of + images contains an element additional to the precept of monolatry, + but, following De Goeje, regards the words from "thou shalt not make + unto thyself" down to "the waters under the earth" as a later + insertion in the original Decalogue. Unless this can be made out, the + Philonic scheme is clearly best, and as such it is now accepted by + most scholars. + +How were the ten words disposed on the two tables? The natural +arrangement (which is assumed by Philo and Josephus) would be five and +five. And this, as Philo recognized, is a division appropriate to the +sense of the precepts; for antiquity did not look on piety towards +parents as a mere precept of probity, part of one's duty towards one's +neighbour. The authority of parents and rulers is viewed in the Old +Testament as a delegated divine authority, and the violation of it is +akin to blasphemy (cf. Ex. xxi. 17 and Lev. xx. 9 with Lev. xxiv. 15, +16, and note the formula of treason, 1 Kings xxi. 13). + +We have thus five precepts of piety on the first table, and five of +probity, in negative form, on the second, an arrangement which is +accepted by the best recent writers. But the current view of the Western +Church since Augustine has been that the precept to honour parents heads +the second table. The only argument of weight in favour of this view is +that it makes the amount of writing on the two tables less unequal, +while we know that the second table as well as the first was written on +both sides (Ex. xxxii. 15). But we shall presently see that there may be +another way out of this difficulty. + +_Date._--It is much disputed what the original compass of the Decalogue +was. Did the whole text of Ex. xx. 2-17 stand on the tables of stone? +The answer to this question must start from the reason annexed to the +fourth commandment, which is different in Deuteronomy. But the express +words "and he added no more," in Deut. v. 22, show that there is no +conscious omission by the Deuteronomic speaker of part of the original +Decalogue, which cannot therefore have included the reason annexed in +Exodus. On the other hand the reason annexed in Deuteronomy is rather a +parenetic addition than an original element dropped in Exodus. Thus the +original fourth commandment was simply "Remember the Sabbath day to keep +it holy."[3] When this is granted it must appear not improbable that the +elucidations of other commandments may not have stood on the tables, and +that Nos. 6-9 have survived in their original form. Thus in the second +commandment, "Thou shalt not bow down to any visible form," &c., is a +sort of explanatory addition to the precept "Thou shalt not make unto +thee a graven image." And so the promise attached to the fifth +commandment was probably not on the tables, and the tenth commandment +may have simply been, "Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's house," +which includes all that is expressed in the following clauses. Such a +view gets over the difficulty arising from the unequal length of the two +halves of the Decalogue. + +It is quite another question whether there is any idea in the Decalogue +which can be as old as Moses. It is urged by many critics that Moses +cannot have prohibited the worship of Yahweh by images; for the +subsequent history shows us a descendant of Moses as priest in the +idolatrous sanctuary of Dan. There were teraphim in David's house, and +the worship of Yahweh under the image of a calf was the state religion +of the kingdom of Ephraim. Even Moses himself is said to have made a +brazen serpent which, down to Hezekiah's time, continued to be +worshipped at Jerusalem. It is argued from these facts that +image-worship went on unchallenged, and that this would not have been +possible had Moses forbidden it. The argument is supported by others of +great cogency. Although the literary problems of the chapters which +narrate the law-giving on Mt. Sinai are extremely intricate, it is +generally agreed that Ex. xx. cannot be ascribed to the oldest source, +and if, in accordance with many critics, this chapter is ascribed to the +Elohist or Ephraimite school, its incorporation can scarcely be older +than the middle of the 8th century, and is probably later. With this, +the condemnation of adultery in Gen. xx. 1-17 (contrast xii. 10-20, +xxvi. 6-11) is in harmony, and the prohibition of the worship of the +heavenly bodies is aimed at a form of idolatry which is frequently +alluded to in the times of the later kings. The lofty ethics (e.g. tenth +commandment) is in itself no _sound_ criterion, whilst the external form +of the laws, though characteristic of later codes, need not be taken as +evidence of importance. But the general result of a study of the +Decalogue as a whole, in connexion with Israelite political history and +religion, strongly supports, in fact demands, a post-Mosaic origin, and +modern criticism is chiefly divided only as to the approximate date to +which it is to be ascribed. The time of Manasseh (cf. especially its +contact with Micah vi. 6-8) has found many adherents, but an earlier +period, about 750 B.C. (time of Amos and Hosea), is often held to +satisfy the main conditions; the former, however, is probably nearer the +mark. + +_The Decalogue of Exodus xxxiv._--In the book of Exodus the words +written on the tables of stone are nowhere expressly identified with the +ten commandments of chap. xx. In xxv. 16, xxxi. 18, xxxii. 15, we simply +read of "the testimony" inscribed on the tables, and it seems to be +assumed that its contents must be already known to the reader. The +expression "ten words" first occurs in xxxiv. 28, in a passage which +relates the restoration of the tables after they had been broken. But +these "ten words" are called "the words of the covenant," and so can +hardly be different from the words mentioned in the preceding verse as +those in accordance wherewith the covenant was made with Israel. And +again, the words of ver. 27 are necessarily the commandments which +immediately precede in vv. 12-26. Accordingly many recent critics have +sought to show that Ex. xxxiv. 12-26 contains just ten precepts forming +a second decalogue.[4] + +These consist not of precepts of social morality, but of several laws of +religious observance closely corresponding to the religious and ritual +precepts of Ex. xxi.-xxiii. The number ten is not clearly made out, and +the individual precepts are somewhat variously assigned. They prohibit +(1) the worship of other gods, (2) the making of molten images; they +ordain (3) the observance of the feast of unleavened bread, (4) the +feast of weeks, (5) the feast of ingathering at the end of the year, and +(6) the seventh-day rest; to Yahweh belong (7) the firstlings, and (8) +the first-fruits of the land; they forbid also (9) the offering of the +blood of sacrifice with leaven, (10) the leaving-over of the fat of a +feast until the morning, and (11) the seething of a kid in its mother's +milk. This scheme ignores the command to appear thrice in the year +before Yahweh which recapitulates Nos. 3-5, and the decade is obtained +by omitting No. 6, which some hold to be out of place. Others include +"none shall appear before me empty-handed" (xxxiv. 20), and unite Nos. +4-5, 9 and 10. C. F. Kent (_Beginnings of Heb. Hist._ pp. 183 sqq.) +obtains a decalogue from scattered precepts in Ex. xx.-xxiii., which +corresponds with Nos. 2, 7, 6, 3 and 5 (in one), 9 and 10 (in one), 11 +above, and adds (a) the building of an altar of earth (xx. 24), (b) +offering from the harvest and wine-press (xxii. 29), (c) firstlings of +animals (xxii. 29 sqq.; cf. No. 7, and xxxiv. 19); (d) prohibition +against eating torn flesh (xxii. 31).[5] The so-called Yahwist Decalogue +in xxxiv. presupposes a rather more primitive stage in society, partly +nomadic and partly agricultural; No. 6 is suitable only for +agriculturists and cannot have originated among nomads. The whole may be +summed up in a sentence:--"Worship Yahweh and Yahweh alone, without +images, let the worship be simple and in accord with the old usage; +forbear to introduce the practices of your Canaanitish neighbours" +(Harper). It would seem to represent more precisely a Judaean standpoint +(cf. the simpler customs of the Rechabites, q.v.). + +If such a system of precepts was ever viewed as the basis of the +covenant with Israel, it must belong to a far earlier stage of religious +development than that of Ex. xx. This is recognized by Wellhausen, who +says that our decalogue stands to that of Ex. xxxiv. as Amos stood to +his contemporaries, whose whole religion lay in the observance of sacred +feasts. To those accustomed to look on the Ten Words written on the +tables of stone as the very foundation of the Mosaic law, it is hard to +realize that in ancient Israel there were two opinions as to what these +"Words" were. The hypothesis that Ex. xxxiv. 10-26 originally stood in a +different connexion, and was misplaced at some stage in the redaction of +the Hexateuch, does not help us, since it would still have to be +admitted that the editor to whom we owed the present form of the chapter +identified this little code of religious observances with the Ten Words. +Were this the case the editor, to quote Wellhausen, "introduced the most +serious internal contradiction found in the Old Testament."[6] + +_The Decalogue in Christian Theology._--Following the New Testament, in +which the "commandments" summed up in the law of love are identified +with the precepts of the Decalogue (Mark x. 19; Rom. xiii. 9; cf. Mark +xii. 28 ff.), the ancient Church emphasized the permanent obligation of +the ten commandments as a summary of _natural_ in contradistinction to +_ceremonial_ precepts, though the observance of the Sabbath was to be +taken in a spiritual sense (Augustine, _De spiritu et litera_, xiv.; +Jerome, _De celebratione Paschae_). The medieval theologians followed in +the same line, recognizing all the precepts of the Decalogue as moral +precepts _de lege naturae_, though the law of the Sabbath is not of the +law of nature, in so far as it prescribes a determinate day of rest +(Thomas, _summa_, I^ma II^dae, qu. c. art. 3; Duns, _Super sententias_, +lib. iii. dist. 37). The most important medieval exposition of the +Decalogue is that of Nicolaus de Lyra; and the 15th century, in which +the Decalogue acquired special importance in the confessional, was +prolific in treatises on the subject (Antoninus of Florence, Gerson, +&c.). + +Important theological controversies on the Decalogue begin with the +Reformation. The question between the Lutheran (Augustinian) and +Reformed (Philonic) division of the ten commandments was mixed up with +controversy as to the legitimacy of sacred images not designed to be +worshipped. The Reformed theologians took the stricter view. The +identity of the Decalogue with the eternal law of nature was maintained +in both churches, but it was an open question whether the Decalogue, as +such (that is, as a law given by Moses to the Israelites), is of +perpetual obligation. The Socinians, on the other hand, regarded the +Decalogue as abrogated by the more perfect law of Christ; and this view, +especially in the shape that the Decalogue is a civil and not a moral +law (J. D. Michaelis), was the current one in the period of 18th-century +rationalism. The distinction of a permanent and a transitory element in +the law of the Sabbath is found, not only in Luther and Melanchthon, but +in Calvin and other theologians of the Reformed church. The main +controversy which arose on the basis of this distinction was whether the +prescription of one day in seven is of permanent obligation. It was +admitted that such obligation must be not natural but positive; but it +was argued by the stricter Calvinistic divines that the proportion of +one in seven is agreeable to nature, based on the order of creation in +six days, and in no way specially connected with anything Jewish. Hence +it was regarded as a _universal positive_ law of God. But those who +maintained the opposite view were not excluded from the number of the +orthodox. The laxer conception found a place in the Cocceian school. + + LITERATURE.--Geffcken, _Über die verschiedenen Eintheilungen des + Dekalogs und den Einfluss derselben auf den Cultus_; W. Robertson + Smith, _Old Test. Jew. Church_, pp. 331-345, where his earlier views + (1877) in the _Ency. Brit._ are largely modified (cf. also _Eng. Hist. + Rev._ (1888) p. 352); Montefiore, _Hibbert Lectures_ (1892), Appendix + I; W. R. Harper, _Internat. Crit. Comm. on Amos and Hosea_, pp. 58-64 + (on the position of the Decalogue in early pre-prophetic religion of + Israel); C. A. Briggs, _Higher Criticism of Hexat_.^2 pp. 189-210; see + also the references under EXODUS. (W. R. S.; S. A. C.) + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] A Hebrew fragment probably of the 2nd century A.D., in the + University Library, Cambridge, containing the Decalogue with several + variant readings; see S. A. Cook, _Proceed. Soc. Bibl. Archaeology_ + (1903), pp. 34-56; F. C. Burkitt, _Jewish Quarterly Review_ (1903), + pp. 392-408; N. Peters, _D. älteste Abschrift d. zehn Gebote_ (1905). + + [2] So, for example, Augustine, l.c., Thomas, _Summa_ (_Prima + Secundae_, qu. c. art. 4), and recently Sonntag and Kurtz. Purely + arbitrary is the idea of Lutheran writers (Gerhard, Loc. xiii. § 46) + that the ninth commandment forbids _concupiscentia actualis_, the + tenth _conc. originalis_. + + [3] It is generally assumed that the addition in Exodus is from a + hand akin to Gen. ii. 2 sqq.; Ex. xxxi. 17 (P.). + + [4] So Hitzig (_Ostern und Pfingsten im zweiten Dekalog_, Heidelberg, + 1838), independently of a previous suggestion of Goethe in 1783, who + in turn appears to have been anticipated by an early Greek writer + (Nestle, _Zeit. für alt-test. Wissenschaft_ (1904), pp. 134 sqq.). + + [5] See also W. E. Barnes, _Journ. Theol. Stud._ (1905), pp. 557-563. + + [6] The last three sentences of this paragraph are taken almost + bodily from Robertson Smith's later views (_Old Testament in the + Jewish Church²_, pp. 335 seq.). + + + + +DE CAMP, JOSEPH (1858- ), American portrait and figure painter, was +born in Cincinnati, Ohio, in 1858. He was a pupil of Frank Duveneck and +of the Royal Academy of Munich; became a member of the society of Ten +American Painters, and a teacher in the schools of the Pennsylvania +Academy of Fine Arts, Philadelphia, and the Boston Museum of Fine Arts; +and painted important mural decorations in the Philadelphia city hall. + + + + +DECAMPS, ALEXANDRE GABRIEL (1803-1860), French painter, was born in +Paris on the 3rd of March 1803. In his youth he travelled in the East, +and reproduced Oriental life and scenery with a bold fidelity to nature +that made his works the puzzle of conventional critics. His powers, +however, soon came to be recognized, and he was ranked along with +Delacroix and Vernet as one of the leaders of the French school. At the +Paris Exhibition of 1855 he received the grand or council medal. Most of +his life was passed in the neighbourhood of Paris. He was passionately +fond of animals, especially dogs, and indulged in all kinds of field +sports. He died on the 22nd of August 1860 in consequence of being +thrown from a vicious horse while hunting at Fontainebleau. The style of +Decamps was characteristically and intensely French. It was marked by +vivid dramatic conception, by a manipulation bold and rapid, sometimes +even to roughness, and especially by original and startling use of +decided contrasts of colour and of light and shade. His subjects +embraced an unusually wide range. He availed himself of his travels in +the East in dealing with scenes from Scripture history, which he was +probably the first of European painters to represent with their true and +natural local background. Of this class were his "Joseph sold by his +Brethren," "Moses taken from the Nile," and his scenes from the life of +Samson, nine vigorous sketches in charcoal and white. Perhaps the most +impressive of his historical pictures is his "Defeat of the Cimbri," +representing with wonderful skill the conflict between a horde of +barbarians and a disciplined army. Decamps produced a number of genre +pictures, chiefly of scenes from French and Algerine domestic life, the +most marked feature of which is humour. The same characteristic attaches +to most of his numerous animal paintings. He painted dogs, horses, &c., +with great fidelity and sympathy; but his favourite subject was monkeys, +which he depicted in various studies and sketches with a grotesque +humour that could scarcely be surpassed. Probably the best known of all +his works is "The Monkey Connoisseurs," a clever satire of the jury of +the French Academy of Painting, which had rejected several of his +earlier works on account of their divergence from any known standard. +The pictures and sketches of Decamps were first made familiar to the +English public through the lithographs of Eugène le Roux. + + See Moreau's _Decamps et son oeuvre_ (Paris, 1869). + + + + +DECAPOLIS, a league of ten cities ([Greek: deka poleis]) with their +surrounding district, situated with one exception on the eastern side of +the upper Jordan and the Sea of Tiberias. Being essentially a +confederation of _cities_ it is impossible precisely to fix Decapolis as +a _region_ with definite boundaries. The names of the original ten +cities are given by Pliny; these are as follows: Damascus, Philadelphia, +Raphana, Scythopolis (= Beth-Shan, now _Beisan_, west of Jordan), +Gadara, Hippos, Dion, Pella, Gerasa and Kanatha. Of these Damascus alone +retains its importance. Scythopolis (as represented by the village of +Beisan) is still inhabited; the ruins of Pella, Gerasa and Kanatha +survive, but the other sites are unknown or disputed. Scythopolis, being +in command of the communications with the sea and the Greek cities on +the coast, was the most important member of the league. The league +subsequently received additions and some of the original ten dropped +out. In Ptolemy's enumeration Raphana has no place, and nine, such as +Kapitolias, Edrei, Bosra, &c., are added. The purpose of the league was +no doubt mutual defence against the marauding Bedouin tribes that +surrounded them. These were hardly if at all checked by the Semitic +kinglings to whom the Romans delegated the government of eastern +Palestine. + +It was probably soon after Pompey's campaign in 64-63 B.C. that the +Decapolis league took shape. The cities comprising it were united by +the main roads on which they lay, their respective spheres of influence +touching, if not overlapping, one another. A constant communication was +maintained with the Mediterranean ports and with Greece, and there was a +vigorous municipal life which found expression in literature, in +athletic contests, and in a thriving commerce, thus carrying a truly +Hellenic influence into Perea and Galilee. From Josephus we learn that +the cities were severally subject to the governor of Syria and taxed for +imperial purposes; some of them afterwards came under Herod's +jurisdiction, but reserved the substantial rights granted them by +Pompey. + + The best account is in G. A. Smith's _Historical Geography of the Holy + Land_, chap. xxviii. (R. A. S. M.) + + + + +DECASTYLE (Gr. [Greek: deka], ten, and [Greek: stylos], column), the +architectural term given to a temple where the front portico has ten +columns; as in the temple of Apollo Didymaeus at Miletus, and the +portico of University College, London. (See TEMPLE.) + + + + +DECATUR, STEPHEN (1779-1820), American naval commander, was born at +Sinnepuxent, Maryland, on the 5th of January 1779, and entered the +United States navy as a midshipman in 1798. He was promoted lieutenant a +year later, and in that rank saw some service in the short war with +France. In 1803 he was in command of the "Enterprise," which formed part +of Commodore Preble's squadron in the Mediterranean, and in February +1804 led a daring expedition into the harbour of Tripoli for the purpose +of burning the U.S. frigate "Philadelphia" which had fallen into +Tripolitan hands. He succeeded in his purpose and made his escape under +the fire of the batteries with a loss of only one man wounded. This +brilliant exploit earned him his captain's commission and a sword of +honour from Congress. Decatur was subsequently engaged in all the +attacks on Tripoli between 1804 and 1805. In the War of 1812 his ship +the "United States" captured H.M.S. "Macedonian" after a desperate +fight, and in 1813 he was appointed commodore to command a squadron in +New York harbour, which was soon blockaded by the British. In an attempt +to break out in February 1815 Decatur's flagship the "President" was cut +off and after a spirited fight forced to surrender to a superior force. +Subsequently he commanded in the Mediterranean against the corsairs of +Algiers, Tunis and Tripoli with great success. On his return he was made +a navy commissioner (November 1815), an office which he held until his +death, which took place in a duel with Commodore James Barron at +Bladensburg, Md., on the 22nd of March 1820. + + See Mackenzie, _Life of Decatur_ (Boston, 1846). + + + + +DECATUR, a city and the county-seat of Macon county, Illinois, U.S.A., +in the central part of the state, near the Sangamon river, about 39 m. +E. of Springfield. Pop. (1890) 16,841; (1900) 20,754, of whom 1939 were +foreign-born; (1910 census) 31,140. Decatur is served by the Cincinnati, +Hamilton & Dayton, the Illinois Central, the Wabash (which maintains car +shops here), and the Vandalia railways, and is connected with Danville, +Saint Louis, Springfield, Peoria, Bloomington and Champaign by the +Illinois Traction System (electric). Decatur has three large parks and a +public library; and S.E. of Fairview Park, with a campus of 35 acres, is +the James Millikin University (co-educational; Cumberland Presbyterian), +founded in 1901 by James Millikin, and opened in 1903. The university +comprises schools of liberal arts, engineering (mechanical, electrical, +and civil), domestic economy, fine and applied arts, commerce and +finance, library science, pedagogy, music, and a preparatory school; in +1907-1908 it had 936 students, 440 being in the school of music. Among +the city's manufactures are iron, brass castings, agricultural +implements, flour, Indian corn products, soda fountains, plumbers' +supplies, coffins and caskets, bar and store fixtures, gas and electric +light fixtures, street cars, and car trucks. The value of the city's +factory products increased from $5,133,677 in 1900 to $8,667,302 in +1905, or 68.8%. The city is also an important shipping point for +agricultural products (especially grain), and for coal taken from the +two mines in the city and from mines in the surrounding country. The +first settlement in Decatur was made in 1829, and the place was +incorporated in 1836. On the 22nd of February 1856 a convention of +Illinois editors met at Decatur to determine upon a policy of opposition +to the Kansas-Nebraska Bill. They called a state convention, which met +at Bloomington, and which is considered to have taken the first step +toward founding the Republican party in Illinois. + + + + +DECAZES, ÉLIE, DUC (1780-1860), French statesman, was born at Saint +Martin de Laye in the Gironde. He studied law, became a judge in the +tribunal of the Seine in 1806, was attached to the cabinet of Louis +Bonaparte in 1807, and was counsel to the court of appeal at Paris in +1811. Immediately upon the fall of the empire he declared himself a +Royalist, and remained faithful to the Bourbons through the Hundred +Days. He made the personal acquaintance of Louis XVIII. during that +period through Baron Louis, and the king rewarded his energy and tact by +appointing him prefect of police at Paris on the 7th of July 1815. His +marked success in that difficult position won for him the ministry of +police, in succession to Fouché, on the 24th of September. In the +interval he had been elected deputy for the Seine (August 1815) and both +as deputy and as minister he led the moderate Royalists. His formula was +"to royalize France and to nationalize the monarchy." The Moderates were +in a minority in the chamber of 1815, but Decazes persuaded Louis XVIII. +to dissolve the house, and the elections of October 1816 gave them a +majority. During the next four years Decazes was called upon to play the +leading rôle in the government. At first, as minister of police he had +to suppress the insurrections provoked by the ultra-Royalists (the White +Terror); then, after the resignation of the duc de Richelieu, he took +the actual direction of the ministry, although the nominal president was +General J. J. P. A. Dessolle (1767-1828). He held at the same time the +portfolio of the interior. The cabinet, in which Baron Louis was +minister of finance, and Marshal Gouvion Saint Cyr remained minister of +war, was entirely Liberal; and its first act was to suppress the +ministry of police, as Decazes held that it was incompatible with the +régime of liberty. His reforms met with the strong hostility of the +Chamber of Peers, where the ultra-Royalists were in a majority, and to +overcome it he got the king to create sixty new Liberal peers. He then +passed the laws on the press, suppressing the censorship. By +reorganization of the finances, the protection of industry and the +carrying out of great public works, France regained its economic +prosperity, and the ministry became popular. But the powers of the Grand +Alliance had been watching the growth of Liberalism in France with +increasing anxiety. Metternich especially ascribed this mainly to the +"weakness" of the ministry, and when in 1819 the political elections +still further illustrated this trend, notably by the election of the +celebrated Abbé Grégoire, it began to be debated whether the time had +not come to put in force the terms of the secret treaty of +Aix-la-Chapelle. It was this threat of foreign intervention, rather than +the clamour of the "Ultras," that forced Louis XVIII. to urge a change +in the electoral law that should render such a "scandal" as Grégoire's +election impossible for the future. Dessolle and Louis, refusing to +embark on this policy, now resigned; and Decazes became head of the new +ministry, as president of the council (November 1819). But the exclusion +of Grégoire from the chamber and the changes in the franchise embittered +the Radicals without conciliating the "Ultras." The news of the +revolution in Spain in January 1820 added fuel to their fury; it was the +foolish and criminal policy of the royal favourite that had once more +unchained the demon of revolution. Decazes was denounced as the new +Sejanus, the modern Catiline; and when, on the 13th of February, the +duke of Berry was murdered, clamorous tongues loudly accused him of +being an accomplice in the crime. Decazes, indeed, foreseeing the storm, +at once placed his resignation in the king's hands. Louis at first +refused. "They will attack," he exclaimed, "not your system, my dear +son, but mine." But in the end he was forced to yield to the importunity +of his family (February 17th); and Decazes, raised to the rank of duke, +passed into honourable exile as ambassador to Great Britain. + +This ended Decazes's meteoric career of greatness. In December 1821 he +returned to sit in the House of Peers, when he continued to maintain +his Liberal opinions. After 1830 he adhered to the monarchy of July, but +after 1848 he remained in retirement. He had organized in 1826 a society +to develop the coal and iron of the Aveyron, and the name of Decazeville +was given in 1829 to the principal centre of the industry. He died on +the 24th of October 1860. + +His son, LOUIS CHARLES ÉLIE DECAZES, duc de Glücksberg (1819-1886), was +born at Paris, and entered the diplomatic career. He became minister +plenipotentiary at Madrid and at Lisbon, but the revolution of 1848 +caused him to withdraw into private life, from which he did not emerge +until in 1871 he was elected deputy to the National Assembly by the +Gironde. There he sat in the right centre among the Orleanists, and was +chosen by the duc de Broglie as minister of foreign affairs in November +1873. He voted with the Orleanists the "Constitutional Laws" of 1875, +and approved of MacMahon's parliamentary _coup d'état_ on the 16th of +May 1877. He was re-elected deputy in October 1877 by the arrondissement +of Puget-Théniers, but his election was annulled by the chamber, and he +was not re-elected. He died on the 16th of September 1886. + + On the Duc Decazes see E. Daudet, _Louis XVIII. et le duc Decazes_ + (1899), and his "L'ambassade du duc Decazes" in the _Revue des deux + mondes_ for 1899. + + + + +DECAZEVILLE, a town of south-central France, in the department of +Aveyron, 34 m. N.W. of Rodez by the Orleans railway. Pop. (1906) 9749. +It possesses iron mines and is the centre of the coal-fields of the +Aveyron, which supply the ironworks established by the Duc Decazes, +minister of Louis XVIII. A statue commemorates the founder. + + + + +DECCAN (Sans. _Dakshina_, "the South"), a name applied, according to +Hindu geographers, to the whole of the territories in India situated to +the south of the river Nerbudda. In its more modern acceptation, +however, it is sometimes understood as comprising only the country lying +between that river and the Kistna, the latter having for a long period +formed the southern boundary of the Mahommedan empire of Delhi. +Assigning it the more extended of these limits, it comprehends the whole +of the Indian peninsula, and in this view the mountainous system, +consisting of the Eastern and Western Ghats, constitutes the most +striking feature of the Deccan. These two mountain ranges unite at their +northern extremities with the Vindhya chain of mountains, and thus is +formed a vast triangle supporting at a considerable elevation the +expanse of table-land which stretches from Cape Comorin to the valley of +the Nerbudda. The surface of this table-land slopes from west to east, +as indicated by the direction of the drainage of the country,--the great +rivers, the Cauvery, Godavari, Kistna and Pennar, though deriving their +sources from the base of the Western Ghats, all finding their way into +the Bay of Bengal through fissures in the Eastern Ghats. + +_History._--The detailed and authentic history of the Deccan only begins +with the 13th century A.D. Of the early history the main facts +established are the Aryan invasion (c. 700 B.C.), the growth of the +Maurya empire (250 B.C.) and the invasion (A.D. 100) of the Scythic +tribes known as the Sakas, Pahlavas and Yavanas, which led to the +establishment of the power of the Kshaharata satraps in western India. +In addition to this, modern study of monuments and inscriptions has +recovered the names, and to a certain extent the records, of a +succession of dynasties ruling in the Deccan; of these the most +conspicuous are the Cholas, the Andhras or Satavahanas, the Chalukyas, +the Rashtrakutas and the Yadavas of Devagiri (Deogiri). (See INDIA: +_History_; BOMBAY; PRESIDENCY: _History_; INSCRIPTIONS: _Indian_.) In +1294 Ala-ud-Din Khilji, emperor of Delhi, invaded the Deccan, stormed +Devagiri, and reduced the Yadava rajas of Maharashtra to the position of +tributary princes (see DAULATABAD), then proceeding southward overran +Telingana and Carnata (1294-1300). With this event the continuous +history of the Deccan begins. In 1307, owing to non-payment of tribute, +a fresh series of Mussulman incursions began, under Malik Kafur, issuing +in the final ruin of the Yadava power; and in 1338 the reduction of the +Deccan was completed by Mahommed ben Tughlak. The imperial sway was, +however, of brief duration. Telingana and Carnata speedily reverted to +their former masters; and this defection on the part of the Hindu states +was followed by a general revolt of the Mussulman governors, resulting +in the establishment in 1347 of the independent Mahommedan dynasty of +Bahmani, and the consequent withdrawal of the power of Delhi from the +territory south of the Nerbudda. In the struggles which ensued, the +Hindu kingdom of Telingana fell bit by bit to the Bahmani dynasty, who +advanced their frontier to Golconda in 1373, to Warangal in 1421, and to +the Bay of Bengal in 1472. On the dissolution of the Bahmani empire +(1482), its dominions were distributed into the five Mahommedan states +of Golconda, Bijapur, Ahmednagar, Bidar and Berar. To the south of these +the great Hindu state of Carnata or Vijayanagar still survived; but +this, too, was destroyed, at the battle of Talikota (1565), by a league +of the Mahommedan powers. These latter in their turn soon disappeared. +Berar had already been annexed by Ahmednagar in 1572, and Bidar was +absorbed by Bijapur in 1609. The victories of the Delhi emperors, Akbar, +Shah Jahan and Aurangzeb, crushed the rest. Ahmednagar was incorporated +in the Mogul empire in 1598, Bijapur in 1686, and Golconda in 1688. The +rule of the Delhi emperors in the Deccan did not, however, long survive. +In 1706 the Mahrattas acquired the right of levying tribute in southern +India, and their principal chief, the Peshwa of Poona, became a +practically independent sovereign. A few years later the emperor's +viceroy in Ahmednagar, the nizam-al-mulk, threw off his allegiance and +established the seat of an independent government at Hyderabad (1724). +The remainder of the imperial possessions in the peninsula were held by +chieftains acknowledging the supremacy of one or other of these two +potentates. In the sequel, Mysore became the prize of the Mahommedan +usurper Hyder Ali. During the contests for power which ensued about the +middle of the 18th century between the native chiefs, the French and the +English took opposite sides. After a brief course of triumph, the +interests of France declined, and a new empire in India was established +by the British. Mysore formed one of their earliest conquests in the +Deccan. Tanjore and the Carnatic were shortly after annexed to their +dominions. In 1818 the forfeited possessions of the Peshwa added to +their extent; and these acquisitions, with others which have more +recently fallen to the paramount power by cession, conquest or failure +of heirs, form a continuous territory stretching from the Nerbudda to +Cape Comorin. Its length is upwards of 1000 m., and its extreme breadth +exceeds 800. This vast tract comprehends the chief provinces now +distributed between the presidencies of Madras and Bombay, together with +the native states of Hyderabad and Mysore, and those of Kolhapur, +Sawantwari, Travancore, Cochin and the petty possessions of France and +Portugal. + + See J. D. B. Gribble, _History of the Deccan_ (1896); Prof. + Bhandarkar, "Early History of the Dekkan" (_Bombay Gazetteer_); + Vincent A. Smith, _Early History of India_ (2nd ed., Oxford, 1908), + chap. xv. "The Kingdoms of the Deccan." + + + + +DECELEA (Gr. [Greek: Dekeleia]), an Attic deme, on the pass which led +over the east end of Mt. Parnes towards Oropus and Chalcis. From its +position it has a commanding view over the Athenian plain. Its eponymous +hero, Decelus, was said to have indicated to the Tyndaridae, Castor and +Pollux, the place where Theseus had hidden their sister Helen at +Aphidnae; and hence there was a traditional friendship between the +Deceleans and the Spartans (Herodotus ix. 73). This tradition, together +with the advice of Alcibiades, led the Spartans to fortify Decelea as a +basis for permanent occupation in Attica during the later years of the +Peloponnesian War, from 413-404 B.C. Its position enabled them to harass +the Athenians constantly, and to form a centre for fugitive slaves and +other deserters. The royal palace of Tatoi has been built on the site. + + See PELOPONNESIAN WAR; also Judeich in Pauly-Wissowa, + _Realencyclopädie_. + + + + +DECEMBER (Lat. _decem_, ten), the last month of the year. In the Roman +calendar, traditionally ascribed to Romulus, the year was divided into +ten months, the last of which was called December, or the _tenth_ month, +and this name, though etymologically incorrect, was retained for the +last or twelfth month of the year as now divided. In the Romulian +calendar December had thirty days; Numa reduced the number to +twenty-nine; Julius Caesar added two days to this, giving the month its +present length. The _Saturnalia_ occurred in December, which is +therefore styled "acceptus geniis" by Ovid (_Fasti_, iii. 58); and this +also explains the phrase of Horace "libertate Decembri utere" (_Sat._ +ii. 7). Martial applies to the month the epithet _canus_ (hoary), and +Ovid styles it _gelidus_ (frosty) and _fumosus_ (smoky). In the reign of +Commodus it was temporarily styled _Amazonius_, in honour of the +emperor's mistress, whom he had had painted as an Amazon. The Saxons +called it _winter-monath_, winter month, and _heligh-monath_, holy +month, from the fact that Christmas fell within it. Thus the modern +Germans call it _Christmonat_. The 22nd of December is the date of the +winter solstice, when the sun reaches the tropic of Capricorn. + + + + +DECEMVIRI ("the ten men"), the name applied by the Romans to any +official commission of ten. The title was often followed by a statement +of the purpose for which the commission was appointed, e.g. _Xviri +legibus scribundis, stlitibus judicandis, sacris faciundis_. + +I. Apart from such qualification, it signified chiefly the temporary +commission which superseded all the ordinary magistrates of the Republic +from 451 to 449 B.C., for the purpose of drawing up a code of laws. In +462 B.C. a tribune proposed that the appointment of a commission to draw +up a code expressing the legal principles of the administration was +necessary to secure for the _plebs_ a hold over magisterial caprice. +Continued agitation to this effect resulted in an agreement in 452 B.C. +between patricians and plebeians that decemvirs should be appointed to +draw up a code, that during their tenure of office all other +magistracies should be in abeyance, that they should not be subject to +appeal, but that they should be bound to maintain the laws which +guaranteed by religious sanctions the rights of the plebs. The first +board of decemvirs (apparently consisting wholly of patricians) was +appointed to hold office during 451 B.C.; and the chief man among them +was Appius Claudius. Livy (iii. 32) says that only patricians were +eligible. Mommsen, however, held that plebeians were legally eligible, +though none were actually appointed for 451. The decemvirs ruled with +singular moderation, and submitted to the _Comitia Centuriata_ a code of +laws in ten headings, which was passed. So popular were the decemvirs +that another board of ten was appointed for the following year, some of +whom, if the extant list of names is correct, were certainly plebeians. +These added two more to the ten laws of their predecessors, thus +completing the Laws of the Twelve Tables (see ROMAN LAW). But their rule +then became violent and tyrannical, and they fell before the fury of the +_plebs_, though for some reason, not easily understood, they continued +to have the support of the patricians. They were forced to abdicate (449 +B.C.), and the ordinary magistrates were restored. + +II. The judicial board of decemvirs (_stlitibus judicandis_) formed a +civil court of ancient origin concerned mainly with questions bearing on +the status of individuals. They were originally a body of jurors which +gave a verdict under the presidency of the praetor (q.v.), but +eventually became annual minor magistrates of the Republic, elected by +the _Comitia Tributa_. + +III. The priestly board of decemvirs (_sacris faciundis_) was an outcome +of the claim of the _plebs_ to a share in the administration of the +state religion. Five of the decemvirs were patricians, and five +plebeians. They were first appointed in 367 B.C. instead of the +patrician _duumviri_ who had hitherto performed these duties. The board +was increased to fifteen in the last century of the Republic. Its chief +function was the care of the Sibylline books, and the celebration of the +games of Apollo (Livy x. 8) and the Secular Games (Tac. _Ann._ xi. 11). + +IV. Decemvirs were also appointed from time to time to control the +distribution of the public land (_agris dandis adsignandis_; see +AGRARIAN LAWS). + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--B. G. Niebuhr, _History of Rome_ (Eng. trans.), ii. 309 + et seq. (Cambridge, 1832); Th. Mommsen, _History of Rome_, bk. ii. c. + 2, vol. i. pp. 361 et seq. (Eng. trans., new ed., 1894); _Römisches + Staatsrecht_, ii. 605 et seq., 714 (Leipzig, 1887); A. H. J. + Greenidge, _Legal Procedure of Cicero's Time_, p. 40 et seq., 263 + (Oxford, 1901); J. Muirhead, _Private Law of Rome_, p. 73 et seq. + (London, 1899); Pauly-Wissowa, _Realencyclopädie_, iv. 2256 et seq. + (Kübler). (A. M. Cl.) + + + + +DECHEN, ERNST HEINRICH KARL VON (1800-1889), German geologist, was born +in Berlin on the 25th of March 1800, and was educated in the university +in that city. He subsequently studied mining in Bochum and Essen, and +was in 1820 placed in the mining department of the Prussian state, +serving on the staff until 1864, and becoming director in 1841 when he +was stationed at Bonn. In early years he made journeys to study the +mining systems of other countries, and with this object he visited +England and Scotland in company with Karl von Oeynhausen (1797-1865). In +the course of his work he paid special attention to the coal-formation +of Westphalia and northern Europe generally, and he greatly furthered +the progress made in mining and metallurgical works in Rhenish Prussia. +He made numerous contributions to geological literature; notably the +following:--_Geognostische Umrisse der Rheinländer zwischen Basel und +Mainz mit besonderer Rücksicht auf das Vorkommen des Steinsalzes_ (with +von Oeynhausen and La Roche), 2 vols. (Berlin, 1825); _Geognostische +Führer in das Siebengebirge am Rhein_ (Bonn, 1861); _Die nutzbaren +Mineralien und Gebirgsarten im deutschen Reiche_ (1873). But his main +work was a geological map of Rhenish Prussia and Westphalia in 35 sheets +on the scale of 1 : 80,000, issued with two volumes of explanatory text +(1855-1882). He published also a small geological map of Germany (1869). +He died at Bonn on the 15th of February 1889. (H. B. W.) + + + + +DECIDUOUS (from Lat. _decidere_, to fall down), a botanical and +zoological term for "falling in season," as of petals after flowering, +leaves in autumn, the teeth or horns of animals, or the wings of +insects. + + + + +DECIMAL COINAGE.[1] Any currency in which the various denominations of +coin are arranged in multiples or submultiples of ten (Lat. _decem_), +with reference to a standard unit, is a decimal system. Thus if the +standard unit be 1 the higher coins will be 10, 100, 1000, &c., the +lower .1, .01, .001, &c. In a perfect system there would be no breaks or +interpolations, but the actual currencies described as "decimal" do not +show this rigid symmetry. In France the standard unit--the franc--has +the 10 franc and the 100 franc pieces above it; the 10 centime below it; +there are also, however, 50 franc, 20 franc, 5 franc, 2 franc pieces as +well as 50 and 20 centime ones. Similar irregularities occur in the +German and United States coinages, and indeed in all countries in which +a decimal system has been established. Popular convenience has compelled +this departure from the strict decimal form. + +Subject to these practical modifications the leading countries of the +world (Great Britain and India are the chief exceptions) have adopted +decimal coinage. The United States led the way (1786 and 1792) with the +dollar as the unit, and France soon followed (1799 and 1803), her system +being extended to the countries of the Latin Union (1865). The German +empire (1873), the Scandinavian States (1875), Austria-Hungary (1870, +developed in 1892) and Russia (1839 and 1897) are further adherents to +the decimal system. The Latin-American countries and Japan (1871) have +also adopted it. + +In England proposals for decimalizing the coinage have long been under +discussion at intervals. Besides the inconvenience of altering the +established currency, the difficulty of choosing between the different +schemes propounded has been a considerable obstacle. One plan took the +farthing as a base: then 10 farthings = 1 doit (2½d.), 10 doits = 1 +florin (2s. 1d.), 10 florins = 1 pound (20s. 10d.). The advantages +claimed for this scheme were (1) the preservation of the smaller coins +(the penny = 4 farthings); and (2) the avoidance of interference with +the smaller retail prices. Its great disadvantage was the destruction of +the existing unit of value--the pound--and the consequent disturbance of +all accounts. A second proposal would retain the pound as unit and the +florin, but would subdivide the latter into 100 "units" (or farthings +reduced 4%) and introduce a new coin = 10 units (2.4d.). By it the unit +of account would remain as at present, and the shilling (as 50 units) +would continue in use. The alteration of the bronze and several silver +coins, and the need of readjusting all values and prices expressed in +pence, formed the principal difficulties. A third scheme, which was +connected with the assimilation of English to French and American money, +proposed the establishment of an 8s. gold coin as unit, with the +tenpenny or franc and the penny (reduced by 4%) as subdivisions. The new +coin would be equivalent to 10 francs or (by an anticipated reduction of +the dollar) 2 dollars. None of these plans has gained any great amount +of popular support. + + For the general question of monetary scales see MONEY, and for the + decimal system in reference to weights and measures see METRIC SYSTEM + and WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. (C. F. B.) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] For "decimal" in general see ARITHMETIC. + + + + +DECIUS, GAIUS MESSIUS QUINTUS TRAJANUS (201-251), Roman emperor, the +first of the long succession of distinguished men from the Illyrian +provinces, was born at Budalia near Sirmium in lower Pannonia in A.D. +201. About 245 the emperor Philip the Arabian entrusted him with an +important command on the Danube, and in 249 (or end of 248), having been +sent to put down a revolt of the troops in Moesia and Pannonia, he was +forced to assume the imperial dignity. He still protested his loyalty to +Philip, but the latter advanced against him and was slain near Verona. +During his brief reign Decius was engaged in important operations +against the Goths, who crossed the Danube and overran the districts of +Moesia and Thrace. The details are obscure, and there is considerable +doubt as to the part taken in the campaign by Decius and his son (of the +same name) respectively. The Goths were surprised by the emperor while +besieging Nicopolis on the Danube; at his approach they crossed the +Balkans, and attacked Philippopolis. Decius followed them, but a severe +defeat near Beroë made it impossible to save Philippopolis, which fell +into the hands of the Goths, who treated the conquered with frightful +cruelty. Its commander, Priscus, declared himself emperor under Gothic +protection. The siege of Philippopolis had so exhausted the numbers and +resources of the Goths, that they offered to surrender their booty and +prisoners on condition of being allowed to retire unmolested. But +Decius, who had succeeded in surrounding them and hoped to cut off their +retreat, refused to entertain their proposals. The final engagement, in +which the Goths fought with the courage of despair, took place on swampy +ground in the Dobrudja near Abritum (Abrittus) or Forum Trebonii and +ended in the defeat and death of Decius and his son. Decius was an +excellent soldier, a man of amiable disposition, and a capable +administrator, worthy of being classed with the best Romans of the +ancient type. The chief blot on his reign was the systematic and +authorized persecution of the Christians, which had for its object the +restoration of the religion and institutions of ancient Rome. Either as +a concession to the senate, or perhaps with the idea of improving public +morality, Decius endeavoured to revive the separate office and authority +of the censor. The choice was left to the senate, who unanimously +selected Valerian (afterwards emperor). But Valerian, well aware of the +dangers and difficulties attaching to the office at such a time, +declined the responsibility. The invasion of the Goths and the death of +Decius put an end to the abortive attempt. + + See Aurelius Victor, _De Caesaribus_, 29, _Epit._ 29; Jordanes, _De + rebus Geticis_, 18; fragments of Dexippus, in C. W. Müller, _Frag. + Hist. Graec._ iii. (1849); Gibbon, _Decline and Fall_, chap. 10; H. + Schiller, _Geschichte der römischen Kaiserzeit_, i. (pt. 2), 1883. + + + + +DECIZE, a town of central France, in the department of Nièvre, on an +island in the Loire, 24 m. S.E. of Nevers by the Paris-Lyon railway. +Pop. (1906) 3813. The most important of its buildings is the church of +Saint Aré, which dates in part from the 11th and 12th centuries; there +are also ruins of a castle of the counts of Nevers. The town has a +statue of Guy Coquille, the lawyer and historian, who was born there in +1523. Decize is situated at the starting-point of the Nivernais canal. +The coal mine of La Machine, which belongs to the Schneider Company of +Le Creusot, lies four miles to the north. The industries of Decize and +its suburbs on both banks of the Loire include the working of gypsum +and lime, and the manufacture of ceramic products and glass. Trade is +in horses from the Morvan, cattle, coal, iron, wood and stone. + +Under the name of _Decetia_ the place is mentioned by Julius Caesar as a +stronghold of the Aedui, and in 52 B.C. was the scene of a meeting of +the senate held by him to settle the leadership of the tribe and to +reply to his demand for aid against Vercingetorix. In later times it +belonged to the counts of Nevers, from whom it obtained a charter of +franchise in 1226. + + + + +DECKER, SIR MATTHEW, Bart. (1679-1749), English merchant and writer on +trade, was born in Amsterdam in 1679. He came to London in 1702 and +established himself there as a merchant. He was remarkably successful in +his business life, gaining great wealth and having many honours +conferred upon him. He was a director of the East India Company, sat in +parliament for four years as member for Bishops Castle, and was high +sheriff of Surrey in 1729. He was created a baronet by George I. in +1716. Decker's fame as a writer on trade rests on two tracts. The first, +_Serious considerations on the several high duties which the Nation in +general, as well as Trade in particular, labours under, with a proposal +for preventing the removal of goods, discharging the trader from any +search, and raising all the Publick Supplies by one single Tax_ (1743; +name affixed to 7th edition, 1756), proposed to do away with customs +duties and substitute a tax upon houses. He also suggested taking the +duty off tea and putting instead a licence duty on households wishing to +consume it. The second, an _Essay on the Causes of the Decline of the +Foreign Trade, consequently of the value of the lands in Britain, and on +the means to restore both_ (1744), has been attributed to W. Richardson, +but internal evidence is strongly in favour of Decker's authorship. He +advocates the licence plan in an extended form; urges the repeal of +import duties and the abolition of bounties, and, in general, shows +himself such a strong supporter of the doctrine of free trade as to rank +as one of the most important forerunners of Adam Smith. Decker died on +the 18th of March 1749. + + + + +DECKER, PIERRE DE (1812-1891), Belgian statesman and author, was +educated at a Jesuit school, studied law at Paris, and became a +journalist on the staff of the _Revue de Bruxelles_. In 1839 he was +elected to the Belgian lower chamber, where he gained a great reputation +for oratory. In 1855 he became minister of the interior and prime +minister, and attempted, by a combination of the moderate elements of +the Catholic and Liberal parties, the impossible task of effecting a +settlement of the educational and other questions by which Belgium was +distracted. In 1866 he retired from politics and went into business, +with disastrous results. He became involved in financial speculations +which lost him his good name as well as the greater part of his fortune; +and, though he was never proved to have been more than the victim of +clever operators, when in 1871 he was appointed by the Catholic cabinet +governor of Limburg, the outcry was so great that he resigned the +appointment and retired definitively into private life. He died on the +4th of January 1891. Decker, who was a member of the Belgian academy, +wrote several historical and other works of value, of which the most +notable are _Études historiques et critiques sur les monts-de-piété en +Belgique_ (Brussels, 1844); _De l'influence du libre arbitre de l'homme +sur les faits sociaux_ (1848); _L'Esprit de parti et l'esprit national_ +(1852); _Étude politique sur le vicomte Ch. Vilain XIIII_ (1879); +_Épisodes de l'hist. de l'art en Belgique_ (1883); _Biographie de H. +Conscience_ (1885). + + + + +DECLARATION (from Lat. _declarare_, to make fully clear, _clarus_), +formerly, in an action at English law, the first step in pleading--the +precise statement of the matter in respect of which the plaintiff sued. +It was divided into counts, in each of which a specific cause of action +was alleged, in wide and general terms, and the same acts or omissions +might be stated in several counts as different causes of actions. Under +the system of pleading established by the Judicature Act 1875, the +declaration has been superseded by a statement of claim setting forth +the facts on which the plaintiff relies. Declarations are now in use +only in the mayor's court of London and certain local courts of record, +and in those of the United States and the British colonies in which the +Common Law system of pleading survives. In the United States a +declaration is termed a "complaint," which is the first pleading in an +action. It is divided into parts,--the _title_ of the court and term; +the _venue_ or county in which the facts are alleged to have occurred; +the _commencement_, which contains a statement of the names of the +parties and the character in which they appear; the _statement_ of the +cause of action; and the _conclusion_ or claim for relief. (See +PLEADING.) + +The term is also used in other English legal connexions; e.g. the +Declaration of Insolvency which, when filed in the Bankruptcy Court by +any person unable to pay his debts, amounts to an act of bankruptcy (see +BANKRUPTCY); the Declaration of Title, for which, when a person +apprehends an invasion of his title to land, he may, by the Declaration +of Title Act 1862, petition the Court of Chancery (see LAND +REGISTRATION); or the Declaration of Trust, whereby a person +acknowledges that property, the title of which he holds, belongs to +another, for whose use he holds it; by the Statute of Frauds, +declarations of trust of land must be evidenced in writing and signed by +the party declaring the trust. (See TRUSTS.) By the Statutory +Declarations Act 1835 (which was an act to make provision for the +abolition of unnecessary oaths, and to repeal a previous act of the same +session on the same subject), various cases were specified in which a +solemn declaration was, or might be, substituted for an affidavit. In +nearly all civilized countries an affirmation is now permitted to those +who object to take an oath or upon whose conscience an oath is not +binding. (See AFFIDAVIT; OATH.) + +An exceptional position in law is accorded to a Dying or Deathbed +Declaration. As a general rule, hearsay evidence is excluded on a +criminal charge, but where the charge is one of homicide it is the +practice to admit dying declarations of the deceased with respect to the +cause of his death. But before such declarations can be admitted in +evidence against a prisoner, it must be proved that the deceased when +making the declaration had given up all hope of recovery. Unsworn +declarations as to family matters, e.g. as to pedigree, may also be +admitted as evidence, as well as declarations made by deceased persons +in the course of their duty. (See EVIDENCE.) + + + + +DECLARATION OF PARIS, a statement of principles of international law +adopted at the conclusion (16th of April 1856) of the negotiations for +the treaty of Paris at the suggestion of Count Walewski, the French +plenipotentiary. The declaration set out that maritime law in time of +war had long been the subject of deplorable disputes, that the +uncertainty of the rights and duties in respect of it gave rise to +differences of opinion between neutrals and belligerents which might +occasion serious difficulties and even conflicts, and that it was +consequently desirable to agree upon some fixed uniform rules. The +plenipotentiaries therefore adopted the four following principles:-- + + 1. Privateering is and remains abolished; 2. The neutral flag covers + enemy's goods, with the exception of contraband of war; 3. Neutral + goods, with the exception of contraband of war, are not liable to + capture under the enemy's flag; 4. Blockades, in order to be binding, + must be effective, that is to say, maintained by a force sufficient + really to prevent access to the coast of the enemy. + +They also undertook to bring the declaration to the knowledge of the +states which had not taken part in the congress of Paris and to invite +them to accede to it. The text of the declaration concluded as +follows:--"Convinced that the maxims which they now proclaim cannot but +be received with gratitude by the whole world, the undersigned +plenipotentiaries doubt not that the efforts of their governments to +obtain the general adoption thereof will be crowned with full success." + +The declaration is of course binding only on the powers which adopted it +or have acceded to it. The majority which adopted it consisted of Great +Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, Russia, Sardinia and Turkey. The +United States government declined to sign the declaration on the ground +that, not possessing a great navy, they would be obliged in time of war +to rely largely upon merchant ships commissioned as war vessels, and +that therefore the abolition of privateering would be entirely in favour +of European powers, whose large navies rendered them practically +independent of such aid. All other maritime states acceded to the +declaration except Spain, Mexico[1] and Venezuela. + +Although the United States and Spain were not parties to the +declaration, both, during the Spanish-American War, observed its +principles. The Spanish government, however, expressly gave notice that +it reserved its right to issue letters of marque. At the same time both +belligerents organized services of auxiliary cruisers composed of +merchant ships under the command of naval officers. In how far this +might operate as a veiled revival of the forbidden practice has now +ceased to be a matter of much importance, the Hague Conference having +adopted a series of rules on the subject which may be said to interpret +the first of the four principles of the declaration with such precision +as to take its place. + +The New Convention on the subject (October 18th, 1907) sets out that, in +view of the incorporation in time of war of merchant vessels in +combatant fleets, it is desirable to define the conditions under which +this can be effected, that, nevertheless, the contracting powers, not +having been able to come to an understanding on the question whether the +transformation of a merchant ship into a war vessel may take place on +the high sea,[2] are agreed that the question of the place of +transformation is in no way affected by the rules adopted, which are as +follows:-- + + Art. i. No merchant ship transformed into a war vessel can have the + rights and obligations attaching to this condition unless it is placed + under the direct authority, the immediate control and the + responsibility of the power whose flag it carries. + + Art. ii. Merchant ships transformed into war vessels must bear the + distinctive external signs of war vessels of their nationality. + + Art. iii. The officer commanding must be in the service of the state, + and properly commissioned by the competent authorities. His name must + appear in the list of officers of the combatant fleet. + + Art. iv. The crew must be subject to the rules of military discipline. + + Art. v. Every merchant ship transformed into a war vessel is bound to + conform, in its operation, to the laws and customs of war. + + Art. vi. The belligerent who transforms a merchant ship into a war + vessel must, as soon as possible, mention this transformation on the + list of vessels belonging to its combatant fleet. + + Art. vii. The provisions of the present convention are only applicable + as among the contracting powers and provided the belligerents are all + parties to the convention. + + See T. Gibson Bowles, _Declaration of Paris_ (London, 1900); Sir T. + Barclay, _Problems of International Practice and Diplomacy_ (London, + 1907), chap. xv.². (T. Ba.) + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] At the 7th plenary sitting of the second Hague Conference + (September 7th, 1907) the chiefs of the Spanish and Mexican + delegations, M. de Villa Urratia and M. de la Barra, announced the + determination of their respective governments to accede to the + Declaration of Paris. + + [2] This relates to the incident in the Russo-Japanese War of the + transformation of Russian vessels which had passed through the + Dardanelles unarmed. + + + + +DECLARATOR, in Scots law, a form of action by which some right of +property, or of servitude, or of status, or some inferior right or +interest, is sought to be judicially declared. + + + + +DECLINATION (from Lat. _declinare_, to decline), in magnetism the angle +between true north and magnetic north, i.e. the variation between the +true meridian and the magnetic meridian. In 1596 at London the angle of +declination was 11° E. of N., in 1652 magnetic north was true north, in +1815 the magnetic needle pointed 24½° W. of N., in 1891 18° W., in 1896 +17° 56´ W. and in 1906 17° 45´. The angle is gradually diminishing and +the declination will in time again be 0°, when it will slowly increase +in an easterly direction, the north magnetic pole oscillating slowly +around the North Pole. Regular daily changes of declination also occur. +Magnetic storms cause irregular variations sometimes of one or two +degrees. (See MAGNETISM, TERRESTRIAL.) + +In astronomy the declination is the angular distance, as seen from the +earth, of a heavenly body from the celestial equator, thus corresponding +with terrestrial latitude. + + + + +DECOLOURIZING, in practical chemistry and chemical technology, the +removal of coloured impurities from a substance. The agent most +frequently used is charcoal, preferably prepared from blood, which when +shaken with a coloured solution frequently precipitates the coloured +substances leaving the solution clear. Thus the red colour of wines may +be removed by filtering the wine through charcoal; the removal of the +dark-coloured impurities which arise in the manufacture of sugar may be +similarly effected. Other "decolourizers" are sulphurous acid, +permanganates and manganates, all of which have received application in +the sugar industry. + + + + +DECORATED PERIOD, in architecture, the term given by Richman to the +second pointed or Gothic style, 1307-1377. It is characterized by its +window tracery, geometrical at first and flowing in the later period, +owing to the omission of the circles in the tracery of windows, which +led to the juxtaposition of the foliations and their pronounced curves +of contre-flexure. This flowing or flamboyant tracery was introduced in +the first quarter of the century and lasted about fifty years. The +arches are generally equilateral, and the mouldings bolder than in the +Early English, with less depth in the hollows and with the fillet +largely used. The ball flower and a four-leaved flower take the place of +the dog-tooth, and the foliage in the capitals is less conventional than +in Early English and more flowing, and the diaper patterns in walls are +more varied. The principal examples are those of the east end of Lincoln +and Carlisle cathedral; the west fronts of York and Lichfield; the +crossing of Ely cathedral, including the lantern and three west bays of +choir and the Lady Chapel; and Melrose Abbey. (R. P. S.) + + + + +DE COSTA, BENJAMIN FRANKLIN (1831-1904), American clergyman and +historical writer, was born in Charlestown, Massachusetts, on the 10th +of July 1831. He graduated in 1856 at the Biblical Institute at Concord, +New Hampshire (now a part of Boston University), became a minister in +the Episcopal Church in 1857, and during the next three years was a +rector first at North Adams, and then at Newton Lower Falls, Mass. After +serving as chaplain in two Massachusetts regiments during the first two +years of the Civil War, he became editor (1863) of _The Christian Times_ +in New York, and subsequently edited _The Episcopalian_ and _The +Magazine of American History_. He was rector of the church of St John +the Evangelist in New York city from 1881 to 1899, when he resigned in +consequence of being converted to Roman Catholicism. He was one of the +organizers and long the secretary of the Church Temperance Society, and +founded and was the first president (1884-1899) of the American branch +of the White Cross Society. He became a high authority on early American +cartography and the history of the period of exploration. He died in New +York city on the 4th of November 1904. In addition to numerous +monographs and valuable contributions to Winsor's _Narrative and +Critical History of America_, he published _The Pre-Columbian Discovery +of America by the Northmen_ (1868); _The Northmen in Maine_ (1870); _The +Moabite Stone_ (1871); _The Rector of Roxburgh_ (1871), a novel under +the _nom de plume_ of "William Hickling"; and _Verrazano the Explorer; +being a Vindication of his Letter and Voyage_ (1880). + + + + +DE COSTER, CHARLES THÉODORE HENRI (1827-1879), Belgian writer, was born +at Munich on the 20th of August 1827. His father, Augustin de Coster, +was a native of Liége, who was attached to the household of the papal +nuncio at Munich, but soon returned to Belgium. Charles was placed in a +Brussels bank, but in 1850 he entered the university of Brussels, where +he completed his studies in 1855. He was one of the founders of the +_Société des Joyeux_, a small literary club, more than one member of +which was to achieve literary distinction. De Coster made his début as a +poet in the _Revue trimestrielle_, founded in 1854, and his first +efforts in prose were contributed to a periodical entitled +_Uylenspiegel_ (founded 1856). A correspondence covering the years +1850-1858, his _Lettres à Élisa_, were edited by Ch. Potvin in 1894. He +was a keen student of Rabelais and Montaigne, and familiarized himself +with 16th-century French. He said that Flemish manners and speech could +not be rendered faithfully in modern French, and accordingly wrote his +best works in the old tongue. The success of his _Légendes flamandes_ +(1857) was increased by the illustrations of Félicien Rops and other +friends. In 1861 he published his _Contes brabançons_, in modern French. +His masterpiece is his _Légende de Thyl Uylenspiegel et de Lamme +Goedzak_ (1867), a 16th-century romance, in which Belgian patriotism +found its fullest expression. In the preparation for this prose epic of +the _gueux_ he spent some ten years. Uylenspiegel (Eulenspiegel) has +been compared to Don Quixote, and even to Panurge. He is the type of the +16th-century Fleming, and the history of his resurrection from the grave +itself was accepted as an allegory of the destiny of the race. The +exploits of himself and his friend form the thread of a semi-historical +narrative, full of racy humour, in spite of the barbarities that find a +place in it. This book also was illustrated by Rops and others. In 1870 +De Coster became professor of general history and of French literature +at the military school. His works however were not financially +profitable; in spite of his government employment he was always in +difficulties; and he died in much discouragement on the 7th of May 1879 +at Ixelles, Brussels. The expensive form in which _Uylenspiegel_ was +produced made it open only to a limited class of readers, and when a new +and cheap edition in modern French appeared in 1893 it was received +practically as a new book in France and Belgium. + + + + +DECOY, a contrivance for the capture or enticing of duck and other wild +fowl within range of a gun, hence any trap or enticement into a place or +situation of danger. Decoys are usually made on the following plan: long +tunnels leading from the sea, channel or estuary into a pool or pond are +covered with an arched net, which gradually narrows in width; the ducks +are enticed into this by a tame trained bird, also known as a "decoy" or +"decoy-duck." In America the "decoy" is an artificial bird, placed in +the water as if it were feeding, which attracts the wild fowl within +range of the concealed sportsman. The word "decoy" has, etymologically, +a complicated history. It appears in English first in the 17th century +in these senses as "coy" and "coy-duck," from the Dutch _kooi_, a word +which is ultimately connected with Latin _cavea_, hollow place, +"cage."[1] The _de_-, with which the word begins, is either a corruption +of "duck-coy," the Dutch article _de_, or a corruption of the Dutch +_eende-kooi_, _eende_, duck. The _New English Dictionary_ points out +that the word "decoy" is found in the particular sense of a sharper or +swindler as a slang term slightly earlier than "coy" or "decoy" in the +ordinary sense, and, as the name of a game of cards, as early as 1550, +apparently with no connexion in meaning. It is suggested that "coy" may +have been adapted to this word. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] Distinguish "coy," affectedly shy or modest, from O. Fr. _coi_, + Lat. _quietus_, quiet. + + + + +DECREE (from the past participle, _decretus_, of Lat. _decernere_), in +earlier form _Decreet_, an authoritative decision having the force of +law; the judgment of a court of justice. In Roman law, a decree +(_decretum_) was the decision of the emperor, as the supreme judicial +officer, settling a case which had been referred to him. In +ecclesiastical law the term was given to a decision of an ecclesiastical +council settling a doubtful point of doctrine or discipline (cf. also +DECRETALS). In English law decree was more particularly the judgment of +a court of equity, but since the Judicature Acts the expression +"judgment" (q.v.) is employed in reference to the decisions of all the +divisions of the supreme court. A "decree _nisi_" is the conditional +order for a dissolution of marriage made by the divorce court, and it is +made "absolute" after six months (which period may, however, be +shortened) in the absence of sufficient cause shown to the contrary. +(See DIVORCE.) _Decreet arbitral_ is a Scottish phrase for the award of +an arbitrator. + + + + +DECRETALS (_Epistolae decretales_), the name (see DECREE above), which +is given in Canon Law to those letters of the pope which formulate +decisions in ecclesiastical law; they are generally given in answer to +consultations, but are sometimes due to the initiative of the popes. +These furnish, with the canons of the councils, the chief source of the +legislation of the church, and form the greater part of the _Corpus +Juris_. In this connexion they are dealt with in the article on Canon +Law (q.v.). + +_The False Decretals._ A special interest, however, attaches to the +celebrated collection known by this name. This collection, indeed, +comprises at least as many canons of councils as decretals, and the +decretals contained in it are not all forgeries. It is an amplification +and interpolation, by means of spurious decretals, of the canonical +collection in use in the Church of Spain in the 8th century, all the +documents in which are perfectly authentic. With these amplifications, +the collection dates from the middle of the 9th century. We shall give a +brief account of its contents, its history and its influence on canon +law. + +The author assumes the name of Isidore, evidently the archbishop of +Seville, who was credited with a preponderating part in the compilation +of the _Hispana_; he takes in addition the surname of Mercator, perhaps +because he has made use of two passages of Marius Mercator. Hence the +custom of alluding to the author of the collection under the name of the +pseudo-Isidore. + +The collection itself is divided into three parts. The first, which is +entirely spurious, contains, after the preface and various introductory +sections, seventy letters attributed to the popes of the first three +centuries, up to the council of Nicaea, i.e. up to but not including St +Silvester; all these letters are a fabrication of the pseudo-Isidore, +except two spurious letters of Clement, which were already known. The +second part is the collection of councils, classified according to their +regions, as it figures in the _Hispana_; the few spurious pieces which +are added, and notably the famous Donation of Constantine, were already +in existence. In the third part the author continues the series of +decretals which he had interrupted at the council of Nicaea. But as the +collection of authentic decretals does not begin till Siricius (385), +the pseudo-Isidore first forges thirty letters, which he attributes to +the popes from Silvester to Damasus; after this he includes the +authentic decretals, with the intermixture of thirty-five apocryphal +ones, generally given under the name of those popes who were not +represented in the authentic collection, but sometimes also under the +names of the others, for example, Damasus, St Leo, Vigilius and St +Gregory; with one or two exceptions he does not interpolate genuine +decretals. The series stops at St Gregory the Great (d. 604), except for +one letter of Gregory II. (715-731). The forged letters are not, for the +most part, entirely composed of fresh material; the author draws his +inspiration from the notices on each of the popes given in the _Liber +Pontificalis_; he inserts whole passages from ecclesiastical writers; +and he antedates the evidences of a discipline which actually existed; +so it is by no means all invented. + +Thus the authentic elements were calculated to serve as a passport for +the forgeries, which were, moreover, quite skilfully composed. In fact, +the collection thus blended was passed from hand to hand without meeting +with any opposition. At most all that was asked was whether those +decretals which did not appear in the _Liber canonum_ (the collection of +Dionysius Exiguus, accepted in France) had the force of law, but Pope +Nicholas having answered that all the pontifical letters had the same +authority (see _Decr. Gra._ Dist. xix. c. 1), they were henceforward +accepted, and passed in turn into the later canonical collections. No +doubts found an expression until the 15th century, when Cardinal +Nicholas of Cusa (d. 1464) and Juan Torquemada (d. 1468) freely +expressed their suspicions. More than one scholar of the 16th century, +George Cassander, Erasmus, and the two editors of the _Decretum_ of +Gratian, Dumoulin (d. 1568) and Le Conte (d. 1577), decisively rejected +the False Decretals. This contention was again upheld, in the form of a +violent polemic against the papacy, by the Centuriators of Magdeburg +(_Ecclesiastica historia_, Basel, 1559-1574); the attempt at refutation +by the Jesuit Torres (_Adversus Centur. Magdeburg. libri quinque_, +Florence, 1572) provoked a violent rejoinder from the Protestant +minister David Blondel (_Pseudo-Isidorus et Turrianus rapulantes_, +Geneva, 1620). Since then, the conclusion has been accepted, and all +researches have been of an almost exclusively historical character. One +by one the details are being precisely determined, and the question may +now almost be said to be settled. + + + Date. + +In the first place, an exact determination of the date of the collection +has been arrived at. On the one hand, it cannot go back further than +847, the date of the False Capitularies, with which the author of the +False Decretals was acquainted.[1] On the other hand, in a letter of +Lupus, abbot of Ferrières, written in 858, and in the synodical letter +of the council of Quierzy in 857 are to be found quotations which are +certainly from these false decretals; and further, an undoubted allusion +in the statutes given by Hincmar to his diocese on the 1st of November +852. The composition of the collection must then be dated approximately +at 850. + + + Aim of the author. + +The object which the forger had in view is clearly stated in his +preface; the reform of the canon law, or rather its better application. +But, again, in what particular respects he wishes it to be reformed can +be best deduced from certain preponderant ideas which make themselves +felt in the apocryphal documents. He constantly harps upon accusations +brought against bishops and the way they were judged; his wish is to +prevent them from being unjustly accused, deposed or deprived of their +sees; to this end he multiplies the safeguards of procedure, and secures +the right of appeal to the pope and the possibility of restoring bishops +to their sees. His object, too, was to protect the property, as well as +the persons, of the clergy against the encroachments of the temporal +power. In the second place, Isidore wishes to increase the strength and +cohesion of the churches; he tries to give absolute stability to the +diocese and the ecclesiastical province; he reinforces the rights of the +bishop and his comprovincials, while he initiates a determined campaign +against the _chorepiscopi_; finally, as the keystone of the arch he +places the papacy. These aims are most laudable, and in no way +subversive; but the author must have had some particular reasons for +emphasizing these questions rather than others; and the examination of +these reasons may help us to determine the nationality of this +collection. + + + Nationality of the collection. + +The name of Isidore usurped by the author at first led to the +supposition that the False Decretals originated in Spain; this opinion +no longer meets with any support; it is enough to point out that there +is no Spanish manuscript of the collection, at least until the 13th +century. In the 16th century the Protestants, who wished to represent +the forgeries in the light of an attempt in favour of the papacy, +ascribed the origin of the False Decretals to Rome, but neither the +manuscript tradition nor the facts confirm this view, which is nowadays +entirely abandoned. Everybody is agreed in placing the origin of the +False Decretals within the Frankish empire. Within these limits, three +different theories have successively arisen: "At first it was thought +that Isidore's domicile could be fixed in the province of Mainz, it is +now about fifty years ago that the balance of opinion was turned in +favour of the province of Reims; and now, after the lapse of about +twenty years, several authors have suggested the province of Tours" (P. +Fournier, _Étude sur les Fausses Décrétales_). In favour of Mainz, +especial stress was laid on the fact that it was the country of +Benedictus Levita, the compiler of the False Capitularies, to which the +False Decretals are closely related. But Benedict, the deacon of Otgar +of Mainz, is as much of a hypothetical personage as Isidorus Mercator; +moreover, in the middle of the 9th century the condition of the province +of Mainz was not disturbed, nor were the _chorepiscopi_ menaced. In +favour of Reims, it has been pointed out that it was there that the +first judicial use of the False Decretals is recorded, in the trials of +Rothad, bishop of Soissons (d. 869), and of Hincmar the younger, bishop +of Laon (d. c. 882); and an application of the axiom has been attempted: +_Is fecit cui prodest_. But both these trials took place later than 852, +at which date the existence of the collection is an established fact; +the texts of it were used, but they were in existence before. Between +847 and 852, the province of Reims was disturbed by another affair, that +of the clergy ordained by Ebbo at the time of his short restoration to +the see of Reims, in 840-841; these clerics, Vulfadus (afterwards +archbishop of Bourges), and a few others, had been suspended by Hincmar +on his election in 845. But the affair of Ebbo's clergy did not become +critical till the council of Soissons in 853; up till then these clergy +had, so far as we know, produced no documents, and the citations from +the False Decretals made in their later writings do not prove that they +had forged them. Moreover, Hincmar would not have cited the forged +letters of the popes in 852; above all, this theory would not explain +the chief preoccupation of the forger, which is to protect bishops +against unjust judgments and depositions. We must, then, look for +conditions in which the bishops were concerned. It is precisely this +which has suggested the province of Tours. Brittany, which was dependent +on the province of Tours, had just for a time recovered its +independence, thanks to its duke Nominoé. The struggle between the two +nationalities, the Celt and the Frank, found a reflexion in the sphere +of religion. The Breton bishops were for the most part abbots of +monasteries, who had but little consideration for the territorial limits +of the civitates; and many of the religious usages of the Bretons +differed profoundly from those of the Franks. Charlemagne had divided up +the Breton dioceses and established in them Frankish bishops. Nominoé +hastened to depose the four Frankish bishops, after wringing from them +by force confessions of simony; he then established a metropolitan see +at Dol. Hence arose incessant complaints on the part of the dispossessed +bishops, of the metropolitan of Tours, and his suffragans, notably those +of Angers and Le Mans, which were more exposed than the others to the +incursions of the Bretons; and this gave rise to numerous papal letters, +and all this throughout a period of thirty years. There were requests +that the bishops should be judged according to the rules, protests +against the interlopers, demands for the restoration of the bishops to +their sees. These circumstances fall in perfectly with the questions +about which, as we have pointed out, the pseudo-Isidore was mainly +concerned: the judgment of bishops, and the stability of the +ecclesiastical organizations. + +In the province of Tours, attempts have been made to define more clearly +the centre of the forgeries, and the most recent authorities fix upon Le +Mans. The sole argument, though a very weighty one, is found in the +undeniable relation, revealed in an astonishing similarity both in +expressions and composition, which exists between these forgeries and +some other documents certainly fabricated at Le Mans, under the +episcopate of Aldric (832-856), notably the _Actus Pontificum Cenomanis +in urbe degentium_, in which there is no lack of forged documents. These +certainly bear the mark of the same hand. + + + Canonical influence. + +Though we cannot admit that the False Decretals were composed in order +to enforce the rights of the papacy, we may at least consider whether +the popes did not make use of the False Decretals to support their +rights. It is certain that in 864 Rothad of Soissons took with him to +Rome, if not the collection, at least important extracts from the +pseudo-Isidore; M. Fournier has pointed out in the letters of the pope +of that time, "a literary influence, which is shown in the choice of +expressions and metaphors," notably in those passages relating to the +_restitutio spolii_; but he concludes by affirming that the ideas and +acts of Nicholas were not modified by the new collection: even before +864 he acted in affairs concerning bishops, e.g. in the case of the +Breton bishops or the adversaries of Photius, patriarch of +Constantinople, exactly as he acted later; all that can be said is that +the False Decretals, though not expressly cited by the pope, "led him to +accentuate still further the arguments which he drew from the decrees of +his predecessors," notably with regard to the _exceptio spolii_. In the +papal letters of the end of the 9th and the whole of the 10th century, +only two or three insignificant citations of the pseudo-Isidore have +been pointed out; the use of the pseudo-Isidorian forged documents did +not become prevalent at Rome till about the middle of the 11th century, +in consequence of the circulation of the canonical collections in which +they figured; but nobody then thought of casting any doubts on the +authenticity of those documents. One thing only is established, and this +may be said to have been the real effect of the False Decretals, namely, +the powerful impulse which they gave in the Frankish territories to the +movement towards centralization round the see of Rome, and the legal +obstacles which they opposed to unjust proceedings against the bishops. + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--The best edition is that of P. Hinschius, _Decretales + pseudo-Isidorianae et capitula Angilramni_ (Leipzig, 1863). In it the + authentic texts are printed in two columns, the forgeries across the + whole width of the page; an important preface of ccxxviii. pages + contains, besides the classification of the MSS., a profound study of + the sources and other questions bearing on the collection. After the + works cited above, the following dissertations should be noted. + Placing the origin of the False Decretals at Rome is: A. Theiner, _De + pseudo-Isidoriana canonum collectione_ (Breslau, 1827); at Mainz, the + brothers Ballerini, _De antiquis collectionibus et collectoribus + canonum_, iii. (_S. Leonis opera_, t. iii.; Migne, _Patrologia Lat._ + t. 56); Blascus, _De coll. canonum Isidori Mercatoris_ (Naples, 1760); + Wasserschleben, _Beiträge zur Geschichte der falschen Dekretalen_ + (Breslau, 1844); in the province of Reims: Weizsäcker, "Die + pseudoisidorianische Frage," in the _Histor. Zeitschrift_ of Sybel + (1860); Hinschius, Preface, p. ccviii.; A. Tardif, _Histoire des + sources du droit canonique_ (Paris, 1887); Schneider, _Die Lehre der + Kirchenrechtsquellen_ (Regensburg, 1892). An excellent résumé of the + question; seems more favourable to Le Mans in the article of the + _Kirchenlexicon_ of Wetzer and Welte (2nd ed.); F. Lot, _Études sur le + règne de Hugues Capet_ (Paris, 1903); Lesne, _La Hiérarchie episcopale + en Gaule et Germanie_ (Paris, 1905); for the province of Tours and Le + Mans: B. Simson, _Die Entstehung der pseudoisidor. Fälschungen in Le + Mans_ (Leipzig, 1886. It is he who pointed out the connexion with the + forgeries of Le Mans); especially Paul Fournier, "La Question des + fausses décrétales," in the _Nouvelle Revue historique de droit + français et étranger_ (1887, 1888); in the _Congrès internat. des + savants cathol._ t. ii.; "Étude sur les fausses décrétales," in _Revue + d'histoire ecclésiastique de Louvain_ (1906, 1907), to which the above + article is greatly indebted. (A. Bo.*) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] The False Capitularies are for civil legislation what the False + Decretals are for ecclesiastical legislation: three books of + Capitularies of the Frankish kings, more of which are spurious than + authentic. The author gives himself out as a certain Benedict, a + deacon of the church of Mainz; hence the name by which he is usually + known, Benedictus Levita. The two false collections are closely akin, + and are doubtless the fabrication of the same hands. + + + + +DECURIO, a Roman official title, used in three connexions. (1) A member +of the senatorial order in the Italian towns under the administration of +Rome, and later in provincial towns organized on the Italian model (see +CURIA 4). The number of _decuriones_ varied in different towns, but was +usually 100. The qualifications for the office were fixed in each town +by a special law for that community (_lex municipalis_). Cicero (_in +Verr._ 2. 49, 120) alludes to an age limit (originally thirty years, +until lowered by Augustus to twenty-five), to a property qualification +(cf. Pliny, _Ep._ i. 19. 2), and to certain conditions of rank. The +method of appointment varied in different towns and at different +periods. In the early municipal constitution ex-magistrates passed +automatically into the senate of their town; but at a later date this +order was reversed, and membership of the senate became a qualification +for the magistracy. Cicero (_l.c._) speaks of the senate in the Sicilian +towns as appointed by a vote of the township. But in most towns it was +the duty of the chief magistrate to draw up a list (_album_) of the +senators every five years. The _decuriones_ held office for life. They +were convened by the magistrate, who presided as in the Roman senate. +Their powers were extensive. In all matters the magistrates were obliged +to act according to their direction, and in some towns they heard cases +of appeal against judicial sentences passed by the magistrate. By the +time of the municipal law of Julius Caesar (45 B.C.) special privileges +were conferred on the _decuriones_, including the right to appeal to +Rome for trial in criminal cases. Under the principate their status +underwent a marked decline. The office was no longer coveted, and +documents of the 3rd and 4th centuries show that means were devised to +compel members of the towns to undertake it. By the time of the jurists +it had become hereditary and compulsory. This change was largely due to +the heavy financial burdens which the Roman government laid on the +municipal senates. (2) The president of a _decuria_, a subdivision of +the _curia_ (q.v.). (3) An officer in the Roman cavalry, commanding a +troop of ten men (_decuria_). + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--C. G. Bruns, _Fontes juris Romani_, c. 3, No. 18, c. 4, + Nos. 27, 29, 30 (_leges municipales_); J. C. Orelli, _Inscr. Latinae_, + No. 3721 (Album of Canusium); Godefroy, _Paratitl. ad cod. + Theodosianam_, xii. 1 (vol. iv. pp. 352 et seq., ed. Ritter); J. + Marquardt, _Römische Staatsverwaltung_, i. pp. 183 et seq. (Leipzig, + 1881); P. Willems, _Droit public romain_, pp. 535 et seq. (Paris, + 1884); Pauly-Wissowa, _Realencyclopädie_, IV. ii. pp. 2319 foll. + (Stuttgart, 1901); W. Liebenam, _Städteverwaltung im römischen + Kaiserreiche_ (Leipzig, 1900). (A. M. Cl.) + + + + +DÉDÉAGATCH, a seaport of European Turkey, in the vilayet of Adrianople, +10 m. N.W. of the Maritza estuary, on the Gulf of Enos, an inlet of the +Aegean Sea. Pop. (1905) about 3000, mostly Greeks. Until 1871 Dédéagatch +was a mere cluster of fishermen's huts. A new town then began to spring +up, settlers being attracted by the prospect of opening up a trade in the +products of a vast forest of valonia oaks which grew near. In 1873 it was +made the chief town of a _Kaza_, to which it gave its name, and a +_Kaimakam_ was appointed to it. In 1884 it was raised in administrative +rank from a _Kaza_ to a _Sanjak_, and the governor became a _Mutessarif_. +In 1889 the Greek archbishopric of Enos was transferred to Dédéagatch. On +the opening, early in 1896, of the Constantinople-Salonica railway, which +has a station here, a large proportion of the extensive transit trade +which Enos, situated at the mouth of the Maritza, had acquired, was +immediately diverted to Dédéagatch, and an era of unprecedented +prosperity began; but when the railway connecting Burgas on the Black Sea +with the interior was opened, in 1898, Dédéagatch lost all it had won +from Enos. Owing to the lack of shelter in its open roadstead, the port +has not become the great commercial centre which its position otherwise +qualifies it to be. It is, however, one of the chief outlets for the +grain trade of the Adrianople, Demotica and Xanthi districts. The valonia +trade has also steadily developed, and is supplemented by the export of +timber, tobacco and almonds. In 1871, while digging out the foundations +of their houses, the settlers found many ancient tombs. Probably these +are relics, not of the necropolis of the ancient _Zonê_, but of a +monastic community of Dervishes, of the Dédé sect, which was established +here in the 15th century, shortly after the Turkish conquest, and gave to +the place its name. + + + + +DEDHAM, a township and the county seat of Norfolk county, Massachusetts, +U.S.A., with an area of 23 sq. m. of comparatively level country. Pop. +(1890) 7123; (1900) 7457, of whom 2186 were foreign-born; (1910 U.S. +census) 9284. The township is traversed by the New York, New Haven & +Hartford railway, and by interurban electric lines. It contains three +villages, Dedham, East Dedham and Oakdale. Dedham has a public library +(1854; incorporated 1871). The Dedham historical society was organized +in 1859 and was incorporated in 1862. The Fairbanks house was erected in +part as early as 1654. Carpets, handkerchiefs and woollen goods are +manufactured, and a pottery here is reputed to make the only true +crackleware outside the East. Dedham was "planted" in 1635 and was +incorporated in 1636. It was one of the first two inland settlements of +the colony, being coeval with Concord. The original plantation, about 20 +m. long and 10 m. wide, extended from Roxbury and Dorchester to the +present state line of Rhode Island: from this territory several +townships were created, including Westwood (pop. in 1910, 1266), in +1897. A free public school, one of the first in America to be supported +by direct taxation, was established in Dedham in 1645. In the Woodward +tavern, the birthplace of Fisher Ames, a convention met in September +1774 and adjourned to Milton (q.v.), where it passed the Suffolk +Resolves. + + + + +DEDICATION (Lat. _dedicatio_, from _dedicare_, to proclaim, to +announce), properly the setting apart of anything by solemn +proclamation. It is thus in Latin the term particularly applied to the +consecration of altars, temples and other sacred buildings, and also to +the inscription prefixed to a book, &c., and addressed to some +particular person. This latter practice, which formerly had the purpose +of gaining the patronage and support of the person so addressed, is now +only a mark of affection or regard. In law, the word is used of the +setting apart by a private owner of a road to public use. (See HIGHWAY.) + +_The Feast of Dedication_ ([Hebrew: hanuka]; [Greek: ta egkainia]) was a +Jewish festival observed for eight days from the 25th of Kislev (i.e. +about December 12) in commemoration of the reconsecration (165 B.C.) of +the temple and especially of the altar of burnt offering, after they had +been desecrated in the persecution under Antiochus Epiphanes (168 B.C.). +The distinguishing features of the festival were the illumination of +houses and synagogues, a custom probably taken over from the feast of +tabernacles, and the recitation of Psalm xxx. The biblical references +are 1 Macc. i. 41-64, iv. 36-39; 2 Macc. vi. 1-11; John x. 22. See also +2 Macc. i. 9, 18; ii. 16; and Josephus, _Antiq._ xii. v. 4. J. +Wellhausen suggests that the feast was originally connected with the +winter solstice, and only afterwards with the events narrated in +Maccabees. + +_Dedication of Churches._--The custom of solemnly dedicating or +consecrating buildings as churches or chapels set apart for Christian +worship must be almost as old as Christianity itself. If we find no +reference to it in the New Testament or in the very earliest apostolic +or post-apostolic writings, it is merely due to the fact that Christian +churches had not as yet begun to be built. Throughout the ante-Nicene +period, until the reign of Constantine, Christian churches were few in +number, and any public dedication of them would have been attended with +danger in those days of heathen persecution. This is why we are ignorant +as to what liturgical forms and what consecration ritual were employed +in those primitive times. But when we come to the earlier part of the +4th century allusions to and descriptions of the consecration of +churches become plentiful. + +Like so much else in the worship and ritual of the Christian church this +service is probably of Jewish origin. The hallowing of the tabernacle +and of its furniture and ornaments (Exodus xl.); the dedication of +Solomon's temple (1 Kings viii.) and of the second temple by Zerubbabel +(Ezra vi.), and its rededication by Judas Maccabaeus (see above), and +the dedication of the temple of Herod the Great (Josephus, _Antiq. of +the Jews_, bk. xv. c. xi. § 6), and our Lord's recognition of the Feast +of Dedication (St John xi. 22, 23)--all these point to the probability +of the Christians deriving their custom from a Jewish origin, quite +apart from the intrinsic appropriateness of such a custom in itself. + +Eusebius (_Hist. Eccles._ lib. x. cap. 3) speaks of the dedication of +churches rebuilt after the Diocletian persecution, including the church +at Tyre in A.D. 314. The consecrations of the church of the Holy +Sepulchre at Jerusalem in A.D. 335, which had been built by Constantine, +and of other churches after his time, are described both by Eusebius and +by other ecclesiastical historians. From them we gather that every +consecration was accompanied by a celebration of the Holy Eucharist and +a sermon, and special prayers of a dedicatory character, but there is no +trace of the elaborate ritual, to be described presently, of the +medieval pontificals dating from the 8th century onwards. + +The separate consecration of altars is provided for by canon 14 of the +council of Agde in 506, and by canon 26 of the council of Epaone in 517, +the latter containing the first known reference to the usage of +anointing the altar with chrism. The use of both holy water and of +unction is attributed to St Columbanus, who died in 615 (Walafrid +Strabo, _Vita S. Galli_, cap. 6). + +There was an annual commemoration of the original dedication of the +church, a feast with its octave extending over eight days, during which +Gregory the Great encouraged the erection of booths and general feasting +on the part of the populace, to compensate them for, and in some way to +take the place of, abolished heathen festivities (Sozomen, _Hist. +Eccles._ lib. ii. cap. 26; Bede, _Hist. Eccles._ lib. i. cap. 30). + +At an early date the right to consecrate churches was reserved to +bishops, as by canon 37 of the first council of Bracara in 563, and by +the 23rd of the Irish collections of canons, once attributed to St +Patrick, but hardly to be put earlier than the 8th century (Haddon and +Stubbs, _Councils, &c._, vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 329). + +When we come to examine the MS. and printed service-books of the +medieval church, we find a lengthy and elaborate service provided for +the consecration of churches. It is contained in the pontifical. The +earliest pontifical which has come down to us is that of Egbert, +archbishop of York (732-766), which, however, only survives in a +10th-century MS. copy. Later pontificals are numerous; we cannot +describe all their variations. A good idea, however, of the general +character of the service will be obtained from a skeleton of it as +performed in this country before the Reformation according to the use of +Sarum. The service in question is taken from an early 15th-century +pontifical in the Cambridge University Library as printed by W. Makell +in _Monumenta ritualia ecclesiae Anglicanae_, and ed., vol. i. pp. +195-239. + +There is a preliminary office for laying a foundation-stone. On the day +of consecration the bishop is to vest in a tent outside the church, +thence to proceed to the door of the church on the outside, a single +deacon being inside the church, and there to bless holy water, twelve +lighted candles being placed outside, and twelve inside the church. He +is then to sprinkle the walls all round outside, and to knock at the +door; then to sprinkle the walls all round outside a second time and to +knock at the door again; then to sprinkle the walls all round outside a +third time, and a third time to knock at the door, by which he will then +enter, all laity being excluded. The bishop is then to fix a cross in +the centre of the church, after which the litany is said, including a +special clause for the consecration of the church and altar. Next the +bishop inscribes the alphabet in Greek letters on one of the limbs of St +Andrew's cross from the left east corner to the right west corner on the +pavement cindered for the purpose, and the alphabet in Latin on the +other limb from the right east corner to the left west corner. Then he +is to genuflect before the altar or cross. Then he blesses water, +mingled with salt, ashes and wine, and sprinkles therewith all the walls +of the church inside thrice, beginning at the altar; then he sprinkles +the centre of the church longwise and crosswise on the pavement, and +then goes round the outside of the church sprinkling it thrice. Next +reentering the church and taking up a central position he sprinkles holy +water to the four points of the compass, and toward the roof. Next he +anoints with chrism the twelve internal and twelve external +wall-crosses, afterwards perambulating the church thrice inside and +outside, censing it. + +Then there follows the consecration of the altar. First, holy water is +blessed and mixed with chrism, and with the mixture the bishop makes a +cross in the middle of the altar, then on the right and the left, then +on the four horns of the altar. Then the altar is sprinkled seven times +or three times with water not mixed with chrism, and the altar-table is +washed therewith and censed and wiped with a linen cloth. The centre of +the altar is next anointed with the oil of the catechumens in the form +of a cross; and the altar-stone is next anointed with chrism; and then +the whole altar is rubbed over with oil of the catechumens and with +chrism. Incense is next blessed, and the altar censed, five grains of +incense being placed crosswise in the centre and at the four corners, +and upon the grains five slender candle crosses, which are to be lit. +Afterwards the altar is scraped and cleansed; then the altar-cloths and +ornaments having been sprinkled with holy water are placed upon the +altar, which is then to be censed. + +All this is subsidiary to the celebration of mass, with which the whole +service is concluded. The transcription and description of the various +collects, psalms, anthems, benedictions, &c., which make up the order of +dedication have been omitted for the sake of brevity. + +The Sarum order of dedication described above is substantially identical +with the Roman order, but it would be superfluous to tabulate and +describe the lesser variations of language or ritual. There is, however, +one very important and significant piece of ritual, not found in the +above-described English church order, but always found in the Roman +service, and not infrequently found in the earlier and later English +uses, in connexion with the presence and use of relics at the +consecration of an altar. According to the Roman ritual, after the +priest has sprinkled the walls of the church inside thrice all round and +then sprinkled the pavement from the altar to the porch, and sideways +from wall to wall, and then to the four quarters of the compass, he +prepares some cement at the altar. He then goes to the place where the +relics are kept, and starts a solemn procession with the relics round +the outside of the church. There a sermon is preached, and two decrees +of the council of Trent are read, and the founder's deed of gift or +endowment. Then the bishop, anointing the door with chrism, enters the +church with the relics and deposits them in the cavity or confession in +the altar. Having been enclosed they are censed and covered in, and the +cover is anointed. Then follows the censing and wiping of the altar as +in the Sarum order. + +This use of relics is very ancient and can be traced back to the time +of St Ambrose. There was also a custom, now obsolete, of enclosing a +portion of the consecrated Eucharist if relics were not obtainable. This +was ordered by cap. 2 of the council of Celchyth (Chelsea) in 816. But +though ancient the custom of enclosing relics was not universal, and +where found in English church orders, as it frequently is found from the +pontifical of Egbert onwards, it is called the "Mos Romanus" as +distinguished from the "Mos Anglicanus" (_Archaeologia_, liv. 416). It +is absent from the description of the early Irish form of consecration +preserved in the _Leabhar Breac_, translated and annotated by Rev. T. +Olden in the _Transactions of the St Paul's Ecclesiolog. Soc._ vol. iv. +pt. ii. p. 98. + +The curious ritual act, technically known as the _abecedarium_, i.e. the +tracing of the alphabet, sometimes in Latin characters, sometimes in +Latin and Greek, sometimes, according to Menard, in Latin, Greek and +Hebrew, along the limbs of St Andrew's cross on the floor of the church, +can be traced back to the 8th century and may be earlier. Its origin and +meaning are unknown. Of all explanations we like best the recent one +suggested by Rossi and adopted by the bishop of Salisbury. This +interprets the St Andrew's cross as the initial Greek letter of +Christus, and the whole act as significant of taking possession of the +site to be consecrated in the name of Christ, who is the Alpha and +Omega, the word of God, combining in himself all letters that lie +between them, every element of human speech. The three languages may +then have been suggested by the Latin, Greek and Hebrew, in which his +title was written on the cross. + +The disentangling the Gallican from the Roman elements in the early +Western forms of service is a delicate and difficult task, undertaken by +Monsignor Louis Duchesne, who shows how the former partook of a funerary +and the latter of a baptismal character (_Christian Worship_ (London, +1904), cap. xii.). + +The dedication service of the Greek Church is likewise long and +elaborate. Relics are to be prepared and guarded on the day previous in +some neighbouring sacred building. On the morning following, all +ornaments and requisites having been got ready, the laity being +excluded, the bishop and clergy vested proceed to fix in its place and +consecrate the altar, a long prayer of dedication being said, followed +by a litany. The altar is then sprinkled with warm water, then with +wine, then anointed with chrism in the form of a cross. The altar, the +book of the gospels, and all cloths are then censed, every pillar is +crossed with chrism, while various collects are said and psalms recited. +One lamp is then filled with oil and lit, and placed on the altar, while +clergy bring in other lamps and other ornaments of the church. On the +next day--if the service cannot be concluded in one day--the bishop and +clergy go to the building where the relics have been kept and guarded. A +procession is formed and advances thence with the relics, which are +borne by a priest in a holy vessel (_discus_) on his head; the church +having been entered, the relics are placed by him with much ceremonial +in the "confession," the recess prepared in or about the altar for their +reception, which is then anointed and sealed up. After this the liturgy +is celebrated both on the feast of dedication and on seven days +afterwards. + +There is no authorized form for the dedication of a church in the +reformed Church of England. A form was drawn up and approved by both +houses of the convocation of Canterbury under Archbishop Tenison in +1712, and an almost identical form was submitted to convocation in 1715, +but its consideration was not completed by the Lower House, and neither +form ever received royal sanction. The consequence has been that +Anglican bishops have fallen back on their undefined _jus liturgicum_, +and have drawn up and promulgated forms for use in their various +dioceses, some of them being content to borrow from other dioceses for +this purpose. There is a general similarity, with a certain amount of +difference in detail, in these various forms. In the diocese of London +the bishop, attended by clergy and churchwardens, receives at the west +door, outside, a petition for consecration; the procession then moves +round the whole church outside, while certain psalms are chanted. On +again reaching the west door the bishop knocks thrice for admission, and +the door being opened the procession advances to the east end of the +church. He there lays the keys on the table "which is to be hallowed." +The _Veni Creator_ is then sung kneeling, followed by the litany with +special suffrages. The bishop then proceeds to various parts of the +church and blesses the font, the chancel, with special references to +confirmation and holy matrimony, the lectern, the pulpit, the clergy +stalls, the choir seats, the holy table. The deed of consecration is +then read and signed, and the celebration of Holy Communion follows with +special collects, epistle and gospel. + +The Church of Ireland and the episcopal Church of Scotland are likewise +without any completely authorized form of dedication, and their +archbishops or bishops have at various times issued forms of service on +their own authority. (F. E. W.) + + + + +DE DONIS CONDITIONALIBUS, a chapter of the statute of Westminster the +Second (1285) which originated the law of entail. Strictly speaking, a +form of entail was known before the Norman feudal law had been +domesticated in England. The common form was a grant "to the feoffee and +the heirs of his body," by which limitation it was sought to prevent +alienation from the lineage of the first purchaser. These grants were +also known as _feuda conditionata_, because if the donee had no heirs of +his body the estate reverted to the donor. This right of reversion was +evaded by the interpretation that such a gift was a conditional fee, +which enabled the donee, if he had an heir of the body born alive, to +alienate the land, and consequently disinherit the issue and defeat the +right of the donor. To remedy this the statute _De Donis +Conditionalibus_ was passed, which enacted that, in grants to a man and +the heirs of his body, the will of the donor according to the form in +the deed of gift manifestly expressed, should be from thenceforth +observed; so that they to whom the land was given under such condition, +should have no power to alienate the land so given, but that it should +remain unto the issue of those to whom it was given after their death, +or unto the giver or his heirs, if issue fail. Since the passing of the +statute an estate given to a man and the heirs of his body has been +known as an estate tail, or an estate in fee tail (_feudum talliatum_), +the word tail being derived from the French _tailler_, to cut, the +inheritance being by the statute cut down and confined to the heirs of +the body. The operation of the statute soon produced innumerable evils: +"children, it is said, grew disobedient when they knew they could not be +set aside; farmers were deprived of their leases; creditors were +defrauded of their debts; innumerable latent entails were produced to +deprive purchasers of the land they had fairly bought; treasons also +were encouraged, as estates tail were not liable to forfeiture longer +than for the tenant's life" (Williams, _Real Property_). Accordingly, +the power of alienation was reintroduced by the judges in Taltarum's +case (_Year Book_, 12 Edward IV., 1472) by means of a fictitious suit or +recovery which had originally been devised by the regular clergy for +evading the statutes of mortmain. This was abolished by an act passed in +1833. (See FINE.) + + + + +DEDUCTION (from Lat. _deducere_, to take or lead from or out of, +derive), a term used in common parlance for the process of taking away +from, or subtracting (as in mathematics), and specially for the +argumentative process of arriving at a conclusion from evidence, i.e. +for any kind of inference.[1] In this sense it includes both arguments +from particular facts and those from general laws to particular cases. +In logic it is generally used in contradiction to "induction" for a kind +of mediate inference, in which a conclusion (often itself called the +deduction) is regarded as following necessarily under certain fixed laws +from premises. This, the most common, form of deduction is the syllogism +(q.v.; see also LOGIC), which consists in taking a general principle and +deriving from it facts which are necessarily involved in it. This use of +deduction is of comparatively modern origin; it was originally used as +the equivalent of Aristotle's [Greek: apagôgê] (see _Prior Analytics_, B +xxv.). The modern use of deduction is practically identical with the +Aristotelian [Greek: syllogismos]. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] Two forms of the verb are used, "deduce" and "deduct"; originally + synonymous, they are now distinguished, "deduce" being confined to + arguments, "deduct" to quantities. + + + + +DEE, JOHN (1527-1608), English mathematician and astrologer, was born on +the 13th of July 1527, in London, where his father was, according to +Wood, a wealthy vintner. In 1542 he was sent to St John's College, +Cambridge. After five years spent in mathematical and astronomical +studies, he went to Holland, in order to visit several eminent +continental mathematicians. Having remained abroad nearly a year, he +returned to Cambridge, and was elected a fellow of Trinity College, then +first erected by King Henry VIII. In 1548 he took the degree of master +of arts; but in the same year he found it necessary to leave England on +account of the suspicions entertained of his being a conjurer; these +were first excited by a piece of machinery, which, in the _Pax_ of +Aristophanes, he exhibited to the university, representing the +scarabaeus flying up to Jupiter, with a man and a basket of victuals on +its back. He went first to the university of Louvain, where he resided +about two years, and then to the college of Rheims, where he had +extraordinary success in his public lectures on Euclid's _Elements_. On +his return to England in 1551 King Edward assigned him a pension of 100 +crowns, which he afterwards exchanged for the rectory of +Upton-upon-Severn, Worcestershire. Soon after the accession of Mary he +was accused of using enchantments against the queen's life; but after a +tedious confinement he obtained his liberty in 1555, by an order of +council. + +When Elizabeth ascended the throne, Dee was asked by Lord Dudley to name +a propitious day for the coronation. On this occasion he was introduced +to the queen, who took lessons in the mystical interpretation of his +writings, and made him great promises, which, however, were never +fulfilled. In 1564 he again visited the continent, in order to present +his _Monas hieroglyphica_ to the emperor Maximilian, to whom he had +dedicated it. He returned to England in the same year; but in 1571 he +was in Lorraine, whither two physicians were sent by the queen to his +relief in a dangerous illness. Returning to his home at Mortlake, in +Surrey, he continued his studies, and made a collection of curious books +and manuscripts, and a variety of instruments. In 1578 Dee was sent +abroad to consult with German physicians and astrologers in regard to +the illness of the queen. On his return to England, he was employed in +investigating the title of the crown to the countries recently +discovered by British subjects, and in furnishing geographical +descriptions. Two large rolls containing the desired information, which +he presented to the queen, are still preserved in the Cottonian Library. +A learned treatise on the reformation of the calendar, written by him +about the same time, is also preserved in the Ashmolean Library at +Oxford. + +From this period the philosophical researches of Dee were concerned +entirely with necromancy. In 1581 he became acquainted with Edward +Kelly, an apothecary, who had been convicted of forgery and had lost +both ears in the pillory at Lancaster. He professed to have discovered +the philosopher's stone, and by his assistance Dee performed various +incantations, and maintained a frequent imaginary intercourse with +spirits. Shortly afterwards Kelly and Dee were introduced by the earl of +Leicester to a Polish nobleman, Albert Laski, palatine of Siradz, +devoted to the same pursuits, who persuaded them to accompany him to his +native country. They embarked for Holland in September 1583, and arrived +at Laski's residence in February following. Upon Dee's departure the +mob, believing him a wizard, broke into his house, and destroyed a +quantity of furniture and books and his chemical apparatus. Dee and +Kelly lived for some years in Poland and Bohemia in alternate wealth and +poverty, according to the credulity or scepticism of those before whom +they exhibited. They professed to raise spirits by incantation; and +Kelly dictated the utterances to Dee, who wrote them down and +interpreted them. + +Dee at length quarrelled with his companion, and returned to England in +1589. He was helped over his financial difficulties by the queen and his +friends. In May of 1595 he became warden of Manchester College. In +November 1604 he returned to Mortlake, where he died in December 1608, +at the age of eighty-one, in the greatest poverty. Aubrey describes him +as "of a very fair, clear sanguine complexion, with a long beard as +white as milk--a very handsome man--tall and slender. He wore a goune +like an artist's goune with hanging sleeves." Dee's _Speculum_ or +mirror, a piece of solid pink-tinted glass about the size of an orange, +is preserved in the British Museum. + + His principal works are--_Propaedeumata aphoristica_ (London, 1558); + _Monas hieroglyphica_ (Antwerp, 1564); _Epistola ad Fredericum + Commandinum_ (Pesaro, 1570); _Preface Mathematical to the English + Euclid_ (1570); _Divers Annotations and Inventions added after the + tenth book of English Euclid_ (1570); _Epistola praefixa Ephemeridibus + Joannis Feldi, a. 1557; Parallaticae commentationis praxeosque nucleus + quidam_ (London, 1573). The catalogue of his printed and published + works is to be found in his _Compendious Rehearsal_, as well as in his + letter to Archbishop Whitgift. A manuscript of Dee's, relating what + passed for many years between him and some spirits, was edited by + Meric Casaubon and published in 1659. _The Private Diary of Dr John + Dee, and the Catalogue of his Library of Manuscripts_, edited by J. O. + Halliwell, was published by the Camden Society in 1842. There is a + life of Dee in Thomas Smith's _Vitae illustrium virorum_ (1707); + English translation by W. A. Ayton, the _Life of John Dee_ (1909). + + + + +DEE (Welsh, _Dyfrdwy_; Lat., and in Milton, _Deva_), a river of Wales +and England. It rises in Bala Lake, Merionethshire, which is fed by a +number of small streams. Leaving the lake near the town of Bala it +follows a north-easterly course to Corwen, turns thence E. by S. past +Llangollen to a point near Overton, and then bends nearly north to +Chester, and thereafter north-west through a great estuary opening into +the Irish Sea. In the Llangollen district the Dee crosses Denbighshire, +and thereafter forms the boundary of that county with Shropshire, a +detached part of Flint, and Cheshire. From Bala nearly down to Overton, +a distance of 35 m., during which the river falls about 330 ft., its +course lies through a narrow and beautiful valley, enclosed on the south +by the steep lower slopes of the Berwyn Mountains and on the north by a +succession of lesser ranges. The portion known as the Vale of Llangollen +is especially famous. Here an aqueduct carrying the Pontcysyllte branch +of the Shropshire Union canal bestrides the valley; it is a remarkable +engineering work completed by Thomas Telford in 1805. The Dee has a +total length of about 70 m. and a fall of 530 ft. Below Overton it +debouches upon its plain track. Below Chester it follows a straight +artificial channel to the estuary, and this is the only navigable +portion. The estuary, which is 14 m. long, and 5¼ m. wide at its mouth, +between Hilbre Point on the English and Point of Air on the Welsh side, +is not a commercial highway like the neighbouring mouth of the Mersey, +for though in appearance a fine natural harbour at high tide, it becomes +at low tide a vast expanse of sand, through which the river meanders in +a narrow channel. The navigation, however, is capable of improvement, +and schemes have been set on foot to this end. The tide rushes in with +great speed over the sands, and their danger is illustrated in the +well-known ballad "The Sands of Dee" by Charles Kingsley. The Dee drains +an area of 813 sq. m. + + + + +DEE, a river in the south of Aberdeenshire, Scotland, pursuing a +generally easterly direction from its source in the extreme west of the +county till it reaches the North Sea at the city of Aberdeen. It rises +in the Wells of Dee, a spring on Ben Braeriach, one of the Cairngorms, +at a height of 4061 ft. above the sea. It descends rapidly from this +altitude, and by the time that it receives the Geusachan, on its right +bank, about 6 m. from its source, it has fallen 2421 ft. From the +mountains flanking its upper reaches it is fed by numerous burns named +and unnamed. With its tributaries the river drains an area of 1000 sq. +m. Rapid and turbulent during the first half of its course of 90 m., it +broadens appreciably below Aboyne and the rate of flow is diminished. +The channel towards its mouth was artificially altered in order to +provide increased dock accommodation at Aberdeen, but, above, the stream +is navigable for only barges and small craft for a few miles. It runs +through scenery of transcendent beauty, especially in Braemar. About two +miles above Inverey it enters a narrow rocky gorge, 300 yds. long and +only a few feet wide at one part, and forms the rapids and cascades of +the famous Linn of Dee. One of the finest of Scottish salmon streams, it +retains its purity almost to the very end of its run. The principal +places on the Dee, apart from private residences, are Castleton of +Braemar, Ballater, Aboyne, Kincardine O'Neil, Banchory, Culter and +Cults. + + + + +DEED (in O. Eng. _deâd_, from the stem of the verb "to do"), that which +is done, an act, doing; particularly, in law, a contract in writing, +sealed and delivered by the party bound to the party intended to +benefit. Contracts or obligations under seal are called in English law +_specialties_, and down to 1869 they took precedence in payment over +_simple_ contracts, whether written or not. Writing, sealing and +delivery are all essential to a deed. The signature of the party charged +is not material, and the deed is not void for want of a date. Delivery, +it is held, may be complete without the actual handing over of the deed; +it is sufficient if the act of sealing were accompanied by words or acts +signifying that the deed was intended to be presently binding; and +delivery to a third person for the use of the party benefited will be +sufficient. On the other hand, the deed may be handed over to a third +person as an _escrow_,[1] in which case it will not take effect as a +deed until certain conditions are performed. Such conditional delivery +may be inferred from the circumstances attending the transaction, +although the conditions be not expressed in words. A deed indented, or +indenture (so called because written in counterparts on the same sheet +of parchment, separated by cutting a wavy line between them so as to be +identified by fitting the parts together), is between two or more +parties who contract mutually. The actual indentation is not now +necessary to an indenture. The _deed-poll_ (with a polled or smooth-cut +edge, not indented) is a deed in which one party binds himself without +reference to any corresponding obligations undertaken by another party. +See CONTRACT. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] An Anglo-French law term meaning a "scroll" or strip of + parchment, cognate with the English "shred." The modern French + _écroue_ is used for the entry of a name on a prison register. + + + + +DEEMS, CHARLES (ALEXANDER) FORCE (1820-1893), American clergyman, was +born in Baltimore, Maryland, on the 4th of December 1820. He was a +precocious child and delivered lectures on temperance and on Sunday +schools before he was fourteen years old. He graduated at Dickinson +College in 1839, taught and preached in New York city for a few months, +in 1840 took charge of the Methodist Episcopal church at Asbury, New +Jersey, and removed in the next year to North Carolina, where he was +general agent for the American Bible Society. He was professor of logic +and rhetoric at the University of North Carolina in 1842-1847, and +professor of natural sciences at Randolph-Macon College (then at +Boydton, Virginia) in 1847-1848, and after two years of preaching at +Newbern, N.C., he held for four years (1850-1854) the presidency of +Greensboro (N.C.) Female College. He continued as a Methodist Episcopal +clergyman at various pastorates in North Carolina from 1854 to 1865, for +the last seven years being a presiding elder and in 1859 to 1863 being +the proprietor of St Austin's Institute, Wilson. In 1865 he settled in +New York City, where in 1866 he began preaching in the chapel of New +York University, and in 1868 he established and became the pastor of the +undenominational Church of the Strangers, which in 1870 occupied the +former Mercer Street Presbyterian church, purchased and given to Dr +Deems by Cornelius Vanderbilt; there he remained until his death in New +York city on the 18th of November 1893. He was one of the founders +(1881) and president of the American Institute of Christian Philosophy +and for ten years was editor of its organ, _Christian Thought_. Dr Deems +was an earnest temperance advocate, as early as 1852 worked +(unsuccessfully) for a general prohibition law in North Carolina, and in +his later years allied himself with the Prohibition party. He was +influential in securing from Cornelius Vanderbilt the endowment of +Vanderbilt University, in Nashville, Tennessee. He was a man of rare +personal and literary charm; he edited _The Southern Methodist Episcopal +Pulpit_ (1846-1852) and _The Annals of Southern Methodism_ (1855-1857); +he compiled _Devotional Melodies_ (1842), and, with the assistance of +Phoebe Cary, one of his parishioners, _Hymns for all Christians_ (1869; +revised, 1881); and he published many books, among which were: _The Life +of Dr Adam Clarke_ (1840); _The Triumph of Peace and other Poems_ +(1840); _The Home Altar_ (1850); _Jesus_ (1872), which ran through many +editions and several revisions, the title being changed in 1880 to _The +Light of the Nations_; _Sermons_ (1885); _The Gospel of Common Sense_ +(1888); _The Gospel of Spiritual Insight_ (1891) and _My Septuagint_ +(1892). The Charles F. Deems Lectureship in Philosophy was founded in +his honour in 1895 at New York University by the American Institute of +Christian Philosophy. + + His _Autobiography_ (New York, 1897) is autobiographical only to 1847, + the memoir being completed by his two sons. + + + + +DEER (O. E. _déor_, _díor_, a common Teutonic word, meaning a wild animal, +cf. Ger. _Tier_, Du. _dier_, &c., probably from a root _dhus_-, to +breathe), originally the name of one of two British species, the red-deer +or the fallow-deer, but now extended to all the members of the family +_Cervidae_, in the section Pecora of the suborder Artiodactyla of the +order Ungulata. (See PECORA; ARTIODACTYLA and UNGULATA.) Briefly, deer may +be defined as Pecora presenting the following characteristics:--either +antlers present in the male, or when these are absent, the upper canines +large and sabre-like, and the lateral metacarpal bones represented only by +their lower extremities. This definition will include the living and also +most of the extinct forms, although in some of the latter the lateral +metacarpal bones not only retain their lower ends, but are complete in +their entire length. + +The leading characters of antlers are described under PECORA, but these +structures may be defined somewhat more fully in the following passage +from the present writer's _Deer of all Lands_:-- + + "Antlers are supported on a pair of solid bony processes, or pedicles, + arising from the frontal bones of the skull, of which they form an + inseparable portion; and if in a fully adult deer these pedicles be + sawn through, they will generally be found to consist of solid, + ivory-like bone, devoid of perceptible channels for the passage of + blood-vessels. The pedicles are always covered with skin well supplied + with blood-vessels; and in young deer, or those in which the antlers + have been comparatively recently shed, the covering of skin extends + over their summits, when they appear as longer or shorter projections + on the forehead, according to the species. When the first or a new + antler is about to be formed, the summits of these pedicles become + tender, and bear small velvet-like knobs, which have a high + temperature, and are supplied by an extra quantity of blood, which + commences to deposit bony matter. This deposition of bony matter + progresses very rapidly, and although in young deer and the adults of + some species the resulting antler merely forms a simple spike, or a + single fork, in full-grown individuals of the majority it assumes a + more or less complexly branched structure. All this time the growing + antler is invested with a skin clothed with exceedingly fine short + hairs, and is most liberally supplied with blood-vessels; this + sensitive skin being called the velvet. Towards the completion of its + growth a more or less prominent ring of bone, termed the burr or + coronet, is deposited at its base just above the junction with the + pedicle; this ring tending to constrict the blood-vessels, and thus + cut off the supply of blood from the antlers.... + + "When the antlers are freed from the velvet--a process usually + assisted by the animal rubbing them against tree stems or boughs--they + have a more or less rugose surface, owing to the grooves formed in + them by the nutrient blood-vessels. Although a few living species have + the antlers in the form of simple spikes in the adult male, in the + great majority of species they are more or less branched; while in + some, like the elk and fallow-deer, they expand into broad palmated + plates, with tines, or snags, on one or both margins. In the antlers + of the red-deer group, which form the type of the whole series, the + following names have been applied to their different component parts + and branches. The main shaft is termed the beam; the first or lowest + tine the brow-tine; the second the bez-tine; the third the trez-tine, + or royal; and the branched portion forming the summit the crown, or + surroyals. But the antlers of all deer by no means conform to this + type; and in certain groups other names have to be adopted for the + branches. + + "The antlers of young deer are in the form of simple spikes; and this + form is retained in the South American brockets, although the simple + antlers of these deer appear due to degeneration, and are not + primitive types. Indeed, no living deer shows such primitive + spike-like antlers in the adult, and it is doubtful whether such a + type is displayed by any known extinct form, although many have a + simple fork. In the deer of the sambar group, where the antlers never + advance beyond a three-tined type, the shedding is frequently, if not + invariably, very irregular; but in the majority at least of the + species with complex antlers the replacement is annual, the new + appendages attaining their full development immediately before the + pairing-season. In such species there is a more or less regular annual + increase in the complexity of the antlers up to a certain period of + life, after which they begin to degenerate." + + +The _Cervidae_ are distributed all over Europe, Asia, Northern Africa +and America, but are unknown in Africa south of the Sahara. They are +undoubtedly a group of European or Asiatic origin, and obtained an +entrance into America at a time when that continent was connected with +Asia by way of Bering Strait. + +The existing members of the family are classified in the writer's _Deer +of all Lands_ as follows:-- + + A. Subfamily CERVINAE.--Antlers, with one exception, present in the + male; liver without a gall-bladder; a face-gland, and a gland-pit in + the skull. + + I. Reindeer, Genus _Rangifer_.--Lateral metacarpal bones represented + only by their lower extremities; antlers present in both sexes, + complex. Northern part of both hemispheres. + + II. Elk, Genus _Alces_.--Lateral metacarpals as in preceding; antlers + (as in the following genera) present only in the male, arising at + right angles to the median longitudinal line of the skull, and + extending at first in the plane of the forehead, after which, when in + their fullest development, they expand into a broad palmation margined + with snags. Northern portion of both hemispheres. + + III. True Deer, Genus _Cervus_.--Lateral metacarpals represented only + by their upper ends. Antlers arising at acute angles to the median + line of the skull (as in the following genera), at first projecting + from the plane of the forehead, and then continued upwards nearly in + that plane, supported on short pedicles, and furnished with a + brow-tine, never regularly forked at first division, but generally of + large size, and with not less than three tines; the skull without + ridges on the frontals forming the bases of the pedicles of the + antlers. Upper canine teeth small, or wanting. Europe, Asia and N. + America. + + 1. Red-deer Group, Subgenus _Cervus_.--Antlers rounded, usually with + five or more tines, generally including a bez (second), and always a + trez (third); coat of adult generally unspotted, with a large + light-coloured disk surrounding the tail; young, spotted. Europe, + Northern and Central Asia and North America. + + 2. Sika Deer, Subgenus _Pseudaxis_.--Antlers smaller and simpler, + four-tined, with a trez (third), but no bez (second); coat of adult + spotted, at least in summer, with a white area bordered by black in + the region of the tail, which is also black and white. North-Eastern + Asia. + + 3. Fallow-deer, Subgenus _Dama_.--Antlers without a bez, but with a + trez-tine, above which the beam is more or less palmated, and + generally furnished with numerous snags; coat of adult spotted in + summer, uniform in winter, with black and white markings in the region + of the tail similar to those of _Pseudaxis_; young, spotted. + Mediterranean region, but more widely spread in Europe during the + Pleistocene epoch, and also introduced into many European countries. + + 4. Sambar Group, Subgenus _Rusa_.--Antlers rounded, three-tined, with + the bez- and trez-tines wanting, and the beam simply forked at the + summit; coat either uniform or spotted at all seasons. Indo-Malay + countries and part of China. + + 5. Barasingha Group, Subgenus _Rucervus_.--Antlers flattened or + rounded, without bez- or trez-tine, the beam dichotomously forking, + and one or both branches again forked, so that the number of tines is + at least four; brow-tine forming a right angle or a continuous curve + with the beam; coat of adult generally more or less uniform, of young + spotted. Indo-Malay countries. + + IV. Muntjacs, Genus _Cervulus_.--Lateral metacarpals as in _Cervus_; + antlers small, with a brow-tine and an unbranched beam, supported on + long bony pedicles, continued downwards as convergent ridges on the + forehead; upper canines of male large and tusk-like. Indo-Malay + countries and China. + + V. Tufted Muntjacs, Genus _Elaphodus_.--Nearly related to the last, + but the antlers still smaller, with shorter pedicles and divergent + frontal ridges; upper canines of male not everted at the tips. Tibet + and China. + + VI. Water-deer, Genus _Hydrelaphus_.--Lateral metacarpals as in + _Rangifer_; antlers wanting; upper canines of males tusk-like and + growing from semi-persistent pulps; cheek-teeth tall-crowned + (hypsodont); tail moderate. China. + + VII. Roe-deer, Genus _Capreolus_.--Lateral metacarpals as in + _Rangifer_; antlers rather small, without a brow-tine or sub-basal + snag, dichotomously forked, with the upper or posterior prong again + forking; tail rudimentary; vomer not dividing posterior nasal aperture + of skull. Europe and Northern Asia. + + VIII. Père David's Deer, Genus _Elaphurus_.--Lateral metacarpals as in + _Cervus_; antlers large, without a brow-tine or sub-basal snag, + dichotomously forked, with the upper prong of the fork curving + forwards and dividing, and the lower prong long, simple, and projected + backwards, the beam making a very marked angle with the plane of the + face; tail very long; vomer as in _Capreolus_. North-East Asia. + + IX. American Deer, Genus _Mazama_.--Lateral metacarpals as in + _Rangifer_; antlers very variable in size, forming a marked angle with + the plane of the face, without a brow-tine; when consisting of more + than a simple prong, dichotomously forked, frequently with a sub-basal + snag, and always with the lower prong of the fork projected from the + front edge of the beam, in some cases the lower, in others the upper, + and in others both prongs again dividing; tail long; tarsal gland + generally present; metatarsal gland very variable, both as regards + presence and position; vomer dividing the inner aperture of the + nostrils in the skull into two distinct chambers. America. + + 1. White-tailed Group, Subgenus _Dorcelaphus_ or + _Odocoileus_.--Antlers large and complex, with a sub-basal snag, and + the lower prong more or less developed at the expense of the upper + one; metatarsal gland usually present; tail long or moderate, and + hairy below; face very long and narrow; the face-gland small, and the + gland-pit in the skull of moderate extent; no upper canines; size + generally large. North America to Northern South America. + + 2. Marsh-deer Group, Subgenus _Blastoceros_.--Antlers large and + complex, without a sub-basal snag, and the upper prong more developed + than the lower one; metatarsal gland absent; tail short; face + moderately long; face-gland and gland-pit well developed; upper + canines usually present in male. Size large or rather small. South + America. + + 3. Guemals, Subgenus _Xenelaphus_.--Antlers small and simple, forming + a single dichotomous fork; metatarsal gland absent; tail short; face + moderately long; face-gland and gland-pit well developed; upper + canines present in both sexes. Size medium. South America. + + 4. Brockets, Subgenus _Mazama_.--Antlers in the form of simple + unbranched spikes; metatarsal, and in one case also the tarsal gland + absent; tail very short; face elongated; face-gland small and + gland-pit deep and triangular; hair of face radiating from two whorls: + upper canines sometimes present in old males. Size small. Central and + South America. + + X. Genus _Pudua_.--Skull and metacarpals generally as in _Mazama_; + size very small; hair coarse and brittle; antlers in the form of + short, simple spikes; cannon-bones very short; tail very short or + wanting; no whorls in the hair of the face; face-gland moderately + large, and gland-pit deep and oval; tarsal and metatarsal glands + wanting; ectocuneiform bone of tarsus united with the naviculocuboid. + South America. + + B. Subfamily MOSCHINAE.--Antlers wanting in both sexes; liver + furnished with a gall-bladder; no face-gland or gland-pit. + + XI. Musk-deer, Genus _Moschus_.--Hair coarse and brittle; upper + canines of male very long; no tarsal or metatarsal glands or tufts; + lateral metacarpals represented by their lower extremities; lateral + hoofs very large; tail very short; naked portion of muzzle extensive; + male with a large abdominal gland. Central Asia. + +Of the above, Reindeer and Elk are dealt with in separate articles +(qq.v.). + +The first or typical group of the genus _Cervus_ includes the red-deer +(_Cervus elaphus_) of Europe and western Asia, of which there are +several local races, such as the large _C. elaphus maral_ of eastern +Europe and Persia, which is often partially spotted above and +dark-coloured below, the smaller _C. e. barbarus_ of Tunisia and +Morocco, and the still smaller _C. e. corsicanus_ of Corsica. The +Scandinavian red-deer is the typical form of the species. In all +red-deer the antlers are rounded, and show a more or less marked +tendency to form a cup at the summit. Wapiti, on the other hand, show a +marked tendency to the flattening of the antlers, with a great +development of the fourth tine, which is larger than all the others, and +the whole of the tines above this in the same plane, or nearly so, this +plane being the same as the long axis of the animal. Normally no cup is +developed at the summit of the antler. The tail, too, is shorter than in +the red-deer; while in winter the under parts become very dark, and the +upper surface often bleaches almost white. The cry of the stags in the +breeding season is also different. The typical representative of the +group is the North American wapiti _C. canadensis_, but there are +several closely allied races in Central Asia, such as _C. canadensis +songaricus_ and _C. c. bactrianus_, while in Manchuria the subgroup is +represented by _C. c. xanthopygus_, in which the summer coat is reddish +instead of grey. The hangul (_C. cashmirianus_) of Kashmir is a distinct +dark-coloured species, in which the antlers tend to turn in at the +summit; while _C. yarcandensis_, of the Tarim Valley, Turkestan, is a +redder animal, with a wholly rufous tail, and antlers usually +terminating in a simple fork placed in a transverse plane. Another +Asiatic species is the great shou (_C. affinis_) of the Chumbi Valley, +in which the antlers curve forwards in a remarkable manner. Lastly _C. +albirostris_, of Tibet, is easily recognized by its white muzzle, and +smooth, whitish, flattened antlers, which have fewer tines than those of +the other members of the group, all placed in one plane. + +The second group of the genus _Cervus_, forming the subgenus +_Pseudaxis_, is typified by the handsome little Japanese deer, or sika, +_C. (P.) sika_, in which the antlers are four-tined, and covered with +red "velvet" when first grown, while the coat is fully spotted in +summer, but more or less uniformly brown in winter. The most distinctive +feature of the deer of this group is, however, the patch of long +erectile white hairs on the buttocks, which, although inconspicuous when +the animals are quiescent, is expanded into a large chrysanthemum-like +bunch when they start to run or are otherwise excited. The patch then +forms a guiding signal for the members of the herd when in flight. On +the mainland of Manchuria both the typical sika, and a larger race (_C. +sika manchuricus_), occur. A still larger and finer animal is the Pekin +sika (_C. hortulorum_), of northern Manchuria, which is as large as a +small red-deer; it is represented in the Yang-tse valley by a local +race, _C. h. kopschi_. Formosa possesses a species of its own (_C. +taëvanus_), which, in correlation with the perpetual verdure of that +island, is spotted at all seasons. + +For the fallow-deer, _Cervus [Dama] dama_, see FALLOW-DEER. + +The rusine or sambar group of _Cervus_, of which the characteristics are +given above, comprises a considerable number of long-tailed species with +three-tined antlers from the Indo-Malay countries and some parts of +China. The largest and handsomest is the sambar of India (_Cervus [Rusa] +unicolor_), characterized by its massive and rugged antlers. It is +represented by a number of local races, mostly of smaller size, such as +the Burmese and Malay _C. u. equinus_, the Formosan _C. u. swinhoei_, +and the Philippine _C. u. philippinus_ and _C. u. nigricans_, of which +the latter is not larger than a roe-buck, while the sambar itself is as +large as a red-deer. Whether these local phases of a single variable +type are best denominated races or species, must be largely a matter of +individual opinion. The rusa, or Javan sambar, _C. (R.) hippelaphus_, is +a lighter-coloured and smaller deer than the Indian sambar, with longer, +slenderer and less rugged antlers. Typically from Java, this deer is +also represented in the Moluccas and Timor, and has thus the most +easterly range of the whole tribe. A black coat with white spots +distinguishes the Philippine spotted deer, _C. alfredi_, which is about +the size of a roe-buck; while other members of this group are the +Calamianes deer of the Philippines (_C. culionensis_), the Bavian deer +(_C. kuhli_) from a small island near Java, and the well-known Indian +hog-deer or para (_C. porcinus_), all these three last being small, more +or less uniformly coloured, and closely allied species. On the other +hand, the larger and handsomer chital, or spotted deer (_C. axis_), +stands apart by its white-spotted fawn-red coat and differently formed +antlers. + +Nearly allied to the preceding is the barasingha or rucervine group +(subgenus _Rucervus_), in which the antlers are of a different and +generally more complex character. The typical species is the Indian +barasingha or swamp-deer, _Cervus (Rucervus) duvauceli_, a uniformly red +animal, widely distributed in the forest districts of India. In Siam it +is replaced by _C. (R.) schomburgki_, in which the antlers are of a +still more complex type. Finally, we have the thamin, or Eld's deer, _C. +(R.) eldi_, ranging from Burma to Siam, and characterized by the +continuous curve formed by the beam and the brow-tine of the antlers. + +For the small eastern deer, respectively known as muntjacs (_Cervulus_) +and tufted muntjacs or tufted deer (_Elaphodus_), see MUNTJAC; while +under WATER-DEER will be found a notice of the Chinese representative of +the genus _Hydrelaphus_ (or _Hydropotes_). The roe-deer, or roe-buck +(_Capreolus_), likewise form the subject of a separate article (see +ROE-BUCK), as is also the case with Père David's deer, the sole +representative of the genus _Elaphurus_. + +The American deer include such New World species as are generically +distinct from Old World types. All these differ from the members of the +genus _Cervus_ in having no brow-tine to the antlers, which, in common +with those of the roe-deer, belong to what is called the forked type. +Including all these deer except one in the genus _Mazama_ (of which the +typical representatives are the South American brockets), the North +American species constitute the subgenus _Dorcelaphus_ (also known as +_Cariacus_ and _Odocoileus_). One of the best known of these is the +white-tailed deer _Mazama (Dorcelaphus) americana_, often known as the +Virginian deer. It is typically an animal of the size of a fallow-deer, +reddish in summer and greyish in winter, with a long tail, which is +coloured like the back above but white below, and is carried elevated +when the animal is running, so as to form with the white of the inner +sides of the buttocks a conspicuous "blaze." A white fetlock-gland with +a black centre is also distinctive of this species. The antlers are +large and curve forwards, giving off an upright snag near the base, and +several vertical tines from the upper surface of the horizontal portion. +As we proceed southwards from the northern United States, deer of the +white-tailed type decrease steadily in size, till in Central America, +Peru and Guiana they are represented by animals not larger that a +roe-buck. The most convenient plan appears to be to regard all these +degenerate forms as local races of the white-tail, although here again +there is room for difference of opinion, and many naturalists prefer to +call them species. The large ears, brown-and-white face, short, +black-tipped tail, and antlers without large basal snag serve to +distinguish the mule-deer _M. (D.) hemionus_, of western North America; +while the black tail, _M. (D.) columbiana_, ranging from British +Columbia to California, is a smaller animal, recognizable by the larger +and longer tail, which is black above and white below. + +South America is the home of the marsh-deer or guazu, _M. (Blastoceros) +dichotoma_, representing a subgenus in which the complex antlers lack a +basal snag, while the hair of the back is reversed. This species is +about the size of a red-deer, with a foxy red coat with black legs. The +pampas-deer, _M. (B.) bezoartica_, of the Argentine pampas is a much +smaller animal, of paler colour, with three-tined antlers. The Chilean +and Peruvian Andes and Patagonia are the homes of two peculiar deer +locally known as guemals (huemals), and constituting the subgenus +_Xenelaphus_, or _Hippocamelus_. They are about the size of fallow-deer, +and have simply forked antlers. The Chilian species is _M. (B.) bisulca_ +and the Peruvian _M. (B.) antisiensis_. Brockets, of which there are +numerous species, such as _M. rufa_ and _M. nemorivaga_, are Central and +South American deer of the size of roe-bucks or smaller, with simple +spike-like antlers, tufted heads and the hair of the face radiating from +two whorls on the forehead so that on the nose the direction is +downwards. The smallest of all deer is the Chilian pudu (_Pudua pudu_), +a creature not much larger than a hare, with almost rudimentary antlers. + +The musk-deer forms the subject of a separate article. + + For deer in general, see R. Lydekker, _The Deer of all Lands_ (London, + 1898, 1908). (R. L.*) + + + + +DEERFIELD, a township of Franklin county, Massachusetts, U.S.A., on the +Connecticut and Deerfield rivers, about 33 m. N. of Springfield. Pop. +(1900) 1969; (1910 U.S. census) 2209. Deerfield is served by the Boston +& Maine and the New York, New Haven & Hartford railways. The natural +beauty and the historic interest of Deerfield attract many visitors. +There are several villages and hamlets in the township, the oldest and +most interesting of which is that known as "The Street" or "Old Street." +This extends along one wide thoroughfare over a hill and across a +plateau or valley that is hemmed in on the E. by a range of highlands +known as East Mountain and on the W. by the foothills of Hoosac +Mountain. Many of the houses in this village are very old. In Memorial +Hall, a building erected in 1797-1798 for the Deerfield academy, the +Pocumtuck Valley memorial association (incorporated in 1870) has +gathered an interesting collection of colonial and Indian relics. +Deerfield was one of the first places in the United States to enter into +the modern "arts and crafts movement"; in 1896 many of the old household +industries were revived and placed upon a business basis. Most of the +work is done by women in the homes. The products, including needlework +and embroidery, textiles, rag rugs, netting, wrought iron, furniture, +and metal-work in gold and silver embellished with precious and +semi-precious stones, are annually exhibited in an old-fashioned house +built in 1710, and a large portion of them are sold to tourists. There +is an arts and crafts society, but the profits from the sales go +entirely to the workers. + +The territory which originally constituted the township of Deerfield +(known as Pocumtuck until 1674) was a tract of 8000 acres granted in +1654 to the town of Dedham in lieu of 2000 acres previously taken from +that town and granted to Rev. John Eliot to further his mission among +the Natick Indians. The rights of the Pocumtuck Indians to the Deerfield +tract were purchased at about fourpence per acre, settlement was begun +upon it in 1669, and the township was incorporated in 1673. For many +years, Deerfield was the N.W. frontier settlement of New England. It was +slightly fortified at the beginning of King Philip's War, and after an +attack by the Indians on the 1st of September 1675 it was garrisoned by +a small force under Captain Samuel Appleton. A second attack was made on +the 12th of September, and six days later, as Captain Thomas Lothrop and +his company were guarding teams that were hauling wheat from Deerfield +to the English headquarters at Hadley, they were surprised by Indians in +ambush at what has since been known as Bloody Brook (in the village of +South Deerfield), and Lothrop and more than sixty of his men were slain. +From this time until the end of the war Deerfield was abandoned. In the +spring of 1677 a few of the old settlers returned, but on the 19th of +September some were killed and the others were captured by a party of +Indians from Canada. Resettlement was undertaken again in 1682. On the +15th of September 1694 Deerfield narrowly escaped capture by a force of +French and Indians from Canada. In the early morning of the 29th of +February 1703-1704, Deerfield was surprised by a force of French and +Indians (under Hertel de Rouville), who murdered 49 men, women and +children, captured 111, burned the town, and on the way back to Canada +murdered 20 of the captured. Among the captives was the Rev. John +Williams (1664-1729), the first minister of Deerfield, who (with the +other captives) was redeemed in 1706 and continued as pastor here until +his death; in 1707 he published an account of his experiences as a +prisoner, _The Redeemed Captive Returning to Zion_, which has frequently +been reprinted. From the original township of Deerfield the territory of +the following townships has been taken: Greenfield (1753 and 1896), +Conway (1767, 1791 and 1811), Shelburne (1768) and a part of Whately +(1810). + + See George Sheldon, _A History of Deerfield_ (Deerfield, 1895); the + _History and Proceedings of the Pocumtuck Valley Memorial Association_ + (Deerfield, 1890 et seq.); and Pauline C. Bouvé, "The Deerfield + Renaissance," in _The New England Magazine_ for October 1905. + + + + +DEER PARK, an enclosure of rough wooded pastureland for the +accommodation of red- or fallow-deer. The distinction between a deer +"park" and a deer "forest" is that the former is always enclosed either +by a wall or fence, and is relatively small, whereas the forest covers a +much larger area, and is not only open but sometimes contains +practically no trees at all. Originally, the possession of a deer park +in England was a royal prerogative, and no subject could enclose one +without a direct grant from the crown--a licence to impark, like a +licence to embattle a house, was always necessary. When Domesday Book +was compiled, there were already thirty-one deer parks in England, some +of which may have existed in Saxon times; about one-fourth of them +belonged to the king. After the Conquest they increased rapidly in +number, but from about the middle of the 11th century this tendency was +reversed. In the middle of the 16th century it was conjectured that +one-twentieth of England and Wales was given up to deer and rabbits. +Upon Saxton's maps, which were made between 1575 and 1580, over 700 +parks are marked, and it is not improbable that the number was +understated. Mr Evelyn Philip Shirley enumerated only 334 in his book on +_English Deer Parks_ published in 1867. To these Mr Joseph Whitaker, in +_A Descriptive List of the Deer Parks of England_ (1892), has added +another fifty, and the total is believed to be now about 400. It is a +curious circumstance that despite the rather minute detail of Domesday +none of the parks there enumerated can now be identified. There is, +however, a plausible case for Eridge Park in Sussex as the Reredfelle of +Domesday. The state and consequence of the great barons of the middle +ages depended in some measure upon the number of deer parks which they +possessed. Most bishops and abbots had one or two, and at one time more +than twenty were attached to the archbishopric of Canterbury. When the +power of the barons was finally broken and a more settled period began +with the accession of the house of Tudor, the deer park began to fall +into decay. By Queen Elizabeth's time a considerable proportion of the +ancestral acres of the great houses had passed into the possession of +rich merchants and wealthy wool-staplers, and it had become more +profitable to breed bullocks than to find pasture for deer, and even +where the new men retained, and even in some cases created, deer parks, +they reduced their area in order that more land might be available for +grazing or for corn. Thus began that decadence of the deer park which +has continued down to the present time. More than anything, however, the +strife between Charles I. and parliament contributed to reduce both the +number and size of English parks containing deer. By the Restoration the +majority of the parks in England had for the time being been destroyed, +the palings pulled down, the trees felled, and the deer stolen. Of the +duke of Newcastle's eight parks seven were ruined, that at Welbeck alone +remaining intact. Not a tree was left in Clipston Park, although the +timber had been valued at £20,000. One of the results of the Restoration +was to empty the parks of the Roundhead squires to replenish those of +the Royalists, but this measure helped little, and great numbers of deer +had to be brought from Germany to replenish the depleted stocks. A +gentleman of the Isle of Ely was indeed given a baronetcy in return for +a large present of deer which he made to Charles II. The largest +existing deer park in England is that at Savernake (4000 acres), next +comes Windsor, which contains about 2600 acres in addition to the 1450 +acres of Windsor Forest. Lord Egerton of Tatton's park at Tatton in +Cheshire, and Lord Abergavenny's at Eridge, each contain about 2500 +acres. Other parks which are much about the same size are those of +Blenheim, Richmond, Eastwell, Duncombe, Grimsthorpe, Thoresby and +Knowsley. All these parks are famous either for their size, their +beauty, or the number and long descent of the deer which inhabit them. +The size of English parks devoted to deer varies from that of these +historic examples down to a very few acres. A small proportion of the +older enclosures contains red- as well as fallow-deer. In some of the +larger ones many hundreds of head browse, whereas those of the smallest +size may have only a dozen or two. Although many enclosures were +disparked in very recent times, the 19th century saw the making of a +considerable number of new ones, usually of small dimensions. The +tendency, however, is still towards diminution both in number and +extent, cattle taking the place of deer. + + + + +DEFAMATION (from the classical Lat. _diffamare_, to spread abroad an +evil report--the English form in _de_ is taken from the Late Lat. +_defamare_), the saying or writing something of another, calculated to +injure his reputation or expose him to public hatred, contempt and +ridicule. (See LIBEL AND SLANDER.) + + + + +DEFAULT (Fr. _défaut_, from _défailler_, to fail, Lat. _fallere_), in +English law, a failure to do some act required by law either as a +regular step in procedure or as being a duty imposed. Parties in an +action may be in default as to procedure by failure to appear to the +writ, or to take some other step, within the prescribed time. In such +cases the opposing party gains some advantage by being allowed to sign +judgment or otherwise. But as a rule, unless the party is much in +default and is under a peremptory order to proceed, the penalty for +default is by order to pay the costs occasioned. When there is default +in complying with the terms of a judgment the remedy is by executing it +by one of the processes admitted by the law. (See EXECUTION.) In the +case of judgments in criminal or quasi-criminal cases, where a fine is +imposed, it is in most cases legal and usual to order imprisonment if +the fine is not paid or if the property of the defendant is insufficient +to realize its amount. Default in compliance with a statute renders the +defaulter liable to action by the person aggrieved or to indictment if +the matter of command is of public concern, subject in either case to +the qualification that the statute may limit the remedy for the default +to some particular proceeding specifically indicated; and in some +instances, e.g. in the case of local authorities, default in the +execution of their public duties is dealt with administratively by a +department of the government, and only in the last resort, if at all, by +recourse to judicial tribunals. + + + + +DEFEASANCE, or DEFEAZANCE (Fr. _défaire_, to undo), in law, an +instrument which defeats the force or operation of some other deed or +estate; as distinguished from _condition_, that which in the same deed +is called a condition is a defeasance in another deed. A defeasance +should recite the deed to be defeated and its date, and it must be made +between the same parties as are interested in the deed to which it is +collateral. It must be of a thing defeasible, and all the conditions +must be strictly carried out before the defeasance can be consummated. +Defeasance in a bill of sale is the putting an end to the security by +realizing the goods for the benefit of the mortgagee. It is not strictly +a defeasance, because the stipulation is in the same deed; it is really +a condition in the nature of a defeasance. + + + + +DEFENCE (Lat. _defendere_, to defend), in general, a keeping off or +defending, a justification, protection or guard. Physical defence of +self is the right of every man, even to the employment of force, in +warding off an attack. A person attacked may use such force as he +believes to be necessary for the warding off an attack, even to the +extent of killing an assailant. The same right of reciprocal defence +extends not only to defence of one's own person, but also to the defence +of a husband or wife, parent or child, master or servant. (See ASSAULT; +HOMICIDE.) As a legal term in English pleading, "defence" means the +denial by the party proceeded against of the validity of a charge, or +the steps taken by an accused person or his legal advisers for defending +himself. In civil actions, a statement of defence is the second step in +proceedings, being the answer of the defendant to the plaintiff's +statement of claim. In the statement of defence must be set out every +material fact upon which the defendant intends to rely at the trial. +Every fact alleged in the statement of claim must be dealt with, and +either admitted or denied; further facts may be pleaded in answer to +those admitted; the whole pleading of the plaintiff may be objected to +as insufficient in law, or a set-off or counter-claim may be advanced. A +statement of defence must be delivered within ten days from the delivery +of the statement of claim, or appearance if no statement of claim be +delivered. + +By the Poor Prisoners' Defence Act 1903, where it appears, having regard +to the nature of the defence set up by any poor prisoner, as disclosed +in the evidence given or statement made by him before the committing +justices, that it is desirable in the interests of justice that he +should have legal aid in the preparation and conduct of his defence, and +that his means are insufficient to enable him to obtain such aid, it may +be ordered either (1) on committal for trial by the committing justices, +or (2) after reading the depositions by the judge or quarter sessions +chairman. The defence includes the services of solicitor and counsel and +the expenses of witnesses, the cost being payable in the same manner as +the expenses of a prosecution for felony. Briefly, the object of the act +is, not to give a prisoner legal assistance to find out if he has got a +defence, but in order that a prisoner who has a defence may have every +inducement to tell the truth about it at the earliest opportunity. Legal +assistance under the act is only given where both (1) the nature of the +defence as disclosed is such that in the interests of justice the +prisoner should have legal aid to make his defence clear, and (2) where +also his means are insufficient for that end (Lord Alverstone, C. J., at +Warwick Summer Assizes, _The Times_, July 26, 1904). + + + + +DEFENDANT, in law, a person against whom proceedings are instituted or +directed; one who is called upon to answer in any suit. At one time the +term "defendant" had a narrower meaning, that of a person sued in a +personal action only, the corresponding term in a real action being +"tenant," but the distinction is now practically disregarded, except in +a few states of the United States. + + + + +DEFENDER OF THE FAITH (_Fidei Defensor_), a title belonging to the +sovereign of England in the same way as _Christianissimus_ belonged to +the king of France, and _Catholicus_ belongs to the ruler of Spain. It +seems to have been suggested in 1516, and although certain charters have +been appealed to in proof of an earlier use of the title, it was first +conferred by Pope Leo X. on Henry VIII. The Bull granting the title is +dated the 11th of October 1521, and was a reward for the king's +treatise, _Assertio, septem sacramentorum_, against Luther. When Henry +broke with the papacy, Pope Paul III. deprived him of this designation, +but in 1544 the title of "Defender of the Faith" was confirmed to Henry +by parliament, and has since been used by all his successors on the +English throne. + + + + +DEFERENT (Lat. _deferens_, bearing down), in ancient astronomy, the mean +orbit of a planet, which carried the epicycle in which the planet +revolved. It is now known to correspond to the actual orbit of the +planet round the sun. + + + + +DEFFAND, MARIE ANNE DE VICHY-CHAMROND, MARQUISE DU (1697-1780), a +celebrated Frenchwoman, was born at the chateau of Chamrond near +Charolles (department of Saône-et-Loire) of a noble family in 1697. +Educated at a convent in Paris, she showed, along with great +intelligence, a sceptical and cynical turn of mind. The abbess, alarmed +at the freedom of her views, arranged that Massillon should visit and +reason with her, but he accomplished nothing. Her parents married her at +twenty-one years of age to her kinsman, Jean Baptiste de la Lande, +marquis du Deffand, without consulting her inclination. The union proved +an unhappy one, and resulted in a separation as early as 1722. Madame du +Deffand, young and beautiful, is said by Horace Walpole to have been for +a short time the mistress of the regent, the duke of Orleans (Walpole to +Gray, January 25, 1766). She appeared in her earlier days to be +incapable of any strong attachment, but her intelligence, her cynicism +and her _esprit_ made her the centre of attraction of a brilliant +circle. In 1721 began her friendship with Voltaire, but their regular +correspondence dates only from 1736. She spent much time at Sceaux, at +the court of the duchesse du Maine, where she contracted a close +friendship with the president Hénault. In Paris she was in a sense the +rival of Madame Geoffrin, but the members of her salon were drawn from +aristocratic society more than from literary cliques. There were, +however, exceptions. Voltaire, Montesquieu, Fontenelle and Madame de +Staal-Delaunay were among the habitués. When Hénault introduced +D'Alembert, Madame du Deffand was at once captivated by him. With the +encyclopaedists she was never in sympathy, and appears to have tolerated +them only for his sake. In 1752 she retired from Paris, intending to +spend the rest of her days in the country, but she was persuaded by her +friends to return. She had taken up her abode in 1747 in apartments in +the convent of St Joseph in the rue St Dominique, which had a separate +entrance from the street. When she lost her sight in 1754 she engaged +Mademoiselle de Lespinasse to help her in entertaining. This lady's wit +made some of the guests, D'Alembert among others, prefer her society to +that of Madame du Deffand, and she arranged to receive her friends for +an hour before the appearance of her patron. When this state of things +was discovered Mademoiselle de Lespinasse was dismissed (1764), but the +salon was broken up, for she took with her D'Alembert, Turgot and the +literary clique generally. From this time Madame du Deffand very rarely +received any literary men. The principal friendships of her later years +were with the duchesse de Choiseul and with Horace Walpole. Her +affection for the latter, which dated from 1765, was the strongest and +most durable of all her attachments. Under the stress of this tardy +passion she developed qualities of style and eloquence of which her +earlier writings had given little promise. In the opinion of +Sainte-Beuve the prose of her letters ranks with that of Voltaire as the +best of that classical epoch without excepting any even of the great +writers. Walpole refused at first to acknowledge the closeness of their +intimacy from an exaggerated fear of the ridicule attaching to her age, +but he paid several visits to Paris expressly for the purpose of +enjoying her society, and maintained a close and most interesting +correspondence with her for fifteen years. She died on the 23rd of +September 1780, leaving her dog Tonton to the care of Walpole, who was +also entrusted with her papers. Of her innumerable witty sayings the +best known is her remark on the cardinal de Polignac's account of St +Denis's miraculous walk of two miles with his head in his hands,--_Il +n'y a que le premier pas qui coûte_. + + The _Correspondance inédite_ of Madame du Deffand with D'Alembert, + Hénault, Montesquieu, and others was published in Paris (2 vols.) in + 1809. _Letters of the marquise du Deffand to the Hon. Horace Walpole, + afterwards earl of Orford, from the year 1766 to the year 1780_ (4 + vols.), edited, with a biographical sketch, by Miss Mary Berry, were + published in London from the originals at Strawberry Hill in 1810. + + The standard edition of her letters is the _Correspondance complète de + la marquise du Deffand ..._ by M. de Lescure (1865); the + _Correspondance inédite_ with M. and Mme de Choiseul and others was + edited in 1859 and again in 1866 by the marquis de Ste-Aulaire. Other + papers of Madame du Deffand obtained at the breaking up of Walpole's + collection are in private hands. Madame du Deffand returned many of + Walpole's letters at his request, and subsequently destroyed those + which she received from him. Those in his possession appear to have + been destroyed after his death by Miss Berry, who printed fragments + from them as footnotes to the edition of 1810. The correspondence + between Walpole and Madame du Deffand thus remains one-sided, but + seven of Walpole's letters to her are printed for the first time in + the edition (1903) of his correspondence by Mrs Paget Toynbee, who + discovered a quantity of her unedited letters. See Sainte-Beuve, + _Causeries du lundi_, vols. i. and xiv.; and the notice by M. de + Lescure in his edition of the correspondence. + + + + +DEFIANCE, a city and the county seat of Defiance county, Ohio, U.S.A., +at the confluence of the Auglaize and Tiffin rivers with the Maumee, +about 50 m. S.W. of Toledo. Pop. (1890) 7694; (1900) 7579 (960 +foreign-born); (1910) 7327. It is served by the Baltimore & Ohio and the +Wabash railways, and by the Ohio Electric railway to Lima (42 m.). The +city commands a fine view of the rivers and the surrounding country, +which is well adapted to agriculture; and has large machine shops and +several flour mills, besides manufactories of agricultural implements, +waggons, sashes and blinds, and wood-working machinery for the +manufacture of artillery wheels. Here, too, is Defiance College, an +institution of the Christian Denomination, opened in 1885. Defiance was +long the site of an Indian village. In 1794 General Anthony Wayne built +a fort here and named it Defiance. In 1822 Defiance was laid out as a +town; in 1845 it was made the county seat of the newly erected county; +and in 1881 it became a city of the second class. + + + + +DEFILE, a military expression for a passage, to march through which +troops are compelled to "defile," or narrow their front (from the Fr. +_défiler_, to march in a line, or by "files"). The word is usually +applied to a ravine or gorge in a range of hills, but a causeway over a +river, a bridge and even a village may equally be called a defile. The +term is also used to express, without any special reference to military +operations, a gorge in mountains. The verb "to defile" is used of troops +marching on a narrow front, or narrowing their front, under all +circumstances, and in this sense is the contrary of "deploy." + +"Defile," in the sense of "pollute," is another form of "defoul"; though +spelt alike, the two words are pronounced differently, the accent being +on the first syllable for the former and on the second for the latter. + + + + +DEFINITION (Lat. _definitio_, from _de-finire_, to set limits to, +describe), a logical term used popularly for the process of explaining, +or giving the meaning of, a word, and also in the concrete for the +proposition or statement in which that explanation is expressed. In +logic, definition consists in determining the qualities which belong to +given concepts or universals; it is not concerned with individuals, +which are marked by an infinity of peculiarities, any one or all of +which might be predicated of another individual. Individuals can be +defined only in so far as they belong to a single kind. According to +Aristotle, definition is the statement of the essence of a concept +([Greek: horismos men gar tou ti esti kai ousias], _Posterior +Analytics_, B iii. 90 b 30); that is, it consists of the genus and the +differentia. In other words, "man" is defined as "animal _plus_ +rationality," or "rational animal,"[1] i.e. the concept is (1) referred +to the next higher genus, and (2) distinguished from other modes in +which that genus exists, i.e. from other species. It is sometimes argued +that, there being no definition of individuals as such, definition is of +names (see J. S. Mill, _Logic_, i. viii. 5), not of things; it is +generally, however, maintained that definition is _of things, regarded +as, or in so far as they are, of a kind_. Definition of words can be +nothing more than the explanation of terms such as is given in a +dictionary. + +The following rules are generally given as governing accurate +definition. (1) _The definition must be equivalent or commensurate with +that which is defined_; it must be applicable to all the individuals +included in the concept and to nothing else. Every man, and nothing +else, is a rational animal. "Man is mortal" is not a definition, for +mortality is predicable of irrational animals. (2) _The definition must +state the essential attributes_; a concept cannot be defined by its +accidental attributes; those attributes must be given which are +essential and primary. (3) _The definition must be per genus et +differentiam_ (or _differentias_), as we have already seen. These are +the important rules. Three minor rules are: (4) _The definition must not +contain the name of the concept to be defined_; if it does, no +information is given. Such a proposition as "an archdeacon is one who +performs archidiaconal functions" is not a definition. Concepts cannot +be defined by their correlatives. Such a definition is known as a +_circulus in definiendo_. (5) _Obscure and figurative language must be +avoided_, and (6) _Definitions must not be in the negative when they can +be in the affirmative_. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] "Rational animal" is thus the predicate of the statement + constituting the definition. Sometimes the word "definition" is used + to signify merely the predicate. + + + + +DEFOE, DANIEL (c. 1659-1731), English author, was born in the parish of +St Giles, Cripplegate, London, in the latter part of 1659 or early in +1660, of a nonconformist family. His grandfather, Daniel Foe, lived at +Etton, Northamptonshire, apparently in comfortable circumstances, for he +is said to have kept a pack of hounds. As to the variation of name, +Defoe or Foe, its owner signed either indifferently till late in life, +and where his initials occur they are sometimes D. F. and sometimes D. +D. F. Three autograph letters of his are extant, all addressed in 1705 +to the same person, and signed respectively D. Foe, de Foe and Daniel +Defoe. His father, James Foe, was a butcher and a citizen of London. + +Daniel was well educated at a famous dissenting academy, Mr Charles +Morton's of Stoke Newington, where many of the best-known nonconformists +of the time were his schoolfellows. With few exceptions all the known +events of Defoe's life are connected with authorship. In the older +catalogues of his works two pamphlets, _Speculum Crapegownorum_, a +satire on the clergy, and _A Treatise against the Turks_, are attributed +to him before the accession of James II., but there seems to be no +publication of his which is certainly genuine before _The Character of +Dr Annesley_ (1697). He had, however, before this, taken up arms in +Monmouth's expedition, and is supposed to have owed his lucky escape +from the clutches of the king's troops and the law, to his being a +Londoner, and therefore a stranger in the west country. On the 26th of +January 1688 he was admitted a liveryman of the city of London, having +claimed his freedom by birth. Before his western escapade he had taken +up the business of hosiery factor. At the entry of William and Mary into +London he is said to have served as a volunteer trooper "gallantly +mounted and richly accoutred." In these days he lived at Tooting, and +was instrumental in forming a dissenting congregation there. His +business operations at this period appear to have been extensive and +various. He seems to have been a sort of commission merchant, especially +in Spanish and Portuguese goods, and at some time to have visited Spain +on business. In 1692 he failed for £17,000. His misfortunes made him +write both feelingly and forcibly on the bankruptcy laws; and although +his creditors accepted a composition, he afterwards honourably paid them +in full, a fact attested by independent and not very friendly witnesses. +Subsequently, he undertook first the secretaryship and then the +management and chief ownership of some tile-works at Tilbury, but here +also he was unfortunate, and his imprisonment in 1703 brought the works +to a standstill, and he lost £3000. From this time forward we hear of no +settled business in which he engaged. + +The course of Defoe's life was determined about the middle of the reign +of William III. by his introduction to that monarch and other +influential persons. He frequently boasts of his personal intimacy with +the "glorious and immortal" king, and in 1695 he was appointed +accountant to the commissioners of the glass duty, an office which he +held for four years. During this time he produced his _Essay on +Projects_ (1698), containing suggestions on banks, road-management, +friendly and insurance societies of various kinds, idiot asylums, +bankruptcy, academies, military colleges, high schools for women, &c. It +displays Defoe's lively and lucid style in full vigour, and abounds with +ingenious thoughts and apt illustrations, though it illustrates also the +unsystematic character of his mind. In the same year Defoe wrote the +first of a long series of pamphlets on the then burning question of +occasional conformity. In this, for the first time, he showed the +unlucky independence which, in so many other instances, united all +parties against him. While he pointed out to the dissenters the +scandalous inconsistency of their playing fast and loose with sacred +things, yet he denounced the impropriety of requiring tests at all. In +support of the government he published, in 1698, _An Argument for a +Standing Army_, followed in 1700 by a defence of William's war policy +called _The Two Great Questions considered_, and a set of pamphlets on +the Partition Treaty. Thus in political matters he had the same fate as +in ecclesiastical; for the Whigs were no more prepared than the Tories +to support William through thick and thin. He also dealt with the +questions of stock-jobbing and of electioneering corruption. But his +most remarkable publication at this time was _The True-Born Englishman_ +(1701), a satire in rough but extremely vigorous verse on the national +objection to William as a foreigner, and on the claim of purity of blood +for a nation which Defoe chooses to represent as crossed and dashed with +all the strains and races in Europe. He also took a prominent part in +the proceedings which followed the Kentish petition, and was the author, +some say the presenter, of the _Legion Memorial_, which asserted in the +strongest terms the supremacy of the electors over the elected, and of +which even an irate House of Commons did not dare to take much notice. +The theory of the indefeasible supremacy of the freeholders of England, +whose delegates merely, according to this theory, the Commons were, was +one of Defoe's favourite political tenets, and he returned to it in a +powerfully written tract entitled _The Original Power of the Collective +Body of the People of England examined and asserted_ (1701). + +At the same time he was occupied in a controversy on the conformity +question with John How (or Howe) on the practice of "occasional +conformity." Defoe maintained that the dissenters who attended the +services of the English Church on particular occasions to qualify +themselves for office were guilty of inconsistency. At the same time he +did not argue for the complete abolition of the tests, but desired that +they should be so framed as to make it possible for most Protestants +conscientiously to subscribe to them. Here again his moderation pleased +neither party. + +The death of William was a great misfortune to Defoe, and he soon felt +the power of his adversaries. After publishing _The Mock Mourners_, +intended to satirize and rebuke the outbreak of Jacobite joy at the +king's death, he turned his attention once more to ecclesiastical +subjects, and, in an evil hour for himself, wrote the anonymous +_Shortest Way with the Dissenters_ (1702), a statement in the most +forcible terms of the extreme "high-flying" position, which some high +churchmen were unwary enough to endorse, without any suspicion of the +writer's ironical intention. The author was soon discovered; and, as he +absconded, an advertisement was issued offering a reward for his +apprehension, and giving the only personal description we possess of +him, as "a middle-sized spare man about forty years old, of a brown +complexion and dark brown-coloured hair, but wears a wig; a hooked nose, +a sharp chin, grey eyes, and a large mole near his mouth." In this +conjuncture Defoe had really no friends, for the dissenters were as much +alarmed at his book as the high-flyers were irritated. He surrendered, +and his defence appears to have been injudiciously conducted; at any +rate he was fined 200 marks, and condemned to be pilloried three times, +to be imprisoned indefinitely, and to find sureties for his good +behaviour during seven years. It was in reference to this incident that +Pope, whose Catholic rearing made him detest the abettor of the +Revolution and the champion of William of Orange, wrote in the +_Dunciad_-- + + "Earless on high stands unabash'd Defoe" + +--though he knew that the sentence to the pillory had long ceased to +entail the loss of ears. Defoe's exposure in the pillory (July 29, 30, +31) was, however, rather a triumph than a punishment, for the populace +took his side; and his _Hymn to the Pillory_, which he soon after +published, is one of the best of his poetical works. Unluckily for him +his condemnation had the indirect effect of destroying his business at +Tilbury. + +He remained in prison until August 1704, and then owed his release to +the intercession of Robert Harley, who represented his case to the +queen, and obtained for him not only liberty but pecuniary relief and +employment, which, of one kind or another, lasted until the termination +of Anne's reign. Defoe was uniformly grateful to the minister, and his +language respecting him is in curious variance with that generally used. +There is no doubt that Harley, who understood the influence wielded by +Defoe, made some conditions. Defoe says he received no pension, but his +subsequent fidelity was at all events indirectly rewarded; moreover, +Harley's moderation in a time of the extremest party-insanity was no +little recommendation to Defoe. During his imprisonment he was by no +means idle. A spurious edition of his works having been issued, he +himself produced a collection of twenty-two treatises, to which some +time afterwards he added a second group of eighteen more. He also wrote +in prison many short pamphlets, chiefly controversial, published a +curious work on the famous storm of the 26th of November 1703, and +started in February 1704 perhaps the most remarkable of all his +projects, _The Review_. This was a paper which was issued during the +greater part of its life three times a week. It was entirely written by +Defoe, and extends to eight complete volumes and some few score numbers +of a second issue. He did not confine himself to news, but wrote +something very like finished essays on questions of policy, trade and +domestic concerns; he also introduced a "Scandal Club," in which minor +questions of manners and morals were treated in a way which undoubtedly +suggested the _Tatlers_ and _Spectators_ which followed. Only one +complete copy of the work is known to exist, and that is in the British +Museum. It is probable that if bulk, rapidity of production, variety of +matter, originality of design, and excellence of style be taken +together, hardly any author can show a work of equal magnitude. After +his release Defoe went to Bury St Edmunds, though he did not interrupt +either his _Review_ or his occasional pamphlets. One of these, _Giving +Alms no Charity, and Employing the Poor a Grievance to the Nation_ +(1704), is extraordinarily far-sighted. It denounces both indiscriminate +alms-giving and the national work-shops proposed by Sir Humphrey +Mackworth. + +In 1705 appeared _The Consolidator, or Memoirs of Sundry Transactions +from the World in the Moon_, a political satire which is supposed to +have given some hints for Swift's _Gulliver's Travels_; and at the end +of the year Defoe performed a secret mission, the first of several of +the kind, for Harley. In 1706 appeared the _True Relation of the +Apparition of one Mrs Veal_, long supposed to have been written for a +bookseller to help off an unsaleable translation of Drelincourt, _On +Death_, but considerable doubt has been cast upon this by William Lee. +Defoe's next work was _Jure divino_, a long poetical argument in (bad) +verse; and soon afterwards (1706) he began to be much employed in +promoting the union with Scotland. Not only did he write pamphlets as +usual on the project, and vigorously recommend it in _The Review_, but +in October 1706 he was sent on a political mission to Scotland by Sidney +Godolphin, to whom Harley had recommended him. He resided in Edinburgh +for nearly sixteen months, and his services to the government were +repaid by a regular salary. He seems to have devoted himself to +commercial and literary as well as to political matters, and prepared at +this time his elaborate _History of the Union_, which appeared in 1709. +In this year Henry Sacheverell delivered his famous sermons, and Defoe +wrote several tracts about them and attacked the preacher in his +_Review_. + +In 1710 Harley returned to power, and Defoe was placed in a somewhat +awkward position. To Harley himself he was bound by gratitude and by a +substantial agreement in principle, but with the rest of the Tory +ministry he had no sympathy. He seems, in fact, to have agreed with the +foreign policy of the Tories and with the home policy of the Whigs, and +naturally incurred the reproach of time-serving and the hearty abuse of +both parties. At the end of 1710 he again visited Scotland. In the +negotiations concerning the Peace of Utrecht, Defoe strongly supported +the ministerial side, to the intense wrath of the Whigs, displayed in an +attempted prosecution against some pamphlets of his on the all-important +question of the succession. Again the influence of Harley saved him. He +continued, however, to take the side of the dissenters in the questions +affecting religious liberty, which played such a prominent part towards +the close of Anne's reign. He naturally shared Harley's downfall; and, +though the loss of his salary might seem a poor reward for his constant +support of the Hanoverian claim, it was little more than his ambiguous, +not to say trimming, position must have led him to expect. + +Defoe declared that Lord Annesley was preparing the army in Ireland to +join a Jacobite rebellion, and was indicted for libel; and prior to his +trial (1715) he published an apologia entitled _An Appeal to Honour and +Justice_, in which he defended his political conduct. Having been +convicted of the libel he was liberated later in the year under +circumstances that only became clear in 1864, when six letters were +discovered in the Record Office from Defoe to a Government official, +Charles Delafaye, which, according to William Lee, established the fact +that in 1718 at least Defoe was doing not only political work, but that +it was of a somewhat equivocal kind--that he was, in fact, sub-editing +the Jacobite _Mist's Journal_, under a secret agreement with the +government that he should tone down the sentiments and omit +objectionable items. He had, in fact, been released on condition of +becoming a government agent. He seems to have performed the same not +very honourable office in the case of two other journals--_Dormer's +Letter_ and the _Mercurius Politicus_; and to have written in these and +other papers until nearly the end of his life. Before these letters were +discovered it was supposed that Defoe's political work had ended in +1715. + +Up to that time Defoe had written nothing but occasional literature, +and, except the _History of the Union_ and _Jure Divino_, nothing of any +great length. In 1715 appeared the first volume of _The Family +Instructor_, which was very popular during the 18th century. The first +volume of his most famous work, the immortal story--partly adventure, +partly moralizing--of _The Life and Strange Surprizing Adventures of +Robinson Crusoe_, was published on the 25th of April 1719. It ran +through four editions in as many months, and then in August appeared the +second volume. Twelve months afterwards the sequel _Serious +Reflections_, now hardly ever reprinted, appeared. Its connexion with +the two former parts is little more than nominal, Crusoe being simply +made the mouth-piece of Defoe's sentiments on various points of morals +and religion. Meanwhile the first two parts were reprinted as a +_feuilleton_ in _Heathcote's Intelligencer_, perhaps the earliest +instance of the appearance of such a work in such a form. The story was +founded on Dempier's _Voyage round the World_ (1697), and still more on +Alexander Selkirk's adventures, as communicated by Selkirk himself at a +meeting with Defoe at the house of Mrs Damaris Daniel at Bristol. +Selkirk afterwards told Mrs Daniel that he had handed over his papers to +Defoe. _Robinson Crusoe_ was immediately popular, and a wild story was +set afloat of its having been written by Lord Oxford in the Tower. A +curious idea, at one time revived by Henry Kingsley, is that the +adventures of Robinson are allegorical and relate to Defoe's own life. +This idea was certainly entertained to some extent at the time, and +derives some colour of justification from words of Defoe's, but there +seems to be no serious foundation for it. _Robinson Crusoe_ (especially +the story part, with the philosophical and religious moralizings largely +cut out) is one of the world's classics in fiction. Crusoe's shipwreck +and adventures, his finding the footprint in the sand, his man +"Friday,"--the whole atmosphere of romance which surrounds the position +of the civilized man fending for himself on a desert island--these have +made Defoe's great work an imperishable part of English literature. +Contemporaneously appeared _The Dumb Philosopher_, or _Dickory Cronke_, +who gains the power of speech at the end of his life and uses it to +predict the course of European affairs. + +In 1720 came _The Life and Adventures of Mr Duncan Campbell_. This was +not entirely a work of imagination, its hero, the fortune-teller, being +a real person. There are amusing passages in the story, but it is too +desultory to rank with Defoe's best. In the same year appeared two +wholly or partially fictitious histories, each of which might have made +a reputation for any man. The first was the _Memoirs of a Cavalier_, +which Lord Chatham believed to be true history, and which William Lee +considers the embodiment at least of authentic private memoirs. The +Cavalier was declared at the time to be Andrew Newport, made Lord +Newport in 1642. His elder brother was born in 1620 and the Cavalier +gives 1608 as the date of his birth, so that the facts do not fit the +dates. It is probable that Defoe, with his extensive acquaintance with +English history, and his astonishing power of working up details, was +fully equal to the task of inventing it. As a model of historical work +of a certain kind it is hardly surpassable, and many separate +passages--accounts of battles and skirmishes--have never been equalled +except by Carlyle. _Captain Singleton_, the last work of the year, has +been unjustly depreciated by most of the commentators. The record of the +journey across Africa, with its surprising anticipations of subsequent +discoveries, yields in interest to no work of the kind known to us; and +the semi-piratical Quaker who accompanies Singleton in his buccaneering +expeditions is a most life-like character. There is also a Quaker who +plays a very creditable part in _Roxana_ (1724), and Defoe seems to have +been well affected to the Friends. In estimating this wonderful +productiveness on the part of a man sixty years old, it should be +remembered that it was a habit of Defoe's to keep his work in manuscript +sometimes for long periods. + +In 1721 nothing of importance was produced, but in the next twelvemonth +three capital works appeared. These were _The Fortunes and Misfortunes +of Moll Flanders_, _The Journal of the Plague Year_, and _The History of +Colonel Jack_. _Moll Flanders_ and _The Fortunate Mistress_ (Roxana), +which followed in 1724, have subjects of a rather more than questionable +character, but both display the remarkable art with which Defoe handles +such subjects. It is not true, as is sometimes said, that the difference +between the two is that between gross and polished vice. The real +difference is much more one of morals than of manners. Moll is by no +means of the lowest class. Notwithstanding the greater degradation into +which she falls, and her originally dependent position, she has been +well educated, and has consorted with persons of gentle birth. She +displays throughout much greater real refinement of feeling than the +more high-flying Roxana, and is at any rate flesh and blood, if the +flesh be somewhat frail and the blood somewhat hot. Neither of the +heroines has any but the rudiments of a moral sense; but Roxana, both in +her original transgression and in her subsequent conduct, is actuated +merely by avarice and selfishness--vices which are peculiarly offensive +in connexion with her other failing, and which make her thoroughly +repulsive. The art of both stories is great, and that of the episode of +the daughter Susannah in _Roxana_ is consummate; but the transitions of +the later plot are less natural than those in _Moll Flanders_. It is +only fair to notice that while the latter, according to Defoe's more +usual practice, is allowed to repent and end happily, Roxana is brought +to complete misery; Defoe's morality, therefore, required more +repulsiveness in one case than in the other. + +In the _Journal of the Plague Year_, more usually called, from the title +of the second edition, _A History of the Plague_, the accuracy and +apparent veracity of the details is so great that many persons have +taken it for an authentic record, while others have contended for the +existence of such a record as its basis. But here too the genius of Mrs +Veal's creator must, in the absence of all evidence to the contrary, be +allowed sufficient for the task. _The History of Colonel Jack_ is an +unequal book. There is hardly in _Robinson Crusoe_ a scene equal, and +there is consequently not in English literature a scene superior, to +that where the youthful pickpocket first exercises his trade, and then +for a time loses his ill-gotten gains. But a great part of the book, +especially the latter portion, is dull; and in fact it may be generally +remarked of Defoe that the conclusions of his tales are not equal to the +beginning, perhaps from the restless indefatigability with which he +undertook one work almost before finishing another. + +To this period belong his stories of famous criminals, of Jack Sheppard +(1724), of Jonathan Wild (1725), of the Highland Rogue i.e. Rob Roy +(1723). The pamphlet on the first of these Defoe maintained to be a +transcript of a paper which he persuaded Sheppard to give to a friend at +his execution. + +In 1724 appeared also the first volume of _A Tour through the whole +Island of Great Britain_, which was completed in the two following +years. Much of the information in this was derived from personal +experience, for Defoe claims to have made many more tours and visits +about England than those of which we have record; but the major part +must necessarily have been dexterous compilation. In 1725 appeared _A +New Voyage round the World_, apparently entirely due to the author's own +fertile imagination and extensive reading. It is full of his peculiar +verisimilitude and has all the interest of Anson's or Dampier's voyages, +with a charm of style superior even to that of the latter. + +In 1726 Defoe published a curious and amusing little pamphlet entitled +_Everybody's Business is Nobody's Business, or Private Abuses Public +Grievances, exemplified in the Pride, Insolence, and Exorbitant Wages of +our Women-Servants, Footmen, &c._ This subject was a favourite one with +him, and in the pamphlet he showed the immaturity of his political views +by advocating legislative interference in these matters. Towards the end +of this same year _The Complete English Tradesman_, which may be +supposed to sum up the experience of his business life, appeared, and +its second volume followed two years afterwards. This book has been +variously judged. It is generally and traditionally praised, but those +who have read it will be more disposed to agree with Charles Lamb, who +considers it "of a vile and debasing tendency," and thinks it "almost +impossible to suppose the author in earnest." The intolerable meanness +advocated for the sake of the paltriest gains, the entire ignoring of +any pursuit in life except money-getting, and the representation of the +whole duty of man as consisting first in the attainment of a competent +fortune, and next, when that fortune has been attained, in spending not +more than half of it, are certainly repulsive enough. But there are no +reasons for thinking the performance ironical or insincere, and it +cannot be doubted that Defoe would have been honestly unable even to +understand Lamb's indignation. To 1726 also belongs _The Political +History of the Devil_. This is a curious book, partly explanatory of +Defoe's ideas on morality, and partly belonging to a series of +demonological works which he wrote, and of which the chief others are _A +System of Magic_ (1726), and _An Essay on the History of Apparitions_ +(1728), issued the year before under another title. In all these works +his treatment is on the whole rational and sensible; but in _The History +of the Devil_ he is somewhat hampered by an insufficiently worked-out +theory as to the nature and personal existence of his hero, and the +manner in which he handles the subject is an odd and not altogether +satisfactory mixture of irony and earnestness. _A Plan of English +Commerce_, containing very enlightened views on export trade, appeared +in 1728. + +During the years from 1715 to 1728 Defoe had issued pamphlets and minor +works too numerous to mention. The only one of them perhaps which +requires notice is _Religious Courtship_ (1722), a curious series of +dialogues displaying Defoe's unaffected religiosity, and at the same +time the rather meddling intrusiveness with which he applied his +religious notions. This was more flagrantly illustrated in one of his +latest works, _The Treatise Concerning the Use and Abuse of the Marriage +Bed_ (1727), which was originally issued with a much more offensive +name, and has been called "an excellent book with an improper title." +The _Memoirs of Captain Carleton_ (1728) were long attributed to Defoe, +but the internal evidence is strongly against his authorship. They have +been also attributed to Swift, with greater probability as far as style +is concerned. _The Life of Mother Ross_, reprinted in Bohn's edition, +has no claim whatever to be considered Defoe's. + +There is little to be said of Defoe's private life during this period. +He must in some way or other have obtained a considerable income. In +1724 he had built himself a large house at Stoke Newington, which had +stables and grounds of considerable size. From the negotiations for the +marriage of his daughter Sophia it appears that he had landed property +in more than one place, and he had obtained on lease in 1722 a +considerable estate from the corporation of Colchester, which was +settled on his unmarried daughter at his death. Other property was +similarly allotted to his widow and remaining children, though some +difficulty seems to have arisen from the misconduct of his son, to whom, +for some purpose, the property was assigned during his father's +lifetime, and who refused to pay what was due. There is a good deal of +mystery about the end of Defoe's life; it used to be said that he died +insolvent, and that he had been in jail shortly before his death. As a +matter of fact, after great suffering from gout and stone, he died in +Ropemaker's Alley, Moorfields, on Monday the 26th of April 1731, and was +buried in Bunhill Fields. He left no will, all his property having been +previously assigned, and letters of administration were taken out by a +creditor. How his affairs fell into this condition, why he did not die +in his own house, and why in the previous summer he had been in hiding, +as we know he was from a letter still extant, are points not clearly +explained. He was, however, attacked by Mist, whom he wounded, in prison +in 1724. It is most likely that Mist had found out that Defoe was a +government agent and quite probable that he communicated his knowledge +to other editors, for Defoe's journalistic employment almost ceased +about this time, and he began to write anonymously, or as "Andrew +Moreton." It is possible that he had to go into hiding to avoid the +danger of being accused as a real Jacobite, when those with whom he had +contracted to assume the character were dead and could no longer justify +his attitude. + +Defoe married, on New Year's Day, 1684, Mary Tuffley, who survived until +December 1732. They had seven children. His second son, Bernard or +Benjamin Norton, has, like his father, a scandalous niche in the +_Dunciad_. In April 1877 public attention was called to the distress of +three maiden ladies, directly descended from Defoe, and bearing his +name; and a crown pension of £75 a year was bestowed on each of them. +His youngest daughter, Sophia, who married Henry Baker, left a +considerable correspondence, now in the hands of her descendants. There +are several portraits of Defoe, the principal one being engraved by +Vandergucht. + +In his lifetime, Defoe, as not belonging to either of the great parties +at a time of the bitterest party strife, was subjected to obloquy on +both sides. The great Whig writers leave him unnoticed. Swift and Gay +speak slightingly of him,--the former, it is true, at a time when he was +only known as a party pamphleteer. Pope, with less excuse, put him in +the _Dunciad_ towards the end of his life, but he confessed to Spence in +private that Defoe had written many things and none bad. At a later +period he was unjustly described as "a scurrilous party writer," which +he certainly was not; but, on the other hand, Johnson spoke of his +writing "so variously and so well," and put _Robinson Crusoe_ among the +only three books that readers wish longer. From Sir Walter Scott +downwards the tendency to judge literary work on its own merits to a +great extent restored Defoe to his proper place, or, to speak more +correctly, set him there for the first time. Lord Macaulay's description +of _Roxana_, _Moll Flanders_ and _Colonel Jack_ as "utterly nauseous and +wretched" must be set aside as a freak of criticism. + +Scott justly observed that Defoe's style "is the last which should be +attempted by a writer of inferior genius; for though it be possible to +disguise mediocrity by fine writing, it appears in all its naked inanity +when it assumes the garb of simplicity." The methods by which Defoe +attains his result are not difficult to disengage. They are the +presentment of all his ideas and scenes in the plainest and most direct +language, the frequent employment of colloquial forms of speech, the +constant insertion of little material details and illustrations, often +of a more or less digressive form, and, in his historico-fictitious +works, as well as in his novels, the most rigid attention to vivacity +and consistency of character. Plot he disregards, and he is fond of +throwing his dialogues into regular dramatic form, with by-play +prescribed and stage directions interspersed. A particular trick of his +is also to divide his arguments after the manner of the preachers of his +day into heads and subheads, with actual numerical signs affixed to +them. These mannerisms undoubtedly help and emphasize the extraordinary +faithfulness to nature of his fictions, but it would be a great mistake +to suppose that they fully explain their charm. Defoe possessed genius, +and his secret is at the last as impalpable as the secret of genius +always is. + +The character of Defoe, both mental and moral, is very clearly indicated +in his works. He, the satirist of the true-born Englishman, was himself +a model, with some notable variations and improvements, of the +Englishman of his period. He saw a great many things, and what he did +see he saw clearly. But there were also a great many things which he did +not see, and there was often no logical connexion whatever between his +vision and his blindness. The most curious example of this +inconsistency, or rather of this indifference to general principle, +occurs in his _Essay on Projects_. He there speaks very briefly and +slightingly of life insurance, probably because it was then regarded as +impious by religionists of his complexion. But on either side of this +refusal are to be found elaborate projects of friendly societies and +widows' funds, which practically cover, in a clumsy and roundabout +manner, the whole ground of life insurance. In morals it is evident that +he was, according to his lights, a strictly honest and honourable man. +But sentiment of any "high-flying" description--to use the cant word of +his time--was quite incomprehensible to him, or rather never presented +itself as a thing to be comprehended. He tells us with honest and simple +pride that when his patron Harley fell out, and Godolphin came in, he +for three years held no communication with the former, and seems quite +incapable of comprehending the delicacy which would have obliged him to +follow Harley's fallen fortunes. His very anomalous position in regard +to Mist is also indicative of a rather blunt moral perception. One of +the most affecting things in his novels is the heroic constancy and +fidelity of the maid Amy to her exemplary mistress Roxana. But Amy, +scarcely by her own fault, is drawn into certain breaches of definite +moral laws which Defoe did understand, and she is therefore condemned, +with hardly a word of pity, to a miserable end. Nothing heroic or +romantic was within Defoe's view; he could not understand passionate +love, ideal loyalty, aesthetic admiration or anything of the kind; and +it is probable that many of the little sordid touches which delight us +by their apparent satire were, as designed, not satire at all, but +merely a faithful representation of the feelings and ideas of the +classes of which he himself was a unit. + +His political and economical pamphlets are almost unmatched as clear +presentations of the views of their writer. For driving the nail home no +one but Swift excels him, and Swift perhaps only in _The Drapier's +Letters_. There is often a great deal to be said against the view +presented in those pamphlets, but Defoe sees nothing of it. He was +perfectly fair but perfectly one-sided, being generally happily ignorant +of everything which told against his own view. + +The same characteristics are curiously illustrated in his moral works. +The morality of these is almost amusing in its downright positive +character. With all the Puritan eagerness to push a clear, +uncompromising, Scripture-based distinction of right and wrong into the +affairs of every-day life, he has a thoroughly English horror of +casuistry, and his clumsy canons consequently make wild work with the +infinite intricacies of human nature. He is, in fact, an instance of the +tendency, which has so often been remarked by other nations in the +English, to drag in moral distinctions at every turn, and to confound +everything which is novel to the experience, unpleasant to the taste, +and incomprehensible to the understanding, under the general epithets of +wrong, wicked and shocking. His works of this class therefore are now +the least valuable, though not the least curious, of his books. + + The earliest regular life and estimate of Defoe is that of Dr Towers + in the _Biographia Britannica_. George Chalmers's _Life_, however + (1786), added very considerable information. In 1830 Walter Wilson + wrote the standard _Life_ (3 vols.); it is coloured by political + prejudice, but is a model of painstaking care, and by its abundant + citations from works both of Defoe and of others, which are + practically inaccessible to the general reader, is invaluable. In 1859 + appeared a life of Defoe by William Chadwick, an extraordinary + rhapsody in a style which is half Cobbett and half Carlyle, but + amusing, and by no means devoid of acuteness. In 1864 the discovery of + the six letters stirred up William Lee to a new investigation, and the + results of this were published (London, 1869) in three large volumes. + The first of these (well illustrated) contains a new life and + particulars of the author's discoveries. The second and third contain + fugitive writings assigned by Lee to Defoe for the first time. For + most of these, however, we have no authority but Lee's own impressions + of style, &c.; and consequently, though the best qualified judges will + in most cases agree that Defoe may very likely have written them, it + cannot positively be stated that he did. There is also a _Life_ by + Thomas Wright (1894). The _Earlier Life and Chief Earlier Works_ of + Defoe (1890) was included by Henry Morley in the "Carisbrooke + Library." Charles Lamb's criticisms were made in three short pieces, + two of which were written for Wilson's book, and the third for _The + Reflector_. The volume on _Defoe_ (1879) in the "English Men of + Letters" series is by W. Minto. + + There is considerable uncertainty about many of Defoe's writings; and + even if all contested works be excluded, the number is still enormous. + Besides the list in Bohn's _Lowndes_, which is somewhat of an _omnium + gatherum_, three lists drawn with more or less care were compiled in + the 19th century. Wilson's contains 210 distinct works, three or four + only of which are marked as doubtful; Hazlitt's enumerates 183 + "genuine" and 52 "attributed" pieces, with notes on most of them; + Lee's extends to 254, of which 64 claim to be new additions. The + reprint (3 vols.) edited for the "Pulteney Library" by Hazlitt in + 1840-1843 contains a good and full life mainly derived from Wilson, + the whole of the novels (including the _Serious Reflections_ now + hardly ever published with _Robinson Crusoe_), _Jure Divino_, _The Use + and Abuse of Marriage_, and many of the more important tracts and + smaller works. There is also an edition, often called Scott's, but + really edited by Sir G. C. Lewis, in twenty volumes (London, + 1840-1841). This contains the _Complete Tradesman_, _Religious + Courtship_, _The Consolidator_ and other works not comprised in + Hazlitt's. Scott had previously in 1809 edited for Ballantyne some of + the novels, in twelve volumes. Bohn's "British Classics" includes the + novels (except the third part of _Robinson Crusoe_), _The History of + the Devil_, _The Storm_, and a few political pamphlets, also the + undoubtedly spurious _Mother Ross_. In 1870 Nimmo of Edinburgh + published in one volume an admirable selection from Defoe. It contains + Chalmers's _Life_, annotated and completed from Wilson and Lee, + _Robinson Crusoe_, pts. i. and ii., _Colonel Jack_, _The Cavalier_, + _Duncan Campbell_, _The Plague_, _Everybody's Business_, _Mrs Veal_, + _The Shortest Way with Dissenters_, _Giving Alms no Charity_, _The + True-Born Englishman_, _Hymn to the Pillory_, and very copious + extracts from _The Complete English Tradesman_. An edition of Defoe's + _Romances and Narratives_ in sixteen volumes by G. A. Aitken came out + in 1895. + + If we turn to separate works, the bibliography of Defoe is practically + confined (except as far as original editions are concerned) to + _Robinson Crusoe_. _Mrs Veal_ has been to some extent popularized by + the work which it helped to sell; _Religious Courtship_ and _The + Family Instructor_ had a vogue among the middle class until well into + the 19th century, and _The History of the Union_ was republished in + 1786. But the reprints and editions of _Crusoe_ have been innumerable; + it has been often translated; and the eulogy pronounced on it by + Rousseau gave it special currency in France, where imitations (or + rather adaptations) have also been common. + + In addition to the principal authorities already mentioned see John + Forster, _Historical and Biographical Essays_ (1858); G. Saintsbury, + "Introduction" to Defoe's _Minor Novels_; and valuable notes by G. A. + Aitken in _The Contemporary Review_ (February 1890), and _The + Athenaeum_ (April 30, 1889; August 31, 1890). A facsimile reprint + (1883) of _Robinson Crusoe_ has an introduction by Mr Austin Dobson. + Dr Karl T. Bülbring edited two unpublished works of Defoe, _The + Compleat English Gentleman_ (London, 1890) and _Of Royall Educacion_ + (London, 1905), from British Museum Add. MS. 32,555. Further light was + thrown on Defoe's work as a political agent by the discovery (1906) of + an unpublished paper of his in the British Museum by G. F. Warner. + This was printed in the _English Historical Review_, and afterwards + separately. + + + + +DEGAS, HILAIRE GERMAIN EDGARD (1834- ), French painter, was born in +Paris on the 19th of July 1834. Entering in 1855 the École des Beaux +Arts, he early developed independence of artistic outlook, studying +under Lamothe. He first exhibited in the Salon of 1865, contributing a +"War in the middle ages," a work executed in pastel. To this medium he +was ever faithful, using it for some of his best work. In 1866 his +"Steeplechase" revealed him as a painter of the racecourse and of all +the most modern aspects of life and of Parisian society, treated in an +extremely original manner. He subsequently exhibited in 1867 "Family +Portraits," and in 1868 a portrait of a dancer in the "Ballet of _La +Source_." In 1869 and 1870 he restricted himself to portraits; but +thenceforward he abandoned the Salons and attached himself to the +Impressionists. With Manet and Monet he took the lead of the new school +at its first exhibition in 1874, and repeatedly contributed to these +exhibitions (in 1876, 1878, 1879 and 1880). In 1868 he had shown his +first study of a dancer, and in numerous pastels he proclaimed himself +the painter of the ballet, representing its figurantes in every attitude +with more constant aim at truth than grace. Several of his works may be +seen at the Luxembourg Gallery, to which they were bequeathed, among a +collection of impressionist pictures, by M. Caillebotte. In 1880 Degas +showed his powers of observation in a set of "Portraits of Criminals," +and he attempted modelling in a "Dancer," in wax. He afterwards returned +to his studies of the sporting world, exhibiting in December 1884 at the +Petit Gallery two views of "Races" which had a great success, proving +the increasing vogue of the artist among collectors. He is ranked with +Manet as the leader of the "impressionist school." At the eighth +Impressionist Exhibition, in 1886, Degas continued his realistic studies +of modern life, showing drawings of the nude, of workwomen, and of +jockeys. Besides his pastels and his paintings of genre and +portraits--among these, several likenesses of Manet--Degas also handled +his favourite subjects in etching and in aquatint; and executed several +lithographs of "Singers at Cafés-concert," of "Ballet-girls," and indeed +of every possible subject of night-life and incidents behind the scenes. +His work is to be seen not only at the Luxembourg but in many of the +great private collections in Paris, in England and America. In the +Centenary Exhibition of 1900 he exhibited "The Interior of a +Cotton-Broker's Office at New Orleans" (belonging to the Museum at Pau) +and "The Rehearsal." + + See also G. Moore, "Degas, the Painter of Modern Life," _Magazine of + Art_ (1890); J. K. Huysmans, _Certains_ (Paris, 1889); G. Geffroy, _La + Vie Artistique_ (3^e Série, Paris, 1894). + + + + +DE GEER, LOUIS GERHARD, BARON (1818-1896), Swedish statesman and writer, +was born on the 18th of July 1818 at Finspång castle. He adopted the +legal profession, and in 1855 became president of the Göta Hofret, or +lord justice of one of the Swedish supreme courts. From the 7th of April +1858 to the 3rd of June 1870 he was minister of justice. As a member of +the Upper House he took part in all the Swedish _Riksdags_ from 1851 +onwards, though he seldom spoke. From 1867 to 1878 he was the member for +Stockholm in the first chamber, and introduced and passed many useful +reformatory statutes; but his greatest achievement, as a statesman, was +the reform of the Swedish representative system, whereby he substituted +a bi-cameral elective parliament, on modern lines, for the existing +cumbersome representation by estates, a survival from the later middle +ages. This great measure was accepted by the Riksdag in December 1865, +and received the royal sanction on the 22nd of June 1866. For some time +after this De Geer was the most popular man in Sweden. He retired from +the ministry in 1870, but took office again, as minister of justice, in +1875. In 1876 he became minister of state, which position he retained +till April 1880, when the failure of his repeated efforts to settle the +armaments' question again induced him to resign. From 1881 to 1888 he +was chancellor of the universities of Upsala and Lund. Besides several +novels and aesthetic essays, De Geer has written a few political memoirs +of supreme merit both as to style and matter, the most notable of which +are: _Minnesteckning öfver A. J. v. Höpken_ (Stockholm, 1881); +_Minnesteckning öfver Hans Järta_ (Stockholm, 1874); _Minnesteckning +öfver B. B. von Platen_ (Stockholm, 1886); and his own _Minnen_ +(Stockholm, 1892), an autobiography, invaluable as a historical +document, in which the political experience and the matured judgments of +a lifetime are recorded with singular clearness, sobriety and charm. + + See _Sveriges historia_ (Stockholm, 1881, &c.), vi,; Carl Gustaf + Malmström, _Historiska Studier_ (Stockholm, 1897). (R. N. B.) + + + + +DEGGENDORF, or DECKENDORF, a town of Germany, in the kingdom of Bavaria, +25 m. N.W. of Passau, on the left bank of the Danube, which is there +crossed by two iron bridges. Pop. (1905) 7154. It is situated at the +lower end of the beautiful valley of the Perlbach, and in itself it is a +well-built and attractive town. It possesses an old town hall dating +from 1566, a hospital, a lunatic asylum, an orphanage, and a large +parish church rebuilt in 1756; but the chief interest centres in the +church of the Holy Sepulchre, built in 1337, which attracts thousands of +pilgrims to its _Porta Caeli_ or _Gnadenpforte_ (Gate of Mercy) opened +annually on Michaelmas eve and closed again on the 4th of October. In +1837, on the celebration of the 500th anniversary of this solemnity, the +number of pilgrims was reckoned at nearly 100,000. Such importance as +the town possesses is now rather commercial than religious,--it being a +depôt for the timber trade of the Bavarian forest, a station for the +Danube steamboat company, and the seat of several mills, breweries, +potteries and other industrial establishments. On the bank of the Danube +outside the town are the remains of the castle of Findelstein; and on +the Geiersberg (1243 ft.), in the immediate vicinity, stands another old +pilgrimage church. About 6 m. to the north is the village of Metten, +with a Benedictine monastery founded by Charlemagne in 801, restored as +an abbey in 1840 by Louis I. of Bavaria, and well known as an +educational institution. The first mention of Deggendorf occurs in 868, +and it appears as a town in 1212. Henry (d. 1290) of the Landshut branch +of the ruling family of Bavaria made it the seat of a custom-house; and +in 1331 it became the residence of Henry III. of Natternberg (d. 1333), +so called from a castle in the neighbourhood. In 1337 a wholesale +massacre of the Jews, who were accused of having thrown the sacred host +of the church of the Holy Sepulchre into a well, took place in the town; +and it is probably from about this date that the pilgrimage above +mentioned came into vogue. The town was captured by the Swedish forces +in 1633, and in the war of the Austrian Succession it was more than once +laid in ashes. + + See Grüber and Müller, _Der bayerische Wald_ (Regensburg, 1851); + Mittermüller, _Die heil. Hostien und die Jüden in Deggendorf_ + (Landshut, 1866); and _Das Kloster Metten_ (Straubing, 1857). + + + + +DE HAAS, MAURITZ FREDERICK HENDRICK (1832-1895), American marine +painter, was born on the 12th of December 1832 in Rotterdam, Holland. He +studied art in the Rotterdam Academy and at The Hague, under Bosboom and +Louis Meyer, and in 1851-1852 in London, following the English +water-colourists of the day. In 1857 he received an artist's commission +in the Dutch navy, but in 1859, under the patronage of August Belmont, +who had recently been minister of the United States at The Hague, he +resigned and removed to New York city. He became an associate of the +National Academy in 1863 and an academician in 1867, and exhibited +annually in the academy, and in 1866 he was one of the founders of the +American Society of Painters in Water Colors. He died on the 23rd of +November 1895. His "Farragut Passing the Forts at the Battle of New +Orleans" and "The Rapids above Niagara," which were exhibited at the +Paris Exposition of 1878, were his best known but not his most typical +works, for his favourite subjects were storm and wreck, wind and heavy +surf, and less often moonlight on the coasts of Holland, of Jersey, of +New England, and of Long Island, and on the English Channel. + +His brother, WILLIAM FREDERICK DE HAAS (1830-1880), who emigrated to New +York in 1854, was also a marine painter. + + + + +DEHRA, a town of British India, headquarters of the Dehra Dun district +in the United Provinces. Pop. (1901) 28,095. It lies at an elevation of +2300 ft. Here the Hardwar-Dehra railway terminates. Dehra is the +headquarters of the Trigonometrical Survey and of the Forest Department, +besides being a cantonment for a Gurkha force. The Forest School, which +trains subordinate forest officials for all parts of India, is a fine +building. Attached to it is an institution for the scientific study of +sylvi-culture and the exploitation and administration of forests. The +town of Dehra grew up round the temple built in 1699 by the heretical +Sikh Guru, Ram Rai, the founder of the Udasi sect of Ascetics. This +temple is a remarkable building in Mahommedan style. The central block, +in imitation of the emperor Jahangir's tomb, contains the bed on which +the Guru, after dying at will and coming back to life several times, +ultimately died outright; it is an object of great veneration. At the +corners of the central block are smaller monuments commemorating the +Guru's wives. + + + + +DEHRA DUN, a district of British India, in the Meerut division of the +United Provinces. Its area is 1209 sq. m. The district is bounded on the +N. by the native state of Tehri or Garhwal, on the E. by British +Garhwal, on the S. by the Siwálik hills, which separate it from +Saharanpur district, and on the W. by the hill states of Sirmur, Jubbal +and Taroch. The valley (the Dun) has an area of about 673 sq. m., and +forms a parallelogram 45 m. from N.W. to S.E. and 15 m. broad. It is +well wooded, undulating and intersected by streams. On the N.E. the +horizon is bounded by the Mussoorie or lower range of the Himalayas, and +on the S. by the Siwálik hills. The Himalayas in the north of the +district attain a height between 7000 and 8000 ft., one peak reaching an +elevation of 8565 ft.; the highest point of the Siwálik range is 3041 +ft. above sea-level. The principal passes through the Siwálik hills are +the Timli pass, leading to the military station of Chakráta, and the +Mohand pass leading to the sanatoriums of Mussoorie and Landaur. The +Ganges bounds the Dehra valley on the E.; the Jumna bounds it on the W. +From a point about midway between the two rivers, and near the town of +Dehra, runs a ridge which forms the watershed of the valley. To the west +of this ridge the water collects to form the Asan, a tributary of the +Jumna; whilst to the east the Suswa receives the drainage and flows into +the Ganges. To the east the valley is characterized by swamps and +forests, but to the west the natural depressions freely carry off the +surface drainage. Along the central ridge, the water-level lies at a +great depth from the surface (228 ft.), but it rises gradually as the +country declines towards the great rivers. In 1901 the population was +178,195, showing an increase of 6% in the decade. A railway to Dehra +from Hardwar, on the Oudh and Rohilkhand line (32 m.), was completed in +1900. The district is served by the Dun canals. Tea gardens cover a +considerable area, and the valley contains a colony of European tea +planters. + +_History._--Dehra Dun only emerges from the mists of legend into +authentic history in the 17th century A.D., when it formed part of the +Garhwal kingdom. Towards the end of the century the heretical Sikh Guru, +Ram Rai, expelled from the Punjab, sought refuge in the Dun and gathered +round him a crowd of devotees. Fateh Sah, raja of Garhwal, endowed the +temple which he built, round which grew up the town of Gurudwara or +Dehra (q.v.). In the 18th century the fertility of the valley attracted +the attention of Najib-ud-daula, governor of Saharanpur, who invaded it +with an army of Rohillas in 1757 and annexed it to his dominion. His +rule, which lasted till 1770, brought great prosperity to the Dun; but +on his death it became a prey to the surrounding tribes, its desolation +being completed after its conquest by the Gurkhas in 1803. In 1814 it +was taken possession of by the British, and in the following year was +annexed to Saharanpur. Under British administration the Dun rapidly +recovered its prosperity. + + + + +DEIOCES ([Greek: Dêiokês]), according to Herodotus (i. 96 ff.) the first +king of the Medes. He narrates that, when the Medes had rebelled against +the Assyrians and gained their independence about 710 B.C., according to +his chronology (cf. Diodor. ii. 32), they lived in villages without any +political organization, and therefore the whole country was in a state +of anarchy. Then Deioces, son of Phraortes, an illustrious man of +upright character, was chosen judge in his village, and the justness of +his decisions induced the inhabitants of the other villages to throng to +him. At last the Medes resolved to make an end of the intolerable state +of their country by erecting a kingdom, and chose Deioces king. He now +caused them to build a great capital, Ecbatana, with a royal palace, and +introduced the ceremonial of oriental courts; he surrounded himself +with a guard and no longer showed himself to the people, but gave his +judgments in writing and controlled the people by officials and spies. +He united all the Median tribes, and ruled fifty-three years (c. 699-647 +B.C.), though perhaps, as G. Rawlinson supposed, the fifty-three years +of his reign are exchanged by mistake with the twenty-two years of his +son Phraortes, under whom the Median conquests began. + +The narration of Herodotus is only a popular tradition which derives the +origin of kingship from its judicial functions, considered as its +principal and most beneficent aspect. We know from the Assyrian +inscriptions that just at the time which Herodotus assigns to Deioces +the Medes were divided into numerous small principalities and subjected +to the great Assyrian conquerors. Among these petty chieftains, Sargon +in 715 mentions Dayukku, "lieutenant of Man" (he probably was, +therefore, a vassal of the neighbouring king of Man in the mountains of +south-eastern Armenia), who joined the Urartians and other enemies of +Assyria, but was by Sargon transported to Hamath in Syria "with his +clan." His district is called "bit-Dayaukki," "house of Deioces," also +in 713, when Sargon invaded these regions again. So it seems that the +dynasty, which more than half a century later succeeded in throwing off +the Assyrian yoke and founded the Median empire, was derived from this +Dayukku, and that his name was thus introduced into the Median +traditions, which contrary to history considered him as founder of the +kingdom. (Ed. M.) + + + + +DEÏOTARUS, a tetrarch of Galatia (Gallo-Graecia) in Asia Minor, and a +faithful ally of the Romans. He is first heard of at the beginning of +the third Mithradatic war, when he drove out the troops of Mithradates +under Eumachus from Phrygia. His most influential friend was Pompey, +who, when settling the affairs of Asia (63 or 62 B.C.), rewarded him +with the title of king and an increase of territory (Lesser Armenia). On +the outbreak of the civil war, Deïotarus naturally sided with his old +patron Pompey, and after the battle of Pharsalus escaped with him to +Asia. In the meantime Pharnaces, the son of Mithradates, had seized +Lesser Armenia, and defeated Deïotarus near Nicopolis. Fortunately for +Deïotarus, Caesar at that time (47) arrived in Asia from Egypt, and was +met by the tetrarch in the dress of a suppliant. Caesar pardoned him for +having sided with Pompey, ordered him to resume his royal attire, and +hastened against Pharnaces, whom he defeated at Zela. In consequence of +the complaints of certain Galatian princes, Deïotarus was deprived of +part of his dominions, but allowed to retain the title of king. On the +death of Mithradates of Pergamum, tetrarch of the Trocmi, Deïotarus was +a candidate for the vacancy. Other tetrarchs also pressed their claims; +and, further, Deïotarus was accused by his grandson Castor of having +attempted to assassinate Caesar when the latter was his guest in +Galatia. Cicero, who entertained a high opinion of Deïotarus, whose +acquaintance he had made when governor of Cilicia, undertook his +defence, the case being heard in Caesar's own house at Rome. The matter +was allowed to drop for a time, and the assassination of Caesar +prevented any final decision being pronounced. In his speech Cicero +briefly dismisses the charge of assassination, the main question being +the distribution of the provinces, which was the real cause of the +quarrels between Deïotarus and his relatives. After Caesar's death, Mark +Antony, for a large monetary consideration, publicly announced that, in +accordance with instructions left by Caesar, Deïotarus was to resume +possession of all the territory of which he had been deprived. When +civil war again broke out, Deïotarus was persuaded to support Brutus and +Cassius, but after the battle of Philippi went over to the triumvirs. He +remained in possession of his kingdom till his death at a very advanced +age. + + See Cicero, _Philippica_, ii. 37; _Ad fam._ viii. 10, ix. 12, xv. 1, + 2, 4; _Ad Att._ xiv. 1; _De divin._ i. 15, ii. 36, 37; _De harusp. + resp._ 13, and above all _Pro rege Deiotaro_; Appian, _Bell. Mithrid._ + 75, 114; _Bellum Alexandrinum_, 34-41, 65-77; Dio Cassius xli. 63, + xlii. 45, xlvii. 24, 48, xlviii. 33. + + + + +DEIR, or DEIR EZ-ZOR, a town of Asiatic Turkey, on the right bank of the +Euphrates, 27½ m. above its junction with the Khabor, lat. 35° 20´ N., +long. 40° 12´ E. Pop. 8000 and upward, about one-tenth Christians; +except in the official classes, there are no Turks. It is the capital +and the only considerable town of the Zor sanjak, formed in 1857, which +includes Ras el-'Ain on the north and Palmyra on the south, with a total +area of 32,820 sq. m., chiefly desert, and an estimated population of +100,000, mostly Arab nomads. Deir itself is a thrifty and rising town, +having considerable traffic; it is singularly European in appearance, +with macadamized streets and a public garden. The name Deir means +monastery, but there is no other trace or tradition of the occupation of +the site before the 14th century, and until it became the capital of the +sanjak it was an insignificant village. It is an important centre for +the control of the Bedouin Arabs, and has a garrison of about 1000 +troops, including a special corps of mule-riders. It is also a road +centre, the roads from the Mediterranean to Bagdad by way of Aleppo and +Damascus respectively meeting here. A road also leads northward, by +Sinjar, to Mosul, crossing the river on a stone bridge, built in 1897, +the only permanent bridge over the Euphrates south of Asia Minor. + (J. P. Pe.) + + + + +DEIRA, the southern of the two English kingdoms afterwards united as +Northumbria. According to Simeon of Durham it extended from the Humber +to the Tyne, but the land was waste north of the Tees. York was the +capital of its kings. The date of its first settlement is quite unknown, +but the first king of whom we have any record is Ella or Ælle, the +father of Edwin, who is said to have been reigning about 585. After his +death Deira was subject to Æthelfrith, king of Northumbria, until the +accession of Edwin, in 616 or 617, who ruled both kingdoms (see Edwin) +till 633. Osric the nephew of Edwin ruled Deira (633-634), but his son +Oswine was put to death by Oswio in 651. For a few years subsequently +Deira was governed by Æthelwald son of Oswald. + + See Bede, _Historia ecclesiastica_, ii. 14, iii. 1, 6, 14 (ed. C. + Plummer, Oxford, 1896); Nennius, _Historia Brittonum_, § 64 (ed. Th. + Mommsen, Berlin, 1898); Simeon of Durham, _Opera_, i. 339 (ed. T. + Arnold, London, 1882-1885). (F. G. M. B.) + + + + +DEISM (Lat. _deus_, god), strictly the belief in one supreme God. It is +however the received name for a current of rationalistic theological +thought which, though not confined to one country, or to any +well-defined period, was most conspicuous in England in the last years +of the 17th and the first half of the 18th century. The deists, +differing widely in important matters of belief, were yet agreed in +seeking above all to establish the certainty and sufficiency of natural +religion in opposition to the positive religions, and in tacitly or +expressly denying the unique significance of the supernatural revelation +in the Old and New Testaments. They either ignored the Scriptures, +endeavoured to prove them in the main by a helpful republication of the +_Evangelium aeternum_, or directly impugned their divine character, +their infallibility, and the validity of their evidences as a complete +manifestation of the will of God. The term "deism" not only is used to +signify the main body of the deists' teaching, or the tendency they +represent, but has come into use as a technical term for one specific +metaphysical doctrine as to the relation of God to the universe, assumed +to have been characteristic of the deists, and to have distinguished +them from atheists, pantheists and theists,--the belief, namely, that +the first cause of the universe is a personal God, who is, however, not +only distinct from the world but apart from it and its concerns. + +The words "deism" and "deist" appear first about the middle of the 16th +century in France (cf. Bayle's _Dictionnaire, s.v._ "Viret," note D), +though the deistic standpoint had already been foreshadowed to some +extent by Averroists, by Italian authors like Boccaccio and Petrarch, in +More's _Utopia_ (1515), and by French writers like Montaigne, Charron +and Bodin. The first specific attack on deism in English was Bishop +Stillingfleet's _Letter to a Deist_ (1677). By the majority of those +historically known as the English deists, from Blount onwards, the name +was owned and honoured. They were also occasionally called +"rationalists." "Free-thinker" (in Germany, _Freidenker_) was generally +taken to be synonymous with "deist," though obviously capable of a +wider signification, and as coincident with _esprit fort_ and with +_libertin_ in the original and theological sense of the word.[1] +"Naturalists" was a name frequently used of such as recognized no god +but nature, of so-called Spinozists, atheists; but both in England and +Germany, in the 18th century, this word was more commonly and aptly in +use for those who founded their religion on the _lumen naturae_ alone. +It was evidently in common use in the latter half of the 16th century as +it is used by De Mornay in _De la vérité de la religion chrétienne_ +(1581) and by Montaigne. The same men were not seldom assaulted under +the name of "theists"; the later distinction between "theist" and +"deist," which stamped the latter word as excluding the belief in +providence or in the immanence of God, was apparently formulated in the +end of the 18th century by those rationalists who were aggrieved at +being identified with the naturalists. (See also THEISM.) + +The chief names amongst the deists are those of Lord Herbert of Cherbury +(1583-1648), Charles Blount (1654-1693), Matthew Tindal (1657-1733), +William Wollaston (1659-1724), Thomas Woolston (1669-1733), Junius Janus +(commonly known as John) Toland (1670-1722), the 3rd earl of Shaftesbury +(1671-1713), Viscount Bolingbroke (1678-1751), Anthony Collins +(1676-1729), Thomas Morgan (?-1743), and Thomas Chubb (1679-1747).[2] +Peter Annet (1693-1769), and Henry Dodwell (the younger; d. 1784), who +made his contribution to the controversy in 1742, are of less +importance. Of the eleven first named, ten appear to have been born +within twenty-five years of one another; and it is noteworthy that by +far the greater part of the literary activity of the deists, as well as +of their voluminous opponents, falls within the same half century. + +The impulses that promoted a vein of thought cognate to deism were +active both before and after the time of its greatest notoriety. But +there are many reasons to show why, in the 17th century, men should have +set themselves with a new zeal, in politics, law and theology, to follow +the light of nature alone, and to cast aside the fetters of tradition +and prescriptive right, of positive codes, and scholastic systems, and +why in England especially there should, amongst numerous free-thinkers, +have been not a few free writers. The significance of the Copernican +system, as the total overthrow of the traditional conception of the +universe, dawned on all educated men. In physics, Descartes had prepared +the way for the final triumph of the mechanical explanation of the world +in Newton's system. In England the new philosophy had broken with +time-honoured beliefs more completely than it had done even in France; +Hobbes was more startling than Bacon. Locke's philosophy, as well as his +theology, served as a school for the deists. Men had become weary of +Protestant scholasticism; religious wars had made peaceful thinkers seek +to take the edge off dogmatical rancour; and the multiplicity of +religious sects, coupled with the complete failure of various attempts +at any substantial reconciliation, provoked distrust of the common basis +on which all were founded. There was a school of distinctively +latitudinarian thought in the Church of England; others not unnaturally +thought it better to extend the realm of the _adiaphora_ beyond the +sphere of Protestant ritual or the details of systematic divinity. +Arminianism had revived the rational side of theological method. +Semi-Arians and Unitarians, though sufficiently distinguished from the +free-thinkers by reverence for the letter of Scripture, might be held to +encourage departure from the ancient landmarks. The scholarly labours of +P. D. Huet, R. Simon, L. E. Dupin, and Jean Le Clerc (Clericus), of the +orientalists John Lightfoot, John Spencer and Humphrey Prideaux, of John +Mill, the collator of New Testament readings, and John Fell, furnished +new materials for controversy; and the scope of Spinoza's _Tractatus +theologico-politicus_ had naturally been much more fully apprehended +than ever his _Ethica_ could be. The success of the English revolution +permitted men to turn from the active side of political and theological +controversy to speculation and theory; and curiosity was more powerful +than faith. Much new ferment was working. The toleration and the free +press of England gave it scope. Deism was one of the results, and is an +important link in the chain of thought from the Reformation to our own +day. + +Long before England was ripe to welcome deistic thought Lord Herbert of +Cherbury earned the name "Father of Deism" by laying down the main line +of that religious philosophy which in various forms continued ever after +to be the backbone of deistic systems. He based his theology on a +comprehensive, if insufficient, survey of the nature, foundation, limits +and tests of human knowledge. And amongst the divinely implanted, +original, indefeasible _notitiae communes_ of the human mind, he found +as foremost his five articles:--that there is one supreme God, that he +is to be worshipped, that worship consists chiefly of virtue and piety, +that we must repent of our sins and cease from them, and that there are +rewards and punishments here and hereafter. Thus Herbert sought to do +for the religion of nature what his friend Grotius was doing for natural +law,--making a new application of the standard of Vincent of Lerins, +_Quod semper, quod ubique, quod ab omnibus_. It is important to notice +that Herbert, as English ambassador at Paris, united in himself the +currents of French and English thought, and also that his De Veritate, +published in Latin and translated into French, did not appear in an +English version. + +Herbert had hardly attempted a systematic criticism of the Christian +revelation either as a whole or in its details. Blount, a man of a very +different spirit, did both, and in so doing may be regarded as having +inaugurated the second main line of deistic procedure, that of +historico-critical examination of the Old and New Testaments. Blount +adopted and expanded Hobbes's arguments against the Mosaic authorship of +the Pentateuch; and, mainly in the words of Burnet's _Archeologiae +philosophicae_, he asserts the total inconsistency of the Mosaic +Hexaemeron with the Copernican theory of the heavens, dwelling with +emphasis on the impossibility of admitting the view developed in +Genesis, that the earth is the most important part of the universe. He +assumes that the narrative was meant _ethically_, not _physically_, in +order to eliminate false and polytheistic notions; and he draws +attention to that double narrative in Genesis which was elsewhere to be +so fruitfully handled. The examination of the miracles of Apollonius of +Tyana, professedly founded on papers of Lord Herbert's, is meant to +suggest similar considerations with regard to the miracles of Christ. +Naturalistic explanations of some of these are proposed, and a mythical +theory is distinctly foreshadowed when Blount dwells on the inevitable +tendency of men, especially long after the event, to discover miracles +attendant on the birth and death of their heroes. Blount assaults the +doctrine of a mediator as irreligious. He dwells much more pronouncedly +than Herbert on the view, afterwards regarded as a special +characteristic of all deists, that much or most error in religion has +been invented or knowingly maintained by sagacious men for the easier +maintenance of good government, or in the interests of themselves and +their class. And when he heaps suspicion, not on Christian dogmas, but +on beliefs of which the resemblance to Christian tenets is sufficiently +patent, the real aim is so transparent that his method seems to partake +rather of the nature of literary eccentricity than of polemical +artifice; yet by this disingenuous indirectness he gave his argument +that savour of duplicity which ever after clung to the popular +conception of deism. + +Shaftesbury, dealing with matters for the most part different from those +usually handled by the deists, stands almost wholly out of their ranks. +But he showed how loosely he held the views he did not go out of his way +to attack, and made it plain how little weight the letter of Scripture +had for himself; and, writing with much greater power than any of the +deists, he was held to have done more than any one of them to forward +the cause for which they wrought. Founding ethics on the native and +cultivable capacity in men to appreciate worth in men and actions, and, +like the ancient Greek thinkers whom he followed, associating the +apprehension of morality with the apprehension of beauty, he makes +morality wholly independent of scriptural enactment, and still more, of +theological forecasting of future bliss or agony. He yet insisted on +religion as the crown of virtue; and, arguing that religion is +inseparable from a high and holy enthusiasm for the divine plan of the +universe, he sought the root of religion in feeling, not in accurate +beliefs or meritorious good works. He set little store on the theology +of those who in a system of dry and barren notions "pay handsome +compliments to the Deity," "remove providence," "explode devotion," and +leave but "little of zeal, affection, or warmth in what they call +rational religion." In the protest against the scheme of "judging truth +by counting noses," Shaftesbury recognized the danger of the standard +which seemed to satisfy many deists; and in almost every respect he has +more in common with those who afterwards, in Germany, annihilated the +pretensions of complacent rationalism than with the rationalists +themselves. + +Toland, writing at first professedly without hostility to any of the +received elements of the Christian faith, insisted that Christianity was +not mysterious, and that the value of religion could not lie in any +unintelligible or self-contradictory elements; though we cannot know the +real essence of God or of any of his creatures, yet our beliefs about +God must be thoroughly consistent with reason. Afterwards, Toland +discussed, with considerable real learning and much show of candour, the +comparative evidence for the canonical and apocryphal Scriptures, and +demanded a careful and complete historical examination of the grounds on +which our acceptance of the New Testament canon rests. He contributed +little to the solution of the problem, but forced the investigation of +the canon alike on theologians and the reading public. Again, he +sketched a view of early church history, further worked out by Johann +Salomo Semler (1725-1791), and surprisingly like that which was later +elaborated by the Tübingen school. He tried to show, both from Scripture +and extra-canonical literature, that the primitive church, so far from +being an incorporate body of believers with the same creed and customs, +really consisted of two schools, each possessing its "own gospel"--a +school of Ebionites or Judaizing Christians, and the more liberal school +of Paul. These parties, consciously but amicably differing in their +whole relation to the Jewish law and the outside world, were +subsequently forced into a non-natural uniformity. The cogency of +Toland's arguments was weakened by his manifest love of paradox. +Wollaston upheld the "intellectual" theory of morality, and all his +reasoning is independent of any authority or evidence derived from +revelation. His system was simplicity itself, all sin being reduced to +the one form of lying. He favoured the idea of a future life as being +necessary to set right the mistakes and inequalities of the present. + +Collins, who had created much excitement by his _Discourse of +Free-thinking_, insisting on the value and necessity of unprejudiced +inquiry, published at a later stage of the deistic controversy the +famous argument on the evidences of Christianity. Christianity is +founded on Judaism; its main prop is the argument from the fulfilment of +prophecy. Yet no interpretation or rearrangement of the text of Old +Testament prophecies will secure a fair and non-allegorical +correspondence between these and their alleged fulfilment in the New +Testament. The inference is not expressly drawn, though it becomes +perfectly clear from his refutation of William Whiston's curious counter +theory that there were in the original Hebrew scriptures prophecies +which were literally fulfilled in the New Testament, but had been +expunged at an early date by Jewish scribes. Collins indicates the +possible extent to which the Jews may have been indebted to Chaldeans +and Egyptians for their theological views, especially as great part of +the Old Testament would appear to have been remodelled by Ezra; and, +after dwelling on the points in which the prophecies attributed to +Daniel differ from all other Old Testament predictions, he states the +greater number of the arguments still used to show that the book of +Daniel deals with events past and contemporaneous, and is from the pen +of a writer of the Maccabean period, a view now generally accepted. +Collins resembles Blount in "attacking specific Christian positions +rather than seeking for a foundation on which to build the edifice of +Natural Religion." Amongst those who replied to him were Richard +Bentley, Edward Chandler, bishop of Lichfield, and Thomas Sherlock, +afterwards bishop of London, who also attacked Woolston. They refuted +him easily on many specific points, but carefully abstained from +discussing the real question at issue, namely the propriety of free +inquiry. + +Woolston, at first to all appearance working earnestly in behalf of an +allegorical but believing interpretation of the New Testament miracles, +ended by assaulting, with a yet unknown violence of speech, the +absurdity of accepting them as actual historical events, and did his +best to overthrow the credibility of Christ's principal miracles. The +bitterness of his outspoken invective against the clergy, against all +priestcraft and priesthood, was a new feature in deistic literature, and +injured the author more than it furthered his cause. + +Tindal's aim seems to have been a sober statement of the whole case in +favour of natural religion, with copious but moderately worded criticism +of such beliefs and usages in the Christian and other religions as he +conceived to be either non-religious or directly immoral and +unwholesome. The work in which he endeavoured to prove that true +Christianity is as old as the creation, and is really but the +republication of the gospel of nature, soon gained the name of the +"Deist's Bible." It was against Tindal that the most important of the +orthodox replies were directed, e.g. John Conybeare's _Defence of +Revealed Religion_, William Law's _Case of Reason_ and, to a large +extent, Butler's _Analogy_. + +Morgan criticized with great freedom the moral character of the persons +and events of Old Testament history, developing the theory of conscious +"accommodation" on the part of the leaders of the Jewish church. This +accommodation of truth, by altering the form and substance of it to meet +the views and secure the favour of ignorant and bigoted contemporaries, +Morgan attributes also to the apostles and to Jesus. He likewise expands +at great length a theory of the origin of the Catholic Church much like +that sketched by Toland, but assumes that Paul and his party, latterly +at least, were distinctly hostile to the Judaical party of their +fellow-believers in Jesus as the Messias, while the college of the +original twelve apostles and their adherents viewed Paul and his +followers with suspicion and disfavour. Persecution from without Morgan +regards as the influence which mainly forced the antagonistic parties +into the oneness of the catholic and orthodox church. Morgan "seems to +have discerned the dawning of a truer and better method" than the +others. "He saw dimly that things require to be accounted for as well as +affirmed or denied," and he was "one of the pioneers of modern +historical science as applied to biblical criticism." + +Annet made it his special work to invalidate belief in the resurrection +of Christ, and to discredit the work of Paul. + +Chubb, the least learnedly educated of the deists, did more than any of +them, save Herbert, to round his system into a logical whole. From the +New Testament he sought to show that the teaching of Christ +substantially coincides with natural religion as he understood it. But +his main contention is that Christianity is not a doctrine but a life, +not the reception of a system of truths or facts, but a pious effort to +live in accordance with God's will here, in the hope of joining him +hereafter. Chubb dwells with special emphasis on the fact that Christ +preached the gospel to the poor, and argues, as Tindal had done, that +the gospel must therefore be accessible to all men without any need for +learned study of evidences for miracles, and intelligible to the meanest +capacity. He sought to show that even in the New Testament there are +essential contradictions, and instances the unconditional forgiveness +preached by Christ in the gospels as compared with Paul's doctrine of +forgiveness by the mediation of Christ. Externally Chubb is interesting +as representing the deism of the people contrasted with that of Tindal +the theologian. + +Dodwell's ingenious thesis, that Christianity is not founded on +argument, was certainly not meant as an aid to faith; and, though its +starting-point is different from all other deistical works, it may +safely be reckoned amongst their number. + +Though himself contemporary with the earlier deists, Bolingbroke's +principal works were posthumously published after interest in the +controversy had declined. His whole strain, in sharp contrast to that of +most of his predecessors, is cynical and satirical, and suggests that +most of the matters discussed were of small personal concern to himself. +He gives fullest scope to the ungenerous view that a vast proportion of +professedly revealed truth was ingeniously palmed off by the more +cunning on the more ignorant for the convenience of keeping the latter +under. But he writes with keenness and wit, and knows well how to use +the materials already often taken advantage of by earlier deists. + +Before passing on to a summary of the deistic position, it is necessary +to say something of the views of Conyers Middleton (q.v.), who, though +he never actually severed himself from orthodoxy, yet advanced theories +closely analogous to those of the deists. His most important theological +work was that devoted to an exposure of patristic miracles. His attack +was based largely on arguments which could be turned with equal force +against the miracles of the New Testament, and he even went further than +previous rationalists in impugning the credibility of statements as to +alleged miracles emanating from martyrs and the fathers of the early +church. That Middleton was prepared to carry this type of argument into +the apostolic period is shown by certain posthumous essays +(_Miscellaneous Works_; ii. pp. 255 ff.), in which he charges the New +Testament writers with inconsistency and the apostles with suppressing +their cherished beliefs on occasions of difficulty. + +In the substance of what they received as natural religion, the deists +were for the most part agreed; Herbert's articles continued to contain +the fundamentals of their theology. Religion, though not identified with +morality, had its most important outcome in a faithful following of the +eternal laws of morality, regarded as the will of God. With the virtuous +life was further to be conjoined a humble disposition to adore the +Creator, avoiding all factitious forms of worship as worse than useless. +The small value they attributed to all outward and special forms of +service, and the want of any sympathetic craving for the communion of +saints, saved the deists from attempting to found a free-thinking +church. They seem generally to have inclined to a quietistic +accommodation to established forms of faith, till better times came. +They steadfastly sought to eliminate the miraculous from theological +belief, and to expel from the system of religious truth all debatable, +difficult or mysterious articles. They aimed at a rational and +intelligible faith, professedly in order to make religion, in all its +width and depth, the heritage of every man. They regarded with as much +suspicion the notion of a "peculiar people" of God, as of a unique +revelation, and insisted on the possibility of salvation for the +heathen. They rejected the doctrine of the Trinity, and protested +against mediatorship, atonement and the imputed righteousness of Christ, +always laying more stress on the teaching of Christ than on the teaching +of the church about him; but they repeatedly laid claim to the name of +Christians or of Christian deists. Against superstition, fanaticism and +priestcraft they protested unceasingly. They all recognized the soul of +man--not regarded as intellectual alone--as the ultimate court of +appeal. But they varied much in their attitude towards the Bible. Some +were content to argue their own ideas into Scripture, and those they +disliked out of it; to one or two it seemed a satisfaction to discover +difficulties in Scripture, to point to historical inaccuracies and moral +defects. Probably Chubb's position on this head is most fairly +characteristic of deism. He holds that the narrative, especially of the +New Testament, is in the main accurate, but, as written after the events +narrated, has left room for misunderstandings and mistakes. The apostles +were good men, to whom, after Christ, we are most indebted; but they +were fairly entitled to their own private opinions, and naturally +introduced these into their writings. The epistles, according to Chubb, +contain errors of fact, false interpretations of the Old Testament, and +sometimes disfigurement of religious truth. + +The general tendency of the deistical writings is sufficiently +self-consistent to justify a common name. But deism is not a compact +system nor is it the outcome of any one line of philosophical thought. +Of matters generally regarded as pertaining to natural religion, that on +which they were least agreed was the certainty, philosophical +demonstrability and moral significance of the immortality of the soul, +so that the deists have sometimes been grouped into "mortal" and +"immortal" deists. For some the belief in future rewards and punishments +was an essential of religion; some seem to have questioned the doctrine +as a whole; and, while others made it a basis of morality, Shaftesbury +protested against the ordinary theological form of the belief as +immoral. No two thinkers could well be more opposed than Shaftesbury and +Hobbes; yet sometimes ideas from both were combined by the same writer. +Collins was a pronounced necessitarian; Morgan regarded the denial of +free will as tantamount to atheism. And nothing can be more misleading +than to assume that the belief in a Creator, existent wholly apart from +the work of his hands, was characteristic of the deists as a body. In +none of them is any theory on the subject specially prominent, except +that in their denial of miracles, of supernatural revelation, and a +special redemptive interposition of God in history, they seem to have +thought of providence much as the mass of their opponents did. Herbert +starts his chief theological work with the design of vindicating God's +providence. Shaftesbury vigorously protests against the notion of a +wholly transcendent God. Morgan more than once expresses a theory that +would now be pronounced one of immanence. Toland, the inventor of the +name of pantheism, was notoriously, for a great part of his life, in +some sort a pantheist. And while as thinkers they diverged in their +opinions, so too they differed radically in character, in reverence for +their subject and in religious earnestness and moral worth. + +The deists were not powerful writers; none of them was distinguished by +wide and accurate scholarship; hardly any was either a deep or +comprehensive thinker. But though they generally had the best +scholarship of England against them, they were bold, acute, +well-informed men; they appreciated more fully than their contemporaries +not a few truths now all but universally accepted; and they seemed +therefore entitled to leave their mark on subsequent theological +thought. Yet while the seed they sowed was taking deep root in France +and in Germany, the English deists, the most notable men of their time, +were soon forgotten, or at least ceased to be a prominent factor in the +intellectual life of the century. The controversies they had provoked +collapsed, and deism became a by-word even amongst those who were in no +degree anxious to appear as champions of orthodoxy. + +The fault was not wholly in the subjectivism of the movement. But the +subjectivism that founded its theology on the "common sense" of the +individual was accompanied by a fatal pseudo-universalism which, cutting +away all that was peculiar, individual and most intense in all +religions, left in any one of them but a lifeless form. A theology +consisting of a few vague generalities was sufficient to sustain the +piety of the best of the deists; but it had not the concreteness or +intensity necessary to take a firm hold on those whom it emancipated +from the old beliefs. The negative side of deism came to the front, and, +communicated with fatal facility, seems ultimately to have constituted +the deism that was commonly professed at the clubs of the wits and the +tea-tables of polite society. But the intenser religious life before +which deism fell was also a revolt against the abstract and +argumentative orthodoxy of the time. + +That the deists appreciated fully the scope of difficulties in Christian +theology and the sacred books is not their most noteworthy feature; but +that they made a stand, sometimes cautiously, often with outspoken +fearlessness, against the presupposition that the Bible is the religion +of Protestants. They themselves gave way to another presupposition +equally fatal to true historical research, though in great measure +common to them and their opponents. It was assumed by deists in +debating against the orthodox, that the flood of error in the hostile +camp was due to the benevolent cunning or deliberate self-seeking of +unscrupulous men, supported by the ignorant with the obstinacy of +prejudice. + +Yet deism deserves to be remembered as a strenuous protest against +bibliolatry in every degree and against all traditionalism in theology. +It sought to look not a few facts full in the face, from a new point of +view and with a thoroughly modern though unhistorical spirit. It was not +a religious movement; and though, as a defiance of the accepted +theology, its character was mainly theological, the deistical crusade +belongs, not to the history of the church, or of dogma, but to the +history of general culture. It was an attitude of mind, not a body of +doctrine; its nearest parallel is probably to be found in the eclectic +strivings of the Renaissance philosophy and the modernizing tendencies +of cisalpine humanism. The controversy was assumed to be against +prejudice, ignorance, obscurantism; what monks were to Erasmus the +clergy as such were to Woolston. Yet English deism was in many ways +characteristically English. The deists were, as usually happens with the +leaders of English thought, no class of professional men, but +represented every rank in the community. They made their appeal in the +mother tongue to all men who could read and think, and sought to reduce +the controversy to its most direct practical issue. And, with but one or +two exceptions, they avoided wildness in their language as much as in +the general scheme of theology they proposed. If at times they had +recourse to ambiguity of speech and veiled polemic, this might be partly +excused when we remember the hanging of Thomas Aikenhead in 1697 for +ridiculing the Bible, and Woolston's imprisonment in 1729. + +French deism, the direct progeny of the English movement, was equally +short-lived. Voltaire during his three years' residence in England +(1726-1729) absorbed an enthusiasm for freedom of thought, and provided +himself with the arguments necessary to support the deism which he had +learned in his youth; he was to the end a deist of the school of +Bolingbroke. Rousseau, though not an active assailant of Christianity, +could have claimed kindred with the nobler deists. Diderot was for a +time heartily in sympathy with deistic thought; and the _Encyclopédie_ +was in its earlier portion an organ of deism. Even in the Roman Catholic +Church a large number of the leading divines were frankly deistic, nor +were they for that reason regarded as irreligious. But as Locke's +philosophy became in France sensationalism, and as Locke's pregnant +question, reiterated by Collins, how we know that the divine power might +not confer thought on matter, led the way to dogmatic materialism, so +deism soon gave way to forms of thought more directly and completely +subversive of the traditional theology. None the less it is +unquestionable that in the period preceding the Revolution the bulk of +French thinkers were ultimately deists in various degrees, and that +deism was a most potent factor not only in speculative but also in +social and political development. Many of the leaders of the +revolutionary movement were deists, though it is quite false to say that +the extreme methods of the movement were the result of widespread +rationalism. + +In Germany there was a native free-thinking theology nearly contemporary +with that of England, whence it was greatly developed and supplemented. +Among the earliest names are those of Georg Schade (1712-1795), J. B. +Basedow (1723-1790), the educationist, Johann August Eberhard (q.v.); +and K. F. Bahrdt, who regarded Christ as merely a noble teacher like +Moses, Confucius and Luther. The compact rational philosophy of Wolff +nourished a theological rationalism which in H. S. Reimarus was wholly +undistinguishable from dogmatic deism, and was undoubtedly to a great +extent adopted by Lessing; while, in the case of the historico-critical +school to which J. S. Sender belonged, the distinction is not always +easily drawn--although these rationalists professedly recognized in +Scripture a real divine revelation, mingled with local and temporary +elements. It deserves to be noted here that the former, the theology of +the _Aufklärung_, was, like that of the deists, destined to a +short-lived notoriety; whereas the solid, accurate and scholarly +researches of the rationalist critics of Germany, undertaken with no +merely polemical spirit, not only form an epoch in the history of +theology, but have taken a permanent place in the body of theological +science. Ere _rationalismus vulgaris_ fell before the combined assault +of Schleiermacher's subjective theology and the deeper historical +insight of the Hegelians, it had found a refuge successively in the +Kantian postulates of the practical reason, and in the vague but earnest +faith-philosophy of Jacobi. + +Outside France, Germany and England, there were no great schools of +thought distinctively deistic, though in most countries there is to be +found a rationalistic anti-clerical movement which partakes of the +character of deism. It seems probable, for example, that in Portugal the +marquis de Pombal was in reality a deist, and both in Italy and in Spain +there were signs of the same rationalistic revolt. More certain, and +also more striking, is the fact that the leading statesmen in the +American War of Independence were emphatically deists; Benjamin Franklin +(who attributes his position to the study of Shaftesbury and Collins), +Thomas Paine, Washington and Jefferson, although they all had the +greatest admiration for the New Testament story, denied that it was +based on any supernatural revelation. For various reasons the movement +in America did not appear on the surface to any great extent, and after +the comparative failure of Elihu Palmer's _Principles of Nature_ it +expressed itself chiefly in the spread of Unitarianism. + +In England, though the deists were forgotten, their spirit was not +wholly dead. For men like Hume and Gibbon the standpoint of deism was +long left behind; yet Gibbon's famous two chapters might well have been +written by a deist. Even now many undoubtedly cling to a theology nearly +allied to deism. Rejecting miracles and denying the infallibility of +Scripture, protesting against Calvinistic views of sovereign grace and +having no interest in evangelical Arminianism, the faith of such +inquirers seems fairly to coincide with that of the deists. Even some +cultured theologians, the historical representatives of +latitudinarianism, seem to accept the great body of what was contended +for by the deists. Moreover, the influence of the deistic writers had an +incalculable influence in the gradual progress towards tolerance, and in +the spread of a broader attitude towards intellectual problems, and this +too, though, as we have seen, the original deists devoted themselves +mainly to a crusade against the doctrine of revelation. + +The original deists displayed a singular incapacity to understand the +true conditions of history; yet amongst them there were some who pointed +the way to the truer, more generous interpretation of the past. When +Shaftesbury wrote that "religion is still a discipline, and progress of +the soul towards perfection," he gave birth to the same thought that was +afterwards hailed in Lessing's _Erziehung des Menschengeschlechtes_ as +the dawn of a fuller and a purer light on the history of religion and on +the development of the spiritual life of mankind. + + AUTHORITIES.--See John Leland, _A View of the Principal Deistical + Writers_ (2 vols., 1754-1756; ed. 1837); G. V. Lechler, _Geschichte + des englischen Deismus_ (2 vols., 1841); L. Noack, _Die Freidenker in + der Religion_ (Bern, 1853-1855); John Hunt, _Religious Thought in + England_ (3 vols., 1870-1872); Leslie Stephen, _History of English + Thought in the 18th Century_ (2 vols., 1876); A. S. Farrar, _A + Critical History of Free Thought_ (1862, Bampton Lectures); J. H. + Overton and F. Relton, _The English Church from the Accession of + George I. to the end of the 18th Century_ (1906; especially chap. iv., + "The Answer to Deism"); A. W. Benn, _History of English Rationalism in + the 19th Century_ (1906); i. 111 ff.; J. M. Robertson, _Short History + of Free Thought_ (1906); G. Ch. B. Pünjer, _Geschichte der + christlichen Religionsphilosophie seit der Reformation_ (Brunswick, + 1880); M. W. Wiseman, _Dynamics of Religion_ (London, 1897), pt. ii.; + article "Deismus" in Herzog-Hauck, _Realencyklopädie_ (vol. iv., + 1898). + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] The right of the orthodox party to use this name was asserted by + the publication in 1715 of a journal called _The Freethinker_, + conducted by anti-deistic clergymen. The term _libertin_ appears to + have been used first as a hostile epithet of the Brethren of the Free + Spirit, a 13th-century sect which was accused not only of + free-thought but also of licentious living. + + [2] See the separate biographies of these writers. The three most + significant names after Lord Herbert are those of Toland, Wollaston + and Tindal. + + + + +DEISTER, a chain of hills in Germany, in the Prussian province of +Hanover, about 15 m. S.W. of the city of Hanover. It runs in a +north-westerly direction from Springe in the S. to Rodenberg in the N. +It has a total length of 14 m., and rises in the Höfeler to a height of +1250 ft. The chain is well-wooded and abounds in game. There are some +coal mines and sandstone quarries. + + + + +DÉJAZET, PAULINE VIRGINIE (1798-1875), French actress, born in Paris on +the 30th of August 1798, made her first appearance on the stage at the +age of five. It was not until 1820, when she began her seven years' +connexion with the recently founded Gymnase, that she won her triumphs +in soubrette and "breeches" parts, which came to be known as +"_Dêjazets_." From 1828 she played at the Nouveautés for three years, +then at the Variétés, and finally became manager, with her son, of the +Folies, which was renamed the Théâtre Déjazet. Here, even at the age of +sixty-five, she had marvellous success in youthful parts, especially in +a number of Sardou's earlier plays, previously unacted. She retired in +1868, and died on the 1st of December 1875, leaving a great name in the +annals of the French stage. + + See Duval's _Virginie Déjazet_ (1876). + + + + +DE KALB, a city of De Kalb county, Illinois, U.S.A., in the N. part of +the state, about 58 m. W. of Chicago. Pop. (1890) 2579; (1900) 5904 +(1520 foreign-born); (1910) 8102. De Kalb is served by the Chicago Great +Western, the Chicago & North-Western, and the Illinois, Iowa & Minnesota +railways, and by interurban electric lines. It is the seat of the +Northern Illinois state normal school (opened in 1899). The principal +manufactures of De Kalb are woven and barbed wire, waggons and +agricultural implements, pianos, shoes, gloves, and creamery packages. +The city has important dairy interests also. De Kalb was first settled +in 1832, was known as Buena Vista until 1840, was incorporated as a +village in 1861, and in 1877 was organized under the general state law +as a city. + + + + +DE KEYSER, THOMAS (1596 or 1597-1667), Dutch painter, was born at +Amsterdam, the son of the architect and sculptor Hendrik de Keyser. We +have no definite knowledge of his training, and but scant information as +to the course of his life, though it is known that he owned a basalt +business between 1640 and 1654. Aert Pietersz, Cornelis vanider Voort, +Werner van Valckert and Nicolas Elias are accredited by different +authorities with having developed his talent; and M. Karl Woermann, who +has pronounced in favour of Nicolas Elias is supported by the fact that +almost all that master's pictures were formerly attributed to De Keyser, +who, in like fashion, exercised some influence upon Rembrandt when he +first went to Amsterdam in 1631. De Keyser chiefly excelled as a +portrait painter, though he also executed some historical and +mythological pictures, such as the "Theseus" and "Ariadne" in the +Amsterdam town hall. His portraiture is full of character and masterly +in handling, and often, as in the "Old Woman" of the Budapest gallery, +is distinguished by a rich golden glow of colour and Rembrandtesque +chiaroscuro. Some of his portraits are life-size, but the artist +generally preferred to keep them on a considerably smaller scale, like +the famous "Group of Amsterdam Burgomasters" assembled to receive Marie +de' Medici in 1638, now at the Hague museum. The sketch for this +important painting, together with three other drawings, was sold at the +Gallitzin sale in 1783 for the sum of threepence. The German emperor +owns an "Equestrian Portrait of a young Dutchman," by De Keyser, a late +work which in general disposition and in the soft manner of painting +recalled the work of Cuyp. Similar pictures are in the Dresden and +Frankfort museums, in the Heyl collection at Worms, and the +Liechtenstein Gallery in Vienna. The National Gallery, London, owns a +characteristic portrait group of a "Merchant with his Clerk"; the Hague +museum, besides the group already referred to, a magnificent "Portrait +of a Savant," and the Haarlem museum a fine portrait of "Claes +Fabricius." At the Ryks Museum in Amsterdam there are no fewer than +twelve works from his brush, and other important examples are to be +found in Brussels, Munich, Copenhagen and St Petersburg. + + + + +DEKKER, EDWARD DOUWES (1820-1887), Dutch writer, commonly known as +MULTATULI, was born at Amsterdam on the 2nd of March 1820. His father, a +ship's captain, intended his son for trade, but this humdrum prospect +disgusted him, and in 1838 he went out to Java, and obtained a post in +the Inland Revenue. He rose from one position to another, until, in +1851, he found himself assistant-resident at Amboyna, in the Moluccas. +In 1857 he was transferred to Lebak, in the Bantam residency of Java. +By this time, however, all the secrets of Dutch administration were +known to him, and he had begun to protest against the abuses of the +colonial system. In consequence he was threatened with dismissal from +his office for his openness of speech, and, throwing up his appointment, +he returned to Holland in a state of fierce indignation. He determined +to expose in detail the scandals he had witnessed, and he began to do so +in newspaper articles and pamphlets. Little notice, however, was taken +of his protestations until, in 1860, he published, under the pseudonym +of "Multatuli," his romance entitled _Max Havelaar_. An attempt was made +to ignore this brilliant and irregular book, but in vain; it was read +all over Europe. The exposure of the abuse of free labour in the Dutch +Indies was complete, although there were not wanting apologists who +accused Dekker's terrible picture of being over-coloured. He was now +fairly launched on literature, and he lost no time in publishing _Love +Letters_ (1861), which, in spite of their mild title, proved to be +mordant satires of the most rancorous and unsparing kind. The literary +merit of Multatuli's work was much contested; he received an unexpected +and most valuable ally in Vosmaer. He continued to write much, and to +faggot his miscellanies in uniform volumes called _Ideas_, of which +seven appeared between 1862 and 1877. Douwes quitted Holland, snaking +off her dust from his feet, and went to live at Wiesbaden. He now made +several attempts to gain the stage, and one of his pieces, _The School +for Princes_, 1875 (published in the fourth volume of _Ideas_), pleased +himself so highly that he is said to have styled it the greatest drama +ever written. It is a fine poem, written in blank verse, like an English +tragedy, and not in Dutch Alexandrines; but it is undramatic, and has +not held the boards. Douwes Dekker moved his residence to Nieder +Ingelheim, on the Rhine, and there he died on the 19th of February 1887. + +Towards the end of his career he was the centre of a crowd of disciples +and imitators, who did his reputation no service; he is now, again, in +danger of being read too little. To understand his fame, it is necessary +to remember the sensational way in which he broke into the dulness of +Dutch literature fifty years ago, like a flame out of the Far East. He +was ardent, provocative, perhaps a little hysterical, but he made +himself heard all over Europe. He brought an exceedingly severe +indictment against the egotism and brutality of the administrators of +Dutch India, and he framed it in a literary form which was brilliantly +original. Not satisfied with this, he attacked, in a fury that was +sometimes blind, everything that seemed to him falsely conventional in +Dutch religion, government, society and morals. He respected nothing, he +left no institution untouched. Now that it is possible to look back upon +Multatuli without passion, we see in him, not what Dutch enthusiasm +saw,--"the second writer of Europe in the nineteenth century" (Victor +Hugo being presumably the first),--but a great man who was a powerful +and glowing author, yet hardly an artist, a reckless enthusiast, who was +inspired by indignation and a burning sense of justice, who cared little +for his means if only he could produce his effect. He is seen to his +best and worst in _Max Havelaar_; his _Ideas_, hard, fantastic and +sardonic, seldom offer any solid satisfaction to the foreign reader. But +Multatuli deserves remembrance, if only on account of the unequalled +effect his writing had in rousing Holland from the intellectual and +moral lethargy in which she lay half a century ago. (E. G.) + + + + +DEKKER, JEREMIAS DE (1610-1666), Dutch poet, was born at Dort in 1610. +His father was a native of Antwerp, who, having embraced the reformed +religion, had been compelled to take refuge in Holland. Entering his +father's business at an early age, he found leisure to cultivate his +taste for literature and especially for poetry, and to acquire without +assistance a competent knowledge of English, French, Latin and Italian. +His first poem was a paraphrase of the Lamentations of Jeremiah +(_Klaagliederen van Jeremias_), which was followed by translations and +imitations of Horace, Juvenal and other Latin poets. The most important +of his original poems were a collection of epigrams (_Puntdichten_) and +a satire in praise of avarice (_Lof der Geldzucht_). The latter is his +best-known work. Written in a vein of light and yet effective irony, it +is usually ranked by critics along with Erasmus's _Praise of Folly_. +Dekker died at Amsterdam in November 1666. + + A complete collection of his poems, edited by Brouerius van Nideck, + was published at Amsterdam in 1726 under the title _Exercices + poétiques_ (2 vols. 4to.). Selections from his poems are included in + Siegenbeck's _Proeven van nederduitsche Dichtkunde_ (1823), and from + his epigrams in Geijsbeek's _Epigrammatische Anthologie_ (1827). + + + + +DEKKER (or DECKER), THOMAS (c. 1570-1641), English dramatist, was born +in London. His name occurs frequently in Henslowe's _Diary_ during the +last three years of the 16th century; he is mentioned there as receiving +loans and payments for writing plays in conjunction with Ben Jonson, +Drayton, Chettle, Haughton, Wilson, Day and others, and he would appear +to have been then in the most active employment as a playwright. The +titles of the plays on which he was engaged from April 1599 to March +1599/1600 are _Troilus and Cressida_, _Orestes Fures_, _Agamemnon_, _The +Gentle Craft_, _The Stepmother's Tragedy_, _Bear a Brain_, _Pagge of +Plymouth_, _Robert the Second_, _The Whole History of Fortunatus_, +_Patient Grissel_, _Truth's Supplication to Candlelight_, _The Spanish +Moor's Tragedy_, _The Seven Wise Masters_. At that date it is evident +that Dekker's services were in great request for the stage. He is first +mentioned in the Diary under date 8th of January 1597/1598, as having +sold a book, i.e. the manuscript of a play; the payments in 1599 are +generally made in advance, "in earnest" of work to be done. In the case +of three of the above plays, _Orestes Fures_, _Truth's Supplication_ and +_The Gentle Craft_, Dekker is paid as the sole author. Only _The Gentle +Craft_ has been preserved; it was published anonymously in 1600 under +the title of _The Shoemaker's Holiday_. It would be unsafe to argue from +the classical subjects of some of these plays that Dekker was then a +young man from the university, who had come up like so many others to +make a living by writing for the stage. Classical knowledge was then in +the air; playwrights in want of a subject were content with +translations, if they did not know the originals. However educated, +Dekker was then a young man just out of his teens, if he spoke with any +accuracy when he said that he was threescore in 1637. And it was not in +scholarly themes that he was destined to find his true vein. The call +for the publication of _The Gentle Craft_, which deals with the life of +the city, showed him where his strength lay. + +To give a general idea of the substance of Dekker's plays, there is no +better way than to call him the Dickens of the Elizabethan period. The +two men were as unlike as possible in their habits of work, Dekker +having apparently all the thriftlessness and impecunious shamelessness +of Micawber himself. Henslowe's _Diary_ contains two notes of payments +made in 1597/1598 and 1598/1599 to release Dekker from prison, and he is +supposed to have spent the years between 1613 and 1616 in the King's +Bench. Dekker's Bohemianism appears in the slightness and hurry of his +work, a strong contrast to the thoroughness and rich completeness of +every labour to which Dickens applied himself; perhaps also in the +exquisite freshness and sweetness of his songs, and the natural charm of +stray touches of expression and description in his plays. But he was +like Dickens in the bent of his genius towards the representation of the +life around him in London, as well as in the humorous kindliness of his +way of looking at that life, his vein of sentiment, and his eye for odd +characters, though the random pickings of Dekker, hopping here and there +in search of a subject, give less complete results than the more +systematic labours of Dickens. Dekker's Simon Eyre, the good-hearted, +mad shoemaker, and his Orlando Friscobaldo, are touched with a kindly +humour in which Dickens would have delighted; his Infelices, Fiamettas, +Tormiellas, even his Bellafront, have a certain likeness in type to the +heroines of Dickens; and his roaring blades and their gulls are +prototypes of Sir Mulberry Hawk and Lord Frederick Verisopht. Only there +is this great difference in the spirit of the two writers, that Dekker +wrote without the smallest apparent wish to reform the life that he saw, +desiring only to exhibit it; and that on the whole, apart from his +dramatist's necessity of finding interesting matter, he cast his eye +about rather with a liking for the discovery of good under unpromising +appearances than with any determination to detect and expose vice. The +observation must also be made that Dekker's personages have much more +individual character, more of that mixture of good and evil which we +find in real human beings. Hack-writer though Dekker was, and writing +often under sore pressure, there is no dramatist whose personages have +more of the breath of life in them; drawing with easy, unconstrained +hand, he was a master of those touches by which an imaginary figure is +brought home to us as a creature with human interests. A very large part +of the motive power in his plays consists in the temporary yielding to +an evil passion. The kindly philosophy that the best of natures may be +for a time perverted by passionate desires is the chief animating +principle of his comedy. He delights in showing women listening to +temptation, and apparently yielding, but still retaining sufficient +control over themselves to be capable of drawing back when on the verge +of the precipice. The wives of the citizens were his heroines, pursued +by the unlawful addresses of the gay young courtiers; and on the whole +Dekker, from inclination apparently as well as policy, though himself, +if Ben Jonson's satire had any point, a bit of a dandy in his youth, +took the part of morality and the city, and either struck the rakes with +remorse or made the objects of their machinations clever enough to +outwit them. From Dekker's plays we get a very lively impression of all +that was picturesque and theatrically interesting in the city life of +the time, the interiors of the shops and the houses, the tastes of the +citizens and their wives, the tavern and tobacco-shop manners of the +youthful aristocracy and their satellites. The social student cannot +afford to overlook Dekker; there is no other dramatist of that age, +except Thomas Middleton, from whom we can get such a vivid picture of +contemporary manners in London. He drew direct from life; in so far as +he idealized, he did so not in obedience to scholarly precepts or +dogmatic theories, but in the immediate interests of good-natured farce +and tender-hearted sentiment. + +In all the serious parts of Dekker's plays there is a charming delicacy +of touch, and his smallest scraps of song are bewitching; but his plays, +as plays, owe much more to the interest of the characters and the +incidents than to any excellence of construction. We see what use could +be made of his materials by a stronger intellect in _Westward Ho!_ which +he wrote in conjunction with John Webster. The play, somehow, though the +parts are more firmly knit together, and it has more unity of purpose, +is not so interesting as Dekker's unaided work. Middleton formed a more +successful combination with Dekker than Webster; there is some evidence +that in _The Honest Whore_, or _The Converted Courtesan_, which is +generally regarded as the best that bears Dekker's name, he had the +assistance of Middleton, although the assistance was so immaterial as +not to be worth acknowledging in the title-page. Still that Middleton, a +man of little genius but of much practical talent and robust humour, was +serviceable to Dekker in determining the form of the play may well be +believed. The two wrote another play in concert, _The Roaring Girl_, for +which Middleton probably contributed a good deal of the matter, as well +as a more symmetrical form than Dekker seems to have been capable of +devising. In _The Witch of Edmonton_, except in a few scenes, it is +difficult to trace the hand of Dekker with any certainty; his +collaborators were John Ford and William Rowley; to Ford probably +belongs the intense brooding and murderous wrath of the old hag, which +are too direct and hard in their energy for Dekker, while Rowley may be +supposed to be responsible for the delineation of country life. _The +Virgin Martyr_, one of the best constructed of his plays, was written in +conjunction with Massinger, to whom the form is no doubt due. Dekker's +plays contain a few songs which show him to have been possessed of very +great lyrical skill, but of this he seems to have made sadly little use. +His poem of _Canaans Calamitie_--if indeed it be his, which is hard to +believe--is exceedingly poor stuff, and the verse portion of his +_Dreame_, though containing some good lines, is, as a whole, not much +better. + +When Gerard Langbaine wrote his _Account of the English Dramatic Poets_ +in 1691, he spoke of Dekker as being "more famous for the contention he +had with Ben Jonson for the bays, than for any great reputation he had +gained by his own writings." This is an opinion that could not be +professed now, when Dekker's work is read. In the contention with Ben +Jonson, one of the most celebrated quarrels of authors, the origin of +which is matter of dispute, Dekker seems to have had very much the best +of it. We can imagine that Jonson's attack was stinging at the time, +because it seems to be full of sarcastic personalities, but it is dull +enough now when nobody knows what Dekker was like, nor what was the +character of his mother. There is nothing in the _Poetaster_ that has +any point as applied to Dekker's powers as a dramatist, while, on the +contrary, _Satiromastix, or the Untrussing of the Humorous Poet_ is full +of pungent ridicule of Jonson's style, and of retorts and insults +conceived in the happiest spirit of good-natured mockery. Dekker has +been accused of poverty of invention in adopting the character of the +_Poetaster_, but it is of the very pith of the jest that Dekker should +have set on Jonson's own foul-mouthed Captain Tucca to abuse Horace +himself. + + WORKS.--_The Pleasant Comedie of Old Fortunatus_ (1600); _The + Shomakers Holiday. Or The gentle Craft. With the humorous life of + Simon Eyre, shoomaker, and Lord Maior of London_ (1600); + _Satiromastix. Or The untrussing of the Humorous Poet_ (1602); _The + Pleasant Comodie of Patient Grissill_ (1603), with Chettle and + Haughton; _The Honest Whore. With The Humours of the Patient Man, and + the Longing Wife_ (1604); _North-Ward Hoe_ (1607), with John Webster; + _West-Ward Hoe_ (1607), with John Webster; _The Whore of Babylon_ + (1607); _The Famous History of Sir Thomas Wyat. With the Coronation of + Queen Mary, and the coming in of King Philip_ (1607), with John + Webster; _The Roaring Girle. Or Moll Cut-Purse_ (1611), with Thomas + Middleton; _The Virgin Martir_ (1622), with Massinger; _If It Be Not + Good, the Divel is in it_ (1612); _The Second Part of the Honest + Whore. With the Humors of the Patient Man, the Impatient Wife; the + Honest Whore, perswaded by strong Arguments to turne Curtizan againe; + her brave refuting those Arguments. And lastly, the Comicall Passages + of an Italian Bridewell, where the Scaene ends_ (1630); _A + Tragi-Comedy: Called, Match mee in London_ (1631); _The Wonder of a + Kingdome_ (1636); _The Witch of Edmonton. A known true Story. Composed + into a Tragi-Comedy_ (1658), with William Rowley and John Ford. _The + Sun's Darling_ (1656) was possibly written by Ford and Dekker, or may + be perhaps more correctly regarded as a recast by Ford of a masque by + Dekker, perhaps his lost play of _Phaëton_. The pageants for the Lord + Mayor's shows of 1612 and 1629 were written by Dekker, and both are + preserved. His tracts are invaluable for the light which they throw on + the London of his time, especially in their descriptions of the + circumstances of the theatre. Their titles, many of which are + necessarily abbreviated, are: _Canaans Calamitie, Jerusalems Miserie, + and Englands Mirror_ (1598), in verse; _The Wonderfull Yeare 1603. + Wherein is shewed the picture of London lying sicke of the Plague_ + (1603); _The Batchelars Banquet_ (1603); a brilliant adaptation of + _Les Quinze Joyes de mariage_; the _Seven Deadly Sinnes of London_ + (1606); _Newes from Hell, Brought by the Divells Carrier_ (1606), + reprinted in the next year with some interesting additions as _A + Knights Conjuring; Jests to make you Merie_ (1607), with George + Wilkins; _The Belman of London: Bringing to Light the most notorious + villanies that are now practised in the Kingdome_ (1608); followed by + a second part and enlarged editions under other titles; _The Dead + Tearme_ (1608); _The Ravens Almanacke, foretelling of a Plague, Famine + and Civill Warre_ (1609), ridiculing the almanac makers; _The Guls + Horne-booke_ (1609), the most famous of all his tracts, providing a + code of manners for the Elizabethan gallant, in the aisle of St + Paul's, at the ordinary, at the playhouse, and other resorts; _Worke + for Armorours, or the Peace is Broken_ (1609); _Foure Birds of Noahs + Ark_ (1609); _A Strange Horse-Race_ (1613); _Dekker his Dreame ..._ + (1620), in verse and prose, illustrated with a woodcut of the dreamer; + and _A Rod for Run-awayes_ (1625). This long list does not exhaust + Dekker's work, much of which is lost. + + AUTHORITIES.--An edition of the collected dramatic works of Dekker by + R. H. Shepherd appeared in 1873; his prose tracts and poems were + included in Dr A. B. Grosart's _Huth Library_ (1884-1886): both these + contain memoirs of him, but by far the most complete account of his + life and writings is to be found in the article by A. H. Bullen in the + _Dictionary of National Biography_. See also the elaborate discussion + of his plays in Mr Fleay's _Biographical Chronicle_ (1891), i. 115, + &c., and, for his quarrel with Ben Jonson, Prof. J. H. Penniman's _War + of the Theatres_ (Boston, 1897) and Mr R. A. Small's _Stage Quarrel + between Ben Jonson and the so-called Poetasters_ (Breslau, 1899). A + selection from his plays was edited for the Mermaid Series (1887; new + series, 1904) by Ernest Rhys. An essay on Dekker by A. C. Swinburne + appeared in _The Nineteenth Century_ for January 1887. + (W. M.; R. B. McK.) + + + + +DE LA BECHE, SIR HENRY THOMAS (1796-1855), English geologist, was born +in the year 1796. His father, an officer in the army, possessed landed +property in Jamaica, but died while his son was still young. The boy +accordingly spent his youth with his mother at Lyme Regis among the +interesting and picturesque coast cliffs of the south-west of England, +where he imbibed a love for geological pursuits and cultivated a marked +artistic faculty. When fourteen years of age, being destined, like his +friend Murchison, for the military profession, he entered the college at +Great Marlow, where he distinguished himself by the rapidity and skill +with which he executed sketches showing the salient features of a +district. The peace of 1815, however, changed his career and he devoted +himself with ever-increasing assiduity to the pursuit of geology. When +only twenty-one years of age he joined the Geological Society of London, +continuing throughout life to be one of its most active, useful and +honoured members. He was president in 1848-1849. Possessing a fortune +sufficient for the gratification of his tastes, he visited many +localities of geological interest, not only in Britain, but also on the +continent, in France and Switzerland. His journeys seldom failed to bear +fruit in suggestive papers accompanied by sketches. Early attachment to +the south-west of England led him back to that region, where, with +enlarged experience, he began the detailed investigation of the rocks of +Cornwall and Devon. Thrown much into contact with the mining community +of that part of the country, he conceived the idea that the nation ought +to compile a geological map of the United Kingdom, and collect and +preserve specimens to illustrate, and aid in further developing, its +mineral industries. He showed his skilful management of affairs by +inducing the government of the day to recognize his work and give him an +appointment in connexion with the Ordnance Survey. This formed the +starting point of the present Geological Survey of Great Britain, which +was officially recognized in 1835, when De la Beche was appointed +director. Year by year increasing stores of valuable specimens were +transmitted to London; and the building at Craig's Court, where the +young Museum of Economic Geology was placed, became too small. But De la +Beche, having seen how fruitful his first idea had become, appealed to +the authorities not merely to provide a larger structure, but to widen +the whole scope of the scientific establishment of which he was the +head, so as to impart to it the character of a great educational +institution where practical as well as theoretical instruction should be +given in every branch of science necessary for the conduct of mining +work. In this endeavour he was again successful. Parliament sanctioned +the erection of a museum in Jermyn Street, London, and the organization +Of a staff of professors with laboratories and other appliances. The +establishment, in which were combined the offices of the Geological +Survey, the Museum of Practical Geology, The Royal School of Mines and +the Mining Record Office, was opened in 1851. Many foreign countries +have since formed geological surveys avowedly based upon the +organization and experience of that of the United Kingdom. The British +colonies, also, have in many instances established similar surveys for +the development of their mineral resources, and have had recourse to the +parent survey for advice and for officers to conduct the operations. + +De la Beche published numerous memoirs on English geology in the +_Transactions of the Geological Society of London_, as well as in the +_Memoirs of the Geological Survey_, notably the _Report on the Geology +of Cornwall, Devon and West Somerset_ (1839). He likewise wrote _A +Geological Manual_ (1831; 3rd ed., 1833); and a work of singular breadth +and clearness--_Researches in Theoretical Geology_ (1834)--in which he +enunciated a philosophical treatment of geological questions much in +advance of his time. An early volume, _How to Observe Geology_ (1835 and +1836), was rewritten and enlarged by him late in life, and published +under the title of _The Geological Observer_ (1851; 2nd ed., 1853). It +was marked by wide practical experience, multifarious knowledge, +philosophical insight and a genius for artistic delineation of +geological phenomena. He was elected F.R.S. in 1819. He received the +honour of knighthood in 1848, and near the close of his life was awarded +the Wollaston medal--the highest honour in the gift of the Geological +Society of London. After a life of constant activity he began to suffer +from partial paralysis, but, though becoming gradually worse, continued +able to transact his official business until a few days before his +death, which took place on the 13th of April 1855. + + See Sir A. Geikie's _Memoir of Sir A. C. Ramsay_ (1895), which + contains a sketch of the history of the Geological Survey, and of the + life of De la Beche (with portrait); also _Summary of Progress of the + Geological Survey for 1897_ (1898). + + + + +DELABORDE, HENRI FRANÇOIS, COUNT (1764-1833), French soldier, was the +son of a baker of Dijon. At the outbreak of the French Revolution he +joined the "Volunteers of the Côte-d'Or," and passing rapidly through +all the junior grades, was made general of brigade after the combat of +Rhein-Zabern (1793). As chief of the staff he was present at the siege +of Toulon in the same year, and, promoted general of division, he was +for a time governor of Corsica. In 1794 Delaborde served on the Spanish +frontier, distinguishing himself at the Bidassoa (July 25) and Misquiriz +(October 16). His next command was on the Rhine. At the head of a +division he took part in the celebrated campaigns of 1795-97, and in +1796 covered Moreau's right when that general invaded Bavaria. Delaborde +was in constant military employment during the Consulate and the early +Empire. Made commander of the Legion of Honour in 1804, he received the +dignity of count in 1808. In that year he was serving in Portugal under +Junot. Against Sir Arthur Wellesley's English army he fought the +skillful brilliant rear-guard action of Rolica. In 1812 he was one of +Mortier's divisional leaders in the Russian War, and in the following +year was grand cross and governor of the castle of Compiègne. Joining +Napoleon in the Hundred Days, he was marked for punishment by the +returning Bourbons, sent before a court-martial, and only escaped +condemnation through a technical flaw in the wording of the charge. The +rest of his life was spent in retirement. + + + + +DELACROIX, FERDINAND VICTOR EUGÈNE (1798-1863), French historical painter, +leader of the Romantic movement, was born at Charenton-St-Maurice, near +Paris, on the 26th of April 1798. His father Charles Delacroix (1741-1805) +was a partisan of the most violent faction during the time of the +Revolution, and was foreign minister under the Directory. The family +affairs seem to have been conducted in the wildest manner, and the +accidents that befell the child, well authenticated as they are said to +be, make it almost a miracle that he survived. He was first nearly burned +to death in the cradle by a nurse falling asleep over a novel and the +candle dropping on the coverlet; this left permanent marks on his arms and +face. He was next dropped into the sea by another _bonne_, who was +climbing up a ship's side to see her lover. He was nearly poisoned, and +nearly choked, and, to crown all, he tried to hang himself, without any +thought of suicide, in imitation of a print exhibiting a man in that +position of final ignominy. The prediction of a charlatan founded on his +horoscope has been preserved: "Cet enfant deviendra un homme célèbre, mais +sa vie sera des plus laborieuses, des plus tourmentées, et toujours livrée +à la contradiction." + +Delacroix the elder (also known as Delacroix de Contaut) died at +Bordeaux when Eugène was seven years of age, and his mother returned to +Paris and placed him in the Lycée Napoléon. Afterwards, on his +determining to be a painter, he entered the _atelier_ of Baron Guérin, +who affected to treat him as an amateur. His fellow-pupil was Ary +Scheffer, who was alike by temperament and antecedents the opposite of +the _bizarre_ Delacroix, and the two remained antagonistic to the end of +life. Delacroix's acknowledged power and yet want of success with +artists and critics--Thiers being his only advocate--perhaps mainly +resulted from his bravura and rude dash in the use of the brush, at a +time when smooth roundness of surface was general. His first important +picture, "Dante and Virgil," was painted in his own studio; and when +Guérin went to see it he flew into a passion, and told him his picture +was absurd, detestable, exaggerated. "Why ask me to come and see this? +You knew what I must say." Yet his work was received at the Salon, and +produced an enthusiasm of debate (1822). Some said Géricault had worked +on it, but all treated it with respect. Still in private his position, +even after the larger tragic picture, the "Massacre of Chios," had been +deposited in the Luxembourg by the government (1824), became that of an +Ishmaelite. The war for the freedom of Greece then going on moved him +deeply, and his next two pictures--"Marino Faliero Decapitated on the +Giant's Staircase of the Ducal Palace" (which has always remained a +European success), and "Greece Lamenting on the Ruins of +Missolonghi"--with many smaller works, were exhibited for the benefit of +the patriots in 1826. This exhibition was much visited by the public, +and next year he produced another of his important works, +"Sardanapalus," from Byron's drama. After this, he says, "I became the +abomination of painting, I was refused water and salt,"--but, he adds +with singularly happy naïveté, "J'étais enchanté de moi-même!" The +patrimony he inherited, or perhaps it should be said, what remained of +it, was 10,000 _livres de rente_, and with economy he lived on this, and +continued the expensive process of painting large historical pictures. +In 1831 he reappeared in the Salon with six works, and immediately after +left for Morocco, where he found much congenial matter. Delacroix never +went to Italy; he refused to go on principle, lest the old masters, +either in spirit or manner, should impair his originality and +self-dependence. His greatest admiration in literature was the poetry of +Byron; Shakespeare also attracted him for tragic inspirations; and of +course classic subjects had their turn of his easel. + +He continued his work indefatigably, having his pictures very seldom +favourably received at the Salon. These were sometimes very large, full +of incidents, with many figures. "Drawing of Lots in the Boat at Sea," +from Byron's _Don Juan_, and the "Taking of Constantinople by the +Christians" were of that character, and the former was one of his +noblest creations. In 1845 he was employed to decorate the library of +the Luxembourg, that of the chamber of deputies in 1847, the ceiling of +the gallery of Apollo in the Louvre in 1849 and that of the Salon de la +Paix in the hôtel de ville in 1853. He died on the 13th of August 1863, +and in August 1864 an exhibition of his works was opened on the +Boulevard des Italiens. It contained 174 pictures, many of them of large +dimensions, and 303 drawings, showing immense perseverance as well as +energy and versatility. As a colourist, and a romantic painter, he now +ranks among the greatest of French artists. + + See also A. Robaut, _Delacroix_ (1885); E. Dargenty, _Delacroix par + lui-même_ (1885); G. Moreau, _Delacroix et son oeuvre_ (1893); Dorothy + Bussy, _Eugène Delacroix_ (1907). + + + + +DE LA GARDIE, MAGNUS GABRIEL, COUNT (1622-1686), Swedish statesman, the +best-known member of an ancient family of French origin (the +D'Escouperies of Languedoc) which had been settled in Sweden since the +14th century. After a careful education, completed by the usual grand +tour, Magnus learned the art of war under Gustavus Horn, and during the +reign of Christina (1644-1654), whose prime favourite he became, though +the liaison was innocent enough, he was raised to the highest offices in +the state and loaded with distinctions. In 1646 he was sent at the head +of an extraordinary mission to France, and on his return married the +queen's cousin Marie Euphrosyne of Zweibrücken, who, being but a poor +princess, benefited greatly by her wedding with the richest of the +Swedish magnates. Immediately afterwards, De la Gardie was made a +senator, governor-general of Saxony during the last stages of the Thirty +Years' War, and, in 1652, lord high treasurer. In 1653 he fell into +disgrace and had to withdraw from court. During the reign of Charles X. +(1654-1660) he was employed in the Baltic provinces both as a civilian +and a soldier, although in the latter capacity he gave the martial king +but little satisfaction. Charles X. nevertheless, in his last will, +appointed De la Gardie grand-chancellor and a member of the council of +regency which ruled Sweden during the minority of Charles XI. +(1660-1672). During this period De la Gardie was the ruling spirit of +the government and represented the party of warlike adventure as opposed +to the party of peace and economy led by Counts Bonde and Brahe (qq.v.). +After a severe struggle De la Gardie's party finally prevailed, and its +triumph was marked by that general decline of personal and political +morality which has given to this regency its unenviable reputation. It +was De la Gardie who first made Sweden the obsequious hireling of the +foreign power which had the longest purse. The beginning of this +shameful "subsidy policy" was the treaty of Fontainebleau, 1661, by a +secret paragraph of which Sweden, in exchange for a considerable sum of +money, undertook to support the French candidate on the first vacancy of +the Polish throne. It was not, however, till the 14th of April 1672 that +Sweden, by the treaty of Stockholm, became a regular "mercenarius +Galliae," pledging herself, in return for 400,000 _écus_ per annum in +peace and 600,000 in war time, to attack with 16,000 men those German +princes who might be disposed to assist Holland. The early disasters of +the unlucky war of 1675-1679 were rightly attributed to the +carelessness, extravagance, procrastination and general incompetence of +De la Gardie and his high aristocratic colleagues. In 1675 a special +commission was appointed to inquire into their conduct, and on the 27th +of May 1682 it decided that the regents and the senate were solely +responsible for dilapidations of the realm, the compensation due by them +to the crown being assessed at 4,000,000 _daler_ or £500,000. De la +Gardie was treated with relative leniency, but he "received permission +to retire to his estates for the rest of his life" and died there in +comparative poverty, a mere shadow of his former magnificent self. The +best sides of his character were his brilliant social gifts and his +intense devotion to literature and art. + + See Martin Veibull, _Sveriges Storhetstid_ (Stockholm, 1881); _Sv. + Hist._ iv.; Robert Nisbet Bain, _Scandinavia_ (Cambridge, 1905). + (R. N. B.) + + + + +DELAGOA BAY (Port. for the bay "of the lagoon"), an inlet of the Indian +Ocean on the east coast of South Africa, between 25° 40´ and 26° 20´ S., +with a length from north to south of over 70 m. and a breadth of about +20 m. The bay is the northern termination of the series of lagoons which +line the coast from Saint Lucia Bay. The opening is toward the N.E. The +southern part of the bay is formed by a peninsula, called the Inyak +peninsula, which on its inner or western side affords safe anchorage. At +its N.W. point is Port Melville. North of the peninsula is Inyak Island, +and beyond it a smaller island known as Elephant's Island. + +In spite of a bar at the entrance and a number of shallows within, +Delagoa Bay forms a valuable harbour, accessible to large vessels at all +seasons of the year. The surrounding country is low and very unhealthy, +but the island of Inyak has a height of 240 ft., and is used as a +sanatorium. A river 12 to 18 ft. deep, known as the Manhissa or Komati, +enters the bay at its northern end; several smaller streams, the +Matolla, the Umbelozi, and the Tembi, from the Lebombo Mountains, meet +towards the middle of the bay in the estuary called by the Portuguese +the Espirito Santo, but generally known as the English river; and the +Maputa, which has its headwaters in the Drakensberg, enters in the +south, as also does the Umfusi river. These rivers are the haunts of the +hippopotamus and the crocodile. + +The bay was discovered by the Portuguese navigator Antonio de Campo, one +of Vasco da Gama's companions, in 1502, and the Portuguese post of +Lourenço Marques was established not long after on the north side of the +English river. In 1720 the Dutch East India Company built a fort and +"factory" on the spot where Lourenço Marques now stands; but in 1730 the +settlement was abandoned. Thereafter the Portuguese +had--intermittently--trading stations in the Espirito Santo. These +stations were protected by small forts, usually incapable, however, of +withstanding attacks by the natives. In 1823 Captain (afterwards +Vice-Admiral) W. F. W. Owen, of the British navy, finding that the +Portuguese exercised no jurisdiction south of the settlement of Lourenço +Marques, concluded treaties of cession with native chiefs, hoisted the +British flag, and appropriated the country from the English river +southwards; but when he visited the bay again in 1824 he found that the +Portuguese, disregarding the British treaties, had concluded others with +the natives, and had endeavoured (unsuccessfully) to take military +possession of the country. Captain Owen rehoisted the British flag, but +the sovereignty of either power was left undecided till the claims of +the Transvaal Republic rendered a solution of the question urgent. In +the meantime Great Britain had taken no steps to exercise authority on +the spot, while the ravages of Zulu hordes confined Portuguese authority +to the limits of their fort. In 1835 Boers, under a leader named Orich, +had attempted to form a settlement on the bay, which is the natural +outlet for the Transvaal; and in 1868 the Transvaal president, Marthinus +Pretorius, claimed the country on each side of the Maputa down to the +sea. In the following year, however, the Transvaal acknowledged +Portugal's sovereignty over the bay. In 1861 Captain Bickford, R.N., had +declared Inyak and Elephant islands British territory; an act protested +against by the Lisbon authorities. In 1872 the dispute between Great +Britain and Portugal was submitted to the arbitration of M. Thiers, the +French president; and on the 19th of April 1875 his successor, Marshal +MacMahon, declared in favour of the Portuguese. It had been previously +agreed by Great Britain and Portugal that the right of pre-emption in +case of sale or cession should be given to the unsuccessful claimant to +the bay. Portuguese authority over the interior was not established +until some time after the MacMahon award; nominally the country south of +the Manhissa river was ceded to them by the Matshangana chief Umzila in +1861. In 1889 another dispute arose between Portugal and Great Britain +in consequence of the seizure by the Portuguese of the railway running +from the bay to the Transvaal. This dispute was referred to arbitration, +and in 1900 Portugal was condemned to pay nearly £1,000,000 in +compensation to the shareholders in the railway company. (See LOURENÇO +MARQUES and GAZALAND.) + + For an account of the Delagoa Bay arbitration proceedings see Sir E. + Hertslet, _The Map of Africa by Treaty_, iii. 991-998 (London, 1909). + Consult also the British blue-book, _Delagoa Bay, Correspondence + respecting the Claims of Her Majesty's Government_ (London, 1875); L. + van Deventer, _La Hollande et la Baie Delagoa_ (The Hague, 1883); G. + McC. Theal, _The Portuguese in South Africa_ (London, 1896), and + _History of South Africa since September 1795_, vol. v. (London, + 1908). _The Narrative of Voyages to explore the shores of Africa ... + performed ... under direction of Captain W. F. W. Owen, R.N._ (London, + 1833) contains much interesting information concerning the district in + the early part of the 19th century. + + + + +DELAMBRE, JEAN BAPTISTE JOSEPH (1749-1822), French astronomer, was born +at Amiens on the 19th of September 1749. His college course, begun at +Amiens under the abbé Jacques Delille, was finished in Paris, where he +took a scholarship at the college of Plessis. Despite extreme penury, he +then continued to study indefatigably ancient and modern languages, +history and literature, finally turning his attention to mathematics and +astronomy. In 1771 he became tutor to the son of M. d'Assy, +receiver-general of finances; and while acting in this capacity, +attended the lectures of J. J. Lalande, who, struck with his remarkable +acquirements, induced M. d'Assy in 1788 to install an observatory for +his benefit at his own residence. Here Delambre observed and computed +almost uninterruptedly, and in 1790 obtained for his Tables of Uranus +the prize offered by the academy of sciences, of which body he was +elected a member two years later. He was admitted to the Institute on +its organization in 1795, and became, in 1803, perpetual secretary to +its mathematical section. He, moreover, belonged from 1795 to the bureau +of longitudes. From 1792 to 1799 he was occupied with the measurement of +the arc of the meridian extending from Dunkirk to Barcelona, and +published a detailed account of the operations in _Base du système +métrique_ (3 vols., 1806, 1807, 1810), for which he was awarded in 1810 +the decennial prize of the Institute. The first consul nominated him +inspector-general of studies; he succeeded Lalande in 1807 as professor +of astronomy at the Collège de France, and filled the office of +treasurer to the imperial university from 1808 until its suppression in +1815. Delambre died at Paris on the 19th of August 1822. His last years +were devoted to researches into the history of science, resulting in the +successive publication of: _Histoire de l'astronomie ancienne_ (2 vols., +1817); _Histoire de l'astronomie au moyen âge_ (1819); _Histoire de +l'astronomie moderne_ (2 vols., 1821); and _Histoire de l'astronomie au +XVIII^e siècle_, issued in 1827 under the care of C. L. Mathieu. These +books show marvellous erudition; but some of the judgments expressed in +them are warped by prejudice; they are diffuse in style and overloaded +with computations. He wrote besides: _Tables écliptiques des satellites +de Jupiter_, inserted in the third edition of J. J. Lalande's +_Astronomie_ (1792), and republished in an improved form by the bureau +of longitudes in 1817; _Méthodes analytiques pour la détermination d'un +arc du méridien_ (1799); _Tables du soleil (publiées par le bureau des +longitudes)_ (1806); _Rapport historique sur les progrès des sciences +mathématiques depuis l'an 1789_ (1810); _Abrégé d'astronomie_ (1813); +_Astronomie théorique et pratique_ (1814); &c. + + See J. B. J. Fourier's "Éloge" in _Mémoires de l'acad. des sciences_, + t. iv.; Ch. Dupin, _Revue encyclopédique_, t. xvi. (1822); _Biog. + universelle_, t. lxii. (C. L. Mathieu); Max. Marie, _Hist. des + sciences_, x. 31; R. Grant, _Hist. of Physical Astr._ pp. 96, 142, + 165; R. Wolf, _Geschichte der Astronomie_, p. 779, &c. (A. M. C.) + + + + +DELAMERE (or DE LA MER), GEORGE BOOTH, 1st BARON (1622-1684), son of +William Booth, a member of an ancient family settled at Dunham Massey in +Cheshire, and of Vere, daughter and co-heir of Sir Thomas Egerton, was +born in August 1622. He took an active part in the Civil War with his +grandfather, Sir George Booth, on the parliamentary side. He was +returned for Cheshire to the Long Parliament in 1645 and to Cromwell's +parliaments of 1654 and 1656. In 1655 he was appointed military +commissioner for Cheshire and treasurer at war. He was one of the +excluded members who tried and failed to regain their seats after the +fall of Richard Cromwell in 1659. He had for some time been regarded by +the royalists as a well-wisher to their cause, and was described to the +king in May 1659 as "very considerable in his country, a presbyterian in +opinion, yet so moral a man.... I think your Majesty may safely [rely] +on him and his promises which are considerable and hearty."[1] He now +became one of the chief leaders of the new "royalists" who at this time +united with the cavaliers to effect the restoration. A rising was +arranged for the 5th of August in several districts, and Booth took +charge of operations in Cheshire, Lancashire and North Wales. He got +possession of Chester on the 19th, issued a proclamation declaring that +arms had been taken up "in vindication of the freedom of parliament, of +the known laws, liberty and property," and marched towards York. The +plot, however, was known to Thurloe. It had entirely failed in other +parts of the country, and Lambert advancing with his forces defeated +Booth's men at Nantwich Bridge. Booth himself escaped disguised as a +woman, but was discovered at Newport Pagnell on the 23rd in the act of +shaving, and was imprisoned in the Tower. He was, however, soon +liberated, took his seat in the parliament of 1659-1660, and was one of +the twelve members deputed to carry the message of the Commons to +Charles II. at the Hague. In July 1660 he received a grant of £10,000, +having refused the larger sum of £20,000 at first offered to him, and on +the 20th of April 1661, on the occasion of the coronation, he was +created Baron Delamere, with a licence to create six new knights. The +same year he was appointed _custos rotulorum_ of Cheshire. In later +years he showed himself strongly antagonistic to the reactionary policy +of the government. He died on the 8th of August 1684, and was buried at +Bowdon. He married (1) Lady Catherine Clinton, daughter and co-heir of +Theophilus, 4th earl of Lincoln, by whom he had one daughter; and (2) +Lady Elizabeth Grey, daughter of Henry, 1st earl of Stamford, by whom, +besides five daughters, he had seven sons, the second of whom, Henry, +succeeded him in the title and estates and was created earl of +Warrington. The earldom became extinct on the death of the latter's son, +the 2nd earl, without male issue, in 1758, and the barony of Delamere +terminated in the person of the 4th baron in 1770; the title was revived +in 1821 in the Cholmondeley family. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] Clarendon, _State Papers_, iii. 472. + + + + +DE LAND, a town and the county-seat of Volusia county, Florida, U.S.A., +111 m. by rail S. of Jacksonville, 20 m. from the Atlantic coast and 4 +m. from the St John's river. Pop. (1900) 1449; (1910) 2812. De Land is +served by the Atlantic Coast Line and by steamboats on the St John's +river. It has a fine winter climate, with an average temperature of 60° +F., has sulphur springs, and is a health and winter resort. There is a +starch factory here; and the surrounding country is devoted to +fruit-growing. De Land is the seat of the John B. Stetson University +(co-educational), an undenominational institution under Baptist control, +founded in 1884, as an academy, by Henry A. De Land, a manufacturer of +Fairport, New York, and in 1887 incorporated under the name of De Land +University, which was changed in 1889 to the present name, in honour of +John Batterson Stetson (1830-1906), a Philadelphia manufacturer of hats, +who during his life gave nearly $500,000 to the institution. The +university includes a college of liberal arts, a department of law, a +school of technology, an academy, a normal school, a model school, a +business college and a school of music. De Land was founded in 1876 by +H. A. De Land, above mentioned, who built a public school here in 1877 +and a high school in 1883. + + + + +DELANE, JOHN THADEUS (1817-1879), editor of _The Times_ (London), was +born on the 11th of October 1817 in London. He was the second son of Mr +W. F. A. Delane, a barrister, of an old Irish family, who about 1832 was +appointed by Mr Walter financial manager of _The Times_. While still a +boy he attracted Mr Walter's attention, and it was always intended that +he should find work on the paper. He received a good general education +at private schools and King's College, London, and also at Magdalen +Hall, Oxford; after taking his degree in 1840 he at once began work on +the paper, though later he read for the bar, being called in 1847. In +1841 he succeeded Thomas Barnes as editor, a post which he occupied for +thirty-six years. He from the first obtained the best introductions into +society and the chief political circles, and had a position there such +as no journalist had previously enjoyed, using his opportunities with a +sure intuition for the way in which events would move. His staff +included some of the most brilliant men of the day, who worked together +with a common ideal. The result to the paper, which in those days had +hardly any real competitor in English journalism, was an excellence of +information which gave it great power. (See NEWSPAPERS.) Delane was a +man of many interests and great judgment; capable of long application +and concentrated attention, with power to seize always on the main point +at issue, and rapidly master the essential facts in the most complicated +affair. His general policy was to keep the paper a national organ of +opinion above party, but with a tendency to sympathize with the Liberal +movements of the day. He admired Palmerston and respected Lord Aberdeen, +and was of considerable use to both; and it was Lord Aberdeen himself +who, in 1845, told him of the impending repeal of the Corn Laws, an +incident round which many incorrect stories have gathered. The history, +however, of the events during the thirteen administrations, between 1841 +and 1877, in which _The Times_, and therefore Delane, played an +important part cannot here be recapitulated. In 1877 his health gave +way, and he retired from the editorship; and on the 22nd of November +1879 he died at Ascot. + + A biography by his nephew, Arthur Irwin Dasent, was published in 1908. + + + + +DELANY, MARY GRANVILLE (1700-1788), an Englishwoman of literary tastes, +was born at Coulston, Wilts, on the 14th of May 1700. She was a niece of +the 1st Lord Lansdowne. In 1717 or 1718 she was unhappily married to +Alexander Pendarves, a rich old Cornish landowner, who died in 1724. +During a visit to Ireland she met Dean Swift and his intimate friend, +the Irish divine, Patrick Delany, whose second wife she became in 1743. +After his death in 1768 she passed all her summers with her bosom friend +the dowager duchess of Portland--Prior's "Peggy"--and when the latter +died George III. and Queen Charlotte, whose affection for their "dearest +Mrs Delany" seems to have been most genuine, gave her a small house at +Windsor and a pension of £300 a year. Fanny Burney (Madame D'Arblay) was +introduced to her in 1783, and frequently visited her at her London home +and at Windsor, and owed to her friendship her court appointment. At +this time Mrs Delany was a charming and sweet old lady, with a +reputation for cutting out and making the ingenious "paper mosaiks" now +in the British Museum; she had known every one worth knowing in her day, +had corresponded with Swift and Young, and left an interesting picture +of the polite but commonplace English society of the 18th century in her +six volumes of _Autobiography and Letters_. Burke calls her "a real fine +lady"--"the model of an accomplished woman of former times." She died on +the 15th of April 1788. + + + + +DE LA REY, JACOBUS HERCULES (1847- ), Boer soldier, was born in the +Lichtenburg district, and in his youth and early manhood saw much +service in savage warfare. In 1893 he entered the Volksraad of the South +African Republic, and was an active supporter of the policy of General +Joubert. At the outbreak of the war with Great Britain in 1899 De La Rey +was made a general, and he was engaged in the western campaign against +Lord Methuen and Lord Roberts. He won his first great success at +Nitral's Nek on the 11th of July 1900, where he compelled the surrender +of a strong English detachment. In the second or guerrilla stage of the +war De La Rey became one of the most conspicuously successful of the +Boer leaders. He was assistant to General Louis Botha and a member of +the government, with charge of operations in the western Transvaal. The +principal actions in which he was successful (see also TRANSVAAL: +_History_) were Nooitgedacht, Vlakfontein and the defeat and capture of +Lord Methuen at Klerksdorp (March 7, 1902). The British general was +severely wounded in the action, and De La Rey released him at once, +being unable to afford him proper medical assistance. This humanity and +courtesy marked De La Rey's conduct throughout the war, and even more +than his military skill and daring earned for him the esteem of his +enemies. After the conclusion of peace De La Rey, who had borne a +prominent part in the negotiations, visited Europe with the other +generals, with the intention of raising funds to enable the Boers to +resettle their country. In December 1903 he went on a mission to India, +and induced the whole of the Boer prisoners of war detained at +Ahmednagar to accept the new order of things and to take the oath of +allegiance. In February 1907 General De La Rey was returned unopposed as +member for Ventersdorp in the legislative assembly of the first +Transvaal parliament under self-government. + + + + +DE LA RIVE, AUGUSTE ARTHUR (1801-1873), Swiss physicist, was born at +Geneva on the 9th of October 1801. He was the son of Charles Gaspard de +la Rive (1770-1834), who studied medicine at Edinburgh, and after +practising for a few years in London, became professor of pharmaceutical +chemistry at the academy of Geneva in 1802 and rector in 1823. After a +brilliant career as a student, he was appointed at the age of twenty-two +to the chair of natural philosophy in the academy of Geneva. For some +years after his appointment he devoted himself specially, with François +Marcet (1803-1883), to the investigation of the specific heat of gases, +and to observations for determining the temperature of the earth's +crust. Electrical studies, however, engaged most of his attention, +especially in connexion with the theory of the voltaic cell and the +electric discharge in rarefied gases. His researches on the +last-mentioned subject led him to form a new theory of the aurora +borealis. In 1840 he described a process for the electro-gilding of +silver and brass, for which in the following year he received a prize of +3000 francs from the French Academy of Sciences. Between 1854 and 1858 +he published a _Traité de l'électricité théorique et appliquée_, which +was translated into several languages. De la Rive's birth and fortune +gave him considerable social and political influence. He was +distinguished for his hospitality to literary and scientific men, and +for his interest in the welfare and independence of his native country. +In 1860, when the annexation of Savoy and Nice had led the Genevese to +fear French aggression, de la Rive was sent by his fellow-citizens on a +special embassy to England, and succeeded in securing a declaration from +the English government, which was communicated privately to that of +France, that any attack upon Geneva would be regarded as a _casus +belli_. On the occasion of this visit the university of Oxford conferred +upon de la Rive the honorary degree of D.C.L. When on his way to pass +the winter at Cannes he died suddenly at Marseilles on the 27th of +November 1873. + +His son, LUCIEN DE LA RIVE, born at Geneva on the 3rd of April 1834, +published papers on various mathematical and physical subjects, and with +Édouard Sarasin carried out investigations on the propagation of +electric waves. + + + + +DELAROCHE, HIPPOLYTE, commonly known as PAUL (1797-1856), French +painter, was born in Paris on the 17th of July 1797. His father was an +expert who had made a fortune, to some extent, by negotiating and +cataloguing, buying and selling. He was proud of his son's talent, and +able to forward his artistic education. The master selected was Gros, +then painting life-size histories, and surrounded by many pupils. In no +haste to make an appearance in the Salon, his first exhibited picture +was a large one, "Josabeth saving Joas" (1822). This picture led to his +acquaintance with Géricault and Delacroix, with whom he remained on the +most friendly terms, the three forming the central group of a numerous +body of historical painters, such as perhaps never before lived in one +locality and at one time. + +From 1822 the record of his life is to be found in the successive works +coming from his hand. He visited Italy in 1838 and 1843, when his +father-in-law, Horace Vernet, was director of the French Academy. His +studio in Paris was in the rue Mazarine, where he never spent a day +without some good result, his hand being sure and his knowledge great. +His subjects, definitely expressed and popular in their manner of +treatment, illustrating certain views of history dear to partisans, yet +romantic in their general interest, were painted with a firm, solid, +smooth surface, which gave an appearance of the highest finish. This +solidity, found also on the canvas of Vernet, Scheffer, Leopold Robert +and Ingres, was the manner of the day. It repudiates the technical charm +of texture and variety of handling which the English school inherited as +a tradition from the time of Reynolds; but it is more easily understood +by the world at large, since a picture so executed depends for its +interest rather on the history, scene in nature or object depicted, than +on the executive skill, which may or may not be critically appreciated. +We may add that his point of view of the historical characters which he +treated is not always just. "Cromwell lifting the Coffin-lid and looking +at the Body of Charles" is an incident only to be excused by an +improbable tradition; but "The King in the Guard-Room," with villainous +roundhead soldiers blowing tobacco smoke in his patient face, is a libel +on the Puritans; and "Queen Elizabeth dying on the Ground," like a +she-dragon no one dares to touch, is sensational; while the "Execution +of Lady Jane Grey" is represented as taking place in a dungeon. Nothing +can be more incorrect than this last as a reading of English history, +yet we forget the inaccuracy in admiration of the treatment which +represents Lady Jane, with bandaged sight, feeling for the block, her +maids covering their faces, and none with their eyes visible among the +many figures. On the other hand, "Strafford led to Execution," when Laud +stretches his lawn-covered arms out of the small high window of his cell +to give him a blessing as he passes along the corridor, is perfect; and +the splendid scene of Richelieu in his gorgeous barge, preceding the +boat containing Cinq-Mars and De Thou carried to execution by their +guards, is perhaps the most dramatic semi-historical work ever done. +"The Princes in the Tower" must also be mentioned as a very complete +creation; and the "Young female Martyr floating dead on the Tiber" is so +pathetic that criticism feels hard-hearted and ashamed before it. As a +realization of a page of authentic history, again, no picture can +surpass the "Assassination of the duc de Guise at Blois." The expression +of the murdered man stretched out by the side of the bed, the +conspirators all massed together towards the door and far from the body, +show exact study as well as insight into human nature. This work was +exhibited in his meridian time, 1835; and in the same year he exhibited +the "Head of an Angel," a study from Horace Vernet's young daughter +Louise, his love for whom was the absorbing passion of his life, and +from the shock of whose death, in 1845, it is said he never quite +recovered. By far his finest productions after her death are of the most +serious character, a sequence of small elaborate pictures of incidents +in the Passion. Two of these, the Virgin and the other Maries, with the +apostles Peter and John, within a nearly dark apartment, hearing the +crowd as it passes haling Christ to Calvary, and St John conducting the +Virgin home again after all is over, are beyond all praise as exhibiting +the divine story from a simply human point of view. They are pure and +elevated, and also dramatic and painful. Delaroche was not troubled by +ideals, and had no affectation of them. His sound but hard execution +allowed no mystery to intervene between him and his _motif_, which was +always intelligible to the million, so that he escaped all the waste of +energy that painters who try to be poets on canvas suffer. Thus it is +that essentially the same treatment was applied by him to the characters +of distant historical times, the founders of the Christian religion, and +the real people of his own day, such as "Napoleon at Fontainebleau," or +"Napoleon at St Helena," or "Marie Antoinette leaving the Convention" +after her sentence. + +In 1837 Delaroche received the commission for the great picture, 27 +mètres long, in the hemicycle of the lecture theatre of the École des +Beaux Arts. This represents the great artists of the modern ages +assembled in groups on either hand of a central elevation of white +marble steps, on the topmost of which are three thrones filled by the +architects and sculptors of the Parthenon. To supply the female element +in this vast composition he introduced the genii or muses, who symbolize +or reign over the arts, leaning against the balustrade of the steps, +beautiful and queenly figures with a certain antique perfection of form, +but not informed by any wonderful or profound expression. The portrait +figures are nearly all unexceptionable and admirable. This great and +successful work is on the wall itself, an inner wall however, and is +executed in oil. It was finished in 1841, and considerably injured by a +fire which occurred in 1855, which injury he immediately set himself to +remedy (finished by Robert-Fleury); but he died before he had well +begun, on the 4th of November 1856. + +Personally Delaroche exercised even a greater influence than by his +works. Though short and not powerfully made, he impressed every one as +rather tall than otherwise; his physiognomy was accentuated and firm, +and his fine forehead gave him the air of a minister of state. + + See Rees, _Delaroche_ (London, 1880). (W. B. Sc.) + + + + +DELARUE, GERVAIS (1751-1835), French historical investigator, formerly +regarded as one of the chief authorities on Norman and Anglo-Norman +literature, was a native of Caen. He received his education at the +university of that town, and was ultimately raised to the rank of +professor. His first historical enterprise was interrupted by the French +Revolution, which forced him to take refuge in England, where he took +the opportunity of examining a vast mass of original documents in the +Tower and elsewhere, and received much encouragement, from Sir Walter +Scott among others. From England he passed over to Holland, still in +prosecution of his favourite task; and there he remained till in 1798 he +returned to France. The rest of his life was spent in his native town, +where he was chosen principal of his university. While in England he had +been elected a member of the Royal Society of Antiquaries; and in his +own country he was made a corresponding member of the Institute, and was +enrolled in the Legion of Honour. Besides numerous articles in the +_Memoirs of the Royal Society of London_, the _Mémoires de l'Institut_, +the _Mémoires de la Société d'Agriculture de Caen_, and in other +periodical collections, he published separately _Essais historiques sur +les Bardes, les Jongleurs, et les Trouvères normands et anglo-normands_ +(3 vols., 1834), and _Recherches historiques sur la Prairie de Caen_ +(1837); and after his death appeared _Mémoires historiques sur le +palinod de Caen_ (1841), _Recherches sur la tapisserie de Bayeux_ +(1841), and _Nouveaux Essais historiques sur la ville de Caen_ (1842). +In all his writings he displays a strong partiality for everything +Norman, and rates the Norman influence on French and English literature +as of the very highest moment. + + + + +DE LA RUE, WARREN (1815-1889), British astronomer and chemist, son of +Thomas De la Rue, the founder of the large firm of stationers of that +name in London, was born in Guernsey on the 18th of January 1815. Having +completed his education in Paris, he entered his father's business, but +devoted his leisure hours to chemical and electrical researches, and +between 1836 and 1848 published several papers on these subjects. +Attracted to astronomy by the influence of James Nasmyth, he constructed +in 1850 a 13-in. reflecting telescope, mounted first at Canonbury, later +at Cranford, Middlesex, and with its aid executed many drawings of the +celestial bodies of singular beauty and fidelity. His chief title to +fame, however, is his pioneering work in the application of the art of +photography to astronomical research. In 1851 his attention was drawn to +a daguerreotype of the moon by G. P. Bond, shown at the great exhibition +of that year. Excited to emulation and employing the more rapid +wet-collodion process, he succeeded before long in obtaining exquisitely +defined lunar pictures, which remained unsurpassed until the appearance +of the Rutherfurd photographs in 1865. In 1854 he turned his attention +to solar physics, and for the purpose of obtaining a daily photographic +representation of the state of the solar surface he devised the +photo-heliograph, described in his report to the British Association, +"On Celestial Photography in England" (1859), and in his Bakerian +Lecture (_Phil. Trans._ vol. clii. pp. 333-416). Regular work with this +instrument, inaugurated at Kew by De la Rue in 1858, was carried on +there for fourteen years; and was continued at the Royal Observatory, +Greenwich, from 1873 to 1882. The results obtained in the years +1862-1866 were discussed in two memoirs, entitled "Researches on Solar +Physics," published by De la Rue, in conjunction with Professor Balfour +Stewart and Mr B. Loewy, in the _Phil. Trans._ (vol. clix. pp. 1-110, +and vol. clx. pp. 389-496). In 1860 De la Rue took the photo-heliograph +to Spain for the purpose of photographing the total solar eclipse which +occurred on the 18th of July of that year. This expedition formed the +subject of the Bakerian Lecture already referred to. The photographs +obtained on that occasion proved beyond doubt the solar character of the +prominences or red flames, seen around the limb of the moon during a +solar eclipse. In 1873 De la Rue gave up active work in astronomy, and +presented most of his astronomical instruments to the university +observatory, Oxford. Subsequently, in the year 1887, he provided the +same observatory with a 13-in. refractor to enable it to take part in +the International Photographic Survey of the Heavens. With Dr Hugo +Müller as his collaborator he published several papers of a chemical +character between the years 1856 and 1862, and investigated, 1868-1883, +the discharge of electricity through gases by means of a battery of +14,600 chloride of silver cells. He was twice president of the Chemical +Society, and also of the Royal Astronomical Society (1864-1866). In 1862 +he received the gold medal of the latter society, and in 1864 a Royal +medal from the Royal Society, for his observations on the total eclipse +of the sun in 1860, and for his improvements in astronomical +photography. He died in London on the 19th of April 1889. + + See _Monthly Notices Roy. Astr. Soc._ l. 155; _Journ. Chem. Soc._ + lvii. 441; _Nature_, xl. 26; _The Times_ (April 22, 1889); Royal + Society, _Catalogue of Scientific Papers_. + + + + +DELATOR, in Roman history, properly one who gave notice (_deferre_) to +the treasury officials of moneys that had become due to the imperial +fisc. This special meaning was extended to those who lodged information +as to punishable offences, and further, to those who brought a public +accusation (whether true or not) against any person (especially with the +object of getting money). Although the word _delator_ itself, for +"common informer," is confined to imperial times, the right of public +accusation had long been in existence. When exercised from patriotic and +disinterested motives, its effects were beneficial; but the moment the +principle of reward was introduced, this was no longer the case. +Sometimes the accuser was rewarded with the rights of citizenship, a +place in the senate, or a share of the property of the accused. At the +end of the republican period, Cicero (_De Officiis_, ii. 14) expresses +his opinion that such accusations should be undertaken only in the +interests of the state or for other urgent reasons. Under the empire the +system degenerated into an abuse, which reached its height during the +reign of Tiberius, although the delators continued to exercise their +activity till the reign of Theodosius. They were drawn from all classes +of society,--patricians, knights, freedmen, slaves, philosophers, +literary men, and, above all, lawyers. The objects of their attacks were +the wealthy, all possible rivals of the emperor, and those whose conduct +implied a reproach against the imperial mode of life. Special +opportunities were afforded by the law of majestas, which (originally +directed against attacks on the ruler by word or deed) came to include +all kinds of accusations with which it really had nothing to do; indeed, +according to Tacitus, a charge of treason was regularly added to all +criminal charges. The chief motive for these accusations was no doubt +the desire of amassing wealth,[1] since by the law of majestas +one-fourth of the goods of the accused, even if he committed suicide in +order to avoid confiscation (which was always carried out in the case of +those condemned to capital punishment), was assured to the accuser (who +was hence called _quadruplator_). Pliny and Martial mention instances of +enormous fortunes amassed by those who carried on this hateful calling. +But it was not without its dangers. If the delator lost his case or +refused to carry it through, he was liable to the same penalties as the +accused; he was exposed to the risk of vengeance at the hands of the +proscribed in the event of their return, or of their relatives; while +emperors like Tiberius would have no scruples about banishing or putting +out of the way those of his creatures for whom he had no further use, +and who might have proved dangerous to himself. Under the better +emperors a reaction set in, and the severest penalties were inflicted +upon the delators. Titus drove into exile or reduced to slavery those +who had served Nero, after they had first been flogged in the +amphitheatre. The abuse naturally reappeared under a man like Domitian; +the delators, with whom Vespasian had not interfered, although he had +abolished trials for majestas, were again banished by Trajan, and +threatened with capital punishment in an edict of Constantine; but, as +has been said, the evil, which was an almost necessary accompaniment of +autocracy, lasted till the end of the 4th century. + + See Mayor's note on Juvenal iv. 48 for ancient authorities; C. + Merivale, _Hist. of the Romans under the Empire_, chap. 44; W. Rein, + _Criminalrecht der Römer_ (1842); T. Mommsen, _Römisches Strafrecht_ + (1899); Kleinfeller in Pauly-Wissowa's _Realencyclopädie_. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] "Delatores, genus hominum publico exitio repertum ... per praemia + eliciebantur" (Tacitus, _Annals_, iv. 30). + + + + +DELAUNAY, ELIE (1828-1891), French painter, was born at Nantes and +studied under Flandrin and at the École des Beaux Arts. He worked in the +classicist manner of Ingres until, after winning the Prix de Rome, he +went to Italy in 1856, and abandoned the ideal of Raphaelesque +perfection for the sincerity and severity of the quattrocentists. As a +pure and firm draughtsman he stands second only to Ingres. After his +return from Rome he was entrusted with many important commissions for +decorative paintings, such as the frescoes in the church of St Nicholas +at Nantes; the three panels of "Apollo," "Orpheus" and "Amphion" at the +Paris opera-house; and twelve paintings for the great hall of the +council of state in the Palais Royal. His "Scenes from the Life of St +Geneviève," which he designed for the Pantheon, remained unfinished at +his death. The Luxembourg Museum has his famous "Plague in Rome" and a +nude figure of "Diana"; and the Nantes Museum, the "Lesson on the +Flute." In the last decade of his life he achieved great popularity as a +portrait painter. + + + + +DELAUNAY, LOUIS ARSÈNE (1826-1903), French actor, was born in Paris, the +son of a wine-seller. He studied at the Conservatoire, and made his +first formal appearance on the stage in 1845, in _Tartuffe_ at the +Odéon. After three years at this house he made his début at the Comédie +Française as Dorante in Corneille's _Le Menteur_, and began a long and +brilliant career in young lover parts. He continued to act as _jeune +premier_ until he was sixty, his grace, marvellous diction and passion +enchanting his audiences. It was especially in the plays of Alfred de +Musset that his gifts found their happiest expression. In the +thirty-seven years during which he was a member of the Comédie +Française, Delaunay took or created nearly two hundred parts. He retired +in 1887, having been made a chevalier of the Legion of Honour in 1883. + + + + +DELAVIGNE, JEAN FRANÇOIS CASIMIR (1793-1843), French poet and dramatist, +was born on the 4th of April 1793 at Havre. His father sent him at an +early age to Paris, there to be educated at the Lycée Napoléon. +Constitutionally of an ardent and sympathetic temperament, he enlarged +his outlook by extensive miscellaneous reading. On the 20th of March +1811 the empress Marie Louise gave birth to a son, named in his very +cradle king of Rome. This event was celebrated by Delavigne in a +_Dithyrambe sur la naissance du roi de Rome_, which secured for him a +sinecure in the revenue office. + +About this time he competed twice for an academy prize, but without +success. Delavigne, inspired by the catastrophe of 1815, wrote two +impassioned poems, the first entitled Waterloo, the second, _Dévastation +du musée_, both written in the heat of patriotic enthusiasm, and teeming +with popular political allusions. A third, but of inferior merit, _Sur +le besoin de s'unir après le départ des étrangers_, was afterwards +added. These stirring pieces, termed by him _Messéniennes_, sounded a +keynote which found an echo in the hearts of all. Twenty-five thousand +copies were sold; Delavigne was famous. He was appointed to an honorary +librarianship, with no duties to discharge. In 1819 his play _Les vêpres +Siciliennes_ was performed at the Odéon, then just rebuilt; it had +previously been refused for the Théâtre Français. On the night of the +first representation, which was warmly received, Picard, the manager, +threw himself into the arms of his elated friend, exclaiming, "You have +saved us! You are the founder of the second French Theatre." This +success was followed up by the production of the _Comédiens_ (1820), a +poor play, with little plot, and the _Paria_ (1821), with still less, +but containing some well-written choruses. The latter piece obtained a +longer lease of life than its intrinsic literary merits warranted, on +account of the popularity of the political opinions freely expressed in +it--so freely expressed, indeed, that the displeasure of the king was +incurred, and Delavigne lost his post. But Louis Philippe, duke of +Orleans, willing to gain the people's good wishes by complimenting their +favourite, wrote to him as follows: "The thunder has descended on your +house; I offer you an apartment in mine." Accordingly Delavigne became +librarian at the Palais Royal, a position retained during the remainder +of his life. It was here that he wrote the _École des vieillards_ +(1823), his best comedy, which gained his election to the Academy in +1825. To this period also belong _La Princesse Aurélie_ (1828), and +_Marino Faliero_ (1829), a drama in the romantic style. + +For his success as a writer Delavigne was in no small measure indebted +to the stirring nature of the times in which he lived. The +_Messéniennes_, which first introduced him to universal notice, had +their origin in the excitement consequent on the occupation of France by +the allies in 1815. Another crisis in his life and in the history of his +country, the revolution of 1830, stimulated him to the production of a +second masterpiece, _La Parisienne_. This song, set to music by Auber, +was on the lips of every Frenchman, and rivalled in popularity the +_Marseillaise_. A companion piece, _La Varsovienne_, was written for the +Poles, by whom it was sung on the march to battle. Other works of +Delavigne followed each other in rapid succession--_Louis XI_ (1832), +_Les Enfants d'Édouard_ (1833), _Don Juan d'Autriche_ (1835), _Une +Famille au temps du Luther_ (1836), _La Popularité_ (1838), _La Fille du +Cid_ (1839), _Le Conseiller rapporteur_ (1840), and _Charles VI_ (1843), +an opera partly written by his brother. In 1843 he quitted Paris to seek +in Italy the health his labours had cost him. At Lyons his strength +altogether gave way, and he died on the 11th of December. + +By many of his own time Delavigne was looked upon as unsurpassed and +unsurpassable. Every one bought and read his works. But the applause of +the moment was gained at the sacrifice of lasting fame. As a writer he +had many excellences. He expressed himself in a terse and vigorous +style. The poet of reason rather than of imagination, he recognized his +own province, and was rarely tempted to flights of fancy beyond his +powers. He wrote always as he would have spoken, from sincere +conviction. In private life he was in every way estimable,--upright, +amiable, devoid of all jealousy, and generous to a fault. + + His _Poésies_ and his _Théâtre_ were published in 1863. His _Oeuvres + complètes_ (new edition, 1855) contains a biographical notice by his + brother, Germain Delavigne, who is best known as a librettist in + opera. See also Sainte-Beuve, _Portraits littéraires_, vol. v.; A. + Favrot, _Étude sur Casimir Delavigne_ (1894); and F. Vuacheux, + _Casimir Delavigne_ (1893). + + + + +DELAWARE, a South Atlantic state of the United States of America, one of +the thirteen original states, situated between 38° 27´ and 39° 50´ N. +lat. and between 75° 2´ and 75° 47´ W. long. (For map see MARYLAND.) It +is bounded N. and N.W. by Pennsylvania, E. by the Delaware river and +Delaware Bay, which separate it from New Jersey, and by the Atlantic +Ocean; S. and W. by Maryland. With the exception of Rhode Island it is +the smallest state in the Union, its area being 2370 sq. m., of which +405 sq. m. are water surface. + +_Physical Features._--Delaware lies on the Atlantic coastal plain, and +is for the most part level and relatively low, its average elevation +above the sea being about 50 ft. It is situated in the eastern part of +the peninsula formed by Chesapeake Bay and the estuary of the Delaware +river. In the extreme N. the country is rolling, with moderately high +hills, moderately deep valleys and rapid streams. West of Wilmington +there rises a ridge which crosses the state in a north-westerly +direction and forms a watershed between Christiana and Brandywine +creeks, its highest elevation above sea-level being 280 ft. South of the +Christiana there begins another elevation, sandy and marshy, which +extends almost the entire length of the state from N.W. to S.E., and +forms a second water-parting. The streams that drain the state are small +and insignificant. Those of the N. flow into Brandywine and Christiana +creeks, whose estuary into Delaware river forms Wilmington harbour; +those of the S.W. have a common outlet in the Nanticoke river of +Maryland; those of the E. empty into Delaware Bay and the Atlantic +Ocean. The principal harbours are those of Wilmington, New Castle and +Lewes. The shore of the bay is marshy, that of the Atlantic is sandy. In +Kent county there are more than 60,000 acres of tidal marshland, some of +which has been reclaimed by means of dykes; Cypress Swamp in the extreme +S. has an area of 50,000 acres. The soils of the N. are clays, sometimes +mixed with loam; those of the central part are mainly loams; while those +of the S. are sands. + +Minerals are found only in the N. part of the state. Those of economic +value are kaolin, mined chiefly in the vicinity of Hockessin, New Castle +county, the static kaolin product being exceeded in 1903 only by that of +Pennsylvania among the states of the United States; granite, used for +road-making and rough construction work, found near Wilmington; and +brick and tile clays; but the value of their total product in 1902 was +less than $500,000. In 1906 the total mineral product was valued at +$814,126, of which $237,768 represented clay products and $146,346 +stone. In 1902 only 2.2% of the wage-earners were engaged in mining. + +The forests, which once afforded excellent timber, including white oak +for shipbuilding, have been greatly reduced by constant cutting; in 1900 +it was estimated that 700 sq. m. were wooded, but practically none of +this stand was of commercial importance. The fisheries, chiefly oyster, +sturgeon and shad, yield an annual product valued at about $250,000. + +The proximity of the Delaware and Chesapeake bays help to give Delaware +a mild and temperate climate. The mean annual temperature is +approximately 55° F., ranging from 52° in the S. to 56° in the N., and +the extremes of heat and cold are 103° in the summer and -17° in the +winter. The annual rainfall, greater on the coast than inland, ranges +from 40 to 45 in. + +_Industry and Trade._--Delaware is pre-eminently an agricultural state. +In 1900 85% of its total land surface was enclosed in farms--a slight +decline since 1880. Seven-tenths of this was improved land, and the +expenditure per farm for fertilizers, greater in 1890 than the average +of the Atlantic states, approximated $55 per farm in 1900. In 1899 +Delaware spent more per acre for fertilizers than any of the other +states except New Jersey, Rhode Island and Maryland. The average size of +farms, as in the other states, has declined, falling from 124.6 acres in +1880 to 110.1 acres in 1900. A large proportion of farms (49.7%) were +operated by the owners, and the prevailing form of tenantry was the +share system by which 42.5% of the farms were cultivated, while 8.24% of +the farms were operated by negroes; these represented less than 4% of +the total value of farm property, the average value of farms operated by +negroes being $17 per acre, that of farms operated by whites, $23 per +acre. The total value of farm products in 1900 was $9,190,777, an +increase of 30% over that of 1890, while the cultivation of cereals +suffered on account of the competition of the western states. Indian +corn and wheat form the two largest crops, their product in 1900 being +respectively 24% and 52% greater than in 1890; but these crops when +compared with those of other states are relatively unimportant. In 1906 +the acreage of Indian corn was 196,472 acres with a yield of 5,894,160 +bushels valued at $2,475,547, and the acreage of wheat was 121,745 acres +with a yield of 1,947,920 bushels valued at $1,383,023. The value of the +fruit crop, for which Delaware has long been noted, also increased +during the same decade, but disease and frost caused a marked decline in +the production of peaches, a loss balanced by an increased production of +apples, pears and other orchard fruits. Large quantities of small +fruits, particularly of strawberries, raspberries and blackberries, are +produced, the southern portion of Sussex county being particularly +favourable for strawberry culture. The vicissitudes of fruit raising +have also caused increasing attention to be paid to market gardening, +dairying and stock raising, particularly to market gardening, an +industry which is favoured by the proximity of large cities. The same +influence also explains, partly at least, the decrease (of 13%) in the +value of farm property between 1890 and 1900. + +The development of manufacturing in Delaware has not been so extensive +as its favourable situation relative to the other states, the facilities +for water and railway transportation, and the proximity of the coal and +iron fields of Pennsylvania, would seem to warrant. In 1905 the +wage-earners engaged in manufacturing (under the factory system) +numbered 18,475, and the total capital invested in manufacturing was +$50,925,630; the gross value of products was $41,160,276; the net value +(deducting the value of material purchased in partly manufactured form) +was $16,276,470. The principal industry was the manufacture of iron and +steel products, which, including steel and rolling mills, car, foundry +and machine shops, and shipyards, represented more than 30% of the total +capital, and approximately 25% of the total gross product of the +manufactures in the state. The tanning, currying and finishing of +leather ranks second in importance, with a gross product ($10,250,842) +9% greater than that of 1900, and constituting about one-fourth of the +gross factory product of the state in 1905; and the manufacture of food +products ranked third, the value of the products of the fruit canning +and preserving industry having more than doubled in the decade +1890-1900, but falling off a little more than 7% in 1900-1905. The +manufacture of paper and wood pulp showed an increased product in 1905 +19.1% greater than in 1900; and flour and grist mill products were +valued in 1905 43.6% higher than in 1900. In the grand total of +manufactured products, however, the state showed in 1905 a decrease of +4% from 1900. The great manufacturing centre is Wilmington, where in +1905 almost two-thirds of the capital was invested, and nearly +three-fourths of the product was turned out. There is much manufacturing +also at New Castle. + +Delaware has good facilities for transportation. Its railway mileage in +January 1907 was 333.6 m; the Philadelphia, Baltimore & Washington +(Pennsylvania system), the Baltimore & Philadelphia (Baltimore & Ohio +system), and the Wilmington & Northern (Philadelphia & Reading system) +cross the northern part of the state, while the Delaware railway (leased +by the Philadelphia, Baltimore & Washington) runs the length of the +state below Wilmington, and another line, the Maryland, Delaware & +Virginia (controlled by the Baltimore, Chesapeake & Atlantic railway, +which is related to the Pennsylvania system), connects Lewes, Del., with +Love Point, Md., on the Chesapeake Bay. There is no state railway +commission, and the farmers of southern Delaware have suffered from +excessive freight rates. The Delaware & Chesapeake Canal (13½ m. long, +66 ft. wide and 10 ft. deep) crosses the N. part of the state, +connecting Delaware river and Chesapeake Bay, and thus affords +transportation by water from Baltimore to Philadelphia. The canal was +completed in 1829; in 1907 a commission appointed by the president to +report on a route for a waterway between Chesapeake and Delaware bays +selected the route of this canal. The states of Maryland and Delaware +aided in its construction, and in 1828 the national government also made +an appropriation. Wilmington is a customs district in which New Castle +and Lewes are included; but its trade is largely coastwise. Rehoboth and +Indian River bays are navigable for vessels of less than 6 ft. draft. +Opposite Lewes is the Delaware Breakwater (begun in 1818 and completed +in 1869, at a cost of more than $2,000,000), which forms a harbour 16 +ft. deep. In 1897-1901 the United States government constructed a +harbour of refuge, formed by a second breakwater 2¼ m. N. of the +existing one; its protected anchorage is 552 acres and the cost was more +than $2,090,000. The harbour is about equidistant from New York, +Philadelphia, and the capes of Chesapeake Bay, and is used chiefly by +vessels awaiting orders to ports for discharge or landing. The national +government also made appropriations for opening an inland waterway from +Lewes to Chincoteague Bay, Virginia, for improving Wilmington harbour, +and for making navigable several of the larger streams of the state. + +_Population._--The population in 1880 was 146,608; in 1890, 168,493, an +increase of 14.9%; in 1900, 184,735, a further increase of 9.6%; in +1910, 202,322. The rate of increase before 1850 was considerably smaller +than the rate after that date. Of the population in 1900, 92.5% was +native born and 7.5% was foreign-born. The negro population was 30,697, +or 16.6% of the total. In Indian River Hundred, Sussex county, there +formerly lived a community of people,--many of whom are of the fair +Caucasian type,--called "Indians" or "Moors"; they are now quite +generally dispersed throughout the state, especially in Kent and Sussex +counties. Their origin is unknown, but according to local tradition they +are the descendants of some Moorish sailors who were cast ashore many +years ago in a shipwreck; their own tradition is that they are descended +from the children of an Irish mother and a negro father, these children +having intermarried with Indians of the Nanticoke tribe. They have, +where practicable, separate churches and schools, the latter receiving +state aid. The urban population of Delaware (i.e. of Wilmington, the +only city having more than 5000 inhabitants) was, in 1900, 41.4% of the +state's population. There were thirty-five incorporated cities and +towns. The largest of these was the city of Wilmington, with 76,508 +inhabitants. The city next in size, New Castle, had a population of +3380, while the largest town, Dover, the capital of the state, had 3329. +The total number of communicants of all denominations in 1906 was +71,251,--32,402 Methodists, 24,228 Roman Catholics, 5200 Presbyterians, +3796 Protestant Episcopalians, and 2921 Baptists. + +_Government._--The constitution by which Delaware is governed was +adopted in 1897. Like the previous constitutions of 1776, 1792 and 1831, +it was promulgated by a constitutional convention without submission to +the people for ratification, and amendments may be adopted by a +two-thirds vote of each house in two consecutive legislatures. Its +character is distinctly democratic. The property qualification of state +senators and the restriction of suffrage to those who have paid county +or poll taxes are abolished; but suffrage is limited to male adults who +can read the state constitution in English, and can write their names, +unless physically disqualified, and who have registered. In 1907 an +amendment to the constitution was adopted, which struck out from the +instrument the clause requiring the payment of a registration fee of one +dollar by each elector. Important innovations in the constitution of +1897 are the office of lieutenant-governor, and the veto power of the +governor which may extend to parts and clauses of appropriation bills, +but a bill may be passed over his veto by a three-fifths vote of each +house of the legislature, and a bill becomes a law if not returned to +the legislature within ten days after its reception by the governor, +unless the session of the legislature shall have expired in the +meantime. The governor's regular term in office is four years, and he is +ineligible for a third term. All his appointments to offices where the +salary is more than $500 must be confirmed by the senate; all pardons +must be approved by a board of pardons. Representation in the +legislature is according to districts, members of the lower house being +chosen for two, and members of the upper house for four years. Members +of the lower house must be at least twenty-four years of age, members of +the senate at least twenty-seven; members of both houses must at the +time of their election have been citizens of the state for at least +three years. In November 1906 the people of the state voted (17,248 for; +2162 against) in favour of the provision of a system of advisory +initiative and advisory referendum; and in March 1907 the general +assembly passed an act providing initiative and referendum in the +municipal affairs in the city of Wilmington. The organization of the +judiciary is similar to that under the old English system. Six judges--a +chancellor, a chief justice, and four associate justices--of whom there +shall be at least one resident in each of the three counties, and not +more than three shall belong to the same political party, are appointed +by the governor, with the consent of the senate, for a term of twelve +years. A certain number of them hold courts of chancery, general +sessions, oyer and terminer, and an orphans' court; the six together +constitute the supreme court, but the judge from whose decision appeal +is made may not hear the appealed case unless the appeal is made at his +own instance. Bribery may be punished by fine, imprisonment and +disfranchisement for ten years. Corporations cannot be created by a +special act of the legislature, and no corporation may issue stock +except for an equivalent value of money, labour or property. In order to +attract capital to the state, the legislature has reduced the taxes on +corporations, has forbidden the repeal of charters, and has given +permission for the organization of corporations with both the power and +name of trust companies. Legislative divorces are forbidden by the +constitution, and a statute of 1901 subjects wife-beaters to corporal +punishment. Although punishment by whipping and by standing in the +pillory was prohibited by an act of Congress in 1839, in so far as the +Federal government had jurisdiction, both these forms of punishment were +retained in Delaware, and standing in the pillory was prescribed by +statute as a punishment for a number of offences, including various +kinds of larceny and forgery, highway robbery, and even pretending "to +exercise the art of witchcraft, fortune-telling or dealing with +spirits," at least until 1893. In 1905, by a law approved on the 20th of +March, the pillory was abolished. The whipping-post was in 1908 still +maintained in Delaware, and whipping continued to be prescribed as a +punishment for a variety of offences, although in 1889 a law was passed +which prescribed that "hereafter no female convicted of any crime in +this state shall be whipped or made to stand in the pillory," and a law +passed in 1883 prescribed that "in case of conviction of larceny, when +the prisoner is of tender years, or is charged for the first time (being +shown to have before had a good character), the court may in its +discretion omit from the sentence the infliction of lashes." An old law +still on the statute-books when the edition of the revised statutes was +issued in 1893, prescribes that "the punishment of whipping shall be +inflicted publicly by strokes on the bare back, well laid on." + +The unit of local government is the "hundred," which corresponds to the +township of Pennsylvania. The employment of children under fourteen +years of age in factories is forbidden by statute. Divorces are granted +for adultery, desertion for three years, habitual drunkenness, impotence +at the time of marriage, fraud, lack of marriageable age (eighteen for +males, sixteen for females), and failure of husband to provide for his +wife during three consecutive years. The marriages of whites with +negroes and of insane persons are null; but the children of the married +insane are legitimate. + +In 1908 the state debt was $816,785, and the assets in bonds, railway +mortgages and bank stocks exceeded the liabilities by $717,779. Besides +the income from interest and dividends on investments, the state +revenues are derived from taxes on licences, on commissions to public +officers, on railway, telegraph and telephone, express, and banking +companies, and to a slight extent from taxes on collateral inheritance. + +_Education._--The charitable and penal administration of Delaware is not +well developed. There is a state hospital for the insane at Farnhurst. +Other dependent citizens are cared for in the institutions of other +states at public expense. In 1899 a county workhouse was established in +New Castle county, in which persons under sentence must labour eight +hours a day, pay being allowed for extra hours, and a diminution of +sentence for good behaviour. At Wilmington is the Ferris industrial +school for boys, a private reformatory institution to which New Castle +county gives $146 for each boy; and the Delaware industrial school for +girls, also at Wilmington, receives financial support from both county +and state. + +The educational system of the state has been considerably improved +within recent years. The maintenance of a system of public schools is +rendered compulsory by the state constitution, and a new compulsory +school law came into effect in 1907. The first public school law, passed +in 1829, was based largely on the principle of "local option," each +school district being left free to determine the character of its own +school or even to decide, if it wished, against having any school at +all. The system thus established proved to be very unsatisfactory, and a +new school law in 1875 brought about a greater degree of uniformity and +centralization through its provisions for the appointment of a state +superintendent of free schools and a state board of education. In 1888, +however, the state superintendency was abolished, and county +superintendencies were created instead, the legislature thus returning, +in a measure, to the old system of local control. Centralization was +again secured, in 1898, by the passage of a law reorganizing and +increasing the powers of the state board of education. The state school +fund, ranging from about $150,000 to $160,000 a year, is apportioned +among the school districts, according to the number of teachers +employed, and is used exclusively for teachers' salaries and the +supplying of free text-books. This fund is supplemented by local +taxation. No discrimination is allowed on account of race or colour; but +separate schools are provided for white and coloured children. Delaware +College (non-sectarian) at Newark, founded in 1833 as Newark College and +rechartered, after suspension from 1859 to 1870, under the present name, +as a state institution, derives most of its financial support from the +United States Land Grant of 1862 and the supplementary appropriation of +1890, and is the seat of an agricultural experiment station, established +in 1888 under the so-called "Hatch Bill" of 1887. In 1906-1907 Delaware +College had 20 instructors and 130 students. The college is a part of +the free school system of Delaware, and tuition is free to all students +from the state. There is an agricultural college for negroes at Dover; +this college receives one-fifth of the appropriation made by the +so-called "new Morrill Bill" of 1890. + +_History._--Delaware river and bay were first explored on behalf of the +Dutch by Henry Hudson in 1609, and more thoroughly in 1615-1616 by +Cornelius Hendrikson, whose reports did much to cause the incorporation +of the Dutch West India Company. The first settlement on Delaware soil +was made under the auspices of members of this company in 1631 near the +site of the present Lewes. The leaders, one of whom was Captain David P. +de Vries, wished "to plant a colony for the cultivation of grain and +tobacco as well as to carry on the whale fishery in that region." The +settlement, however, was soon completely destroyed by the Indians. (See +LEWES.) A more successful effort at colonization was made under the +auspices of the South Company of Sweden, a corporation organized in 1624 +as the "Australian Company," by William Usselinx, who had also been the +chief organizer of the Dutch West India Company, and now secured a +charter or _manifest_ from Gustavus Adolphus. The privileges of the +company were extended to Germans in 1633, and about 1640 the Dutch +members were bought out. In 1638 Peter Minuit on behalf of this company +established a settlement at what is now Wilmington, naming it, in +honour of the infant queen Christina, Christinaham, and naming the +entire territory, bought by Minuit from the Minquas Indians and +extending indefinitely westward from the Delaware river between Bombay +Hook and the mouth of the Schuylkill river, "New Sweden." This territory +was subsequently considerably enlarged. In 1642 mature plans for +colonization were adopted. A new company, officially known as the West +India, American, or New Sweden Company, but like its predecessor +popularly known as the South Company, was chartered, and a governor, +Johan Printz (c. 1600-1663) was sent out by the crown. He arrived early +in 1643 and subsequently established settlements on the island of +Tinicum, near the present Chester, Pennsylvania, at the mouth of Salem +Creek, New Jersey, and near the mouth of the Schuylkill river. Friction +had soon arisen with New Netherland, although, owing to their common +dislike of the English, the Swedes and the Dutch had maintained a formal +friendship. In 1651, however, Peter Stuyvesant, governor of New +Netherland, and more aggressive than his predecessors, built Fort +Casimir, near what is now New Castle. In 1654 Printz's successor, Johan +Claudius Rising, who had arrived from Sweden with a large number of +colonists, expelled the Dutch from Fort Casimir. In retaliation, +Stuyvesant, in 1655, with seven vessels and as many hundred men, +recaptured the fort and also captured Fort Christina (Wilmington). New +Sweden thus passed into the control of the Dutch, and became a +dependency of New Netherland. In 1656, however, the Dutch West India +Company sold part of what had been New Sweden to the city of Amsterdam, +which in the following year established a settlement called "New Amstel" +at Fort Casimir (New Castle). This settlement was badly administered and +made little progress. + +In 1663 the whole of the Delaware country came under the jurisdiction of +the city of Amsterdam, but in the following year this territory, with +New Netherland, was seized by the English. For a brief interval, in +1673-1674, the Dutch were again in control, but in the latter year, by +the treaty of Westminster, the "three counties on the Delaware" again +became part of the English possessions in America held by the duke of +York, later James II. His formal grant from Charles II. was not received +until March 1683. In order that no other settlements should encroach +upon his centre of government, New Castle, the northern boundary was +determined by drawing an arc of a circle, 12 m. in radius, and with New +Castle as the centre. This accounts for the present curved boundary line +between Delaware and Pennsylvania. Previously, however, in August 1680, +the duke of York had leased this territory for 10,000 years to William +Penn, to whom he conveyed it by a deed of feoffment in August 1682; but +differences in race and religion, economic rivalry between New Castle +and the Pennsylvania towns, and petty political quarrels over +representation and office holding, similar to those in the other +American colonies, were so intense that Penn in 1691 appointed a special +deputy governor for the "lower counties." Although reunited with the +"province" of Pennsylvania in 1693, the so-called "territories" or +"lower counties" secured a separate legislature in 1704, and a separate +executive council in 1710; the governor of Pennsylvania, however, was +the chief executive until 1776. A protracted boundary dispute with +Maryland, which colony at first claimed the whole of Delaware under Lord +Baltimore's charter, was not settled until 1767, when the present line +separating Delaware and Maryland was adopted. In the War of Independence +Delaware furnished only one regiment to the American army, but that was +one of the best in the service. One of its companies carried a number of +gamecocks said to have been the brood of a blue hen; hence the soldiers, +and later the people of the state, have been popularly known as the +"Blue Hen's Chickens." + +In 1776 a state government was organized, representative of the Delaware +state, the term "State of Delaware" being first adopted in the +constitution of 1792. One of the peculiarities of the government was +that in addition to the regular executive, legislative and judicial +departments there was a privy council without whose approval the +governor's power was little more than nominal. In 1786 Delaware was one +of the five states whose delegates attended the Annapolis Convention +(see ANNAPOLIS, Maryland), and it was the first (on the 7th of December +1787) to ratify the Federal constitution. From then until 1850 it was +controlled by the Federalist or Whig parties. In 1850 the Democrats, who +had before then elected a few governors and United States senators, +secured control of the entire administration--a control unarrested, +except in 1863, until the last decade of the 19th century. Although it +was a slave state, the majority of the people of Delaware opposed +secession in 1861, and the legislature promptly answered President +Lincoln's call to arms; yet, while 14,000 of the 40,000 males between +the ages of fourteen and sixty served in the Union army, there were many +sympathizers with the Confederacy in the southern part of the state. + +In 1866, 1867 and 1869, respectively, the legislature refused to ratify +the thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth amendments to the Federal +constitution. The provision of the state constitution that restricted +suffrage to those who had paid county or poll taxes and made the tax +lists the basis for the lists of qualified voters, opened the way for +the disfranchisement of many negroes by fraudulent means. Consequently +the levy court of New Castle county was indicted in the United States +circuit court in 1872, and one of its members was convicted. Again in +1880 the circuit court, by virtue of the Federal statute of 1872 on +elections, appointed supervisors of elections in Delaware. The negro +vote has steadily increased in importance, and in 1900 was approximately +one-fifth of the total vote of the state. In 1901 the legislature +ratified the three amendments rejected in former years. Another +political problem has been that of representation. According to the +constitution of 1831 the unit of representation in the legislature was +the county; inasmuch as the population of New Castle county has exceeded +after 1870 that of both Kent and Sussex, the inequality became a cause +of discontent. This is partly eradicated by the new constitution of +1897, which reapportioned representation according to electoral +districts, so that New Castle has seven senators and fifteen +representatives, while each of the other counties has seven senators and +ten representatives. + +In 1889 the Republicans for the first time since the Civil War secured a +majority in the legislature, and elected Anthony J. Higgins to the +United States Senate. In that year a capitalist and promoter, J. Edward +Addicks (b. 1841, in Pennsylvania), became a citizen of the state, and +after securing for himself the control of the Wilmington gas supply, +systematically set about building up a personal "machine" that would +secure his election to the national Senate as a Republican. His purpose +was thwarted in 1893, when a Democratic majority chose, for a second +term, George Gray (b. 1840), who from 1879 to 1885 had been the +attorney-general of the state and subsequently was a member of the +Spanish-American Peace Commission at Paris in 1898 and became a judge of +the United States circuit court, third judicial circuit, in 1899. Mr +Addicks was an avowed candidate in 1895, but the opposition of the +Regular Republicans, who accused him of corruption and who held the +balance of power, prevented an election. In 1897, the legislature being +again Democratic, Richard R. Kenney (b. 1856) was chosen to fill the +vacancy for the remainder of the unexpired term. Meanwhile the two +Republican factions continued to oppose one another, and both sent +delegates to the national party convention in 1896, the "regular" +delegation being seated. The expiration of Senator Gray's term in 1899 +left a vacancy, but although the Republicans again had a clear majority +the resolution of the Regulars prevented the Union Republicans, as the +supporters of Addicks called themselves, from seating their patron. Both +the Regular and Union factions sent delegations to the national party +convention in 1900, where the refusal of the Regulars to compromise led +to the recognition of the Union delegates. Despite this apparent +abandonment of their cause by the national organization, the Regulars +continued their opposition, the state being wholly without +representation in the Senate from the expiration of Senator Kenney's +term in 1901 until 1903, when a compromise was effected whereby two +Republicans, one of each faction, were chosen, one condition being that +Addicks should not be the candidate of the Union Republicans. Both +factions were recognized by the national convention of 1904, but the +legislature of 1905 adjourned without being able to fill a vacancy in +the Senate which had again occurred. The deadlock, however, was broken +at the special session of the legislature called in 1906, and in June of +that year Henry A. Du Pont was elected senator. + +GOVERNORS OF DELAWARE + + I. _Swedish._ + + Peter Minuit 1638-1640 + Peter Hollander 1640-1643 + Johan Printz 1643-1653 + Johan Papegoga (acting) 1653-1654 + Johan Claudius Rising 1654-1655 + + II. _Dutch._ + + (Same as for New York.) + + III. _English._ + + (Same as New York until 1682.) + (Same as Pennsylvania 1682-1776.) + +PRESIDENTS OF DELAWARE + + John McKinley 1776-1778 + Caesar Rodney 1778-1781 + John Dickinson 1781-1783 + Nicholas Van Dyke 1783-1786 + Thomas Collins 1786-1789 + +GOVERNORS + + Joshua Clayton 1789-1796 Federalist + Gunning Bedford 1796-1797 " + Daniel Rogers[1] 1797-1799 " + Richard Bassett 1799-1801 " + James Sykes[2] 1801-1802 " + David Hall 1802-1805 Federalist + Nathaniel Mitchell 1805-1808 " + George Truett 1808-1811 " + Joseph Haslett 1811-1814 " + Daniel Rodney 1814-1817 " + John Clarke 1817-1820 " + Henry Malleston[3] 1820 " + Jacob Stout[4] 1820-1821 " + John Collins 1821-1822 Democratic-Republican + Caleb Rodney[5] 1822 " + Joseph Haslett 1822-1823 Democratic-Republican + Charles Thomas[6] 1823-1824 " + Samuel Paynter 1824-1827 Federalist + Charles Polk 1827-1830 " + David Hazzard 1830-1833 American-Republican + Caleb P. Bennett 1833-1836 Democrat + Charles Polk[7] 1836-1837 " + Cornelius P. Comegys 1837-1841 Whig + William B. Cooper 1841-1845 " + Thomas Stockton 1845-1846 " + Joseph Maul[8] 1846 " + William Temple[9] 1846-1847 " + William Tharp 1847-1851 Democrat + William H. Ross 1851-1855 " + Peter F. Causey 1855-1859 Whig-Know-Nothing + William Burton 1859-1863 Democrat + William Cannon 1863-1865 Republican + Gove Saulsbury[10] 1865-1871 Democrat + James Ponder 1871-1875 " + John P. Cockran 1875-1879 " + John W. Hall 1879-1883 " + Charles C. Stockley 1883-1887 " + Benjamin T. Biggs 1887-1891 " + Robert J. Reynolds 1891-1895 " + Joshua H. Marvil 1895 Republican + William T. Watson[11] 1895-1897 Democrat + Ebe W. Tunnell 1897-1901 " + John Hunn 1901-1905 Republican + Preston Lea 1905-1909 " + Simeon S. Pennewill 1909 " + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--Information about manufactures, mining and agriculture + may be found in the reports of the _Twelfth Census of the United + States_, especially _Bulletins 69_ and _100_. The Agricultural + Experiment Station, at Newark, publishes in its _Annual Report_ a + record of temperature and rainfall. For law and administration see + _Constitution of Delaware_ (Dover, 1899) and the _Revised Code_ of + 1852, amended 1893 (Wilmington, 1893). For education see L. B. Powell, + _History of Education in Delaware_ (Washington, 1893), and a sketch in + the _Annual Report_ for 1902 of the United States Commissioner of + Education. The most elaborate history is that of John Thomas Scharf, + _History of the State of Delaware_ (2 vols., Philadelphia, 1888); the + second volume is entirely biographical. Claes T. Odhner's brief + sketch, _Kolonien Nya Sveriges Grundläggning, 1637-1642_ (Stockholm, + 1876; English translation in the _Pennsylvania Magazine of History and + Biography_, vol. iii.), and Carl K. S. Sprinchorn's _Kolonien Nya + Sveriges Historia_ (1878; English translation in the _Pennsylvania + Magazine of History and Biography_, vols. vii. and viii.) are based, + in part, on documents in the Swedish Royal Archives and at the + universities of Upsala and Lund, which were unknown to Benjamin Ferris + (_History of the Original Settlements of the Delaware_, Wilmington, + 1846) and Francis Vincent (_History of the State of Delaware_, + Philadelphia, 1870), which ends with the English occupation in 1664. + In vol. iv. of Justin Winsor's _Narrative and Critical History of + America_ (Boston, 1884) there is an excellent chapter by Gregory B. + Keen on "New Sweden, or the Swedes on the Delaware," to which a + bibliographical chapter is appended. The _Papers_ of the Historical + Society of Delaware (1879 seq.) contain valuable material. In part ii. + of the _Report of the Superintendent of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic + Survey_ for 1893 (Washington, 1905) there is "A Historical Account of + the Boundary Line between the States of Pennsylvania and Delaware, by + W. C. Hodgkins." The colonial records are preserved with those of New + York and Pennsylvania; only one volume of the State Records has been + published, and _Minutes of the Council of Delaware State, 1776-1792_ + (Dover, 1886). For political conditions since the Civil War see vol. + 141 of the _North American Review_, vol. 32 of the _Forum_, and vol. + 73 of the _Outlook_--all published in New York. + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] Speaker of the senate. Filled unexpired term of Gunning Bedford + (d. 1797). + + [2] Speaker of senate. Filled unexpired term of Richard Bassett, who + resigned 1801. + + [3] Died before he was inaugurated. + + [4] Speaker of the senate. + + [5] Speaker of the senate, John Collins dying in 1822. + + [6] Speaker of senate, Haslett dying in 1823. + + [7] Speaker of senate. + + [8] Speaker of senate, Stockton dying in 1846. + + [9] Speaker of senate, Maul dying in 1846. + + [10] As speaker of the senate filled the unexpired term of Cannon (d. + 1865), and then became governor in 1867. + + [11] President of senate, Marvil dying in 1895. + + + + +DELAWARE, a city and the county-seat of Delaware county, Ohio, U.S.A., +on the Olentangy (or Whetstone) river, near the centre of the state. +Pop. (1890) 8224; (1900) 7940 (572 being foreign-born and 432 negroes); +(1910) 9076. Delaware is served by the Pennsylvania, the Cleveland, +Cincinnati, Chicago & St Louis (New York Central system), and the +Hocking Valley railways, and by two interurban lines. The city is built +on rolling ground about 900 ft. above sea-level. There are many sulphur +and iron springs in the vicinity. Delaware is the seat of the Ohio +Wesleyan University (co-educational), founded by the Ohio Conference of +the Methodist Episcopal Church in 1841, and opened as a college in 1844; +it includes a college of liberal arts (1844), an academic department +(1841), a school of music (1877), a school of fine arts (1877), a school +of oratory (1894), a business school (1895), and a college of medicine +(the Cleveland College of Physicians and Surgeons, at Cleveland, Ohio; +founded as the Charity Hospital Medical College in 1863, and the medical +department of the university of Wooster until 1896, when, under its +present name, it became a part of Ohio Wesleyan University). In 1877 the +Ohio Wesleyan female college, established at Delaware in 1853, was +incorporated in the university. In 1907-1908 the university had 122 +instructors, 1178 students and a library of 55,395 volumes. At Delaware, +also, are the state industrial school for girls, a Carnegie library, the +Edwards Young Men's Christian Association building and a city hospital. +The city has railway shops and foundries, and manufactures furniture, +carriages, tile, cigars and gas engines. Delaware was laid out in 1808 +and was first incorporated in 1815. It was the birthplace of Rutherford +B. Hayes, president of the United States from 1877 to 1881. + + + + +DELAWARE INDIANS, the English name for the Leni Lenape, a tribe of North +American Indians of Algonquian stock. When first discovered by the +whites the tribe was settled on the banks of the Delaware river. The +French called them Loups (wolves) from their chief totemic division. +Early in the 17th century the Dutch began trading with them. +Subsequently William Penn bought large tracts of land from them, and war +followed, the Delawares alleging they had been defrauded; but, with the +assistance of the Six Nations, the whites forced them back west of the +Alleghenies. In 1789 they were placed on a reservation in Ohio and +subsequently in 1818 were moved to Missouri. Various removals followed, +until in 1866 they accepted lands in the Indian territory (Oklahoma) +and gave up the tribal relation. They have remained there and now number +some 1700. + + + + +DELAWARE RIVER, a stream of the Atlantic slope of the United States, +meeting tide-water at Trenton, New Jersey, 130 m. above its mouth. Its +total length, from the head of the longest branch to the capes, is 410 +m., and above the head of the bay its length is 360 m. It constitutes in +part the boundary between Pennsylvania and New York, the boundary +between New Jersey and Pennsylvania, and, for a few miles, the boundary +between Delaware and New Jersey. The main, west or Mohawk branch rises +in Schoharie county, N.Y., about 1886 ft. above the sea, and flows +tortuously through the plateau in a deep trough until it emerges from +the Catskills. Other branches rise in Greene and Delaware counties. In +the upper portion of its course the varied scenery of its hilly and +wooded banks is exquisitely beautiful. After leaving the mountains and +plateau, the river flows down broad Appalachian valleys, skirts the +Kittatinny range, which it crosses at Delaware Water-Gap, between nearly +vertical walls of sandstone, and passes through a quiet and charming +country of farm and forest, diversified with plateaus and escarpments, +until it crosses the Appalachian plain and enters the hills again at +Easton, Pa. From this point it is flanked at intervals by fine hills, +and in places by cliffs, of which the finest are the Hockamixon Rocks, 3 +m. long and above 200 ft. high. At Trenton there is a fall of 8 ft. +Below Trenton the river becomes a broad, sluggish inlet of the sea, with +many marshes along its side, widening steadily into its great estuary, +Delaware Bay. Its main tributaries in New York are Mongaup and Neversink +rivers and Callicoon Creek; from Pennsylvania, Lackawaxen, Lehigh and +Schuylkill rivers; and from New Jersey, Rancocas Creek and Musconetcong +and Maurice rivers. Commerce was once important on the upper river, but +only before the beginning of railway competition (1857). The Delaware +division of the Pennsylvania Canal, running parallel with the river from +Easton to Bristol, was opened in 1830. A canal from Trenton to New +Brunswick unites the waters of the Delaware and Raritan rivers; the +Morris and the Delaware and Hudson canals connect the Delaware and +Hudson rivers; and the Delaware and Chesapeake canal joins the waters of +the Delaware with those of the Chesapeake Bay. The mean tides below +Philadelphia are about 6 ft. The magnitude of the commerce of +Philadelphia has made the improvements of the river below that port of +great importance. Small improvements were attempted by Pennsylvania as +early as 1771, but apparently never by New Jersey. The ice floods at +Easton are normally 10 to 20 ft., and in 1841 attained a height of 35 +ft. These floods constitute a serious difficulty in the improvement of +the lower river. In the "project of 1885" the United States government +undertook systematically the formation of a 26-ft. channel 600 ft. wide +from Philadelphia to deep water in Delaware Bay; $1,532,688.81 was +expended--about $200,000 of that amount for maintenance--before the 1885 +project was superseded by a paragraph of the River and Harbor Act of the +3rd of March 1899, which provided for a 30-ft. channel 600 ft. wide from +Philadelphia to the deep water of the bay. In 1899 the project of 1885 +had been completed except for three shoal stretches, whose total length, +measured on the range lines, was 4(3/8) m. The project of 1899, +estimated to cost $5,810,000, was not completed at the close of the +fiscal year (June 30) 1907, when $4,936,550.63 had been expended by the +Federal government on the work; in 1905 the state of Pennsylvania +appropriated $750,000 for improvement of the river in Pennsylvania, +south of Philadelphia. + + + + +DELAWARE WATER-GAP, a borough and summer resort of Monroe county, +Pennsylvania, U.S.A., on the Delaware river, about 108 m. N. of +Philadelphia and about 88 m. W. by N. of New York. Pop. (1890) 467; +(1900) 469. It is served directly by the Delaware, Lackawanna & Western, +and by the Belvidere division of the Pennsylvania railways; along the +river on the opposite side (in New Jersey) runs the New York, +Susquehanna & Western railway, and the borough is connected with +Stroudsburg, Pa. (about 3 m. W. by N.) by an electric line. The borough +was named from the neighbouring gorge, which is noted for the +picturesqueness of its scenery, especially in winter, when the ice piles +up in the river, sometimes to a height of 20 ft. Here the river cuts +through the Kittatinny (Blue) Ridge to its base. On the New Jersey side +is Mt. Tammany (about 1600 ft.); on the Pennsylvania side, Mt. Minsi +(about 1500 ft.); the elevation of the river here is about 300 ft. The +gap (about 2 m. long) through the mountain is the result of erosion by +the waters of a great river which flowed northwards acting along a line +of faulting at right angles to the strike of the tilted rock formations. +The scenery and the delightful climate have made the place a popular +summer resort. The borough was incorporated in 1889. + + See L. W. Brodhead, _The Delaware Water-Gap_ (Philadelphia, 2nd ed., + 1870). + + + + +DE LA WARR, or DELAWARE, an English barony, the holders of which are +descended from Roger de la Warr of Isfield, Sussex, who was summoned to +parliament as a baron in 1299 and the following years. He died about +1320; his great-grandson Roger, to whom the French king John surrendered +at the battle of Poitiers, died in 1370; and the male line of the family +became extinct on the death of Thomas, 5th baron, in 1426. + +The 5th baron's half-sister Joan married Thomas West, 1st Lord West (d. +1405), and in 1415 her second son Reginald (1394-1451) succeeded his +brother Thomas as 3rd Lord West. After the death of his uncle Thomas, +5th Baron De La Warr, whose estates he inherited, Reginald was summoned +to parliament as Baron La Warr, and he is thus the second founder of the +family. His grandson was Thomas, 3rd (or 8th) baron (d. 1525), a +courtier during the reigns of Henry VII. and Henry VIII.; and the +latter's son was Thomas, 4th (or 9th) baron (c. 1472-1554). The younger +Thomas was a very prominent person during the reigns of Henry VIII. and +Edward VI. After serving with the English army in France in 1513 and +being present at the Field of the Cloth of Gold, he rebuilt the house at +Halnaker in Sussex, which he had obtained by marriage, and here in 1526 +he entertained Henry VIII. "with great cheer." He disliked the +ecclesiastical changes introduced by the king, and he was one of the +peers who tried Anne Boleyn; later he showed some eagerness to stand +well with Thomas Cromwell, but this did not prevent his arrest in 1538. +He is said to have denounced "the plucking down of abbeys," and he +certainly consorted with many suspected persons. But he was soon +released and pardoned, although he was obliged to hand over Halnaker to +Henry VIII., receiving instead the estate of Wherwell in Hampshire. He +died without children in September 1554, when his baronies of De La Warr +and West fell into abeyance. His monument may still be seen in the +church at Broadwater, Sussex. + +He had settled his estates on his nephew William West (c. 1519-1595), +who then tried to bring about his uncle's death by poison; for this +reason he was disabled by act of parliament (1549) from succeeding to +his honours. However, in 1563 he was restored, and in 1570 was created +by patent Baron De La Warr. This was obviously a new creation, but in +1596 his son Thomas (c. 1556-1602) claimed precedency in the baronage as +the holder of the ancient barony of De La Warr. His claim was admitted, +and accordingly his son and successor, next mentioned, is called the 3rd +or the 12th baron. + +THOMAS WEST, 3rd or 12th Baron De La Warr (1577-1618), British soldier +and colonial governor in America, was born on the 9th of July 1577, +probably at Wherwell, Hampshire, where he was baptized. He was educated +at Queen's College, Oxford, where he did not complete his course, but +subsequently (1605) received the degree of M.A. In 1597 he was elected +member of parliament for Lymington, and subsequently fought in Holland +and in Ireland under the earl of Essex, being knighted for bravery in +battle in 1599. He was imprisoned for complicity in Essex's revolt +(1600-1601), but was soon released and exonerated. In 1602 he succeeded +to his father's title and estates and became a privy councillor. +Becoming interested in schemes for the colonization of America, he was +chosen a member of the council of the Virginia Company in 1609, and in +the same year was appointed governor and captain-general of Virginia for +life. Sailing in March 1610 with three ships, 150 settlers and +supplies, he himself bearing the greater part of the expense of the +expedition, he arrived at Jamestown on the 10th of June, in time to +intercept the colonists who had embarked for England and were abandoning +the enterprise. Lord De La Warr's rule was strict but just; he +constructed two forts near the mouth of the James river, rebuilt +Jamestown, and in general brought order out of chaos. In March 1611 he +returned to London, where he published at the request of the company's +council, his _Relation_ of the condition of affairs in Virginia +(reprinted 1859 and 1868). He remained in England until 1618, when the +news of the tyrannical rule of the deputy, Samuel Argall, led him to +start again for Virginia. He embarked in April, but died en route on the +7th of June 1618, and was buried at sea. The Delaware river and the +state of Delaware were named in his honour. + +A younger brother, Francis (1586-c. 1634), was prominent in the affairs +of Virginia, and in 1627-1628 was president of the council, and +acting-governor of the colony. + +In 1761 the 3rd or 12th baron's descendant, John, 7th or 16th Baron De +La Warr (1693-1766), was created Viscount Cantelupe and 1st Earl De La +Warr. He was a prominent figure in the House of Lords, at first as a +supporter of Sir Robert Walpole. He also served in the British army and +fought at Dettingen, and was made governor of Guernsey in 1752. + +George John West, 5th earl (1791-1869), married Elizabeth, sister and +heiress of George John Frederick Sackville, 4th duke of Dorset, who was +created Baroness Buckhurst in 1864; consequently in 1843 he and his sons +took the name of Sackville-West. The earl was twice lord chamberlain to +Queen Victoria, and he is celebrated as "Fair Euryalus" in the _Childish +Recollections_ of his schoolfellow, Lord Byron. His son Charles Richard +(1815-1873), 6th earl, served in the first Sikh war and in the Crimea; +and being unmarried was succeeded by his brother Reginald (1817-1896) as +7th Earl De La Warr. Having inherited his mother's barony of Buckhurst +on her death in 1870, he retained this title along with the barony and +earldom of De La Warr, although the patent had contained a proviso that +it should be kept separate from these dignities. In 1896 the 7th earl's +son, Gilbert George Reginald Sackville-West (b. 1869), became 8th earl +De La Warr. + + See G. E. C(okayne), _Complete Peerage_ (1887-1898). + + + + +DELBRÜCK, HANS (1848- ), German historian, was born at Bergen on the +island of Rügen on the 11th of November 1848, and studied at the +universities of Heidelberg and Bonn. As a soldier he fought in the +Franco-German War, after which he was for some years tutor to one of the +princes of the German imperial family. In 1885 he became professor of +modern history in the university of Berlin, and he was a member of the +German Reichstag from 1884 to 1890. Delbrück's writings are chiefly +concerned with the history of the art of war, his most ambitious work +being his _Geschichte der Kriegskunst im Rahmen der politischen +Geschichte_ (first section, _Das Altertum_, 1900; second, _Römer und +Germanen_, 1902; third, _Das Mittelalter_, 1907). Among his other works +are: _Die Perserkriege und die Burgunderkriege_ (Berlin, 1887); +_Historische und politische Aufsätze_ (1886); _Erinnerungen, Aufsätze +und Reden_ (1902); _Die Strategie des Perikles erläutert durch die +Strategie Friedrichs des Grossen_ (1890); _Die Polenfrage_ (1894); and +_Das Leben des Feldmarschalls Grafen Neithardt von Gneisenau_ (1882 and +1894). Delbrück began in 1883 to edit the _Preussische Jahrbücher_, in +which he has written many articles, including one on "General Wolseley +über Napoleon, Wellington und Gneisenau," and he has contributed to the +_Europäischer Geschichtskalender_ of H. Schulthess. + + + + +DELBRÜCK, MARTIN FRIEDRICH RUDOLF VON, Prussian statesman (1817-1903), +was born at Berlin on the 16th of April 1817. On completing his legal +studies he entered the service of the state in 1837; and after holding a +series of minor posts was transferred in 1848 to the ministry of +commerce, which was to be the sphere of his real life's work. Both +Germany and Austria had realized the influence of commercial upon +political union. Delbrück in 1851 induced Hanover, Oldenburg and +Schaumburg-Lippe to join the Zollverein; and the southern states, which +had agreed to admit Austria to the union, found themselves forced in +1853 to renew the old union, from which Austria was excluded. Delbrück +now began, with the support of Bismarck, to apply the principles of free +trade to Prussian fiscal policy. In 1862 he concluded an important +commercial treaty with France. In 1867 he became the first president of +the chancery of the North German Confederation, and represented Bismarck +on the federal tariff council (_Zollbundesrath_), a position of +political as well as fiscal importance owing to the presence in the +council of representatives of the southern states. In 1868 he became a +Prussian minister without portfolio. In October 1870, when the union of +Germany under Prussian headship became a practical question, Delbrück +was chosen to go on a mission to the South German states, and +contributed greatly to the agreements concluded at Versailles in +November. In 1871 he became president of the newly constituted +_Reichskanzleramt_. Delbrück, however, began to feel himself uneasy +under Bismarck's leanings towards protection and state control. On the +introduction of Bismarck's plan for the acquisition of the railways by +the state, Delbrück resigned office, nominally on the ground of +ill-health (June 1, 1876). In 1879 he opposed in the _Reichstag_ the new +protectionist tariff, and on the failure of his efforts retired +definitely from public life. In 1896 he received from the emperor the +order of the Black Eagle. He died at Berlin on the 1st of February 1903. + + + + +DELCASSÉ, THÉOPHILE (1852- ), French statesman, was born at Pamiers, in +the department of Ariège, on the 1st of March 1852. He wrote articles on +foreign affairs for the _République française_ and _Paris_, and in 1888 +was elected _conseiller général_ of his native department, standing as +"un disciple fidèle de Gambetta." In the following year he entered the +chamber as deputy for Foix. He was appointed under-secretary for the +colonies in the second Ribot cabinet (January to April 1893), and +retained his post in the Dupuy cabinet till its fall in December 1893. +It was largely owing to his efforts that the French colonial office was +made a separate department with a minister at its head, and to this +office he was appointed in the second Dupuy cabinet (May 1894 to January +1895). He gave a great impetus to French colonial enterprise, especially +in West Africa, where he organized the newly acquired colony of Dahomey, +and despatched the Liotard mission to the Upper Ubangi. While in +opposition he devoted special attention to naval affairs, and in +speeches that attracted much notice declared that the function of the +French navy was to secure and develop colonial enterprise, deprecated +all attempts to rival the British fleet, and advocated the construction +of commerce destroyers as France's best reply to England. On the +formation of the second Brisson cabinet in June 1898 he succeeded M. +Hanotaux at the foreign office, and retained that post under the +subsequent premierships of MM. Dupuy, Waldeck-Rousseau, Combes and +Rouvier. In 1898 he had to deal with the delicate situation caused by +Captain Marchand's occupation of Fashoda, for which, as he admitted in a +speech in the chamber on the 23rd of January 1899, he accepted full +responsibility, since it arose directly out of the Liotard expedition, +which he had himself organized while minister for the colonies; and in +March 1899 he concluded an agreement with Great Britain by which the +difficulty was finally adjusted, and France consolidated her vast +colonial empire in North-West Africa. In the same year he acted as +mediator between the United States and Spain, and brought the peace +negotiations to a successful conclusion. He introduced greater +cordiality into the relations of France with Italy: at the same time he +adhered firmly to the alliance with Russia, and in August 1899 made a +visit to St Petersburg, which he repeated in April 1901. In June 1900 he +made an arrangement with Spain, fixing the long-disputed boundaries of +the French and Spanish possessions in West Africa. Finally he concluded +with England the important Agreements of 1904 covering colonial and +other questions which had long been a matter of dispute, especially +concerning Egypt, Newfoundland and Morocco. Suspicion of the growing +_entente_ between France and England soon arose on the part of Germany, +and in 1905 German assertiveness was shown in a crisis which was forced +on in the matter of the French activity in Morocco (q.v.), in which the +handling of French policy by M. Delcassé personally was a sore point +with Germany. The situation became acute in April, and was only relieved +by M. Delcassé's resignation of office. He retired into private life, +but in 1908 was warmly welcomed on a visit to England, where the closest +relations now existed with France. + + + + +DEL CREDERE (Ital. "of belief" or "trust"). A "del credere agent," in +English law, is one who, selling goods for his principal on credit, +undertakes for an additional commission to sell only to persons who are +absolutely solvent. His position is thus that of a surety who is liable +to his principal should the vendee make default. The agreement between +him and his principal need not be reduced to or evidenced by writing, +for his undertaking is not a guarantee within the Statute of Frauds. See +also BROKER; GUARANTEE. + + + + +DELESCLUZE, LOUIS CHARLES (1809-1871), French journalist, was born at +Dreux on the 2nd of October 1809. Having studied law in Paris, he early +developed a strong democratic bent, and played a part in the July +revolution of 1830. He became a member of various republican societies, +and in 1836 was forced to take refuge in Belgium, where he devoted +himself to republican journalism. Returning in 1840 he settled in +Valenciennes, and after the revolution of 1848 removed to Paris, where +he started a newspaper called _La Révolution démocratique et sociale_. +His zeal so far outran his discretion that he was twice imprisoned and +fined, his paper was suppressed and he himself fled to England, where he +continued his journalistic work. He was arrested in Paris in 1853, and +deported to French Guiana. Released under the amnesty of 1859, he +returned to France with health shattered but energies unimpaired. His +next venture was the publication of the _Réveil_, a radical organ +upholding the principles of the _Association internationale des +travailleurs_, known as the "_Internationale_." This journal, which +brought him three condemnations, fine and imprisonment in one year, +shared the fate of his Paris sheet, and its founder again fled to +Belgium. In 1871 he was elected to the National Assembly, becoming +afterwards a member of the Paris commune. At the siege of Paris he +fought with reckless courage, and met his death on the last of the +barricades (May 1871). He wrote an account of his imprisonment in +Guiana, _De Paris à Cayenne, Journal d'un transporté_ (Paris, 1869). + + + + +DELESSE, ACHILLE ERNEST OSCAR JOSEPH (1817-1881), French geologist and +mineralogist, was born at Metz on the 3rd of February 1817. At the age +of twenty he entered the École Polytechnique, and subsequently passed +through the École des Mines. In 1845 he was appointed to the chair of +mineralogy and geology at Besançon; in 1850 to the chair of geology at +the Sorbonne in Paris; and in 1864 professor of agriculture at the École +des Mines. In 1878 he became inspector-general of mines. In early years +as _ingénieur des mines_ he investigated and described various new +minerals; he proceeded afterwards to the study of rocks, devising new +methods for their determination, and giving particular descriptions of +melaphyre, arkose, porphyry, syenite, &c. The igneous rocks of the +Vosges, and those of the Alps, Corsica, &c., and the subject of +metamorphism occupied his attention. He also prepared in 1858 geological +and hydrological maps of Paris--with reference to the underground water, +similar maps of the departments of the Seine and Seine-et-Marne, and an +agronomic map of the Seine-et-Marne (1880), in which he showed the +relation which exists between the physical and chemical characters of +the soil and the geological structure. His annual _Revue des progrès de +géologie_, undertaken with the assistance (1860-1865) of Auguste Laugel +and afterwards (1865-1878) of Albert de Lapparent, was carried on from +1860 to 1880. His observations on the lithology of the deposits +accumulated beneath the sea were of special interest and importance. His +separate publications were: _Recherches sur l'origine des roches_ +(Paris, 1865); _Étude sur le métamorphisme des roches_ (1869); +_Lithologie des mers de France et des mers principales du globe_ (2 +vols. and atlas, 1871). He died at Paris on the 24th of March 1881. + + + + +DELESSERT, JULES PAUL BENJAMIN (1773-1847), French banker, was born at +Lyons on the 14th of February 1773, the son of Étienne Delessert +(1735-1816), the founder of the first fire insurance company and the +first discount bank in France. Young Delessert was travelling in England +when the Revolution broke out in France, but he hastened back to join +the Paris National Guard in 1790, becoming an officer of artillery in +1793. His father bought him out of the army, however, in 1795 in order +to entrust him with the management of his bank. Gifted with remarkable +energy, he started many commercial enterprises, founding the first +cotton factory at Passy in 1801, and a sugar factory in 1802, for which +he was created a baron of the empire. He sat in the chamber of deputies +for many years, and was a strong advocate for many humane measures, +notably the suppression of the "Tours" or revolving box at the foundling +hospital, the suppression of the death penalty, and the improvement of +the penitentiary system. He was made regent of the Bank of France in +1802, and was also member of, and, indeed, founder of many, learned and +philanthropic societies. He founded the first savings bank in France, +and maintained a keen interest in it until his death in 1847. He was +also an ardent botanist and conchologist; his botanical library embraced +30,000 volumes, of which he published a catalogue--_Musée botanique de +M. Delessert_ (1845). He also wrote _Des avantages de la caisse +d'épargne et de prévoyance_ (1835), _Mémoire sur un projet de +bibliothéque royale_ (1836), _Le Guide de bonheur_ (1839), and _Recueil +de coquilles décrites par Lamarck_ (1841-1842). + + + + +DELFICO, MELCHIORRE (1744-1835), Italian economist, was born at Teramo +in the Abruzzi on the 1st of August 1744, and was educated at Naples. He +devoted himself specially to the study of jurisprudence and political +economy, and his numerous publications exercised great practical +influence in the correction and extinction of many abuses. Under Joseph +Bonaparte Delfico was made a councillor of state, an office which he +held until the restoration of Ferdinand IV., when he was appointed +president of the commission of archives, from which he retired in 1825. +He died at Teramo on the 21st of June 1835. His more important works +were: _Saggio filosofico sul matrimonio_ (1774); _Memoria sul Tribunale +della Grascia e sulle leggi economiche nelle provincie confinanti del +regno_ (1785), which led to the abolition in Naples of the most +vexatious and absurd restrictions on the sale and exportation of +agricultural produce; _Riflessioni su la vendita dei feudi_ (1790) and +_Lettera a Sua Ecc. il sig. Duca di Cantalupo_ (1795), which brought +about the abolition of feudal rights over landed property and their +sale; _Ricerche sul vero carattere della giurisprudenza Romana e dei +suoi cultori_ (1791); _Pensieri su la storia e su l' incertezza ed +inutilità della medesima_ (1806), both on the early history of Rome. + + See F. Mozzetti, _Degli studii, delle opere e delle virtù di + Melchiorre Delfico_; Tipaldo's _Biographia degli Italiani illustri_ + (vol. ii.). + + + + +DELFT, a town of Holland in the province of South Holland, on the Schie, +5 m. by rail S.E. by S. of the Hague, with which it is also connected by +steam-tramway. Pop. (1900) 31,582. It is a quiet, typically Dutch town, +with its old brick houses and tree-bordered canals. The Prinsenhof, +previously a monastery, was converted into a residence for the counts of +Orange in 1575; it was here that William the Silent was assassinated. It +is now used as a William of Orange Museum. The New Church, formerly the +church of St Ursula (14th century), is the burial place of the princes +of Orange. It is remarkable for its fine tower and chime of bells, and +contains the splendid allegorical monument of William the Silent, +executed by Hendrik de Keyser and his son Pieter about 1621, and the +tomb of Hugo Grotius, born in Delft in 1583, whose statue, erected in +1886, stands in the market-place outside the church. The Old Church, +founded in the 11th century, but in its present form dating from 1476, +contains the monuments of two famous admirals of the 17th century, +Martin van Tromp and Piet Hein, as well as the tomb of the naturalist +Leeuwenhoek, born at Delft in 1632. In the town hall (1618) are some +corporation pictures, portraits of the counts of Orange and Nassau, +including several by Michiel van Mierevelt (1567-1641), one of the +earliest Dutch portrait painters, and with his son Pieter (1595-1623), a +native of Delft. There are also a Roman Catholic church (1882) and a +synagogue. Two important educational establishments are the Indian +Institute for the education of civil service students for the colonies, +to which is attached an ethnographical museum; and the Royal Polytechnic +school, which almost ranks as a university, and teaches, among other +sciences, that of diking. A fine collection of mechanical models is +connected with the polytechnic school. Among other buildings are the +modern "Phoenix" club-house of the students; the hospital, containing +some anatomical pictures, including one by the two Mierevelts (1617); a +lunatic asylum; the Van Renswoude orphanage, the theatre, a school of +design, the powder magazine and the state arsenal, originally a +warehouse of the East India Company, and now used as a manufactory of +artillery stores. + +The name of Delft is most intimately associated with the manufacture of +the beautiful faience pottery for which it was once famous. (See +CERAMICS.) This industry was imported from Haarlem towards the end of +the 16th century, and achieved an unrivalled position in the second half +of the following century; but it did not survive the French occupation +at the end of the 18th century. It has, however, been revived in modern +times under the name of "New Delft." Other branches of industry are +carpet-weaving, distilling, oil and oil-cake manufacture, dyeing, +cooperage and the manufacture of arms and bullets. There is also an +important butter and cheese market. + +Delft was founded in 1075 by Godfrey III., duke of Lower Lorraine, after +his conquest of Holland, and came subsequently into the hands of the +counts of Holland. In 1246 it received a charter from Count William II. +(see C. Hegel, _Städte und Gilden_, ii. 251). In 1536 it was almost +totally destroyed by fire, and in 1654 largely ruined by the explosion +of a powder magazine. + + + + +DELHI, DEHLI or DILLI, the ancient capital of the Mogul empire in India, +and a modern city which gives its name to a district and division of +British India. The city of Delhi is situated in 28° 38´ N., 77° 13´ E., +very nearly due north of Cape Comorin, and practically in a latitudinal +line with the more ancient cities of Cairo and Canton. It lies in the +south-east corner of the province of the Punjab, to which it was added +in 1858, and abuts on the right bank of the river Jumna. Though Lahore, +the more ancient city, remains the official capital of the Punjab, Delhi +is historically more famous, and is now more important as a commercial +and railway centre. + +Though the remains of earlier cities are scattered round Delhi over an +area estimated to cover some 45 sq. m., modern Delhi dates only from the +middle of the 17th century, when Shah Jahan rebuilt the city on its +present site, adding the title Shah-jahanabad from his own name. It +extends for nearly 2¼ m. along the right bank of the Jumna from the +Water bastion to the Wellesley bastion in the south-east corner, nearly +one-third of the frontage being occupied by the river wall of the +palace. The northern wall, famous in the siege of Delhi in 1857, extends +three-quarters of a mile from the Water bastion to the Shah, commonly +known as the Mori, bastion; the length of the west wall from this +bastion to the Ajmere gate is 1¼ m. and of the south wall to the +Wellesley bastion again almost exactly the same distance, the whole land +circuit being thus 3¼ m. The complete circuit of Delhi is 5½ m. In the +north wall is situated the famous Kashmir gate, while the Mori or Drain +gate, which was built by a Mahratta governor, has now been removed. In +the west wall are the Farash Khana and Ajmere gates, while the Kabul and +Lahore gates have been removed. In the south wall are the Turkman and +Delhi gates. The gates on the river side of the city included the +Khairati and Rajghat, the Calcutta and Nigambod--both removed; the Kela +gate, and the Badar Rao gate, now closed. The great wall of Delhi, which +was constructed by Shah Jahan, was strengthened by the English by the +addition of a ditch and glacis, after Delhi was captured by Lord Lake in +1803; and its strength was turned against the British at the time of the +Mutiny. The imperial palace (1638-1648), now known as the "Fort," is +situated on the east of the city, and abuts directly on the river. It +consists at present of bare and ugly British barracks, among which are +scattered exquisite gems of oriental architecture. The two most famous +among its buildings are the Diwan-i-Am or Hall of Public Audience, and +the Diwan-i-Khas or Hall of Private Audience. The Diwan-i-Am is a +splendid building measuring 100 ft. by 60 ft., and was formerly +plastered with chunam and overlaid with gold. The most striking effect +now lies in its engrailed arches. It was in the recess in the back wall +of this hall that the famous Peacock Throne used to stand, "so called +from its having the figures of two peacocks standing behind it, their +tails being expanded and the whole so inlaid with sapphires, rubies, +emeralds, pearls and other precious stones of appropriate colours as to +represent life." Tavernier, the French jeweller, who saw Delhi in 1665, +describes the throne as of the shape of a bed, 6 ft. by 4 ft., supported +by four golden feet, 20 to 25 in. high, from the bars above which rose +twelve columns to support the canopy; the bars were decorated with +crosses of rubies and emeralds, and also with diamonds and pearls. In +all there were 108 large rubies on the throne, and 116 emeralds, but +many of the latter had flaws. The twelve columns supporting the canopy +were decorated with rows of splendid pearls, and Tavernier considered +these to be the most valuable part of the throne. The whole was valued +at £6,000,000. This throne was carried off by the Persian invader Nadir +Shah in 1739, and has been rumoured to exist still in the Treasure House +of the Shah of Persia; but Lord Curzon, who examined the thrones there, +says that nothing now exists of it, except perhaps some portions worked +up in a modern Persian throne. The Diwan-i-Khas is smaller than the +Diwan-i-Am, and consists of a pavilion of white marble, in the interior +of which the art of the Moguls reached the perfection of its jewel-like +decoration. On a marble platform rises a marble pavilion, the flat-coned +roof of which is supported on a double row of marble pillars. The inner +face of the arches, with the spandrils and the pilasters which support +them, are covered with flowers and foliage of delicate design and dainty +execution, crusted in green serpentine, blue _lapis lazuli_ and red and +purple porphyry. During the lapse of years many of these stones were +picked from their setting, and the silver ceiling of flowered patterns +was pillaged by the Mahrattas; but the inlaid work was restored as far +as possible by Lord Curzon. It is in this hall that the famous +inscription "If a paradise be on the face of the earth, it is this, it +is this, it is this," still exists. It is given in Persian characters +twice in the panels over the narrow arches at the ends of the middle +hall, beginning from the east on the north side, and from the west at +the south side. At the time of the Delhi Durbar held in January 1903 to +celebrate the proclamation of Edward VII. as emperor of India these two +halls were used as a dancing-room and supper-room, and their full beauty +was brought out by the electric light shining through their marble +grille-work. + +The native city of Delhi is like most other cities in India, a huddle of +mean houses in mean streets, diversified with splendid mosques. The +Chandni Chauk ("silver street"), the principal street of Delhi, which +was once supposed to be the richest street in the world, has fallen from +its high estate, though it is still a broad and imposing avenue with a +double row of trees running down the centre. During the course of its +history it was four times sacked, by Nadir Shah, Timur, Ahmad Shah and +the Mahrattas, and its roadway has many times run with blood. Now it is +the abode of the jewellers and ivory-workers of Delhi, but the jewels +are seldom valuable and the carving has lost much of its old delicacy. A +short distance south of the Chandni Chauk the Jama Masjid, or Great +Mosque, rises boldly from a small rocky eminence. It was erected in +1648-1650, two years after the royal palace, by Shah Jahan. Its front +court, 450 ft. square, and surrounded by a cloister open on both sides, +is paved with granite inlaid with marble, and commands a fine view of +the city. The mosque itself, a splendid structure forming an oblong 261 +ft. in length, is approached by a magnificent flight of stone steps. +Three domes of white marble rise from its roof, with two tall minarets +at the front corners. The interior of the mosque is paved throughout, +and the walls and roof are lined, with white marble. Two other mosques +in Delhi itself deserve passing notice, the Kala Masjid or Black Mosque, +which was built about 1380 in the reign of Feroz Shah, and the Moti +Masjid or Pearl Mosque, a tiny building added to the palace by +Aurangzeb, as the emperor's private place of prayer. It is only 60 ft. +square, and the domes alone are seen above the red sandstone walls until +the opening of two small fine brass gates. + +To the west and north-west of Delhi considerable suburbs cluster beyond +the walls. Here are the tombs of the imperial family. That of Humayun, +the second of the Mogul dynasty, is a noble building of rose-coloured +sandstone inlaid with white marble. It lies about 3 m. from the city, in +a terraced garden, the whole surrounded by an embattled wall, with +towers and four gateways. In the centre stands a platform about 20 ft. +high by 200 ft. square, supported by arches and ascended by four flights +of steps. Above, rises the mausoleum, also a square, with a great dome +of white marble in the centre. About a mile to the west is another +burying-ground, or collection of tombs and small mosques, some of them +very beautiful. The most remarkable is perhaps the little chapel in +honour of a celebrated Mussulman saint, Nizam-ud-din, near whose shrine +the members of the imperial family, up to the time of the Mutiny, lie +buried, each in a small enclosure surrounded by lattice-work of white +marble. + +Still farther away, some 10 m. south of the modern city, amid the ruins +of old Delhi, stands the Kutb Minar, which is supposed to be the most +perfect tower in the world, and one of the seven architectural wonders +of India. The Minar was begun by Kutb-ud-din Aibak about A.D. 1200. The +two top storeys were rebuilt by Feroz Shah. It consists of five storeys +of red sandstone and white marble. The purplish red of the sandstone at +the base is finely modulated, through a pale pink in the second storey, +to a dark orange at the summit, which harmonizes with the blue of an +Indian sky. Dark bands of Arabic writing round the three lower storeys +contrast with the red sandstone. The height of the column is 238 ft. The +plinth is a polygon of twenty sides. The basement storey has the same +number of faces formed into convex flutes which are alternately angular +and semicircular. The next has semicircular flutes, and in the third +they are all angular. Then rises a plain storey, and above it soars a +partially fluted storey, the shaft of which is adorned with bands of +marble and red sandstone. A bold projecting balcony, richly ornamented, +runs round each storey. After six centuries the column is almost as +fresh as on the day it was finished. It stands in the south-east corner +of the outer court of the mosque erected by Kutb-ud-din immediately +after his capture of Delhi in 1193. The design of this mosque is +Mahommedan, but the wonderfully delicate ornamentation of its western +façade and other remaining parts is Hindu. In the inner courtyard of the +mosque stands the Iron Pillar, which is probably the most ancient +monument in the neighbourhood of Delhi, dating from about A.D. 400. It +consists of a solid shaft of wrought iron some 16 in. in diameter and 23 +ft. 8 in. in height, with an inscription eulogizing Chandragupta +Vikramaditya. It was brought, probably from Muttra, by Anang Pal, a +Rajput chief of the Tomaras, who erected it here in 1052.[1] + +Among the modern buildings of Delhi may be mentioned the Residency, now +occupied by a government high school, and the Protestant church of St +James, built at a coast of £10,000 by Colonel Skinner, an officer well +known in the history of the East India Company. About half-way down the +Chandni Chauk is a high clock-tower. Near it is the town hall, with +museum and library. Behind the Chandni Chauk, to the north, lie the +Queen's Gardens; beyond them the "city lines" stretch away as far as the +well-known rocky ridge, about a mile outside the town. From the summit +of this ridge the view of the station and city is very picturesque. The +principal local institution until 1877 was the Delhi College, founded in +1792. It was at first exclusively an oriental school, supported by the +voluntary contributions of Mahommedan gentlemen, and managed by a +committee of the subscribers. In 1829 an English department was added to +it; and in 1855 the institution was placed under the control of the +Educational Department. In the Mutiny of 1857 the old college was +plundered of a very valuable oriental library, and the building +completely destroyed. A new college was founded in 1858, and was +affiliated to the university of Calcutta in 1864. The old college +attained to great celebrity as an educational institution, and produced +many excellent scholars, but it was abolished in 1877, in order to +concentrate the grant available for higher-class education upon the +Punjab University at Lahore. + +The Ridge, famous as the British base during the siege of Delhi during +the Mutiny, in 1857, is a last outcrop of the Aravalli Hills which rises +in a steep escarpment some 60 ft. above the city. At its nearest point +on the right of the British position, where the Mutiny Memorial now +stands, the Ridge is only 1200 yds. from the walls of Delhi; at the +Flagstaff Tower in the centre of the position it is a mile and a half +away; and at the left near the river nearly two miles and a half. It was +behind the Ridge at this point that the main portion of the British camp +was pitched. The Mutiny Memorial, which was erected by the army before +Delhi, is a rather poor specimen of a Gothic spire in red sandstone, +while the memorial tablets are of inferior marble. Next to the Ridge the +point of most interest to every English visitor to Delhi is Nicholson's +grave, which lies surrounded by an iron railing in the Kashmir gate +cemetery. The Kashmir gate itself bears a slab recording the gallant +deed of the party under Lieutenants D. C. Home and P. Salkeld, who blew +in the gate in broad daylight on the day that Delhi was taken by +assault. + +The population of Delhi according to the census of 1901 was 208,575, of +whom 88,460 were Mahommedans and 114,417 were Hindus. The city is served +by five different railways, the East Indian, the Oudh & Rohilkhand, the +Rajputana-Malwa & Bombay-Baroda, the Southern Punjab, and the +North-Western, and occupies a central position, being 940 m. from +Karachi, 950 from Calcutta, and 960 from Bombay. Owing to the advantages +it enjoys as a trade centre, Delhi is recovering much of the prominence +which it lost at the time of the Mutiny. It has spinning-mills and other +mills worked by steam. The principal manufactures are gold and silver +filigree work and embroidery, jewelry, muslins, shawls, glazed pottery +and wood-carving. + +The DISTRICT OF DELHI has an area of 1290 sq. m. It consists of a strip +of territory on the right or west bank of the Jumna river, 75 m. in +length, and varying from 15 to 233 m. in breadth. Most of the district +consists of hard and stony soil, depending upon irrigation, which is +supplied by the Western Jumna canal, the Ali Mardan canal and the Agra +canal. The principal crops are wheat, barley, sugar-cane and cotton. + +When Lord Lake broke the Mahratta power in 1803, and the emperor was +taken under the protection of the East India Company, the present +districts of Delhi and Hissar were assigned for the maintenance of the +royal family, and were administered by a British resident. In 1832 the +office of resident was abolished, and the tract was annexed to the +North-Western Provinces. After the Mutiny in 1858 it was separated from +the North-Western Provinces and annexed to the Punjab. The population in +1901 was 689,039. + +The DIVISION OF DELHI stretches from Simla to Rajputana, and is much +broken up by native states. It comprises the seven districts of Hissar, +Rohtak, Gurgaon, Delhi, Karnal, Umballa and Simla. Its total area is +15,393 sq. m., and in 1901 the population was 4,587,092. + +_History._--According to legends, which may or may not have a +substantial basis, Delhi or its immediate neighbourhood has from time +immemorial been the site of a capital city. The neighbouring village of +Indarpat preserves the name of Indraprashta, the semi-mythical city +founded, according to the Sanscrit epic _Mahabharata_, by Yudisthira and +his brothers, the five Pandavas. Whatever its dim predecessors may have +been, however, the actual history of Delhi dates no further back than +the 11th century A.D., when Anangapala (Anang Pal), a chief of the +Tomara clan, built the Red Fort, in which the Kutb Minar now stands; in +1052 the same chief removed the famous Iron Pillar from its original +position, probably at Muttra, and set it up among a group of temples of +which the materials were afterwards used by the Mussulmans for the +construction of the great Kutb Mosque. About the middle of the 12th +century the Tomara dynasty was overthrown by Vigraha-raja (Visala-deva, +Bisal Deo), the Chauhan king of Ajmere, who from inscribed records +discovered of late years appears to have been a man of considerable +culture (see V. A. Smith, _Early Hist. of India_, ed. 1908, p. 356). His +nephew and successor was Prithwi-raja (Prithiraj, or Rai Pithora), lord +of Sambhar, Delhi and Ajmere, whose fame as lover and warrior still +lives in popular story. He was the last Hindu ruler of Delhi. In 1191 +came the invasion of Mahommed of Ghor. Defeated on this occasion, +Mahommed returned two years later, overthrew the Hindus, and captured +and put to death Prithwi-raja. Delhi became henceforth the capital of +the Mahommedan Indian empire, Kutb-ud-din (the general and slave of +Mahommed of Ghor) being left in command. His dynasty is known as that of +the slave kings, and it is to them that old Delhi owes its grandest +remains, among them Kutb Mosque and the Kutb Minar. The slave dynasty +retained the throne till 1290, when it was subverted by Jalal-ud-din +Khilji. The most remarkable monarch of this dynasty was Ala-ud-din, +during whose reign Delhi was twice exposed to attack from invading +hordes of Moguls. On the first occasion Ala-ud-din defeated them under +the walls of his capital; on the second, after encamping for two months +in the neighbourhood of the city, they retired without a battle. The +house of Khilji came to an end in 1321, and was followed by that of +Tughlak. Hitherto the Pathan kings had been content with the ancient +Hindu capital, altered and adorned to suit their tastes. But one of the +first acts of the founder of the new dynasty, Ghias-ud-din Tughlak, was +to erect a new capital about 4 m. farther to the east, which he called +Tughlakabad. The ruins of his fort remain, and the eye can still trace +the streets and lanes of the long deserted city. Ghias-ud-din was +succeeded by his son Mahommed b. Tughlak, who reigned from 1325 to 1351, +and is described by Elphinstone as "one of the most accomplished princes +and most furious tyrants that ever adorned or disgraced human nature." +Under this monarch the Delhi of the Tughlak dynasty attained its utmost +growth. His successor Feroz Shah Tughlak transferred the capital to a +new town which he founded some miles off, on the north of the Kutb, and +to which he gave his own name, Ferozabad. In 1398, during the reign of +Mahmud Tughlak, occurred the Tatar invasion of Timurlane. The king fled +to Gujarat, his army was defeated under the walls of Delhi, and the city +surrendered. The town, notwithstanding a promise of protection, was +plundered and burned; the citizens were massacred. The invaders at last +retired, leaving Delhi without a government, and almost without +inhabitants. At length Mahmud Tughlak regained a fragment of his former +kingdom, but on his death in 1412 the family became extinct. He was +succeeded by the Sayyid dynasty, which held Delhi and a few miles of +surrounding territory till 1444, when it gave way to the house of Lodi, +during whose rule the capital was removed to Agra. In 1526 Baber, sixth +in descent from Timurlane, invaded India, defeated and killed Ibrahim +Lodi at the battle of Panipat, entered Delhi, was proclaimed emperor, +and finally put an end to the Afghan empire. Baber's capital was at +Agra, but his son and successor, Humayun, removed it to Delhi. In 1540 +Humayun was defeated and expelled by Sher Shah, who entirely rebuilt the +city, enclosing and fortifying it with a new wall. In his time Delhi +extended from where Humayun's tomb now is to near the southern gate of +the modern city. In 1555 Humayun, with the assistance of Persia, +regained the throne; but he died within six months, and was succeeded by +his son, the illustrious Akbar. + +During Akbar's reign and that of his son Jahangir, the capital was +either at Agra or at Lahore, and Delhi once more fell into decay. +Between 1638 and 1658, however, Shah Jahan rebuilt it almost in its +present form; and his city remains substantially the Delhi of the +present time. The imperial palace, the Jama Masjid or Great Mosque, and +the restoration of what is now the western Jumna canal, are the work of +Shah Jahan. The Mogul empire rapidly expanded during the reigns of Akbar +and his successors down to Aurungzeb, when it attained its climax. After +the death of the latter monarch, in 1707, came the decline. +Insurrections and civil wars on the part of the Hindu tributary chiefs, +Sikhs and Mahrattas, broke out. Aurungzeb's successors became the +helpless instruments of conflicting chiefs. His grandson, Jahandar Shah, +was, in 1713, deposed and strangled after a reign of one year; and +Farrakhsiyyar, the next in succession, met with the same fate in 1719. +He was succeeded by Mahommed Shah, in whose reign the Mahratta forces +first made their appearance before the gates of Delhi, in 1736. Three +years later the Persian monarch, Nadir Shah, after defeating the Mogul +army at Karnal, entered Delhi in triumph. While engaged in levying a +heavy contribution, the Persian troops were attacked by the populace, +and many of them were killed. Nadir Shah, after vainly attempting to +stay the tumult, at last gave orders for a general massacre of the +inhabitants. For fifty-eight days Nadir Shah remained in Delhi, and when +he left he carried with him a treasure in money amounting, at the lowest +computation, to eight or nine millions sterling, besides jewels of +inestimable value, and other property to the amount of several millions +more. + +From this time (1740) the decline of the empire proceeded unchecked and +with increased rapidity. In 1771 Shah Alam, the son of Alamgir II., was +nominally raised to the throne by the Mahrattas, the real sovereignty +resting with the Mahratta chief, Sindhia. An attempt of the puppet +emperor to shake himself clear of the Mahrattas, in which he was +defeated in 1788, led to a permanent Mahratta garrison being stationed +at Delhi. From this date, the king remained a cipher in the hands of +Sindhia, who treated him with studied neglect, until the 8th of +September 1803, when Lord Lake overthrew the Mahrattas under the walls +of Delhi, entered the city, and took the king under the protection of +the British. Delhi, once more attacked by a Mahratta army under the +Mahratta chief Holkar in 1804, was gallantly defended by Colonel +Ochterlony, the British resident, who held out against overwhelming odds +for eight days, until relieved by Lord Lake. From this date a new era in +the history of Delhi began. A pension of £120,000 per annum was allowed +to the king, with exclusive jurisdiction over the palace, and the +titular sovereignty as before; but the city, together with the Delhi +territory, passed under British administration. + +Fifty-three years of quiet prosperity for Delhi were brought to a close +by the Mutiny of 1857. Its capture by the mutineers, its siege, and its +subsequent recapture by the British have been often told, and nothing +beyond a short notice is called for here. The outbreak at Meerut +occurred on the night of the 10th of May 1857. Immediately after the +murder of their officers, the rebel soldiery set out for Delhi, about 35 +m. distant, and on the following morning entered the city, where they +were joined by the city mob. Mr Fraser, the commissioner, Mr Hutchinson, +the collector, Captain Douglas, the commandant of the palace guards, and +the Rev. Mr Jennings, the residency chaplain, were at once murdered, as +were also most of the civil and non-official residents whose houses were +situated within the city walls. The British troops in cantonments +consisted of three regiments of native infantry and a battery of +artillery. These cast in their lot with the mutineers, and commenced by +killing their officers. The Delhi magazine, then the largest in the +north-west of India, was in the charge of Lieutenant Willoughby, with +whom were two other officers and six non-commissioned officers. The +magazine was attacked by the mutineers, but the little band defended to +the last the enormous accumulation of munitions of war stored there, +and, when further defence was hopeless, fired the magazine. Five of the +nine were killed by the explosion, and Lieutenant Willoughby +subsequently died of his injuries; the remaining three succeeded in +making their escape. The occupation of Delhi by the rebels was the +signal for risings in almost every military station in North-Western +India. The revolted soldiery with one accord thronged towards Delhi, and +in a short time the city was garrisoned by a rebel army variously +estimated at from 50,000 to 70,000 disciplined men. The pensioned king, +Bahadur Shah, was proclaimed emperor; his sons were appointed to various +military commands. About fifty Europeans and Eurasians, nearly all +females, who had been captured in trying to escape from the town on the +day of the outbreak, were confined in a stifling chamber of the palace +for fifteen days; they were then brought out and massacred in the +court-yard. + +The siege which followed forms one of the memorable incidents of the +British history of India. On the 8th June, four weeks after the +outbreak, Sir H. Barnard, who had succeeded as commander-in-chief on the +death of General Anson, routed the mutineers with a handful of Europeans +and Sikhs, after a severe action at Badliki-Serai, and encamped upon the +Ridge that overlooks the city. The force was too weak to capture the +city, and he had no siege train or heavy guns. All that could be done +was to hold the position till the arrival of reinforcements and of a +siege train. During the next three months the little British force on +the Ridge were rather the besieged than the besiegers. Almost daily +sallies, which often turned into pitched battles, were made by the +rebels upon the over-worked handful of Europeans, Sikhs and Gurkhas. A +great struggle took place on the centenary of the battle of Plassey +(June 23), and another on the 25th of August; but on both occasions the +mutineers were repulsed with heavy loss. General Barnard died of cholera +in July, and was succeeded by General Archdale Wilson. Meanwhile +reinforcements and siege artillery gradually arrived, and early in +September it was resolved to make the assault. The first of the heavy +batteries opened fire on the 8th of September, and on the 13th a +practicable breach was reported. + +On the morning of the 14th Sept. the assault was delivered, the points +of attack being the Kashmir bastion, the Water bastion, the Kashmir +gate, and the Lahore gate. The assault was thoroughly successful, +although the column which was to enter the city by the Lahore gate +sustained a temporary check. The whole eastern part of the city was +retaken, but at a cost of 66 officers and 1104 men killed and wounded, +out of the total strength of 9866. Fighting continued more or less +during the next six days, and it was not till the 20th of September that +the entire city and palace were occupied, and the reconquest of Delhi +was complete. During the siege, the British force sustained a loss of +1012 officers and men killed, and 3837 wounded. Among the killed was +General John Nicholson, the leader of one of the storming parties, who +was shot through the body in the act of leading his men, in the first +day's fighting. He lived, however, to learn that the whole city had been +recaptured, and died on the 23rd of September. On the flight of the +mutineers, the king and several members of the royal family took refuge +at Humayun's tomb. On receiving a promise that his life would be spared, +the last of the house of Timur surrendered to Major Hodson; he was +afterwards banished to Rangoon. Delhi, thus reconquered, remained for +some months under military authority. Owing to the murder of several +European soldiers who strayed from the lines, the native population was +expelled the city. Hindus were soon afterwards readmitted, but for some +time Mahommedans were rigorously excluded. Delhi was made over to the +civil authorities in January 1858, but it was not till 1861 that the +civil courts were regularly reopened. The shattered walls of the Kashmir +gateway, and the bastions of the northern face of the city, still bear +the marks of the cannonade of September 1857. Since that date Delhi has +settled down into a prosperous commercial town, and a great railway +centre. The lines which start from it to the north, south, east and west +bring into its bazaars the trade of many districts. But the romance of +antiquity still lingers around it, and Delhi was selected for the scene +of the Imperial Proclamation on the 1st of January 1877, and for the +great Durbar held in January 1903 for the proclamation of King Edward +VII. as emperor of India. + + AUTHORITIES.--The best modern account of the city is _Delhi, Past and + Present_ (1901), by H. C. Fanshawe, a former commissioner of Delhi. + Other authoritative works are _Cities of India_ (1903) and _The Mutiny + Papers_ (1893), both by G. W. Forrest, and _Forty-one Years in India_ + (1897), by Lord Roberts; while some impressionistic sketches will be + found in _Enchanted India_ (1899), by Prince Bojidar Karageorgevitch. + See also the chapter on Delhi in H. G. Keene, _Hist. of Hindustan ... + to the fall of the Mughol Empire_ (1885). For the Delhi Durbar of 1903 + see Stephen Wheeler, _Hist. of the Delhi Coronation Durbar_, compiled + from official papers by order of the viceroy of India (London, 1904), + which contains numerous portraits and other illustrations. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] See the paper by V. A. Smith in the _Journal of the Royal Asiatic + Soc._ (1897), p. 13. + + + + +DELIA, a festival of Apollo held every five years at the great panegyris +in Delos (Homeric _Hymn to Apollo_, 147). It included athletic and +musical contests, at which the prize was a branch of the sacred palm. +This festival was said to have been established by Theseus on his way +back from Crete. Its celebration gradually fell into abeyance and was +not revived till 426 B.C., when the Athenians purified the island and +took so prominent a part in the maintenance of the Delia that it came to +be regarded almost as an Athenian festival (Thucydides iii. 104). +Ceremonial embassies ([Greek: theôriai]) from all the Greek cities were +present. + + See G. Gilbert, _Deliaca_ (1869); J. A. Lebègue, _Recherches sur + Délos_ (1876); A. Mommsen, _Feste der Stadt Athen_ (1898); E. Pfuhl, + _De Atheniensium pompis sacris_ (1900); G. F. Schömann, _Griechische + Altertümer_ (4th ed., 1897-1902); P. Stengel, _Die griechischen + Kultusaltertümer_ (1898); T. Homolle in Daremberg and Saglio's + _Dictionnaire des antiquités_. + + + + +DELIAN LEAGUE, or CONFEDERACY OF DELOS, the name given to a +confederation of Greek states under the leadership of Athens, with its +headquarters at Delos, founded in 478 B.C. shortly after the final +repulse of the expedition of the Persians under Xerxes I. This +confederacy, which after many modifications and vicissitudes was finally +broken up by the capture of Athens by Sparta in 404, was revived in +378-7 (the "Second Athenian Confederacy") as a protection against +Spartan aggression, and lasted, at least formally, until the victory of +Philip II. of Macedon at Chaeronea. These two confederations have an +interest quite out of proportion to the significance of the detailed +events which form their history. (See GREECE: _Ancient History_.) They +are the first two examples of which we have detailed knowledge of a +serious attempt at united action on the part of a large number of +self-governing states at a relatively high level of conscious political +development. The first league, moreover, in its later period affords the +first example in recorded history of self-conscious imperialism in which +the subordinate units enjoyed a specified local autonomy with an +organized system, financial, military and judicial. The second league is +further interesting as the precursor of the Achaean and Aetolian +Leagues. + +_History._--Several causes contributed to the formation of the first +Confederacy of Delos. During the 6th century B.C. Sparta had come to be +regarded as the chief power, not only in the Peloponnese, but also in +Greece as a whole, including the islands of the Aegean. The Persian +invasions of Darius and Xerxes, with the consequent importance of +maritime strength and the capacity for distant enterprise, as compared +with that of purely military superiority in the Greek peninsula, caused +a considerable loss of prestige which Sparta was unwilling to recognize. +Moreover, it chanced that at the time the Spartan leaders were not men +of strong character or general ability. Pausanias, the victor of +Plataea, soon showed himself destitute of the high qualities which the +situation demanded. Personal cupidity, discourtesy to the allies, and a +tendency to adopt the style and manners of oriental princes, combined to +alienate from him the sympathies of the Ionian allies, who realized +that, had it not been for the Athenians, the battle of Salamis would +never have been even fought, and Greece would probably have become a +Persian satrapy. The Athenian contingent which was sent to aid Pausanias +in the task of driving the Persians finally out of the Thraceward towns +was under the command of the Athenians, Aristides and Cimon, men of tact +and probity. It is not, therefore, surprising that when Pausanias was +recalled to Sparta on the charge of treasonable overtures to the +Persians, the Ionian allies appealed to the Athenians on the grounds of +kinship and urgent necessity, and that when Sparta sent out Dorcis to +supersede Pausanias he found Aristides in unquestioned command of the +allied fleet. To some extent the Spartans were undoubtedly relieved, in +that it no longer fell to them to organize distant expeditions to Asia +Minor, and this feeling was strengthened about the same time by the +treacherous conduct of their king Leotychides (q.v.) in Thessaly. In any +case the inelastic quality of the Spartan system was unable to adapt +itself to the spirit of the new age. To Aristides was mainly due the +organization of the new league and the adjustment of the contributions +of the various allies in ships or in money. His assessment, of the +details of which we know nothing, was so fair that it remained popular +long after the league of autonomous allies had become an Athenian +empire. The general affairs of the league were managed by a synod which +met periodically in the temple of Apollo and Artemis at Delos, the +ancient centre sanctified by the common worship of the Ionians. In this +synod the allies met on an equality under the presidency of Athens. +Among its first subjects of deliberation must have been the ratification +of Aristides' assessment. Thucydides lays emphasis on the fact that in +these meetings Athens as head of the league had no more than +presidential authority, and the other members were called [Greek: +summachoi] (allies), a word, however, of ambiguous meaning and capable +of including both free and subject allies. The only other fact preserved +by Thucydides is that Athens appointed a board called the Hellenotamiae +([Greek: tamias], steward) to watch over and administer the treasury of +the league, which for some twenty years was kept at Delos, and to +receive the contributions ([Greek: phoros]) of the allies who paid in +money. + +The league was, therefore, specifically a free confederation of +autonomous Ionian cities founded as a protection against the common +danger which threatened the Aegean basin, and led by Athens in virtue of +her predominant naval power as exhibited in the war against Xerxes. Its +organization, adopted by the common synod, was the product of the new +democratic ideal embodied in the Cleisthenic reforms, as interpreted by +a just and moderate exponent. It is one of the few examples of free +corporate action on the part of the ancient Greek cities, whose +centrifugal yearning for independence so often proved fatal to the +Hellenic world. It is, therefore, a profound mistake to regard the +history of the league during the first twenty years of its existence as +that of an Athenian empire. Thucydides expressly describes the +predominance of Athens as [Greek: hêgemonia] (leadership, headship), not +as [Greek: archê] (empire), and the attempts made by Athenian orators +during the second period of the Peloponnesian War to prove that the +attitude of Athens had not altered since the time of Aristides are +manifestly unsuccessful. + +Of the first ten years of the league's history we know practically +nothing, save that it was a period of steady, successful activity +against the few remaining Persian strongholds in Thrace and the Aegean +(Herod, i. 106-107, see ATHENS, CIMON). In these years the Athenian +sailors reached a high pitch of training, and by their successes +strengthened that corporate pride which had been born at Salamis. On the +other hand, it naturally came to pass that certain of the allies became +weary of incessant warfare and looked for a period of commercial +prosperity. Athens, as the chosen leader, and supported no doubt by the +synod, enforced the contributions of ships and money according to the +assessment. Gradually the allies began to weary of personal service and +persuaded the synod to accept a money commutation. The Ionians were +naturally averse from prolonged warfare, and in the prosperity which +must have followed the final rout of the Persians and the freeing of the +Aegean from the pirates (a very important feature in the league's +policy) a money contribution was only a trifling burden. The result was, +however, extremely bad for the allies, whose status in the league +necessarily became lower in relation to that of Athens, while at the +same time their military and naval resources correspondingly diminished. +Athens became more and more powerful, and could afford to disregard the +authority of the synod. Another new feature appeared in the employment +of coercion against cities which desired to secede. Athens might fairly +insist that the protection of the Aegean would become impossible if some +of the chief islands were liable to be used as piratical strongholds, +and further that it was only right that all should contribute in some +way to the security which all enjoyed. The result was that, in the cases +of Naxos and Thasos, for instance, the league's resources were employed +not against the Persians but against recalcitrant Greek islands, and +that the Greek ideal of separate autonomy was outraged. Shortly after +the capture of Naxos (c. 467 B.C.) Cimon proceeded with a fleet of 300 +ships (only 100 from the allies) to the south-western and southern +coasts of Asia Minor. Having driven the Persians out of Greek towns in +Lycia and Caria, he met and routed the Persians on land and sea at the +mouth of the Eurymedon in Pamphylía. In 463 after a siege of more than +two years the Athenians captured Thasos, with which they had quarrelled +over mining rights in the Strymon valley. It is said (Thuc. i. 101) that +Thasos had appealed for aid to Sparta, and that the latter was prevented +from responding only by earthquake and the Helot revolt. But this is +both unproved and improbable. Sparta had so far no quarrel with Athens. +Athens thus became mistress of the Aegean, while the synod at Delos had +become practically, if not theoretically, powerless. It was at this time +that Cimon (q.v.), who had striven to maintain a balance between Sparta, +the chief military, and Athens, the chief naval power, was successfully +attacked by Ephialtes and Pericles. During the ensuing years, apart from +a brief return to the Cimonian policy, the resources of the league, or, +as it has now become, the Athenian empire, were directed not so much +against Persia as against Sparta, Corinth, Aegina and Boeotia. (See +ATHENS; SPARTA, &c.) A few points only need be dealt with here. The +first years of the land war brought the Athenian empire to its zenith. +Apart from Thessaly, it included all Greece outside the Peloponnese. At +the same time, however, the Athenian expedition against the Persians in +Egypt ended in a disastrous defeat, and for a time the Athenians +returned to a philo-Laconian policy, perhaps under the direction of +Cimon (see CIMON and PERICLES). Peace was made with Sparta, and, if we +are to believe 4th-century orators, a treaty, the Peace of Callias or of +Cimon, was concluded between the Great King and Athens in 449 after the +death of Cimon before the walls of Citium in Cyprus. The meaning of this +so-called Peace of Callias is doubtful. Owing to the silence of +Thucydides and other reasons, many scholars regard it as merely a +cessation of hostilities (see CIMON and CALLIAS, where authorities are +quoted). At all events, it is significant of the success of the main +object of the Delian League, the Athenians resigning Cyprus and Egypt, +while Persia recognized the freedom of the maritime Greeks of Asia +Minor. + +During this period the power of Athens over her allies had increased, +though we do not know anything of the process by which this was brought +about. Chios, Lesbos and Samos alone furnished ships; all the rest had +commuted for a money payment. This meant that the synod was quite +powerless. Moreover in 454 (probably) the changed relations were +crystallized by the transference (proposed by the Samians) of the +treasury to Athens (_Corp. Inscr. Attic._ i. 260). Thus in 448 B.C. +Athens was not only mistress of a maritime empire, but ruled over +Megara, Boeotia, Phocis, Locris, Achaea and Troezen, i.e. over so-called +allies who were strangers to the old pan-Ionian assembly and to the +policy of the league, and was practically equal to Sparta on land. An +important event must be referred probably to the year 451,--the law of +Pericles, by which citizenship (including the right to vote in the +Ecclesia and to sit on paid juries) was restricted to those who could +prove themselves the children of an Athenian father and mother ([Greek: +ex amphoin astoin]). This measure must have had a detrimental effect on +the allies, who thus saw themselves excluded still further from +recognition as equal partners in a league (see PERICLES). The natural +result of all these causes was that a feeling of antipathy rose against +Athens in the minds of those to whom autonomy was the breath of life, +and the fundamental tendency of the Greeks to disruption was soon to +prove more powerful than the forces at the disposal of Athens. The first +to secede were the land powers of Greece proper, whose subordination +Athens had endeavoured to guarantee by supporting the democratic parties +in the various states. Gradually the exiled oligarchs combined; with the +defeat of Tolmides at Coroneia, Boeotia was finally lost to the empire, +and the loss of Phocis, Locris and Megara was the immediate sequel. +Against these losses the retention of Euboea, Nisaea and Pegae was no +compensation; the land empire was irretrievably lost. + +The next important event is the revolt of Samos, which had quarrelled +with Miletus over the city of Priene. The Samians refused the +arbitration of Athens. The island was conquered with great difficulty +by the whole force of the league, and from the fact that the tribute of +the Thracian cities and those in Hellespontine district was increased +between 439 and 436 we must probably infer that Athens had to deal with +a widespread feeling of discontent about this period. It is, however, +equally noticeable on the one hand that the main body of the allies was +not affected, and on the other that the Peloponnesian League on the +advice of Corinth officially recognized the right of Athens to deal with +her rebellious subject allies, and refused to give help to the Samians. + +The succeeding events which led to the Peloponnesian War and the final +disruption of the league are discussed in other articles. (See ATHENS: +_History_, and PELOPONNESIAN War.) Two important events alone call for +special notice. The first is the raising of the allies' tribute in 425 +B.C. by a certain Thudippus, presumably a henchman of Cleon. The fact, +though not mentioned by Thucydides, was inferred from Aristophanes +(_Wasps_, 660), Andocides (_de Pace_, § 9), Plutarch (_Aristides_, c. +24), and pseudo-Andocides (_Alcibiad._ 11); it was proved by the +discovery of the assessment list of 425-4 (Hicks and Hill, _Inscrip._ +64). The second event belongs to 411, after the failure of the Sicilian +expedition. In that year the tribute of the allies was commuted for a 5% +tax on all imports and exports by sea. This tax, which must have tended +to equalize the Athenian merchants with those of the allied cities, +probably came into force gradually, for beside the new collectors called +[Greek: poristai] we still find Hellenotamiae (_C.I.A._ iv. [i.] p. 34). + +_The Tribute._--Only a few problems can be discussed of the many which +are raised by the insufficient and conflicting evidence at our disposal. +In the first place there is the question of the tribute. Thucydides is +almost certainly wrong in saying that the amount of the original tribute +was 460 talents (about £106,000); this figure cannot have been reached +for at least twelve, probably twenty years, when new members had been +enrolled (Lycia, Caria, Eion, Lampsacus). Similarly he is probably +wrong, or at all events includes items of which the tribute lists take +no account, when he says that it amounted to 600 talents at the +beginning of the Peloponnesian War. The moderation of the assessment is +shown not only by the fact that it was paid so long without objection, +but also by the individual items. Even in 425 Naxos and Andros paid only +15 talents, while Athens had just raised an _eisphora_ (income tax) from +her own citizens of 200 talents. Moreover it would seem that a tribute +which yielded less than the 5% tax of 411 could not have been +unreasonable. + +The number of tributaries is given by Aristophanes as 1000, but this is +greatly in excess of those named in the tribute lists. Some authorities +give 200; others put it as high as 290. The difficulty is increased by +the fact that in some cases several towns were grouped together in one +payment ([Greek: synteleis]). These were grouped into five main +geographical divisions (from 443 to 436; afterwards four, Caria being +merged in Ionia). Each division was represented by two elective +assessment commissioners ([Greek: taktai]), who assisted the Boule at +Athens in the quadrennial division of the tribute. Each city sent in its +own assessment before the [Greek: taktai], who presented it to the +Boule. If there was any difference of opinion the matter was referred to +the Ecclesia for settlement. In the Ecclesia a private citizen might +propose another assessment, or the case might be referred to the law +courts. The records of the tribute are preserved in the so-called quota +lists, which give the names of the cities and the proportion, +one-sixtieth, of their several tributes, which was paid to Athens. No +tribute was paid by members of a _cleruchy_ (q.v.), as we find from the +fact that the tribute of a city always decreased when a cleruchy was +planted in it. This highly organized financial system must have been +gradually evolved, and no doubt reached its perfection only after the +treasury was transferred to Athens. + +_Government and Jurisdiction._--There is much difference of opinion +among scholars regarding the attitude of imperial Athens towards her +allies. Grote maintained that on the whole the allies had little ground +for complaint; but in so doing he rather seems to leave out of account +the Greek's dislike of external discipline. The very fact that the +hegemony had become an empire was enough to make the new system highly +offensive to the allies. No very strong argument can be based on the +paucity of actual revolts. The indolent Ionians had seen the result of +secession at Naxos and rebellion at Thasos; the Athenian fleet was +perpetually on guard in the Aegean. On the other hand among the mainland +cities revolt was frequent; they were ready to rebel [Greek: kai para +dynamin]. Therefore, even though Athenian domination may have been +highly salutary in its effects, there can be no doubt that the allies +did not regard it with affection. + +To judge only by the negative evidence of the decree of Aristoteles +which records the terms of alliance of the second confederacy (below), +we gather that in the later period at least of the first league's +history the Athenians had interfered with the local autonomy of the +allies in various ways--an inference which is confirmed by the terms of +"alliance" which Athens imposed on Erythrae, Chalcis and Miletus. Though +it appears that Athens made individual agreements with various states, +and therefore that we cannot regard as general rules the terms laid down +in those which we possess, it is undeniable that the Athenians planted +garrisons under permanent Athenian officers ([Greek: phrourarchoi]) in +some cities. Moreover the practice among Athenian settlers of acquiring +land in the allied districts must have been vexatious to the allies, the +more so as all important cases between Athenians and citizens of allied +cities were brought to Athens. Even on the assumption that the Athenian +dicasteries were scrupulously fair in their awards, it must have been +peculiarly galling to the self-respect of the allies and inconvenient to +individuals to be compelled to carry cases to Athens and Athenian +juries. Furthermore we gather from the Aristoteles inscription and from +the 4th-century orators that Athens imposed democratic constitutions on +her allies; indeed Isocrates (_Paneg._, 106) takes credit for Athens on +this ground, and the charter of Erythrae confirms the view (cf. Arist. +_Polit._, viii., vi. 9 1307 b 20; Thuc. viii. 21, 48, 64, 65). Even +though we admit that Chios, Lesbos and Samos (up to 440) retained their +oligarchic governments and that Selymbria, at a time (409 B.C.) when the +empire was _in extremis_, was permitted to choose its own constitution, +there can be no doubt that, from whatever motive and with whatever +result, Athens did exercise over many of her allies an authority which +extended to the most intimate concerns of local administration. + +Thus the great attempt on the part of Athens to lead a harmonious league +of free Greek states for the good of Hellas degenerated into an empire +which proved intolerable to the autonomous states of Greece. Her failure +was due partly to the commercial jealousy of Corinth working on the dull +antipathy of Sparta, partly to the hatred of compromise and discipline +which was fatally characteristic of Greece and especially of Ionian +Greece, and partly also to the lack of tact and restraint shown by +Athens and her representatives in her relations with the allies. + +_The Second League._--The conditions which led to the second Athenian or +Delian Confederacy were fundamentally different, not only in virtue of +the fact that the allies had learned from experience the dangers to +which such a league was liable, but because the enemy was no longer an +oriental power of whose future action there could be no certain +anticipation, but Sparta, whose ambitious projects since the fall of +Athens had shown that there could be no safety for the smaller states +save in combination. + +There can be no reasonable doubt that as soon as the Athenians began to +recover from the paralysing effect of the victory of Lysander and the +internal troubles in which they were involved by the government of the +Thirty, their thoughts turned to the possibility of recovering their +lost empire. The first step in the direction was the recovery of their +sea-power, which was effected by the victory of Conon at Cnidus (August +394 B.C.). Gradually individual cities which had formed part of the +Athenian empire returned to their alliance with Athens, until the +Spartans had lost Rhodes, Cos, Nisyrus, Teos, Chios, Mytilene, Ephesus, +Erythrae, Lemnos, Imbros, Scyros, Eretria, Melos, Cythera, Carpathus +and Delos. Sparta had only Sestos and Abydos of all that she had won by +the battle of Aegospotami. At the same time no systematic constructive +attempt at a renewal of empire can as yet be detected. Athenian +relations were with individual states only, and the terms of alliance +were various. Moreover, whereas Persia had been for several years aiding +Athens against Sparta, the revolt of the Athenian ally Evagoras (q.v.) +of Cyprus set them at enmity, and with the secession of Ephesus, Cnidus +and Samos in 391 and the civil war in Rhodes, the star of Sparta seemed +again to be in the ascendant. But the whole position was changed by the +successes of Thrasybulus, who brought over the Odrysian king Medocus and +Seuthes of the Propontis to the Athenian alliance, set up a democracy in +Byzantium and reimposed the old 10% duty on goods from the Black Sea. +Many of the island towns subsequently came over, and from inscriptions +at Clazomenae (_C.I.A._ ii. 14_b_) and Thasos (_C.I.A._ iv. 11_b_) we +learn that Thrasybulus evidently was deliberately aiming at a renewal of +the empire, though the circumstances leading to his death at Aspendus +when seeking to raise money suggest that he had no general backing in +Athens. + +The peace of Antalcidas or the King's Peace (see ANTALCIDAS; SPARTA) in +386 was a blow to Athens in the interests of Persia and Sparta. +Antalcidas compelled the Athenians to give their assent to it only by +making himself master of the Hellespont by stratagem with the aid of +Dionysius the Elder of Syracuse. By this peace all the Greek cities on +the mainland of Asia with the islands of Cyprus and Clazomenae were +recognized as Persian, all other cities except Imbros, Lemnos and Scyros +as autonomous. Directly, this arrangement prevented an Athenian empire; +indirectly, it caused the sacrificed cities and their kinsmen on the +islands to look upon Athens as their protector. The gross selfishness of +the Spartans, herein exemplified, was emphasized by their capture of the +Theban citadel, and, after their expulsion, by the raid upon Attica in +time of peace by the Spartan Sphodrias, and his immunity from punishment +at Sparta (summer of 378 B.C.). The Athenians at once invited their +allies to a conference, and the Second Athenian Confederacy was formed +in the archonship of Nausinicus on the basis of the famous decree of +Aristoteles. Those who attended the conference were probably Athens, +Chios, Mytilene, Methymna, Rhodes, Byzantium, Thebes, the latter of +which joined Athens soon after the Sphodrias raid. In the spring of 377 +invitations were sent out to the maritime cities. Some time in that year +Tenedos, Chios, Chalcis in Euboea, and probably the Euboean cities +Eretria, Carystus and Arethusa gave in their adherence, followed by +Perinthus, Peparethus, Sciathus and other maritime cities. + +At this point Sparta was roused to a sense of the significance of the +new confederacy, and the Athenian corn supply was threatened by a +Spartan fleet of sixty triremes. The Athenians immediately fitted out a +fleet under Chabrias, who gained a decisive victory over the Spartans +between Naxos and Paros (battle of Naxos 376 B.C.), both of which were +added to the league. Proceeding northwards in 375 Chabrias brought over +a large number of the Thraceward towns, including Abdera, Thasos and +Samothrace. It is interesting to notice that a garrison was placed in +Abdera in direct contravention of the terms of the new confederacy +(Meyer, _Gesch. d. Alt._, v. 394). About the same time the successes of +Timotheus in the west resulted in the addition to the league of Corcyra +and the cities of Cephallenia, and his moderation induced the +Acarnanians and Alcetas, the Molossian king, to follow their example. +Once again Sparta sent out a fleet, but Timotheus in spite of financial +embarrassment held his ground. By this time, however, the alliance +between Thebes and Athens was growing weaker, and Athens, being short of +money, concluded a peace with Sparta (probably in July 374), by which +the peace of Antalcidas was confirmed and the two states recognized each +other as mistress of sea and land respectively. Trouble, however, soon +arose over Zacynthus, and the Spartans not only sent help to the +Zacynthian oligarchs but even besieged Corcyra (373). Timotheus was sent +to relieve the island, but shortness of money compelled him to search +for new allies, and he spent the summer of 373 in persuading Jason of +Pherae (if he had not already joined), and certain towns in Thrace, the +Chersonese, the Propontis and the Aegean to enrol themselves. This delay +in sending help to Corcyra was rightly or wrongly condemned by the +Athenians, who dismissed Timotheus in favour of Iphicrates. The +expedition which followed produced negative successes, but the absence +of any positive success and the pressure of financial difficulty, +coupled with the defection of Jason (probably before 371), and the +high-handed action of Thebes in destroying Plataea (373), induced Athens +to renew the peace with Sparta which Timotheus had broken. With the +support of Persia an agreement was made by a congress at Sparta on the +basis of the autonomy of the cities, Amphipolis and the Chersonese being +granted to Athens. The Thebans at first accepted the terms, but on the +day after, realizing that they were thus balked of their pan-Boeotian +ambition, withdrew and finally severed themselves from the league. + +The peace of 371 may be regarded as the conclusion of the first distinct +period in the league's existence. The original purpose of the +league--the protection of the allies from the ambitions of Sparta--was +achieved. Athens was recognized as mistress of the sea; Sparta as the +chief land power. The inherent weakness of the coalition had, however, +become apparent. The enthusiasm of the allies (numbering about seventy) +waned rapidly before the financial exigencies of successive campaigns, +and it is abundantly clear that Thebes had no interest save the +extension of her power in Boeotia. Though her secession, therefore, +meant very little loss of strength, there were not wanting signs that +the league was not destined to remain a power in the land. + +The remaining history may be broken up into two periods, the first from +371 to 357, the second from 357 to 338. Throughout these two periods, +which saw the decline and final dissolution of the alliance, there is +very little specific evidence for its existence. The events seem to +belong to the histories of the several cities, and examples of corporate +action are few and uncertain. None the less the known facts justify a +large number of inferences as to the significance of events which are on +the surface merely a part of the individual foreign policy of Athens. + +_Period 371-357._--The first event in this period was the battle of +Leuctra (July 371), in which, no doubt to the surprise of Athens, Thebes +temporarily asserted itself as the chief land power in Greece. To +counterbalance the new power Athens very rashly plunged into +Peloponnesian politics with the ulterior object of inducing the states +which had formerly recognized the hegemony of Sparta to transfer their +allegiance to the Delian League. It seems that all the states adopted +this policy with the exception of Sparta (probably) and Elis. The policy +of Athens was mistaken for two reasons: (1) Sparta was not entirely +humiliated, and (2) alliance with the land powers of Peloponnese was +incalculably dangerous, inasmuch as it involved Athens in enterprises +which could not awake the enthusiasm of her maritime allies. This new +coalition naturally alarmed Sparta, which at once made overtures to +Athens on the ground of their common danger from Thebes. The alliance +was concluded in 369. About the same time Iphicrates was sent to take +possession of Amphipolis according to the treaty of 371. Some success in +Macedonia roused the hostility of Thebes, and the subsequent attempts on +Amphipolis caused the Chalcidians to declare against the league. It +would appear that the old suspicion of the allies was now thoroughly +awakened, and we find Athens making great efforts to conciliate Mytilene +by honorific decrees (Hicks and Hill, 109). This suspicion, which was +due primarily, no doubt, to the agreement with Sparta, would find +confirmation in the subsequent exchange of compliments with Dionysius I. +of Syracuse, Sparta's ally, who with his sons received the Athenian +citizenship. It is not clear that the allies officially approved this +new friendship; it is certain that it was actually distasteful to them. +The same dislike would be roused by the Athenian alliance with Alexander +of Pherae (368-367). The maritime allies naturally had no desire to be +involved in the quarrels of Sicily, Thessaly and the Peloponnese. + +In 367 Athens and Thebes sent rival ambassadors to Persia, with the +result that Athens was actually ordered to abandon her claim to +Amphipolis, and to remove her navy from the high seas. The claim to +Amphipolis was subsequently affirmed, but the Greek states declined to +obey the order of Persia. In 366 Athens lost Oropus, a blow which she +endeavoured to repair by forming an alliance with Arcadia and by an +attack on Corinth. At the same time certain of the Peloponnesian states +made peace with Thebes, and some hold that Athens joined this peace +(Meyer, _Gesch. d. Alt._ v. 449). Timotheus was sent in 366-365 to make +a demonstration against Persia. Finding Samos in the hands of +Cyprothemis, a servant of the satrap Tigranes, he laid siege to it, +captured it after a ten months' siege and established a cleruchy. Though +Samos was not apparently one of the allies, this latter action could not +but remind the allies of the very dangers which the second confederacy +had set out to avoid. + +The next important event was the serious attempt on the part of +Epaminondas to challenge the Athenian naval supremacy. Though Timotheus +held his ground the confederacy was undoubtedly weakened. In 362 Athens +joined in the opposition to the Theban expedition which ended in the +battle of Mantineia (July). In the next year the Athenian generals +failed in the north in their attempt to control the Hellespont. In +Thessaly Alexander of Pherae became hostile and after several successes +even attacked the Peiraeus. Chares was ordered to make reprisals, but +instead sailed to Corcyra, where he made the mistake of siding with the +oligarchs. The last event of the period was a success, the recovery of +Euboea (357), which was once more added to the league. + +During these fourteen years the policy of Athens towards her maritime +allies was, as we have seen, shortsighted and inconsistent. Alliances +with various land powers, and an inability to understand the true +relations which alone could unite the league, combined to alienate the +allies, who could discover no reason for the expenditure of their +contributions on protecting Sparta or Corinth against Thebes. The +[Greek: Synedrion] of the league is found taking action in several +instances, but there is evidence (cf. the expedition of Epaminondas in +363) that there was ground for suspecting disloyalty in many quarters. +On the other hand, though the Athenian fleet became stronger and several +cities were captured, the league itself did not gain any important +voluntary adherents. The generals were compelled to support their forces +by plunder or out of their private resources, and, frequently failing, +diverted their efforts from the pressing needs of the allies to purely +Athenian objects. + +_Period 357-338._--The latent discontent of the allies was soon fanned +into hostility by the intrigues of Mausolus, prince of Cardia, who was +anxious to extend his kingdom. Chios, Rhodes, Cos, Byzantium, Erythrae +and probably other cities were in revolt by the spring of 356, and their +attacks on loyal members of the confederacy compelled Athens to take the +offensive. Chabrias had already been killed in an attack on Chios in the +previous autumn, and the fleet was under the command of Timotheus, +Iphicrates and Chares, who sailed against Byzantium. The enemy sailed +north from Samos and in a battle off Embata (between Erythrae and Chios) +defeated Chares, who, without the consent of his colleagues, had +ventured to engage them in a storm. The more cautious generals were +accused of corruption in not supporting Chares. Iphicrates was acquitted +and Timotheus condemned. Chares sought to replenish his resources by +aiding the Phrygian satrap Artabazus against Artaxerxes Ochus, but a +threat from the Persian court caused the Athenians to recall him, and +peace was made by which Athens recognized the independence of the +revolted towns. The league was further weakened by the secession of +Corcyra, and by 355 was reduced to Athens, Euboea and a few islands. By +this time, moreover, Philip II. of Macedon had begun his career of +conquest, and had shattered an embryonic alliance between the league and +certain princes of Thrace (Cetriporis), Paeonia (Lyppeius) and Illyria +(Grabus). In 355 his advance temporarily ceased, but, as we learn from +Isocrates and Xenophon, the financial exhaustion of the league was such +that its destruction was only a matter of time. Resuming operations in +354, Philip, in spite of temporary checks at the hands of Chares, and +the spasmodic opposition of a few barbarian chiefs, took from the +league all its Thracian and Macedonian cities (Abdera, Maronea, +Neapolis, Methone.) In 352-351 Philip actually received help from former +members of the confederacy. In 351 Charidemus, Chares and Phocion were +sent to oppose him, and we find that the contributions of the Lesbian +cities were assigned to them for supplies, but no successes were gained. +In 349 Euboea and Olynthus were lost to the league, of which indeed +nothing remained but an empty form, in spite of the facts that the +expelled Olynthians appealed to it in 348 and that Mytilene rejoined in +347. In 346 the peace of Philocrates was made between the league and +Philip on terms which were accepted by the Athenian Boule. It is very +remarkable that, in spite of the powerlessness of the confederacy, the +last recorded event in its history is the steady loyalty of Tenedos, +which gave money to Athens about 340 (Hicks and Hill, 146). The victory +of Philip at Chaeronea in 338 finally destroyed the league. + +In spite of the precautions taken by the allies to prevent the +domination of Athens at their expense, the policy of the league was +almost throughout directed rather in the interests of Athens. Founded +with the specific object of thwarting the ambitious designs of Sparta, +it was plunged by Athens into enterprises of an entirely different +character which exhausted the resources of the allies without benefiting +them in any respect. There is no doubt that, with very few exceptions, +the cities were held to their allegiance solely by the superior force of +the Athenian navy. The few instances of its action show that the [Greek: +Synedrion] was practically only a tool in the hands of Athens. + + AUTHORITIES.--_The First League._--The general histories of Greece, + especially those of A. Holm (Eng. trans., London, 1894), G. Busolt + (2nd ed., Gotha, 1893), J. Beloch (Strassburg, 1893 foll.), and G. + Grote (the one-vol. ed. of 1907 has some further notes on later + evidence). E. Meyer's _Gesch. des Altertums_ (Stuttgart, 1892 foll.) + and _Forschungen_ (Halle, 1892 foll.) are of the greatest value. For + inscriptions, G. F. Hill, _Sources of Greek History_, 478-431 (2nd + ed., 1907); E. L. Hicks and G. F. Hill, _Greek Hist. Inscr._ (Oxford, + 1901). On the tribute see also U. Köhler in _Abhandlungen d. Berliner + Akademie_ (1869) and U. Pedroli, "I Tributi degli alleati d' Atene" in + Beloch's _Studi di storia antica_. See also articles ARISTIDES; + THEMISTOCLES; PERICLES; CIMON, &c., and GREECE: _History_, with works + quoted. For the last years of the league see also PELOPONNESIAN WAR. + + _The Second League._--The chief modern works are G. Busolt, "Der + zweite athenische Bund" in _Neue Jahrbücher für classische Philologie_ + (supp. vol. vii., 1873-1875, pp. 641-866), and F. H. Marshall, _The + Second Athenian Confederacy_ (1905), one of the Cambridge Historical + Essays (No. xiii.). The latter is based on Busolt's monograph and + includes subsequent epigraphic evidence, with a full list of + authorities. For inscriptions see Hicks and Hill, op. cit., and the + _Inscriptiones Atticae_, vol. ii. pt. 5. The meagre data given by + ancient writers are collected by Busolt and Marshall. (J. M. M.) + + + + +DELIBES, CLÉMENT PHILIBERT LÉO (1836-1891), French composer, was born at +Saint Germain du Val on the 21st of February 1836. He studied at the +Paris Conservatoire under Adolphe Charles Adam, through whose influence +he became accompanist at the Théâtre Lyrique. His first essay in +dramatic composition was his _Deux sous de charbon_ (1853), and during +several years he produced a number of operettas. His cantata _Alger_ was +heard at the Paris opera in 1865. Having become second chorus master at +the Grand Opéra, he wrote the music of a ballet entitled _La Source_ for +this theatre, in collaboration with Minkous, a Polish composer. La +Source was produced with great success in 1866. The composer returned to +the operetta style with _Malbrouk s'en va-t-en guerre_,--written in +collaboration with Georges Bizet, Émile Jonas and Legouix, and given at +the Théâtre de l'Athénée in 1867. Two years later came _L'Écossais de +Chatou_, a one-act piece, and _La Cour du roi Pétaud_, a three-act +opera-bouffe. The ballet _Coppélia_ was produced at the Grand Opéra on +the 25th of May 1870 with enormous success. + +Delibes gave up his post as second chorus master at the Grand Opéra in +1872 when he married the daughter of Mademoiselle Denain, formerly an +actress at the Comédie Française. In this year he published a collection +of graceful melodies including _Myrto_, _Les Filles de Cadiz_, +_Bonjour_, _Suzon_ and others. His first important dramatic work was _Le +Roi l'a dit_, a charming comic opera, produced on the 24th of May 1873 +at the Opéra Comique. Three years later, on the 14th of June 1876, +_Sylvia_, a ballet in three acts, one of the composer's most delightful +works, was produced at the Grand Opéra. This was followed by _La Mort +d'Orphée_, a grand scena produced at the Trocadéro concerts in 1878; by +_Jean de Nivelle_, a three-act opera brought out at the Opéra Comique on +the 8th of March 1880; and by _Lakmé_, an opera in three acts produced +at the same theatre on the 14th of April 1883. Lakmé has remained his +most popular opera. The composer died in Paris on the 16th of January +1891, leaving _Kassya_, a four-act opera, in an unfinished state. This +work was completed by E. Guiraud, and produced at the Opéra Comique on +the 21st of March 1893. In 1877 Delibes became a chevalier of the Legion +of Honour; in 1881 he became a professor of advanced composition at the +Conservatoire; in 1884 he took the place of Victor Massé at the Institut +de France. + +Leo Delibes was a typically French composer. His music is light, +graceful and refined. He excelled in ballet music, and _Sylvia_ may well +be considered a masterpiece. His operas are constructed on a +conventional pattern. The harmonic texture, however, is modern, and the +melodic invention abundant, while the orchestral treatment is invariably +excellent. + + + + +DELILAH, in the Bible, the heroine of Samson's last love-story and the +cause of his downfall (Judg. xvi.). She was a Philistine of Sorek (mod. +Surik), west of Zorah, and when her countrymen offered her an enormous +bribe to betray him, she set to work to find out the source of his +strength. Thrice Samson scoffingly told her how he might be bound, and +thrice he readily broke the bonds with which she had fettered him in his +sleep; seven green bow-strings, new ropes, and even the braiding of his +hair into the frame of the loom failed to secure him. At length he +disclosed the secret of his power. Delilah put him to sleep upon her +lap, called in a man to shave off his seven locks, and this time he was +easily captured. See SAMSON. + + + + +DELILLE, JACQUES (1738-1813), French poet, was born on the 22nd of June +1738 at Aigue-Perse in Auvergne. He was an illegitimate child, and was +descended by his mother from the chancellor De l'Hôpital. He was +educated at the college of Lisieux in Paris and became an elementary +teacher. He gradually acquired a reputation as a poet by his epistles, +in which things are not called by their ordinary names but are hinted at +by elaborate periphrases. Sugar becomes "le miel américain que du suc +des roseaux exprima l'Africain." The publication (1769) of his +translation of the _Georgics_ of Virgil made him famous. Voltaire +recommended the poet for the next vacant place in the Academy. He was at +once elected a member, but was not admitted until 1774 owing to the +opposition of the king, who alleged that he was too young. In his +_Jardins, ou l'art d'embellir les paysages_ (1782) he made good his +pretensions as an original poet. In 1786 he made a journey to +Constantinople in the train of the ambassador M. de Choiseul-Gouffier. + +Delille had become professor of Latin poetry at the Collège da France, +and abbot of Saint-Sévérin, when the outbreak of the Revolution reduced +him to poverty. He purchased his personal safety by professing his +adherence to revolutionary doctrine, but eventually quitted Paris, and +retired to St Dié, where he completed his translation of the _Aeneid_. +He emigrated first to Basel and then to Glairesse in Switzerland. Here +he finished his _Homme des champs_, and his poem on the _Trois règnes de +la nature_. His next place of refuge was in Germany, where he composed +his _La Pitié_; and finally, he passed some time in London, chiefly +employed in translating _Paradise Lost_. In 1802 he was able to return +to Paris, where, although nearly blind, he resumed his professorship and +his chair at the Academy, but lived in retirement. He fortunately did +not outlive the vogue of the descriptive poems which were his special +province, and died on the 1st of May 1813. + +Delille left behind him little prose. His preface to the translation of +the _Georgics_ is an able essay, and contains many excellent hints on +the art and difficulties of translation. He wrote the article "La +Bruyère" in the _Biographie universelle_. The following is the list of +his poetical works:--_Les Géorgiques de Virgile, traduites en vers +français_ (Paris, 1769, 1782, 1785, 1809); _Les Jardins_, en quatre +chants (1780; new edition, Paris, 1801); _L'Homme des champs, ou les +Géorgiques françaises_ (Strassburg, 1802); _Poésies fugitives_ (1802); +_Dithyrambe sur l'immortalité de l'âme, suivi du passage du Saint +Gothard_, poëme traduit de l'Anglais de Madame la duchesse de Devonshire +(1802); _La Pitié_, poëme en quatre chants (Paris, 1802); _L'Énéide de +Virgile, traduite en vers français_ (4 vols., 1804); _Le Paradis perdu_ +(3 vols., 1804); _L'Imagination_, poëme en huit chants (2 vols., 1806); +_Les trois règnes de la nature_ (2 vols., 1808); _La Conversation_ +(1812). A collection given under the title of _Poésies diverses_ (1801) +was disavowed by Delille. + + His _Oeuvres_ (16 vols.) were published in 1824. See Sainte-Beuve, + _Portraits littéraires_, vol. ii. + + + + +DELIRIUM (a Latin medical term for madness, from _delirare_, to be mad, +literally to wander from the _lira_, or furrow), a temporary form of +brain disorder, generally occurring in connexion with some special form +of bodily disease. It may vary in intensity from slight and occasional +wandering of the mind and incoherence of expression, to fixed delusions +and violent maniacal excitement, and again it may be associated with +more or less of coma or insensibility. (See INSANITY, and +NEUROPATHOLOGY.) Delirium is apt to occur in most diseases of an acute +nature, such as fevers or inflammatory affections, in injuries affecting +the brain, in blood diseases, in conditions of exhaustion, and as the +result of the action of certain specific poisons, such as opium, Indian +hemp, belladonna, chloroform and alcohol. + +Delirium tremens is one of a train of symptoms of what is termed in +medical nomenclature acute alcoholism, or excessive indulgence in +alcohol. It must, however, be observed that this disorder, although +arising in this manner, rarely comes on as the result of a single +debauch in a person unaccustomed to the abuse of stimulants, but +generally occurs in cases where the nervous system has been already +subjected for a length of time to the poisonous action of alcohol, so +that the complaint might be more properly regarded as acute supervening +on chronic alcoholism. It is equally to be borne in mind that many +habitual drunkards never suffer from delirium tremens. + +It was long supposed, and is indeed still believed by some, that +delirium tremens only comes on when the supply of alcohol has been +suddenly cut off; but this view is now generally rejected, and there is +abundant evidence to show that the attack comes on while the patient is +still continuing to drink. Even in those cases where several days have +elapsed between the cessation from drinking and the seizure, it will be +found that in the interval the premonitory symptoms of delirium tremens +have shown themselves, one of which is aversion to drink as well as +food--the attack being in most instances preceded by marked derangement +of the digestive functions. Occasionally the attack is precipitated in +persons predisposed to it by the occurrence of some acute disease, such +as pneumonia, by accidents, such as burns, also by severe mental strain, +and by the deprivation of food, even where the supply of alcohol is less +than would have been likely to produce it otherwise. Where, on the other +hand, the quantity of alcohol taken has been very large, the attack is +sometimes ushered in by fits of an epileptiform character. + +One of the earliest indications of the approaching attack of delirium +tremens is sleeplessness, any rest the patient may obtain being troubled +by unpleasant or terrifying dreams. During the day there is observed a +certain restlessness and irritability of manner, with trembling of the +hands and a thick or tremulous articulation. The skin is perspiring, the +countenance oppressed-looking and flushed, the pulse rapid and feeble, +and there is evidence of considerable bodily prostration. These symptoms +increase each day and night for a few days, and then the characteristic +delirium is superadded. The patient is in a state of mental confusion, +talks incessantly and incoherently, has a distressed and agitated or +perplexed appearance, and a vague notion that he is pursued by some one +seeking to injure him. His delusions are usually of transient character, +but he is constantly troubled with visual hallucinations in the form of +disagreeable animals or insects which he imagines he sees all about him. +He looks suspiciously around him, turns over his pillows, and ransacks +his bedclothes for some fancied object he supposes to be concealed +there. There is constant restlessness, a common form of delusion being +that he is not in his own house, but imprisoned in some apartment from +which he is anxious to escape to return home. In these circumstances he +is ever wishing to get out of bed and out of doors, and, although in +general he may be persuaded to return to bed, he is soon desiring to get +up again. The trembling of the muscles from which the name of the +disease is derived is a prominent but not invariable symptom. It is most +marked in the muscles of the hands and arms and in the tongue. The +character of the delirium is seldom wild or noisy, but is much more +commonly a combination of busy restlessness and indefinite fear. When +spoken to, the patient can answer correctly enough, but immediately +thereafter relapses into his former condition of incoherence. +Occasionally maniacal symptoms develop themselves, the patient becoming +dangerously violent, and the case thus assuming a much graver aspect +than one of simple delirium tremens. + +In most cases the symptoms undergo abatement in from three to six days, +the cessation of the attack being marked by the occurrence of sound +sleep, from which the patient awakes in his right mind, although in a +state of great physical prostration, and in great measure if not +entirely oblivious of his condition during his illness. + +Although generally the termination of an attack of delirium tremens is +in recovery, it occasionally proves fatal by the supervention of coma +and convulsions, or acute mania, or by exhaustion, more especially when +any acute bodily disease is associated with the attack. In certain +instances delirium tremens is but the beginning of serious and permanent +impairment of intellect, as is not infrequently observed in confirmed +drunkards who have suffered from frequent attacks of this disease. The +theory once widely accepted, that delirium tremens was the result of the +too sudden breaking off from indulgence in alcohol, led to its treatment +by regular and often large doses of stimulants, a practice fraught with +mischievous results, since however much the delirium appeared to be thus +calmed for the time, the continuous supply of the poison which was the +original source of the disease inflicted serious damage upon the brain, +and led in many instances to the subsequent development of insanity. The +former system of prescribing large doses of opium, with the view of +procuring sleep at all hazards, was no less pernicious. In addition to +these methods of treatment, mechanical restraint of the patient was the +common practice. + +The views of the disease which now prevail, recognizing the delirium as +the effect at once of the poisonous action of alcohol upon the brain and +of the want of food, encourage reliance to be placed for its cure upon +the entire withdrawal, in most instances, of stimulants, and the liberal +administration of light nutriment, in addition to quietness and gentle +but firm control, without mechanical restraint. In mild attacks this is +frequently all that is required. In more severe cases, where there is +great restlessness, sedatives have to be resorted to, and many +substances have been recommended for the purpose. Opiates administered +in small quantity, and preferably by hypodermic injection, are +undoubtedly of value; and chloral, either alone or in conjunction with +bromide of potassium, often answers even better. Such remedies, however, +should be administered with great caution, and only under medical +supervision. + +Stimulants may be called for where the delirium assumes the low or +adynamic form, and the patient tends to sink from exhaustion, or when +the attack is complicated with some other disease. Such cases are, +however, in the highest degree exceptional, and do not affect the +general principle of treatment already referred to, which inculcates the +entire withdrawal of stimulants in the treatment of ordinary attacks of +delirium tremens. + + + + +DELISLE, JOSEPH NICOLAS (1688-1768), French astronomer, was born at +Paris on the 4th of April 1688. Attracted to astronomy by the solar +eclipse of the 12th of May 1706, he obtained permission in 1710 to lodge +in the dome of the Luxembourg, procured some instruments, and there +observed the total eclipse of the 22nd of May 1724. He proposed in 1715 +the "diffraction-theory" of the sun's corona, visited England and was +received into the Royal Society in 1724, and left Paris for St +Petersburg on a summons from the empress Catherine, towards the end of +1725. Having founded an observatory there, he returned to Paris in 1747, +was appointed geographical astronomer to the naval department with a +salary of 3000 livres, and installed an observatory in the Hôtel Cluny. +Charles Messier and J. J. Lalande were among his pupils. He died of +apoplexy at Paris on the 12th of September 1768. Delisle is chiefly +remembered as the author of a method for observing the transits of Venus +and Mercury by instants of contacts. First proposed by him in a letter +to J. Cassini in 1743, it was afterwards perfected, and has been +extensively employed. As a preliminary to the transit of Mercury in +1743, which he personally observed, he issued a map of the world showing +the varied circumstances of its occurrence. Besides many papers +communicated to the academy of sciences, of which he became a member in +1714, he published _Mémoires pour servir à l'histoire et au progrès de +l'astronomie_ (St Petersburg, 1738), in which he gave the first method +for determining the heliocentric co-ordinates of sun-spots; _Mémoire sur +les nouvelles découvertes au nord de la mer du sud_ (Paris, 1752), &c. + + See _Mémoires de l'acad. des sciences_ (Paris, 1768), _Histoire_, p. + 167 (G. de Fouchy); J. B. J. Delambre, _Hist. de l'astronomie au + XVIII^e siècle_, pp. 319, 533; Max. Marie, _Hist. des sciences_, vii. + 254; Lalande, Bibl. astr. p. 385; and _Le Nécrologe des hommes + célèbres de France_ (1770). The records of Delisle's observations at + St Petersburg are preserved in manuscript at the Pulkowa observatory. + A report upon them was presented to the St Petersburg academy of + sciences by O. Struve in 1848, and those relating to occultations of + the Pleiades were discussed by Carl Linsser in 1864. See also S. + Newcomb, _Washington Observations_ for 1875, app. ii. pp. 176-189. + (A. M. C.) + + + + +DELISLE, LÉOPOLD VICTOR (1826- ), French bibliophile and historian, was +born at Valognes (Manche) on the 24th of October 1826. At the École des +Chartes, where his career was remarkably brilliant, his valedictory +thesis was an _Essai sur les revenus publics en Normandie au XII^e +siècle_ (1849), and it was to the history of his native province that he +devoted his early works. Of these the _Études sur la condition de la +classe agricole et l'état de l'agriculture en Normandie au moyen âge_ +(1851), condensing an enormous mass of facts drawn from the local +archives, was reprinted in 1905 without change, and remains +authoritative. In November 1852 he entered the manuscript department of +the Bibliothèque Impériale (Nationale), of which in 1874 he became the +official head in succession to Jules Taschereau. He was already known as +the compiler of several invaluable inventories of its manuscripts. When +the French government decided on printing a general catalogue of the +printed books in the Bibliothèque, Delisle became responsible for this +great undertaking and took an active part in the work; in the preface to +the first volume (1897) he gave a detailed history of the library and +its management. Under his administration the library was enriched with +numerous gifts, legacies and acquisitions, notably by the purchase of a +part of the Ashburnham MSS. Delisle proved that the bulk of the MSS. of +French origin which Lord Ashburnham had bought in France, particularly +those bought from the bookseller Barrois, had been purloined by Count +Libri, inspector-general of libraries under King Louis Philippe, and he +procured the repurchase of the MSS. for the library, afterwards +preparing a catalogue of them entitled _Catalogue des MSS. des fonds +Libri et Barrois_ (1888), the preface of which gives the history of the +whole transaction. He was elected member of the Académie des +Inscriptions et Belles Lettres in 1859, and became a member of the staff +of the _Recueil des historiens de la France_, collaborating in vols. +xxii. (1865) and xxiii. (1876) and editing vol. xxiv. (1904), which is +valuable for the social history of France in the 13th century. The +jubilee of his fifty years' association with the Bibliothèque Nationale +was celebrated on the 8th of March 1903. After his retirement (February +21, 1905) he brought out in two volumes a catalogue and description of +the printed books and MSS. in the Musée Condé at Chantilly, left by the +due d'Aumale to the French Institute. He produced many valuable official +reports and catalogues and a great number of memoirs and monographs on +points connected with palaeography and the study of history and +archaeology (see his _Mélanges de paléographie et de bibliographie_ +(1880) with atlas; and his articles in the _Album paléographique_ +(1887). Of his purely historical works special mention must be made of +his _Mémoire sur les actes d'Innocent III_ (1857), and his _Mémoire sur +les opérations financières des Templiers_ (1889), a collection of +documents of the highest value for economic history. The thirty-second +volume of the _Histoire littéraire de la France_, which was partly his +work, is of great importance for the study of 13th and 14th century +Latin chronicles. Delisle was undoubtedly the most learned man in Europe +with regard to the middle ages; and his knowledge of diplomatics, +palaeography and printing was profound. His output of work, in +catalogues, &c., was enormous, and his services to the Bibliothèque +Nationale in this respect cannot be overestimated. His wife, a daughter +of Eugène Burnouf, was for many years his collaborator. + + The _Bibliographie des travaux de L. Delisle_ (1902), by Paul Lacombe, + may be consulted for a full list of his numerous works. + + + + +DELITZSCH, FRANZ (1813-1890), German Lutheran theologian and +orientalist, of Jewish descent, was born at Leipzig on the 23rd of +February 1813. He studied theology and oriental languages in the +university of his native town, and in 1850 was appointed professor +ordinarius of theology at Erlangen, where the school of theologians +became almost as famous as that of Tübingen. In 1867 he accepted a call +to Leipzig, where he died on the 4th of March 1890. Delitzsch was a +strict Lutheran. "By the banner of our Lutheran confession let us +stand," he said in 1888; "folding ourselves in it, let us die" (T. K. +Cheyne, _Founders_, p. 160). Greatly interested in the Jews, he longed +ardently for their conversion to Christianity; and with a view to this +he edited the periodical _Saat auf Hoffnung_ from 1863, revived the +"Institutum Judaicum" in 1880, founded a Jewish missionary college for +the training of theologians, and translated the _New Testament_ into +Hebrew. He acquired such a mastery of post-biblical, rabbinic and +talmudic literature that he has been called the "Christian Talmudist." +Though never an advanced critic, his article on Daniel in the second +edition of Herzog's _Realencyklopädie_, his _New Commentary on Genesis_ +and the fourth edition of his _Isaiah_ show that as years went on his +sympathy with higher criticism increased--so much so indeed that Prof. +Cheyne has included him among its founders. + +He wrote a number of very valuable commentaries on _Habakkuk_ (1843), +_Genesis_ (1852, 4th ed. 1872), _Neuer Kommentar über die Genesis_ +(1887, Eng. trans. 1888, &c.), _Psalms_ (4th ed. 1883, Eng. trans. 1886, +&c.), _Job_ (2nd ed., 1876), _Isaiah_ (4th ed. 1889, Eng. trans. 1890, +&c.), _Proverbs_ (1873), _Epistle to the Hebrews_ (1857, Eng. trans. +1865, &c.), _Song of Songs and Ecclesiastes_ (4th ed., 1875). Other +works are _Geschichte der jüd. Poesie_ (1836); _Jesus und Hillel_ (1867, +3rd ed. 1879); _Handwerkerleben zur Zeit Jesu_ (1868, 3rd ed. 1878, Eng. +trans. in the "Unit Library," 1902); _Ein Tag in Kapernaum_ (1871, 3rd +ed. 1886); _Poesieen aus vormuhammedanischer Zeit_ (1874); _Iris, +Farbenstudien und Blumenstücke_ (1888, Eng. trans. 1889); _Messianische +Weissagungen in geschichtlicher Folge_ (1890, 2nd ed. 1898). His Hebrew +_New Testament_ reached its eleventh edition in 1891, and his popular +devotional work _Das Sakrament des wahren Leibes und Blutes Jesu +Christi_ its seventh edition in 1886. + +His son, FRIEDRICH DELITZSCH (b. 1850), became well known as professor +of Assyriology in Berlin, and the author of many books of great research +and learning, especially on oriental philology. Among other works of +importance he wrote _Wo lag das Paradies?_ (1881), and _Babel und Bibel_ +(1902, 1903, Eng. trans. 1903). + + + + +DELITZSCH, a town of Germany, in the Prussian province of Saxony, on the +Lober, an affluent of the Mulde, 12 m. north of Leipzig at the junction +of the railways, Bitterfeld-Leipzig and Halle-Cottbus. Pop. (1905) +10,479. Its public buildings comprise an old castle of the 14th century +now used as a female penitentiary, a Roman Catholic and three Protestant +churches, a normal college (_Schullehrerseminar_) established in 1873 +and several other educational institutions. Besides _Kuhschwanz_, a +peculiar kind of beer, it manufactures tobacco, cigars, shoes and +hosiery; and coal-mining is carried on in the neighbourhood, It was the +birthplace of the naturalist Christian Gottfried Ehrenberg (1795-1876), +and the political economist Hermann Schulze-Delitzsch (1808-1883), to +the latter of whom a statue has been erected. Originally a settlement of +the Sorbian Wends, and in the 12th century part of the possessions of +the bishops of Merseburg, Delitzsch ultimately passed to the +Saxe-Merseburg family, and, on their extinction in 1738, was +incorporated with Electoral Saxony. + + + + +DELIUS, NIKOLAUS (1813-1888), German philologist and Shakespearean +scholar, was born at Bremen on the 19th of September 1813. He was +educated at Bonn and Berlin, and took the degree of doctor in philosophy +in 1838. After travelling for some time in England, France and Germany, +he returned to Bonn in 1846, where in 1855 he was appointed professor of +Sanskrit, Provençal and English literature, a post he held until his +death, which took place at Bonn on the 18th of November 1888. His +greatest literary achievement was his scholarly edition of Shakespeare +(1854-1861). He also edited Wace's _St Nicholas_ (1850), a volume of +Provençal songs (1853), and published a _Shakspere-Lexikon_ (1852). His +original works include: _Über das englische Theaterwesen zu Shaksperes +Zeit_ (1853), _Gedichte_ (1853), _Der sardinische Dialekt des +dreizehnten Jahrhunderts_ (1868), and _Abhandlungen zu Shakspere_ (two +series, 1878 and 1888). As a critic of Shakespeare's text he stands in +the first rank. + + See the biographical notice by J. Schipper in _Englische Studien_, + vol. 14. + + + + +DELLA BELLA, STEFANO (1610-1664), Italian engraver, was born at +Florence. He was apprenticed to a goldsmith; but some prints of Callot +having fallen into his hands, he began to turn his attention entirely +towards engraving, and studied the art under Canta Gallina, who had also +been the instructor of Callot. By the liberality of Lorenzo de' Medici +he was enabled to spend three years in study at Rome. In 1642 he went to +Paris, where Cardinal Richelieu engaged him to go to Arras and make +drawings of the siege and taking of that town by the royal army. After +residing a considerable time at Paris he returned to Florence, where he +obtained a pension from the grand duke, whose son, Cosmo, he instructed +in drawing. His productions were very numerous, amounting to over 1400 +separate pieces. + + + + +DELLA CASA, GIOVANNI (1503-1556), Italian poet, was born at Mugillo, in +Tuscany, in 1503. He studied at Bologna, Florence and Rome, and by his +learning attracted the patronage of Alexander Farnese, who, as Pope Paul +III., made him nuncio to Florence, where he received the honour of being +elected a member of the celebrated academy, and then to Naples, where +his oratorical ability brought him considerable success. His reward was +the archbishopric of Benevento, and it was believed that it was only his +openly licentious poem, _Capitoli del forno_, and the fact that the +French court seemed to desire his elevation, which prevented him from +being raised to a still higher dignity. He died in 1556. Casa is chiefly +remarkable as the leader of a reaction in lyric poetry against the +universal imitation of Petrarch, and as the originator of a style, +which, if less soft and elegant, was more nervous and majestic than that +which it replaced. His prose writings gained great reputation in their +own day, and long afterwards, but are disfigured by apparent straining +after effect, and by frequent puerility and circumlocution. The +principal are--in Italian, the famous _Il Galateo_ (1558), a treatise of +manners, which has been translated into several languages, and in Latin, +_De officiis_, and translations from Thucydides, Plato and Aristotle. + + A complete edition of his works was published at Florence in 1707, to + which is prefixed a life by Casotti. The best edition is that of + Venice, 1752. + + + + +DELLA COLLE, RAFFAELLINO, Italian painter, was born at Colle, near Borgo +San Sepolcro, in Tuscany, about 1490. A pupil of Raphael, whom he is +held to have assisted in the Farnesina and the Vatican, Della Colle, +after his master's death, was the assistant of his chief scholar, Giulio +Romano, at Rome and afterwards at Mantua. In 1536, on the occasion of +the entry of Charles V. into Florence, he took service in that city +under Vasari. In his later years Della Colle resided at Borgo San +Sepolcro, where he kept a school of design; among his many pupils of +note may be mentioned Gherardi and Vecchi. His works, which are to be +found at Urbino, at Perugia, at Pesaro and at Gubbio, are fine examples +of the Roman school of Raphael. The best are a painting of the Almighty +supported by angels, a Resurrection and an Assumption, all preserved in +churches at Borgo San Sepolcro. + + + + +DELLA GHERARDESCA, UGOLINO (c. 1220-1289), count of Donoratico, was the +head of the powerful family of Gherardesca, the chief Ghibelline house +of Pisa. His alliance with the Visconti, the leaders of the Guelph +faction, through the marriage of his sister with Giovanni Visconti, +judge of Gallura, aroused the suspicions of his party, and the +Ghibellines being then predominant in Pisa, the disorders in the city +caused by Ugolino and Visconti in 1271-1274 led to the arrest of the +former and the banishment of the latter. Visconti died soon afterwards, +and Ugolino, no longer regarded as dangerous, was liberated and +banished. But he immediately began to intrigue with the Guelph towns +opposed to Pisa, and with the help of Charles I. of Anjou (q.v.) +attacked his native city and forced it to make peace on humiliating +terms, pardoning him and all the other Guelph exiles. He lived quietly +in Pisa for some years, although working all the time to extend his +influence. War having broken out between Pisa and Genoa in 1284, Count +Ugolino was given the command of a division of the Pisan fleet. It was +by his flight--usually attributed to treachery--that the fortunes of the +day were decided and the Pisans totally defeated at La Meloria (October +1284). But the political ability which he afterwards displayed led to +his being appointed _podestà_ for a year and _capitano del popolo_ for +ten years. Florence and Lucca took advantage of the Pisan defeat to +attack the republic, but Ugolino succeeded in pacifying them by ceding +certain castles. He was however less anxious to make peace with Genoa, +for the return of the Pisan prisoners, including most of the leading +Ghibellines, would have diminished his power. He was now the most +influential man in Pisa, and was preparing to establish his absolute +sovereignty, when for some reason not clearly understood he was forced +to share his power with his nephew Nino Visconti, son of Giovanni. The +duumvirate did not last, and the count and Nino soon quarrelled. Then +Ugolino tried to consolidate his position by entering into negotiations +with the archbishop, Ruggieri degli Ubaldini, the leader of the +Ghibellines. But that party having revived once more, the archbishop +obliged both Nino and Ugolino to leave the city, and had himself elected +_podestà_ and _capitano del popolo_. However, he allowed Ugolino to +return soon afterwards, and was even ready to divide the government of +the city with him, although he refused to admit his armed followers. The +count, determined to be sole master, attempted to get his followers into +the city by way of the Arno, and Ruggieri, realizing the danger, aroused +the citizens, accusing Ugolino of treachery for having ceded the +castles, and after a day's street fighting (July 1, 1288), Gherardesca +was captured and immured together with his sons Gaddo and Uguccione, and +his grandsons Nino (surnamed _il Brigata_) and Anselmuccio, in the Muda, +a tower belonging to the Gualandi family; here they were detained for +nine months, and then starved to death. + +The historic details of the episode are still involved in some +obscurity, and although mentioned by Villani and other writers, it owes +its fame entirely to Dante, who placed Ugolino and Ruggieri in the +second ring (_Antenora_) of the lowest circle of the _Inferno_ (canto +xxxii. 124-140 and xxxiii. 1-90). This terrible but magnificent passage, +which includes "thirty lines unequalled by any other thirty lines in the +whole dominion of poetry" (Landor), has been paraphrased by Chaucer in +the "Monk's Tale" and more recently by Shelley. But the reason why Dante +placed Ugolino among the traitors is not by any means clear, as the +flight from La Meloria was not regarded as treachery by any writer +earlier than the 16th century, although G. del Noce, in _Il Conte U. +della Gherardesca_ (Città di Castello, 1894), states that that was the +only motive; Bartoli, in vol. vi. of his _Storia della Letteratura +italiana_, suggests Ugolino's alliance with the Ghibellines as the +motive. The cession of the castles was not treachery but an act of +necessity, owing to the desperate conditions of Pisa. + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--Besides the above-quoted works see P. Tronci, _Annali + Pisani_ (2 vols., Pisa, 1868-1871); S. de Sismondi, _Histoire des + républiques italiennes_ (Brussels, 1838); also the various annotated + editions of Dante, especially W. W. Vernon's _Readings from the + Inferno_, vol. ii. (2nd ed., London, 1905). (L. V.*) + + + + +DELLA PORTA, GIOVANNI BATTISTA (c. 1538-1615), Italian natural +philosopher, was born of a noble and ancient family at Naples about the +year 1538. He travelled extensively not only in Italy but also in France +and Spain, and he was still a youth when he published _Magia naturalis, +sive de miraculis rerum naturalium lib. IV._ (1558), the first draft of +his _Magia naturalis_, in twenty books, published in 1589. He founded in +Naples the Academia Secretorum Naturae, otherwise known as the Accademia +dei Oziosi; and in 1610 he became a member of the Accademia dei Lincei +at Rome. He died at Naples on the 4th of February 1615. + +The following is a list of his principal writings:--_De miraculis rerum +naturalium_, in four books (1558); _De furtivis litterarum notis_, in +five books (1563, and frequently afterwards, entitling him to high rank +among the early writers on cryptography); _Phytognomonica_ (1583, a +bulky treatise on the physiology of plants as then understood); _Magia +naturalis_ (1589, and often reprinted); _De humana physiognomonia_, in +six books (1591); _Villa_, in twelve books (1592, an interesting +practical treatise on farming, gardening and arboriculture, based upon +his own observations at his country-seat near Naples); _De refractione, +optices parte_, in nine books (1593); _Pneumatica_, in three books +(1601); _De coelesti physiognomonia_, in six books (1601); _Elementa +curvilinea_ (1601); _De distillatione_, in nine books (1604); _De +munitione_, in three books (1608); and _De aëris transmutationibus_, in +four books (1609). He also wrote several Italian comedies _Olimpia_ +(1589); _La Fantesca_ (1592); _La Trappolaria_ (1597); _I' Due Fratelli +rivali_ (1601); _La Sorella_ (1607); _La Chiappinaria_ (1609); _La +Carbonaria_ (1628); _La Cintia_ (1628). Among all the above-mentioned +works the chief interest attaches to the _Magia naturalis_, in which a +strange medley of subjects is discussed, including the reproduction of +animals, the transmutation of metals, pyrotechny, domestic economy, +statics, hunting, the preparation of perfumes. In book xvii. he +describes a number of optical experiments, including a description of +the camera obscura (q.v.). + + + + +DELLA QUERCIA, or DELLA FONTE, JACOPO (1374-1438), Italian sculptor, was +born at Siena. He was the son of a goldsmith of repute, Pietro d'Agnolo, +to whom he doubtless owed much of his training. There are no records of +his early life until the year 1394, when he made an equestrian statue of +Gian Tedesco. He is next heard of at Florence in 1402, when he was one +of six artists who submitted designs for the great gates of the +baptistery, in which competition Ghiberti was the victor. From Florence +he seems to have gone to Lucca, where in 1406 he executed one of his +finest works, the monument of Ilaria del Caretto, wife of Paolo Guinigi. +It is uncertain if he visited Ferrara in 1408; but at the end of that +year he was engaged in negotiations which resulted in his acceptance of +the commission for the famous Fonte Gaia, at Siena, early in 1409. This +work was not seriously begun by him until 1414, and was only finished in +1419. In 1858 the remains of the fountain were removed to the Opera del +Duomo, where they are now preserved; a copy of the original by Sarrocchi +being erected on the site. After another visit to Lucca in 1422, he +returned to Siena, and in March 1425 undertook the contract for the +doors of S. Petronio, Bologna. He is known, in following years, to have +been to Milan, Verona, Ferrara and Venice; but the rest of his life was +chiefly divided between his native city and Bologna. In 1430 he finished +the great font of S. Giovanni at Siena, which he had begun in 1417, +contributing himself only one of the bas-reliefs, "Zacharias in the +Temple," the others being by Ghiberti, Donatello and other sculptors. +Among the work known to have been done by Jacopo, may be mentioned also +the reliefs of the _predella_ of the altar of S. Frediano at Lucca +(1422); and the Bentivoglio monument which was unfinished at the time +of his death on the 20th of October 1438. Jacopo della Quercia's work +exercised a powerful influence on that of the artists of the later +Italian Renaissance. He himself reflects not a little of the Gothic +spirit, admirably intermixed with some of the best qualities of +neo-classicism. He was an artist whose powers have hardly yet received +the recognition they undoubtedly deserve. + + See C. Cornelius, _Jacopo della Quercia: eine Kunsthistorische Studie_ + (1896), and works relating generally to the arts in Siena. + (E. F. S.) + + + + +DELLA ROBBIA, the name of a family of great distinction in the annals of +Florentine art. Its members are enumerated in chronological order +below.[1] + +I. LUCA DELLA ROBBIA (1399 or 1400[2]-1482) was the son of a Florentine +named Simone di Marco della Robbia. According to Vasari, whose account +of Luca's early life is little to be trusted, he was apprenticed to the +silversmith Leonardo di Ser Giovanni, who from 1355 to 1371 was working +on the grand silver altar frontal for the cathedral at Pistoia (q.v.); +this, however, appears doubtful from the great age which it would give +to Leonardo, and it is more probable that Luca was the pupil of +Ghiberti. During the early part of his life Luca executed many important +and exceedingly beautiful pieces of sculpture in marble and bronze. In +technical skill he was quite the equal of Ghiberti, and, while +possessing all Donatello's vigour, dramatic power and originality, he +very frequently excelled him in grace of attitude and soft beauty of +expression. No sculptured work of the great 15th century ever surpassed +the singing gallery which Luca made for the cathedral at Florence +between 1431 and 1440, with its ten magnificent panels of singing angels +and dancing boys, far exceeding in beauty those which Donatello in 1433 +sculptured for the opposite gallery in the same choir. This splendid +work is now to be found in the Museo del Duomo. The general effect of +the whole can also be seen at the Victoria and Albert Museum, where a +complete cast is fixed to the wall. The same museum possesses a study in +_gesso duro_ for one of the panels, which appears to be the original +sketch by Luca's own hand. + +In May 1437 Luca received a commission from the signoria of Florence to +execute five reliefs for the north side of the campanile, to complete +the series begun by Giotto and Andrea Pisano. These panels are so much +in the earlier style of Giotto that we must conclude that he had left +drawings from which Luca worked. They have representative figures chosen +to typify grammar, logic, philosophy, music, and science,--the last +represented by Euclid and Ptolemy.[3] In 1438 Luca in association with +Donatello received an order for two marble altars for chapels in the +cathedral. The reliefs from one of them--St Peter's Deliverance from +Prison and his Crucifixion--are now in the Bargello. It is probable that +these altars were never finished. A tabernacle for the host, made by +Luca in 1442, is now at Peretola, near Florence, in the church of S. +Maria. A document in the archives of S. Maria Nuova at Florence shows +that he received for this 700 florins 1 lira 16 soldi (about £1400 of +modern money). In 1437 Donatello received a commission to cast a bronze +door for one of the sacristies of the cathedral; but, as he delayed to +execute this order, the work was handed over to Luca on the 28th of +February 1446, with Michelozzo and Maso di Bartolomeo as his assistants. +Part of this wonderful door was cast in 1448, and the last two panels +were finished by Luca in 1467, with bronze which was supplied to him by +Verrocchio.[4] The door is divided into ten square panels, with small +heads in the style of Ghiberti projecting from the framing. The two top +subjects are the Madonna and Child and the Baptist, next come the four +Evangelists, and below are the four Latin Doctors, each subject with +attendant angels. The whole is modelled with perfect grace and dignified +simplicity; the heads throughout are full of life, and the treatment of +the drapery in broad simple folds is worthy of a Greek sculptor of the +best period of Hellenic art. These exquisite reliefs are perfect models +of plastic art, and are quite free from the over-elaboration and too +pictorial style of Ghiberti. Fig. 1 shows one of the panels. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--Bronze Relief of one of the Latin Doctors, from +the sacristy door in the cathedral of Florence, by Luca.] + +The most important existing work in marble by Luca (executed in +1454-1456) is the tomb of Benozzo Federighi, bishop of Fiesole, +originally placed in the church of S. Pancrazio at Florence, but removed +to S. Francesco di Paola on the Bellosguardo road outside the city in +1783. In 1898 it was again removed to the church of SS. Trinita in +Florence. A very beautiful effigy of the bishop in a restful pose lies +on a sarcophagus sculptured with graceful reliefs of angels holding a +wreath which contains the inscription. Above are three-quarter length +figures of Christ between St John and the Virgin, of conventional type. +The whole is surrounded by a rectangular frame formed of painted tiles +of exquisite beauty, but out of keeping with the memorial. On each tile +is painted, with enamel pigments, a bunch of flowers and fruit in +brilliant realistic colours, the loveliness of which is very hard to +describe. Though the bunch of flowers on each is painted on one slab, +the ground of each tile is formed of separate pieces, fitted together +like a kind of mosaic, probably because the pigment of the ground +required a different degree of heat in firing from that needed for the +enamel painting of the centre. The few other works of this class which +exist do not approach the beauty of this early essay in tile painting, +on which Luca evidently put forth his utmost skill and patience. + +In the latter part of his life Luca was mainly occupied with the +production of terra-cotta reliefs covered with enamel, a process which +he improved upon, but did not invent, as Vasari asserts. The _rationale_ +of this process was to cover the clay relief with an enamel formed of +the ordinary ingredients of glass (_marzacotto_), made white and opaque +by oxide of tin. (See CERAMICS: _Italian Majolica_.) Though Luca was not +the inventor of the process, yet he extended its application to fine +sculptured work in terra-cotta, so that it is not unnaturally known now +as Della Robbia ware; it must, however, be remembered that by far the +majority of these reliefs which in Italy and elsewhere are ascribed to +Luca are really the work of some of the younger members of the family or +of the _atelier_ which they founded. Comparatively few exist which can +with certainty be ascribed to Luca himself. Among the earliest of these +are medallions of the four Evangelists in the vault of Brunelleschi's +Pazzi chapel in S. Croce. These fine reliefs are coloured with various +metallic oxides in different shades of blue, green, purple, yellow and +black. It has often been asserted that the very polychromatic reliefs +belong to Andrea or his sons, and that Luca's were all in pure white, or +in white and blue; this, however, is not the case; colours were used as +freely by Luca as by his successors. A relief in the Victoria and Albert +Museum furnishes a striking example of this and is of especial value +from its great size, and also because its date is known. This is an +enormous medallion containing the arms of René of Anjou and other +heraldic devices; it is surrounded by a splendidly modelled wreath of +fruit and flowers, especially apples, lemons, oranges and fir cones, all +of which are brilliantly coloured. This medallion was set up on the +façade of the Pazzi Palace to commemorate René's visit to Florence in +1442. Other reliefs by Luca, also in glazed terra-cotta, are those of +the Ascension and Resurrection in the tympani of the doors of the +sacristies in the cathedral, executed in 1443 and 1446. Other existing +works of Luca in Florence are the tympanum reliefs of the Madonna +between two Angels in the Via dell' Agnolo, a work of exquisite beauty, +and another formerly over the door of S. Pierino del Mercato Vecchio, +but now removed to the Bargello (No. 29). The only existing statues by +Luca are two lovely enamelled figures of kneeling angels holding +candlesticks, now in the canons' sacristy.[5] A very fine work by Luca, +executed between 1449 and 1452, is the tympanum relief of the Madonna +and four Monastic Saints over the door of S. Domenico at Urbino.[6] Luca +also made the four coloured medallions of the Virtues set in the vault +over the tomb of the young cardinal-prince of Portugal in a side chapel +of S. Miniato in Florence (see ROSSELLINO). By Luca also are various +polychromatic medallions outside Or San Michele.[7] One of his chief +decorative works which no longer exists was a small library or study for +Piero de' Medici, wholly lined with enamelled plaques and reliefs.[8] +The Victoria and Albert Museum possesses twelve circular plaques of +majolica ware painted in blue and white with the Occupations of the +Months; these have been attributed to Luca, under the idea that they +formed part of the decoration of this room, but their real origin is +doubtful. + +In 1471 Luca was elected president of the Florentine Gild of Sculptors, +but he refused this great honour on account of his age and infirmity. It +shows, however, the very high estimation in which he was held by his +contemporaries. He died on the 20th of February 1482, leaving his +property to his nephews Andrea and Simone.[9] His chief pupil was his +nephew Andrea, and Agostino di Duccio, who executed many pieces of +sculpture at Rimini, and the graceful but mannered marble reliefs of +angels on the façade of S. Bernardino at Perugia, may have been one of +his assistants.[10] Vasari calls this Agostino Luca's brother, but he +was not related to him at all. + +II. ANDREA DELLA ROBBIA (1435-1525), the nephew and pupil of Luca, +carried on the production of the enamelled reliefs on a much larger +scale than his uncle had ever done; he also extended its application to +various architectural uses, such as friezes and to the making of lavabos +(lavatories), fountains and large retables. The result of this was that, +though the finest reliefs from the workshop of Andrea were but little if +at all inferior to those from the hand of Luca, yet some of them, turned +out by pupils and assistants, reached only a lower standard of merit. +Only one work in marble by Andrea is known, namely, an altar in S. Maria +delle Grazie near Arezzo, mentioned by Vasari (ed. Milanesi, ii. p. +179), and still well preserved. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--Enamelled Clay Relief of Virgin and Child, by +Andrea.] + +One variety of method was introduced by Andrea in his enamelled work; +sometimes he omitted the enamel on the face and hands (nude parts) of +his figures, especially in those cases where he had treated the heads in +a realistic manner; as, for example, in the noble tympanum relief of the +meeting of St Domenic and St Francis in the loggia of the Florentine +hospital of S. Paolo,--a design suggested by a fresco of Fra Angelico's +in the cloister of St Mark's. One of the most remarkable works by Andrea +is the series of medallions with reliefs of Infants in white on a blue +ground set on the front of the foundling hospital at Florence. These +lovely child-figures are modelled with wonderful skill and variety, no +two being alike. Andrea produced, for gilds and private persons, a large +number of reliefs of the Madonna and Child varied with much invention, +and all of extreme beauty of pose and sweetness of expression. These are +frequently framed with realistic yet decorative garlands of fruit and +flowers painted with coloured enamels, while the main relief is left +white. Fig. 2 shows a good example of these smaller works. The hospital +of S. Paolo, near S. Maria Novella, has also a number of fine medallions +with reliefs of saints, two of Christ Healing the Sick, and two fine +portraits, under which are white plaques inscribed--"DALL ANNO 1451 ALL +ANNO 1495"[11]; the first of these dates is the year when the hospital +was rebuilt owing to a papal brief sent to the archbishop of Florence. +Arezzo possesses a number of fine enamelled works by Andrea and his +sons--a retable in the cathedral with God holding the Crucified Christ, +surrounded by angels, and below, kneeling figures of S. Donato and S. +Bernardino; also in the chapel of the Campo Santo is a fine relief of +the Madonna and Child with four saints at the sides. In S. Maria in +Grado is a very noble retable with angels holding a crown over a +standing figure of the Madonna; a number of small figures of worshippers +take refuge in the folds of the Virgin's mantle, a favourite motive for +sculpture dedicated by gilds or other corporate bodies. Perhaps the +finest collection of works of this class is at La Verna, not far from +Arezzo (see Vasari, ed. Milanesi, ii. p. 179). The best of these, three +large retables with representations of the Annunciation, the +Crucifixion, and the Madonna giving her Girdle to St Thomas, are +probably the work of Andrea himself, the others being by his sons. In +1489 Andrea made a beautiful relief of the Virgin and two Angels, now +over the archive-room door in the Florentine Opera del Duomo; for this +he was paid twenty gold florins (see Cavallucci, _S. Maria del Fiore_). +In the same year he modelled the fine tympanum relief over a door of +Prato cathedral, with a half-length figure of the Madonna between St +Stephen and St Lawrence, surrounded by a frame of angels' heads. + +In 1491 he was still working at Prato, where many of his best reliefs +still exist. A fine bust of S. Lino exists over the side door of the +cathedral at Volterra, which is attributed to Andrea. Other late works +of known date are a magnificent bust of the Protonotary Almadiano, made +in 1510 for the church of S. Giovanni de' Fiorentini at Viterbo, now +preserved in the Palazzo Communale there, and a medallion of the Virgin +in Glory, surrounded by angels, made in 1505 for Pistoia cathedral.[12] +The latest work attributed to Andrea, though apparently only a workshop +production of 1515, is a relief representing the Adoration of the Magi, +made for a little church, St Maria, in Pian di Mugnone, near +Florence.[13] Portions of this work are still in the church, but some +fragments of it are at Oxford. + +III., IV. Five of Andrea's seven sons worked with their father, and +after his death carried on the Robbia fabrique; the dates of their birth +are shown in the table on p. 838 _ante_. Early in life two of them came +under the influence of Savonarola, and took monastic orders at his +Dominican convent; these were MARCO, who adopted the name of Fra Luca, +and PAOLO, called Fra Ambrogio. One relief by the latter, a Nativity +with four life-sized figures of rather poor work, is in the Cappella +degli Spagnuoli in the Sienese convent of S. Spirito; a MS. in the +convent archives records that it was made in 1504. + +V. The chief existing work known to be by the second LUCA[14] is the +very rich and beautiful tile pavement in the uppermost story of +Raphael's loggie at the Vatican, finely designed and painted in +harmonious majolica colours. This was made by Luca at Raphael's request +and under his supervision in 1518.[15] It is still in very fine +preservation. + +VI. GIOVANNI DELLA ROBBIA (1460-1529?) during a great part of his life +worked as assistant to his father, Andrea, and in many cases the +enamelled sculpture of the two cannot be distinguished. Some of +Giovanni's independent works are of great merit, especially the earlier +ones; during the latter part of his life his reliefs deteriorated in +style, owing mainly to the universal decadence of the time. A very large +number of pieces of Robbia ware which are attributed to Andrea, and even +to the elder Luca, were really by the hand of Giovanni. One of his +finest works is a large retable at Volterra in the church of S. +Girolamo, dated 1501; it represents the Last Judgment, and is remarkable +for the fine modelling of the figures, especially that of the archangel +Michael, and a nude kneeling figure of a youth who has just risen from +his tomb. Quite equal in beauty to anything of his father's, from whom +the design of the figures was probably taken, is the washing-fountain in +the sacristy of S. Maria Novella at Florence, made in 1497.[16] It is a +large arched recess with a view of the seashore, not very decorative in +style, painted on majolica tiles at the back. There are also two very +beautiful painted majolica panels of fruit-trees let into the lower +part. In the tympanum of the arch is a very lovely white relief of the +Madonna between two Adoring Angels (see fig. 3). Long coloured garlands +of fruit and flowers are held by nude boys reclining on the top of the +arch and others standing on the cornice. All this part is of enamelled +clay, but the basin of the fountain is of white marble. Neither Luca nor +Andrea was in the habit of signing his work, but Giovanni often did so, +usually adding the date, probably because other potters had begun to +imitate the Robbia ware.[17] + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--Relief of Madonna and Angels in the tympanum of +the lavabo (S. Maria Novella, Florence), by Giovanni.] + +Giovanni lacked the original talent of Luca and Andrea, and so he not +only copied their work but even reproduced in clay the marble sculpture +of Pollaiuolo, Da Settignano, Verrocchio and others. A relief by him, +evidently taken from Mino da Fiesole, exists in the Palazzo Castracane +Staccoli. Among the very numerous other works of Giovanni are a relief +in the wall of a suppressed convent in the Via Nazionale at Florence, +and two reliefs in the Bargello dated 1521 and 1522. That dated 1521 is +a many-coloured relief of the Nativity, and was taken from the church of +S. Girolamo in Florence; it is a too pictorial work, marred by the use +of many different planes. Its predella has a small relief of the +Adoration of the Magi, and is inscribed "Hoc opus fecit Ioaes Andee de +Robia, ac a posuit hoc in tempore die ultima lulli ANO. DNI. M.D. XXI." +At Pisa in the Campo Santo is a relief in Giovanni's later and poorer +manner dated 1520; it is a Madonna surrounded by angels, with saints +below--the whole overcrowded with figures and ornaments. Giovanni's +largest and perhaps finest work is the polychromatic frieze on the +outside of the Del Ceppo hospital at Pistoia, for which he received +various sums of money between 1525 and 1529, as is recorded in documents +which still exist among the archives of the hospital.[18] The subjects +of this frieze are the Seven Works of Mercy, forming a continuous band +of sculpture in high relief, well modelled and designed in a very broad +sculpturesque way, but disfigured by the crudeness of some of its +colouring. Six of these reliefs are by Giovanni, namely, Clothing the +Naked, Washing the Feet of Pilgrims, Visiting the Sick, Visiting +Prisoners, Burying the Dead, and Feeding the Hungry. The seventh, Giving +drink to the Thirsty, was made by Filippo Paladini of Pistoia in 1585; +this last is simply made of painted stucco. The large figures of the +virtues placed between the scenes, and the medallions between the +pillars, are the work of assistants or imitators. + +A large octagonal font of enamelled clay, with pilasters at the angles +and panels between them with scenes from the life of the Baptist, in the +church of S. Leonardo at Cerreto Guidi, is a work of the school of +Giovanni; the reliefs are pictorial in style and coarse in execution. +Giovanni's chief pupil was a man named Benedetto Buglioni (1461-1521), +and a pupil of his, one Santi Buglioni (b. 1494), entered the Robbia +workshops in 1521, and assisted in the later works of Giovanni. + +VII. GIROLAMO DELLA ROBBIA (1488-1566), another of Andrea's sons, was an +architect and a sculptor in marble and bronze as well as in enamelled +clay. During the first part of his life he, like his brothers, worked +with his father, but in 1528 he went to France and spent nearly forty +years in the service of the French Royal family. Francis I. employed him +to build a palace in the Bois de Boulogne called the Château de Madrid. +This was a large well-designed building, four storeys high, two of them +having open loggie in the Italian fashion. Girolamo decorated it richly +with terra-cotta medallions, friezes and other architectural +features.[19] For this purpose he set up kilns at Suresnes. Though the +palace itself has been destroyed, drawings of it exist.[20] + +The best collections of Robbia ware are in the Florentine Bargello, +Accademia and Museo del Duomo; the Victoria and Albert Museum (the +finest out of Italy); the Louvre, the Cluny and the Berlin Museums; +while fine examples are to be found in New York, Boston, St Petersburg +and Vienna. Many fine specimens exist in private collections in England, +France, Germany and the United States. The greater part of the Robbia +work still remains in the churches and other buildings of Italy, +especially in Florence, Fiesole, Arezzo, La Verna, Volterra, Barga, +Montepulciano, Lucca, Pistoia, Prato and Siena. + + LITERATURE.--H. Barbet de Jouy, _Les della Robbia_ (Paris, 1855); W. + Bode, _Die Künstlerfamilie della Robbia_ (Leipzig, 1878); "Luca della + Robbia ed i suoi precursori in Firenze," _Arch. stor. dell' arte_ + (1899); "Über Luca della Robbia," _Sitzungsbericht von der Berliner + kunstgeschichtlichen Gesellschaft_ (1896); _Florentiner Bildhauer der + Renaissance_ (Berlin, 1902); G. Carocci, _I Dintorni de Firenze_ + (Florence, 1881); "Il Monumento di Benozzo Federighi," _Arte e Storia_ + (1894); "Opere Robbiane poco noti," _Arte e storia_ (1898, 1899); + Cavallucci et Molinier, _Les della Robbia_ (Paris, 1884); Maud + Crutwell, _Luca and Andrea della Robbia and their Successors_ (London, + 1902); A. du Cerceau, _Les plus excellents bastiments de France_ + (Paris, 1586); G. Milanesi, _Le Vite scritte da Vasari_ (Florence, + 1878); M. Reymond, _Les della Robbia_ (Florence, 1897); _La Sculpture + Florentine_ (Florence, 1898); I. B. Supino, _Catalogo del R. Museo di + Firenze_ (Rome 1898); Vasari (see Milanesi's edition). + (J. H. M.; W. B.*) + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] Genealogical tree of Della Robbia sculptors:-- + + Simone di Marco. + | + +----------------+------------------+ + | | + Marco. Luca + | (1400-1482). + Andrea + (1435-1525). + | + +------+-------+------------+-------------+------------+ + | | | | | + Girolamo Luca Paolo Giovanni Marco + (1488-1566), (1475-1550?), (1470-?), (1469-1529?), (1468-?), + worked mostly worked in Dominican worked Dominican + in France. Florence monk. mainly in monk. + and Rome. Florence. + + [2] Not 1388, as Vasari says. See a document printed by Gaye, + _Carteggio inedito_, i. pp. 182-186. + + [3] Vasari is not quite right in his account of these reliefs: he + speaks of Euclid and Ptolemy as being in different panels. + + [4] See Cavallucci, _S. Maria del Fiore_, pt. ii. p. 137. + + [5] The Victoria and Albert Museum possesses what seem to be fine + replicas of these statues. + + [6] The document in which the order for this and the price paid for + it are recorded is published by Yriarte, _Gaz. d. beaux arts_, xxiv. + p. 143. + + [7] One of these medallions, that of the Physicians, is now removed + to the inside of the church. + + [8] It is fully described by Filarete in his _Trattato dell' + architectura_, written in 1464, and therefore was finished before + that date; see also Vasari, ed. Milanesi (Florence, 1880), ii. p. + 174. + + [9] His will, dated 19th February 1471, is published by Gaye, _Cart. + ined._ i. p. 185. + + [10] In the works of Perkins and others on Italian sculpture these + Perugian reliefs are wrongly stated to be of enamelled clay. + + [11] Professor Marquand has discovered, beneath 1451, the inscription + Prete Benino, and, under 1495, De Benini; probably the names of the + governors of the hospital at these dates. + + [12] See Gualandi, _Memorie risguardanti le belle arti_ (Bologna, + 1845), vi. pp. 33-35, where original documents are printed recording + the dates and prices paid for these and other works of Andrea. + + [13] See a document printed by Milanesi in his Vasari, ii. p. 180. + + [14] It appears certain that this Luca was a layman and not the Fra + Luca referred to above. + + [15] It is illustrated by Gruner, _Fresco Decorations of Italy_ + (London, 1854), pl. iv.; see also Müntz, _Raphaël, sa vie_, &c. + (Paris, 1881), p. 452, note i., and Vasari, ed. Milanesi, ii. p. 182. + + [16] See a document printed by Milanesi in his Vasari, ii. 193. + + [17] Examples of these imitations are a retable in S. Lucchese near + Poggibonsi dated 1514, another of the Madonna and Saints at Monte San + Savino of 1525, and a third in the Capuchin church of Arceria near + Sinigaglia; they are all inferior to the best works of the Robbia + family, though some of them may have been made by assistants trained + in the Robbia workshops. + + [18] The hospital itself was begun in 1514. + + [19] The Sèvres Museum possesses some fragments of these decorations. + + [20] See Laborde, _Château de Madrid_ (Paris, 1853), and _Comptes des + bâtiments du roi_ (Paris, 1877-1880), in which a full account is + given of Girolamo's work in connexion with this palace. + + + + +DELMEDIGO, a Cretan Jewish family, of whom the following are the most +important: + +ELIJAH DELMEDIGO (1460-1497), philosopher, taught in several Italian +centres of learning. He translated some of Averroes' commentaries into +Latin at the instigation of Pico di Mirandola. In the sphere of +religion, Delmedigo represents the tendency to depart from the +scholastic attitude in which religion and philosophy were identified. +His most important work was devoted to this end; it was entitled +_Behinath ha-Dath_ (Investigation of Religion). + +JOSEPH SOLOMON DELMEDIGO (1591-1655), pupil of Galileo, wrote many books +on science and philosophy, and bore a considerable part in initiating +the critical movement in Judaism. He belonged to the sceptical school, +and though his positive contributions to literature were not of lasting +worth, Graetz includes him among the important formative influences +within the synagogue of the 17th century. (I. A.) + + + + +DELMENHORST, a town of Germany, grand duchy of Oldenburg, on the Delme, +8 m. by rail W. from Bremen, at the junction of a line to Vechta. Pop. +(1905) 20,147. It has a Protestant and a Roman Catholic church, and is +the seat of considerable industries; notably wool-combing, weaving, +jute-spinning and the manufacture of linoleum. Delmenhorst was founded +in 1230, and from 1247 to 1679, when it was destroyed by the French, was +protected by a strong castle. + + + + +DELOLME, JEAN LOUIS (1740-1806), Swiss jurist and constitutional writer, +was born at Geneva in 1740. He studied for the bar, and had begun to +practise when he was obliged to emigrate on account of a pamphlet +entitled _Examen de trois parts de droit_, which gave offence to the +authorities of the town. He took refuge in England, where he lived for +several years on the meagre and precarious income derived from +occasional contributions to various journals. In 1775 he found himself +compelled to accept aid from a charitable society to enable him to +return home. He died at Sewen, a village in the canton of Schwyz, on the +16th of July 1806. + +During his protracted exile in England Delolme made a careful study of +the English constitution, the results of which he published in his +_Constitution de l'Angleterre_ (Amsterdam, 1771), of which an enlarged +and improved edition in English appeared in 1772, and was several times +reprinted. The work excited much interest as containing many acute +observations on the causes of the excellence of the English constitution +as compared with that of other countries. It is, however, wanting in +breadth of view, being written before the period when constitutional +questions were treated in a scientific manner. Along with a translation +of Hume's _History of England_ it supplied the _philosophes_ with most +of their ideas about the English constitution. It thus was used somewhat +as a political pamphlet. Several editions were published after the +author's death. Delolme also wrote in English _Parallel between the +English Government and the former Government of Sweden_ (1772); A +_History of the Flagellants_ (1782), based upon a work of Boileau's; _An +Essay on the Union of Scotland with England_ (1787), and one or two +smaller works. + + + + +DELONEY (or DELONE), THOMAS, English ballad-writer and pamphleteer, +produced his earliest indisputable work in 1586, and died about 1600. In +1596 Thomas Nashe, in his _Have with you to Saffron Walden_, wrote: +"Thomas Deloney, the ballating silk-weaver, hath rime enough for all +myracles, and wit to make a Garland of Good Will more than the premisses +... and this deare yeare, together with the silencing of his looms, +scarce that, he being constrained to betake himself to carded ale; +whence it proceedeth that since Candlemas, or his jigge, John for the +king, not one merrie dittie will come from him, but, the Thunderbolt +against Swearers,--Repent, England, Repent--and, the strange Judgements +of God." In 1588 the coming of the Armada inspired him for three +broadsides, which were reprinted (1860) by J. O. Halliwell-Phillipps. +They are entitled "The Queenes visiting of the Campe at Tilsburie with +her entertainment there," "A Joyful new Ballad, declaring the happie +obtaining of the great Galleazzo ...," and "A new Ballet of the straunge +and Most cruell Whippes which the Spaniards had prepared." A collection +of _Strange Histories_ (1607) consists of historical ballads by Deloney, +with some poems from other hands. This collection, known in later and +enlarged editions as _The Royal Garland of Love and Delight_ and _The +Garland of Delight_, contains the ballad of Fair Rosamond. J. H. Dixon +in his preface to _The Garland of Good Will_ (Percy Society, 1851) +ascribes to Deloney _The Blind Beggar of Bednall Green_, and _The +Pleasant and sweet History of Patient Grissel_, in prose, with the whole +of the _Garland of Good Will_, including some poems such as "The Spanish +Lady's Love" generally supposed to be by other hands. His other works +include _The Gentle Craft_ (1597) in praise of shoemakers, _The Pleasant +Historie of John Winchecombe_ (8th ed., 1619), and _Thomas of Reading or +the Sixe Worthie Yeomen of the West_ (earliest extant edition, 1612). +Kempe, the actor, jeers at these histories in his _Nine Daies Wonder_, +but they were very popular, being reprinted as penny chap-books. + + + + +DE LONG, GEORGE WASHINGTON (1844-1881), American explorer, was born in +New York city on the 22nd of August 1844. He graduated at the U.S. Naval +Academy in 1865, and spent the next fourteen years in naval service in +various parts of the world, attaining the rank of lieutenant in 1869, +and lieutenant-commander in 1879. In 1873 he took part in the voyage of +the "Juniata," sent to search for and relieve the American Arctic +expedition under Hall in the "Polaris," commanding a steam launch which +was sent out from Upernivik, Greenland, to make a thorough search of +Melville Bay. On his return to New York the same year he proposed to +James Gordon Bennett, of _The New York Herald_, that the latter should +fit out a Polar expedition. It was not until 1879 that the final +arrangements were made, the "Pandora," a yacht which had already made +two Arctic voyages under Sir Allen Young, being purchased and +rechristened the "Jeannette" for this voyage. The story of this +expedition (see POLAR REGIONS) is chiefly remarkable on account of the +long and helpless drifting of the "Jeannette" with the polar ice-pack in +which she was caught (September 5, 1879) and by which she was finally +crushed and sunk on the 13th of June 1881. The members of the expedition +set out in three boats, one of which was lost in a gale, while another +boat-load under De Long died from starvation after reaching the mouth of +the Lena river. He was the last survivor of his party. His journal, in +which he made regular entries up to the day on which he died (October +30, 1881) was edited by his wife and published in 1883 under the title +_Voyage of the "Jeannette"_; and an account of the search which was made +for him and his comrades by his heroic companion George W. Melville, who +was chief engineer of the expedition and commanded the third of the +retreating parties, was published a year later under the title of _In +the Lena Delta_. The fate of the "Jeannette" was still more remarkable +in its sequel. Three years after she had sunk several articles belonging +to her crew were found on an ice-floe near Julianshaab on the south-west +coast of Greenland; thus adding fresh evidence to the theory of a +continuous ocean current passing across the unknown Polar regions, which +was to be finally demonstrated by Nansen's voyage in the "Fram." By +direction of the United States government, the remains of De Long and +his companions were brought home and interred with honour in his native +city. + + + + +DELORME, MARION (c. 1613-1650), French courtesan, was the daughter of +Jean de Lou, sieur de l'Orme, president of the treasurers of France in +Champagne, and of Marie Chastelain. She was born at her father's château +near Champaubert. Initiated into the philosophy of pleasure by the +epicurean and atheist Jacques Vallée, sieur Desbarreaux, she soon left +him for Cinq Mars, at that time at the height of his popularity, and +succeeded, it is said, in marrying him in secret. From this time Marion +Delorme's salon became one of the most brilliant centres of elegant +Parisian society. After the execution of Cinq Mars she is said to have +numbered among her lovers Charles de St Evremond (1610-1703) the wit and +littérateur, Buckingham (Villiers), the great Condé, and even Cardinal +Richelieu. Under the Fronde her salon became a meeting place for the +disaffected, and Mazarin is said to have sent to arrest her when she +suddenly died. Her last years have been adorned with considerable legend +(cf. Merecourt, _Confessions de Marie Delorme_, Paris, 1856). It seems +established that she died in 1650. But she was believed to have lived +until 1706 or even 1741, after having had the most fantastic adventures, +including marriage with an English lord, and an old age spent in poverty +in Paris. Her name has been popularized by various authors, especially +by Alfred de Vigny in his novel _Cinq Mars_, by Victor Hugo in the drama +_Marion Delorme_, and by G. Bottesini in an opera of the same title. + + See P. J. Jacob, _Marion Delorme et Ninon Lenclos_ (Paris, 1859); J. + Peladan, _Histoire et légende de Marion de Lorme_ (Paris, 1882). + + + + +DE L'ORME, PHILIBERT (c. 1510-1570), French architect, one of the great +masters of the Renaissance, was born at Lyons, the son of Jehan de +L'Orme, who practised the same art and brought his son up to it. At an +early age Philibert was sent to Italy to study (1533-1536) and was +employed there by Pope Paul III. Returning to France he was patronized +by Cardinal du Bellay at Lyons, and was sent by him about 1540 to +Paris, where he began the Château de St Maur, and enjoyed royal favour; +in 1545 he was made architect to Francis I. and given the charge of +works in Brittany. In 1548 Henry II. gave him the supervision of +Fontainebleau, Saint-Germain and the other royal buildings; but on his +death (1559) Philibert fell into disgrace. Under Charles IX., however, +he returned to favour, and was employed to construct the Tuileries, in +collaboration with Jean Brillant. He died in Paris on the 8th of January +1570. Much of his work has disappeared, but his fame remains. An ardent +humanist and student of the antique, he yet vindicated resolutely the +French tradition in opposition to Italian tendencies; he was a man of +independent mind and a vigorous originality. His masterpiece was the +Château d'Anet (1552-1559), built for Diane de Poitiers, the plans of +which are preserved in Du Cerceau's _Plus excellens bastimens de +France_, though part of the building alone remains; and his designs for +the Tuileries (also given by Du Cerceau), begun by Catherine de' Medici +in 1565, were magnificent. His work is also seen at Chenonceaux and +other famous châteaux; and his tomb of Francis I. at St Denis remains a +perfect specimen of his art. He wrote two books on architecture (1561 +and 1567). + + See Marius Vachon, _Philibert de L'Orme_ (1887); Chevalier, _Lettres + et devis relatifs à la construction de Chenonceaux_ (1864); Pfror, + _Monographie du château d'Anet_ (1867); Herbet, _Travaux de P. de + L'Orme à Fontainebleau_ (1890). + + + + +DELOS (mod. _Mikra Dili_, or Little Delos, to distinguish it from Megali +Dili, or Great Delos), an island in the Aegean, the smallest but most +famous of the Cyclades, and, according to the ancient belief, the spot +round which the group arranged itself in a nearly circular form. It is a +rugged mass of granite, about 3 m. long and 1 m. to ½ m. broad, about ½ +m. E. of Megali Dili or Rheneia, and 2 m. W. of Myconus. Towards the +centre it rises to its greatest height of 350 ft. in the steep and rocky +peak of Mount Cynthus, which, though overtopped by several eminences in +the neighbouring islands, is very conspicuous from the surrounding sea. +It is now completely destitute of trees, but it abounds with brushwood +of lentisk and cistus, and here and there affords a patch of corn-land +to the occasional sower from Myconus. + +I. _Archaeology._--Excavations have been made by the French School at +Athens upon the island of Delos since 1877, chiefly by Th. Homolle. They +have proceeded slowly but systematically, and the method adopted, though +scientific and economical, left the site in some apparent confusion, but +the débris have more recently been cleared away to a considerable +extent. The complete plan of the sacred precinct of Apollo has been +recovered, as well as those of a considerable portion of the commercial +quarter of Hellenistic and Roman times, of the theatre, of the temples +of the foreign gods, of the temples on the top of Mount Cynthus, and of +several very interesting private houses. Numerous works of sculpture of +all periods have been found, and also a very extensive series of +inscriptions, some of them throwing much light upon the subject of +temple administration in Greece. + +[Illustration: DELOS PRECINCT OF APOLLO.] + +The most convenient place for landing is protected by an ancient mole; +it faces the channel between Delos and Rheneia, and is about opposite +the most northerly of the two little islands now called [Greek: +Rheumatiari]. From this side the sacred precinct of Apollo is approached +by an avenue flanked by porticoes, that upon the seaside bearing the +name of Philip V. of Macedon, who dedicated it about 200 B.C. This +avenue must have formed the usual approach for sacred embassies and +processions; but it is probable that the space to the south was not +convenient for marshalling them, since Nicias, on the occasion of his +famous embassy, built a bridge from the island of Hecate (the Greater +Rhevmatiari) to Delos, in order that the imposing Athenian procession +might not miss its full effect. Facing the avenue were the propylaea +that formed the chief entrance of the precinct of Apollo. They consisted +of a gate faced on the outside with a projecting portico of four +columns, on the inside with two columns _in antis_. Through this one +entered a large open space, filled with votive offerings and containing +a large exedra. The sacred road continued its course to the north-east +corner of this open space, with the precinct of Artemis on its west +side, and, on its east side, a terrace on which stood three temples. The +southernmost of these was the temple of Apollo, but only its back was +visible from this side. Though there is no evidence to show to whom the +other two were dedicated, the fact that they faced west seems to imply +that they were either dedicated to heroes or minor deities, or that they +were treasuries. Beyond them a road branches to the right, sweeping +round in a broad curve to the space in front of the temple of Apollo. +The outer side of this curve is bounded by a row of treasuries, similar +to those found at Delphi and Olympia, and serving to house the more +costly offerings of various islands or cities. The space to the east and +south of the temple of Apollo could also be approached directly from the +propylaea of entrance, by turning to the right through a passage-like +building with a porch at either end. Just to the north of this may be +seen the basis of the colossal statue of Apollo dedicated by the +Naxians, with its well-known archaic inscription; two large fragments of +the statue itself may still be seen a little farther to the north. + +The temple of Apollo forms the centre of the whole precinct, which it +dominates by the height of its steps as well as of the terrace already +mentioned; its position must have been more commanding in ancient times +than it is now that heaps of earth and débris cover so much of the +level. The temple was of Doric style, with six columns at the front and +back and thirteen at the sides; it was built early in the 4th century +B.C.; little if any traces have been found of the earlier building which +it superseded. Its sculptural decoration appears to have been but +scanty; the metopes were plain. The groups which ornamented, as +acroteria, the two gables of the temple have been in part recovered, and +may now be seen in the national museum at Athens; at the one end was +Boreas carrying off Oreithyia, at the other Eos and Cephalus, the centre +in each case being occupied by the winged figure that stood out against +the sky--a variation on the winged Victories that often occupy the same +position on temples. + +To the east of the space in front of the temple was an oblong building +of two chambers, with a colonnade on each side but not in front; this +may have been the Prytaneum or some other official building; beyond it +is the most interesting and characteristic of all the monuments of +Delphi. This is a long narrow hall, running from north to south, and +entered by a portico at its south end. At the north end was the famous +altar, built out of the horns of the victims, which was sometimes +reckoned among the seven wonders of the world. The rest of the room is +taken up by a paved space, surrounded by a narrow gangway; and on this +it is supposed that the [Greek: geranos] or stork-dance took place. The +most remarkable architectural feature of the building is the partition +that separated the altar from this long gallery; it consists of two +columns between _antae_, with capitals of a very peculiar form, +consisting of the fore parts of bulls set back to back; from these the +whole building is sometimes called the sanctuary of the bulls. Beyond +it, on the east, was a sacred wood filling the space up to the wall of +the precinct; and at the south end of this was a small open space with +the altar of Zeus Polieus. + +At the north of the precinct was a broad road, flanked with votive +offerings and exedrae, and along the boundary were porticoes and +chambers intended for the reception of the [Greek: theôriai] or sacred +embassies; there are two entrances on this side, each of them through +extensive propylaea. + +At the north-west corner of the precinct is a building of limestone, the +[Greek: pôrinos oikos] often mentioned in the inventories of the +treasures of the Delian shrine. South of it is the precinct of Artemis, +containing within it the old temple of the goddess; her more recent +temple was to the south of her precinct, opening not into it but into +the open space entered through the southern propylaea of the precinct of +Apollo. The older temple is mentioned in some of the inventories as "the +temple in which were the seven statues"; and close beside it was found a +series of archaic draped female statues, which was the most important of +its kind until the discovery of the finer and better preserved set from +the Athenian Acropolis. + +Within the precinct there were found many statues and other works of +art, and a very large number of inscriptions, some of them giving +inventories of the votive offerings and accounts of the administration +of the temple and its property. The latter are of considerable interest, +and give full information as to the sources of the revenue and its +financial administration. + +Outside the precinct of Apollo, on the south, was an open place; between +this and the precinct was a house for the priests, and within it, in a +kind of court, a set of small structures that may perhaps be identified +as the tombs of the Hyperborean maidens. Just to the east was the temple +of Dionysus, which is of peculiar plan, and faces the open place; on the +other side of it is a large rectangular court, surrounded by colonnades +and chambers which served as offices, the whole forming a sort of +commercial exchange; in the middle of it was a temple dedicated to +Aphrodite and Hermes. + +To the north of the precinct of Apollo, between it and the sacred lake, +there are very extensive ruins of the commercial town of Delos; these +have been only partially cleared, but have yielded a good many +inscriptions and other antiquities. The most extensive building is a +very large court surrounded by chambers, a sort of club or exchange. +Beyond this, on the way to the east coast, are the remains of the new +and the old palaestra, also partially excavated. + +The shore of the channel facing Rheneia is lined with docks and +warehouses, and behind them, as well as elsewhere in the island, there +have been found several private houses of the 2nd or 3rd century B.C. +Each of these consists of a single court surrounded by columns and often +paved with mosaic; various chambers open out of the court, including +usually one of large proportions, the [Greek: andrôn] or dining-room for +guests. + +The theatre, which is set in the lower slope of Mount Cynthus, has the +wings of the auditorium supported by massive substructures. The most +interesting feature is the _scena_, which is unique in plan; it +consisted of an oblong building of two storeys, surrounded on all sides +by a low portico or terrace reaching to the level of the first floor. +This was supported by pillars, set closer together along the front than +at the sides and back. An inscription found in the theatre showed that +this portico, or at least the front portion of it, was called the +proscenium or logeum, two terms of which the identity was previously +disputed. + +On the summit of Mount Cynthus, above the primitive cave-temple which +has always been visible, there have been found the remains of a small +precinct dedicated to Zeus Cynthius and Athena Cynthia. Some way down +the slope of the hill, between the cave-temple and the ravine of the +Inopus, is a terrace with the temples of the foreign gods, Isis and +Serapis, and a small odeum. + +II. _History._--Many alternative names for Delos are given by tradition; +one of these, Ortygia, is elsewhere also assigned to an island sacred to +Artemis. Of the various traditions that were current among the ancient +Greeks regarding the origin of Delos, the most popular describes it as +drifting through the Aegean till moored by Zeus as a refuge for the +wandering Leto. It supplied a birthplace to Apollo and Artemis, who were +born beneath a palm tree beside its sacred lake, and became for ever +sacred to these twin deities. The island first appears in history as the +seat of a great Ionic festival to which the various Ionic states, +including Athens, were accustomed annually to despatch a sacred embassy, +or Theoria, at the anniversary of the birth of the god on the 7th of +Thargelion (about May). In the 6th century B.C. the influence of the +Delian Apollo was at its height; Polycrates of Samos dedicated the +neighbouring island of Rheneia to his service and Peisistratus of Athens +caused all the area within sight of the temple to be cleared of the +tombs by which its sanctity was impaired. After the Persian wars, the +predominance of Athens led to the transformation of the Delian +amphictyony into the Athenian empire. (See DELIAN LEAGUE.) In 426 B.C., +in connexion with a reorganization of the festival, which henceforth was +celebrated in the third year of every Olympiad, the Athenians instituted +a more elaborate lustration, caused every tomb to be removed from the +island, and established a law that ever after any one who was about to +die or to give birth to a child should be at once conveyed from its +shores. And even this was not accounted sufficient, for in 422 they +expelled all its secular inhabitants, who were, however, permitted to +return in the following year. At the close of the Peloponnesian War the +Spartans gave to the people of Delos the management of their own +affairs; but the Athenian predominance was soon after restored, and +survived an appeal to the amphictyony of Delphi in 345 B.C. During +Macedonian times, from 322 to 166 B.C., Delos again became independent; +during this period the shrine was enriched by offerings from all +quarters, and the temple and its possessions were administered by +officials called [Greek: hieropoioi]. After 166 B.C. the Romans restored +the control of Delian worship to Athens, but granted to the island +various commercial privileges which brought it great prosperity. In 87 +B.C. Menophanes, the general of Mithradates VI. of Pontus, sacked the +island, which had remained faithful to Rome. From this blow it never +recovered; the Athenian control was resumed in 42 B.C., but Pausanias +(viii. 33. 2) mentions Delos as deserted but for a few Athenian +officials; and several epigrams of the 1st or 2nd century A.D. attest +the same fact, though the temple and worship were probably kept up until +the official extinction of the ancient religion. A museum has now been +built to contain the antiquities found in the excavations; otherwise +Delos is now uninhabited, though during the summer months a few +shepherds cross over with their flocks from Myconus or Rheneia. As a +religious centre it is replaced by Tenos and as a commercial centre by +the flourishing port of Syra. + + See Lebègue, _Recherches sur Délos_ (Paris, 1876). Numerous articles + in the _Bulletin de correspondance hellénique_ record the various + discoveries at Delos as they were made. See also Th. Homolle, _Les + Archives de l'intendance sacrée à Délos_ (with plan). The best + consecutive account is given in the _Guide Joanne, Grèce_, ii. + 443-464. For history, see Sir R. C. Jebb, _Journal of Hellenic + Studies_, i. (1889), pp. 7-62. For works of art found at Delos see + GREEK ART. (E. Gr.) + + + + +DE LOUTHERBOURG, PHILIP JAMES (1740-1812), English artist, was born at +Strassburg on the 31st of October 1740, where his father, the +representative of a Polish family, practised miniature painting; but he +spent the greater part of his life in London, where he was naturalized, +and exerted a considerable influence on the scenery of the English +stage, as well as on the artists of the following generation. De +Loutherbourg was intended for the Lutheran ministry, and was educated at +the university of Strassburg. As the calling, however, was foreign to +his nature, he insisted on being a painter, and placed himself under +Vanloo in Paris. The result was an immediate and precocious development +of his powers, and he became a figure in the fashionable society of that +day. In 1767 he was elected into the French Academy below the age +required by the law of the institution, and painted landscapes, sea +storms, battles, all of which had a celebrity above those of the +specialists then working in Paris. His début was made by the exhibition +of twelve pictures, including "Storm at Sunset," "Night," "Morning after +Rain." He is next found travelling in Switzerland, Germany and Italy, +distinguishing himself as much by mechanical inventions as by painting. +One of these, showing quite new effects produced in a model theatre, was +the wonder of the day. The exhibition of lights behind canvas +representing the moon and stars, the illusory appearance of running +water produced by clear blue sheets of metal and gauze, with loose +threads of silver, and so on, were his devices. In 1771 he came to +London, and was employed by Garrick, who offered him £500 a year to +apply his inventions to Drury Lane, and to superintend the +scene-painting, which he did with complete success, making a new era in +the adjuncts of the stage. Garrick's own piece, the _Christmas Tale_, +and the pantomime, 1781-1782, introduced the novelties to the public, +and the delight not only of the masses, but of Reynolds and the artists, +was unbounded. The green trees gradually became russet, the moon rose +and lit the edges of passing clouds, and all the world was captivated by +effects we now take little notice of. A still greater triumph awaited +him on his opening an entertainment called the "Eidophusicon," which +showed the rise, progress and result of a storm at sea--that which +destroyed the great Indiaman, the "Halsewell,"--and the Fallen Angels +raising the Palace of Pandemonium. De Loutherbourg has been called the +inventor of the panorama, but this honour does not belong to him, +although it first appeared about the same time as the eidophusicon. The +first panorama was painted and exhibited by Robert Barker. + +All this mechanism did not prevent De Loutherbourg from painting. "Lord +Howe's Victory off Ushant" (1794), and other large naval pictures were +commissioned for Greenwich Hospital Gallery, where they still remain. +His finest work was the "Destruction of the Armada." He painted also the +Great Fire of London, and several historical works, one of these being +the "Attack of the Combined Armies on Valenciennes" (1793). He was made +R.A., in addition to other distinctions, in 1781, shortly after which +date we find an entirely new mental impulse taking possession of him. He +joined Balsamo, comte de Cagliostro, and travelled about with this +extraordinary person--leaving him, however, before his condemnation to +death. We do not hear that Mesmer had attracted De Loutherbourg, nor do +we find an exact record of his connexion with Cagliostro. A pamphlet +published in 1789, _A List of a few Cures performed by Mr and Mrs De +Loutherbourg without Medicine_, shows that he had taken up +faith-healing, and there is a story that a successful projection of the +philosopher's stone was only spoiled by the breaking of the crucible by +a relative. He died on the 11th of March 1812. His publications are +few--some sets of etchings, and _English Scenery_ (1805). + + + + +DELPHI (the Pytho of Homer and Herodotus; in Boeotian inscriptions +[Greek: Belphoi], on coins [Greek: Dalphoi]), a place in ancient Greece +in the territory of Phocis, famous as the seat of the most important +temple and oracle of Apollo. It was situated about 6 m. inland from the +shores of the Corinthian Gulf, in a rugged and romantic glen, closed on +the N. by the steep wall-like under-cliffs of Mount Parnassus known as +the Phaedriades or Shining Rocks, on the E. and W. by two minor ridges +or spurs, and on the S. by the irregular heights of Mount Cirphis. +Between the two mountains the Pleistus flowed from east to west, and +opposite the town received the brooklet of the Castalian fountain, which +rose in a deep gorge in the centre of the Parnassian cliff. About 7 m. +to the north, on the side of Mount Parnassus, was the famous Corycian +cave, a large grotto in the limestone rock, which afforded the people of +Delphi a refuge during the Persian invasion. It is now called in the +district the Sarant' Aulai or Forty Courts, and is said to be capable of +holding 3000 people. + +I. _The Site._--The site of Delphi was occupied by the modern village of +Castri until it was bought by the French government in 1891, and the +peasant proprietors expropriated and transferred to the new village of +Castri, a little farther to the west. Excavations had been made +previously in some parts of the precinct; for example, the portico of +the Athenians was laid bare in 1860. The systematic clearing of the site +began in the spring of 1892, and it was rapidly cleared of earth by +means of a light railway. The plan of the precinct is now easily traced, +and with the help of Pausanias many of the buildings have been +identified. + +The ancient wall running east and west, commonly known as the Hellenico, +has been found extant in its whole length, and the two boundary walls +running up the hill at each end of it, traced. In the eastern of these +was the main entrance by which Pausanias went in along the Sacred Way. +This paved road is easily recognized as it zigzags up the hill, with +treasuries and the bases of various offerings facing it on both sides. +It mounts first westwards to an open space, then turns eastwards till it +reaches the eastern end of the terrace wall that supports the temple, +and then turns again and curves up north and then west towards the +temple. Above this, approached by a stair, are the Lesche and the +theatre, occupying respectively the north-east and north-west corner of +the precinct. On a higher level still, a little to the west, is the +stadium. There are several narrow paths and stairs that cut off the +zigzags of the Sacred Way. + +In describing the monuments discovered by the French excavators, the +simplest plan is to follow the route of Pausanias. Outside the entrance +is a large paved court of Roman date, flanked by a colonnade. On the +north side of the Sacred Way, close to the main entrance, stood the +offering dedicated by the Lacedaemonians after the battle of +Aegospotami. It was a large quadrangular building of conglomerate, with +a back wall faced with stucco, and stood open to the road. On a stepped +pedestal facing the open stood the statues of the gods and the admirals, +perhaps in rows above one another. + +The statues of the Epigoni stood on a semicircular basis on the south +side of the way. Opposite them stood another semicircular basis which +carried the statues of the Argive kings, whose names are cut on the +pedestal in archaic characters, reading from right to left. Farther west +was the Sicyonian treasury on the south of the way. It was in the form +of a small Doric temple _in antis_, and had its entrance on the east. +The present foundations are built of architectural fragments, probably +from an earlier building of circular form on the same site. The +sculptures from this treasury are in the museum, as are the other +sculptures found on the site. These sculptures, which are in rough +limestone, most likely belong to the earlier building, as their surface +is in a better state of preservation than could be possible if they had +been long exposed to the air. The earlier treasury was probably +destroyed either by earthquake or by the percolation of water through +the terracing. + +[ILLUSTRATION: PRECINCT OF APOLLO AT DELPHI.] + +The Cnidian treasury stands on the south side of the way farther west. +This building was originally surmised by the excavators to be the +treasury of Siphnos, but further evidence led them to change their +opinion. The treasury was raised on a quadrangular structure, supported +on its south side by the Hellenico, and built of tufa. The lower courses +are left rough and were most likely hidden. A small Ionic temple of +marble with two caryatids between antae stood on this substructure. The +sculpture from this treasury, which ornamented its frieze and pediment, +is of great interest in the history of the development of the art, and +the fragments of architectural mouldings are of great delicacy and +beauty. The whole work is perhaps the most perfect example we possess of +the transitional style of the early 5th century. Standing back somewhat +from the path just as it bends round up the hill is the Theban treasury. +Farther north, where the path turns again, is the Athenian treasury. +This structure, which was in the form of a small Doric temple _in +antis_, appears to have suffered from the building above it having been +shaken down by an earthquake. It has now been rebuilt with the original +blocks. There can be no doubt about the identity of the building, for +the basis on which it stands bears the remains of the dedicatory +inscription, stating that it was erected from the spoils of Marathon. +Almost all the sculptured metopes are in the museum, and are of the +highest interest to the student of archaic art. The famous inscriptions +with hymns to Apollo accompanied by musical notation were found on +stones belonging to this treasury. + +Above the Athenian treasury is an open space, in which is a rock which +has been identified as the Sybil's rock. It has steps hewn in it, and +has a cleft. The ground round it has been left rough like the space on +the Acropolis at Athens identified as the ancient altar of Athena. Here +too was placed the curious column, with many flutes and an Ionic +capital, on which stood the colossal sphinx, dedicated by the Naxians, +that has been pieced together and placed in the museum. + +A little farther on, but below the Sacred Way, is another open space, of +circular form, which is perhaps the [Greek: halôs] or sacred +threshing-floor on which the drama of the slaying of the Python by +Apollo was periodically performed. Opposite this space, and backed +against the beautifully jointed polygonal wall which has for some time +been known, and which supports the terrace on which the temple stands, +is the colonnade of the Athenians. A dedicatory inscription runs along +the face of the top step, and has been the subject of much dispute. Both +the forms of the letters and the style of the architecture show that the +colonnade cannot date, as Pausanias says, from the time of the +Peloponnesian War; Th. Homolle now assigns it to the end of the 6th +century. The polygonal terrace wall at the back, on being cleared, +proves to be covered with inscriptions, most of them concerning the +manumission of slaves. + +After rounding the east end of the terrace wall, the Sacred Way turns +northward, leaving the Great Altar, dedicated by the Chians, on the +left. After passing the altar, it turns to the left again at right +angles, and so enters the space in front of the temple. Remains of +offerings found in this region include those dedicated by the Cyrenians +and by the Corinthians. The site of the temple itself carries the +remains of successive structures. Of that built by the Alcmaeonids in +the 6th century B.C. considerable remains have been found, some in the +foundations of the later temple and some lying where they were thrown by +the earthquake. The sculptures found have been assigned to this +building, probably to the gables, as they are archaic in character, and +show a remarkable resemblance to the sculptures from the pediment of the +early temple of Athena at Athens. The existing foundations are these of +the temple built in the 4th century. They give no certain information as +to the sacred cleft and other matters relating to the oracle. Though +there are great hollow spaces in the structure of the foundations, these +appear merely to have been intended to save material, and not to have +been put to any religious or other use. Up in the north-eastern corner +of the precinct, standing at the foot of the cliffs, are the remains of +the interesting Cnidian Lesche or Clubhouse. It was a long narrow +building accessible only from the south, and the famous paintings were +probably disposed around the walls so as to meet in the middle of the +north side. Some scanty fragments of the lower part of the frescoed +walls have survived; but they are not enough to give any information as +to the work of Polygnotus. + +At the north-western corner of the precinct is the theatre, one of the +best preserved in Greece. The foundations of the stage are extant, as +well as the orchestra, and the walls and seats of the auditorium. There +are thirty-three tiers of seats in seven sets, and a paved diazoma. The +sculptures from the stage front, now in the museum, have the labours of +Heracles as their subject. The date of the theatre is probably early 2nd +century B.C. + +The stadium lies, as Pausanias says, in the highest part of the city to +the north-west. It stands on a narrow plateau of ground supported on the +south-east by a terrace wall. The seats have been cleared, and are in a +state of extraordinary preservation. A few of those at the east end are +hewn in the rock. No trace of the marble seats mentioned by Pausanias +has been found, but they have probably been carried off for lime or +building, as they could easily be removed. An immense number of +inscriptions have been found in the excavations, and many works of art, +including a bronze charioteer, which is one of the most admirable +statues preserved from ancient times. + +II. _History._--Our information as to the oracle at Delphi and the +manner in which it was consulted is somewhat confused; there probably +was considerable variation at different periods. The tale of a hole from +which intoxicating "mephitic" vapour arose has no early authority, nor +is it scientifically probable (see A. P. Oppé in _Journal of Hellenic +Studies_, xxiv. 214). The questions had to be given in writing, and the +responses were uttered by the Pythian priestess, in early times a +maiden, later a woman over fifty attired as a maiden. After chewing the +sacred bay and drinking of the spring Cassotis, which was conducted into +the temple by artificial channels, she took her seat on the sacred +tripod in the inner shrine. Her utterances were reduced to verse and +edited by the prophets and the "holy men" ([Greek: hosioi]). For the +influence and history of the oracle see ORACLE. + +Delphi also contained the "Omphalos," a sacred stone bound with fillets, +supposed to mark the centre of the earth. It was said Zeus had started +two eagles from the opposite extremities and they met there. Other tales +said the stone was the one given by Rhea to Cronus as a substitute for +Zeus. + +For the history of the Delphic Amphictyony see under AMPHICTYONY. The +oracle at Delphi was asserted by tradition to have existed before the +introduction of the Apolline worship and to have belonged to the goddess +Earth (Ge or Gaia). The Homeric Hymn to Apollo evidently combines two +different versions, one of the approach of Apollo from the north by +land, and the other of the introduction of his votaries from Crete. The +earliest stone temple was said to have been built by Trophonius and +Agamedes. This was destroyed by fire in 548 B.C., and the contract for +rebuilding was undertaken by the exiled Alcmaeonidae from Athens, who +generously substituted marble on the eastern front for the poros +specified (see CLEISTHENES, _ad init._). Portions of the pediments of +this temple have been found in the excavations; but no sign has been +found of the pediments mentioned by Pausanias, representing on the east +Apollo and the Muses, and on the west Dionysus and the Thyiades +(Bacchantes), and designed by Praxias, the pupil of Calanias. The temple +which was seen by Pausanias, and of which the foundations were found by +the excavators, was the one of which the building is recorded in +inscriptions of the 4th century. A raid on Delphi attempted by the +Persians in 480 B.C. was said to have been frustrated by the god +himself, by means of a storm or earthquake which hurled rocks down on +the invaders; a similar tale is told of the raid of the Gauls in 279 +B.C. But the sacrilege thus escaped at the hands of foreign invaders was +inflicted by the Phocian defenders of Delphi during the Sacred War, +356-346 B.C., when many of the precious votive offerings were melted +down. The Phocians were condemned to replace their value to the amount +of 10,000 talents, which they paid in instalments. In 86 B.C. the +sanctuary and its treasures were put under contribution by L. Cornelius +Sulla for the payment of his soldiers; Nero removed no fewer than 500 +bronze statues from the sacred precincts; Constantine the Great enriched +his new city by the sacred tripod and its support of intertwined snakes +dedicated by the Greek cities after the battle of Plataea. This still +exists, with its inscription, in the Hippodrome at Constantinople. +Julian afterwards sent Oribasius to restore the temple; but the oracle +responded to the emperor's enthusiasm with nothing but a wail over the +glory that had departed. + + Provisional accounts of the excavations have appeared during the + excavations in the _Bulletin de correspondance hellénique_. A summary + is given in J. G. Frazer, _Pausanias_, vol. v. The official account is + entitled _Fouilles de Delphes_. For history see Hiller von Gärtringen + in Pauly-Wissowa, _Realencyclopädie, s.v._ "Delphi." For cult see L. + R. Farnell, _Cults of the Creek States_, iv. 179-218. For the works of + art discovered see GREEK ART. (E. Gr.) + + + + +DELPHINIA, a festival of Apollo Delphinius held annually on the 6th (or +7th) of the month Munychion (April) at Athens. All that is known of the +ceremonies is that a number of girls proceeded to his temple +(Delphinium) carrying suppliants' branches and seeking to propitiate +Apollo, probably as a god having influence on the sea. It was at this +time of year that navigation began again after the storms of winter. +According to the story in Plutarch (_Theseus_, 18), Theseus, before +setting out to Crete to slay the Minotaur, repaired to the Delphinium +and deposited, on his own behalf and that of his companions on whom the +lot had fallen, an offering to Apollo, consisting of a branch of +consecrated olive, bound about with white wool; after which he prayed to +the god and set sail. The sending of the maidens to propitiate the god +during the Delphinia commemorates this event in the life of Theseus. + + See A. Mommsen, _Festeder Stadt Athen_ (1898); L. Preller, + _Griechische Mythologie_ (4th ed., 1887); P. Stengel, _Die griechische + Kultusaltertümer_ (1898); Daremberg and Saglio, _Dictionnaire des + antiquités_; G. F. Schömann, _Griechische Altertümer_ (4th ed., + 1897-1902). + + + + +DELPHINUS ("THE DOLPHIN"), in astronomy, a constellation of the northern +hemisphere, mentioned by Eudoxus (4th century B.C.) and Aratus (3rd +century B.C.); and catalogued by Ptolemy (10 stars), Tycho Brahe (10 +stars), and Hevelius (14 stars), [Gamma] _Delphini_ is a double star: a +yellowish of magnitude 4, and a bluish of magnitude 5. + + + + +DELTA (from the shape of the Gr. letter [Delta], delta, originally used +of the mouth of the Nile), a tract of land enclosed by the diverging +branches of a river's mouth and the seacoast, and traversed by other +branches of the stream. This triangular tract is formed from the fine +silt brought down in suspension by a muddy river and deposited when the +river reaches the sea. When tidal currents are feeble, the delta +frequently advances some distance seawards, forming a local prolongation +of the coast. + + + + +DELUC, JEAN ANDRÉ (1727-1817), Swiss geologist and meteorologist, born +at Geneva on the 8th of February 1727, was descended from a family which +had emigrated from Lucca and settled at Geneva in the 15th century. His +father, François Deluc, was the author of some publications in +refutation of Mandeville and other rationalistic writers, which are best +known through Rousseau's humorous account of his ennui in reading them; +and he gave his son an excellent education, chiefly in mathematics and +natural science. On completing it he engaged in commerce, which +principally occupied the first forty-six years of his life, without any +other interruption than that which was occasioned by some journeys of +business into the neighbouring countries, and a few scientific +excursions among the Alps. During these, however, he collected by +degrees, in conjunction with his brother Guillaume Antoine, a splendid +museum of mineralogy and of natural history in general, which was +afterwards increased by his nephew J. André Deluc (1763-1847), who was +also a writer on geology. He at the same time took a prominent part in +politics. In 1768 he was sent to Paris on an embassy to the duc de +Choiseul, whose friendship he succeeded in gaining. In 1770 he was +nominated one of the Council of Two Hundred. Three years later +unexpected reverses in business made it advisable for him to quit his +native town, which he only revisited once for a few days. The change was +welcome in so far as it set him entirely free for scientific pursuits, +and it was with little regret that he removed to England in 1773. He was +made a fellow of the Royal Society in the same year, and received the +appointment of reader to Queen Charlotte, which he continued to hold +for forty-four years, and which afforded him both leisure and a +competent income. In the latter part of his life he obtained leave to +make several tours in Switzerland, France, Holland and Germany. In +Germany he passed the six years from 1798 to 1804; and after his return +he undertook a geological tour through England. When he was at +Göttingen, in the beginning of his German tour, he received the +compliment of being appointed honorary professor of philosophy and +geology in that university; but he never entered upon the active duties +of a professorship. He was also a correspondent of the Academy of +Sciences at Paris, and a member of several other scientific +associations. He died at Windsor on the 7th of November 1817. + +His favourite studies were geology and meteorology. The situation of his +native country had naturally led him to contemplate the peculiarities of +the earth's structure, and the properties of the atmosphere, as +particularly displayed in mountainous countries, and as subservient to +the measurement of heights. According to Cuvier, he ranked among the +first geologists of his age. His principal geological work, _Lettres +physiques et morales sur les montagnes el sur l'histoire de la terre et +de l'homme_, first published in 1778, and in a more complete form in +1779, was dedicated to Queen Charlotte. It dealt with the appearance of +mountains and the antiquity of the human race, explained the six days of +the Mosaic creation as so many epochs preceding the actual state of the +globe, and attributed the deluge to the filling up of cavities supposed +to have been left void in the interior of the earth. He published later +an important series of volumes on geological travels in the north of +Europe (1810), in England (1811), and in France, Switzerland and Germany +(1813). These were translated into English. + +Deluc's original experiments relating to meteorology were valuable to +the natural philosopher; and he discovered many facts of considerable +importance relating to heat and moisture. He noticed the disappearance +of heat in the thawing of ice about the same time that J. Black founded +on it his ingenious hypothesis of latent heat. He ascertained that water +was more dense about 40° F. (4° C.) than at the temperature of freezing, +expanding equally on each side of the maximum; and he was the originator +of the theory, afterward readvanced by John Dalton, that the quantity of +aqueous vapour contained in any space is independent of the presence or +density of the air, or of any other elastic fluid. + +His _Recherches sur les modifications de l'atmosphère_ (2 vols. 4to, +Geneva, 1772; 2nd ed., 4 vols. 8vo, Paris, 1784) contains many accurate +and ingenious experiments upon moisture, evaporation and the indications +of hygrometers and thermometers, applied to the barometer employed in +determining heights. In the _Phil. Trans._, 1773, appeared his account +of a new hygrometer, which resembled a mercurial thermometer, with an +ivory bulb, which expanded by moisture, and caused the mercury to +descend. The first correct rules ever published for measuring heights by +the barometer were those he gave in the _Phil. Trans._, 1771, p. 158. +His _Lettres sur l'histoire physique de la terre_ (8vo, Paris, 1798), +addressed to Professor Blumenbach, contains an essay on the existence of +a General Principle of Morality. It also gives an interesting account of +some conversations of the author with Voltaire and Rousseau. Deluc was +an ardent admirer of Bacon, on whose writings he published two +works--_Bacon tel qu'il est_ (8vo, Berlin, 1800), showing the bad faith +of the French translator, who had omitted many passages favourable to +revealed religion, and _Précis de la philosophie de Bacon_ (2 vols. 8vo, +Paris, 1802), giving an interesting view of the progress of natural +science. _Lettres sur le Christianisme_ (Berlin and Hanover, 1801, 1803) +was a controversial correspondence with Dr Teller of Berlin in regard to +the Mosaic cosmogony. His _Traité élémentaire de géologie_ (8vo, Paris, +1809, also in English, by de la Fite, the same year) was principally +intended as a refutation of the Vulcanian system of Hutton and Playfair, +who deduced the changes of the earth's structure from the operation of +fire, and attributed a higher antiquity to the present state of the +continents than is required in the Neptunian system adopted by Deluc +after D. Dolomieu. He sent to the Royal Society, in 1809, a long paper +on separating the chemical from the electrical effect of the pile, with +a description of the electric column and aerial electroscope, in which +he advanced opinions so little in unison with the latest discoveries of +the day, that the council deemed it inexpedient to admit them into the +_Transactions_. The paper was afterwards published in Nicholson's +_Journal_ (xxvi.), and the dry column described in it was constructed by +various experimental philosophers. This dry pile or electric column has +been regarded as his chief discovery. + + Many other of his papers on subjects kindred to those already + mentioned are to be found in the _Transactions_ and in the + _Philosophical Magazine_. See _Philosophical Magazine_ (November + 1817). + + + + +DELUGE, THE (through the Fr. from Lat. _diluvium_, flood, _diluere_, to +wash away), a great flood or submersion of the earth (so far as the +earth was known to the narrators), or of heaven and earth, or simply of +heaven, by which, according to primitive and semi-primitive races, chaos +was restored. It is, of course, not meant that all the current flood +stories, as they stand, answer to this description. There are flood +stories which, at first sight, may plausibly be held to be only +exaggerated accounts of some ancient historical occurrences. The +probability of such traditions being handed down is, however, extremely +slight. If some flood stories are apparently local, and almost or quite +without mythical colouring, it may be because the original myth-makers +had a very narrow conception of the earth, and because in the lapse of +time the original mythic elements had dwindled or even disappeared. The +relics of the traditional story may then have been adapted by scribes +and priests to a new theory. Many deluge stories may in this way have +degenerated. It is at any rate undeniable that flood stories of the type +described above, and even with similar minor details, are fairly common. +A conspectus of illustrative flood stories from different parts of the +world would throw great light on the problems before us; see the article +COSMOGONY, especially for the North American tales, which show clearly +enough that the deluge is properly a second creation, and that the +serpent is as truly connected with the second chaos as with the first. +One of them, too, gives a striking parallel to the Babylonian name +Hasis-andra (the Very Wise), whence comes the corrupt form Xisuthrus; +the deluge hero of the Hare Indians is called Kunyan, "the intelligent." +Polynesia also gives us most welcome assistance, for its flood stories +still present clear traces of the primitive imagination that the sky was +a great blue sea, on which the sun, moon and stars (or constellations) +were voyagers. Greece too supplies some stimulus to thought, nor are +Iran and Egypt as unproductive as some have supposed. But the only +pauses that we can allow ourselves are in Hindustan, Babylonia and +Canaan. The peoples of these three countries, which are religiously so +prominent in antiquity, have naturally connected their name equally with +thoughts about earth production and earth destruction. + + + Indian Tradition. + +The Indian tradition exists in several forms.[1] The earliest is +preserved in the Satapatha Brahmana. It is there related that Manu, the +first man, the son of the sun-god Vivasvat, found, in bathing, a small +fish, which asked to be tended, and in reward promised to save him in +the coming flood. The fish grew, and at last had to be carried to the +sea, where it revealed to Manu the time of the flood, and bade him +construct a ship for his deliverance. When the time came, Manu, +unaccompanied, went on board; the grateful fish towed the ship through +the water to the summit of the northern mountain, where it bade Manu +bind the vessel to a tree. Gradually, as the waters fell, Manu descended +the mountain; he then sacrificed and prayed. In a year's time his prayer +was granted. A woman appeared, who called herself his daughter Ida +(goddess of fertility). It is neither stated, nor even hinted, that sin +was the cause of the flood. + +Another version occurs in the great epic, the Mahabharata. The lacunae +of the earlier story are here supplied. Manu, for instance, embarks with +the seven "rishis" or wise men, and takes with him all kinds of seed. +The fish announces himself as the God Brahman, and enables Manu to +create both gods and men. A third account is given in the Bhagavata +Purana. It contains the details of the announcement of the flood seven +days beforehand (cf. Gen. vii. 4) and of the taking of pairs of all +kinds of animals (cf. Gen. vi. 19), besides the seeds of plants (as the +epic; cf. Gen. vi. 21). This story, however, is a late composition, not +earlier than the 12th century A.D. A first glance at these stories is +somewhat bewildering. We shall return, however, to this problem later +with a good hope of mastering it. + + + Israelite and Babylonian. + +The Israelite (Biblical) and the Babylonian deluge-stories remain to be +considered. Neither need be described here in detail; for the former see +Gen. vi. 5-ix. 17, and for the latter GILGAMESH. As most students are +aware, the Biblical deluge-story is composite, being made up of two +narratives, the few lacunae in which are due to the ancient redactor who +worked them together.[2] The narrators are conventionally known as J. (= +the Yahwist, from the divine name Yahweh) and P. (= the Priestly Writer) +respectively. It is important to notice that P., though chronologically +later than J., reproduces certain elements which must be archaic. For +instance, while J. speaks only of a rain-storm, P. states that "all the +fountains of the great ocean were broken up, and the windows of heaven +opened" (Gen. vii. 11), i.e. the lower and the upper waters met together +and produced the deluge. It is also P. who tells the story of the +appointment of the rainbow (Gen ix. 12-17), which is evidently ancient, +though only paralleled in a Lithuanian flood-story, and near it we find +the divine declaration (Gen. ix. 2-6) that the golden age of universal +peace (cf. Gen. i. 29, 30), already sadly tarnished, is over.[3] Surely +this too has a touch of the archaic; nor can we err in connecting it +with the tradition of man's first home in Paradise, where no enemy could +come, because, in the original form of the tradition, Paradise was the +abode of God. (See PARADISE.) + + + Berossus: four points. + +The Babylonian tradition exists in two main forms,[4] nor can we affirm +that the shorter form, due to Berossus, is superseded by the larger one +in the Gilgamesh epic, for it communicates four important points: (1) +Xisuthrus, the hero of the deluge, was also the tenth Babylonian king; +cf. Noah, in P., the tenth patriarch as well as the survivor from the +deluge; (2) the destination of Xisuthrus is said to be "to the gods," a +statement which virtually records his divine character. In accordance +with this, the final reward of the hero is declared to be "living with +the gods." This suggests that Noah (?) may originally have been +represented as a supernatural man, a demigod. True, Gen. ix. 20, 21 is +not consistent with this, but it is very possible that Noah was +substituted by a scribe's error for Enoch,[5] who, like Xisuthrus, +"walked with God (learning the heavenly wisdom) and disappeared, for God +had taken him" (Gen. v. 22, 24); (3) the birds, when sent out by +Xisuthrus the second time, return with mud on their feet. This detail +reminds us of points in some archaic North American myths which probably +supply the key to its meaning;[6] (4) in the time of Berossus the +mountain on which the ark grounded was considered to be in Armenia. + + + Details on relation of Israelite story to Babylonian. + +We pass on to the relation of J. and P. to the Babylonian story. (1) The +polytheistic colouring of the latter contrasts strongly with the far +simpler religious views of J. and P. Note the capricious character of +the god Bel who sends the deluge, while at the end of the story the +catastrophe is represented as a judgment upon human sins. It is the +latter view which is adopted by J. and P. We cannot, however, infer from +this that the narratives which doubtless underlie J. and P. were +directly taken from some such story as that in the Gilgamesh epic. The +theory of an indirect and unconscious borrowing on the part of the +Israelitish compilers will satisfy all the conditions of the case. (2) +In the general scheme the three accounts very nearly agree, for J. must +originally have contained directions as to the building of the vessel, +and a notice that the ark grounded on a certain mountain. P.'s omission +of the sacrifice at the close seems to be arbitrary. His theory of +religious history forbade a reference to an altar so early, but his +document must have contained it. J. expressly mentions it (Gen. viii. +20, 21), though not in such an original way as the cuneiform text. (3) +As to the directions for building the ship (epic) or chest (J. and P.). +Here the Babylonian story and P. have a strong general resemblance; +note, e.g., the mention of bitumen in both. Whether the Hebrew reference +to a chest (_tebah_) is, or is not, more archaic than the Babylonian +reference to a ship (_elippu_) is a question which admits of different +answers. (4) As to the material cause of the deluge. According to P. +(see above) the water came both from above and from below; J. only +speaks of continuous rain. The Gilgamesh epic, however, mentions besides +thunder, lightning and rain, a hurricane which drove the sea upon the +land. We can hardly regard this as more original than P.'s +representation. (5) As to the extent of the flood. From the opening of +the story in the epic we should naturally infer that only a single S. +Babylonian city was affected. The sequel, however, implies that the +flood extended all over Babylonia and the region of Nisir. More than +this can hardly be claimed. Similarly the earlier story which underlies +J. and P. need only have referred to the region of the myth-framers, +i.e. either Canaan or N. Arabia. (6) As to the duration of the flood the +traditions differ. P. reckons it at 365 days, i.e. a solar year, which +is parallel to the 365 years of the life of Enoch (who, as we have seen, +may have been the original hero of the flood). It is probable (see +below) that P.'s ultimate authority, far back in the centuries, +represented the deluge as a celestial occurrence. The origin of J.'s +story is not quite so clear, owing to the lacunae in the narrative. If +the text may be followed, this narrator made the flood last forty days +and nights, after which two periods of seven days elapse, and then the +patriarch leaves the ark. The epic shortens the duration of the flood to +seven days, after which the ship remains another seven days (more +strictly six full days) on the mountain of the land of Nisir (P., the +mountains of Ararat; J., unrecorded). (7) As to the despatch of the +birds. J. begins, the epic closes, with the raven. Clearly the epic is +more original. Besides, one of the two missions of the dove is evidently +superfluous. Dove, swallow, raven, as in the epic, must be more +primitive than raven, dove, dove. + +That the Hebrew deluge-story in both its forms has been at least +indirectly influenced by the Babylonian is obvious. We cannot indeed +reconstruct the form either of the Canaanitish (or N. Arabian) story, +which was recast partly at least under the influence of a recast +Babylonian myth, nor can we conjecture where the sanctuary was, the +priests of which, yielding to a popular impulse, adopted and modified +the fascinating story. But the fact of the ultimate Babylonian origin of +the Israelitish narratives cannot seriously be questioned. The +Canaanites or the N. Arabians handed on at least a portion of their +myths to the Israelites, and the creation and deluge stories were among +these. That the Israelitish priests gradually recast them is an easy and +altogether satisfactory conjecture. + + + History and significance of deluge-myths. + +It remains to ask, What is the history and significance of the +deluge-myth? The question carries us into far-off times. We have no +version of the Babylonian myth which goes back to about 2100 B.C., while +its text was apparently derived from a still older tablet. But even this +is not primitive; behind it there must have been a much shorter and +simpler myth. The recast represented by the existing versions of the +myth must have been produced partly by the insertion, partly by the +omission or modification, of mythic details, and by the application to +the story thus produced of a particular mythic theory respecting the +celestial world. The shorter myth referred to may--if we take hints from +the very primitive myths of N. America--have run somewhat thus, +omitting minor details: "The earth (a small enough earth, doubtless) +and its inhabitants proved so imperfect that the beneficent superhuman +Being, who had created it, or perhaps another such Being, determined to +remake it. He, therefore, summoned the serpent or dragon who controlled +the cosmic ocean, and had been subjugated at creation, to overwhelm the +earth, after which the creator remade it better,[7] and the survivor and +his family became the ancestors of a new human race." + +This, however, is only one possible representation. It may have been +said that the serpent of his own accord, not having been killed by the +creator, maliciously flooded the earth (cf. the Algonquian myth), but +was again overcome in battle, or that the serpent, after filling the +earth with violence and wrong, was at length slain by the Good Being, +and that his blood, streaming, out, produced a deluge.[8] In any case it +is unnatural to hold that the first flood (that which preceded creation) +had a dragon, but not the second. An old cuneiform text, recopied late, +however, appears to call the year of the deluge (i.e. of what we here +call the second flood) "the year of the raging (or red-shining) +serpent,"[9] and certainly the N. American myths distinctly connect +serpents with the deluges. + +Among the probable minor details (omitted above) of the presumed shorter +and older myth we may include: (1) the warning of "Very-Wise,"[10] +either by friendly animals or by a dream; (2) the construction of a +chest to contain "Very-Wise," his wife and his sons, together with +animals;[11] (3) the despatch of three birds with a special object (see +below); (4) the landing of the survivors on a mountain. As to (1), +Berossus suggests that the notice came to Xisuthrus in a dream; in the +Indian myth it is the sacred fish which warns Manu. In the archaic N. +American myths, however, it is some animal which gives the notice--an +eagle or a coyote (a kind of wolf). As to (2), nothing is more common +than the story of a divine child cast into the sea in a box.[12] The +ship-motive is also found,[13] but it is not too rash to assume that the +box-motive is the earlier, and, in accordance with the parallels, that +the hero of the deluge was originally a god or a demigod. The +translation of the hero to be with the gods is a transparent +modification of the original tradition. As to (3), the original object +of sending out the birds was probably not to find out where dry land +was, but to use them as helpers in the work of re-creation. Take the +story of the Tlatlasik Indians, where the diving-bird (one of three sent +out) comes back with a branch of a fir-tree, out of which O'meatl made +mountains, earth and heaven;[14] so, too, the Caingangs relate[15] that +those who escaped from the flood, as they tarried on a mountain, heard +the song of the _saracura_ birds, who came carrying earth in baskets, +and threw it into the waters, which slowly subsided. As to (4), the +mountain would naturally be thought of as a place of refuge even in the +old, simple flood-story. But when Babylonian mythology effected an +entrance, the mountain would receive a new and much grander +significance. It would then come to represent the summit of that great +and most holy mountain, which, save by the special favour of the gods, +no human eye has seen. + +That a didactic element entered the deluge-tradition but slowly, may be +surmised, not only from the genuinely old N. American stories, but from +the inconsistent statements, to which Jastrow has already referred, in +the Babylonian story. We may imagine that between the creation and the +deluge some great and wise Being had initiated the early men, not only +in the necessary arts of life, but in the "ways" that were pleasing to +the heavenly powers. The Babylonians apparently think of neglected +sacrifices, the Australians of a desecrated mystery as the cause of the +flood. Some such violation of a sacred rule is the origin that naturally +occurs to an adapter or expander of primitive myths. + + + Celestial myth theory. + +And now as to the application of the celestial mythic theory to the +early deluge-story. In the agricultural stage it was natural that men +should take a deeper interest than before in the appearance of the sky, +and especially of the sun and moon, and of the constellations, even +though an astrological science or quasi-science would very slowly, if at +all, grow up. That the Polynesian myths (which show no vestige of +science) originally referred to the supposed celestial ocean, seems to +be plain. Schirren[16] regarded the New Zealand cosmogonies as myths of +sunrise, and the deluge-stories as myths of sunset. We may at any rate +plausibly hold, with the article "Deluge" (by Cheyne) in the ninth +edition of this work[17] (1877), that the deluge-stories of Polynesia +and early Babylonia (we may now probably add India) were accommodated to +an imaginative conception of the sun and moon as voyagers on the +celestial ocean. "When this story had been told and retold a long time, +rationalism suggested that the sea was not in heaven but on earth, and +observation of the damage wrought in winter by excessive rains and the +inundations of great rivers suggested the introduction of corresponding +details into the new earthly deluge-myth." "This accounts for the +strongly mythological character of Par-napishti (Ut-napishti) in +Babylonia and Maui in New Zealand, who are in fact solar personages. +Enoch, too, must be classed in this category, his perfect righteousness +and superhuman wisdom now first become intelligible. Moreover, we now +comprehend how the goddess Sabitu (the guardian of the entrance to the +sea) can say to Gilgamesh (himself a solar personage), 'Shamash the +mighty (i.e. the sun-god) has crossed the sea; besides (?) Shamash, who +can cross it?' For though the sea in the epic is no doubt the +earth-circling ocean, it was hardly this in the myth from which the +words were taken."[18] And, what is still more important, we can +understand better how, in the Gilgamesh epic (lines 115-116), the gods, +after cowering like dogs, go up to the "heaven of Ana." They, too, fear +the deluge, and only in the highest heaven can they feel themselves +secure. + +Such an explanation seems indispensable if the wide influence of the +Babylonian form of the deluge-myth is to be accounted for. As Gunkel +well remarks,[19] neither the tenacity and self-propagating character of +this myth, nor the solemn utterance of Yahweh (who corresponds to the +Babylonian Marduk) in Gen. viii. 21_b_ (J.) and ix. 8-17 (P.) can be +understood, if the deluge-story is nothing more than an exaggerated +account of a historical, earthly occurrence. We, therefore, venture to +hold that it is an insufficient account to give of the story in the +Gilgamesh epic that it is a combination of a local tradition of the +destruction of a single city with a myth of the destruction of +mankind--a myth exaggerated in its present form, but based on accurate +knowledge of the yearly recurring phenomenon of the overflow of the +Euphrates.[20] There are no doubt points in the story as it now stands +which indicate a composite origin, but it is probable that even the +tradition which apparently limits the destruction to a single city, +equally with many other local flood-stories, has a basis in what we may +fairly call a celestial myth. + + + Indian myth reconsidered. + +We can now return with some confidence to the Indian deluge-story. It is +unlikely that so richly gifted a race as the Aryans of India should not +have produced their own flood-story out of the same primeval germs which +grew up into the earliest Babylonian flood-story,[21] and almost +inconceivable that in its second form the Indian story should not have +become adapted to what may be called the celestial mythic theory. The +phrase "the northern mountain" for the place where the ship grounded may +quite well be the name of an earthly substitute (the epic has "the +highest summit of the Himalaya") for the mythic mountain of heaven. Nor +is it unimportant that Manu is the son of the sun-god, and that the +phrase "the seven rishis" in classical Sanskrit is a designation of the +seven stars of the Great Bear. For such problems all that we can hope +for is a probable solution. The opposite view[22] that the deluge is a +historical occurrence implies a self-propagating power in early +tradition which is not justified by critical research, and leaves out of +sight many important facts revealed by comparative study. + + For a conspectus of deluge-stories see Andree, _Die Flutsagen, + ethnographisch betrachtet_ (1891), by a competent anthropologist; E. + Suess, _Face of the Earth_, i. 17 (1904); also Elwood Worcester, + _Genesis in the Light of Modern Knowledge_ (New York, 1901), Appendix + ii., in tabular form, from Schwarz's _Sintfluth und + Völkerwanderungen_. Dr Worcester's work is popular, but based on + well-chosen authorities. The article "Flood" in Hastings' D. B. is + comprehensive; it represents the difficult view that flood-stories, + &c., are generally highly-coloured traditions of genuine facts. + (T. K. C.) + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] See Muir, _Sanscrit Texts_, i. 182, 206 ff. + + [2] Cf. Carpenter and Harford-Battersby, _The Hexateuch_, ii. 9, + where the documents are printed separately in a tabular form. + + [3] Isa. xi. 6-8 prophesies that one day this idyllic state shall be + restored. + + [4] For a discussion of the Babylonian version of the Deluge Legend, + recently discovered among the tablets from Nippur, see NIPPUR. + + [5] The genealogy in Gen. v. is hardly in its original form. Enoch is + probably misplaced, and Noah inserted in error. + + [6] Cf. COSMOGONY, and Cheyne's _Traditions and Beliefs of Ancient + Israel_ (on deluge-story). + + [7] Cf. the myths of the Pawnees and the Quichés of Guatemala. + + [8] See the cuneiform text described in _KAT_³, pp. 498-499. + + [9] Zimmern, _KAT_³, p. 554. + + [10] i.e. Atrahasis (Xisuthrus). + + [11] To have omitted the animals would have been an offence against + primitive views of kinship. + + [12] Usener, _Die Sintflutsagen_, pp. 80-108, 115-127. + + [13] Ib. p. 254. + + [14] Stucken, _Astralmythen_, pp. 233-234. + + [15] _Amer. Journ. of Folklore_, xviii. 223 ff. + + [16] Schirren, _Wandersagen der Neuseeländer_ (1856), p. 193. + + [17] Referring for Polynesia to Gerland in Waitz-Gerland, + _Anthropologie der Naturvölker_, vi. 270-273 (1872). After a long + interval, this theory has been taken up by Zimmern, _KAT_³, p. 355, + and by Jensen, _Das Gilgamesch-Epos_ (1906), p. 120; Winckler (_AOF_, + 3rd series, i. 96) also speaks of the deluge as a "celestial + occurrence." For other forms of this view see Jeremias, _ATAO_, pp. + 134-136; Usener, p. 239. + + [18] Cheyne, _Ency. Bib._ cols. 1063-1064. + + [19] _Genesis_, p. 67. + + [20] Jastrow, _Religion of Babylonia and Assyria_ (1898), pp. 502, + 506. + + [21] The view here adopted is that of Lindner and Usener. On the + opposite side are Zimmern, Tiele, Jensen, Oldenberg, Nöldeke, + Stucken, Lenormant. + + [22] Held by Franz Delitzsch, Dillmann and Lenormant. + + + + +DELYANNI, THEODOROS (1826-1905), Greek statesman, was born at Kalavryta, +Peloponnesus, in 1826. He studied law at Athens, and in 1843 entered the +ministry of the interior, of which department he became permanent +secretary in 1859. In 1862, on the deposition of King Otho, he became +minister for foreign affairs in the provisional government. In 1867 he +was minister at Paris. On his return to Athens he became a member of +successive cabinets in various capacities, and rapidly collected a party +around him consisting of those who opposed his great rival, Tricoupi. In +the so-called "Oecumenical Ministry" of 1877 he voted for war with +Turkey, and on its fall he entered the cabinet of Koumoundoros as +minister for foreign affairs. He was a representative of Greece at the +Berlin Congress in 1878. From this time forward, and particularly after +1882, when Tricoupi again came into power at the head of a strong party, +the duel between these two statesmen was the leading feature of Greek +politics. (See GREECE: _History_.) Delyanni first formed a cabinet in +1885; but his warlike policy, the aim of which was, by threatening +Turkey, to force the powers to make concessions in order to avoid the +risk of a European war, ended in failure. For the powers, in order to +stop his excessive armaments, eventually blockaded the Peiraeus and +other ports, and this brought about his downfall. He returned to power +in 1890, with a radical programme, but his failure to deal with the +financial crisis produced a conflict between him and the king, and his +disrespectful attitude resulted in his summary dismissal in 1892. +Delyanni, by his demagogic behaviour, evidently expected the public to +side with him; but at the elections he was badly beaten. In 1895, +however, he again became prime minister, and was at the head of affairs +during the Cretan crisis and the opening of the war with Turkey in 1897. +The humiliating defeat which ensued--though Delyanni himself had been +led into the disastrous war policy to some extent against his +will--caused his fall in April 1897, the king again dismissing him from +office when he declined to resign. Delyanni kept his own seat at the +election of 1899, but his following dwindled to small dimensions. He +quickly recovered his influence, however, and he was again president of +the council and minister of the interior when, on the 13th of June 1905, +he was murdered in revenge for the rigorous measures taken by him +against gambling houses. + +The main fault of Delyanni as a statesman was that he was unable to +grasp the truth that the prosperity of a state depends on its adapting +its ambitions to its means. Yet, in his vast projects, which the powers +were never likely to endorse, and without their endorsement were vain, +he represented the real wishes and aspirations of his countrymen, and +his death was the occasion for an extraordinary demonstration of popular +grief. He died in extreme poverty, and a pension was voted to the two +nieces who lived with him. + + + + +DEMADES (c. 380-318 B.C.), Athenian orator and demagogue. He was +originally of humble position, and was employed at one time as a common +sailor, but he rose partly by his eloquence and partly by his +unscrupulous character to a prominent position at Athens. He espoused +the cause of Philip in the war against Olynthus, and was thus brought +into bitter and life-long enmity with Demosthenes, whom he at first +supported. He fought against the Macedonians in the battle of +Chaeroneia, and was taken prisoner. Having made a favourable impression +upon Philip, he was released together with his fellow-captives, and was +instrumental in bringing about a treaty of peace between Macedonia and +Athens. He continued to be a favourite of Alexander, and, prompted by a +bribe, saved Demosthenes and the other obnoxious Athenian orators from +his vengeance. It was also chiefly owing to him that Alexander, after +the destruction of Thebes, treated Athens so leniently. His conduct in +supporting the Macedonian cause, yet receiving any bribes that were +offered by the opposite party, caused him to be heavily fined more than +once; and he was finally deprived of his civil rights. He was reinstated +(322) on the approach of Antipater, to whom he was sent as ambassador. +Before setting out he persuaded the citizens to pass sentence of death +upon Demosthenes and his followers, who had fled from Athens. The result +of his embassy was the conclusion of a peace greatly to the disadvantage +of the Athenians. In 318 (or earlier), having been detected in an +intrigue with Perdiccas, Antipater's opponent, he was put to death by +Antipater at Pella, when entrusted with another mission by the +Athenians. Demades was avaricious and unscrupulous; but he was a highly +gifted and practised orator. + + A fragment of a speech ([Greek: Peri dôdekaetias]), bearing his name, + in which he defends his conduct, is to be found in C. Müller's + _Oratores Attici_, ii. 438, but its genuineness is exceedingly + doubtful. + + + + +DEMAGOGUE (Gr. [Greek: dêmagôgos], from [Greek: agein], to lead, and +[Greek: dêmos], the people), a leader of the popular as opposed to any +other party. Being particularly used with an invidious sense of a mob +leader or orator, one who for his own political ends panders to the +passions and prejudices of the people, the word has come to mean an +unprincipled agitator. + + + + +DEMANTOID, the name given by Nils Gustaf Nordenskiöld to a green garnet, +found in the Urals and used as a gem stone. As it possesses high +refractive and dispersive power, it presents when properly cut great +brilliancy and "fire," and the name has reference to its diamond-like +appearance. It is sometimes known as "Uralian emerald," a rather +unfortunate name inasmuch as true emerald is found in the Urals, whilst +it not infrequently passes in trade as olivine. Demantoid is regarded as +a lime-iron garnet, coloured probably by a small proportion of chromium. +The colour varies in different specimens from a vivid green to a dull +yellowish-green, or even to a brown. The specific gravity of an +emerald-green demantoid was found to be 3.849, and that of a +greenish-yellow specimen 3.854 (A. H. Church). The hardness is only 6.5, +or lower even than that of quartz--a character rather adverse to the use +of demantoid as a gem. This mineral was originally discovered as pebbles +in the gold-washings at Nizhne Tagilsk in the Ural Mountains, and was +afterwards found in the stream called Bobrovka, in the Sysertsk district +on the western slope of the Urals. It occurs not only as pebbles but in +the form of granular nodules in a serpentine rock, and occasionally, +though very rarely, shows traces of crystal faces. (F. W. R.*) + + + + +DEMARATUS (Doric [Greek: Damaratos], Ionic [Greek: Dêmarêtos]), king of +Sparta of the Eurypontid line, successor of his father Ariston. He is +known chiefly for his opposition to his colleague Cleomenes I. (q.v.) in +his attempts to make Isagoras tyrant in Athens and afterwards to punish +Aegina for medizing. He did his utmost to bring Cleomenes into disfavour +at home. Thereupon Cleomenes urged Leotychides, a relative and personal +enemy of Demaratus, to claim the throne on the ground that the latter +was not really the son of Ariston but of Agetus, his mother's first +husband. The Delphic oracle, under the influence of Cleomenes' bribes, +pronounced in favour of Leotychides, who became king (491 B.C.). Soon +afterwards Demaratus fled to Darius, who gave him the cities of +Pergamum, Teuthrania and Halisarna, where his descendants were still +ruling at the beginning of the 4th century (Xen. _Anabasis_, ii. 1. 3, +vii. 8. 17; _Hellenica_, iii. 1. 6); to these Gambreum should perhaps +be added (Athenaeus i. 29 f). He accompanied Xerxes on his expedition to +Greece, but the stories told of the warning and advice which on several +occasions he addressed to the king are scarcely historical. + + See Herodotus v. 75, vi. 50-70, vii.; later writers either reproduce + or embellish his narrative (Pausanias iii. 4, 3-5, 7, 7-8; Diodorus + xi. 6; Polyaenus ii. 20; Seneca, _De beneficiis_, vi. 31, 4-12). The + story that he took part in the attack on Argos which was repulsed by + Telesilla, the poetess, and the Argive women, can hardly be true + (Plutarch, _Mul. virt._ 4; Polyaenus, _Strat._ viii. 33; G. Busolt, + _Griechische Geschichte_, ii.^2 563, note 4). (M. N. T.) + + + + +DEMERARA, one of the three settlements of British Guiana, taking its +name from the river Demerara. See GUIANA. + + + + +DEMESNE (DEMEINE, DEMAIN, DOMAIN, &c.),[1] that portion of the lands of +a manor not granted out in freehold tenancy, but (a) retained by the +lord of the manor for his own use and occupation or (b) let out as +tenemental land to his retainers or "villani." This demesne land, +originally held at the will of the lord, in course of time came to +acquire fixity of tenure, and developed into the modern copyhold (see +MANOR). It is from demesne as used in sense (a) that the modern +restricted use of the word comes, i.e. land immediately surrounding the +mansion or dwelling-house, the park or chase. _Demesne of the crown_, or +royal demesne, was that part of the crown lands not granted out to +feudal tenants, but which remained under the management of stewards +appointed by the crown. These crown lands, since the accession of George +III., have been appropriated by parliament, the sovereign receiving in +return a fixed annual sum (see CIVIL LIST). _Ancient demesne_ signified +lands or manors vested in the king at the time of the Norman Conquest. +There were special privileges surrounding tenancies of these lands, such +as freedom from tolls and duties, exemption from danegeld and +amercement, from sitting on juries, &c. Hence, the phrase "ancient +demesne" came to be applied to the tenure by which the lands were held. +Land held in ancient demesne is sometimes also called customary +freehold. (See COPYHOLD.) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] The form "demesne" is an Anglo-French spelling of the Old Fr. + _demeine_ or _demaine_, belonging to a lord, from Med. Lat. + _dominicus_, _dominus_, lord; _dominicum_ in Med. Lat. meant + _proprietas_ (see Du Cange). From the later Fr. _domaine_, which + approaches more nearly the original Lat., comes the other Eng. form + "domain," which is chiefly used in a non-legal sense of any tract of + country or district under the rule of any specific sovereign state, + &c. "Domain" is, however, the form kept in the legal phrase "Eminent + Domain" (q.v.). + + + + +DEMETER, in Greek mythology, daughter of Cronus and Rhea and sister of +Zeus, goddess of agriculture and civilized life. Her name has been +explained as (1) "grain-mother," from [Greek: dêai], the Cretan form of +[Greek: xeiai], "barley," or (2) "earth-mother," or rather "mother +earth," [Greek: dâ] being regarded as the Doric form of [Greek: lê]. She +is rarely mentioned in Homer, nor is she included amongst the Olympian +gods. + +The central fact of her cult was the story of her daughter Persephone +(Proserpine), a favourite subject in classical poetry. According to the +Homeric _Hymn to Demeter_, Persephone, while gathering flowers on the +Nysian plain (probably here a purely mythical locality), was carried off +by Hades (Pluto), the god of the lower world, with the connivance of +Zeus (see also PROSERPINE). The incident has been assigned to various +other localities--Crete, Eleusis, and Enna in Sicily, the last being +most generally adopted. This rape is supposed to point to an original +[Greek: ieros lamos], an annual holy marriage of a god and goddess of +vegetation. Wandering over the earth in search of her daughter, Demeter +learns from Helios the truth about her disappearance. In the form of an +old woman named Deo (= the "seeker," or simply a diminutive form), she +comes to the house of Celeus at Eleusis, where she is hospitably +received. Having revealed herself to the Eleusinians, she departs, in +her wrath having visited the earth with a great dearth. At last Zeus +appeases her by allowing her daughter to spend two-thirds of the year +with her in the upper world. Demeter then returns to Olympus, but before +her final departure from earth, in token of her gratitude, she instructs +the rulers of Eleusis in the art of agriculture and in the solemnities +and rites whereby she desires in future to be honoured. + +Those who were initiated into the mysteries of Eleusis found a deep +meaning in the myth, which was held to teach the principle of a future +life, founded on the return of Persephone to the upper world, or rather +on the process of nature by which seed sown in the ground must first die +and rot before it can yield new life (see MYSTERY). At Eleusis, Demeter +was venerated as the introducer of all the blessings which agriculture +brings in its train--fixed dwelling-places, civil order, marriage and a +peaceful life; hence her name _Thesmophoros_, "the bringer of law and +order," and the festival _Thesmophoria_ (q.v.). J. G. Frazer takes the +epithet to mean "bearer of the sacred objects deposited on the altar"; +L. R. Farnell (_Cults of the Greek States_, iii. 106) suggests "the +bringer of treasure or riches," as appropriate to the goddess of corn +and of the lower world; others refer the name to "the law of wedlock" +([Greek: thesmos lektroio], Odyssey, xxiii. 296, where, however, D. B. +Monro translates "place, situation"). At Eleusis also, Triptolemus +(q.v.), the son of Celeus, who was said to have invented the plough and +to have been sent by Demeter round the world to diffuse the knowledge of +agriculture, had a temple and threshing-floor. + +In the agrarian legends of Iasion and Erysichthon, Demeter also plays an +important part. Iasion (or Iasius), a beautiful youth, inspired her with +love for him in a thrice-ploughed field in Crete, the fruit of their +union being Plutus (wealth). According to Homer (_Odyssey_, v. 128) he +was slain by Zeus with a thunderbolt. The story is compared by Frazer +(_Golden Bough_, 2nd ed., ii. 217) with the west Prussian custom of the +mock birth of a child on the harvest-field, the object being to ensure a +plentiful crop for the coming year. It seems to point to the +supersession of a primitive local Cretan divinity by Demeter, and the +adoption of agriculture by the inhabitants, bringing wealth in its train +in the form of the fruits of the earth, both vegetable and mineral. Some +scholars, identifying Iasion with Jason (q.v.), regard Thessaly as the +original home of the legend, and the union with Demeter as the [Greek: +ieros gamos] of mother earth with a health god. Erysichthon ("tearer up +of the earth"), son of Triopas or Myrmidon, having cut down the trees in +a grove sacred to the goddess, was punished by her with terrible hunger +(Callimachus, _Hymn to Demeter_; Ovid, _Metam._ viii. 738-878). Perhaps +Erysichthon may be explained as the personification of the labourer, who +by the systematic cultivation and tilling of the soil endeavours to +force the crops, instead of allowing them to mature unmolested as in the +good old times. Tearing up the soil with the plough is regarded as an +invasion of the domain of the earth-mother, punished by the +all-devouring hunger for wealth, that increases with increasing produce. +According to another view, Erysichthon is the destroyer of trees, who +wastes away as the plant itself loses its vigour. It is possible that +the story may originally have been connected with tree-worship. Here +again, as in the case of Iasion, a conflict between an older and a +younger cult seems to be alluded to (for the numerous interpretations +see O. Crusius _s.v._ in Roscher's _Lexikon_). + +It is as a corn-goddess that Demeter appears in Homer and Hesiod, and +numerous epithets from various sources (see Bruchmann, _Epitheta +Deorum_, supplement to Roscher's _Lexikon_, i. 2) attest her character +as such. The name [Greek: Ioulô] (? at Delos), from [Greek: ioulos], +"corn-sheaf," has been regarded as identifying the goddess with the +sheaf, and as proving that the cult of Demeter originated in the worship +of the corn-mother or corn-spirit, the last sheaf having a more or less +divine character for the primitive husbandman. According to this view, +the prototypes of Demeter and Persephone are the corn-mother and harvest +maiden of northern Europe, the corn-fetishes of the field (Frazer, +_Golden Bough_, 2nd ed., ii. 217, 222; but see Farnell, _Cults_, iii. +35). The influence of Demeter, however, was not limited to corn, but +extended to vegetation generally and all the fruits of the earth, with +the curious exception of the bean, the use of which was forbidden at +Eleusis, and for the protection of which a special patron was invented. +In this wider sense Demeter is akin to Ge, with whom she has several +epithets in common, and is sometimes identified with Rhea-Cybele; thus +Pindar speaks of Demeter [Greek: chalkokrotos] ("brass-rattling"), an +epithet obviously more suitable to the Asiatic than to the Greek +earth-goddess. Although the goddess of agriculture is naturally inclined +to peace and averse from war, the memory of the time when her land was +won and kept by the sword still lingers in the epithets [Greek: +chrysaoros] and [Greek: xiphêphoros] and in the name Triptolemus, which +probably means "thrice fighter" rather than "thrice plougher." + +Another important aspect of Demeter was that of a divinity of the +under-world; as such she is [Greek: chthonia] at Sparta and especially +at Hermione in Argolis, where she had a celebrated temple, said to have +been founded by Clymenus (one of the names of Hades-Pluto) and his +sister Chthonia, the children of Phoroneus, an Argive hero. Here there +was said to be a descent into the lower world, and local tradition made +it the scene of the rape of Persephone. At the festival Chthonia, a cow +(representing, according to Mannhardt, the spirit of vegetation), which +voluntarily presented itself, was sacrificed by three old women. Those +joining in the procession wore garlands of hyacinth, which seems to +attribute a chthonian character to the ceremony, although it may also +have been connected with agriculture (see S. Wide, _De Sacris +Troezeniorum, Hermionensium, Epidauriorum_, Upsala, 1888). The striking +use of the term [Greek: dêmêtreioi] in the sense of "the dead" may be +noted in this connexion. + +The remarkable epithets, [Greek: Erinys] and [Greek: Melaina], as +applied to Demeter, were both localized in Arcadia, the first at +Thelpusa (or rather Onkeion close by), the second at Phigalia (see W. +Immerwahr, _Die Kulte und Mythen Arkadiens_, i. 1891). According to the +Thelpusan story, Demeter, during her wanderings in search of Persephone, +changed herself into a mare to avoid the persecution of Poseidon. The +god, however, assumed the form of a stallion, and the fruit of the union +was a daughter of mystic name and the horse Areion (or Erion). Demeter, +at first enraged, afterwards calmed down, and washed herself in the +river Ladon by way of purification. Demeter "the angry" ([Greek: +erinys]) became Demeter "the bather" ([Greek: lousia]). An almost +identical story was current in the neighbourhood of Tilphossa, a +Boeotian spring. In the Phigalian legend, no mention is made of the +horse Areion, but only of the daughter, who is called Despoina +(mistress), a title common to all divinities connected with the +under-world. Demeter, clad in black (hence [Greek: melaina]) in token of +mourning for her daughter and wrath with Poseidon, retired into a cave. +During that time the earth bore no fruit, and the inhabitants of the +world were threatened with starvation. At last Pan, the old god of +Arcadia, discovered her hiding-place, and informed Zeus, who sent the +Moirae (Fates) to fetch her out. The cave, still called Mavrospelya +("black cave"), was ever afterwards regarded as sacred to Demeter, and +in it, according to information given to Pausanias, there had been set +up an image of the goddess, a female form seated on a rock, but with a +horse's head and mane, to which were attached snakes and other wild +animals. It was clothed in a black garment reaching to the feet, and +held in one hand a dolphin, in the other a dove. The image was destroyed +by fire, replaced by the sculptor Onatas from inspiration in a dream, +but disappeared again before the time of Pausanias. + +Both [Greek: melaina] and [Greek: erinus], according to Farnell, are +epithets of Demeter as an earth-goddess of the under-world. The first +has been explained as referring to the gloom of her abode, or the +blackness of the withered corn. The second, according to Max Müller and +A. Kuhn, is the etymological equivalent of the Sanskrit Saranyu, who, +having turned herself into a mare, is pursued by Vivasvat, and becomes +the mother of the two Asvins, the Indian Dioscuri, the Indian and Greek +myths being regarded as identical. According to Farnell, the meaning of +the epithet is to be looked for in the original conception of Erinys, +which was that of an earth-goddess akin to Ge, thus naturally associated +with Demeter, rather than that of a wrathful avenging deity. + +Various interpretations have been given of the horse-headed form of the +Black Demeter: (1) that the horse was one of the forms of the +corn-spirit in ancient Greece; (2) that it was an animal "devoted" to +the chthonian goddess; (3) that it is totemistic; (4) that the form was +adopted from Poseidon Hippios, who is frequently associated with the +earth-goddess and is said to have received the name Hippios first at +Thelpusa, in order that Demeter might figure as the mother of Areion +(for a discussion of the whole subject see Farnell, _Cults_, iii. pp. +50-62). The union of Poseidon and Demeter is thus explained by +Mannhardt. As the waves of the sea are fancifully compared to horses, so +a field of corn, waving in the breeze, may be said to represent the +wedding of the sea-god and the corn-goddess. In any case the association +of Poseidon, representing the fertilizing element of moisture, with +Demeter, who causes the plants and seeds to grow, is quite natural, and +seems to have been widespread. + +Demeter also appears as a goddess of health, of birth and of marriage; +and a certain number of political and ethnic titles is assigned to her. +Of the latter the most noteworthy are: [Greek: Panachaia] at Aegium in +Achaea, pointing to some connexion with the Achaean league; [Greek: +Achaia],[1] "the Achaean goddess," unless it refers to the "sorrow" of +the goddess for the loss of her daughter (cf. [Greek: Achea] in +Boeotia); and, most important of all, [Greek: Amphiktyonis], at Anthela +near Thermopylae, as patron-goddess of the Amphictyonic league, +subsequently so well known in connexion with the temple at Delphi. + +The Eleusinia and Thesmophoria are discussed elsewhere, but brief +mention may here be made of certain agrarian festivals held in honour of +Demeter. + +1. _Haloa_, obviously connected with [Greek: halôs] ("threshing-floor"), +begun at Athens and finished at Eleusis, where there was a +threshing-floor of Triptolemus, in the month Poseideon (December). This +date, which is confirmed by historical and epigraphical evidence, seems +inappropriate, and it is suggested (A. Mommsen, _Feste der Stadt Athen_, +p. 365 foll.) that the festival, originally held in autumn, was +subsequently placed later, so as to synchronize with the winter +Dionysia. Dionysus, as the god of vines, and (in a special procession) +Poseidon [Greek: phytalmios] ("god of vegetation") were associated with +Demeter. In addition to being a harvest festival, marked by the ordinary +popular rejoicings, the Haloa had a religious character. The [Greek: +aparchai] ("first fruits") were conveyed to Eleusis, where sacrifice was +offered by a priestess, men being prohibited from undertaking the duty. +A [Greek: teletê] ("initiatory ceremony") of women by a woman also took +place at Eleusis, characterized by obscene jests and the use of phallic +emblems. The sacramental meal on this occasion consisted of the produce +of land and sea, certain things (pomegranates, honey, eggs) being +forbidden for mystical reasons. Although the offerings at the festival +were bloodless, the ceremony of the presentation of the [Greek: +aparchai] was probably accompanied by animal sacrifice (Farnell, +Foucart); Mommsen, however, considers the offerings to have been pastry +imitations. Certain games ([Greek: patrios agôn]), of which nothing is +known, terminated the proceedings. In Roman imperial times the ephebi +had to deliver a speech at the Haloa. + +2. _Chloeia_ or _Chloia_, the festival of the corn beginning to sprout, +held at Eleusis in the early spring (Anthesterion) in honour of Demeter +Chloë, "the green," the goddess of growing vegetation. This is to be +distinguished from the later sacrifice of a ram to the same goddess on +the 6th of the month Thargelion, probably intended as an act of +propitiation. It has been identified with the _Procharisteria_ +(sometimes called _Proschaireteria_), another spring festival, but this +is doubtful. The scholiast on Pindar (Ol. ix. 150) mentions an Athenian +harvest festival _Eucharisteria_. + +3. _Proërosia_, at which prayers were offered for an abundant harvest, +before the land was ploughed for sowing. It was also called +_Proarcturia_, an indication that it was held before the rising of +Arcturus. According to the traditional account, when Greece was +threatened with famine, the Delphic oracle ordered first-fruits to be +brought to Athens from all parts of the country, which were to be +offered by the Athenians to the goddess Deo on behalf of all the +contributors. The most important part of the festival was the three +sacred ploughings--the Athenian [Greek: hypo polin], the Eleusinian on +the Rharian plain, the Scirian (a compromise between Athens and +Eleusis). The festival itself took place, probably some time in +September, at Eleusis. In later times the ephebi also took part in the +Proërosia. + +4. _Thalysia_, a thanksgiving festival, held in autumn after the harvest +in the island of Cos (see Theocritus vii.). + +5. The name of Demeter is also associated with the _Scirophoria_ (see +ATHENA). It is considered probable that the festival was originally held +in honour of Athena, but that the growing importance of the Eleusinia +caused it to be attached to Demeter and Kore. + +The attributes of Demeter are chiefly connected with her character as +goddess of agriculture and vegetation--ears of corn, the poppy, the +mystic basket (_calathus_) filled with flowers, corn and fruit of all +kinds, the pomegranate being especially common. Of animals, the cow and +the pig are her favourites, the latter owing to its productivity and the +cathartic properties of its blood. The crane is associated with her as +an indicator of the weather. As a chthonian divinity she is accompanied +by a snake; the myrtle, asphodel and narcissus (which Persephone was +gathering when carried off by Hades) also are sacred to her. + +In Greek art, Demeter is made to resemble Hera, only more matronly and +of milder expression; her form is broader and fuller. She is sometimes +riding in a chariot drawn by horses or dragons, sometimes walking, +sometimes seated upon a throne, alone or with her daughter. The Demeter +of Cnidus in the British Museum, of the school of Praxiteles, apparently +shows her mourning for the loss of her daughter. The article GREEK ART, +fig. 67 (pl. iv.), gives a probable representation of Demeter (or her +priestess) from the stone of a vault in a Crimean grave. + +The Romans identified Demeter with their own Ceres (q.v.). + + See L. Preller, _Demeter und Persephone_ (1837); P. R. Förster, _Der + Raub und die Rückkehr der Persephone_ (1874), in which considerable + space is devoted to the representations of the myth in art; W. + Mannhardt, _Mythologische Forschungen_ (1884); J. E. Harrison, + _Prolegomena to the Study of Greek Religion_ (1903); L. Dyer, _The + Gods in Greece_ (1891); J. G. Frazer, _The Golden Bough_ (2nd ed.), + ii. 168-222; L. Preller, _Griechische Mythologie_ (4th ed., by C. + Robert); O. Kern in Pauly-Wissowa's _Realencyclopädie_, iv. pt. 2 + (1901); L. Bloch in Roscher's _Lexikon der Mythologie_; O. Gruppe, + _Griechische Mythologie und Religionsgeschichte_, ii. (1907); L. R. + Farnell, _Cults of the Greek States_, iii. (1907); article "Ceres" by + F. Lenormant in Daremberg and Saglio's _Dictionnaire des antiquités_. + (J. H. F.) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] O. Gruppe (_Griechische Mythologie_, ii. 1177, note 1) considers + it "certain" that [Greek: Achaia = Achelôia], although he is unable + to explain the form. + + + + +DEMETRIA, a Greek festival in honour of Demeter, held at seed-time, and +lasting ten days. Nothing is known of it beyond the fact that the men +who took part in it lashed one another with whips of bark ([Greek: +morotton]), while the women made obscene jests. It is even doubtful +whether it was a particular festival at all or only another name for the +Eleusinia or Thesmophoria. The Dionysia also were called Demetria in +honour of Demetrius Poliorcetes, upon whom divine honours were conferred +by the Athenians. + + Hesychius, s.v. [Greek: morotton]; Pollux i. 37; Diod. Sic. v. 4; + Plutarch, _Demetrius_, 12; Daremberg and Saglio, _Dictionnaire des + antiquités_. + + + + +DEMETRIUS, king of Bactria, was the son of the Graeco-Bactrian king +Euthydemus, for whom he negotiated a peace with Antiochus the Great in +206 (Polyb. xi. 34). Soon afterwards he crossed the Hindu Kush and began +the invasion of India (Strabo xi. 516); he conquered the Punjab and the +valley of the Indus down to the sea and to Gujerat. The town Sangala, a +town of the Kathaeans in the Punjab (Arrian v. 22, 2 ff.), he named +after his father Euthydemia (Ptol. vii. 1, 46). That his power extended +into Arachosia (Afghanistan) is proved by the name of a town Demetrias +near Kandahar (Isidor. Charac. 19, cf. Strabo xi. 516). On his coins he +wears an elephant's skin with trunk and teeth on his head; on bronze +coins, which have also an Indian legend in Kharoshti letters (see +BACTRIA), he calls himself the unvanquished king ([Greek: Basileôs +anikêtou Dêmêtriou]). One of his coins has already the square form used +in India instead of the circular. Eventually he was defeated by the +usurper Eucratides (q.v.), who meanwhile had risen to great power in +Bactria. About his death we know nothing; his young son Euthydemus II. +(known only from coins) can have ruled only a short time. (Ed. M.) + + + + +DEMETRIUS, the name of two kings of Macedonia. + +1. DEMETRIUS I. (337-283 B.C.), surnamed _Poliorcetes_ ("Besieger"), son +of Antigonus Cyclops and Stratonice. At the age of twenty-two he was +left by his father to defend Syria against Ptolemy the son of Lagus; he +was totally defeated near Gaza (312), but soon partially repaired his +loss by a victory in the neighbourhood of Myus. After an unsuccessful +expedition against Babylon, and several campaigns against Ptolemy on the +coasts of Cilicia and Cyprus, Demetrius sailed with a fleet of 250 ships +to Athens. He freed the city from the power of Cassander and Ptolemy, +expelled the garrison which had been stationed there under Demetrius of +Phalerum, and besieged and took Munychia (307). After these victories he +was worshipped by the Athenians as a tutelary deity under the title of +_Soter_ ("Preserver"). In the campaign of 306 against Ptolemy he +defeated Menelaus (the brother of Ptolemy) in Cyprus, and completely +destroyed the naval power of Egypt. In 305 he endeavoured to punish the +Rhodians for having deserted his cause; and his ingenuity in devising +new instruments of siege, in his unsuccessful attempt to reduce the +capital, gained him the appellation of Poliorcetes. He returned a second +time to Greece as liberator. But his licentiousness and extravagance +made the Athenians regret the government of Cassander. He soon, however, +roused the jealousy of the successors of Alexander; and Seleucus, +Cassander and Lysimachus united to destroy Antigonus and his son. The +hostile armies met at Ipsus in Phrygia (301). Antigonus was killed in +the battle, and Demetrius, after sustaining a severe loss, retired to +Ephesus. This reverse of fortune raised up many enemies against him; and +the Athenians refused even to admit him into their city. But he soon +afterwards ravaged the territory of Lysimachus, and effected a +reconciliation with Seleucus, to whom he gave his daughter Stratonice in +marriage. Athens was at this time oppressed by the tyranny of Lachares; +but Demetrius, after a protracted blockade, gained possession of the +city (294) and pardoned the inhabitants their former misconduct. In the +same year he established himself on the throne of Macedonia by the +murder of Alexander, the son of Cassander. But here he was continually +threatened by Pyrrhus, who took advantage of his occasional absence to +ravage the defenceless part of his kingdom (Plutarch, _Pyrrhus_, 7 ff.); +and at length the combined forces of Pyrrhus, Ptolemy and Lysimachus, +assisted by the disaffected among his own subjects, obliged him to leave +Macedonia after he had sat on the throne for six years (294-288). He +passed into Asia, and attacked some of the provinces of Lysimachus with +varying success; but famine and pestilence destroyed the greater part of +his army, and he solicited Seleucus for support and assistance. But +before he reached Syria hostilities broke out; and after he had gained +some advantages over his son-in-law, Demetrius was totally forsaken by +his troops on the field of battle, and surrendered his person to +Seleucus. His son Antigonus offered all his possessions, and even his +person, in order to procure his father's liberty; but all proved +unavailing, and Demetrius died in the fifty-fourth year of his age, +after a confinement of three years (283). His remains were given to +Antigonus, honoured with a splendid funeral at Corinth, and thence +conveyed to Demetrias. His posterity remained in possession of the +Macedonian throne till the time of Perseus, who was conquered by the +Romans. + + See _Life_ by Plutarch; Diod. Sic. xix. xx.; Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, + _Antigonos von Karystos_; De Sanctis, _Contributi alla storia + Ateniese_ in Beloch's _Studi di storia antica_ (1893); Fergusson in + Lehmann's _Beiträge z. alt. Gesch._ (_Klio_) vol. v. (1905); also + authorities under MACEDONIAN EMPIRE. + +2. DEMETRIUS II., son of Antigonus Gonatas, reigned from 239 to 229 B.C. +He had already during his father's lifetime distinguished himself by +defeating Alexander of Epirus at Derdia and so saving Macedonia (about +260?). On his accession he had to face a coalition which the two great +leagues, usually rivals, the Aetolian and Achaean, formed against the +Macedonian power. He succeeded in dealing this coalition severe blows, +wresting Boeotia from their alliance. The revolution in Epirus, which +substituted a republican league for the monarchy, gravely weakened his +position. Demetrius had also to defend Macedonia against the wild +peoples of the north. A battle with the Dardanians turned out +disastrously, and he died shortly afterwards, leaving Philip, his son +by Chryseïs, still a child. Former wives of Demetrius were Stratonice, +the daughter of the Seleucid king Antiochus I., Phthia the daughter of +Alexander of Epirus, and Nicaea, the widow of his cousin Alexander. The +chronology of these marriages is a matter of dispute. + + See Thirlwall, _History of Greece_, vol. viii. (1847); Ad. Holm, + _Griech. Gesch._ vol. iv. (1894); B. Niese, _Gesch. d. griech. u. + maked. Staaten_, vol. ii. (1899); J. Beloch, _Griech. Gesch._ vol. + iii. (1904). (E. R. B.) + + + + +DEMETRIUS, the name of three kings of Syria. + +DEMETRIUS I. (d. 150 B.C.), surnamed _Soter_, was sent to Rome as a +hostage during the reign of his father, Seleucus IV. Philopator, but +after his father's death in 175 B.C. he escaped from confinement, and +established himself on the Syrian throne (162 B.C.) after overthrowing +and murdering King Antiochus V. Eupator. He acquired his surname of +_Soter_, or _Saviour_, from the Babylonians, whom he delivered from the +tyranny of the Median satrap, Timarchus, and is famous in Jewish history +for his contests with the Maccabees. Hated for his vices, Demetrius fell +in battle against the usurper, Alexander Balas, in 150 B.C. + +DEMETRIUS II. (d. 125 B.C.), surnamed _Nicator_, son of Demetrius I., +fled to Crete after the death of his father, but about 147 B.C. he +returned to Syria, and with the help of Ptolemy VII. Philometor, king of +Egypt, regained his father's throne. In 140 B.C. he marched against +Mithradates, king of Parthia, but was taken prisoner by treachery, and +remained in captivity for ten years, regaining his throne about 129 B.C. +on the death of his brother, Antiochus VII., who had usurped it. His +cruelties and vices, however, caused him to be greatly detested, and +during another civil war he was defeated in a battle at Damascus, and +killed near Tyre, possibly at the instigation of his wife, a daughter of +Ptolemy VII., who was indignant at his subsequent marriage with a +daughter of the Parthian king, Mithradates. His successor was his son, +Antiochus VIII. Grypus. + +DEMETRIUS III. (d. 88 B.C.), called _Euergetes_ and _Philometor_, was +the son of Antiochus VIII. Grypus. By the assistance of Ptolemy X. +Lathyrus, king of Egypt, he recovered part of his Syrian dominions from +Antiochus X. Eusebes, and held his court at Damascus. In attempting to +dethrone his brother, Philip Epiphanes, he was defeated by the Arabs and +Parthians, was taken prisoner, and kept in confinement in Parthia by +King Mithradates until his death in 88 B.C. + + + + +DEMETRIUS, a Greek sculptor of the early part of the 4th century B.C., +who is said by ancient critics to have been notable for the life-like +realism of his statues. His portrait of Pellichus, a Corinthian general, +"with fat paunch and bald head, wearing a cloak which leaves him half +exposed, with some of the hairs of his head flowing in the wind, and +prominent veins," was admired by Lucian. He was contrasted with Cresilas +(q.v.), an idealizing sculptor of the generation before. Since however +the peculiarities mentioned by Lucian do not appear in Greek portraits +before the 3rd century B.C., and since the Greek art of the 4th century +consistently idealizes, there would seem to be a difficulty to explain. +The date of Demetrius above given is confirmed by inscriptions found on +the Athenian Acropolis. (P. G.) + + + + +DEMETRIUS, a Cynic philosopher, born at Sunium, who lived partly at +Corinth and later in Rome during the reigns of Caligula, Nero and +Vespasian. He was an intimate friend of Thrasea Paetus and Seneca, and +was held in the highest estimation for his consistent disregard of +creature comfort in the pursuit of virtue. His contempt for worldly +prosperity is shown by his reply to Caligula who, wishing to gain his +friendship, sent him a large present. He replied, "If Caligula had +intended to bribe me, he should have offered me his crown." Vespasian +banished him, but Demetrius laughed at the punishment and mocked the +emperor's anger. He reached the logical conclusion of Cynicism in +attaching no real importance to scientific data. + + + + +DEMETRIUS DONSKOI[1] (1350-1389), grand duke of Vladimir and Moscow, son +of the grand duke Ivan Ivanovich by his second consort Aleksandra, was +placed on the grand-ducal throne of Vladimir by the Tatar khan in 1362, +and married the princess Eudoxia of Nizhniy Novgorod in 1364. It was now +that Moscow was first fortified by a strong wall, or _kreml_ (citadel), +and the grand duke began "to bring all the other princes under his +will." Michael, prince of Tver, appealed however for help to Olgierd, +grand duke of Lithuania, who appeared before Moscow with his army and +compelled Demetrius to make restitution to the prince of Tver (1369). +The war between Tver and Vladimir continued intermittently for some +years, and both the Tatars and the Lithuanians took an active part in +it. Demetrius was generally successful in what was really a contention +for the supremacy. In 1371 he won over the khan by a personal visit to +the Horde, and in 1372 he defeated the Lithuanians at Lyubutsk. +Demetrius then formed a league of all the Russian princes against the +Tatars and in 1380 encountered them on the plain of Kulikovo, between +the rivers Nepryadvaya and Don, where he completely routed them, the +grand khan Mamai perishing in his flight from the field. But now +Toktamish, the deputy of Tamerlane, suddenly appeared in the Horde and +organized a punitive expedition against Demetrius. Moscow was taken by +treachery, and the Russian lands were again subdued by the Tatars +(1381). Nevertheless, while compelled to submit to the Horde, Demetrius +maintained his hegemony over Tver, Novgorod and the other recalcitrant +Russian principalities, and even held his own against the Lithuanian +grand dukes, so that by his last testament he was able to leave not only +his ancestral possessions but his grand-dukedom also to his son Basil. +Demetrius was one of the greatest of the north Russian grand dukes. He +was not merely a cautious and tactful statesman, but also a valiant and +capable captain, in striking contrast to most of the princes of his +house. + + See Sergyei Solovev, _History of Russia_ (Rus.), vols, i.-ii. (St + Petersburg, 1857), &c.; Nikolai Savelev, _Demetrius Ivanovich Donskoi_ + (Rus.), (Moscow, 1837). (R. N. B.) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] Of the Don. + + + + +DEMETRIUS PHALEREUS (c. 345-283 B.C.), Attic orator, statesman and +philosopher, born at Phalerum, was a pupil of Theophrastus and an +adherent of the Peripatetic school. He governed the city of Athens as +representative of Cassander (q.v.) for ten years from 317. It is said +that he so won the hearts of the people that 360 statues were erected in +his honour; but opinions are divided as to the character of his rule. On +the restoration of the old democracy by Demetrius Poliorcetes, he was +condemned to death by the fickle Athenians and obliged to leave the +city. He escaped to Egypt, where he was protected by Ptolemy Lagus, to +whom he is said to have suggested the foundation of the Alexandrian +library. Having incurred the displeasure of Lagus's successor +Philadelphus, Demetrius was banished to Upper Egypt, where he died +(according to some, voluntarily) from the bite of an asp. Demetrius +composed a large number of works on poetry, history, politics, rhetoric +and accounts of embassies, all of which are lost. + + The treatise [Greek: Peri Hermêneias] (on rhetorical expression), + which is often ascribed to him, is probably the work of a later + Alexandrian (1st century A.D.) of the same name; it has been edited by + L. Radermacher (1901) and W. Rhys Roberts (1902), the last-named + providing English translation, introduction, notes, glossary and + complete bibliography. Fragments in C. Müller, _Frag. Hist. Graec._ + ii. p. 362. See A. Holm, _History of Greece_ (Eng. trans.), iv. 60. + + + + +DEMETRIUS, PSEUDO- (or FALSE), the name by which three Muscovite princes +and pretenders, who claimed to be Demetrius, son of Ivan the Terrible, +are known in history. The real Demetrius had been murdered, while still +a child, in 1591, at Uglich, his widowed mother's appanage. + +1. In the reign of Tsar Boris Godunov (1598-1605), the first of these +pretenders, whose origin is still obscure, emigrated to Lithuania and +persuaded many of the magnates there of his tsarish birth, and +consequently of his right to the Muscovite throne. His real name seems +to have been Yury or Gregory, and he was the grandson of Bogdan Otrepev, +a Galician boyar, and a tool in the hands of Tsar Boris Godunov's +enemies. He first appears in history _circa_ 1600, when his learning and +assurance seem to have greatly impressed the Muscovite patriarch Job. +Tsar Boris, however, ordered him to be seized and examined, whereupon he +fled to Prince Constantine Ostrogsky at Ostrog, and subsequently entered +the service of another Lithuanian, Prince Wisniwiecki, who accepted him +for what he pretended to be and tried to enlist the sympathy of the +Polish king, Sigismund III., in his favour. The king refused to support +him officially, but his cause was taken up, as a speculation, by the +Polish magnate Yury Mniszek, whose daughter Marina he afterwards wedded +and crowned as his tsaritsa. The Jesuits also seem to have believed in +the man, who was evidently an unconscious impostor brought up from his +youth to believe that he was the real Demetrius; numerous fugitives from +Moscow also acknowledged him, and finally he set out, at the head of an +army of Polish and Lithuanian volunteers, Cossacks and Muscovite +fugitives, to drive out the Godunovs, after being received into the +Church of Rome. At the beginning of 1604 he was invited to Cracow, where +Sigismund presented him to the papal nuncio Rangoni. His public +conversion took place on the 17th of April. In October the false +Demetrius crossed the Russian frontier, and shortly afterwards routed a +large Muscovite army beneath the walls of Novgorod-Syeversk. The sudden +death of Tsar Boris (April 13, 1605) removed the last barrier to the +further progress of the pretender. The principal Russian army, under P. +F. Basmanov, at once went over to him (May 7); on the 20th of June he +made his triumphal entry into Moscow, and on the 21st of July he was +crowned tsar by a new patriarch of his own choosing, the Greek Isidore. +He at once proceeded to introduce a whole series of political and +economical reforms. From all accounts, he must have been a man of +original genius and extraordinary resource. He did his best to relieve +the burdens of the peasantry; he formed the project of a grand alliance +between the emperor, the pope, Venice, Poland and Muscovy against the +Turk; he displayed an amazing toleration in religious matters which made +people suspect that he was a crypto-Arian; and far from being, as was +expected, the tool of Poland and the pope, he maintained from the first +a dignified and independent attitude. But his extravagant opinion of his +own authority (he lost no time in styling himself emperor), and his +predilection for Western civilization, alarmed the ultra-conservative +boyars (the people were always on his side), and a conspiracy was formed +against him, headed by Basil Shuisky, whose life he had saved a few +months previously. A favourable opportunity for the conspirators +presented itself on the 8th of May 1606, when Demetrius was married to +Marina Mniszek. Taking advantage of the hostility of the Muscovites +towards the Polish regiments which had escorted Marina to Moscow and +there committed some excesses, the boyars urged the citizens to rise +against the Poles, while they themselves attacked and slew Demetrius in +the Kreml on the night of the 17th of May. + + See Sergyei Solovev, _History of Russia_ (Rus.), vol. viii. (St + Petersburg, 1857, &c.); Nikolai Kostomarov, _Historical Monographs_ + (Rus.) vols, iv.-vi. (St Petersburg, 1863, &c.); Orest Levitsky, _The + First False Demetrius as the Propagandist of Catholicism in Russia_ + (Rus.) (St Petersburg, 1886); Paul Pierling, _Rome et Demetrius_ + (Paris, 1878); R. N. Bain, _Poland and Russia_, cap. 10 (Cambridge, + 1907). + +2. The second pretender, called "the thief of Tushino," first appeared +on the scene _circa_ 1607 at Starodub. He is supposed to have been +either a priest's son or a converted Jew, and was highly educated, +relatively to the times he lived in, knowing as he did the Russian and +Polish languages and being somewhat of an expert in liturgical matters. +He pretended at first to be the Muscovite boyarin Nagi; but confessed, +under torture, that he was Demetrius Ivanovich, whereupon he was taken +at his word and joined by thousands of Cossacks, Poles and Muscovites. +He speedily captured Karachev, Bryansk and other towns; was reinforced +by the Poles; and in the spring of 1608 advanced upon Moscow, routing +the army of Tsar Basil Shuisky, at Bolkhov, on his way. Liberal promises +of the wholesale confiscation of the estates of the boyars drew the +common people to him, and he entrenched himself at the village of +Tushino, twelve versts from the capital, which he converted into an +armed camp, collecting therein 7000 Polish soldiers, 10,000 Cossacks and +10,000 of the rabble. In the course of the year he captured Marina +Mniszek, who acknowledged him to be her husband (subsequently quieting +her conscience by privately marrying this impostor, who in no way +resembled her first husband), and brought him the support of the +Lithuanian magnates Mniszek and Sapieha so that his forces soon exceeded +100,000 men. He raised to the rank of patriarch another illustrious +captive, Philaret Romanov, and won over the towns of Yaroslavl, +Kostroma, Vologda, Kashin and other places to his allegiance. But a +series of subsequent disasters, and the arrival of King Sigismund III. +at Sinolensk, induced him to fly his camp disguised as a peasant and go +to Kostroma, where Marina joined him and he lived once more in regal +state. He also made another but unsuccessful attack on Moscow, and, +supported by the Don Cossacks, recovered a hold over all south-eastern +Russia. He was killed, while half drunk, on the 11th of December 1610, +by a Tatar whom he had flogged. + + See Sergyei Solovev, _History of Russia_ (Rus.) vol. viii. (St + Petersburg, 1657, &c.). + +3. The third, a still more enigmatical person than his predecessors, +supposed to have been a deacon called Siderka, appeared suddenly, "from, +behind the river Yanza," in the Ingrian town of Ivangorod (Narva), +proclaiming himself the tsarevich Demetrius Ivanovich, on the 28th of +March 1611. The Cossacks, ravaging the environs of Moscow, acknowledged +him as tsar on the 2nd of March 1612, and under threat of vengeance in +case of non-compliance, the gentry of Pskov also kissed the cross to +"the thief of Pskov," as he was usually nicknamed. On the 18th of May +1612 he fled from Pskov, was seized and delivered up to the authorities +at Moscow, and there executed. + + See Sergyei Solovev, _History of Russia_ (Rus.), vol. viii. (St + Petersburg, 1857, &c.). (R. N. B.) + + + + +DEMIDOV, the name of a famous Russian family, founded by Nikita Demidov +(b. c. 1665), who was originally a blacksmith serf. He made his fortune +by his skill in the manufacture of weapons, and established an iron +foundry for the government. Peter the Great, with whom he was a +favourite, ennobled him in 1720. His son, Akinfiy Demidov (d. c. 1740), +increased his inherited wealth by the discovery and working of gold, +silver and copper mines. The latter's nephew, Paul Grigoryevich Demidov +(1738-1821), was a great traveller who was a benefactor of Russian +scientific education; he founded an annual prize for Russian literature, +awarded by the Academy of Sciences. Paul's nephew, Nikolay Nikitich +Demidov (1774-1828), raised and commanded a regiment to oppose +Napoleon's invasion, and carried on the accumulation of the family +wealth from mining; he contributed liberally to the erection of four +bridges in St Petersburg, and to the propagation of scientific culture +in Moscow. Paul's son, Anatoli Demidov (1812-1870), was a well-known +traveller and patron of art; he married Princess Mathilde, daughter of +Jerome Bonaparte. + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th +Edition, Volume 7, Slice 10, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ENCYC. BRITANNICA, VOL 7 SL 10 *** + +***** This file should be named 38892-8.txt or 38892-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/8/9/38892/ + +Produced by Marius Masi, Don Kretz and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/38892-8.zip b/38892-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f12c4d --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-8.zip diff --git a/38892-h.zip b/38892-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ead72d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h.zip diff --git a/38892-h/38892-h.htm b/38892-h/38892-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..65cce99 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h/38892-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,20996 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content= + "text/html; charset=iso-8859-1" /> + + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Encyclopædia Britannica, Volume VII Slice X - David, St to Demidov. + </title> + + <style type="text/css"> + + body { margin-left: 12%; margin-right: 12%; text-align: justify; } + p { margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; text-indent: 1em; line-height: 1.4em;} + p.c { margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; text-indent: 1em; padding-left: 1em; line-height: 1.4em;} + p.noind { margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; text-indent: 0; } + + h2,h3 { text-align: center; } + hr { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center; width: 70%; height: 5px; background-color: #dcdcdc; border:none; } + hr.art { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; width: 40%; height: 5px; background-color: #778899; + margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 6em } + hr.foot {margin-left: 2em; width: 16%; background-color: black; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 0; height: 1px; } + hr.full {width: 100%} + + table.ws {white-space: nowrap; border-collapse: collapse; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; + margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + table.reg { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; clear: both;} + table.reg td { white-space: normal;} + table.nobctr { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border-collapse: collapse; } + table.flt { border-collapse: collapse; } + table.pic { margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; } + table.math0 { vertical-align: middle; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; border-collapse: collapse;} + table.math0 td {text-align: center;} + table.math0 td.np {text-align: center; padding-left: 0; padding-right: 0;} + + table.reg p {text-indent: 1em; margin-left: 1.5em; text-align: justify;} + table.reg td.tc5p { padding-left: 2em; text-indent: 0em; white-space: normal;} + table.nobctr td, table.flt td { white-space: normal; } + table.pic td { white-space: normal; text-indent: 1em; padding-left: 2em; padding-right: 1em;} + table.nobctr p, table.flt p {text-indent: -1.5em; margin-left: 1.5em;} + table.pic td p {text-indent: -1.5em; margin-left: 1.5em;} + + td { white-space: nowrap; padding-right: 0.3em; padding-left: 0.3em;} + td.norm { white-space: normal; } + td.denom { border-top: 1px solid black; text-align: center; padding-right: 0.3em; padding-left: 0.3em;} + + td.tcc { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: center; vertical-align: top;} + td.tccm { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: center; vertical-align: middle;} + td.tccb { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: center; vertical-align: bottom;} + td.tcr { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: right; vertical-align: top;} + td.tcrb { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom;} + td.tcrm { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: right; vertical-align: middle;} + td.tcl { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;} + td.tclb { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: left; vertical-align: bottom;} + td.tclm { padding-right: 0.5em; padding-left: 0.5em; text-align: left; vertical-align: middle;} + td.vb { vertical-align: bottom; } + + .caption { font-size: 0.9em; text-align: center; padding-bottom: 1em; padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em;} + .caption1 { font-size: 0.9em; text-align: left; padding-bottom: 1em; padding-left: 3em; padding-right: 2em;} + + td.lb {border-left: black 1px solid;} + td.ltb {border-left: black 1px solid; border-top: black 1px solid;} + td.rb {border-right: black 1px solid;} + td.rb2 {border-right: black 2px solid;} + td.tb, span.tb {border-top: black 1px solid;} + td.bb {border-bottom: black 1px solid;} + td.bb1 {border-bottom: #808080 3px solid; padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em;} + td.rlb {border-right: black 1px solid; border-left : black 1px solid;} + td.allb {border: black 1px solid;} + td.cl {background-color: #e8e8e8} + + table p { margin: 0;} + + a:link, a:visited, link {text-decoration:none} + + .author {text-align: right; margin-top: -1em; margin-right: 1em; font-variant: small-caps;} + .center {text-align: center; text-indent: 0;} + .center1 {text-align: center; text-indent: 0; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;} + .grk {font-style: normal; font-family:"Palatino Linotype","New Athena Unicode",Gentium,"Lucida Grande", Galilee, "Arial Unicode MS", sans-serif;} + + .f80 {font-size: 80%} + .f90 {font-size: 90%} + .f150 {font-size: 150%} + .f200 {font-size: 200%} + + .sp {position: relative; bottom: 0.5em; font-size: 0.75em;} + .sp1 {position: relative; bottom: 0.6em; font-size: 0.75em;} + .su {position: relative; top: 0.3em; font-size: 0.75em;} + .su1 {position: relative; top: 0.5em; font-size: 0.75em; margin-left: -1.2ex;} + .spp {position: relative; bottom: 0.5em; font-size: 0.6em;} + .suu {position: relative; top: 0.2em; font-size: 0.6em;} + .sc {font-variant: small-caps;} + .scs {text-transform: lowercase; font-variant: small-caps;} + .ov {text-decoration: overline} + .cl {background-color: #f5f5f5;} + .bk {padding-left: 0; font-size: 80%;} + .bk1 {margin-left: -1em;} + + .pagenum {position: absolute; right: 5%; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt; + background-color: #f5f5f5; color: #778899; text-indent: 0; + padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em; font-style: normal; } + span.sidenote {width: 8em; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1.7em; margin-right: 2em; + font-size: 85%; float: left; clear: left; font-weight: bold; + font-style: italic; text-align: left; text-indent: 0; + background-color: #f5f5f5; color: black; } + .note {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; font-size: 0.9em; } + .fn { position: absolute; left: 12%; text-align: left; background-color: #f5f5f5; + text-indent: 0; padding-left: 0.2em; padding-right: 0.2em; } + span.correction {border-bottom: 1px dashed red;} + + div.poemr { margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em;} + div.poemr p { margin-left: 0; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em; margin-top: 0em; margin-bottom: 0em; } + div.poemr p.s { margin-top: 1.5em; } + div.poemr p.i05 { margin-left: 0.4em; } + div.poemr p.i1 { margin-left: 1em; } + div.poemr p.i2 { margin-left: 2em; } + + .figright1 { padding-right: 1em; padding-left: 2em; padding-top: 1.5em; text-align: center; } + .figleft1 { padding-right: 2em; padding-left: 1em; padding-top: 1.5em; text-align: center; } + .figcenter {text-align: center; margin: auto; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; padding-top: 1.5em;} + .figcenter1 {text-align: center; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; padding-top: 2em; padding-bottom: 2em;} + .figure {text-align: center; padding-left: 1.5em; padding-right: 1.5em; padding-top: 1.5em; padding-bottom: 0;} + .bold {font-weight: bold; } + + div.minind {text-align: justify;} + div.condensed, div.condensed1 { line-height: 1.3em; margin-left: 3%; margin-right: 3%; font-size: 95%; } + div.condensed1 p {margin-left: 0; padding-left: 2em; text-indent: -2em;} + div.condensed span.sidenote {font-size: 90%} + + div.list {margin-left: 0;} + div.list p {padding-left: 4em; text-indent: -2em;} + div.list1 {margin-left: 0;} + div.list1 p {padding-left: 5em; text-indent: -3em;} + + .pt05 {padding-top: 0.5em;} + .pt1 {padding-top: 1em;} + .pt2 {padding-top: 2em;} + .ptb1 {padding-top: 1em; padding-bottom: 1em;} + td.prl {padding-left: 10%; padding-right: 7em; text-align: left; vertical-align: top;} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th Edition, +Volume 7, Slice 10, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th Edition, Volume 7, Slice 10 + "David, St" to "Demidov" + +Author: Various + +Release Date: February 15, 2012 [EBook #38892] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ENCYC. BRITANNICA, VOL 7 SL 10 *** + + + + +Produced by Marius Masi, Don Kretz and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + + + +<table border="0" cellpadding="10" style="background-color: #dcdcdc; color: #696969; " summary="Transcriber's note"> +<tr> +<td style="width:25%; vertical-align:top"> +Transcriber’s note: +</td> +<td class="norm"> +A few typographical errors have been corrected. They +appear in the text <span class="correction" title="explanation will pop up">like this</span>, and the +explanation will appear when the mouse pointer is moved over the marked +passage. Sections in Greek will yield a transliteration +when the pointer is moved over them, and words using diacritic characters in the +Latin Extended Additional block, which may not display in some fonts or browsers, will +display an unaccented version. <br /><br /> +<a name="artlinks">Links to other EB articles:</a> Links to articles residing in other EB volumes will +be made available when the respective volumes are introduced online. +</td> +</tr> +</table> +<div style="padding-top: 3em; "> </div> + +<h2>THE ENCYCLOPÆDIA BRITANNICA</h2> + +<h2>A DICTIONARY OF ARTS, SCIENCES, LITERATURE AND GENERAL INFORMATION</h2> + +<h3>ELEVENTH EDITION</h3> +<div style="padding-top: 3em; "> </div> + +<hr class="full" /> +<h3>VOLUME VII SLICE X<br /><br /> +David, St to Demidov</h3> +<hr class="full" /> +<div style="padding-top: 3em; "> </div> + +<p class="center1" style="font-size: 150%; font-family: 'verdana';">Articles in This Slice</p> +<table class="reg" style="width: 90%; font-size: 90%; border: gray 2px solid;" cellspacing="8" summary="Contents"> + +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar1">DAVID, ST</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar118">DEERFIELD</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar2">DAVID I.</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar119">DEER PARK</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar3">DAVID II.</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar120">DEFAMATION</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar4">DAVID</a> (Welsh princes)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar121">DEFAULT</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar5">DAVID, FÉLICIEN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar122">DEFEASANCE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar6">DAVID, GERARD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar123">DEFENCE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar7">DAVID, JACQUES LOUIS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar124">DEFENDANT</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar8">DAVID, PIERRE JEAN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar125">DEFENDER OF THE FAITH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar9">DAVIDISTS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar126">DEFERENT</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar10">DAVIDSON, ANDREW BRUCE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar127">DEFFAND, MARIE ANNE DE VICHY-CHAMROND</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar11">DAVIDSON, JOHN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar128">DEFIANCE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar12">DAVIDSON, RANDALL THOMAS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar129">DEFILE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar13">DAVIDSON, SAMUEL</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar130">DEFINITION</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar14">DAVIDSON, THOMAS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar131">DEFOE, DANIEL</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar15">DAVIES, DAVID CHARLES</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar132">DEGAS, HILAIRE GERMAIN EDGARD</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar16">DAVIES, SIR JOHN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar133">DE GEER, LOUIS GERHARD</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar17">DAVIES, JOHN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar134">DEGGENDORF</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar18">DAVIES, SIR LOUIS HENRY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar135">DE HAAS, MAURITZ FREDERICK HENDRICK</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar19">DAVIES, RICHARD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar136">DEHRA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar20">DAVILA, ENRICO CATERINO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar137">DEHRA DUN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar21">DAVIS, ANDREW JACKSON</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar138">DEIOCES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar22">DAVIS, CHARLES HOWARD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar139">DEÏOTARUS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar23">DAVIS, CUSHMAN KELLOGG</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar140">DEIR</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar24">DAVIS, HENRY WILLIAM BANKS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar141">DEIRA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar25">DAVIS, HENRY WINTER</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar142">DEISM</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar26">DAVIS, JEFFERSON</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar143">DEISTER</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar27">DAVIS, JOHN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar144">DÉJAZET, PAULINE VIRGINIE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar28">DAVIS, THOMAS OSBORNE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar145">DE KALB</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar29">DAVISON, WILLIAM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar146">DE KEYSER, THOMAS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar30">DAVIS STRAIT</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar147">DEKKER, EDWARD DOUWES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar31">DAVITT, MICHAEL</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar148">DEKKER, JEREMIAS DE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar32">DAVOS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar149">DEKKER, THOMAS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar33">DAVOUT, LOUIS NICOLAS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar150">DE LA BECHE, SIR HENRY THOMAS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar34">DAVY, SIR HUMPHRY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar151">DELABORDE, HENRI FRANÇOIS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar35">DAWARI</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar152">DELACROIX, FERDINAND VICTOR EUGÈNE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar36">DAWES, HENRY LAURENS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar153">DE LA GARDIE, MAGNUS GABRIEL</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar37">DAWES, RICHARD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar154">DELAGOA BAY</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar38">DAWISON, BOGUMIL</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar155">DELAMBRE, JEAN BAPTISTE JOSEPH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar39">DAWKINS, WILLIAM BOYD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar156">DELAMERE, GEORGE BOOTH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar40">DAWLISH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar157">DE LAND</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar41">DAWN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar158">DELANE, JOHN THADEUS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar42">DAWSON, GEORGE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar159">DELANY, MARY GRANVILLE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar43">DAWSON, SIR JOHN WILLIAM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar160">DE LA REY, JACOBUS HERCULES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar44">DAWSON CITY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar161">DE LA RIVE, AUGUSTE ARTHUR</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar45">DAX</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar162">DELAROCHE, HIPPOLYTE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar46">DAY, JOHN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar162a">DELARUE, GERVAIS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar47">DAY, THOMAS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar163">DE LA RUE, WARREN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar48">DAY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar164">DELATOR</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar49">DAYLESFORD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar165">DELAUNAY, ELIE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar50">DAYTON</a> (Kentucky, U.S.A.)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar166">DELAUNAY, LOUIS ARSÈNE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar51">DAYTON</a> (Ohio, U.S.A.)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar167">DELAVIGNE, JEAN FRANÇOIS CASIMIR</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar52">DEACON</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar168">DELAWARE</a> (state of the U.S.)</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar53">DEACONESS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar169">DELAWARE</a> (city)</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar54">DEAD SEA</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar170">DELAWARE INDIANS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar55">DEADWOOD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar171">DELAWARE RIVER</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar56">DEAF AND DUMB</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar172">DELAWARE WATER-GAP</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar57">DEÁK, FRANCIS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar173">DE LA WARR</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar58">DEAL</a> (municipal borough)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar174">DELBRÜCK, HANS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar59">DEAL</a> (part or portion)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar175">DELBRÜCK, MARTIN FRIEDRICH RUDOLF VON</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar60">DEAN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar176">DELCASSÉ, THÉOPHILE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar61">DEAN, FOREST OF</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar177">DEL CREDERE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar62">DEANE, RICHARD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar178">DELESCLUZE, LOUIS CHARLES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar63">DEANE, SILAS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar179">DELESSE, ACHILLE ERNEST OSCAR JOSEPH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar64">DEATH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar180">DELESSERT, JULES PAUL BENJAMIN</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar65">DEATH-WARNING</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar181">DELFICO, MELCHIORRE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar66">DEATH-WATCH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar182">DELFT</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar67">DE BARY, HEINRICH ANTON</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar183">DELHI</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar68">DEBENTURES and DEBENTURE STOCK</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar184">DELIA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar69">DEBORAH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar185">DELIAN LEAGUE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar70">DEBRECZEN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar186">DELIBES, CLÉMENT PHILIBERT LÉO</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar71">DEBT</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar187">DELILAH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar72">DEBUSSY, CLAUDE ACHILLE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar188">DELILLE, JACQUES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar73">DECADE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar189">DELIRIUM</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar74">DECAEN, CHARLES MATHIEU ISIDORE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar190">DELISLE, JOSEPH NICOLAS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar75">DECALOGUE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar191">DELISLE, LÉOPOLD VICTOR</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar76">DE CAMP, JOSEPH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar192">DELITZSCH, FRANZ</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar77">DECAMPS, ALEXANDRE GABRIEL</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar193">DELITZSCH</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar78">DECAPOLIS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar194">DELIUS, NIKOLAUS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar79">DECASTYLE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar195">DELLA BELLA, STEFANO</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar80">DECATUR, STEPHEN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar196">DELLA CASA, GIOVANNI</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar81">DECATUR</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar197">DELLA COLLE, RAFFAELLINO</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar82">DECAZES, ÉLIE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar198">DELLA GHERARDESCA, UGOLINO</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar83">DECAZEVILLE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar199">DELLA PORTA, GIOVANNI BATTISTA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar84">DECCAN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar200">DELLA QUERCIA, JACOPO</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar85">DECELEA</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar201">DELLA ROBBIA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar86">DECEMBER</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar202">DELMEDIGO</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar87">DECEMVIRI</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar203">DELMENHORST</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar88">DECHEN, ERNST HEINRICH KARL VON</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar204">DELOLME, JEAN LOUIS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar89">DECIDUOUS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar205">DELONEY, THOMAS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar90">DECIMAL COINAGE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar206">DE LONG, GEORGE WASHINGTON</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar91">DECIUS, GAIUS MESSIUS QUINTUS TRAJANUS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar207">DELORME, MARION</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar92">DECIZE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar208">DE L’ORME, PHILIBERT</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar93">DECKER, SIR MATTHEW</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar209">DELOS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar94">DECKER, PIERRE DE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar210">DE LOUTHERBOURG, PHILIP JAMES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar95">DECLARATION</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar211">DELPHI</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar96">DECLARATION OF PARIS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar212">DELPHINIA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar97">DECLARATOR</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar213">DELPHINUS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar98">DECLINATION</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar214">DELTA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar99">DECOLOURIZING</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar215">DELUC, JEAN ANDRÉ</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar100">DECORATED PERIOD</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar216">DELUGE, THE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar101">DE COSTA, BENJAMIN FRANKLIN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar217">DELYANNI, THEODOROS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar102">DE COSTER, CHARLES THÉODORE HENRI</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar218">DEMADES</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar103">DECOY</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar219">DEMAGOGUE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar104">DECREE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar220">DEMANTOID</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar105">DECRETALS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar221">DEMARATUS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar106">DECURIO</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar222">DEMERARA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar107">DÉDÉAGATCH</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar223">DEMESNE</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar108">DEDHAM</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar224">DEMETER</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar109">DEDICATION</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar225">DEMETRIA</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar110">DE DONIS CONDITIONALIBUS</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar226">DEMETRIUS</a> (king of Bactria)</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar111">DEDUCTION</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar227">DEMETRIUS</a> (kings of Macedonia)</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar112">DEE, JOHN</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar228">DEMETRIUS</a> (kings of Syria)</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar113">DEE</a> (river of Wales)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar229">DEMETRIUS</a> (Greek sculptor)</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar114">DEE</a> (river of Scotland)</td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar230">DEMETRIUS</a> (Cynic philosopher)</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar115">DEED</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar231">DEMETRIUS DONSKOI</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar116">DEEMS, CHARLES (ALEXANDER) FORCE</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar232">DEMETRIUS PHALEREUS</a></td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"><a href="#ar117">DEER</a></td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar233">DEMETRIUS, PSEUDO-</a></td></tr> +<tr><td> </td> <td class="tcl"><a href="#ar234">DEMIDOV</a></td></tr> +</table> + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page859" id="page859"></a>859</span></p> +<p><span class="bold">DAVID, ST<a name="ar1" id="ar1"></a></span> (<i>Dewi, Sant</i>), the national and tutelar saint of +Wales, whose annual festival, known as “St David’s Day,” falls +on the 1st of March. Few historical facts are known regarding +the saint’s life and actions, and the dates both of his birth and +death are purely conjectural, although there is reason to suppose +he was born about the year 500 and died at a great age towards +the close of the 6th century. According to his various biographers +he was the son of Sandde, a prince of the line of Cunedda, his +mother being Non, who ranks as a Cymric saint. He seems to +have taken a prominent part in the celebrated synod of +Llanddewi-Brefi (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Cardiganshire</a></span>), and to have presided +at the so-called “Synod of Victory,” held some years later at +Caerleon-on-Usk. At some date unknown, St David, as <i>penescoli</i> +or primate of South Wales, moved the seat of ecclesiastical +government from Caerleon to the remote headland of Mynyw, +or Menevia, which has ever since, under the name of St David’s +(<i>Ty-Dewi</i>), remained the cathedral city of the western see. St +David founded numerous churches throughout all parts of South +Wales, of which fifty-three still recall his name, but apparently +he never penetrated farther north than the region of Powys, +although he seems to have visited Cornwall. With the passing +of time the saint’s fame increased, and his shrine at St David’s +became a notable place of pilgrimage, so that by the time of the +Norman conquest his importance and sanctity were fully recognized, +and at Henry I.’s request he was formally canonized by +Pope Calixtus II. about 1120.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Of the many biographies of St David, the earliest known is that of +Rhyddmarch, or Ricemarchus (<i>c.</i> 1090), one of the last British +bishops of St David’s, from whose work Giraldus Cambrensis (<i>q.v.</i>) +chiefly compiled his extravagant life of the saint.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVID I.<a name="ar2" id="ar2"></a></span> (1084-1153), king of Scotland, the youngest son +of Malcolm Canmore and (Saint) Margaret, sister of Edgar +Ætheling, was born in 1084. He married in 1113 Matilda, +daughter and heiress of Waltheof, earl of Northumbria, and thus +became possessed of the earldom of Huntingdon. On the death +of Edgar, king of Scotland, in 1107, the territories of the Scottish +crown were divided in accordance with the terms of his will +between his two brothers, Alexander and David. Alexander, +together with the crown, received Scotland north of the Forth +and Clyde, David the southern district with the title of earl of +Cumbria. The death of Alexander I. in 1124 gave David possession +of the whole. In 1127, in the character of an English baron, +he swore fealty to Matilda as heiress to her father Henry I., and +when the usurper Stephen ousted her in 1135 David vindicated +her cause in arms and invaded England. But Stephen marched +north with a great army, whereupon David made peace. The +peace, however, was not kept. After threatening an invasion in +1137, David marched into England in 1138, but sustained a +crushing defeat on Cutton Moor in the engagement known as +the battle of the Standard. He returned to Carlisle, and soon +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page860" id="page860"></a>860</span> +afterwards concluded peace. In 1141 he joined Matilda in London +and accompanied her to Winchester, but after a narrow escape +from capture he returned to Scotland. Henceforth he remained +in his own kingdom and devoted himself to its political and +ecclesiastical reorganization. A devoted son of the church, he +founded five bishoprics and many monasteries. In secular +politics he energetically forwarded the process of feudalization +which had been initiated by his immediate predecessors. He died +at Carlisle on the 24th of May 1153.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVID II.<a name="ar3" id="ar3"></a></span> (1324-1371), king of Scotland, son of King Robert +the Bruce by his second wife, Elizabeth de Burgh (d. 1327), was +born at Dunfermline on the 5th of March 1324. In accordance +with the terms of the treaty of Northampton he was married in +July 1328 to Joanna (d. 1362), daughter of the English king, +Edward II., and became king of Scotland on his father’s death in +June 1329, being crowned at Scone in November 1331. Owing to +the victory of Edward III. of England and his protégé, Edward +Baliol, at Halidon Hill in July 1333, David and his queen were +sent for safety into France, reaching Boulogne in May 1334, and +being received very graciously by the French king, Philip VI. +Little is known about the life of the Scottish king in France, +except that Château Gaillard was given to him for a residence, +and that he was present at the bloodless meeting of the English +and French armies at Vironfosse in October 1339. Meanwhile +his representatives had obtained the upper hand in Scotland, and +David was thus enabled to return to his kingdom in June 1341, +when he took the reins of government into his own hands. In +1346 he invaded England in the interests of France, but was +defeated and taken prisoner at the battle of Neville’s Cross in +October of this year, and remained in England for eleven years, +living principally in London and at Odiham in Hampshire. His +imprisonment was not a rigorous one, and negotiations for his +release were soon begun. Eventually, in October 1357, after +several interruptions, a treaty was signed at Berwick by which +the Scottish estates undertook to pay 100,000 marks as a ransom +for their king. David, who had probably recognized Edward III. +as his feudal superior, returned at once to Scotland; but owing +to the poverty of the kingdom it was found impossible to raise the +ransom. A few instalments were paid, but the king sought to +get rid of the liability by offering to make Edward III., or one of +his sons, his successor in Scotland. In 1364 the Scottish parliament +indignantly rejected a proposal to make Lionel, duke of +Clarence, the next king; but David treated secretly with Edward +III. over this matter, after he had suppressed a rising of some of +his unruly nobles. The king died in Edinburgh Castle on the +22nd of February 1371. His second wife was Margaret, widow of +Sir John Logie, whom he divorced in 1369; but he left no +children, and was succeeded by his nephew, Robert II. David +was a weak and incapable ruler, without a spark of his father’s +patriotic spirit.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Andrew of Wyntoun, <i>The orygynale cronykil of Scotland</i>, +edited by D. Laing (Edinburgh, 1872-1879); John of Fordun, +<i>Chronica gentis Scotorum</i>, edited by W. F. Skene (Edinburgh, 1871-1872); +J. H. Burton, <i>History of Scotland</i>, vol. ii. (Edinburgh, 1905); +and A. Lang, <i>History of Scotland</i>, vol. i. (Edinburgh, 1900).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVID,<a name="ar4" id="ar4"></a></span> the name of three Welsh princes.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">David I.</span> (d. 1203), a son of Prince Owen Gwynedd (d. 1169), +came into prominence as a leader of the Welsh during the +expedition of Henry II. in 1157. In 1170 he became lord of +Gwynedd (<i>i.e.</i> the district around Snowdon), but some regarded +him as a bastard, and Gwynedd was also claimed by other +members of his family. After fighting with varying fortunes he +sought an ally in the English king, whom he supported during +the baronial rising in 1173; then after this event he married +Henry’s half-sister Emma. But his enemies increased in power, +and about 1194 he was driven from Wales by the partisans of his +half-brother Llewelyn ab Iorwerth. The chronicler Benedictus +Abbas calls David <i>rex</i>, and Rhuddlan castle was probably the +centre of his vague authority.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">David II.</span> (<i>c.</i> 1208-1246) was a son of the great Welsh prince, +Llewelyn ab Iorwerth, and through his mother Joanna was a +grandson of King John. He married an English lady, Isabella +de Braose, and, having been recognized as his father’s heir both +by Henry III. and by the Welsh lords, he had to face the hostility +of his half-brother Gruffydd, whom he seized and imprisoned +in 1239. When Llewelyn died in April 1240, David, who had +already taken some part in the duties of government, was acknowledged +as a prince of North Wales, doing homage to Henry III. at +Gloucester. However, he was soon at variance with the English +king, who appears to have espoused the cause of the captive +Gruffydd. Henry’s Welsh campaign in 1241 was bloodless but +decisive. Gruffydd was surrendered to him; David went to +London and made a full submission, but two or three years later +he was warring against some English barons on the borders. +To check the English king he opened negotiations with Innocent +IV., doubtless hoping that the pope would recognize Wales as an +independent state, but here, as on the field of battle, Henry III. +was too strong for him. Just after Henry’s second campaign in +Wales the prince died in March 1246.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">David III.</span> (d. 1283) was a son of Gruffydd and thus a nephew +of David II. His life was mainly spent in fighting against his +brother, the reigning prince, Llewelyn ab Gruffydd. His first +revolt took place in 1254 or 1255, and after a second about eight +years later he took refuge in England, returning to Wales when +Henry III. made peace with Llewelyn in 1267. Then about 1274 +the same process was repeated. David attended Edward I. +during the Welsh expedition of 1277, receiving from the English +king lands in North Wales; but in 1282 he made peace with +Llewelyn and suddenly attacked the English garrisons, a proceeding +which led to Edward’s final conquest of Wales. After +Llewelyn’s death in December 1282 David maintained the last +struggle of the Welsh for independence. All his efforts, however, +were vain; in June 1283 he was betrayed to Edward, was tried +by a special court and sentenced to death, and was executed with +great barbarity at Shrewsbury in October 1283. As the last +native prince of Wales, David’s praises have been sung by the +Welsh bards, but his character was not attractive, and a Welsh +historian says “his life was the bane of Wales.”</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVID, FÉLICIEN<a name="ar5" id="ar5"></a></span> (1810-1876), French composer, was born +on the 13th of April 1810 at Cadenet, in the department of +Vaucluse. As a child he showed unusual musical precocity, and +being early left an orphan he was admitted into the choir of Saint +Sauveur at Aix. He was for a time employed in an attorney’s +office, but quitted his service to become <i>chef d’orchestre</i> in the +theatre at Aix, and chapel-master at Saint Sauveur. Then he +went to Paris, being provided with £100 a year by a rich uncle. +After having studied for a while at the Paris Conservatoire, he +joined the sect of Saint Simonians, and in 1833 travelled in the +East in order to preach the new doctrine. After three years’ +absence, during which Constantinople and Smyrna were visited +and some time was spent in Egypt, he returned to France and +published a collection of <i>Oriental Melodies</i>. For several years he +worked in retirement, and wrote two symphonies, some chamber +music and songs. On the 8th of December 1844 he suddenly +leapt into fame through the extraordinary success obtained by his +symphonic ode <i>Le Désert</i>, which was produced at the Conservatoire. +In this work David had struck out a new line. He had attempted +in simple strains to evoke the majestic stillness of the desert. +Notwithstanding its title of “symphonic ode,” <i>Le Désert</i> has little +in common with the symphonic style. What distinguishes it is a +certain naïveté of expression and an effective oriental colouring. +In this last respect David may be looked upon as the precursor of +a whole army of composers. His succeeding works, <i>Moïse au +Sinai</i> (1846), <i>Christophe Colomb</i> (1847), <i>L’Éden</i> (1848), scarcely +bore out the promise shown in <i>Le Désert</i>, although the second of +these compositions was successful at the time of its production. +David now turned his attention to the theatre, and produced +the following operas in succession: <i>La Perle du Brésil</i> (1851), +<i>Herculanum</i> (1859), <i>Lalla-Roukh</i> (1862), <i>Le Saphir</i> (1865). Of +these, <i>Lalla-Roukh</i> is the one which has obtained the greatest +success. In 1868 he gained the award of the French Institute for +the biennial prize given by the emperor; and in 1869 he was +made librarian at the Conservatoire instead of Berlioz, whom +subsequently he succeeded as a member of the Institute. He died +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page861" id="page861"></a>861</span> +at Saint-Germain-en-Laye on the 29th of August 1876. If David +can scarcely be placed in the first rank of French composers, he +nevertheless deserves the consideration due to a sincere artist, +who was undoubtedly inspired by lofty ideals. At a time when +the works of Berlioz were still unappreciated by the majority +of people, David succeeded in making the public take interest in +music of a picturesque and descriptive kind. Thus he may be +considered as one of the pioneers of modern French musical art.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVID, GERARD<a name="ar6" id="ar6"></a></span> [<span class="sc">Gheeraert Davit</span>], (?-1523), Netherlands +painter, born at Oudewater in Holland between 1450 and +1460, was the last great master of the Bruges school. He was +only rescued from complete oblivion in 1860-1863 by Mr W. J. H. +Weale, whose researches in the archives of Bruges brought to the +light the main facts of the master’s life. We have now documentary +evidence that David came to Bruges in 1483, presumably +from Haarlem, where he had formed his early style under the +tuition of Ouwater; that he joined the gild of St Luke at Bruges +in 1484 and became dean of the gild in 1501; that he married in +1496 Cornelia Cnoop, daughter of the dean of the Goldsmiths’ +gild; became one of the leading citizens of the town; died on the +13th of August 1523; and was buried in the Church of Our Lady +at Bruges. In his early work he had followed the Haarlem +tradition as represented by Dirck Bouts, Ouwater and Geertgen +of Haarlem, but already gave evidence of his superior power as +colourist. To this early period belong the “St John” of the +Kaufmann collection in Berlin, and Mr Salting’s “St Jerome.” +In Bruges he applied himself to the study and the copying of the +masterpieces by the Van Eycks, Van der Weyden, and Van der +Goes, and came under the direct influence of the master whom +he followed most closely, Hans Memlinc. From him he acquired +the soulful intensity of expression, the increased realism in the +rendering of the human form and the orderly architectonic +arrangement of the figures. Yet another master was to influence +him later in life when, in 1515, he visited Antwerp and became +impressed with the life and movement of Quentin Matsys, who +had introduced a more intimate and more human conception of +sacred themes. David’s “Pietà” in the National Gallery, and +the “Descent from the Cross,” in the Cavallo collection, Paris +(Guildhall, 1906), were painted under this influence and are +remarkable for their dramatic movement. But the works on +which David’s fame will ever rest most securely are the great +altar-pieces executed by him before his visit to Antwerp—the +“Marriage of St Catherine,” at the National Gallery; +the triptych of the “Madonna Enthroned and Saints” of the +Brignole-Sale collection in Genoa; the “Annunciation” of +the Sigmaringen collection; and, above all, the “Madonna with +Angels and Saints” which he painted gratuitously for the +Carmelite Nuns of Sion at Bruges, and which is now in the Rouen +museum. Only a few of his works have remained in Bruges—“The +Judgment of Cambyses,” “The Flaying of Sisamnes” +and the “Baptism of Christ” in the Town museum, and the +“Transfiguration” in the Church of Our Lady. The rest were +scattered all over the world, and to this may be due the oblivion +into which his very name had fallen—partly to this, and partly +to the fact that with all the beauty and soulfulness of his work +he had no new page to add to the history of the progressive +development of art, and even in his best work only gave new +variations of the tunes sung by his great precursors and contemporaries. +That he is worthy to rank among the masters was only +revealed to the world when a considerable number of his paintings +were assembled at Bruges on the occasion of the exhibition of +early Flemish masters in 1902. At the time of his death the glory +of Bruges, and also of the Bruges school, was on the wane, +and Antwerp had taken the leadership in art as in political +and commercial importance. Of David’s pupils in Bruges, only +Isenbrandt, A. Cornelis and Ambrosius Benson achieved importance. +Among other Flemish painters Joachim Patinir and +Mabuse were to some degree influenced by him.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Eberhard Freiherr von Bodenhausen published in 1905 a very +comprehensive monograph on <i>Gerard David and his School</i> (Munich, +F. Bruckmann), together with a <i>catalogue raisonné</i> of his works, +which, after careful sifting, are reduced to the number of +forty-three.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(P. G. K.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVID, JACQUES LOUIS<a name="ar7" id="ar7"></a></span> (1748-1825), French painter, was +born in Paris on the 30th of April 1748. His father was killed in +a duel, when the boy was but nine years old. His education was +begun at the Collège des Quatre Nations, where he obtained a +smattering of the classics; but, his artistic talent being already +obvious, he was soon placed by his guardian in the studio of +François Boucher. Boucher speedily realized that his own +erotic style did not suit the lad’s genius, and recommended him +to J. M. Vien, the pioneer of the classical reaction in painting. +Under him David studied for some years, and, after several +attempts to win the <i>prix de Rome</i>, at last succeeded in 1775, with +his “Loves of Antiochus and Stratonice.” Vien, who had just +been appointed director of the French Academy at Rome, +carried the youth with him to that city. The classical reaction +was now in full tide; Winckelmann was writing, Raphael Mengs +painting; and the treasures of the Vatican galleries helped to +confirm David in a taste already moulded by so many kindred +influences. This severely classical spirit inspired his first +important painting, “<i>Date obolum Belisario</i>,” exhibited at Paris +in 1780. The picture exactly suited the temper of the times, and +was an immense success. It was followed by others, painted on +the same principles, but with greater perfection of art: “The +Grief of Andromache” (1783), “The Oath of the Horatii” +(Salon, 1785), “The Death of Socrates,” “Love of Paris and +Helen” (1788), “Brutus” (1789). In the French drama an +unimaginative imitation of ancient models had long prevailed; +even in art Poussin and Le Sueur were successful by expressing +a bias in the same direction; and in the first years of the revolutionary +movement the fashion of imitating the ancients even in +dress and manners went to the most extravagant length. At this +very time David returned to Paris; he was now painter to the +king, Louis XVI., who had been the purchaser of his principal +works, and his popularity was soon immense. At the outbreak +of the Revolution in 1789, David was carried away by the flood +of enthusiasm that made all the intellect of France believe in a +new era of equality and emancipation from all the ills of life.</p> + +<p>The success of his sketch for the picture of the “Oath of the +Tennis Court,” and his pronounced republicanism, secured +David’s election to the Convention in September 1792, by the +<i>Section du Muséum</i>, and he quickly distinguished himself by +the defence of two French artists in Rome who had fallen into +the merciless hands of the Inquisition. As, in this matter, the +behaviour of the authorities of the French Academy in Rome +had been dictated by the tradition of subservience to authority, +he used his influence to get it suppressed. In the January following +his election into the Convention his vote was given for the +king’s death. Thus the man who was so greatly indebted to the +Roman academy and to Louis XVI. assisted in the destruction +of both, no doubt in obedience to a principle, like the act of +Brutus in condemning his sons—a subject he painted with all his +powers. Cato and stoicism were the order of the day. Hitherto +the actor had walked the stage in modern dress. Brutus had +been applauded in red-heeled shoes and <i>culottes jarretées</i>; but +Talma, advised by David, appeared in toga and sandals before an +enthusiastic audience. At this period of his life Mademoiselle de +Noailles persuaded him to paint a sacred subject, with Christ as +the hero. When the picture was done, the Saviour was found to +be another Cato. “I told you so,” he replied to the expostulations +of the lady, “there is no inspiration in Christianity now!” +David’s revolutionary ideas, which led to his election to the +presidency of the Convention and to the committee of general +security, inspired his pictures “Last Moments of Lepelletier de +Saint-Fargeau” and “Marat Assassinated.” He also arranged +the programme of the principal republican festivals. When +Napoleon rose to power David became his enthusiastic admirer. +His picture of Napoleon on horseback pointing the way to Italy +is now in Berlin. During this period he also painted the “Rape of +the Sabines” and “Leonidas at Thermopylae.” Appointed painter +to the emperor, David produced the two notable pictures “The +Coronation” (of Josephine) and the “Distribution of the Eagles.”</p> + +<p>On the return of the Bourbons the painter was exiled with the +other remaining regicides, and retired to Brussels, where he again +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page862" id="page862"></a>862</span> +returned to classical subjects: “Amor quitting Psyche,” “Mars +disarmed by Venus,” &c. He rejected the offer, made through +Baron Humboldt, of the office of minister of fine arts at Berlin, +and remained at Brussels till his death on the 29th of December +1825. His end was true to his whole career and to his nationality. +While dying, a print of the Leonidas, one of his favourite subjects, +was submitted to him. After vaguely looking at it a long time, +“<i>Il n’y a que moi qui pouvais concevoir la tête de Léonidas</i>,” he +whispered, and died. His friends and his party thought to carry +the body back to his beloved Paris for burial, but the government +of the day arrested the procession at the frontier, an act +which caused some scandal, and furnished the occasion of a +terrible song of Béranger’s.</p> + +<p>It is difficult for a generation which has witnessed another +complete revolution in the standards of artistic taste to realize +the secret of David’s immense popularity in his own day. His +style is severely academic, his colour lacking in richness and +warmth, his execution hard and uninteresting in its very perfection. +Subjects and treatment alike are inspired by the passing +fashion of an age which had deceived itself into believing that +it was living and moving in the spirit of classical antiquity. +The inevitable reaction of the romantic movement made the +masterpieces, which had filled the men of the Revolution +with enthusiasm, seem cold and lifeless to those who had been +taught to expect in art that atmosphere of mystery which in +nature is everywhere present. Yet David was a great artist, +and exercised in his day and generation a great influence. His +pictures are magnificent in their composition and their draughtsmanship; +and his keen observation and insight into character +are evident, especially in his portraits, notably of Madame +Récamier, of the Conventional Gérard and of Boissy d’Anglas.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See E. J. Delécluze, <i>Louis David, son école et son temps</i> (Paris, +1855), and <i>Le Peintre Louis David. Souvenirs et documents inédits</i>, +by J. L. Jules David, the painter’s grandson (Paris, 1880).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVID, PIERRE JEAN<a name="ar8" id="ar8"></a></span> (1789-1856), usually called David +d’Angers, French sculptor, was born at Angers on the 12th of +March 1789. His father was a sculptor, or rather a carver, but +he had thrown aside the mallet and taken the musket, fighting +against the Chouans of La Vendée. He returned to his trade +at the end of the civil war, to find his customers gone, so that +young David was born into poverty. As the boy grew up his +father wished to force him into some more lucrative and certain +way of life. At last he succeeded in surmounting the opposition +to his becoming a sculptor, and in his eighteenth year left for +Paris to study the art upon a capital of eleven francs. After +struggling against want for a year and a half, he succeeded in +taking the prize at the École des Beaux-Arts. An annuity of +600 francs (£24) was granted by the municipality of his native +town in 1809, and in 1811 David’s “Epaminondas” gained the +<i>prix de Rome</i>. He spent five years in Rome, during which his +enthusiasm for the works of Canova was often excessive.</p> + +<p>Returning from Rome about the time of the restoration of +the Bourbons, he would not remain in the neighbourhood of the +Tuileries, which swarmed with foreign conquerors and returned +royalists, and accordingly went to London. Here Flaxman and +others visited upon him the sins of David the painter, to whom +he was erroneously supposed to be related. With great difficulty +he made his way to Paris again, where a comparatively prosperous +career opened upon him. His medallions and busts were in +much request, and orders for monumental works also came to +him. One of the best of these was that of Gutenberg at Strassburg; +but those he himself valued most were the statue of Barra, +a drummer boy who continued to beat his drum till the moment +of death in the war in La Vendée, and the monument to the Greek +liberator Bozzaris, consisting in a young female figure called +“Reviving Greece,” of which Victor Hugo said: “It is difficult +to see anything more beautiful in the world; this statue joins +the grandeur of Pheidias to the expressive manner of Puget.” +David’s busts and medallions were very numerous, and among +his sitters may be found not only the illustrious men and women +of France, but many others both of England and Germany—countries +which he visited professionally in 1827 and 1829. His +medallions, it is affirmed, number 500. He died on the 4th of +January 1856. David’s fame rests firmly on his pediment of the +Panthéon, his monument to General Gobert in Père Lachaise and +his marble “Philopoemen” in the Louvre. In the Musée David at +Angers is an almost complete collection of his works either in the +form of copies or in the original moulds. As an example of his benevolence +of character may be mentioned his rushing off to the sickbed +of Rouget de Lisle, the author of the “Marseillaise Hymn,” +modelling and carving him in marble without delay, making +a lottery of the work, and sending to the poet in the extremity +of need the seventy-two pounds which resulted from the sale.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See H. Jouin, <i>David d’Angers et ses relations littéraires</i> (1890); +<i>Lettres de P. J. David d’Angers à Louis Dupré</i> (Paris, 1891); +<i>Collection de portraits des contemporains d’après les médaillons de +P. J. David</i> (Paris, 1838).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIDISTS,<a name="ar9" id="ar9"></a></span> a fancy name rather than a recognized designation +for three religious sects. It has been applied (1) to the followers +(if he had any) of David of Dinant, in Belgium, the teacher or +pupil of Amalric (Amaury) of Bena, both of whom taught apparently +a species of pantheism. David’s <i>Quaterni</i>, or <i>Quaternuli</i>, +condemned and burnt at Paris (1209), is a lost book, known only +by references in Albertus Magnus and Thomas Aquinas. Its +author would have been burnt had he not fled. The name has +been given (2) to the followers of David George or Joris (<i>q.v.</i>), +and (3) to the followers of Francis Dávid (1510-1579), the apostle +of Transylvanian unitarianism. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Socinus</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Unitarianism</a></span>.)</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIDSON, ANDREW BRUCE<a name="ar10" id="ar10"></a></span> (1831-1902), Scottish divine, +was born in 1831 at Kirkhill in Aberdeenshire, where his father +Andrew Davidson had a farm. The Davidsons belonged to the +congregation of James Robertson (1803-1860) of Ellon, one of +the ministers of Strathbogie Presbytery, which in the controversy +which led to the disruption, resisted the “dangerous claims +of the established church to self-government.” When the disruption +came the principles at stake were keenly canvassed in +Ellon, and eventually Andrew Davidson, senior, went with the +Free Church. In 1845 the boy, who had been a “herd” on the +farm, went for six months to the grammar school at Aberdeen +and was there prepared for a university bursary, which was +sufficient to pay his fees, but no more. During his four years at +the university his mother supplied him fortnightly with provisions +from the farm; sometimes she walked the whole twenty +miles from Kirkhill and handed the coach fee to her son. He +graduated in 1849. At the university he had acquired a distrust +of philosophy, and found it difficult to choose between mathematical +and linguistic studies. A Free Church school having +been opened in Ellon, he became master there for three years. +Here he developed special aptitude for linguistic and philological +studies. Besides Hebrew he taught himself French, German, +Dutch, Italian and Spanish. In November 1852 he entered New +College, Edinburgh. There he took the four years’ theological +course, and was licensed in 1856. For two years he preached +occasionally and took vacancies. In 1858 the New College +authorities appointed him assistant to the professor of Hebrew. +He taught during the winter, and in the long vacation continued +his preparation for his life work. One year he worked in Germany +under Ewald, another year he went to Syria to study Arabic. +In 1862 he published the first part of a commentary on Job. It +was never finished and deals only with one-third of the book, but +it is recognized as the first really scientific commentary on the +Old Testament in the English language. In 1863 he was appointed +by the general assembly professor of oriental languages at New +College. He was junior colleague of Dr John Duncan (Rabbi +Duncan) till 1870, and then for thirty years sole professor. He +was a member of the Old Testament revision committee, and his +work was recognized by several honorary distinctions, LL.D. +(Aberdeen), D.D. (Edinburgh), Litt.D. (Cambridge). Among +his students were Professors Elmslie, Skinner, Harper of Melbourne, +Walker of Belfast, George Adam Smith of Glasgow and +W. Robertson Smith. He understood it to be the first duty of an +exegete to ascertain the meaning of the writer, and he showed +that this could be done by the use of grammar and history and the +historical imagination. He supplied guidance when it was much +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page863" id="page863"></a>863</span> +needed as to the methods and results of the higher criticism. +Being a master of its methods, but very cautious in accepting +assertions about its results, he secured attention early in the +Free Church for scientific criticism, and yet threw the whole +weight of his learning and his caustic wit into the argument +against critical extravagance. He had thought himself into the +ideas and points of view of the Hebrews, and his work in Old +Testament theology is unrivalled. He excels as an expositor of +the governing Hebrew ideas such as holiness, righteousness, +Spirit of God, Messianism. In 1897 he was chosen moderator of +the general assembly, but his health prevented his accepting the +post. He died, unmarried, on the 26th of January 1902.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Besides the commentary on Job he published a book on the +<i>Hebrew Accents</i>, the only Scottish performance of the kind since the +days of Thomas Boston. His <i>Introductory Hebrew Grammar</i> has +been widely adopted as a class-book in theological colleges. His +<i>Hebrew Syntax</i> has the same admirable clearness, precision and teaching +quality. His <i>Commentary on the Epistle to the Hebrews</i> is one of a +series of handbooks for Bible classes. These were followed by commentaries +on Job, Ezekiel, Nahum, Habakkuk and Zephaniah, in the +Cambridge series; and a Bible-class primer on <i>The Exile and +Restoration</i>. His lectures on <i>Old Testament Prophecy</i> were published +after his death by Professor J. A. Paterson. The <i>Theology of the Old +Testament</i> in the “International Theological Library” is a posthumous +volume edited by Professor Salmond. “Isaiah” in the <i>Temple +Bible</i> was finished, but not revised, when he died; and he also had in +hand the volume on Isaiah for the <i>International Critical Commentary</i>; +to which must be added a mass of articles contributed to <i>The +Imperial Bible Dictionary</i>, <i>The Encyclopaedia Britannica</i>, and +the chief religious reviews. Various articles in Dr Hastings’ +<i>Bible Dictionary</i> were by Davidson, especially the article “God.” +Two volumes of sermons, <i>The Called of God</i>, and <i>Waiting upon God</i>, +were published from MS. after Davidson’s death.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIDSON, JOHN<a name="ar11" id="ar11"></a></span> (1857-1909), British poet, playwright and +novelist, son of the Rev. Alexander Davidson, a minister of the +Evangelical Union, was born at Barrhead, Renfrewshire, Scotland, +on the 11th of April 1857. After a schooling at the Highlanders’ +Academy, Greenock, at the age of thirteen he was set to work in +that town, by helping in a sugar factory laboratory and then in +the town analyst’s office; and at fifteen he went back to his old +school as a pupil-teacher. In 1876 he studied for a session at +Edinburgh University, and then went as a master to various +Scotch schools till 1890, varying his experiences in 1884 by being +a clerk in a Glasgow thread firm. He had married in 1885, and +meanwhile his literary inclinations had shown themselves, without +attracting any public success, in the publication of his poetical +and fantastic plays, <i>Bruce</i> (1886), <i>Smith; a tragic farce</i> (1888) +and <i>Scaramouch in Naxos</i> (1889). Determining at all costs to +follow his literary vocation, he went to London in 1890, but at +first had a hard struggle. There his prose-romance <i>Perfervid</i> +(1890) was published, one of the most original and fascinating +stories of “young blood” and child adventure ever written, but +for some reason it did not catch the public; and a sort of sequel +in <i>The Great Men</i> (1891) met no better fate. He contributed, +however, to newspapers and became known among literary +journalists, and his volume of verse <i>In a Music-Hall</i> (1891) +prepared the way for the genuine success two years later of his +<i>Fleet Street Eclogues</i> (1893), which sounded a new and vigorous +note and at once established his position among the younger +generation of poets. He subsequently produced several more +books in prose, romantic stories like <i>Baptist Lake</i> (1894) and +<i>Earl Lavender</i> (1895), and an admirable piece of descriptive +landscape writing in <i>A Random Itinerary</i> (1894); but his acceptance +as a poet gave a more emphatic impulse to his work in verse, +and most attention was given to the increasing proof of his +powers shown in his <i>Ballads and Songs</i> (1894), <i>Second Series of +Fleet Street Eclogues</i> (1895), <i>New Ballads</i> (1896), <i>The Last Ballad, +&c.</i> (1898), all full of remarkably fresh and unconventional beauty. +In spite of the strangely neglected genius of this early <i>Perfervid</i>, +it is accordingly as a writer of verse rather than of prose-fiction +that he occupies a leading place, with a decided character of his +own, in recent English literature, his revival of a modernized +ballad form being a considerable achievement in itself, and his +poems being packed with fine thought, robust and masterful in +expression and imagery. Meanwhile in 1896 he produced an +English verse adaptation, in <i>For the Crown</i> (acted by Forbes +Robertson and Mrs Patrick Campbell), of François Coppée’s +drama <i>Pour la couronne</i>, which had considerable success and +was revived in 1905; and he wrote several other literary plays, +remarkable none the less for dramatic qualities,—<i>Godfrida</i> (1898), +<i>Self’s the Man</i> (1901), <i>The Knight of the Maypole</i> (1902) and <i>The +Theatrocrat</i> (1905), in the last of which a tendency to be extraordinary +is rather too manifest. This tendency was not absent +from his volume of <i>Holiday and Other Poems</i> (1906), containing +many fine things, together with an “essay on blank verse” +illustrated from his own compositions, the outspoken criticisms +of a writer of admitted originality and insight, but not devoid of +eccentric volubility. But if the identification of “eccentricity” +and “greatness” by Cosmo Mortimer in Mr Davidson’s own +<i>Perfervid</i> sometimes obtrudes itself on the memory in considering +his more peculiarly “robust” and somewhat volcanic deliverances, +no such objection can detract from the genuine inspiration +of his best work, in which the true poetic afflatus is unmistakable. +This is to be found in his poems published from 1893 to 1898, +five years during which his reputation steadily and deservedly +grew,—the <i>Fleet Street Eclogues</i>, with their passionate modern +criticism of life combined with their breath of rural beauty, and +such intense ballads as those “Of a Nun,” and “Of Heaven +and Hell.” In his ethical and didactic utterances, <i>The Testament +of a Vivisector</i> and <i>The Testament of a Man Forbid</i> (1901), +<i>The Testament of an Empire Builder</i> (1902), <i>Mammon and his +Message</i> (1908), &c., the fine quality of the verse is wedded +with a certain fervid satirical journalism of subject, less admirable +than the detachment of thought in the earlier volumes. In +later years he lived at Penzance, provided with a small Civil +List pension, but otherwise badly off, for his writings brought +in very little money. On March 23rd, 1909, he disappeared, +in circumstances pointing to suicide, and six months later his +body was found in the sea.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See an article by Filson Young on “The New Poetry,” in the +<i>Fortnightly Review</i>, January 1909.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIDSON, RANDALL THOMAS<a name="ar12" id="ar12"></a></span> (1848-  ), archbishop of +Canterbury, son of Henry Davidson, of Muirhouse, Edinburgh, +was born in Edinburgh and educated at Harrow and Trinity +College, Oxford. He took orders in 1874 and held a curacy at +Dartford, in Kent, till 1877, when he became resident chaplain +and private secretary to Dr Tait, archbishop of Canterbury, +a position which he occupied till Dr Tait’s death, and retained +for a short time (1882-1883) under his successor Dr Benson. He +married in 1878 Edith, the second daughter of Archbishop Tait, +whose <i>Life</i> he eventually wrote (1891). In 1882 he became +honorary chaplain and sub-almoner to Queen Victoria, and in +the following year was appointed dean of Windsor, and domestic +chaplain to the queen. His advice upon state matters was +constantly sought by the queen and greatly valued. From 1891 +to 1903 he was clerk of the closet, first to Queen Victoria and +afterwards to King Edward VII. He was made bishop of +Rochester in 1891, and was translated to Winchester in 1895. +In 1903 he succeeded Temple as archbishop of Canterbury. The +new archbishop, without being one of the English divines who +have made notable contributions to theological learning, already +had a great reputation for ecclesiastical statesmanship; and in +subsequent years his diplomatic abilities found ample scope in +dealing not only with the difficulties caused in the church by +doctrinal questions, but pre-eminently with the education crisis, +and with the new problems arising in the enlarged Anglican Communion. +As the chief representative of the Church of England +in the House of Lords, his firmness, combined with broadmindedness, +in regard to the attitude of the nonconformists towards +denominational education, made his influence widely felt. In +1904 he visited Canada and the United States, and was present +at the triennial general convention of the Protestant Episcopal +Church of the United States and Canada. In 1908 he presided +at the Pan-Anglican congress held in London, and at the +Lambeth conference which followed. He had edited in 1889 +<i>The Lambeth Conferences</i>, an historical account of the conferences +of 1867, 1878 and 1888, giving the official reports and +resolutions, and the sermons preached on these occasions.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page864" id="page864"></a>864</span></p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIDSON, SAMUEL<a name="ar13" id="ar13"></a></span> (1807-1898), Irish biblical scholar, +was born near Ballymena in Ireland. He was educated at the +Royal College of Belfast, entered the Presbyterian ministry in +1835, and was appointed professor of biblical criticism at his own +college. Becoming a Congregationalist, he accepted in 1842 the +chair of biblical criticism, literature and oriental languages at the +Lancashire Independent College at Manchester; but he was +obliged to resign in 1857, being brought into collision with the +college authorities by the publication of an introduction to the +Old Testament entitled <i>The Text of the Old Testament, and the +Interpretation of the Bible</i>, written for a new edition of Horne’s +<i>Introduction to the Sacred Scripture</i>. Its liberal tendencies caused +him to be accused of unsound views, and a most exhaustive +report prepared by the Lancashire College committee was followed +by numerous pamphlets for and against. After his resignation +a fund of £3000 was subscribed as a testimonial by his friends. +In 1862 he removed to London to become scripture examiner in +London University, and he spent the rest of his life in literary +work. He died on the 1st of April 1898. Davidson was a +member of the Old Testament Revision Committee. Among his +principal works are:—<i>Sacred Hermeneutics Developed and Applied</i> +(1843), rewritten and republished as <i>A Treatise on Biblical +Criticism</i> (1852), <i>Lectures on Ecclesiastical Polity</i> (1848), <i>An +Introduction to the New Testament</i> (1848-1851), <i>The Hebrew Text +of the Old Testament Revised</i> (1855), <i>Introduction to the Old +Testament</i> (1862), <i>On a Fresh Revision of the Old Testament</i> +(1873), <i>The Canon of the Bible</i> (1877), <i>The Doctrine of Last Things +in the New Testament</i> (1883), besides translations of the New +Testament from Von Tischendorf’s text, Gieseler’s <i>Ecclesiastical +History</i> (1846) and Fürst’s <i>Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicon</i>.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIDSON, THOMAS<a name="ar14" id="ar14"></a></span> (1817-1885), British palaeontologist, +was born in Edinburgh on the 17th of May 1817. His parents +possessed considerable landed property in Midlothian. Educated +partly in the university at Edinburgh and partly in France, Italy +and Switzerland, and early acquiring an interest in natural +history, he benefited greatly by acquaintance with foreign +languages and literature, and with men of science in different +countries. He was induced in 1837, through the influence of +Leopold von Buch, to devote his special attention to the brachiopoda, +and in course of time he became the highest authority on +this group. The great task of his life was the <i>Monograph of +British Fossil Brachiopoda</i>, published by the Palaeontographical +Society (1850-1886). This work, with supplements, comprises +six quarto volumes with more than 200 plates drawn on stone +by the author. He also prepared an exhaustive memoir on +“Recent Brachiopoda,” published by the Linnean Society. He +was elected F.R.S. in 1857. He was awarded in 1865 the Wollaston +medal by the Geological Society of London, and in 1870 a Royal +medal by the Royal Society; and in 1882 the degree of LL.D. +was conferred upon him by the university of St Andrews. He +died at Brighton on the 14th of October 1885, bequeathing his fine +collection of recent and fossil brachiopoda to the British Museum.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See biography with portrait and list of papers in <i>Geol. Mag.</i> for +1871, p. 145.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIES, DAVID CHARLES<a name="ar15" id="ar15"></a></span> (1826-1891), Welsh nonconformist +divine, was born at Aberystwyth on the 11th of May +1826, his father being a merchant and a pioneer of Welsh Methodism, +his mother a niece of Thomas Charles (<i>q.v.</i>) of Bala. He +was educated in his native town by a noted schoolmaster, John +Evans, at Bala College, and at University College, London, +where he graduated B.A. in 1847 and M.A. (in mathematics) in +1849. He had already begun to preach, and after an evangelistic +tour in South Wales supplied the pulpit of the English presbyterian +church at Newtown for six months, and settled as pastor +of the bilingual church at Builth in 1851. He returned to this +charge after a pastorate at Liverpool (1853-1856), left it again +in 1858 for Newtown, and went in May 1859 to the Welsh church +at Jewin Crescent, London. Here he remained until 1876, and +from that date till 1882, although living at Bangor for reasons +of health, had the chief oversight of the church. In 1888 he +accepted the principalship of the Calvinistic Methodist College at +Trevecca in Brecknockshire. His work here was successful, but +short; he died at Bangor on the 26th of September 1891, and +was buried at Aberystwyth.</p> + +<p>Though Davies stood somewhat apart from the main currents +of thought both without and within his church, and was largely +unknown to English audiences or readers, he exercised a strong +influence on Welsh life and thought in the 19th century. He was +a serious student, especially of anti-theistic positions, a good +speaker, and a frequent contributor to Welsh theological journals. +Several of his articles have been collected and published, the +most noteworthy being expositions on <i>The First Epistle of John</i> +(1889), <i>Ephesians</i> (2 vols., 1896, 1901), <i>Psalms</i> (1897), <i>Romans</i> +(1902); and <i>The Atonement and Intercession of Christ</i> (1899, +English trans. by D. E. Jenkins, 1901).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIES, SIR JOHN<a name="ar16" id="ar16"></a></span> (1569-1626), English philosophical poet, +was baptized on the 16th of April 1569, at Tisbury, Wiltshire, +where his parents lived at the manor-house of Chicksgrove. He +was educated at Winchester College, and became a commoner of +Queen’s College, Oxford, in 1585. In 1588 he entered the Middle +Temple, and was called to the bar in 1595. In his general +onslaught on literature in 1599 the archbishop of Canterbury +ordered to be burnt the notorious and now excessively rare +volume, <i>All Ovid’s Elegies, 3 Bookes, by C. M. Epigrams by J. D.</i> +(Middleburgh, 1598?), which contained posthumous work by +Marlowe. The epigrams by Davies, although not devoid of wit, +were coarse enough to deserve their fate. It is probable that +they were earlier in date of composition than the charming +fragment entitled <i>Orchestra</i> (1596), written in praise of dancing. +The poet, in the person of Antinoüs, tries to induce Penelope to +dance by arguing that all harmonious natural processes partake +of the nature of a conscious and well-ordered dance. He closes +his argument by foreshadowing in a magic mirror the revels of +the court of Cynthia (Elizabeth). <i>Orchestra</i> was dedicated to the +author’s “very friend, Master Richard Martin,” but in the next +year the friends quarrelled, and Davies was expelled from the +society for having struck Martin with a cudgel in the hall of the +Middle Temple. He spent the year after his expulsion at Oxford +in the composition of his philosophical poem on the nature of the +soul and its immortality—<i>Nosce teipsum</i> (1599). The style of +the work was entirely novel; and the stanza in which it was +written—the decasyllabic quatrain with alternate rhymes—had +never been so effectively handled. Its force, eloquence and +ingenuity, the orderly and lucid arrangement of its matter, place +it among the finest of English didactic poems. In 1599 he also +published a volume of twenty-six graceful acrostics on the words +<i>Elisabetha Regina</i>, entitled <i>Hymns to Astraea</i>. He produced no +more poetry except his contributions to Francis Davison’s +<i>Poetical Rhapsody</i> (1608). These were two dialogues which had +been written as entertainments for the queen, and “Yet other +Twelve Wonders of the World,” satirical epigrams on the courtier, +the divine, the maid, &c., and “A Hymn in praise of Music.” +Ten sonnets to Philomel are signed J. D., and are assigned to +Davies (<i>Poetical Rhapsody</i>, ed. A. H. Bullen, 1890). In 1601 +Davies was restored to his position at the bar, after making his +apologies to Martin, and in the same year he sat for Corfe Castle +in parliament. James I. received the author of <i>Nosce teipsum</i> +with great favour, and sent him (1603) to Ireland as solicitor-general, +conferring the honour of knighthood upon him in the +same year. In 1606 he was promoted to be attorney-general for +Ireland, and created serjeant-at-arms. Of the difficulties in the +way of the prosecution of his work, and his untiring industry in +overcoming them, there is abundant evidence in his letters to +Cecil preserved in the <i>State Papers on Ireland</i>. One of his chief +aims was to establish the Protestant religion firmly in Ireland, +and he took strict measures to enforce the law for attendance +at church. With the same end in view he took an active part +in the “plantation” of Ulster. In 1612 he published his prose +<i>Discoverie of the true causes why Ireland was never entirely subdued +untill the beginning of his Majestie’s happie raigne</i>.<a name="fa1a" id="fa1a" href="#ft1a"><span class="sp">1</span></a> In the same +year he entered the Irish parliament as member for Fermanagh, +and was elected speaker after a scene of disorder in which the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page865" id="page865"></a>865</span> +Catholic nominee, Sir John Everard, who had been installed, +was forcibly ejected. In the capacity of speaker he delivered +an excellent address reviewing previous Irish parliaments. He +resigned his Irish offices in 1619, and sat in the English parliament +of 1621 for Newcastle-under-Lyme. With Sir Robert +Cotton he was one of the founders of the Society of Antiquaries. +He was appointed lord chief justice in 1626, but died suddenly +(December 8th) before he could enter on the office. He had +married (1609) Eleanor Touchet, daughter of George, Baron +Audley. She developed eccentricity, verging on madness, and +wrote several fanatical books on prophecy.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>In 1615 Davies published at Dublin <i>Le Primer Discours des Cases +et Matters in Ley resolues et adjudges en les Courts del Roy en cest +Realme</i> (reprinted 1628). He issued an edition of his poems in +1622. His prose publications were mainly posthumous. <i>The Question +concerning Impositions, Tonnage, Poundage ...</i> was printed in +1656, and four of the tracts relating to Ireland, with an account of +Davies and his services to that country, were edited by G. Chalmers +in 1786. His works were edited by Dr A. B. Grosart (3 vols. 1869-1876), +with a full biography, for the Fuller Worthies Library.</p> + +<p>He is not to be confounded with another poet, <span class="sc">John Davies</span> of +Hereford (1565?-1618), among whose numerous volumes of verse +may be mentioned <i>Mirum in modum</i> (1602), <i>Microcosmus</i> (1603), +<i>The Holy Roode</i> (1609), <i>Wittes Pilgrimage</i> (<i>c.</i> 1610), <i>The Scourge of +Folly</i> (<i>c.</i> 1611), <i>The Muses Sacrifice</i> (1612) and <i>Wittes Bedlam</i> (1607); +his <i>Scourge of Folly</i> contains verses addressed to many of his contemporaries, +to Shakespeare among others; he also wrote <i>A Select +Second Husband for Sir Thomas Overbury’s Wife</i> (1616), and <i>The +Writing Schoolmaster</i> (earliest known edition, 1633); his works +were collected by Dr A. B. Grosart (2 vols., 1873) for the Chertsey +Worthies Library.</p> +</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1a" id="ft1a" href="#fa1a"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Edited by Henry Morley in his <i>Ireland under Elizabeth and +James I.</i> (1890).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIES<a name="ar17" id="ar17"></a></span> (<span class="sc">Davisius</span>), <b>JOHN</b> (1679-1732), English classical +scholar and critic, was born in London on the 22nd of April +1679. He was educated at Charterhouse and Queens’ College, +Cambridge, of which society he was elected fellow (July 7th, +1701). He subsequently became rector of Fen Ditton, prebendary +of Ely, and president of his college. He died on the +7th of March 1731-1732, and was buried in the college chapel. +Davies was considered one of the best commentators on Cicero, +his attention being chiefly devoted to the philosophical works +of that author. Amongst these he edited the <i>Tusculanae disputationes</i> +(1709), <i>De natura deorum</i> (1718), <i>De divinatione</i> and +<i>De fato</i> (1725), <i>Academica</i> (1725), <i>De legibus</i> (1727), <i>De finibus</i> +(1728). His nearly finished notes on the <i>De officiis</i> he bequeathed +to Dr Richard Mead, with a view to their publication. +Mead, finding himself unable to carry out the undertaking, +transferred the notes to Thomas Bentley (nephew of the famous +Richard Bentley), by whose carelessness they were burnt. +Davies’s editions, which were intended to supplement those of +Graevius, show great learning and an extensive knowledge of +the history and systems of philosophy, but he allows himself too +much licence in the matter of emendation. He also edited +Maximus of Tyre’s <i>Dissertationes</i> (1703); the works of Caesar +(1706); the <i>Octavius</i> of Minucius Felix (1707); the <i>Epitome +divinarum institutionum</i> of Lactantius (1718). Although on +intimate terms with Richard Bentley, he found himself unable +to agree with the great scholar in regard to his dispute with +Trinity College.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIES, SIR LOUIS HENRY<a name="ar18" id="ar18"></a></span> (1845-  ), Canadian politician +and jurist, was born in Prince Edward Island in 1845, of +Huguenot descent. From 1869 to 1879 he took part in local +politics, and was premier from 1876-1879; in 1882 he entered +the Canadian parliament as a Liberal, and from 1896 to 1901 was +minister of marine and fisheries. In the latter year he became +one of the judges of the supreme court of Canada. In 1877 he +was counsel for Great Britain before the Anglo-American +fisheries arbitration at Halifax; in 1897 he was a joint delegate +to Washington with Sir Wilfrid Laurier on the Bering Sea seal +question; and in 1898-1899 a member of the Anglo-American +joint high commission at Quebec.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIES, RICHARD<a name="ar19" id="ar19"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1505-1581), Welsh bishop and scholar, +was born in North Wales, and was educated at New Inn Hall, +Oxford, becoming vicar of Burnham, Buckinghamshire, in 1550. +Being a reformer he took refuge at Geneva during the reign of +Mary, returning to England and to parochial work after the +accession of Elizabeth in 1558. His connexion with Wales was +renewed almost at once; for, after serving on a commission which +visited the Welsh dioceses, he was, in January 1560, consecrated +bishop of St Asaph, whence he was translated, early in +1561, to the bishopric of St Davids. As a bishop Davies was +an earnest reformer, very industrious, active and liberal, but not +very scrupulous with regard to the property of the church. He +was a member of the council of Wales, was very friendly with +Matthew Parker, archbishop of Canterbury, and was regarded +both by Parker and by William Cecil, Lord Burghley, as a trustworthy +adviser on Welsh concerns. Another of the bishop’s +friends was Walter Devereux, first earl of Essex. Assisting +William Salisbury, Davies took part in translating the New +Testament into Welsh, and also did some work on the Welsh +translation of the Book of Common Prayer. He helped to revise +the “Bishops’ Bible” of 1568, being himself responsible for the +book of Deuteronomy, and the second book of Samuel. He died on +the 7th of November 1581, and was buried in Abergwili church.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVILA, ENRICO CATERINO<a name="ar20" id="ar20"></a></span> (1576-1631), Italian historian, +was descended from a Spanish noble family. His immediate +ancestors had been constables of the kingdom of Cyprus for the +Venetian republic since 1464. But in 1570 the island was taken +by the Turks; and Antonio Davila, the father of the historian, +had to leave it, despoiled of all he possessed. He travelled into +Spain and France, and finally returned to Padua, and at Sacco +on the 30th of October 1576 his youngest son, Enrico Caterino, +was born. About 1583 Antonio took this son to France, where +he became a page in the service of Catherine de’ Medici, wife of +King Henry II. In due time he entered the military service, and +fought through the civil wars until the peace in 1598. He then +returned to Padua, where, and subsequently at Parma, he led +a studious life until, when war broke out, he entered the service +of the republic of Venice and served with distinction in the field. +But during the whole of this active life, many details of which +are very interesting as illustrative of the life and manners of the +time, he never lost sight of a design which he had formed at a +very early period, of writing the history of those civil wars in +France in which he had borne a part, and during which he had +had so many opportunities of closely observing the leading personages +and events. This work was completed about 1630, and was +offered in vain by the author to all the publishers in Venice. At +last one Tommaso Baglíoni, who had no work for his presses, +undertook to print the manuscript, on condition that he should +be free to leave off if more promising work offered itself. The +printing of the <i>Istoria delle guerre civili di Francia</i> was, however, +completed, and the success and sale of the work were immediate +and enormous. Over two hundred editions followed, of which +perhaps the best is the one published in Paris in 1644. Davila +was murdered, while on his way to take possession of the government +of Cremona for Venice in July 1631, by a ruffian, with whom +some dispute seems to have arisen concerning the furnishing of the +relays of horses ordered for his use by the Venetian government.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The <i>Istoria</i> was translated into French by G. Baudouin (Paris, +1642); into Spanish by Varen de Soto (Madrid, 1651, and Antwerp, +1686); into English by W. Aylesbury (London, 1647), and by +Charles Cotterel (London, 1666), and into Latin by Pietro Francesco +Cornazzano (Rome, 1745). The best account of the life of Davila is +that by Apostolo Zeno, prefixed to an edition of the history printed +at Venice in 2 vols. in 1733. Peter Bayle is severe on certain +historical inaccuracies of Davila, and it is true that Davila must +be read with due remembrance of the fact that he was not only a +Catholic but the especial protégé of Catherine de’ Medici, but it +is not to be forgotten that Bayle was as strongly Protestant.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIS, ANDREW JACKSON<a name="ar21" id="ar21"></a></span> (1826-1910), American spiritualist, +was born at Blooming Grove, Orange county, New York, on +the 11th of August 1826. He had little education, though +probably much more than he and his friends pretended. In 1843 +he heard lectures in Poughkeepsie on “animal magnetism,” as +the phenomena of hypnotism was then termed, and found that +he had remarkable clairvoyant powers; and in the following year +he had, he said, spiritual messages telling him of his life work. +For the next three years (1844-1847) he practised magnetic +healing with much success; and in 1847 he published <i>The +Principles of Nature</i>, <i>Her Divine Revelations</i>, and a <i>Voice to</i> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page866" id="page866"></a>866</span> +<i>Mankind</i>, which in 1845 he had dictated while in a trance to his +“scribe,” William Fishbough. He lectured with little success +and returned to writing (or “dictating”) books, publishing about +thirty in all, including <i>The Great Harmonia</i> (1850-1861), an +“encyclopaedia” in six volumes; <i>The Philosophy of Special +Providences</i> (1850), which with its evident rehash of old arguments +against special providences and miracles would seem to +show that Davis’s inspiration was literary; <i>The Magic Staff: an +Autobiography</i> (1857), which was supplemented by <i>Arabula: or the +Divine Guest, Containing a New Collection of New Gospels</i> (1867), +the gospels being those “according to” St Confucius, St John +(G. Whittier), St Gabriel (Derzhavin), St Octavius (Frothingham), +St Gerrit (Smith), St Emma (Hardinge), St Ralph (W. Emerson), +St Seiden (J. Finney), St Theodore (Parker), &c.; and <i>A Stellar +Key to the Summer Land</i> (1868) and <i>Views of Our Heavenly Home</i> +(1878), each with illustrative diagrams. Davis was much influenced +by Swedenborg and by the Shakers, who reprinted his panegyric +of Ann Lee in an official <i>Sketch of Shakers and Shakerism</i> (1884).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIS, CHARLES HOWARD<a name="ar22" id="ar22"></a></span> (1857-  ), American landscape +painter, was born at East Cambridge, Massachusetts, on the +2nd of February 1857. A pupil of the schools of the Boston +Museum of Fine Arts, he was sent to Paris in 1880. Having +studied at the Academy Julian under Lefebvre and Boulanger, +he went to Barbizon and painted much in the forest of Fontainebleau +under the traditions of the “men of thirty.” He became +a full member of the National Academy of Design in 1906, and +received many awards, including a silver medal at the Paris +Exhibition of 1889. He is represented by important works in +the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York; the Corcoran Art +Gallery, Washington; the Pennsylvania Academy, Philadelphia, +and the Boston Museum of Fine Arts.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIS, CUSHMAN KELLOGG<a name="ar23" id="ar23"></a></span> (1838-1900), American political +leader and lawyer, was born in Henderson, New York, on the 16th +of June 1838. He was taken by his parents to Wisconsin +Territory in the year of his birth, and was educated at Carroll +College, Waukesha, Wisconsin, and at the university of +Michigan, from which he graduated in 1857. After studying law +in the office of Alexander W. Randall, he was admitted to the bar +in 1860. During the Civil War, as a first lieutenant of Federal +volunteers, he served in the western campaigns of 1862 and 1863, +and in 1864 was an aide to General Willis A. Gorman (1814-1876). +Resigning his commission (1864) on account of ill-health, +he soon settled in St Paul, Minnesota, where he practised law +in partnership with General Gorman, and soon became prominent +both at the bar and, as a Republican, in politics. He served in the +state House of Representatives in 1867, 1868-1873 was United +States district attorney for Minnesota. In 1874-1876 he was +governor of the state, and from 1887 until his death was a +member of the United States Senate. In the Senate he was one +of the acknowledged leaders of his party, an able and frequent +speaker and a committee worker of great industry. In March +1897 he became chairman of the committee on foreign relations +at a time when its work was peculiarly influential in shaping +American foreign policy. His extensive knowledge of international +law, and his tact and diplomacy, enabled him to +render services of the utmost importance in connexion with the +Spanish-American War, and he was one of the peace commissioners +who negotiated and signed the treaty of Paris by +which the war was terminated. He died at St Paul on the 27th +of November 1900. Few public men in the United States since +the Civil War have combined skill in diplomacy, constructive +statesmanship, talent for political organization, oratorical +ability and broad culture to such a degree as Senator Davis. +In addition to various speeches and public addresses, he +published an essay entitled <i>The Law of Shakespeare</i> (1899).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIS, HENRY WILLIAM BANKS<a name="ar24" id="ar24"></a></span> (1833-  ), English +painter, received his art training in the Royal Academy schools, +where he was awarded two silver medals. He was elected an +associate of the Academy in 1873, and academician in 1877. He +made a considerable reputation as an accomplished painter of +quiet pastoral subjects and carefully elaborated landscapes with +cattle. His pictures, “Returning to the Fold” (1880), and +“Approaching Night” (1899), bought for the Chantrey Fund +Collection, are now in the National Gallery of British Art +(Tate Gallery).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIS, HENRY WINTER<a name="ar25" id="ar25"></a></span> (1817-1865), American political +leader, was born at Annapolis, Maryland, on the 16th of August +1817. His father, Rev Henry Lyon Davis (1775-1836), was a +prominent Protestant Episcopal clergyman of Maryland, and for +some years president of St John’s College at Annapolis. The son +graduated at Kenyon College, Gambier, Ohio, in 1837, and from +the law department of the university of Virginia in 1841, and +began the practice of law in Alexandria, Virginia, but in 1850 +removed to Baltimore, Maryland, where he won a high position +at the bar. Early becoming imbued with strong anti-slavery +views, though by inheritance he was himself a slave holder, he +began political life as a Whig, but when the Whig party disintegrated, +he became an “American” or “Know-Nothing,” +and as such served in the national House of Representatives from +1855 to 1861. By his independent course in Congress he won the +respect and esteem of all political groups. In the contest over the +speakership at the opening of the Thirty-Sixth Congress (1859) he +voted with the Republicans, thereby incurring a vote of censure +from the Maryland legislature, which called upon him to resign. +In 1860, not being quite ready to ally himself wholly with the +Republican party, he declined to be a candidate for the Republican +nomination for the vice-presidency, and supported the Bell and +Everett ticket. He was himself defeated in this year for re-election +to Congress. In the winter of 1860-1861 he was active +on behalf of compromise measures. Finally, after President +Lincoln’s election, he became a Republican, and as such was +re-elected in 1862 to the national House of Representatives, in +which he at once became one of the most radical and aggressive +members, his views commanding especial attention owing to his +being one of the few representatives from a slave state. From +December 1863 to March 1865 he was chairman of the committee +on foreign affairs; as such, in 1864, he was unwilling to leave +the delicate questions concerning the French occupation of +Mexico entirely in the hands of the president and his secretary of +state, and brought in a report very hostile to France, which was +adopted in the House, but fortunately, as it proved later, was not +adopted by the Senate. With other radical Republicans Davis +was a bitter opponent of Lincoln’s plan for the reconstruction of +the Southern States, and on the 15th of February 1864 he reported +from committee a bill placing the process of reconstruction under +the control of Congress, and stipulating that the Confederate +States, before resuming their former status in the Union, must +disfranchise all important civil and military officers of the +Confederacy, abolish slavery, and repudiate all debts incurred +by or with the sanction of the Confederate government. In his +speech supporting this measure Davis declared that until Congress +should “recognize a government established under its auspices, +there is no government in the rebel states save the authority of +Congress.” The bill—the first formal expression by Congress +with regard to Reconstruction—did not pass both Houses until +the closing hours of the session, and failed to receive the approval +of the president, who on the 8th of July issued a proclamation +defining his position. Soon afterwards, on the 5th of August +1864, Davis joined Benjamin F. Wade of Ohio, who had piloted +the bill through the Senate, in issuing the so-called “Wade-Davis +Manifesto,” which violently denounced President Lincoln +for encroaching on the domain of Congress and insinuated that +the presidential policy would leave slavery unimpaired in the +reconstructed states. In a debate in Congress some months later +he declared, “When I came into Congress ten years ago this was +a government of law. I have lived to see it a government of +personal will.” He was one of the radical leaders who preferred +Frémont to Lincoln in 1864, but subsequently withdrew his opposition +and supported the President for re-election. He early +favoured the enlistment of negroes, and in July 1865 publicly +advocated the extension of the suffrage to them. He was not +a candidate for re-election to Congress in 1864, and died in +Baltimore, Maryland, on the 30th of December 1865. Davis +was a man of scholarly tastes, an orator of unusual ability and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page867" id="page867"></a>867</span> +great eloquence, tireless and fearless in fighting political battles, +but impulsive to the verge of rashness, impractical, tactless and +autocratic. He wrote an elaborate political work entitled <i>The +War of Ormuzd and Ahriman in the <span class="correction" title="amended from Ninteenth">Nineteenth</span> Century</i> (1853), in +which he combated the Southern contention that slavery was a +divine institution.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>The Speeches of Henry Winter Davis</i> (New York, 1867), to +which is prefixed an oration on his life and character delivered in the +House of Representatives by Senator J. A. J. Creswell of Maryland.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIS, JEFFERSON<a name="ar26" id="ar26"></a></span> (1808-1889), American soldier and statesman, +president of the Confederate states in the American Civil +War, was born on the 3rd of June 1808 at what is now the village +of Fairview, in that part of Christian county, Kentucky, which +was later organized as Todd county. His father, Samuel Davis +(1756-1824), who served in the War of Independence, was of +Welsh, and his mother, Jane Cook, of Scotch-Irish descent; +during his infancy the family moved to Wilkinson county, +Mississippi. Jefferson Davis was educated at Transylvania +University (Lexington, Kentucky) and at the United States +Military Academy at West Point. From the latter he graduated +in July 1828, and became by brevet a second lieutenant of +infantry. He was assigned for duty to Jefferson Barracks at St +Louis, and on reaching this post was ordered to Fort Crawford, +near Prairie du Chien, Wisconsin. In 1833 he took part in the +closing scenes of the Black Hawk War, was present at the capture +of Black Hawk, and was sent to Dixon, Illinois, to muster into +service some volunteers from that state. Their captain was +Abraham Lincoln, and Lieutenant Davis is said to have +administered to him his first oath of allegiance. In June 1835 +he resigned from the army, married Miss Knox Taylor, daughter +of Colonel (later General) Zachary Taylor, and became a cotton +planter in Warren county, Miss. In September of the same +year, while visiting in Louisiana to escape the fever, his wife +died of it and Davis himself was dangerously ill. For the next +few months he travelled to regain his health; and in the spring +of 1836 returned to his cotton plantation, where for several years +he devoted his time largely to reading political philosophy, +political economy, public law and the English classics, and by +careful management of his estate he acquired considerable wealth. +In 1843 Davis entered the field of politics as a Democrat, and +exhibited great power as a public speaker. In 1844 he was chosen +as a presidential elector on the Polk and Dallas ticket; in +February 1845 he married Miss Varina Howell (1826-1906) of +Mississippi (a granddaughter of Governor Richard Howell of +New Jersey), and in the same year became a Democratic representative +in Congress. From the beginning of his political career +he advocated a strict construction of the Federal constitution. +He was an ardent admirer of John C. Calhoun, and eventually +became his successor as the leader of the South. In his rare +speeches in the House of Representatives he clearly defined his +position in regard to states rights, which he consistently held +ever afterwards. During his first session, war with Mexico was +declared, and he resigned his seat in June 1846 to take command +of the first regiment raised in his state—the Mississippi Rifles. +He served in the Northern Campaign under his father-in-law, +General Taylor, and was greatly distinguished for gallantry and +soldierly conduct at Monterey and particularly at Buena Vista, +where he was severely wounded early in the engagement, but +continued in command of his regiment until victory crowned the +American arms. While still in the field he was appointed (May +1847) by President Polk to be brigadier-general of volunteers; +but this appointment Davis declined, on the ground, as he afterwards +said, “that volunteers are militia and the Constitution +reserves to the state the appointment of all militia officers.” +Afterwards, Davis himself, as president of the Confederate States, +was to appoint many volunteer officers.</p> + +<p>Upon his return to his home late in 1847 he was appointed to +fill a vacancy in the United States Senate, and in 1850 he was +elected for a full term of six years. He resigned in 1851, but was +again elected in 1857, and continued as a member from that year +until the secession of his State in 1861. As a senator he stood in +the front rank in a body distinguished for ability; his purity +of character and courteous manner, together with his intellectual +gifts, won him the esteem of all parties; and he became more and +more the leader of the Southern Democrats. He was, however, +possessed of a logical rather than an intuitive mind. In his +famous speech in the Senate on the 12th of July 1848, on the +question of establishing a government for Oregon Territory, he +held that a slave should be treated by the Federal government +on the same basis as any other property, and therefore that it +was the duty of Congress to protect the owner’s right to his slave +in whatever state or territory of the Union that slave might be. +In the debates on the Compromise Measures of 1850 he took +an active part, strongly opposing these measures, while Henry +Stuart Foote (1800-1880), the other Mississippi senator, was one +of their leading advocates. But although still holding to the +theory expounded in his July speech of 1848, he was now ready +with the proposal that slavery might be prohibited north of +latitude 36° 30′ N. provided it should not be interfered with in +any territory south of that line. He resigned from the Senate in +1851 to become a candidate of the Democratic States-Rights +party for the governorship of his state against Foote, the candidate +of the Union Democrats. In the campaign he held, in +opposition to the wishes of the more radical members of his +party, that although secession might be resorted to as a last +alternative the circumstances were not yet such as to justify it. +A temporary loss of eyesight interfered with his canvass, and +he was defeated by a small majority (1009), the campaign having +been watched with the greatest interest throughout the country. +In 1853 he accepted the position of secretary of war in the +cabinet of President Pierce, and for four years performed the +duties of the office with great distinction and with lasting benefit +to the nation. He organized the engineer companies which +explored and reported on the several proposed routes for a railway +connecting the Mississippi valley with the Pacific Ocean; +he effected the enlargement of the army, and made material +changes in its equipment of arms and ammunition, utilizing +the latest improvements; he made his appointments of subordinates +on their merits, regardless of party considerations; +he revised the system of tactics, perfected the signal corps +service, and enlarged the coast and frontier defences of the +country. During all this time he was on terms of intimate +friendship with the president, over whom he undoubtedly exerted +a powerful, but probably not, as is often said, a dominating +influence; for instance he is generally supposed to have won +the president’s support for the Kansas-Nebraska Bill of 1854. +After the passage of this bill, Davis, who as secretary of war +had control of the United States troops in Kansas, sympathized +strongly with the pro-slavery party there. At the end of his +service in the cabinet, he was returned to the Senate. To his +insistence in 1860 that the Democratic party should support +his claim to the protection of slavery in the territories by the +Federal government, the disruption of that party was in large +measure due. At the same time he practically told the Senate +that the South would secede in the event of the election of a +radical Republican to the presidency; and on the 10th of +January 1861, not long after the election of Lincoln, he argued +before that body the constitutional right of secession and +declared that the treatment of the South had become such that +it could no longer remain in the Union without being degraded. +When his state had passed the ordinance of secession he resigned +his seat, and his speech on the 21st of January was a clear and +able statement of the position taken by his state, and a most +pathetic farewell to his associates.</p> + +<p>On the 25th of January 1861 Davis was commissioned major-general +of the forces Mississippi was raising in view of the +threatened conflict. On the 9th of February he received the +unanimous vote of the Provisional Congress of the seceded states +as president of the “Confederate States of America.” He was +inaugurated on the 18th of February, was subsequently, after +the adoption of the permanent constitution, regularly elected by +popular vote, for a term of six years, and on the 22nd of February +1862 was again inaugurated. He had not sought the office, +preferring service in the field. His brilliant career, both as +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page868" id="page868"></a>868</span> +a civilian and as a soldier, drew all eyes to him as best fitted +to guide the fortunes of the new Confederacy, and with a deep +sense of the responsibility he obeyed the call. He heartily +approved of the peace conference, which attempted to draw up +a plan of reconciliation between the two sections, but whose +failure made war inevitable. Montgomery, in Alabama, was +the first Confederate capital, but after Virginia joined her sister +states, the seat of government was removed to Richmond, on the +29th of May 1861. How Davis—of whom W. E. Gladstone, in +the early days of English sympathy with the South, said that +he had “made a nation”—bore himself in his most responsible +position during the gigantic conflict which ensued, cannot here +be related in detail. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Confederate States</a></span>; and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">American +Civil War</a></span>.) In the shortest time he organized and put into the +field one of the finest bodies of soldiers of which history has record. +Factories sprang up in the South in a few months, supplying +the army with arms and munitions of war, and the energy of the +president was everywhere apparent. That he committed serious +errors, his warmest admirers will hardly deny. Unfortunately +his firmness developed into obstinacy, and exhibited itself in +continued confidence in officers who had proved to be failures, +and in dislike of some of his ablest generals. He committed the +great mistake, too, of directing the movements of distant armies +from the seat of government, though those armies were under able +generals. This naturally caused great dissatisfaction, and more +than once resulted in irreparable disaster. Moreover, he was not, +like Lincoln, a great manager of men; he often acted without +tact; he was charged with being domineering and autocratic, +and at various times he was seriously hampered by the meddling +of the Confederate Congress and the opposition of such men as +the vice-president, A. H. Stephens, Governor Joseph E. Brown +of Georgia, and Governor Zebulon Vance of North Carolina.</p> + +<p>During the winter of 1864-1865 the resources of the government +showed such exhaustion that it was apparent that the end +would come with the opening of the spring campaign. This was +clearly stated in the reports of the heads of departments and of +General Lee. President Davis, however, acted as if he was +assured of ultimate success. He sent Duncan F. Kenner as +special commissioner to the courts of England and France to +obtain recognition of the Confederacy on condition of the +abolition of slavery. When a conference was held in Hampton +Roads on the 3rd of February 1865 between President Lincoln +and Secretary Seward on the one side, and A. H. Stephens, +R. M. T. Hunter, and Judge James A. Campbell, representing +President Davis, on the other, he instructed his representatives +to insist on the recognition of the Confederacy as a condition to +any arrangement for the termination of the war. This defeated +the object of the conference, and deprived the South of terms +which would have been more beneficial than those imposed by +the conqueror when the end came a few weeks later. The last +days of the Confederate Congress were spent in recriminations +between that body and President Davis, and the popularity with +which he commenced his administration had almost entirely +vanished. In January 1865 the Congress proposed to supersede +the president and make General Lee dictator,—a suggestion, +however, to which the Confederate commander refused to listen.</p> + +<p>After the surrender of the armies of Lee and Johnston in April +1865, President Davis attempted to make his way, through +Georgia, across the Mississippi, in the vain hope of continuing +the war with the forces of Generals Smith and Magruder. He was +taken prisoner on the 10th of May by Federal troops near Irwinville, +Irwin county, Georgia, and was brought back to Old Point, +Virginia, in order to be confined in prison at Fortress Monroe. +In prison he was chained and treated with great severity. He +was indicted for treason by a Virginia grand jury, persistent +efforts were made to connect him with the assassination of +President Lincoln, he was unjustly charged with having deliberately +and wilfully caused the sufferings and deaths of Union +prisoners at Andersonville and for two years he was denied trial +or bail. Such treatment aroused the sympathy of the Southern +people, who regarded him as a martyr to their cause, and in a +great measure restored him to that place in their esteem which +by the close of the war he had lost. It also aroused a general +feeling in the North, and when finally he was admitted to bail +(in May 1867), Horace Greeley, Gerrit Smith, and others in that +section who had been his political opponents, became his sureties. +Charles O’Conor, a leader of the New York bar, volunteered to +act as his counsel. With him was associated Robert Ould of +Richmond, a lawyer of great ability. They moved to quash the +indictment on which he was brought to trial. Chief Justice +Chase and Judge John C. Underwood constituted the United +States circuit court sitting for Virginia before which the case +was brought in December 1868; the court was divided, the chief +justice voting to sustain the motion and Underwood to overrule +it. The matter was thereupon certified to the Supreme Court +of the United States, but as the general amnesty of the 25th of +December 1868 included Davis, an order of <i>nolle prosequi</i> was +entered in February 1869, and Davis and his bondsmen were +thereupon released. After his release he visited Europe, and +spent the last years of his life in retirement, during which he +wrote his <i>Rise and Fall of the Confederate Government</i> (2 vols., +1881). In these volumes he attempted to vindicate his administration, +and in so doing he attacked the records of those generals +he disliked. He also wrote a <i>Short History of the Confederate +States of America</i> (1890). He died on the 6th of December 1889, +at New Orleans, leaving a widow and two daughters—Margaret, +who married J. A. Hayes in 1877, and Varina Anne (1864-1898), +better known as “Winnie” Davis, the “daughter of the Confederacy,” +who was the author of several books, including <i>A +Sketch of the Life of Robert Emmet</i> (1888), a novel, <i>The Veiled +Doctor</i> (1895), and <i>A Romance of Summer Seas</i> (1898). A monument +to her, designed by George J. Zolnay, and erected by the +Daughters of the Confederacy, was unveiled in Hollywood +cemetery, Richmond, Va., on the 9th of November 1899. Mrs +Davis, who exerted a marked influence over her husband, survived +him many years, passed the last years of her life in New +York City, and died there on the 16th of October 1906.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—Several biographies and memoirs of Davis have +been published, of which the best are: <i>Jefferson Davis, Ex-President +of the Confederate States</i> (2 vols., New York, 1890), by his widow; +F. H. Alfriend’s <i>Life of Jefferson Davis</i> (Cincinnati, 1868), which +defended him from the charges of incompetence and despotism +brought against him; E. A. Pollard’s <i>Life of Jefferson Davis, with +a Secret History of the Southern Confederacy</i> (Philadelphia, 1869), a +somewhat partisan arraignment by a prominent Southern journalist; +and W. E. Dodd’s <i>Jefferson Davis</i> (Philadelphia, 1907), which +embodies the results of recent historical research. <i>The Prison Life +of Jefferson Davis</i> (New York, 1866) by John J. Craven (d. 1893), a +Federal army surgeon who was Davis’s physician at Fortress +Monroe, was long popular; it gives a vivid and sympathetic picture +of Mr Davis as a prisoner, but its authenticity and accuracy have +been questioned.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(W. W. H.*; N. D. M.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIS<a name="ar27" id="ar27"></a></span> (or <span class="sc">Davys</span>), <b>JOHN</b> (1550?-1605), one of the chief +English navigators and explorers under Elizabeth, especially in +Polar regions, was born at Sandridge near Dartmouth about 1550. +From a boy he was a sailor, and early made several voyages with +Adrian Gilbert; both the Gilbert and Raleigh families were +Devonians of his own neighbourhood, and through life he seems +to have profited by their friendship. In January 1583 he appears +to have broached his design of a north-west passage to Walsingham +and John Dee; various consultations followed; and in +1585 he started on his first north-western expedition. On this he +began by striking the ice-bound east shore of Greenland, which +he followed south to Cape Farewell; thence he turned north once +more and coasted the west Greenland littoral some way, till, +finding the sea free from ice, he shaped a “course for China” +by the north-west. In 66° N., however, he fell in with Baffin +Land, and though he pushed some way up Cumberland Sound, +and professed to recognize in this the “hoped strait,” he now +turned back (end of August). He tried again in 1586 and 1587; +in the last voyage he pushed through the straits still named after +him into Baffin’s Bay, coasting west Greenland to 73° N., almost +to Upernavik, and thence making a last effort to find a passage +westward along the north of America. Many points in Arctic +latitudes (Cumberland Sound, Cape Walsingham, Exeter Sound, +&c.) retain names given them by Davis, who ranks with Baffin +and Hudson as the greatest of early Arctic explorers and, like +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page869" id="page869"></a>869</span> +Frobisher, narrowly missed the discovery of Hudson’s Bay via +Hudson’s Straits (the “Furious Overfall” of Davis). In 1588 +he seems to have commanded the “Black Dog” against the +Spanish Armada; in 1589 he joined the earl of Cumberland off +the Azores; and in 1591 he accompanied Thomas Cavendish +on his last voyage, with the special purpose, as he tells us, of +searching “that north-west discovery upon the back parts +of America.” After the rest of Cavendish’s expedition returned +unsuccessful, he continued to attempt on his own account the +passage of the Strait of Magellan; though defeated here by foul +weather, he discovered the Falkland Islands. The passage home +was extremely disastrous, and he brought back only fourteen of +his seventy-six men. After his return in 1593 he published +a valuable treatise on practical navigation in <i>The Seaman’s +Secrets</i> (1594), and a more theoretical work in <i>The World’s +Hydrographical Description</i> (1595). His invention of back-staff +and double quadrant (called a “Davis Quadrant” after him) +held the field among English seamen till long after Hadley’s +reflecting quadrant had been introduced. In 1596-1597 Davis +seems to have sailed with Raleigh (as master of Sir Walter’s +own ship) to Cadiz and the Azores; and in 1598-1600 he accompanied +a Dutch expedition to the East Indies as pilot, sailing +from Flushing, returning to Middleburg, and narrowly escaping +destruction from treachery at Achin in Sumatra. In 1601-1603 +he accompanied Sir James Lancaster as first pilot on his voyage +in the service of the East India Company; and in December +1604 he sailed again for the same destination as pilot to Sir +Edward Michelborne (or Michelbourn). On this journey he was +killed by Japanese pirates off Bintang near Sumatra.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><i>A Traverse Book made by John Davis in 1587</i>, an <i>Account of his +Second Voyage in 1586</i>, and a <i>Report of Master John Davis of his +three voyages made for the Discovery of the North West Passage</i> were +printed in Hakluyt’s collection. Davis himself published <i>The +Seaman’s Secrets, divided into two Parts</i> (London, 1594), <i>The World’s +Hydrographical Description ... whereby appears that there is a short +and speedy Passage into the South Seas, to China, Molucca, Philippina, +and India, by Northerly Navigation</i> (London, 1595). Various +references to Davis are in the <i>Calendars of State Papers, Domestic</i> +(1591-1594), and <i>East Indies</i> (1513-1616). See also <i>Voyages and +Works of John Davis</i>, edited by A. H. Markham (London, Hakluyt +Society, 1880), and the article “John Davys” by Sir J. K. Laughton +in the <i>Dictionary of National Biography</i>.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(C. R. B.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIS, THOMAS OSBORNE<a name="ar28" id="ar28"></a></span> (1814-1845), Irish poet and +journalist, was born at Mallow, Co. Cork, on the 14th of October +1814. His father, James Thomas Davis, a surgeon in the royal +artillery, who died in the month of his son’s birth, belonged to +an English family of Welsh extraction, and his mother, Mary +Atkins, belonged to a Protestant Anglo-Irish family. Davis +graduated B.A. at Trinity College, Dublin, in 1836, and was called +to the bar two years later. Brought up in an English and Tory +circle, he was led to adopt nationalist views by the study of Irish +history, a complicated subject in which text-books and the +ordinary guides to knowledge were then lacking. In 1840 he +made a speech appealing to Irish sentiment before the college +historical society, which had been reorganized in 1839. With a +view to indoctrinating the Irish people with the idea of nationality +he joined John Blake Dillon in editing the <i>Dublin Morning +Register</i>. The proprietor very soon dismissed him, and Davis +saw that his propaganda would be ineffective if he continued to +stand outside the national organization. He therefore announced +himself a follower of Daniel O’Connell, and became an energetic +worker (1841) on the committee of the repeal association. He +helped Dillon and Charles Gavan Duffy to found the weekly +newspaper, <i>The Nation</i>, the first number of which appeared on +the 15th of October 1842. The paper was chiefly written by these +three promoters, and its concentrated purpose and vigorous +writing soon attracted attention. Davis, who had never written +verse, was induced to attempt it for the new undertaking. The +“Lament of Owen Roe O’Neill” was printed in the sixth +number, and was followed by a series of lyrics that take a high +place in Irish national poetry—“The Battle of Fontenoy,” +“The Geraldines,” “Máire Bhán a Stoír” and many others. +Davis contemplated a history of Ireland, an edition of the +speeches of Irish orators, one volume of which appeared, and +a life of Wolfe Tone. These projects remained incomplete, but +Davis’s determination and continuous zeal made their mark on +his party. Differences arose between O’Connell and the young +writers of <i>The Nation</i>, and as time went on became more +pronounced. Davis was accused of being anti-Catholic, and +was systematically attacked by O’Connell’s followers. But he +differed, said Sir Charles Gavan Duffy, from earlier and later +Irish tribunes, “by a perfectly genuine desire to remain unknown, +and reap neither recognition nor reward for his work.” +His early death from scarlet fever (September 15th, 1845) deprived +“Young Ireland” of its most striking personality.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>His <i>Poems</i> and his <i>Literary and Historical Essays</i> were collected +in 1846. There is an edition of his prose writings (1889) in the +<i>Camelot Classics</i>. See the monograph on <i>Thomas Davis</i> by Sir +Charles Gavan Duffy (1890, abridged ed. 1896), and the same +writer’s <i>Young Ireland</i> (revised edition, 1896).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVISON, WILLIAM<a name="ar29" id="ar29"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1541-1608), secretary to Queen +Elizabeth, was of Scottish descent, and in 1566 acted as secretary +to Henry Killigrew (d. 1603), when he was sent into Scotland by +Elizabeth on a mission to Mary, queen of Scots. Remaining in +that country for about ten years, Davison then went twice to the +Netherlands on diplomatic business, returning to England in +1586 to defend the hasty conduct of his friend, Robert Dudley, +earl of Leicester. In the same year he became member of parliament +for Knaresborough, a privy councillor, and assistant to +Elizabeth’s secretary, Thomas Walsingham; but he soon appears +to have acted rather as the colleague than the subordinate of +Walsingham. He was a member of the commission appointed +to try Mary, queen of Scots, although he took no part in its +proceedings. When sentence was passed upon Mary the warrant +for her execution was entrusted to Davison, who, after some +delay, obtained the queen’s signature. On this occasion, and +also in subsequent interviews with her secretary, Elizabeth +suggested that Mary should be executed in some more secret +fashion, and her conversation afforded ample proof that she +disliked to take upon herself any responsibility for the death of +her rival. Meanwhile, the privy council having been summoned +by Lord Burghley, it was decided to carry out the sentence at +once, and Mary was beheaded on the 8th of February 1587. +When the news of the execution reached Elizabeth she was +extremely indignant, and her wrath was chiefly directed against +Davison, who, she asserted, had disobeyed her instructions not +to part with the warrant. The secretary was arrested and +thrown into prison, but, although he defended himself vigorously, +he did not say anything about the queen’s wish to get rid of +Mary by assassination. Charged before the Star Chamber with +misprision and contempt, he was acquitted of evil intention, but +was sentenced to pay a fine of 10,000 marks, and to imprisonment +during the queen’s pleasure; but owing to the exertions +of several influential men he was released in 1589. The queen, +however, refused to employ him again in her service, and he +retired to Stepney, where he died in December 1608. Davison +appears to have been an industrious and outspoken man, and was +undoubtedly made the scapegoat for the queen’s pusillanimous +conduct. By his wife, Catherine Spelman, he had a family of four +sons and two daughters. Two of his sons, Francis and Walter, +obtained some celebrity as poets.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Many state papers written by him, and many of his letters, are +extant in various collections of manuscripts. See Sir N. H. Nicolas, +<i>Life of W. Davison</i> (London, 1823); J. A. Froude, <i>History of England</i> +(London, 1881 fol.); <i>Calendar of State Papers 1580-1609</i>; and <i>Correspondence +of Leicester during his Government of the Low Countries</i>, +edited by J. Bruce (London, 1844).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVIS STRAIT,<a name="ar30" id="ar30"></a></span> the broad strait which separates Greenland +from North America, and connects Baffin Bay with the open +Atlantic. At its narrowest point, which occurs just where the +Arctic Circle crosses it, it is nearly 200 m. wide. This part is also +the shallowest, a sounding of 112 fathoms being found in the +centre, whereas the depth increases rapidly both to north and to +south. Along the western shore (Baffin Land) a cold current +passes southward; but along the east there is a warm northward +stream, and there are a few Danish settlements on the +Greenland coast. The strait takes its name from the explorer +John Davis.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page870" id="page870"></a>870</span></p> +<p><span class="bold">DAVITT, MICHAEL<a name="ar31" id="ar31"></a></span> (1846-1906), Irish Nationalist politician, +son of a peasant farmer in Co. Mayo, was born on the 25th of +March 1846. His father was evicted for non-payment of rent +in 1851, and migrated to Lancashire, where at the age of ten the +boy began work in a cotton mill at Haslingden. In 1857 he lost +his right arm by a machinery accident, and he had to get employment +as a newsboy and printer’s “devil.” He drifted into the +ranks of the Fenian brotherhood in 1865, and in 1870 he was +arrested for treason-felony in arranging for sending fire-arms +into Ireland, and was sentenced to fifteen years’ penal servitude. +After seven years he was released on ticket of leave. He at once +rejoined the “Irish Republican Brotherhood,” and went to the +United States, where his mother, herself of American birth, had +settled with the rest of the family, in order to concert plans +with the Fenian leaders there. Returning to Ireland he helped +C. S. Parnell to start the Land League in 1879, and his violent +speeches resulted in his re-arrest and consignment to Portland by +Sir William Harcourt, then home secretary. He was released in +1882, but was again prosecuted for seditious speeches in 1883, and +suffered three months’ imprisonment. He had been elected to +parliament for Meath as a Nationalist in 1882, but being a convict +was disqualified to sit. He was included as one of the +respondents before the Parnell Commission (1888-1890) and +spoke for five days in his own defence, but his prominent association +with the revolutionary Irish schemes was fully established. +(See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Parnell</a></span>.) He took the anti-Parnellite side in 1890, and in +1892 was elected to parliament for North Meath, but was unseated +on petition. He was then returned for North-East Cork, but had +to vacate his seat through bankruptcy, caused by the costs in +the North Meath petition. In 1895 he was elected for West Mayo, +but retired before the dissolution in 1900. He died on the 31st +of May 1906, in Dublin. A sincere but embittered Nationalist, +anti-English to the backbone, anti-clerical, and sceptical as to +the value of the purely parliamentary agitation for Home Rule, +Davitt was a notable representative of the survival of the Irish +“physical force” party, and a strong link with the extremists in +America. In later years his Socialistic Radicalism connected him +closely with the Labour party. He wrote constantly in American +and colonial journals, and published some books, always with +the strongest bias against English methods; but his force of +character earned him at least the respect of those who could make +calm allowance for an open enemy of the established order, and a +higher meed of admiration from those who sympathized with his +objects or were not in a position to be threatened by them.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVOS<a name="ar32" id="ar32"></a></span> (Romonsch <i>Tavau</i>, a name variously explained as +meaning a sheep pasture or simply “behind”), a mountain +valley in the Swiss canton of the Grisons, lying east of Coire +(whence it is 40 m. distant by rail), and north-west of the Lower +Engadine (accessible at Süs in 18 m. by road). It contains two +main villages, 2 m. from each other, Dörfli and Platz (the chief +hamlet), which are 5015 ft. above the sea-level, and had a population +in 1900 of 8089, a figure exceeded in the Grisons only by +the capital Coire. Of the population 5391 were Protestants, 2564 +Romanists, and 81 Jews; while 6048 were German-speaking +and 486 Romonsch-speaking. In 1860 the population was only +1705, rising to 2002 in 1870, to 2865 in 1880, to 3891 in 1888, +and to 8089 in 1890. This steady increase is due to the fact that +the valley is now much frequented in winter by consumptive +patients, as its position, sheltered from cold winds and exposed +to brilliant sunshine in the daytime, has a most beneficial effect +on invalids in the first stages of that terrible disease. A local +doctor, by name Spengler, first noticed this fact about 1865, +and the valley soon became famous. It is now provided with +excellent hotels, sanatoria, &c., but as lately as 1860 there was +only one inn there, housed in the 16th-century <i>Rathhaus</i> (town +hall), which is still adorned by the heads of wolves shot in the +neighbourhood. At the north end of the valley is the fine lake +of Davos, used for skating in the winter, while from Platz the +splendidly engineered <i>Landwasserstrasse</i> leads (20 m.) down to the +Alvaneubad station on the Albula railway from Coire to the +Engadine.</p> + +<p>We first hear of Tavaus or Tavauns in 1160 and 1213, as a +mountain pasture or “alp.” It was then in the hands of a +Romonsch-speaking population, as is shown by many surviving +field names. But, some time between 1260 and 1282, a colony +of German-speaking persons from the Upper Valais (first +mentioned in 1289) was planted there by its lord, Walter von +Vaz, so that it has long been a Teutonic island in the midst of +a Romonsch-speaking population. Historically it is associated +with the Prättigau or Landquart valley to the north, as it was +the most important village of the region, and in 1436 became the +capital of the League of the Ten Jurisdictions. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Grisons</a></span>.) +It formerly contained many iron mines, and belonged from 1477 +to 1649 to the Austrian Habsburgs. In 1779 Davos was visited +and described by Archdeacon W. Coxe.</p> +<div class="author">(W. A. B. C.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVOUT, LOUIS NICOLAS,<a name="ar33" id="ar33"></a></span> duke of Auerstädt and prince of +Eckmühl (1770-1823), marshal of France, was born at Annoux +(Yonne) on the 10th of May 1770. His name is also, less correctly, +spelt Davoût and Davoust. He entered the French army as a +sub-lieutenant in 1788, and on the outbreak of the Revolution he +embraced its principles. He was <i>chef de bataillon</i> in a volunteer +corps in the campaign of 1792, and distinguished himself at +Neerwinden in the following spring. He had just been promoted +general of brigade when he was removed from the active list +as being of noble birth. He served, however, in the campaigns +of 1794-1797 on the Rhine, and accompanied Desaix in the +Egyptian expedition of Bonaparte. On his return he took part +in the campaign of Marengo under Napoleon, who placed the +greatest confidence in his abilities, made him a general of division +soon after Marengo, and in 1801 gave him a command in the consular +guard. At the accession of Napoleon as emperor, Davout +was one of the generals who were created marshals of France. +As commander of the III. corps of the <i>Grande Armée</i> Davout +rendered the greatest services. At Austerlitz, after a forced +march of forty-eight hours, the III. corps bore the brunt of the +allies’ attack. In the Jena campaign Davout with a single corps +fought and won the brilliant victory of Auerstädt against the main +Prussian army. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Napoleonic Campaigns</a></span>.) He took part, and +added to his renown, in the campaign of Eylau and Friedland. +Napoleon left him as governor-general in the grand-duchy of +Warsaw when the treaty of Tilsit put an end to the war (1807), +and in 1808 created him duke of Auerstädt. In the war of 1809 +Davout took a brilliant part in the actions which culminated in +the victory of Eckmühl, and had an important share in the +battle of Wagram (<i>q.v.</i>). He was created prince of Eckmühl about +this time. It was Davout who was entrusted by Napoleon with +the task of organizing the “corps of observation of the Elbe,” +which was in reality the gigantic army with which the emperor +invaded Russia in 1812. In this Davout commanded the I. corps, +over 70,000 strong, and defeated the Russians at Mohilev before +he joined the main army, with which he continued throughout +the campaign and the retreat from Moscow. In 1813 +he commanded the Hamburg military district, and defended +Hamburg, a city ill fortified and provisioned, and full of disaffection, +through a long siege, only surrendering the place on +the direct order of Louis XVIII. after the fall of Napoleon in 1814.</p> + +<p>Davout’s military character was on this, as on many other +occasions, interpreted as cruel and rapacious, and he had to +defend himself against many attacks upon his conduct at +Hamburg. He was a stern disciplinarian, almost the only one +of the marshals who exacted rigid and precise obedience from +his troops, and consequently his corps was more trustworthy +and exact in the performance of its duty than any other. Thus, +in the earlier days of the <i>Grande Armée</i>, it was always the +III. corps which was entrusted with the most difficult part of +the work in hand. The same criterion is to be applied to his +conduct of civil affairs. His rapacity was in reality Napoleon’s, for +he gave the same undeviating obedience to superior orders which +he enforced in his own subordinates. As for his military talents, +he was admitted by his contemporaries and by later judgment +to be one of the ablest, perhaps the ablest, of all Napoleon’s +marshals. On the first restoration he retired into private life, +openly displaying his hostility to the Bourbons, and when +Napoleon returned from Elba; Davout at once joined him. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page871" id="page871"></a>871</span> +Appointed minister of war, he reorganized the French army as +far as the limited time available permitted, and he was so far +indispensable to the war department that Napoleon kept him at +Paris during the Waterloo campaign. To what degree his skill +and bravery would have altered the fortunes of the campaign +of 1815 can only be surmised, but it has been made a ground of +criticism against Napoleon that he did not avail himself in the +field of the services of the best general he then possessed. Davout +directed the gallant, but hopeless, defence of Paris after Waterloo, +and was deprived of his marshalate and his titles at the second +restoration. When some of his subordinate generals were proscribed, +he demanded to be held responsible for their acts, as +executed under his orders, and he endeavoured to prevent +the condemnation of Ney. After a time the hostility of the +Bourbons towards Davout died away, and he was reconciled to +the monarchy. In 1817 his rank and titles were restored, and in +1819 he became a member of the chamber of peers. He died at +Paris on the 1st of June 1823.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See the marquise de Blocqueville, <i>Le Maréchal Davout raconté +par les siens et lui-même</i> (Paris, 1870-1880, 1887); Chenier, <i>Davout, +duc d’Auerstädt</i> (Paris, 1866).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAVY, SIR HUMPHRY,<a name="ar34" id="ar34"></a></span> Bart. (1778-1829), English chemist, +was born on the 17th of December 1778 at or near Penzance +in Cornwall. During his school days at the grammar schools +of Penzance and Truro he showed few signs of a taste for +scientific pursuits or indeed of any special zeal for knowledge +or of ability beyond a certain skill in making verse translations +from the classics and in story-telling. But when in +1794 his father, Robert Davy, died, leaving a widow and five +children in embarrassed circumstances, he awoke to his responsibilities +as the eldest son, and becoming apprentice to a surgeon-apothecary +at Penzance set to work on a systematic and remarkably +wide course of self-instruction which he mapped out for +himself in preparation for a career in medicine. Beginning with +metaphysics and ethics and passing on to mathematics, he +turned to chemistry at the end of 1797, and within a few months +of reading Nicholson’s and Lavoisier’s treatises on that science +had produced a new theory of light and heat. About the same +time he made the acquaintance of two men of scientific attainments—Gregory +Watt (1777-1804), a son of James Watt, and +Davies Giddy, afterwards Gilbert (1767-1839), who was president +of the Royal Society from 1827 to 1831. By the latter he was +recommended to Dr Thomas Beddoes, who was in 1798 establishing +his Medical Pneumatic Institution at Bristol for investigating +the medicinal properties of various gases. Here Davy, released +from his indentures, was installed as superintendent towards the +end of 1798. Early next year two papers from his pen were +published in Beddoes’ <i>West Country Contributions</i>—one “On +Heat, Light and the Combinations of Light, with a new Theory +of Respiration and Observations on the Chemistry of Life,” and +the other “On the Generation of Phosoxygen (Oxygen gas) and +the Causes of the Colours of Organic Beings.” These contain +an account of the well-known experiment in which he sought to +establish the immateriality of heat by showing its generation +through the friction of two pieces of ice in an exhausted vessel, +and further attempt to prove that light is “matter of a peculiar +kind,” and that oxygen gas, being a compound of this matter +with a simple substance, would more properly be termed phosoxygen. +Founded on faulty experiments and reasoning, the +views he expressed were either ignored or ridiculed; and it was +long before he bitterly regretted the temerity with which he had +published his hasty generalizations.</p> + +<p>One of his first discoveries at the Pneumatic Institution on +the 9th of April 1799 was that pure nitrous oxide (laughing gas) +is perfectly respirable, and he narrates that on the next day +he became “absolutely intoxicated” through breathing sixteen +quarts of it for “near seven minutes.” This discovery brought +both him and the Pneumatic Institution into prominence. The +gas itself was inhaled by Southey and Coleridge among other +distinguished people, and promised to become fashionable, while +further research yielded Davy material for his <i>Researches, +Chemical and Philosophical, chiefly concerning Nitrous Oxide</i>, +published in 1800, which secured his reputation as a chemist. +Soon afterwards, Count Rumford, requiring a lecturer on chemistry +for the recently established Royal Institution in London, opened +negotiations with him, and on the 16th of February 1801 he was +engaged as assistant lecturer in chemistry and director of the +laboratory. Ten weeks later, having “given satisfactory proofs +of his talents” in a course of lectures on galvanism, he was +appointed lecturer, and his promotion to be professor followed +on the 31st of May 1802. One of the first tasks imposed on +him by the managers was the delivery of a course of lectures +on the chemical principles of tanning, and he was given leave +of absence for July, August and September 1801 in order to +acquaint himself practically with the subject. The main facts +he discovered from his experiments in this connexion were +described before the Royal Society in 1803. In 1802 the board +of agriculture requested him to direct his attention to agricultural +subjects; and in 1803, with the acquiescence of the Royal +Institution, he gave his first course of lectures on agricultural +chemistry and continued them for ten successive years, ultimately +publishing their substance as <i>Elements of Agricultural +Chemistry</i> in 1813. But his chief interest at the Royal Institution +was with electro-chemistry. Galvanic phenomena had +already engaged his attention before he left Bristol, but in +London he had at his disposal a large battery which gave +him much greater opportunities. His first communication to the +Royal Society, read in June 1801, related to galvanic combinations +formed with single metallic plates and fluids, and showed +that an electric cell might be constructed with a single metal +and two fluids, provided one of the fluids was capable of oxidizing +one surface of the metal; previous piles had consisted of two +different metals, or of one plate of metal and the other of charcoal, +with an interposed fluid. Five years later he delivered +before the Royal Society his first Bakerian lecture, “On some +Chemical Agencies of Electricity,” which J. J. Berzelius described +as one of the most remarkable memoirs in the history of +chemical theory. He summed up his results in the general +statement that “hydrogen, the alkaline substances, the metals +and certain metallic oxides are attracted by negatively electrified +metallic surfaces, and repelled by positively electrified metallic +surfaces; and contrariwise, that oxygen and acid substances are +attracted by positively electrified metallic surfaces and repelled +by negatively electrified metallic surfaces; and these attractive +and repulsive forces are sufficiently energetic to destroy or suspend +the usual operation of elective affinity.” He also sketched a +theory of chemical affinity on the facts he had discovered, and +concluded by suggesting that the electric decomposition of +neutral salts might in some cases admit of economical applications +and lead to the isolation of the true elements of bodies. +A year after this paper, which gained him from the French +Institute the medal offered by Napoleon for the best experiment +made each year on galvanism, he described in his second +Bakerian lecture the electrolytic preparation of potassium and +sodium, effected in October 1807 by the aid of his battery. +According to his cousin, Edmund Davy,<a name="fa1b" id="fa1b" href="#ft1b"><span class="sp">1</span></a> then his laboratory +assistant, he was so delighted with this achievement that he +danced about the room in ecstasy. Four days after reading his +lecture his health broke down, and severe illness kept him from his +professional duties until March 1808. As soon as he was able to +work again he attempted to obtain the metals of the alkaline +earths by the same methods as he had used for those of the fixed +alkalis, but they eluded his efforts and he only succeeded in +preparing them as amalgams with mercury, by a process due to +Berzelius. His attempts to decompose “alumine, silica, zircone +and glucine” were still less fortunate. At the end of 1808 he +read his third Bakerian lecture, one of the longest of his papers +but not one of the best. In it he disproved the idea advanced by +Gay Lussac that potassium was a compound of hydrogen, not an +element; but on the other hand he cast doubts on the elementary +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page872" id="page872"></a>872</span> +character of phosphorus, sulphur and carbon, though on this +point he afterwards corrected himself. He also described the +preparation of boron, for which at first he proposed the name +boracium, on the impression that it was a metal. About this +time a voluntary subscription among the members of the Royal +Institution put him in possession of a new galvanic battery +of 2000 double plates, with a surface equal to 128,000 sq. in., +to replace the old one, which had become unserviceable. His +fourth Bakerian lecture, in November 1809, gave further proofs +of the elementary nature of potassium, and described the +properties of telluretted hydrogen. Next year, in a paper read +in July and in his fifth Bakerian lecture in November, he +argued that oxymuriatic acid, contrary to his previous belief, +was a simple body, and proposed for it the name “chlorine.”</p> + +<p>Davy’s reputation was now at its zenith. As a lecturer he +could command an audience of little less than 1000 in the theatre +of the Royal Institution, and his fame had spread far outside +London. In 1810, at the invitation of the Dublin Society, he +gave a course of lectures on electro-chemical science, and in the +following year he again lectured in Dublin, on chemistry and +geology, receiving large fees at both visits. During his second +visit Trinity College conferred upon him the honorary degree of +LL.D., the only university distinction he ever received. On the +8th of April 1812 he was knighted by the prince regent; on +the 9th he gave his farewell lecture as professor of chemistry at +the Royal Institution; and on the 11th he was married to Mrs +Apreece, daughter and heiress of Charles Kerr of Kelso, and a +distant connexion of Sir Walter Scott. A few months after his +marriage he published the first and only volume of his <i>Elements +of Chemical Philosophy</i>, with a dedication to his wife, and was +also re-elected professor of chemistry at the Royal Institution, +though he would not pledge himself to deliver lectures, explaining +that he wished to be free from the routine of lecturing in +order to have more time for original work. Towards the end of +the year he began to investigate chloride of nitrogen, which had +just been discovered by P. L. Dulong, but was obliged to suspend +his inquiries during the winter on account of injury to his eye +caused by an explosion of that substance. In the spring of 1813 +he was engaged on the chemistry of fluorine, and though he +failed to isolate the element, he reached accurate conclusions +regarding its nature and properties. In October he started with +his wife for a continental tour, and with them, as “assistant +in experiments and writing,” went Michael Faraday, who in the +previous March had been engaged as assistant in the Royal +Institution laboratory. Having obtained permission from the +French emperor to travel in France, he went first to Paris, where +during his two months’ stay every honour was accorded him, +including election as a corresponding member of the first class +of the Institute. He does not, however, seem to have reciprocated +the courtesy of his French hosts, but gave offence by the +brusqueness of his manner, though his supercilious bearing, +according to his biographer, Dr Paris, was to be ascribed less to +any conscious superiority than to an “ungraceful timidity which +he could never conquer.” Nor was his action in regard to iodine +calculated to conciliate. That substance, recently discovered +in Paris, was attracting the attention of French chemists when +he stepped in and, after a short examination with his portable +chemical laboratory, detected its resemblance to chlorine and +pronounced it an “undecompounded body.” Towards the end +of December he left for Italy. At Genoa he investigated the +electricity of the torpedo-fish, and at Florence, by the aid of the +great burning-glass in the Accademia del Cimento, he effected +the combustion of the diamond in oxygen and decided that, +beyond containing a little hydrogen, it consisted of pure carbon. +Then he went to Rome and Naples and visited Vesuvius and +Pompeii, called on Volta at Milan, spent the summer in Geneva, +and returning to Rome occupied the winter with an inquiry into +the composition of ancient colours.</p> + +<p>A few months after his return, through Germany, to London +in 1815, he was induced to take up the question of constructing +a miner’s safety lamp. Experiments with samples of fire-damp +sent from Newcastle soon taught him that “explosive mixtures +of mine-damp will not pass through small apertures or tubes”; +and in a paper read before the Royal Society on the 9th of +November he showed that metallic tubes, being better conductors +of heat, were superior to glass ones, and explained that +the heat lost by contact with a large cooling surface brought +the temperature of the first portions of gas exploded below that +required for the firing of the other portions. Two further +papers read in January 1816 explained the employment of wire +gauze instead of narrow tubes, and later in the year the safety +lamps were brought into use in the mines. A large collection of +the different models made by Davy in the course of his inquiries +is in the possession of the Royal Institution. He took out no +patent for his invention, and in recognition of his disinterestedness +the Newcastle coal-owners in September 1817 presented him +with a dinner-service of silver plate.<a name="fa2b" id="fa2b" href="#ft2b"><span class="sp">2</span></a></p> + +<p>In 1818, when he was created a baronet, he was commissioned +by the British government to examine the papyri of Herculaneum +in the Neapolitan museum, and he did not arrive back in England +till June 1820. In November of that year the Royal Society, of +which he had become a fellow in 1803, and acted as secretary +from 1807 to 1812, chose him as their president, but his personal +qualities were not such as to make him very successful in that +office, especially in comparison with the tact and firmness of +his predecessor, Sir Joseph Banks. In 1821 he was busy with +electrical experiments and in 1822 with investigations of the +fluids contained in the cavities of crystals in rocks. In 1823, +when Faraday liquefied chlorine, he read a paper which suggested +the application of liquids formed by the condensation of gases +as mechanical agents. In the same year the admiralty consulted +the Royal Society as to a means of preserving the copper sheathing +of ships from corrosion and keeping it smooth, and he suggested +that the copper would be preserved if it were rendered +negatively electrical, as would be done by fixing “protectors” +of zinc to the sheeting. This method was tried on several ships, +but it was found that the bottoms became extremely foul from +accumulations of seaweed and shellfish. For this reason the +admiralty decided against the plan, much to the inventor’s +annoyance, especially as orders to remove the protectors already +fitted were issued in June 1825, immediately after he had +announced to the Royal Society the full success of his remedy.</p> + +<p>In 1826 Davy’s health, which showed signs of failure in 1823, +had so declined that he could with difficulty indulge in his +favourite sports of fishing and shooting, and early in 1827, after +a slight attack of paralysis, he was ordered abroad. After a +short stay at Ravenna he removed to Salzburg, whence, his illness +continuing, he sent in his resignation as president of the Royal +Society. In the autumn he returned to England and spent his +time in writing his <i>Salmonia or Days of Flyfishing</i>, an imitation +of <i>The Compleat Angler</i>. In the spring of 1828 he again left +England for Illyria, and in the winter fixed his residence at +Rome, whence he sent to the Royal Society his “Remarks on the +Electricity of the Torpedo,” written at Trieste in October. This, +with the exception of a posthumous work, <i>Consolations in Travel, +or the Last Days of a Philosopher</i> (1830), was the final production +of his pen. On the 20th of February 1829 he suffered a second +attack of paralysis which rendered his right side quite powerless, +but under the care of his brother, Dr John Davy (1791-1868), +he rallied sufficiently to be removed to Geneva, where he died on +the 29th of May.</p> + +<p>Of a sanguine, somewhat irritable temperament, Davy displayed +characteristic enthusiasm and energy in all his pursuits. +As is shown by his verses and sometimes by his prose, his mind +was highly imaginative; the poet Coleridge declared that if he +“had not been the first chemist, he would have been the first poet +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page873" id="page873"></a>873</span> +of his age,” and Southey said that “he had all the elements of a +poet; he only wanted the art.” In spite of his ungainly exterior +and peculiar manner, his happy gifts of exposition and illustration +won him extraordinary popularity as a lecturer, his +experiments were ingenious and rapidly performed, and Coleridge +went to hear him “to increase his stock of metaphors.” The +dominating ambition of his life was to achieve fame, but though +that sometimes betrayed him into petty jealousy, it did not +leave him insensible to the claims on his knowledge of the +“cause of humanity,” to use a phrase often employed by him +in connexion with his invention of the miners’ lamp. Of the +smaller observances of etiquette he was careless, and his +frankness of disposition sometimes exposed him to annoyances +which he might have avoided by the exercise of ordinary tact.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Dr J. A. Paris, <i>The Life of Sir Humphry Davy</i> (1831), vol. ii. +of which on pp. 450-456 gives a list of his publications. Dr John +Davy, <i>Memoirs of Sir Humphry Davy</i> (1836); Collected Works (with +shorter memoir, 1839); <i>Fragmentary Remains, Literary and Scientific</i> +(1858). T. E. Thorpe, <i>Humphry Davy, Poet and Philosopher</i> +(1896).</p> +</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1b" id="ft1b" href="#fa1b"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Edmund Davy (1785-1857) became professor of chemistry at +Cork Institution in 1813, and at the Royal Dublin Society in 1826. +His son, Edmund William Davy (born in 1826), was appointed +professor of medicine in the Royal College, Dublin, in 1870.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2b" id="ft2b" href="#fa2b"><span class="fn">2</span></a> Davy’s will directed that this service, after Lady Davy’s death, +should pass to his brother, Dr John Davy, on whose decease, if he +had no heirs who could make use of it, it was to be melted and sold, +the proceeds going to the Royal Society “to found a medal to be +given annually for the most important discovery in chemistry anywhere +made in Europe or Anglo-America.” The silver produced +£736, and the interest on that sum is expended on the Davy medal, +which was awarded for the first time in 1877, to Bunsen and Kirchhoff +for their discovery of spectrum analysis.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAWARI,<a name="ar35" id="ar35"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Dauri</span>, a Pathan tribe on the Waziri border of the +North-West Frontier Province of India. The Dawaris inhabit +the Tochi Valley (<i>q.v.</i>), otherwise known as Dawar or Daur, and +are a homogeneous tribe of considerable size, numbering 5200 +fighting men. Though surrounded on all four sides by a Waziri +population they bear little resemblance to Waziris. They are +an agricultural and the Waziris a pastoral race, and they are +much richer than their neighbours. They thrive on a rich sedimentary +soil copiously irrigated in the midst of a country where +cultivable land of any kind is scarce and water in general hardly +to be obtained. But they pay a heavy tax in health and well-being +for the possession of their fertile acres. Fevers and other +ravaging diseases are bred in the wet sodden lands of the Tochi +Valley, lying at the bottom of a deep depression exposed to the +burning rays of the sun; and the effects of these ailments may be +clearly traced in the drawn or bloated features and the shrunken +or swollen limbs of nearly every Dawari that has passed middle +life. They have an evil name for indolence, drug-eating and +unnatural vices, and are morally the lowest of the Afghan races; +but in spite of these defects, and of the contempt with which they +are regarded by the other Afghan tribes, they have held their +own for centuries against the warlike and hardy Waziris. The +secret of this is that the Dawaris stand together, and the Waziris +do not, while the weaker race is gifted with infinite patience and +tenacity of purpose. With the advent of British government, +however, the Dawaris are now secured in the possession of their +ancestral lands.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See J. G. Lorimer, <i>Grammar and Vocabulary of Waziri Pushtu</i> +(1902).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAWES, HENRY LAURENS<a name="ar36" id="ar36"></a></span> (1816-1903), American lawyer, +was born at Cummington, Massachusetts, on the 30th of +October 1816. After graduating at Yale in 1839, he taught for a +time at Greenfield, Mass., and also edited <i>The Greenfield Gazette</i>. +In 1842 he was admitted to the bar and began the practice of +law at North Adams, where for a time he conducted <i>The Transcript</i>. +He served in the Massachusetts House of Representatives +in 1848-1849 and in 1852, in the state Senate in 1850, and in the +Massachusetts constitutional convention in 1853. From 1853 to +1857 he was United States district attorney for the western +district of Massachusetts; and from 1857-1875 he was a +Republican member of the national House of Representatives. +In 1875 he succeeded Charles Sumner as senator from Massachusetts, +serving until 1893. During this long period of +legislative activity he served in the House on the committees on +elections, ways and means, and appropriations, took a prominent +part in the anti-slavery and reconstruction measures during and +after the Civil War, in tariff legislation, and in the establishment +of a fish commission and the inauguration of daily weather +reports. In the Senate he was chairman of the committee on +Indian affairs, and gave much attention to the enactment of +laws for the benefit of the Indians. On leaving the Senate, in +1893, he became chairman of the Commission to the Five Civilized +Tribes (sometimes called the Dawes Indian Commission), +and served in this capacity for ten years, negotiating with the +tribes for the extinction of the communal title to their land and +for the dissolution of the tribal governments, with the object +of making the tribes a constituent part of the United States.<a name="fa1c" id="fa1c" href="#ft1c"><span class="sp">1</span></a> +Dawes died at Pittsfield, Mass., on the 5th of February 1903.</p> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1c" id="ft1c" href="#fa1c"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The commission completed its labours on the 1st of July 1905, +after having allotted 20,000,000 acres of land among 90,000 Indians +and absorbed the five Indian governments into the national system. +The “five tribes” were the Cherokee, Chickasaw, Choctaw, Creek +and Seminole Indians.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAWES, RICHARD<a name="ar37" id="ar37"></a></span> (1708-1766), English classical scholar, +was born in or near Market Bosworth. He was educated at the +town grammar school under Anthony Blackwall, and at Emmanuel +College, Cambridge, of which society he was elected fellow in 1731. +His peculiar habits and outspoken language made him unpopular. +His health broke down in consequence of his sedentary life, and +it is said that he took to bell-ringing at Great St Mary’s as a +restorative. He was a bitter enemy of Bentley, who he declared +knew nothing of Greek except from indexes. In 1738 Dawes was +appointed to the mastership of the grammar school, Newcastle-on-Tyne, +combined with that of St Mary’s hospital. From all +accounts his mind appears to have become unhinged; his +eccentricities of conduct and continual disputes with his governing +body ruined the school, and finally, in 1749, he resigned his +post and retired to Heworth, where he chiefly amused himself +with boating. He died on the 21st of March 1766. Dawes was +not a prolific writer. The book on which his fame rests is his +<i>Miscellanea critica</i> (1745), which gained the commendation of +such distinguished continental scholars as L. C. Valckenaer +and J. J. Reiske. The <i>Miscellanea</i>, which was re-edited by +T. Burgess (1781), G. C. Harles (1800) and T. Kidd (1817), for +many years enjoyed a high reputation, and although some +of the “canons” have been proved untenable and few can be +accepted universally, it will always remain an honourable and +enduring monument of English scholarship.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See J. Hodgson, <i>An Account of the Life and Writings of Richard +Dawes</i> (1828); H. R. Luard in <i>Dict. of Nat. Biog.</i>; J. E. Sandys, +<i>Hist. of Classical Scholarship</i>, ii. 415.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAWISON, BOGUMIL<a name="ar38" id="ar38"></a></span> (1818-1872), German actor, was born +at Warsaw, of Jewish parents, and at the age of nineteen went on +the stage. In 1839 he received an appointment to the theatre +at Lemberg in Galicia. In 1847 he played at Hamburg with +marked success, was from 1849 to 1854 a member of the Burg +theatre in Vienna, and then became connected with the Dresden +court theatre. In 1864 he was given a life engagement, but +resigned his appointment, and after starring through Germany +visited the United States in 1866. He died in Dresden on the 1st +of February 1872. Dawison was considered in Germany an actor +of a new type; a leading critic wrote that he and Marie Seebach +“swept like fresh gales over dusty tradition, and brushing aside +the monotony of declamation gave to their rôles more character +and vivacity than had hitherto been known on the German +stage.” His chief parts were Mephistopheles, Franz Moor, Mark +Antony, Hamlet, Charles V., Richard III. and King Lear.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAWKINS, WILLIAM BOYD<a name="ar39" id="ar39"></a></span> (1838-  ), English geologist +and archaeologist, was born at Buttington vicarage near +Welshpool, Montgomeryshire, on the 26th of December 1838. +Educated at Rossall School and Oxford, he joined the Geological +Survey in 1862, and in 1869 became curator of the Manchester +museum, a post which he retained till 1890. He was appointed +professor of geology and palaeontology in Owens College, +Manchester, in 1874. He paid special attention to the question +of the existence of coal in Kent, and in 1882 was selected by the +Channel tunnel committee to make a special survey of the French +and English coasts. He was also employed in the scheme of a +tunnel beneath the Humber. His chief distinctions, however, +were won in the realms of anthropology by his researches into the +lives of the cave-dwellers of prehistoric times, labours which +have borne fruit in his books <i>Cave-hunting</i> (1874); <i>Early Man +in Britain</i> (1880); <i>British Pleistocene Mammalia</i> (1866-1887). +He became a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1867, and acted as +president of the anthropological section of the British Association +in 1882 and of the geological section in 1888.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page874" id="page874"></a>874</span></p> +<p><span class="bold">DAWLISH,<a name="ar40" id="ar40"></a></span> a watering-place in the Ashburton parliamentary +division of Devonshire, England, on the English Channel, near +the outflow of the Exe, 12 m. S. of Exeter by the Great Western +railway. Pop. of urban district (1901) 4003. It lies on a cove +sheltered by two projecting headlands. A small stream which +flows through the town is lined on both sides by pleasure-grounds. +Dawlish owes its prosperity to the visitors attracted, +in spring and early summer, by the warm climate and excellent +bathing. An annual pleasure fair is held on Easter Monday, and +a regatta in August or September. Until its sale in the 19th +century, the site of Dawlish belonged to Exeter cathedral, having +been given to the chapter by Leofric, bishop of Exeter, in 1050.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAWN<a name="ar41" id="ar41"></a></span> (the 16th-century form of the earlier “dawing” or +“dawning,” from an old verb “daw,” O. Eng. <i>dagian</i>, to +become day; <i>cf.</i> Dutch <i>dagen</i>, and Ger. <i>tagen</i>), the time when +light appears (daws) in the sky in the morning. The dawn +colours appear in the reverse order of the sunset colours and +are due to the same cause. When the sun is lowest in both cases +the colour is deep red; this gradually changes through orange to +gold and brilliant yellow as the sun approaches the horizon. +These colours follow each other in order of refrangibility, reproducing +all the colours of the spectrum in order except the blue +rays which are scattered in the sky. The colours of the dawn +are purer and colder than the sunset colours since there is less +dust and moisture in the atmosphere and less consequent sifting +of light rays.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAWSON, GEORGE<a name="ar42" id="ar42"></a></span> (1821-1876), English nonconformist +divine, was born in London on the 24th of February 1821, and +was educated at Marischal College, Aberdeen, and at the university +of Glasgow. In 1843 he accepted the pastorate of the +Baptist church at Rickmansworth, and in 1844 a similar charge +at Mount Zion, Birmingham, where he attracted large congregations +by his eloquence and his unconventional views. Desiring +freedom from any definite creed, he left the Baptist church and +became minister of the “Church of the Saviour,” a building +erected for him by his supporters. Here he exercised a stimulating +and varied ministry for nearly thirty years, gathering round +him a congregation of all types and especially of such as found the +dogmas of the age distasteful. He had much sympathy with the +Unitarian position, but was not himself a Unitarian. Indeed he +had no fixed standpoint, and discussed truths and principles +from various aspects. His sermons, though not particularly +speculative, were unconventional and quickening. He was the +friend of Carlyle and Emerson, and did much to popularize +their teachings, his influence being conspicuous, especially in +his demand for a high ethical standard in everyday life and his +insistence on the Christianization of citizenship. He was warmly +supported by Dr R. W. Dale, and by J. T. Bunce, editor of +<i>The Birmingham Daily Post</i>. Both Dawson and Dale were disqualified +as ministers from seats on the town council, but both +served on the Birmingham school board. Dawson also lectured +on English literature at the Midland Institute and helped to +found the Shakespeare Memorial library in Birmingham. He +died suddenly at King’s Norton on the 30th of November 1876. +Four volumes of <i>Sermons</i>, two of <i>Prayers</i> and two of <i>Biographical +Lectures</i> were published after his death.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>Life</i> by H. W. Crosskey (1876) and an article by R. W. Dale +in <i>The Nineteenth Century</i> (August 1877).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAWSON, SIR JOHN WILLIAM<a name="ar43" id="ar43"></a></span> (1820-1899), Canadian +geologist, was bom at Pictou, Nova Scotia, on the 30th of +October 1820. Of Scottish descent, he went to Edinburgh to +complete his education, and graduated at the university in 1842, +having gained a knowledge of geology and natural history from +Robert Jameson. On his return to Nova Scotia in 1842 he +accompanied Sir Charles Lyell on his first visit to that territory. +Subsequently he was appointed to the post of superintendent of +education (1850-1853); at the same time he entered zealously +into the geology of the country, making a special study of the +fossil forests of the coal-measures. From these strata, in +company with Lyell (during his second visit) in 1852, he obtained +the first remains of an “air-breathing reptile” named <i>Dendrerpeton</i>. +He also described the fossil plants of the Silurian, +Devonian and Carboniferous rocks of Canada for the Geological +Survey of that country (1871-1873). From 1855 to 1893 he +was professor of geology and principal of M’Gill University, +Montreal, an institution which under his influence attained a +high reputation. He was elected F.R.S. in 1862. When the +Royal Society of Canada was constituted he was the first to +occupy the presidential chair, and he also acted as president of +the British Association at its meeting at Birmingham in 1886, +and of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. +Sir William Dawson’s name is especially associated with the +<i>Eozoon canadense</i>, which in 1864 he described as an organism +having the structure of a foraminifer. It was found in the +Laurentian rocks, regarded as the oldest known geological +system. His views on the subject were contested at the time, +and have since been disproved, the so-called organism being now +regarded as a mineral structure. He was created C.M.G. in 1881, +and was knighted in 1884. In his books on geological subjects he +maintained a distinctly theological attitude, declining to admit +the descent or evolution of man from brute ancestors, and holding +that the human species only made its appearance on this earth +within quite recent times. Besides many memoirs in the +Transactions of learned societies, he published <i>Acadian Geology: +The geological structure, organic remains and mineral resources +of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island</i> +(1855; ed. 3, 1878); <i>Air-breathers of the Coal Period</i> (1863); +<i>The Story of the Earth and Man</i> (1873; ed. 6, 1880); <i>The Dawn of +Life</i> (1875); <i>Fossil Men and their Modern Representatives</i> (1880); +<i>Geological History of Plants</i> (1888); <i>The Canadian Ice Age</i> +(1894). He died on the 20th of November 1899.</p> + +<p>His son, <span class="sc">George Mercer Dawson</span> (1849-1901), was born at +Pictou on the 1st of August 1849, and received his education at +M‘Gill University and the Royal School of Mines, London, where +he had a brilliant career. In 1873 he was appointed geologist +and naturalist to the North American boundary commission, +and two years later he joined the staff of the geological survey +of Canada, of which he became assistant director in 1883, and +director in 1895. He was in charge of the Canadian government’s +Yukon expedition in 1887, and his name is permanently written +in Dawson City, of gold-bearing fame. As one of the Bering Sea +Commissioners he spent the summer of 1891 investigating the facts +of the seal fisheries on the northern coasts of Asia and America. +For his services there, and at the subsequent arbitration in Paris, +he was made a C.M.G. He was elected F.R.S. in 1891, and in +the same year was awarded the Bigsby medal by the Geological +Society of London. He was president of the Royal Society of +Canada in 1893. He died on the 2nd of March 1901. He was +the author of many scientific papers and reports, especially on +the surface geology and glacial phenomena of the northern and +western parts of Canada.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAWSON CITY,<a name="ar44" id="ar44"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Dawson</span>, the capital of the Yukon territory, +Canada, on the right bank of the Yukon river, and in the +middle of the Klondyke gold region, of which it is the distributing +centre. It is situated in beautiful mountainous country, 1400 ft. +above the sea, and 1500 m. from the mouth of the Yukon river. +It is reached by a fleet of river steamers, and has telegraphic +communication. Founded in 1896, its population soon reached +over 20,000 at the height of the gold rush; in 1901 it was officially +returned as 9142, and is now not more than 5000. The temperature +varies from 90° F. in summer to 50° below zero in winter. +It possesses three opera-houses and numerous hotels, and is a +typical mining town, though even at first there was much less +lawlessness than is usually the case in such cities.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAX,<a name="ar45" id="ar45"></a></span> a town of south-western France, capital of an arrondissement +in the department of Landes, 92 m. S.S.W, of Bordeaux, +on the Southern railway between that city and Bayonne. Pop. +(1906) 8585. The town lies on the left bank of the Adour, a +stone bridge uniting it to its suburb of Le Sablar on the right +bank. It has remains of ancient Gallo-Roman fortifications, +now converted into a promenade. The most remarkable building +in the town is the church of Notre-Dame, once a cathedral; it +was rebuilt from 1656 to 1719, but still preserves a sacristy, a +porch and a fine sculptured doorway of the 13th century. The +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page875" id="page875"></a>875</span> +church of St Vincent, to the south-west of the town, derives its +name from the first bishop, whose tomb it contains. The church +of St Paul-lès-Dax, a suburb on the right bank of the Adour, +belongs mainly to the 15th century, and has a Romanesque apse +adorned with curious bas-reliefs. On a hill to the west of Dax +stands a tower built in memory of the sailor and scientist Jean +Charles Borda, born there in 1733; a statue was erected to him +in the town in 1891. Dax, which is well known as a winter resort, +owes much of its importance to its thermal waters and mud-baths +(the deposit of the Adour), which are efficacious in cases +of rheumatism, neuralgia and other disorders. The best-known +spring is the Fontaine Chaude, which issues into a basin 160 ft. +wide in the centre of the town. The principal of numerous bathing +establishments are the Grands Thermes, the Bains Salés, adjoining +a casino, and the Baignots, which fringe the Adour and are +surrounded by gardens. Dax has a sub-prefecture, tribunals of +first instance and of commerce, a communal college, a training +college and a library. It has salt workings, tanneries, saw-mills, +manufactures of soap and corks; commerce is chiefly +in the pine wood, resin and cork of the Landes, in mules, +cattle, horses and poultry.</p> + +<p>Dax (<i>Aquae Tarbellicae</i>, <i>Aquae Augustae</i>, later <i>D’Acqs</i>) was +the capital of the Tarbelli under the Roman domination, when +its waters were already famous. Later it was the seat of a +viscounty, which in the 11th century passed to the viscounts +of Béarn, and in 1177 was annexed by Richard Cœur de Lion +to Gascony. The bishopric, founded in the 3rd century, was +in 1801 attached to that of Aire.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAY, JOHN<a name="ar46" id="ar46"></a></span> (1574-1640?), English dramatist, was born at +Cawston, Norfolk, in 1574, and educated at Ely. He became +a sizar of Caius College, Cambridge, in 1592, but was expelled +in the next year for stealing a book. He became one of Henslowe’s +playwrights, collaborating with Henry Chettle, William +Haughton, Thomas Dekker, Richard Hathway and Wentworth +Smith, but his almost incessant activity seems to have left him +poor enough, to judge by the small loans, of five shillings and +even two shillings, that he obtained from Henslowe. The first +play in which Day appears as part-author is <i>The Conquest of +Brute, with the finding of the Bath</i> (1598), which, with most of +his journeyman’s work, is lost. A drama dealing with the early +years of the reign of Henry VI., <i>The Blind Beggar of Bednal +Green</i> (acted 1600, printed 1659), written in collaboration with +Chettle, is his earliest extant work. It bore the sub-title of <i>The +Merry Humor of Tom Strowd, the Norfolk Yeoman</i>, and was so +popular that second and third parts, by Day and Haughton, +were produced in the next year. <i>The Ile of Guls</i> (printed 1606), +a prose comedy founded upon Sir Philip Sidney’s <i>Arcadia</i>, +contains in its light dialogue much satire to which the key is now +lost, but Mr Swinburne notes in Manasses’s burlesque of a Puritan +sermon a curious anticipation of the eloquence of Mr Chadband +in <i>Bleak House</i>. In 1607 Day produced, in conjunction with +William Rowley and George Wilkins, <i>The Travailes of the Three +English Brothers</i>, which detailed the adventures of Sir Thomas, +Sir Anthony and Robert Shirley.</p> + +<p><i>The Parliament of Bees</i> is the work on which Day’s reputation +chiefly rests. This exquisite and unique drama, or rather masque, +is entirely occupied with “the doings, the births, the wars, the +wooings” of bees, expressed in a style at once most singular +and most charming. The bees hold a parliament under Prorex, +the Master Bee, and various complaints are preferred against +the humble-bee, the wasp, the drone and other offenders. This +satirical allegory of affairs ends with a royal progress of Oberon, +who distributes justice to all. The piece contains much for +which parallel passages are found in Dekker’s <i>Wonder of a +Kingdom</i> (1636) and Samuel Rowley’s (or Dekker’s) <i>Noble +Soldier</i> (printed 1634). There is no earlier known edition of <i>The +Parliament of Bees</i> than that in 1641, but a persistent tradition +has assigned the piece to 1607. In 1608 Day published two +comedies, <i>Law Trickes, or Who Would have Thought it?</i> and +<i>Humour out of Breath</i>. The date of his death is unknown, but +an elegy on him by John Tatham, the city poet, was published +in 1640. The six dramas by John Day which we possess show +a delicate fancy and dainty inventiveness all his own. He preserved, +in a great measure, the dramatic tradition of John Lyly, +and affected a kind of subdued euphuism. <i>The Maydes Metamorphosis</i> +(1600), once supposed to be a posthumous work of Lyly’s, +may be an early work of Day’s. It possesses, at all events, many +of his marked characteristics. His prose <i>Peregrinatic Scholastica +or Learninges Pilgrimage</i>, dating from his later years, was printed +by Mr A. H. Bullen from a MS. of Day’s. Considerations partly +based on this work have suggested that he had a share in the +anonymous <i>Pilgrimage to Parnassus</i> and the <i>Return from +Parnassus</i>. The beauty and ingenuity of <i>The Parliament of +Bees</i> were noted and warmly extolled by Charles Lamb; and +Day’s work has since found many admirers.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>His works, edited by A. H. Bullen, were printed at the Chiswick +Press in 1881. The same editor included <i>The Maydes Metamorphosis</i> +in vol. i. of his <i>Collection of Old Plays</i>. <i>The Parliament of Bees</i> and +<i>Humour out of Breath</i> were printed in <i>Nero and other Plays</i> (Mermaid +Series, 1888), with an introduction by Arthur Symons. An appreciation +by Mr A. C. Swinburne appeared in <i>The Nineteenth Century</i> +(October 1897).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAY, THOMAS<a name="ar47" id="ar47"></a></span> (1748-1789), British author, was born in +London on the 22nd of June 1748. He is famous as the writer +of <i>Sandford and Merton</i> (1783-1789), a book for the young, which, +though quaintly didactic and often ridiculous, has had considerable +educational value as inculcating manliness and independence. +Day was educated at the Charterhouse and at Corpus Christi +College, Oxford, and became a great admirer of J. J. Rousseau +and his doctrine of the ideal state of nature. Having independent +means he devoted himself to a life of study and philanthropy. +His views on marriage were typical of the man. He brought +up two foundlings, one of whom he hoped eventually to marry. +They were educated on the severest principles, but neither +acquired the high quality of stoicism which he had looked for. +After several proposals of marriage to other ladies had been +rejected, he married an heiress who agreed with his ascetic +programme of life. He finally settled at Ottershaw in Surrey and +took to farming on philanthropic principles. He had many +curious and impracticable theories, among them one that all +animals could be managed by kindness, and while riding an +unbroken colt he was thrown near Wargrave and killed on the +28th of September 1789. His poem <i>The Dying Negro</i>, published +in 1773, struck the keynote of the anti-slavery movement. +It is also obvious from his other works, such as <i>The Devoted +Legions</i> (1776) and <i>The Desolation of America</i> (1777), that he +strongly sympathized with the Americans during their War of +Independence.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAY<a name="ar48" id="ar48"></a></span> (O. Eng. <i>dæg</i>, Ger. <i>Tag</i>; according to the <i>New English +Dictionary</i>, “in no way related to the Lat. <i>dies</i>”), in astronomy, +the interval of time in which a revolution of the earth on its axis +is performed. Days are distinguished as solar, sidereal or lunar, +according as the revolution is taken relatively to the sun, the +stars or the moon. The solar day is the fundamental unit of +time, not only in daily life but in astronomical practice. In the +latter case, being determined by observations of the sun, it is +taken to begin with the passage of the mean sun over the meridian +of the place, or at mean noon, while the civil day begins at midnight. +A vigorous effort was made during the last fifteen years +of the 19th century to bring the two uses into harmony by beginning +the astronomical day at midnight. In some isolated cases +this has been done; but the general consensus of astronomers +has been against it, the day as used in astronomy being only a +measure of time, and having no relation to the period of daily +repose. The time when the day shall begin is purely a matter +of convenience. The present practice being the dominant one +from the time of Ptolemy until the present, it was felt that the +confusion in the combination of past and present astronomical +observations, and the doubts and difficulties in using the astronomical +ephemerides, formed a decisive argument against any +change.</p> + +<p>The question of a possible variability in the length of the +day is one of fundamental importance. One necessary effect +of the tidal retardation of the earth’s rotation is gradually to +increase this length. It is remarkable that the discussion of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page876" id="page876"></a>876</span> +ancient eclipses of the moon, and their comparison with modern +observations, show only a small and rather doubtful change, +amounting perhaps to less than one-hundredth of a second +per century. As this amount seems to be markedly less than +that which would be expected from the cause in question, it is +probable that some other cause tends to accelerate the earth’s +rotation and so to shorten the day. The moon’s apparent +mean motion in longitude seems also to indicate slow periodic +changes in the earth’s rotation; but these are not confirmed +by transits of Mercury, which ought also to indicate them. +(See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Moon</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Tides</a></span>.)</p> +<div class="author">(S. N.)</div> + +<p><i>Legal Aspects.</i>—In law, a day may be either a <i>dies naturalis</i> or +natural day, or a <i>dies artificialis</i> or artificial day. A natural day +includes all the twenty-four hours from midnight to midnight. +Fractions of the day are disregarded to avoid dispute, though +sometimes the law will consider fractions, as where it is necessary +to show the first of two acts. In cases where action must be taken +for preserving or asserting a right, a day would mean the natural +day of twenty-four hours, but on the other hand, as in cases of +survivorship, for testamentary or other purposes, it would suffice +if a person survived for even the smallest portion of the last day +necessary.</p> + +<p>When a statute directs any act to be done within so many +days, these words mean <i>clear days</i>, <i>i.e.</i> a number of perfect +intervening days, not counting the terminal days: if the statute +says nothing about Sunday, the days mentioned mean consecutive +days and include Sundays. Under some statutes (<i>e.g.</i> the Parliamentary +Elections Act 1868, the Corrupt and Illegal Practices +Prevention Act 1883) Sundays and holidays are excluded in +reckoning days, and consequently all the Sundays, &c., of a +prescribed sequence of days would be eliminated. So also, by +custom, the word “day” may be understood in some special +sense. In bills of lading and charter parties, when “days” or +“running days” are spoken of without qualification, they +usually mean consecutive days, and Sundays and holidays are +counted, but when there is some qualification, as where a charter +party required a cargo “to be discharged in fourteen days,” +“days” will mean <i>working days</i>. Working days, again, vary +in different ports, and the custom of the port will decide in each +case what are working days. In English charter parties, unless +the contrary is expressed, Christmas day and other recognized +holidays are included as working days. A <i>weather working day</i>, +a term sometimes used in charter parties, means a day when work +is not prevented by the weather, and unless so provided for, a +day on which work was rendered impossible by bad weather +would still be counted as a working day. <i>Lay days</i>, which are +days given to the charterer in a charter party either to load or +unload without paying for the use of the ship, are days of the +week, not periods of twenty-four hours.</p> + +<p><i>Days of Grace.</i>—When a bill of exchange is not payable at +sight or on demand, certain days (called days of grace, from +being originally a gratuitous favour) are added to the time of +payment as fixed by the bill, and the bill is then due and payable +on the last day of grace. In the United Kingdom, by the Bills of +Exchange Act 1882, three days are allowed as days of grace, but +when the last day of grace falls on Sunday, Christmas day, Good +Friday or a day appointed by royal proclamation as a public +fast or thanksgiving day, the bill is due and payable on the +preceding business day. If the last day of grace is a bank holiday +(other than Christmas day or Good Friday), or when the last day +of grace is a Sunday, and the second day of grace is a bank +holiday, the bill is due and payable on the succeeding business +day. Days of grace (<i>dies non</i>) are in existence practically among +English-speaking peoples only. They were abolished by the +French Code (Code de Commerce, Liv. i. tit. 8, art. 135), and by +most, if not all, of the European codes since framed.</p> + +<p><i>Civil Days.</i>—An artificial or civil day is, to a certain extent, +difficult to define; it “may be regarded as a convenient term +to signify all the various kinds of ‘day’ known in legal proceedings +other than the natural day.” (<i>Ency. English Law</i>, tit. +“Day”). The Jews, Chaldeans and Babylonians began the +day at the rising of the sun; the Athenians at the fall; the +Umbri in Italy began at midday; the Egyptians and Romans +at midnight; and in England, the United States and most of the +countries of Europe the Roman civil day still prevails, the day +usually commencing as soon as the clock begins to strike 12 <span class="scs">P.M.</span> +of the preceding day.</p> + +<p>In England the period of the civil day may also vary under +different statutes. In criminal law the day formerly commenced +at sunrise and extended to sunset, but by the Larceny Act 1861 +the day is that period between six in the morning and nine in +the evening. The same period of time comprises a day under the +Housing of the Working Classes Act 1885 and the Public Health +(London) Act 1891, but under the Public Health (Scotland) Act +1897 “day” is the period between 9 <span class="scs">A.M.</span> and 6 <span class="scs">P.M.</span> By an act +of 1845, regulating the labour of children in print-works, “day” +is defined as from 6 <span class="scs">A.M.</span> to 10 <span class="scs">P.M.</span> Daytime, within which +distress for rent must be made, is from sunrise to sunset (<i>Tulton</i> +v. <i>Darke</i>, 1860, 2 L.T. 361). An obligation to pay money on a +certain day is theoretically discharged if the money is paid before +midnight of the day on which it falls due, but custom has so far +modified this that the law requires reasonable hours to be +observed. If, for instance, payment has to be made at a bank +or place of business, it must be within business hours.</p> + +<p>When an act of parliament is expressed to come into operation +on a certain day, it is to be construed as coming into operation +on the expiration of the previous day (Interpretation Act 1889, +§ 36; Statutes [Definition of Time] Act 1880).</p> + +<p>Under the orders of the supreme court the word “day” has +two meanings. For purposes of personal service of writs, it +means any time of the day or night on week-days, but excludes +the time from twelve midnight on Saturday till twelve midnight +on Sunday. For purposes of service not required to be personal, +it means before six o’clock on any week-day except Saturday, +and before 2 <span class="scs">P.M.</span> on Saturday.</p> + +<p><i>Closed Days</i>, <i>i.e.</i> Sunday, Christmas day and Good Friday, are +excluded from all fixtures of time less than six days: otherwise +they are included, unless the last day of the time fixed falls on +one of those days (R.S.C., O. lxiv.).</p> + +<p><i>American Practice.</i>—In the United States a day is the space +of time between midnight and midnight. The law pays no +regard to fractions of a day except to prevent injustice. A +“day’s work” is by statute in New York fixed at eight hours +for all employees except farm and domestic servants, and for +employees on railroads at ten hours (Laws 1897, ch. 415). In +the recording acts relating to real property, fractions of a day +are of the utmost importance, and all deeds, mortgages and other +instruments affecting the property, take precedence in the order +in which they were filed for record. Days of grace are abolished +in many of the seventeen states in which the Negotiable Instruments +law has been enacted. Sundays and public holidays are +usually excluded in computing time if they are the last day +within which the act was to be done. General public holidays +throughout the United States are Christmas, Thanksgiving (last +Thursday in November) and Independence (July 4th) days +and Washington’s birthday (February 22nd). The several +states have also certain local public holidays. (See also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Month</a></span>; +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Time</a></span>.)</p> +<div class="author">(T. A. I.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAYLESFORD,<a name="ar49" id="ar49"></a></span> a town of Talbot county, Victoria, Australia, +74 m. by rail N.W. of Melbourne. Pop. (1901) 3384. It lies on +the flank of the Great Dividing Range, at an elevation of 2030 ft. +On Wombat Hill are beautiful public gardens commanding +extensive views, and a fine convent of the Presentation Order. +Much wheat is grown in the district, and gold-mining, both +quartz and alluvial, is carried on. Daylesford has an important +mining school. Near the town are the Hepburn mineral springs +and a number of beautiful waterfalls, and 6 m. from it is Mount +Franklin, an extinct volcano.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAYTON,<a name="ar50" id="ar50"></a></span> a city of Campbell county, Kentucky, U.S.A., on +the S. bank of the Ohio river, opposite Cincinnati, and adjoining +Bellevue and Newport, Ky. Pop. (1890) 4264; (1900) 6104 including +655 foreign-born and 63 negroes; (1910) 6979. It is served +by the Chesapeake & Ohio railway at Newport, of which it is a +suburb, largely residential. It has manufactories of watch-cases +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page877" id="page877"></a>877</span> +and pianos, and whisky distilleries. In the city is the Speers +Memorial hospital. Dayton was settled and incorporated in +1849.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DAYTON,<a name="ar51" id="ar51"></a></span> a city and the county-seat of Montgomery county, +Ohio, U.S.A., at the confluence of Wolf Creek, Stillwater river +and Mad river with the Great Miami, 57 m. N.N.E. of Cincinnati +and about 70 m. W.S.W. of Columbus. Pop. (1890) 61,220; +(1900) 85,333; (1910) 116,577. In 1900 there were 10,053 +foreign-born and 3387 negroes; of the foreign-born 6820 were +Germans and 1253 Irish. Dayton is served by the Erie, +the Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St Louis, the Pittsburg, +Cincinnati, Chicago & St Louis, the Cincinnati, Hamilton & +Dayton, and the Dayton & Union railways, by ten interurban +electric railways, centring here, and by the Miami & Erie Canal. +The city extends more than 5 m. from E. to W., and 3½ m. from +N. to S., lies for the most part on level ground at an elevation of +about 740 ft. above sea-level, and numerous good, hard gravel +roads radiate from it in all directions through the surrounding +country, a fertile farming region which abounds in limestone, used +in the construction of public and private buildings. Among the +more prominent buildings are the court-house—the portion first +erected being designed after the Parthenon—the Steele high +school, St Mary’s college, Notre Dame academy, the Memorial +Building, the Arcade Building, Reibold Building, the Algonquin +Hotel, the post office, the public library (containing about 75,000 +volumes), the Young Men’s Christian Association building and +several churches. At Dayton are the Union Biblical seminary, +a theological school of the United Brethren in Christ, and the +publishing house of the same denomination. By an agreement +made in 1907 the school of theology of Ursinus College (Collegeville, +Pennsylvania; the theological school since 1898 had been +in Philadelphia) and the Heidelberg Theological seminary +(Tiffin, Ohio) united to form the Central Theological seminary of +the German Reformed Church, which was established in Dayton +in 1908. The boulevard and park along the river add attractiveness +to the city. Among the charitable institutions are the Dayton +state hospital (for the insane), the Miami Valley and the St +Elizabeth hospitals, the Christian Deaconess, the Widows’ and the +Children’s homes, and the Door of Hope (for homeless girls); +and 1 m. W. of the city is the central branch of the National +Home for disabled volunteer soldiers, with its beautifully +ornamented grounds, about 1 sq. m. in extent. The Mad river is +made to furnish good water-power by means of a hydraulic canal +which takes its water through the city, and Dayton’s manufactures +are extensive and varied, the establishments of the +National Cash Register Company employing in 1907 about 4000 +wage-earners. This company is widely known for its “welfare +work” on behalf of its operatives. Baths, lunch-rooms, rest-rooms, +clubs, lectures, schools and kindergartens have been +supplied, and the company has also cultivated domestic pride +by offering prizes for the best-kept gardens, &c. From April +to July 1901 there was a strike in the already thoroughly unionized +factories; complaint was made of the hectoring of union +men by a certain foreman, the use in toilet-rooms of towels +laundered in non-union shops (the company replied by allowing +the men to supply towels themselves), the use on doors of springs +not union-made (these were removed by the company), and +especially the discharge of four men whom the company refused +to reinstate. The company was victorious in the strike, and the +factory became an “open shop.” In addition to cash registers, +the city’s manufactured products include agricultural implements, +clay-working machinery, cotton-seed and linseed oil machinery, +filters, turbines, railway cars (the large Barney-Smith car works +employed 1800 men in 1905), carriages and wagons, sewing-machines +(the Davis Sewing Machine Co.), automobiles, clothing, +flour, malt liquors, paper, furniture, tobacco and soap. The total +value of the manufactured product, under the “factory system,” +was $31,015,293 in 1900 and $39,596,773 in 1905. Dayton’s +site was purchased in 1795 from John Cleves Symmes by a party +of Revolutionary soldiers, and it was laid out as a town in 1796 +by Israel Ludlow (one of the owners), by whom it was named in +honour of Jonathan Dayton (1760-1824), a soldier in the War of +Independence, a member of Congress from New Jersey in 1791-1799, +and a United States senator in 1799-1805. It was made +the county-seat in 1803, was incorporated as a town in 1805, +grew rapidly after the opening of the canal in 1828, and in 1841 +was chartered as a city.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEACON<a name="ar52" id="ar52"></a></span> (Gr. <span class="grk" title="diakonos">διάκονος</span>, minister, servant), the name given +to a particular minister or officer of the Christian Church. The +status and functions of the office have varied in different ages and +in different branches of Christendom.</p> + +<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>The Ancient Church.</i>—The office of deacon is almost as old +as Christianity itself, though it is impossible to fix the moment +at which it came into existence. Tradition connects its origin +with the appointment of “the Seven” recorded in Acts vi. +This connexion, however, is questioned by a large and increasing +number of modern scholars, on the ground that “the Seven” +are not called deacons in the New Testament and do not seem to +have been identified with them till the time of Irenaeus (<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 180). +The first definite reference to the diaconate occurs in St Paul’s +Epistle to the Philippians (i. 1), where the officers of the Church +are described as “bishops and deacons”—though it is not +unlikely that earlier allusions are to be found in 1 Cor. xii. 28 +and Romans xii. 7. In the pastoral epistles the office seems to +have become a permanent institution of the Church, and special +qualifications are laid down for those who hold it (1 Tim. iii. 8). +By the time of Ignatius (<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 110) the “three orders” of the +ministry were definitely established, the deacon being the lowest +of the three and subordinate to the bishop and the presbyters. +The inclusion of deacons in the “three orders” which were +regarded as essential to the existence of a true Church sharply +distinguished them from the lower ranks of the ministry, and gave +them a status and position of importance in the ancient Church.</p> + +<p>The functions attaching to the office varied at different times. +In the apostolic age the duties of deacons were naturally vague +and undefined. They were “helpers” or “servants” of the +Church in a general way and served in any capacity that was +required of them. With the growth of the episcopate, however, +the deacons became the immediate ministers of the bishop. +Their duties included the supervision of Church property, the +management of Church finances, the visitation of the sick, the +distribution of alms and the care of widows and orphans. They +were also required to watch over the souls of the flock and report +to the bishop the cases of those who had sinned or were in need of +spiritual help. “You deacons,” says the Apostolical Constitutions +(4th century), “ought to keep watch over all who need +watching or are in distress, and let the bishop know.” With the +growth of hospitals and other charitable institutions, however, +the functions of deacons became considerably curtailed. The +social work of the Church was transferred to others, and little by +little the deacons sank in importance until at last they came to +be regarded merely as subordinate officers of public worship, +a position which they hold in the Roman Church to-day, where +their duties are confined to such acts as the following:—censing +the officiating priest and the choir, laying the corporal on the +altar, handing the paten or cup to the priest, receiving from him +the pyx and giving it to the subdeacon, putting the mitre on +the archbishop’s head (when he is present) and laying his pall +upon the altar.</p> + +<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>The Church of England.</i>—The traditionary position of the +diaconate as one of the “three orders” is here maintained. +Deacons may conduct any of the ordinary services in the church, +but are not permitted to pronounce the absolution or consecrate +the elements for the Eucharist. In practice the office has become +a stepping-stone to the priesthood, the deacon corresponding +to the licentiate in the Presbyterian Church. Candidates for the +office must have attained the age of twenty-three and must +satisfy the bishop with regard to their intellectual, moral and +spiritual fitness. The functions of the office are defined in the +Ordinal—“to assist the priest in divine service and specially +when he ministereth the Holy Communion, to read Holy +Scriptures and Homilies in the church, to instruct the youth in +the catechism, to baptize in the absence of the priest, to preach +if he be admitted thereto by the bishop, and furthermore to search +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page878" id="page878"></a>878</span> +for the sick, poor and impotent people and intimate their estates +and names to the curate.”</p> + +<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>Churches of the Congregational Order.</i>—In these (which of +course include Baptists) the diaconate is a body of laymen +appointed by the members of the church to act as a management +committee and to assist the minister in the work of the church. +There is no general rule as to the number of deacons, though the +traditionary number of seven is often kept, nor as to the frequency +of election, each church making its own arrangements +in this respect. The deacons superintend the financial affairs of +the church, co-operate with the minister in the various branches +of his work, assist in the visitation of the sick, attend to the +church property and generally supervise the activities of the +church.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Thomassinus, <i>Vetus ac nova disciplina</i>, pars i. lib. i. c. 51 f. +and lib. ii. c. 29 f. (Lugdunum, 1706); J. N. Seidl, <i>Der Diakonat in +der katholischen Kirche</i> (Regensburg, 1884); R. Sohm, <i>Kirchenrecht</i>, +i. 121-137 (Leipzig, 1892); F. J. A. Hort, <i>The Christian Ecclesia</i> +(London, 1897).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEACONESS<a name="ar53" id="ar53"></a></span> (<span class="grk" title="hê diakonos">ἡ διάκονος</span> or <span class="grk" title="diakonissa">διακόνισσα</span>, servant, minister), +the name given to a woman set apart for special service in the +Christian Church. The origin and early history of the office are +veiled in obscurity. It is quite certain that from the 3rd century +onward there existed in the Eastern Church an order of women, +known as deaconesses, who filled a position analogous to that of +deacons. They are quite distinct from the somewhat similar +orders of “virgins” and “widows,” who belonged to a lower +plane in the ecclesiastical system. The order is recognized in the +canons of the councils of Nicaea (325) and Chalcedon (451), and +is frequently mentioned in the writings of Chrysostom (some of +whose letters are addressed to deaconesses at Constantinople), +Epiphanius, Basil, and indeed most of the more important +Fathers of the 4th and 5th centuries. Deaconesses, upon entering +their office, were ordained much in the same way as deacons, +but the ordination conveyed no sacerdotal powers or authority. +Epiphanius says quite distinctly that they were woman-elders +and not priestesses in any sense of the term, and that their +mission was not to interfere with the functions allotted to priests +but simply to perform certain offices in connexion with the care of +women. Several specimens of the ordination service for deaconesses +have been preserved (see Cecilia Robinson, <i>The Ministry of +Deaconesses</i>, London, 1878, appendix B, p. 197). The functions +of the deaconess were as follows: (1) To assist at the baptism of +women, especially in connexion with the anointing of the body +which in the ancient Church always preceded immersion; (2) to +visit the women of the Church in their homes and to minister +to the needs of the sick and afflicted; (3) according to the Apostolical +Constitutions they acted as door-keepers in the church, +received women as they entered and conducted them to their +allotted seats. In the Western Church, on the other hand, we +hear nothing of the order till the 4th century, when an attempt +seems to have been made to introduce it into Gaul. Much +opposition, however, was encountered, and the movement was +condemned by the council of Orange in 441 and the council of +Epaone in 517. In spite of the prohibition the institution made +some headway, and traces of it are found later in Italy, but it +never became as popular in the West as it was in the East. In the +middle ages the order fell into abeyance in both divisions of the +Church, the abbess taking the place of the deaconess. Whether +deaconesses, in the later sense of the term, existed before 250 +is a disputed point. The evidence is scanty and by no means +decisive. There are only three passages which bear upon the +question at all. (i) Romans xvi. 1: Phoebe is called <span class="grk" title="hê diakonos">ἡ διάκονος</span>, +but it is quite uncertain whether the word is used in its technical +sense. (ii) 1 Tim. iii. 11: after stating the qualifications necessary +for deacons the writer adds, “Women in like manner must +be grave—not slanderers,” &c.; the Authorized Version took +the passage as referring to deacons’ wives, but many scholars +think that by “women” deaconesses are meant. (iii) In Pliny’s +famous letter to Trajan respecting the Christians of Bithynia +mention is made of two Christian maidservants “<i>quae ministrae +dicebantur</i>”; whether <i>ministrae</i> is equivalent to <span class="grk" title="diakonoi">διάκονοι</span>, as is +often supposed, is dubious. On the whole the evidence does not +seem sufficient to prove the contention that an order of deaconesses—in +the ecclesiastical sense of the term—existed from the +apostolic age.</p> + +<p>In modern times several attempts have been made to revive +the order of deaconesses. In 1833 Pastor Fleidner founded “an +order of deaconesses for the Rhenish provinces of Westphalia” +at Kaiserswerth. The original aim of the institution was to train +nurses for hospital work, but its scope was afterwards extended +and it trained its members for teaching and parish work as well. +Kaiserswerth became the parent of many similar institutions +in different parts of the continent. A few years later, in 1847, +Miss Sellon formed for the first time a sisterhood at Devonport +in connexion with the Church of England. Her example was +gradually followed in other parts of the country, and in 1898 +there were over two thousand women living together in different +sisterhoods. The members of these institutions do not represent +the ecclesiastical deaconesses, however, since they are not +ministers set apart by the Church; and the sisterhoods are merely +voluntary associations of women banded together for spiritual +fellowship and common service. In 1861 Bishop Tait set apart +Miss Elizabeth Ferard as a deaconess by the laying on of hands, +and she became the first president of the London Deaconess +Institution. Other dioceses gradually adopted the innovation. +It has received the sanction of Convocation, and the Lambeth +Conference in 1897 declared that it “recognized with thankfulness +the revival of the office of deaconess,” though at the same +time it protested against the indiscriminate use of the title and +laid it down emphatically that the name must be restricted to +those who had been definitely set apart by the bishop for the +position and were working under the direct supervision and +control of the ecclesiastical authority in the parish.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>In addition to Miss Robinson’s book cited above, see <i>Church +Quarterly Review</i>, xlvii. 302 ff., art. “On the Early History and +Modern Revival of Deaconesses” (London, 1899), and the works +there referred to; D. Latas, <span class="grk" title="Christianikê Archaiologia">Χριστιανικὴ Ἀρχαιολογία</span>, i. 163-171 +(Athens, 1883); <i>Testamentum Domini</i>, ed. Rahmani (Mainz, 1899); +L. Zscharnack, <i>Der Dienst der Frau in den ersten Jahrhunderten der +chr. Kirche</i> (1902).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEAD SEA,<a name="ar54" id="ar54"></a></span> a lake in Palestine occupying the deepest part of +the valley running along the line of a great “fault” that has been +traced from the Gulf of Akaba (at the head of the Red Sea) to +Hermon. This fracture was caused after the end of the Eocene +period by the earth-movement which resulted in the raising of the +whole region out of the sea. Level for level, the more ancient +rocks are on the eastward side of the lake: the cretaceous limestones +that surmount the older volcanic substrata come down +on the western side to the water’s edge, while on the eastern side +they are raised between 3000 and 4000 feet above it. In the +Pleistocene period the whole of this depression was filled with +water forming a lake about 200 m. long north to south, whose +waters were about the same level as that of the Mediterranean +Sea. With the diminishing rainfall and increased temperature +that followed that period the effects of evaporation gradually +surpassed the precipitation, and the waters of the lake slowly +diminished to about the extent which they still display.</p> + +<p>The length of the sea is 47 m., and its maximum breadth is +about 9½ m.; its area is about 340 sq. m. It lies nearly north +and south. Its surface being 1289-1300 ft. below the level of the +Mediterranean Sea, it has of course no outlet. It is bounded on +the north by the broad valley of the Jordan; on the east by the +rapidly rising terraces which culminate in the Moabite plateau, +3100 ft. above the level of the lake; on the south by the desert +of the Arabah, which rises to the watershed between the Dead +and the Red Sea—65½ m. from the former, 46½ from the latter; +height 660 ft.—and on the west by the Judean mountains which +attain a height of 3300 ft. On the east side a peninsula, El-Lisān +(“the tongue”), of white calcareous marl with beds of salt and +gypsum, divides the sea into two unequal parts: this peninsula +is about 50 ft. high, and is connected by a narrow strip of marshland +with the shore. Its northern and southern extremities +have been named Cape Costigan and Cape Molyneux, in memory +of two explorers who were among the first in modern times to +navigate the sea and succumbed to the consequent fever and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page879" id="page879"></a>879</span> +exhaustion. North of the peninsula the lake has a maximum +depth of 1278 ft.; south of it the water is nowhere more than +12 ft., and in some places only 3 ft. The surface level of the lake +varies with the season, and recent observations taken on behalf +of the Palestine Exploration Fund seem to show that there +are probably cyclical variations also (ultimately dependent on +the rainfall), the nature and periodicity of which there are as +yet no sufficient data to determine. In 1858 there was a small +island near the north end rising 10 or 12 ft. above the surface +and connected with the shore by a causeway; this has been +submerged since 1892; and owing to the gradual rise of level +within these years the fords south of the Lisān, and the pathway +which formerly rounded the Ras Feshkhah, are now no longer +passable.</p> + +<p>The slopes on each side of the sea are furrowed with watercourses, +some of them perennial, others winter torrents only. +The chief affluents of the sea are as follows:—on the north, +Jordan and ‘Ain es-Suweimeh; on the east Wadis Ghuweir, +Zerka Ma’in (Callirrhoë), Mōjib (Arnon), Ed-Dera’a, and el-Hesi; +on the west, Wadis Muhawāt and Seyāl, ‘Ain Jidi +(En-Gedi), Wadi el Merabbah, ‘Ain Ghuweir, Wadi el-Nar, +‘Ain Feshkhah. The quantity of water poured daily into the +sea is not less than 6,000,000 tons, all of which has to be carried +off by evaporation. The consequence of the ancient evaporation, +by which the great Pleistocene lake was reduced to its present +modest dimensions, and of the ceaseless modern daily evaporation, +is the impregnation of the waters of the lake with salts and +other mineral substances to a remarkable degree. Ocean water +contains on an average 4-6% of salts: Dead Sea water contains +25%. The following analysis, by Dr Bernays, gives the contents +of the water more accurately:—</p> + +<p>Specific gravity 1.1528 at 15.5° C.</p> + +<table class="ws f90" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl">Calcium carbonate</td> <td class="tcr">70.00</td> <td class="tcl">grains</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Calcium sulphate</td> <td class="tcr">163.39</td> <td> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Magnesium nitrate</td> <td class="tcr">175.01</td> <td> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Potassium chloride</td> <td class="tcr">1089.06</td> <td> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Sodium chloride</td> <td class="tcr">5106.00</td> <td> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Calcium chloride</td> <td class="tcr">594.46</td> <td> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Magnesium chloride</td> <td class="tcr">7388.21</td> <td> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Magnesium bromide</td> <td class="tcr">345.80</td> <td> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Iron and aluminium oxides</td> <td class="tcr">10.50</td> <td> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Organic matter, water of crystallization, loss</td> <td class="tcr">317.57</td> <td> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcr">————</td> <td> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"> Total residue per gallon</td> <td class="tcr">15260.00</td> <td> </td></tr> +</table> + +<p>The density of the water averages 1.166. It increases from +north to south, and with the depth. The increase is at first rapid, +then, after reaching a certain point, becomes more uniform. At +300 metres its density is 1.253. The boiling point is 221° F. +To the quantity of solid matter suspended in its water the Dead +Sea owes, beside its saltness, its buoyancy and its poisonous +properties. The human body floats on the surface without +exertion. Owing principally to the large proportion of chloride +and bromide of magnesia no animal life can exist in its water. +Fish, which abound in the Jordan and in the brackish spring-fed +lagoons that exist in one or two places around its shores (such as +‘Ain Feshkhah), die in a very short time if introduced into the +main waters of the lake. The only animal life reported from the +lake has been some tetanus and other bacilli said to have been +found in its mud; but this discovery has not been confirmed. +To the chloride of calcium is due the smooth and oily feeling of +the water, and to the chloride of magnesia its disagreeable taste. +In Roman times curative properties were ascribed to the waters: +Mukaddasi (<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 985) asserts that people assembled to drink it +on a feast day in August. The salt of the Dead Sea is collected +and sold in Jerusalem; smuggling of salt (which in Turkey is a +government monopoly) is a regular occupation of the Bedouin. +The bitumen which floats to shore is also collected. The origin +of this bitumen is disputed: it was supposed to be derived from +subaqueous strata of bituminous marl and rose to the surface +when loosened by earthquakes. It is, however, now more generally +believed that it exists in the breccia of some of the valleys +on the west side of the lake, which is washed into the sea and +submerged, till the small stones by which it is sunk are loosened +and fall out, when the bitumen rises to the surface.</p> + +<p><i>History.</i>—The earliest references to the sea or its basin are in +the patriarchal narratives of Lot and Abraham, the most striking +being the destruction of the neighbouring cities of Sodom and +Gomorrah. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Sodom</a></span>.) The biblical name is the Salt Sea, the +Sea of the Arabah (the south end of the Jordan valley), or the +East Sea. The name in Josephus is <i>Asphaltites</i>, referring to +the bituminous deposits above alluded to. The modern name is +Bahr Lūt or “Sea of Lot”—a name hardly to be explained as a +survival of a vague tradition of the patriarch, but more probably +due to the literary influences of the Hebrew Scriptures and the +Koran filtering through to the modern inhabitants or their +ancestors. The name Dead Sea first appears in late Greek writers, +as Pausanias and Galen. At En-Gedi on its western bank David +for a while took refuge. South of it is the stronghold of Masada, +built by Jonathan Maccabaeus and fortified by Herod in 42 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, +where the last stand of the Jews was made against the Romans +after the fall of Jerusalem, and where the garrison, when the +defences were breached, slew themselves rather than fall into +Roman hands.</p> + +<p>The sea has been but little navigated. Tacitus and Josephus +mention boats on the lake, and boats are shown upon it in the +Madeba mosaic. The navigation dues formed part of the revenue +of the lords of Kerak under the crusaders. In modern times +navigation is practically <i>nil</i>. The lake, with the whole Jericho +plain, is claimed as the personal property of the sultan.</p> + +<p>The medieval travellers brought home many strange legends +of the sea and its peculiarities—some absurd, others with a basis +of fact. The absence of sea-birds, due to the absence of fish, +probably accounts for the story that no birds could fly over it. +The absence of vegetation on its shores, due to the scanty +rainfall and general want of fresh water—except in the neighbourhood +of springs like ‘Ain Feshkhah and ‘Ain Jidi, where +a luxuriant subtropical vegetation is found—accounts for the +story that no plant could live in the poisonous air which broods +over the sea. The mists, due to the great heat and excessive +evaporation, and the noxious miasmata, especially of the southern +region, were exaggerated into the noisome vapours that the +“black and stinking” waters ever exhaled. The judgment on +Sodom and Gomorrah (which of course they believed to be <i>under</i> +the waters of the lake, in accordance with the absurd theory +first found in Josephus and still often repeated) blinded these +good pilgrims to the ever-fresh beauty of this most lovely +lake, whose blue and sparkling waters lie deep between rocks +and precipices of unsurpassable grandeur. The play of brilliant +colours and of ever-changing contrasts of light and shade on +those rugged mountain-sides and on the surface of the sea itself +might have been expected to appeal to the most prosaic. The +surface of the sea is generally smooth (seldom, however, absolutely +inert as the pilgrims represented it), but is frequently raised by +the north winds into waves, which, owing to the weight and +density of the water, are often of great force.</p> + +<p>The first to navigate the sea in modern times was an Irish +traveller, Costigan by name, in August and September 1835. +Owing largely to the folly of his Greek servant, who, without +his master’s knowledge, threw overboard the drinking-water to +lighten the boat, the explorer after circumnavigating the sea +reached Jericho in an exhausted condition, and was there attacked +by a severe fever. The greatest difficulty was experienced in +obtaining assistance for him, but he was ultimately conveyed +on camel-back to Jerusalem, where he died; his grave is in the +Franciscan cemetery there. His fate was shared by his successor, +a British naval officer, Lieutenant Molyneux (1847), whose party +was attacked and robbed by Bedouins. W. F. Lynch, an American +explorer (1848), equipped by the United States government, was +more successful, and he may claim to be the first who examined +its shores and sounded its depths. Since his time the duc de +Luynes, Lartet, Wilson, Hull, Blanckenhorn, Gautier, Libbey, +Masterman and Schmidt, to name but a few, have made contributions +to our knowledge of this lake; but still many problems +present themselves for solution. Among these may be mentioned +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page880" id="page880"></a>880</span> +(1) the explanation of a remarkable line of white foam that +extends along the axis of the lake <span class="correction" title="amended from amost">almost</span> every morning—supposed +by Blanckenhorn to mark the line of a fissure, thermal and +asphaltic, under the bed of the lake, but otherwise explained +as a consequence of the current of the Jordan, which is not +completely expended till it reaches the Lisān, or as a result of +the mingling of the salt water with the brackish spring water +especially along the western shore; (2) a northward current +that has been observed along the east coast; (3) various disturbances +of level, due possibly to differences of barometric pressure; +(4) some apparently electrical phenomena that have been observed +in the valley. Before we can be said to know all that +we might regarding this most interesting of lakes further extensive +scientific observations are necessary; but these are extremely +difficult owing to the impossibility of maintaining self-registering +instruments in a region practically closed to Europeans for +nearly half the year by the stifling heat, and inhabited only +by Bedouins, who are the worst kind of ignorant, thievish and +mischievous savages.</p> +<div class="author">(R. A. S. M.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEADWOOD,<a name="ar55" id="ar55"></a></span> a city and the county-seat of Lawrence county, +South Dakota, U.S.A., about 180 m. W. of Pierre. Pop. (1890) +2366; (1900) 3498, of whom 707 were foreign-born; (1905) 4364; +(1910) 3653. It is served by the Chicago, Burlington & Quincy +and the Chicago & North-Western railways. It lies on hilly +ground in the canyon of Whitewood Creek at an elevation of about +4530 ft. Deadwood is the commercial centre of the Black Hills. +About it are several gold mines (including the well-known Home-stake +mine), characterized by the low grade of their ores (which +range from $2 to $8 per ton), by their vast quantity, and by the +ease of mining and of extracting the metal. The ore contains +free gold, which is extracted by the simple process of stamping +and amalgamation, and refractory values, extracted by the +cyaniding process. Several hundred tons of ore are treated +thus in Deadwood and its environs daily, and its stamp mills +are exceeded in size only by those of the Treadwell mine in S.E. +Alaska, and by those on the Rand in South Africa. The discovery +of gold here was made known in June 1875, and in February +1877 the United States government, after having purchased the +land from the Sioux Indians, opened the place for legal settlement.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEAF AND DUMB.<a name="ar56" id="ar56"></a></span><a name="fa1d" id="fa1d" href="#ft1d"><span class="sp">1</span></a> The term “deaf” is frequently applied +to those who are deficient in hearing power in any degree, however +slight, as well as to people who are unable to detect the +loudest sounds by means of the auditory organs. It is impossible +to draw a hard and fast line between the deaf and the hearing at +any particular point. For the purposes of this article, however, +that denotation which is generally accepted by educators of the +deaf may be given to the term. This makes it refer to those who +are so far handicapped as to be incapable of instruction by the +ordinary means of the ear in a class of those possessing normal +hearing. Paradoxical though it may seem, it is yet true to say +that “dumbness” in our sense of the word does not, strictly +speaking, exist, though the term “dumb” may, for all practical +purposes, fairly be applied to many of the deaf even after they +are supposed to have learnt how to speak. Oral teachers now +confess that it is not worth while to try to teach more than a +large percentage of the deaf to speak at all. We are not concerned +with aphasia, stammering or such inability to articulate +as may be due to malformation of the vocal organs. In the case +of the deaf and dumb, as these words are generally understood, +dumbness is merely the result of ignorance in the use of the voice, +this ignorance being due to the deafness. The vocal organs are +perfect. The deaf man can laugh, shout, and in fact utter any +and every sound that the normal person can. But he does not +speak English (if that happens to be his nationality) for the same +reason that a French child does not, which is that he has never +heard it. There is in fact no more a priori reason why an English +baby, born in England, should talk English than that it should +talk any other language. English may be correctly described +as its “mother tongue,” but not its <i>natural</i> language; the only +reason why one person speaks English and another Russian is +that each imitated that particular language which he heard +in infancy. This imitation depends upon the ability to hear. +Hence if one has never heard, or has lost hearing in early childhood, +he has never been able to imitate that language which his +parents and others used, and the condition of so-called dumbness +is added to his deafness. From this it follows that if the sense of +hearing be not lost till the child has learnt to speak fluently, the +ability to speak is unaffected by the calamity of deafness, except +that after many years the voice is likely to become high-pitched, +or too guttural, or peculiar in some other respect, owing to the +absence of the control usually exercised by the ear. It also +follows that, to a certain extent, the art of speech can be taught +the deaf person even though he were born deaf. Theoretically, +he is capable of talking just as well as his hearing brother, for +the organs of speech are as perfect in one as in the other, except +that they suffer from lack of exercise in the case of the deaf man. +Practically, he can never speak perfectly, for even if he were +made to attempt articulation as soon as he is discovered to be +deaf, the fact that the ear, the natural guide of the voice, is useless, +lays upon him a handicap which can never be wiped out. He +can never hear the tone of his teacher’s voice nor of his own; he +can only see small and, in many instances, scarcely discernible +movements of the lips, tongue, nose, cheeks and throat in those +who are endeavouring to teach him to speak, and he can never +hope to succeed in speech through the instrumentality of such +unsatisfactory appeals to his eye as perfectly as the hearing child +can with the ideal adaptation of the voice to the ear. Sound +appeals to the ear, not the eye, and those who have to rely upon +the latter to imitate speech must suffer by comparison.</p> + +<p>Deafness then, in our sense, means the incapacity to be +instructed by means of the ear in the normal way, and dumbness +means only that ignorance of how to speak one’s mother +tongue which is the effect of the deafness.</p> + +<p>Of such deaf people many can hear sound to some extent. +Dr Kerr Love quotes several authorities (<i>Deaf Mutism</i>, pp. 58 ff.) +to show that 50 or 60% are absolutely deaf, while 25% can +detect loud sounds such as shouting close to the ear, and the rest +can distinguish vowels or even words. He himself thinks that +not more than 15 or 20% are totally deaf—sometimes only 7 or +8%; that ability to hear speech exists in about one in four, +while ten or fifteen in each hundred are only semi-deaf. He +rightly warns against the use of tuning forks or other instruments +held on the bones of the head as tests of hearing, +because the vibration which is felt, not heard, may very often +be mistaken for sound.</p> + +<p>Dr Edward M. Gallaudet, president of the Columbia Institution +for the Deaf in Washington, D.C., suggests the following terms +for use in dividing the whole class of the deaf into its main sections, +though it is obviously impossible to split them up into perfectly +defined subdivisions, where, as a matter of fact, you have each +degree of deafness and dumbness shading into the next:—the +<i>speaking deaf</i>, <i>the semi-speaking deaf</i>, the <i>mute deaf</i> (or <i>deaf-mute</i>), +the <i>speaking semi-deaf</i>, the <i>mute semi-deaf</i>, the <i>hearing mute</i> and +the <i>hearing semi-mute</i>. He points out that the last two classes are +usually persons of feeble mental power. We should exclude these +altogether from the list, since their hearing is, presumably, perfect, +and should add the <i>semi-speaking semi-deaf</i> before the mute +semi-deaf. This would give two main divisions—those who +cannot hear at all, and those who have partial hearing—with +three subsections in each main division—those who speak, +those who have partial speech and those who do not speak at all. +Where the hearing is perfect it is paradoxical to class a person +with the deaf, and the dumbness in such a case is due (where +there is no malformation of the vocal organs) to inability of the +mind to pay attention to, and imitate, what the ear really hears. +In such cases this mental weakness is generally shown in other +ways besides that of not hearing sounds. Probably no sign will +be given of recognizing persons or objects around; there will be +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page881" id="page881"></a>881</span> +in fact, a general incapacity of the whole body and senses. It +is incorrect to designate such persons as deaf and feeble-minded +or deaf and idiotic, because in many cases their organs of hearing +are as perfect as are other organs of their body, and they are no +more deaf than blind, though they may pay no attention to what +they hear any more than to what they see. They are simply +weak in intellect, and this is shown by the disuse of any and all of +their senses; hence it is incorrect to classify them according to +one, and one only, of the evidences of this mental weakness.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><i>Extent of Deafness.</i>—The following table shows the number of deaf +and dumb persons in the United Kingdom at successive censuses:—</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tccm allb sc" rowspan="2">Year.</td> <td class="tccm allb sc" colspan="4">Number of Deaf and Dumb Persons.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tccm allb">United<br />Kingdom.</td> <td class="tccm allb">England<br />& Wales.</td> <td class="tccm allb">Scotland.</td> <td class="tccm allb">Ireland.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb">1851</td> <td class="tcc rb">17,649</td> <td class="tcc rb">10,314</td> <td class="tcc rb">2155</td> <td class="tcc rb">5180</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb">1861</td> <td class="tcc rb">20,224</td> <td class="tcc rb">12,236</td> <td class="tcc rb">2335</td> <td class="tcc rb">5653</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb">1871</td> <td class="tcc rb">19,159</td> <td class="tcc rb">11,518</td> <td class="tcc rb">2087</td> <td class="tcc rb">5554</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb">1881</td> <td class="tcc rb">20,573</td> <td class="tcc rb">13,295</td> <td class="tcc rb">2142</td> <td class="tcc rb">5136</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb">1891</td> <td class="tcc rb">20,781</td> <td class="tcc rb">14,192</td> <td class="tcc rb">2125</td> <td class="tcc rb">4464</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb bb">1901</td> <td class="tcc rb bb">21,855</td> <td class="tcc rb bb">15,246</td> <td class="tcc rb bb">2638</td> <td class="tcc rb bb">3971</td></tr> +</table> + +<p>From this we find that the proportion of deaf and dumb to the +population has been as follows:—</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tccm allb sc" rowspan="2">Year.</td> <td class="tccm allb sc" colspan="4">Proportion of Deaf and Dumb to the Population.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tccm allb">United<br />Kingdom.</td> <td class="tccm allb">England<br />& Wales.</td> <td class="tccm allb">Scotland.</td> <td class="tccm allb">Ireland.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb">1851</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1550</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1739</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1340</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1264</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb">1861</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1430</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1639</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1310</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1025</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb">1871</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1642</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1972</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1610</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 974</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb">1881</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1694</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1953</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1745</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1008</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb">1891</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1814</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 2040</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1893</td> <td class="tcc rb">1 in 1053</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc lb rb bb">1901</td> <td class="tcc rb bb">1 in 1897</td> <td class="tcc rb bb">1 in 2132</td> <td class="tcc rb bb">1 in 1694</td> <td class="tcc rb bb">1 in 1122</td></tr> +</table> + +<p>There has, therefore, been on the whole a steady decrease of those +described as “deaf and dumb” in proportion to the population in +Great Britain and Ireland. But in the census for 1901, in addition +to the 15,246 returned as “deaf and dumb” in England and Wales, +18,507 were entered as being “deaf,” 2433 of whom were described +as having been “deaf from childhood.”</p> + +<p>Mr B. H. Payne, the principal of the Royal Cambrian Institution, +Swansea, makes the following remarks upon these figures:—</p> + +<p>“The natural conclusion, of course, is that there has been a large +increase, relative as well as absolute, of the class in which we are +interested, which we call the deaf, and which includes the deaf and +dumb. Indeed, the number, large as it is, cannot be considered as +complete, for the schedules did not require persons who were only +deaf to state their infirmity, and, though many did so, it may be +presumed that more did not.</p> + +<p>“On the other hand, circumstances exist which may reasonably +be held to modify the conclusion that there has been a large relative +increase of the deaf. The spread of education, the development of +local government, and an improved system of registration, may have +had the effect of procuring fuller enumeration and more appropriate +classification than heretofore, while 1368 persons described +simply as dumb, and who therefore probably belong, not to the deaf, +but to the feeble-minded and aphasic classes, are included in the +‘deaf and dumb’ total. It is also to be noted that some of those +who described themselves as ‘deaf’ though not born so may have +been educated in the ordinary way before they lost their hearing, +and are therefore outside the sphere of the operation of schools for +the deaf.</p> + +<p>“In connexion with the census of 1891, it has been remarked in the +report of the institution that no provision was made in the schedules +for distinguishing the congenital from the non-congenital deaf, and +that it was desirable to draw such a distinction. To ascertain the +relative increase or decrease of one or the other section of the class +would contribute to our knowledge of the incidence of known causes +of deafness or to the confirmation or discovery of other causes, and +so far indicate the appropriate measures of prevention, while such an +inquiry as that recommended has, besides, a certain bearing upon +educational views.</p> + +<p>“The exact number of ‘deaf and dumb’ and ‘deaf’ children who +are of school age cannot be ascertained from the census tables, which +give the numbers in quinquennial age-groups, while the school age +is seven to sixteen. It is a pity that in this respect the functions of +the census department are not co-ordinated with those of the Board +of Education.”</p> + +<p> John Hitz, the superintendent of the Volta Bureau for the Increase +of Knowledge Relating to the Deaf, Washington, D.C., U.S.A., gives +the number of schools for deaf children, and pupils, in different +countries in 1900 as follows:—</p> + +<p class="pt2 center sc">Africa.</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcc allb">Country.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Schools.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Teachers.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Pupils.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Algeria</td> <td class="tcc rb">1</td> <td class="tcc rb">3</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 37</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Egypt</td> <td class="tcc rb">1</td> <td class="tcc rb">2</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 6</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Cape Colony</td> <td class="tcc rb">4</td> <td class="tcc rb">9*</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 77</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Natal</td> <td class="tcc rb">1</td> <td class="tcc rb">2</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 7</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb bb"> </td> <td class="tcc allb">7</td> <td class="tcc allb">16*</td> <td class="tcc allb">127</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl" colspan="4">* Incomplete.</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="pt2 center sc">Asia.</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcc allb">Country.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Schools.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Teachers.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Pupils.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">China</td> <td class="tcc rb">3</td> <td class="tcc rb">10</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 43</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">India</td> <td class="tcc rb">3</td> <td class="tcc rb">13</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 73</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Japan</td> <td class="tcc rb">3</td> <td class="tcc rb">24</td> <td class="tcc rb">337</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb bb"> </td> <td class="tcc allb">9</td> <td class="tcc allb">47</td> <td class="tcc allb">453</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="pt2 center sc">Australasia.</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcc allb">Country.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Schools.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Teachers.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Pupils.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Australia</td> <td class="tcc rb">6</td> <td class="tcc rb">41</td> <td class="tcc rb">282</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">New Zealand</td> <td class="tcc rb">1</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 5</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 50</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb bb"> </td> <td class="tcc allb">7</td> <td class="tcc allb">46</td> <td class="tcc allb">332</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="pt2 center sc">Europe.</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcc allb">Country.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Schools.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Teachers.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Pupils.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Austria-Hungary</td> <td class="tcr rb">38</td> <td class="tcr rb">291</td> <td class="tcr rb">2440</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Belgium</td> <td class="tcr rb">12</td> <td class="tcr rb">181</td> <td class="tcr rb">1265</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Denmark</td> <td class="tcr rb">5</td> <td class="tcr rb">57</td> <td class="tcr rb">348</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">France</td> <td class="tcr rb">71</td> <td class="tcr rb">598</td> <td class="tcr rb">4098</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Germany</td> <td class="tcr rb">99</td> <td class="tcr rb">798</td> <td class="tcr rb">6497</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Great Britain</td> <td class="tcr rb">95</td> <td class="tcr rb">462</td> <td class="tcr rb">4222</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Italy</td> <td class="tcr rb">47</td> <td class="tcr rb">234</td> <td class="tcr rb">2519</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Luxemburg</td> <td class="tcr rb">1</td> <td class="tcr rb">3</td> <td class="tcr rb">22</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Netherlands</td> <td class="tcr rb">3</td> <td class="tcr rb">74</td> <td class="tcr rb">473</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Norway</td> <td class="tcr rb">5</td> <td class="tcr rb">54</td> <td class="tcr rb">309</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Portugal</td> <td class="tcr rb">2</td> <td class="tcr rb">9</td> <td class="tcr rb">64</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Rumania</td> <td class="tcr rb">1</td> <td class="tcr rb">3</td> <td class="tcr rb">46</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Russia, Finland, Livonia</td> <td class="tcr rb">34</td> <td class="tcr rb">118</td> <td class="tcr rb">1719</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Servia</td> <td class="tcr rb">2</td> <td class="tcr rb">2*</td> <td class="tcr rb">26*</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Spain</td> <td class="tcr rb">11</td> <td class="tcr rb">60</td> <td class="tcr rb">462</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Sweden</td> <td class="tcr rb">9</td> <td class="tcr rb">124</td> <td class="tcr rb">726</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Switzerland</td> <td class="tcr rb">14</td> <td class="tcr rb">84</td> <td class="tcr rb">650</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Turkey</td> <td class="tcr rb">1</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb bb"> </td> <td class="tcr allb">450</td> <td class="tcr allb">3152</td> <td class="tcr allb">25,886</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl" colspan="4">* Incomplete.</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="pt2 center sc">North America.</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcc allb">Country.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Schools.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Teachers.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Pupils.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Canada</td> <td class="tcr rb">7</td> <td class="tcr rb">130</td> <td class="tcr rb">768</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">United States</td> <td class="tcr rb">126</td> <td class="tcr rb">1347</td> <td class="tcr rb">10,946</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Mexico</td> <td class="tcr rb">1</td> <td class="tcr rb">13</td> <td class="tcr rb">46</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Cuba</td> <td class="tcr rb">1</td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td> <td class="tcr rb"> </td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb bb"> </td> <td class="tcr allb">135</td> <td class="tcr allb">1490</td> <td class="tcr allb">11,760</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="pt2 center sc">South America.</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcc allb">Country.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Schools.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Teachers.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Pupils.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Argentine</td> <td class="tcc rb">4</td> <td class="tcc rb">18</td> <td class="tcc rb">133</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Brazil</td> <td class="tcc rb">1</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 9</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 35</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Chile</td> <td class="tcc rb">1</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 7</td> <td class="tcc rb"> 61</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Uruguay</td> <td class="tcc rb">1</td> <td class="tcc rb"> </td> <td class="tcc rb"> </td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb bb"> </td> <td class="tcc allb">7</td> <td class="tcc allb">34</td> <td class="tcc allb">229</td></tr> +</table> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page882" id="page882"></a>882</span></p> + +<p class="pt2 center sc">Summary.</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcc allb">Country.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Schools.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Teachers.</td> <td class="tcc allb">Pupils.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Africa</td> <td class="tcr rb">7</td> <td class="tcr rb">16</td> <td class="tcr rb">127</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Asia</td> <td class="tcr rb">9</td> <td class="tcr rb">47</td> <td class="tcr rb">453</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Australia</td> <td class="tcr rb">7</td> <td class="tcr rb">46</td> <td class="tcr rb">332</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Europe</td> <td class="tcr rb">450</td> <td class="tcr rb">3152</td> <td class="tcr rb">25,886</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">North America</td> <td class="tcr rb">135</td> <td class="tcr rb">1490</td> <td class="tcr rb">11,760</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">South America</td> <td class="tcr rb">7</td> <td class="tcr rb">34</td> <td class="tcr rb">229</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb bb"> </td> <td class="tcc allb">615</td> <td class="tcc allb">4785</td> <td class="tcc allb">38,787</td></tr> +</table> + +<p>These figures refer only to deaf children who are actually under +instruction, not to the whole deaf population.</p> + +<p>While it is gratifying to find that so much is being done in the way +of educating this class of the community, the number of schools in +most parts of the world is still lamentably inadequate. For instance, +taking the school age as from seven to sixteen, which is now made +compulsory by Act of Parliament in Great Britain, and assuming +that 20% of the deaf population are of that age, as they are in +England, there should be 40,000 deaf pupils under instruction in +India alone, whereas there are but seventy-three. There are 200,000 +deaf of all ages in India. And what an enormous total should be in +schools in China instead of forty-three! The whole of the rest of +Asia, with the exception of Japan, has apparently not a single school. +There must be many thousands of thousands of deaf (hundreds of +thousands, if not thousands of thousands of whom are of school age) +in that continent, unless indeed they are destroyed, which is not +impossible. What are we to say of Africa, where only 100 pupils are +being taught; of South America, with its paltry 200, and Australia’s +300? To come to Europe itself, Russia should have many times +more pupils than her 1700. Even in Great Britain the education of +the deaf was not made compulsory till 1893, and there are many still +evading the law and growing up uneducated. Mr Payne of Swansea +estimated (<i>Institution Report</i>, 1903-1904) from the 1901 census, that +there must be approximately 204 deaf of school age in South Wales +and Monmouthshire, while only 144 were accounted for in all the +schools in that district according to Dr Hitz’s statistics.</p> + +<p>Dr Kerr Love (<i>Deaf Mutism</i>, p. 217) gives the following table, +which shows the number of deaf people in proportion to the +population in the countries named:—</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Switzerland</td> <td class="tcc cl">1 in</td> <td class="tcr cl">408</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Austria</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">765</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Hungary</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">792</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Sweden</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">977</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Prussia</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">981</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Finland</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">981</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Canada</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">1003</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Norway</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">1052</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Germany (exclusive of Prussia)</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">1074</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Portugal</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">1333</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Ireland</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">1398*</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">India</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">1459</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">United States</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">1514</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Denmark</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">1538</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Greece</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">1548</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">France</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">1600</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Italy</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">1862</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Scotland</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">1885*</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Cape Colony</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">1904</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">England</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">2043*</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Spain</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">2178</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Belgium</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">2247</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Australasia</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">2692</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Holland</td> <td class="tcc">”</td> <td class="tcr">2985</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Ceylon</td> <td class="tcc cl">”</td> <td class="tcr cl">4328</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="list f80">* The figures for England, Scotland and Ireland, according to the +1901 census, are different and have been given above.</p> + +<p class="pt1">According to a tabular statement of British and Colonial schools, +June 1899, the proportion of those born deaf to those who lost +hearing after birth was, at that time and in those countries, 2126 +to 1251, as far as returns had been made. Several schools had, +however, failed to give statistics. These figures show a proportion of +nearly 59% congenitally deaf persons to over 41% whose deafness +is acquired. Professor Fay, whose monumental work, <i>Marriages of +the Deaf in America</i>, deserves particular attention, mentions (p. 38) +that of 23,931 persons who attended American schools for the deaf +up to the year 1890, 9842, or 41%, were reported as congenitally deaf, +and 14,089, or 59%, as adventitiously deaf,—figures which exactly +reverse those just quoted. The classification of deafness acquired +in infancy with congenital deafness by some other authorities (giving +rise to the rather absurd term “toto-congenital” to describe the +latter) is unscientific. There is reason for the opinion that the non-congenital, +even when hearing has been lost in early infancy, acquire +language better, and it is a mistake from any point of view to include +them in the born deaf.</p> + +<p>Other statistics vary very much as to the proportion of born deaf, +some being as low as a quarter, and some as high as three-quarters, +of the whole class. We can only say, speaking of both sides of the +Atlantic, and counterbalancing one period with another, that the +general average appears to be about 50% for each. Probably the +percentage varies in different places for definite reasons, which we +shall now briefly consider.</p> +</div> + +<p><i>Causes of Deafness.</i>—These may be considered in two divisions, +pre-natal and post-natal.</p> + +<p>1. <i>Pre-Natal.</i>—A small percentage of these is due, it seems, +to malformation of some portion of the auditory apparatus. +Another percentage is known to represent the children of the +intermarriage of blood relations. Dr Kerr Love (<i>Deaf Mutism</i>, +p. 117) gives statistics from thirteen British institutions which +show that on a general average at least 8% of the congenitally +deaf are the offspring of such marriages. Besides this, little is +known. Beyond all doubt a much larger percentage of deaf +children are the offspring of marriages in which one or both +partners were born deaf than of ordinary marriages. But +inquiries into such phenomena have generally been directed +towards tracing deafness and not consanguinity, or at least the +inquirer has rarely troubled to make sure whether the grandparents +or great-grandparents on either side were relations or +not. Such investigations rarely go beyond ascertaining if the +parents were related to each other, though we have proof that +a certain tendency towards any particular abnormality may not +exhibit itself in every generation of the family in question. To +give an illustration, suppose that G is a deaf man. Several +inquirers may trace back to the preceding generation F, and to +the grandparents E, and even to the great-grandparents D, in +search of an ancestor who is deaf, and such they may discover +in the third generation D. But probably not one of these +several inquirers will ask G if any of his grandparents or great-grandparents +married a cousin, for instance, though they may ask +if his father did. To continue this hypothetical case, the investigators +will again trace back along the family tree to generations +C, B and A in search of an original <i>deaf</i> ancestor, on whose +shoulders they seek to lay the blame of both D’s and G’s deafness. +Not finding any such, they will again content themselves with +asking if D’s parents (generation C) were blood relations or not, +and, receiving an answer in the negative, desist from further +inquiry in this direction, assuming that D’s deafness is the original +cause of G’s deafness. They do not, we fear, inquire if any grandparents +or great-grandparents (hearing people) were related, +with the same persistency as they ask if any were deaf. The +search for deafness is pushed through several generations, the +search for consanguinity is only extended to one generation. +Perhaps if it were carried further, it would be discovered that A +married his niece, and there lay the secret of the deafness in both +D and G. In other words, the deafness in D is not the cause of +that in G, but the deafness in both D and G are effects of the +consanguineous marriage in A. All this is, however, merely by +way of suggestion. We submit that if deafness in one generation +may be followed by deafness two or even three generations later, +while the tendency to deafness exists, but does not appear, in the +intermediate generations, it is only logical to inquire if deafness in +the first discoverable instance in a family may not be caused by +consanguinity, the effect of which is not seen for two or three +generations in a similar manner. Moreover it is probable that +consanguinity in parents or grandparents may often be denied. +An exhaustive investigation along these lines is desirable, for we +believe that congenital deafness would be proved to be due to +consanguinity in hearing people, if the search were pushed far +enough back and the truth were told, in a far greater percentage +of cases than is now suspected. This is not disproved by quoting +numbers of cases where no deafness follows consanguinity in +any generation, for resulting weakness may be shown (where it +exists) in many other ways than by deafness.</p> + +<p>This theory receives support from the statistics quoted by +Dr Kerr Love (<i>Deaf Mutism</i>, p. 132), where the percentage of +defective children resulting from the consanguineous marriages +of hearing people increases in almost exact proportion to the +nearness of affinity of the parents. It is further borne out by +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page883" id="page883"></a>883</span> +statistics of the duchy of Nassau, and of Berlin, both quoted by +Dr Kerr Love (pp. 119, 120). These show 1 deaf person in 1397 +Roman Catholics, 1101 Evangelicals and 508 Jews in the former +case, and 1 in 3000 Roman Catholics, 2000 Protestants and 400 +Jews in the latter. When we are told that “Roman Catholics +prohibit marriages between persons who are near blood relations, +Protestants view such marriages as permissible, and Jews +encourage intermarriage with blood relations,” these figures +become suggestive. We find the same greater tendency to deafness +in thinly-populated and out-of-the-way districts and +countries where, owing to the circle of acquaintances being +limited, people are more likely to marry relations.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>With regard to the question of marriages of the deaf, Professor +Edward Allen Fay’s work is so complete that the results of his six +years’ labour are particularly worthy of notice, for, as the introduction +states, the book is a “collection of records of marriages of the +deaf far larger than all previous collections put together,” and it +deals in detail with 4471 such marriages. The summary of statistics +is as follows (<i>Marriages of the Deaf in America</i>, p. 134):—</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tccm allb sc" rowspan="2">Marriages of the Deaf.</td> <td class="tccm allb sc" colspan="2">Number of<br />Marriages.</td> <td class="tccm allb sc" colspan="2">Number of<br />Children.</td> <td class="tccm allb sc" colspan="2">Percentage.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tccm allb">Total.</td> <td class="tccm allb">Resulting<br />in deaf<br />offspring. + </td> <td class="tccm allb">Total.</td> <td class="tccm allb">Deaf. + </td> <td class="tccm allb">Marriages<br />resulting<br />in deaf<br />offspring. + </td> <td class="tccm allb">Deaf<br />children.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">One or both partners deaf</td> <td class="tcr rb">3078</td> <td class="tcr rb">300</td> <td class="tcr rb">6782</td> <td class="tcr rb">588</td> <td class="tcr rb">9.7</td> <td class="tcr rb">8.6</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Both partners deaf</td> <td class="tcr rb">2377</td> <td class="tcr rb">220</td> <td class="tcr rb">5072</td> <td class="tcr rb">429</td> <td class="tcr rb">9.2</td> <td class="tcr rb">8.4</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">One partner deaf, the other hearing</td> <td class="tcr rb">599</td> <td class="tcr rb">75</td> <td class="tcr rb">1532</td> <td class="tcr rb">151</td> <td class="tcr rb">12.5</td> <td class="tcr rb">9.8</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">One or both partners congenitally deaf</td> <td class="tcr rb">1477</td> <td class="tcr rb">194</td> <td class="tcr rb">3401</td> <td class="tcr rb">413</td> <td class="tcr rb">13.1</td> <td class="tcr rb">12.1</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">One or both partners adventitiously deaf</td> <td class="tcr rb">2212</td> <td class="tcr rb">124</td> <td class="tcr rb">4701</td> <td class="tcr rb">199</td> <td class="tcr rb">5.6</td> <td class="tcr rb">4.2</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Both partners congenitally deaf</td> <td class="tcr rb">335</td> <td class="tcr rb">83</td> <td class="tcr rb">779</td> <td class="tcr rb">202</td> <td class="tcr rb">24.7</td> <td class="tcr rb">25.9</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">One partner congenitally deaf, the other adventitiously deaf</td> <td class="tcr rb">814</td> <td class="tcr rb">66</td> <td class="tcr rb">1820</td> <td class="tcr rb">119</td> <td class="tcr rb">8.1</td> <td class="tcr rb">6.5</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Both partners adventitiously deaf</td> <td class="tcr rb">845</td> <td class="tcr rb">30</td> <td class="tcr rb">1720</td> <td class="tcr rb">40</td> <td class="tcr rb">3.5</td> <td class="tcr rb">2.3</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">One partner congenitally deaf, the other hearing</td> <td class="tcr rb">191</td> <td class="tcr rb">28</td> <td class="tcr rb">528</td> <td class="tcr rb">63</td> <td class="tcr rb">14.6</td> <td class="tcr rb">11.9</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">One partner adventitiously deaf, the other hearing</td> <td class="tcr rb">310</td> <td class="tcr rb">10</td> <td class="tcr rb">713</td> <td class="tcr rb">16</td> <td class="tcr rb">3.2</td> <td class="tcr rb"> 2.2</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Both partners had deaf relatives</td> <td class="tcr rb">437</td> <td class="tcr rb">103</td> <td class="tcr rb">1060</td> <td class="tcr rb">222</td> <td class="tcr rb">23.5</td> <td class="tcr rb">20.9</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">One partner had deaf relatives, the other had not</td> <td class="tcr rb">541</td> <td class="tcr rb">36</td> <td class="tcr rb">1210</td> <td class="tcr rb">78</td> <td class="tcr rb">6.6</td> <td class="tcr rb">6.4</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Neither partner had deaf relatives</td> <td class="tcr rb">471</td> <td class="tcr rb">11</td> <td class="tcr rb">1044</td> <td class="tcr rb">13</td> <td class="tcr rb">2.3</td> <td class="tcr rb">1.2</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Both partners congenitally deaf; both had deaf relatives</td> <td class="tcr rb">172</td> <td class="tcr rb">49</td> <td class="tcr rb">429</td> <td class="tcr rb">130</td> <td class="tcr rb">28.4</td> <td class="tcr rb">30.3</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Both partners congenitally deaf; one had deaf relatives, the other had not</td> <td class="tcr rb">49</td> <td class="tcr rb">8</td> <td class="tcr rb">105</td> <td class="tcr rb">21</td> <td class="tcr rb">16.3</td> <td class="tcr rb">20.0</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Both partners congenitally deaf; neither had deaf relatives</td> <td class="tcr rb">14</td> <td class="tcr rb">1</td> <td class="tcr rb">24</td> <td class="tcr rb">1</td> <td class="tcr rb">7.1</td> <td class="tcr rb">4.1</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Both partners adventitiously deaf; both had deaf relatives</td> <td class="tcr rb">57</td> <td class="tcr rb">10</td> <td class="tcr rb">114</td> <td class="tcr rb">11</td> <td class="tcr rb">17.5</td> <td class="tcr rb">9.6</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Both partners adventitiously deaf; one had deaf relatives, the other had not</td> <td class="tcr rb">167</td> <td class="tcr rb">7</td> <td class="tcr rb">357</td> <td class="tcr rb">10</td> <td class="tcr rb">4.1</td> <td class="tcr rb">2.8</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb">Both partners adventitiously deaf; neither had deaf relatives</td> <td class="tcr rb">284</td> <td class="tcr rb">2</td> <td class="tcr rb">550</td> <td class="tcr rb">2</td> <td class="tcr rb">0.7</td> <td class="tcr rb">0.3</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb rb bb">Partners consanguineous</td> <td class="tcr rb bb">31</td> <td class="tcr rb bb">14</td> <td class="tcr rb bb">100</td> <td class="tcr rb bb">30</td> <td class="tcr rb bb">45.1</td> <td class="tcr rb bb">30.0</td></tr> +</table> + +<p>One point deserves special attention in the above list. It is that +where there are no deaf relatives (<i>i.e.</i> where there has not been a +history of deafness in the family) only one child out of twenty-four +is deaf, even when the parents were both born deaf themselves. +Where there were deaf relatives already in the family on both sides, +and the parents were born deaf, the percentage of deaf children is +seven and a half times as great. This seems to show that there are +causes of congenital deafness which are, comparatively speaking, +unlikely to be transmitted to future generations, while other causes +of congenital deafness are so liable to be perpetuated that one child +in every three is deaf. We conjecture that one original cause of congenital +deafness which reappears in a family is consanguinity—for +instance, the intermarriage of first or second cousins (hearing people) +in some previous generation. Out of the 2245 deaf persons who were +born deaf, 269 had parents who were blood relations, according to +Fay. And perhaps many more refrained from acknowledging the +fact. Eleven had grandparents who were cousins. This theory +calls for investigation, and while the marriage of deaf people is not +encouraged, it is fair to ask those who so strenuously oppose such +unions whether they may not be spending their energies on trying to +check an effect instead of a cause, and if that cause may not really +be consanguinity,—witness the percentage of deaf people among +Roman Catholics, Protestants and Jews before noticed. On the +principle that prevention is better than cure it is the intermarriage +of cousins and other relations which should be discouraged. The +marriage of deaf people is inadvisable where there has been deafness +in the family in former generations, but the same warning applies +to all the other members of that family, for the hearing members are +as likely to transmit the defect of which deafness is a symptom as the +deaf members are. We are more concerned to discover the primary +cause of the defect, and take steps to prevent the latter from occurring +at all. Those who have no dissuasions for hearing people, who might +perhaps cause the misery, and only give counsel to those among the +transmitters of it who happen to be deaf, are acting in a manner +which is hardly logical.</p> +</div> + +<p>2. <i>Post-Natal.</i>—We have collected and grouped the stated +causes of deafness in those partners of the marriages in America +noticed by Fay. About a hundred and thirty did not mention +how they lost hearing. Any errors in this calculation must be +less than 1% at most, and can make no material difference. +In some cases two or more diseases are given as the cause of +deafness. In such cases where one is a very common cause +of deafness, and the other is unusual, the former is credited +with being the reason for the defect. Where both are common, +we have divided the cases between them in a rough proportion.</p> + +<table class="ws f90" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Scarlet fever 973; scarlatina 3; scarlet rash 2</td> <td class="tcrb cl">978</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">Spotted fever 260; meningitis 92; spinal meningitis 76;<br /> +   cerebro-spinal meningitis 70; spinal fever 28; spinal<br /> +   disease 8; congestion of spine 2</td> <td class="tcrb">536</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Brain fever 309; inflammation of brain 62; congestion of brain<br /> +   30; disease in brain 3</td> <td class="tcrb cl">404</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">Typhoid 127; “fever” (unspecified) 117; typhus 17; intermittent<br /> +   fever 14; bilious fever 11; other fevers 14</td> <td class="tcrb">300</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Gatherings, inflammations, in head; ulcers, disease, sores,<br /> +   risings, &c., all but 22 being explicitly stated to be in<br /> +   head or ears</td> <td class="tcrb cl">276</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">“Sickness” 167; “illness” 49; “disease” 8; no definite<br /> +   specification 12</td> <td class="tcrb">236</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Measles</td> <td class="tcrb cl">191</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">Colds 101; colds in head, &c. 35; catarrh 19; catarrhal fevers<br /> +   10; chills, &c. 17</td> <td class="tcrb">182</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Whooping cough 77; diphtheria 34; lung fever, and various<br /> +   diseases of lungs and throat 60</td> <td class="tcrb cl">171</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">Falls</td> <td class="tcrb">143</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Fits and convulsions 58; spasms 18; teething 16</td> <td class="tcrb cl">92</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">Scrofula 35; mumps 25; swellings on neck 2</td> <td class="tcrb">62</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Many various and unusual causes</td> <td class="tcrb cl">60</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">Smallpox 8; chickenpox 6, cholera, &c. 7; canker, &c. 11;<br /> +   erysipelas 13</td> <td class="tcrb">45</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Paralysis, &c. 12; nerve diseases 12; fright 8; palsy 3</td> <td class="tcrb cl">35</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">Hydrocephalus 14; dropsy on brain or in head 17; dropsy 2</td> <td class="tcrb">33</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Various accidents, blows, kicks, &c.</td> <td class="tcrb cl">31</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl">Quinine 22; other medicines 7</td> <td class="tcrb">29</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcrb">——</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr">Total</td> <td class="tcrb">3804</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcrb">——</td></tr> +</table> + +<p>We have counted a hundred and thirty of those who were +returned as having lost hearing who were also stated to be the +offspring of consanguineous marriages.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page884" id="page884"></a>884</span></p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Dr Kerr Love (<i>Deaf Mutism</i>, p. 150) gives the following list compiled +from the registers of British institutions:—</p> +</div> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Scarlet fever</td> <td class="tcr cl">331</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Miscellaneous causes</td> <td class="tcr">175</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Teething, convulsions, &c.</td> <td class="tcr cl">171</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Meningitis, brain fever, &c.</td> <td class="tcr">166</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Measles</td> <td class="tcr cl">138</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Falls and accidents</td> <td class="tcr">122</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Enteric and other fevers</td> <td class="tcr cl">119</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Disease, illness, &c.</td> <td class="tcr">37</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Whooping cough</td> <td class="tcr cl">33</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Suppurative ear diseases</td> <td class="tcr">18</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Syphilis</td> <td class="tcr cl">2</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcr">——</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcr">1312</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcl pt1">Unknown causes</td> <td class="tcr pt1">98</td></tr> +</table> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The same writer quotes Hartmann’s table, compiled in 1880 from +continental statistics, as follows:—</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Cerebral affections, inflammations, convulsions</td> <td class="tcr cl">644</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Cerebro-spinal meningitis</td> <td class="tcr">295</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Typhus</td> <td class="tcr cl">260</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Scarlatina</td> <td class="tcr">205</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Measles</td> <td class="tcr cl">84</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Ear disease, proper</td> <td class="tcr">77</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Lesions of the head</td> <td class="tcr cl">70</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Other diseases</td> <td class="tcr">354</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcr">——</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcr">1989</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p>There appears to be no cure for deafness that is other than +partial; but with the advance of science preventive treatment +is expected to be efficacious in scarlet fever, measles, &c.</p> + +<p class="pt2 center"><i>Condition of the Deaf.</i></p> + +<p>1. <i>In Childhood.</i>—It is difficult to impress people with two +facts in connexion with teaching language to the average child +who was born deaf, or lost hearing in early infancy. One is the +necessity of the undertaking, and the other is that this necessity +is not due to mental deficiency in the pupil. To the born +deaf-mute in an English-speaking country English is a foreign +language. His inability to speak is due to his never having heard +that tongue which his mother uses. The same reason holds good +for his entire ignorance of that language. The hearing child does +not know a word of English when he is born, and never would +learn it if taken away from where it is spoken. He learns English +unconsciously by imitating what he hears. The deaf child never +hears English, and so he never learns it till he goes to school. +Here he has to start learning English—or whatever is the +language of his native land—in the same way as a hearing boy +learns a foreign language.</p> + +<p>But another reason exists which renders his task much more +difficult than that of a normal English schoolboy learning, say, +German. The latter has two channels of information, the eye +and the ear; the deaf boy has only one, the eye. The hearing boy +learns German by what he hears of it in class as well as by reading +it; the deaf boy can only learn by what he sees. It is as if you +tried to fill two cisterns of the same capacity with two inlets to +one and only one inlet to the other; supposing the inlets to be +the same size, the former will fill twice as fast. So it is in the +case of the hearing boy as compared with his deaf brother. The +cerebral capacity and quality are the same, but in one case one +of the avenues to the brain is closed, and consequently the +development is less rapid. Moreover, the thoughts are precisely +those which would be expected in people who form them only +from what they see. We were often asked by our deaf playmates +in our childhood such questions (in signs) as “What does the cat +say?”—“The dog talks, does he not?”—“Is the rainbow very +hot on the roof of that house?” They have often told us such +things as that they used to think someone went to the end of the +earth and climbed up the sky to light the stars, and to pour down +rain through a sieve.</p> + +<p>But there is yet a third disadvantage for the already handicapped +deaf boy. He has no other language to build upon, while +the other has his mother tongue with which to compare the +foreign language he is learning. The latter already has a general +idea of sentences and clauses, of tense and mood, of gender, +number and case, of substantives, verbs and prepositions; and +he knows that one language must form some sort of parallel +to another. He is already prepared to find a subject, predicate +and object, in the sentence of a foreign language, even when he +knows not a word of any but his own mother tongue. If he is +told that a certain word in German is an adjective, he understands +what its function is, even when he has yet to learn the meaning +of the word. All this goes for nothing in the case of the deaf +pupil. The very elementary fact that certain words denote +certain objects—that there is such a class of word as substantives—comes +as a revelation to most deaf children. They have +to begin at seven laboriously and artificially to learn what an +ordinary baby has unconsciously and naturally discovered at the +age of two. English, spoken, written, printed or finger-spelled, +is no more natural, comprehensible or easy of acquirement to the +deaf than is Chinese. The manual alphabet is simply one way of +expressing the vernacular on the fingers; it is no more the deaf-mute’s +“natural” language than speech or writing, and if he +cannot express himself by the latter modes of communicating, +he cannot by spelling on the fingers. The last is simply a case of +<i>vicaria linguae manus</i>. None of these are languages in themselves; +whether you use pen or type, hand or voice, you are but +adopting one or other method of expressing one and the same +tongue—English or whatever it may be, that of a “people of a +strange speech and of a hard language, whose words they cannot +understand.” The deaf child’s natural mode of communication—more +natural to him than any verbal language is to hearing +people—is the world-wide, natural language of signs.</p> + +<p>2. <i>Natural Language of the Deaf.</i>—We have just called signs a +natural language. While a purist might properly object to this +adjective being applied to all signs, yet it is not an unfair term to +use as regards this method of conversing as a whole, even in the +United States, where signs, being to a great extent the French +signs invented by de l’Epée, are more artificial than in England. +The old story, by the way, of the pupil of de l’Epée failing to +write more than “hand, breast,” as describing what an incredulous +investigator did when he laid his hand on his breast, proves +nothing. In all probability he had no idea that he was expected +to describe an action, and thought that he was being asked the +names of certain parts of the body. The hand was held out to +him and he wrote “hand.” Then the breast was indicated by +placing the hand on it, and he wrote “breast.” Moreover, the +artificial element is much less pronounced than is supposed by +most of those who are loudest in their condemnation of signs, +there being almost invariably an obvious connexion between the +sign and idea. These critics are generally people whose acquaintance +with the subject is rather limited, and the thermometer of +whose zeal in waging war against gestures generally falls in proportion +as the photometer of their knowledge about them shows +an increasing light. We may go still further and point out that +to object to any sign on the ground of artificiality <i>per se</i>, is to +strain at the gnat and to swallow the camel, for English itself +is one of the most artificial languages in existence, and certainly +is more open to such an objection than signs. If we apply the +same test to English that is applied to signs by those who would +rule out any which they suppose cannot come under the head of +natural gesture or pantomime, what fraction of our so-called +natural language should we have left? For a spoken word to be +“natural” in this sense it must be onomatopoetic, and what +infinitesimal percentage of English words are such? A foreigner, +unacquainted with the language, could not glean the drift of a +conversation in English, except perhaps a trifle from the tone of +the voices and more from the natural signs used—the smiles and +frowns, the expressions of the faces, the play of eyes, lips, hands +and whole body. The only words he could possibly understand +without such aids are some such onomatopoetic words as the cries +of animals—“mew,” “chirrup,” &c., and a few more like +“bang” or “swish.”</p> + +<p>The reason why we insist emphatically upon the importance +of teaching English in schools for the deaf in English-speaking +countries, is, firstly, because that is the language which the pupil +will be called upon to use in his intercourse with his fellow-men +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page885" id="page885"></a>885</span> +after he leaves school, and secondly, because, if his grasp of that +tongue only be sufficient and his interest in books be properly +aroused, he can go on educating himself in after-life by means +of reading. Time tables are overcrowded with kindergarten, +clay modelling, wood-carving, carpentry, and other things which +are excellent in themselves. But there is not time for everything, +and these are not as important in the case of the deaf pupil as +language. Putting aside the question of religion and moral +training, we consider the flooding of their minds with general +knowledge, and the teaching of English to enable them to express +their thoughts to their neighbours, to be of paramount importance, +so paramount that all other branches of education in their turn +pale into insignificance by comparison with these, while the +question of methods of instruction should be subservient to these +main ends. Too many make speech in itself an end. This is a +mistake. Speech is not in itself English; it is only one way of +expressing that language. And we are little concerned to inquire +by what means the deaf pupil expresses himself in English so long +as he does so express himself, whether by speech or writing, or +as he does so express himself, whether by speech or writing or +finger-spelling—for if he can finger-spell he can write. It is not +the mere fact that he can make certain sounds or write certain +letters or form the alphabet on his hands that should signify. It +is the actual language that he uses, whatever be the means, +and the thoughts that are enshrined in the language, that should +be our criterion when judging of his education.</p> + +<p>The importance of English is insisted upon because to place the +deaf child in touch with his English-speaking fellow-men we must +teach him their language, and also because he can thereby educate +himself by means of books if, and when, he has a sufficient +command of that language. The reason is not because the +vernacular is actually superior to signs as a means of conversation. +The sign language is quite equal to the vernacular as a means of expression. +The former is as much our mother tongue, if we may say +so, as the latter; we used one language as soon as the other, in +our earliest infancy; and, after a lifelong experience of both, we +affirm that signs are a more beautiful language than English, and +provide possibilities of a wealth of expression which English does +not possess, and which probably no other language possesses.</p> + +<p>That others whose knowledge of signs is lifelong hold similar +opinions is shown by the following extract from <i>The Deaf and +their Possibilities</i>, by Dr Gallaudet:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“Thinking that the question may arise in the minds of some, +‘Does the sign language give the deaf, when used in public addresses, +all that speech affords to the hearing?’ I will say that my +experience and observation lead me to answer with a decided affirmative. +On occasions almost without number it has been my privilege +to interpret, through signs to the deaf, addresses given in speech; +I have addressed hundreds of assemblages of deaf persons in the +college, in schools I have visited, and elsewhere, using signs for the +original expression of thought; I have seen many more lectures and +public debates given originally in signs; I have seen conventions of +deaf-mutes in which no word was spoken, and yet all the forms of +parliamentary proceedings were observed, and the most earnest, and +even excited, discussions were carried on. I have seen the ordinances +of religion administered, and the full service of the Church rendered +in signs; and all this with the assurance growing out of my complete +understanding of the language—a knowledge which dates from my +earliest childhood—that for all the purposes enumerated gestural +expression is in no respect inferior, and is in many respects superior, +to oral, verbal utterance as a means of communicating ideas.”</p> +</div> + +<p>The following is an analysis of the sign language given by Mr +Payne of the Swansea Institution, together with his explanatory +notes:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p class="center">“<i>Analysis of the Sign Language.</i></p> + +<p>I. Facial expression.</p> + +<p>II. Gesture</p> + +<div style="margin-left: 4em;"> + <p>      Conventional especially in shortened form.</p> + <p class="noind">1. Sympathetic<br /> + 2. Representative (= Natural signs)<br /> + 3. Systematic (<i>a</i>) Arbitrary signs<br /> +       (<i>b</i>) Grammatical signs</p> +</div> + +<p>III. Mimic action.</p> + +<p>IV. Pantomime.</p> + +<p>“<i>Observations.</i>—People speak of ‘manual signs.’ Of course there +are signs which are made with the hands only, as there are others +which are labial, &c. But the sign language is comprehensive, and at +times the whole frame is engaged in its use. A late American teacher +could and did ‘sign’ a story to his pupils with his hands behind him. +Facial expression plays an important part in the language. Sympathetic +gestures are individualistic and spontaneous, and are sometimes +unconsciously made. The speaker, feeling that words are +inadequate, reinforces them with gesture. Arbitrary signs are, <i>e.g.</i>, +drumming with three separated fingers on the chin for ‘uncle.’ +Grammatical signs are those which are used for inflections, parts of +speech, or letters as in the manual alphabet, and some numerical +signs, though other numerals may be classed as natural; also signs +for sounds, and even labial signs. Signs, whether natural or arbitrary, +which gain acceptance, especially if they are shortened, are +‘conventional.’ ‘Mimic action’ refers, <i>e.g.</i>, to the sign for sawing, +the side of one hand being passed to and fro over the side or back of +the other.’Pantomime’ means, <i>e.g.</i>, when the signer pretends to +hang up his hat and coat, roll up his sleeves, kneel on his board, guide +the saw with his thumb, saw through, wipe his forehead, &c.”</p> +</div> + +<p>Illustrations of one style of numerical signs are given below.</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:900px; height:86px" src="images/img885.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption sc">Fig. 1.</td></tr></table> + +<p>Units are signified with the palm turned inwards; tens with the +palm turned outwards; hundreds with the fingers downwards; +thousands with the left hand to the right shoulder; millions with +the hand near the forehead. For 12, sign 10 outwards and 2 +inwards, and so on up to 19. 21 = 2 outwards, 1 inwards, and so +on up to 30. 146 = 1 downwards, 4 outwards, 6 inwards. +207,837 = 2 downwards, 7 inwards (both at shoulder), 8 downwards, +3 outwards, 7 inwards. 599,126,345 = 5 downwards, +9 outwards, 9 inwards (all near forehead); 1 downwards, 2 +outwards, 6 inwards (all at shoulder); 3 downwards, 4 outwards, +5 inwards (in front of chest).</p> + +<p>Only the third, and a few of the second, subdivision of the +second section of the above classes of signs can be excluded when +talking of signs as being the deaf-mute’s natural language. In +fact we hesitate to call representative gesture—<i>e.g.</i> the horns and +action of milking for “cow,” the smelling at something grasped +in the hand for “flower,” &c.—conventional at all, except when +shortened as the usual sign for “cat” is, for instance, from the +sign for whiskers <i>plus</i> stroking the fur on back and tail <i>plus</i> the +action of a cat licking its paw and washing its face, to the sign for +whiskers only.</p> + +<p>The deaf child expresses himself in the sign language of his +own accord. The supposition that in manual or combined schools +generally they “teach them signs” is incorrect, except that +perhaps occasionally a few pupils may be drilled and their signs +polished for a dramatic rendering of a poem at a prize distribution +or public meeting, which is no more “teaching them signs” +than training hearing children to recite the same poem orally and +polishing their rendering of it is teaching them English. If the +deaf boy meets with some one who will use gesture to him, a +new sign will be invented as occasion requires by one or other to +express a new idea, and if it be a good one is tacitly adopted +to express that idea, and so an entire language is built up. It +follows that in different localities signs will differ to a great +extent, but one who is accustomed to signing can readily see the +connexion and understand what is meant even when the signs +are partly novel to him. We are sometimes asked if we can +make a deaf child understand abstract ideas by this language. +Our answer is that we can, if a hearing child of no greater age +and intelligence can understand the same ideas in English. Signs +are particularly the best means of conveying religious truths to +the deaf. If you wish to appeal to him, to impress him, to reach +his heart and his sympathies (and, incidentally, to offer the best +possible substitute for music), use his own eloquent language of +signs. We have conversed by signs with deaf people from all +parts of the British Isles, from France, Norway and Sweden, +Poland, Finland, Italy, Russia, Turkey, the United States, and +found that they are indeed a world-wide means of communication, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page886" id="page886"></a>886</span> +even when we wandered on to most unusual and abstract subjects. +Deaf people in America converse with Red Indians with +ease thereby, which shows how natural the generality of even +de l’Epée signs are. The sign language is everybody’s natural +language, not only the deaf-mute’s.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Addison (<i>Deaf Mutism</i>, p. 283) quotes John Bulwer as follows:—“What +though you (the deaf and dumb) cannot express your minds +in those verbal contrivances of man’s invention: yet you want not +speech who have your whole body for a tongue, having a language +which is more natural and significant, which is common to you with +us, to wit, gesture, the general and universal language of human +nature.” The same writer says further on (p. 297): “The same +process of growth goes on alike with the signs of the deaf and dumb +as with the spoken words of the hearing. Arnold, than whom no +stronger advocate of the oral method exists, recognizes this in his +comment on this principle of the German school, for he writes: ‘It +is much to be regretted that teachers should indulge in unqualified +assertions of the impossibility of deaf-mutes attaining to clear conceptions +and abstract thinking by signs or mimic gestures. Facts +are against them.’ Again, Graham Bell, who is generally considered +an opponent of the sign system, says: ‘I think that if we have the +mental condition of the child alone in view without reference to +language, no language will reach the mind like the language of signs; +it is the method of reaching the mind of the deaf child.’”</p> + +<p>The opinions of the deaf themselves, from all parts of the world, +are practically unanimous on this question. In the words of Dr +Smith, president of the World’s Congress of the Deaf held at St +Louis, Missouri, in 1904, under the auspices of the National Association +of the Deaf, U.S.A., “the educated deaf have a right to be heard +in these matters, and they must and shall be heard.” A portion +may be quoted of the resolutions passed at that congress of 570 of +the best-informed deaf the world has ever seen, at least scores, if not +hundreds, of them holding degrees, and being as well educated as the +vast majority of teachers of the deaf in England: “Resolved, that +the oral method, which withholds from the congenitally and quasi-congenitally +deaf the use of the language of signs outside the schoolroom, +robs the children of their birthright; that those champions of +the oral method, who have been carrying on a warfare, both overt +and covert, against the use of the language of signs by the adult deaf, +are not friends of the deaf; and that, in our opinion, it is the duty +of every teacher of the deaf, no matter what method he or she uses, +to have a working command of the sign language.”</p> +</div> + +<p>It is often urged as an objection to the use of signs that those +who use them think in them, and that their English (or other +vernacular language) suffers in consequence. There is, however, +no more objection to thinking in signs than to thinking in any +other language, and as to the second objection, facts are against +such a statement. The best-educated deaf in the world, as a class, +are in America, and the American deaf sign almost to a man. +It is true that at first a beginner in school may, when at a loss how +to express himself in words, render his thoughts in sign-English, +if we may use the expression, just as a schoolboy will sometimes +put Latin words in the English order. That is, the deaf pupil +puts the word in the natural order of the signs, which is really the +logical order, and is much nearer the Latin sequence of words +than the English. But, firstly, if he had always been forbidden +to use signs he would not express himself in English any better +in that particular instance; he would simply not attempt to +express himself at all,—so he loses nothing, at least; and +secondly, it is perfectly easy to teach him in a very short time +that each language has its own idiom and that the thought is +expressed in a different order in each.</p> + +<p>Of the deaf child’s moral condition nothing more need be said +than that it is at first exactly that of his hearing brother, and his +development therein depends entirely upon whether he is trained +to the same degree. The need of this is great. He is quite as +capable of religious and moral instruction, and benefits as much +by what he receives of it. Happiness is a noticeable feature of the +character of the deaf when they are allowed to mix with each +other. The charge of bad temper can usually be sustained only +when the fault is on the side of those with whom they live. For +instance, the latter often talk in the presence of the deaf person +without saying a word to him, and if he then shows irritation, +which is not often in any case, it is no more to be wondered at +than if a hearing person resents whispering or other secret communication +in his presence.</p> + +<p>3. <i>Social Status, &c.</i>—From the 1901 census “Summary +Tables” we gather the following facts concerning the occupations +of the deaf, aged ten and upwards, in England and Wales. +About half of the total number, taking males and females +together (13,450), are engaged in occupations—6665. The rest—6785—are +retired or unoccupied. Of the former, the following +table given below shows the distribution:—</p> + +<table class="ws f90" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">In general or local government work (clerks, messengers, &c.)</td> <td class="tcr cl">11</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">In professional occupations and subordinate services</td> <td class="tcr">87</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">In domestic offices or services</td> <td class="tcr cl">788</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">In commercial occupations</td> <td class="tcr">12</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">In work connected with conveyance of men, goods or messages</td> <td class="tcr cl">144</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">In agriculture</td> <td class="tcr">568</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">In fishing</td> <td class="tcr cl">3</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">In and about mines and quarries, &c.</td> <td class="tcr">151</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">In work connected with metals, machines, implements, &c.</td> <td class="tcr cl">503</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">In work connected with precious metals, jewels, games, &c.</td> <td class="tcr">46</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">In building and works of construction</td> <td class="tcr cl">485</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">In work connected with wood, furniture, fittings and decorations</td> <td class="tcr">470</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">In work connected with brick, cement, pottery and glass</td> <td class="tcr cl">153</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">In work connected with chemicals, oil, soap, &c.</td> <td class="tcr">46</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">In work connected with skins, hair and feathers</td> <td class="tcr cl">137</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">In work connected with paper, prints, books, &c.</td> <td class="tcr">238</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">In work connected with textile fabrics</td> <td class="tcr cl">407</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">In work connected with dress</td> <td class="tcr">1829</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">In work connected with food, tobacco, drink and lodging</td> <td class="tcr cl">194</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">In work connected with gas, water and electric supply, and sanitary service</td> <td class="tcr">22</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">Other general and undefined workers and dealers</td> <td class="tcr cl">371</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcr">——</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcr">Total</td> <td class="tcr">6665</td></tr> +</table> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Among those in professional occupations are a clergyman, five +law clerks, ten schoolmasters, teachers, &c., thirty-seven painters, +engravers and sculptors, and seven photographers. Of those not +engaged in occupations, 235 have retired from business, and 245 are +living on their own means. Probably a very large number of the remainder +were out of work or engaged in odd jobs at the time of the +census; it would certainly be incorrect to take the words “Without +specified occupations or unoccupied” to mean that those classified +as such were permanently unable to support themselves.</p> + +<p>The commonest occupations of men are bootmaking (555), tailoring +(429), farm-labouring (287), general labouring (257), carpentry +(195), cabinet-making (142), painting, decorating and glazing (95), +French-polishing (88), harness-making, &c. (80).</p> + +<p>The commonest occupations of women are dressmaking (484), +domestic service (367), laundry and washing service (230), tailoring +(170), shirtmaking, &c. (81), charing (79).</p> + +<p>In Munich there are about sixty deaf artists, especially painters and +sculptors. In Germany and Austria generally, deaf lithographers, +xylographers and photographers are well employed, as are bookbinders +in Leipzig in particular, and labourers in the provinces.</p> + +<p>In France there are several deaf writers, journalists, &c., two +principals of schools, an architect, a score or so of painters, several of +whom are ladies, nine sculptors, and a few engravers, photographers, +proof-readers, &c.</p> + +<p>Italy boasts deaf wood-carvers, sculptors, painters, and architects +graduating from the universities and academies of fine arts with +prizes and medals; also type-setters, pressmen, carvers of coral, +ivory and precious stones.</p> + +<p>Two gentlemen in the office of the Norwegian government are deaf, +as are four in the engraving department of the land survey; one is a +master-lithographer, another a master-printer, a third a civil engineer, +and the rest are engaged in the usual trades, as are those in Sweden.</p> +</div> + +<p>The deaf form societies of their own to guard their interests, +for social intercourse and other purposes. In England there +is the British Deaf and Dumb Association; in America the +National Association of the Deaf and many lesser societies; +Germany has no fewer than 150 such associations, some of +which are athletic clubs, benefit societies, dramatic clubs, and so +forth. The central Federation is the largest German association. +France has the National Union of Deaf-Mutes and others, many +being benefit clubs. Italy has some societies; Sweden has eight.</p> + +<p>In the United States there are no fewer than fifty-three publications +devoted to the interests of the deaf, most of them being +school magazines published in the institutions themselves. +Great Britain and Ireland have six, four of them being school +magazines. France, Germany, Sweden, Hungary have several, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page887" id="page887"></a>887</span> +and Finland, Russia, Norway, Denmark and Austria are represented. +Canada has three.</p> + +<p>There are many Church and other missions to the deaf in +England and abroad, which are much needed owing to the +difficulty the average deaf person has in understanding the +archaic language of both Bible and Prayer-book. Until they +have this explained to them it is useless to place these books +in their hands, and even where they are well-educated and can +follow the services, they fail to get the sermon. Chaplains and +missioners engage in all branches of pastoral work among them, +and also try to find them employment, interpret for them where +necessary, and interview people on their behalf.</p> + +<p>The difficulty of obtaining employment for the deaf has been +increased in Great Britain by the Employers’ Liability and +Workmen’s Compensation Acts, for masters are afraid—needlessly, +as facts show—to employ them, under the impression that +they are more liable to accidents owing to their affliction.</p> + +<p>The new After-Care Committees of the London County Council +are a late confession of a need which other bodies have long +endeavoured to supply. Education should be a development of +the whole nature of the child. The board of education in England +provides for intellectual, industrial and physical training, but +does not take cognizance of those parts of education which +are far more important—the social, moral and spiritual. Some +teachers, both oral and manual, do an incalculable amount of +good at the cost of great self-sacrifice and in face of much discouragement. +They deserve the highest praise for so doing, and +such work needs to be carried on after their pupils leave school.</p> + +<p class="pt2 center"><i>Education.</i></p> + +<p><i>History.</i><a name="fa2d" id="fa2d" href="#ft2d"><span class="sp">2</span></a>—“Who hath made man’s mouth? or who maketh +a man dumb, or deaf, or seeing, or blind? Is it not I the Lord?” +(Ex. iv. 11). Such is the first known reference to the deaf. But +the significance of this statement was not realized by the ancients, +who mercilessly destroyed all the defective, the deaf among the +rest. Greek and Roman custom demanded their death, and they +were thrown into the river, or otherwise killed, without causing +any comment but that so many encumbrances had been removed. +They were regarded as being on a mental level with idiots and +utterly incapable of helping themselves. In later times Roman +law forbade those who were deaf and dumb from birth to make +a will or bequest, placing them under the care of guardians who +were responsible for them to the state; though if a deaf person +had lost hearing after having been educated, and could either +speak or write, he retained his rights. Herodotus refers to a +deaf son of Croesus, whom he declares to have suddenly recovered +his speech upon seeing his father about to be killed. Gellius +makes a similar statement with reference to a certain athlete. +Hippocrates was in advance of Aristotle when he realized that +deaf-mutes did not speak simply because they did not know how +to; for the last-named seems to have considered that some defect +of the intellect was the cause of their inability to utter articulate +sounds. Pliny the elder and Messalla Corvinus mention deaf-mutes +who could paint.</p> + +<p>The true mental condition of the deaf was realized, however, +by few, if any, before the time of Christ. He, as He opened the +ears of the deaf man and loosened his tongue, talked to him in his +own language, the language of signs.</p> + +<p>St Augustine erred amazingly when he declared that the deaf +could have no faith, since “faith comes by hearing only.” The +Talmud, on the other hand, recognized that they could be taught, +and were therefore not idiotic.</p> + +<p>It is, however, with those who attempted to educate the deaf +that we are here chiefly concerned. The first to call for notice +is St John of Beverley. The Venerable Bede tells how this bishop +made a mute speak and was credited with having performed a +miracle in so doing. Probably it was nothing more than the first +attempt to teach by the oral method, and the greatest credit is due +to him for being so far in advance of his times as to try to instruct +his pupil at all. Bede himself invented a system of counting on +the hands; and also a “manual speech,” as he called it,—using +his numerals to indicate the number of the letter of the alphabet; +thus, the sign for “seven” would also signify the letter “g,” and +so forth. But we do not know that he intended this alphabet +for the use of the deaf.</p> + +<p>It is not until the 16th century that we hear much of anybody +else who was interested in the deaf, but at this date we find +Girolamo Cardan stating that they can be instructed by writing, +after they have been shown the signification of words, since their +mental power is unaffected by their inability to hear.</p> + +<p>Pedro Ponce de Leon (<i>c.</i> 1520-1584), a Spanish Benedictine +monk, is more worthy of notice, as he, to use his own words, +taught the deaf “to speak, read, write, reckon, pray, serve at +the altar, know Christian doctrine, and confess with a loud voice.” +Some he taught languages and science. That he was successful +was proved by other witness than his own, for Panduro, Valles +and de Morales all give details of his work, the last-named giving +an account by one of Ponce’s pupils of his education. De +Morales says further that Ponce de Leon addressed his scholars +either by signs or writing, and that the reply came by speech. +It appears that this master committed his methods to writing. +Though this work is lost it is probable that his system was put +into practice by Juan Pablo Bonet. This Spaniard successfully +instructed a brother of his master the constable of Castile, who +had lost hearing at the age of two. His method corresponded in +a great measure to that which is now called the combined system, +for, in the work which he wrote, he shows how the deaf can be +taught to speak by reducing the letters to their phonetic value, +and also urges that finger-spelling and writing should be used. +The connexion between all three, he goes on to say, should be +shown the pupils, but the manual alphabet should be mastered +first. Nouns he taught by pointing to the objects they represented; +verbs he expressed by pantomime; while the value of +prepositions, adverbs and interjections, as well as the tenses of +verbs, he believed could be learnt by repeated use. The pupil +should be educated by interrogation, conversation, and carefully +graduated reading. The success of Bonet’s endeavours are +borne witness to by Sir Kenelm Digby, who met the teacher at +Madrid.</p> + +<p>Bonifacio’s work on signs, in which he uses every part of +the body for conversational purposes, may be mentioned before +passing to John Bulwer, the first Englishman to treat of teaching +the deaf. In his three works, <i>Philocophus</i>, <i>Chirologia</i> and +<i>Chironomia</i>, he enlarges upon Sir Kenelm Digby’s account, and +argues about the possibility of teaching the deaf by speech. +But he seems to have had no practical experience of the art.</p> + +<p>Dr John Wallis is more important, though it has been disputed +whether he was not indebted to his predecessors for some ideas. +He taught by writing and articulation. He took the trouble to +classify to a certain extent the various sounds, dividing both +vowels and “open” consonants into gutturals, palatals and +labials. The “closed” consonants he subdivided into mutes, +semi-mutes and semi-vowels. Language, Wallis maintained, +should be taught when the pupil had first learned to write, and +the written characters should be associated with some sort of +manual alphabet. Names of things should be given first, and +then the parts of those things, <i>e.g.</i> “body” first, and then, under +that, “head,” “arm,” “foot,” &c. Then the singular and plural +should be given, then possessives and possessive pronouns, +followed by particles, other pronouns and adjectives. These +should be followed by the copulative verb; after which should +come the intransitive verb and its nominative in the different +tenses, and the transitive with its object in the same way. +Lastly, prepositions and conjunctions should be taught. All +this, Wallis held, ought to be done by writing as well as signing, +for he did not lose sight of the fact that “we must learn the +pupil’s language in order to teach him ours.”</p> + +<p>Dr William Holder, who read an essay before the Royal +Society in 1668-1669 on the “Elements of Speech,” added an +appendix concerning the deaf and dumb. He describes the +organs of speech and their positions in articulation, suggesting +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page888" id="page888"></a>888</span> +teaching the pupil the sounds in order of simplicity, though he +held that he must learn to write first. Afterwards the pupil +must associate the letters with a manual alphabet. Holder +notices that dumbness is due to the want of hearing, and therefore +speech can be acquired through watching the lips, though he +admits the task is a laborious one. He also urges the teacher to +be patient and to make the work as interesting to the pupil as +possible. Command of language, he maintains, will enable the +deaf person to read a sentence from the lips if he gets most of the +words; for he will be able to supply those he did not see, from +his knowledge of English.</p> + +<p>Johan Baptist van Helmont treated of the work of the vocal +organs. Amman says that Van Helmont had discovered a +manual alphabet and used it to instruct the deaf, but had not +attained very good results.</p> + +<p>George Sibscota published a work in 1670 called the <i>Deaf +and Dumb Man’s Discourse</i>, in which he contradicts Aristotle’s +opinion that people are dumb because of defects in the vocal +organs; for they are, he believed, dumb because never taught +to speak. They can gain knowledge by sight, he maintained; +can write, converse by signs, speak and lip-read. Ramirez +de Carrion also taught the deaf to speak and write, as did +P. Lana Terzi.</p> + +<p>About George Dalgarno more is known. He wrote, in 1680, +his <i>Didascalocophus</i>, or <i>Deaf-Mute’s Preceptor</i>, in which he makes +the mistake of saying that the deaf have the advantage over the +blind in opportunities for learning language. The deaf can, in +his opinion, be taught to speak, and also to read the lips if the +letters are very distinct. They ought to read, write and spell on +the fingers constantly, but use no signs. Substantives are to +be taught by associating them with the things they represent; +then adjectives should be joined to them. Verbs should be +taught by suiting the action to the words, and associating the +pronouns with them. Other parts of speech should be given as +opportunities of explaining them present themselves. Dalgarno +invented an alphabet, the letters being on the joints of the +fingers and palm of the left hand.</p> + +<p>John Conrad Amman published his <i>Dissertatio de Loquela</i> in +1700. In the first chapter he treats, among other things, of the +nature of the breath and voice and the organs of speech. In +the second chapter he classifies sounds into vowels, semi-vowels +and consonants, and a detailed description of each sound is given. +The third chapter is devoted to showing how to produce and +control the voice, to utter each sound from writing or from the +lips, and to combine them into syllables and words. It was only +after the pupil had attained to considerable success in articulation +and lip-reading that Amman taught the meaning of words and +language; but the name of this teacher will long stand as that +of one of the most successful the world has known.</p> + +<p>Passing over Camerarius, Schott, Kerger (who began teaching +language sooner than Amman did, and depended more on writing +and signs), Raphel (who instructed three deaf daughters), Lasius, +Arnoldi, Lucas, Vanin, de Fay (himself deaf) and many others, +we come to Giacobbo Rodriguez Pereira, the pioneer of deaf-mute +education in France, if we except de Fay. Beginning his experience +by instructing his deaf sister, he soon attained to considerable +success with two other pupils; his chief aim being, as he +said, to make them comprehend the meaning of, and express their +thoughts in, language. A commission of the French Academy +of Sciences, before whom he appeared, testified to the genuineness +of his achievements, noticing that he wrote and signed to his +pupils, and stating that he hoped to proceed to the instruction +of lip-reading. Pereira soon after came under the notice of the +duc de Chaulnes, whose deaf godson, Saboureaux de Fontenay, +became his pupil; and in five years this boy was well able +to speak and read the lips. Pereira had several other pupils. +Probably kindness and affection were two of the secrets of his +success, for the love his scholars showed for him was unbounded. +His method is only partly known, but he used a manual alphabet +which indicated the pronunciation of the letters and some +combinations. He used reading and writing; but signs were +only called to his aid when absolutely necessary. Language he +taught by founding it on action where possible, abstract ideas +being gradually developed in later stages of the education.</p> + +<p>We now come to the abbé de l’Epée (<i>q.v.</i>). The all-important +features in this teacher’s character and method were his intense +devotion to his scholars and their class, and the fact that he +lived among them and talked to them as one of themselves. +Meeting with two girls who were deaf, he started upon the task +of instructing them, and soon had a school of sixty pupils, supported +entirely by himself. He spared himself no expense and +no trouble in doing his utmost to benefit the deaf, learning +Spanish for the sole purpose of reading Bonet’s work, and making +this book and Amman’s <i>Dissertatio de Loquela</i> his guiding lights. +But de l’Epée was the first to attach great importance to signs; +and he used them, along with writing, until the pupil had some +knowledge of language before he passed on to articulation and +lip-reading. To the latter method, however, he never paid as +much attention as he did to instructing by signs and writing, +and finally he abandoned it altogether through lack of time and +means. He laboured long on a dictionary of signs, but never +completed it. He was attacked by Pereira, who condemned his +method as being detrimental, and this was the beginning of the +disputes as to the merits of the different methods which have +lasted to the present day; but whatever opinions we may hold +as to the best means of instructing the deaf we cannot but admire +the devoted teacher who spent his life and his all in benefiting +this class of the community.</p> + +<p>Samuel Heinicke first began his work in 1754 at Dresden, but +in 1778 he removed to Leipzig and started on the instruction of +nine pupils. His methods he kept secret; but we know that he +taught orally, using signs only when he considered them helpful, +and spelling only to combine ideas. He wrote two books and +several articles on the subject of educating the deaf, but it is +from Walther and Fornari that we learn most about his system. +At first Heinicke laid stress on written language, starting with the +concrete and going on to the abstract; and he only passed to oral +instruction when the pupils could express themselves in fairly correct +language. Subsequently, however, he expressed the opinion +that speech should be the sole method of instruction, and, strange +to say, that by speech alone could thoughts be fully expressed.</p> + +<p>Henry Baker became tutor to a deaf girl in 1720, and his success +led to the establishment of a private school in London. He also +kept his system a secret, but recently his work on lessons for +the deaf was discovered, from which we gather that he adopted +writing, drawing, speech and lip-reading as his course of instruction. +The point to notice is that after the primary stages Baker +turned events of every-day life to use in his teaching. His pupils +went about with him, and he taught by conversation upon what +they saw in the streets,—an excellent method; but it is a pity +that such a good teacher had not the philanthropy to make his +methods known and to give the poorer deaf the benefit of them, +as de l’Epée did.</p> + +<p>A school was established in Edinburgh in 1760 by Thomas +Braidwood, who taught by the oral method. He taught the sounds +first, then syllables, and finally words, teaching their meaning. +In 1783 Braidwood came to Hackney, whence he moved to Old +Kent Road, and in 1809 there were seventy pupils in what was +lately the Old Kent Road Institution. Braidwood’s method was +practically a development of Wallis’s. We must regard him as +the founder of the first public school for the deaf in England.</p> + +<p>It was only at the beginning of the 19th century that a brighter +day dawned on the deaf as a class. With the sole exception of +de l’Epée no teacher had yet undertaken the instruction of a deaf +child who could not pay for it. Now things began to be different. +Institutions were founded, and their doors were opened to nearly +all.</p> + +<p>Dr Watson, the first principal of the Old Kent Road “Asylum,” +taught by articulation and lip-reading, reading and writing, +explaining by signs to some extent, but using pictures much +more, according to Addison, and composing a book of these for +the use of his pupils. From Addison (<i>Deaf Mutism</i>, pp. 248 ff.) +we learn what developments followed. In Vienna, Prague and +Berlin, schools had been founded in rapid succession before +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page889" id="page889"></a>889</span> +the 19th century dawned, and in 1810 the Edinburgh institution +opened its doors. Nine years later the Glasgow school was +established and, under the able guidance of Mr Duncan +Anderson (after several other headmasters had been tried) from +1831, taught pupils whose grasp of English was equal to that of +the very best educated deaf in England to-day, as has been +proved by conversation with the survivors. Mr Anderson’s great +aim was to teach his pupils language, and we might look almost +in vain for a teacher in England to succeed as well with a whole +class in the beginning of the 20th century as he did in the +middle of the 19th. He wrote a dictionary, used pictures +and signs to explain English, and apparently paid little or +no attention to most of the numerous subjects attempted +to-day in schools for the deaf, which, while excellent in themselves, +generally exclude what is far more important from the +curriculum.</p> + +<p>Addison further mentions Mr Baker of Doncaster, a contemporary +of Anderson, as having compiled many lesson books +for deaf children which came to be used in ordinary schools +also, and Mr Scott of Exeter as having, together with Baker, +“exercised a profound influence on the course of deaf-mute +education in this country.” “Written language,” explained by +signs where necessary, was the watchword of these teachers.</p> + +<p>Moritz Hill is credited with being principally responsible for +having evolved the German, or “pure,” oral method out of the +experimental stage to that at which it has arrived at the present +day. Arnold of Riehen is also honourably mentioned.</p> + +<p>The great “oral revival” now swept all before it. The +German method was enthusiastically welcomed in all parts of +Europe, and at the Milan conference in 1880 was almost unanimously +adopted by teachers from all countries. Those in high +places countenanced it; educational authorities awoke to the +fact that the deaf needed special teaching, and came to the +conclusion that the “pure” oral method was the panacea that +would restore all the deaf to a complete equality with the hearing +in any conversation upon any subject that might be broached; +many governments suddenly took the deaf under the shelter +of their own ample wings, and the “bottomless pocket of the +ratepayer,” instead of the purse of the charitable, became in +many cases the fount of supply for what has been a costly and by +no means entirely satisfactory experiment in the history of their +education. The “pure” oral method has had a long and unique +trial in England in circumstances which other methods have +never enjoyed.</p> + +<p>Meanwhile in the United States Dr Thomas Hopkins Gallaudet +was elected in 1815 to go to Europe to inquire into the methods +of educating the deaf in vogue there. This was at a meeting +held in the house of a physician named Cogswell, in Hartford, +Connecticut, and was the result of the latter’s discovery that +eighty-four persons in the state besides his own little girl were +deaf. Henry Winter Syle, himself deaf, tells how “four months +were spent in learning that the doors of the British schools were +‘barred with gold, and opened but to golden keys,’” and how, +disappointed in England, Gallaudet met with a ready response +to his inquiries in Paris. With Laurent Clerc, a deaf teacher, +he returned to the United States in 1816, and the “Connecticut +Asylum” was founded a year after with seven pupils. The name +was changed to “The American Asylum” later, when it was +enlarged. This was followed by the Pennsylvania, New York and +Kentucky institutions, with the second of which the Peet family +were connected. Dr Gallaudet married one of his deaf pupils, +Sophia Fowler, and, after a very happy married life, Mrs Gallaudet +accompanied her youngest son, Edward Miner Gallaudet, +to the Columbia institution for the Deaf and Dumb, Washington, +D.C., founded in 1857 by Congress and largely supported by +Amos Kendall, and to the National Deaf Mute College, which +was founded in 1864, was renamed the Gallaudet College, in +honour of Dr T. H. Gallaudet, in 1893, and with the Kendall +School (secondary), now forms the Columbia Institution. This +college is supported by Congress.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The following account of the work done at the National Deaf-Mute +College at Washington is worth attention, as the results are +unique, and are often strangely ignored.</p> + +<p>Here is a statement of the course for the B.A. degree:—</p> + +<p>First year: Algebra, grammar, punctuation, history of England, +composition, Latin grammar, Caesar.</p> + +<p>Second year: Algebra (from quadratics), geometry, composition, +Caesar (Gallic War), Cicero (Orations), Allen and Greenough’s +<i>Latin Grammar</i>, Myer’s <i>General History</i>, Goodwin’s <i>Greek Grammar</i> +(optional), Xenophon’s <i>Anabasis</i> (optional).</p> + +<p>Third year: Olney’s or Loomis’s <i>Plane and Spherical Trigonometry</i>, +Loomis’s <i>Analytical Geometry</i> (optional), Orton’s <i>Zoology</i>, +Gray’s <i>Botany</i>, Remsen’s <i>Chemistry</i>, laboratory practice, Virgil’s +<i>Aeneid</i>, Homer’s <i>Iliad</i> (optional), Meiklejohn’s <i>History of English +Literature and Language</i> (two books), Maertz’s <i>English Literature</i>, +Hadley’s <i>History</i>, original composition.</p> + +<p>Fourth year: Loomis’s <i>Calculus</i> (optional), Dana’s <i>Mechanics</i>, +Gage’s <i>Natural Philosophy</i>, Young’s <i>Astronomy</i>, laboratory practice, +qualitative analysis, Steel’s Hygienic <i>Physiology</i>, Edgren’s <i>French +Grammar</i>, Super’s <i>French Reader, Demosthenes on the Crown</i> +(optional), Hart’s <i>Composition and Rhetoric</i>, original composition, +Hill’s-Jevon’s <i>Elementary Logic</i>.</p> + +<p>Fifth year: Arnold’s <i>Manual of English Literature</i>, Maertz’s +<i>English Literature</i>, original composition, Guizot’s <i>History of Civilization</i>, +Sheldon’s <i>German Grammar</i>, Joynes’s <i>German Reader</i>, LeConte’s +<i>Geology</i>, Guyot’s <i>Earth and Man</i>, Hill’s <i>Elements of Psychology</i>, +Haven’s <i>Moral Philosophy</i>, Butler’s <i>Analogy</i>, Bascom’s <i>Elements of +Beauty</i>, Perry’s <i>Political Economy</i>, Gallaudet’s <i>International Law</i>.</p> + +<p>Even in 1893 we were told that of the graduates of the college +“fifty-seven have been engaged in teaching, four have entered the +ministry; three have become editors and publishers of newspapers; +three others have taken positions connected with journalism; fifteen +have entered the civil service of the government,—one of these, who +had risen rapidly to a high and responsible position, resigned to enter +upon the practice of law in patent cases, in Cincinnati and Chicago, +and has been admitted to practise in the Supreme Court of the +United States; one is the official botanist of a state, who has correspondents +in several countries of Europe who have repeatedly +purchased his collections, and he has written papers upon seed tests +and related subjects which have been published and circulated by +the agricultural department; one, while filling a position as instructor +in a western institution, has rendered important service to the coast +survey as a microscopist, and one is engaged as an engraver in the +chief office of the survey; of three who became draughtsmen in +architects’ offices, one is in successful practice as an architect on his +own account, which is also true of another, who completed his preparation +by a course of study in Europe; one has been repeatedly +elected recorder of deeds in a southern city, and two others are +recorders’ clerks in the west; one was elected and still sits as a city +councilman; another has been elected city treasurer and is at present +cashier of a national bank; one has become eminent as a practical +chemist and assayer; two are members of the faculty of the college, +and two others are rendering valuable service as instructors therein; +some have gone into mercantile and other offices; some have undertaken +business on their own account; while not a few have chosen +agricultural and mechanical pursuits, in which the advantages of +thorough mental training will give them a superiority over those not +so well educated. Of those alluded to as having engaged in teaching, +one has been the principal of a flourishing institution in Pennsylvania; +one is now in his second year as principal of the Ohio institution; one +has been at the head of a day school in Cincinnati, and later of the +Colorado institution; a third has had charge of the Oregon institution; +a fourth is at the head of a day school in St Louis; three +others have respectively founded and are now at the head of schools +in New Mexico, North Dakota, and Evansville, Indiana, and others +have done pioneer work in establishing schools in Florida and in +Utah.”</p> + +<p>Later years would unfold a similar tale of subsequent students; in +1907 there were 134 in the college and 59 in the Kendall School.</p> + +<p>There is a normal department attached to the college, to which are +admitted six hearing young men and women for one year who are +recommended as being anxious to study methods of teaching the deaf +and likely to profit thereby. Their course of study for 1898-1899 +included careful training in the oral method, instruction in Bell’s +<i>Visible Speech</i>, instruction in the anatomy of the vocal organs, +lectures on sound, observation of methods, oral and manual, in +Kendall School, lectures on various subjects connected with the deaf +and their education, lectures on pedagogy, lessons in the language of +signs, practical work with classes in Kendall School under the direction +of the teachers, correction of essays of the introductory class, +&c. But the greatest advantage of the year’s course is that the half-dozen +hearing students live in the college, have their meals with the +hundred deaf, and mix with them all day long—if they wish it—in +social intercourse and recreation. We are very far indeed from +saying that one such year is sufficient to make a hearing man a +qualified teacher of the deaf, but the arrangement is based on the +right principle, and it sets his feet on the right path to learn how to +teach—so far as this art can be learned. The recent regulation of +the board of education in England, prohibiting hearing pupil teachers +in schools for the deaf, is deplorable, retrograde and inimical to the +best interests of the deaf. It shows a complete ignorance of their +needs. The younger a teacher begins to mix with that class the better +he will teach them.</p> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page890" id="page890"></a>890</span></p> + +<p>In 1886 a royal commission investigated the condition and +education of the deaf in Great Britain, and in 1889 issued its +report. Some of the recommendations most worthy of notice +were that deaf children from seven to sixteen years of age should +be compelled to attend a day school or institution, part, or the +whole, of the expense being borne by the local school authority; +that technical instruction should be given, and that all the +children should be taught to speak and lip-read on the “pure” +oral method unless physically or mentally disqualified, those who +had partial hearing or remains of speech being entirely educated +by that method. To the last mentioned recommendation—concerning +the method to be adopted—two of the commissioners +took exception, and another stated his recognition of some +advantage in the manual method.</p> + +<p>As a result of the report of the royal commission a bill was +passed in 1893 making it compulsory for all deaf children to be +educated. This was to be done by the local education authority, +either by providing day classes or an institution for them, or by +sending them to an already existing institution, parents having +the choice, within reasonable limits, of the school to which the +child should go. School-board classes came into existence in +almost every large town where there was no institution, and +sometimes where one existed. Those who uphold the day-school +system advance the arguments that the pupils are not, under it, +cut off from the influence of home life as they are in institutions; +that such influences are of great advantage; that this system +permits the deaf to mix freely with their hearing brethren, &c. +The objections, however, to this arrangement outweigh its +possible advantages. The latter, indeed, amount to little; for +home influences in many cases, especially in the poorer parts of +the large cities, are not the best, and communication with the +hearing children who attend some of the day schools may not +be an unmixed blessing, nor is freedom to run wild on the streets +between school hours. But it may be urged further that it is +difficult, except in very large towns, to obtain a sufficient +number of deaf children attending a day school to classify them +according to their status, while it is more than one teacher can do +to give sufficient attention to several children, each at a different +stage of instruction from any other. Moreover, the deaf need +more than mere school work; they need training in morals and +manners, and receive much less of it from their parents than their +hearing brothers and sisters. This can only be given in an institution +wherein they board and lodge as well as attend classes. The +existing institutions were from 1893 placed, by the act of that +date, either partly or wholly under the control of the school +board. They were put under the inspection of the government, +and as long as they fulfilled the requirements of the inspectors +as regards education, manual and physical training, outdoor recreation +and suitable class-room and dormitory accommodation, +they might remain in the hands of a committee who collected, +or otherwise provided, one-third of the total expenditure, and +received two-thirds from public sources. Or else, the institution +might be surrendered entirely to the management of the public +school authority, and then the whole of the expenditure was to +be borne by that body. Extra government grants of five guineas +per pupil are now given for class work and manual or technical +training. Such is the state of things at the present day, except, +of course, that the school board has given place to the county +council as local authority.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Some teachers have asked for the children to be sent to school at +the age of five instead of seven. This savours of another confession +that the “pure” oral method had not done what was expected of +it at first. First, the demand was for the method itself; then came requests +for more teachers, so that, the classes being smaller, each pupil +should receive more attention; this meant more money, and so this +was asked for; then day schools would remedy the failure by giving +the pupils opportunities of talking with the public in general; then +we were told the teachers were unskilful; finally, more time is +needed. And yet the <i>language</i> of the pupils is no better to-day than +it was in 1881, even though they were at school only four or five +years then as opposed to nine or ten now.</p> + +<p>To Addison’s <i>Report on a Visit to some Continental Schools for the +Deaf</i> (1904-1905) we are indebted for the following information. +The new school at Frankfort-on-Maine, accommodating forty or fifty +children at a cost of £40 to £50 per head, is modelled on the plan of +<span class="sidenote">Foreign schools.</span> +a family home. The main objects are to obtain good speech and lip-reading +and to use these colloquially; the work is very +thorough and the teaching very skilful. At Munich those +of the hundred pupils who have some hearing are separated +from the others and taught by ear as well as eye. At Vienna (Royal +Institution) a small proportion of the pupils are day scholars, as they +are at Munich, and the teaching is, of course, carried on by the oral +method, as it is all over Germany. Here, however, the teachers +“think it impossible to educate fully all deaf-mutes by the oral +method only.” In the Jews’ Home at Vienna the semi-deaf are +taught by the acoustic method, and are not allowed to see the +teacher’s lips at all. At Dresden, a large school of 240 pupils, the +director favours smaller institutions than his own, considers the oral +method possible for all but the “weak-minded deaf,” and divides his +pupils into A, B and C divisions, according to intellect. In the first +division good speech is obtained. Saxony boasts a home for deaf +homeless women, grants premiums for deaf apprentices, and trains +its teachers of the deaf in the institution itself—a good record and +plan. In the royal institution at Berlin Addison saw good lip-reading +and thorough work, though the deaf in the city—as in most of the +schools—signed. The men in Berlin “like the adult deaf generally, +were all in favour of a combination of methods, and condemned the +pure oral theory as impracticable.” At Hamburg, again, “hand +signs” were used at least for Sunday service. Schleswig has two +schools. Pupils are admitted first to the residential institution, +where they are instructed for a year, and are then divided into A, B and +C classes, “according to intellect.” The lowest class (C) remain at +this institution for the rest of the eight years, and a “certain amount +of signing” is allowed in their instruction. A and B classes are +boarded out in the town and attend classes at a day school specially +built for them, being taught orally exclusively.</p> + +<p>In Denmark Addison saw what impressed him most. All the +children of school age go to Fredericia and remain for a year in the +boarding institution. They are then examined and the semi-deaf—29% +of the whole—are sent to Nyborg. The rest—all the totally +deaf—remain another year at Fredericia and are then divided into +the A, B and C divisions before mentioned, and on the same criterion—intellect. +Those in C—the lowest class, 28% of the totally deaf—are +sent to Copenhagen, where they are taught by the manual +method, no oral work being attempted. Those in B class, numbering +19% of the deaf, remain in the residential institution in Fredericia +and are taught orally, while the best pupils—A class—are boarded +out in the town and attend a special day school. These form 26% +of the deaf, and those with whom they live encourage them to speak +when out of as well as when in school. The buildings and equipment +generally are excellent. “Hand signs” are used at Nyborg, indicating +the position of the vocal organs when speaking, and, as might +be expected, the “lip”-reading is 90% more correct when these +symbols—infinitely more visible than most of the movements of the +vocal organs and face when speaking—are used at the same time. +The idea of these hand signs, by the way, corresponds to that of +Graham Bell’s <i>Visible Speech</i>, in which a written symbol is used to +indicate the position of the vocal organs when uttering each sound; +it is a kind of phonetic writing which is to a slight extent illustrative +at the same time. We find natural signs of the utmost value when +teaching articulation, to describe the position of the vocal organs. +We give these details from Mr Addison’s notes because it is to +Germany that so many look for guidance to-day, and it is the home +of the so-called “pure” oral method; while the system of classification +in Denmark into the four schools which are controlled by one +authority, struck him very favourably and so is given rather fully.</p> + +<p>In France most of the schools are supported by charity, and the +only three government institutions are those at Paris for boys, with +263 pupils lately, at Bordeaux for girls, having 225 inmates, and at +Chambéry with 86 boys and 38 girls. In the great majority the +method of instruction is professedly pure oral. “But,” said Henri +Gaillard (<i>Report, World’s Congress of the Deaf</i>, Missouri, 1904), “this +is only in appearance. In reality all of the schools use the combined +method; only they are not willing to admit it, because the oral method +is the official method, imposed by the inspectors of the minister of +the interior.”</p> + +<p>In Italy, again, we are told that the teachers sign in most of the +schools, which are professedly pure oral.</p> + +<p>In Sweden, schools for the deaf have ceased to depend, as they +did up to 1891, upon private benevolence. The system is generally +the combined, and in schools where the oral method is adopted the +pupils are divided into A, B and C divisions, as in Denmark and +Dresden, in the two latter divisions of which signs are allowed. In +Norway the method is the oral.</p> +</div> + +<p><i>Methods of Teaching.</i>—There have always been two principal +methods of teaching the deaf, and all education at the present +time is carried on by means of one or other or both of these. +Where there is sufficient hearing to be utilized, instruction is +sometimes given thereby as well, though this auricular method +does not seem to make much headway, and experience is not in +favour of believing that the sense of hearing, where a little +exists, can be “cultivated” to any marked degree. It is really +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page891" id="page891"></a>891</span> +impossible to draw hard and fast lines between these means of +instruction. One merges into another, and this other into the +next; and no two teachers will, or can, adopt exactly the same +lines. It is not desirable that they should, for much must be left +to individuality. Orders, rules, methods, should not be absolute +laws. Observe them generally, but dispense with them as circumstances, +the pupil and opportunity may require. Strong +individuality, sympathy, enthusiasm, long intercourse with the +deaf, are needed in the teacher, and it is surely obvious that +every teacher should have a full command of all the primary +means of instruction to begin with, and not of one only.</p> + +<p>Where deafness is absolute, or practically so, we have to seek +for means that will appeal to the eye instead of the ear. Of these, +we have the sign language, writing and printing, pictures, manual +alphabets and lip-reading. We have to choose which of these is +to be used, if not all, and which must be rejected, if any. Moreover, +we have to decide how much or how little one or another is +to be adopted if we employ more than one. Hence it is obvious +that there may be many different systems and subdivisions of +systems. But the two main methods are the <i>manual</i>, which +generally depends upon all the above-mentioned means of +appealing to the eye except lip-reading, and the <i>oral</i>, which +adopts what the manual method rejects, uses writing and +printing and perhaps pictures, but excludes finger-spelling and +(theoretically) signs. To these two we must add a third means +of instruction—the <i>combined system</i>—which rejects no means of +teaching, but uses all in most cases. The dual method need hardly +be called a separate method or system, for it implies simply the +use of the manual method for some pupils and of the oral for +others. Nor need we call the mother’s (= intuitive or natural) +a separate method in the sense in which we are using the word +here, for it is rather a mode of procedure which can be applied +manually or orally indifferently. The same may be said of the +grammatical “method”; also of the “word method,” which is +really the “mother’s.” The “eclectic method” is practically +the combined system, or something between that and the dual +method, and hardly needs separate classification.</p> + +<p>Let us notice the manual method, the oral method, and the +combined system, considering with the last the “dual method.”</p> + +<p>The chief elements of the manual method are finger-spelling, +reading and writing and signing. These are used, that is to say, +as means of teaching English and imparting ideas. +<span class="sidenote">Manual.</span> +Signs are used to awaken the child’s thoughts, finger-spelling +and writing are used to express these thoughts in the +vernacular. The latter are used to express English, the former +to explain English.</p> + +<p>We give two manual alphabets, the one-handed being used in +America, on the continent of Europe with some variations and +additions, in Ireland, and also to some extent in England; the +two-handed in Great Britain, Ireland and Australia. A speed of +130 words a minute can be attained when spelling on the fingers. +Words are quite readable at this speed.</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:900px; height:150px" src="images/img891a.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption">The Manual Alphabet. (One-handed.)</td></tr></table> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:900px; height:162px" src="images/img891b.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig. 2.</span>—The Manual Alphabet. (Two-handed.)</td></tr></table> + +<p>Although reading and writing are common to both methods, +the manual and oral, as a matter of fact they seem to be used +considerably more in the former than in the latter.</p> + +<p>In the oral method articulation and lip-reading are chiefly +relied upon; reading and writing are also adopted. The phonetic +<span class="sidenote">Oral.</span> +values of the letters are taught, not the names of the +letters; for instance, the <i>sound</i> of the letter <i>ă</i> in “hat” +is taught instead of the <i>name</i> of the letter (long A), though of +course the latter is taught where such is the proper pronunciation, +as in “hate.”</p> + +<p>Here is a chart which was lately in use:</p> + +<p class="pt2 center"><i>Articulation Sheets.</i></p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcc allb sc" colspan="8">Analysis of the Vowel Sounds.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tcc allb" colspan="2">Long.</td> <td class="tcc allb" colspan="2">Middle.</td> <td class="tcc allb" colspan="2">Short.</td> <td class="tcc allb" colspan="2">Broad.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tccm f80 lb bb">Diacritic<br />mark.</td> <td class="tccm f80 rb bb">Phonetic<br />spelling.</td> + <td class="tccm f80 bb">Diacritic<br />mark.</td> <td class="tccm f80 rb bb">Phonetic<br />spelling.</td> + <td class="tccm f80 bb">Diacritic<br />mark.</td> <td class="tccm f80 rb bb">Phonetic<br />spelling.</td> + <td class="tccm f80 bb">Diacritic<br />mark.</td> <td class="tccm f80 rb bb">Phonetic<br />spelling.</td></tr> + +<tr><td class="tclm lb">fāt(e)</td> <td class="tclm rb">= feit</td> <td class="tclm">fär</td> <td class="tclm rb">= far</td> <td class="tclm">făt</td> <td class="tclm rb">= fat</td> <td class="tclm">fãll</td> <td class="tcl rb">= fawl<br /> fol</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tclm lb">mē</td> <td class="tcl rb">= mee<br /> mi</td> <td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tclm">mět</td> <td class="tclm rb">= met</td> <td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb">pīn(e)</td> <td class="tcl rb">= pain</td> <td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td> <td class="tcl">pĭn</td> <td class="tcl rb">= pin</td> <td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb">nō</td> <td class="tcl rb">= nou</td> <td class="tcl">möve</td> <td class="tcl rb">= muv</td> <td class="tcl">nŏt</td> <td class="tcl rb">= not</td> <td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcl rb"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl lb bb">tūb(e)</td> <td class="tcl rb bb">= tiub</td> <td class="tcl bb">büll</td> <td class="tcl rb bb">= bul</td> <td class="tcl bb">tŭb</td> <td class="tcl rb bb">= tub</td> <td class="tcl bb"> </td> <td class="tcl rb bb"> </td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="pt2 center">Order in which the Vowel Sounds are to be taught.</p> + +<div class="center"><img style="width:526px; height:340px; vertical-align: middle;" src="images/img891c.jpg" alt="" /></div> + +<p class="pt2">The consonants are as follows, though the order of teaching +them varies:—</p> + +<p>p; f; s; h; sh; v = <i>f</i>; th (thin; moth); <i>th</i> (then; smooth); +l; r; t; k; b; d; g (go; egg); z = <i>s</i>; m; n; ch = tsh; j = dzh = g; +ph = f; kc = k; cs = s; q = kw; x = ks; ng; w = oo; wh = hw; y = e.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page892" id="page892"></a>892</span></p> + +<p>The following mode of writing the sounds is now preferred by +some as it renders the diacritic marks unnecessary:—</p> + +<p class="pt2 center"><i>Middle, Broad and Long Vowel Sounds.</i></p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcc">ar</td> <td class="tcc">or</td> <td class="tcc">oo</td> <td class="tcc">ee</td> <td class="tcc">er</td> <td class="tcc">oa</td> <td class="tcc">igh</td> <td class="tcc">ai</td> <td class="tcc">ew</td> <td class="tcc">oi</td> <td class="tcc">ou</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc">aw</td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc">ea</td> <td class="tcc">ir</td> <td class="tcc">o-e</td> <td class="tcc">i-e</td> <td class="tcc">a-e</td> <td class="tcc">u-e</td> <td class="tcc">oy</td> <td class="tcc">ow</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc">au</td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc">ur</td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc">ay</td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc">a—</td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td> <td class="tcc"> </td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="pt2 center"><i>Short Vowel Sounds.</i></p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcc">a</td> <td class="tcc">o</td> <td class="tcc">oo</td> <td class="tcc">e</td> <td class="tcc">i</td> <td class="tcc">u</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="pt2 center"><i>Consonants.</i></p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tccm">h</td> <td class="tccm">p</td> <td class="tccm cl">ph<br />f</td> <td class="tccm">t</td> <td class="tccm">s</td> <td class="tccm">th</td> <td class="tccm">sh</td> <td class="tccm">ch</td> <td class="tccm cl">k<br />ck</td> <td class="tccm">l</td> <td class="tccm">r</td> <td class="tccm">m</td> <td class="tccm">n</td> <td class="tccm">ng</td> <td class="tccm">w</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tccm"> </td> <td class="tccm">b</td> <td class="tccm">v</td> <td class="tccm">d</td> <td class="tccm">z</td> <td class="tccm"><i>th</i></td> <td class="tccm">zh</td> <td class="tccm cl">j<br />dzh</td> <td class="tccm">g</td> <td class="tccm"> </td> <td class="tccm"> </td> <td class="tccm"> </td> <td class="tccm"> </td> <td class="tccm"> </td> <td class="tccm"> </td></tr> +</table> + +<p>These charts are given as examples of those used, but they +vary in different schools, as does the order of teaching the vowel +and consonant sounds and the combinations. The exact order +is not important. Words are made up by combining vowels and +consonants as soon as the pupil can say each sound separately.</p> + +<p>Here are extracts from the directions on articulation written +by a principal to the teacher of the lowest class, which show the +method of procedure:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<div class="list"> +<p>“(1) Produce the sound of a letter. Each pupil to reproduce, +and write it on the tablet.</p> + +<p>(2) Point to the letter on the tablet, and make each pupil say it.</p> + +<p>(3) The same with combinations of vowels and consonants.</p> + +<p>(4) Instead of tablet, each pupil to use rough exercise-book.</p> + +<p>(5) Write on tablet and make each pupil articulate from +teacher’s writing.</p> + +<p>(6) When a combination is made of which a word may be made +make all write it in their books, thus:—’te—tea,’ ‘shō—show,’ +‘ŏv—of,’ ‘nālz—nails,’ &c.</p> + +<p>(7) When one pupil produces a combination correctly make +the others lip-read it from him. In this way make them +exercise each other.</p> + +<p>(8) When they have a good many sounds and combinations +written in their books make them sit down and say them +off their books as hearing children do.</p> + +<p>(9) Make them say the sounds off the cards, and form combinations +on the cards for them to say.</p> + +<p>(10) Take each vowel separately and make each pupil use it +before and after each consonant.</p> + +<p>(11) Take each consonant and put it before and after each vowel.</p> +</div> + +<p>“The above will suggest other exercises to the teacher.</p> + +<p>“Give breathing exercises. Incite emulation as to deep breathing +and slow expiration. Never force the voice. Make the pupil speak +out, but do not let him strain either the voice or vocal organs. Do +not force the tongue, lips, or any organ into position more than you +can help. Do all as gently as possible. Register their progress. +‘Ä’ (as in ‘path’; ‘father’). As ‘Ä’ is the basis of all the vowels, +being most like all, it is taken first. It is an open vowel. Do not +make grimaces, or exaggerate. If false sound be produced do not let +the pupil speak loudly; make him speak quietly. If nasal sound be +produced do not pinch the nose, but first take the back of the child’s +hand, warmly breathe on it, or get a piece of glass, and let the child +breathe on it, or press the back of the tongue down. Show the child +that when you are saying ‘a’ your tongue lies flat or nearly so, and +you do not raise the back of the tongue. Prefix ‘h’ to ‘a’ and +make the pupil say ‘ha’ first, then ‘a’ alone.</p> + +<p>“‘P.’ If the child does not imitate at the first the teacher should +take the back of the hand and let the child feel the puff of air as ‘p’ +is formed on the lips.</p> + +<p>“‘P’ is produced by the volume of air brought into the cavity of +the mouth being, checked by the perfect closure of the lips, which are +then opened, and the accumulated air is propelled. The outburst of +this propelled air creates the sound of ‘p.’ Take the pupil to see +porridge boiling. Pretend to smoke. ‘P’ is taken first because it +has no vibration and is the most simple. The consonants should +first be joined to each vowel separately, and to prevent the pupils +making an after-sound the letters should be said with a pause +between, viz. ‘A . . p,’ and as they become more familiar with them, +lessen the pause until it is pronounced properly:—‘ap.’”</p> +</div> + +<p>These directions, which are only brief examples of those given +for one particular subject in one particular class, will give an +idea of the mode of beginning to teach articulation and lip-reading.</p> + +<p>The combined system, as before mentioned, makes use of both +the manual and oral method, as well as the auricular, without +any hard and fast rule as regards the amount of instruction +<span class="sidenote">Combined method.</span> +to be given by means of each, but using more of +one and less of another, or <i>vice versa</i>, according to the +aptitude of the child. It thus follows the sensible, obvious plan +of fitting the method to the child and not the unnatural one of +forcing the child to try to fit the method.</p> + +<p>The following is the way the same principal would teach +language to beginners by the combined system:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“The letters p, q, b and d of the Roman text are to be taught first. +The pupils are to do them 9 in. long on the blackboard or tablet first; +then trace them on the frames; then on slips of paper with pen and +ink, or in rough exercise-book with pen and ink.</p> + +<p>“The whole of the Roman text is then to be taught in the same +manner, also the small and capital script.</p> + +<p>“When the English alphabet has been mastered in the above four +forms the pupil may proceed to the printing and writing of his own +name. Then his teacher’s and class-mates’ names. Then the names +of other persons and the places, things and actions with which he +has to do in his daily life. Every direction the teacher has to give in +school and out of school should be expressed in speech, writing or +finger-spelling, or by any two or all three means. Repetition of such +directions by the pupil enables him to learn words before he has +finished the alphabet.</p> + +<p>“All words to be spelled on one hand first; then two. When a few +words have been memorized, they should be written on slips of paper, +then in the exercise-books and dated. After this there should be +further repetition and exercising. The same course should be taken +with phrases and short sentences. Names of persons should be written +on cards and slips of paper and pinned to the chest. Names of things +to be affixed to them, or written on them. Names of apartments on +cards laid in the rooms. Where the object is not available use a +picture, or draw the outline and make pupil do the same. Never +nod, or point, or jerk the finger, or use any other gesture, without +previously giving the word, and when the latter is understood drop +the gesture altogether.</p> + +<p>“Never allow a single mistake to pass uncorrected, and make pupils +always learn the corrections.</p> + +<p>“Language should be a translation of life. It should proceed all day +long, out of school as well as in it. If spoken so much the better, but +finger-spelling is not a hindrance but a valuable help to its acquisition.</p> + +<p>“In most language lessons, especially those exemplifying a particular +form of sentence, the pupils should:</p> + +<p>“(1) Correct each other’s mistakes. Correct ‘mistakes’ designedly +made by the teacher.</p> + +<p>“(2) Teacher rubs out a word here and there on the blackboard or +tablet; pupils to supply them.</p> + +<p>“(3) Pupils to answer questions, giving the subject, predicate and +object of the sentence as required, <i>e.g.</i> ‘A farmer ploughs the ground.’ +‘Who ploughs the ground?’ ‘What does a farmer do?’ ‘What +does he plough?’ Also additional and illustrative questions; <i>e.g.</i> +‘Does the ground plough the farmer?’ ‘Does a farmer plough the +sea?’ ‘Does he eat the ground?’ &c.</p> + +<p>“The pupils should learn meanings or synonyms of unfamiliar +words before such words are signed.</p> + +<p>“(4) Teacher gives a word, and requires pupils to exemplify it in +a sentence, <i>e.g.</i> ‘sows,’ ‘He sows the seed.’</p> + +<p>“(5) Let them give as many sentences as they can think of in the +same form.</p> + +<p>“Occurrences, incidents, objects, pictures, reading-books, newspaper +cuttings and correspondence should all be used.”</p> +</div> + +<p>The “pure” oral method, as before noticed, came with a +bound into popularity in the early seventies. Since then it has +had everything in its favour, but the results have been +by no means entirely satisfactory, and there is a marked +<span class="sidenote">The best system.</span> +tendency among advocates of this method to withdraw +from the extreme position formerly held. Opinion has +gradually veered round till they have come to seek for some sort +of <i>via media</i> that shall embrace the good points of both methods. +Some now suggest the “dual method”—that those pupils who +show no aptitude for oral training shall be taught exclusively +by the manual method and the rest by the oral only. While this +is a concession which is positively amazing when compared with +the title of the booklet containing utterances of the Abbé Tarra, +president of the Milan conference in 1880—“The <i>Pure</i> Oral +Method the <i>Best</i> for <i>All</i> Deaf Children”!—yet we believe that in +no case should the instruction be given by the oral method alone, +and that the best system is the “combined.” That the combined +system is detrimental to lip-reading has not much more than a +fraction of truth in it, for if the command of language is better +the pupils can supply the lacunae in their lip-reading from their +better knowledge of English. It is found that they have constantly +to guess words and letters from the context. Teach all +by and through finger-spelling, reading, writing and signing +where necessary to explain the English, and teach those in whose +case it is worth it by articulation and lip-reading as well. Signs +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page893" id="page893"></a>893</span> +should be used less and less in class work, and English more and +more exclusively as the pupil progresses—English in any and +every form. A proportion of teachers should be themselves deaf, +as in America. They are in perfect understanding and sympathy +with their pupils, which is not always the case with hearing +teachers. Statistics which we collected in London showed the +following results of the education of 403 deaf pupils after they +had left school:—</p> + +<table class="ws f90" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl"> </td> <td class="tcc">Manual.</td> <td class="tcc">Combined.</td> <td class="tcc">Oral.</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Quite satisfactory result</td> <td class="tcc">65%</td> <td class="tcc">51%</td> <td class="tcc">20%</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Moderate success</td> <td class="tcc">29%</td> <td class="tcc">41%</td> <td class="tcc">35%</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Unsatisfactory result</td> <td class="tcc">5%</td> <td class="tcc">7%</td> <td class="tcc">44%</td></tr> +</table> + +<p>That the combined system should show to slightly less advantage +than the exclusively manual method is what we might +perhaps expect, for the time given to oral instruction means +time taken from teaching language speedily, the manual method +being, we believe, the best of all for this. But it may be worth +while to lose a little in command of language for the sake of +gaining another means of expressing that language. Hence we +advocate the combined system, regarding speech as merely a +means of expressing English, as writing and finger-spelling are, +and a good sentence written or finger-spelled as being preferable +to a poorer one which is spoken, no matter how distinct the +speech may be. It is no answer to point to a few isolated cases +where the oral method is considered to have succeeded, for one +success does not counterbalance a failure if by another method +you would have had two successes; and, moreover, these oral +successes would have been still greater successes—we are taking +language in any form as our criterion—had the teacher fully +known and judiciously used the manual method as well as the +oral.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The <i>exclusive</i> use of the oral method leads, generally speaking, to +comparative failure, for the following, among other, reasons:—(1) It +is a slow way of teaching English, the learning to speak the elements +of sound taking months at least, and seldom being fully mastered for +years. The “word method,” by the way, starts at once with words +without taking their component phonetic elements separately; but +it has yet to be proved that any quicker progress is made by this +means of teaching speech than by the other. (2) Lip-reading is, to the +deaf, sign-reading with the disadvantage of being both microscopic +and partially hidden. The deaf hear nothing, they only partly <i>see</i> +tiny movements of the vocal organs. Finger-spelling, writing, signing, +are incomparably more visible, while 130 words a minute can be +attained by finger-spelling, and read at that speed. (3) The signs—as +they are to the deaf—made by the vocal organs are entirely +arbitrary, and have not even a fraction of the redeeming feature of +naturalness which oralists demand in ordinary gestures. (4) Circumstances, +such as light, position of the speaker, &c., must be favourable +for the lip-reading to approach certainty. (5) Styles of speech +vary, and it is a constant experience that even pupils who comparatively +easily read their teacher’s lips, to whose style of utterance they +are accustomed, fail to read other people’s lips. (6) There is a great +similarity between certain sounds as seen on the lips, <i>e.g.</i> between <i>t</i> +and <i>d</i>, <i>f</i> and <i>v</i>, <i>p</i> and <i>b</i>, <i>s</i> and <i>z</i>, <i>k</i> and <i>g</i>. Which is meant has usually +to be guessed from the context, and this requires a certain amount of +knowledge of language, which is the very thing that is needed to be +imparted. (7) The deliberate avoidance by the teacher of the pupil’s +own language—signs—as an aid to teaching him English. If a hearing +boy does not understand the meaning of a French word he looks +it up in the dictionary and finds its English equivalent. If the deaf +boy does not understand a word in English, the simplest, quickest, +best way to explain it is, in most cases, to sign it. (8) The distaste +of the pupil for the method. This is common. (9) The mechanical +nature of the method. There is nothing to rouse his interest nor to +appeal to his imagination in it. (10) The temptation to the teacher +to use very simple phrases, owing to the difficulty the pupil has in +reading others from his lips. Consequently the pupil comparatively +seldom learns advanced language.</p> + +<p>Other means of educating the deaf in addition to the oral should +have a fair trial in modern conditions for the same length of time that +the oral method has been in operation. To consider pupils taught +manually in oral schools fair criteria of what can be done by the +manual method or combined system, when those pupils have confessedly +been relegated to the manual class because of “dulness” +(as in the case of the C divisions in Denmark and Dresden), is obviously +unfair. This division, moreover, assumes that the “pure” +oral method is the best for the brightest pupils. The comparing of +oral pupils privately taught by a tutor to themselves with manual +pupils from an institution crippled and hampered by need of funds, +where they had to take their chance in a class of twelve, and the comparison +of oral pupils of twelve years’ standing with combined system +pupils of four years’, are also obviously unfair. Reference may be +made on this subject to Heidsiek’s remarkable articles on the question +of education, which appeared in the <i>American Annals of the Deaf</i> +from April 1899 to January 1900.</p> + +<p>The opinions of the deaf themselves as to the relative merits of the +methods of teaching also demand particular attention. The ignoring +of their expressed sentiments by those in authority is remarkable. +In the case of school children it might fairly be argued that they are +too young to know what is good for them, but with the adult deaf +who have had to learn the value of their education by bitter experience +in the battle of life it is otherwise. In Germany, the home of +the “pure” oral method, 800 deaf petitioned the emperor against +that method. In 1903 no fewer than 2671 of the adult deaf of Great +Britain and Ireland who had passed through the schools signed +a petition in favour of the combined system. The figures are remarkable, +for children under sixteen were excluded, those who had +not been educated in schools for the deaf were excluded, and the +education of the deaf has only lately been made compulsory, while +many thousands who live scattered about the country in isolation +probably never even heard of the petition, and so could not sign it. +In America an overwhelming majority favour the combined system, +and it is in America that by far the best results of education are to be +seen. At the World’s Congress of the Deaf at St Louis in 1904 the +combined system was upheld, as it was at Liége. From France, +Germany, Norway and Sweden, Finland, Italy, Russia, everywhere +in fact where they are educated, the deaf crowd upon us with expressions +of their emphatic conviction, repeated again and again, +that the combined system is what meets their needs best and brings +most happiness into their lives. The majority of deaf in every known +country which is in favour of this means of education is so great that +we venture to say that in no other section of the community could +there be shown such an overwhelming preponderance of opinion on +one side of any question which affects its well-being. In the case of +the rare exceptions, the pupil has almost always been brought up in +the strictest ignorance of the manual method, which he has been +sedulously taught to regard as clumsy and objectionable.</p> +</div> + +<p class="pt2 center"><i>The Blind Deaf.</i></p> + +<p>In the summary tables (p. 283) of the 1901 British census +the following numbers are given of those suffering from other +afflictions besides deafness:—</p> + +<table class="ws f90" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">1. Blind and deaf and dumb</td> <td class="tcr cl">58</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">2. Blind and deaf</td> <td class="tcr">389</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">3. Blind, deaf and dumb and lunatic</td> <td class="tcr cl">5</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">4. Blind, deaf and lunatic</td> <td class="tcr">5</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">5. Deaf and dumb and lunatic</td> <td class="tcr cl">136</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">6. Deaf and lunatic</td> <td class="tcr">51</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">7. Blind, deaf and dumb and feeble-minded</td> <td class="tcr cl">5</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">8. Blind, deaf and feeble-minded</td> <td class="tcr">8</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">9. Deaf and dumb and feeble-minded</td> <td class="tcr cl">221</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">10. Deaf and feeble-minded</td> <td class="tcr">100</td></tr> +</table> + +<p>In addition to these, 2 are said to be blind, dumb and +lunatic; 20 dumb and lunatic; 3 blind, dumb and feeble-minded, +and 222 dumb and feeble-minded. These are certainly +outside our province, which is the deaf. The “dumbness” in +these four classes is aphasia, due to some brain defect.</p> + +<p>Of those in the list, classes 7, 8, 9 and 10 are (we are strongly +of opinion) incorrectly described, being, as we think, composed of +those who are simply feeble-minded as well as, in classes 7 and 8, +blind. Their so-called “deafness” is merely inability of the +brain to notice what the ear does actually hear and to govern the +vocal organs to produce articulate sound. Many of classes 9 and +10, however, may not be “feeble-minded” at all, but only rather +dull pupils whom their teachers have failed to educate.</p> + +<p>It is safe to say that in some instances in classes 3, 4, 5 and 6 +the persons were only assumed to be deaf. Again, cases of deaf +people who to all appearance could not fairly be called insane +but who may have had violent temper or some slight eccentricity +being relegated to an asylum have come to our notice. A good +teacher might accomplish much with some of these described +as lunatic in classes 5 and 6. Finally, classes 3 and 4 may have +become lunatic owing to the loneliness and brooding inseparable +to a great extent from such terrible afflictions as blindness and +deafness combined. Probably the isolation became intolerable, +and if only they had had some one who understood them to +educate them their reason might have been saved.</p> + +<p>We are most concerned with the first two classes, and in +considering them have to take individual cases separately, as +there is no regular institution for them in Great Britain.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page894" id="page894"></a>894</span></p> + +<p>Mr W. H. Illingworth, head master of the Blind School at Old +Trafford, Manchester, tells how David Maclean, a blind and deaf +boy, was taught, in the 1903 report of the conference of teachers +of the deaf. The boy lost both sight and hearing, but not +before six years of age, which was an advantage, and could still +speak or whisper to some extent when admitted to school. His +teacher began with kindergarten and attempts at proper voice-production. +He gave the sound of “ah” and made David feel +his larynx. Then he tickled the boy under his arms, and when +he laughed made him feel his own larynx, so that the boy should +notice the similarity of the vibration. Then, acting on the +theory that brain-waves are to some extent transmittable, Mr +Illingworth procured a hearing boy as companion, and, ordering +him to keep his mind fixed on the work and to place one hand +on David’s shoulder, made him repeat what was articulated. +The blind-deaf boy’s right hand was placed on Mr Illingworth’s +larynx and the left on the companion’s lips. Thus the pupil felt +the sound and the companion’s imitation of it, and soon reproduced +it himself. From this syllables and words were formed +by degrees. The pupil knew the forms of some letters of the +alphabet in the Roman type before he lost sight and hearing, and +the connexion between them and the Braille characters and +manual alphabet was the next step achieved. This, and all the +steps, were aided to a great extent by the hearing and seeing boy +companion’s sympathetic influence and concentration of mind, +in Mr Illingworth’s opinion. After this stage his progress was +comparatively quick and easy; he read from easy books in +Braille, and people spelled to him in the ordinary way by forming +the letters with their right hand on his left.</p> + +<p>From Mr B. H. Payne of Swansea comes the following account +of how four blind-deaf pupils were taught:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“We have received four pupils who were deaf-mute and blind, one +of them being also without the sense of smell. One was born deaf, the +others having lost hearing in childhood. There was no essential +difference between the methods employed in their education and +those of ‘sighted’ deaf children. Free-arm writing of ordinary +script was taught on the blackboard, the teacher guiding the pupil’s +hand, or another pupil guiding it over the teacher’s pencilling. The +script alphabet was cut on a slate, and the pupil’s pencil made to run +in the grooves. The one-hand alphabet, used with the left hand, was +employed to distinguish the letters so written. The script alphabet +was also formed in wire for him. The object was to enable the pupil +when he had gained language to write to friends and others who were +unacquainted with Braille, but the latter notation was taught to +enable the pupil to profit by the literature provided for the blind. +Both one- and two-hand alphabets were taught, the teacher forming +the letters with one of his own hands upon the pupil’s hand. The +name of the object presented to the pupil was spelled and written +repeatedly until he had memorized it. Qualities were taught by +comparison, and actions by performance. The words ‘Come with me’ +were spelled before he was guided to any place, and other sentences +were spelled as they would be spoken to a ‘hearing’ child in appropriate +associations. The blind pupil followed with his hands the +signs made by junior pupils who were unacquainted with language, +and in this way readily learned to sign himself, the art being of +advantage in stimulating and in forming the mind, and explaining +language to him. One of the pupils was confirmed, and in preparation +for the rite over 800 questions were put to him by finger-spelling. +His education was continued in Braille. The deaf-born boy developed +a fair voice, and could imitate sounds by placing his hand on a +speaker’s mouth. Two of them had a keen sense of humour, and +would slyly move the finger to the muscles of their companion’s face +to feel the smile with which a bit of pleasantry was responded to. +In connexion with the pupil who was confirmed, the vicar who examined +him declared that none of his questions had been answered +better even by candidates possessed of all their faculties than they +were by this blind-deaf boy.”</p> +</div> + +<p>Mr W. M. Stone, principal of the Royal Blind School at West +Craigmillar, Edinburgh, gives this very interesting information:</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“We have five blind-deaf children at this institution, and all are +wonderfully clever and intelligent. In all cases the children possessed +hearing for a time and had some knowledge—very slight in some +cases—of language. The method of teaching is, first to teach them +the names of common objects on their fingers. A well-known object +is put in the child’s hand and then the word is spelled on the hand,—the +child’s hand of course. The child learns to associate these signs—he +does not know they are letters—with the object, and so he learns +a name. Other names are then given and similar names are associated +together, and by noticing the difference in the names the child +gradually grasps the idea of an alphabet. For instance, if he learns +the words cat, bat and mat, he will quickly distinguish that the words +are alike except in their initial letters. When in this way language +has been acquired he is taught the Braille system of reading for the +blind and his progress is now very rapid. This method may appear +very complicated and difficult, but in reality it is not so. There are +no institutions in Great Britain specially for the blind-deaf, nor are +there any in America. I do not know of any on the continent. Our +own blind children here are receiving the same education as our +other children, and in some ways are more advanced than seeing +and hearing children of their own ages. They not only read, write +and do arithmetic, but they do typewriting and much manual work.”</p> +</div> + +<p>Mr Addison mentions two deaf and blind pupils who were +taught by the late Mr Paterson of Manchester, and a third in the +same school later on. Another was taught in the asylum for the +blind in Glasgow, though she only lost hearing and became deaf +at ten.</p> + +<p>Mr William Wade has written a monograph on the blind-deaf +of America, in the preface to which he points out, rightly, that +the education of the blind-deaf is not such a stupendous task as +people imagine it to be.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“It may not be amiss,” he says, “to state the methods of teaching +the first steps to a deaf-blind pupil, that the public may see how +exceedingly simple the fundamental principles are, and it should be +remembered that those principles are exactly the same in the cases +of the deaf and of the deaf-blind, the only difference being in the +application—the deaf <i>see</i>, the deaf-blind <i>feel</i>. Some familiar, +tangible object—a doll, a cup, or what not—is given to the pupil, +and at the same time the name of the object is spelled into its hand +by the manual alphabet.” (The one-hand alphabet is in vogue in +America.) “By patient persistence, the pupil comes to recognize +the manual spelling as a <i>name</i> for a familiar object, when the next +step is taken—associating familiar acts with the corresponding +manual spelling. A continuation of this simple process gradually +leads the pupils to the comprehension of language as a means for +communication of thoughts.” Mr Wade is right. Given a sympathetic, +resourceful teacher with strong individuality, common-sense, +patience, and the necessary amount of time, anything and everything +in the way of teaching them is not only possible but certain to +be achieved. Language,—give the deaf and the blind-deaf a working +command of that and everything else is easy.</p> +</div> + +<p>In the New York Institution for the Deaf ten blind-deaf pupils +were educated, up to the year 1901. Nearly all of these lost one or +both senses after they had been able to acquire some knowledge +with their aid. In the Perkins Institution for the Blind, Boston, +five were taught. It was here that Laura Bridgman was educated +by Dr Samuel G. Howe (<i>q.v.</i>); all honour is due to him +for being the pioneer in attempting to teach this class of the +community, for she was the first blind-deaf person to be taught. +Many other schools for the deaf or blind have admitted one or +two pupils suffering from both afflictions. In all, seventy cases +are mentioned by Mr Wade of those who are quite blind and +deaf, and others of people who are partially so. The most +interesting, of course, of all these is Helen Keller, if we +except Laura Bridgman, in whose case the initial attempt to +teach the blind-deaf was made. Helen Keller was taught +primarily by finger-spelling into her hand, and signing (which she, +of course, felt with her hands) where necessary. Her first teacher +was Miss Sullivan. The pupil “acquired language by practice +and habit rather than by study of rules and definitions.” Finger-spelling +and books were the two great means of educating her at +all times. After her grasp of language had been brought to a +high standard, Miss Fuller gave her her first lessons in speech, and +Miss Sullivan continued them, the method being that of making +the pupil feel the vocal organs of the teacher. She learnt to +speak well, and to tell (with some assistance from finger-spelling) +what some people say by feeling their mouth. Her literary style +became excellent; her studies included French, German, Latin, +Greek, arithmetic, algebra, geometry, history, ancient and +modern, and poetry and literature of every description. Of +course she had many tutors, but Miss Sullivan was “eyes and +ears” at all times, by acting as interpreter, and this patient +teacher had the satisfaction of seeing her pupil pass the +entrance examination of Harvard University. To all time the +success attained in educating Helen Keller will be a monument +of what can be accomplished in the most favourable +conditions.</p> +<div class="author">(A. H. P.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1d" id="ft1d" href="#fa1d"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The two words are common to Teutonic languages, cf. Ger. <i>taub</i> +and <i>dumm</i> (only in the sense of “stupid”), Dutch <i>doof</i> and <i>dom</i>; the +original meaning seems to have been dull of perception, stupid, +obtuse, and the words may be ultimately related. The Gr. <span class="grk" title="typhlos">τυφλός</span> +blind, and <span class="grk" title="typhos">τῦφος</span>, smoke, mist, probably show the same base.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2d" id="ft2d" href="#fa2d"><span class="fn">2</span></a> For our résumé of the history we are indebted solely to Arnold +(<i>Education of Deaf Mutes, Teachers’ Manual</i>) as far as the date of the +founding of the Old Kent Road Institution.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEÁK, FRANCIS<a name="ar57" id="ar57"></a></span> (<span class="sc">Ferencz</span>), (1803-1876), Hungarian statesman, +was born at Söjtör in the county of Zala, on the 17th of +October 1803. He came of an ancient and distinguished noble +family, and was educated for the law at Nagy-Kanizsá, Pápá, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page895" id="page895"></a>895</span> +Raab and Pest, and practised first as an advocate and ultimately +as a notary. His first case was the defence of a notorious robber +and murderer. His reputation in his own county was quickly +established, and when in 1833 his elder brother Antal, also a +man of extraordinary force of character, was obliged by ill-health +to relinquish his seat in the Hungarian parliament, the electors +chose Ferencz in his stead. He took an active part in the proceedings +of the diet at Pressburg and made the acquaintance +of Ödon Beöthy and the other Liberal leaders. No man +owed less to external advantages. He was to all appearance a +simple country squire. His true greatness was never exhibited +in debate. It was in friendly talk, generally with a pipe in his +mouth and an anecdote on the tip of his tongue, that he exercised +his extraordinary influence over his fellows. Convinced from the +first of his disinterestedness and sincerity, and impressed by his +penetrating shrewdness and his instinctive faculty of always +seizing the main point and sticking to it, his hearers soon felt +an absolute confidence in the deputy from Zala county. Perhaps +there is not another instance in history in which a man who was +neither a soldier, nor a diplomatist, nor a writer, who appealed to +no passion but patriotism, and who avoided power with almost +oriental indolence instead of seeking it, became, in the course of a +long life, the leader of a great party by sheer force of intellect and +moral superiority.</p> + +<p>During the diet of 1839-1840 Deák succeeded in bringing about +an understanding between a reactionary government, sadly in +want of money, and a Liberal opposition determined that the +nation should have its political privileges respected. “Let us +put all jealousy on one side and allow him the pre-eminence,” +wrote Széchenyi of Deák (April 30th, 1840). Deák would not +go to the diet of 1843-1844, though he had received a mandate, +because his election was the occasion of bloodshed in the struggle +between the Clericals who would have ousted him and the +Liberals who brought him in. In 1848, however, he accepted +the post of minister of justice offered to him by Louis Batthyány. +He never ceased to urge moderation in those stormy days, holding +rather with Eötvös and Batthyány than with Kossuth, +and he went more than once to Vienna to endeavour to effect a +compromise between the Radicals and the court. But when the +ill-will of the Vienna government became patent, and the sentiments +of the king doubtful, he resigned together with Batthyány, +but without ceasing to be a member of the diet. He it was who +drew up the resolution of the Lower House in reply to the rescript +of the Austrian ministry demanding the repeal of the Hungarian +constitution. It was he who urged the Hungarian cabinet not to +depart a hair’s-breadth from their legitimate position. He was +one of the parliamentary deputation which waited in vain upon +Prince Windischgrätz in his camp. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Hungary</a></span>: <i>History</i>.) +He then retired to his estate at Kehida. After the war of independence +he was tried by court-martial, but acquitted.</p> + +<p>During the years of repression he lived in complete retirement. +He rejected Schmerling’s proposal that he should take part in +the project of judicial reform, but on the other hand he held +completely aloof from the widespread, secret revolutionary movements. +After 1854 he spent the greater part of his time at Pest, +and his little room at the “Queen of England” inn became the +meeting-place for those patriots who in those dark days looked to +the wisdom of Deák for guidance. He used every opportunity of +stimulating the moral strength of the nation and keeping its +hopes alive. He invited the nation to contribute to the support +of the orphans of Vörösmarty when that great poet died. He +drew up the petition of the academy to the government, in which +he defended the maintenance of this asylum of the national +language against Austrian intervention. He trusted that, as had +so often happened in the course of Hungarian history, the weakness +and blindness of the court would help Hungary back to her +constitutional rights. Armed resistance he considered dangerous, +but he was an immutable defender of the continuity of the +Hungarian constitution on the basis of the reforms of 1848. +His principles alienated him from the Kossuth faction, which +looked for salvation to a second war with Austria, engineered +from abroad; but he was equally opposed to the attitude of +resignation taken up by the followers of Széchenyi, who, according +to Deák, always regarded the world from a purely provincial +point of view.</p> + +<p>The war of 1859 convinced the Austrian government, at +last, of the necessity of a reconciliation with Hungary; but +the ensuing negotiations were conducted not through Deák, but +through the Magyar Conservatives. In 1860 Deák rejected the +October diploma (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Hungary</a></span>: <i>History</i>), which was simply +a cast-back to the Maria Theresa system of 1747; but, at +the request of the government, he went to Vienna to set forth +the national demands. On this occasion he insisted on the +re-establishment of the constitution in its integrity as a <i>sine qua +non</i>. Meanwhile, it became more and more evident that the +Conservative party had no standing in the country. The +majority of the deputies returned to the diet of 1861 were in +favour of asserting their rights by a resolution of the House, +instead of petitioning for them by an address to the crown; +hence arose the two parties of the Addressers and the Resolutioners. +The <i>Patent</i> of the 20th of February 1861 increased the +uneasiness and suspicion of the nation; but Deák, now one of the +deputies for Pest, was in favour of an address rather than of a +resolution, and his great speech on the subject (May 13th, 1861) +converted the majority hostile to an address into a majority for it. +The object of the Addressers was to make the responsibility for a +rupture rest on the Austrian government. Nevertheless, the court +found the address so voted inadmissible; whereupon, on Deák’s +motion, the Hungarian diet drew up a second address vigorously +defending the rights of the nation, and solemnly protesting +against the usurpations of the Austrian government. The speech +which Deák made on this occasion was his finest effort. Henceforth +all Europe identified his name with the cause of Hungary. +The Magyar Conservatives hereupon entered into negotiations +with Deák, and the Austrian government, more than ever +convinced of the necessity of a reconciliation, was ready to take +the first step, if Hungary would take the second and third. +Deák now proposed that the sovereign himself should break away +from counsellors who had sought to oppress Hungary, and should +restore the constitution as a personal act. The worthy response +to this loyal invitation was the dismissal of the Schmerling +administration, the suspension of the February constitution +and the summoning of the coronation diet. Of that diet Deák +was the indispensable leader. Under his direction the Addressers +and the Resolutioners coalesced, and he was entrusted with the +difficult and delicate negotiations with the crown, which aimed +at effecting a compromise between the Pragmatic Sanction +of 1719, which established the indivisibility of the Habsburg +monarchy, and the March decrees of 1848. The committee of +which he was president had completed its work, when the war +of 1866 broke out and all again became uncertain.</p> + +<p>After Königgrätz the extreme parties in Hungary hoped to +extort still more favourable terms from the emperor; but Deák +remained true to himself and to the constitutional principle. +On the 18th of July he went to Vienna, to urge the necessity +of forming a responsible Magyar ministry without delay. He +offered the post of premier to Count Julius Andrássy, but would +not himself take any part in the administration. The diet was +resummoned on the 17th of November 1866 and, chiefly through +the efforts of Deák, the responsible ministry was formed (February +17th, 1867). There was still one fierce parliamentary struggle, in +which Deák defended the Composition (Ausgleich) of 1867, both +against the Kossuthites and against the Left-centre, which had +detached itself from his own party under the leadership of Kálmán +Tisza (<i>q.v.</i>). He, a simple citizen, from pure patriotism, thus +mediated between the crown and the people, as the Hungarian +palatines were wont to do in years gone by, and it was the wish +of the diet that Deák should exercise the functions of a palatine +at the solemn ceremony of the coronation. This honour he +refused, as he had refused every other reward and distinction. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page896" id="page896"></a>896</span> +“It was beyond the king’s power to give him anything but +a clasp of the hand.” His real recompense was the assurance of +the prosperity and the tranquillity of his country in the future, +and the reconciliation of the nation and its sovereign. The +consciousness of these great services even reconciled him to the +loss of much of his popularity; for there can be no doubt that a +large part of the Hungarian nation regarded the Composition of +1867 as a sort of surrender and blamed Deák as the author of it. +The Composition was the culminating point of Deák’s political +activity; but as a party-leader he still exercised considerable +influence. He died at midnight of the 28th-29th of July 1876, +after long and painful sufferings. His funeral was celebrated +with royal pomp on the 3rd of February, and representatives +from every part of Hungary followed the “Sage” to the grave. +A mausoleum was erected by national subscription, and in 1887 +a statue, overlooking the Danube, was erected to his memory.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>Speeches</i> (Hung.) ed. by Manó Kónyi (Budapest, 1882); +Z. Ferenczi, <i>Life of Deák</i> (Hung., Budapest, 1894); <i>Memorials +of Ferencz Deák</i> (Hung., Budapest, 1889-1890); Ferencz Pulszky, +<i>Charakterskizze</i> (Leipzig, 1876).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(R. N. B.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEAL,<a name="ar58" id="ar58"></a></span> a market town, seaport and municipal borough in +the St Augustine’s parliamentary division of Kent, England, 8 m. +N.E. by N. of Dover on the South-Eastern & Chatham railway. +Pop. (1901) 10,581. It consists of three divisions—Lower Deal, +on the coast; Middle Deal; and, about a mile inland, though +formerly on the coast, Upper Deal, which is the oldest part. +Though frequented as a seaside resort, the town derives its +importance mainly from its vicinity to the Downs, a fine +anchorage, between the shore and the Goodwin Sands, about +8 m. long and 6 m. wide, in which large fleets of windbound +vessels may lie in safety. The trade consequently consists largely +in the supply of provisions and naval stores, which are conveyed +to the ships in need of them by “hovellers,” as the boatmen +are called all along the Kentish coast; the name is probably +a corruption of <i>hobeler</i>, anciently applied to light-horsemen +from the hobby or small horse which they rode. The Deal +hovellers and pilots are famous for their skill. Boat-building and +a few other industries are carried on. Among buildings the most +remarkable are St Leonard’s church in Upper Deal, which dates +from the Norman period; the Baptist chapel in Lower Deal, +founded by Captain Taverner, governor of Deal Castle, in 1663; +the military and naval hospital; and the barracks, founded in +1795. The site of the old navy yard is occupied by villas; and +the esplanade, nearly four miles long, is provided with a +promenade pier. The golf-links is well known. At the south +end of the town is Deal Castle, erected by Henry VIII. in 1539, +together with the castles of Sandown, Walmer and Sandgate. +They were built alike, and consisted of a central keep surrounded +by four lunettes. Sandown Castle, which stood about a mile +to the east of Deal Castle, was of interest as the prison in which +Colonel Hutchinson, the Puritan soldier, was confined, and is +said to have died, September 1664. It was removed on becoming +endangered by encroachments of the sea. The “captain” of +Deal Castle is appointed by the lord warden of the Cinque Ports. +The town is governed by a mayor, 6 aldermen and 18 councillors. +Area, 1111 acres.</p> + +<p>Deal is one of the possible sites of the landing-place of Julius +Caesar in Britain. Later in the period of Roman occupation +the site was inhabited, but apparently was not a port. In the +Domesday Survey, Deal (<i>Dola</i>, <i>Dale</i>, <i>Dele</i>) is mentioned among +the possessions of the canons of St Martin, Dover, as part of the +hundreds of Bewsborough and Cornilo; it seems, however, from +early times to have been within the liberty of the Cinque Ports +as a member of Sandwich, but was not continuously reckoned +as a member until Henry VI., on the occasion of a dispute as +to its assessment, finally annexed it to their jurisdiction.</p> + +<p>In the time of Henry VIII. Deal was merely a fishing village +standing half-a-mile from the sea, but the growth of the English +navy and the increase of trade brought men-of-war and merchant +ships in increased numbers to the Downs. Deal began to grow +in importance, and Lower or New Deal was built along the shore. +The prosperity of the town has ever since depended almost +entirely on its shipping trade. In 1699 the inhabitants petitioned +for incorporation, since previously the town had been under the +jurisdiction of Sandwich and governed by a deputy appointed by +the mayor of that town; William III. by his charter incorporated +the town under the title of mayor, jurats and commonalty +of Deal, and he also granted a market to be held on Tuesday +and Saturday, and fairs on the 25th and 26th of March, and on the +30th of September and 1st of October, with a court of Pie Powder. +The Cinque Ports were first represented in the parliament of +1265; the two members returned by Sandwich represented +Sandwich, Deal and Walmer, until they were disenfranchized by +the act of 1885.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEAL.<a name="ar59" id="ar59"></a></span> (1) (A common Teutonic word for a part or portion, +cf. Ger. <i>Teil</i>, and the Eng. variant “dole”), a division or part, +obsolete except in such phrases as “a great deal” or “a good +deal,” where it equals quantity or lot. From the verb “to deal,” +meaning primarily to divide into parts, come such uses as for +the giving out of cards to the players in a game, or for a business +transaction. (2) (Also a Teutonic word, meaning a plank or +board, cf. Ger. <i>Diele</i>, Dutch <i>deel</i>), strictly a term in carpentry and +joinery for a sawn plank, usually of pine or fir, 9 in. wide and 2 to +4½ in. thick. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Joinery</a></span>.) The word is also used more loosely +of the timber from which such deals are cut, thus “white deal” +is used of the wood of the Norway spruce, and “red deal” of the +Scotch pine.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEAN<a name="ar60" id="ar60"></a></span> (Lat. <i>decanus</i>, derived from the Gr. <span class="grk" title="deka">δέκα</span>, ten), the style +of a certain functionary, primarily ecclesiastical. Whether the +term was first used among the secular clergy to signify the +priest who had a charge of inspection and superintendence over +two parishes, or among the regular clergy to signify the monk +who in a monastery had authority over ten other monks, appears +doubtful. “Decurius” may be found in early writers used to +signify the same thing as “decanus,” which shows that the word +and the idea signified by it were originally borrowed from the +old Roman military system.</p> + +<p>The earliest mention which occurs of an “archipresbyter” +seems to be in the fourth epistle of St Jerome to Rusticus, in +which he says that a cathedral church should possess one bishop, +one archipresbyter and one archdeacon. Liberatus also (<i>Breviar.</i> +c. xiv.) speaks of the office of archipresbyter in a manner which, +as J. Bingham says, enables one to understand what the nature +of his duties and position was. And he thinks that those are +right who hold that the archipresbyters were the same as the +deans of English cathedral churches. E. Stillingfleet (<i>Irenic.</i> +part ii. c. 7) says of the archipresbyters that “the memory +of them is preserved still in cathedral churches, in the chapters +there, where the dean was nothing else but the archipresbyter; +and both dean and prebendaries were to be assistant to the +bishop in the regulating the church affairs belonging to the city, +while the churches were contained therein.” Bingham, however, +following Liberatus, describes the office of the archipresbyter to +have been next to that of the bishop, the head of the presbyteral +college, and the functions to have consisted in administering all +matters pertaining to the church in the absence of the bishop. +But this does not describe accurately the office of dean in an +English cathedral church. The dean is indeed second to the +bishop in rank and dignity, and he is the head of the presbyteral +college or chapter; but his functions in no wise consist in +administering any affairs in the absence of the bishop. There +may be some matters connected with the ordering of the internal +arrangements of cathedral churches, respecting which it may be +considered a doubtful point whether the authority of the bishop +or that of the dean is supreme. But the consideration of any +such question leads at once to the due theoretical distinction +between the two. With regard to matters spiritual, properly and +strictly so called, the bishop is supreme in the cathedral as far as—and +no further than—he is supreme in his diocese generally. +With regard to matters material and temporal, as concerning +the fabric of the cathedral, the arrangement and conduct of the +services, and the management of the property of the chapter, &c., +the dean (not excluding the due authority of the other members +of the chapter, but speaking with reference to the bishop) is +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page897" id="page897"></a>897</span> +supreme. And the cases in which a doubt might arise are +those in which the material arrangements of the fabric or of the +services may be thought to involve doctrinal considerations.</p> + +<p>The Roman Catholic writers on the subject say that there are +two sorts of deans in the church—the deans of cathedral churches, +and the rural deans—as has continued to be the case in the +English Church. And the probability would seem to be that the +former were the successors and representatives of the monastic +decurions, the latter of the inspectors of “ten” parishes in the +primitive secular church. It is thought by some that the rural +dean is the lineal successor of the <i>chorepiscopus</i>, who in the early +church was the assistant of the bishop, discharging most, if not all, +episcopal functions in the rural districts of the diocese. But upon +the whole the probability is otherwise. W. Beveridge, W. Cave, +Bingham and Basnage all hold that the <i>chorepiscopi</i> were true +bishops, though Romanist theologians for the most part have +maintained that they were simple priests. But if the <i>chorepiscopus</i> +has any representative in the church of the present day, +it seems more likely that the archdeacon is such rather than the +dean.</p> + +<p>The ordinary use of the term dean, as regards secular bodies +of persons, would lead to the belief that the oldest member of a +chapter had, as a matter of right, or at least of usage, become +the dean thereof. But Bingham (lib. ii. chap. 18) very conclusively +shows that such was at no time the case; as is also +further indicated by the maxim to the effect that the dean must +be selected from the body of the chapter—“<i>Unus de gremio +tantum potest eligi et promoveri ad decanatus dignitatem</i>.” The +duties of the dean in a Roman Catholic cathedral are to preside +over the chapter, to declare the decisions to which the chapter +may have in its debates arrived by plurality of voices, to exercise +inspection over the choir, over the conduct of the capitular body, +and over the discipline and regulations of the church; and to +celebrate divine service on occasion of the greater festivals of +the church in the absence or inability of the bishop. With the +exception of the last clause the same statement may be made +as to the duties and functions of the deans of Church of England +cathedral churches.</p> + +<p>Deans had also a place in the judicial system of the Lombard +kings in the 8th, 9th and 10th centuries. But the office indicated +by that term, so used, seems to have been a very subordinate one; +and the name was in all probability adopted with immediate +reference to the etymological meaning of the word,—a person +having authority over ten (in this case apparently) families. +L. A. Muratori, in his <i>Italian Antiquities</i>, speaks of the resemblance +between the <i>saltarii</i> or <i>sylvani</i> and the <i>decani</i>, and shows +that the former had authority in the rural districts, and the +latter in towns, or at least in places where the population was +sufficiently close for them to have authority over ten families. +Nevertheless, a document cited by Muratori from the archives +of the canons of Modena, and dated in the year 813, recites the +names of several “deaneries” (<i>decania</i>), and thus shows that the +authority of the dean extended over a certain circumscription +of territory.</p> + +<p>In the case of the “dean of the sacred college,” the connexion +between the application of the term and the etymology of it is not +so evident as in the foregoing instances of its use; nor is it by any +means clear how and when the idea of seniority was first attached +to the word. This office is held by the oldest cardinal—<i>i.e.</i> +he who has been longest in the enjoyment of the purple, not he +who is oldest in years,—who is usually, but not necessarily or +always, the bishop of Ostia and Velletri. Perhaps the use of the +word “dean,” as signifying simply the eldest member of any +corporation or body of men, may have been first adopted +from its application to that high dignitary. The dean of the +sacred college is in the ecclesiastical hierarchy second to the pope +alone. His privileges and special functions are very many; a +compendious account of the principal of them may be found in +the work of G. Moroni, vol. xix. p. 168.</p> + +<p>There are four sorts of deans of whom the law of England takes +notice. (1) The dean and chapter are a council subordinate to the +bishop, assistant to him in matters spiritual relating to religion, +and in matters temporal relating to the temporalities of the +bishopric. The dean and chapter are a corporation, and the +dean himself is a corporation sole. Deans are said to be either of +the old or of the new foundation—the latter being those created +and regulated after the dissolution of the monasteries by Henry +VIII. The deans of the old foundation before the Ecclesiastical +Commissioners Act 1841 were elected by the chapter on the king’s +<i>congé d’élire</i>; and the deans of the new foundation (and, since the +act, of the old foundation also) are appointed by the king’s letters +patent. It was at one time held that a layman might be dean; +but since 1662 priest’s orders are a necessary qualification. +Deaneries are sinecures in the old sense, <i>i.e.</i> they are without +cure of souls. The chapter formerly consisted of canons and +prebendaries, the dean being the head and an integral part of the +corporation. By the Ecclesiastical Commissioners Act 1841, it is +enacted that “all the members of the chapter except the dean, +in every collegiate and cathedral church in England, and in the +cathedral churches of St David and Llandaff, shall be styled +canons.” By the same act the dean is required to be in residence +eight months, and the canons three months, in every year. The +bishop is visitor of the dean and chapter. (2) A dean of peculiars +is the chief of certain peculiar churches or chapels. He “hath +no chapter, yet is presentative, and hath cure of souls; he hath +a <i>peculiar</i>, and is not subject to the visitation of the bishop of +the diocese.” The only instances of such deaneries are Battle +(Sussex), Bocking (Essex) and Stamford (Rutland). The deans +of Jersey and Guernsey have similar status. (3) The third dean +“hath no cure of souls, but hath a court and a <i>peculiar</i>, in which +he holdeth plea and jurisdiction of all such ecclesiastical matters +as come within his peculiar. Such is the dean of the arches, who +is the judge of the court of the arches, the chief court and consistory +of the archbishop of Canterbury, so called of Bow Church, +where this court was ever wont to be held.” (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Arches, Court +of</a></span>.) The parish of Bow and twelve others were within the +peculiar jurisdiction of the archbishop in spiritual causes, and +exempted out of the bishop of London’s jurisdiction. They were +in 1845 made part of the diocese of London. (4) Rural deans +are clergymen whose duty is described as being “to execute the +bishop’s processes and to inspect the lives and manners of the +clergy and people within their jurisdiction.” (See Phillimore’s +<i>Ecclesiastical Law</i>.)</p> + +<p>In the colleges of the English universities one of the fellows +usually holds the office of “dean,” and is specially charged +with the discipline, as distinguished from the teaching functions +of the tutors. In some universities the head of a faculty is +called “dean,” and in each of these cases the word is used in a +non-ecclesiastical and purely titular sense.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEAN, FOREST OF,<a name="ar61" id="ar61"></a></span> a district in the west of Gloucestershire, +England, between the Severn and the Wye. It extends northward +in an oval form from the junction of these rivers, for a +distance of 20 m., with an extreme breadth of 10 m., and still +retains its true forest character. The surface is agreeably undulating, +its elevation ranging from 120 to nearly 1000 ft., and its +sandy peat soil renders it most suitable for the growth of timber, +which is the cause of its having been a royal forest from time +immemorial. It is recorded that the commanders of the Armada +had orders not to leave in it a tree standing. In the reign of +Charles I. the forest contained 105,537 trees, and, straitened for +money, the king granted it to Sir John Wyntour for £10,000, +and a fee farm rent of £2000. The grant was cancelled by +Cromwell; but at the Restoration only 30,000 trees were left, +and Wyntour, the Royalist commander, having got another grant, +destroyed all but 200 trees fit for navy timber. In 1680 an act +was passed to enclose 11,000 acres and plant with oak and beech +for supply of the dockyards; and the present forest, though not +containing very many gigantic oaks, has six “walks” covered +with timber in various stages of growth.</p> + +<p>The forest is locally governed by two crown-appointed deputy +gavellers to superintend the woods and mines, and four verderers +elected by the freeholders, whose office, since the extermination +of the deer in 1850, is almost purely honorary. From time +immemorial all persons born in the hundred of St Briavel’s, who +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page898" id="page898"></a>898</span> +have worked a year and a day in a coal mine, become “free +miners,” and may work coal in any part of the forest not previously +occupied. The forest laws were administered at the Speech-House, +a building of the 17th century in the heart of the forest, +where the verderers’ court is still held. The district contains +coal and iron mines, and quarries of building-stone, which fortunately +hardly minimize its natural beauty. Near Coleford and +Westbury pit workings of the Roman period have been discovered, +and the Romans drew large supplies of iron from this district. +The scenery is especially fine in the high ground bordering the +Wye (<i>q.v.</i>), opposite to Symond’s Yat above Monmouth, and +Tintern above Chepstow. St Briavel’s Castle, above Tintern, +was the headquarters of the forest officials from an early date and +was frequented by King John. It is a moated castle, of which +the north-west front remains, standing in a magnificent position +high above the Wye.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See H. G. Nicholls, <i>Forest of Dean</i> (London, 1858).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEANE, RICHARD<a name="ar62" id="ar62"></a></span> (1610-1653), British general-at-sea, major-general +and regicide, was a younger son of Edward Deane of +Temple Guiting or Guyting in Gloucestershire, where he was born, +his baptism taking place on the 8th of July 1610. His family +seems to have been strongly Puritan and was related to many +of those Buckinghamshire families who were prominent in the +parliamentary party. His uncle or great-uncle was Sir Richard +Deane, lord mayor of London, 1628-1629. Of Deane’s early life +nothing is accurately known, but he seems to have had some +sea training, possibly on a ship-of-war. At the outbreak of the +Civil War he joined the parliamentary army as a volunteer in the +artillery, a branch of the service with which he was constantly +and honourably associated. In 1644 he held a command in the +artillery under Essex in Cornwall and took part in the surrender +after Lostwithiel. Essex (<i>Letter to Sir Philip Stapleton</i>, Rushworth +Collection) calls him “an honest, judicious and stout +man,” an estimate of Deane borne out by Clarendon’s “bold and +excellent officer” (book xiv. cap. 27), and he was one of the few +officers concerned in the surrender who were retained at the +remodelling of the army. Appointed comptroller of the ordnance, +he commanded the artillery at Naseby and during Fairfax’s +campaign in the west of England in 1645. In 1647 he was +promoted colonel and given a regiment. In May of that year +Cromwell was made lord-general of the forces in Ireland by +the parliament, and Deane, as a supporter of Cromwell who had +to be reckoned with, was appointed his lieutenant of artillery. +Cromwell refused to be thus put out of the way, and Deane +followed his example. When the war broke out afresh in 1648 +Deane went with Cromwell to Wales. As brigadier-general his +leading of the right wing at Preston contributed greatly to the +victory. On the entry of the army into London in 1648, Deane +superintended the seizure of treasure at the Guildhall and +Weavers’ Hall the day after Pride “purged” the House of +Commons, and accompanied Cromwell to the consultations as to +the “settlement of the Kingdom” with Lenthall and Sir Thomas +Widdrington, the keeper of the great seal. He is rightly called by +Sir J. K. Laughton (in the <i>Dict. of Nat. Biog.</i>) Cromwell’s “trusted +partisan,” a character which he maintained in the active and +responsible part taken by him in the events which led up to the +trial and execution of the king. He was one of the commissioners +for the trial, and a member of the committee which examined +the witnesses. He signed the death warrant.</p> + +<p>Deane’s capacities and activities were now required for the +navy. In 1649 the office of lord high admiral was put into +commission. The first commissioners were Edward Popham, +Robert Blake and Deane, with the title of generals-at-sea. +His command at sea was interrupted in 1651, when as major-general +he was brought back to the army and took part in +the battle of Worcester. Later he was made president of the +commission for the settlement of Scotland, with supreme command +of the military and naval forces. At the end of 1652 +Deane returned to his command as general-at-sea, where Monck +had succeeded Popham, who had died in 1651. In 1653 Deane +was with Blake in command at the battle off Portland and +later took the most prominent and active part in the refitting +of the fleet on the reorganization of the naval service. At the +outset of the three days’ battle off the North Foreland, the 1st, +2nd and 3rd of June 1653, Deane was killed. His body lay in +state at Greenwich and after a public funeral was buried in +Henry VII.’s chapel at Westminster Abbey, to be disinterred at +the Restoration.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See J. Bathurst Deane, <i>The Life of Richard Deane</i> (1870).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEANE, SILAS<a name="ar63" id="ar63"></a></span> (1737-1789), American diplomat, was born in +Groton, Connecticut, on the 24th of December 1737. He graduated +at Yale in 1758 and in 1761 was admitted to the bar, but +instead of practising became a merchant at Wethersfield, Conn. +He took an active part in the movements in Connecticut +preceding the War of Independence, and from 1774 to 1776 was +a delegate from Connecticut to the Continental Congress. Early +in 1776 he was sent to France by Congress, in a semi-official +capacity, as a secret agent to induce the French government to +lend its financial aid to the colonies. Subsequently he became, +with Benjamin Franklin and Arthur Lee, one of the regularly +accredited commissioners to France from Congress. On arriving +in Paris, Deane at once opened negotiations with Vergennes and +Beaumarchais, securing through the latter the shipment of many +vessel loads of arms and munitions of war to America. He also +enlisted the services of a number of Continental soldiers of +fortune, among whom were Lafayette, Baron Johann De Kalb +and Thomas Conway. His carelessness in keeping account of his +receipts and expenditures, and the differences between himself +and Arthur Lee regarding the contracts with Beaumarchais, +eventually led, in November 1777, to his recall to face charges, +of which Lee’s complaints formed the basis. Before returning +to America, however, he signed on the 6th of February 1778 the +treaties of amity and commerce and of alliance which he and +the other commissioners had successfully negotiated. In America +he was defended by John Jay and John Adams, and after stating +his case to Congress was allowed to return to Paris (1781) to settle +his affairs. Differences with various French officials led to his +retirement to Holland, where he remained until after the treaty +of peace had been signed, when he settled in England. The +publication of some “intercepted” letters in Rivington’s <i>Royal +Gazette</i> in New York (1781), in which Deane declared his belief +that the struggle for independence was hopeless and counselled +a return to British allegiance, aroused such animosity against +him in America that for some years he remained in England. +He died on shipboard in Deal harbour, England, on the 23rd of +September 1789 after having embarked for America on a Boston +packet. No evidence of his dishonesty was ever discovered, and +Congress recognized the validity of his claims by voting $37,000 +to his heirs in 1842. He published his defence in <i>An Address to +the Free and Independent Citizens of the United States of North +America</i> (Hartford, Conn., and London, 1784).</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><i>The Correspondence of Silas Deane</i> was published in the Connecticut +Historical Society’s Collections, vol. ii.; and <i>The Deane Papers</i>, in +5 vols., in the New York Historical Society’s <i>Collections</i> (1887-1890). +See also Winsor’s <i>Narrative and Critical History</i>, vol. vii. +chap, i., and Wharton’s <i>Revolutionary Diplomatic Correspondence of +the United States</i> (6 vols., Washington, 1889).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEATH,<a name="ar64" id="ar64"></a></span> the permanent cessation of the vital functions in +the bodies of animals and plants, the end of life or act of dying. +The word is the English representative of the substantive common +to Teutonic languages, as “dead” is of the adjective, and “die” +of the verb; the ultimate origin is the pre-Teutonic verbal stem +<i>dau</i>-; cf. Ger <i>Tod</i>, Dutch <i>dood</i>, Swed. and Dan. <i>död</i>.</p> + +<p>For the scientific aspects of the processes involved in life and +its cessation see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Biology</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Physiology</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Pathology</a></span>, and allied +articles; and for the consideration of the prolongation of life +see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Longevity</a></span>. Here it is only necessary to deal with the more +primitive views of death and with certain legal aspects.</p> + +<p><i>Ethnology.</i>—To the savage, death from natural causes is +inexplicable. At all times and in all lands, if he reflects upon +death at all, he fails to understand it as a natural phenomenon; +nor in its presence is he awed or curious. Man in a primitive +state has for his dead an almost animal indifference. The +researches of archaeologists prove that Quaternary Man cared +little what became of his fellow-creature’s body. And this lack +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page899" id="page899"></a>899</span> +of interest is found to-day as a general characteristic of savages. +The Goajiros of Venezuela bury their dead, they confess, simply +to get rid of them. The Galibis of Guiana, when asked the +meaning of their curious funeral ceremony, which consists in +dancing on the grave, replied that they did it to stamp down +the earth. Fuegians, Bushmen, Veddahs, show the same lack of +concern and interest in the memory of the dead. Even the +Eskimos, conspicuous as they are for their intelligence and +sociability, save themselves the trouble of caring for their sick +and old by walling them up and leaving them to die in a lonely +hut; the Chukches stone or strangle them to death; some +Indian tribes give them over to tigers, and the Battas of Sumatra +eat them. This indifference is not dictated by any realization +that death means annihilation of the personality. The savage +conception of a future state is one that involves no real break in +the continuity of life as he leads it. If a man dies without being +wounded he is considered to be the victim of the sorcerers and +the evil spirits with which they consort. Throughout Africa +the death of anyone is ascribed to the magicians of some hostile +tribe or to the malicious act of a neighbour. A culprit is easily +discovered either by an appeal to a local diviner or in torturing +some one into confession. In Australia it is the same. Mr +Andrew Lang says that “whenever a native dies, no matter +how evident it may be that death has been the result of natural +causes, it is at once set down that the defunct was bewitched.” +The Bechuanas and all Kaffir tribes believe that death, even at an +advanced age, if not from hunger or violence, is due to witchcraft, +and blood is required to expiate or avenge it. Similar beliefs +are found among the Papuans, and among the Indians of both +Americas. The history of witchcraft in Europe and its attendant +horrors, so vividly painted in Lecky’s <i>Rise of Rationalism</i>, are but +echoes of this universal refusal of savage man to accept death as +the natural end of life. Even to-day the ignorant peasantry of +many European countries, Russia, Galicia and elsewhere, believe +that all disease is the work of demons, and that medicinal herbs +owe their curative properties to their being the materialized forms +of benevolent spirits.</p> + +<p>This animistic tendency is a marked characteristic of primitive +Man in every land. The savage explains the processes of inanimate +nature by assuming that living beings or spirits, possessed +of capacities similar to his own, are within the inanimate object. +The growth of a tree, the spark struck from a flint, the devastating +floods of a river, mean to him the natural actions of beings +within the tree, stone or water. And thus too he explains to +himself the phenomena of human life, believing that each man has +within him a mannikin or animal which dictates his actions in life. +This miniature man is the savage’s conception of the soul; sleep +and trance being regarded as the temporary, death as the +permanent, absence of the soul. Each individual is thus deemed +to have a dual existence. This “subliminal” self (in modern +terminology) has many forms. The Hurons thought that it +possessed head, body, arms and legs, in fact that it was an exact +miniature of a man. The Nootkas of British Columbia regard +it as a tiny man, living in the crown of the head. So long as it +stands erect, its possessor is well, but if it falls from its position +the misfortunes of ill-health and madness at once assail him. +The ancient Egyptian believed in the soul or “double.” The +inhabitants of Nias, an island to the west of Sumatra, have the +strange belief that to everyone before birth is given the choice of +a long and heavy or short and light soul (a parallel belief may be +found in early Greek philosophy), and his choice determines the +length of life. Sometimes the soul is conceived as a bird. The +Bororos of Brazil fancy that in that shape the soul of a sleeper +passes out of the body during night-time, returning to him at his +awakening. The Bella Coola Indians say the soul is a bird +enclosed in an egg and lives in the nape of the neck. If the shell +bursts and the soul flies away, the man must die. If however +the bird flies away, egg and all, then he faints or loses his reason. +A popular superstition in Bohemia assumes that the soul in the +shape of a white bird leaves the body by way of the mouth. +Among the Battas of Sumatra rice or grain is sprinkled on the +head of a man who returns from a dangerous enterprise, and in +the latter case the grains are called <i>padiruma tondi</i>, “means to +make the soul (<i>tondi</i>) stay at home.” In Java the new-born +babe is placed in a hen-coop, and the mother makes a clucking +noise, as if she were a hen, to attract the child’s soul. It is +regarded by many savage peoples as highly dangerous to arouse +a sleeper suddenly, as his soul may not have time to return. +Still more dangerous is it to move a sleeper, for the soul on its +return might not be able to find the body. Flies and butterflies +are forms which the souls are believed by some races to take, +and the Esthonians of the island of Oesel think that the gusts of +wind which whirl tornado-like through the roads are the souls of +old women seeking what they can find.</p> + +<p>But more widespread perhaps than any belief, from its simplicity +doubtless, is the idea that the body’s shadow or reflexion +is the soul. The Basutos think that crocodiles can devour the +shadow of a man cast on the surface of water. In many parts of +the world sorcerers are credited with supernatural powers over +a man by an attack on his shadow. The sick man is considered +to have lost his shadow or a part of it. Dante refers to the +shadowless spectre of Virgil, and the folklore of many European +countries affords examples of the prevalence of the superstition +that a man must be as careful of his shadow as of his body. In +the same way the reflexion-soul is thought to be subject to a +malice of enemies or attacks of beasts and has been the cause of +superstitions which in one form or another exist to-day. From +the Fijian and Andaman islander who exhibits abject terror at +seeing himself in a glass or in water, to the English or European +peasant who covers up the mirrors or turns them to the wall, +upon a death occurring, lest an inmate of the house should see his +own face and have his own speedy demise thus prognosticated, +the idea holds its ground. It was probably the origin of the +story of Narcissus, and there is scarcely a race which is free from +the haunting dread. Lastly the soul is pictured as being a man’s +breath (<i>anima</i>), and this again has come down to us in literature, +evidenced by the fact that the word “breath” has become a +synonym for life itself. The “last breath” has meant more than +a mere metaphor. It expresses the savage belief that there +departs from the dying in the final expiration a something +tangible, capable of separate existence—the soul. Among the +Romans custom imposed a sacred duty on the nearest relative, +usually the heir, to inhale the “last breath” of the dying. +Moreover the classics bear evidence to the sanctity with which +sentiment surrounded the last kiss; Cicero, in his speech against +Verres, saying “<i>Matres ab extremo complexu liberum exclusae: +quae nihil aliud orabant nisi ut filiorum extremum spiritum ore +excipere sibi liceret</i>.” Virgil, too, refers in the <i>Aeneid</i>, iv. 684, +to the custom, which survives to-day as a ceremonial practice +among many savage and semi-civilized people.</p> + +<p>From the inability of the savage in all ages and in all lands +to comprehend death as a natural phenomenon, there results a +tendency to personify death, and myths are invented to account +for its origin. Sometimes it is a “taboo” which has been +broken and gives Death power over man. In New Zealand +Maui, the divine hero of Polynesia, was not properly baptized. +In Australia a woman was told not to go near a tree where a bat +lived: she infringed the prohibition, the bat fluttered out, and +death resulted. The Ningphoos were dismissed from Paradise +and became mortal because one of them bathed in water which +had been “tabooed” (Dalton, p. 13). Other versions of the +Death-myth in Polynesia relate that Maui stole a march on Night +as she slept, and would have passed right through her to destroy +her, but a little bird which sings at sunset woke her, she destroyed +Maui, and men lost immortality. In India Yama, the god of +Death, is assumed, like Maui, to have been the first to “spy out +the path to the other world.” In the Solomon Islands (<i>Jour. +Anth. Inst.</i>, February 1881) “Koevari was the author of death, +by resuming her cast-off skin.” The same story is told in the +Banks Islands. The Greek myth (Hesiód, <i>Works and Days</i>, 90) +alleged that mortals lived “without ill diseases that give death +to men” till the cover was lifted from the box of Pandora. +This personification of Death has had as a consequence the +introduction into the folklore of many lands of stories, often +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page900" id="page900"></a>900</span> +humorous, of the tricks played on the Enemy of Mankind. +Thus Sisyphus fettered Death, keeping him prisoner till rescued +by Ares; in Venetian folklore Beppo ties him up in a bag for +eighteen months; while in Sicily an innkeeper corks him up in +a bottle, and a monk keeps him in his pouch for forty years. +The German parallel is Gambling Hansel, who kept Death up +a tree for seven years. Such examples might be multiplied +unendingly, but enough has been said to show that the attitude +of civilized man towards the sphinx-riddle of his end has been +in part dictated and is even still influenced by the savage belief +that to die is unnatural.</p> + +<p><i>Law—Registration.</i>—The registration of burials in England +goes back to the time of Thomas Cromwell, who in 1538 instituted +the keeping of parish registers. Statutory measures were taken +from time to time to ensure the preservation of registers of +burials, but it was not until 1836 (the Births and Deaths Registration +Act) that the registration of deaths became a national +concern. Other acts dealing with death registration were subsequently +passed, and the whole law for England consolidated by +the Births and Deaths Registration Act 1874. By that act, the +registration of every death and the cause of the death is compulsory. +When a person dies in a house information of the +death and the particulars required to be registered must be given +within five days of the death to the registrar to the best of the +person’s knowledge and belief by one of the following persons:—(1) +The nearest relative of the deceased present at the death, or +in attendance during the last illness of the deceased. If they fail, +then (2) some other relative of the deceased in the same sub-district +(registrar’s) as the deceased. In default of relatives, (3) +some person present at the death, or the occupier of the house in +which, to his knowledge, the death took place. If all the above +fail, (4) some inmate of the house, or the person causing the body +of the deceased to be buried. The person giving the information +must sign the register. Similarly, also, information must be +given concerning death where the deceased dies not in a house.</p> + +<p>Where written notice of the death, accompanied by a medical +certificate of the cause of death, is sent to the registrar, information +must nevertheless be given and the register signed within +fourteen days after the death by the person giving the notice +or some other person as required by the act. Failure to give +information of death, or to comply with the registrar’s requisitions, +entails a penalty not exceeding forty shillings, and making +false statements or certificates, or forging or falsifying them, is +punishable either summarily within six months, or on indictment +within three years of the offence. Before burial takes place +the clergyman or other person conducting the funeral or religious +service must have the registrar’s certificate that the death of the +deceased person has been duly registered, or else a coroner’s +order or warrant. Failing the certificate, the clergyman cannot +refuse to bury, but he must forthwith give notice in writing to the +registrar. Failure to do so within seven days involves a penalty +not exceeding ten pounds. Children must not be registered +as still-born without a medical certificate or a signed declaration +from some one who would have been required, if the child had +been born alive, to give information concerning the birth, that +the child was still-born and that no medical man was present at +the birth, or a coroner’s order. The registration of deaths at +sea is regulated by the act of 1874 together with the Merchant +Shipping Act 1894. See further <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Birth</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Burial and Burial +Acts</a></span>. Registers of death are, in law, evidence of the fact of +death, and the entry, or a certified copy of it, will be sufficient +evidence without a certificate of burial, although it is desirable +that it should also be produced.</p> + +<p><i>Presumption of Death.</i>—The fact of death may, in English law, +be proved not only by direct but by presumptive evidence. +When a person disappears, so that no direct proof of his whereabouts +or death is obtainable, death may be presumed at the +expiration of seven years from the period when the person was last +heard of. It is always, however, a matter of fact for the jury, and +the onus of proving the death lies on the party who asserts it. +In Scotland, by the Presumption of Life (Scotland) Act 1891, the +presumption is statutory. In those cases where people disappear +under circumstances which create a strong probability of death, +the court may, for the purpose of probate or administration, +presume the death before the lapse of seven years. The question +of survivorship, where two or more persons are shown to have +perished by the same catastrophe, as in cases of shipwreck, has +been much discussed. It was at one time thought that there +might be a presumption of survivorship in favour of the younger +as against the older, of the male as against the female, &c. +But it is now clear that there is no such presumption (<i>In re +Alston</i>, 1892, P. 142). This is also the rule in most states of the +American Union. The doctrine of survivorship originated in the +Roman Law, which had recourse to certain artificial presumptions, +where the particular circumstances connected with deaths +were unknown. Some of the systems founded on the civil law, +as the French code, have adopted certain rules of survivorship.</p> + +<p><i>Civil Death</i> is an expression used, in law, in contradistinction +to natural death. Formerly, a man was said to be dead in law +(1) when he entered a monastery and became professed in religion; +(2) when he abjured the realm; (3) when he was attainted of +treason or felony. Since the suppression of the monasteries +there has been no legal establishment for professed persons in +England, and the first distinction has therefore disappeared, +though for long after the original reason had ceased to make it +necessary grants of life estates were usually made for the terms +of a man’s <i>natural</i> life. The act abolishing sanctuaries (1623) +did away with civil death by abjuration; and the Forfeiture Act +1870, that on attainder for treason or felony.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>For the tax levied on the estate of deceased persons, and sometimes +called “death duty,” see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Succession Duty</a></span>.</p> + +<p>For the statistics of the death-rate of the United Kingdom as compared +with that of the various European countries see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">United +Kingdom</a></span>. See also the articles <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Annuity</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Capital Punishment</a></span>; +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Cremation</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Insurance</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Medical Jurisprudence</a></span>, &c.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEATH-WARNING,<a name="ar65" id="ar65"></a></span> a term used in psychical research for an +intimation of the death of another person received by other than +the ordinary sensory channels, <i>i.e.</i> by (1) a sensory hallucination +or (2) a massive sensation, both being of telepathic origin. (See +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Telepathy</a></span>.) Both among civilized and uncivilized peoples +there is a widespread belief that the apparition of a living person +is an omen of death; but until the Society of Psychical Research +undertook the statistical examination of the question, there were +no data for estimating the value of the belief. In 1885 a collection +of spontaneous cases and a discussion of the evidence was +published under the title <i>Phantasms of the Living</i>, and though +the standard of evidence was lower than at the present time, a +substantial body of testimony, including many striking cases, +was there put forward. In 1889 a further inquiry was undertaken, +known as the “Census of Hallucinations,” which provided +information as to the percentage of individuals in the general +population who, at some period of their lives, while they were in a +normal state of health, had had “a vivid impression of seeing +or being touched by a living being or inanimate object, or of +hearing a voice; which impression, so far as they could discover, +was not due to any external cause.” To the census question +about 17,000 answers were received, and after making all deductions +it appeared that death coincidences numbered about 30 in +1300 cases of recognized apparitions; or about 1 in 43, whereas +if chance alone operated the coincidences would have been +in the proportion of 1 to 19,000. As a result of the inquiry +the committee held it to be proved that “between deaths and +apparitions of the dying person a connexion exists which is +not due to chance alone.” From an evidential point of view +the apparition is the most valuable class of death-warning, +inasmuch as recognition is more difficult in the case of an +auditory hallucination, even where it takes the form of spoken +words; moreover, auditory hallucinations coinciding with deaths +may be mere knocks, ringing of bells, &c.; tactile hallucinations +are still more difficult of recognition; and the hallucinations +of smell which are sometimes found as death-warnings rarely +have anything to associate them specially with the dead person. +Occasionally the death-warning is in the form of an apparition +of some other person; it may also take the form of a temporary +feeling of intense depression or other massive sensation.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page901" id="page901"></a>901</span></p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography.</span>—Podmore, Gurney and Myers, <i>Phantasms of the +Living</i> (1885); for the Census Report see <i>Proceedings of the Society +for Psychical Research</i>, part xxvi.; see also F. Podmore, <i>Apparitions +and Thought Transference</i>. For a criticism of the results of the +Census see E. Parish, <i>Hallucinations and Illusions</i> and <i>Zur Kritik +des telepathischen Beweismaterials</i>, and Mrs Sidgwick’s refutation +in <i>Proc. S.P.R.</i> part xxxiii. 589-601. The <i>Journal of the S.P.R.</i> +contains the most striking spontaneous cases received from time to +time by the society.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(N. W. T.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEATH-WATCH,<a name="ar66" id="ar66"></a></span> a popular name applied to insects of two +distinct families, which burrow and live in old furniture and +produce the mysterious “ticking” vulgarly supposed to foretell +the death of some inmate of the house. The best known, because +the largest, is a small beetle, <i>Anobium striattum</i>, belonging to the +family <i>Ptinidae</i>. The “ticking,” in reality a sexual call, like the +chirp of a grasshopper, is produced by the beetle rapidly striking +its head against the hard and dry woodwork. In the case of +the smaller death-watches, some of the so-called book-lice of the +family <i>Psocidae</i>, the exact way in which the sound is caused has +not been satisfactorily explained. Indeed the ability of such +small and soft insects to give rise to audible sounds has been +seriously doubted; but it is impossible to ignore the positive +evidence on the point. The names <i>Atropos divinatoria</i> and +<i>Clothilla pulsatoria</i>, given to two of the commoner forms, bear +witness both to a belief in a causal connexion between these +insects and the ticking, and to the superstition regarding the +fateful significance of the sound.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE BARY, HEINRICH ANTON<a name="ar67" id="ar67"></a></span> (1831-1888), German botanist, +was of Belgian extraction, though his family had long been +settled in Germany, and was born on the 26th of January 1831, +at Frankfort-on-Main. From 1849 to 1853 he studied medicine +at Heidelberg, Marburg and Berlin. In 1853 he settled at Frankfort +as a surgeon. In 1854 he became privat-docent for botany +in Tübingen, and professor of botany at Freiburg in 1855. In +1867 he migrated to Halle, and in 1872 to Strassburg, where he +was the first rector of the newly constituted university, and +where he died on the 19th of January 1888.</p> + +<p>Although one of his largest and most important works was +on the <i>Comparative Anatomy of Ferns and Phanerogams</i> (1877), +and notwithstanding his admirable acquaintance with systematic +and field botany generally, de Bary will always be remembered +as the founder of modern mycology. This branch of botany +he completely revolutionized in 1866 by the publication of his +celebrated <i>Morphologie und Physiologie d. Pilze</i>, &c., a classic +which he rewrote in 1884, and which has had a world-wide +influence on biology. His clear appreciation of the real significance +of symbiosis and the dual nature of lichens is one of his +most striking achievements, and in many ways he showed powers +of generalizing in regard to the evolution of organisms, which +alone would have made him a distinguished man. It was as +an investigator of the then mysterious Fungi, however, that +de Bary stands out first and foremost among the biologists of +the 19th century. He not only laid bare the complex facts of the +life-history of many forms,—<i>e.g.</i> the Ustilagineae, Peronosporeae, +Uredineae and many Ascomycetes,—treating them from the +developmental point of view, in opposition to the then prevailing +anatomical method, but he insisted on the necessity of tracing +the evolution of each organism from spore to spore, and by his +methods of culture and accurate observation brought to light +numerous facts previously undreamt of. These his keen perception +and insight continually employed as the basis for hypotheses, +which in turn he tested with an experimental skill and critical +faculty rarely equalled and probably never surpassed. One of +his most fruitful discoveries was the true meaning of infection as +a morphological and physiological process. He traced this step +by step in <i>Phytophthora</i>, <i>Cystopus</i>, <i>Puccinia</i>, and other Fungi, +and so placed before the world in a clear light the significance +of parasitism. He then showed by numerous examples wherein +lay the essential differences between a parasite and a saprophyte; +these were by no means clear in 1860-1870, though he himself +had recognized them as early as 1853, as is shown by his work, +<i>Die Brandpilze</i>.</p> + +<p>These researches led to the explanation of epidemic diseases, +and de Bary’s contributions to this subject were fundamental, +as witness his classical work on the potato disease in 1861. They +also led to his striking discovery of <i>heteroecism</i> (or <i>metoecism</i>) +in the Uredineae, the truth of which he demonstrated in wheat +rust experimentally, and so clearly that his classical example +(1863) has always been confirmed by subsequent observers, +though much more has been discovered as to details. It is +difficult to estimate the relative importance of de Bary’s astoundingly +accurate work on the sexuality of the Fungi. He not +only described the phenomena of sexuality in Peronosporeae +and Ascomycetes—<i>Eurotium</i>, <i>Erysiphe</i>, <i>Peziza</i>, &c.—but also +established the existence of parthenogenesis and apogamy on so +firm a basis that it is doubtful if all the combined workers who +have succeeded him, and who have brought forward contending +hypotheses in opposition to his views, have succeeded in shaking +the doctrine he established before modern cytological methods +existed. In one case, at least (<i>Pyronema confluens</i>), the most +skilful investigations, with every modern appliance, have shown +that de Bary described the sexual organs and process accurately.</p> + +<p>It is impossible here to mention all the discoveries made by +de Bary. He did much work on the Chytridieae, Ustilagineae, +Exoasceae and Phalloideae, as well as on that remarkable group +the Myxomycetes, or, as he himself termed them, <i>Mycetozoa</i>, +almost every step of which was of permanent value, and started +lines of investigation which have proved fruitful in the hands of +his pupils. Nor must we overlook the important contributions to +algology contained in his earlier monograph on the Conjugatae +(1858), and investigations on Nostocaceae (1863), <i>Chara</i> (1871), +<i>Acetabularia</i> (1869), &c. De Bary seems to have held aloof from +the Bacteria for many years, but it was characteristic of the +man that, after working at them in order to include an account +of the group in the second edition of his book in 1884, he found +opportunity to bring the whole subject of bacteriology under the +influence of his genius, the outcome being his brilliant <i>Lectures +on Bacteria</i> in 1885. De Bary’s personal influence was immense. +Every one of his numerous pupils was enthusiastic in admiration +of his kind nature and genial criticism, his humorous sarcasm, +and his profound insight, knowledge and originality.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Memoirs of de Bary’s life will be found in <i>Bot. Centralbl.</i> (1888), +xxxiv. 93, by Wilhelm; <i>Ber. d. d. bot. Ges.</i> vol. vi. (1888) p. viii., +by Reess, each with a list of his works; <i>Bot. Zeitung</i> (1889), vol. xlvii. +No. 3, by Graf zu Soems-Laubach.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(H. M. W.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEBENTURES</span> and <span class="bold">DEBENTURE STOCK.<a name="ar68" id="ar68"></a></span> One of the +many advantages incident to incorporation under the English +Companies Acts is found in the facilities which such incorporation +affords a trading concern for borrowing on debentures or debenture +stock. More than five hundred millions of money are now invested +in these forms of security. Borrowing was not specifically +dealt with by the Companies Acts prior to the act of 1900, but +that it was contemplated by the legislature is evident from the +provision in § 43 of the act of 1862 for a company keeping a +register of mortgages and charges. The policy of the legislature +in this, as in other matters connected with trading companies, +was apparently to leave the company to determine whether +borrowing should or should not form one of its objects.</p> + +<p>The first principle to be borne in mind is that a company +cannot borrow unless it is expressly or impliedly authorized to do +so by its memorandum of association. In the case of a <i>trading</i> +company borrowing is impliedly authorized as a necessary +incident of carrying on the company’s business. Thus a company +established for the conveyance of passengers and luggage by +omnibuses, a company formed to buy and run vessels between +England and Australia, and a company whose objects included +discounting approved commercial bills, have all been held to +be trading companies with an incidental power of borrowing as +such to a reasonable amount. A building society, on the other +hand, has no inherent power of borrowing (though a limited +statutory power was conferred on such societies by the Building +Societies Act 1874); nor has a society formed not for gain but +to promote art, science, religion, charity or any other useful +object. Public companies formed to carry out some undertaking +of public utility, such as docks, water works, or gas works, and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page902" id="page902"></a>902</span> +governed by the Companies Clauses Acts, have only limited +powers of borrowing.</p> + +<p>An implied power of borrowing, even when it attaches, is too +inconvenient to be relied on in practice, and an express power is +always now inserted in a joint stock company’s memorandum +of association. This power is in the most general terms. It is +left to the articles to define the amount to be borrowed, the nature +of the security, and the conditions, if any,—such as the sanction +of a general meeting of shareholders,—on which the power is +to be exercised. Under the Companies Act 1908, § 87, a company +cannot exercise any borrowing power until it has fulfilled +the conditions prescribed by the act entitling it to commence +business: one of which is that the company must have obtained +its “minimum subscription.” A person who is proposing to lend +money to a company must be careful to acquaint himself with +any statutory regulations of this kind, and also to see (1) that +the memorandum and articles of association authorize borrowing, +and (2) that the borrowing limit is not being exceeded, for if +it should turn out that the borrowing was in excess of the +company’s powers and <i>ultra vires</i>, the company cannot be bound, +and the borrower’s only remedy is against the directors for breach +of warranty of authority, or to be surrogated to the rights of any +creditors who may have been paid out of the borrowed moneys.</p> + +<p>A company proposing to borrow usually issues a prospectus, +similar to the ordinary share prospectus, stating the amount of +the issue, the dates for payment, the particulars of the property +to be comprised in the security, the terms as to redemption, and +so on, and inviting the public to subscribe. Underwriting is also +resorted to, as in the case of shares, to ensure that the issue is +taken up. There is no objection to a company issuing debentures +or debenture stock at a discount, as there is to its issuing its +shares at a discount. It must borrow on the best terms its credit +will enable it to obtain. A prospectus inviting subscriptions for +debentures or debenture stock comes within the terms of the +Directors’ Liability Act 1890 (re-enacted in Companies Act +1908, § 84), and persons who are parties to it have the +onus cast upon them, should the prospectus contain any +misstatements, of showing that, at the time when they issued +the prospectus, they had reasonable grounds to believe, and +did in fact believe, that the statements in question were +true; otherwise they will be liable to pay compensation to any +person injured by the misstatements. A debenture prospectus +is also within the terms of the Companies Act 1908. It must +be filed with the registrar of joint stock companies (§ 80) and +must contain all the particulars specified in § 81 of the act. +(See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Company</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>The usual mode of borrowing by a company is either on +debentures or debenture stock. Etymologically, debenture is +merely the Latin word <i>debentur</i>,—The first word in a document +in common use by the crown in early times admitting indebtedness +to its servants or soldiers. This was the germ of a security +which has now, with the expansion of joint stock company +enterprise, grown into an instrument of considerable complexity.</p> + +<p>Debentures may be classified in various ways. From the +point of view of the security they are either (1) debentures +(simply); (2) mortgage debentures; (3) debenture bonds. In +the debenture the security is a floating charge. In the mortgage +debenture there is also a floating charge, but the property forming +the principal part of the security is conveyed by the company to +trustees under a trust deed for the benefit of the debenture-holders. +In the debenture bond there is no security proper: +only the covenant for payment by the company. For purposes +of title and transfer, debentures are either “registered” or “to +bearer.” For purposes of payment they are either “terminable” +or “perpetual” (see Companies Act 1908, § 103).</p> + +<p><i>The Floating Debenture.</i>—The form of debenture chiefly in use +at the present day is that secured by a floating charge. By it the +company covenants to pay to the holder thereof the sum secured +by the debenture on a specified day (usually ten or fifteen years +after the date of issue), or at such earlier date as the principal +moneys become due under the provisions of the security, and +in the meantime the company covenants to pay interest on the +principal moneys until payment, or until the security becomes +enforceable under the conditions; and the company further +charges its undertaking and all its property, including its uncalled +capital, with the payment of the amount secured by the debentures. +Uncalled capital if included must be expressly mentioned, +because the word “property” by itself will not cover uncalled +capital which is only property potentially, <i>i.e.</i> when called up. +This is the body of the instrument; on its back is endorsed a +series of conditions, constituting the terms on which the debenture +is issued. Thus the debenture-holders are to rank <i>pari passu</i> +with one another against the security; the debenture is to be +transferable free from equities between the company and the +original holder; the charge is to be a floating charge, and the +debenture-holders’ moneys are to become immediately repayable +and the charges enforceable in certain events: for instance, if the +interest is in arrear for (say) two or three months, or if a winding-up +order is made against the company, or a resolution for winding-up +is passed. Other events indicative of insolvency are sometimes +added in which payment is to be accelerated. The conditions +also provide for the mode and form of transfer of the +debentures, the death or bankruptcy of the holder, the place of +payment, &c. The most characteristic feature of the security—the +floating charge—grew naturally out of a charge on a company’s +undertaking as a going concern. Such a charge could only be +made practicable by leaving the company free to deal with and +dispose of its property in the ordinary course of its business—to +sell, mortgage, lease, and exchange it as if no charge existed: and +this is how the security works. The debenture-holders give the +directors an implied licence to deal with and dispose of the +property comprised in the security until the happening of any of +the events upon which the debenture-holders’ money becomes +under the debenture conditions immediately repayable. Pending +this the charge is dormant. The licence extends, however, +only to dealings in <i>the ordinary course of business</i>. Payment by +a company of its just debts is always in the ordinary course of +business, but satisfaction by execution levied <i>in invitum</i> is not. +This floating form of security is found very convenient both to +the borrowing company and to the lender. The company is not +embarrassed by the charge, while the lender has a security +covering the whole assets for the time being, and can intervene +at any moment by obtaining a receiver if his security is imperilled, +even though none of the events in which the principal moneys +are made payable have happened. If any of them has happened, +for instance default in payment of interest, or a resolution by the +company to wind up, the payment of the principal moneys is +accelerated, and a debenture-holder can at once commence an +action to obtain payment and to realize his security. At times +a proviso is inserted in the conditions endorsed on the debenture, +that the company is not to create any mortgage or charge ranking +in priority to or <i>pari passu</i> with that contained in the debentures. +Very nice questions of priority have arisen under such +a clause. A floating charge created by a company within three +months of its being wound up will now be invalid under § 12 of +the Companies Act 1908 unless the company is shown to have +been solvent at the time, but there is a saving clause for cash paid +under the security and interest at 5%.</p> + +<p><i>Trust Deeds.</i>—When the amount borrowed by a company is +large, the company commonly executes a trust deed by way of +further security. The object of such a trust deed is twofold: +(1) it conveys specific property to the trustees of the deed by +way of legal mortgage (the charge contained in the debentures is +only an equitable security), and it further charges all the remaining +assets in favour of the debenture-holders, with appropriate +provisions for enabling them, in certain events similar to those +expressed in the debenture conditions, to enforce the security, +and for that purpose to enter into possession and carry on the +business, or to sell it and distribute the proceeds; (2) it organizes +the debenture-holders and constitutes in the trustees of the +deed a body of experienced business men who can watch over +the interests of the debenture-holders and take steps for their +protection if necessary. In particular it provides machinery +for the calling of meetings of debenture-holders by the trustees, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page903" id="page903"></a>903</span> +and empowers a majority of (say) two-thirds or three-fourths +in number and value at such meeting to bind the rest to any +compromise or arrangement with the company which such +majorities may deem beneficial. This is found a very useful +power, and may save recourse to a scheme or arrangement first +sanctioned under the machinery of the Joint Stock Companies +Arrangement Act 1870 (Companies Act 1908, § 120).</p> + +<p><i>Registration of Mortgages and Charges.</i>—A company is bound, +under the Companies Act 1862, to keep a register of mortgages and +charges, but the register is only open for the inspection of persons +who have actually become creditors of the company, not of +persons who may be thinking of giving it credit, and the legislature +recognizing its inadequacy provided in the Companies Act +1900 (§ 4 of act of 1908) for a public register at Somerset House of +all mortgages and charges of certain specified classes by a company. +If not registered within twenty-one days from their creation +such mortgages and charges are made void—so far as they are +securities—against the liquidator and any creditor of the company, +but the debenture-holders retain the rights of unsecured +creditors. An extension of the time for registering may be +granted by the court, but it will only be without prejudice to +the rights of third persons acquired before actual registration. +These provisions for registration as amended are contained in +the Companies Act 1908 (§ 93).</p> + +<p><i>Debentures Registered and to Bearer.</i>—Debentures are, for +purposes of title and transfer, of two kinds—(1) registered debentures, +and (2) debentures to bearer. Registered debentures are +transferable only in the books of the company. Debentures to +bearer are negotiable instruments and pass by delivery. Coupons +for interest are attached. Sometimes debentures to bearer are +made exchangeable for registered debentures and vice versa.</p> + +<p><i>Redemption.</i>—A company generally reserves to itself a right of +redeeming the security before the date fixed by the debenture +for repayment; and accordingly a power for that purpose is +commonly inserted in the conditions. But as debenture-holders, +who have got a satisfactory security, do not wish to be paid off, +the right of redemption is often qualified so as not to arise till +(say) five years after issue, and a premium of 5% is made +payable by way of bonus to the redeemed debenture-holder. +Sometimes the number of debentures to be redeemed each year is +limited. The selection is made by drawings held in the presence +of the directors. A sinking fund is a convenient means frequently +resorted to for redemption of a debenture debt, and is especially +suitable where the security is of a wasting character, leaseholds, +mining property or a patent. Such a fund is formed by the +company setting apart a certain sum each year out of the profits +of the company after payment of interest on the debentures. +Redeemed debentures may in certain cases be reissued; see +Companies Act 1908 (§ 104).</p> + +<p><i>Debenture Stock.</i>—Debenture stock bears the same relation +to debentures that stock does to shares. “Debenture stock,” +as Lord Lindley states (<i>Companies</i>, 5th ed., 195), “is merely +borrowed capital consolidated into one mass for the sake of +convenience. Instead of each lender having a separate bond or +mortgage, he has a certificate entitling him to a certain sum, +being a portion of one large loan.” This sum is not uniform, as in +the case of debentures, but variable. One debenture-stockholder, +for instance, may hold £20 of the debenture stock, another +£20,000. Debenture stock is usually issued in multiples of £10 +or sometimes of £1, and is made transferable in sums of any +amount not involving a fraction of £1. It is this divisibility of +stock, whether debenture or ordinary stock, into quantities of any +amount, which constitutes in fact its chief characteristic, and its +convenience from a business point of view. It facilitates dealing +with the stock, and also enables investors with only a small +amount to invest to become stockholders. The property comprised +in this security is generally the same as in the case of +debentures. Debenture stock created by trading companies +differs in various particulars from debenture stock created by +public companies governed by the Companies Clauses Act. The +debenture stock of trading companies is created by a contract +made between the company and trustees for the debenture-stockholders. +This contract is known as a debenture-stockholders’ +trust deed, and is analogous in its provisions to the trust +deed above described as used to secure debentures. By such a +deed the company acknowledges its indebtedness to the trustees, +as representing the debenture-stockholders, to the amount of the +sum advanced, covenants to pay it, and conveys the property +by way of security to the trustees with all the requisite powers +and provisions for enabling them to enforce the security on +default in payment of interest by the company or on the happening +of certain specified events evidencing insolvency. The +company further, in pursuance of the contract, enters the names +of the subsisting stockholders in a register, and issues certificates +for the amount of their respective holdings. These certificates +have, like debentures, the conditions of the security indorsed on +their back. Debenture stock is also issued to bearer. A deed +securing debenture stock requires an <i>ad valorem</i> stamp.</p> + +<p><i>Debenture Scrip.</i>—Debentures and debenture stock are usually +made payable in instalments, for example 10% on application, +10% on allotment and the remainder at intervals of a few +months. Until these payments are complete the securities are +not issued, but to enable the subscriber to deal with his security +pending completion the company issues to him an interim scrip +certificate acknowledging his title and exchangeable on payment +of the remaining instalments for debentures or debenture stock +certificates. If a subscriber for debentures made default in +payment the company could not compel him specifically to +perform his contract, the theory of law being that the company +could get the loan elsewhere, but this inconvenience is now +removed (see § 105 of the Companies Act 1908).</p> + +<p><i>Remedies.</i>—When debenture-holders’ security becomes +enforceable there are a variety of remedies open to them. These +fall into two classes—(1) remedies available without the aid +of the court; (2) remedies available only with the aid of the +court.</p> + +<p>1. If there is a trust deed, the trustees may appoint a receiver +of the property comprised in the security, and they may also sell +under the powers contained in the deed, or under § 25 of the +Conveyancing Act 1881. Sometimes, where there is no trust +deed, similar powers—to appoint a receiver and to sell—are +inserted in the conditions indorsed on the debentures.</p> + +<p>2. The remedies with the aid of the court are—(<i>a</i>) an action by +one or more debenture-holders on behalf of all for a receiver and +to realize the security; (<i>b</i>) an originating summons for sale or +other relief, under Rules of Supreme Court, 1883, O. lv. r. 5A; +(<i>c</i>) an action for foreclosure where the security is deficient +(all the debenture-holders must be parties to this proceeding); +(<i>d</i>) a winding-up petition. Of these modes of proceeding, the +first is by far the most common and most convenient. Immediately +on the issue of the writ in the action the plaintiff applies for +the appointment of a receiver to protect the security, or if the +security comprises a going business, a receiver <i>and manager</i>. +In due course the action comes on for judgment, usually on +agreed minutes, when the court directs accounts and inquiries +as to who are the holders of the debentures, what is due to them, +what property is comprised in the security, and gives leave to any +of the parties to apply in chambers for a sale. If the company +has gone into liquidation, leave must be obtained to commence +or continue the action, but such leave in the case of debenture-holders +is <i>ex debito justitiae</i>. A debenture-holder action when +the company is in winding up is always now transferred to the +judge having the control of the winding-up proceedings. The +administration of a company’s assets in such actions by debenture-holders +(debenture-holders’ liquidations, as they are called) has +of late encroached very much on the ordinary administration of +winding up, and it cannot be denied that great hardship is often +inflicted by the floating security on the company’s unsecured +creditors, who find that everything belonging to the company, +uncalled capital included, has been pledged to the debenture-holders. +The conventional answer is that such creditors might +and ought to have inspected the company’s register of mortgages +and charges. The matter was fully considered by the departmental +board of trade committee which reported in July 1906, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page904" id="page904"></a>904</span> +but the committee, looking at the business convenience of the +floating charge, saw no reason for recommending an alteration +in the law.</p> + +<p><i>Reconstruction.</i>—When a company reconstructs, as it often +does in these days, the rights of debenture-holders have to be +provided for. Reconstructions are mainly of two kinds—(1) by +arrangement, under the Joint Stock Companies Arrangement Act +1870, amended in 1900 and 1907, incorporated in act of 1908 +(§ 120), and (2) by sale and transfer of assets, either under § 192 +of the act of 1908, or under a power in the company’s +memorandum of association. By the procedure provided under +(1) a petition for the sanction of the court to a scheme +is presented, and the court thereupon directs meetings of +creditors, including debenture-holders, to be held. A three-fourths +majority in value of debenture-holders present at the +meeting in person or by proxy binds the rest. Debenture-holders +claiming to vote must produce their debentures at or +before the meeting. Under the other mode of reconstruction—sale +and transfer of assets—there is usually a novation, and +the debenture-holders accept the security of the new company +in the shape of debentures of equivalent value or—occasionally—of +fully paid preference shares.</p> + +<p>A point in this connexion, which involves some hardship +to debenture-holders, may here be adverted to. It is a not +uncommon practice for a solvent company to pass a resolution +to wind up voluntarily for the purpose of reconstructing. The +effect of this is to accelerate payment of the security, and the +debenture-holders have to accept their principal and interest +only, parting with a good security and perhaps a premium which +would have accrued to them in a year or two. The company is +thus enabled by its own act to redeem the reluctant debenture-holder +on terms most advantageous to itself. To obviate this +hardship, it is now a usual thing in a debenture-holders’ trust +deed to provide—the committee of the London Stock Exchange +indeed require it—that a premium shall be paid to the debenture-holders +in the event of the security becoming enforceable by a +voluntary winding up with a view to reconstruction.</p> + +<p><i>Public Companies.</i>—Public companies, <i>i.e.</i> companies incorporated +by special act of parliament for carrying on undertakings +of public utility, form a class distinct from trading companies. +The borrowing powers of these companies, the form of their +debenture or debenture stock, and the rights of the debenture-holders +or debenture-stockholders, depend on the conjoint +operation of the companies’ own special act and the Companies +Clauses Acts 1845, 1863 and 1869. The provisions of these acts +as to borrowing, being express, exclude any implicit power of +borrowing. The first two of the above acts relate to mortgages +and bonds, the last to debenture stock. The policy of the legislature +in all these acts is the same, namely, to give the greatest +facilities for borrowing, and at the same time to take care that +undertakings of public utility which have received legislative +sanction shall not be broken up or destroyed, as they would be +if the mortgagees or debenture-holders were allowed the ordinary +rights of mortgagees for realizing their security by seizure and +sale. Hence the legislature has given them only “the fruit of +the tree,” as Lord Cairns expressed it. The debenture-holders +or the debenture-stockholders may take the earnings of the +company’s undertaking by obtaining the appointment of a +receiver, but that is all they can do. They cannot sell the undertaking +or disorganize it by levying execution, so long as the +company is a going concern; but this protecting principle of +public policy will not be a bar to a debenture-holder, in his +character of creditor, presenting a petition to wind up the +company, if it is no longer able to fulfil its statutory objects. +Railway companies have further special legislation, which will +be found in the Railway Companies Powers Act 1864, the +Railways Construction Facilities Act 1864 and the Railway +Securities Act 1866.</p> + +<p><i>Municipal Corporations and County Councils.</i>—These bodies +are authorized to borrow for their proper purposes on debentures +and debenture stock with the sanction of the Local Government +Board. See the Municipal Corporations Act 1882, the Local +Authorities’ Loans Act 1875, and the Local Government (England +and Wales) Act 1888.</p> + +<p><i>United States.</i>—In the United States there are two meanings +of debenture—(1) a bond not secured by mortgage; (2) a certificate +that the United States is indebted to a certain person or his +assigns in a certain sum on an audited account, or that it will +refund a certain sum paid for duties on imported goods, in case +they are subsequently exported.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—E. Manson, <i>Debentures and Debenture Stock</i> +(London, 2nd ed., 1908); Simonson, <i>Debentures and Debenture Stock</i> +(London, 2nd ed., 1902); Palmer, <i>Company Precedents</i> (<i>Debentures</i>) +(3rd ed., London, 1907).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(E. Ma.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEBORAH<a name="ar69" id="ar69"></a></span> (Heb. for “bee”), the Israelite heroine in the +Bible through whose encouragement the Hebrews defeated the +Canaanites under Sisera. The account is preserved in Judges +iv.-v., and the ode of victory (chap. v.), known as the “Song +of Deborah,” is held to be one of the oldest surviving specimens +of Hebrew literature. Although the text of this <i>Te Deum</i> has +suffered (especially in vv. 8-15) its value is without an equal +for its historical contents. It is not certain that the poem was +actually composed by Deborah (v. 1); ver. 7, which can be rendered +“until <i>thou</i> didst arise, O Deborah,” is indecisive. The poem +consists of a series of rapidly shifting scenes; the words are +often obscure, but the general drift of the whole can be easily +followed. After the exordium, the writer describes the approach +of Yahweh from his seats in Seir and Edom in the south to the +help of his people—the language is reminiscent of Ps. lxviii. 7 sqq., +Hab. iii. 3 seq. 12 seq. In the days of Shamgar the son of Anath +the land had been insecure, the people were disarmed, and neither +shield nor spear was to be seen among their forty thousand +(cf. 1 Sam. xiii. 19-22, and for the number Josh. iv. 13). Then +follows, apparently, a summons to magnify Yahweh. After an +apostrophe to Deborah and Barak, the son of Abinoam, the meeting +of the clans is vividly portrayed. Ephraim, with Benjamin +behind him (for the wording, cf. Hos. v. 8), Machir (here the +tribe of Manasseh) and Zebulun, Issachar and Naphtali, pour +down into the valley of the Kishon. Not all the tribes were +represented. Reuben was wavering, Gilead (<i>i.e.</i> Gad) remained +beyond the Jordan, and Dan’s interests were apparently with the +sea-going Phoenicians (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Dan</a></span>); their conduct is contrasted +with the reckless bravery of Zebulun and Naphtali. Judah is +nowhere mentioned; it lay outside the confederation. The +Canaanite kings unite at Taanach by Megiddo, an ancient battlefield +probably to be identified with Lejjūn. The heavens joined +the fight against Sisera (cf. the appeal in Josh. x. 12 seq.), a storm +rages, and the enemy are swept away in the flood. Meroz, +presumably on the line of flight, is bitterly cursed for its inaction: +“they came not to the help of Yahweh.” In vivid contrast to +this is the conduct of one of the Kenites: “blessed of all women +is Jael, of all the nomad women is she blessed.” The poem +recounts how the fleeing king craves water, she gives him +milk, and (as he drinks) she fells him (perhaps with a tent-peg); +“at her feet he sank down, he fell, he lay, where he sank he +lay overcome.” The last scene paints the mother of Sisera +impatiently awaiting the king. Her attendants confidently +picture him dividing the booty—a maiden or two for each man, +and richly embroidered cloth for himself. With inimitable +strength the poet suddenly drops the curtain—“so perish thine +enemies, all of them, Yahweh! But let them that love him be +as the sun when it rises in its might.”</p> + +<p>The historical background of this great event is unknown. +The Israelite confederation consists of central Palestine with the +(east-Jordanic) Machir, and the northern tribes with the exception +of Dan and Asher. This has suggested to some an invasion +from the coast, or from the north by way of the coast, since had +Dan and Asher fallen into the hands of the enemy, this would +probably have been referred to in some way. Sisera is scarcely a +Semitic name; a “Hittite” origin has been suggested.<a name="fa1e" id="fa1e" href="#ft1e"><span class="sp">1</span></a> Shamgar +son of Anath seems equally foreign; the latter is the name of a +Syrian goddess and the former recalls Sangara, a Hittite chief +of Carchemish in the 9th century. The context suggests that +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page905" id="page905"></a>905</span> +Shamgar is a foreign oppressor (ver. 6), but he appears to have +been converted subsequently into one of the “judges” of Israel +(iii. 31), perhaps with the idea of bringing their total up to twelve.</p> + +<p>The prose version (iv.) contains new and conflicting details. +Deborah, whose home is placed under “Deborah’s palm” +between Ramah and Bethel, summons Barak from Kadesh-Naphtali +to collect Naphtali and Zebulun, 10,000 strong, and to +meet Sisera (who is here the general of a certain Jabin, king +of Hazor) at Mt. Tabor. But Sisera marches south to Kishon, +and after his defeat flees north through Israelite territory, past +Hazor to the neighbourhood of Kadesh. His death, moreover, +is differently described (iv. 21, v. 25-27), and Jael “who with +inhospitable guile smote Sisera sleeping” (Milton) is guilty of an +act which has possibly originated from a misunderstanding of +the poem. In the prose narrative Jabin has nothing to do with +the fight, whereas in Josh. xi. he is at the head of an alliance of +north Canaanite kings who were defeated by Joshua at the +waters of Merom. It would seem that certain elements which +are inconsistent with the representation in Judg. v. belonged +originally to the other battle. Kadesh, for example, might be a +natural meeting-place for an attack upon Hazor, and the designation +“Jabin’s general,” applied to Sisera, is probably due to the +attempt to harmonize the two distinct stories. Moreover, +Deborah, who is associated with the tribe of Issachar (v. 15), +appears to have been confused with Rebekah’s nurse, whose +tomb lay near Bethel (Gen. xxxv. 5). Some more northerly +place seems to be required, and it has been pointed out that +the name corresponds with Daberath (modern Dabūrīyeh) at +the foot of Tabor, on the border of Zebulun and Issachar. At all +events, to represent her as a prophetess, judging the people of +Israel (iv. 4 seq.), ill accords with both the older account (v.) +and the general situation reflected in the earlier narratives in +the book of Judges.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>For fuller details see G. A. Cooke, <i>History and Song of Deborah</i> +(1892), the commentaries on Judges and the histories of Israel. +Cheyne, <i>Critica Biblica</i>, pp. 446-464, offers many new textual emendations. +Paton (<i>Syria and Palestine</i>, p. 158 sqq.) suggests that the battle +was against the Hittites (Sisera, a successor of Shamgar). See also +L. W. Batten, J<i>ourn. Bibl. Lit.</i> (1905) pp. 31-40 (who regards +Judg. v. and Josh. xi. as duplicates); Winckler, <i>Gesch. Israels</i>, ii. +125-155; <i>Keilinschr. u. d. Alte Test.</i>(<span class="sp">3</span>) p. 218; and Ed. Meyer, +<i>Israeliten</i>, pp. 272 sqq., 487 sqq.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(S. A. C.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1e" id="ft1e" href="#fa1e"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The term “Hittite” is here used as a loose but convenient +designation for closely related groups of N. Syria; see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Hittites</a></span>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEBRECZEN,<a name="ar70" id="ar70"></a></span> a town of Hungary, capital of the county of +Hajdu, 138 m. E. of Budapest by rail. Pop. (1900) 72,351. It +is the principal Protestant centre in Hungary, and bears the +name of “Calvinistic Rome.” Debreczen is one of the largest +towns of Hungary, and is situated in the midst of a sandy but +fertile plain. It consists of the inner old town, and several +suburbs, which stretch out irregularly into the plain. The walls +of the old town have given place to a broad boulevard and several +open commons, beautifully laid out. The most prominent of its +public buildings is the principal Protestant church, built at +the beginning of the 19th century, which ranks as the largest +in the country, but has no great architectural pretensions. In +its immediate neighbourhood is the Protestant Collegium, for +theology and law, which is one of the most frequented institutions +of its kind in Hungary, being attended by over two +thousand students. This college was founded in 1531, and +possesses a rich library and other scientific collections. The town +hall, the Franciscan church, the Piarist monastery and college, +and the theatre are also worthy of mention. Amongst its +educational establishments it includes an agricultural academy. +The industries of the town are various, but none is of importance +enough to give it the character of a manufacturing centre. Its +tobacco-pipes, sausages and soap are widely known. It carries +on an active trade in cattle, horses, corn and honey, while four +well-attended fairs are held annually. The municipality of +Debreczen owns between three hundred and four hundred +square miles of the adjoining country, which possesses all the +characteristics of the Hungarian <i>puszta</i>, and on which roam +large herds of cattle.</p> + +<p>The town is of considerable antiquity, but owes its development +to the refugees who flocked from the villages plundered +by the Turks in the 15th century. In 1552 it adopted the +Protestant faith, and it had to suffer in consequence, especially +when it was captured in 1686 by the imperial forces. In 1693 it +was made a royal free city. In 1848-1849 it formed a refuge for +the national government and legislature when Budapest fell into +the hands of the Austrians; and it was in the great Calvinist +church that, on Kossuth’s motion (April 14th, 1849) the resolution +was passed declaring the house of Habsburg to have forfeited +the crown of St Stephen. On the 3rd of July the town was +captured by the Russians.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEBT<a name="ar71" id="ar71"></a></span> (Lat. <i>debitum</i>, a thing owed), a definite sum due by one +person to another. It may be created by contract, by statute +or by judgment. Putting aside those created by statute, recoverable +by civil process, debts may be divided into three +classes, (1) judgment debts, (2) specialty debts, and (3) simple +contract debts. As to judgment debts, it is sufficient to say that, +when by the judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction an +order is made that a sum of money be paid by one of two parties +to another, such a debt is not only enforceable by process of +court, but it can be sued upon as if it were an ordinary debt. +A specialty debt is created by deed or instrument under seal. +Until 1869 specialty debts had preference under English law +over simple contract debts in the event of the bankruptcy or +death of the debtor, but this was abolished by the Administration +of Estates Act of that year. The main difference now is +that a specialty debt may, in general, be created without consideration, +as for example by a bond (a gratuitous promise under +seal), and that a right of action arising out of a specialty debt is +not barred if exercised any time within twenty years, whereas +a right of action arising out of a simple contract debt is barred +unless exercised within six years. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Limitation, Statutes of</a></span>.) +Any other debt than a judgment or specialty debt, whether +evidenced by writing or not, is a simple contract debt. There +are also certain liabilities or debts which, for the convenience of +the remedy, have been made to appear as though they sprang +from contract, and are sometimes termed quasi-contracts. Such +would be an admission by one who is in account with another +that there is a balance due from him. Such an admission +implies a promise to pay when requested and creates an actionable +liability <i>ex contractu</i>. Or, when one person is compelled by +law to discharge the legal liabilities of another, he becomes the +creditor of the person for the money so paid. Again, where a +person has received money under circumstances which disentitle +him to retain it, such as receiving payment of an account twice +over, it can generally be recovered as a debt.</p> + +<p>At English common law debts and other choses in action were +not assignable (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Chose</a></span>), but by the Judicature Act 1873 any +absolute assignment of any debt or other legal chose in action, +of which express notice in writing is given to the debtor, trustee +or other person from whom the assignor would have been entitled +to receive or claim such debt, is effectual in law. Debts do not, +as a general rule, carry interest, but such an obligation may arise +either by agreement or by mercantile usage or by statute. The +discharge of a debt may take place either by payment of the +amount due, by accord and satisfaction, <i>i.e.</i> acceptance of +something else in discharge of the liability, by set-off (<i>q.v.</i>), by +release or under the law of bankruptcy (<i>q.v.</i>). It is the duty of +a debtor to pay a debt without waiting for any demand, and, +unless there is a place fixed on either by custom or agreement, +he must seek out his creditor for the purpose of paying him +unless he is “beyond the seas.” Payment by a third person to +the creditor is no discharge of a debt, as a general rule, unless +the debtor subsequently ratifies the payment. When a debtor +tenders the amount due to his creditor and the creditor refuses +to accept, the debt is not discharged, but if the debtor is subsequently +sued for the debt and continues willing and ready to pay, +and pays the amount tendered into court, he can recover his costs +in the action. A creditor is not bound to give change to the +debtor, whose duty it is to make tender in lawful money the whole +amount due, or more, without asking for change. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Payment</a></span>.) +A debtor takes the risk if he makes payment through the post, +unless the creditor has requested or authorized that mode of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page906" id="page906"></a>906</span> +payment. The payment of a debt is sometimes secured by one +person, called a surety, who makes himself collaterally liable +for the debt of the principal. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Guarantee</a></span>.) The ordinary +method of enforcing a debt is by action. Where the debt does +not exceed £100 the simplest procedure for its recovery is that of +the county court, but if the debt exceeds £100 the creditor must +proceed in the high court, unless the cause of action has arisen +within the jurisdiction of certain inferior courts, such as the +mayor’s court of London, the Liverpool court of passage, &c. +When judgment has been obtained it may be enforced either +by process (under certain conditions) against the person of the +debtor, by an execution against the debtor’s property, or, with +the assistance of the court, by attaching any debt owed to the +debtor by a third person. Where a debtor has committed any +act of bankruptcy a creditor or creditors whose aggregate claims +are not less than £50 may proceed against him in bankruptcy +(<i>q.v.</i>). Where the debtor is a company or corporation registered +under the companies acts, the creditor may petition to have it +wound up. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Company</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>Imprisonment for debt, the evils of which have been so +graphically described by Dickens, was abolished in England by +the Debtors Act 1869, except in cases of default of payment +of penalties, default by trustees or solicitors and certain other +cases. But in cases where a debt or instalment is in arrear and +it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that the person making +default either has or has had since the date of the order or judgment +the means to pay the sum in respect of which he has made +default and has refused or neglected to pay, he may be committed +to prison at the discretion of the judge for a period of not +more than forty-two days. In practice, a period of twenty-one +days is usually the maximum period ordered. Such an imprisonment +does not operate as a satisfaction or extinguishment of the +debt, and no second order of commitment can be made against +him for the same debt, although where the court has made an +order or judgment for the payment of the debt by instalments +a power of committal arises on default of payment of each instalment. +In Ireland imprisonment for debt was abolished by the +Debtors Act (Ireland) 1872, and in Scotland by the Debtors +(Scotland) Act 1880. In France it was abolished in 1867, in +Belgium in 1871, in Switzerland and Norway in 1874, and in +Italy in 1877. In the United States imprisonment for debt was +universal under the common law, but it has been abolished in +every state, except in certain cases, as where there is any suspicion +of fraud or where the debtor has an intention of removing out of +the state to avoid his debts. (See also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Contract</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Bankruptcy</a></span>.)</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEBUSSY, CLAUDE ACHILLE<a name="ar72" id="ar72"></a></span> (1862-  ), French composer, +was born at St Germain-en-Laye on the 22nd of August 1862, and +educated at the Paris Conservatoire under Marmontel, Lavignac, +Massenet and Guiraud. There between 1874 and 1884 he gained +many prizes for solfège, pianoforte playing, accompanying, +counterpoint and fugue, and, in the last-named year, the coveted +Grand Prix de Rome by means of his cantata <i>L’Enfant prodigue</i>. +In this composition already were thought to be noticeable the +germs of unusual and “new” talent, though in the light of +later developments it is not very easy to discern them, for +then Debussy had not come under the influence which ultimately +turned his mind to the system he afterwards used, not only with +peculiar distinction but also with particular individual and +complete success. Nevertheless, the mind had clearly been +prepared by nature for the reception of this influence when it +should arise; for, in order to fulfil that condition of the Prix de +Rome which entails the submitting periodically of compositions +to the judges, Debussy sent to them his symphonic suite +<i>Printemps</i>, to which the judges took exception on the ground +of its formlessness. Following in the wake of <i>Printemps</i> came +<i>La damoiselle élue</i> for solo, female voice and orchestra—a setting +of a French version of Rossetti’s “The Blessed Damosel”—which +in the eyes of the judges was even more unorthodox than its +predecessor, though, be it said, fault was found as much with the +libretto as with the music. Both works were denied the customary +public performance.</p> + +<p>The Rome period over, Debussy returned to Paris, whence +shortly he went to Russia, where he came directly under the +influence referred to above. In Russia he absorbed the native +music, especially that of Moussorgsky, who, recently dead, had +left behind him the reputation of a “musical nihilist,” and on +his return to Paris Debussy devoted himself to composition, the +stream of his muse being even in 1908 as fluent as twenty +years before. To him public recognition was slow in coming, +but in 1893 the Société Nationale de Musique performed his +<i>Damoiselle élue</i>, in 1894 the Ysaye Quartet introduced the +string quartet, while in the same year the <i>Prélude à l’après-midi +d’un Faune</i> was heard, and brought Debussy’s name +into some prominence. As time passed the prominence grew, +until the climax of Debussy’s creative career was reached by +the production at the Opéra Comique on the 30th of April 1902 +of his masterpiece <i>Pelléas et Mélisande</i>. Herein lay the whole +strength of Debussy’s system, the perfection of his appeal to +the mind and imagination as well as to the emotions and +senses. Since its production the world has been enriched by +<i>La Mer</i>, and by the <i>Ariettes oubliées</i>, but the lyric drama remains +on its own lofty pedestal, a monument of elusive and subtle +beauty, of emphatic originality and of charm. In an Apologia +Debussy has declared that in composing <i>Pelléas</i> he “wanted to +dispense with parasitic musical phrases. Melody is, if I may +say so, almost anti-lyric, and powerless to express the constant +change of emotion or life. Melody is suitable only for the +chanson, which confirms a fixed sentiment. I have never +been willing that my music should hinder, through technical +exigencies, the change of sentiment and passion felt by my +characters. It is effaced as soon as it is necessary that these +should have perfect liberty in their gestures or in their cries, +in their joy, or in their sorrow.”</p> + +<p>The list of Debussy’s works is a lengthy one. Several of +them have been referred to already. Among the others, of which +the complete list is too long to print here, are the dances for +chromatic harp or pianoforte; <i>Images</i>; incidental music to +<i>King Lear</i>; the <i>Petite Suite</i>; <i>Trois Nocturnes</i>; innumerable +songs, as <i>Proses Lyriques</i> (text by Debussy); two series of +Verlaine’s <i>Fêtes galantes</i>; <i>Cinq Poèmes de Baudelaire</i>; many +pianoforte pieces.</p> + +<p>In 1891 Debussy was appointed critic of the <i>Revue Blanche</i>. +In his first notice he expressed his faith thus: “I shall endeavour +to trace in a musical work the many different emotions which +have helped to give it birth, also to demonstrate its inner life. +This, surely, will be accounted of greater interest than the game +which consists in dissecting it as if it were a curious timepiece.”</p> + +<p>As to the theories, so much debated, of this remarkable +musician—probably in the whole range of musical history there +has not appeared a more difficult theorist to “place.” Unquestionably +Debussy has introduced a new system of colour into +music, which has begun already to exert widespread influence. +Roughly, Debussy’s system may be summarized thus:</p> + +<p>His scale basis is of six whole tones (enharmonic), as (1) middle +C, D, E, G♭, A♭, B♭, which are of excellent sound when superimposed +in the form of two augmented unrelated triads.</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">B♭<br />G♭ or enharmonically<br />D</td> +<td>  </td> +<td class="tcl cl">A♯<br />F♯<br />D</td></tr> +<tr><td colspan="3"> </td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl cl">A♭<br />E<br />C</td> +<td>  </td> +<td class="tcl cl">G♯<br />E<br />C</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="noind">used frequently incomplete (<i>i.e.</i> by the omission of one note) by +Debussy.</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td>  </td> +<td class="tcl cl">E<br />C<br />A<br />F♯<br />D</td> +<td>  </td></tr> +</table> + +<p>Now, upon the basis of an augmented triad a tune may be +played above it provided that it be based upon the six-tone scale, +and a fugue may be written, the re-entry of the subject of which +may be made upon any note of the scale, and the harmony will be +complete. To associate this scale with the ordinary diatonic +scale let a major 9th be taken, <i>e.g.</i>: one may conventionally +flatten or sharpen the fifth of this (A becoming ♯ or ♭ as +desired): if <i>both</i> the flattened and sharpened fifths be taken +in the one chord this chord is arrived at:</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page907" id="page907"></a>907</span></p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td>  </td> +<td class="tcl cl">E<br />C<br />B♭<br />A♭<br />F♯<br />D</td> +<td class="tcl"> <br /> <br /> <br />(A♯ enharmonically altered to B♭)<br /> <br /> </td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="noind">which is composed of the notes of the aforesaid scale (1), and +Debussy thereby proves his case to belong to the “primitifs.” +It will be noticed that chords of the 9th in sequence and in all +forms occur in Debussy’s music as well as the augmented triad +harmonics, where the melodic line is based on the tonal scale. +This, in all likelihood, is the outcome of Debussy’s instinctive +feeling for the association of his so-called discovery with the +ordinary scale. The “secret,” it may be added, comes not +from Annamese music as has been frequently stated, but probably +from Russia, where certainly it was used before Debussy’s +rise.</p> +<div class="author">(R. H. L.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECADE<a name="ar73" id="ar73"></a></span> (from Gr. <span class="grk" title="deka">δέκα</span>, ten), a group or series containing ten +members, particularly a period of ten years. In the new calendar +made at the time of the French Revolution in 1793, a decade of +ten days took the place of the week. The word is also used of the +divisions containing ten books or parts into which the history of +Livy was divided.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECAEN, CHARLES MATHIEU ISIDORE,<a name="ar74" id="ar74"></a></span> <span class="sc">Count</span> (1769-1832), +French soldier, was born at Caen on the 13th of April +1769. He was educated for the bar, but soon showed a strong +preference for the military career, in which he quickly made his +way during the wars of the French Revolution under Kléber, +Marceau and Jourdan, in the Rhenish campaigns. In 1799 he +became general of division, and contributed to the success of +the famous attack by General Richepanse on the Austrian flank +and rear at Hohenlinden (December 1800). Becoming known for +his Anglophobe tendencies, he was selected by Napoleon early in +the year 1802 for the command of the French possessions in the +East Indies. The secret instructions issued to him bade him +prepare the way, so that in due course (September 1804 was +hinted at as the suitable time) everything might be ready for an +attack on the British power in India. Napoleon held out to him +the hope of acquiring lasting glory in that enterprise. Decaen +set sail with Admiral Linois early in March 1803 with a small +expeditionary force, touched at the Cape of Good Hope (then in +Dutch hands), and noted the condition of the fortifications there. +On arriving at Pondicherry he found matters in a very critical +condition. Though the outbreak of war in Europe had not yet +been heard of, the hostile preparations adopted by the Marquis +Wellesley caused Decaen to withdraw promptly to the Isle of +France (Mauritius), where, during eight years, he sought to harass +British trade and prepare for plans of alliance with the Mahratta +princes of India. They all came to naught. Linois was captured +by a British squadron, and ultimately, in 1811, Mauritius itself +fell to the Union Jack. Returning to France on honourable +terms, Decaen received the command of the French troops in +Catalonia. The rest of his career calls for no special mention. +He died of the cholera in 1832.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See M. L. E. Gautier, <i>Biographie du général Decaen</i> (Caen, +1850).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(J. Hl. R.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECALOGUE<a name="ar75" id="ar75"></a></span> (in patristic Gr. <span class="grk" title="hê dekalogos">ἡ δεκάλογος</span>, <i>sc.</i> <span class="grk" title="biblos">βἰβλος</span> or +<span class="grk" title="nomothesia">νομοθεσία</span>), another name for the biblical <i>Ten Commandments</i>, +in Hebrew the <i>Ten Words</i> (Deut. iv. 13, x. 4; Ex. xxxiv. 28), +written by God on the two tables of stone (Ex. xxiv. 12, xxxii. +16), the so-called <i>Tables of the Revelation</i> (E.V. “tables of testimony,” +Ex. xxxiv. 29), or <i>Tables of the Covenant</i> (Deut. ix. 9, 11, +15). These tables were broken by Moses (Ex. xxxii. 19), and two +new ones were hewn (xxxiv. 1), and upon them were written the +words of the covenant by Moses (xxxiv. 27 sqq.) or, according to +another view, by God himself (Deut. iv. 13, ix. 10). They were +deposited in the Ark (Ex. xxv. 21; 1 Kings viii. 9). In Deuteronomy +the inscription on these tables, which is briefly called the +covenant (iv. 13), is expressly identified with the words spoken by +Jehovah (Yahweh) out of the midst of the fire at Mt. Sinai or +Horeb (according to the Deuteronomic tradition), in the ears of +the whole people on the “day of the assembly,” and rehearsed +in v. 6-21. In the narrative of Exodus the relation of the “ten +words” of xxxiv. to the words spoken from Sinai, xx. 2-17, is +not so clearly indicated, and it is generally agreed that the +Pentateuch presents divergent and irreconcilable views of the +Sinaitic covenant.</p> + +<p>As regards the Decalogue, as usually understood, and embodied +in the parallel passages in Ex. xx. and Deut. v., certain preliminary +points of detail have to be noticed. The variations +in the parallel texts are partly verbal, partly stylistic (<i>e.g.</i> +“Remember the Sabbath day,” Ex.; but “observe,” &c., +Deut.), and partly consist of amplifications or divergent explanations. +Thus the reason assigned for the institution of the Sabbath +in Exodus is drawn from the creation, and agrees with Gen. ii. 3. +In Deuteronomy the command is based on the duty of humanity +to servants and the memory of Egyptian bondage. Again, in the +tenth commandment, as given in Exodus, “house” means house +and household, including the wife and all the particulars which are +enumerated in ver. 17. In Deuteronomy, “Thou shalt not covet +thy neighbour’s wife,” comes first, and “house” following in +association with field is to be taken in the literal restricted sense, +and another verb (“thou shalt not desire”) is used.</p> + +<p>The construction of the second commandment in the Hebrew +text is disputed, but the most natural sense seems to be, “Thou +shalt not make unto thee a graven image; (and) to no visible +shape in heaven, &c., shalt thou bow down, &c.” The third +commandment might be rendered, “Thou shalt not utter the +name of the Lord thy God vainly,” but it is possible that the +meaning is that Yahweh’s name is not to be used for purposes +of sorcery.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The order of the commandments relating to murder, adultery and +stealing varies in the Vatican text of the Septuagint, viz. adultery, +stealing, murder, in Ex.; adultery, murder, stealing, in Deut. The +latter is supported by several passages in the New Testament (Rom. +xiii. 9; Mark x. 19, A.V.; Luke xviii. 20; contrast Matt. xix. 18), and +by the “Nash Papyrus.”<a name="fa1f" id="fa1f" href="#ft1f"><span class="sp">1</span></a> It may be added that the double system +of accentuation of the Decalogue in the Hebrew Bible seems to +preserve traces of the ancient uncertainty concerning the numeration.</p> +</div> + +<p><i>Divisions of the Decalogue.</i>—The division current in England +and Scotland, and generally among the Reformed (Calvinistic) +churches and in the Orthodox Eastern Church, is known as the +Philonic division (Philo, <i>de Decalogo</i>, §12). It is sometimes called +by the name of Origen, who adopts it in his <i>Homilies on Exodus</i>. +On this scheme the preface, Ex. xx. 2, has been usually taken +as part of the first commandment. The Church of Rome and +the Lutherans adopt the Augustinian division (Aug., <i>Quaest. super +Exod.</i>, lxxi.), combining into one the first and second commandments +of Philo, and splitting his tenth commandment into two. +To gain a clear distinction between the ninth and tenth commandments +on this scheme it has usually been felt to be necessary to +follow the Deuteronomic text, and make the ninth commandment, +Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour’s wife.<a name="fa2f" id="fa2f" href="#ft2f"><span class="sp">2</span></a> As few scholars will +now claim priority for the text of Deuteronomy, this division may +be viewed as exploded. But there is a third scheme (the Talmudic) +still current among the Jews, and not unknown to early Christian +writers, which is still a rival of the Philonic view, though less +satisfactory. Here the preface, Ex. xx. 2, is taken as the first +“word,” and the second embraces verses 3-6.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See further Nestle, <i>Expository Times</i> (1897), p. 427. The decision +between Philo and the Talmud must turn on two questions. Can +we take the preface as a separate “word”? And can we regard +the prohibition of polytheism and the prohibition of idolatry as one +commandment? Now, though the Hebrew certainly speaks of ten +“words,” not of ten “precepts,” it is most unlikely that the first +word can be different in character from those that follow. But the +statement “I am the Lord thy God” is either no precept at all, or +only enjoins by implication what is expressly commanded in the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page908" id="page908"></a>908</span> +words “Thou shalt have no other gods before me.” Thus to take +the preface as a distinct word is not reasonable unless there are cogent +grounds for uniting the commandments against polytheism and +idolatry. But that is far from being the case. The first precept of +the Philonic scheme enjoins monolatry, the second expresses God’s +spiritual and transcendental nature. Accordingly Kuenen does not +deny that the prohibition of images contains an element additional +to the precept of monolatry, but, following De Goeje, regards the +words from “thou shalt not make unto thyself” down to “the +waters under the earth” as a later insertion in the original Decalogue. +Unless this can be made out, the Philonic scheme is clearly best, and +as such it is now accepted by most scholars.</p> +</div> + +<p>How were the ten words disposed on the two tables? The +natural arrangement (which is assumed by Philo and Josephus) +would be five and five. And this, as Philo recognized, is a division +appropriate to the sense of the precepts; for antiquity did not +look on piety towards parents as a mere precept of probity, part +of one’s duty towards one’s neighbour. The authority of parents +and rulers is viewed in the Old Testament as a delegated +divine authority, and the violation of it is akin to blasphemy +(cf. Ex. xxi. 17 and Lev. xx. 9 with Lev. xxiv. 15, 16, and note +the formula of treason, 1 Kings xxi. 13).</p> + +<p>We have thus five precepts of piety on the first table, and five +of probity, in negative form, on the second, an arrangement +which is accepted by the best recent writers. But the current +view of the Western Church since Augustine has been that the +precept to honour parents heads the second table. The only +argument of weight in favour of this view is that it makes the +amount of writing on the two tables less unequal, while we +know that the second table as well as the first was written on +both sides (Ex. xxxii. 15). But we shall presently see that there +may be another way out of this difficulty.</p> + +<p><i>Date.</i>—It is much disputed what the original compass of +the Decalogue was. Did the whole text of Ex. xx. 2-17 stand on +the tables of stone? The answer to this question must start +from the reason annexed to the fourth commandment, which is +different in Deuteronomy. But the express words “and he +added no more,” in Deut. v. 22, show that there is no conscious +omission by the Deuteronomic speaker of part of the original +Decalogue, which cannot therefore have included the reason +annexed in Exodus. On the other hand the reason annexed in +Deuteronomy is rather a parenetic addition than an original +element dropped in Exodus. Thus the original fourth commandment +was simply “Remember the Sabbath day to keep +it holy.”<a name="fa3f" id="fa3f" href="#ft3f"><span class="sp">3</span></a> When this is granted it must appear not improbable +that the elucidations of other commandments may not have +stood on the tables, and that Nos. 6-9 have survived in their +original form. Thus in the second commandment, “Thou shalt +not bow down to any visible form,” &c., is a sort of explanatory +addition to the precept “Thou shalt not make unto thee a +graven image.” And so the promise attached to the fifth +commandment was probably not on the tables, and the tenth +commandment may have simply been, “Thou shalt not covet +thy neighbour’s house,” which includes all that is expressed in +the following clauses. Such a view gets over the difficulty +arising from the unequal length of the two halves of the +Decalogue.</p> + +<p>It is quite another question whether there is any idea in the +Decalogue which can be as old as Moses. It is urged by many +critics that Moses cannot have prohibited the worship of Yahweh +by images; for the subsequent history shows us a descendant +of Moses as priest in the idolatrous sanctuary of Dan. There were +teraphim in David’s house, and the worship of Yahweh under the +image of a calf was the state religion of the kingdom of Ephraim. +Even Moses himself is said to have made a brazen serpent which, +down to Hezekiah’s time, continued to be worshipped at +Jerusalem. It is argued from these facts that image-worship +went on unchallenged, and that this would not have been possible +had Moses forbidden it. The argument is supported by others +of great cogency. Although the literary problems of the chapters +which narrate the law-giving on Mt. Sinai are extremely intricate, +it is generally agreed that Ex. xx. cannot be ascribed to the +oldest source, and if, in accordance with many critics, this +chapter is ascribed to the Elohist or Ephraimite school, its +incorporation can scarcely be older than the middle of the 8th +century, and is probably later. With this, the condemnation +of adultery in Gen. xx. 1-17 (contrast xii. 10-20, xxvi. 6-11) is in +harmony, and the prohibition of the worship of the heavenly +bodies is aimed at a form of idolatry which is frequently alluded +to in the times of the later kings. The lofty ethics (<i>e.g.</i> tenth +commandment) is in itself no <i>sound</i> criterion, whilst the external +form of the laws, though characteristic of later codes, need not +be taken as evidence of importance. But the general result of a +study of the Decalogue as a whole, in connexion with Israelite +political history and religion, strongly supports, in fact demands, +a post-Mosaic origin, and modern criticism is chiefly divided only +as to the approximate date to which it is to be ascribed. The +time of Manasseh (cf. especially its contact with Micah vi. 6-8) +has found many adherents, but an earlier period, about 750 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> +(time of Amos and Hosea), is often held to satisfy the main +conditions; the former, however, is probably nearer the mark.</p> + +<p><i>The Decalogue of Exodus xxxiv.</i>—In the book of Exodus the +words written on the tables of stone are nowhere expressly +identified with the ten commandments of chap. xx. In xxv. 16, +xxxi. 18, xxxii. 15, we simply read of “the testimony” inscribed +on the tables, and it seems to be assumed that its contents must +be already known to the reader. The expression “ten words” +first occurs in xxxiv. 28, in a passage which relates the restoration +of the tables after they had been broken. But these “ten words” +are called “the words of the covenant,” and so can hardly be +different from the words mentioned in the preceding verse as +those in accordance wherewith the covenant was made with +Israel. And again, the words of ver. 27 are necessarily the commandments +which immediately precede in vv. 12-26. Accordingly +many recent critics have sought to show that Ex. xxxiv. +12-26 contains just ten precepts forming a second decalogue.<a name="fa4f" id="fa4f" href="#ft4f"><span class="sp">4</span></a></p> + +<p>These consist not of precepts of social morality, but of several +laws of religious observance closely corresponding to the religious +and ritual precepts of Ex. xxi.-xxiii. The number ten is not +clearly made out, and the individual precepts are somewhat +variously assigned. They prohibit (1) the worship of other gods, +(2) the making of molten images; they ordain (3) the observance +of the feast of unleavened bread, (4) the feast of weeks, (5) the +feast of ingathering at the end of the year, and (6) the seventh-day +rest; to Yahweh belong (7) the firstlings, and (8) the first-fruits +of the land; they forbid also (9) the offering of the blood +of sacrifice with leaven, (10) the leaving-over of the fat of a feast +until the morning, and (11) the seething of a kid in its mother’s +milk. This scheme ignores the command to appear thrice in the +year before Yahweh which recapitulates Nos. 3-5, and the decade +is obtained by omitting No. 6, which some hold to be out of place. +Others include “none shall appear before me empty-handed” +(xxxiv. 20), and unite Nos. 4-5, 9 and 10. C. F. Kent (<i>Beginnings +of Heb. Hist.</i> pp. 183 sqq.) obtains a decalogue from scattered +precepts in Ex. xx.-xxiii., which corresponds with Nos. 2, 7, 6, 3 +and 5 (in one), 9 and 10 (in one), 11 above, and adds (<i>a</i>) the +building of an altar of earth (xx. 24), (<i>b</i>) offering from the harvest +and wine-press (xxii. 29), (<i>c</i>) firstlings of animals (xxii. 29 sqq.; +cf. No. 7, and xxxiv. 19); (<i>d</i>) prohibition against eating torn +flesh (xxii. 31).<a name="fa5f" id="fa5f" href="#ft5f"><span class="sp">5</span></a> The so-called Yahwist Decalogue in xxxiv. +presupposes a rather more primitive stage in society, partly +nomadic and partly agricultural; No. 6 is suitable only for +agriculturists and cannot have originated among nomads. The +whole may be summed up in a sentence:—“Worship Yahweh +and Yahweh alone, without images, let the worship be simple and +in accord with the old usage; forbear to introduce the practices +of your Canaanitish neighbours” (Harper). It would seem to +represent more precisely a Judaean standpoint (cf. the simpler +customs of the Rechabites, <i>q.v.</i>).</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page909" id="page909"></a>909</span></p> + +<p>If such a system of precepts was ever viewed as the basis of +the covenant with Israel, it must belong to a far earlier stage of +religious development than that of Ex. xx. This is recognized +by Wellhausen, who says that our decalogue stands to that of +Ex. xxxiv. as Amos stood to his contemporaries, whose whole +religion lay in the observance of sacred feasts. To those +accustomed to look on the Ten Words written on the tables of +stone as the very foundation of the Mosaic law, it is hard to realize +that in ancient Israel there were two opinions as to what these +“Words” were. The hypothesis that Ex. xxxiv. 10-26 originally +stood in a different connexion, and was misplaced at some +stage in the redaction of the Hexateuch, does not help us, since it +would still have to be admitted that the editor to whom we owed +the present form of the chapter identified this little code of +religious observances with the Ten Words. Were this the case +the editor, to quote Wellhausen, “introduced the most serious +internal contradiction found in the Old Testament.”<a name="fa6f" id="fa6f" href="#ft6f"><span class="sp">6</span></a></p> + +<p><i>The Decalogue in Christian Theology.</i>—Following the New +Testament, in which the “commandments” summed up in the +law of love are identified with the precepts of the Decalogue +(Mark x. 19; Rom. xiii. 9; cf. Mark xii. 28 ff.), the ancient +Church emphasized the permanent obligation of the ten commandments +as a summary of <i>natural</i> in contradistinction to +<i>ceremonial</i> precepts, though the observance of the Sabbath was +to be taken in a spiritual sense (Augustine, <i>De spiritu et litera</i>, +xiv.; Jerome, <i>De celebratione Paschae</i>). The medieval theologians +followed in the same line, recognizing all the precepts of +the Decalogue as moral precepts <i>de lege naturae</i>, though the law of +the Sabbath is not of the law of nature, in so far as it prescribes +a determinate day of rest (Thomas, <i>summa</i>, I<span class="sp">ma</span> II<span class="sp">dae</span>, qu. c. +art. 3; Duns, <i>Super sententias</i>, lib. iii. dist. 37). The most +important medieval exposition of the Decalogue is that of Nicolaus +de Lyra; and the 15th century, in which the Decalogue acquired +special importance in the confessional, was prolific in treatises +on the subject (Antoninus of Florence, Gerson, &c.).</p> + +<p>Important theological controversies on the Decalogue begin +with the Reformation. The question between the Lutheran +(Augustinian) and Reformed (Philonic) division of the ten +commandments was mixed up with controversy as to the legitimacy +of sacred images not designed to be worshipped. The +Reformed theologians took the stricter view. The identity of +the Decalogue with the eternal law of nature was maintained in +both churches, but it was an open question whether the Decalogue, +as such (that is, as a law given by Moses to the Israelites), is of +perpetual obligation. The Socinians, on the other hand, regarded +the Decalogue as abrogated by the more perfect law of Christ; +and this view, especially in the shape that the Decalogue is a +civil and not a moral law (J. D. Michaelis), was the current one +in the period of 18th-century rationalism. The distinction of a +permanent and a transitory element in the law of the Sabbath is +found, not only in Luther and Melanchthon, but in Calvin and +other theologians of the Reformed church. The main controversy +which arose on the basis of this distinction was whether +the prescription of one day in seven is of permanent obligation. +It was admitted that such obligation must be not natural but +positive; but it was argued by the stricter Calvinistic divines +that the proportion of one in seven is agreeable to nature, based +on the order of creation in six days, and in no way specially +connected with anything Jewish. Hence it was regarded as a +<i>universal positive</i> law of God. But those who maintained the +opposite view were not excluded from the number of the orthodox. +The laxer conception found a place in the Cocceian school.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Literature.</span>—Geffcken, <i>Über die verschiedenen Eintheilungen des +Dekalogs und den Einfluss derselben auf den Cultus</i>; W. Robertson +Smith, <i>Old Test. Jew. Church</i>, pp. 331-345, where his earlier views +(1877) in the <i>Ency. Brit.</i> are largely modified (cf. also <i>Eng. Hist. Rev.</i> +(1888) p. 352); Montefiore, <i>Hibbert Lectures</i> (1892), Appendix I; +W. R. Harper, <i>Internat. Crit. Comm. on Amos and Hosea</i>, pp. 58-64 +(on the position of the Decalogue in early pre-prophetic religion of +Israel); C. A. Briggs, <i>Higher Criticism of Hexat</i>.<span class="sp">2</span> pp. 189-210; +see also the references under <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Exodus</a></span>.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(W. R. S.; S. A. C.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1f" id="ft1f" href="#fa1f"><span class="fn">1</span></a> A Hebrew fragment probably of the 2nd century <span class="scs">A.D.</span>, in the +University Library, Cambridge, containing the Decalogue with +several variant readings; see S. A. Cook, <i>Proceed. Soc. Bibl. Archaeology</i> +(1903), pp. 34-56; F. C. Burkitt, <i>Jewish Quarterly Review</i> (1903), +pp. 392-408; N. Peters, <i>D. älteste Abschrift d. zehn Gebote</i> (1905).</p> + +<p><a name="ft2f" id="ft2f" href="#fa2f"><span class="fn">2</span></a> So, for example, Augustine, l.c., Thomas, <i>Summa</i> (<i>Prima +Secundae</i>, qu. c. art. 4), and recently Sonntag and Kurtz. Purely +arbitrary is the idea of Lutheran writers (Gerhard, Loc. xiii. § 46) +that the ninth commandment forbids <i>concupiscentia actualis</i>, the +tenth <i>conc. originalis</i>.</p> + +<p><a name="ft3f" id="ft3f" href="#fa3f"><span class="fn">3</span></a> It is generally assumed that the addition in Exodus is from a +hand akin to Gen. ii. 2 sqq.; Ex. xxxi. 17 (P.).</p> + +<p><a name="ft4f" id="ft4f" href="#fa4f"><span class="fn">4</span></a> So Hitzig (<i>Ostern und Pfingsten im zweiten Dekalog</i>, Heidelberg, +1838), independently of a previous suggestion of Goethe in 1783, who +in turn appears to have been anticipated by an early Greek writer +(Nestle, <i>Zeit. für alt-test. Wissenschaft</i> (1904), pp. 134 sqq.).</p> + +<p><a name="ft5f" id="ft5f" href="#fa5f"><span class="fn">5</span></a> See also W. E. Barnes, <i>Journ. Theol. Stud.</i> (1905), pp. 557-563.</p> + +<p><a name="ft6f" id="ft6f" href="#fa6f"><span class="fn">6</span></a> The last three sentences of this paragraph are taken almost +bodily from Robertson Smith’s later views (<i>Old Testament in the +Jewish Church</i><span class="sp">2</span>, pp. 335 seq.).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE CAMP, JOSEPH<a name="ar76" id="ar76"></a></span> (1858-  ), American portrait and figure +painter, was born in Cincinnati, Ohio, in 1858. He was a pupil +of Frank Duveneck and of the Royal Academy of Munich; +became a member of the society of Ten American Painters, and +a teacher in the schools of the Pennsylvania Academy of Fine +Arts, Philadelphia, and the Boston Museum of Fine Arts; and +painted important mural decorations in the Philadelphia city +hall.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECAMPS, ALEXANDRE GABRIEL<a name="ar77" id="ar77"></a></span> (1803-1860), French +painter, was born in Paris on the 3rd of March 1803. In his youth +he travelled in the East, and reproduced Oriental life and scenery +with a bold fidelity to nature that made his works the puzzle +of conventional critics. His powers, however, soon came to be +recognized, and he was ranked along with Delacroix and Vernet +as one of the leaders of the French school. At the Paris Exhibition +of 1855 he received the grand or council medal. Most of his life +was passed in the neighbourhood of Paris. He was passionately +fond of animals, especially dogs, and indulged in all kinds of field +sports. He died on the 22nd of August 1860 in consequence of +being thrown from a vicious horse while hunting at Fontainebleau. +The style of Decamps was characteristically and intensely French. +It was marked by vivid dramatic conception, by a manipulation +bold and rapid, sometimes even to roughness, and especially by +original and startling use of decided contrasts of colour and of +light and shade. His subjects embraced an unusually wide range. +He availed himself of his travels in the East in dealing with +scenes from Scripture history, which he was probably the first +of European painters to represent with their true and natural +local background. Of this class were his “Joseph sold by his +Brethren,” “Moses taken from the Nile,” and his scenes from the +life of Samson, nine vigorous sketches in charcoal and white. +Perhaps the most impressive of his historical pictures is his +“Defeat of the Cimbri,” representing with wonderful skill the +conflict between a horde of barbarians and a disciplined army. +Decamps produced a number of genre pictures, chiefly of scenes +from French and Algerine domestic life, the most marked feature +of which is humour. The same characteristic attaches to most +of his numerous animal paintings. He painted dogs, horses, &c., +with great fidelity and sympathy; but his favourite subject was +monkeys, which he depicted in various studies and sketches with +a grotesque humour that could scarcely be surpassed. Probably +the best known of all his works is “The Monkey Connoisseurs,” +a clever satire of the jury of the French Academy of Painting, +which had rejected several of his earlier works on account of their +divergence from any known standard. The pictures and sketches +of Decamps were first made familiar to the English public +through the lithographs of Eugène le Roux.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Moreau’s <i>Decamps et son œuvre</i> (Paris, 1869).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECAPOLIS,<a name="ar78" id="ar78"></a></span> a league of ten cities (<span class="grk" title="deka poleis">δέκα πόλεις</span>) with their +surrounding district, situated with one exception on the eastern +side of the upper Jordan and the Sea of Tiberias. Being +essentially a confederation of <i>cities</i> it is impossible precisely to +fix Decapolis as a <i>region</i> with definite boundaries. The names +of the original ten cities are given by Pliny; these are as follows: +Damascus, Philadelphia, Raphana, Scythopolis (= Beth-Shan, +now <i>Beisan</i>, west of Jordan), Gadara, Hippos, Dion, Pella, +Gerasa and Kanatha. Of these Damascus alone retains its +importance. Scythopolis (as represented by the village of Beisan) +is still inhabited; the ruins of Pella, Gerasa and Kanatha +survive, but the other sites are unknown or disputed. Scythopolis, +being in command of the communications with the sea and +the Greek cities on the coast, was the most important member of +the league. The league subsequently received additions and some +of the original ten dropped out. In Ptolemy’s enumeration +Raphana has no place, and nine, such as Kapitolias, Edrei, +Bosra, &c., are added. The purpose of the league was no doubt +mutual defence against the marauding Bedouin tribes that +surrounded them. These were hardly if at all checked by the +Semitic kinglings to whom the Romans delegated the government +of eastern Palestine.</p> + +<p>It was probably soon after Pompey’s campaign in 64-63 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> +that the Decapolis league took shape. The cities comprising it +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page910" id="page910"></a>910</span> +were united by the main roads on which they lay, their respective +spheres of influence touching, if not overlapping, one another. +A constant communication was maintained with the Mediterranean +ports and with Greece, and there was a vigorous municipal +life which found expression in literature, in athletic contests, and +in a thriving commerce, thus carrying a truly Hellenic influence +into Perea and Galilee. From Josephus we learn that the cities +were severally subject to the governor of Syria and taxed for +imperial purposes; some of them afterwards came under Herod’s +jurisdiction, but reserved the substantial rights granted them +by Pompey.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The best account is in G. A. Smith’s <i>Historical Geography of the +Holy Land</i>, chap. xxviii.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(R. A. S. M.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECASTYLE<a name="ar79" id="ar79"></a></span> (Gr. <span class="grk" title="deka">δέκα</span>, ten, and <span class="grk" title="stylos">στῦλος</span>, column), the architectural +term given to a temple where the front portico has ten +columns; as in the temple of Apollo Didymaeus at Miletus, and +the portico of University College, London. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Temple</a></span>.)</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECATUR, STEPHEN<a name="ar80" id="ar80"></a></span> (1779-1820), American naval commander, +was born at Sinnepuxent, Maryland, on the 5th of +January 1779, and entered the United States navy as a midshipman +in 1798. He was promoted lieutenant a year later, and +in that rank saw some service in the short war with France. In +1803 he was in command of the “Enterprise,” which formed +part of Commodore Preble’s squadron in the Mediterranean, and +in February 1804 led a daring expedition into the harbour of +Tripoli for the purpose of burning the U.S. frigate “Philadelphia” +which had fallen into Tripolitan hands. He succeeded in his +purpose and made his escape under the fire of the batteries with +a loss of only one man wounded. This brilliant exploit earned +him his captain’s commission and a sword of honour from +Congress. Decatur was subsequently engaged in all the attacks +on Tripoli between 1804 and 1805. In the War of 1812 his ship +the “United States” captured H.M.S. “Macedonian” after a +desperate fight, and in 1813 he was appointed commodore to +command a squadron in New York harbour, which was soon +blockaded by the British. In an attempt to break out in February +1815 Decatur’s flagship the “President” was cut off and after +a spirited fight forced to surrender to a superior force. Subsequently +he commanded in the Mediterranean against the corsairs +of Algiers, Tunis and Tripoli with great success. On his return +he was made a navy commissioner (November 1815), an office +which he held until his death, which took place in a duel with +Commodore James Barron at Bladensburg, Md., on the 22nd +of March 1820.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Mackenzie, <i>Life of Decatur</i> (Boston, 1846).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECATUR,<a name="ar81" id="ar81"></a></span> a city and the county-seat of Macon county, +Illinois, U.S.A., in the central part of the state, near the Sangamon +river, about 39 m. E. of Springfield. Pop. (1890) 16,841; (1900) +20,754, of whom 1939 were foreign-born; (1910 census) +31,140. Decatur is served by the Cincinnati, Hamilton & +Dayton, the Illinois Central, the Wabash (which maintains car +shops here), and the Vandalia railways, and is connected with +Danville, Saint Louis, Springfield, Peoria, Bloomington and +Champaign by the Illinois Traction System (electric). Decatur +has three large parks and a public library; and S.E. of Fairview +Park, with a campus of 35 acres, is the James Millikin University +(co-educational; Cumberland Presbyterian), founded in 1901 +by James Millikin, and opened in 1903. The university comprises +schools of liberal arts, engineering (mechanical, electrical, +and civil), domestic economy, fine and applied arts, commerce +and finance, library science, pedagogy, music, and a preparatory +school; in 1907-1908 it had 936 students, 440 being in the school +of music. Among the city’s manufactures are iron, brass castings, +agricultural implements, flour, Indian corn products, soda +fountains, plumbers’ supplies, coffins and caskets, bar and store +fixtures, gas and electric light fixtures, street cars, and car trucks. +The value of the city’s factory products increased from $5,133,677 +in 1900 to $8,667,302 in 1905, or 68.8%. The city is also an +important shipping point for agricultural products (especially +grain), and for coal taken from the two mines in the city and from +mines in the surrounding country. The first settlement in Decatur +was made in 1829, and the place was incorporated in 1836. On +the 22nd of February 1856 a convention of Illinois editors met +at Decatur to determine upon a policy of opposition to the +Kansas-Nebraska Bill. They called a state convention, which +met at Bloomington, and which is considered to have taken the +first step toward founding the Republican party in Illinois.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECAZES, ÉLIE,<a name="ar82" id="ar82"></a></span> <span class="sc">Duc</span> (1780-1860), French statesman, was born +at Saint Martin de Laye in the Gironde. He studied law, became +a judge in the tribunal of the Seine in 1806, was attached to the +cabinet of Louis Bonaparte in 1807, and was counsel to the court +of appeal at Paris in 1811. Immediately upon the fall of the +empire he declared himself a Royalist, and remained faithful to +the Bourbons through the Hundred Days. He made the personal +acquaintance of Louis XVIII. during that period through Baron +Louis, and the king rewarded his energy and tact by appointing +him prefect of police at Paris on the 7th of July 1815. His +marked success in that difficult position won for him the ministry +of police, in succession to Fouché, on the 24th of September. In +the interval he had been elected deputy for the Seine (August +1815) and both as deputy and as minister he led the moderate +Royalists. His formula was “to royalize France and to nationalize +the monarchy.” The Moderates were in a minority in the +chamber of 1815, but Decazes persuaded Louis XVIII. to dissolve +the house, and the elections of October 1816 gave them a majority. +During the next four years Decazes was called upon to play the +leading rôle in the government. At first, as minister of police +he had to suppress the insurrections provoked by the ultra-Royalists +(the White Terror); then, after the resignation of the +duc de Richelieu, he took the actual direction of the ministry, +although the nominal president was General J. J. P. A. Dessolle +(1767-1828). He held at the same time the portfolio of the +interior. The cabinet, in which Baron Louis was minister of +finance, and Marshal Gouvion Saint Cyr remained minister of +war, was entirely Liberal; and its first act was to suppress the +ministry of police, as Decazes held that it was incompatible with +the régime of liberty. His reforms met with the strong hostility +of the Chamber of Peers, where the ultra-Royalists were in a +majority, and to overcome it he got the king to create sixty new +Liberal peers. He then passed the laws on the press, suppressing +the censorship. By reorganization of the finances, the protection +of industry and the carrying out of great public works, France +regained its economic prosperity, and the ministry became +popular. But the powers of the Grand Alliance had been watching +the growth of Liberalism in France with increasing anxiety. +Metternich especially ascribed this mainly to the “weakness” +of the ministry, and when in 1819 the political elections still +further illustrated this trend, notably by the election of the +celebrated Abbé Grégoire, it began to be debated whether the +time had not come to put in force the terms of the secret treaty +of Aix-la-Chapelle. It was this threat of foreign intervention, +rather than the clamour of the “Ultras,” that forced Louis +XVIII. to urge a change in the electoral law that should render +such a “scandal” as Grégoire’s election impossible for the +future. Dessolle and Louis, refusing to embark on this policy, +now resigned; and Decazes became head of the new ministry, +as president of the council (November 1819). But the exclusion +of Grégoire from the chamber and the changes in the franchise +embittered the Radicals without conciliating the “Ultras.” +The news of the revolution in Spain in January 1820 added fuel +to their fury; it was the foolish and criminal policy of the royal +favourite that had once more unchained the demon of revolution. +Decazes was denounced as the new Sejanus, the modern Catiline; +and when, on the 13th of February, the duke of Berry was +murdered, clamorous tongues loudly accused him of being an +accomplice in the crime. Decazes, indeed, foreseeing the storm, +at once placed his resignation in the king’s hands. Louis at first +refused. “They will attack,” he exclaimed, “not your system, +my dear son, but mine.” But in the end he was forced to yield +to the importunity of his family (February 17th); and Decazes, +raised to the rank of duke, passed into honourable exile as +ambassador to Great Britain.</p> + +<p>This ended Decazes’s meteoric career of greatness. In +December 1821 he returned to sit in the House of Peers, when +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page911" id="page911"></a>911</span> +he continued to maintain his Liberal opinions. After 1830 he +adhered to the monarchy of July, but after 1848 he remained in +retirement. He had organized in 1826 a society to develop the +coal and iron of the Aveyron, and the name of Decazeville was +given in 1829 to the principal centre of the industry. He died +on the 24th of October 1860.</p> + +<p>His son, <span class="sc">Louis Charles Élie Decazes</span>, duc de Glücksberg +(1819-1886), was born at Paris, and entered the diplomatic +career. He became minister plenipotentiary at Madrid and at +Lisbon, but the revolution of 1848 caused him to withdraw into +private life, from which he did not emerge until in 1871 he was +elected deputy to the National Assembly by the Gironde. There +he sat in the right centre among the Orleanists, and was chosen +by the duc de Broglie as minister of foreign affairs in November +1873. He voted with the Orleanists the “Constitutional Laws” +of 1875, and approved of MacMahon’s parliamentary <i>coup d’état</i> +on the 16th of May 1877. He was re-elected deputy in October +1877 by the arrondissement of Puget-Théniers, but his election +was annulled by the chamber, and he was not re-elected. He +died on the 16th of September 1886.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>On the Duc Decazes see E. Daudet, <i>Louis XVIII. et le duc Decazes</i> +(1899), and his “L’ambassade du duc Decazes” in the <i>Revue des deux +mondes</i> for 1899.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECAZEVILLE,<a name="ar83" id="ar83"></a></span> a town of south-central France, in the +department of Aveyron, 34 m. N.W. of Rodez by the Orleans +railway. Pop. (1906) 9749. It possesses iron mines and is the +centre of the coal-fields of the Aveyron, which supply the ironworks +established by the Duc Decazes, minister of Louis XVIII. +A statue commemorates the founder.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECCAN<a name="ar84" id="ar84"></a></span> (Sans. <i>Dakshina</i>, “the South”), a name applied, +according to Hindu geographers, to the whole of the territories in +India situated to the south of the river Nerbudda. In its more +modern acceptation, however, it is sometimes understood as +comprising only the country lying between that river and the +Kistna, the latter having for a long period formed the southern +boundary of the Mahommedan empire of Delhi. Assigning it the +more extended of these limits, it comprehends the whole of the +Indian peninsula, and in this view the mountainous system, +consisting of the Eastern and Western Ghats, constitutes the +most striking feature of the Deccan. These two mountain +ranges unite at their northern extremities with the Vindhya +chain of mountains, and thus is formed a vast triangle supporting +at a considerable elevation the expanse of table-land which +stretches from Cape Comorin to the valley of the Nerbudda. +The surface of this table-land slopes from west to east, as +indicated by the direction of the drainage of the country,—the +great rivers, the Cauvery, Godavari, Kistna and Pennar, though +deriving their sources from the base of the Western Ghats, all +finding their way into the Bay of Bengal through fissures in the +Eastern Ghats.</p> + +<p><i>History.</i>—The detailed and authentic history of the Deccan +only begins with the 13th century <span class="scs">A.D.</span> Of the early history +the main facts established are the Aryan invasion (<i>c.</i> 700 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>), +the growth of the Maurya empire (250 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>) and the invasion +(<span class="scs">A.D.</span> 100) of the Scythic tribes known as the Sakas, Pahlavas +and Yavanas, which led to the establishment of the power +of the Kshaharata satraps in western India. In addition +to this, modern study of monuments and inscriptions has +recovered the names, and to a certain extent the records, of a +succession of dynasties ruling in the Deccan; of these the most +conspicuous are the Cholas, the Andhras or Satavahanas, the +Chalukyas, the Rashtrakutas and the Yadavas of Devagiri +(Deogiri). (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">India</a></span>: <i>History</i>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Bombay</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Presidency</a></span>: +<i>History</i>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Inscriptions</a></span>: <i>Indian</i>.) In 1294 Ala-ud-Din Khilji, +emperor of Delhi, invaded the Deccan, stormed Devagiri, and +reduced the Yadava rajas of Maharashtra to the position of +tributary princes (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Daulatabad</a></span>), then proceeding southward +overran Telingana and Carnata (1294-1300). With this event +the continuous history of the Deccan begins. In 1307, owing to +non-payment of tribute, a fresh series of Mussulman incursions +began, under Malik Kafur, issuing in the final ruin of the Yadava +power; and in 1338 the reduction of the Deccan was completed +by Mahommed ben Tughlak. The imperial sway was, however, +of brief duration. Telingana and Carnata speedily reverted +to their former masters; and this defection on the part of the +Hindu states was followed by a general revolt of the Mussulman +governors, resulting in the establishment in 1347 of the independent +Mahommedan dynasty of Bahmani, and the consequent +withdrawal of the power of Delhi from the territory south of the +Nerbudda. In the struggles which ensued, the Hindu kingdom of +Telingana fell bit by bit to the Bahmani dynasty, who advanced +their frontier to Golconda in 1373, to Warangal in 1421, and to +the Bay of Bengal in 1472. On the dissolution of the Bahmani +empire (1482), its dominions were distributed into the five +Mahommedan states of Golconda, Bijapur, Ahmednagar, Bidar +and Berar. To the south of these the great Hindu state of Carnata +or Vijayanagar still survived; but this, too, was destroyed, +at the battle of Talikota (1565), by a league of the Mahommedan +powers. These latter in their turn soon disappeared. Berar +had already been annexed by Ahmednagar in 1572, and Bidar +was absorbed by Bijapur in 1609. The victories of the Delhi +emperors, Akbar, Shah Jahan and Aurangzeb, crushed the +rest. Ahmednagar was incorporated in the Mogul empire in +1598, Bijapur in 1686, and Golconda in 1688. The rule of the +Delhi emperors in the Deccan did not, however, long survive. +In 1706 the Mahrattas acquired the right of levying tribute in +southern India, and their principal chief, the Peshwa of Poona, +became a practically independent sovereign. A few years later +the emperor’s viceroy in Ahmednagar, the nizam-al-mulk, threw +off his allegiance and established the seat of an independent +government at Hyderabad (1724). The remainder of the imperial +possessions in the peninsula were held by chieftains acknowledging +the supremacy of one or other of these two potentates. In the +sequel, Mysore became the prize of the Mahommedan usurper +Hyder Ali. During the contests for power which ensued about +the middle of the 18th century between the native chiefs, the +French and the English took opposite sides. After a brief course +of triumph, the interests of France declined, and a new empire in +India was established by the British. Mysore formed one of their +earliest conquests in the Deccan. Tanjore and the Carnatic +were shortly after annexed to their dominions. In 1818 the +forfeited possessions of the Peshwa added to their extent; and +these acquisitions, with others which have more recently fallen +to the paramount power by cession, conquest or failure of heirs, +form a continuous territory stretching from the Nerbudda to +Cape Comorin. Its length is upwards of 1000 m., and its extreme +breadth exceeds 800. This vast tract comprehends the chief +provinces now distributed between the presidencies of Madras +and Bombay, together with the native states of Hyderabad +and Mysore, and those of Kolhapur, Sawantwari, Travancore, +Cochin and the petty possessions of France and Portugal.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See J. D. B. Gribble, <i>History of the Deccan</i> (1896); Prof. Bhandarkar, +“Early History of the Dekkan” (<i>Bombay Gazetteer</i>); Vincent +A. Smith, <i>Early History of India</i> (2nd ed., Oxford, 1908), chap. xv. +“The Kingdoms of the Deccan.”</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECELEA<a name="ar85" id="ar85"></a></span> (Gr. <span class="grk" title="Dekeleia">Δεκελεία</span>), an Attic deme, on the pass which +led over the east end of Mt. Parnes towards Oropus and Chalcis. +From its position it has a commanding view over the Athenian +plain. Its eponymous hero, Decelus, was said to have indicated +to the Tyndaridae, Castor and Pollux, the place where Theseus +had hidden their sister Helen at Aphidnae; and hence there was +a traditional friendship between the Deceleans and the Spartans +(Herodotus ix. 73). This tradition, together with the advice of +Alcibiades, led the Spartans to fortify Decelea as a basis for +permanent occupation in Attica during the later years of the +Peloponnesian War, from 413-404 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> Its position enabled +them to harass the Athenians constantly, and to form a centre +for fugitive slaves and other deserters. The royal palace of Tatoi +has been built on the site.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Peloponnesian War</a></span>; also Judeich in Pauly-Wissowa, +<i>Realencyclopädie</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECEMBER<a name="ar86" id="ar86"></a></span> (Lat. <i>decem</i>, ten), the last month of the year. In +the Roman calendar, traditionally ascribed to Romulus, the year +was divided into ten months, the last of which was called December, +or the <i>tenth</i> month, and this name, though etymologically +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page912" id="page912"></a>912</span> +incorrect, was retained for the last or twelfth month of the +year as now divided. In the Romulian calendar December had +thirty days; Numa reduced the number to twenty-nine; Julius +Caesar added two days to this, giving the month its present +length. The <i>Saturnalia</i> occurred in December, which is therefore +styled “acceptus geniis” by Ovid (<i>Fasti</i>, iii. 58); and this also +explains the phrase of Horace “libertate Decembri utere” +(<i>Sat.</i> ii. 7). Martial applies to the month the epithet <i>canus</i> +(hoary), and Ovid styles it <i>gelidus</i> (frosty) and <i>fumosus</i> (smoky). +In the reign of Commodus it was temporarily styled <i>Amazonius</i>, +in honour of the emperor’s mistress, whom he had had painted as +an Amazon. The Saxons called it <i>winter-monath</i>, winter month, +and <i>heligh-monath</i>, holy month, from the fact that Christmas +fell within it. Thus the modern Germans call it <i>Christmonat</i>. +The 22nd of December is the date of the winter solstice, when the +sun reaches the tropic of Capricorn.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECEMVIRI<a name="ar87" id="ar87"></a></span> (“the ten men”), the name applied by the +Romans to any official <span class="correction" title="amended from commision">commission</span> of ten. The title was often +followed by a statement of the purpose for which the commission +was appointed, <i>e.g.</i> <i>Xviri legibus scribundis, stlitibus judicandis, +sacris faciundis</i>.</p> + +<p>I. Apart from such qualification, it signified chiefly the temporary +commission which superseded all the ordinary magistrates +of the Republic from 451 to 449 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, for the purpose of drawing +up a code of laws. In 462 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> a tribune proposed that the +appointment of a commission to draw up a code expressing the +legal principles of the administration was necessary to secure +for the <i>plebs</i> a hold over magisterial caprice. Continued agitation +to this effect resulted in an agreement in 452 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> between +patricians and plebeians that decemvirs should be appointed +to draw up a code, that during their tenure of office all other +magistracies should be in abeyance, that they should not be +subject to appeal, but that they should be bound to maintain +the laws which guaranteed by religious sanctions the rights of +the plebs. The first board of decemvirs (apparently consisting +wholly of patricians) was appointed to hold office during 451 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>; +and the chief man among them was Appius Claudius. Livy +(iii. 32) says that only patricians were eligible. Mommsen, +however, held that plebeians were legally eligible, though none +were actually appointed for 451. The decemvirs ruled with +singular moderation, and submitted to the <i>Comitia Centuriata</i> a +code of laws in ten headings, which was passed. So popular were +the decemvirs that another board of ten was appointed for the +following year, some of whom, if the extant list of names is +correct, were certainly plebeians. These added two more to the +ten laws of their predecessors, thus completing the Laws of the +Twelve Tables (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Roman Law</a></span>). But their rule then became +violent and tyrannical, and they fell before the fury of the <i>plebs</i>, +though for some reason, not easily understood, they continued +to have the support of the patricians. They were forced to +abdicate (449 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>), and the ordinary magistrates were restored.</p> + +<p>II. The judicial board of decemvirs (<i>stlitibus judicandis</i>) +formed a civil court of ancient origin concerned mainly with +questions bearing on the status of individuals. They were +originally a body of jurors which gave a verdict under the +presidency of the praetor (<i>q.v.</i>), but eventually became annual +minor magistrates of the Republic, elected by the <i>Comitia +Tributa</i>.</p> + +<p>III. The priestly board of decemvirs (<i>sacris faciundis</i>) was an +outcome of the claim of the <i>plebs</i> to a share in the administration +of the state religion. Five of the decemvirs were patricians, and +five plebeians. They were first appointed in 367 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> instead of +the patrician <i>duumviri</i> who had hitherto performed these duties. +The board was increased to fifteen in the last century of the +Republic. Its chief function was the care of the Sibylline books, +and the celebration of the games of Apollo (Livy x. 8) and the +Secular Games (Tac. <i>Ann.</i> xi. 11).</p> + +<p>IV. Decemvirs were also appointed from time to time to +control the distribution of the public land (<i>agris dandis adsignandis</i>; +see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Agrarian Laws</a></span>).</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography.</span>—B. G. Niebuhr, <i>History of Rome</i> (Eng. trans.), +ii. 309 et seq. (Cambridge, 1832); Th. Mommsen, <i>History of Rome</i>, +bk. ii. c. 2, vol. i. pp. 361 et seq. (Eng. trans., new ed., 1894); +<i>Römisches Staatsrecht</i>, ii. 605 et seq., 714 (Leipzig, 1887); A. H. J. +Greenidge, <i>Legal Procedure of Cicero’s Time</i>, p. 40 et seq., 263 +(Oxford, 1901); J. Muirhead, <i>Private Law of Rome</i>, p. 73 et seq. +(London, 1899); Pauly-Wissowa, <i>Realencyclopädie</i>, iv. 2256 et seq. +(Kübler).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(A. M. Cl.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECHEN, ERNST HEINRICH KARL VON<a name="ar88" id="ar88"></a></span> (1800-1889), German +geologist, was born in Berlin on the 25th of March 1800, and was +educated in the university in that city. He subsequently studied +mining in Bochum and Essen, and was in 1820 placed in the +mining department of the Prussian state, serving on the staff +until 1864, and becoming director in 1841 when he was stationed +at Bonn. In early years he made journeys to study the mining +systems of other countries, and with this object he visited England +and Scotland in company with Karl von Oeynhausen (1797-1865). +In the course of his work he paid special attention to the +coal-formation of Westphalia and northern Europe generally, +and he greatly furthered the progress made in mining and +metallurgical works in Rhenish Prussia. He made numerous +contributions to geological literature; notably the following:—<i>Geognostische +Umrisse der Rheinländer zwischen Basel und Mainz +mit besonderer Rücksicht auf das Vorkommen des Steinsalzes</i> +(with von Oeynhausen and La Roche), 2 vols. (Berlin, 1825); +<i>Geognostische Führer in das Siebengebirge am Rhein</i> (Bonn, 1861); +<i>Die nutzbaren Mineralien und Gebirgsarten im deutschen Reiche</i> +(1873). But his main work was a geological map of Rhenish +Prussia and Westphalia in 35 sheets on the scale of 1 : 80,000, +issued with two volumes of explanatory text (1855-1882). He +published also a small geological map of Germany (1869). He +died at Bonn on the 15th of February 1889.</p> +<div class="author">(H. B. W.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECIDUOUS<a name="ar89" id="ar89"></a></span> (from Lat. <i>decidere</i>, to fall down), a botanical +and zoological term for “falling in season,” as of petals after +flowering, leaves in autumn, the teeth or horns of animals, or the +wings of insects.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECIMAL COINAGE.<a name="ar90" id="ar90"></a></span><a name="fa1g" id="fa1g" href="#ft1g"><span class="sp">1</span></a> Any currency in which the various +denominations of coin are arranged in multiples or submultiples +of ten (Lat. <i>decem</i>), with reference to a standard unit, is a decimal +system. Thus if the standard unit be 1 the higher coins will be +10, 100, 1000, &c., the lower .1, .01, .001, &c. In a perfect +system there would be no breaks or interpolations, but the actual +currencies described as “decimal” do not show this rigid +symmetry. In France the standard unit—the franc—has the +10 franc and the 100 franc pieces above it; the 10 centime below +it; there are also, however, 50 franc, 20 franc, 5 franc, 2 franc +pieces as well as 50 and 20 centime ones. Similar irregularities +occur in the German and United States coinages, and indeed +in all countries in which a decimal system has been established. +Popular convenience has compelled this departure from the +strict decimal form.</p> + +<p>Subject to these practical modifications the leading countries +of the world (Great Britain and India are the chief exceptions) +have adopted decimal coinage. The United States led the way +(1786 and 1792) with the dollar as the unit, and France soon +followed (1799 and 1803), her system being extended to the +countries of the Latin Union (1865). The German empire (1873), +the Scandinavian States (1875), Austria-Hungary (1870, developed +in 1892) and Russia (1839 and 1897) are further adherents to the +decimal system. The Latin-American countries and Japan (1871) +have also adopted it.</p> + +<p>In England proposals for decimalizing the coinage have long +been under discussion at intervals. Besides the inconvenience +of altering the established currency, the difficulty of choosing +between the different schemes propounded has been a considerable +obstacle. One plan took the farthing as a base: then 10 +farthings = 1 doit (2½d.), 10 doits = 1 florin (2s. 1d.), 10 florins = +1 pound (20s. 10d.). The advantages claimed for this scheme +were (1) the preservation of the smaller coins (the penny = +4 farthings); and (2) the avoidance of interference with the +smaller retail prices. Its great disadvantage was the destruction +of the existing unit of value—the pound—and the consequent +disturbance of all accounts. A second proposal would retain the +pound as unit and the florin, but would subdivide the latter into +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page913" id="page913"></a>913</span> +100 “units” (or farthings reduced 4%) and introduce a new coin += 10 units (2.4d.). By it the unit of account would remain as at +present, and the shilling (as 50 units) would continue in use. +The alteration of the bronze and several silver coins, and the need +of readjusting all values and prices expressed in pence, formed +the principal difficulties. A third scheme, which was connected +with the assimilation of English to French and American money, +proposed the establishment of an 8s. gold coin as unit, with the +tenpenny or franc and the penny (reduced by 4%) as subdivisions. +The new coin would be equivalent to 10 francs or +(by an anticipated reduction of the dollar) 2 dollars. None of +these plans has gained any great amount of popular support.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>For the general question of monetary scales see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Money</a></span>, and for +the decimal system in reference to weights and measures see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Metric +System</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Weights and Measures</a></span>.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(C. F. B.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1g" id="ft1g" href="#fa1g"><span class="fn">1</span></a> For “decimal” in general see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Arithmetic</a></span>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECIUS, GAIUS MESSIUS QUINTUS TRAJANUS<a name="ar91" id="ar91"></a></span> (201-251), +Roman emperor, the first of the long succession of distinguished +men from the Illyrian provinces, was born at Budalia near +Sirmium in lower Pannonia in <span class="scs">A.D.</span> 201. About 245 the emperor +Philip the Arabian entrusted him with an important command +on the Danube, and in 249 (or end of 248), having been sent to +put down a revolt of the troops in Moesia and Pannonia, he was +forced to assume the imperial dignity. He still protested his +loyalty to Philip, but the latter advanced against him and was +slain near Verona. During his brief reign Decius was engaged in +important operations against the Goths, who crossed the Danube +and overran the districts of Moesia and Thrace. The details are +obscure, and there is considerable doubt as to the part taken in +the campaign by Decius and his son (of the same name) respectively. +The Goths were surprised by the emperor while besieging +Nicopolis on the Danube; at his approach they crossed the +Balkans, and attacked Philippopolis. Decius followed them, +but a severe defeat near Beroë made it impossible to save +Philippopolis, which fell into the hands of the Goths, who treated +the conquered with frightful cruelty. Its commander, Priscus, +declared himself emperor under Gothic protection. The siege +of Philippopolis had so exhausted the numbers and resources +of the Goths, that they offered to surrender their booty and +prisoners on condition of being allowed to retire unmolested. +But Decius, who had succeeded in surrounding them and hoped +to cut off their retreat, refused to entertain their proposals. +The final engagement, in which the Goths fought with the +courage of despair, took place on swampy ground in the Dobrudja +near Abritum (Abrittus) or Forum Trebonii and ended in the +defeat and death of Decius and his son. Decius was an excellent +soldier, a man of amiable disposition, and a capable administrator, +worthy of being classed with the best Romans of the +ancient type. The chief blot on his reign was the systematic +and authorized persecution of the Christians, which had for its +object the restoration of the religion and institutions of ancient +Rome. Either as a concession to the senate, or perhaps with the +idea of improving public morality, Decius endeavoured to revive +the separate office and authority of the censor. The choice was +left to the senate, who unanimously selected Valerian (afterwards +emperor). But Valerian, well aware of the dangers and difficulties +attaching to the office at such a time, declined the responsibility. +The invasion of the Goths and the death of Decius put an end to +the abortive attempt.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Aurelius Victor, <i>De Caesaribus</i>, 29, <i>Epit.</i> 29; Jordanes, <i>De +rebus Geticis</i>, 18; fragments of Dexippus, in C. W. Müller, <i>Frag. +Hist. Graec.</i> iii. (1849); Gibbon, <i>Decline and Fall</i>, chap. 10; +H. Schiller, <i>Geschichte der römischen Kaiserzeit</i>, i. (pt. 2), 1883.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECIZE,<a name="ar92" id="ar92"></a></span> a town of central France, in the department of Nièvre, +on an island in the Loire, 24 m. S.E. of Nevers by the Paris-Lyon +railway. Pop. (1906) 3813. The most important of its buildings +is the church of Saint Aré, which dates in part from the 11th and +12th centuries; there are also ruins of a castle of the counts of +Nevers. The town has a statue of Guy Coquille, the lawyer and +historian, who was born there in 1523. Decize is situated at the +starting-point of the Nivernais canal. The coal mine of La +Machine, which belongs to the Schneider Company of Le Creusot, +lies four miles to the north. The industries of Decize and its +suburbs on both banks of the Loire include the working of gypsum +and lime, and the manufacture of ceramic products and glass. +Trade is in horses from the Morvan, cattle, coal, iron, wood and +stone.</p> + +<p>Under the name of <i>Decetia</i> the place is mentioned by Julius +Caesar as a stronghold of the Aedui, and in 52 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> was the scene +of a meeting of the senate held by him to settle the leadership +of the tribe and to reply to his demand for aid against Vercingetorix. +In later times it belonged to the counts of Nevers, from +whom it obtained a charter of franchise in 1226.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECKER, SIR MATTHEW,<a name="ar93" id="ar93"></a></span> Bart. (1679-1749), English +merchant and writer on trade, was born in Amsterdam in 1679. +He came to London in 1702 and established himself there as a +merchant. He was remarkably successful in his business life, +gaining great wealth and having many honours conferred upon +him. He was a director of the East India Company, sat in +parliament for four years as member for Bishops Castle, and +was high sheriff of Surrey in 1729. He was created a baronet by +George I. in 1716. Decker’s fame as a writer on trade rests on +two tracts. The first, <i>Serious considerations on the several high +duties which the Nation in general, as well as Trade in particular, +labours under, with a proposal for preventing the removal of goods, +discharging the trader from any search, and raising all the Publick +Supplies by one single Tax</i> (1743; name affixed to 7th edition, +1756), proposed to do away with customs duties and substitute +a tax upon houses. He also suggested taking the duty off +tea and putting instead a licence duty on households wishing +to consume it. The second, an <i>Essay on the Causes of the +Decline of the Foreign Trade, consequently of the value of +the lands in Britain, and on the means to restore both</i> (1744), +has been attributed to W. Richardson, but internal evidence +is strongly in favour of Decker’s authorship. He advocates +the licence plan in an extended form; urges the repeal of +import duties and the abolition of bounties, and, in general, +shows himself such a strong supporter of the doctrine of +free trade as to rank as one of the most important forerunners +of Adam Smith. Decker died on the 18th of March 1749.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECKER, PIERRE DE<a name="ar94" id="ar94"></a></span> (1812-1891), Belgian statesman and +author, was educated at a Jesuit school, studied law at Paris, +and became a journalist on the staff of the <i>Revue de Bruxelles</i>. +In 1839 he was elected to the Belgian lower chamber, where +he gained a great reputation for oratory. In 1855 he became +minister of the interior and prime minister, and attempted, +by a combination of the moderate elements of the Catholic and +Liberal parties, the impossible task of effecting a settlement +of the educational and other questions by which Belgium was +distracted. In 1866 he retired from politics and went into +business, with disastrous results. He became involved in +financial speculations which lost him his good name as well as the +greater part of his fortune; and, though he was never proved to +have been more than the victim of clever operators, when in 1871 +he was appointed by the Catholic cabinet governor of Limburg, +the outcry was so great that he resigned the appointment and +retired definitively into private life. He died on the 4th of +January 1891. Decker, who was a member of the Belgian +academy, wrote several historical and other works of value, of +which the most notable are <i>Études historiques et critiques sur les +monts-de-piété en Belgique</i> (Brussels, 1844); <i>De l’influence du +libre arbitre de l’homme sur les faits sociaux</i> (1848); <i>L’Esprit de +parti et l’esprit national</i> (1852); <i>Étude politique sur le vicomte Ch. +Vilain XIIII</i> (1879); <i>Épisodes de l’hist. de l’art en Belgique</i> +(1883); <i>Biographie de H. Conscience</i> (1885).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECLARATION<a name="ar95" id="ar95"></a></span> (from Lat. <i>declarare</i>, to make fully clear, +<i>clarus</i>), formerly, in an action at English law, the first step in +pleading—the precise statement of the matter in respect of which +the plaintiff sued. It was divided into counts, in each of which +a specific cause of action was alleged, in wide and general terms, +and the same acts or omissions might be stated in several counts +as different causes of actions. Under the system of pleading +established by the Judicature Act 1875, the declaration has been +superseded by a statement of claim setting forth the facts on +which the plaintiff relies. Declarations are now in use only in +the mayor’s court of London and certain local courts of record, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page914" id="page914"></a>914</span> +and in those of the United States and the British colonies in +which the Common Law system of pleading survives. In the +United States a declaration is termed a “complaint,” which is +the first pleading in an action. It is divided into parts,—the +<i>title</i> of the court and term; the <i>venue</i> or county in which the +facts are alleged to have occurred; the <i>commencement</i>, which +contains a statement of the names of the parties and the character +in which they appear; the <i>statement</i> of the cause of action; +and the <i>conclusion</i> or claim for relief. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Pleading</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>The term is also used in other English legal connexions; <i>e.g.</i> +the Declaration of Insolvency which, when filed in the Bankruptcy +Court by any person unable to pay his debts, amounts to an act +of bankruptcy (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Bankruptcy</a></span>); the Declaration of Title, for +which, when a person apprehends an invasion of his title to land, +he may, by the Declaration of Title Act 1862, petition the Court +of Chancery (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Land Registration</a></span>); or the Declaration of +Trust, whereby a person acknowledges that property, the title of +which he holds, belongs to another, for whose use he holds it; +by the Statute of Frauds, declarations of trust of land must be +evidenced in writing and signed by the party declaring the trust. +(See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Trusts</a></span>.) By the Statutory Declarations Act 1835 (which +was an act to make provision for the abolition of unnecessary +oaths, and to repeal a previous act of the same session on the +same subject), various cases were specified in which a solemn +declaration was, or might be, substituted for an affidavit. In +nearly all civilized countries an affirmation is now permitted to +those who object to take an oath or upon whose conscience an +oath is not binding. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Affidavit</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Oath</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>An exceptional position in law is accorded to a Dying or Deathbed +Declaration. As a general rule, hearsay evidence is excluded +on a criminal charge, but where the charge is one of homicide +it is the practice to admit dying declarations of the deceased +with respect to the cause of his death. But before such declarations +can be admitted in evidence against a prisoner, it must be +proved that the deceased when making the declaration had given +up all hope of recovery. Unsworn declarations as to family +matters, <i>e.g.</i> as to pedigree, may also be admitted as evidence, as +well as declarations made by deceased persons in the course of +their duty. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Evidence</a></span>.)</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECLARATION OF PARIS,<a name="ar96" id="ar96"></a></span> a statement of principles of +international law adopted at the conclusion (16th of April 1856) +of the negotiations for the treaty of Paris at the suggestion of +Count Walewski, the French plenipotentiary. The declaration +set out that maritime law in time of war had long been the +subject of deplorable disputes, that the uncertainty of the rights +and duties in respect of it gave rise to differences of opinion +between neutrals and belligerents which might occasion serious +difficulties and even conflicts, and that it was consequently +desirable to agree upon some fixed uniform rules. The plenipotentiaries +therefore adopted the four following principles:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>1. Privateering is and remains abolished; 2. The neutral flag +covers enemy’s goods, with the exception of contraband of war; +3. Neutral goods, with the exception of contraband of war, are not +liable to capture under the enemy’s flag; 4. Blockades, in order to +be binding, must be effective, that is to say, maintained by a force +sufficient really to prevent access to the coast of the enemy.</p> +</div> + +<p>They also undertook to bring the declaration to the knowledge +of the states which had not taken part in the congress of Paris +and to invite them to accede to it. The text of the declaration +concluded as follows:—“Convinced that the maxims which +they now proclaim cannot but be received with gratitude by +the whole world, the undersigned plenipotentiaries doubt not that +the efforts of their governments to obtain the general adoption +thereof will be crowned with full success.”</p> + +<p>The declaration is of course binding only on the powers which +adopted it or have acceded to it. The majority which adopted +it consisted of Great Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, Russia, +Sardinia and Turkey. The United States government declined +to sign the declaration on the ground that, not possessing a great +navy, they would be obliged in time of war to rely largely upon +merchant ships commissioned as war vessels, and that therefore +the abolition of privateering would be entirely in favour of +European powers, whose large navies rendered them practically +independent of such aid. All other maritime states acceded to +the declaration except Spain, Mexico<a name="fa1h" id="fa1h" href="#ft1h"><span class="sp">1</span></a> and Venezuela.</p> + +<p>Although the United States and Spain were not parties to the +declaration, both, during the Spanish-American War, observed +its principles. The Spanish government, however, expressly +gave notice that it reserved its right to issue letters of marque. +At the same time both belligerents organized services of auxiliary +cruisers composed of merchant ships under the command of naval +officers. In how far this might operate as a veiled revival of the +forbidden practice has now ceased to be a matter of much +importance, the Hague Conference having adopted a series of +rules on the subject which may be said to interpret the first of +the four principles of the declaration with such precision as to take +its place.</p> + +<p>The New Convention on the subject (October 18th, 1907) sets +out that, in view of the incorporation in time of war of merchant +vessels in combatant fleets, it is desirable to define the conditions +under which this can be effected, that, nevertheless, the contracting +powers, not having been able to come to an understanding +on the question whether the transformation of a merchant +ship into a war vessel may take place on the high sea,<a name="fa2h" id="fa2h" href="#ft2h"><span class="sp">2</span></a> are agreed +that the question of the place of transformation is in no way +affected by the rules adopted, which are as follows:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Art. i. No merchant ship transformed into a war vessel can +have the rights and obligations attaching to this condition unless it +is placed under the direct authority, the immediate control and the +responsibility of the power whose flag it carries.</p> + +<p>Art. ii. Merchant ships transformed into war vessels must bear +the distinctive external signs of war vessels of their nationality.</p> + +<p>Art. iii. The officer commanding must be in the service of the state, +and properly commissioned by the competent authorities. His name +must appear in the list of officers of the combatant fleet.</p> + +<p>Art. iv. The crew must be subject to the rules of military discipline.</p> + +<p>Art. v. Every merchant ship transformed into a war vessel is bound +to conform, in its operation, to the laws and customs of war.</p> + +<p>Art. vi. The belligerent who transforms a merchant ship into a +war vessel must, as soon as possible, mention this transformation +on the list of vessels belonging to its combatant fleet.</p> + +<p>Art. vii. The provisions of the present convention are only applicable +as among the contracting powers and provided the belligerents +are all parties to the convention.</p> + +<p>See T. Gibson Bowles, <i>Declaration of Paris</i> (London, 1900); Sir T. +Barclay, <i>Problems of International Practice and Diplomacy</i> (London, +1907), chap. xv.<span class="sp">2</span>.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(T. Ba.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1h" id="ft1h" href="#fa1h"><span class="fn">1</span></a> At the 7th plenary sitting of the second Hague Conference +(September 7th, 1907) the chiefs of the Spanish and Mexican delegations, +M. de Villa Urratia and M. de la Barra, announced the +determination of their respective governments to accede to the +Declaration of Paris.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2h" id="ft2h" href="#fa2h"><span class="fn">2</span></a> This relates to the incident in the Russo-Japanese War of the +transformation of Russian vessels which had passed through the +Dardanelles unarmed.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECLARATOR,<a name="ar97" id="ar97"></a></span> in Scots law, a form of action by which some +right of property, or of servitude, or of status, or some inferior +right or interest, is sought to be judicially declared.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECLINATION<a name="ar98" id="ar98"></a></span> (from Lat. <i>declinare</i>, to decline), in magnetism +the angle between true north and magnetic north, <i>i.e.</i> the +variation between the true meridian and the magnetic meridian. +In 1596 at London the angle of declination was 11° E. of N., in +1652 magnetic north was true north, in 1815 the magnetic +needle pointed 24½° W. of N., in 1891 18° W., in 1896 17° 56′ W. +and in 1906 17° 45′. The angle is gradually diminishing and the +declination will in time again be 0°, when it will slowly increase in +an easterly direction, the north magnetic pole oscillating slowly +around the North Pole. Regular daily changes of declination +also occur. Magnetic storms cause irregular variations sometimes +of one or two degrees. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Magnetism, Terrestrial</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>In astronomy the declination is the angular distance, as seen +from the earth, of a heavenly body from the celestial equator, +thus corresponding with terrestrial latitude.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECOLOURIZING,<a name="ar99" id="ar99"></a></span> in practical chemistry and chemical +technology, the removal of coloured impurities from a substance. +The agent most frequently used is charcoal, preferably prepared +from blood, which when shaken with a coloured solution frequently +precipitates the coloured substances leaving the solution +clear. Thus the red colour of wines may be removed by filtering +the wine through charcoal; the removal of the dark-coloured +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page915" id="page915"></a>915</span> +impurities which arise in the manufacture of sugar may be +similarly effected. Other “decolourizers” are sulphurous acid, +permanganates and manganates, all of which have received +application in the sugar industry.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECORATED PERIOD,<a name="ar100" id="ar100"></a></span> in architecture, the term given by +Richman to the second pointed or Gothic style, 1307-1377. It +is characterized by its window tracery, geometrical at first and +flowing in the later period, owing to the omission of the circles +in the tracery of windows, which led to the juxtaposition of the +foliations and their pronounced curves of contre-flexure. This +flowing or flamboyant tracery was introduced in the first quarter +of the century and lasted about fifty years. The arches are +generally equilateral, and the mouldings bolder than in the Early +English, with less depth in the hollows and with the fillet largely +used. The ball flower and a four-leaved flower take the place of +the dog-tooth, and the foliage in the capitals is less conventional +than in Early English and more flowing, and the diaper patterns +in walls are more varied. The principal examples are those of the +east end of Lincoln and Carlisle cathedral; the west fronts of +York and Lichfield; the crossing of Ely cathedral, including the +lantern and three west bays of choir and the Lady Chapel; and +Melrose Abbey.</p> +<div class="author">(R. P. S.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE COSTA, BENJAMIN FRANKLIN<a name="ar101" id="ar101"></a></span> (1831-1904), American +clergyman and historical writer, was born in Charlestown, +Massachusetts, on the 10th of July 1831. He graduated in 1856 +at the Biblical Institute at Concord, New Hampshire (now a +part of Boston University), became a minister in the Episcopal +Church in 1857, and during the next three years was a rector +first at North Adams, and then at Newton Lower Falls, Mass. +After serving as chaplain in two Massachusetts regiments during +the first two years of the Civil War, he became editor (1863) of +<i>The Christian Times</i> in New York, and subsequently edited <i>The +Episcopalian</i> and <i>The Magazine of American History</i>. He was +rector of the church of St John the Evangelist in New York city +from 1881 to 1899, when he resigned in consequence of being +converted to Roman Catholicism. He was one of the organizers +and long the secretary of the Church Temperance Society, and +founded and was the first president (1884-1899) of the American +branch of the White Cross Society. He became a high authority +on early American cartography and the history of the period of +exploration. He died in New York city on the 4th of November +1904. In addition to numerous monographs and valuable +contributions to Winsor’s <i>Narrative and Critical History of +America</i>, he published <i>The Pre-Columbian Discovery of America +by the Northmen</i> (1868); <i>The Northmen in Maine</i> (1870); <i>The +Moabite Stone</i> (1871); <i>The Rector of Roxburgh</i> (1871), a novel +under the <i>nom de plume</i> of “William Hickling”; and <i>Verrazano +the Explorer; being a Vindication of his Letter and Voyage</i> (1880).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE COSTER, CHARLES THÉODORE HENRI<a name="ar102" id="ar102"></a></span> (1827-1879), +Belgian writer, was born at Munich on the 20th of August 1827. +His father, Augustin de Coster, was a native of Liége, who was +attached to the household of the papal nuncio at Munich, but +soon returned to Belgium. Charles was placed in a Brussels bank, +but in 1850 he entered the university of Brussels, where he +completed his studies in 1855. He was one of the founders of the +<i>Société des Joyeux</i>, a small literary club, more than one member +of which was to achieve literary distinction. De Coster made +his début as a poet in the <i>Revue trimestrielle</i>, founded in 1854, +and his first efforts in prose were contributed to a periodical +entitled <i>Uylenspiegel</i> (founded 1856). A correspondence covering +the years 1850-1858, his <i>Lettres à Élisa</i>, were edited by +Ch. Potvin in 1894. He was a keen student of Rabelais and +Montaigne, and familiarized himself with 16th-century French. +He said that Flemish manners and speech could not be rendered +faithfully in modern French, and accordingly wrote his best +works in the old tongue. The success of his <i>Légendes flamandes</i> +(1857) was increased by the illustrations of Félicien Rops and +other friends. In 1861 he published his <i>Contes brabançons</i>, in +modern French. His masterpiece is his <i>Légende de Thyl Uylenspiegel +et de Lamme Goedzak</i> (1867), a 16th-century romance, in +which Belgian patriotism found its fullest expression. In the +preparation for this prose epic of the <i>gueux</i> he spent some ten +years. Uylenspiegel (Eulenspiegel) has been compared to Don +Quixote, and even to Panurge. He is the type of the 16th-century +Fleming, and the history of his resurrection from the grave itself +was accepted as an allegory of the destiny of the race. The +exploits of himself and his friend form the thread of a semi-historical +narrative, full of racy humour, in spite of the barbarities +that find a place in it. This book also was illustrated by +Rops and others. In 1870 De Coster became professor of general +history and of French literature at the military school. His +works however were not financially profitable; in spite of his +government employment he was always in difficulties; and he +died in much discouragement on the 7th of May 1879 at Ixelles, +Brussels. The expensive form in which <i>Uylenspiegel</i> was produced +made it open only to a limited class of readers, and when +a new and cheap edition in modern French appeared in 1893 it +was received practically as a new book in France and Belgium.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECOY,<a name="ar103" id="ar103"></a></span> a contrivance for the capture or enticing of duck +and other wild fowl within range of a gun, hence any trap +or enticement into a place or situation of danger. Decoys are +usually made on the following plan: long tunnels leading from +the sea, channel or estuary into a pool or pond are covered +with an arched net, which gradually narrows in width; the +ducks are enticed into this by a tame trained bird, also known +as a “decoy” or “decoy-duck.” In America the “decoy” +is an artificial bird, placed in the water as if it were feeding, +which attracts the wild fowl within range of the concealed +sportsman. The word “decoy” has, etymologically, a complicated +history. It appears in English first in the 17th century +in these senses as “coy” and “coy-duck,” from the Dutch <i>kooi</i>, +a word which is ultimately connected with Latin <i>cavea</i>, hollow +place, “cage.”<a name="fa1i" id="fa1i" href="#ft1i"><span class="sp">1</span></a> The <i>de</i>-, with which the word begins, is either +a corruption of “duck-coy,” the Dutch article <i>de</i>, or a corruption +of the Dutch <i>eende-kooi</i>, <i>eende</i>, duck. The <i>New English +Dictionary</i> points out that the word “decoy” is found in +the particular sense of a sharper or swindler as a slang term +slightly earlier than “coy” or “decoy” in the ordinary sense, +and, as the name of a game of cards, as early as 1550, apparently +with no connexion in meaning. It is suggested that “coy” may +have been adapted to this word.</p> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1i" id="ft1i" href="#fa1i"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Distinguish “coy,” affectedly shy or modest, from O. Fr. <i>coi</i>, +Lat. <i>quietus</i>, quiet.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECREE<a name="ar104" id="ar104"></a></span> (from the past participle, <i>decretus</i>, of Lat. <i>decernere</i>), +in earlier form <i>Decreet</i>, an authoritative decision having the force +of law; the judgment of a court of justice. In Roman law, a +decree (<i>decretum</i>) was the decision of the emperor, as the supreme +judicial officer, settling a case which had been referred to him. +In ecclesiastical law the term was given to a decision of an ecclesiastical +council settling a doubtful point of doctrine or discipline +(cf. also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Decretals</a></span>). In English law decree was more particularly +the judgment of a court of equity, but since the Judicature +Acts the expression “judgment” (<i>q.v.</i>) is employed in reference +to the decisions of all the divisions of the supreme court. A +“decree <i>nisi</i>” is the conditional order for a dissolution of marriage +made by the divorce court, and it is made “absolute” after six +months (which period may, however, be shortened) in the absence +of sufficient cause shown to the contrary. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Divorce</a></span>.) <i>Decreet +arbitral</i> is a Scottish phrase for the award of an arbitrator.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECRETALS<a name="ar105" id="ar105"></a></span> (<i>Epistolae decretales</i>), the name (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Decree</a></span> +above), which is given in Canon Law to those letters of the pope +which formulate decisions in ecclesiastical law; they are generally +given in answer to consultations, but are sometimes due to the +initiative of the popes. These furnish, with the canons of the +councils, the chief source of the legislation of the church, and form +the greater part of the <i>Corpus Juris</i>. In this connexion they are +dealt with in the article on Canon Law (<i>q.v.</i>).</p> + +<p><i>The False Decretals.</i> A special interest, however, attaches to +the celebrated collection known by this name. This collection, +indeed, comprises at least as many canons of councils as decretals, +and the decretals contained in it are not all forgeries. It is an +amplification and interpolation, by means of spurious decretals, +of the canonical collection in use in the Church of Spain in the 8th +century, all the documents in which are perfectly authentic. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page916" id="page916"></a>916</span> +With these amplifications, the collection dates from the middle +of the 9th century. We shall give a brief account of its contents, +its history and its influence on canon law.</p> + +<p>The author assumes the name of Isidore, evidently the archbishop +of Seville, who was credited with a preponderating part +in the compilation of the <i>Hispana</i>; he takes in addition the +surname of Mercator, perhaps because he has made use of two +passages of Marius Mercator. Hence the custom of alluding to +the author of the collection under the name of the pseudo-Isidore.</p> + +<p>The collection itself is divided into three parts. The first, +which is entirely spurious, contains, after the preface and various +introductory sections, seventy letters attributed to the popes of +the first three centuries, up to the council of Nicaea, <i>i.e.</i> up to but +not including St Silvester; all these letters are a fabrication of +the pseudo-Isidore, except two spurious letters of Clement, which +were already known. The second part is the collection of +councils, classified according to their regions, as it figures in the +<i>Hispana</i>; the few spurious pieces which are added, and notably +the famous Donation of Constantine, were already in existence. +In the third part the author continues the series of decretals which +he had interrupted at the council of Nicaea. But as the collection +of authentic decretals does not begin till Siricius (385), the +pseudo-Isidore first forges thirty letters, which he attributes to +the popes from Silvester to Damasus; after this he includes +the authentic decretals, with the intermixture of thirty-five +apocryphal ones, generally given under the name of those popes +who were not represented in the authentic collection, but sometimes +also under the names of the others, for example, Damasus, +St Leo, Vigilius and St Gregory; with one or two exceptions he +does not interpolate genuine decretals. The series stops at St +Gregory the Great (d. 604), except for one letter of Gregory II. +(715-731). The forged letters are not, for the most part, entirely +composed of fresh material; the author draws his inspiration +from the notices on each of the popes given in the <i>Liber Pontificalis</i>; +he inserts whole passages from ecclesiastical writers; and +he antedates the evidences of a discipline which actually existed; +so it is by no means all invented.</p> + +<p>Thus the authentic elements were calculated to serve as a +passport for the forgeries, which were, moreover, quite skilfully +composed. In fact, the collection thus blended was passed from +hand to hand without meeting with any opposition. At most all +that was asked was whether those decretals which did not appear +in the <i>Liber canonum</i> (the collection of Dionysius Exiguus, +accepted in France) had the force of law, but Pope Nicholas +having answered that all the pontifical letters had the same +authority (see <i>Decr. Gra.</i> Dist. xix. c. 1), they were henceforward +accepted, and passed in turn into the later canonical collections. +No doubts found an expression until the 15th century, when +Cardinal Nicholas of Cusa (d. 1464) and Juan Torquemada +(d. 1468) freely expressed their suspicions. More than one +scholar of the 16th century, George Cassander, Erasmus, and the +two editors of the <i>Decretum</i> of Gratian, Dumoulin (d. 1568) and +Le Conte (d. 1577), decisively rejected the False Decretals. +This contention was again upheld, in the form of a violent polemic +against the papacy, by the Centuriators of Magdeburg (<i>Ecclesiastica +historia</i>, Basel, 1559-1574); the attempt at refutation by +the Jesuit Torres (<i>Adversus Centur. Magdeburg. libri quinque</i>, +Florence, 1572) provoked a violent rejoinder from the Protestant +minister David Blondel (<i>Pseudo-Isidorus et Turrianus rapulantes</i>, +Geneva, 1620). Since then, the conclusion has been accepted, +and all researches have been of an almost exclusively historical +character. One by one the details are being precisely determined, +and the question may now almost be said to be settled.</p> + +<p>In the first place, an exact determination of the date of the +collection has been arrived at. On the one hand, it cannot go +back further than 847, the date of the False Capitularies, +with which the author of the False Decretals was +<span class="sidenote">Date.</span> +acquainted.<a name="fa1j" id="fa1j" href="#ft1j"><span class="sp">1</span></a> On the other hand, in a letter of Lupus, abbot of +Ferrières, written in 858, and in the synodical letter of the council +of Quierzy in 857 are to be found quotations which are certainly +from these false decretals; and further, an undoubted allusion +in the statutes given by Hincmar to his diocese on the 1st of +November 852. The composition of the collection must then be +dated approximately at 850.</p> + +<p>The object which the forger had in view is clearly stated in +his preface; the reform of the canon law, or rather its better +application. But, again, in what particular respects +he wishes it to be reformed can be best deduced from +<span class="sidenote">Aim of the author.</span> +certain preponderant ideas which make themselves +felt in the apocryphal documents. He constantly harps upon +accusations brought against bishops and the way they were +judged; his wish is to prevent them from being unjustly accused, +deposed or deprived of their sees; to this end he multiplies the +safeguards of procedure, and secures the right of appeal to the +pope and the possibility of restoring bishops to their sees. His +object, too, was to protect the property, as well as the persons, +of the clergy against the encroachments of the temporal power. +In the second place, Isidore wishes to increase the strength and +cohesion of the churches; he tries to give absolute stability to +the diocese and the ecclesiastical province; he reinforces the +rights of the bishop and his comprovincials, while he initiates +a determined campaign against the <i>chorepiscopi</i>; finally, as the +keystone of the arch he places the papacy. These aims are most +laudable, and in no way subversive; but the author must have +had some particular reasons for emphasizing these questions +rather than others; and the examination of these reasons may +help us to determine the nationality of this collection.</p> + +<p>The name of Isidore usurped by the author at first led to the +supposition that the False Decretals originated in Spain; this +opinion no longer meets with any support; it is enough +to point out that there is no Spanish manuscript of the +<span class="sidenote">Nationality of the collection.</span> +collection, at least until the 13th century. In the 16th +century the Protestants, who wished to represent the +forgeries in the light of an attempt in favour of the papacy, +ascribed the origin of the False Decretals to Rome, but neither +the manuscript tradition nor the facts confirm this view, which +is nowadays entirely abandoned. Everybody is agreed in placing +the origin of the False Decretals within the Frankish empire. +Within these limits, three different theories have successively +arisen: “At first it was thought that Isidore’s domicile could be +fixed in the province of Mainz, it is now about fifty years ago that +the balance of opinion was turned in favour of the province of +Reims; and now, after the lapse of about twenty years, several +authors have suggested the province of Tours” (P. Fournier, +<i>Étude sur les Fausses Décrétales</i>). In favour of Mainz, especial +stress was laid on the fact that it was the country of Benedictus +Levita, the compiler of the False Capitularies, to which the False +Decretals are closely related. But Benedict, the deacon of Otgar +of Mainz, is as much of a hypothetical personage as Isidorus +Mercator; moreover, in the middle of the 9th century the +condition of the province of Mainz was not disturbed, nor were +the <i>chorepiscopi</i> menaced. In favour of Reims, it has been +pointed out that it was there that the first judicial use of the +False Decretals is recorded, in the trials of Rothad, bishop of +Soissons (d. 869), and of Hincmar the younger, bishop of Laon +(d. <i>c.</i> 882); and an application of the axiom has been attempted: +<i>Is fecit cui prodest</i>. But both these trials took place later than +852, at which date the existence of the collection is an established +fact; the texts of it were used, but they were in existence before. +Between 847 and 852, the province of Reims was disturbed by +another affair, that of the clergy ordained by Ebbo at the time +of his short restoration to the see of Reims, in 840-841; these +clerics, Vulfadus (afterwards archbishop of Bourges), and a few +others, had been suspended by Hincmar on his election in 845. +But the affair of Ebbo’s clergy did not become critical till the +council of Soissons in 853; up till then these clergy had, so far +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page917" id="page917"></a>917</span> +as we know, produced no documents, and the citations from the +False Decretals made in their later writings do not prove that +they had forged them. Moreover, Hincmar would not have cited +the forged letters of the popes in 852; above all, this theory would +not explain the chief preoccupation of the forger, which is to +protect bishops against unjust judgments and depositions. We +must, then, look for conditions in which the bishops were concerned. +It is precisely this which has suggested the province of +Tours. Brittany, which was dependent on the province of Tours, +had just for a time recovered its independence, thanks to its +duke Nominoé. The struggle between the two nationalities, the +Celt and the Frank, found a reflexion in the sphere of religion. +The Breton bishops were for the most part abbots of monasteries, +who had but little consideration for the territorial limits of the +civitates; and many of the religious usages of the Bretons differed +profoundly from those of the Franks. Charlemagne had divided +up the Breton dioceses and established in them Frankish bishops. +Nominoé hastened to depose the four Frankish bishops, after +wringing from them by force confessions of simony; he then +established a metropolitan see at Dol. Hence arose incessant +complaints on the part of the dispossessed bishops, of the +metropolitan of Tours, and his suffragans, notably those of Angers +and Le Mans, which were more exposed than the others to the +incursions of the Bretons; and this gave rise to numerous papal +letters, and all this throughout a period of thirty years. There +were requests that the bishops should be judged according to +the rules, protests against the interlopers, demands for the restoration +of the bishops to their sees. These circumstances +fall in perfectly with the questions about which, as we have +pointed out, the pseudo-Isidore was mainly concerned: the +judgment of bishops, and the stability of the ecclesiastical +organizations.</p> + +<p>In the province of Tours, attempts have been made to define +more clearly the centre of the forgeries, and the most recent +authorities fix upon Le Mans. The sole argument, though a very +weighty one, is found in the undeniable relation, revealed in +an astonishing similarity both in expressions and composition, +which exists between these forgeries and some other documents +certainly fabricated at Le Mans, under the episcopate of Aldric +(832-856), notably the <i>Actus Pontificum Cenomanis in urbe +degentium</i>, in which there is no lack of forged documents. These +certainly bear the mark of the same hand.</p> + +<p>Though we cannot admit that the False Decretals were composed +in order to enforce the rights of the papacy, we may at +least consider whether the popes did not make use of +the False Decretals to support their rights. It is +<span class="sidenote">Canonical influence.</span> +certain that in 864 Rothad of Soissons took with him +to Rome, if not the collection, at least important extracts +from the pseudo-Isidore; M. Fournier has pointed out in the +letters of the pope of that time, “a literary influence, which +is shown in the choice of expressions and metaphors,” notably +in those passages relating to the <i>restitutio spolii</i>; but he +concludes by affirming that the ideas and acts of Nicholas +were not modified by the new collection: even before 864 he +acted in affairs concerning bishops, <i>e.g.</i> in the case of the +Breton bishops or the adversaries of Photius, patriarch of +Constantinople, exactly as he acted later; all that can be +said is that the False Decretals, though not expressly cited +by the pope, “led him to accentuate still further the arguments +which he drew from the decrees of his predecessors,” notably +with regard to the <i>exceptio spolii</i>. In the papal letters of the +end of the 9th and the whole of the 10th century, only two +or three insignificant citations of the pseudo-Isidore have been +pointed out; the use of the pseudo-Isidorian forged documents +did not become prevalent at Rome till about the middle of the +11th century, in consequence of the circulation of the canonical +collections in which they figured; but nobody then thought of +casting any doubts on the authenticity of those documents. +One thing only is established, and this may be said to have been +the real effect of the False Decretals, namely, the powerful +impulse which they gave in the Frankish territories to the movement +towards centralization round the see of Rome, and the legal +obstacles which they opposed to unjust proceedings against the +bishops.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography.</span>—The best edition is that of P. Hinschius, +<i>Decretales pseudo-Isidorianae et capitula Angilramni</i> (Leipzig, 1863). +In it the authentic texts are printed in two columns, the forgeries +across the whole width of the page; an important preface of +ccxxviii. pages contains, besides the classification of the MSS., a +profound study of the sources and other questions bearing on the +collection. After the works cited above, the following dissertations +should be noted. Placing the origin of the False Decretals at Rome +is: A. Theiner, <i>De pseudo-Isidoriana canonum collectione</i> (Breslau, +1827); at Mainz, the brothers Ballerini, <i>De antiquis collectionibus et +collectoribus canonum</i>, iii. (<i>S. Leonis opera</i>, t. iii.; Migne, <i>Patrologia +Lat.</i> t. 56); Blascus, <i>De coll. canonum Isidori Mercatoris</i> +(Naples, 1760); Wasserschleben, <i>Beiträge zur Geschichte der falschen +Dekretalen</i> (Breslau, 1844); in the province of Reims: Weizsäcker, +“Die pseudoisidorianische Frage,” in the <i>Histor. Zeitschrift</i> of Sybel +(1860); Hinschius, Preface, p. ccviii.; A. Tardif, <i>Histoire des sources +du droit canonique</i> (Paris, 1887); Schneider, <i>Die Lehre der Kirchenrechtsquellen</i> +(Regensburg, 1892). An excellent résumé of the +question; seems more favourable to Le Mans in the article of the +<i>Kirchenlexicon</i> of Wetzer and Welte (2nd ed.); F. Lot, <i>Études sur le +règne de Hugues Capet</i> (Paris, 1903); Lesne, <i>La Hiérarchie episcopale +en Gaule et Germanie</i> (Paris, 1905); for the province of Tours and +Le Mans: B. Simson, <i>Die Entstehung der pseudoisidor. Fälschungen +in Le Mans</i> (Leipzig, 1886. It is he who pointed out the connexion +with the forgeries of Le Mans); especially Paul Fournier, +“La Question des fausses décrétales,” in the <i>Nouvelle Revue historique +de droit français et étranger</i> (1887, 1888); in the <i>Congrès internat. +des savants cathol.</i> t. ii.; “Étude sur les fausses décrétales,” in +<i>Revue d’histoire ecclésiastique de Louvain</i> (1906, 1907), to which the +above article is greatly indebted.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(A. Bo.*)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1j" id="ft1j" href="#fa1j"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The False Capitularies are for civil legislation what the False +Decretals are for ecclesiastical legislation: three books of Capitularies +of the Frankish kings, more of which are spurious than authentic. +The author gives himself out as a certain Benedict, a deacon +of the church of Mainz; hence the name by which he is usually +known, Benedictus Levita. The two false collections are closely +akin, and are doubtless the fabrication of the same hands.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DECURIO,<a name="ar106" id="ar106"></a></span> a Roman official title, used in three connexions. +(1) A member of the senatorial order in the Italian towns under +the administration of Rome, and later in provincial towns +organized on the Italian model (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Curia</a></span> 4). The number of +<i>decuriones</i> varied in different towns, but was usually 100. The +qualifications for the office were fixed in each town by a special law +for that community (<i>lex municipalis</i>). Cicero (<i>in Verr.</i> 2. 49, 120) +alludes to an age limit (originally thirty years, until lowered +by Augustus to twenty-five), to a property qualification (cf. Pliny, +<i>Ep.</i> i. 19. 2), and to certain conditions of rank. The method of +appointment varied in different towns and at different periods. +In the early municipal constitution ex-magistrates passed automatically +into the senate of their town; but at a later date this +order was reversed, and membership of the senate became a +qualification for the magistracy. Cicero (<i>l.c.</i>) speaks of the senate +in the Sicilian towns as appointed by a vote of the township. +But in most towns it was the duty of the chief magistrate to +draw up a list (<i>album</i>) of the senators every five years. The +<i>decuriones</i> held office for life. They were convened by the +magistrate, who presided as in the Roman senate. Their powers +were extensive. In all matters the magistrates were obliged +to act according to their direction, and in some towns they heard +cases of appeal against judicial sentences passed by the +magistrate. By the time of the municipal law of Julius Caesar +(45 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>) special privileges were conferred on the <i>decuriones</i>, +including the right to appeal to Rome for trial in criminal cases. +Under the principate their status underwent a marked decline. +The office was no longer coveted, and documents of the 3rd and +4th centuries show that means were devised to compel members +of the towns to undertake it. By the time of the jurists it had +become hereditary and compulsory. This change was largely +due to the heavy financial burdens which the Roman government +laid on the municipal senates. (2) The president of a +<i>decuria</i>, a subdivision of the <i>curia</i> (<i>q.v.</i>). (3) An officer in the +Roman cavalry, commanding a troop of ten men (<i>decuria</i>).</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography.</span>—C. G. Bruns, <i>Fontes juris Romani</i>, c. 3, No. 18, +c. 4, Nos. 27, 29, 30 (<i>leges municipales</i>); J. C. Orelli, <i>Inscr. Latinae</i>, +No. 3721 (Album of Canusium); Godefroy, <i>Paratitl. ad cod. Theodosianam</i>, +xii. 1 (vol. iv. pp. 352 et seq., ed. Ritter); J. Marquardt, +<i>Römische Staatsverwaltung</i>, i. pp. 183 et seq. (Leipzig, 1881); +P. Willems, <i>Droit public romain</i>, pp. 535 et seq. (Paris, 1884); Pauly-Wissowa, +<i>Realencyclopädie</i>, IV. ii. pp. 2319 foll. (Stuttgart, 1901); +W. Liebenam, <i>Städteverwaltung im römischen Kaiserreiche</i> (Leipzig, +1900).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(A. M. Cl.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DÉDÉAGATCH,<a name="ar107" id="ar107"></a></span> a seaport of European Turkey, in the vilayet +of Adrianople, 10 m. N.W. of the Maritza estuary, on the Gulf of +Enos, an inlet of the Aegean Sea. Pop. (1905) about 3000, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page918" id="page918"></a>918</span> +mostly Greeks. Until 1871 Dédéagatch was a mere cluster of +fishermen’s huts. A new town then began to spring up, settlers +being attracted by the prospect of opening up a trade in the +products of a vast forest of valonia oaks which grew near. In +1873 it was made the chief town of a <i>Kaza</i>, to which it gave its +name, and a <i>Kaimakam</i> was appointed to it. In 1884 it was +raised in administrative rank from a <i>Kaza</i> to a <i>Sanjak</i>, and the +governor became a <i>Mutessarif</i>. In 1889 the Greek archbishopric +of Enos was transferred to Dédéagatch. On the opening, early in +1896, of the Constantinople-Salonica railway, which has a station +here, a large proportion of the extensive transit trade which +Enos, situated at the mouth of the Maritza, had acquired, was +immediately diverted to Dédéagatch, and an era of unprecedented +prosperity began; but when the railway connecting +Burgas on the Black Sea with the interior was opened, in 1898, +Dédéagatch lost all it had won from Enos. Owing to the lack of +shelter in its open roadstead, the port has not become the great +commercial centre which its position otherwise qualifies it to be. +It is, however, one of the chief outlets for the grain trade of the +Adrianople, Demotica and Xanthi districts. The valonia trade +has also steadily developed, and is supplemented by the export +of timber, tobacco and almonds. In 1871, while digging out +the foundations of their houses, the settlers found many ancient +tombs. Probably these are relics, not of the necropolis of the +ancient <i>Zonê</i>, but of a monastic community of Dervishes, of +the Dédé sect, which was established here in the 15th century, +shortly after the Turkish conquest, and gave to the place its +name.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEDHAM,<a name="ar108" id="ar108"></a></span> a township and the county seat of Norfolk county, +Massachusetts, U.S.A., with an area of 23 sq. m. of comparatively +level country. Pop. (1890) 7123; (1900) 7457, of whom 2186 were +foreign-born; (1910 U.S. census) 9284. The township is +traversed by the New York, New Haven & Hartford railway, and +by interurban electric lines. It contains three villages, Dedham, +East Dedham and Oakdale. Dedham has a public library +(1854; incorporated 1871). The Dedham historical society was +organized in 1859 and was incorporated in 1862. The Fairbanks +house was erected in part as early as 1654. Carpets, handkerchiefs +and woollen goods are manufactured, and a pottery here +is reputed to make the only true crackleware outside the East. +Dedham was “planted” in 1635 and was incorporated in 1636. +It was one of the first two inland settlements of the colony, being +coeval with Concord. The original plantation, about 20 m. long +and 10 m. wide, extended from Roxbury and Dorchester to the +present state line of Rhode Island: from this territory several +townships were created, including Westwood (pop. in 1910, 1266), +in 1897. A free public school, one of the first in America to be +supported by direct taxation, was established in Dedham in +1645. In the Woodward tavern, the birthplace of Fisher Ames, +a convention met in September 1774 and adjourned to Milton +(<i>q.v.</i>), where it passed the Suffolk Resolves.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEDICATION<a name="ar109" id="ar109"></a></span> (Lat. <i>dedicatio</i>, from <i>dedicare</i>, to proclaim, to +announce), properly the setting apart of anything by solemn +proclamation. It is thus in Latin the term particularly applied +to the consecration of altars, temples and other sacred buildings, +and also to the inscription prefixed to a book, &c., and addressed +to some particular person. This latter practice, which formerly +had the purpose of gaining the patronage and support of the +person so addressed, is now only a mark of affection or regard. +In law, the word is used of the setting apart by a private owner +of a road to public use. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Highway</a></span>.)</p> + +<p><i>The Feast of Dedication</i> (<span title="hanuka">חנכה</span>; <span class="grk" title="ta egkainia">τὰ ἐγκαίνια</span>) was a Jewish +festival observed for eight days from the 25th of Kislev +(<i>i.e.</i> about December 12) in commemoration of the reconsecration +(165 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>) of the temple and especially of the altar of +burnt offering, after they had been desecrated in the persecution +under Antiochus Epiphanes (168 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>). The distinguishing +features of the festival were the illumination of houses and +synagogues, a custom probably taken over from the feast of +tabernacles, and the recitation of Psalm xxx. The biblical +references are 1 Macc. i. 41-64, iv. 36-39; 2 Macc. vi. 1-11; +John x. 22. See also 2 Macc. i. 9, 18; ii. 16; and Josephus, +<i>Antiq.</i> xii. v. 4. J. Wellhausen suggests that the feast was +originally connected with the winter solstice, and only afterwards +with the events narrated in Maccabees.</p> + +<p><i>Dedication of Churches.</i>—The custom of solemnly dedicating +or consecrating buildings as churches or chapels set apart for +Christian worship must be almost as old as Christianity itself. +If we find no reference to it in the New Testament or in the very +earliest apostolic or post-apostolic writings, it is merely due to the +fact that Christian churches had not as yet begun to be built. +Throughout the ante-Nicene period, until the reign of Constantine, +Christian churches were few in number, and any public dedication +of them would have been attended with danger in those days of +heathen persecution. This is why we are ignorant as to what +liturgical forms and what consecration ritual were employed in +those primitive times. But when we come to the earlier part of +the 4th century allusions to and descriptions of the consecration +of churches become plentiful.</p> + +<p>Like so much else in the worship and ritual of the Christian +church this service is probably of Jewish origin. The hallowing +of the tabernacle and of its furniture and ornaments (Exodus +xl.); the dedication of Solomon’s temple (1 Kings viii.) and of +the second temple by Zerubbabel (Ezra vi.), and its rededication +by Judas Maccabaeus (see above), and the dedication of the +temple of Herod the Great (Josephus, <i>Antiq. of the Jews</i>, bk. +xv. c. xi. § 6), and our Lord’s recognition of the Feast of Dedication +(St John xi. 22, 23)—all these point to the probability +of the Christians deriving their custom from a Jewish origin, +quite apart from the intrinsic appropriateness of such a custom +in itself.</p> + +<p>Eusebius (<i>Hist. Eccles.</i> lib. x. cap. 3) speaks of the dedication +of churches rebuilt after the Diocletian persecution, including the +church at Tyre in <span class="scs">A.D.</span> 314. The consecrations of the church of +the Holy Sepulchre at Jerusalem in <span class="scs">A.D.</span> 335, which had been +built by Constantine, and of other churches after his time, are +described both by Eusebius and by other ecclesiastical historians. +From them we gather that every consecration was accompanied +by a celebration of the Holy Eucharist and a sermon, and special +prayers of a dedicatory character, but there is no trace of the +elaborate ritual, to be described presently, of the medieval +pontificals dating from the 8th century onwards.</p> + +<p>The separate consecration of altars is provided for by canon 14 +of the council of Agde in 506, and by canon 26 of the council of +Epaone in 517, the latter containing the first known reference to +the usage of anointing the altar with chrism. The use of both +holy water and of unction is attributed to St Columbanus, who +died in 615 (Walafrid Strabo, <i>Vita S. Galli</i>, cap. 6).</p> + +<p>There was an annual commemoration of the original dedication +of the church, a feast with its octave extending over eight +days, during which Gregory the Great encouraged the erection +of booths and general feasting on the part of the populace, +to compensate them for, and in some way to take the place of, +abolished heathen festivities (Sozomen, <i>Hist. Eccles.</i> lib. ii. +cap. 26; Bede, <i>Hist. Eccles.</i> lib. i. cap. 30).</p> + +<p>At an early date the right to consecrate churches was reserved +to bishops, as by canon 37 of the first council of Bracara in 563, +and by the 23rd of the Irish collections of canons, once attributed +to St Patrick, but hardly to be put earlier than the 8th century +(Haddon and Stubbs, <i>Councils, &c.</i>, vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 329).</p> + +<p>When we come to examine the MS. and printed service-books +of the medieval church, we find a lengthy and elaborate service +provided for the consecration of churches. It is contained in the +pontifical. The earliest pontifical which has come down to us is +that of Egbert, archbishop of York (732-766), which, however, +only survives in a 10th-century MS. copy. Later pontificals are +numerous; we cannot describe all their variations. A good idea, +however, of the general character of the service will be obtained +from a skeleton of it as performed in this country before the +Reformation according to the use of Sarum. The service in +question is taken from an early 15th-century pontifical in the +Cambridge University Library as printed by W. Makell in +<i>Monumenta ritualia ecclesiae Anglicanae</i>, and ed., vol. i. pp. +195-239.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page919" id="page919"></a>919</span></p> + +<p>There is a preliminary office for laying a foundation-stone. +On the day of consecration the bishop is to vest in a tent outside +the church, thence to proceed to the door of the church on the +outside, a single deacon being inside the church, and there to bless +holy water, twelve lighted candles being placed outside, and +twelve inside the church. He is then to sprinkle the walls all +round outside, and to knock at the door; then to sprinkle the +walls all round outside a second time and to knock at the door +again; then to sprinkle the walls all round outside a third time, +and a third time to knock at the door, by which he will then enter, +all laity being excluded. The bishop is then to fix a cross in the +centre of the church, after which the litany is said, including a +special clause for the consecration of the church and altar. +Next the bishop inscribes the alphabet in Greek letters on one of +the limbs of St Andrew’s cross from the left east corner to the +right west corner on the pavement cindered for the purpose, and +the alphabet in Latin on the other limb from the right east corner +to the left west corner. Then he is to genuflect before the altar +or cross. Then he blesses water, mingled with salt, ashes and +wine, and sprinkles therewith all the walls of the church inside +thrice, beginning at the altar; then he sprinkles the centre of the +church longwise and crosswise on the pavement, and then goes +round the outside of the church sprinkling it thrice. Next reentering +the church and taking up a central position he sprinkles +holy water to the four points of the compass, and toward the roof. +Next he anoints with chrism the twelve internal and twelve +external wall-crosses, afterwards perambulating the church +thrice inside and outside, censing it.</p> + +<p>Then there follows the consecration of the altar. First, holy +water is blessed and mixed with chrism, and with the mixture +the bishop makes a cross in the middle of the altar, then on the +right and the left, then on the four horns of the altar. Then the +altar is sprinkled seven times or three times with water not mixed +with chrism, and the altar-table is washed therewith and censed +and wiped with a linen cloth. The centre of the altar is next +anointed with the oil of the catechumens in the form of a cross; +and the altar-stone is next anointed with chrism; and then the +whole altar is rubbed over with oil of the catechumens and with +chrism. Incense is next blessed, and the altar censed, five grains +of incense being placed crosswise in the centre and at the four +corners, and upon the grains five slender candle crosses, which are +to be lit. Afterwards the altar is scraped and cleansed; then the +altar-cloths and ornaments having been sprinkled with holy water +are placed upon the altar, which is then to be censed.</p> + +<p>All this is subsidiary to the celebration of mass, with which +the whole service is concluded. The transcription and description +of the various collects, psalms, anthems, benedictions, &c., +which make up the order of dedication have been omitted for +the sake of brevity.</p> + +<p>The Sarum order of dedication described above is substantially +identical with the Roman order, but it would be superfluous to +tabulate and describe the lesser variations of language or ritual. +There is, however, one very important and significant piece of +ritual, not found in the above-described English church order, +but always found in the Roman service, and not infrequently +found in the earlier and later English uses, in connexion with +the presence and use of relics at the consecration of an altar. +According to the Roman ritual, after the priest has sprinkled +the walls of the church inside thrice all round and then sprinkled +the pavement from the altar to the porch, and sideways from wall +to wall, and then to the four quarters of the compass, he prepares +some cement at the altar. He then goes to the place where the +relics are kept, and starts a solemn procession with the relics +round the outside of the church. There a sermon is preached, +and two decrees of the council of Trent are read, and the founder’s +deed of gift or endowment. Then the bishop, anointing the door +with chrism, enters the church with the relics and deposits them +in the cavity or confession in the altar. Having been enclosed +they are censed and covered in, and the cover is anointed. Then +follows the censing and wiping of the altar as in the Sarum +order.</p> + +<p>This use of relics is very ancient and can be traced back to the +time of St Ambrose. There was also a custom, now obsolete, of +enclosing a portion of the consecrated Eucharist if relics were not +obtainable. This was ordered by cap. 2 of the council of Celchyth +(Chelsea) in 816. But though ancient the custom of enclosing +relics was not universal, and where found in English church +orders, as it frequently is found from the pontifical of Egbert +onwards, it is called the “Mos Romanus” as distinguished from +the “Mos Anglicanus” (<i>Archaeologia</i>, liv. 416). It is absent +from the description of the early Irish form of consecration +preserved in the <i>Leabhar Breac</i>, translated and annotated by +Rev. T. Olden in the <i>Transactions of the St Paul’s Ecclesiolog. +Soc.</i> vol. iv. pt. ii. p. 98.</p> + +<p>The curious ritual act, technically known as the <i>abecedarium</i>, +<i>i.e.</i> the tracing of the alphabet, sometimes in Latin characters, +sometimes in Latin and Greek, sometimes, according to Menard, +in Latin, Greek and Hebrew, along the limbs of St Andrew’s +cross on the floor of the church, can be traced back to the 8th +century and may be earlier. Its origin and meaning are unknown. +Of all explanations we like best the recent one suggested by Rossi +and adopted by the bishop of Salisbury. This interprets the St +Andrew’s cross as the initial Greek letter of Christus, and the +whole act as significant of taking possession of the site to be +consecrated in the name of Christ, who is the Alpha and Omega, +the word of God, combining in himself all letters that lie between +them, every element of human speech. The three languages +may then have been suggested by the Latin, Greek and Hebrew, +in which his title was written on the cross.</p> + +<p>The disentangling the Gallican from the Roman elements in +the early Western forms of service is a delicate and difficult task, +undertaken by Monsignor Louis Duchesne, who shows how the +former partook of a funerary and the latter of a baptismal +character (<i>Christian Worship</i> (London, 1904), cap. xii.).</p> + +<p>The dedication service of the Greek Church is likewise long and +elaborate. Relics are to be prepared and guarded on the day +previous in some neighbouring sacred building. On the morning +following, all ornaments and requisites having been got ready, the +laity being excluded, the bishop and clergy vested proceed to fix +in its place and consecrate the altar, a long prayer of dedication +being said, followed by a litany. The altar is then sprinkled +with warm water, then with wine, then anointed with chrism in +the form of a cross. The altar, the book of the gospels, and all +cloths are then censed, every pillar is crossed with chrism, while +various collects are said and psalms recited. One lamp is then +filled with oil and lit, and placed on the altar, while clergy bring +in other lamps and other ornaments of the church. On the next +day—if the service cannot be concluded in one day—the bishop +and clergy go to the building where the relics have been kept and +guarded. A procession is formed and advances thence with the +relics, which are borne by a priest in a holy vessel (<i>discus</i>) on his +head; the church having been entered, the relics are placed by +him with much ceremonial in the “confession,” the recess prepared +in or about the altar for their reception, which is then +anointed and sealed up. After this the liturgy is celebrated both +on the feast of dedication and on seven days afterwards.</p> + +<p>There is no authorized form for the dedication of a church in +the reformed Church of England. A form was drawn up and +approved by both houses of the convocation of Canterbury under +Archbishop Tenison in 1712, and an almost identical form was +submitted to convocation in 1715, but its consideration was not +completed by the Lower House, and neither form ever received +royal sanction. The consequence has been that Anglican bishops +have fallen back on their undefined <i>jus liturgicum</i>, and have +drawn up and promulgated forms for use in their various dioceses, +some of them being content to borrow from other dioceses for this +purpose. There is a general similarity, with a certain amount of +difference in detail, in these various forms. In the diocese of +London the bishop, attended by clergy and churchwardens, +receives at the west door, outside, a petition for consecration; +the procession then moves round the whole church outside, while +certain psalms are chanted. On again reaching the west door +the bishop knocks thrice for admission, and the door being +opened the procession advances to the east end of the church. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page920" id="page920"></a>920</span> +He there lays the keys on the table “which is to be hallowed.” +The <i>Veni Creator</i> is then sung kneeling, followed by the litany +with special suffrages. The bishop then proceeds to various +parts of the church and blesses the font, the chancel, with special +references to confirmation and holy matrimony, the lectern, +the pulpit, the clergy stalls, the choir seats, the holy table. The +deed of consecration is then read and signed, and the celebration +of Holy Communion follows with special collects, epistle and +gospel.</p> + +<p>The Church of Ireland and the episcopal Church of Scotland +are likewise without any completely authorized form of dedication, +and their archbishops or bishops have at various times +issued forms of service on their own authority.</p> +<div class="author">(F. E. W.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE DONIS CONDITIONALIBUS,<a name="ar110" id="ar110"></a></span> a chapter of the statute of +Westminster the Second (1285) which originated the law of +entail. Strictly speaking, a form of entail was known before +the Norman feudal law had been domesticated in England. The +common form was a grant “to the feoffee and the heirs of his +body,” by which limitation it was sought to prevent alienation +from the lineage of the first purchaser. These grants were also +known as <i>feuda conditionata</i>, because if the donee had no heirs +of his body the estate reverted to the donor. This right of +reversion was evaded by the interpretation that such a gift was +a conditional fee, which enabled the donee, if he had an heir of +the body born alive, to alienate the land, and consequently +disinherit the issue and defeat the right of the donor. To remedy +this the statute <i>De Donis Conditionalibus</i> was passed, which +enacted that, in grants to a man and the heirs of his body, the +will of the donor according to the form in the deed of gift manifestly +expressed, should be from thenceforth observed; so that +they to whom the land was given under such condition, should +have no power to alienate the land so given, but that it should +remain unto the issue of those to whom it was given after their +death, or unto the giver or his heirs, if issue fail. Since the +passing of the statute an estate given to a man and the heirs of +his body has been known as an estate tail, or an estate in fee tail +(<i>feudum talliatum</i>), the word tail being derived from the French +<i>tailler</i>, to cut, the inheritance being by the statute cut down and +confined to the heirs of the body. The operation of the statute +soon produced innumerable evils: “children, it is said, grew +disobedient when they knew they could not be set aside; farmers +were deprived of their leases; creditors were defrauded of their +debts; innumerable latent entails were produced to deprive +purchasers of the land they had fairly bought; treasons also were +encouraged, as estates tail were not liable to forfeiture longer +than for the tenant’s life” (Williams, <i>Real Property</i>). Accordingly, +the power of alienation was reintroduced by the judges in +Taltarum’s case (<i>Year Book</i>, 12 Edward IV., 1472) by means of +a fictitious suit or recovery which had originally been devised +by the regular clergy for evading the statutes of mortmain. This +was abolished by an act passed in 1833. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Fine</a></span>.)</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEDUCTION<a name="ar111" id="ar111"></a></span> (from Lat. <i>deducere</i>, to take or lead from or out +of, derive), a term used in common parlance for the process +of taking away from, or subtracting (as in mathematics), and +specially for the argumentative process of arriving at a conclusion +from evidence, <i>i.e.</i> for any kind of inference.<a name="fa1k" id="fa1k" href="#ft1k"><span class="sp">1</span></a> In this +sense it includes both arguments from particular facts and those +from general laws to particular cases. In logic it is generally +used in contradiction to “induction” for a kind of mediate +inference, in which a conclusion (often itself called the deduction) +is regarded as following necessarily under certain fixed laws +from premises. This, the most common, form of deduction is +the syllogism (<i>q.v.</i>; see also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Logic</a></span>), which consists in taking a +general principle and deriving from it facts which are necessarily +involved in it. This use of deduction is of comparatively modern +origin; it was originally used as the equivalent of Aristotle’s +<span class="grk" title="apagôgê">ἀπαγωγή</span> (see <i>Prior Analytics</i>, B xxv.). The modern use of +deduction is practically identical with the Aristotelian +<span class="grk" title="syllogismos">συλλογισμός</span>.</p> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1k" id="ft1k" href="#fa1k"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Two forms of the verb are used, “deduce” and “deduct”; +originally synonymous, they are now distinguished, “deduce” being +confined to arguments, “deduct” to quantities.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEE, JOHN<a name="ar112" id="ar112"></a></span> (1527-1608), English mathematician and +astrologer, was born on the 13th of July 1527, in London, where +his father was, according to Wood, a wealthy vintner. In 1542 +he was sent to St John’s College, Cambridge. After five years +spent in mathematical and astronomical studies, he went to +Holland, in order to visit several eminent continental mathematicians. +Having remained abroad nearly a year, he returned +to Cambridge, and was elected a fellow of Trinity College, then +first erected by King Henry VIII. In 1548 he took the degree +of master of arts; but in the same year he found it necessary +to leave England on account of the suspicions entertained of +his being a conjurer; these were first excited by a piece of +machinery, which, in the <i>Pax</i> of Aristophanes, he exhibited to the +university, representing the scarabaeus flying up to Jupiter, with +a man and a basket of victuals on its back. He went first to the +university of Louvain, where he resided about two years, and then +to the college of Rheims, where he had extraordinary success in +his public lectures on Euclid’s <i>Elements</i>. On his return to England +in 1551 King Edward assigned him a pension of 100 crowns, +which he afterwards exchanged for the rectory of Upton-upon-Severn, +Worcestershire. Soon after the accession of Mary he was +accused of using enchantments against the queen’s life; but +after a tedious confinement he obtained his liberty in 1555, +by an order of council.</p> + +<p>When Elizabeth ascended the throne, Dee was asked by Lord +Dudley to name a propitious day for the coronation. On this +occasion he was introduced to the queen, who took lessons in +the mystical interpretation of his writings, and made him great +promises, which, however, were never fulfilled. In 1564 he again +visited the continent, in order to present his <i>Monas hieroglyphica</i> +to the emperor Maximilian, to whom he had dedicated it. He +returned to England in the same year; but in 1571 he was in +Lorraine, whither two physicians were sent by the queen to his +relief in a dangerous illness. Returning to his home at Mortlake, +in Surrey, he continued his studies, and made a collection of +curious books and manuscripts, and a variety of instruments. +In 1578 Dee was sent abroad to consult with German physicians +and astrologers in regard to the illness of the queen. On his +return to England, he was employed in investigating the title of +the crown to the countries recently discovered by British subjects, +and in furnishing geographical descriptions. Two large rolls +containing the desired information, which he presented to the +queen, are still preserved in the Cottonian Library. A learned +treatise on the reformation of the calendar, written by him about +the same time, is also preserved in the Ashmolean Library at +Oxford.</p> + +<p>From this period the philosophical researches of Dee were +concerned entirely with necromancy. In 1581 he became +acquainted with Edward Kelly, an apothecary, who had been +convicted of forgery and had lost both ears in the pillory at +Lancaster. He professed to have discovered the philosopher’s +stone, and by his assistance Dee performed various incantations, +and maintained a frequent imaginary intercourse with spirits. +Shortly afterwards Kelly and Dee were introduced by the earl +of Leicester to a Polish nobleman, Albert Laski, palatine of Siradz, +devoted to the same pursuits, who persuaded them to accompany +him to his native country. They embarked for Holland in +September 1583, and arrived at Laski’s residence in February +following. Upon Dee’s departure the mob, believing him a +wizard, broke into his house, and destroyed a quantity of +furniture and books and his chemical apparatus. Dee and +Kelly lived for some years in Poland and Bohemia in alternate +wealth and poverty, according to the credulity or scepticism of +those before whom they exhibited. They professed to raise +spirits by incantation; and Kelly dictated the utterances to Dee, +who wrote them down and interpreted them.</p> + +<p>Dee at length quarrelled with his companion, and returned to +England in 1589. He was helped over his financial difficulties by +the queen and his friends. In May of 1595 he became warden of +Manchester College. In November 1604 he returned to Mortlake, +where he died in December 1608, at the age of eighty-one, in +the greatest poverty. Aubrey describes him as “of a very fair, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page921" id="page921"></a>921</span> +clear sanguine complexion, with a long beard as white as milk—a +very handsome man—tall and slender. He wore a goune like +an artist’s goune with hanging sleeves.” Dee’s <i>Speculum</i> or +mirror, a piece of solid pink-tinted glass about the size of an +orange, is preserved in the British Museum.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>His principal works are—<i>Propaedeumata aphoristica</i> (London, +1558); <i>Monas hieroglyphica</i> (Antwerp, 1564); <i>Epistola ad Fredericum +Commandinum</i> (Pesaro, 1570); <i>Preface Mathematical to the +English Euclid</i> (1570); <i>Divers Annotations and Inventions added +after the tenth book of English Euclid</i> (1570); <i>Epistola praefixa +Ephemeridibus Joannis Feldi, a. 1557; Parallaticae commentationis +praxeosque nucleus quidam</i> (London, 1573). The catalogue of his +printed and published works is to be found in his <i>Compendious +Rehearsal</i>, as well as in his letter to Archbishop Whitgift. A manuscript +of Dee’s, relating what passed for many years between him +and some spirits, was edited by Meric Casaubon and published in +1659. <i>The Private Diary of Dr John Dee, and the Catalogue of his +Library of Manuscripts</i>, edited by J. O. Halliwell, was published +by the Camden Society in 1842. There is a life of Dee in Thomas +Smith’s <i>Vitae illustrium virorum</i> (1707); English translation by W. +A. Ayton, the <i>Life of John Dee</i> (1909).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEE<a name="ar113" id="ar113"></a></span> (Welsh, <i>Dyfrdwy</i>; Lat., and in Milton, <i>Deva</i>), a river of +Wales and England. It rises in Bala Lake, Merionethshire, which +is fed by a number of small streams. Leaving the lake near the +town of Bala it follows a north-easterly course to Corwen, turns +thence E. by S. past Llangollen to a point near Overton, and then +bends nearly north to Chester, and thereafter north-west through +a great estuary opening into the Irish Sea. In the Llangollen +district the Dee crosses Denbighshire, and thereafter forms the +boundary of that county with Shropshire, a detached part of +Flint, and Cheshire. From Bala nearly down to Overton, a +distance of 35 m., during which the river falls about 330 ft., its +course lies through a narrow and beautiful valley, enclosed on the +south by the steep lower slopes of the Berwyn Mountains and on +the north by a succession of lesser ranges. The portion known +as the Vale of Llangollen is especially famous. Here an aqueduct +carrying the Pontcysyllte branch of the Shropshire Union canal +bestrides the valley; it is a remarkable engineering work +completed by Thomas Telford in 1805. The Dee has a total +length of about 70 m. and a fall of 530 ft. Below Overton it +debouches upon its plain track. Below Chester it follows a +straight artificial channel to the estuary, and this is the only +navigable portion. The estuary, which is 14 m. long, and 5¼ m. +wide at its mouth, between Hilbre Point on the English and +Point of Air on the Welsh side, is not a commercial highway like +the neighbouring mouth of the Mersey, for though in appearance +a fine natural harbour at high tide, it becomes at low tide a vast +expanse of sand, through which the river meanders in a narrow +channel. The navigation, however, is capable of improvement, +and schemes have been set on foot to this end. The tide rushes +in with great speed over the sands, and their danger is illustrated +in the well-known ballad “The Sands of Dee” by Charles +Kingsley. The Dee drains an area of 813 sq. m.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEE,<a name="ar114" id="ar114"></a></span> a river in the south of Aberdeenshire, Scotland, pursuing +a generally easterly direction from its source in the extreme west +of the county till it reaches the North Sea at the city of Aberdeen. +It rises in the Wells of Dee, a spring on Ben Braeriach, one of the +Cairngorms, at a height of 4061 ft. above the sea. It descends +rapidly from this altitude, and by the time that it receives the +Geusachan, on its right bank, about 6 m. from its source, it has +fallen 2421 ft. From the mountains flanking its upper reaches +it is fed by numerous burns named and unnamed. With its +tributaries the river drains an area of 1000 sq. m. Rapid and +turbulent during the first half of its course of 90 m., it broadens +appreciably below Aboyne and the rate of flow is diminished. +The channel towards its mouth was artificially altered in order +to provide increased dock accommodation at Aberdeen, but, +above, the stream is navigable for only barges and small craft +for a few miles. It runs through scenery of transcendent beauty, +especially in Braemar. About two miles above Inverey it enters +a narrow rocky gorge, 300 yds. long and only a few feet wide at +one part, and forms the rapids and cascades of the famous Linn +of Dee. One of the finest of Scottish salmon streams, it retains +its purity almost to the very end of its run. The principal +places on the Dee, apart from private residences, are Castleton +of Braemar, Ballater, Aboyne, Kincardine O’Neil, Banchory, +Culter and Cults.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEED<a name="ar115" id="ar115"></a></span> (in O. Eng. <i>deâd</i>, from the stem of the verb “to do”), +that which is done, an act, doing; particularly, in law, a contract +in writing, sealed and delivered by the party bound to the party +intended to benefit. Contracts or obligations under seal are called +in English law <i>specialties</i>, and down to 1869 they took precedence +in payment over <i>simple</i> contracts, whether written or not. +Writing, sealing and delivery are all essential to a deed. The +signature of the party charged is not material, and the deed is +not void for want of a date. Delivery, it is held, may be complete +without the actual handing over of the deed; it is sufficient if the +act of sealing were accompanied by words or acts signifying that +the deed was intended to be presently binding; and delivery to +a third person for the use of the party benefited will be sufficient. +On the other hand, the deed may be handed over to a third person +as an <i>escrow</i>,<a name="fa1l" id="fa1l" href="#ft1l"><span class="sp">1</span></a> in which case it will not take effect as a deed until +certain conditions are performed. Such conditional delivery +may be inferred from the circumstances attending the transaction, +although the conditions be not expressed in words. A deed +indented, or indenture (so called because written in counterparts +on the same sheet of parchment, separated by cutting a wavy +line between them so as to be identified by fitting the parts +together), is between two or more parties who contract mutually. +The actual indentation is not now necessary to an indenture. +The <i>deed-poll</i> (with a polled or smooth-cut edge, not indented) +is a deed in which one party binds himself without reference +to any corresponding obligations undertaken by another party. +See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Contract</a></span>.</p> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1l" id="ft1l" href="#fa1l"><span class="fn">1</span></a> An Anglo-French law term meaning a “scroll” or strip of parchment, +cognate with the English “shred.” The modern French +<i>écroue</i> is used for the entry of a name on a prison register.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEEMS, CHARLES (ALEXANDER) FORCE<a name="ar116" id="ar116"></a></span> (1820-1893), +American clergyman, was born in Baltimore, Maryland, on the +4th of December 1820. He was a precocious child and delivered +lectures on temperance and on Sunday schools before he was +fourteen years old. He graduated at Dickinson College in 1839, +taught and preached in New York city for a few months, in 1840 +took charge of the Methodist Episcopal church at Asbury, New +Jersey, and removed in the next year to North Carolina, where +he was general agent for the American Bible Society. He was +professor of logic and rhetoric at the University of North Carolina +in 1842-1847, and professor of natural sciences at Randolph-Macon +College (then at Boydton, Virginia) in 1847-1848, and +after two years of preaching at Newbern, N.C., he held for +four years (1850-1854) the presidency of Greensboro (N.C.) +Female College. He continued as a Methodist Episcopal clergyman +at various pastorates in North Carolina from 1854 to 1865, +for the last seven years being a presiding elder and in 1859 to 1863 +being the proprietor of St Austin’s Institute, Wilson. In 1865 +he settled in New York City, where in 1866 he began preaching in +the chapel of New York University, and in 1868 he established +and became the pastor of the undenominational Church of the +Strangers, which in 1870 occupied the former Mercer Street +Presbyterian church, purchased and given to Dr Deems by +Cornelius Vanderbilt; there he remained until his death in +New York city on the 18th of November 1893. He was one of +the founders (1881) and president of the American Institute of +Christian Philosophy and for ten years was editor of its organ, +<i>Christian Thought</i>. Dr Deems was an earnest temperance advocate, +as early as 1852 worked (unsuccessfully) for a general prohibition +law in North Carolina, and in his later years allied himself +with the Prohibition party. He was influential in securing from +Cornelius Vanderbilt the endowment of Vanderbilt University, +in Nashville, Tennessee. He was a man of rare personal and +literary charm; he edited <i>The Southern Methodist Episcopal +Pulpit</i> (1846-1852) and <i>The Annals of Southern Methodism</i> +(1855-1857); he compiled <i>Devotional Melodies</i> (1842), and, with +the assistance of Phoebe Cary, one of his parishioners, <i>Hymns +for all Christians</i> (1869; revised, 1881); and he published many +books, among which were: <i>The Life of Dr Adam Clarke</i> (1840); +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page922" id="page922"></a>922</span> +<i>The Triumph of Peace and other Poems</i> (1840); <i>The Home Altar</i> +(1850); <i>Jesus</i> (1872), which ran through many editions and +several revisions, the title being changed in 1880 to <i>The Light +of the Nations</i>; <i>Sermons</i> (1885); <i>The Gospel of Common Sense</i> +(1888); <i>The Gospel of Spiritual Insight</i> (1891) and <i>My Septuagint</i> +(1892). The Charles F. Deems Lectureship in Philosophy was +founded in his honour in 1895 at New York University by the +American Institute of Christian Philosophy.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>His <i>Autobiography</i> (New York, 1897) is autobiographical only to +1847, the memoir being completed by his two sons.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEER<a name="ar117" id="ar117"></a></span> (O. E. <i>déor</i>, <i>díor</i>, a common Teutonic word, meaning a +wild animal, cf. Ger. <i>Tier</i>, Du. <i>dier</i>, &c., probably from a root +<i>dhus</i>-, to breathe), originally the name of one of two British +species, the red-deer or the fallow-deer, but now extended to all +the members of the family <i>Cervidae</i>, in the section Pecora of the +suborder Artiodactyla of the order Ungulata. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Pecora</a></span>; +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Artiodactyla</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Ungulata</a></span>.) Briefly, deer may be defined as +Pecora presenting the following characteristics:—either antlers +present in the male, or when these are absent, the upper canines +large and sabre-like, and the lateral metacarpal bones represented +only by their lower extremities. This definition will include the +living and also most of the extinct forms, although in some of +the latter the lateral metacarpal bones not only retain their lower +ends, but are complete in their entire length.</p> + +<p>The leading characters of antlers are described under <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Pecora</a></span>, +but these structures may be defined somewhat more fully in the +following passage from the present writer’s <i>Deer of all Lands</i>:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>“Antlers are supported on a pair of solid bony processes, or +pedicles, arising from the frontal bones of the skull, of which they +form an inseparable portion; and if in a fully adult deer these pedicles +be sawn through, they will generally be found to consist of solid, +ivory-like bone, devoid of perceptible channels for the passage of +blood-vessels. The pedicles are always covered with skin well +supplied with blood-vessels; and in young deer, or those in which +the antlers have been comparatively recently shed, the covering of +skin extends over their summits, when they appear as longer or +shorter projections on the forehead, according to the species. When +the first or a new antler is about to be formed, the summits of these +pedicles become tender, and bear small velvet-like knobs, which have +a high temperature, and are supplied by an extra quantity of blood, +which commences to deposit bony matter. This deposition of bony +matter progresses very rapidly, and although in young deer and the +adults of some species the resulting antler merely forms a simple +spike, or a single fork, in full-grown individuals of the majority it +assumes a more or less complexly branched structure. All this time +the growing antler is invested with a skin clothed with exceedingly +fine short hairs, and is most liberally supplied with blood-vessels; +this sensitive skin being called the velvet. Towards the completion +of its growth a more or less prominent ring of bone, termed the burr +or coronet, is deposited at its base just above the junction with the +pedicle; this ring tending to constrict the blood-vessels, and thus +cut off the supply of blood from the antlers....</p> + +<p>“When the antlers are freed from the velvet—a process usually +assisted by the animal rubbing them against tree stems or boughs—they +have a more or less rugose surface, owing to the grooves +formed in them by the nutrient blood-vessels. Although a few +living species have the antlers in the form of simple spikes in the +adult male, in the great majority of species they are more or less +branched; while in some, like the elk and fallow-deer, they expand +into broad palmated plates, with tines, or snags, on one or both +margins. In the antlers of the red-deer group, which form the type +of the whole series, the following names have been applied to their +different component parts and branches. The main shaft is termed +the beam; the first or lowest tine the brow-tine; the second the +bez-tine; the third the trez-tine, or royal; and the branched portion +forming the summit the crown, or surroyals. But the antlers of all +deer by no means conform to this type; and in certain groups other +names have to be adopted for the branches.</p> + +<p>“The antlers of young deer are in the form of simple spikes; and +this form is retained in the South American brockets, although the +simple antlers of these deer appear due to degeneration, and are not +primitive types. Indeed, no living deer shows such primitive spike-like +antlers in the adult, and it is doubtful whether such a type is displayed +by any known extinct form, although many have a simple +fork. In the deer of the sambar group, where the antlers never +advance beyond a three-tined type, the shedding is frequently, if +not invariably, very irregular; but in the majority at least of the +species with complex antlers the replacement is annual, the new +appendages attaining their full development immediately before the +pairing-season. In such species there is a more or less regular annual +increase in the complexity of the antlers up to a certain period of life, +after which they begin to degenerate.”</p> +</div> + +<p>The <i>Cervidae</i> are distributed all over Europe, Asia, Northern +Africa and America, but are unknown in Africa south of the +Sahara. They are undoubtedly a group of European or Asiatic +origin, and obtained an entrance into America at a time when +that continent was connected with Asia by way of Bering Strait.</p> + +<p>The existing members of the family are classified in the writer’s +<i>Deer of all Lands</i> as follows:—</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>A. Subfamily <span class="sc">Cervinae</span>.—Antlers, with one exception, present +in the male; liver without a gall-bladder; a face-gland, and a +gland-pit in the skull.</p> + +<p>I. Reindeer, Genus <i>Rangifer</i>.—Lateral metacarpal bones represented +only by their lower extremities; antlers present in both sexes, +complex. Northern part of both hemispheres.</p> + +<p>II. Elk, Genus <i>Alces</i>.—Lateral metacarpals as in preceding; antlers +(as in the following genera) present only in the male, arising at right +angles to the median longitudinal line of the skull, and extending at +first in the plane of the forehead, after which, when in their fullest +development, they expand into a broad palmation margined with +snags. Northern portion of both hemispheres.</p> + +<p>III. True Deer, Genus <i>Cervus</i>.—Lateral metacarpals represented +only by their upper ends. Antlers arising at acute angles to the +median line of the skull (as in the following genera), at first projecting +from the plane of the forehead, and then continued upwards +nearly in that plane, supported on short pedicles, and furnished with +a brow-tine, never regularly forked at first division, but generally of +large size, and with not less than three tines; the skull without +ridges on the frontals forming the bases of the pedicles of the antlers. +Upper canine teeth small, or wanting. Europe, Asia and N. America.</p> + +<p>1. Red-deer Group, Subgenus <i>Cervus</i>.—Antlers rounded, usually +with five or more tines, generally including a bez (second), and always +a trez (third); coat of adult generally unspotted, with a large light-coloured +disk surrounding the tail; young, spotted. Europe, +Northern and Central Asia and North America.</p> + +<p>2. Sika Deer, Subgenus <i>Pseudaxis</i>.—Antlers smaller and simpler, +four-tined, with a trez (third), but no bez (second); coat of adult +spotted, at least in summer, with a white area bordered by black in +the region of the tail, which is also black and white. North-Eastern +Asia.</p> + +<p>3. Fallow-deer, Subgenus <i>Dama</i>.—Antlers without a bez, but +with a trez-tine, above which the beam is more or less palmated, and +generally furnished with numerous snags; coat of adult spotted +in summer, uniform in winter, with black and white markings in +the region of the tail similar to those of <i>Pseudaxis</i>; young, spotted. +Mediterranean region, but more widely spread in Europe during +the Pleistocene epoch, and also introduced into many European +countries.</p> + +<p>4. Sambar Group, Subgenus <i>Rusa</i>.—Antlers rounded, three-tined, +with the bez- and trez-tines wanting, and the beam simply +forked at the summit; coat either uniform or spotted at all seasons. +Indo-Malay countries and part of China.</p> + +<p>5. Barasingha Group, Subgenus <i>Rucervus</i>.—Antlers flattened or +rounded, without bez- or trez-tine, the beam dichotomously forking, +and one or both branches again forked, so that the number of tines +is at least four; brow-tine forming a right angle or a continuous +curve with the beam; coat of adult generally more or less uniform, +of young spotted. Indo-Malay countries.</p> + +<p>IV. Muntjacs, Genus <i>Cervulus</i>.—Lateral metacarpals as in +<i>Cervus</i>; antlers small, with a brow-tine and an unbranched beam, +supported on long bony pedicles, continued downwards as convergent +ridges on the forehead; upper canines of male large and +tusk-like. Indo-Malay countries and China.</p> + +<p>V. Tufted Muntjacs, Genus <i>Elaphodus</i>.—Nearly related to the +last, but the antlers still smaller, with shorter pedicles and divergent +frontal ridges; upper canines of male not everted at the tips. Tibet +and China.</p> + +<p>VI. Water-deer, Genus <i>Hydrelaphus</i>.—Lateral metacarpals as +in <i>Rangifer</i>; antlers wanting; upper canines of males tusk-like +and growing from semi-persistent pulps; cheek-teeth tall-crowned +(hypsodont); tail moderate. China.</p> + +<p>VII. Roe-deer, Genus <i>Capreolus</i>.—Lateral metacarpals as in +<i>Rangifer</i>; antlers rather small, without a brow-tine or sub-basal +snag, dichotomously forked, with the upper or posterior prong +again forking; tail rudimentary; vomer not dividing posterior +nasal aperture of skull. Europe and Northern Asia.</p> + +<p>VIII. Père David’s Deer, Genus <i>Elaphurus</i>.—Lateral metacarpals +as in <i>Cervus</i>; antlers large, without a brow-tine or sub-basal +snag, dichotomously forked, with the upper prong of the fork +curving forwards and dividing, and the lower prong long, simple, +and projected backwards, the beam making a very marked angle +with the plane of the face; tail very long; vomer as in <i>Capreolus</i>. +North-East Asia.</p> + +<p>IX. American Deer, Genus <i>Mazama</i>.—Lateral metacarpals as in +<i>Rangifer</i>; antlers very variable in size, forming a marked angle with +the plane of the face, without a brow-tine; when consisting of more +than a simple prong, dichotomously forked, frequently with a sub-basal +snag, and always with the lower prong of the fork projected +from the front edge of the beam, in some cases the lower, in others +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page923" id="page923"></a>923</span> +the upper, and in others both prongs again dividing; tail long; +tarsal gland generally present; metatarsal gland very variable, both +as regards presence and position; vomer dividing the inner aperture +of the nostrils in the skull into two distinct chambers. America.</p> + +<p>1. White-tailed Group, Subgenus <i>Dorcelaphus</i> or <i>Odocoileus</i>.—Antlers +large and complex, with a sub-basal snag, and the lower +prong more or less developed at the expense of the upper one; +metatarsal gland usually present; tail long or moderate, and hairy +below; face very long and narrow; the face-gland small, and the +gland-pit in the skull of moderate extent; no upper canines; size +generally large. North America to Northern South America.</p> + +<p>2. Marsh-deer Group, Subgenus <i>Blastoceros</i>.—Antlers large and +complex, without a sub-basal snag, and the upper prong more +developed than the lower one; metatarsal gland absent; tail +short; face moderately long; face-gland and gland-pit well +developed; upper canines usually present in male. Size large or +rather small. South America.</p> + +<p>3. Guemals, Subgenus <i>Xenelaphus</i>.—Antlers small and simple, +forming a single dichotomous fork; metatarsal gland absent; tail +short; face moderately long; face-gland and gland-pit well +developed; upper canines present in both sexes. Size medium. +South America.</p> + +<p>4. Brockets, Subgenus <i>Mazama</i>.—Antlers in the form of simple +unbranched spikes; metatarsal, and in one case also the tarsal +gland absent; tail very short; face elongated; face-gland small +and gland-pit deep and triangular; hair of face radiating from two +whorls: upper canines sometimes present in old males. Size small. +Central and South America.</p> + +<p>X. Genus <i>Pudua</i>.—Skull and metacarpals generally as in +<i>Mazama</i>; size very small; hair coarse and brittle; antlers in the +form of short, simple spikes; cannon-bones very short; tail very +short or wanting; no whorls in the hair of the face; face-gland +moderately large, and gland-pit deep and oval; tarsal and metatarsal +glands wanting; ectocuneiform bone of tarsus united with +the naviculocuboid. South America.</p> + +<p>B. Subfamily <span class="sc">Moschinae</span>.—Antlers wanting in both sexes; liver +furnished with a gall-bladder; no face-gland or gland-pit.</p> + +<p>XI. Musk-deer, Genus <i>Moschus</i>.—Hair coarse and brittle; upper +canines of male very long; no tarsal or metatarsal glands or +tufts; lateral metacarpals represented by their lower extremities; +lateral hoofs very large; tail very short; naked portion of muzzle +extensive; male with a large abdominal gland. Central Asia.</p> +</div> + +<p>Of the above, Reindeer and Elk are dealt with in separate +articles (<i>qq.v.</i>).</p> + +<p>The first or typical group of the genus <i>Cervus</i> includes the red-deer +(<i>Cervus elaphus</i>) of Europe and western Asia, of which there +are several local races, such as the large <i>C. elaphus maral</i> of +eastern Europe and Persia, which is often partially spotted above +and dark-coloured below, the smaller <i>C. e. barbarus</i> of Tunisia +and Morocco, and the still smaller <i>C. e. corsicanus</i> of Corsica. +The Scandinavian red-deer is the typical form of the species. In +all red-deer the antlers are rounded, and show a more or less +marked tendency to form a cup at the summit. Wapiti, on the +other hand, show a marked tendency to the flattening of the +antlers, with a great development of the fourth tine, which is +larger than all the others, and the whole of the tines above this in +the same plane, or nearly so, this plane being the same as the long +axis of the animal. Normally no cup is developed at the summit +of the antler. The tail, too, is shorter than in the red-deer; +while in winter the under parts become very dark, and the upper +surface often bleaches almost white. The cry of the stags in the +breeding season is also different. The typical representative of +the group is the North American wapiti <i>C. canadensis</i>, but there +are several closely allied races in Central Asia, such as <i>C. canadensis +songaricus</i> and <i>C. c. bactrianus</i>, while in Manchuria the +subgroup is represented by <i>C. c. xanthopygus</i>, in which the +summer coat is reddish instead of grey. The hangul (<i>C. cashmirianus</i>) +of Kashmir is a distinct dark-coloured species, in which +the antlers tend to turn in at the summit; while <i>C. yarcandensis</i>, +of the Tarim Valley, Turkestan, is a redder animal, with a wholly +rufous tail, and antlers usually terminating in a simple fork placed +in a transverse plane. Another Asiatic species is the great shou +(<i>C. affinis</i>) of the Chumbi Valley, in which the antlers curve +forwards in a remarkable manner. Lastly <i>C. albirostris</i>, of Tibet, +is easily recognized by its white muzzle, and smooth, whitish, +flattened antlers, which have fewer tines than those of the other +members of the group, all placed in one plane.</p> + +<p>The second group of the genus <i>Cervus</i>, forming the subgenus +<i>Pseudaxis</i>, is typified by the handsome little Japanese deer, or +sika, <i>C.</i> (<i>P.</i>) <i>sika</i>, in which the antlers are four-tined, and covered +with red “velvet” when first grown, while the coat is fully +spotted in summer, but more or less uniformly brown in winter. +The most distinctive feature of the deer of this group is, however, +the patch of long erectile white hairs on the buttocks, which, +although inconspicuous when the animals are quiescent, is +expanded into a large chrysanthemum-like bunch when they +start to run or are otherwise excited. The patch then forms a +guiding signal for the members of the herd when in flight. On +the mainland of Manchuria both the typical sika, and a larger +race (<i>C. sika manchuricus</i>), occur. A still larger and finer animal +is the Pekin sika (<i>C. hortulorum</i>), of northern Manchuria, which +is as large as a small red-deer; it is represented in the Yang-tse +valley by a local race, <i>C. h. kopschi</i>. Formosa possesses a species +of its own (<i>C. taëvanus</i>), which, in correlation with the perpetual +verdure of that island, is spotted at all seasons.</p> + +<p>For the fallow-deer, <i>Cervus</i> [<i>Dama</i>] <i>dama</i>, see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Fallow-deer</a></span>.</p> + +<p>The rusine or sambar group of <i>Cervus</i>, of which the characteristics +are given above, comprises a considerable number of long-tailed +species with three-tined antlers from the Indo-Malay +countries and some parts of China. The largest and handsomest +is the sambar of India (<i>Cervus</i> [<i>Rusa</i>] <i>unicolor</i>), characterized by +its massive and rugged antlers. It is represented by a number +of local races, mostly of smaller size, such as the Burmese and +Malay <i>C. u. equinus</i>, the Formosan <i>C. u. swinhoei</i>, and the +Philippine <i>C. u. philippinus</i> and <i>C. u. nigricans</i>, of which the +latter is not larger than a roe-buck, while the sambar itself is +as large as a red-deer. Whether these local phases of a single +variable type are best denominated races or species, must be +largely a matter of individual opinion. The rusa, or Javan +sambar, <i>C.</i> (<i>R.</i>) <i>hippelaphus</i>, is a lighter-coloured and smaller +deer than the Indian sambar, with longer, slenderer and less +rugged antlers. Typically from Java, this deer is also represented +in the Moluccas and Timor, and has thus the most easterly range +of the whole tribe. A black coat with white spots distinguishes +the Philippine spotted deer, <i>C. alfredi</i>, which is about the size +of a roe-buck; while other members of this group are the +Calamianes deer of the Philippines (<i>C. culionensis</i>), the Bavian +deer (<i>C. kuhli</i>) from a small island near Java, and the well-known +Indian hog-deer or para (<i>C. porcinus</i>), all these three last being +small, more or less uniformly coloured, and closely allied species. +On the other hand, the larger and handsomer chital, or spotted +deer (<i>C. axis</i>), stands apart by its white-spotted fawn-red coat +and differently formed antlers.</p> + +<p>Nearly allied to the preceding is the barasingha or rucervine +group (subgenus <i>Rucervus</i>), in which the antlers are of a different +and generally more complex character. The typical species is +the Indian barasingha or swamp-deer, <i>Cervus</i> (<i>Rucervus</i>) <i>duvauceli</i>, +a uniformly red animal, widely distributed in the forest +districts of India. In Siam it is replaced by <i>C.</i> (<i>R.</i>) <i>schomburgki</i>, +in which the antlers are of a still more complex type. Finally, +we have the thamin, or Eld’s deer, <i>C.</i> (<i>R.</i>) <i>eldi</i>, ranging from +Burma to Siam, and characterized by the continuous curve +formed by the beam and the brow-tine of the antlers.</p> + +<p>For the small eastern deer, respectively known as muntjacs +(<i>Cervulus</i>) and tufted muntjacs or tufted deer (<i>Elaphodus</i>), see +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Muntjac</a></span>; while under <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Water-deer</a></span> will be found a notice of +the Chinese representative of the genus <i>Hydrelaphus</i> (or <i>Hydropotes</i>). +The roe-deer, or roe-buck (<i>Capreolus</i>), likewise form the +subject of a separate article (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Roe-buck</a></span>), as is also the case +with Père David’s deer, the sole representative of the genus +<i>Elaphurus</i>.</p> + +<p>The American deer include such New World species as are +generically distinct from Old World types. All these differ from +the members of the genus <i>Cervus</i> in having no brow-tine to the +antlers, which, in common with those of the roe-deer, belong to +what is called the forked type. Including all these deer except +one in the genus <i>Mazama</i> (of which the typical representatives +are the South American brockets), the North American species +constitute the subgenus <i>Dorcelaphus</i> (also known as <i>Cariacus</i> and +<i>Odocoileus</i>). One of the best known of these is the white-tailed +deer <i>Mazama</i> (<i>Dorcelaphus</i>) <i>americana</i>, often known as the Virginian +deer. It is typically an animal of the size of a fallow-deer, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page924" id="page924"></a>924</span> +reddish in summer and greyish in winter, with a long tail, which +is coloured like the back above but white below, and is carried +elevated when the animal is running, so as to form with the white +of the inner sides of the buttocks a conspicuous “blaze.” A +white fetlock-gland with a black centre is also distinctive of this +species. The antlers are large and curve forwards, giving off an +upright snag near the base, and several vertical tines from the +upper surface of the horizontal portion. As we proceed southwards +from the northern United States, deer of the white-tailed +type decrease steadily in size, till in Central America, Peru and +Guiana they are represented by animals not larger that a roe-buck. +The most convenient plan appears to be to regard all +these degenerate forms as local races of the white-tail, although +here again there is room for difference of opinion, and many +naturalists prefer to call them species. The large ears, brown-and-white +face, short, black-tipped tail, and antlers without +large basal snag serve to distinguish the mule-deer <i>M.</i> (<i>D.</i>) +<i>hemionus</i>, of western North America; while the black tail, +<i>M.</i> (<i>D.</i>) <i>columbiana</i>, ranging from British Columbia to California, +is a smaller animal, recognizable by the larger and longer tail, +which is black above and white below.</p> + +<p>South America is the home of the marsh-deer or guazu, +<i>M.</i> (<i>Blastoceros</i>) <i>dichotoma</i>, representing a subgenus in which the +complex antlers lack a basal snag, while the hair of the back is +reversed. This species is about the size of a red-deer, with a foxy +red coat with black legs. The pampas-deer, <i>M.</i> (<i>B.</i>) <i>bezoartica</i>, +of the Argentine pampas is a much smaller animal, of paler +colour, with three-tined antlers. The Chilean and Peruvian +Andes and Patagonia are the homes of two peculiar deer locally +known as guemals (huemals), and constituting the subgenus +<i>Xenelaphus</i>, or <i>Hippocamelus</i>. They are about the size of fallow-deer, +and have simply forked antlers. The Chilian species is +<i>M.</i> (<i>B.</i>) <i>bisulca</i> and the Peruvian <i>M.</i> (<i>B.</i>) <i>antisiensis</i>. Brockets, +of which there are numerous species, such as <i>M. rufa</i> and +<i>M. nemorivaga</i>, are Central and South American deer of the size +of roe-bucks or smaller, with simple spike-like antlers, tufted +heads and the hair of the face radiating from two whorls on the +forehead so that on the nose the direction is downwards. The +smallest of all deer is the Chilian pudu (<i>Pudua pudu</i>), a creature +not much larger than a hare, with almost rudimentary antlers.</p> + +<p>The musk-deer forms the subject of a separate article.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>For deer in general, see R. Lydekker, <i>The Deer of all Lands</i> +(London, 1898, 1908).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(R. L.*)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEERFIELD,<a name="ar118" id="ar118"></a></span> a township of Franklin county, Massachusetts, +U.S.A., on the Connecticut and Deerfield rivers, about 33 m. N. +of Springfield. Pop. (1900) 1969; (1910 U.S. census) 2209. +Deerfield is served by the Boston & Maine and the New York, +New Haven & Hartford railways. The natural beauty and the +historic interest of Deerfield attract many visitors. There are +several villages and hamlets in the township, the oldest and +most interesting of which is that known as “The Street” or +“Old Street.” This extends along one wide thoroughfare over a +hill and across a plateau or valley that is hemmed in on the E. by +a range of highlands known as East Mountain and on the W. by +the foothills of Hoosac Mountain. Many of the houses in this +village are very old. In Memorial Hall, a building erected in 1797-1798 +for the Deerfield academy, the Pocumtuck Valley memorial +association (incorporated in 1870) has gathered an interesting +collection of colonial and Indian relics. Deerfield was one of the +first places in the United States to enter into the modern “arts +and crafts movement”; in 1896 many of the old household +industries were revived and placed upon a business basis. Most of +the work is done by women in the homes. The products, including +needlework and embroidery, textiles, rag rugs, netting, +wrought iron, furniture, and metal-work in gold and silver +embellished with precious and semi-precious stones, are annually +exhibited in an old-fashioned house built in 1710, and a large +portion of them are sold to tourists. There is an arts and crafts +society, but the profits from the sales go entirely to the workers.</p> + +<p>The territory which originally constituted the township of +Deerfield (known as Pocumtuck until 1674) was a tract of 8000 +acres granted in 1654 to the town of Dedham in lieu of 2000 acres +previously taken from that town and granted to Rev. John Eliot +to further his mission among the Natick Indians. The rights of +the Pocumtuck Indians to the Deerfield tract were purchased +at about fourpence per acre, settlement was begun upon it in +1669, and the township was incorporated in 1673. For many +years, Deerfield was the N.W. frontier settlement of New England. +It was slightly fortified at the beginning of King Philip’s War, and +after an attack by the Indians on the 1st of September 1675 it +was garrisoned by a small force under Captain Samuel Appleton. +A second attack was made on the 12th of September, and six +days later, as Captain Thomas Lothrop and his company were +guarding teams that were hauling wheat from Deerfield to the +English headquarters at Hadley, they were surprised by Indians +in ambush at what has since been known as Bloody Brook (in +the village of South Deerfield), and Lothrop and more than sixty +of his men were slain. From this time until the end of the war +Deerfield was abandoned. In the spring of 1677 a few of the old +settlers returned, but on the 19th of September some were killed +and the others were captured by a party of Indians from Canada. +Resettlement was undertaken again in 1682. On the 15th of +September 1694 Deerfield narrowly escaped capture by a force of +French and Indians from Canada. In the early morning of the +29th of February 1703-1704, Deerfield was surprised by a force +of French and Indians (under Hertel de Rouville), who murdered +49 men, women and children, captured 111, burned the town, +and on the way back to Canada murdered 20 of the captured. +Among the captives was the Rev. John Williams (1664-1729), +the first minister of Deerfield, who (with the other captives) was +redeemed in 1706 and continued as pastor here until his death; +in 1707 he published an account of his experiences as a prisoner, +<i>The Redeemed Captive Returning to Zion</i>, which has frequently +been reprinted. From the original township of Deerfield the +territory of the following townships has been taken: Greenfield +(1753 and 1896), Conway (1767, 1791 and 1811), Shelburne +(1768) and a part of Whately (1810).</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See George Sheldon, <i>A History of Deerfield</i> (Deerfield, 1895); the +<i>History and Proceedings of the Pocumtuck Valley Memorial Association</i> +(Deerfield, 1890 et seq.); and Pauline C. Bouvé, “The Deerfield +Renaissance,” in <i>The New England Magazine</i> for October 1905.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEER PARK,<a name="ar119" id="ar119"></a></span> an enclosure of rough wooded pastureland for +the accommodation of red- or fallow-deer. The distinction +between a deer “park” and a deer “forest” is that the former +is always enclosed either by a wall or fence, and is relatively +small, whereas the forest covers a much larger area, and is not +only open but sometimes contains practically no trees at all. +Originally, the possession of a deer park in England was a royal +prerogative, and no subject could enclose one without a direct +grant from the crown—a licence to impark, like a licence to +embattle a house, was always necessary. When Domesday Book +was compiled, there were already thirty-one deer parks in England, +some of which may have existed in Saxon times; about +one-fourth of them belonged to the king. After the Conquest they +increased rapidly in number, but from about the middle of the +11th century this tendency was reversed. In the middle of the +16th century it was conjectured that one-twentieth of England +and Wales was given up to deer and rabbits. Upon Saxton’s +maps, which were made between 1575 and 1580, over 700 parks +are marked, and it is not improbable that the number was +understated. Mr Evelyn Philip Shirley enumerated only 334 in +his book on <i>English Deer Parks</i> published in 1867. To these +Mr Joseph Whitaker, in <i>A Descriptive List of the Deer Parks of +England</i> (1892), has added another fifty, and the total is believed +to be now about 400. It is a curious circumstance that despite +the rather minute detail of Domesday none of the parks there +enumerated can now be identified. There is, however, a plausible +case for Eridge Park in Sussex as the Reredfelle of Domesday. +The state and consequence of the great barons of the middle ages +depended in some measure upon the number of deer parks which +they possessed. Most bishops and abbots had one or two, and at +one time more than twenty were attached to the archbishopric +of Canterbury. When the power of the barons was finally broken +and a more settled period began with the accession of the house +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page925" id="page925"></a>925</span> +of Tudor, the deer park began to fall into decay. By Queen +Elizabeth’s time a considerable proportion of the ancestral +acres of the great houses had passed into the possession of rich +merchants and wealthy wool-staplers, and it had become more +profitable to breed bullocks than to find pasture for deer, and +even where the new men retained, and even in some cases created, +deer parks, they reduced their area in order that more land might +be available for grazing or for corn. Thus began that decadence +of the deer park which has continued down to the present time. +More than anything, however, the strife between Charles I. and +parliament contributed to reduce both the number and size of +English parks containing deer. By the Restoration the majority +of the parks in England had for the time being been destroyed, +the palings pulled down, the trees felled, and the deer stolen. +Of the duke of Newcastle’s eight parks seven were ruined, +that at Welbeck alone remaining intact. Not a tree was left in +Clipston Park, although the timber had been valued at £20,000. +One of the results of the Restoration was to empty the parks of +the Roundhead squires to replenish those of the Royalists, but +this measure helped little, and great numbers of deer had to +be brought from Germany to replenish the depleted stocks. A +gentleman of the Isle of Ely was indeed given a baronetcy in +return for a large present of deer which he made to Charles II. +The largest existing deer park in England is that at Savernake +(4000 acres), next comes Windsor, which contains about 2600 +acres in addition to the 1450 acres of Windsor Forest. Lord +Egerton of Tatton’s park at Tatton in Cheshire, and Lord +Abergavenny’s at Eridge, each contain about 2500 acres. Other +parks which are much about the same size are those of Blenheim, +Richmond, Eastwell, Duncombe, Grimsthorpe, Thoresby and +Knowsley. All these parks are famous either for their size, their +beauty, or the number and long descent of the deer which inhabit +them. The size of English parks devoted to deer varies from that +of these historic examples down to a very few acres. A small +proportion of the older enclosures contains red- as well as fallow-deer. +In some of the larger ones many hundreds of head browse, +whereas those of the smallest size may have only a dozen or two. +Although many enclosures were disparked in very recent times, +the 19th century saw the making of a considerable number of +new ones, usually of small dimensions. The tendency, however, +is still towards diminution both in number and extent, cattle +taking the place of deer.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFAMATION<a name="ar120" id="ar120"></a></span> (from the classical Lat. <i>diffamare</i>, to spread +abroad an evil report—the English form in <i>de</i> is taken from the +Late Lat. <i>defamare</i>), the saying or writing something of another, +calculated to injure his reputation or expose him to public hatred, +contempt and ridicule. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Libel and Slander</a></span>.)</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFAULT<a name="ar121" id="ar121"></a></span> (Fr. <i>défaut</i>, from <i>défailler</i>, to fail, Lat. <i>fallere</i>), in +English law, a failure to do some act required by law either as a +regular step in procedure or as being a duty imposed. Parties +in an action may be in default as to procedure by failure to appear +to the writ, or to take some other step, within the prescribed time. +In such cases the opposing party gains some advantage by being +allowed to sign judgment or otherwise. But as a rule, unless the +party is much in default and is under a peremptory order to +proceed, the penalty for default is by order to pay the costs +occasioned. When there is default in complying with the terms +of a judgment the remedy is by executing it by one of the +processes admitted by the law. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Execution</a></span>.) In the case +of judgments in criminal or quasi-criminal cases, where a fine +is imposed, it is in most cases legal and usual to order imprisonment +if the fine is not paid or if the property of the +defendant is insufficient to realize its amount. Default in +compliance with a statute renders the defaulter liable to action +by the person aggrieved or to indictment if the matter of +command is of public concern, subject in either case to the +qualification that the statute may limit the remedy for the +default to some particular proceeding specifically indicated; +and in some instances, <i>e.g.</i> in the case of local authorities, +default in the execution of their public duties is dealt with +administratively by a department of the government, and only +in the last resort, if at all, by recourse to judicial tribunals.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFEASANCE,<a name="ar122" id="ar122"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Defeazance</span> (Fr. <i>défaire</i>, to undo), in law, +an instrument which defeats the force or operation of some other +deed or estate; as distinguished from <i>condition</i>, that which in the +same deed is called a condition is a defeasance in another deed. +A defeasance should recite the deed to be defeated and its date, +and it must be made between the same parties as are interested +in the deed to which it is collateral. It must be of a thing +defeasible, and all the conditions must be strictly carried out +before the defeasance can be consummated. Defeasance in a +bill of sale is the putting an end to the security by realizing +the goods for the benefit of the mortgagee. It is not strictly a +defeasance, because the stipulation is in the same deed; it is +really a condition in the nature of a defeasance.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFENCE<a name="ar123" id="ar123"></a></span> (Lat. <i>defendere</i>, to defend), in general, a keeping +off or defending, a justification, protection or guard. Physical +defence of self is the right of every man, even to the employment +of force, in warding off an attack. A person attacked may use +such force as he believes to be necessary for the warding off an +attack, even to the extent of killing an assailant. The same right +of reciprocal defence extends not only to defence of one’s own +person, but also to the defence of a husband or wife, parent or +child, master or servant. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Assault</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Homicide</a></span>.) As a legal +term in English pleading, “defence” means the denial by the +party proceeded against of the validity of a charge, or the steps +taken by an accused person or his legal advisers for defending +himself. In civil actions, a statement of defence is the second +step in proceedings, being the answer of the defendant to the +plaintiff’s statement of claim. In the statement of defence must +be set out every material fact upon which the defendant intends +to rely at the trial. Every fact alleged in the statement of claim +must be dealt with, and either admitted or denied; further facts +may be pleaded in answer to those admitted; the whole pleading +of the plaintiff may be objected to as insufficient in law, or a set-off +or counter-claim may be advanced. A statement of defence +must be delivered within ten days from the delivery of the +statement of claim, or appearance if no statement of claim be +delivered.</p> + +<p>By the Poor Prisoners’ Defence Act 1903, where it appears, +having regard to the nature of the defence set up by any poor +prisoner, as disclosed in the evidence given or statement made +by him before the committing justices, that it is desirable in the +interests of justice that he should have legal aid in the preparation +and conduct of his defence, and that his means are insufficient +to enable him to obtain such aid, it may be ordered either +(1) on committal for trial by the committing justices, or (2) after +reading the depositions by the judge or quarter sessions chairman. +The defence includes the services of solicitor and counsel and the +expenses of witnesses, the cost being payable in the same manner +as the expenses of a prosecution for felony. Briefly, the object +of the act is, not to give a prisoner legal assistance to find out if he +has got a defence, but in order that a prisoner who has a defence +may have every inducement to tell the truth about it at the +earliest opportunity. Legal assistance under the act is only +given where both (1) the nature of the defence as disclosed is +such that in the interests of justice the prisoner should have +legal aid to make his defence clear, and (2) where also his +means are insufficient for that end (Lord Alverstone, C. J., at +Warwick Summer Assizes, <i>The Times</i>, July 26, 1904).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFENDANT,<a name="ar124" id="ar124"></a></span> in law, a person against whom proceedings +are instituted or directed; one who is called upon to answer in +any suit. At one time the term “defendant” had a narrower +meaning, that of a person sued in a personal action only, the +corresponding term in a real action being “tenant,” but the +distinction is now practically disregarded, except in a few states +of the United States.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFENDER OF THE FAITH<a name="ar125" id="ar125"></a></span> (<i>Fidei Defensor</i>), a title belonging +to the sovereign of England in the same way as <i>Christianissimus</i> +belonged to the king of France, and <i>Catholicus</i> belongs to the ruler +of Spain. It seems to have been suggested in 1516, and although +certain charters have been appealed to in proof of an earlier use +of the title, it was first conferred by Pope Leo X. on Henry VIII. +The Bull granting the title is dated the 11th of October 1521, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page926" id="page926"></a>926</span> +and was a reward for the king’s treatise, <i>Assertio, septem sacramentorum</i>, +against Luther. When Henry broke with the papacy, +Pope Paul III. deprived him of this designation, but in 1544 the +title of “Defender of the Faith” was confirmed to Henry by +parliament, and has since been used by all his successors on the +English throne.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFERENT<a name="ar126" id="ar126"></a></span> (Lat. <i>deferens</i>, bearing down), in ancient +astronomy, the mean orbit of a planet, which carried the epicycle +in which the planet revolved. It is now known to correspond to +the actual orbit of the planet round the sun.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFFAND, MARIE ANNE DE VICHY-CHAMROND,<a name="ar127" id="ar127"></a></span> <span class="sc">Marquise +du</span> (1697-1780), a celebrated Frenchwoman, was born at the +chateau of Chamrond near Charolles (department of Saône-et-Loire) +of a noble family in 1697. Educated at a convent in Paris, +she showed, along with great intelligence, a sceptical and cynical +turn of mind. The abbess, alarmed at the freedom of her views, +arranged that Massillon should visit and reason with her, but he +accomplished nothing. Her parents married her at twenty-one +years of age to her kinsman, Jean Baptiste de la Lande, marquis +du Deffand, without consulting her inclination. The union +proved an unhappy one, and resulted in a separation as early +as 1722. Madame du Deffand, young and beautiful, is said by +Horace Walpole to have been for a short time the mistress of the +regent, the duke of Orleans (Walpole to Gray, January 25, 1766). +She appeared in her earlier days to be incapable of any strong +attachment, but her intelligence, her cynicism and her <i>esprit</i> +made her the centre of attraction of a brilliant circle. In 1721 +began her friendship with Voltaire, but their regular correspondence +dates only from 1736. She spent much time at Sceaux, +at the court of the duchesse du Maine, where she contracted +a close friendship with the president Hénault. In Paris she +was in a sense the rival of Madame Geoffrin, but the members +of her salon were drawn from aristocratic society more than from +literary cliques. There were, however, exceptions. Voltaire, +Montesquieu, Fontenelle and Madame de Staal-Delaunay were +among the habitués. When Hénault introduced D’Alembert, +Madame du Deffand was at once captivated by him. With the +encyclopaedists she was never in sympathy, and appears to have +tolerated them only for his sake. In 1752 she retired from Paris, +intending to spend the rest of her days in the country, but she +was persuaded by her friends to return. She had taken up her +abode in 1747 in apartments in the convent of St Joseph in the +rue St Dominique, which had a separate entrance from the street. +When she lost her sight in 1754 she engaged Mademoiselle de +Lespinasse to help her in entertaining. This lady’s wit made +some of the guests, D’Alembert among others, prefer her society +to that of Madame du Deffand, and she arranged to receive her +friends for an hour before the appearance of her patron. When +this state of things was discovered Mademoiselle de Lespinasse +was dismissed (1764), but the salon was broken up, for she took +with her D’Alembert, Turgot and the literary clique generally. +From this time Madame du Deffand very rarely received any +literary men. The principal friendships of her later years were +with the duchesse de Choiseul and with Horace Walpole. Her +affection for the latter, which dated from 1765, was the strongest +and most durable of all her attachments. Under the stress of +this tardy passion she developed qualities of style and eloquence +of which her earlier writings had given little promise. In the +opinion of Sainte-Beuve the prose of her letters ranks with that +of Voltaire as the best of that classical epoch without excepting +any even of the great writers. Walpole refused at first to acknowledge +the closeness of their intimacy from an exaggerated +fear of the ridicule attaching to her age, but he paid several +visits to Paris expressly for the purpose of enjoying her society, +and maintained a close and most interesting correspondence +with her for fifteen years. She died on the 23rd of September +1780, leaving her dog Tonton to the care of Walpole, who +was also entrusted with her papers. Of her innumerable witty +sayings the best known is her remark on the cardinal de +Polignac’s account of St Denis’s miraculous walk of two miles +with his head in his hands,—<i>Il n’y a que le premier pas qui +coûte</i>.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The <i>Correspondance inédite</i> of Madame du Deffand with D’Alembert, +Hénault, Montesquieu, and others was published in Paris (2 +vols.) in 1809. <i>Letters of the marquise du Deffand to the Hon. Horace +Walpole, afterwards earl of Orford, from the year 1766 to the year 1780</i> +(4 vols.), edited, with a biographical sketch, by Miss Mary Berry, were +published in London from the originals at Strawberry Hill in 1810.</p> + +<p>The standard edition of her letters is the <i>Correspondance complète de +la marquise du Deffand ...</i> by M. de Lescure (1865); the <i>Correspondance +inédite</i> with M. and Mme de Choiseul and others was edited +in 1859 and again in 1866 by the marquis de Ste-Aulaire. Other +papers of Madame du Deffand obtained at the breaking up of +Walpole’s collection are in private hands. Madame du Deffand +returned many of Walpole’s letters at his request, and subsequently +destroyed those which she received from him. Those in his possession +appear to have been destroyed after his death by Miss Berry, +who printed fragments from them as footnotes to the edition of 1810. +The correspondence between Walpole and Madame du Deffand thus +remains one-sided, but seven of Walpole’s letters to her are printed +for the first time in the edition (1903) of his correspondence by Mrs +Paget Toynbee, who discovered a quantity of her unedited letters. +See Sainte-Beuve, <i>Causeries du lundi</i>, vols. i. and xiv.; and the +notice by M. de Lescure in his edition of the correspondence.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFIANCE,<a name="ar128" id="ar128"></a></span> a city and the county seat of Defiance county, +Ohio, U.S.A., at the confluence of the Auglaize and Tiffin rivers +with the Maumee, about 50 m. S.W. of Toledo. Pop. (1890) +7694; (1900) 7579 (960 foreign-born); (1910) 7327. It is served +by the Baltimore & Ohio and the Wabash railways, and by the +Ohio Electric railway to Lima (42 m.). The city commands a fine +view of the rivers and the surrounding country, which is well +adapted to agriculture; and has large machine shops and several +flour mills, besides manufactories of agricultural implements, +waggons, sashes and blinds, and wood-working machinery for the +manufacture of artillery wheels. Here, too, is Defiance College, +an institution of the Christian Denomination, opened in 1885. +Defiance was long the site of an Indian village. In 1794 General +Anthony Wayne built a fort here and named it Defiance. In 1822 +Defiance was laid out as a town; in 1845 it was made the county +seat of the newly erected county; and in 1881 it became a city of +the second class.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFILE,<a name="ar129" id="ar129"></a></span> a military expression for a passage, to march through +which troops are compelled to “defile,” or narrow their front +(from the Fr. <i>défiler</i>, to march in a line, or by “files”). The word +is usually applied to a ravine or gorge in a range of hills, but a +causeway over a river, a bridge and even a village may equally +be called a defile. The term is also used to express, without any +special reference to military operations, a gorge in mountains. +The verb “to defile” is used of troops marching on a narrow +front, or narrowing their front, under all circumstances, and in +this sense is the contrary of “deploy.”</p> + +<p>“Defile,” in the sense of “pollute,” is another form of +“defoul”; though spelt alike, the two words are pronounced +differently, the accent being on the first syllable for the former +and on the second for the latter.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFINITION<a name="ar130" id="ar130"></a></span> (Lat. <i>definitio</i>, from <i>de-finire</i>, to set limits to, +describe), a logical term used popularly for the process of explaining, +or giving the meaning of, a word, and also in the concrete +for the proposition or statement in which that explanation +is expressed. In logic, definition consists in determining the +qualities which belong to given concepts or universals; it is not +concerned with individuals, which are marked by an infinity +of peculiarities, any one or all of which might be predicated of +another individual. Individuals can be defined only in so far as +they belong to a single kind. According to Aristotle, definition is +the statement of the essence of a concept (<span class="grk" title="horismos men gar tou +ti esti kai ousias">ὁρισμὸς μὲν γὰν τοῦ τί ἐστι καὶ οὐσίας</span>, <i>Posterior Analytics</i>, B iii. 90 b 30); that is, +it consists of the genus and the differentia. In other words, +“man” is defined as “animal <i>plus</i> rationality,” or “rational +animal,”<a name="fa1m" id="fa1m" href="#ft1m"><span class="sp">1</span></a> <i>i.e.</i> the concept is (1) referred to the next higher genus, +and (2) distinguished from other modes in which that genus +exists, <i>i.e.</i> from other species. It is sometimes argued that, there +being no definition of individuals as such, definition is of names +(see J. S. Mill, <i>Logic</i>, i. viii. 5), not of things; it is generally, +however, maintained that definition is <i>of things, regarded as, or</i> +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page927" id="page927"></a>927</span> +<i>in so far as they are, of a kind</i>. Definition of words can be +nothing more than the explanation of terms such as is given in a +dictionary.</p> + +<p>The following rules are generally given as governing accurate +definition. (1) <i>The definition must be equivalent or commensurate +with that which is defined</i>; it must be applicable to all the +individuals included in the concept and to nothing else. Every +man, and nothing else, is a rational animal. “Man is mortal” +is not a definition, for mortality is predicable of irrational +animals. (2) <i>The definition must state the essential attributes</i>; +a concept cannot be defined by its accidental attributes; those +attributes must be given which are essential and primary. +(3) <i>The definition must be per genus et differentiam</i> (or <i>differentias</i>), +as we have already seen. These are the important +rules. Three minor rules are: (4) <i>The definition must not +contain the name of the concept to be defined</i>; if it does, no +information is given. Such a proposition as “an archdeacon +is one who performs archidiaconal functions” is not a definition. +Concepts cannot be defined by their correlatives. Such +a definition is known as a <i>circulus in definiendo</i>. (5) <i>Obscure +and figurative language must be avoided</i>, and (6) <i>Definitions must +not be in the negative when they can be in the affirmative</i>.</p> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1m" id="ft1m" href="#fa1m"><span class="fn">1</span></a> “Rational animal” is thus the predicate of the statement +constituting the definition. Sometimes the word “definition” is +used to signify merely the predicate.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEFOE, DANIEL<a name="ar131" id="ar131"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1659-1731), English author, was born in +the parish of St Giles, Cripplegate, London, in the latter part of +1659 or early in 1660, of a nonconformist family. His grandfather, +Daniel Foe, lived at Etton, Northamptonshire, apparently +in comfortable circumstances, for he is said to have kept a +pack of hounds. As to the variation of name, Defoe or Foe, its +owner signed either indifferently till late in life, and where his +initials occur they are sometimes D. F. and sometimes D. D. F. +Three autograph letters of his are extant, all addressed in 1705 +to the same person, and signed respectively D. Foe, de Foe and +Daniel Defoe. His father, James Foe, was a butcher and a +citizen of London.</p> + +<p>Daniel was well educated at a famous dissenting academy, +Mr Charles Morton’s of Stoke Newington, where many of the best-known +nonconformists of the time were his schoolfellows. With +few exceptions all the known events of Defoe’s life are connected +with authorship. In the older catalogues of his works two +pamphlets, <i>Speculum Crapegownorum</i>, a satire on the clergy, and +<i>A Treatise against the Turks</i>, are attributed to him before the +accession of James II., but there seems to be no publication of his +which is certainly genuine before <i>The Character of Dr Annesley</i> +(1697). He had, however, before this, taken up arms in +Monmouth’s expedition, and is supposed to have owed his lucky +escape from the clutches of the king’s troops and the law, to his +being a Londoner, and therefore a stranger in the west country. +On the 26th of January 1688 he was admitted a liveryman of the +city of London, having claimed his freedom by birth. Before his +western escapade he had taken up the business of hosiery factor. +At the entry of William and Mary into London he is said to have +served as a volunteer trooper “gallantly mounted and richly +accoutred.” In these days he lived at Tooting, and was instrumental +in forming a dissenting congregation there. His business +operations at this period appear to have been extensive and +various. He seems to have been a sort of commission merchant, +especially in Spanish and Portuguese goods, and at some time to +have visited Spain on business. In 1692 he failed for £17,000. +His misfortunes made him write both feelingly and forcibly on +the bankruptcy laws; and although his creditors accepted a +composition, he afterwards honourably paid them in full, a +fact attested by independent and not very friendly witnesses. +Subsequently, he undertook first the secretaryship and then the +management and chief ownership of some tile-works at Tilbury, +but here also he was unfortunate, and his imprisonment in 1703 +brought the works to a standstill, and he lost £3000. From +this time forward we hear of no settled business in which he +engaged.</p> + +<p>The course of Defoe’s life was determined about the middle of +the reign of William III. by his introduction to that monarch +and other influential persons. He frequently boasts of his +personal intimacy with the “glorious and immortal” king, and +in 1695 he was appointed accountant to the commissioners of +the glass duty, an office which he held for four years. During +this time he produced his <i>Essay on Projects</i> (1698), containing +suggestions on banks, road-management, friendly and insurance +societies of various kinds, idiot asylums, bankruptcy, academies, +military colleges, high schools for women, &c. It displays +Defoe’s lively and lucid style in full vigour, and abounds with +ingenious thoughts and apt illustrations, though it illustrates also +the unsystematic character of his mind. In the same year Defoe +wrote the first of a long series of pamphlets on the then burning +question of occasional conformity. In this, for the first time, +he showed the unlucky independence which, in so many other +instances, united all parties against him. While he pointed out +to the dissenters the scandalous inconsistency of their playing fast +and loose with sacred things, yet he denounced the impropriety +of requiring tests at all. In support of the government he published, +in 1698, <i>An Argument for a Standing Army</i>, followed in +1700 by a defence of William’s war policy called <i>The Two Great +Questions considered</i>, and a set of pamphlets on the Partition +Treaty. Thus in political matters he had the same fate as in +ecclesiastical; for the Whigs were no more prepared than the +Tories to support William through thick and thin. He also dealt +with the questions of stock-jobbing and of electioneering corruption. +But his most remarkable publication at this time was <i>The +True-Born Englishman</i> (1701), a satire in rough but extremely +vigorous verse on the national objection to William as a foreigner, +and on the claim of purity of blood for a nation which Defoe +chooses to represent as crossed and dashed with all the strains and +races in Europe. He also took a prominent part in the proceedings +which followed the Kentish petition, and was the author, +some say the presenter, of the <i>Legion Memorial</i>, which asserted +in the strongest terms the supremacy of the electors over the +elected, and of which even an irate House of Commons did not +dare to take much notice. The theory of the indefeasible supremacy +of the freeholders of England, whose delegates merely, +according to this theory, the Commons were, was one of Defoe’s +favourite political tenets, and he returned to it in a powerfully +written tract entitled <i>The Original Power of the Collective Body +of the People of England examined and asserted</i> (1701).</p> + +<p>At the same time he was occupied in a controversy on the +conformity question with John How (or Howe) on the practice +of “occasional conformity.” Defoe maintained that the dissenters +who attended the services of the English Church on +particular occasions to qualify themselves for office were guilty +of inconsistency. At the same time he did not argue for the +complete abolition of the tests, but desired that they should be so +framed as to make it possible for most Protestants conscientiously +to subscribe to them. Here again his moderation pleased neither +party.</p> + +<p>The death of William was a great misfortune to Defoe, and +he soon felt the power of his adversaries. After publishing <i>The +Mock Mourners</i>, intended to satirize and rebuke the outbreak +of Jacobite joy at the king’s death, he turned his attention +once more to ecclesiastical subjects, and, in an evil hour for +himself, wrote the anonymous <i>Shortest Way with the Dissenters</i> +(1702), a statement in the most forcible terms of the extreme +“high-flying” position, which some high churchmen were unwary +enough to endorse, without any suspicion of the writer’s +ironical intention. The author was soon discovered; and, as he +absconded, an advertisement was issued offering a reward for +his apprehension, and giving the only personal description we +possess of him, as “a middle-sized spare man about forty years +old, of a brown complexion and dark brown-coloured hair, but +wears a wig; a hooked nose, a sharp chin, grey eyes, and a large +mole near his mouth.” In this conjuncture Defoe had really no +friends, for the dissenters were as much alarmed at his book as +the high-flyers were irritated. He surrendered, and his defence +appears to have been injudiciously conducted; at any rate he +was fined 200 marks, and condemned to be pilloried three times, +to be imprisoned indefinitely, and to find sureties for his good +behaviour during seven years. It was in reference to this +incident that Pope, whose Catholic rearing made him detest +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page928" id="page928"></a>928</span> +the abettor of the Revolution and the champion of William of +Orange, wrote in the <i>Dunciad</i>—</p> + +<p class="center f90">“Earless on high stands unabash’d Defoe”</p> + +<p class="noind">—though he knew that the sentence to the pillory had long ceased +to entail the loss of ears. Defoe’s exposure in the pillory (July +29, 30, 31) was, however, rather a triumph than a punishment, +for the populace took his side; and his <i>Hymn to the Pillory</i>, +which he soon after published, is one of the best of his poetical +works. Unluckily for him his condemnation had the indirect +effect of destroying his business at Tilbury.</p> + +<p>He remained in prison until August 1704, and then owed his +release to the intercession of Robert Harley, who represented +his case to the queen, and obtained for him not only liberty but +pecuniary relief and employment, which, of one kind or another, +lasted until the termination of Anne’s reign. Defoe was uniformly +grateful to the minister, and his language respecting +him is in curious variance with that generally used. There +is no doubt that Harley, who understood the influence wielded +by Defoe, made some conditions. Defoe says he received no +pension, but his subsequent fidelity was at all events indirectly +rewarded; moreover, Harley’s moderation in a time of the +extremest party-insanity was no little recommendation to Defoe. +During his imprisonment he was by no means idle. A spurious +edition of his works having been issued, he himself produced a +collection of twenty-two treatises, to which some time afterwards +he added a second group of eighteen more. He also wrote in +prison many short pamphlets, chiefly controversial, published a +curious work on the famous storm of the 26th of November 1703, +and started in February 1704 perhaps the most remarkable of all +his projects, <i>The Review</i>. This was a paper which was issued +during the greater part of its life three times a week. It was +entirely written by Defoe, and extends to eight complete volumes +and some few score numbers of a second issue. He did not +confine himself to news, but wrote something very like finished +essays on questions of policy, trade and domestic concerns; +he also introduced a “Scandal Club,” in which minor questions +of manners and morals were treated in a way which undoubtedly +suggested the <i>Tatlers</i> and <i>Spectators</i> which followed. Only one +complete copy of the work is known to exist, and that is in the +British Museum. It is probable that if bulk, rapidity of production, +variety of matter, originality of design, and excellence +of style be taken together, hardly any author can show a work +of equal magnitude. After his release Defoe went to Bury St +Edmunds, though he did not interrupt either his <i>Review</i> or his +occasional pamphlets. One of these, <i>Giving Alms no Charity, +and Employing the Poor a Grievance to the Nation</i> (1704), is +extraordinarily far-sighted. It denounces both indiscriminate +alms-giving and the national work-shops proposed by Sir +Humphrey Mackworth.</p> + +<p>In 1705 appeared <i>The Consolidator, or Memoirs of Sundry +Transactions from the World in the Moon</i>, a political satire which +is supposed to have given some hints for Swift’s <i>Gulliver’s +Travels</i>; and at the end of the year Defoe performed a secret +mission, the first of several of the kind, for Harley. In 1706 +appeared the <i>True Relation of the Apparition of one Mrs Veal</i>, +long supposed to have been written for a bookseller to help off an +unsaleable translation of Drelincourt, <i>On Death</i>, but considerable +doubt has been cast upon this by William Lee. Defoe’s next +work was <i>Jure divino</i>, a long poetical argument in (bad) verse; +and soon afterwards (1706) he began to be much employed in +promoting the union with Scotland. Not only did he write +pamphlets as usual on the project, and vigorously recommend it +in <i>The Review</i>, but in October 1706 he was sent on a political +mission to Scotland by Sidney Godolphin, to whom Harley had +recommended him. He resided in Edinburgh for nearly sixteen +months, and his services to the government were repaid by a +regular salary. He seems to have devoted himself to commercial +and literary as well as to political matters, and prepared at this +time his elaborate <i>History of the Union</i>, which appeared in 1709. +In this year Henry Sacheverell delivered his famous sermons, +and Defoe wrote several tracts about them and attacked the +preacher in his <i>Review</i>.</p> + +<p>In 1710 Harley returned to power, and Defoe was placed in a +somewhat awkward position. To Harley himself he was bound +by gratitude and by a substantial agreement in principle, but +with the rest of the Tory ministry he had no sympathy. He +seems, in fact, to have agreed with the foreign policy of the Tories +and with the home policy of the Whigs, and naturally incurred +the reproach of time-serving and the hearty abuse of both parties. +At the end of 1710 he again visited Scotland. In the negotiations +concerning the Peace of Utrecht, Defoe strongly supported the +ministerial side, to the intense wrath of the Whigs, displayed in +an attempted prosecution against some pamphlets of his on the +all-important question of the succession. Again the influence of +Harley saved him. He continued, however, to take the side of +the dissenters in the questions affecting religious liberty, which +played such a prominent part towards the close of Anne’s reign. +He naturally shared Harley’s downfall; and, though the loss of +his salary might seem a poor reward for his constant support of +the Hanoverian claim, it was little more than his ambiguous, +not to say trimming, position must have led him to expect.</p> + +<p>Defoe declared that Lord Annesley was preparing the army in +Ireland to join a Jacobite rebellion, and was indicted for libel; +and prior to his trial (1715) he published an apologia entitled <i>An +Appeal to Honour and Justice</i>, in which he defended his political +conduct. Having been convicted of the libel he was liberated +later in the year under circumstances that only became clear in +1864, when six letters were discovered in the Record Office from +Defoe to a Government official, Charles Delafaye, which, according +to William Lee, established the fact that in 1718 at least Defoe +was doing not only political work, but that it was of a somewhat +equivocal kind—that he was, in fact, sub-editing the Jacobite +<i>Mist’s Journal</i>, under a secret agreement with the government +that he should tone down the sentiments and omit objectionable +items. He had, in fact, been released on condition of becoming +a government agent. He seems to have performed the same +not very honourable office in the case of two other journals—<i>Dormer’s +Letter</i> and the <i>Mercurius Politicus</i>; and to have +written in these and other papers until nearly the end of his +life. Before these letters were discovered it was supposed +that Defoe’s political work had ended in 1715.</p> + +<p>Up to that time Defoe had written nothing but occasional +literature, and, except the <i>History of the Union</i> and <i>Jure Divino</i>, +nothing of any great length. In 1715 appeared the first volume +of <i>The Family Instructor</i>, which was very popular during the 18th +century. The first volume of his most famous work, the immortal +story—partly adventure, partly moralizing—of <i>The Life and +Strange Surprizing Adventures of Robinson Crusoe</i>, was published +on the 25th of April 1719. It ran through four editions in as +many months, and then in August appeared the second volume. +Twelve months afterwards the sequel <i>Serious Reflections</i>, now +hardly ever reprinted, appeared. Its connexion with the two +former parts is little more than nominal, Crusoe being simply +made the mouth-piece of Defoe’s sentiments on various points of +morals and religion. Meanwhile the first two parts were reprinted +as a <i>feuilleton</i> in <i>Heathcote’s Intelligencer</i>, perhaps the earliest +instance of the appearance of such a work in such a form. The +story was founded on Dempier’s <i>Voyage round the World</i> (1697), +and still more on Alexander Selkirk’s adventures, as communicated +by Selkirk himself at a meeting with Defoe at the house +of Mrs Damaris Daniel at Bristol. Selkirk afterwards told Mrs +Daniel that he had handed over his papers to Defoe. <i>Robinson +Crusoe</i> was immediately popular, and a wild story was set afloat +of its having been written by Lord Oxford in the Tower. A +curious idea, at one time revived by Henry Kingsley, is that the +adventures of Robinson are allegorical and relate to Defoe’s own +life. This idea was certainly entertained to some extent at the +time, and derives some colour of justification from words of +Defoe’s, but there seems to be no serious foundation for it. +<i>Robinson Crusoe</i> (especially the story part, with the philosophical +and religious moralizings largely cut out) is one of the +world’s classics in fiction. Crusoe’s shipwreck and adventures, +his finding the footprint in the sand, his man “Friday,”—the +whole atmosphere of romance which surrounds the position of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page929" id="page929"></a>929</span> +the civilized man fending for himself on a desert island—these +have made Defoe’s great work an imperishable part of English +literature. Contemporaneously appeared <i>The Dumb Philosopher</i>, +or <i>Dickory Cronke</i>, who gains the power of speech at the end of his +life and uses it to predict the course of European affairs.</p> + +<p>In 1720 came <i>The Life and Adventures of Mr Duncan Campbell</i>. +This was not entirely a work of imagination, its hero, the fortune-teller, +being a real person. There are amusing passages in the +story, but it is too desultory to rank with Defoe’s best. In the +same year appeared two wholly or partially fictitious histories, +each of which might have made a reputation for any man. The +first was the <i>Memoirs of a Cavalier</i>, which Lord Chatham believed +to be true history, and which William Lee considers the embodiment +at least of authentic private memoirs. The Cavalier was +declared at the time to be Andrew Newport, made Lord Newport +in 1642. His elder brother was born in 1620 and the Cavalier +gives 1608 as the date of his birth, so that the facts do not fit the +dates. It is probable that Defoe, with his extensive acquaintance +with English history, and his astonishing power of working up +details, was fully equal to the task of inventing it. As a model +of historical work of a certain kind it is hardly surpassable, and +many separate passages—accounts of battles and skirmishes—have +never been equalled except by Carlyle. <i>Captain Singleton</i>, +the last work of the year, has been unjustly depreciated by most +of the commentators. The record of the journey across Africa, +with its surprising anticipations of subsequent discoveries, yields +in interest to no work of the kind known to us; and the semi-piratical +Quaker who accompanies Singleton in his buccaneering +expeditions is a most life-like character. There is also a Quaker +who plays a very creditable part in <i>Roxana</i> (1724), and Defoe +seems to have been well affected to the Friends. In estimating +this wonderful productiveness on the part of a man sixty years +old, it should be remembered that it was a habit of Defoe’s to +keep his work in manuscript sometimes for long periods.</p> + +<p>In 1721 nothing of importance was produced, but in the next +twelvemonth three capital works appeared. These were <i>The +Fortunes and Misfortunes of Moll Flanders</i>, <i>The Journal of the +Plague Year</i>, and <i>The History of Colonel Jack</i>. <i>Moll Flanders</i> +and <i>The Fortunate Mistress</i> (Roxana), which followed in 1724, +have subjects of a rather more than questionable character, but +both display the remarkable art with which Defoe handles such +subjects. It is not true, as is sometimes said, that the difference +between the two is that between gross and polished vice. The +real difference is much more one of morals than of manners. +Moll is by no means of the lowest class. Notwithstanding the +greater degradation into which she falls, and her originally +dependent position, she has been well educated, and has consorted +with persons of gentle birth. She displays throughout +much greater real refinement of feeling than the more high-flying +Roxana, and is at any rate flesh and blood, if the flesh be +somewhat frail and the blood somewhat hot. Neither of the +heroines has any but the rudiments of a moral sense; but Roxana, +both in her original transgression and in her subsequent conduct, +is actuated merely by avarice and selfishness—vices which are +peculiarly offensive in connexion with her other failing, and +which make her thoroughly repulsive. The art of both stories +is great, and that of the episode of the daughter Susannah in +<i>Roxana</i> is consummate; but the transitions of the later plot +are less natural than those in <i>Moll Flanders</i>. It is only fair to +notice that while the latter, according to Defoe’s more usual +practice, is allowed to repent and end happily, Roxana is brought +to complete misery; Defoe’s morality, therefore, required more +repulsiveness in one case than in the other.</p> + +<p>In the <i>Journal of the Plague Year</i>, more usually called, from the +title of the second edition, <i>A History of the Plague</i>, the accuracy +and apparent veracity of the details is so great that many +persons have taken it for an authentic record, while others have +contended for the existence of such a record as its basis. But +here too the genius of Mrs Veal’s creator must, in the absence of +all evidence to the contrary, be allowed sufficient for the task. +<i>The History of Colonel Jack</i> is an unequal book. There is hardly +in <i>Robinson Crusoe</i> a scene equal, and there is consequently not +in English literature a scene superior, to that where the youthful +pickpocket first exercises his trade, and then for a time loses his +ill-gotten gains. But a great part of the book, especially the +latter portion, is dull; and in fact it may be generally remarked +of Defoe that the conclusions of his tales are not equal to the +beginning, perhaps from the restless indefatigability with which +he undertook one work almost before finishing another.</p> + +<p>To this period belong his stories of famous criminals, of Jack +Sheppard (1724), of Jonathan Wild (1725), of the Highland Rogue +<i>i.e.</i> Rob Roy (1723). The pamphlet on the first of these Defoe +maintained to be a transcript of a paper which he persuaded +Sheppard to give to a friend at his execution.</p> + +<p>In 1724 appeared also the first volume of <i>A Tour through the +whole Island of Great Britain</i>, which was completed in the two +following years. Much of the information in this was derived from +personal experience, for Defoe claims to have made many more +tours and visits about England than those of which we have +record; but the major part must necessarily have been dexterous +compilation. In 1725 appeared <i>A New Voyage round the World</i>, +apparently entirely due to the author’s own fertile imagination +and extensive reading. It is full of his peculiar verisimilitude +and has all the interest of Anson’s or Dampier’s voyages, with a +charm of style superior even to that of the latter.</p> + +<p>In 1726 Defoe published a curious and amusing little pamphlet +entitled <i>Everybody’s Business is Nobody’s Business, or Private +Abuses Public Grievances, exemplified in the Pride, Insolence, and +Exorbitant Wages of our Women-Servants, Footmen, &c.</i> This +subject was a favourite one with him, and in the pamphlet he +showed the immaturity of his political views by advocating +legislative interference in these matters. Towards the end of +this same year <i>The Complete English Tradesman</i>, which may be +supposed to sum up the experience of his business life, appeared, +and its second volume followed two years afterwards. This book +has been variously judged. It is generally and traditionally +praised, but those who have read it will be more disposed to +agree with Charles Lamb, who considers it “of a vile and debasing +tendency,” and thinks it “almost impossible to suppose the +author in earnest.” The intolerable meanness advocated for the +sake of the paltriest gains, the entire ignoring of any pursuit in +life except money-getting, and the representation of the whole +duty of man as consisting first in the attainment of a competent +fortune, and next, when that fortune has been attained, in spending +not more than half of it, are certainly repulsive enough. But +there are no reasons for thinking the performance ironical or +insincere, and it cannot be doubted that Defoe would have been +honestly unable even to understand Lamb’s indignation. To +1726 also belongs <i>The Political History of the Devil</i>. This is a +curious book, partly explanatory of Defoe’s ideas on morality, +and partly belonging to a series of demonological works which he +wrote, and of which the chief others are <i>A System of Magic</i> (1726), +and <i>An Essay on the History of Apparitions</i> (1728), issued the +year before under another title. In all these works his treatment +is on the whole rational and sensible; but in <i>The History +of the Devil</i> he is somewhat hampered by an insufficiently +worked-out theory as to the nature and personal existence +of his hero, and the manner in which he handles the subject is +an odd and not altogether satisfactory mixture of irony and +earnestness. <i>A Plan of English Commerce</i>, containing very +enlightened views on export trade, appeared in 1728.</p> + +<p>During the years from 1715 to 1728 Defoe had issued pamphlets +and minor works too numerous to mention. The only one of +them perhaps which requires notice is <i>Religious Courtship</i> (1722), +a curious series of dialogues displaying Defoe’s unaffected +religiosity, and at the same time the rather meddling intrusiveness +with which he applied his religious notions. This was +more flagrantly illustrated in one of his latest works, <i>The Treatise +Concerning the Use and Abuse of the Marriage Bed</i> (1727), which +was originally issued with a much more offensive name, and has +been called “an excellent book with an improper title.” The +<i>Memoirs of Captain Carleton</i> (1728) were long attributed to Defoe, +but the internal evidence is strongly against his authorship. +They have been also attributed to Swift, with greater probability +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page930" id="page930"></a>930</span> +as far as style is concerned. <i>The Life of Mother Ross</i>, reprinted +in Bohn’s edition, has no claim whatever to be considered +Defoe’s.</p> + +<p>There is little to be said of Defoe’s private life during this +period. He must in some way or other have obtained a considerable +income. In 1724 he had built himself a large house at Stoke +Newington, which had stables and grounds of considerable size. +From the negotiations for the marriage of his daughter Sophia +it appears that he had landed property in more than one place, +and he had obtained on lease in 1722 a considerable estate from +the corporation of Colchester, which was settled on his unmarried +daughter at his death. Other property was similarly allotted to +his widow and remaining children, though some difficulty seems +to have arisen from the misconduct of his son, to whom, for some +purpose, the property was assigned during his father’s lifetime, +and who refused to pay what was due. There is a good deal of +mystery about the end of Defoe’s life; it used to be said that he +died insolvent, and that he had been in jail shortly before his death. +As a matter of fact, after great suffering from gout and stone, he +died in Ropemaker’s Alley, Moorfields, on Monday the 26th of +April 1731, and was buried in Bunhill Fields. He left no will, +all his property having been previously assigned, and letters of +administration were taken out by a creditor. How his affairs fell +into this condition, why he did not die in his own house, and why +in the previous summer he had been in hiding, as we know he was +from a letter still extant, are points not clearly explained. He +was, however, attacked by Mist, whom he wounded, in prison in +1724. It is most likely that Mist had found out that Defoe was +a government agent and quite probable that he communicated +his knowledge to other editors, for Defoe’s journalistic employment +almost ceased about this time, and he began to write +anonymously, or as “Andrew Moreton.” It is possible that he +had to go into hiding to avoid the danger of being accused as +a real Jacobite, when those with whom he had contracted to +assume the character were dead and could no longer justify +his attitude.</p> + +<p>Defoe married, on New Year’s Day, 1684, Mary Tuffley, who +survived until December 1732. They had seven children. His +second son, Bernard or Benjamin Norton, has, like his father, a +scandalous niche in the <i>Dunciad</i>. In April 1877 public attention +was called to the distress of three maiden ladies, directly descended +from Defoe, and bearing his name; and a crown pension of £75 +a year was bestowed on each of them. His youngest daughter, +Sophia, who married Henry Baker, left a considerable correspondence, +now in the hands of her descendants. There are several +portraits of Defoe, the principal one being engraved by Vandergucht.</p> + +<p>In his lifetime, Defoe, as not belonging to either of the great +parties at a time of the bitterest party strife, was subjected +to obloquy on both sides. The great Whig writers leave him +unnoticed. Swift and Gay speak slightingly of him,—the +former, it is true, at a time when he was only known as a party +pamphleteer. Pope, with less excuse, put him in the <i>Dunciad</i> +towards the end of his life, but he confessed to Spence in private +that Defoe had written many things and none bad. At a later +period he was unjustly described as “a scurrilous party writer,” +which he certainly was not; but, on the other hand, Johnson +spoke of his writing “so variously and so well,” and put <i>Robinson +Crusoe</i> among the only three books that readers wish longer. +From Sir Walter Scott downwards the tendency to judge literary +work on its own merits to a great extent restored Defoe to +his proper place, or, to speak more correctly, set him there for +the first time. Lord Macaulay’s description of <i>Roxana</i>, <i>Moll +Flanders</i> and <i>Colonel Jack</i> as “utterly nauseous and wretched” +must be set aside as a freak of criticism.</p> + +<p>Scott justly observed that Defoe’s style “is the last which +should be attempted by a writer of inferior genius; for though it +be possible to disguise mediocrity by fine writing, it appears in all +its naked inanity when it assumes the garb of simplicity.” The +methods by which Defoe attains his result are not difficult to +disengage. They are the presentment of all his ideas and scenes +in the plainest and most direct language, the frequent employment +of colloquial forms of speech, the constant insertion of little +material details and illustrations, often of a more or less digressive +form, and, in his historico-fictitious works, as well as in his novels, +the most rigid attention to vivacity and consistency of character. +Plot he disregards, and he is fond of throwing his dialogues into +regular dramatic form, with by-play prescribed and stage +directions interspersed. A particular trick of his is also to divide +his arguments after the manner of the preachers of his day into +heads and subheads, with actual numerical signs affixed to them. +These mannerisms undoubtedly help and emphasize the extraordinary +faithfulness to nature of his fictions, but it would be a +great mistake to suppose that they fully explain their charm. +Defoe possessed genius, and his secret is at the last as impalpable +as the secret of genius always is.</p> + +<p>The character of Defoe, both mental and moral, is very clearly +indicated in his works. He, the satirist of the true-born Englishman, +was himself a model, with some notable variations and +improvements, of the Englishman of his period. He saw a great +many things, and what he did see he saw clearly. But there were +also a great many things which he did not see, and there was often +no logical connexion whatever between his vision and his blindness. +The most curious example of this inconsistency, or rather +of this indifference to general principle, occurs in his <i>Essay on +Projects</i>. He there speaks very briefly and slightingly of life +insurance, probably because it was then regarded as impious +by religionists of his complexion. But on either side of this refusal +are to be found elaborate projects of friendly societies and widows’ +funds, which practically cover, in a clumsy and roundabout +manner, the whole ground of life insurance. In morals it is +evident that he was, according to his lights, a strictly honest and +honourable man. But sentiment of any “high-flying” description—to +use the cant word of his time—was quite incomprehensible +to him, or rather never presented itself as a thing to be +comprehended. He tells us with honest and simple pride that +when his patron Harley fell out, and Godolphin came in, he for +three years held no communication with the former, and seems +quite incapable of comprehending the delicacy which would have +obliged him to follow Harley’s fallen fortunes. His very anomalous +position in regard to Mist is also indicative of a rather blunt +moral perception. One of the most affecting things in his novels +is the heroic constancy and fidelity of the maid Amy to her +exemplary mistress Roxana. But Amy, scarcely by her own +fault, is drawn into certain breaches of definite moral laws which +Defoe did understand, and she is therefore condemned, with +hardly a word of pity, to a miserable end. Nothing heroic or +romantic was within Defoe’s view; he could not understand +passionate love, ideal loyalty, aesthetic admiration or anything +of the kind; and it is probable that many of the little sordid +touches which delight us by their apparent satire were, as designed, +not satire at all, but merely a faithful representation +of the feelings and ideas of the classes of which he himself was a +unit.</p> + +<p>His political and economical pamphlets are almost unmatched +as clear presentations of the views of their writer. For driving +the nail home no one but Swift excels him, and Swift perhaps +only in <i>The Drapier’s Letters</i>. There is often a great deal to be +said against the view presented in those pamphlets, but Defoe +sees nothing of it. He was perfectly fair but perfectly one-sided, +being generally happily ignorant of everything which told against +his own view.</p> + +<p>The same characteristics are curiously illustrated in his moral +works. The morality of these is almost amusing in its downright +positive character. With all the Puritan eagerness to push +a clear, uncompromising, Scripture-based distinction of right +and wrong into the affairs of every-day life, he has a thoroughly +English horror of casuistry, and his clumsy canons consequently +make wild work with the infinite intricacies of human nature. +He is, in fact, an instance of the tendency, which has so often +been remarked by other nations in the English, to drag in moral +distinctions at every turn, and to confound everything which is +novel to the experience, unpleasant to the taste, and incomprehensible +to the understanding, under the general epithets of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page931" id="page931"></a>931</span> +wrong, wicked and shocking. His works of this class therefore +are now the least valuable, though not the least curious, of his +books.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The earliest regular life and estimate of Defoe is that of Dr Towers +in the <i>Biographia Britannica</i>. George Chalmers’s <i>Life</i>, however +(1786), added very considerable information. In 1830 Walter Wilson +wrote the standard <i>Life</i> (3 vols.); it is coloured by political prejudice, +but is a model of painstaking care, and by its abundant +citations from works both of Defoe and of others, which are practically +inaccessible to the general reader, is invaluable. In 1859 +appeared a life of Defoe by William Chadwick, an extraordinary +rhapsody in a style which is half Cobbett and half Carlyle, but +amusing, and by no means devoid of acuteness. In 1864 the discovery +of the six letters stirred up William Lee to a new investigation, +and the results of this were published (London, 1869) in three large +volumes. The first of these (well illustrated) contains a new life and +particulars of the author’s discoveries. The second and third contain +fugitive writings assigned by Lee to Defoe for the first time. For +most of these, however, we have no authority but Lee’s own impressions +of style, &c.; and consequently, though the best qualified +judges will in most cases agree that Defoe may very likely +have written them, it cannot positively be stated that he did. +There is also a <i>Life</i> by Thomas Wright (1894). The <i>Earlier Life +and Chief Earlier Works</i> of Defoe (1890) was included by Henry +Morley in the “Carisbrooke Library.” Charles Lamb’s criticisms +were made in three short pieces, two of which were written for +Wilson’s book, and the third for <i>The Reflector</i>. The volume on +<i>Defoe</i> (1879) in the “English Men of Letters” series is by W. Minto.</p> + +<p>There is considerable uncertainty about many of Defoe’s writings; +and even if all contested works be excluded, the number is still +enormous. Besides the list in Bohn’s <i>Lowndes</i>, which is somewhat +of an <i>omnium gatherum</i>, three lists drawn with more or less care were +compiled in the 19th century. Wilson’s contains 210 distinct works, +three or four only of which are marked as doubtful; Hazlitt’s +enumerates 183 “genuine” and 52 “attributed” pieces, with notes +on most of them; Lee’s extends to 254, of which 64 claim to be new +additions. The reprint (3 vols.) edited for the “Pulteney Library” +by Hazlitt in 1840-1843 contains a good and full life mainly derived +from Wilson, the whole of the novels (including the <i>Serious +Reflections</i> now hardly ever published with <i>Robinson Crusoe</i>), <i>Jure +Divino</i>, <i>The Use and Abuse of Marriage</i>, and many of the more +important tracts and smaller works. There is also an edition, often +called Scott’s, but really edited by Sir G. C. Lewis, in twenty +volumes (London, 1840-1841). This contains the <i>Complete Tradesman</i>, +<i>Religious Courtship</i>, <i>The Consolidator</i> and other works not +comprised in Hazlitt’s. Scott had previously in 1809 edited for +Ballantyne some of the novels, in twelve volumes. Bohn’s “British +Classics” includes the novels (except the third part of <i>Robinson +Crusoe</i>), <i>The History of the Devil</i>, <i>The Storm</i>, and a few political +pamphlets, also the undoubtedly spurious <i>Mother Ross</i>. In 1870 +Nimmo of Edinburgh published in one volume an admirable selection +from Defoe. It contains Chalmers’s <i>Life</i>, annotated and completed +from Wilson and Lee, <i>Robinson Crusoe</i>, pts. i. and ii., <i>Colonel Jack</i>, +<i>The Cavalier</i>, <i>Duncan Campbell</i>, <i>The Plague</i>, <i>Everybody’s Business</i>, +<i>Mrs Veal</i>, <i>The Shortest Way with Dissenters</i>, <i>Giving Alms no Charity</i>, +<i>The True-Born Englishman</i>, <i>Hymn to the Pillory</i>, and very copious +extracts from <i>The Complete English Tradesman</i>. An edition of +Defoe’s <i>Romances and Narratives</i> in sixteen volumes by G. A. Aitken +came out in 1895.</p> + +<p>If we turn to separate works, the bibliography of Defoe is practically +confined (except as far as original editions are concerned) to +<i>Robinson Crusoe</i>. <i>Mrs Veal</i> has been to some extent popularized +by the work which it helped to sell; <i>Religious Courtship</i> and <i>The +Family Instructor</i> had a vogue among the middle class until well +into the 19th century, and <i>The History of the Union</i> was republished +in 1786. But the reprints and editions of <i>Crusoe</i> have been innumerable; +it has been often translated; and the eulogy pronounced on it +by Rousseau gave it special currency in France, where imitations +(or rather adaptations) have also been common.</p> + +<p>In addition to the principal authorities already mentioned see +John Forster, <i>Historical and Biographical Essays</i> (1858); G. Saintsbury, +“Introduction” to Defoe’s <i>Minor Novels</i>; and valuable notes +by G. A. Aitken in <i>The Contemporary Review</i> (February 1890), and +<i>The Athenaeum</i> (April 30, 1889; August 31, 1890). A facsimile +reprint (1883) of <i>Robinson Crusoe</i> has an introduction by Mr Austin +Dobson. Dr Karl T. Bülbring edited two unpublished works of +Defoe, <i>The Compleat English Gentleman</i> (London, 1890) and <i>Of +Royall Educacion</i> (London, 1905), from British Museum Add. MS. +32,555. Further light was thrown on Defoe’s work as a political +agent by the discovery (1906) of an unpublished paper of his in the +British Museum by G. F. Warner. This was printed in the <i>English +Historical Review</i>, and afterwards separately.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEGAS, HILAIRE GERMAIN EDGARD<a name="ar132" id="ar132"></a></span> (1834-  ), French +painter, was born in Paris on the 19th of July 1834. Entering +in 1855 the École des Beaux Arts, he early developed independence +of artistic outlook, studying under Lamothe. He first +exhibited in the Salon of 1865, contributing a “War in the +middle ages,” a work executed in pastel. To this medium he was +ever faithful, using it for some of his best work. In 1866 his +“Steeplechase” revealed him as a painter of the racecourse and +of all the most modern aspects of life and of Parisian society, +treated in an extremely original manner. He subsequently +exhibited in 1867 “Family Portraits,” and in 1868 a portrait of +a dancer in the “Ballet of <i>La Source</i>.” In 1869 and 1870 he +restricted himself to portraits; but thenceforward he abandoned +the Salons and attached himself to the Impressionists. With +Manet and Monet he took the lead of the new school at its first +exhibition in 1874, and repeatedly contributed to these exhibitions +(in 1876, 1878, 1879 and 1880). In 1868 he had shown his +first study of a dancer, and in numerous pastels he proclaimed +himself the painter of the ballet, representing its figurantes in +every attitude with more constant aim at truth than grace. +Several of his works may be seen at the Luxembourg Gallery, to +which they were bequeathed, among a collection of impressionist +pictures, by M. Caillebotte. In 1880 Degas showed his powers +of observation in a set of “Portraits of Criminals,” and he +attempted modelling in a “Dancer,” in wax. He afterwards +returned to his studies of the sporting world, exhibiting in +December 1884 at the Petit Gallery two views of “Races” which +had a great success, proving the increasing vogue of the artist +among collectors. He is ranked with Manet as the leader of the +“impressionist school.” At the eighth Impressionist Exhibition, +in 1886, Degas continued his realistic studies of modern life, +showing drawings of the nude, of workwomen, and of jockeys. +Besides his pastels and his paintings of genre and portraits—among +these, several likenesses of Manet—Degas also handled +his favourite subjects in etching and in aquatint; and executed +several lithographs of “Singers at Cafés-concert,” of “Ballet-girls,” +and indeed of every possible subject of night-life and +incidents behind the scenes. His work is to be seen not only at +the Luxembourg but in many of the great private collections in +Paris, in England and America. In the Centenary Exhibition +of 1900 he exhibited “The Interior of a Cotton-Broker’s Office at +New Orleans” (belonging to the Museum at Pau) and “The +Rehearsal.”</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See also G. Moore, “Degas, the Painter of Modern Life,” +<i>Magazine of Art</i> (1890); J. K. Huysmans, <i>Certains</i> (Paris, 1889); +G. Geffroy, <i>La Vie Artistique</i> (3<span class="sp">e</span> Série, Paris, 1894).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE GEER, LOUIS GERHARD,<a name="ar133" id="ar133"></a></span> <span class="sc">Baron</span> (1818-1896), Swedish +statesman and writer, was born on the 18th of July 1818 at +Finspång castle. He adopted the legal profession, and in 1855 +became president of the Göta Hofret, or lord justice of one of the +Swedish supreme courts. From the 7th of April 1858 to the 3rd +of June 1870 he was minister of justice. As a member of the +Upper House he took part in all the Swedish <i>Riksdags</i> from 1851 +onwards, though he seldom spoke. From 1867 to 1878 he was +the member for Stockholm in the first chamber, and introduced +and passed many useful reformatory statutes; but his greatest +achievement, as a statesman, was the reform of the Swedish +representative system, whereby he substituted a bi-cameral +elective parliament, on modern lines, for the existing cumbersome +representation by estates, a survival from the later middle +ages. This great measure was accepted by the Riksdag in +December 1865, and received the royal sanction on the 22nd +of June 1866. For some time after this De Geer was the most +popular man in Sweden. He retired from the ministry in 1870, +but took office again, as minister of justice, in 1875. In 1876 +he became minister of state, which position he retained till April +1880, when the failure of his repeated efforts to settle the armaments’ +question again induced him to resign. From 1881 to 1888 +he was chancellor of the universities of Upsala and Lund. Besides +several novels and aesthetic essays, De Geer has written a few +political memoirs of supreme merit both as to style and matter, +the most notable of which are: <i>Minnesteckning öfver A. J. v. +Höpken</i> (Stockholm, 1881); <i>Minnesteckning öfver Hans Järta</i> +(Stockholm, 1874); <i>Minnesteckning öfver B. B. von Platen</i> +(Stockholm, 1886); and his own <i>Minnen</i> (Stockholm, 1892), +an autobiography, invaluable as a historical document, in +which the political experience and the matured judgments of +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page932" id="page932"></a>932</span> +a lifetime are recorded with singular clearness, sobriety and +charm.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>Sveriges historia</i> (Stockholm, 1881, &c.), vi,; Carl Gustaf +Malmström, <i>Historiska Studier</i> (Stockholm, 1897).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(R. N. B.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEGGENDORF,<a name="ar134" id="ar134"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Deckendorf</span>, a town of Germany, in the +kingdom of Bavaria, 25 m. N.W. of Passau, on the left bank of +the Danube, which is there crossed by two iron bridges. Pop. +(1905) 7154. It is situated at the lower end of the beautiful +valley of the Perlbach, and in itself it is a well-built and attractive +town. It possesses an old town hall dating from 1566, a hospital, +a lunatic asylum, an orphanage, and a large parish church rebuilt +in 1756; but the chief interest centres in the church of the Holy +Sepulchre, built in 1337, which attracts thousands of pilgrims +to its <i>Porta Caeli</i> or <i>Gnadenpforte</i> (Gate of Mercy) opened annually +on Michaelmas eve and closed again on the 4th of October. In +1837, on the celebration of the 500th anniversary of this +solemnity, the number of pilgrims was reckoned at nearly 100,000. +Such importance as the town possesses is now rather commercial +than religious,—it being a depôt for the timber trade of the +Bavarian forest, a station for the Danube steamboat company, +and the seat of several mills, breweries, potteries and other +industrial establishments. On the bank of the Danube outside +the town are the remains of the castle of Findelstein; and on +the Geiersberg (1243 ft.), in the immediate vicinity, stands +another old pilgrimage church. About 6 m. to the north is the +village of Metten, with a Benedictine monastery founded by +Charlemagne in 801, restored as an abbey in 1840 by Louis I. of +Bavaria, and well known as an educational institution. The first +mention of Deggendorf occurs in 868, and it appears as a town +in 1212. Henry (d. 1290) of the Landshut branch of the ruling +family of Bavaria made it the seat of a custom-house; and in 1331 +it became the residence of Henry III. of Natternberg (d. 1333), +so called from a castle in the neighbourhood. In 1337 a wholesale +massacre of the Jews, who were accused of having thrown the +sacred host of the church of the Holy Sepulchre into a well, took +place in the town; and it is probably from about this date that +the pilgrimage above mentioned came into vogue. The town +was captured by the Swedish forces in 1633, and in the war of the +Austrian Succession it was more than once laid in ashes.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Grüber and Müller, <i>Der bayerische Wald</i> (Regensburg, 1851); +Mittermüller, <i>Die heil. Hostien und die Jüden in Deggendorf</i> (Landshut, +1866); and <i>Das Kloster Metten</i> (Straubing, 1857).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE HAAS, MAURITZ FREDERICK HENDRICK<a name="ar135" id="ar135"></a></span> (1832-1895), +American marine painter, was born on the 12th of December 1832 +in Rotterdam, Holland. He studied art in the Rotterdam +Academy and at The Hague, under Bosboom and Louis Meyer, +and in 1851-1852 in London, following the English water-colourists +of the day. In 1857 he received an artist’s commission +in the Dutch navy, but in 1859, under the patronage of August +Belmont, who had recently been minister of the United States at +The Hague, he resigned and removed to New York city. He +became an associate of the National Academy in 1863 and an +academician in 1867, and exhibited annually in the academy, +and in 1866 he was one of the founders of the American Society +of Painters in Water Colors. He died on the 23rd of November +1895. His “Farragut Passing the Forts at the Battle of New +Orleans” and “The Rapids above Niagara,” which were +exhibited at the Paris Exposition of 1878, were his best known +but not his most typical works, for his favourite subjects were +storm and wreck, wind and heavy surf, and less often moonlight +on the coasts of Holland, of Jersey, of New England, and of Long +Island, and on the English Channel.</p> + +<p>His brother, <span class="sc">William Frederick de Haas</span> (1830-1880), who +emigrated to New York in 1854, was also a marine painter.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEHRA,<a name="ar136" id="ar136"></a></span> a town of British India, headquarters of the Dehra +Dun district in the United Provinces. Pop. (1901) 28,095. It +lies at an elevation of 2300 ft. Here the Hardwar-Dehra railway +terminates. Dehra is the headquarters of the Trigonometrical +Survey and of the Forest Department, besides being a cantonment +for a Gurkha force. The Forest School, which trains +subordinate forest officials for all parts of India, is a fine building. +Attached to it is an institution for the scientific study of sylvi-culture +and the exploitation and administration of forests. The +town of Dehra grew up round the temple built in 1699 by the +heretical Sikh Guru, Ram Rai, the founder of the Udasi sect of +Ascetics. This temple is a remarkable building in Mahommedan +style. The central block, in imitation of the emperor Jahangir’s +tomb, contains the bed on which the Guru, after dying at will +and coming back to life several times, ultimately died outright; +it is an object of great veneration. At the corners of the central +block are smaller monuments commemorating the Guru’s wives.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEHRA DUN,<a name="ar137" id="ar137"></a></span> a district of British India, in the Meerut +division of the United Provinces. Its area is 1209 sq. m. The +district is bounded on the N. by the native state of Tehri or +Garhwal, on the E. by British Garhwal, on the S. by the Siwálik +hills, which separate it from Saharanpur district, and on the W. +by the hill states of Sirmur, Jubbal and Taroch. The valley +(the Dun) has an area of about 673 sq. m., and forms a parallelogram +45 m. from N.W. to S.E. and 15 m. broad. It is well +wooded, undulating and intersected by streams. On the N.E. +the horizon is bounded by the Mussoorie or lower range of the +Himalayas, and on the S. by the Siwálik hills. The Himalayas +in the north of the district attain a height between 7000 and 8000 +ft., one peak reaching an elevation of 8565 ft.; the highest point +of the Siwálik range is 3041 ft. above sea-level. The principal +passes through the Siwálik hills are the Timli pass, leading to +the military station of Chakráta, and the Mohand pass leading to +the sanatoriums of Mussoorie and Landaur. The Ganges bounds +the Dehra valley on the E.; the Jumna bounds it on the W. +From a point about midway between the two rivers, and near +the town of Dehra, runs a ridge which forms the watershed of the +valley. To the west of this ridge the water collects to form the +Asan, a tributary of the Jumna; whilst to the east the Suswa +receives the drainage and flows into the Ganges. To the east the +valley is characterized by swamps and forests, but to the west the +natural depressions freely carry off the surface drainage. Along +the central ridge, the water-level lies at a great depth from the +surface (228 ft.), but it rises gradually as the country declines +towards the great rivers. In 1901 the population was 178,195, +showing an increase of 6% in the decade. A railway to Dehra +from Hardwar, on the Oudh and Rohilkhand line (32 m.), was +completed in 1900. The district is served by the Dun canals. +Tea gardens cover a considerable area, and the valley contains a +colony of European tea planters.</p> + +<p><i>History.</i>—Dehra Dun only emerges from the mists of legend +into authentic history in the 17th century <span class="scs">A.D.</span>, when it formed +part of the Garhwal kingdom. Towards the end of the century +the heretical Sikh Guru, Ram Rai, expelled from the Punjab, +sought refuge in the Dun and gathered round him a crowd of +devotees. Fateh Sah, raja of Garhwal, endowed the temple +which he built, round which grew up the town of Gurudwara or +Dehra (<i>q.v.</i>). In the 18th century the fertility of the valley +attracted the attention of Najib-ud-daula, governor of Saharanpur, +who invaded it with an army of Rohillas in 1757 and annexed +it to his dominion. His rule, which lasted till 1770, brought great +prosperity to the Dun; but on his death it became a prey to +the surrounding tribes, its desolation being completed after its +conquest by the Gurkhas in 1803. In 1814 it was taken possession +of by the British, and in the following year was annexed +to Saharanpur. Under British administration the Dun rapidly +recovered its prosperity.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEIOCES<a name="ar138" id="ar138"></a></span> (<span class="grk" title="Dêiokês">Δηιόκης</span>), according to Herodotus (i. 96 ff.) the first +king of the Medes. He narrates that, when the Medes had +rebelled against the Assyrians and gained their independence +about 710 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, according to his chronology (cf. Diodor. ii. 32), +they lived in villages without any political organization, and +therefore the whole country was in a state of anarchy. Then +Deioces, son of Phraortes, an illustrious man of upright character, +was chosen judge in his village, and the justness of his decisions +induced the inhabitants of the other villages to throng to him. +At last the Medes resolved to make an end of the intolerable state +of their country by erecting a kingdom, and chose Deioces king. +He now caused them to build a great capital, Ecbatana, with a +royal palace, and introduced the ceremonial of oriental courts; +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page933" id="page933"></a>933</span> +he surrounded himself with a guard and no longer showed himself +to the people, but gave his judgments in writing and controlled +the people by officials and spies. He united all the Median tribes, +and ruled fifty-three years (<i>c.</i> 699-647 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>), though perhaps, as +G. Rawlinson supposed, the fifty-three years of his reign are +exchanged by mistake with the twenty-two years of his son +Phraortes, under whom the Median conquests began.</p> + +<p>The narration of Herodotus is only a popular tradition which +derives the origin of kingship from its judicial functions, considered +as its principal and most beneficent aspect. We know +from the Assyrian inscriptions that just at the time which +Herodotus assigns to Deioces the Medes were divided into +numerous small principalities and subjected to the great Assyrian +conquerors. Among these petty chieftains, Sargon in 715 +mentions Dāyukku, “lieutenant of Man” (he probably was, +therefore, a vassal of the neighbouring king of Man in the +mountains of south-eastern Armenia), who joined the Urartians +and other enemies of Assyria, but was by Sargon transported +to Hamath in Syria “with his clan.” His district is called “bit-Dāyaukki,” +“house of Deioces,” also in 713, when Sargon +invaded these regions again. So it seems that the dynasty, +which more than half a century later succeeded in throwing off +the Assyrian yoke and founded the Median empire, was derived +from this Dāyukku, and that his name was thus introduced into +the Median traditions, which contrary to history considered him +as founder of the kingdom.</p> +<div class="author">(Ed. M.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEÏOTARUS,<a name="ar139" id="ar139"></a></span> a tetrarch of Galatia (Gallo-Graecia) in Asia +Minor, and a faithful ally of the Romans. He is first heard of at +the beginning of the third Mithradatic war, when he drove out +the troops of Mithradates under Eumachus from Phrygia. His +most influential friend was Pompey, who, when settling the +affairs of Asia (63 or 62 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>), rewarded him with the title of king +and an increase of territory (Lesser Armenia). On the outbreak +of the civil war, Deïotarus naturally sided with his old patron +Pompey, and after the battle of Pharsalus escaped with him to +Asia. In the meantime Pharnaces, the son of Mithradates, had +seized Lesser Armenia, and defeated Deïotarus near Nicopolis. +Fortunately for Deïotarus, Caesar at that time (47) arrived in +Asia from Egypt, and was met by the tetrarch in the dress of a +suppliant. Caesar pardoned him for having sided with Pompey, +ordered him to resume his royal attire, and hastened against +Pharnaces, whom he defeated at Zela. In consequence of the +complaints of certain Galatian princes, Deïotarus was deprived +of part of his dominions, but allowed to retain the title of king. +On the death of Mithradates of Pergamum, tetrarch of the Trocmi, +Deïotarus was a candidate for the vacancy. Other tetrarchs also +pressed their claims; and, further, Deïotarus was accused by +his grandson Castor of having attempted to assassinate Caesar +when the latter was his guest in Galatia. Cicero, who entertained +a high opinion of Deïotarus, whose acquaintance he had +made when governor of Cilicia, undertook his defence, the case +being heard in Caesar’s own house at Rome. The matter was +allowed to drop for a time, and the assassination of Caesar +prevented any final decision being pronounced. In his speech +Cicero briefly dismisses the charge of assassination, the main +question being the distribution of the provinces, which was the +real cause of the quarrels between Deïotarus and his relatives. +After Caesar’s death, Mark Antony, for a large monetary +consideration, publicly announced that, in accordance with +instructions left by Caesar, Deïotarus was to resume possession +of all the territory of which he had been deprived. When civil +war again broke out, Deïotarus was persuaded to support +Brutus and Cassius, but after the battle of Philippi went over +to the triumvirs. He remained in possession of his kingdom +till his death at a very advanced age.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Cicero, <i>Philippica</i>, ii. 37; <i>Ad fam.</i> viii. 10, ix. 12, xv. 1, 2, 4; +<i>Ad Att.</i> xiv. 1; <i>De divin.</i> i. 15, ii. 36, 37; <i>De harusp. resp.</i> 13, and +above all <i>Pro rege Deiotaro</i>; Appian, <i>Bell. Mithrid.</i> 75, 114; +<i>Bellum Alexandrinum</i>, 34-41, 65-77; Dio Cassius xli. 63, xlii. 45, +xlvii. 24, 48, xlviii. 33.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEIR,<a name="ar140" id="ar140"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Deir Ez-Zor</span>, a town of Asiatic Turkey, on the +right bank of the Euphrates, 27½ m. above its junction with the +Khabor, lat. 35° 20′ N., long. 40° 12′ E. Pop. 8000 and upward, +about one-tenth Christians; except in the official classes, there +are no Turks. It is the capital and the only considerable town +of the Zor sanjak, formed in 1857, which includes Ras el-’Ain on +the north and Palmyra on the south, with a total area of 32,820 +sq. m., chiefly desert, and an estimated population of 100,000, +mostly Arab nomads. Deir itself is a thrifty and rising town, +having considerable traffic; it is singularly European in appearance, +with macadamized streets and a public garden. The name +Deir means monastery, but there is no other trace or tradition of +the occupation of the site before the 14th century, and until it +became the capital of the sanjak it was an insignificant village. +It is an important centre for the control of the Bedouin Arabs, +and has a garrison of about 1000 troops, including a special corps +of mule-riders. It is also a road centre, the roads from the +Mediterranean to Bagdad by way of Aleppo and Damascus +respectively meeting here. A road also leads northward, by +Sinjar, to Mosul, crossing the river on a stone bridge, built in +1897, the only permanent bridge over the Euphrates south of +Asia Minor.</p> +<div class="author">(J. P. Pe.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEIRA,<a name="ar141" id="ar141"></a></span> the southern of the two English kingdoms afterwards +united as Northumbria. According to Simeon of Durham it +extended from the Humber to the Tyne, but the land was waste +north of the Tees. York was the capital of its kings. The date +of its first settlement is quite unknown, but the first king of whom +we have any record is Ella or Ælle, the father of Edwin, who is +said to have been reigning about 585. After his death Deira +was subject to Æthelfrith, king of Northumbria, until the accession +of Edwin, in 616 or 617, who ruled both kingdoms (see +Edwin) till 633. Osric the nephew of Edwin ruled Deira (633-634), +but his son Oswine was put to death by Oswio in 651. For +a few years subsequently Deira was governed by Æthelwald +son of Oswald.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Bede, <i>Historia ecclesiastica</i>, ii. 14, iii. 1, 6, 14 (ed. C. Plummer, +Oxford, 1896); Nennius, <i>Historia Brittonum</i>, § 64 (ed. Th. Mommsen, +Berlin, 1898); Simeon of Durham, <i>Opera</i>, i. 339 (ed. T. Arnold, +London, 1882-1885).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(F. G. M. B.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEISM<a name="ar142" id="ar142"></a></span> (Lat. <i>deus</i>, god), strictly the belief in one supreme God. +It is however the received name for a current of rationalistic +theological thought which, though not confined to one country, +or to any well-defined period, was most conspicuous in England in +the last years of the 17th and the first half of the 18th century. +The deists, differing widely in important matters of belief, were +yet agreed in seeking above all to establish the certainty and +sufficiency of natural religion in opposition to the positive +religions, and in tacitly or expressly denying the unique +significance of the supernatural revelation in the Old and New +Testaments. They either ignored the Scriptures, endeavoured +to prove them in the main by a helpful republication of the +<i>Evangelium aeternum</i>, or directly impugned their divine character, +their infallibility, and the validity of their evidences as a +complete manifestation of the will of God. The term “deism” +not only is used to signify the main body of the deists’ teaching, +or the tendency they represent, but has come into use as a +technical term for one specific metaphysical doctrine as to the +relation of God to the universe, assumed to have been characteristic +of the deists, and to have distinguished them from atheists, +pantheists and theists,—the belief, namely, that the first cause +of the universe is a personal God, who is, however, not only +distinct from the world but apart from it and its concerns.</p> + +<p>The words “deism” and “deist” appear first about the +middle of the 16th century in France (cf. Bayle’s <i>Dictionnaire, +s.v.</i> “Viret,” note D), though the deistic standpoint had already +been foreshadowed to some extent by Averroists, by Italian +authors like Boccaccio and Petrarch, in More’s <i>Utopia</i> (1515), and +by French writers like Montaigne, Charron and Bodin. The first +specific attack on deism in English was Bishop Stillingfleet’s +<i>Letter to a Deist</i> (1677). By the majority of those historically +known as the English deists, from Blount onwards, the name +was owned and honoured. They were also occasionally called +“rationalists.” “Free-thinker” (in Germany, <i>Freidenker</i>) was +generally taken to be synonymous with “deist,” though obviously +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page934" id="page934"></a>934</span> +capable of a wider signification, and as coincident with <i>esprit fort</i> +and with <i>libertin</i> in the original and theological sense of the word.<a name="fa1n" id="fa1n" href="#ft1n"><span class="sp">1</span></a> +“Naturalists” was a name frequently used of such as recognized +no god but nature, of so-called Spinozists, atheists; but both in +England and Germany, in the 18th century, this word was more +commonly and aptly in use for those who founded their religion +on the <i>lumen naturae</i> alone. It was evidently in common use +in the latter half of the 16th century as it is used by De Mornay +in <i>De la vérité de la religion chrétienne</i> (1581) and by Montaigne. +The same men were not seldom assaulted under the name of +“theists”; the later distinction between “theist” and “deist,” +which stamped the latter word as excluding the belief in providence +or in the immanence of God, was apparently formulated +in the end of the 18th century by those rationalists who were +aggrieved at being identified with the naturalists. (See also +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Theism</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>The chief names amongst the deists are those of Lord Herbert +of Cherbury (1583-1648), Charles Blount (1654-1693), Matthew +Tindal (1657-1733), William Wollaston (1659-1724), Thomas +Woolston (1669-1733), Junius Janus (commonly known as John) +Toland (1670-1722), the 3rd earl of Shaftesbury (1671-1713), +Viscount Bolingbroke (1678-1751), Anthony Collins (1676-1729), +Thomas Morgan (?-1743), and Thomas Chubb (1679-1747).<a name="fa2n" id="fa2n" href="#ft2n"><span class="sp">2</span></a> +Peter Annet (1693-1769), and Henry Dodwell (the younger; +d. 1784), who made his contribution to the controversy +in 1742, are of less importance. Of the eleven first named, +ten appear to have been born within twenty-five years of one +another; and it is noteworthy that by far the greater part of the +literary activity of the deists, as well as of their voluminous +opponents, falls within the same half century.</p> + +<p>The impulses that promoted a vein of thought cognate to +deism were active both before and after the time of its greatest +notoriety. But there are many reasons to show why, in the 17th +century, men should have set themselves with a new zeal, in +politics, law and theology, to follow the light of nature alone, and +to cast aside the fetters of tradition and prescriptive right, of +positive codes, and scholastic systems, and why in England +especially there should, amongst numerous free-thinkers, have +been not a few free writers. The significance of the Copernican +system, as the total overthrow of the traditional conception of +the universe, dawned on all educated men. In physics, Descartes +had prepared the way for the final triumph of the mechanical +explanation of the world in Newton’s system. In England the +new philosophy had broken with time-honoured beliefs more +completely than it had done even in France; Hobbes was more +startling than Bacon. Locke’s philosophy, as well as his theology, +served as a school for the deists. Men had become weary of +Protestant scholasticism; religious wars had made peaceful +thinkers seek to take the edge off dogmatical rancour; and the +multiplicity of religious sects, coupled with the complete failure +of various attempts at any substantial reconciliation, provoked +distrust of the common basis on which all were founded. There was +a school of distinctively latitudinarian thought in the Church of +England; others not unnaturally thought it better to extend the +realm of the <i>adiaphora</i> beyond the sphere of Protestant ritual or +the details of systematic divinity. Arminianism had revived the +rational side of theological method. Semi-Arians and Unitarians, +though sufficiently distinguished from the free-thinkers by +reverence for the letter of Scripture, might be held to encourage +departure from the ancient landmarks. The scholarly labours of +P. D. Huet, R. Simon, L. E. Dupin, and Jean Le Clerc (Clericus), +of the orientalists John Lightfoot, John Spencer and Humphrey +Prideaux, of John Mill, the collator of New Testament readings, +and John Fell, furnished new materials for controversy; and the +scope of Spinoza’s <i>Tractatus theologico-politicus</i> had naturally +been much more fully apprehended than ever his <i>Ethica</i> could be. +The success of the English revolution permitted men to turn from +the active side of political and theological controversy to speculation +and theory; and curiosity was more powerful than faith. +Much new ferment was working. The toleration and the free press +of England gave it scope. Deism was one of the results, and is an +important link in the chain of thought from the Reformation to +our own day.</p> + +<p>Long before England was ripe to welcome deistic thought +Lord Herbert of Cherbury earned the name “Father of Deism” +by laying down the main line of that religious philosophy which +in various forms continued ever after to be the backbone of +deistic systems. He based his theology on a comprehensive, if +insufficient, survey of the nature, foundation, limits and tests +of human knowledge. And amongst the divinely implanted, +original, indefeasible <i>notitiae communes</i> of the human mind, he +found as foremost his five articles:—that there is one supreme +God, that he is to be worshipped, that worship consists chiefly of +virtue and piety, that we must repent of our sins and cease from +them, and that there are rewards and punishments here and +hereafter. Thus Herbert sought to do for the religion of nature +what his friend Grotius was doing for natural law,—making a +new application of the standard of Vincent of Lerins, <i>Quod +semper, quod ubique, quod ab omnibus</i>. It is important to notice +that Herbert, as English ambassador at Paris, united in himself +the currents of French and English thought, and also that his +De Veritate, published in Latin and translated into French, did +not appear in an English version.</p> + +<p>Herbert had hardly attempted a systematic criticism of the +Christian revelation either as a whole or in its details. Blount, a +man of a very different spirit, did both, and in so doing may be +regarded as having inaugurated the second main line of deistic +procedure, that of historico-critical examination of the Old and +New Testaments. Blount adopted and expanded Hobbes’s +arguments against the Mosaic authorship of the Pentateuch; +and, mainly in the words of Burnet’s <i>Archeologiae philosophicae</i>, +he asserts the total inconsistency of the Mosaic Hexaemeron with +the Copernican theory of the heavens, dwelling with emphasis +on the impossibility of admitting the view developed in Genesis, +that the earth is the most important part of the universe. He +assumes that the narrative was meant <i>ethically</i>, not <i>physically</i>, +in order to eliminate false and polytheistic notions; and he +draws attention to that double narrative in Genesis which was +elsewhere to be so fruitfully handled. The examination of the +miracles of Apollonius of Tyana, professedly founded on papers +of Lord Herbert’s, is meant to suggest similar considerations +with regard to the miracles of Christ. Naturalistic explanations +of some of these are proposed, and a mythical theory is distinctly +foreshadowed when Blount dwells on the inevitable tendency of +men, especially long after the event, to discover miracles attendant +on the birth and death of their heroes. Blount assaults the +doctrine of a mediator as irreligious. He dwells much more +pronouncedly than Herbert on the view, afterwards regarded as +a special characteristic of all deists, that much or most error in +religion has been invented or knowingly maintained by sagacious +men for the easier maintenance of good government, or in the +interests of themselves and their class. And when he heaps +suspicion, not on Christian dogmas, but on beliefs of which the +resemblance to Christian tenets is sufficiently patent, the real aim +is so transparent that his method seems to partake rather of the +nature of literary eccentricity than of polemical artifice; yet by +this disingenuous indirectness he gave his argument that savour +of duplicity which ever after clung to the popular conception of +deism.</p> + +<p>Shaftesbury, dealing with matters for the most part different +from those usually handled by the deists, stands almost wholly +out of their ranks. But he showed how loosely he held the views +he did not go out of his way to attack, and made it plain how +little weight the letter of Scripture had for himself; and, writing +with much greater power than any of the deists, he was held +to have done more than any one of them to forward the cause +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page935" id="page935"></a>935</span> +for which they wrought. Founding ethics on the native and +cultivable capacity in men to appreciate worth in men and actions, +and, like the ancient Greek thinkers whom he followed, associating +the apprehension of morality with the apprehension of beauty, +he makes morality wholly independent of scriptural enactment, +and still more, of theological forecasting of future bliss or agony. +He yet insisted on religion as the crown of virtue; and, arguing +that religion is inseparable from a high and holy enthusiasm for +the divine plan of the universe, he sought the root of religion in +feeling, not in accurate beliefs or meritorious good works. He set +little store on the theology of those who in a system of dry and +barren notions “pay handsome compliments to the Deity,” +“remove providence,” “explode devotion,” and leave but “little +of zeal, affection, or warmth in what they call rational religion.” +In the protest against the scheme of “judging truth by counting +noses,” Shaftesbury recognized the danger of the standard which +seemed to satisfy many deists; and in almost every respect +he has more in common with those who afterwards, in Germany, +annihilated the pretensions of complacent rationalism than with +the rationalists themselves.</p> + +<p>Toland, writing at first professedly without hostility to any +of the received elements of the Christian faith, insisted that +Christianity was not mysterious, and that the value of religion +could not lie in any unintelligible or self-contradictory elements; +though we cannot know the real essence of God or of any of +his creatures, yet our beliefs about God must be thoroughly +consistent with reason. Afterwards, Toland discussed, with +considerable real learning and much show of candour, the comparative +evidence for the canonical and apocryphal Scriptures, +and demanded a careful and complete historical examination of +the grounds on which our acceptance of the New Testament canon +rests. He contributed little to the solution of the problem, but +forced the investigation of the canon alike on theologians and the +reading public. Again, he sketched a view of early church history, +further worked out by Johann Salomo Semler (1725-1791), +and surprisingly like that which was later elaborated by the +Tübingen school. He tried to show, both from Scripture and +extra-canonical literature, that the primitive church, so far from +being an incorporate body of believers with the same creed and +customs, really consisted of two schools, each possessing its +“own gospel”—a school of Ebionites or Judaizing Christians, +and the more liberal school of Paul. These parties, consciously +but amicably differing in their whole relation to the Jewish law +and the outside world, were subsequently forced into a non-natural +uniformity. The cogency of Toland’s arguments was +weakened by his manifest love of paradox. Wollaston upheld the +“intellectual” theory of morality, and all his reasoning is independent +of any authority or evidence derived from revelation. +His system was simplicity itself, all sin being reduced to the one +form of lying. He favoured the idea of a future life as being +necessary to set right the mistakes and inequalities of the +present.</p> + +<p>Collins, who had created much excitement by his <i>Discourse +of Free-thinking</i>, insisting on the value and necessity of unprejudiced +inquiry, published at a later stage of the deistic controversy +the famous argument on the evidences of Christianity. Christianity +is founded on Judaism; its main prop is the argument from +the fulfilment of prophecy. Yet no interpretation or rearrangement +of the text of Old Testament prophecies will secure a fair +and non-allegorical correspondence between these and their +alleged fulfilment in the New Testament. The inference is not +expressly drawn, though it becomes perfectly clear from his +refutation of William Whiston’s curious counter theory that there +were in the original Hebrew scriptures prophecies which were +literally fulfilled in the New Testament, but had been expunged +at an early date by Jewish scribes. Collins indicates the possible +extent to which the Jews may have been indebted to Chaldeans +and Egyptians for their theological views, especially as great +part of the Old Testament would appear to have been remodelled +by Ezra; and, after dwelling on the points in which the prophecies +attributed to Daniel differ from all other Old Testament predictions, +he states the greater number of the arguments still used +to show that the book of Daniel deals with events past and +contemporaneous, and is from the pen of a writer of the Maccabean +period, a view now generally accepted. Collins resembles Blount +in “attacking specific Christian positions rather than seeking +for a foundation on which to build the edifice of Natural +Religion.” Amongst those who replied to him were Richard +Bentley, Edward Chandler, bishop of Lichfield, and Thomas +Sherlock, afterwards bishop of London, who also attacked +Woolston. They refuted him easily on many specific points, but +carefully abstained from discussing the real question at issue, +namely the propriety of free inquiry.</p> + +<p>Woolston, at first to all appearance working earnestly in behalf +of an allegorical but believing interpretation of the New Testament +miracles, ended by assaulting, with a yet unknown violence +of speech, the absurdity of accepting them as actual historical +events, and did his best to overthrow the credibility of Christ’s +principal miracles. The bitterness of his outspoken invective +against the clergy, against all priestcraft and priesthood, was a +new feature in deistic literature, and injured the author more than +it furthered his cause.</p> + +<p>Tindal’s aim seems to have been a sober statement of the whole +case in favour of natural religion, with copious but moderately +worded criticism of such beliefs and usages in the Christian and +other religions as he conceived to be either non-religious or +directly immoral and unwholesome. The work in which he +endeavoured to prove that true Christianity is as old as the +creation, and is really but the republication of the gospel of +nature, soon gained the name of the “Deist’s Bible.” It was +against Tindal that the most important of the orthodox replies +were directed, <i>e.g.</i> John Conybeare’s <i>Defence of Revealed Religion</i>, +William Law’s <i>Case of Reason</i> and, to a large extent, Butler’s +<i>Analogy</i>.</p> + +<p>Morgan criticized with great freedom the moral character of the +persons and events of Old Testament history, developing the +theory of conscious “accommodation” on the part of the leaders +of the Jewish church. This accommodation of truth, by altering +the form and substance of it to meet the views and secure the +favour of ignorant and bigoted contemporaries, Morgan attributes +also to the apostles and to Jesus. He likewise expands at great +length a theory of the origin of the Catholic Church much like +that sketched by Toland, but assumes that Paul and his party, +latterly at least, were distinctly hostile to the Judaical party +of their fellow-believers in Jesus as the Messias, while the college +of the original twelve apostles and their adherents viewed Paul +and his followers with suspicion and disfavour. Persecution +from without Morgan regards as the influence which mainly +forced the antagonistic parties into the oneness of the catholic +and orthodox church. Morgan “seems to have discerned the +dawning of a truer and better method” than the others. “He +saw dimly that things require to be accounted for as well as +affirmed or denied,” and he was “one of the pioneers of modern +historical science as applied to biblical criticism.”</p> + +<p>Annet made it his special work to invalidate belief in the +resurrection of Christ, and to discredit the work of Paul.</p> + +<p>Chubb, the least learnedly educated of the deists, did more +than any of them, save Herbert, to round his system into a +logical whole. From the New Testament he sought to show that +the teaching of Christ substantially coincides with natural +religion as he understood it. But his main contention is that +Christianity is not a doctrine but a life, not the reception of a +system of truths or facts, but a pious effort to live in accordance +with God’s will here, in the hope of joining him hereafter. Chubb +dwells with special emphasis on the fact that Christ preached +the gospel to the poor, and argues, as Tindal had done, that the +gospel must therefore be accessible to all men without any need +for learned study of evidences for miracles, and intelligible to the +meanest capacity. He sought to show that even in the New +Testament there are essential contradictions, and instances the +unconditional forgiveness preached by Christ in the gospels as +compared with Paul’s doctrine of forgiveness by the mediation +of Christ. Externally Chubb is interesting as representing the +deism of the people contrasted with that of Tindal the theologian.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page936" id="page936"></a>936</span></p> + +<p>Dodwell’s ingenious thesis, that Christianity is not founded +on argument, was certainly not meant as an aid to faith; and, +though its starting-point is different from all other deistical works, +it may safely be reckoned amongst their number.</p> + +<p>Though himself contemporary with the earlier deists, Bolingbroke’s +principal works were posthumously published after +interest in the controversy had declined. His whole strain, in +sharp contrast to that of most of his predecessors, is cynical and +satirical, and suggests that most of the matters discussed were of +small personal concern to himself. He gives fullest scope to the +ungenerous view that a vast proportion of professedly revealed +truth was ingeniously palmed off by the more cunning on the +more ignorant for the convenience of keeping the latter under. +But he writes with keenness and wit, and knows well how to use +the materials already often taken advantage of by earlier deists.</p> + +<p>Before passing on to a summary of the deistic position, it is +necessary to say something of the views of Conyers Middleton +(<i>q.v.</i>), who, though he never actually severed himself from orthodoxy, +yet advanced theories closely analogous to those of the +deists. His most important theological work was that devoted +to an exposure of patristic miracles. His attack was based +largely on arguments which could be turned with equal force +against the miracles of the New Testament, and he even went +further than previous rationalists in impugning the credibility +of statements as to alleged miracles emanating from martyrs +and the fathers of the early church. That Middleton was prepared +to carry this type of argument into the apostolic period +is shown by certain posthumous essays (<i>Miscellaneous Works</i>; +ii. pp. 255 ff.), in which he charges the New Testament writers +with inconsistency and the apostles with suppressing their +cherished beliefs on occasions of difficulty.</p> + +<p>In the substance of what they received as natural religion, the +deists were for the most part agreed; Herbert’s articles continued +to contain the fundamentals of their theology. Religion, +though not identified with morality, had its most important +outcome in a faithful following of the eternal laws of morality, +regarded as the will of God. With the virtuous life was further +to be conjoined a humble disposition to adore the Creator, +avoiding all factitious forms of worship as worse than useless. +The small value they attributed to all outward and special forms +of service, and the want of any sympathetic craving for the communion +of saints, saved the deists from attempting to found a +free-thinking church. They seem generally to have inclined to a +quietistic accommodation to established forms of faith, till better +times came. They steadfastly sought to eliminate the miraculous +from theological belief, and to expel from the system of religious +truth all debatable, difficult or mysterious articles. They aimed +at a rational and intelligible faith, professedly in order to make +religion, in all its width and depth, the heritage of every man. +They regarded with as much suspicion the notion of a “peculiar +people” of God, as of a unique revelation, and insisted on the +possibility of salvation for the heathen. They rejected the +doctrine of the Trinity, and protested against mediatorship, +atonement and the imputed righteousness of Christ, always +laying more stress on the teaching of Christ than on the teaching +of the church about him; but they repeatedly laid claim to the +name of Christians or of Christian deists. Against superstition, +fanaticism and priestcraft they protested unceasingly. They all +recognized the soul of man—not regarded as intellectual alone—as +the ultimate court of appeal. But they varied much in their +attitude towards the Bible. Some were content to argue their +own ideas into Scripture, and those they disliked out of it; to +one or two it seemed a satisfaction to discover difficulties in +Scripture, to point to historical inaccuracies and moral defects. +Probably Chubb’s position on this head is most fairly characteristic +of deism. He holds that the narrative, especially of the New +Testament, is in the main accurate, but, as written after the +events narrated, has left room for misunderstandings and +mistakes. The apostles were good men, to whom, after Christ, +we are most indebted; but they were fairly entitled to their own +private opinions, and naturally introduced these into their +writings. The epistles, according to Chubb, contain errors of +fact, false interpretations of the Old Testament, and sometimes +disfigurement of religious truth.</p> + +<p>The general tendency of the deistical writings is sufficiently +self-consistent to justify a common name. But deism is not a +compact system nor is it the outcome of any one line of philosophical +thought. Of matters generally regarded as pertaining +to natural religion, that on which they were least agreed was the +certainty, philosophical demonstrability and moral significance +of the immortality of the soul, so that the deists have sometimes +been grouped into “mortal” and “immortal” deists. For some +the belief in future rewards and punishments was an essential of +religion; some seem to have questioned the doctrine as a whole; +and, while others made it a basis of morality, Shaftesbury +protested against the ordinary theological form of the belief +as immoral. No two thinkers could well be more opposed than +Shaftesbury and Hobbes; yet sometimes ideas from both were +combined by the same writer. Collins was a pronounced necessitarian; +Morgan regarded the denial of free will as tantamount to +atheism. And nothing can be more misleading than to assume +that the belief in a Creator, existent wholly apart from the work +of his hands, was characteristic of the deists as a body. In none of +them is any theory on the subject specially prominent, except +that in their denial of miracles, of supernatural revelation, and a +special redemptive interposition of God in history, they seem to +have thought of providence much as the mass of their opponents +did. Herbert starts his chief theological work with the design of +vindicating God’s providence. Shaftesbury vigorously protests +against the notion of a wholly transcendent God. Morgan more +than once expresses a theory that would now be pronounced one +of immanence. Toland, the inventor of the name of pantheism, +was notoriously, for a great part of his life, in some sort a +pantheist. And while as thinkers they diverged in their opinions, +so too they differed radically in character, in reverence for their +subject and in religious earnestness and moral worth.</p> + +<p>The deists were not powerful writers; none of them was distinguished +by wide and accurate scholarship; hardly any was +either a deep or comprehensive thinker. But though they generally +had the best scholarship of England against them, they were +bold, acute, well-informed men; they appreciated more fully +than their contemporaries not a few truths now all but universally +accepted; and they seemed therefore entitled to leave their +mark on subsequent theological thought. Yet while the seed +they sowed was taking deep root in France and in Germany, the +English deists, the most notable men of their time, were soon +forgotten, or at least ceased to be a prominent factor in the +intellectual life of the century. The controversies they had +provoked collapsed, and deism became a by-word even amongst +those who were in no degree anxious to appear as champions of +orthodoxy.</p> + +<p>The fault was not wholly in the subjectivism of the movement. +But the subjectivism that founded its theology on the “common +sense” of the individual was accompanied by a fatal pseudo-universalism +which, cutting away all that was peculiar, individual +and most intense in all religions, left in any one of them +but a lifeless form. A theology consisting of a few vague generalities +was sufficient to sustain the piety of the best of the deists; +but it had not the concreteness or intensity necessary to take a +firm hold on those whom it emancipated from the old beliefs. +The negative side of deism came to the front, and, communicated +with fatal facility, seems ultimately to have constituted the +deism that was commonly professed at the clubs of the wits +and the tea-tables of polite society. But the intenser religious life +before which deism fell was also a revolt against the abstract and +argumentative orthodoxy of the time.</p> + +<p>That the deists appreciated fully the scope of difficulties in +Christian theology and the sacred books is not their most +noteworthy feature; but that they made a stand, sometimes +cautiously, often with outspoken fearlessness, against the presupposition +that the Bible is the religion of Protestants. They +themselves gave way to another presupposition equally fatal +to true historical research, though in great measure common +to them and their opponents. It was assumed by deists in +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page937" id="page937"></a>937</span> +debating against the orthodox, that the flood of error in the +hostile camp was due to the benevolent cunning or deliberate +self-seeking of unscrupulous men, supported by the ignorant with +the obstinacy of prejudice.</p> + +<p>Yet deism deserves to be remembered as a strenuous protest +against bibliolatry in every degree and against all traditionalism +in theology. It sought to look not a few facts full in the face, +from a new point of view and with a thoroughly modern though +unhistorical spirit. It was not a religious movement; and +though, as a defiance of the accepted theology, its character was +mainly theological, the deistical crusade belongs, not to the +history of the church, or of dogma, but to the history of general +culture. It was an attitude of mind, not a body of doctrine; its +nearest parallel is probably to be found in the eclectic strivings +of the Renaissance philosophy and the modernizing tendencies +of cisalpine humanism. The controversy was assumed to be +against prejudice, ignorance, obscurantism; what monks were to +Erasmus the clergy as such were to Woolston. Yet English deism +was in many ways characteristically English. The deists were, as +usually happens with the leaders of English thought, no class of +professional men, but represented every rank in the community. +They made their appeal in the mother tongue to all men who +could read and think, and sought to reduce the controversy to its +most direct practical issue. And, with but one or two exceptions, +they avoided wildness in their language as much as in the general +scheme of theology they proposed. If at times they had recourse +to ambiguity of speech and veiled polemic, this might be partly +excused when we remember the hanging of Thomas Aikenhead +in 1697 for ridiculing the Bible, and Woolston’s imprisonment +in 1729.</p> + +<p>French deism, the direct progeny of the English movement, +was equally short-lived. Voltaire during his three years’ +residence in England (1726-1729) absorbed an enthusiasm for +freedom of thought, and provided himself with the arguments +necessary to support the deism which he had learned in his +youth; he was to the end a deist of the school of Bolingbroke. +Rousseau, though not an active assailant of Christianity, could +have claimed kindred with the nobler deists. Diderot was for a +time heartily in sympathy with deistic thought; and the <i>Encyclopédie</i> +was in its earlier portion an organ of deism. Even in the +Roman Catholic Church a large number of the leading divines were +frankly deistic, nor were they for that reason regarded as irreligious. +But as Locke’s philosophy became in France sensationalism, +and as Locke’s pregnant question, reiterated by Collins, how we +know that the divine power might not confer thought on matter, +led the way to dogmatic materialism, so deism soon gave way to +forms of thought more directly and completely subversive of the +traditional theology. None the less it is unquestionable that in +the period preceding the Revolution the bulk of French thinkers +were ultimately deists in various degrees, and that deism was a +most potent factor not only in speculative but also in social +and political development. Many of the leaders of the revolutionary +movement were deists, though it is quite false to say that the +extreme methods of the movement were the result of widespread +rationalism.</p> + +<p>In Germany there was a native free-thinking theology nearly +contemporary with that of England, whence it was greatly +developed and supplemented. Among the earliest names are +those of Georg Schade (1712-1795), J. B. Basedow (1723-1790), +the educationist, Johann August Eberhard (<i>q.v.</i>); and K. F. +Bahrdt, who regarded Christ as merely a noble teacher like Moses, +Confucius and Luther. The compact rational philosophy of +Wolff nourished a theological rationalism which in H. S. Reimarus +was wholly undistinguishable from dogmatic deism, and was +undoubtedly to a great extent adopted by Lessing; while, in the +case of the historico-critical school to which J. S. Sender belonged, +the distinction is not always easily drawn—although these +rationalists professedly recognized in Scripture a real divine +revelation, mingled with local and temporary elements. It +deserves to be noted here that the former, the theology of the +<i>Aufklärung</i>, was, like that of the deists, destined to a short-lived +notoriety; whereas the solid, accurate and scholarly researches +of the rationalist critics of Germany, undertaken with no +merely polemical spirit, not only form an epoch in the history of +theology, but have taken a permanent place in the body of +theological science. Ere <i>rationalismus vulgaris</i> fell before the +combined assault of Schleiermacher’s subjective theology and +the deeper historical insight of the Hegelians, it had found a +refuge successively in the Kantian postulates of the practical +reason, and in the vague but earnest faith-philosophy of +Jacobi.</p> + +<p>Outside France, Germany and England, there were no great +schools of thought distinctively deistic, though in most countries +there is to be found a rationalistic anti-clerical movement which +partakes of the character of deism. It seems probable, for +example, that in Portugal the marquis de Pombal was in reality +a deist, and both in Italy and in Spain there were signs of the +same rationalistic revolt. More certain, and also more striking, +is the fact that the leading statesmen in the American War of +Independence were emphatically deists; Benjamin Franklin +(who attributes his position to the study of Shaftesbury and +Collins), Thomas Paine, Washington and Jefferson, although they +all had the greatest admiration for the New Testament story, +denied that it was based on any supernatural revelation. For +various reasons the movement in America did not appear on +the surface to any great extent, and after the comparative +failure of Elihu Palmer’s <i>Principles of Nature</i> it expressed itself +chiefly in the spread of Unitarianism.</p> + +<p>In England, though the deists were forgotten, their spirit +was not wholly dead. For men like Hume and Gibbon the standpoint +of deism was long left behind; yet Gibbon’s famous two +chapters might well have been written by a deist. Even now +many undoubtedly cling to a theology nearly allied to deism. +Rejecting miracles and denying the infallibility of Scripture, +protesting against Calvinistic views of sovereign grace and having +no interest in evangelical Arminianism, the faith of such inquirers +seems fairly to coincide with that of the deists. Even some +cultured theologians, the historical representatives of latitudinarianism, +seem to accept the great body of what was contended +for by the deists. Moreover, the influence of the deistic writers +had an incalculable influence in the gradual progress towards +tolerance, and in the spread of a broader attitude towards +intellectual problems, and this too, though, as we have seen, the +original deists devoted themselves mainly to a crusade against +the doctrine of revelation.</p> + +<p>The original deists displayed a singular incapacity to understand +the true conditions of history; yet amongst them there +were some who pointed the way to the truer, more generous +interpretation of the past. When Shaftesbury wrote that +“religion is still a discipline, and progress of the soul towards +perfection,” he gave birth to the same thought that was afterwards +hailed in Lessing’s <i>Erziehung des Menschengeschlechtes</i> as +the dawn of a fuller and a purer light on the history of religion +and on the development of the spiritual life of mankind.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—See John Leland, <i>A View of the Principal +Deistical Writers</i> (2 vols., 1754-1756; ed. 1837); G. V. Lechler, +<i>Geschichte des englischen Deismus</i> (2 vols., 1841); L. Noack, <i>Die +Freidenker in der Religion</i> (Bern, 1853-1855); John Hunt, <i>Religious +Thought in England</i> (3 vols., 1870-1872); Leslie Stephen, <i>History +of English Thought in the 18th Century</i> (2 vols., 1876); A. S. Farrar, +<i>A Critical History of Free Thought</i> (1862, Bampton Lectures); +J. H. Overton and F. Relton, <i>The English Church from the Accession +of George I. to the end of the 18th Century</i> (1906; especially +chap. iv., “The Answer to Deism”); A. W. Benn, <i>History of +English Rationalism in the 19th Century</i> (1906); i. 111 ff.; +J. M. Robertson, <i>Short History of Free Thought</i> (1906); G. Ch. +B. Pünjer, <i>Geschichte der christlichen Religionsphilosophie seit +der Reformation</i> (Brunswick, 1880); M. W. Wiseman, <i>Dynamics +of Religion</i> (London, 1897), pt. ii.; article “Deismus” in Herzog-Hauck, +<i>Realencyklopädie</i> (vol. iv., 1898).</p> +</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1n" id="ft1n" href="#fa1n"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The right of the orthodox party to use this name was asserted +by the publication in 1715 of a journal called <i>The Freethinker</i>, conducted +by anti-deistic clergymen. The term <i>libertin</i> appears to have +been used first as a hostile epithet of the Brethren of the Free Spirit, +a 13th-century sect which was accused not only of free-thought but +also of licentious living.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2n" id="ft2n" href="#fa2n"><span class="fn">2</span></a> See the separate biographies of these writers. The three most +significant names after Lord Herbert are those of Toland, Wollaston +and Tindal.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEISTER,<a name="ar143" id="ar143"></a></span> a chain of hills in Germany, in the Prussian province +of Hanover, about 15 m. S.W. of the city of Hanover. It runs +in a north-westerly direction from Springe in the S. to Rodenberg +in the N. It has a total length of 14 m., and rises in the +Höfeler to a height of 1250 ft. The chain is well-wooded and +abounds in game. There are some coal mines and sandstone +quarries.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page938" id="page938"></a>938</span></p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DÉJAZET, PAULINE VIRGINIE<a name="ar144" id="ar144"></a></span> (1798-1875), French actress, +born in Paris on the 30th of <span class="correction" title="amended from Ausust">August</span> 1798, made her first appearance +on the stage at the age of five. It was not until 1820, when +she began her seven years’ connexion with the recently founded +Gymnase, that she won her triumphs in soubrette and “breeches” +parts, which came to be known as “<i>Dêjazets</i>.” From 1828 she +played at the Nouveautés for three years, then at the Variétés, +and finally became manager, with her son, of the Folies, which +was renamed the Théâtre Déjazet. Here, even at the age of +sixty-five, she had marvellous success in youthful parts, especially +in a number of Sardou’s earlier plays, previously unacted. She +retired in 1868, and died on the 1st of December 1875, leaving a +great name in the annals of the French stage.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Duval’s <i>Virginie Déjazet</i> (1876).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE KALB,<a name="ar145" id="ar145"></a></span> a city of De Kalb county, Illinois, U.S.A., in the N. +part of the state, about 58 m. W. of Chicago. Pop. (1890) 2579; +(1900) 5904 (1520 foreign-born); (1910) 8102. De Kalb is +served by the Chicago Great Western, the Chicago & North-Western, +and the Illinois, Iowa & Minnesota railways, and by +interurban electric lines. It is the seat of the Northern Illinois +state normal school (opened in 1899). The principal manufactures +of De Kalb are woven and barbed wire, waggons and +agricultural implements, pianos, shoes, gloves, and creamery +packages. The city has important dairy interests also. De +Kalb was first settled in 1832, was known as Buena Vista until +1840, was incorporated as a village in 1861, and in 1877 was +organized under the general state law as a city.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE KEYSER, THOMAS<a name="ar146" id="ar146"></a></span> (1596 or 1597-1667), Dutch painter, +was born at Amsterdam, the son of the architect and sculptor +Hendrik de Keyser. We have no definite knowledge of his +training, and but scant information as to the course of his life, +though it is known that he owned a basalt business between 1640 +and 1654. Aert Pietersz, Cornelis vanider Voort, Werner van +Valckert and Nicolas Elias are accredited by different authorities +with having developed his talent; and M. Karl Woermann, +who has pronounced in favour of Nicolas Elias is supported +by the fact that almost all that master’s pictures were formerly +attributed to De Keyser, who, in like fashion, exercised some +influence upon Rembrandt when he first went to Amsterdam in +1631. De Keyser chiefly excelled as a portrait painter, though he +also executed some historical and mythological pictures, such +as the “Theseus” and “Ariadne” in the Amsterdam town hall. +His portraiture is full of character and masterly in handling, +and often, as in the “Old Woman” of the Budapest gallery, is +distinguished by a rich golden glow of colour and Rembrandtesque +chiaroscuro. Some of his portraits are life-size, but the +artist generally preferred to keep them on a considerably smaller +scale, like the famous “Group of Amsterdam Burgomasters” +assembled to receive Marie de’ Medici in 1638, now at the Hague +museum. The sketch for this important painting, together with +three other drawings, was sold at the Gallitzin sale in 1783 +for the sum of threepence. The German emperor owns an +“Equestrian Portrait of a young Dutchman,” by De Keyser, +a late work which in general disposition and in the soft manner +of painting recalled the work of Cuyp. Similar pictures are in +the Dresden and Frankfort museums, in the Heyl collection at +Worms, and the Liechtenstein Gallery in Vienna. The National +Gallery, London, owns a characteristic portrait group of a +“Merchant with his Clerk”; the Hague museum, besides the +group already referred to, a magnificent “Portrait of a Savant,” +and the Haarlem museum a fine portrait of “Claes Fabricius.” +At the Ryks Museum in Amsterdam there are no fewer than +twelve works from his brush, and other important examples +are to be found in Brussels, Munich, Copenhagen and St +Petersburg.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEKKER, EDWARD DOUWES<a name="ar147" id="ar147"></a></span> (1820-1887), Dutch writer, +commonly known as <span class="sc">Multatuli</span>, was born at Amsterdam on the +2nd of March 1820. His father, a ship’s captain, intended his son +for trade, but this humdrum prospect disgusted him, and in 1838 +he went out to Java, and obtained a post in the Inland Revenue. +He rose from one position to another, until, in 1851, he found +himself assistant-resident at Amboyna, in the Moluccas. In 1857 +he was transferred to Lebak, in the Bantam residency of Java. +By this time, however, all the secrets of Dutch administration +were known to him, and he had begun to protest against the +abuses of the colonial system. In consequence he was threatened +with dismissal from his office for his openness of speech, and, +throwing up his appointment, he returned to Holland in a state of +fierce indignation. He determined to expose in detail the scandals +he had witnessed, and he began to do so in newspaper articles and +pamphlets. Little notice, however, was taken of his protestations +until, in 1860, he published, under the pseudonym of “Multatuli,” +his romance entitled <i>Max Havelaar</i>. An attempt was made to +ignore this brilliant and irregular book, but in vain; it was read +all over Europe. The exposure of the abuse of free labour in the +Dutch Indies was complete, although there were not wanting +apologists who accused Dekker’s terrible picture of being over-coloured. +He was now fairly launched on literature, and he lost +no time in publishing <i>Love Letters</i> (1861), which, in spite of their +mild title, proved to be mordant satires of the most rancorous +and unsparing kind. The literary merit of Multatuli’s work was +much contested; he received an unexpected and most valuable +ally in Vosmaer. He continued to write much, and to faggot +his miscellanies in uniform volumes called <i>Ideas</i>, of which seven +appeared between 1862 and 1877. Douwes quitted Holland, +snaking off her dust from his feet, and went to live at Wiesbaden. +He now made several attempts to gain the stage, and one of his +pieces, <i>The School for Princes</i>, 1875 (published in the fourth +volume of <i>Ideas</i>), pleased himself so highly that he is said to have +styled it the greatest drama ever written. It is a fine poem, +written in blank verse, like an English tragedy, and not in Dutch +Alexandrines; but it is undramatic, and has not held the boards. +Douwes Dekker moved his residence to Nieder Ingelheim, on the +Rhine, and there he died on the 19th of February 1887.</p> + +<p>Towards the end of his career he was the centre of a crowd +of disciples and imitators, who did his reputation no service; +he is now, again, in danger of being read too little. To understand +his fame, it is necessary to remember the sensational way +in which he broke into the dulness of Dutch literature fifty years +ago, like a flame out of the Far East. He was ardent, provocative, +perhaps a little hysterical, but he made <span class="correction" title="amended from himelf">himself</span> heard +all over Europe. He brought an exceedingly severe indictment +against the egotism and brutality of the administrators of Dutch +India, and he framed it in a literary form which was brilliantly +original. Not satisfied with this, he attacked, in a fury that +was sometimes blind, everything that seemed to him falsely +conventional in Dutch religion, government, society and morals. +He respected nothing, he left no institution untouched. Now +that it is possible to look back upon Multatuli without passion, +we see in him, not what Dutch enthusiasm saw,—“the second +writer of Europe in the nineteenth century” (Victor Hugo being +presumably the first),—but a great man who was a powerful +and glowing author, yet hardly an artist, a reckless enthusiast, +who was inspired by indignation and a burning sense of justice, +who cared little for his means if only he could produce his effect. +He is seen to his best and worst in <i>Max Havelaar</i>; his <i>Ideas</i>, hard, +fantastic and sardonic, seldom offer any solid satisfaction to the +foreign reader. But Multatuli deserves remembrance, if only on +account of the unequalled effect his writing had in rousing Holland +from the intellectual and moral lethargy in which she lay half a +century ago.</p> +<div class="author">(E. G.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEKKER, JEREMIAS DE<a name="ar148" id="ar148"></a></span> (1610-1666), Dutch poet, was born +at Dort in 1610. His father was a native of Antwerp, who, +having embraced the reformed religion, had been compelled to +take refuge in Holland. Entering his father’s business at an +early age, he found leisure to cultivate his taste for literature +and especially for poetry, and to acquire without assistance a +competent knowledge of English, French, Latin and Italian. +His first poem was a paraphrase of the Lamentations of Jeremiah +(<i><span class="correction" title="amended from Klaagliedern">Klaagliederen</span> van Jeremias</i>), which was followed by translations +and imitations of Horace, Juvenal and other Latin poets. The +most important of his original poems were a collection of epigrams +(<i>Puntdichten</i>) and a satire in praise of avarice (<i>Lof der Geldzucht</i>). +The latter is his best-known work. Written in a vein of light and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page939" id="page939"></a>939</span> +yet effective irony, it is usually ranked by critics along with +Erasmus’s <i>Praise of Folly</i>. Dekker died at Amsterdam in +November 1666.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>A complete collection of his poems, edited by Brouerius van +Nideck, was published at Amsterdam in 1726 under the title +<i>Exercices poétiques</i> (2 vols. 4to.). Selections from his poems are +included in Siegenbeck’s <i>Proeven van nederduitsche Dichtkunde</i> (1823), +and from his epigrams in Geijsbeek’s <i>Epigrammatische Anthologie</i> +(1827).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEKKER<a name="ar149" id="ar149"></a></span> (or <span class="sc">Decker</span>), <b>THOMAS</b> (<i>c.</i> 1570-1641), English +dramatist, was born in London. His name occurs frequently in +Henslowe’s <i>Diary</i> during the last three years of the 16th century; +he is mentioned there as receiving loans and payments for writing +plays in conjunction with Ben Jonson, Drayton, Chettle, +Haughton, Wilson, Day and others, and he would appear to +have been then in the most active employment as a playwright. +The titles of the plays on which he was engaged from April 1599 +to March 1599/1600 are <i>Troilus and Cressida</i>, <i>Orestes Fures</i>, +<i>Agamemnon</i>, <i>The Gentle Craft</i>, <i>The Stepmother’s Tragedy</i>, <i>Bear a +Brain</i>, <i>Pagge of Plymouth</i>, <i>Robert the Second</i>, <i>The Whole History of +Fortunatus</i>, <i>Patient Grissel</i>, <i>Truth’s Supplication to Candlelight</i>, +<i>The Spanish Moor’s Tragedy</i>, <i>The Seven Wise Masters</i>. At that +date it is evident that Dekker’s services were in great request for +the stage. He is first mentioned in the Diary under date 8th of +January 1597/1598, as having sold a book, <i>i.e.</i> the manuscript of +a play; the payments in 1599 are generally made in advance, “in +earnest” of work to be done. In the case of three of the above +plays, <i>Orestes Fures</i>, <i>Truth’s Supplication</i> and <i>The Gentle Craft</i>, +Dekker is paid as the sole author. Only <i>The Gentle Craft</i> has been +preserved; it was published anonymously in 1600 under the title +of <i>The Shoemaker’s Holiday</i>. It would be unsafe to argue from +the classical subjects of some of these plays that Dekker was then +a young man from the university, who had come up like so many +others to make a living by writing for the stage. Classical knowledge +was then in the air; playwrights in want of a subject were +content with translations, if they did not know the originals. +However educated, Dekker was then a young man just out of his +teens, if he spoke with any accuracy when he said that he was +threescore in 1637. And it was not in scholarly themes that he +was destined to find his true vein. The call for the publication +of <i>The Gentle Craft</i>, which deals with the life of the city, showed +him where his strength lay.</p> + +<p>To give a general idea of the substance of Dekker’s plays, there +is no better way than to call him the Dickens of the Elizabethan +period. The two men were as unlike as possible in their habits +of work, Dekker having apparently all the thriftlessness and +impecunious shamelessness of Micawber himself. Henslowe’s +<i>Diary</i> contains two notes of payments made in 1597/1598 and +1598/1599 to release Dekker from prison, and he is supposed to +have spent the years between 1613 and 1616 in the King’s Bench. +Dekker’s Bohemianism appears in the slightness and hurry of his +work, a strong contrast to the thoroughness and rich completeness +of every labour to which Dickens applied himself; perhaps also in +the exquisite freshness and sweetness of his songs, and the natural +charm of stray touches of expression and description in his plays. +But he was like Dickens in the bent of his genius towards the +representation of the life around him in London, as well as in the +humorous kindliness of his way of looking at that life, his vein of +sentiment, and his eye for odd characters, though the random +pickings of Dekker, hopping here and there in search of a subject, +give less complete results than the more systematic labours of +Dickens. Dekker’s Simon Eyre, the good-hearted, mad shoemaker, +and his Orlando Friscobaldo, are touched with a kindly +humour in which Dickens would have delighted; his Infelices, +Fiamettas, Tormiellas, even his Bellafront, have a certain likeness +in type to the heroines of Dickens; and his roaring blades and +their gulls are prototypes of Sir Mulberry Hawk and Lord +Frederick Verisopht. Only there is this great difference in the +spirit of the two writers, that Dekker wrote without the smallest +apparent wish to reform the life that he saw, desiring only to +exhibit it; and that on the whole, apart from his dramatist’s +necessity of finding interesting matter, he cast his eye about +rather with a liking for the discovery of good under unpromising +appearances than with any determination to detect and expose +vice. The observation must also be made that Dekker’s personages +have much more individual character, more of that mixture +of good and evil which we find in real human beings. Hack-writer +though Dekker was, and writing often under sore pressure, +there is no dramatist whose personages have more of the breath of +life in them; drawing with easy, unconstrained hand, he was a +master of those touches by which an imaginary figure is brought +home to us as a creature with human interests. A very large part +of the motive power in his plays consists in the temporary yielding +to an evil passion. The kindly philosophy that the best of natures +may be for a time perverted by passionate desires is the chief +animating principle of his comedy. He delights in showing +women listening to temptation, and apparently yielding, but still +retaining sufficient control over themselves to be capable of +drawing back when on the verge of the precipice. The wives of +the citizens were his heroines, pursued by the unlawful addresses +of the gay young courtiers; and on the whole Dekker, from +inclination apparently as well as policy, though himself, if Ben +Jonson’s satire had any point, a bit of a dandy in his youth, took +the part of morality and the city, and either struck the rakes with +remorse or made the objects of their machinations clever enough +to outwit them. From Dekker’s plays we get a very lively +impression of all that was picturesque and theatrically interesting +in the city life of the time, the interiors of the shops and the +houses, the tastes of the citizens and their wives, the tavern +and tobacco-shop manners of the youthful aristocracy and their +satellites. The social student cannot afford to overlook Dekker; +there is no other dramatist of that age, except Thomas Middleton, +from whom we can get such a vivid picture of contemporary +manners in London. He drew direct from life; in so far as he +idealized, he did so not in obedience to scholarly precepts or +dogmatic theories, but in the immediate interests of good-natured +farce and tender-hearted sentiment.</p> + +<p>In all the serious parts of Dekker’s plays there is a charming +delicacy of touch, and his smallest scraps of song are bewitching; +but his plays, as plays, owe much more to the interest of the +characters and the incidents than to any excellence of construction. +We see what use could be made of his materials by a +stronger intellect in <i>Westward Ho!</i> which he wrote in conjunction +with John Webster. The play, somehow, though the parts are +more firmly knit together, and it has more unity of purpose, is not +so interesting as Dekker’s unaided work. Middleton formed a +more successful combination with Dekker than Webster; there +is some evidence that in <i>The Honest Whore</i>, or <i>The Converted +Courtesan</i>, which is generally regarded as the best that bears +Dekker’s name, he had the assistance of Middleton, although the +assistance was so immaterial as not to be worth acknowledging +in the title-page. Still that Middleton, a man of little genius but +of much practical talent and robust humour, was serviceable to +Dekker in determining the form of the play may well be believed. +The two wrote another play in concert, <i>The Roaring Girl</i>, for +which Middleton probably contributed a good deal of the matter, +as well as a more symmetrical form than Dekker seems to have +been capable of devising. In <i>The Witch of Edmonton</i>, except in +a few scenes, it is difficult to trace the hand of Dekker with +any certainty; his collaborators were John Ford and William +Rowley; to Ford probably belongs the intense brooding and +murderous wrath of the old hag, which are too direct and hard +in their energy for Dekker, while Rowley may be supposed to +be responsible for the delineation of country life. <i>The Virgin +Martyr</i>, one of the best constructed of his plays, was written in +conjunction with Massinger, to whom the form is no doubt due. +Dekker’s plays contain a few songs which show him to have been +possessed of very great lyrical skill, but of this he seems to have +made sadly little use. His poem of <i>Canaans Calamitie</i>—if indeed +it be his, which is hard to believe—is exceedingly poor stuff, and +the verse portion of his <i>Dreame</i>, though containing some good +lines, is, as a whole, not much better.</p> + +<p>When Gerard Langbaine wrote his <i>Account of the English +Dramatic Poets</i> in 1691, he spoke of Dekker as being “more +famous for the contention he had with Ben Jonson for the bays, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page940" id="page940"></a>940</span> +than for any great reputation he had gained by his own writings.” +This is an opinion that could not be professed now, when Dekker’s +work is read. In the contention with Ben Jonson, one of the most +celebrated quarrels of authors, the origin of which is matter of +dispute, Dekker seems to have had very much the best of it. We +can imagine that Jonson’s attack was stinging at the time, because +it seems to be full of sarcastic personalities, but it is dull enough +now when nobody knows what Dekker was like, nor what was +the character of his mother. There is nothing in the <i>Poetaster</i> +that has any point as applied to Dekker’s powers as a dramatist, +while, on the contrary, <i>Satiromastix, or the Untrussing of the +Humorous Poet</i> is full of pungent ridicule of Jonson’s style, and of +retorts and insults conceived in the happiest spirit of good-natured +mockery. Dekker has been accused of poverty of +invention in adopting the character of the <i>Poetaster</i>, but it is +of the very pith of the jest that Dekker should have set on +Jonson’s own foul-mouthed Captain Tucca to abuse Horace +himself.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Works.</span>—<i>The Pleasant Comedie of Old Fortunatus</i> (1600); <i>The +Shomakers Holiday. Or The gentle Craft. With the humorous life of +Simon Eyre, shoomaker, and Lord Maior of London</i> (1600); <i>Satiromastix. +Or The untrussing of the Humorous Poet</i> (1602); <i>The +Pleasant Comodie of Patient Grissill</i> (1603), with Chettle and +Haughton; <i>The Honest Whore. With The Humours of the Patient +Man, and the Longing Wife</i> (1604); <i>North-Ward Hoe</i> (1607), with +John Webster; <i>West-Ward Hoe</i> (1607), with John Webster; <i>The +Whore of Babylon</i> (1607); <i>The Famous History of Sir Thomas Wyat. +With the Coronation of Queen Mary, and the coming in of King Philip</i> +(1607), with John Webster; <i>The Roaring Girle. Or Moll Cut-Purse</i> +(1611), with Thomas Middleton; <i>The Virgin Martir</i> (1622), with +Massinger; <i>If It Be Not Good, the Divel is in it</i> (1612); <i>The Second +Part of the Honest Whore. With the Humors of the Patient Man, the +Impatient Wife; the Honest Whore, perswaded by strong Arguments to +turne Curtizan againe; her brave refuting those Arguments. And +lastly, the Comicall Passages of an Italian Bridewell, where the Scaene +ends</i> (1630); <i>A Tragi-Comedy: Called, Match mee in London</i> (1631); +<i>The Wonder of a Kingdome</i> (1636); <i>The Witch of Edmonton. A +known true Story. Composed into a Tragi-Comedy</i> (1658), with +William Rowley and John Ford. <i>The Sun’s Darling</i> (1656) was +possibly written by Ford and Dekker, or may be perhaps more +correctly regarded as a recast by Ford of a masque by Dekker, +perhaps his lost play of <i>Phaëton</i>. The pageants for the Lord Mayor’s +shows of 1612 and 1629 were written by Dekker, and both are +preserved. His tracts are invaluable for the light which they throw on +the London of his time, especially in their descriptions of the circumstances +of the theatre. Their titles, many of which are necessarily +abbreviated, are: <i>Canaans Calamitie, Jerusalems Miserie, and +Englands Mirror</i> (1598), in verse; <i>The Wonderfull Yeare 1603. +Wherein is shewed the picture of London lying sicke of the Plague</i> +(1603); <i>The Batchelars Banquet</i> (1603); a brilliant adaptation of +<i>Les Quinze Joyes de mariage</i>; the <i>Seven Deadly Sinnes of London</i> +(1606); <i>Newes from Hell, Brought by the Divells Carrier</i> (1606), +reprinted in the next year with some interesting additions as +<i>A Knights Conjuring; Jests to make you Merie</i> (1607), with George +Wilkins; <i>The Belman of London: Bringing to Light the most +notorious villanies that are now practised in the Kingdome</i> (1608); +followed by a second part and enlarged editions under other titles; +<i>The Dead Tearme</i> (1608); <i>The Ravens Almanacke, foretelling of a +Plague, Famine and Civill Warre</i> (1609), ridiculing the almanac +makers; <i>The Guls Horne-booke</i> (1609), the most famous of all his +tracts, providing a code of manners for the Elizabethan gallant, in +the aisle of St Paul’s, at the ordinary, at the playhouse, and other +resorts; <i>Worke for Armorours, or the Peace is Broken</i> (1609); <i>Foure +Birds of Noahs Ark</i> (1609); <i>A Strange Horse-Race</i> (1613); <i>Dekker +his Dreame ...</i> (1620), in verse and prose, illustrated with a woodcut +of the dreamer; and <i>A Rod for Run-awayes</i> (1625). This long +list does not exhaust Dekker’s work, much of which is lost.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—An edition of the collected dramatic works of +Dekker by R. H. Shepherd appeared in 1873; his prose tracts and +poems were included in Dr A. B. Grosart’s <i>Huth Library</i> (1884-1886): +both these contain memoirs of him, but by far the most complete +account of his life and writings is to be found in the article by +A. H. Bullen in the <i>Dictionary of National Biography</i>. See also +the elaborate discussion of his plays in Mr Fleay’s <i>Biographical +Chronicle</i> (1891), i. 115, &c., and, for his quarrel with Ben Jonson, +Prof. J. H. Penniman’s <i>War of the Theatres</i> (Boston, 1897) and +Mr R. A. Small’s <i>Stage Quarrel between Ben Jonson and the so-called +Poetasters</i> (Breslau, 1899). A selection from his plays was +edited for the Mermaid Series (1887; new series, 1904) by Ernest +Rhys. An essay on Dekker by A. C. Swinburne appeared in <i>The +Nineteenth Century</i> for January 1887.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(W. M.; R. B. McK.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE LA BECHE, SIR HENRY THOMAS<a name="ar150" id="ar150"></a></span> (1796-1855), English +geologist, was born in the year 1796. His father, an officer in the +army, possessed landed property in Jamaica, but died while his +son was still young. The boy accordingly spent his youth with +his mother at Lyme Regis among the interesting and picturesque +coast cliffs of the south-west of England, where he imbibed a love +for geological pursuits and cultivated a marked artistic faculty. +When fourteen years of age, being destined, like his friend +Murchison, for the military profession, he entered the college at +Great Marlow, where he distinguished himself by the rapidity and +skill with which he executed sketches showing the salient features +of a district. The peace of 1815, however, changed his career and +he devoted himself with ever-increasing assiduity to the pursuit +of geology. When only twenty-one years of age he joined the +Geological Society of London, continuing throughout life to be +one of its most active, useful and honoured members. He was +president in 1848-1849. Possessing a fortune sufficient for the +gratification of his tastes, he visited many localities of geological +interest, not only in Britain, but also on the continent, in France +and Switzerland. His journeys seldom failed to bear fruit in +suggestive papers accompanied by sketches. Early attachment +to the south-west of England led him back to that region, where, +with enlarged experience, he began the detailed investigation of +the rocks of Cornwall and Devon. Thrown much into contact with +the mining community of that part of the country, he conceived +the idea that the nation ought to compile a geological map of the +United Kingdom, and collect and preserve specimens to illustrate, +and aid in further developing, its mineral industries. He showed +his skilful management of affairs by inducing the government of +the day to recognize his work and give him an appointment in +connexion with the Ordnance Survey. This formed the starting +point of the present Geological Survey of Great Britain, which +was officially recognized in 1835, when De la Beche was appointed +director. Year by year increasing stores of valuable specimens +were transmitted to London; and the building at Craig’s Court, +where the young Museum of Economic Geology was placed, +became too small. But De la Beche, having seen how fruitful his +first idea had become, appealed to the authorities not merely to +provide a larger structure, but to widen the whole scope of the +scientific establishment of which he was the head, so as to impart +to it the character of a great educational institution where +practical as well as theoretical instruction should be given in +every branch of science necessary for the conduct of mining work. +In this endeavour he was again successful. Parliament sanctioned +the erection of a museum in Jermyn Street, London, and the +organization Of a staff of professors with laboratories and other +appliances. The establishment, in which were combined the +offices of the Geological Survey, the Museum of Practical Geology, +The Royal School of Mines and the Mining Record Office, was +opened in 1851. Many foreign countries have since formed +geological surveys avowedly based upon the organization and +experience of that of the United Kingdom. The British colonies, +also, have in many instances established similar surveys for the +development of their mineral resources, and have had recourse +to the parent survey for advice and for officers to conduct the +operations.</p> + +<p>De la Beche published numerous memoirs on English geology +in the <i>Transactions of the Geological Society of London</i>, as well as in +the <i>Memoirs of the Geological Survey</i>, notably the <i>Report on the +Geology of Cornwall, Devon and West Somerset</i> (1839). He likewise +wrote <i>A Geological Manual</i> (1831; 3rd ed., 1833); and a +work of singular breadth and clearness—<i>Researches in Theoretical +Geology</i> (1834)—in which he enunciated a philosophical treatment +of geological questions much in advance of his time. An +early volume, <i>How to Observe Geology</i> (1835 and 1836), was +rewritten and enlarged by him late in life, and published under +the title of <i>The Geological Observer</i> (1851; 2nd ed., 1853). It was +marked by wide practical experience, multifarious knowledge, +philosophical insight and a genius for artistic delineation of +geological phenomena. He was elected F.R.S. in 1819. He +received the honour of knighthood in 1848, and near the close of +his life was awarded the Wollaston medal—the highest honour +in the gift of the Geological Society of London. After a life of +constant activity he began to suffer from partial paralysis, but, +though becoming gradually worse, continued able to transact +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page941" id="page941"></a>941</span> +his official business until a few days before his death, which +took place on the 13th of April 1855.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Sir A. Geikie’s <i>Memoir of Sir A. C. Ramsay</i> (1895), which +contains a sketch of the history of the Geological Survey, and of +the life of De la Beche (with portrait); also <i>Summary of Progress of +the Geological Survey for 1897</i> (1898).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELABORDE, HENRI FRANÇOIS,<a name="ar151" id="ar151"></a></span> <span class="sc">Count</span> (1764-1833), +French soldier, was the son of a baker of Dijon. At the outbreak +of the French Revolution he joined the “Volunteers of the +Côte-d’Or,” and passing rapidly through all the junior grades, +was made general of brigade after the combat of Rhein-Zabern +(1793). As chief of the staff he was present at the siege of Toulon +in the same year, and, promoted general of division, he was for +a time governor of Corsica. In 1794 Delaborde served on the +Spanish frontier, distinguishing himself at the Bidassoa (July 25) +and Misquiriz (October 16). His next command was on the +Rhine. At the head of a division he took part in the celebrated +campaigns of 1795-97, and in 1796 covered Moreau’s +right when that general invaded Bavaria. Delaborde was in +constant military employment during the Consulate and the +early Empire. Made commander of the Legion of Honour in +1804, he received the dignity of count in 1808. In that year +he was serving in Portugal under Junot. Against Sir Arthur +Wellesley’s English army he fought the <span class="correction" title="amended from skilful">skillful</span> brilliant +rear-guard action of Rolica. In 1812 he was one of Mortier’s +divisional leaders in the Russian War, and in the following +year was grand cross and governor of the castle of Compiègne. +Joining Napoleon in the Hundred Days, he was marked for +punishment by the returning Bourbons, sent before a court-martial, +and only escaped condemnation through a technical +flaw in the wording of the charge. The rest of his life was +spent in retirement.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELACROIX, FERDINAND VICTOR EUGÈNE<a name="ar152" id="ar152"></a></span> (1798-1863), +French historical painter, leader of the Romantic movement, +was born at Charenton-St-Maurice, near Paris, on the 26th of +April 1798. His father Charles Delacroix (1741-1805) was a +partisan of the most violent faction during the time of the Revolution, +and was foreign minister under the Directory. The family +affairs seem to have been conducted in the wildest manner, and +the accidents that befell the child, well authenticated as they are +said to be, make it almost a miracle that he survived. He was +first nearly burned to death in the cradle by a nurse falling asleep +over a novel and the candle dropping on the coverlet; this left +permanent marks on his arms and face. He was next dropped +into the sea by another <i>bonne</i>, who was climbing up a ship’s side +to see her lover. He was nearly poisoned, and nearly choked, +and, to crown all, he tried to hang himself, without any thought of +suicide, in imitation of a print exhibiting a man in that position +of final ignominy. The prediction of a charlatan founded on his +horoscope has been preserved: “Cet enfant deviendra un +homme célèbre, mais sa vie sera des plus laborieuses, des plus +tourmentées, et toujours livrée à la contradiction.”</p> + +<p>Delacroix the elder (also known as Delacroix de Contaut) +died at Bordeaux when Eugène was seven years of age, and his +mother returned to Paris and placed him in the Lycée Napoléon. +Afterwards, on his determining to be a painter, he entered the +<i>atelier</i> of Baron Guérin, who affected to treat him as an amateur. +His fellow-pupil was Ary Scheffer, who was alike by temperament +and antecedents the opposite of the <i>bizarre</i> Delacroix, and +the two remained antagonistic to the end of life. Delacroix’s +acknowledged power and yet want of success with artists and +critics—Thiers being his only advocate—perhaps mainly resulted +from his bravura and rude dash in the use of the brush, at a +time when smooth roundness of surface was general. His first +important picture, “Dante and Virgil,” was painted in his own +studio; and when Guérin went to see it he flew into a passion, +and told him his picture was absurd, detestable, exaggerated. +“Why ask me to come and see this? You knew what I must +say.” Yet his work was received at the Salon, and produced an +enthusiasm of debate (1822). Some said Géricault had worked +on it, but all treated it with respect. Still in private his position, +even after the larger tragic picture, the “Massacre of Chios,” had +been deposited in the Luxembourg by the government (1824), +became that of an Ishmaelite. The war for the freedom of Greece +then going on moved him deeply, and his next two pictures—“Marino +Faliero Decapitated on the Giant’s Staircase of the +Ducal Palace” (which has always remained a European success), +and “Greece Lamenting on the Ruins of Missolonghi”—with +many smaller works, were exhibited for the benefit of the +patriots in 1826. This exhibition was much visited by the public, +and next year he produced another of his important works, +“Sardanapalus,” from Byron’s drama. After this, he says, “I +became the abomination of painting, I was refused water and +salt,”—but, he adds with singularly happy naïveté, “J’étais +enchanté de moi-même!” The patrimony he inherited, or +perhaps it should be said, what remained of it, was 10,000 <i>livres +de rente</i>, and with economy he lived on this, and continued the +expensive process of painting large historical pictures. In 1831 +he reappeared in the Salon with six works, and immediately +after left for Morocco, where he found much congenial matter. +Delacroix never went to Italy; he refused to go on principle, +lest the old masters, either in spirit or manner, should impair +his originality and self-dependence. His greatest admiration in +literature was the poetry of Byron; Shakespeare also attracted +him for tragic inspirations; and of course classic subjects had +their turn of his easel.</p> + +<p>He continued his work indefatigably, having his pictures very +seldom favourably received at the Salon. These were sometimes +very large, full of incidents, with many figures. “Drawing of +Lots in the Boat at Sea,” from Byron’s <i>Don Juan</i>, and the +“Taking of Constantinople by the Christians” were of that +character, and the former was one of his noblest creations. In +1845 he was employed to decorate the library of the Luxembourg, +that of the chamber of deputies in 1847, the ceiling of the gallery +of Apollo in the Louvre in 1849 and that of the Salon de la Paix +in the hôtel de ville in 1853. He died on the 13th of August 1863, +and in August 1864 an exhibition of his works was opened on +the Boulevard des Italiens. It contained 174 pictures, many of +them of large dimensions, and 303 drawings, showing immense +perseverance as well as energy and versatility. As a colourist, +and a romantic painter, he now ranks among the greatest of +French artists.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See also A. Robaut, <i>Delacroix</i> (1885); E. Dargenty, <i>Delacroix par +lui-même</i> (1885); G. Moreau, <i>Delacroix et son œuvre</i> (1893); Dorothy +Bussy, <i>Eugène Delacroix</i> (1907).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE LA GARDIE, MAGNUS GABRIEL,<a name="ar153" id="ar153"></a></span> <span class="sc">Count</span> (1622-1686), +Swedish statesman, the best-known member of an ancient family +of French origin (the D’Escouperies of Languedoc) which had +been settled in Sweden since the 14th century. After a careful +education, completed by the usual grand tour, Magnus learned +the art of war under Gustavus Horn, and during the reign of +Christina (1644-1654), whose prime favourite he became, though +the liaison was innocent enough, he was raised to the highest +offices in the state and loaded with distinctions. In 1646 he was +sent at the head of an extraordinary mission to France, and on his +return married the queen’s cousin Marie Euphrosyne of Zweibrücken, +who, being but a poor princess, benefited greatly by her +wedding with the richest of the Swedish magnates. Immediately +afterwards, De la Gardie was made a senator, governor-general of +Saxony during the last stages of the Thirty Years’ War, and, in +1652, lord high treasurer. In 1653 he fell into disgrace and had +to withdraw from court. During the reign of Charles X. (1654-1660) +he was employed in the Baltic provinces both as a civilian +and a soldier, although in the latter capacity he gave the martial +king but little satisfaction. Charles X. nevertheless, in his last +will, appointed De la Gardie grand-chancellor and a member of +the council of regency which ruled Sweden during the minority +of Charles XI. (1660-1672). During this period De la Gardie was +the ruling spirit of the government and represented the party of +warlike adventure as opposed to the party of peace and economy +led by Counts Bonde and Brahe (<i>qq.v.</i>). After a severe struggle +De la Gardie’s party finally prevailed, and its triumph was +marked by that general decline of personal and political morality +which has given to this regency its unenviable reputation. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page942" id="page942"></a>942</span> +It was De la Gardie who first made Sweden the obsequious +hireling of the foreign power which had the longest purse. The +beginning of this shameful “subsidy policy” was the treaty of +Fontainebleau, 1661, by a secret paragraph of which Sweden, +in exchange for a considerable sum of money, undertook to +support the French candidate on the first vacancy of the Polish +throne. It was not, however, till the 14th of April 1672 that +Sweden, by the treaty of Stockholm, became a regular “mercenarius +Galliae,” pledging herself, in return for 400,000 <i>écus</i> per +annum in peace and 600,000 in war time, to attack with 16,000 +men those German princes who might be disposed to assist +Holland. The early disasters of the unlucky war of 1675-1679 +were rightly attributed to the carelessness, extravagance, procrastination +and general incompetence of De la Gardie and his +high aristocratic colleagues. In 1675 a special commission was +appointed to inquire into their conduct, and on the 27th of May +1682 it decided that the regents and the senate were solely +responsible for dilapidations of the realm, the compensation due +by them to the crown being assessed at 4,000,000 <i>daler</i> or £500,000. +De la Gardie was treated with relative leniency, but he “received +permission to retire to his estates for the rest of his life” and died +there in comparative poverty, a mere shadow of his former +magnificent self. The best sides of his character were his brilliant +social gifts and his intense devotion to literature and art.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Martin Veibull, <i>Sveriges Storhetstid</i> (Stockholm, 1881); <i>Sv. +Hist.</i> iv.; Robert Nisbet Bain, <i>Scandinavia</i> (Cambridge, 1905).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(R. N. B.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAGOA BAY<a name="ar154" id="ar154"></a></span> (Port. for the bay “of the lagoon”), an inlet +of the Indian Ocean on the east coast of South Africa, between +25° 40′ and 26° 20′ S., with a length from north to south of over +70 m. and a breadth of about 20 m. The bay is the northern +termination of the series of lagoons which line the coast from +Saint Lucia Bay. The opening is toward the N.E. The southern +part of the bay is formed by a peninsula, called the Inyak +peninsula, which on its inner or western side affords safe +anchorage. At its N.W. point is Port Melville. North of the +peninsula is Inyak Island, and beyond it a smaller island +known as Elephant’s Island.</p> + +<p>In spite of a bar at the entrance and a number of shallows +within, Delagoa Bay forms a valuable harbour, accessible to +large vessels at all seasons of the year. The surrounding country +is low and very unhealthy, but the island of Inyak has a height +of 240 ft., and is used as a sanatorium. A river 12 to 18 ft. deep, +known as the Manhissa or Komati, enters the bay at its northern +end; several smaller streams, the Matolla, the Umbelozi, and +the Tembi, from the Lebombo Mountains, meet towards the +middle of the bay in the estuary called by the Portuguese the +Espirito Santo, but generally known as the English river; and +the Maputa, which has its headwaters in the Drakensberg, enters +in the south, as also does the Umfusi river. These rivers are the +haunts of the hippopotamus and the crocodile.</p> + +<p>The bay was discovered by the Portuguese navigator Antonio +de Campo, one of Vasco da Gama’s companions, in 1502, and +the Portuguese post of Lourenço Marques was established not +long after on the north side of the English river. In 1720 the +Dutch East India Company built a fort and “factory” on the +spot where Lourenço Marques now stands; but in 1730 the +settlement was abandoned. Thereafter the Portuguese had—intermittently—trading +stations in the Espirito Santo. These +stations were protected by small forts, usually incapable, however, +of withstanding attacks by the natives. In 1823 Captain (afterwards +Vice-Admiral) W. F. W. Owen, of the British navy, finding +that the Portuguese exercised no jurisdiction south of the +settlement of Lourenço Marques, concluded treaties of cession +with native chiefs, hoisted the British flag, and appropriated the +country from the English river southwards; but when he visited +the bay again in 1824 he found that the Portuguese, disregarding +the British treaties, had concluded others with the natives, and +had endeavoured (unsuccessfully) to take military possession of +the country. Captain Owen rehoisted the British flag, but the +sovereignty of either power was left undecided till the claims of +the Transvaal Republic rendered a solution of the question +urgent. In the meantime Great Britain had taken no steps to +exercise authority on the spot, while the ravages of Zulu hordes +confined Portuguese authority to the limits of their fort. In +1835 Boers, under a leader named Orich, had attempted to form +a settlement on the bay, which is the natural outlet for the +Transvaal; and in 1868 the Transvaal president, Marthinus +Pretorius, claimed the country on each side of the Maputa down +to the sea. In the following year, however, the Transvaal +acknowledged Portugal’s sovereignty over the bay. In 1861 +Captain Bickford, R.N., had declared Inyak and Elephant +islands British territory; an act protested against by the +Lisbon authorities. In 1872 the dispute between Great Britain +and Portugal was submitted to the arbitration of M. Thiers, the +French president; and on the 19th of April 1875 his successor, +Marshal MacMahon, declared in favour of the Portuguese. It +had been previously agreed by Great Britain and Portugal that +the right of pre-emption in case of sale or cession should be given +to the unsuccessful claimant to the bay. Portuguese authority +over the interior was not established until some time after the +MacMahon award; nominally the country south of the Manhissa +river was ceded to them by the Matshangana chief Umzila in +1861. In 1889 another dispute arose between Portugal and Great +Britain in consequence of the seizure by the Portuguese of the +railway running from the bay to the Transvaal. This dispute was +referred to arbitration, and in 1900 Portugal was condemned to +pay nearly £1,000,000 in compensation to the shareholders in the +railway company. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Lourenço Marques</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Gazaland</a></span>.)</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>For an account of the Delagoa Bay arbitration proceedings see Sir +E. Hertslet, <i>The Map of Africa by Treaty</i>, iii. 991-998 (London, +1909). Consult also the British blue-book, <i>Delagoa Bay, Correspondence +respecting the Claims of Her Majesty’s Government</i> (London, 1875); +L. van Deventer, <i>La Hollande et la Baie Delagoa</i> (The Hague, 1883); +G. McC. Theal, <i>The Portuguese in South Africa</i> (London, 1896), and +<i>History of South Africa since September 1795</i>, vol. v. (London, 1908). +<i>The Narrative of Voyages to explore the shores of Africa ... performed +... under direction of Captain W. F. W. Owen, R.N.</i> (London, +1833) contains much interesting information concerning the district +in the early part of the 19th century.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAMBRE, JEAN BAPTISTE JOSEPH<a name="ar155" id="ar155"></a></span> (1749-1822), French +astronomer, was born at Amiens on the 19th of September +1749. His college course, begun at Amiens under the abbé +Jacques Delille, was finished in Paris, where he took a scholarship +at the college of Plessis. Despite extreme penury, he then +continued to study indefatigably ancient and modern languages, +history and literature, finally turning his attention to mathematics +and astronomy. In 1771 he became tutor to the son of +M. d’Assy, receiver-general of finances; and while acting in this +capacity, attended the lectures of J. J. Lalande, who, struck with +his remarkable acquirements, induced M. d’Assy in 1788 to install +an observatory for his benefit at his own residence. Here +Delambre observed and computed almost uninterruptedly, and +in 1790 obtained for his Tables of Uranus the prize offered by the +academy of sciences, of which body he was elected a member two +years later. He was admitted to the Institute on its organization +in 1795, and became, in 1803, perpetual secretary to its mathematical +section. He, moreover, belonged from 1795 to the +bureau of longitudes. From 1792 to 1799 he was occupied with +the measurement of the arc of the meridian extending from +Dunkirk to Barcelona, and published a detailed account of the +operations in <i>Base du système métrique</i> (3 vols., 1806, 1807, 1810), +for which he was awarded in 1810 the decennial prize of the +Institute. The first consul nominated him inspector-general of +studies; he succeeded Lalande in 1807 as professor of astronomy +at the Collège de France, and filled the office of treasurer to the +imperial university from 1808 until its suppression in 1815. +Delambre died at Paris on the 19th of August 1822. His last +years were devoted to researches into the history of science, +resulting in the successive publication of: <i>Histoire de l’astronomie +ancienne</i> (2 vols., 1817); <i>Histoire de l’astronomie au moyen âge</i> +(1819); <i>Histoire de l’astronomie moderne</i> (2 vols., 1821); and +<i>Histoire de l’astronomie au XVIII<span class="sp">e</span> siècle</i>, issued in 1827 under +the care of C. L. Mathieu. These books show marvellous erudition; +but some of the judgments expressed in them are warped +by prejudice; they are diffuse in style and overloaded with +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page943" id="page943"></a>943</span> +computations. He wrote besides: <i>Tables écliptiques des satellites +de Jupiter</i>, inserted in the third edition of J. J. Lalande’s <i>Astronomie</i> +(1792), and republished in an improved form by the +bureau of longitudes in 1817; <i>Méthodes analytiques pour la +détermination d’un arc du méridien</i> (1799); <i>Tables du soleil +(publiées par le bureau des longitudes)</i> (1806); <i>Rapport historique +sur les progrès des sciences mathématiques depuis l’an 1789</i> (1810); +<i>Abrégé d’astronomie</i> (1813); <i>Astronomie théorique et pratique</i> +(1814); &c.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See J. B. J. Fourier’s “Éloge” in <i>Mémoires de l’acad. des sciences</i>, +t. iv.; Ch. Dupin, <i>Revue encyclopédique</i>, t. xvi. (1822); <i>Biog. universelle</i>, +t. lxii. (C. L. Mathieu); Max. Marie, <i>Hist. des sciences</i>, x. 31; +R. Grant, <i>Hist. of Physical Astr.</i> pp. 96, 142, 165; R. Wolf, +<i>Geschichte der Astronomie</i>, p. 779, &c.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(A. M. C.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAMERE<a name="ar156" id="ar156"></a></span> (or <span class="sc">De la Mer</span>), <b>GEORGE BOOTH,</b> 1st <span class="sc">Baron</span> +(1622-1684), son of William Booth, a member of an ancient +family settled at Dunham Massey in Cheshire, and of Vere, +daughter and co-heir of Sir Thomas Egerton, was born in August +1622. He took an active part in the Civil War with his grandfather, +Sir George Booth, on the parliamentary side. He was +returned for Cheshire to the Long Parliament in 1645 and to +Cromwell’s parliaments of 1654 and 1656. In 1655 he was +appointed military commissioner for Cheshire and treasurer at +war. He was one of the excluded members who tried and failed +to regain their seats after the fall of Richard Cromwell in 1659. +He had for some time been regarded by the royalists as a well-wisher +to their cause, and was described to the king in May 1659 +as “very considerable in his country, a presbyterian in opinion, +yet so moral a man.... I think your Majesty may safely [rely] +on him and his promises which are considerable and hearty.”<a name="fa1o" id="fa1o" href="#ft1o"><span class="sp">1</span></a> +He now became one of the chief leaders of the new “royalists” +who at this time united with the cavaliers to effect the restoration. +A rising was arranged for the 5th of August in several +districts, and Booth took charge of operations in Cheshire, +Lancashire and North Wales. He got possession of Chester on +the 19th, issued a proclamation declaring that arms had been +taken up “in vindication of the freedom of parliament, of the +known laws, liberty and property,” and marched towards York. +The plot, however, was known to Thurloe. It had entirely failed +in other parts of the country, and Lambert advancing with his +forces defeated Booth’s men at Nantwich Bridge. Booth himself +escaped disguised as a woman, but was discovered at Newport +Pagnell on the 23rd in the act of shaving, and was imprisoned +in the Tower. He was, however, soon liberated, took his seat in +the parliament of 1659-1660, and was one of the twelve members +deputed to carry the message of the Commons to Charles II. at +the Hague. In July 1660 he received a grant of £10,000, having +refused the larger sum of £20,000 at first offered to him, and on +the 20th of April 1661, on the occasion of the coronation, he was +created Baron Delamere, with a licence to create six new knights. +The same year he was appointed <i>custos rotulorum</i> of Cheshire. +In later years he showed himself strongly antagonistic to the +reactionary policy of the government. He died on the 8th of +August 1684, and was buried at Bowdon. He married (1) Lady +Catherine Clinton, daughter and co-heir of Theophilus, 4th earl +of Lincoln, by whom he had one daughter; and (2) Lady +Elizabeth Grey, daughter of Henry, 1st earl of Stamford, by +whom, besides five daughters, he had seven sons, the second of +whom, Henry, succeeded him in the title and estates and was +created earl of Warrington. The earldom became extinct on the +death of the latter’s son, the 2nd earl, without male issue, in 1758, +and the barony of Delamere terminated in the person of the 4th +baron in 1770; the title was revived in 1821 in the Cholmondeley +family.</p> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1o" id="ft1o" href="#fa1o"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Clarendon, <i>State Papers</i>, iii. 472.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE LAND,<a name="ar157" id="ar157"></a></span> a town and the county-seat of Volusia county, +Florida, U.S.A., 111 m. by rail S. of Jacksonville, 20 m. from the +Atlantic coast and 4 m. from the St John’s river. Pop. (1900) +1449; (1910) 2812. De Land is served by the Atlantic Coast +Line and by steamboats on the St John’s river. It has a fine +winter climate, with an average temperature of 60° F., has +sulphur springs, and is a health and winter resort. There is a +starch factory here; and the surrounding country is devoted to +fruit-growing. De Land is the seat of the John B. Stetson +University (co-educational), an undenominational institution +under Baptist control, founded in 1884, as an academy, by +Henry A. De Land, a manufacturer of Fairport, New York, and +in 1887 incorporated under the name of De Land University, +which was changed in 1889 to the present name, in honour of +John Batterson Stetson (1830-1906), a Philadelphia manufacturer +of hats, who during his life gave nearly $500,000 to +the institution. The university includes a college of liberal arts, +a department of law, a school of technology, an academy, a +normal school, a model school, a business college and a school of +music. De Land was founded in 1876 by H. A. De Land, above +mentioned, who built a public school here in 1877 and a high +school in 1883.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELANE, JOHN THADEUS<a name="ar158" id="ar158"></a></span> (1817-1879), editor of <i>The Times</i> +(London), was born on the 11th of October 1817 in London. He +was the second son of Mr W. F. A. Delane, a barrister, of an +old Irish family, who about 1832 was appointed by Mr Walter +financial manager of <i>The Times</i>. While still a boy he attracted +Mr Walter’s attention, and it was always intended that he should +find work on the paper. He received a good general education at +private schools and King’s College, London, and also at Magdalen +Hall, Oxford; after taking his degree in 1840 he at once began +work on the paper, though later he read for the bar, being called +in 1847. In 1841 he succeeded Thomas Barnes as editor, a post +which he occupied for thirty-six years. He from the first obtained +the best introductions into society and the chief political circles, +and had a position there such as no journalist had previously +enjoyed, using his opportunities with a sure intuition for the way +in which events would move. His staff included some of the +most brilliant men of the day, who worked together with a +common ideal. The result to the paper, which in those days +had hardly any real competitor in English journalism, was an +excellence of information which gave it great power. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Newspapers</a></span>.) +Delane was a man of many interests and great judgment; +capable of long application and concentrated attention, +with power to seize always on the main point at issue, and rapidly +master the essential facts in the most complicated affair. His +general policy was to keep the paper a national organ of opinion +above party, but with a tendency to sympathize with the Liberal +movements of the day. He admired Palmerston and respected +Lord Aberdeen, and was of considerable use to both; and it was +Lord Aberdeen himself who, in 1845, told him of the impending +repeal of the Corn Laws, an incident round which many incorrect +stories have gathered. The history, however, of the events +during the thirteen administrations, between 1841 and 1877, in +which <i>The Times</i>, and therefore Delane, played an important +part cannot here be recapitulated. In 1877 his health gave way, +and he retired from the editorship; and on the 22nd of November +1879 he died at Ascot.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>A biography by his nephew, Arthur Irwin Dasent, was published +in 1908.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELANY, MARY GRANVILLE<a name="ar159" id="ar159"></a></span> (1700-1788), an Englishwoman +of literary tastes, was born at Coulston, Wilts, on the +14th of May 1700. She was a niece of the 1st Lord Lansdowne. +In 1717 or 1718 she was unhappily married to Alexander +Pendarves, a rich old Cornish landowner, who died in 1724. +During a visit to Ireland she met Dean Swift and his intimate +friend, the Irish divine, Patrick Delany, whose second wife she +became in 1743. After his death in 1768 she passed all her +summers with her bosom friend the dowager duchess of Portland—Prior’s +“Peggy”—and when the latter died George III. and +Queen Charlotte, whose affection for their “dearest Mrs Delany” +seems to have been most genuine, gave her a small house at +Windsor and a pension of £300 a year. Fanny Burney (Madame +D’Arblay) was introduced to her in 1783, and frequently visited +her at her London home and at Windsor, and owed to her friendship +her court appointment. At this time Mrs Delany was a +charming and sweet old lady, with a reputation for cutting out +and making the ingenious “paper mosaiks” now in the British +Museum; she had known every one worth knowing in her day, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page944" id="page944"></a>944</span> +had corresponded with Swift and Young, and left an interesting +picture of the polite but commonplace English society of the +18th century in her six volumes of <i>Autobiography and Letters</i>. +Burke calls her “a real fine lady”—“the model of an accomplished +woman of former times.” She died on the 15th of April +1788.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE LA REY, JACOBUS HERCULES<a name="ar160" id="ar160"></a></span> (1847-  ), Boer soldier, +was born in the Lichtenburg district, and in his youth and early +manhood saw much service in savage warfare. In 1893 he +entered the Volksraad of the South African Republic, and was +an active supporter of the policy of General Joubert. At the +outbreak of the war with Great Britain in 1899 De La Rey was +made a general, and he was engaged in the western campaign +against Lord Methuen and Lord Roberts. He won his first great +success at Nitral’s Nek on the 11th of July 1900, where he +compelled the surrender of a strong English detachment. In +the second or guerrilla stage of the war De La Rey became one of +the most conspicuously successful of the Boer leaders. He was +assistant to General Louis Botha and a member of the government, +with charge of operations in the western Transvaal. The +principal actions in which he was successful (see also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Transvaal</a></span>: +<i>History</i>) were Nooitgedacht, Vlakfontein and the defeat and +capture of Lord Methuen at Klerksdorp (March 7, 1902). The +British general was severely wounded in the action, and De La +Rey released him at once, being unable to afford him proper +medical assistance. This humanity and courtesy marked De +La Rey’s conduct throughout the war, and even more than his +military skill and daring earned for him the esteem of his enemies. +After the conclusion of peace De La Rey, who had borne a +prominent part in the negotiations, visited Europe with the +other generals, with the intention of raising funds to enable the +Boers to resettle their country. In December 1903 he went on a +mission to India, and induced the whole of the Boer prisoners of +war detained at Ahmednagar to accept the new order of things +and to take the oath of allegiance. In February 1907 General +De La Rey was returned unopposed as member for Ventersdorp +in the legislative assembly of the first Transvaal parliament under +self-government.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE LA RIVE, AUGUSTE ARTHUR<a name="ar161" id="ar161"></a></span> (1801-1873), Swiss +physicist, was born at Geneva on the 9th of October 1801. He +was the son of Charles Gaspard de la Rive (1770-1834), who +studied medicine at Edinburgh, and after practising for a few +years in London, became professor of pharmaceutical chemistry +at the academy of Geneva in 1802 and rector in 1823. After +a brilliant career as a student, he was appointed at the age of +twenty-two to the chair of natural philosophy in the academy +of Geneva. For some years after his appointment he devoted +himself specially, with François Marcet (1803-1883), to the +investigation of the specific heat of gases, and to observations +for determining the temperature of the earth’s crust. Electrical +studies, however, engaged most of his attention, especially in +connexion with the theory of the voltaic cell and the electric +discharge in rarefied gases. His researches on the last-mentioned +subject led him to form a new theory of the aurora borealis. +In 1840 he described a process for the electro-gilding of silver and +brass, for which in the following year he received a prize of 3000 +francs from the French Academy of Sciences. Between 1854 +and 1858 he published a <i>Traité de l’électricité théorique et appliquée</i>, +which was translated into several languages. De la Rive’s birth +and fortune gave him considerable social and political influence. +He was distinguished for his hospitality to literary and scientific +men, and for his interest in the welfare and independence of his +native country. In 1860, when the annexation of Savoy and Nice +had led the Genevese to fear French aggression, de la Rive was +sent by his fellow-citizens on a special embassy to England, and +succeeded in securing a declaration from the English government, +which was communicated privately to that of France, that any +attack upon Geneva would be regarded as a <i>casus belli</i>. On the +occasion of this visit the university of Oxford conferred upon de +la Rive the honorary degree of D.C.L. When on his way to pass +the winter at Cannes he died suddenly at Marseilles on the 27th +of November 1873.</p> + +<p>His son, <span class="sc">Lucien de la Rive</span>, born at Geneva on the 3rd of +April 1834, published papers on various mathematical and +physical subjects, and with Édouard Sarasin carried out investigations +on the propagation of electric waves.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAROCHE, HIPPOLYTE,<a name="ar162" id="ar162"></a></span> commonly known as <span class="sc">Paul</span> +(1797-1856), French painter, was born in Paris on the 17th of July +1797. His father was an expert who had made a fortune, to some +extent, by negotiating and cataloguing, buying and selling. He +was proud of his son’s talent, and able to forward his artistic +education. The master selected was Gros, then painting life-size +histories, and surrounded by many pupils. In no haste to make +an appearance in the Salon, his first exhibited picture was a large +one, “Josabeth saving Joas” (1822). This picture led to his acquaintance +with Géricault and Delacroix, with whom he remained +on the most friendly terms, the three forming the central group +of a numerous body of historical painters, such as perhaps never +before lived in one locality and at one time.</p> + +<p>From 1822 the record of his life is to be found in the successive +works coming from his hand. He visited Italy in 1838 and 1843, +when his father-in-law, Horace Vernet, was director of the French +Academy. His studio in Paris was in the rue Mazarine, where he +never spent a day without some good result, his hand being sure +and his knowledge great. His subjects, definitely expressed and +popular in their manner of treatment, illustrating certain views +of history dear to partisans, yet romantic in their general interest, +were painted with a firm, solid, smooth surface, which gave an +appearance of the highest finish. This solidity, found also on the +canvas of Vernet, Scheffer, Leopold Robert and Ingres, was the +manner of the day. It repudiates the technical charm of texture +and variety of handling which the English school inherited as a +tradition from the time of Reynolds; but it is more easily understood +by the world at large, since a picture so executed depends +for its interest rather on the history, scene in nature or object +depicted, than on the executive skill, which may or may not be +critically appreciated. We may add that his point of view of +the historical characters which he treated is not always just. +“Cromwell lifting the Coffin-lid and looking at the Body of +Charles” is an incident only to be excused by an improbable +tradition; but “The King in the Guard-Room,” with villainous +roundhead soldiers blowing tobacco smoke in his patient face, +is a libel on the Puritans; and “Queen Elizabeth dying on the +Ground,” like a she-dragon no one dares to touch, is sensational; +while the “Execution of Lady Jane Grey” is represented as taking +place in a dungeon. Nothing can be more incorrect than this last +as a reading of English history, yet we forget the inaccuracy in +admiration of the treatment which represents Lady Jane, with +bandaged sight, feeling for the block, her maids covering their +faces, and none with their eyes visible among the many figures. +On the other hand, “Strafford led to Execution,” when Laud +stretches his lawn-covered arms out of the small high window +of his cell to give him a blessing as he passes along the corridor, +is perfect; and the splendid scene of Richelieu in his gorgeous +barge, preceding the boat containing Cinq-Mars and De Thou +carried to execution by their guards, is perhaps the most dramatic +semi-historical work ever done. “The Princes in the Tower” +must also be mentioned as a very complete creation; and the +“Young female Martyr floating dead on the Tiber” is so pathetic +that criticism feels hard-hearted and ashamed before it. As a +realization of a page of authentic history, again, no picture can +surpass the “Assassination of the duc de Guise at Blois.” The +expression of the murdered man stretched out by the side of the +bed, the conspirators all massed together towards the door and +far from the body, show exact study as well as insight into human +nature. This work was exhibited in his meridian time, 1835; +and in the same year he exhibited the “Head of an Angel,” a +study from Horace Vernet’s young daughter Louise, his love for +whom was the absorbing passion of his life, and from the shock of +whose death, in 1845, it is said he never quite recovered. By far +his finest productions after her death are of the most serious +character, a sequence of small elaborate pictures of incidents in +the Passion. Two of these, the Virgin and the other Maries, with +the apostles Peter and John, within a nearly dark apartment, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page945" id="page945"></a>945</span> +hearing the crowd as it passes haling Christ to Calvary, and St +John conducting the Virgin home again after all is over, are +beyond all praise as exhibiting the divine story from a simply +human point of view. They are pure and elevated, and also +dramatic and painful. Delaroche was not troubled by ideals, +and had no affectation of them. His sound but hard execution +allowed no mystery to intervene between him and his <i>motif</i>, +which was always intelligible to the million, so that he escaped all +the waste of energy that painters who try to be poets on canvas +suffer. Thus it is that essentially the same treatment was applied +by him to the characters of distant historical times, the founders +of the Christian religion, and the real people of his own day, +such as “Napoleon at Fontainebleau,” or “Napoleon at St +Helena,” or “Marie Antoinette leaving the Convention” after +her sentence.</p> + +<p>In 1837 Delaroche received the commission for the great picture, +27 mètres long, in the hemicycle of the lecture theatre of the École +des Beaux Arts. This represents the great artists of the modern +ages assembled in groups on either hand of a central elevation of +white marble steps, on the topmost of which are three thrones +filled by the architects and sculptors of the Parthenon. To +supply the female element in this vast composition he introduced +the genii or muses, who symbolize or reign over the arts, +leaning against the balustrade of the steps, beautiful and queenly +figures with a certain antique perfection of form, but not informed +by any wonderful or profound expression. The portrait figures +are nearly all unexceptionable and admirable. This great and +successful work is on the wall itself, an inner wall however, and is +executed in oil. It was finished in 1841, and considerably injured +by a fire which occurred in 1855, which injury he immediately +set himself to remedy (finished by Robert-Fleury); but he died +before he had well begun, on the 4th of November 1856.</p> + +<p>Personally Delaroche exercised even a greater influence than +by his works. Though short and not powerfully made, he impressed +every one as rather tall than otherwise; his physiognomy +was accentuated and firm, and his fine forehead gave him the +air of a minister of state.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Rees, <i>Delaroche</i> (London, 1880).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(W. B. Sc.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELARUE, GERVAIS<a name="ar162a" id="ar162a"></a></span> (1751-1835), French historical investigator, +formerly regarded as one of the chief authorities on +Norman and Anglo-Norman literature, was a native of Caen. +He received his education at the university of that town, and was +ultimately raised to the rank of professor. His first historical +enterprise was interrupted by the French Revolution, which +forced him to take refuge in England, where he took the opportunity +of examining a vast mass of original documents in the +Tower and elsewhere, and received much encouragement, from +Sir Walter Scott among others. From England he passed over to +Holland, still in prosecution of his favourite task; and there he +remained till in 1798 he returned to France. The rest of his life +was spent in his native town, where he was chosen principal of +his university. While in England he had been elected a member +of the Royal Society of Antiquaries; and in his own country he +was made a corresponding member of the Institute, and was +enrolled in the Legion of Honour. Besides numerous articles +in the <i>Memoirs of the Royal Society of London</i>, the <i>Mémoires de +l’Institut</i>, the <i>Mémoires de la Société d’Agriculture de Caen</i>, and +in other periodical collections, he published separately <i>Essais +historiques sur les Bardes, les Jongleurs, et les Trouvères normands +et anglo-normands</i> (3 vols., 1834), and <i>Recherches historiques sur +la Prairie de Caen</i> (1837); and after his death appeared <i>Mémoires +historiques sur le palinod de Caen</i> (1841), <i>Recherches sur la +tapisserie de Bayeux</i> (1841), and <i>Nouveaux Essais historiques +sur la ville de Caen</i> (1842). In all his writings he displays a +strong partiality for everything Norman, and rates the Norman +influence on French and English literature as of the very highest +moment.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE LA RUE, WARREN<a name="ar163" id="ar163"></a></span> (1815-1889), British astronomer and +chemist, son of Thomas De la Rue, the founder of the large firm +of stationers of that name in London, was born in Guernsey on +the 18th of January 1815. Having completed his education in +Paris, he entered his father’s business, but devoted his leisure +hours to chemical and electrical researches, and between 1836 and +1848 published several papers on these subjects. Attracted to +astronomy by the influence of James Nasmyth, he constructed +in 1850 a 13-in. reflecting telescope, mounted first at Canonbury, +later at Cranford, Middlesex, and with its aid executed many +drawings of the celestial bodies of singular beauty and fidelity. +His chief title to fame, however, is his pioneering work in the +application of the art of photography to astronomical research. +In 1851 his attention was drawn to a daguerreotype of the moon +by G. P. Bond, shown at the great exhibition of that year. +Excited to emulation and employing the more rapid wet-collodion +process, he succeeded before long in obtaining exquisitely defined +lunar pictures, which remained unsurpassed until the appearance +of the Rutherfurd photographs in 1865. In 1854 he turned his +attention to solar physics, and for the purpose of obtaining a +daily photographic representation of the state of the solar surface +he devised the photo-heliograph, described in his report to the +British Association, “On Celestial Photography in England” +(1859), and in his Bakerian Lecture (<i>Phil. Trans.</i> vol. clii. pp. +333-416). Regular work with this instrument, inaugurated at +Kew by De la Rue in 1858, was carried on there for fourteen years; +and was continued at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, from +1873 to 1882. The results obtained in the years 1862-1866 were +discussed in two memoirs, entitled “Researches on Solar Physics,” +published by De la Rue, in conjunction with Professor Balfour +Stewart and Mr B. Loewy, in the <i>Phil. Trans.</i> (vol. clix. pp. 1-110, +and vol. clx. pp. 389-496). In 1860 De la Rue took the photo-heliograph +to Spain for the purpose of photographing the total +solar eclipse which occurred on the 18th of July of that year. +This expedition formed the subject of the Bakerian Lecture +already referred to. The photographs obtained on that occasion +proved beyond doubt the solar character of the prominences or +red flames, seen around the limb of the moon during a solar +eclipse. In 1873 De la Rue gave up active work in astronomy, +and presented most of his astronomical instruments to the +university observatory, Oxford. Subsequently, in the year 1887, +he provided the same observatory with a 13-in. refractor to +enable it to take part in the International Photographic Survey +of the Heavens. With Dr Hugo Müller as his collaborator he +published several papers of a chemical character between the +years 1856 and 1862, and investigated, 1868-1883, the discharge +of electricity through gases by means of a battery of 14,600 +chloride of silver cells. He was twice president of the Chemical +Society, and also of the Royal Astronomical Society (1864-1866). +In 1862 he received the gold medal of the latter society, and in +1864 a Royal medal from the Royal Society, for his observations +on the total eclipse of the sun in 1860, and for his improvements +in astronomical photography. He died in London on the 19th +of April 1889.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>Monthly Notices Roy. Astr. Soc.</i> l. 155; <i>Journ. Chem. Soc.</i> +lvii. 441; <i>Nature</i>, xl. 26; <i>The Times</i> (April 22, 1889); Royal +Society, <i>Catalogue of Scientific Papers</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELATOR,<a name="ar164" id="ar164"></a></span> in Roman history, properly one who gave notice +(<i>deferre</i>) to the treasury officials of moneys that had become due +to the imperial fisc. This special meaning was extended to those +who lodged information as to punishable offences, and further, to +those who brought a public accusation (whether true or not) +against any person (especially with the object of getting money). +Although the word <i>delator</i> itself, for “common informer,” is +confined to imperial times, the right of public accusation had +long been in existence. When exercised from patriotic and disinterested +motives, its effects were beneficial; but the moment +the principle of reward was introduced, this was no longer the case. +Sometimes the accuser was rewarded with the rights of citizenship, +a place in the senate, or a share of the property of the +accused. At the end of the republican period, Cicero (<i>De +Officiis</i>, ii. 14) expresses his opinion that such accusations should +be undertaken only in the interests of the state or for other urgent +reasons. Under the empire the system degenerated into an abuse, +which reached its height during the reign of Tiberius, although +the delators continued to exercise their activity till the reign +of Theodosius. They were drawn from all classes of society,—patricians, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page946" id="page946"></a>946</span> +knights, freedmen, slaves, philosophers, literary men, +and, above all, lawyers. The objects of their attacks were the +wealthy, all possible rivals of the emperor, and those whose +conduct implied a reproach against the imperial mode of life. +Special opportunities were afforded by the law of majestas, +which (originally directed against attacks on the ruler by word +or deed) came to include all kinds of accusations with which it +really had nothing to do; indeed, according to Tacitus, a charge +of treason was regularly added to all criminal charges. The +chief motive for these accusations was no doubt the desire of +amassing wealth,<a name="fa1p" id="fa1p" href="#ft1p"><span class="sp">1</span></a> since by the law of majestas one-fourth of the +goods of the accused, even if he committed suicide in order to +avoid confiscation (which was always carried out in the case +of those condemned to capital punishment), was assured to the +accuser (who was hence called <i>quadruplator</i>). Pliny and Martial +mention instances of enormous fortunes amassed by those who +carried on this hateful calling. But it was not without its dangers. +If the delator lost his case or refused to carry it through, he was +liable to the same penalties as the accused; he was exposed to +the risk of vengeance at the hands of the proscribed in the event +of their return, or of their relatives; while emperors like Tiberius +would have no scruples about banishing or putting out of the +way those of his creatures for whom he had no further use, and +who might have proved dangerous to himself. Under the better +emperors a reaction set in, and the severest penalties were +inflicted upon the delators. Titus drove into exile or reduced +to slavery those who had served Nero, after they had first been +flogged in the amphitheatre. The abuse naturally reappeared +under a man like Domitian; the delators, with whom Vespasian +had not interfered, although he had abolished trials for majestas, +were again banished by Trajan, and threatened with capital +punishment in an edict of Constantine; but, as has been said, +the evil, which was an almost necessary accompaniment of +autocracy, lasted till the end of the 4th century.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Mayor’s note on Juvenal iv. 48 for ancient authorities; +C. Merivale, <i>Hist. of the Romans under the Empire</i>, chap. 44; +W. Rein, <i>Criminalrecht der Römer</i> (1842); T. Mommsen, <i>Römisches +Strafrecht</i> (1899); Kleinfeller in Pauly-Wissowa’s <i>Realencyclopädie</i>.</p> +</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1p" id="ft1p" href="#fa1p"><span class="fn">1</span></a> “Delatores, genus hominum publico exitio repertum ... per +praemia eliciebantur” (Tacitus, <i>Annals</i>, iv. 30).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAUNAY, ELIE<a name="ar165" id="ar165"></a></span> (1828-1891), French painter, was born at +Nantes and studied under Flandrin and at the École des Beaux +Arts. He worked in the classicist manner of Ingres until, after +winning the Prix de Rome, he went to Italy in 1856, and +abandoned the ideal of Raphaelesque perfection for the sincerity +and severity of the quattrocentists. As a pure and firm +draughtsman he stands second only to Ingres. After his return +from Rome he was entrusted with many important commissions +for decorative paintings, such as the frescoes in the church of St +Nicholas at Nantes; the three panels of “Apollo,” “Orpheus” +and “Amphion” at the Paris opera-house; and twelve paintings +for the great hall of the council of state in the Palais Royal. His +“Scenes from the Life of St Geneviève,” which he designed for +the Pantheon, remained unfinished at his death. The Luxembourg +Museum has his famous “Plague in Rome” and a nude +figure of “Diana”; and the Nantes Museum, the “Lesson on +the Flute.” In the last decade of his life he achieved great +popularity as a portrait painter.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAUNAY, LOUIS ARSÈNE<a name="ar166" id="ar166"></a></span> (1826-1903), French actor, +was born in Paris, the son of a wine-seller. He studied at the +Conservatoire, and made his first formal appearance on the stage +in 1845, in <i>Tartuffe</i> at the Odéon. After three years at this house +he made his début at the Comédie Française as Dorante in +Corneille’s <i>Le Menteur</i>, and began a long and brilliant career in +young lover parts. He continued to act as <i>jeune premier</i> until he +was sixty, his grace, marvellous diction and passion enchanting +his audiences. It was especially in the plays of Alfred de Musset +that his gifts found their happiest expression. In the thirty-seven +years during which he was a member of the Comédie Française, +Delaunay took or created nearly two hundred parts. He retired +in 1887, having been made a chevalier of the Legion of Honour +in 1883.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAVIGNE, JEAN FRANÇOIS CASIMIR<a name="ar167" id="ar167"></a></span> (1793-1843), French +poet and dramatist, was born on the 4th of April 1793 at Havre. +His father sent him at an early age to Paris, there to be educated +at the Lycée Napoléon. Constitutionally of an ardent and sympathetic +temperament, he enlarged his outlook by extensive +miscellaneous reading. On the 20th of March 1811 the empress +Marie Louise gave birth to a son, named in his very cradle king +of Rome. This event was celebrated by Delavigne in a <i>Dithyrambe +sur la naissance du roi de Rome</i>, which secured for him a +sinecure in the revenue office.</p> + +<p>About this time he competed twice for an academy prize, but +without success. Delavigne, inspired by the catastrophe of 1815, +wrote two impassioned poems, the first entitled Waterloo, the +second, <i>Dévastation du musée</i>, both written in the heat of patriotic +enthusiasm, and teeming with popular political allusions. A +third, but of inferior merit, <i>Sur le besoin de s’unir après le départ +des étrangers</i>, was afterwards added. These stirring pieces, +termed by him <i>Messéniennes</i>, sounded a keynote which found +an echo in the hearts of all. Twenty-five thousand copies were +sold; Delavigne was famous. He was appointed to an honorary +librarianship, with no duties to discharge. In 1819 his play +<i>Les vêpres Siciliennes</i> was performed at the Odéon, then just +rebuilt; it had previously been refused for the Théâtre Français. +On the night of the first representation, which was warmly +received, Picard, the manager, threw himself into the arms of +his elated friend, exclaiming, “You have saved us! You are +the founder of the second French Theatre.” This success was +followed up by the production of the <i>Comédiens</i> (1820), a poor +play, with little plot, and the <i>Paria</i> (1821), with still less, but +containing some well-written choruses. The latter piece obtained +a longer lease of life than its intrinsic literary merits warranted, +on account of the popularity of the political opinions freely +expressed in it—so freely expressed, indeed, that the displeasure +of the king was incurred, and Delavigne lost his post. But Louis +Philippe, duke of Orleans, willing to gain the people’s good +wishes by complimenting their favourite, wrote to him as follows: +“The thunder has descended on your house; I offer you an +apartment in mine.” Accordingly Delavigne became librarian +at the Palais Royal, a position retained during the remainder of +his life. It was here that he wrote the <i>École des vieillards</i> (1823), +his best comedy, which gained his election to the Academy in +1825. To this period also belong <i>La Princesse Aurélie</i> (1828), +and <i>Marino Faliero</i> (1829), a drama in the romantic style.</p> + +<p>For his success as a writer Delavigne was in no small measure +indebted to the stirring nature of the times in which he lived. +The <i>Messéniennes</i>, which first introduced him to universal +notice, had their origin in the excitement consequent on the +occupation of France by the allies in 1815. Another crisis in his +life and in the history of his country, the revolution of 1830, +stimulated him to the production of a second masterpiece, <i>La +Parisienne</i>. This song, set to music by Auber, was on the lips +of every Frenchman, and rivalled in popularity the <i>Marseillaise</i>. +A companion piece, <i>La Varsovienne</i>, was written for the Poles, +by whom it was sung on the march to battle. Other works of +Delavigne followed each other in rapid succession—<i>Louis XI</i> +(1832), <i>Les Enfants d’Édouard</i> (1833), <i>Don Juan d’Autriche</i> +(1835), <i>Une Famille au temps du Luther</i> (1836), <i>La Popularité</i> +(1838), <i>La Fille du Cid</i> (1839), <i>Le Conseiller rapporteur</i> (1840), +and <i>Charles VI</i> (1843), an opera partly written by his brother. +In 1843 he quitted Paris to seek in Italy the health his labours +had cost him. At Lyons his strength altogether gave way, and +he died on the 11th of December.</p> + +<p>By many of his own time Delavigne was looked upon as +unsurpassed and unsurpassable. Every one bought and read +his works. But the applause of the moment was gained at the +sacrifice of lasting fame. As a writer he had many excellences. +He expressed himself in a terse and vigorous style. The poet of +reason rather than of imagination, he recognized his own province, +and was rarely tempted to flights of fancy beyond his powers. +He wrote always as he would have spoken, from sincere conviction. +In private life he was in every way estimable,—upright, +amiable, devoid of all jealousy, and generous to a fault.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page947" id="page947"></a>947</span></p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>His <i>Poésies</i> and his <i>Théâtre</i> were published in 1863. His <i>Œuvres +complètes</i> (new edition, 1855) contains a biographical notice by his +brother, Germain Delavigne, who is best known as a librettist +in opera. See also Sainte-Beuve, <i>Portraits littéraires</i>, vol. v.; +A. Favrot, <i>Étude sur Casimir Delavigne</i> (1894); and F. Vuacheux, +<i>Casimir Delavigne</i> (1893).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAWARE,<a name="ar168" id="ar168"></a></span> a South Atlantic state of the United States of +America, one of the thirteen original states, situated between +38° 27′ and 39° 50′ N. lat. and between 75° 2′ and 75° 47′ W. +long. (For map see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Maryland</a></span>.) It is bounded N. and N.W. +by Pennsylvania, E. by the Delaware river and Delaware Bay, +which separate it from New Jersey, and by the Atlantic Ocean; +S. and W. by Maryland. With the exception of Rhode Island +it is the smallest state in the Union, its area being 2370 sq. m., +of which 405 sq. m. are water surface.</p> + +<p><i>Physical Features.</i>—Delaware lies on the Atlantic coastal plain, +and is for the most part level and relatively low, its average +elevation above the sea being about 50 ft. It is situated in the +eastern part of the peninsula formed by Chesapeake Bay and the +estuary of the Delaware river. In the extreme N. the country is +rolling, with moderately high hills, moderately deep valleys and +rapid streams. West of Wilmington there rises a ridge which +crosses the state in a north-westerly direction and forms a watershed +between Christiana and Brandywine creeks, its highest +elevation above sea-level being 280 ft. South of the Christiana +there begins another elevation, sandy and marshy, which extends +almost the entire length of the state from N.W. to S.E., and forms +a second water-parting. The streams that drain the state are +small and insignificant. Those of the N. flow into Brandywine +and Christiana creeks, whose estuary into Delaware river forms +Wilmington harbour; those of the S.W. have a common outlet +in the Nanticoke river of Maryland; those of the E. empty into +Delaware Bay and the Atlantic Ocean. The principal harbours +are those of Wilmington, New Castle and Lewes. The shore of +the bay is marshy, that of the Atlantic is sandy. In Kent county +there are more than 60,000 acres of tidal marshland, some of +which has been reclaimed by means of dykes; Cypress Swamp +in the extreme S. has an area of 50,000 acres. The soils of the N. +are clays, sometimes mixed with loam; those of the central part +are mainly loams; while those of the S. are sands.</p> + +<p>Minerals are found only in the N. part of the state. Those of +economic value are kaolin, mined chiefly in the vicinity of +Hockessin, New Castle county, the static kaolin product being +exceeded in 1903 only by that of Pennsylvania among the states +of the United States; granite, used for road-making and rough +construction work, found near Wilmington; and brick and tile +clays; but the value of their total product in 1902 was less +than $500,000. In 1906 the total mineral product was valued +at $814,126, of which $237,768 represented clay products and +$146,346 stone. In 1902 only 2.2% of the wage-earners were +engaged in mining.</p> + +<p>The forests, which once afforded excellent timber, including +white oak for shipbuilding, have been greatly reduced by constant +cutting; in 1900 it was estimated that 700 sq. m. were +wooded, but practically none of this stand was of commercial +importance. The fisheries, chiefly oyster, sturgeon and shad, +yield an annual product valued at about $250,000.</p> + +<p>The proximity of the Delaware and Chesapeake bays help to +give Delaware a mild and temperate climate. The mean annual +temperature is approximately 55° F., ranging from 52° in the S. +to 56° in the N., and the extremes of heat and cold are 103° in +the summer and -17° in the winter. The annual rainfall, greater +on the coast than inland, ranges from 40 to 45 in.</p> + +<p><i>Industry and Trade.</i>—Delaware is pre-eminently an agricultural +state. In 1900 85% of its total land surface was enclosed +in farms—a slight decline since 1880. Seven-tenths of this was +improved land, and the expenditure per farm for fertilizers, +greater in 1890 than the average of the Atlantic states, approximated +$55 per farm in 1900. In 1899 Delaware spent more per +acre for fertilizers than any of the other states except New +Jersey, Rhode Island and Maryland. The average size of farms, +as in the other states, has declined, falling from 124.6 acres in +1880 to 110.1 acres in 1900. A large proportion of farms (49.7%) +were operated by the owners, and the prevailing form of tenantry +was the share system by which 42.5% of the farms were cultivated, +while 8.24% of the farms were operated by negroes; these +represented less than 4% of the total value of farm property, +the average value of farms operated by negroes being $17 per +acre, that of farms operated by whites, $23 per acre. The total +value of farm products in 1900 was $9,190,777, an increase of +30% over that of 1890, while the cultivation of cereals suffered +on account of the competition of the western states. Indian corn +and wheat form the two largest crops, their product in 1900 being +respectively 24% and 52% greater than in 1890; but these +crops when compared with those of other states are relatively +unimportant. In 1906 the acreage of Indian corn was 196,472 +acres with a yield of 5,894,160 bushels valued at $2,475,547, and +the acreage of wheat was 121,745 acres with a yield of 1,947,920 +bushels valued at $1,383,023. The value of the fruit crop, for +which Delaware has long been noted, also increased during the +same decade, but disease and frost caused a marked decline in +the production of peaches, a loss balanced by an increased +production of apples, pears and other orchard fruits. Large +quantities of small fruits, particularly of strawberries, raspberries +and blackberries, are produced, the southern portion of Sussex +county being particularly favourable for strawberry culture. +The vicissitudes of fruit raising have also caused increasing +attention to be paid to market gardening, dairying and stock +raising, particularly to market gardening, an industry which is +favoured by the proximity of large cities. The same influence +also explains, partly at least, the decrease (of 13%) in the value +of farm property between 1890 and 1900.</p> + +<p>The development of manufacturing in Delaware has not been +so extensive as its favourable situation relative to the other +states, the facilities for water and railway transportation, and the +proximity of the coal and iron fields of Pennsylvania, would seem +to warrant. In 1905 the wage-earners engaged in manufacturing +(under the factory system) numbered 18,475, and the total +capital invested in manufacturing was $50,925,630; the gross +value of products was $41,160,276; the net value (deducting +the value of material purchased in partly manufactured form) +was $16,276,470. The principal industry was the manufacture +of iron and steel products, which, including steel and rolling +mills, car, foundry and machine shops, and shipyards, represented +more than 30% of the total capital, and approximately +25% of the total gross product of the manufactures in the state. +The tanning, currying and finishing of leather ranks second in +importance, with a gross product ($10,250,842) 9% greater than +that of 1900, and constituting about one-fourth of the gross +factory product of the state in 1905; and the manufacture of +food products ranked third, the value of the products of the fruit +canning and preserving industry having more than doubled in +the decade 1890-1900, but falling off a little more than 7% in +1900-1905. The manufacture of paper and wood pulp showed +an increased product in 1905 19.1% greater than in 1900; and +flour and grist mill products were valued in 1905 43.6% higher +than in 1900. In the grand total of manufactured products, +however, the state showed in 1905 a decrease of 4% from 1900. +The great manufacturing centre is Wilmington, where in 1905 +almost two-thirds of the capital was invested, and nearly three-fourths +of the product was turned out. There is much manufacturing +also at New Castle.</p> + +<p>Delaware has good facilities for transportation. Its railway +mileage in January 1907 was 333.6 m; the Philadelphia, +Baltimore & Washington (Pennsylvania system), the Baltimore +& Philadelphia (Baltimore & Ohio system), and the Wilmington +& Northern (Philadelphia & Reading system) cross the northern +part of the state, while the Delaware railway (leased by the +Philadelphia, Baltimore & Washington) runs the length of +the state below Wilmington, and another line, the Maryland, +Delaware & Virginia (controlled by the Baltimore, Chesapeake & +Atlantic railway, which is related to the Pennsylvania system), +connects Lewes, Del., with Love Point, Md., on the Chesapeake +Bay. There is no state railway commission, and the farmers of +southern Delaware have suffered from excessive freight rates. +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page948" id="page948"></a>948</span> +The Delaware & Chesapeake Canal (13½ m. long, 66 ft. wide +and 10 ft. deep) crosses the N. part of the state, connecting +Delaware river and Chesapeake Bay, and thus affords transportation +by water from Baltimore to Philadelphia. The canal +was completed in 1829; in 1907 a commission appointed by +the president to report on a route for a waterway between +Chesapeake and Delaware bays selected the route of this canal. +The states of Maryland and Delaware aided in its construction, +and in 1828 the national government also made an appropriation. +Wilmington is a customs district in which New Castle and +Lewes are included; but its trade is largely coastwise. Rehoboth +and Indian River bays are navigable for vessels of less than 6 ft. +draft. Opposite Lewes is the Delaware Breakwater (begun in +1818 and completed in 1869, at a cost of more than $2,000,000), +which forms a harbour 16 ft. deep. In 1897-1901 the United +States government constructed a harbour of refuge, formed by a +second breakwater 2¼ m. N. of the existing one; its protected +anchorage is 552 acres and the cost was more than $2,090,000. +The harbour is about equidistant from New York, Philadelphia, +and the capes of Chesapeake Bay, and is used chiefly by vessels +awaiting orders to ports for discharge or landing. The national +government also made appropriations for opening an inland +waterway from Lewes to Chincoteague Bay, Virginia, for improving +Wilmington harbour, and for making navigable several +of the larger streams of the state.</p> + +<p><i>Population.</i>—The population in 1880 was 146,608; in 1890, +168,493, an increase of 14.9%; in 1900, 184,735, a further increase +of 9.6%; in 1910, 202,322. The rate of increase before 1850 +was considerably smaller than the rate after that date. Of the +population in 1900, 92.5% was native born and 7.5% was +foreign-born. The negro population was 30,697, or 16.6% of the +total. In Indian River Hundred, Sussex county, there formerly +lived a community of people,—many of whom are of the fair +Caucasian type,—called “Indians” or “Moors”; they are now +quite generally dispersed throughout the state, especially in +Kent and Sussex counties. Their origin is unknown, but according +to local tradition they are the descendants of some Moorish +sailors who were cast ashore many years ago in a shipwreck; +their own tradition is that they are descended from the children +of an Irish mother and a negro father, these children having +intermarried with Indians of the Nanticoke tribe. They have, +where practicable, separate churches and schools, the latter +receiving state aid. The urban population of Delaware (<i>i.e.</i> of +Wilmington, the only city having more than 5000 inhabitants) +was, in 1900, 41.4% of the state’s population. There were +thirty-five incorporated cities and towns. The largest of these +was the city of Wilmington, with 76,508 inhabitants. The city +next in size, New Castle, had a population of 3380, while the +largest town, Dover, the capital of the state, had 3329. The +total number of communicants of all denominations in 1906 was +71,251,—32,402 Methodists, 24,228 Roman Catholics, 5200 +Presbyterians, 3796 Protestant Episcopalians, and 2921 Baptists.</p> + +<p><i>Government.</i>—The constitution by which Delaware is governed +was adopted in 1897. Like the previous constitutions of 1776, +1792 and 1831, it was promulgated by a constitutional convention +without submission to the people for ratification, and amendments +may be adopted by a two-thirds vote of each house in two +consecutive legislatures. Its character is distinctly democratic. +The property qualification of state senators and the restriction +of suffrage to those who have paid county or poll taxes are +abolished; but suffrage is limited to male adults who can read +the state constitution in English, and can write their names, +unless physically disqualified, and who have registered. In 1907 +an amendment to the constitution was adopted, which struck +out from the instrument the clause requiring the payment of +a registration fee of one dollar by each elector. Important innovations +in the constitution of 1897 are the office of lieutenant-governor, +and the veto power of the governor which may extend +to parts and clauses of appropriation bills, but a bill may be +passed over his veto by a three-fifths vote of each house of +the legislature, and a bill becomes a law if not returned to the +legislature within ten days after its reception by the governor, +unless the session of the legislature shall have expired in the +meantime. The governor’s regular term in office is four years, +and he is ineligible for a third term. All his appointments to +offices where the salary is more than $500 must be confirmed by +the senate; all pardons must be approved by a board of pardons. +Representation in the legislature is according to districts, members +of the lower house being chosen for two, and members of the +upper house for four years. Members of the lower house must be +at least twenty-four years of age, members of the senate at least +twenty-seven; members of both houses must at the time of their +election have been citizens of the state for at least three years. +In November 1906 the people of the state voted (17,248 for; +2162 against) in favour of the provision of a system of advisory +initiative and advisory referendum; and in March 1907 the +general assembly passed an act providing initiative and referendum +in the municipal affairs in the city of Wilmington. The +organization of the judiciary is similar to that under the old +English system. Six judges—a chancellor, a chief justice, and +four associate justices—of whom there shall be at least one +resident in each of the three counties, and not more than three +shall belong to the same political party, are appointed by the +governor, with the consent of the senate, for a term of twelve +years. A certain number of them hold courts of chancery, +general sessions, oyer and terminer, and an orphans’ court; the +six together constitute the supreme court, but the judge from +whose decision appeal is made may not hear the appealed case +unless the appeal is made at his own instance. Bribery may be +punished by fine, imprisonment and disfranchisement for ten +years. Corporations cannot be created by a special act of the +legislature, and no corporation may issue stock except for an +equivalent value of money, labour or property. In order to +attract capital to the state, the legislature has reduced the taxes +on corporations, has forbidden the repeal of charters, and has +given permission for the organization of corporations with both +the power and name of trust companies. Legislative divorces are +forbidden by the constitution, and a statute of 1901 subjects +wife-beaters to corporal punishment. Although punishment by +whipping and by standing in the pillory was prohibited by an act +of Congress in 1839, in so far as the Federal government had +jurisdiction, both these forms of punishment were retained in +Delaware, and standing in the pillory was prescribed by statute +as a punishment for a number of offences, including various kinds +of larceny and forgery, highway robbery, and even pretending +“to exercise the art of witchcraft, fortune-telling or dealing with +spirits,” at least until 1893. In 1905, by a law approved on the +20th of March, the pillory was abolished. The whipping-post was +in 1908 still maintained in Delaware, and whipping continued to +be prescribed as a punishment for a variety of offences, although +in 1889 a law was passed which prescribed that “hereafter no +female convicted of any crime in this state shall be whipped or +made to stand in the pillory,” and a law passed in 1883 prescribed +that “in case of conviction of larceny, when the prisoner is of +tender years, or is charged for the first time (being shown to have +before had a good character), the court may in its discretion omit +from the sentence the infliction of lashes.” An old law still on +the statute-books when the edition of the revised statutes was +issued in 1893, prescribes that “the punishment of whipping +shall be inflicted publicly by strokes on the bare back, well laid +on.”</p> + +<p>The unit of local government is the “hundred,” which corresponds +to the township of Pennsylvania. The employment of +children under fourteen years of age in factories is forbidden by +statute. Divorces are granted for adultery, desertion for three +years, habitual drunkenness, impotence at the time of marriage, +fraud, lack of marriageable age (eighteen for males, sixteen for +females), and failure of husband to provide for his wife during +three consecutive years. The marriages of whites with negroes +and of insane persons are null; but the children of the married +insane are legitimate.</p> + +<p>In 1908 the state debt was $816,785, and the assets in bonds, +railway mortgages and bank stocks exceeded the liabilities by +$717,779. Besides the income from interest and dividends +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page949" id="page949"></a>949</span> +on investments, the state revenues are derived from taxes on +licences, on commissions to public officers, on railway, telegraph +and telephone, express, and banking companies, and to a slight +extent from taxes on collateral inheritance.</p> + +<p><i>Education.</i>—The charitable and penal administration of +Delaware is not well developed. There is a state hospital for +the insane at Farnhurst. Other dependent citizens are cared for +in the institutions of other states at public expense. In 1899 +a county workhouse was established in New Castle county, in +which persons under sentence must labour eight hours a day, pay +being allowed for extra hours, and a diminution of sentence for +good behaviour. At Wilmington is the Ferris industrial school +for boys, a private reformatory institution to which New Castle +county gives $146 for each boy; and the Delaware industrial +school for girls, also at Wilmington, receives financial support +from both county and state.</p> + +<p>The educational system of the state has been considerably +improved within recent years. The maintenance of a system of +public schools is rendered compulsory by the state constitution, +and a new compulsory school law came into effect in 1907. The +first public school law, passed in 1829, was based largely on the +principle of “local option,” each school district being left free +to determine the character of its own school or even to decide, +if it wished, against having any school at all. The system thus +established proved to be very unsatisfactory, and a new school +law in 1875 brought about a greater degree of uniformity +and centralization through its provisions for the appointment +of a state superintendent of free schools and a state board of +education. In 1888, however, the state superintendency was +abolished, and county superintendencies were created instead, +the legislature thus returning, in a measure, to the old system of +local control. Centralization was again secured, in 1898, by the +passage of a law reorganizing and increasing the powers of the +state board of education. The state school fund, ranging from +about $150,000 to $160,000 a year, is apportioned among the +school districts, according to the number of teachers employed, +and is used exclusively for teachers’ salaries and the supplying +of free text-books. This fund is supplemented by local taxation. +No discrimination is allowed on account of race or colour; but +separate schools are provided for white and coloured children. +Delaware College (non-sectarian) at Newark, founded in 1833 as +Newark College and rechartered, after suspension from 1859 to +1870, under the present name, as a state institution, derives +most of its financial support from the United States Land Grant +of 1862 and the supplementary appropriation of 1890, and is +the seat of an agricultural experiment station, established in +1888 under the so-called “Hatch Bill” of 1887. In 1906-1907 +Delaware College had 20 instructors and 130 students. The +college is a part of the free school system of Delaware, and tuition +is free to all students from the state. There is an agricultural +college for negroes at Dover; this college receives one-fifth of +the appropriation made by the so-called “new Morrill Bill” of +1890.</p> + +<p><i>History.</i>—Delaware river and bay were first explored on behalf +of the Dutch by Henry Hudson in 1609, and more thoroughly +in 1615-1616 by Cornelius Hendrikson, whose reports did much +to cause the incorporation of the Dutch West India Company. +The first settlement on Delaware soil was made under the auspices +of members of this company in 1631 near the site of the present +Lewes. The leaders, one of whom was Captain David P. de Vries, +wished “to plant a colony for the cultivation of grain and tobacco +as well as to carry on the whale fishery in that region.” The +settlement, however, was soon completely destroyed by the +Indians. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Lewes</a></span>.) A more successful effort at colonization +was made under the auspices of the South Company of Sweden, +a corporation organized in 1624 as the “Australian Company,” +by William Usselinx, who had also been the chief organizer of +the Dutch West India Company, and now secured a charter +or <i>manifest</i> from Gustavus Adolphus. The privileges of the +company were extended to Germans in 1633, and about 1640 +the Dutch members were bought out. In 1638 Peter Minuit on +behalf of this company established a settlement at what is now +Wilmington, naming it, in honour of the infant queen Christina, +Christinaham, and naming the entire territory, bought by Minuit +from the Minquas Indians and extending indefinitely westward +from the Delaware river between Bombay Hook and the mouth +of the Schuylkill river, “New Sweden.” This territory was +subsequently considerably enlarged. In 1642 mature plans for +colonization were adopted. A new company, officially known +as the West India, American, or New Sweden Company, but like +its predecessor popularly known as the South Company, was +chartered, and a governor, Johan Printz (<i>c.</i> 1600-1663) was sent +out by the crown. He arrived early in 1643 and subsequently +established settlements on the island of Tinicum, near the present +Chester, Pennsylvania, at the mouth of Salem Creek, New Jersey, +and near the mouth of the Schuylkill river. Friction had soon +arisen with New Netherland, although, owing to their common +dislike of the English, the Swedes and the Dutch had maintained +a formal friendship. In 1651, however, Peter Stuyvesant, +governor of New Netherland, and more aggressive than his predecessors, +built Fort Casimir, near what is now New Castle. +In 1654 Printz’s successor, Johan Claudius Rising, who had +arrived from Sweden with a large number of colonists, expelled +the Dutch from Fort Casimir. In retaliation, Stuyvesant, in +1655, with seven vessels and as many hundred men, recaptured +the fort and also captured Fort Christina (Wilmington). New +Sweden thus passed into the control of the Dutch, and became +a dependency of New Netherland. In 1656, however, the Dutch +West India Company sold part of what had been New Sweden to +the city of Amsterdam, which in the following year established +a settlement called “New Amstel” at Fort Casimir (New Castle). +This settlement was badly administered and made little progress.</p> + +<p>In 1663 the whole of the Delaware country came under the +jurisdiction of the city of Amsterdam, but in the following year +this territory, with New Netherland, was seized by the English. +For a brief interval, in 1673-1674, the Dutch were again in control, +but in the latter year, by the treaty of Westminster, the “three +counties on the Delaware” again became part of the English +possessions in America held by the duke of York, later James II. +His formal grant from Charles II. was not received until March +1683. In order that no other settlements should encroach upon +his centre of government, New Castle, the northern boundary was +determined by drawing an arc of a circle, 12 m. in radius, and +with New Castle as the centre. This accounts for the present +curved boundary line between Delaware and Pennsylvania. +Previously, however, in August 1680, the duke of York had +leased this territory for 10,000 years to William Penn, to whom +he conveyed it by a deed of feoffment in August 1682; but +differences in race and religion, economic rivalry between New +Castle and the Pennsylvania towns, and petty political quarrels +over representation and office holding, similar to those in the +other American colonies, were so intense that Penn in 1691 +appointed a special deputy governor for the “lower counties.” +Although reunited with the “province” of Pennsylvania in +1693, the so-called “territories” or “lower counties” secured a +separate legislature in 1704, and a separate executive council in +1710; the governor of Pennsylvania, however, was the chief +executive until 1776. A protracted boundary dispute with Maryland, +which colony at first claimed the whole of Delaware under +Lord Baltimore’s charter, was not settled until 1767, when the +present line separating Delaware and Maryland was adopted. +In the War of Independence Delaware furnished only one +regiment to the American army, but that was one of the best in +the service. One of its companies carried a number of gamecocks +said to have been the brood of a blue hen; hence the +soldiers, and later the people of the state, have been popularly +known as the “Blue Hen’s Chickens.”</p> + +<p>In 1776 a state government was organized, representative of +the Delaware state, the term “State of Delaware” being first +adopted in the constitution of 1792. One of the peculiarities of +the government was that in addition to the regular executive, +legislative and judicial departments there was a privy council +without whose approval the governor’s power was little more +than nominal. In 1786 Delaware was one of the five states +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page950" id="page950"></a>950</span> +whose delegates attended the Annapolis Convention (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Annapolis</a></span>, +Maryland), and it was the first (on the 7th of December +1787) to ratify the Federal constitution. From then until 1850 +it was controlled by the Federalist or Whig parties. In 1850 the +Democrats, who had before then elected a few governors and +United States senators, secured control of the entire administration—a +control unarrested, except in 1863, until the last decade +of the 19th century. Although it was a slave state, the majority +of the people of Delaware opposed secession in 1861, and the +legislature promptly answered President Lincoln’s call to arms; +yet, while 14,000 of the 40,000 males between the ages of fourteen +and sixty served in the Union army, there were many sympathizers +with the Confederacy in the southern part of the state.</p> + +<p>In 1866, 1867 and 1869, respectively, the legislature refused to +ratify the thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth amendments to +the Federal constitution. The provision of the state constitution +that restricted suffrage to those who had paid county or poll +taxes and made the tax lists the basis for the lists of qualified +voters, opened the way for the disfranchisement of many negroes +by fraudulent means. Consequently the levy court of New +Castle county was indicted in the United States circuit court +in 1872, and one of its members was convicted. Again in 1880 +the circuit court, by virtue of the Federal statute of 1872 on +elections, appointed supervisors of elections in Delaware. The +negro vote has steadily increased in importance, and in 1900 +was approximately one-fifth of the total vote of the state. In +1901 the legislature ratified the three amendments rejected in +former years. Another political problem has been that of +representation. According to the constitution of 1831 the unit +of representation in the legislature was the county; inasmuch +as the population of New Castle county has exceeded after 1870 +that of both Kent and Sussex, the inequality became a cause of +discontent. This is partly eradicated by the new constitution of +1897, which reapportioned representation according to electoral +districts, so that New Castle has seven senators and fifteen +representatives, while each of the other counties has seven +senators and ten representatives.</p> + +<p>In 1889 the Republicans for the first time since the Civil War +secured a majority in the legislature, and elected Anthony J. +Higgins to the United States Senate. In that year a capitalist +and promoter, J. Edward Addicks (b. 1841, in Pennsylvania), +became a citizen of the state, and after securing for himself the +control of the Wilmington gas supply, systematically set about +building up a personal “machine” that would secure his election +to the national Senate as a Republican. His purpose was +thwarted in 1893, when a Democratic majority chose, for a second +term, George Gray (b. 1840), who from 1879 to 1885 had been the +attorney-general of the state and subsequently was a member +of the Spanish-American Peace Commission at Paris in 1898 and +became a judge of the United States circuit court, third judicial +circuit, in 1899. Mr Addicks was an avowed candidate in 1895, +but the opposition of the Regular Republicans, who accused +him of corruption and who held the balance of power, prevented +an election. In 1897, the legislature being again Democratic, +Richard R. Kenney (b. 1856) was chosen to fill the vacancy +for the remainder of the unexpired term. Meanwhile the two +Republican factions continued to oppose one another, and both +sent delegates to the national party convention in 1896, the +“regular” delegation being seated. The expiration of Senator +Gray’s term in 1899 left a vacancy, but although the Republicans +again had a clear majority the resolution of the Regulars prevented +the Union Republicans, as the supporters of Addicks +called themselves, from seating their patron. Both the Regular +and Union factions sent delegations to the national party convention +in 1900, where the refusal of the Regulars to compromise +led to the recognition of the Union delegates. Despite this +apparent abandonment of their cause by the national organization, +the Regulars continued their opposition, the state being +wholly without representation in the Senate from the expiration +of Senator Kenney’s term in 1901 until 1903, when a compromise +was effected whereby two Republicans, one of each faction, +were chosen, one condition being that Addicks should not be the +candidate of the Union Republicans. Both factions were recognized +by the national convention of 1904, but the legislature of +1905 adjourned without being able to fill a vacancy in the Senate +which had again occurred. The deadlock, however, was broken +at the special session of the legislature called in 1906, and in June +of that year Henry A. Du Pont was elected senator.</p> + +<div class="f90"> +<p class="pt2 center"><span class="sc">Governors of Delaware</span></p> + +<p class="center">I. <i>Swedish.</i></p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl">Peter Minuit</td> <td class="tcc">1638-1640</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Peter Hollander</td> <td class="tcc">1640-1643</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Johan Printz</td> <td class="tcc">1643-1653</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Johan Papegoga (acting)</td> <td class="tcc">1653-1654</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Johan Claudius Rising</td> <td class="tcc">1654-1655</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="pt2 center">II. <i>Dutch.</i></p> + +<p class="center">(Same as for New York.)</p> + +<p class="pt2 center">III. <i>English.</i></p> + +<p class="center">(Same as New York until 1682.)<br /> + (Same as Pennsylvania 1682-1776.)</p> + +<p class="pt2 center sc">Presidents of Delaware</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl">John McKinley</td> <td class="tcc">1776-1778</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Caesar Rodney</td> <td class="tcc">1778-1781</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">John Dickinson</td> <td class="tcc">1781-1783</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Nicholas Van Dyke</td> <td class="tcc">1783-1786</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Thomas Collins</td> <td class="tcc">1786-1789</td></tr> +</table> + +<p class="pt2 center sc">Governors</p> + +<table class="ws" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td class="tcl">Joshua Clayton</td> <td class="tcl">1789-1796 Federalist</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Gunning Bedford</td> <td class="tcl">1796-1797   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Daniel Rogers<a name="fa1q" id="fa1q" href="#ft1q"><span class="sp">1</span></a></td> <td class="tcl">1797-1799   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Richard Bassett</td> <td class="tcl">1799-1801   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">James Sykes<a name="fa2q" id="fa2q" href="#ft2q"><span class="sp">2</span></a></td> <td class="tcl">1801-1802   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">David Hall</td> <td class="tcl">1802-1805 Federalist</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Nathaniel Mitchell</td> <td class="tcl">1805-1808   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">George Truett</td> <td class="tcl">1808-1811   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Joseph Haslett</td> <td class="tcl">1811-1814   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Daniel Rodney</td> <td class="tcl">1814-1817   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">John Clarke</td> <td class="tcl">1817-1820   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Henry Malleston<a name="fa3q" id="fa3q" href="#ft3q"><span class="sp">3</span></a></td> <td class="tcl">1820      ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Jacob Stout<a name="fa4q" id="fa4q" href="#ft4q"><span class="sp">4</span></a></td> <td class="tcl">1820-1821   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">John Collins</td> <td class="tcl">1821-1822 Democratic-Republican</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Caleb Rodney<a name="fa5q" id="fa5q" href="#ft5q"><span class="sp">5</span></a></td> <td class="tcl">1822      ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Joseph Haslett</td> <td class="tcl">1822-1823 Democratic-Republican</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Charles Thomas<a name="fa6q" id="fa6q" href="#ft6q"><span class="sp">6</span></a></td> <td class="tcl">1823-1824   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Samuel Paynter</td> <td class="tcl">1824-1827 Federalist</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Charles Polk</td> <td class="tcl">1827-1830   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">David Hazzard</td> <td class="tcl">1830-1833 American-Republican</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Caleb P. Bennett</td> <td class="tcl">1833-1836 Democrat</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Charles Polk<a name="fa7q" id="fa7q" href="#ft7q"><span class="sp">7</span></a></td> <td class="tcl">1836-1837   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Cornelius P. Comegys</td> <td class="tcl">1837-1841 Whig</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">William B. Cooper</td> <td class="tcl">1841-1845  ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Thomas Stockton</td> <td class="tcl">1845-1846  ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Joseph Maul<a name="fa8q" id="fa8q" href="#ft8q"><span class="sp">8</span></a></td> <td class="tcl">1846     ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">William Temple<a name="fa9q" id="fa9q" href="#ft9q"><span class="sp">9</span></a></td> <td class="tcl">1846-1847  ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">William Tharp</td> <td class="tcl">1847-1851 Democrat</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">William H. Ross</td> <td class="tcl">1851-1855   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Peter F. Causey</td> <td class="tcl">1855-1859 Whig-Know-Nothing</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">William Burton</td> <td class="tcl">1859-1863 Democrat</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">William Cannon</td> <td class="tcl">1863-1865 Republican</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Gove Saulsbury<a name="fa10q" id="fa10q" href="#ft10q"><span class="sp">10</span></a></td> <td class="tcl">1865-1871 Democrat</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">James Ponder</td> <td class="tcl">1871-1875   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">John P. Cockran</td> <td class="tcl">1875-1879   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">John W. Hall</td> <td class="tcl">1879-1883   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Charles C. Stockley</td> <td class="tcl">1883-1887   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Benjamin T. Biggs</td> <td class="tcl">1887-1891   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Robert J. Reynolds</td> <td class="tcl">1891-1895   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Joshua H. Marvil</td> <td class="tcl">1895 Republican</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">William T. Watson<a name="fa11q" id="fa11q" href="#ft11q"><span class="sp">11</span></a></td> <td class="tcl">1895-1897 Democrat</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Ebe W. Tunnell</td> <td class="tcl">1897-1901   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">John Hunn</td> <td class="tcl">1901-1905 Republican “</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Preston Lea</td> <td class="tcl">1905-1909   ”</td></tr> +<tr><td class="tcl">Simeon S. Pennewill</td> <td class="tcl">1909      ”</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page951" id="page951"></a>951</span></p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography.</span>—Information about manufactures, mining and +agriculture may be found in the reports of the <i>Twelfth Census of the +United States</i>, especially <i>Bulletins 69</i> and <i>100</i>. The Agricultural +Experiment Station, at Newark, publishes in its <i>Annual Report</i> a +record of temperature and rainfall. For law and administration see +<i>Constitution of Delaware</i> (Dover, 1899) and the <i>Revised Code</i> of +1852, amended 1893 (Wilmington, 1893). For education see L. B. +Powell, <i>History of Education in Delaware</i> (Washington, 1893), and a +sketch in the <i>Annual Report</i> for 1902 of the United States Commissioner +of Education. The most elaborate history is that of John +Thomas Scharf, <i>History of the State of Delaware</i> (2 vols., Philadelphia, +1888); the second volume is entirely biographical. Claes T. Odhner’s +brief sketch, <i>Kolonien Nya Sveriges Grundläggning, 1637-1642</i> +(Stockholm, 1876; English translation in the <i>Pennsylvania Magazine +of History and Biography</i>, vol. iii.), and Carl K. S. Sprinchorn’s +<i>Kolonien Nya Sveriges Historia</i> (1878; English translation in the +<i>Pennsylvania Magazine of History and Biography</i>, vols. vii. and viii.) +are based, in part, on documents in the Swedish Royal Archives +and at the universities of Upsala and Lund, which were unknown to +Benjamin Ferris (<i>History of the Original Settlements of the Delaware</i>, +Wilmington, 1846) and Francis Vincent (<i>History of the State of +Delaware</i>, Philadelphia, 1870), which ends with the English occupation +in 1664. In vol. iv. of Justin Winsor’s <i>Narrative and Critical +History of America</i> (Boston, 1884) there is an excellent chapter by +Gregory B. Keen on “New Sweden, or the Swedes on the Delaware,” +to which a bibliographical chapter is appended. The <i>Papers</i> +of the Historical Society of Delaware (1879 seq.) contain valuable +material. In part ii. of the <i>Report of the Superintendent of the U.S. +Coast and Geodetic Survey</i> for 1893 (Washington, 1905) there is +“A Historical Account of the Boundary Line between the States +of Pennsylvania and Delaware, by W. C. Hodgkins.” The colonial +records are preserved with those of New York and Pennsylvania; +only one volume of the State Records has been published, and +<i>Minutes of the Council of Delaware State, 1776-1792</i> (Dover, 1886). +For political conditions since the Civil War see vol. 141 of the +<i>North American Review</i>, vol. 32 of the <i>Forum</i>, and vol. 73 of the +<i>Outlook</i>—all published in New York.</p> +</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1q" id="ft1q" href="#fa1q"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Speaker of the senate. Filled unexpired term of Gunning +Bedford (d. 1797).</p> + +<p><a name="ft2q" id="ft2q" href="#fa2q"><span class="fn">2</span></a> Speaker of senate. Filled unexpired term of Richard Bassett, +who resigned 1801.</p> + +<p><a name="ft3q" id="ft3q" href="#fa3q"><span class="fn">3</span></a> Died before he was inaugurated.</p> + +<p><a name="ft4q" id="ft4q" href="#fa4q"><span class="fn">4</span></a> Speaker of the senate.</p> + +<p><a name="ft5q" id="ft5q" href="#fa5q"><span class="fn">5</span></a> Speaker of the senate, John Collins dying in 1822.</p> + +<p><a name="ft6q" id="ft6q" href="#fa6q"><span class="fn">6</span></a> Speaker of senate, Haslett dying in 1823.</p> + +<p><a name="ft7q" id="ft7q" href="#fa7q"><span class="fn">7</span></a> Speaker of senate.</p> + +<p><a name="ft8q" id="ft8q" href="#fa8q"><span class="fn">8</span></a> Speaker of senate, Stockton dying in 1846.</p> + +<p><a name="ft9q" id="ft9q" href="#fa9q"><span class="fn">9</span></a> Speaker of senate, Maul dying in 1846.</p> + +<p><a name="ft10q" id="ft10q" href="#fa10q"><span class="fn">10</span></a> As speaker of the senate filled the unexpired term of Cannon +(d. 1865), and then became governor in 1867.</p> + +<p><a name="ft11q" id="ft11q" href="#fa11q"><span class="fn">11</span></a> President of senate, Marvil dying in 1895.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAWARE,<a name="ar169" id="ar169"></a></span> a city and the county-seat of Delaware county, +Ohio, U.S.A., on the Olentangy (or Whetstone) river, near the +centre of the state. Pop. (1890) 8224; (1900) 7940 (572 being +foreign-born and 432 negroes); (1910) 9076. Delaware is served +by the Pennsylvania, the Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St +Louis (New York Central system), and the Hocking Valley +railways, and by two interurban lines. The city is built on +rolling ground about 900 ft. above sea-level. There are many +sulphur and iron springs in the vicinity. Delaware is the seat of +the Ohio Wesleyan University (co-educational), founded by the +Ohio Conference of the Methodist Episcopal Church in 1841, and +opened as a college in 1844; it includes a college of liberal arts +(1844), an academic department (1841), a school of music (1877), +a school of fine arts (1877), a school of oratory (1894), a business +school (1895), and a college of medicine (the Cleveland College +of Physicians and Surgeons, at Cleveland, Ohio; founded as the +Charity Hospital Medical College in 1863, and the medical department +of the university of Wooster until 1896, when, under its +present name, it became a part of Ohio Wesleyan University). +In 1877 the Ohio Wesleyan female college, established at Delaware +in 1853, was incorporated in the university. In 1907-1908 the +university had 122 instructors, 1178 students and a library of +55,395 volumes. At Delaware, also, are the state industrial +school for girls, a Carnegie library, the Edwards Young Men’s +Christian Association building and a city hospital. The city +has railway shops and foundries, and manufactures furniture, +carriages, tile, cigars and gas engines. Delaware was laid out in +1808 and was first incorporated in 1815. It was the birthplace +of Rutherford B. Hayes, president of the United States from +1877 to 1881.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAWARE INDIANS,<a name="ar170" id="ar170"></a></span> the English name for the Leni Lenape, +a tribe of North American Indians of Algonquian stock. When +first discovered by the whites the tribe was settled on the banks +of the Delaware river. The French called them Loups (wolves) +from their chief totemic division. Early in the 17th century the +Dutch began trading with them. Subsequently William Penn +bought large tracts of land from them, and war followed, the +Delawares alleging they had been defrauded; but, with the +assistance of the Six Nations, the whites forced them back west +of the Alleghenies. In 1789 they were placed on a reservation in +Ohio and subsequently in 1818 were moved to Missouri. Various +removals followed, until in 1866 they accepted lands in the Indian +territory (Oklahoma) and gave up the tribal relation. They +have remained there and now number some 1700.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAWARE RIVER,<a name="ar171" id="ar171"></a></span> a stream of the Atlantic slope of the +United States, meeting tide-water at Trenton, New Jersey, 130 m. +above its mouth. Its total length, from the head of the longest +branch to the capes, is 410 m., and above the head of the bay its +length is 360 m. It constitutes in part the boundary between +Pennsylvania and New York, the boundary between New +Jersey and Pennsylvania, and, for a few miles, the boundary +between Delaware and New Jersey. The main, west or Mohawk +branch rises in Schoharie county, N.Y., about 1886 ft. above +the sea, and flows tortuously through the plateau in a deep +trough until it emerges from the Catskills. Other branches rise +in Greene and Delaware counties. In the upper portion of its +course the varied scenery of its hilly and wooded banks is +exquisitely beautiful. After leaving the mountains and plateau, +the river flows down broad Appalachian valleys, skirts the +Kittatinny range, which it crosses at Delaware Water-Gap, +between nearly vertical walls of sandstone, and passes through a +quiet and charming country of farm and forest, diversified with +plateaus and escarpments, until it crosses the Appalachian +plain and enters the hills again at Easton, Pa. From this point +it is flanked at intervals by fine hills, and in places by cliffs, +of which the finest are the Hockamixon Rocks, 3 m. long and +above 200 ft. high. At Trenton there is a fall of 8 ft. Below +Trenton the river becomes a broad, sluggish inlet of the sea, with +many marshes along its side, widening steadily into its great +estuary, Delaware Bay. Its main tributaries in New York are +Mongaup and Neversink rivers and Callicoon Creek; from Pennsylvania, +Lackawaxen, Lehigh and Schuylkill rivers; and from +New Jersey, Rancocas Creek and Musconetcong and Maurice +rivers. Commerce was once important on the upper river, but +only before the beginning of railway competition (1857). The +Delaware division of the Pennsylvania Canal, running parallel +with the river from Easton to Bristol, was opened in 1830. A +canal from Trenton to New Brunswick unites the waters of the +Delaware and Raritan rivers; the Morris and the Delaware and +Hudson canals connect the Delaware and Hudson rivers; and +the Delaware and Chesapeake canal joins the waters of the +Delaware with those of the Chesapeake Bay. The mean tides +below Philadelphia are about 6 ft. The magnitude of the +commerce of Philadelphia has made the improvements of the +river below that port of great importance. Small improvements +were attempted by Pennsylvania as early as 1771, but apparently +never by New Jersey. The ice floods at Easton are normally +10 to 20 ft., and in 1841 attained a height of 35 ft. These floods +constitute a serious difficulty in the improvement of the lower +river. In the “project of 1885” the United States government +undertook systematically the formation of a 26-ft. channel +600 ft. wide from Philadelphia to deep water in Delaware Bay; +$1,532,688.81 was expended—about $200,000 of that amount +for maintenance—before the 1885 project was superseded by a +paragraph of the River and Harbor Act of the 3rd of March +1899, which provided for a 30-ft. channel 600 ft. wide from +Philadelphia to the deep water of the bay. In 1899 the project +of 1885 had been completed except for three shoal stretches, +whose total length, measured on the range lines, was 4<span class="spp">3</span>⁄<span class="suu">8</span> m. +The project of 1899, estimated to cost $5,810,000, was not +completed at the close of the fiscal year (June 30) 1907, when +$4,936,550.63 had been expended by the Federal government +on the work; in 1905 the state of Pennsylvania appropriated +$750,000 for improvement of the river in Pennsylvania, south +of Philadelphia.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELAWARE WATER-GAP,<a name="ar172" id="ar172"></a></span> a borough and summer resort of +Monroe county, Pennsylvania, U.S.A., on the Delaware river, +about 108 m. N. of Philadelphia and about 88 m. W. by N. of +New York. Pop. (1890) 467; (1900) 469. It is served directly +by the Delaware, Lackawanna & Western, and by the Belvidere +division of the Pennsylvania railways; along the river on the +opposite side (in New Jersey) runs the New York, Susquehanna +& Western railway, and the borough is connected with Stroudsburg, +Pa. (about 3 m. W. by N.) by an electric line. The borough +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page952" id="page952"></a>952</span> +was named from the neighbouring gorge, which is noted for the +picturesqueness of its scenery, especially in winter, when the ice +piles up in the river, sometimes to a height of 20 ft. Here the +river cuts through the Kittatinny (Blue) Ridge to its base. On +the New Jersey side is Mt. Tammany (about 1600 ft.); on +the Pennsylvania side, Mt. Minsi (about 1500 ft.); the elevation +of the river here is about 300 ft. The gap (about 2 m. long) +through the mountain is the result of erosion by the waters of a +great river which flowed northwards acting along a line of faulting +at right angles to the strike of the tilted rock formations. +The scenery and the delightful climate have made the place a +popular summer resort. The borough was incorporated in 1889.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See L. W. Brodhead, <i>The Delaware Water-Gap</i> (Philadelphia, +2nd ed., 1870).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE LA WARR,<a name="ar173" id="ar173"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Delaware</span>, an English barony, the holders +of which are descended from Roger de la Warr of Isfield, Sussex, +who was summoned to parliament as a baron in 1299 and +the following years. He died about 1320; his great-grandson +Roger, to whom the French king John surrendered at the battle +of Poitiers, died in 1370; and the male line of the family became +extinct on the death of Thomas, 5th baron, in 1426.</p> + +<p>The 5th baron’s half-sister Joan married Thomas West, 1st +Lord West (d. 1405), and in 1415 her second son Reginald +(1394-1451) succeeded his brother Thomas as 3rd Lord West. +After the death of his uncle Thomas, 5th Baron De La Warr, +whose estates he inherited, Reginald was summoned to parliament +as Baron La Warr, and he is thus the second founder of the +family. His grandson was Thomas, 3rd (or 8th) baron (d. 1525), +a courtier during the reigns of Henry VII. and Henry VIII.; +and the latter’s son was Thomas, 4th (or 9th) baron (<i>c.</i> 1472-1554). +The younger Thomas was a very prominent person +during the reigns of Henry VIII. and Edward VI. After serving +with the English army in France in 1513 and being present at the +Field of the Cloth of Gold, he rebuilt the house at Halnaker in +Sussex, which he had obtained by marriage, and here in 1526 he +entertained Henry VIII. “with great cheer.” He disliked the +ecclesiastical changes introduced by the king, and he was one of +the peers who tried Anne Boleyn; later he showed some eagerness +to stand well with Thomas Cromwell, but this did not prevent +his arrest in 1538. He is said to have denounced “the plucking +down of abbeys,” and he certainly consorted with many suspected +persons. But he was soon released and pardoned, although he +was obliged to hand over Halnaker to Henry VIII., receiving +instead the estate of Wherwell in Hampshire. He died without +children in September 1554, when his baronies of De La Warr and +West fell into abeyance. His monument may still be seen in the +church at Broadwater, Sussex.</p> + +<p>He had settled his estates on his nephew William West (<i>c.</i> 1519-1595), +who then tried to bring about his uncle’s death by poison; +for this reason he was disabled by act of parliament (1549) from +succeeding to his honours. However, in 1563 he was restored, +and in 1570 was created by patent Baron De La Warr. This +was obviously a new creation, but in 1596 his son Thomas +(<i>c.</i> 1556-1602) claimed precedency in the baronage as the holder +of the ancient barony of De La Warr. His claim was admitted, +and accordingly his son and successor, next mentioned, is called +the 3rd or the 12th baron.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Thomas West</span>, 3rd or 12th Baron De La Warr (1577-1618), +British soldier and colonial governor in America, was born on +the 9th of July 1577, probably at Wherwell, Hampshire, where +he was baptized. He was educated at Queen’s College, Oxford, +where he did not complete his course, but subsequently (1605) +received the degree of M.A. In 1597 he was elected member of +parliament for Lymington, and subsequently fought in Holland +and in Ireland under the earl of Essex, being knighted for bravery +in battle in 1599. He was imprisoned for complicity in Essex’s +revolt (1600-1601), but was soon released and exonerated. In +1602 he succeeded to his father’s title and estates and became +a privy councillor. Becoming interested in schemes for the +colonization of America, he was chosen a member of the council +of the Virginia Company in 1609, and in the same year was +appointed governor and captain-general of Virginia for life. +Sailing in March 1610 with three ships, 150 settlers and supplies, +he himself bearing the greater part of the expense of the expedition, +he arrived at Jamestown on the 10th of June, in time to +intercept the colonists who had embarked for England and were +abandoning the enterprise. Lord De La Warr’s rule was strict +but just; he constructed two forts near the mouth of the James +river, rebuilt Jamestown, and in general brought order out of +chaos. In March 1611 he returned to London, where he published +at the request of the company’s council, his <i>Relation</i> of the +condition of affairs in Virginia (reprinted 1859 and 1868). He +remained in England until 1618, when the news of the tyrannical +rule of the deputy, Samuel Argall, led him to start again for +Virginia. He embarked in April, but died en route on the 7th of +June 1618, and was buried at sea. The Delaware river and the +state of Delaware were named in his honour.</p> + +<p>A younger brother, Francis (1586-c. 1634), was prominent in +the affairs of Virginia, and in 1627-1628 was president of the +council, and acting-governor of the colony.</p> + +<p>In 1761 the 3rd or 12th baron’s descendant, John, 7th or 16th +Baron De La Warr (1693-1766), was created Viscount Cantelupe +and 1st Earl De La Warr. He was a prominent figure in the +House of Lords, at first as a supporter of Sir Robert Walpole. +He also served in the British army and fought at Dettingen, +and was made governor of Guernsey in 1752.</p> + +<p>George John West, 5th earl (1791-1869), married Elizabeth, +sister and heiress of George John Frederick Sackville, 4th duke +of Dorset, who was created Baroness Buckhurst in 1864; consequently +in 1843 he and his sons took the name of Sackville-West. +The earl was twice lord chamberlain to Queen Victoria, and he is +celebrated as “Fair Euryalus” in the <i>Childish Recollections</i> of +his schoolfellow, Lord Byron. His son Charles Richard (1815-1873), +6th earl, served in the first Sikh war and in the Crimea; +and being unmarried was succeeded by his brother Reginald +(1817-1896) as 7th Earl De La Warr. Having inherited his +mother’s barony of Buckhurst on her death in 1870, he retained +this title along with the barony and earldom of De La Warr, +although the patent had contained a proviso that it should be +kept separate from these dignities. In 1896 the 7th earl’s son, +Gilbert George Reginald Sackville-West (b. 1869), became 8th +earl De La Warr.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See G. E. C(okayne), <i>Complete Peerage</i> (1887-1898).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELBRÜCK, HANS<a name="ar174" id="ar174"></a></span> (1848-  ), German historian, was born at +Bergen on the island of Rügen on the 11th of November 1848, +and studied at the universities of Heidelberg and Bonn. As a +soldier he fought in the Franco-German War, after which he was +for some years tutor to one of the princes of the German imperial +family. In 1885 he became professor of modern history in the +university of Berlin, and he was a member of the German +Reichstag from 1884 to 1890. Delbrück’s writings are chiefly +concerned with the history of the art of war, his most ambitious +work being his <i>Geschichte der Kriegskunst im Rahmen der politischen +Geschichte</i> (first section, <i>Das Altertum</i>, 1900; second, +<i>Römer und Germanen</i>, 1902; third, <i>Das Mittelalter</i>, 1907). +Among his other works are: <i>Die Perserkriege und die Burgunderkriege</i> +(Berlin, 1887); <i>Historische und politische Aufsätze</i> (1886); +<i>Erinnerungen, Aufsätze und Reden</i> (1902); <i>Die Strategie des +Perikles erläutert durch die Strategie Friedrichs des Grossen</i> (1890); +<i>Die Polenfrage</i> (1894); and <i>Das Leben des Feldmarschalls Grafen +Neithardt von Gneisenau</i> (1882 and 1894). Delbrück began in +1883 to edit the <i>Preussische Jahrbücher</i>, in which he has written +many articles, including one on “General Wolseley über Napoleon, +Wellington und Gneisenau,” and he has contributed to the +<i>Europäischer Geschichtskalender</i> of H. Schulthess.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELBRÜCK, MARTIN FRIEDRICH RUDOLF VON,<a name="ar175" id="ar175"></a></span> Prussian +statesman (1817-1903), was born at Berlin on the 16th of April +1817. On completing his legal studies he entered the service of +the state in 1837; and after holding a series of minor posts was +transferred in 1848 to the ministry of commerce, which was to +be the sphere of his real life’s work. Both Germany and Austria +had realized the influence of commercial upon political union. +Delbrück in 1851 induced Hanover, Oldenburg and Schaumburg-Lippe +to join the Zollverein; and the southern states, which had +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page953" id="page953"></a>953</span> +agreed to admit Austria to the union, found themselves forced in +1853 to renew the old union, from which Austria was excluded. +Delbrück now began, with the support of Bismarck, to apply +the principles of free trade to Prussian fiscal policy. In 1862 he +concluded an important commercial treaty with France. In +1867 he became the first president of the chancery of the North +German Confederation, and represented Bismarck on the federal +tariff council (<i>Zollbundesrath</i>), a position of political as well as +fiscal importance owing to the presence in the council of representatives +of the southern states. In 1868 he became a Prussian +minister without portfolio. In October 1870, when the union of +Germany under Prussian headship became a practical question, +Delbrück was chosen to go on a mission to the South German +states, and contributed greatly to the agreements concluded at +Versailles in November. In 1871 he became president of the +newly constituted <i>Reichskanzleramt</i>. Delbrück, however, began +to feel himself uneasy under Bismarck’s leanings towards +protection and state control. On the introduction of Bismarck’s +plan for the acquisition of the railways by the state, Delbrück +resigned office, nominally on the ground of ill-health (June 1, +1876). In 1879 he opposed in the <i>Reichstag</i> the new protectionist +tariff, and on the failure of his efforts retired definitely from +public life. In 1896 he received from the emperor the order of +the Black Eagle. He died at Berlin on the 1st of February 1903.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELCASSÉ, THÉOPHILE<a name="ar176" id="ar176"></a></span> (1852-  ), French statesman, was +born at Pamiers, in the department of Ariège, on the 1st of March +1852. He wrote articles on foreign affairs for the <i>République +française</i> and <i>Paris</i>, and in 1888 was elected <i>conseiller général</i> of +his native department, standing as “un disciple fidèle de Gambetta.” +In the following year he entered the chamber as deputy +for Foix. He was appointed under-secretary for the colonies in +the second Ribot cabinet (January to April 1893), and retained +his post in the Dupuy cabinet till its fall in December 1893. +It was largely owing to his efforts that the French colonial office +was made a separate department with a minister at its head, and +to this office he was appointed in the second Dupuy cabinet (May +1894 to January 1895). He gave a great impetus to French +colonial enterprise, especially in West Africa, where he organized +the newly acquired colony of Dahomey, and despatched the +Liotard mission to the Upper Ubangi. While in opposition he +devoted special attention to naval affairs, and in speeches that +attracted much notice declared that the function of the French +navy was to secure and develop colonial enterprise, deprecated +all attempts to rival the British fleet, and advocated the construction +of commerce destroyers as France’s best reply to England. +On the formation of the second Brisson cabinet in June 1898 he +succeeded M. Hanotaux at the foreign office, and retained that +post under the subsequent premierships of MM. Dupuy, Waldeck-Rousseau, +Combes and Rouvier. In 1898 he had to deal with the +delicate situation caused by Captain Marchand’s occupation of +Fashoda, for which, as he admitted in a speech in the chamber on +the 23rd of January 1899, he accepted full responsibility, since it +arose directly out of the Liotard expedition, which he had himself +organized while minister for the colonies; and in March 1899 he +concluded an agreement with Great Britain by which the difficulty +was finally adjusted, and France consolidated her vast colonial +empire in North-West Africa. In the same year he acted as +mediator between the United States and Spain, and brought +the peace negotiations to a successful conclusion. He introduced +greater cordiality into the relations of France with Italy: +at the same time he adhered firmly to the alliance with Russia, +and in August 1899 made a visit to St Petersburg, which he +repeated in April 1901. In June 1900 he made an arrangement +with Spain, fixing the long-disputed boundaries of the French +and Spanish possessions in West Africa. Finally he concluded +with England the important Agreements of 1904 covering colonial +and other questions which had long been a matter of dispute, +especially concerning Egypt, Newfoundland and Morocco. +Suspicion of the growing <i>entente</i> between France and England +soon arose on the part of Germany, and in 1905 German assertiveness +was shown in a crisis which was forced on in the matter of +the French activity in Morocco (<i>q.v.</i>), in which the handling of +French policy by M. Delcassé personally was a sore point with +Germany. The situation became acute in April, and was only +relieved by M. Delcassé’s resignation of office. He retired into +private life, but in 1908 was warmly welcomed on a visit to +England, where the closest relations now existed with France.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEL CREDERE<a name="ar177" id="ar177"></a></span> (Ital. “of belief” or “trust”). A “del +credere agent,” in English law, is one who, selling goods for his +principal on credit, undertakes for an additional commission to +sell only to persons who are absolutely solvent. His position +is thus that of a surety who is liable to his principal should the +vendee make default. The agreement between him and his +principal need not be reduced to or evidenced by writing, for +his undertaking is not a guarantee within the Statute of Frauds. +See also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Broker</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Guarantee</a></span>.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELESCLUZE, LOUIS CHARLES<a name="ar178" id="ar178"></a></span> (1809-1871), French +journalist, was born at Dreux on the 2nd of October 1809. +Having studied law in Paris, he early developed a strong democratic +bent, and played a part in the July revolution of 1830. +He became a member of various republican societies, and in +1836 was forced to take refuge in Belgium, where he devoted +himself to republican journalism. Returning in 1840 he settled +in Valenciennes, and after the revolution of 1848 removed to +Paris, where he started a newspaper called <i>La Révolution démocratique +et sociale</i>. His zeal so far outran his discretion that he +was twice imprisoned and fined, his paper was suppressed and +he himself fled to England, where he continued his journalistic +work. He was arrested in Paris in 1853, and deported to French +Guiana. Released under the amnesty of 1859, he returned +to France with health shattered but energies unimpaired. His +next venture was the publication of the <i>Réveil</i>, a radical organ +upholding the principles of the <i>Association internationale des +travailleurs</i>, known as the “<i>Internationale</i>.” This journal, +which brought him three condemnations, fine and imprisonment +in one year, shared the fate of his Paris sheet, and its founder +again fled to Belgium. In 1871 he was elected to the National +Assembly, becoming afterwards a member of the Paris commune. +At the siege of Paris he fought with reckless courage, and met +his death on the last of the barricades (May 1871). He wrote an +account of his imprisonment in Guiana, <i>De Paris à Cayenne, +Journal d’un transporté</i> (Paris, 1869).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELESSE, ACHILLE ERNEST OSCAR JOSEPH<a name="ar179" id="ar179"></a></span> (1817-1881), +French geologist and mineralogist, was born at Metz on the 3rd +of February 1817. At the age of twenty he entered the École +Polytechnique, and subsequently passed through the École des +Mines. In 1845 he was appointed to the chair of mineralogy +and geology at Besançon; in 1850 to the chair of geology at the +Sorbonne in Paris; and in 1864 professor of agriculture at the +École des Mines. In 1878 he became inspector-general of mines. +In early years as <i>ingénieur des mines</i> he investigated and described +various new minerals; he proceeded afterwards to the study of +rocks, devising new methods for their determination, and giving +particular descriptions of melaphyre, arkose, porphyry, syenite, +&c. The igneous rocks of the Vosges, and those of the Alps, +Corsica, &c., and the subject of metamorphism occupied his +attention. He also prepared in 1858 geological and hydrological +maps of Paris—with reference to the underground water, similar +maps of the departments of the Seine and Seine-et-Marne, and an +agronomic map of the Seine-et-Marne (1880), in which he showed +the relation which exists between the physical and chemical +characters of the soil and the geological structure. His annual +<i>Revue des progrès de géologie</i>, undertaken with the assistance +(1860-1865) of Auguste Laugel and afterwards (1865-1878) of +Albert de Lapparent, was carried on from 1860 to 1880. His +observations on the lithology of the deposits accumulated beneath +the sea were of special interest and importance. His separate +publications were: <i>Recherches sur l’origine des roches</i> (Paris, +1865); <i>Étude sur le métamorphisme des roches</i> (1869); <i>Lithologie +des mers de France et des mers principales du globe</i> (2 vols. and +atlas, 1871). He died at Paris on the 24th of March 1881.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELESSERT, JULES PAUL BENJAMIN<a name="ar180" id="ar180"></a></span> (1773-1847), French +banker, was born at Lyons on the 14th of February 1773, the +son of Étienne Delessert (1735-1816), the founder of the first +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page954" id="page954"></a>954</span> +fire insurance company and the first discount bank in France. +Young Delessert was travelling in England when the Revolution +broke out in France, but he hastened back to join the Paris +National Guard in 1790, becoming an officer of artillery in 1793. +His father bought him out of the army, however, in 1795 in order +to entrust him with the management of his bank. Gifted with +remarkable energy, he started many commercial enterprises, +founding the first cotton factory at Passy in 1801, and a sugar +factory in 1802, for which he was created a baron of the empire. +He sat in the chamber of deputies for many years, and was a +strong advocate for many humane measures, notably the suppression +of the “Tours” or revolving box at the foundling +hospital, the suppression of the death penalty, and the improvement +of the penitentiary system. He was made regent of the +Bank of France in 1802, and was also member of, and, indeed, +founder of many, learned and philanthropic societies. He +founded the first savings bank in France, and maintained a keen +interest in it until his death in 1847. He was also an ardent +botanist and conchologist; his botanical library embraced +30,000 volumes, of which he published a catalogue—<i>Musée +botanique de M. Delessert</i> (1845). He also wrote <i>Des avantages +de la caisse d’épargne et de prévoyance</i> (1835), <i>Mémoire sur un +projet de bibliothéque royale</i> (1836), <i>Le Guide de bonheur</i> (1839), and +<i>Recueil de coquilles décrites par Lamarck</i> (1841-1842).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELFICO, MELCHIORRE<a name="ar181" id="ar181"></a></span> (1744-1835), Italian economist, was +born at Teramo in the Abruzzi on the 1st of August 1744, and +was educated at Naples. He devoted himself specially to the +study of jurisprudence and political economy, and his numerous +publications exercised great practical influence in the correction +and extinction of many abuses. Under Joseph Bonaparte +Delfico was made a councillor of state, an office which he held +until the restoration of Ferdinand IV., when he was appointed +president of the commission of archives, from which he retired +in 1825. He died at Teramo on the 21st of June 1835. His more +important works were: <i>Saggio filosofico sul matrimonio</i> (1774); +<i>Memoria sul Tribunale della Grascia e sulle leggi economiche nelle +provincie confinanti del regno</i> (1785), which led to the abolition +in Naples of the most vexatious and absurd restrictions on the +sale and exportation of agricultural produce; <i>Riflessioni su la +vendita dei feudi</i> (1790) and <i>Lettera a Sua Ecc. il sig. Duca di +Cantalupo</i> (1795), which brought about the abolition of feudal +rights over landed property and their sale; <i>Ricerche sul vero +carattere della giurisprudenza Romana e dei suoi cultori</i> (1791); +<i>Pensieri su la storia e su l’ incertezza ed inutilità della medesima</i> +(1806), both on the early history of Rome.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See F. Mozzetti, <i>Degli studii, delle opere e delle virtù di Melchiorre +Delfico</i>; Tipaldo’s <i>Biographia degli Italiani illustri</i> (vol. ii.).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELFT,<a name="ar182" id="ar182"></a></span> a town of Holland in the province of South Holland, +on the Schie, 5 m. by rail S.E. by S. of the Hague, with which +it is also connected by steam-tramway. Pop. (1900) 31,582. +It is a quiet, typically Dutch town, with its old brick houses and +tree-bordered canals. The Prinsenhof, previously a monastery, +was converted into a residence for the counts of Orange in 1575; +it was here that William the Silent was assassinated. It is now +used as a William of Orange Museum. The New Church, +formerly the church of St Ursula (14th century), is the burial place +of the princes of Orange. It is remarkable for its fine tower and +chime of bells, and contains the splendid allegorical monument +of William the Silent, executed by Hendrik de Keyser and his +son Pieter about 1621, and the tomb of Hugo Grotius, born in +Delft in 1583, whose statue, erected in 1886, stands in the +market-place outside the church. The Old Church, founded +in the 11th century, but in its present form dating from 1476, +contains the monuments of two famous admirals of the 17th +century, Martin van Tromp and Piet Hein, as well as the tomb +of the naturalist Leeuwenhoek, born at Delft in 1632. In +the town hall (1618) are some corporation pictures, portraits +of the counts of Orange and Nassau, including several by Michiel +van Mierevelt (1567-1641), one of the earliest Dutch portrait +painters, and with his son Pieter (1595-1623), a native of Delft. +There are also a Roman Catholic church (1882) and a synagogue. +Two important educational establishments are the Indian +Institute for the education of civil service students for the +colonies, to which is attached an ethnographical museum; +and the Royal Polytechnic school, which almost ranks as a +university, and teaches, among other sciences, that of diking. +A fine collection of mechanical models is connected with the +polytechnic school. Among other buildings are the modern +“Phoenix” club-house of the students; the hospital, containing +some anatomical pictures, including one by the two Mierevelts +(1617); a lunatic asylum; the Van Renswoude orphanage, the +theatre, a school of design, the powder magazine and the state +arsenal, originally a warehouse of the East India Company, and +now used as a manufactory of artillery stores.</p> + +<p>The name of Delft is most intimately associated with the manufacture +of the beautiful faience pottery for which it was once +famous. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Ceramics</a></span>.) This industry was imported from +Haarlem towards the end of the 16th century, and achieved an +unrivalled position in the second half of the following century; +but it did not survive the French occupation at the end of the +18th century. It has, however, been revived in modern times +under the name of “New Delft.” Other branches of industry +are carpet-weaving, distilling, oil and oil-cake manufacture, +dyeing, cooperage and the manufacture of arms and bullets. +There is also an important butter and cheese market.</p> + +<p>Delft was founded in 1075 by Godfrey III., duke of Lower +Lorraine, after his conquest of Holland, and came subsequently +into the hands of the counts of Holland. In 1246 it received +a charter from Count William II. (see C. Hegel, <i>Städte und +Gilden</i>, ii. 251). In 1536 it was almost totally destroyed by +fire, and in 1654 largely ruined by the explosion of a powder +magazine.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELHI,<a name="ar183" id="ar183"></a></span> <span class="sc">Dehli</span> or <span class="sc">Dilli</span>, the ancient capital of the Mogul +empire in India, and a modern city which gives its name to a +district and division of British India. The city of Delhi is situated +in 28° 38′ N., 77° 13′ E., very nearly due north of Cape +Comorin, and practically in a latitudinal line with the more +ancient cities of Cairo and Canton. It lies in the south-east +corner of the province of the Punjab, to which it was added in +1858, and abuts on the right bank of the river Jumna. Though +Lahore, the more ancient city, remains the official capital of the +Punjab, Delhi is historically more famous, and is now more +important as a commercial and railway centre.</p> + +<p>Though the remains of earlier cities are scattered round Delhi +over an area estimated to cover some 45 sq. m., modern Delhi +dates only from the middle of the 17th century, when Shah +Jahan rebuilt the city on its present site, adding the title +Shah-jahanabad from his own name. It extends for nearly +2¼ m. along the right bank of the Jumna from the Water +bastion to the Wellesley bastion in the south-east corner, nearly +one-third of the frontage being occupied by the river wall of the +palace. The northern wall, famous in the siege of Delhi in 1857, +extends three-quarters of a mile from the Water bastion to the +Shah, commonly known as the Mori, bastion; the length of +the west wall from this bastion to the Ajmere gate is 1¼ m. +and of the south wall to the Wellesley bastion again almost +exactly the same distance, the whole land circuit being +thus 3¼ m. The complete circuit of Delhi is 5½ m. In the +north wall is situated the famous Kashmir gate, while the +Mori or Drain gate, which was built by a Mahratta governor, +has now been removed. In the west wall are the Farash +Khana and Ajmere gates, while the Kabul and Lahore gates +have been removed. In the south wall are the Turkman and +Delhi gates. The gates on the river side of the city included +the Khairati and Rajghat, the Calcutta and Nigambod—both +removed; the Kela gate, and the Badar Rao gate, now closed. +The great wall of Delhi, which was constructed by Shah Jahan, +was strengthened by the English by the addition of a ditch and +glacis, after Delhi was captured by Lord Lake in 1803; and its +strength was turned against the British at the time of the Mutiny. +The imperial palace (1638-1648), now known as the “Fort,” +is situated on the east of the city, and abuts directly on the river. +It consists at present of bare and ugly British barracks, among +which are scattered exquisite gems of oriental architecture. The +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page955" id="page955"></a>955</span> +two most famous among its buildings are the Diwan-i-Am or +Hall of Public Audience, and the Diwan-i-Khas or Hall of +Private Audience. The Diwan-i-Am is a splendid building +measuring 100 ft. by 60 ft., and was formerly plastered with +chunam and overlaid with gold. The most striking effect now +lies in its engrailed arches. It was in the recess in the back +wall of this hall that the famous Peacock Throne used to stand, +“so called from its having the figures of two peacocks standing +behind it, their tails being expanded and the whole so inlaid with +sapphires, rubies, emeralds, pearls and other precious stones of +appropriate colours as to represent life.” Tavernier, the French +jeweller, who saw Delhi in 1665, describes the throne as of the +shape of a bed, 6 ft. by 4 ft., supported by four golden feet, +20 to 25 in. high, from the bars above which rose twelve columns +to support the canopy; the bars were decorated with crosses +of rubies and emeralds, and also with diamonds and pearls. In +all there were 108 large rubies on the throne, and 116 emeralds, +but many of the latter had flaws. The twelve columns supporting +the canopy were decorated with rows of splendid pearls, and +Tavernier considered these to be the most valuable part of the +throne. The whole was valued at £6,000,000. This throne was +carried off by the Persian invader Nadir Shah in 1739, and has +been rumoured to exist still in the Treasure House of the Shah +of Persia; but Lord Curzon, who examined the thrones there, +says that nothing now exists of it, except perhaps some portions +worked up in a modern Persian throne. The Diwan-i-Khas +is smaller than the Diwan-i-Am, and consists of a pavilion of +white marble, in the interior of which the art of the Moguls +reached the perfection of its jewel-like decoration. On a marble +platform rises a marble pavilion, the flat-coned roof of which +is supported on a double row of marble pillars. The inner face +of the arches, with the spandrils and the pilasters which support +them, are covered with flowers and foliage of delicate design and +dainty execution, crusted in green serpentine, blue <i>lapis lazuli</i> +and red and purple porphyry. During the lapse of years many of +these stones were picked from their setting, and the silver ceiling +of flowered patterns was pillaged by the Mahrattas; but the +inlaid work was restored as far as possible by Lord Curzon. It is +in this hall that the famous inscription “If a paradise be on the +face of the earth, it is this, it is this, it is this,” still exists. It is +given in Persian characters twice in the panels over the narrow +arches at the ends of the middle hall, beginning from the east on +the north side, and from the west at the south side. At the time +of the Delhi Durbar held in January 1903 to celebrate the +proclamation of Edward VII. as emperor of India these two +halls were used as a dancing-room and supper-room, and their +full beauty was brought out by the electric light shining through +their marble grille-work.</p> + +<p>The native city of Delhi is like most other cities in India, a +huddle of mean houses in mean streets, diversified with splendid +mosques. The Chandni Chauk (“silver street”), the principal +street of Delhi, which was once supposed to be the richest street +in the world, has fallen from its high estate, though it is still a +broad and imposing avenue with a double row of trees running +down the centre. During the course of its history it was four times +sacked, by Nadir Shah, Timur, Ahmad Shah and the Mahrattas, +and its roadway has many times run with blood. Now it is the +abode of the jewellers and ivory-workers of Delhi, but the jewels +are seldom valuable and the carving has lost much of its old +delicacy. A short distance south of the Chandni Chauk the Jama +Masjid, or Great Mosque, rises boldly from a small rocky eminence. +It was erected in 1648-1650, two years after the royal palace, +by Shah Jahan. Its front court, 450 ft. square, and surrounded +by a cloister open on both sides, is paved with granite inlaid with +marble, and commands a fine view of the city. The mosque itself, +a splendid structure forming an oblong 261 ft. in length, is +approached by a magnificent flight of stone steps. Three domes +of white marble rise from its roof, with two tall minarets at the +front corners. The interior of the mosque is paved throughout, +and the walls and roof are lined, with white marble. Two other +mosques in Delhi itself deserve passing notice, the Kala Masjid +or Black Mosque, which was built about 1380 in the reign of +Feroz Shah, and the Moti Masjid or Pearl Mosque, a tiny building +added to the palace by Aurangzeb, as the emperor’s private +place of prayer. It is only 60 ft. square, and the domes alone +are seen above the red sandstone walls until the opening of two +small fine brass gates.</p> + +<p>To the west and north-west of Delhi considerable suburbs +cluster beyond the walls. Here are the tombs of the imperial +family. That of Humayun, the second of the Mogul dynasty, is +a noble building of rose-coloured sandstone inlaid with white +marble. It lies about 3 m. from the city, in a terraced garden, +the whole surrounded by an embattled wall, with towers and four +gateways. In the centre stands a platform about 20 ft. high by +200 ft. square, supported by arches and ascended by four flights +of steps. Above, rises the mausoleum, also a square, with a great +dome of white marble in the centre. About a mile to the west +is another burying-ground, or collection of tombs and small +mosques, some of them very beautiful. The most remarkable +is perhaps the little chapel in honour of a celebrated Mussulman +saint, Nizam-ud-din, near whose shrine the members of the +imperial family, up to the time of the Mutiny, lie buried, each +in a small enclosure surrounded by lattice-work of white marble.</p> + +<p>Still farther away, some 10 m. south of the modern city, amid +the ruins of old Delhi, stands the Kutb Minar, which is supposed +to be the most perfect tower in the world, and one of the seven +architectural wonders of India. The Minar was begun by Kutb-ud-din +Aibak about <span class="scs">A.D.</span> 1200. The two top storeys were rebuilt +by Feroz Shah. It consists of five storeys of red sandstone and +white marble. The purplish red of the sandstone at the base is +finely modulated, through a pale pink in the second storey, to +a dark orange at the summit, which harmonizes with the blue of +an Indian sky. Dark bands of Arabic writing round the three +lower storeys contrast with the red sandstone. The height of the +column is 238 ft. The plinth is a polygon of twenty sides. The +basement storey has the same number of faces formed into convex +flutes which are alternately angular and semicircular. The next +has semicircular flutes, and in the third they are all angular. +Then rises a plain storey, and above it soars a partially fluted +storey, the shaft of which is adorned with bands of marble and +red sandstone. A bold projecting balcony, richly ornamented, +runs round each storey. After six centuries the column is almost +as fresh as on the day it was finished. It stands in the south-east +corner of the outer court of the mosque erected by Kutb-ud-din +immediately after his capture of Delhi in 1193. The design of +this mosque is Mahommedan, but the wonderfully delicate +ornamentation of its western façade and other remaining parts +is Hindu. In the inner courtyard of the mosque stands the Iron +Pillar, which is probably the most ancient monument in the +neighbourhood of Delhi, dating from about <span class="scs">A.D.</span> 400. It consists +of a solid shaft of wrought iron some 16 in. in diameter and 23 ft. +8 in. in height, with an inscription eulogizing Chandragupta +Vikramaditya. It was brought, probably from Muttra, by +Anang Pal, a Rajput chief of the Tomaras, who erected it here +in 1052.<a name="fa1r" id="fa1r" href="#ft1r"><span class="sp">1</span></a></p> + +<p>Among the modern buildings of Delhi may be mentioned the +Residency, now occupied by a government high school, and +the Protestant church of St James, built at a coast of £10,000 by +Colonel Skinner, an officer well known in the history of the East +India Company. About half-way down the Chandni Chauk is a +high clock-tower. Near it is the town hall, with museum and +library. Behind the Chandni Chauk, to the north, lie the Queen’s +Gardens; beyond them the “city lines” stretch away as far +as the well-known rocky ridge, about a mile outside the town. +From the summit of this ridge the view of the station and city +is very picturesque. The principal local institution until 1877 was +the Delhi College, founded in 1792. It was at first exclusively +an oriental school, supported by the voluntary contributions +of Mahommedan gentlemen, and managed by a committee of the +subscribers. In 1829 an English department was added to it; +and in 1855 the institution was placed under the control of +the Educational Department. In the Mutiny of 1857 the old +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page956" id="page956"></a>956</span> +college was plundered of a very valuable oriental library, and +the building completely destroyed. A new college was founded in +1858, and was affiliated to the university of Calcutta in 1864. +The old college attained to great celebrity as an educational +institution, and produced many excellent scholars, but it was +abolished in 1877, in order to concentrate the grant available for +higher-class education upon the Punjab University at Lahore.</p> + +<p>The Ridge, famous as the British base during the siege of Delhi +during the Mutiny, in 1857, is a last outcrop of the Aravalli Hills +which rises in a steep escarpment some 60 ft. above the city. At +its nearest point on the right of the British position, where the +Mutiny Memorial now stands, the Ridge is only 1200 yds. from +the walls of Delhi; at the Flagstaff Tower in the centre of the +position it is a mile and a half away; and at the left near the +river nearly two miles and a half. It was behind the Ridge at +this point that the main portion of the British camp was pitched. +The Mutiny Memorial, which was erected by the army before +Delhi, is a rather poor specimen of a Gothic spire in red sandstone, +while the memorial tablets are of inferior marble. Next to the +Ridge the point of most interest to every English visitor to Delhi +is Nicholson’s grave, which lies surrounded by an iron railing in +the Kashmir gate cemetery. The Kashmir gate itself bears a +slab recording the gallant deed of the party under Lieutenants +D. C. Home and P. Salkeld, who blew in the gate in broad daylight +on the day that Delhi was taken by assault.</p> + +<p>The population of Delhi according to the census of 1901 was +208,575, of whom 88,460 were Mahommedans and 114,417 were +Hindus. The city is served by five different railways, the East +Indian, the Oudh & Rohilkhand, the Rajputana-Malwa & +Bombay-Baroda, the Southern Punjab, and the North-Western, +and occupies a central position, being 940 m. from Karachi, 950 +from Calcutta, and 960 from Bombay. Owing to the advantages +it enjoys as a trade centre, Delhi is recovering much of the +prominence which it lost at the time of the Mutiny. It has +spinning-mills and other mills worked by steam. The principal +manufactures are gold and silver filigree work and embroidery, +jewelry, muslins, shawls, glazed pottery and wood-carving.</p> + +<p>The <span class="sc">District of Delhi</span> has an area of 1290 sq. m. It consists +of a strip of territory on the right or west bank of the Jumna +river, 75 m. in length, and varying from 15 to 233 m. in breadth. +Most of the district consists of hard and stony soil, depending +upon irrigation, which is supplied by the Western Jumna canal, +the Ali Mardan canal and the Agra canal. The principal crops +are wheat, barley, sugar-cane and cotton.</p> + +<p>When Lord Lake broke the Mahratta power in 1803, and +the emperor was taken under the protection of the East India +Company, the present districts of Delhi and Hissar were assigned +for the maintenance of the royal family, and were administered +by a British resident. In 1832 the office of resident was +abolished, and the tract was annexed to the North-Western +Provinces. After the Mutiny in 1858 it was separated from +the North-Western Provinces and annexed to the Punjab. The +population in 1901 was 689,039.</p> + +<p>The <span class="sc">Division of Delhi</span> stretches from Simla to Rajputana, +and is much broken up by native states. It comprises the seven +districts of Hissar, Rohtak, Gurgaon, Delhi, Karnal, Umballa +and Simla. Its total area is 15,393 sq. m., and in 1901 the +population was 4,587,092.</p> + +<p><i>History.</i>—According to legends, which may or may not have +a substantial basis, Delhi or its immediate neighbourhood has +from time immemorial been the site of a capital city. The +neighbouring village of Indarpat preserves the name of Indraprashta, +the semi-mythical city founded, according to the Sanscrit +epic <i>Mahabharata</i>, by Yudisthira and his brothers, the five +Pandavas. Whatever its dim predecessors may have been, +however, the actual history of Delhi dates no further back than +the 11th century <span class="scs">A.D.</span>, when Anangapala (Anang Pal), a chief of +the Tomara clan, built the Red Fort, in which the Kutb Minar +now stands; in 1052 the same chief removed the famous Iron +Pillar from its original position, probably at Muttra, and set it +up among a group of temples of which the materials were afterwards +used by the Mussulmans for the construction of the great +Kutb Mosque. About the middle of the 12th century the Tomara +dynasty was overthrown by Vigraha-raja (Visala-deva, Bisal +Deo), the Chauhan king of Ajmere, who from inscribed records +discovered of late years appears to have been a man of considerable +culture (see V. A. Smith, <i>Early Hist. of India</i>, ed. 1908, +p. 356). His nephew and successor was Prithwi-raja (Prithiraj, +or Rai Pithora), lord of Sambhar, Delhi and Ajmere, whose fame +as lover and warrior still lives in popular story. He was the last +Hindu ruler of Delhi. In 1191 came the invasion of Mahommed +of Ghor. Defeated on this occasion, Mahommed returned two +years later, overthrew the Hindus, and captured and put to +death Prithwi-raja. Delhi became henceforth the capital of +the Mahommedan Indian empire, Kutb-ud-din (the general and +slave of Mahommed of Ghor) being left in command. His +dynasty is known as that of the slave kings, and it is to them that +old Delhi owes its grandest remains, among them Kutb Mosque +and the Kutb Minar. The slave dynasty retained the throne +till 1290, when it was subverted by Jalal-ud-din Khilji. The +most remarkable monarch of this dynasty was Ala-ud-din, during +whose reign Delhi was twice exposed to attack from invading +hordes of Moguls. On the first occasion Ala-ud-din defeated +them under the walls of his capital; on the second, after encamping +for two months in the neighbourhood of the city, they retired +without a battle. The house of Khilji came to an end in 1321, +and was followed by that of Tughlak. Hitherto the Pathan kings +had been content with the ancient Hindu capital, altered and +adorned to suit their tastes. But one of the first acts of the +founder of the new dynasty, Ghias-ud-din Tughlak, was to erect +a new capital about 4 m. farther to the east, which he called +Tughlakabad. The ruins of his fort remain, and the eye can still +trace the streets and lanes of the long deserted city. Ghias-ud-din +was succeeded by his son Mahommed b. Tughlak, who reigned +from 1325 to 1351, and is described by Elphinstone as “one of +the most accomplished princes and most furious tyrants that +ever adorned or disgraced human nature.” Under this monarch +the Delhi of the Tughlak dynasty attained its utmost growth. +His successor Feroz Shah Tughlak transferred the capital to a +new town which he founded some miles off, on the north of the +Kutb, and to which he gave his own name, Ferozabad. In 1398, +during the reign of Mahmud Tughlak, occurred the Tatar +invasion of Timurlane. The king fled to Gujarat, his army was +defeated under the walls of Delhi, and the city surrendered. The +town, notwithstanding a promise of protection, was plundered +and burned; the citizens were massacred. The invaders at last +retired, leaving Delhi without a government, and almost without +inhabitants. At length Mahmud Tughlak regained a fragment +of his former kingdom, but on his death in 1412 the family became +extinct. He was succeeded by the Sayyid dynasty, which held +Delhi and a few miles of surrounding territory till 1444, when it +gave way to the house of Lodi, during whose rule the capital was +removed to Agra. In 1526 Baber, sixth in descent from Timurlane, +invaded India, defeated and killed Ibrahim Lodi at the battle +of Panipat, entered Delhi, was proclaimed emperor, and finally +put an end to the Afghan empire. Baber’s capital was at Agra, +but his son and successor, Humayun, removed it to Delhi. In +1540 Humayun was defeated and expelled by Sher Shah, who +entirely rebuilt the city, enclosing and fortifying it with a new +wall. In his time Delhi extended from where Humayun’s tomb +now is to near the southern gate of the modern city. In 1555 +Humayun, with the assistance of Persia, regained the throne; +but he died within six months, and was succeeded by his son, +the illustrious Akbar.</p> + +<p>During Akbar’s reign and that of his son Jahangir, the capital +was either at Agra or at Lahore, and Delhi once more fell into +decay. Between 1638 and 1658, however, Shah Jahan rebuilt it +almost in its present form; and his city remains substantially the +Delhi of the present time. The imperial palace, the Jama Masjid +or Great Mosque, and the restoration of what is now the western +Jumna canal, are the work of Shah Jahan. The Mogul empire +rapidly expanded during the reigns of Akbar and his successors +down to Aurungzeb, when it attained its climax. After the death +of the latter monarch, in 1707, came the decline. Insurrections +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page957" id="page957"></a>957</span> +and civil wars on the part of the Hindu tributary chiefs, +Sikhs and Mahrattas, broke out. Aurungzeb’s successors became +the helpless instruments of conflicting chiefs. His grandson, +Jahandar Shah, was, in 1713, deposed and strangled after a reign +of one year; and Farrakhsiyyar, the next in succession, met with +the same fate in 1719. He was succeeded by Mahommed Shah, +in whose reign the Mahratta forces first made their appearance +before the gates of Delhi, in 1736. Three years later the Persian +monarch, Nadir Shah, after defeating the Mogul army at Karnal, +entered Delhi in triumph. While engaged in levying a heavy +contribution, the Persian troops were attacked by the populace, +and many of them were killed. Nadir Shah, after vainly attempting +to stay the tumult, at last gave orders for a general massacre +of the inhabitants. For fifty-eight days Nadir Shah remained in +Delhi, and when he left he carried with him a treasure in money +amounting, at the lowest computation, to eight or nine millions +sterling, besides jewels of inestimable value, and other property +to the amount of several millions more.</p> + +<p>From this time (1740) the decline of the empire proceeded +unchecked and with increased rapidity. In 1771 Shah Alam, the +son of Alamgir II., was nominally raised to the throne by the +Mahrattas, the real sovereignty resting with the Mahratta chief, +Sindhia. An attempt of the puppet emperor to shake himself +clear of the Mahrattas, in which he was defeated in 1788, led to a +permanent Mahratta garrison being stationed at Delhi. From +this date, the king remained a cipher in the hands of Sindhia, +who treated him with studied neglect, until the 8th of September +1803, when Lord Lake overthrew the Mahrattas under the walls +of Delhi, entered the city, and took the king under the protection +of the British. Delhi, once more attacked by a Mahratta army +under the Mahratta chief Holkar in 1804, was gallantly defended +by Colonel Ochterlony, the British resident, who held out against +overwhelming odds for eight days, until relieved by Lord Lake. +From this date a new era in the history of Delhi began. A pension +of £120,000 per annum was allowed to the king, with exclusive +jurisdiction over the palace, and the titular sovereignty as before; +but the city, together with the Delhi territory, passed under +British administration.</p> + +<p>Fifty-three years of quiet prosperity for Delhi were brought to +a close by the Mutiny of 1857. Its capture by the mutineers, its +siege, and its subsequent recapture by the British have been +often told, and nothing beyond a short notice is called for here. +The outbreak at Meerut occurred on the night of the 10th of +May 1857. Immediately after the murder of their officers, the +rebel soldiery set out for Delhi, about 35 m. distant, and on +the following morning entered the city, where they were joined +by the city mob. Mr Fraser, the commissioner, Mr Hutchinson, +the collector, Captain Douglas, the commandant of the palace +guards, and the Rev. Mr Jennings, the residency chaplain, were +at once murdered, as were also most of the civil and non-official +residents whose houses were situated within the city walls. The +British troops in cantonments consisted of three regiments of +native infantry and a battery of artillery. These cast in their lot +with the mutineers, and commenced by killing their officers. +The Delhi magazine, then the largest in the north-west of India, +was in the charge of Lieutenant Willoughby, with whom were two +other officers and six non-commissioned officers. The magazine +was attacked by the mutineers, but the little band defended to +the last the enormous accumulation of munitions of war stored +there, and, when further defence was hopeless, fired the magazine. +Five of the nine were killed by the explosion, and Lieutenant +Willoughby subsequently died of his injuries; the remaining +three succeeded in making their escape. The occupation of Delhi +by the rebels was the signal for risings in almost every military +station in North-Western India. The revolted soldiery with one +accord thronged towards Delhi, and in a short time the city was +garrisoned by a rebel army variously estimated at from 50,000 to +70,000 disciplined men. The pensioned king, Bahadur Shah, was +proclaimed emperor; his sons were appointed to various military +commands. About fifty Europeans and Eurasians, nearly all +females, who had been captured in trying to escape from the town +on the day of the outbreak, were confined in a stifling chamber +of the palace for fifteen days; they were then brought out and +massacred in the court-yard.</p> + +<p>The siege which followed forms one of the memorable incidents +of the British history of India. On the 8th June, four weeks after +the outbreak, Sir H. Barnard, who had succeeded as commander-in-chief +on the death of General Anson, routed the mutineers with +a handful of Europeans and Sikhs, after a severe action at Badliki-Serai, +and encamped upon the Ridge that overlooks the city. +The force was too weak to capture the city, and he had no siege +train or heavy guns. All that could be done was to hold the +position till the arrival of reinforcements and of a siege train. +During the next three months the little British force on the Ridge +were rather the besieged than the besiegers. Almost daily sallies, +which often turned into pitched battles, were made by the rebels +upon the over-worked handful of Europeans, Sikhs and Gurkhas. +A great struggle took place on the centenary of the battle of +Plassey (June 23), and another on the 25th of August; but on +both occasions the mutineers were repulsed with heavy loss. +General Barnard died of cholera in July, and was succeeded by +General Archdale Wilson. Meanwhile reinforcements and siege +artillery gradually arrived, and early in September it was resolved +to make the assault. The first of the heavy batteries opened fire +on the 8th of September, and on the 13th a practicable breach was +reported.</p> + +<p>On the morning of the 14th Sept. the assault was delivered, +the points of attack being the Kashmir bastion, the Water +bastion, the Kashmir gate, and the Lahore gate. The assault +was thoroughly successful, although the column which was to +enter the city by the Lahore gate sustained a temporary check. +The whole eastern part of the city was retaken, but at a cost of +66 officers and 1104 men killed and wounded, out of the total +strength of 9866. Fighting continued more or less during the +next six days, and it was not till the 20th of September that the +entire city and palace were occupied, and the reconquest of Delhi +was complete. During the siege, the British force sustained a +loss of 1012 officers and men killed, and 3837 wounded. Among +the killed was General John Nicholson, the leader of one of the +storming parties, who was shot through the body in the act of +leading his men, in the first day’s fighting. He lived, however, +to learn that the whole city had been recaptured, and died on the +23rd of September. On the flight of the mutineers, the king and +several members of the royal family took refuge at Humayun’s +tomb. On receiving a promise that his life would be spared, +the last of the house of Timur surrendered to Major Hodson; he +was afterwards banished to Rangoon. Delhi, thus reconquered, +remained for some months under military authority. Owing to +the murder of several European soldiers who strayed from the +lines, the native population was expelled the city. Hindus were +soon afterwards readmitted, but for some time Mahommedans +were rigorously excluded. Delhi was made over to the civil +authorities in January 1858, but it was not till 1861 that the civil +courts were regularly reopened. The shattered walls of the +Kashmir gateway, and the bastions of the northern face of the +city, still bear the marks of the cannonade of September 1857. +Since that date Delhi has settled down into a prosperous commercial +town, and a great railway centre. The lines which start +from it to the north, south, east and west bring into its bazaars +the trade of many districts. But the romance of antiquity still +lingers around it, and Delhi was selected for the scene of the +Imperial Proclamation on the 1st of January 1877, and for the +great Durbar held in January 1903 for the proclamation of King +Edward VII. as emperor of India.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—The best modern account of the city is <i>Delhi, Past +and Present</i> (1901), by H. C. Fanshawe, a former commissioner of +Delhi. Other authoritative works are <i>Cities of India</i> (1903) and <i>The +Mutiny Papers</i> (1893), both by G. W. Forrest, and <i>Forty-one Years in +India</i> (1897), by Lord Roberts; while some impressionistic sketches +will be found in <i>Enchanted India</i> (1899), by Prince Bojidar Karageorgevitch. +See also the chapter on Delhi in H. G. Keene, <i>Hist. of +Hindustan ... to the fall of the Mughol Empire</i> (1885). For the +Delhi Durbar of 1903 see Stephen Wheeler, <i>Hist. of the Delhi Coronation +Durbar</i>, compiled from official papers by order of the viceroy of +India (London, 1904), which contains numerous portraits and other +illustrations.</p> +</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1r" id="ft1r" href="#fa1r"><span class="fn">1</span></a> See the paper by V. A. Smith in the <i>Journal of the Royal Asiatic +Soc.</i> (1897), p. 13.</p> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page958" id="page958"></a>958</span></p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELIA,<a name="ar184" id="ar184"></a></span> a festival of Apollo held every five years at the great +panegyris in Delos (Homeric <i>Hymn to Apollo</i>, 147). It included +athletic and musical contests, at which the prize was a branch of +the sacred palm. This festival was said to have been established +by Theseus on his way back from Crete. Its celebration gradually +fell into abeyance and was not revived till 426 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, when the +Athenians purified the island and took so prominent a part in the +maintenance of the Delia that it came to be regarded almost as +an Athenian festival (Thucydides iii. 104). Ceremonial embassies +(<span class="grk" title="theôriai">θεωρίαι</span>) from all the Greek cities were present.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See G. Gilbert, <i>Deliaca</i> (1869); J. A. Lebègue, <i>Recherches sur Délos</i> +(1876); A. Mommsen, <i>Feste der Stadt Athen</i> (1898); E. Pfuhl, +<i>De Atheniensium pompis sacris</i> (1900); G. F. Schömann, <i>Griechische +Altertümer</i> (4th ed., 1897-1902); P. Stengel, <i>Die griechischen +Kultusaltertümer</i> (1898); T. Homolle in Daremberg and Saglio’s +<i>Dictionnaire des antiquités</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELIAN LEAGUE,<a name="ar185" id="ar185"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Confederacy of Delos</span>, the name given +to a confederation of Greek states under the leadership of Athens, +with its headquarters at Delos, founded in 478 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> shortly after +the final repulse of the expedition of the Persians under Xerxes I. +This confederacy, which after many modifications and vicissitudes +was finally broken up by the capture of Athens by Sparta +in 404, was revived in 378-7 (the “Second Athenian Confederacy”) +as a protection against Spartan aggression, and lasted, +at least formally, until the victory of Philip II. of Macedon at +Chaeronea. These two confederations have an interest quite out +of proportion to the significance of the detailed events which form +their history. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Greece</a></span>: <i>Ancient History</i>.) They are the first +two examples of which we have detailed knowledge of a serious +attempt at united action on the part of a large number of self-governing +states at a relatively high level of conscious political +development. The first league, moreover, in its later period +affords the first example in recorded history of self-conscious +imperialism in which the subordinate units enjoyed a specified +local autonomy with an organized system, financial, military and +judicial. The second league is further interesting as the precursor +of the Achaean and Aetolian Leagues.</p> + +<p><i>History.</i>—Several causes contributed to the formation of the +first Confederacy of Delos. During the 6th century <span class="scs">B.C.</span> Sparta +had come to be regarded as the chief power, not only in the Peloponnese, +but also in Greece as a whole, including the islands of +the Aegean. The Persian invasions of Darius and Xerxes, with the +consequent importance of maritime strength and the capacity +for distant enterprise, as compared with that of purely military +superiority in the Greek peninsula, caused a considerable loss of +prestige which Sparta was unwilling to recognize. Moreover, it +chanced that at the time the Spartan leaders were not men +of strong character or general ability. Pausanias, the victor of +Plataea, soon showed himself destitute of the high qualities +which the situation demanded. Personal cupidity, discourtesy +to the allies, and a tendency to adopt the style and manners of +oriental princes, combined to alienate from him the sympathies +of the Ionian allies, who realized that, had it not been for the +Athenians, the battle of Salamis would never have been even +fought, and Greece would probably have become a Persian +satrapy. The Athenian contingent which was sent to aid +Pausanias in the task of driving the Persians finally out of the +Thraceward towns was under the command of the Athenians, +Aristides and Cimon, men of tact and probity. It is not, therefore, +surprising that when Pausanias was recalled to Sparta on +the charge of treasonable overtures to the Persians, the Ionian +allies appealed to the Athenians on the grounds of kinship and +urgent necessity, and that when Sparta sent out Dorcis to supersede +Pausanias he found Aristides in unquestioned command of +the allied fleet. To some extent the Spartans were undoubtedly +relieved, in that it no longer fell to them to organize distant +expeditions to Asia Minor, and this feeling was strengthened +about the same time by the treacherous conduct of their king +Leotychides (<i>q.v.</i>) in Thessaly. In any case the inelastic quality +of the Spartan system was unable to adapt itself to the spirit of +the new age. To Aristides was mainly due the organization of the +new league and the adjustment of the contributions of the various +allies in ships or in money. His assessment, of the details of +which we know nothing, was so fair that it remained popular long +after the league of autonomous allies had become an Athenian +empire. The general affairs of the league were managed by a +synod which met periodically in the temple of Apollo and Artemis +at Delos, the ancient centre sanctified by the common worship +of the Ionians. In this synod the allies met on an equality under +the presidency of Athens. Among its first subjects of deliberation +must have been the ratification of Aristides’ assessment. +Thucydides lays emphasis on the fact that in these meetings +Athens as head of the league had no more than presidential +authority, and the other members were called <span class="grk" title="summachoi">σύμμαχοι</span> (allies), +a word, however, of ambiguous meaning and capable of including +both free and subject allies. The only other fact preserved by +Thucydides is that Athens appointed a board called the Hellenotamiae +(<span class="grk" title="tamias">ταμίας</span>, steward) to watch over and administer the +treasury of the league, which for some twenty years was kept +at Delos, and to receive the contributions (<span class="grk" title="phoros">φόρος</span>) of the allies +who paid in money.</p> + +<p>The league was, therefore, specifically a free confederation of +autonomous Ionian cities founded as a protection against the +common danger which threatened the Aegean basin, and led +by Athens in virtue of her predominant naval power as exhibited +in the war against Xerxes. Its organization, adopted by the +common synod, was the product of the new democratic ideal +embodied in the Cleisthenic reforms, as interpreted by a just +and moderate exponent. It is one of the few examples of free +corporate action on the part of the ancient Greek cities, whose +centrifugal yearning for independence so often proved fatal to +the Hellenic world. It is, therefore, a profound mistake to regard +the history of the league during the first twenty years of its +existence as that of an Athenian empire. Thucydides expressly +describes the predominance of Athens as <span class="grk" title="hêgemonia">ἡγεμονία</span> (leadership, +headship), not as <span class="grk" title="archê">ἀρχή</span> (empire), and the attempts made by +Athenian orators during the second period of the Peloponnesian +War to prove that the attitude of Athens had not altered since +the time of Aristides are manifestly unsuccessful.</p> + +<p>Of the first ten years of the league’s history we know practically +nothing, save that it was a period of steady, successful activity +against the few remaining Persian strongholds in Thrace and the +Aegean (Herod, i. 106-107, see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Athens</a></span>, <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Cimon</a></span>). In these years +the Athenian sailors reached a high pitch of training, and by +their successes strengthened that corporate pride which had been +born at Salamis. On the other hand, it naturally came to pass +that certain of the allies became weary of incessant warfare and +looked for a period of commercial prosperity. Athens, as the +chosen leader, and supported no doubt by the synod, enforced +the contributions of ships and money according to the assessment. +Gradually the allies began to weary of personal service +and persuaded the synod to accept a money commutation. The +Ionians were naturally averse from prolonged warfare, and in +the prosperity which must have followed the final rout of the +Persians and the freeing of the Aegean from the pirates (a very +important feature in the league’s policy) a money contribution +was only a trifling burden. The result was, however, extremely +bad for the allies, whose status in the league necessarily became +lower in relation to that of Athens, while at the same time their +military and naval resources correspondingly diminished. Athens +became more and more powerful, and could afford to disregard +the authority of the synod. Another new feature appeared +in the employment of coercion against cities which desired to +secede. Athens might fairly insist that the protection of the +Aegean would become impossible if some of the chief islands were +liable to be used as piratical strongholds, and further that it was +only right that all should contribute in some way to the security +which all enjoyed. The result was that, in the cases of Naxos +and Thasos, for instance, the league’s resources were employed +not against the Persians but against recalcitrant Greek islands, +and that the Greek ideal of separate autonomy was outraged. +Shortly after the capture of Naxos (<i>c.</i> 467 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>) Cimon proceeded +with a fleet of 300 ships (only 100 from the allies) to the south-western +and southern coasts of Asia Minor. Having driven the +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page959" id="page959"></a>959</span> +Persians out of Greek towns in Lycia and Caria, he met and +routed the Persians on land and sea at the mouth of the Eurymedon +in Pamphylía. In 463 after a siege of more than two years +the Athenians captured Thasos, with which they had quarrelled +over mining rights in the Strymon valley. It is said (Thuc. i. 101) +that Thasos had appealed for aid to Sparta, and that the latter +was prevented from responding only by earthquake and the +Helot revolt. But this is both unproved and improbable. +Sparta had so far no quarrel with Athens. Athens thus became +mistress of the Aegean, while the synod at Delos had become +practically, if not theoretically, powerless. It was at this time +that Cimon (<i>q.v.</i>), who had striven to maintain a balance between +Sparta, the chief military, and Athens, the chief naval power, +was successfully attacked by Ephialtes and Pericles. During the +ensuing years, apart from a brief return to the Cimonian policy, +the resources of the league, or, as it has now become, the +Athenian empire, were directed not so much against Persia +as against Sparta, Corinth, Aegina and Boeotia. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Athens</a></span>; +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Sparta</a></span>, &c.) A few points only need be dealt with here. The first +years of the land war brought the Athenian empire to its zenith. +Apart from Thessaly, it included all Greece outside the Peloponnese. +At the same time, however, the Athenian expedition +against the Persians in Egypt ended in a disastrous defeat, and +for a time the Athenians returned to a philo-Laconian policy, +perhaps under the direction of Cimon (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Cimon</a></span> and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Pericles</a></span>). +Peace was made with Sparta, and, if we are to believe 4th-century +orators, a treaty, the Peace of Callias or of Cimon, was +concluded between the Great King and Athens in 449 after the +death of Cimon before the walls of Citium in Cyprus. The +meaning of this so-called Peace of Callias is doubtful. Owing to +the silence of Thucydides and other reasons, many scholars +regard it as merely a cessation of hostilities (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Cimon</a></span> and +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Callias</a></span>, where authorities are quoted). At all events, it is +significant of the success of the main object of the Delian League, +the Athenians resigning Cyprus and Egypt, while Persia recognized +the freedom of the maritime Greeks of Asia Minor.</p> + +<p>During this period the power of Athens over her allies had +increased, though we do not know anything of the process by +which this was brought about. Chios, Lesbos and Samos alone +furnished ships; all the rest had commuted for a money payment. +This meant that the synod was quite powerless. Moreover +in 454 (probably) the changed relations were crystallized by +the transference (proposed by the Samians) of the treasury to +Athens (<i>Corp. Inscr. Attic.</i> i. 260). Thus in 448 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> Athens was +not only mistress of a maritime empire, but ruled over Megara, +Boeotia, Phocis, Locris, Achaea and Troezen, <i>i.e.</i> over so-called +allies who were strangers to the old pan-Ionian assembly and +to the policy of the league, and was practically equal to Sparta +on land. An important event must be referred probably to the +year 451,—the law of Pericles, by which citizenship (including +the right to vote in the Ecclesia and to sit on paid juries) was +restricted to those who could prove themselves the children of an +Athenian father and mother (<span class="grk" title="ex amphoin astoin">ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ἀστοῖν</span>). This measure +must have had a detrimental effect on the allies, who thus saw +themselves excluded still further from recognition as equal +partners in a league (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Pericles</a></span>). The natural result of all +these causes was that a feeling of antipathy rose against Athens +in the minds of those to whom autonomy was the breath of life, +and the fundamental tendency of the Greeks to disruption was +soon to prove more powerful than the forces at the disposal of +Athens. The first to secede were the land powers of Greece +proper, whose subordination Athens had endeavoured to +guarantee by supporting the democratic parties in the various +states. Gradually the exiled oligarchs combined; with the defeat +of Tolmides at Coroneia, Boeotia was finally lost to the empire, +and the loss of Phocis, Locris and Megara was the immediate +sequel. Against these losses the retention of Euboea, Nisaea +and Pegae was no compensation; the land empire was irretrievably +lost.</p> + +<p>The next important event is the revolt of Samos, which had +quarrelled with Miletus over the city of Priene. The Samians +refused the arbitration of Athens. The island was conquered +with great difficulty by the whole force of the league, and from the +fact that the tribute of the Thracian cities and those in Hellespontine +district was increased between 439 and 436 we must +probably infer that Athens had to deal with a widespread feeling +of discontent about this period. It is, however, equally noticeable +on the one hand that the main body of the allies was not +affected, and on the other that the Peloponnesian League on +the advice of Corinth officially recognized the right of Athens to +deal with her rebellious subject allies, and refused to give help +to the Samians.</p> + +<p>The succeeding events which led to the Peloponnesian War and +the final disruption of the league are discussed in other articles. +(See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Athens</a></span>: <i>History</i>, and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Peloponnesian War</a></span>.) Two important +events alone call for special notice. The first is the +raising of the allies’ tribute in 425 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> by a certain Thudippus, +presumably a henchman of Cleon. The fact, though not +mentioned by Thucydides, was inferred from Aristophanes +(<i>Wasps</i>, 660), Andocides (<i>de Pace</i>, § 9), Plutarch (<i>Aristides</i>, +c. 24), and pseudo-Andocides (<i>Alcibiad.</i> 11); it was proved by +the discovery of the assessment list of 425-4 (Hicks and Hill, +<i>Inscrip.</i> 64). The second event belongs to 411, after the failure of +the Sicilian expedition. In that year the tribute of the allies +was commuted for a 5% tax on all imports and exports by sea. +This tax, which must have tended to equalize the Athenian +merchants with those of the allied cities, probably came into force +gradually, for beside the new collectors called <span class="grk" title="poristai">πορισταί</span> we still +find Hellenotamiae (<i>C.I.A.</i> iv. [i.] p. 34).</p> + +<p><i>The Tribute.</i>—Only a few problems can be discussed of the many +which are raised by the insufficient and conflicting evidence at +our disposal. In the first place there is the question of the +tribute. Thucydides is almost certainly wrong in saying that the +amount of the original tribute was 460 talents (about £106,000); +this figure cannot have been reached for at least twelve, probably +twenty years, when new members had been enrolled (Lycia, +Caria, Eion, Lampsacus). Similarly he is probably wrong, or at +all events includes items of which the tribute lists take no account, +when he says that it amounted to 600 talents at the beginning +of the Peloponnesian War. The moderation of the assessment is +shown not only by the fact that it was paid so long without +objection, but also by the individual items. Even in 425 Naxos +and Andros paid only 15 talents, while Athens had just raised +an <i>eisphora</i> (income tax) from her own citizens of 200 talents. +Moreover it would seem that a tribute which yielded less than +the 5% tax of 411 could not have been unreasonable.</p> + +<p>The number of tributaries is given by Aristophanes as 1000, +but this is greatly in excess of those named in the tribute lists. +Some authorities give 200; others put it as high as 290. The +difficulty is increased by the fact that in some cases several towns +were grouped together in one payment (<span class="grk" title="synteleis">συντελεῖς</span>). These were +grouped into five main geographical divisions (from 443 to 436; +afterwards four, Caria being merged in Ionia). Each division +was represented by two elective assessment commissioners +(<span class="grk" title="taktai">τακταί</span>), who assisted the Boulē at Athens in the quadrennial +division of the tribute. Each city sent in its own assessment +before the <span class="grk" title="taktai">τακταί</span>, who presented it to the Boulē. If there was +any difference of opinion the matter was referred to the Ecclesia +for settlement. In the Ecclesia a private citizen might propose +another assessment, or the case might be referred to the law +courts. The records of the tribute are preserved in the so-called +quota lists, which give the names of the cities and the proportion, +one-sixtieth, of their several tributes, which was paid to Athens. +No tribute was paid by members of a <i>cleruchy</i> (<i>q.v.</i>), as we find +from the fact that the tribute of a city always decreased when +a cleruchy was planted in it. This highly organized financial +system must have been gradually evolved, and no doubt +reached its perfection only after the treasury was transferred +to Athens.</p> + +<p><i>Government and Jurisdiction.</i>—There is much difference of +opinion among scholars regarding the attitude of imperial Athens +towards her allies. Grote maintained that on the whole the +allies had little ground for complaint; but in so doing he rather +seems to leave out of account the Greek’s dislike of external +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page960" id="page960"></a>960</span> +discipline. The very fact that the hegemony had become an +empire was enough to make the new system highly offensive to +the allies. No very strong argument can be based on the paucity +of actual revolts. The indolent Ionians had seen the result of +secession at Naxos and rebellion at Thasos; the Athenian fleet +was perpetually on guard in the Aegean. On the other hand +among the mainland cities revolt was frequent; they were +ready to rebel <span class="grk" title="kai para dynamin">καὶ παρὰ δύναμιν</span>. Therefore, even though +Athenian domination may have been highly salutary in its +effects, there can be no doubt that the allies did not regard it +with affection.</p> + +<p>To judge only by the negative evidence of the decree of +Aristoteles which records the terms of alliance of the second +confederacy (below), we gather that in the later period at least of +the first league’s history the Athenians had interfered with the +local autonomy of the allies in various ways—an inference which +is confirmed by the terms of “alliance” which Athens imposed on +Erythrae, Chalcis and Miletus. Though it appears that Athens +made individual agreements with various states, and therefore +that we cannot regard as general rules the terms laid down in +those which we possess, it is undeniable that the Athenians +planted garrisons under permanent Athenian officers (<span class="grk" title="phrourarchoi">φρούραρχοι</span>) +in some cities. Moreover the practice among Athenian settlers +of acquiring land in the allied districts must have been vexatious +to the allies, the more so as all important cases between Athenians +and citizens of allied cities were brought to Athens. Even on the +assumption that the Athenian dicasteries were scrupulously fair +in their awards, it must have been peculiarly galling to the +self-respect of the allies and inconvenient to individuals to +be compelled to carry cases to Athens and Athenian juries. +Furthermore we gather from the Aristoteles inscription and +from the 4th-century orators that Athens imposed democratic +constitutions on her allies; indeed Isocrates (<i>Paneg.</i>, 106) takes +credit for Athens on this ground, and the charter of Erythrae +confirms the view (cf. Arist. <i>Polit.</i>, viii., vi. 9 1307 b 20; Thuc. +viii. 21, 48, 64, 65). Even though we admit that Chios, Lesbos +and Samos (up to 440) retained their oligarchic governments +and that Selymbria, at a time (409 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>) when the empire was +<i>in extremis</i>, was permitted to choose its own constitution, there +can be no doubt that, from whatever motive and with whatever +result, Athens did exercise over many of her allies an +authority which extended to the most intimate concerns of local +administration.</p> + +<p>Thus the great attempt on the part of Athens to lead a harmonious +league of free Greek states for the good of Hellas degenerated +into an empire which proved intolerable to the autonomous states +of Greece. Her failure was due partly to the commercial jealousy +of Corinth working on the dull antipathy of Sparta, partly to the +hatred of compromise and discipline which was fatally characteristic +of Greece and especially of Ionian Greece, and partly also to +the lack of tact and restraint shown by Athens and her representatives +in her relations with the allies.</p> + +<p><i>The Second League.</i>—The conditions which led to the second +Athenian or Delian Confederacy were fundamentally different, +not only in virtue of the fact that the allies had learned from +experience the dangers to which such a league was liable, but +because the enemy was no longer an oriental power of whose +future action there could be no certain anticipation, but Sparta, +whose ambitious projects since the fall of Athens had shown +that there could be no safety for the smaller states save in combination.</p> + +<p>There can be no reasonable doubt that as soon as the +Athenians began to recover from the paralysing effect of the +victory of Lysander and the internal troubles in which they were +involved by the government of the Thirty, their thoughts turned +to the possibility of recovering their lost empire. The first step +in the direction was the recovery of their sea-power, which was +effected by the victory of Conon at Cnidus (August 394 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>). +Gradually individual cities which had formed part of the Athenian +empire returned to their alliance with Athens, until the Spartans +had lost Rhodes, Cos, Nisyrus, Teos, Chios, Mytilene, Ephesus, +Erythrae, Lemnos, Imbros, Scyros, Eretria, Melos, Cythera, +Carpathus and Delos. Sparta had only Sestos and Abydos of all +that she had won by the battle of Aegospotami. At the same +time no systematic constructive attempt at a renewal of empire +can as yet be detected. Athenian relations were with individual +states only, and the terms of alliance were various. Moreover, +whereas Persia had been for several years aiding Athens against +Sparta, the revolt of the Athenian ally Evagoras (<i>q.v.</i>) of Cyprus +set them at enmity, and with the secession of Ephesus, Cnidus and +Samos in 391 and the civil war in Rhodes, the star of Sparta +seemed again to be in the ascendant. But the whole position +was changed by the successes of Thrasybulus, who brought over +the Odrysian king Medocus and Seuthes of the Propontis to +the Athenian alliance, set up a democracy in Byzantium and +reimposed the old 10% duty on goods from the Black Sea. +Many of the island towns subsequently came over, and from +inscriptions at Clazomenae (<i>C.I.A.</i> ii. 14<i>b</i>) and Thasos (<i>C.I.A.</i> +iv. 11<i>b</i>) we learn that Thrasybulus evidently was deliberately +aiming at a renewal of the empire, though the circumstances +leading to his death at Aspendus when seeking to raise money +suggest that he had no general backing in Athens.</p> + +<p>The peace of Antalcidas or the King’s Peace (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Antalcidas</a></span>; +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Sparta</a></span>) in 386 was a blow to Athens in the interests of Persia +and Sparta. Antalcidas compelled the Athenians to give their +assent to it only by making himself master of the Hellespont by +stratagem with the aid of Dionysius the Elder of Syracuse. By +this peace all the Greek cities on the mainland of Asia with the +islands of Cyprus and Clazomenae were recognized as Persian, +all other cities except Imbros, Lemnos and Scyros as autonomous. +Directly, this arrangement prevented an Athenian +empire; indirectly, it caused the sacrificed cities and their +kinsmen on the islands to look upon Athens as their protector. +The gross selfishness of the Spartans, herein exemplified, was +emphasized by their capture of the Theban citadel, and, after +their expulsion, by the raid upon Attica in time of peace by +the Spartan Sphodrias, and his immunity from punishment at +Sparta (summer of 378 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>). The Athenians at once invited their +allies to a conference, and the Second Athenian Confederacy was +formed in the archonship of Nausinicus on the basis of the +famous decree of Aristoteles. Those who attended the conference +were probably Athens, Chios, Mytilene, Methymna, Rhodes, +Byzantium, Thebes, the latter of which joined Athens soon after +the Sphodrias raid. In the spring of 377 invitations were sent +out to the maritime cities. Some time in that year Tenedos, +Chios, Chalcis in Euboea, and probably the Euboean cities +Eretria, Carystus and Arethusa gave in their adherence, followed +by Perinthus, Peparethus, Sciathus and other maritime cities.</p> + +<p>At this point Sparta was roused to a sense of the significance of +the new confederacy, and the Athenian corn supply was threatened +by a Spartan fleet of sixty triremes. The Athenians immediately +fitted out a fleet under Chabrias, who gained a decisive victory +over the Spartans between Naxos and Paros (battle of Naxos +376 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>), both of which were added to the league. Proceeding +northwards in 375 Chabrias brought over a large number of the +Thraceward towns, including Abdera, Thasos and Samothrace. +It is interesting to notice that a garrison was placed in Abdera +in direct contravention of the terms of the new confederacy +(Meyer, <i>Gesch. d. Alt.</i>, v. 394). About the same time the successes +of Timotheus in the west resulted in the addition to the league of +Corcyra and the cities of Cephallenia, and his moderation induced +the Acarnanians and Alcetas, the Molossian king, to follow their +example. Once again Sparta sent out a fleet, but Timotheus in +spite of financial embarrassment held his ground. By this time, +however, the alliance between Thebes and Athens was growing +weaker, and Athens, being short of money, concluded a peace +with Sparta (probably in July 374), by which the peace of +Antalcidas was confirmed and the two states recognized each +other as mistress of sea and land respectively. Trouble, however, +soon arose over Zacynthus, and the Spartans not only sent help +to the Zacynthian oligarchs but even besieged Corcyra (373). +Timotheus was sent to relieve the island, but shortness of +money compelled him to search for new allies, and he spent the +summer of 373 in persuading Jason of Pherae (if he had not +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page961" id="page961"></a>961</span> +already joined), and certain towns in Thrace, the Chersonese, the +Propontis and the Aegean to enrol themselves. This delay in +sending help to Corcyra was rightly or wrongly condemned by +the Athenians, who dismissed Timotheus in favour of Iphicrates. +The expedition which followed produced negative successes, but +the absence of any positive success and the pressure of financial +difficulty, coupled with the defection of Jason (probably before +371), and the high-handed action of Thebes in destroying +Plataea (373), induced Athens to renew the peace with Sparta +which Timotheus had broken. With the support of Persia an +agreement was made by a congress at Sparta on the basis of +the autonomy of the cities, Amphipolis and the Chersonese being +granted to Athens. The Thebans at first accepted the terms, but +on the day after, realizing that they were thus balked of their +pan-Boeotian ambition, withdrew and finally severed themselves +from the league.</p> + +<p>The peace of 371 may be regarded as the conclusion of the first +distinct period in the league’s existence. The original purpose +of the league—the protection of the allies from the ambitions of +Sparta—was achieved. Athens was recognized as mistress of the +sea; Sparta as the chief land power. The inherent weakness of +the coalition had, however, become apparent. The enthusiasm +of the allies (numbering about seventy) waned rapidly before the +financial exigencies of successive campaigns, and it is abundantly +clear that Thebes had no interest save the extension of her +power in Boeotia. Though her secession, therefore, meant very +little loss of strength, there were not wanting signs that the +league was not destined to remain a power in the land.</p> + +<p>The remaining history may be broken up into two periods, the +first from 371 to 357, the second from 357 to 338. Throughout +these two periods, which saw the decline and final dissolution of +the alliance, there is very little specific evidence for its existence. +The events seem to belong to the histories of the several cities, +and examples of corporate action are few and uncertain. None +the less the known facts justify a large number of inferences as to +the significance of events which are on the surface merely a part +of the individual foreign policy of Athens.</p> + +<p><i>Period 371-357.</i>—The first event in this period was the battle +of Leuctra (July 371), in which, no doubt to the surprise of Athens, +Thebes temporarily asserted itself as the chief land power in +Greece. To counterbalance the new power Athens very rashly +plunged into Peloponnesian politics with the ulterior object of +inducing the states which had formerly recognized the hegemony +of Sparta to transfer their allegiance to the Delian League. It +seems that all the states adopted this policy with the exception +of Sparta (probably) and Elis. The policy of Athens was mistaken +for two reasons: (1) Sparta was not entirely humiliated, and +(2) alliance with the land powers of Peloponnese was incalculably +dangerous, inasmuch as it involved Athens in enterprises which +could not awake the enthusiasm of her maritime allies. This new +coalition naturally alarmed Sparta, which at once made overtures +to Athens on the ground of their common danger from Thebes. +The alliance was concluded in 369. About the same time +Iphicrates was sent to take possession of Amphipolis according +to the treaty of 371. Some success in Macedonia roused the +hostility of Thebes, and the subsequent attempts on Amphipolis +caused the Chalcidians to declare against the league. It would +appear that the old suspicion of the allies was now thoroughly +awakened, and we find Athens making great efforts to conciliate +Mytilene by honorific decrees (Hicks and Hill, 109). This +suspicion, which was due primarily, no doubt, to the agreement +with Sparta, would find confirmation in the subsequent exchange +of compliments with Dionysius I. of Syracuse, Sparta’s ally, who +with his sons received the Athenian citizenship. It is not clear +that the allies officially approved this new friendship; it is +certain that it was actually distasteful to them. The same +dislike would be roused by the Athenian alliance with Alexander +of Pherae (368-367). The maritime allies naturally had no desire +to be involved in the quarrels of Sicily, Thessaly and the +Peloponnese.</p> + +<p>In 367 Athens and Thebes sent rival ambassadors to Persia, +with the result that Athens was actually ordered to abandon her +claim to Amphipolis, and to remove her navy from the high seas. +The claim to Amphipolis was subsequently affirmed, but the +Greek states declined to obey the order of Persia. In 366 Athens +lost Oropus, a blow which she endeavoured to repair by forming +an alliance with Arcadia and by an attack on Corinth. At the +same time certain of the Peloponnesian states made peace with +Thebes, and some hold that Athens joined this peace (Meyer, +<i>Gesch. d. Alt.</i> v. 449). Timotheus was sent in 366-365 to make +a demonstration against Persia. Finding Samos in the hands of +Cyprothemis, a servant of the satrap Tigranes, he laid siege to it, +captured it after a ten months’ siege and established a cleruchy. +Though Samos was not apparently one of the allies, this latter +action could not but remind the allies of the very dangers which +the second confederacy had set out to avoid.</p> + +<p>The next important event was the serious attempt on the part +of Epaminondas to challenge the Athenian naval supremacy. +Though Timotheus held his ground the confederacy was undoubtedly +weakened. In 362 Athens joined in the opposition +to the Theban expedition which ended in the battle of Mantineia +(July). In the next year the Athenian generals failed in the north +in their attempt to control the Hellespont. In Thessaly Alexander +of Pherae became hostile and after several successes even attacked +the Peiraeus. Chares was ordered to make reprisals, but instead +sailed to Corcyra, where he made the mistake of siding with +the oligarchs. The last event of the period was a success, the +recovery of Euboea (357), which was once more added to the +league.</p> + +<p>During these fourteen years the policy of Athens towards her +maritime allies was, as we have seen, shortsighted and inconsistent. +Alliances with various land powers, and an inability +to understand the true relations which alone could unite the +league, combined to alienate the allies, who could discover no +reason for the expenditure of their contributions on protecting +Sparta or Corinth against Thebes. The <span class="grk" title="Synedrion">Συνέδριον</span> of the league +is found taking action in several instances, but there is evidence +(cf. the expedition of Epaminondas in 363) that there was ground +for suspecting disloyalty in many quarters. On the other hand, +though the Athenian fleet became stronger and several cities +were captured, the league itself did not gain any important +voluntary adherents. The generals were compelled to support +their forces by plunder or out of their private resources, and, +frequently failing, diverted their efforts from the pressing needs +of the allies to purely Athenian objects.</p> + +<p><i>Period 357-338.</i>—The latent discontent of the allies was soon +fanned into hostility by the intrigues of Mausolus, prince of +Cardia, who was anxious to extend his kingdom. Chios, Rhodes, +Cos, Byzantium, Erythrae and probably other cities were in +revolt by the spring of 356, and their attacks on loyal members +of the confederacy compelled Athens to take the offensive. +Chabrias had already been killed in an attack on Chios in the +previous autumn, and the fleet was under the command of +Timotheus, Iphicrates and Chares, who sailed against Byzantium. +The enemy sailed north from Samos and in a battle off Embata +(between Erythrae and Chios) defeated Chares, who, without the +consent of his colleagues, had ventured to engage them in a +storm. The more cautious generals were accused of corruption +in not supporting Chares. Iphicrates was acquitted and +Timotheus condemned. Chares sought to replenish his resources +by aiding the Phrygian satrap Artabazus against Artaxerxes +Ochus, but a threat from the Persian court caused the Athenians +to recall him, and peace was made by which Athens recognized +the independence of the revolted towns. The league was further +weakened by the secession of Corcyra, and by 355 was reduced to +Athens, Euboea and a few islands. By this time, moreover, +Philip II. of Macedon had begun his career of conquest, and had +shattered an embryonic alliance between the league and certain +princes of Thrace (Cetriporis), Paeonia (Lyppeius) and Illyria +(Grabus). In 355 his advance temporarily ceased, but, as we +learn from Isocrates and Xenophon, the financial exhaustion of +the league was such that its destruction was only a matter of +time. Resuming operations in 354, Philip, in spite of temporary +checks at the hands of Chares, and the spasmodic opposition of a +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page962" id="page962"></a>962</span> +few barbarian chiefs, took from the league all its Thracian and +Macedonian cities (Abdera, Maronea, Neapolis, Methone.) In +352-351 Philip actually received help from former members of +the confederacy. In 351 Charidemus, Chares and Phocion were +sent to oppose him, and we find that the contributions of the +Lesbian cities were assigned to them for supplies, but no successes +were gained. In 349 Euboea and Olynthus were lost to the league, +of which indeed nothing remained but an empty form, in spite +of the facts that the expelled Olynthians appealed to it in 348 +and that Mytilene rejoined in 347. In 346 the peace of Philocrates +was made between the league and Philip on terms which +were accepted by the Athenian Boulē. It is very remarkable +that, in spite of the powerlessness of the confederacy, the last recorded +event in its history is the steady loyalty of Tenedos, which +gave money to Athens about 340 (Hicks and Hill, 146). The +victory of Philip at Chaeronea in 338 finally destroyed the league.</p> + +<p>In spite of the precautions taken by the allies to prevent the +domination of Athens at their expense, the policy of the league was +almost throughout directed rather in the interests of Athens. +Founded with the specific object of thwarting the ambitious +designs of Sparta, it was plunged by Athens into enterprises of an +entirely different character which exhausted the resources of the +allies without benefiting them in any respect. There is no doubt +that, with very few exceptions, the cities were held to their +allegiance solely by the superior force of the Athenian navy. +The few instances of its action show that the <span class="grk" title="Synedrion">Συνέδριον</span> was +practically only a tool in the hands of Athens.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Authorities.</span>—<i>The First League.</i>—The general histories of Greece, +especially those of A. Holm (Eng. trans., London, 1894), G. Busolt +(2nd ed., Gotha, 1893), J. Beloch (Strassburg, 1893 foll.), and G. Grote +(the one-vol. ed. of 1907 has some further notes on later evidence). +E. Meyer’s <i>Gesch. des Altertums</i> (Stuttgart, 1892 foll.) and +<i>Forschungen</i> (Halle, 1892 foll.) are of the greatest value. For inscriptions, +G. F. Hill, <i>Sources of Greek History</i>, 478-431 (2nd ed., +1907); E. L. Hicks and G. F. Hill, <i>Greek Hist. Inscr.</i> (Oxford, 1901). +On the tribute see also U. Köhler in <i>Abhandlungen d. Berliner +Akademie</i> (1869) and U. Pedroli, “I Tributi degli alleati d’ Atene” in +Beloch’s <i>Studi di storia antica</i>. See also articles <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Aristides</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Themistocles</a></span>; +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Pericles</a></span>; <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Cimon</a></span>, &c., and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Greece</a></span>: <i>History</i>, with +works quoted. For the last years of the league see also <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Peloponnesian +War</a></span>.</p> + +<p><i>The Second League.</i>—The chief modern works are G. Busolt, “Der +zweite athenische Bund” in <i>Neue Jahrbücher für classische Philologie</i> +(supp. vol. vii., 1873-1875, pp. 641-866), and F. H. Marshall, <i>The +Second Athenian Confederacy</i> (1905), one of the Cambridge Historical +Essays (No. xiii.). The latter is based on Busolt’s monograph and +includes subsequent epigraphic evidence, with a full list of authorities. +For inscriptions see Hicks and Hill, <i>op. cit.</i>, and the <i>Inscriptiones +Atticae</i>, vol. ii. pt. 5. The meagre data given by ancient writers +are collected by Busolt and Marshall.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(J. M. M.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELIBES, CLÉMENT PHILIBERT LÉO<a name="ar186" id="ar186"></a></span> (1836-1891), French +composer, was born at Saint Germain du Val on the 21st of +February 1836. He studied at the Paris Conservatoire under +Adolphe Charles Adam, through whose influence he became +accompanist at the Théâtre Lyrique. His first essay in dramatic +composition was his <i>Deux sous de charbon</i> (1853), and during +several years he produced a number of operettas. His cantata +<i>Alger</i> was heard at the Paris opera in 1865. Having become +second chorus master at the Grand Opéra, he wrote the music of a +ballet entitled <i>La Source</i> for this theatre, in collaboration with +Minkous, a Polish composer. La Source was produced with great +success in 1866. The composer returned to the operetta style +with <i>Malbrouk s’en va-t-en guerre</i>,—written in collaboration with +Georges Bizet, Émile Jonas and Legouix, and given at the +Théâtre de l’Athénée in 1867. Two years later came <i>L’Écossais +de Chatou</i>, a one-act piece, and <i>La Cour du roi Pétaud</i>, a three-act +opera-bouffe. The ballet <i>Coppélia</i> was produced at the Grand +Opéra on the 25th of May 1870 with enormous success.</p> + +<p>Delibes gave up his post as second chorus master at the Grand +Opéra in 1872 when he married the daughter of Mademoiselle +Denain, formerly an actress at the Comédie Française. In this +year he published a collection of graceful melodies including <i>Myrto</i>, +<i>Les Filles de Cadiz</i>, <i>Bonjour</i>, <i>Suzon</i> and others. His first important +dramatic work was <i>Le Roi l’a dit</i>, a charming comic opera, produced +on the 24th of May 1873 at the Opéra Comique. Three +years later, on the 14th of June 1876, <i>Sylvia</i>, a ballet in three acts, +one of the composer’s most delightful works, was produced at the +Grand Opéra. This was followed by <i>La Mort d’Orphée</i>, a grand +scena produced at the Trocadéro concerts in 1878; by <i>Jean de +Nivelle</i>, a three-act opera brought out at the Opéra Comique on +the 8th of March 1880; and by <i>Lakmé</i>, an opera in three acts +produced at the same theatre on the 14th of April 1883. Lakmé +has remained his most popular opera. The composer died in +Paris on the 16th of January 1891, leaving <i>Kassya</i>, a four-act +opera, in an unfinished state. This work was completed by +E. Guiraud, and produced at the Opéra Comique on the 21st of +March 1893. In 1877 Delibes became a chevalier of the Legion +of Honour; in 1881 he became a professor of advanced composition +at the Conservatoire; in 1884 he took the place of +Victor Massé at the Institut de France.</p> + +<p>Leo Delibes was a typically French composer. His music is +light, graceful and refined. He excelled in ballet music, and +<i>Sylvia</i> may well be considered a masterpiece. His operas are +constructed on a conventional pattern. The harmonic texture, +however, is modern, and the melodic invention abundant, while +the orchestral treatment is invariably excellent.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELILAH,<a name="ar187" id="ar187"></a></span> in the Bible, the heroine of Samson’s last love-story +and the cause of his downfall (Judg. xvi.). She was a Philistine +of Sorek (mod. Sūrīk), west of Zorah, and when her countrymen +offered her an enormous bribe to betray him, she set to work to +find out the source of his strength. Thrice Samson scoffingly +told her how he might be bound, and thrice he readily broke the +bonds with which she had fettered him in his sleep; seven green +bow-strings, new ropes, and even the braiding of his hair into +the frame of the loom failed to secure him. At length he disclosed +the secret of his power. Delilah put him to sleep upon her lap, +called in a man to shave off his seven locks, and this time he was +easily captured. See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Samson</a></span>.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELILLE, JACQUES<a name="ar188" id="ar188"></a></span> (1738-1813), French poet, was born on +the 22nd of June 1738 at Aigue-Perse in Auvergne. He was +an illegitimate child, and was descended by his mother from +the chancellor De l’Hôpital. He was educated at the college +of Lisieux in Paris and became an elementary teacher. He +gradually acquired a reputation as a poet by his epistles, in which +things are not called by their ordinary names but are hinted at by +elaborate periphrases. Sugar becomes “le miel américain que +du suc des roseaux exprima l’Africain.” The publication (1769) +of his translation of the <i>Georgics</i> of Virgil made him famous. +Voltaire recommended the poet for the next vacant place in the +Academy. He was at once elected a member, but was not +admitted until 1774 owing to the opposition of the king, who +alleged that he was too young. In his <i>Jardins, ou l’art d’embellir +les paysages</i> (1782) he made good his pretensions as an original +poet. In 1786 he made a journey to Constantinople in the train +of the ambassador M. de Choiseul-Gouffier.</p> + +<p>Delille had become professor of Latin poetry at the Collège +da France, and abbot of Saint-Sévérin, when the outbreak of the +Revolution reduced him to poverty. He purchased his personal +safety by professing his adherence to revolutionary doctrine, but +eventually quitted Paris, and retired to St Dié, where he completed +his translation of the <i>Aeneid</i>. He emigrated first to Basel +and then to Glairesse in Switzerland. Here he finished his <i>Homme +des champs</i>, and his poem on the <i>Trois règnes de la nature</i>. His +next place of refuge was in Germany, where he composed his +<i>La Pitié</i>; and finally, he passed some time in London, chiefly +employed in translating <i>Paradise Lost</i>. In 1802 he was able +to return to Paris, where, although nearly blind, he resumed +his professorship and his chair at the Academy, but lived in +retirement. He fortunately did not outlive the vogue of the +descriptive poems which were his special province, and died on +the 1st of May 1813.</p> + +<p>Delille left behind him little prose. His preface to the translation +of the <i>Georgics</i> is an able essay, and contains many excellent +hints on the art and difficulties of translation. He wrote the +article “La Bruyère” in the <i>Biographie universelle</i>. The following +is the list of his poetical works:—<i>Les Géorgiques de Virgile, +traduites en vers français</i> (Paris, 1769, 1782, 1785, 1809); <i>Les +Jardins</i>, en quatre chants (1780; new edition, Paris, 1801); +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page963" id="page963"></a>963</span> +<i>L’Homme des champs, ou les Géorgiques françaises</i> (Strassburg, +1802); <i>Poésies fugitives</i> (1802); <i>Dithyrambe sur l’immortalité de +l’âme, suivi du passage du Saint Gothard</i>, poëme traduit de +l’Anglais de Madame la duchesse de Devonshire (1802); <i>La Pitié</i>, +poëme en quatre chants (Paris, 1802); <i>L’Énéide de Virgile, +traduite en vers français</i> (4 vols., 1804); <i>Le Paradis perdu</i> +(3 vols., 1804); <i>L’Imagination</i>, poëme en huit chants (2 vols., +1806); <i>Les trois règnes de la nature</i> (2 vols., 1808); <i>La Conversation</i> +(1812). A collection given under the title of <i>Poésies diverses</i> +(1801) was disavowed by Delille.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>His <i>Œuvres</i> (16 vols.) were published in 1824. See Sainte-Beuve, +<i>Portraits littéraires</i>, vol. ii.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELIRIUM<a name="ar189" id="ar189"></a></span> (a Latin medical term for madness, from <i>delirare</i>, +to be mad, literally to wander from the <i>lira</i>, or furrow), a +temporary form of brain disorder, generally occurring in connexion +with some special form of bodily disease. It may vary +in intensity from slight and occasional wandering of the mind and +incoherence of expression, to fixed delusions and violent maniacal +excitement, and again it may be associated with more or less of +coma or insensibility. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Insanity</a></span>, and <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Neuropathology</a></span>.) +Delirium is apt to occur in most diseases of an acute nature, such +as fevers or inflammatory affections, in injuries affecting the +brain, in blood diseases, in conditions of exhaustion, and as the +result of the action of certain specific poisons, such as opium, +Indian hemp, belladonna, chloroform and alcohol.</p> + +<p>Delirium tremens is one of a train of symptoms of what is +termed in medical nomenclature acute alcoholism, or excessive +indulgence in alcohol. It must, however, be observed that this +disorder, although arising in this manner, rarely comes on as the +result of a single debauch in a person unaccustomed to the abuse +of stimulants, but generally occurs in cases where the nervous +system has been already subjected for a length of time to the +poisonous action of alcohol, so that the complaint might be more +properly regarded as acute supervening on chronic alcoholism. +It is equally to be borne in mind that many habitual drunkards +never suffer from delirium tremens.</p> + +<p>It was long supposed, and is indeed still believed by some, that +delirium tremens only comes on when the supply of alcohol has +been suddenly cut off; but this view is now generally rejected, +and there is abundant evidence to show that the attack comes on +while the patient is still continuing to drink. Even in those cases +where several days have elapsed between the cessation from +drinking and the seizure, it will be found that in the interval the +premonitory symptoms of delirium tremens have shown themselves, +one of which is aversion to drink as well as food—the +attack being in most instances preceded by marked derangement +of the digestive functions. Occasionally the attack is precipitated +in persons predisposed to it by the occurrence of some acute +disease, such as pneumonia, by accidents, such as burns, also by +severe mental strain, and by the deprivation of food, even where +the supply of alcohol is less than would have been likely to +produce it otherwise. Where, on the other hand, the quantity +of alcohol taken has been very large, the attack is sometimes +ushered in by fits of an epileptiform character.</p> + +<p>One of the earliest indications of the approaching attack of +delirium tremens is sleeplessness, any rest the patient may +obtain being troubled by unpleasant or terrifying dreams. +During the day there is observed a certain restlessness and +irritability of manner, with trembling of the hands and a thick +or tremulous articulation. The skin is perspiring, the countenance +oppressed-looking and flushed, the pulse rapid and feeble, and +there is evidence of considerable bodily prostration. These +symptoms increase each day and night for a few days, and then +the characteristic delirium is superadded. The patient is in a +state of mental confusion, talks incessantly and incoherently, +has a distressed and agitated or perplexed appearance, and a +vague notion that he is pursued by some one seeking to injure +him. His delusions are usually of transient character, but he +is constantly troubled with visual hallucinations in the form of +disagreeable animals or insects which he imagines he sees all about +him. He looks suspiciously around him, turns over his pillows, +and ransacks his bedclothes for some fancied object he supposes +to be concealed there. There is constant restlessness, a common +form of delusion being that he is not in his own house, but +imprisoned in some apartment from which he is anxious to escape +to return home. In these circumstances he is ever wishing to get +out of bed and out of doors, and, although in general he may be +persuaded to return to bed, he is soon desiring to get up again. +The trembling of the muscles from which the name of the disease +is derived is a prominent but not invariable symptom. It is +most marked in the muscles of the hands and arms and in the +tongue. The character of the delirium is seldom wild or noisy, +but is much more commonly a combination of busy restlessness +and indefinite fear. When spoken to, the patient can answer +correctly enough, but immediately thereafter relapses into his +former condition of incoherence. Occasionally maniacal symptoms +develop themselves, the patient becoming dangerously +violent, and the case thus assuming a much graver aspect than +one of simple delirium tremens.</p> + +<p>In most cases the symptoms undergo abatement in from three +to six days, the cessation of the attack being marked by the +occurrence of sound sleep, from which the patient awakes in his +right mind, although in a state of great physical prostration, and +in great measure if not entirely oblivious of his condition during +his illness.</p> + +<p>Although generally the termination of an attack of delirium +tremens is in recovery, it occasionally proves fatal by the supervention +of coma and convulsions, or acute mania, or by exhaustion, +more especially when any acute bodily disease is associated +with the attack. In certain instances delirium tremens is but the +beginning of serious and permanent impairment of intellect, as +is not infrequently observed in confirmed drunkards who have +suffered from frequent attacks of this disease. The theory +once widely accepted, that delirium tremens was the result of the +too sudden breaking off from indulgence in alcohol, led to its +treatment by regular and often large doses of stimulants, a +practice fraught with mischievous results, since however much +the delirium appeared to be thus calmed for the time, the continuous +supply of the poison which was the original source of +the disease inflicted serious damage upon the brain, and led in +many instances to the subsequent development of insanity. The +former system of prescribing large doses of opium, with the +view of procuring sleep at all hazards, was no less pernicious. +In addition to these methods of treatment, mechanical restraint +of the patient was the common practice.</p> + +<p>The views of the disease which now prevail, recognizing the +delirium as the effect at once of the poisonous action of alcohol +upon the brain and of the want of food, encourage reliance to be +placed for its cure upon the entire withdrawal, in most instances, +of stimulants, and the liberal administration of light nutriment, +in addition to quietness and gentle but firm control, without +mechanical restraint. In mild attacks this is frequently all that +is required. In more severe cases, where there is great restlessness, +sedatives have to be resorted to, and many substances +have been recommended for the purpose. Opiates administered +in small quantity, and preferably by hypodermic injection, are +undoubtedly of value; and chloral, either alone or in conjunction +with bromide of potassium, often answers even better. +Such remedies, however, should be administered with great +caution, and only under medical supervision.</p> + +<p>Stimulants may be called for where the delirium assumes the +low or adynamic form, and the patient tends to sink from exhaustion, +or when the attack is complicated with some other disease. +Such cases are, however, in the highest degree exceptional, and +do not affect the general principle of treatment already referred +to, which inculcates the entire withdrawal of stimulants in the +treatment of ordinary attacks of delirium tremens.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELISLE, JOSEPH NICOLAS<a name="ar190" id="ar190"></a></span> (1688-1768), French astronomer, +was born at Paris on the 4th of April 1688. Attracted to astronomy +by the solar eclipse of the 12th of May 1706, he obtained +permission in 1710 to lodge in the dome of the Luxembourg, +procured some instruments, and there observed the total eclipse +of the 22nd of May 1724. He proposed in 1715 the “diffraction-theory” +of the sun’s corona, visited England and was received +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page964" id="page964"></a>964</span> +into the Royal Society in 1724, and left Paris for St Petersburg +on a summons from the empress Catherine, towards the end +of 1725. Having founded an observatory there, he returned to +Paris in 1747, was appointed geographical astronomer to the +naval department with a salary of 3000 livres, and installed +an observatory in the Hôtel Cluny. Charles Messier and +J. J. Lalande were among his pupils. He died of apoplexy at +Paris on the 12th of September 1768. Delisle is chiefly remembered +as the author of a method for observing the transits of +Venus and Mercury by instants of contacts. First proposed by +him in a letter to J. Cassini in 1743, it was afterwards perfected, +and has been extensively employed. As a preliminary to the +transit of Mercury in 1743, which he personally observed, he +issued a map of the world showing the varied circumstances of its +occurrence. Besides many papers communicated to the academy +of sciences, of which he became a member in 1714, he published +<i>Mémoires pour servir à l’histoire et au progrès de l’astronomie</i> (St +Petersburg, 1738), in which he gave the first method for determining +the heliocentric co-ordinates of sun-spots; <i>Mémoire sur les +nouvelles découvertes au nord de la mer du sud</i> (Paris, 1752), &c.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>Mémoires de l’acad. des sciences</i> (Paris, 1768), <i>Histoire</i>, p. 167 +(G. de Fouchy); J. B. J. Delambre, <i>Hist. de l’astronomie au XVIII<span class="sp">e</span> +siècle</i>, pp. 319, 533; Max. Marie, <i>Hist. des sciences</i>, vii. 254; Lalande, +Bibl. astr. p. 385; and <i>Le Nécrologe des hommes célèbres de France</i> +(1770). The records of Delisle’s observations at St Petersburg are +preserved in manuscript at the Pulkowa observatory. A report upon +them was presented to the St Petersburg academy of sciences by +O. Struve in 1848, and those relating to occultations of the Pleiades +were discussed by Carl Linsser in 1864. See also S. Newcomb, +<i>Washington Observations</i> for 1875, app. ii. pp. 176-189.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(A. M. C.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELISLE, LÉOPOLD VICTOR<a name="ar191" id="ar191"></a></span> (1826-  ), French bibliophile +and historian, was born at Valognes (Manche) on the 24th of +October 1826. At the École des Chartes, where his career was +remarkably brilliant, his valedictory thesis was an <i>Essai sur les +revenus publics en Normandie au XII<span class="sp">e</span> siècle</i> (1849), and it was +to the history of his native province that he devoted his early +works. Of these the <i>Études sur la condition de la classe agricole et +l’état de l’agriculture en Normandie au moyen âge</i> (1851), condensing +an enormous mass of facts drawn from the local archives, was +reprinted in 1905 without change, and remains authoritative. +In November 1852 he entered the manuscript department of the +Bibliothèque Impériale (Nationale), of which in 1874 he became +the official head in succession to Jules Taschereau. He was +already known as the compiler of several invaluable inventories +of its manuscripts. When the French government decided on +printing a general catalogue of the printed books in the Bibliothèque, +Delisle became responsible for this great undertaking +and took an active part in the work; in the preface to the first +volume (1897) he gave a detailed history of the library and its +management. Under his administration the library was enriched +with numerous gifts, legacies and acquisitions, notably by the +purchase of a part of the Ashburnham MSS. Delisle proved that +the bulk of the MSS. of French origin which Lord Ashburnham +had bought in France, particularly those bought from the bookseller +Barrois, had been purloined by Count Libri, inspector-general +of libraries under King Louis Philippe, and he procured +the repurchase of the MSS. for the library, afterwards preparing +a catalogue of them entitled <i>Catalogue des MSS. des fonds Libri +et Barrois</i> (1888), the preface of which gives the history of the +whole transaction. He was elected member of the Académie des +Inscriptions et Belles Lettres in 1859, and became a member of +the staff of the <i>Recueil des historiens de la France</i>, collaborating in +vols. xxii. (1865) and xxiii. (1876) and editing vol. xxiv. (1904), +which is valuable for the social history of France in the 13th +century. The jubilee of his fifty years’ association with the +Bibliothèque Nationale was celebrated on the 8th of March 1903. +After his retirement (February 21, 1905) he brought out in two +volumes a catalogue and description of the printed books and +MSS. in the Musée Condé at Chantilly, left by the due d’Aumale +to the French Institute. He produced many valuable official +reports and catalogues and a great number of memoirs and monographs +on points connected with palaeography and the study of +history and archaeology (see his <i>Mélanges de paléographie et de +bibliographie</i> (1880) with atlas; and his articles in the <i>Album +paléographique</i> (1887). Of his purely historical works special +mention must be made of his <i>Mémoire sur les actes d’Innocent III</i> +(1857), and his <i>Mémoire sur les opérations financières des Templiers</i> +(1889), a collection of documents of the highest value for economic +history. The thirty-second volume of the <i>Histoire littéraire de la +France</i>, which was partly his work, is of great importance for the +study of 13th and 14th century Latin chronicles. Delisle was +undoubtedly the most learned man in Europe with regard to the +middle ages; and his knowledge of diplomatics, palaeography +and printing was profound. His output of work, in catalogues, +&c., was enormous, and his services to the Bibliothèque Nationale +in this respect cannot be overestimated. His wife, a daughter +of Eugène Burnouf, was for many years his collaborator.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The <i>Bibliographie des travaux de L. Delisle</i> (1902), by Paul Lacombe, +may be consulted for a full list of his numerous works.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELITZSCH, FRANZ<a name="ar192" id="ar192"></a></span> (1813-1890), German Lutheran theologian +and orientalist, of Jewish descent, was born at Leipzig on +the 23rd of February 1813. He studied theology and oriental +languages in the university of his native town, and in 1850 was +appointed professor ordinarius of theology at Erlangen, where +the school of theologians became almost as famous as that of +Tübingen. In 1867 he accepted a call to Leipzig, where he died +on the 4th of March 1890. Delitzsch was a strict Lutheran. +“By the banner of our Lutheran confession let us stand,” he said +in 1888; “folding ourselves in it, let us die” (T. K. Cheyne, +<i>Founders</i>, p. 160). Greatly interested in the Jews, he longed +ardently for their conversion to Christianity; and with a view +to this he edited the periodical <i>Saat auf Hoffnung</i> from 1863, +revived the “Institutum Judaicum” in 1880, founded a Jewish +missionary college for the training of theologians, and translated +the <i>New Testament</i> into Hebrew. He acquired such a mastery +of post-biblical, rabbinic and talmudic literature that he has +been called the “Christian Talmudist.” Though never an +advanced critic, his article on Daniel in the second edition of +Herzog’s <i>Realencyklopädie</i>, his <i>New Commentary on Genesis</i> and +the fourth edition of his <i>Isaiah</i> show that as years went on his +sympathy with higher criticism increased—so much so indeed +that Prof. Cheyne has included him among its founders.</p> + +<p>He wrote a number of very valuable commentaries on +<i>Habakkuk</i> (1843), <i>Genesis</i> (1852, 4th ed. 1872), <i>Neuer Kommentar +über die Genesis</i> (1887, Eng. trans. 1888, &c.), <i>Psalms</i> +(4th ed. 1883, Eng. trans. 1886, &c.), <i>Job</i> (2nd ed., 1876), +<i>Isaiah</i> (4th ed. 1889, Eng. trans. 1890, &c.), <i>Proverbs</i> (1873), +<i>Epistle to the Hebrews</i> (1857, Eng. trans. 1865, &c.), <i>Song +of Songs and Ecclesiastes</i> (4th ed., 1875). Other works are +<i>Geschichte der jüd. Poesie</i> (1836); <i>Jesus und Hillel</i> (1867, 3rd ed. +1879); <i>Handwerkerleben zur Zeit Jesu</i> (1868, 3rd ed. 1878, Eng. +trans. in the “Unit Library,” 1902); <i>Ein Tag in Kapernaum</i> +(1871, 3rd ed. 1886); <i>Poesieen aus vormuhammedanischer Zeit</i> +(1874); <i>Iris, Farbenstudien und Blumenstücke</i> (1888, Eng. +trans. 1889); <i>Messianische Weissagungen in geschichtlicher Folge</i> +(1890, 2nd ed. 1898). His Hebrew <i>New Testament</i> reached its +eleventh edition in 1891, and his popular devotional work <i>Das +Sakrament des wahren Leibes und Blutes Jesu Christi</i> its seventh +edition in 1886.</p> + +<p>His son, <span class="sc">Friedrich Delitzsch</span> (b. 1850), became well known +as professor of Assyriology in Berlin, and the author of many +books of great research and learning, especially on oriental +philology. Among other works of importance he wrote <i>Wo lag +das Paradies?</i> (1881), and <i>Babel und Bibel</i> (1902, 1903, Eng. +trans. 1903).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELITZSCH,<a name="ar193" id="ar193"></a></span> a town of Germany, in the Prussian province of +Saxony, on the Lober, an affluent of the Mulde, 12 m. north of +Leipzig at the junction of the railways, Bitterfeld-Leipzig +and Halle-Cottbus. Pop. (1905) 10,479. Its public buildings +comprise an old castle of the 14th century now used as a female +penitentiary, a Roman Catholic and three Protestant churches, +a normal college (<i>Schullehrerseminar</i>) established in 1873 and +several other educational institutions. Besides <i>Kuhschwanz</i>, a +peculiar kind of beer, it manufactures tobacco, cigars, shoes and +hosiery; and coal-mining is carried on in the neighbourhood, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page965" id="page965"></a>965</span> +It was the birthplace of the naturalist Christian Gottfried +Ehrenberg (1795-1876), and the political economist Hermann +Schulze-Delitzsch (1808-1883), to the latter of whom a statue +has been erected. Originally a settlement of the Sorbian Wends, +and in the 12th century part of the possessions of the bishops +of Merseburg, Delitzsch ultimately passed to the Saxe-Merseburg +family, and, on their extinction in 1738, was incorporated with +Electoral Saxony.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELIUS, NIKOLAUS<a name="ar194" id="ar194"></a></span> (1813-1888), German philologist and +Shakespearean scholar, was born at Bremen on the 19th of +September 1813. He was educated at Bonn and Berlin, and took +the degree of doctor in philosophy in 1838. After travelling for +some time in England, France and Germany, he returned to Bonn +in 1846, where in 1855 he was appointed professor of Sanskrit, +Provençal and English literature, a post he held until his death, +which took place at Bonn on the 18th of November 1888. His +greatest literary achievement was his scholarly edition of +Shakespeare (1854-1861). He also edited Wace’s <i>St Nicholas</i> +(1850), a volume of Provençal songs (1853), and published a +<i>Shakspere-Lexikon</i> (1852). His original works include: <i>Über +das englische Theaterwesen zu Shaksperes Zeit</i> (1853), <i>Gedichte</i> +(1853), <i>Der sardinische Dialekt des dreizehnten Jahrhunderts</i> (1868), +and <i>Abhandlungen zu Shakspere</i> (two series, 1878 and 1888). As +a critic of Shakespeare’s text he stands in the first rank.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See the biographical notice by J. Schipper in <i>Englische Studien</i>, +vol. 14.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELLA BELLA, STEFANO<a name="ar195" id="ar195"></a></span> (1610-1664), Italian engraver, was +born at Florence. He was apprenticed to a goldsmith; but some +prints of Callot having fallen into his hands, he began to turn his +attention entirely towards engraving, and studied the art under +Canta Gallina, who had also been the instructor of Callot. By +the liberality of Lorenzo de’ Medici he was enabled to spend +three years in study at Rome. In 1642 he went to Paris, where +Cardinal Richelieu engaged him to go to Arras and make drawings +of the siege and taking of that town by the royal army. After +residing a considerable time at Paris he returned to Florence, +where he obtained a pension from the grand duke, whose son, +Cosmo, he instructed in drawing. His productions were very +numerous, amounting to over 1400 separate pieces.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELLA CASA, GIOVANNI<a name="ar196" id="ar196"></a></span> (1503-1556), Italian poet, was born +at Mugillo, in Tuscany, in 1503. He studied at Bologna, Florence +and Rome, and by his learning attracted the patronage of +Alexander Farnese, who, as Pope Paul III., made him nuncio +to Florence, where he received the honour of being elected a +member of the celebrated academy, and then to Naples, where his +oratorical ability brought him considerable success. His reward +was the archbishopric of Benevento, and it was believed that it +was only his openly licentious poem, <i>Capitoli del forno</i>, and the +fact that the French court seemed to desire his elevation, which +prevented him from being raised to a still higher dignity. He +died in 1556. Casa is chiefly remarkable as the leader of a reaction +in lyric poetry against the universal imitation of Petrarch, and +as the originator of a style, which, if less soft and elegant, was +more nervous and majestic than that which it replaced. His +prose writings gained great reputation in their own day, and long +afterwards, but are disfigured by apparent straining after effect, +and by frequent puerility and circumlocution. The principal +are—in Italian, the famous <i>Il Galateo</i> (1558), a treatise of +manners, which has been translated into several languages, and +in Latin, <i>De officiis</i>, and translations from Thucydides, Plato +and Aristotle.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>A complete edition of his works was published at Florence in 1707, +to which is prefixed a life by Casotti. The best edition is that of +Venice, 1752.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELLA COLLE, RAFFAELLINO<a name="ar197" id="ar197"></a></span>, Italian painter, was born at +Colle, near Borgo San Sepolcro, in Tuscany, about 1490. A pupil +of Raphael, whom he is held to have assisted in the Farnesina +and the Vatican, Della Colle, after his master’s death, was the +assistant of his chief scholar, Giulio Romano, at Rome and +afterwards at Mantua. In 1536, on the occasion of the entry of +Charles V. into Florence, he took service in that city under +Vasari. In his later years Della Colle resided at Borgo San +Sepolcro, where he kept a school of design; among his many +pupils of note may be mentioned Gherardi and Vecchi. His +works, which are to be found at Urbino, at Perugia, at Pesaro +and at Gubbio, are fine examples of the Roman school of +Raphael. The best are a painting of the Almighty supported +by angels, a Resurrection and an Assumption, all preserved +in churches at Borgo San Sepolcro.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELLA GHERARDESCA, UGOLINO<a name="ar198" id="ar198"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1220-1289), count of +Donoratico, was the head of the powerful family of Gherardesca, +the chief Ghibelline house of Pisa. His alliance with the Visconti, +the leaders of the Guelph faction, through the marriage of his +sister with Giovanni Visconti, judge of Gallura, aroused the +suspicions of his party, and the Ghibellines being then predominant +in Pisa, the disorders in the city caused by Ugolino and +Visconti in 1271-1274 led to the arrest of the former and the +banishment of the latter. Visconti died soon afterwards, and +Ugolino, no longer regarded as dangerous, was liberated and +banished. But he immediately began to intrigue with the Guelph +towns opposed to Pisa, and with the help of Charles I. of Anjou +(<i>q.v.</i>) attacked his native city and forced it to make peace on +humiliating terms, pardoning him and all the other Guelph +exiles. He lived quietly in Pisa for some years, although working +all the time to extend his influence. War having broken out +between Pisa and Genoa in 1284, Count Ugolino was given the +command of a division of the Pisan fleet. It was by his +flight—usually attributed to treachery—that the fortunes of the day +were decided and the Pisans totally defeated at La Meloria +(October 1284). But the political ability which he afterwards +displayed led to his being appointed <i>podestà</i> for a year and +<i>capitano del popolo</i> for ten years. Florence and Lucca took +advantage of the Pisan defeat to attack the republic, but +Ugolino succeeded in pacifying them by ceding certain castles. +He was however less anxious to make peace with Genoa, for +the return of the Pisan prisoners, including most of the leading +Ghibellines, would have diminished his power. He was now the +most influential man in Pisa, and was preparing to establish his +absolute sovereignty, when for some reason not clearly understood +he was forced to share his power with his nephew Nino Visconti, +son of Giovanni. The duumvirate did not last, and the count +and Nino soon quarrelled. Then Ugolino tried to consolidate +his position by entering into negotiations with the archbishop, +Ruggieri degli Ubaldini, the leader of the Ghibellines. But that +party having revived once more, the archbishop obliged both +Nino and Ugolino to leave the city, and had himself elected +<i>podestà</i> and <i>capitano del popolo</i>. However, he allowed Ugolino +to return soon afterwards, and was even ready to divide the +government of the city with him, although he refused to admit +his armed followers. The count, determined to be sole master, +attempted to get his followers into the city by way of the Arno, +and Ruggieri, realizing the danger, aroused the citizens, accusing +Ugolino of treachery for having ceded the castles, and after a +day’s street fighting (July 1, 1288), Gherardesca was captured +and immured together with his sons Gaddo and Uguccione, and +his grandsons Nino (surnamed <i>il Brigata</i>) and Anselmuccio, in +the Muda, a tower belonging to the Gualandi family; here they +were detained for nine months, and then starved to death.</p> + +<p>The historic details of the episode are still involved in some +obscurity, and although mentioned by Villani and other writers, +it owes its fame entirely to Dante, who placed Ugolino and +Ruggieri in the second ring (<i>Antenora</i>) of the lowest circle of the +<i>Inferno</i> (canto xxxii. 124-140 and xxxiii. 1-90). This terrible +but magnificent passage, which includes “thirty lines unequalled +by any other thirty lines in the whole dominion of poetry” +(Landor), has been paraphrased by Chaucer in the “Monk’s +Tale” and more recently by Shelley. But the reason why Dante +placed Ugolino among the traitors is not by any means clear, as +the flight from La Meloria was not regarded as treachery by any +writer earlier than the 16th century, although G. del Noce, in +<i>Il Conte U. della Gherardesca</i> (Città di Castello, 1894), states that +that was the only motive; Bartoli, in vol. vi. of his <i>Storia della +Letteratura italiana</i>, suggests Ugolino’s alliance with the Ghibellines +as the motive. The cession of the castles was not treachery +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page966" id="page966"></a>966</span> +but an act of necessity, owing to the desperate conditions of +Pisa.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Bibliography</span>.—Besides the above-quoted works see P. Tronci, +<i>Annali Pisani</i> (2 vols., Pisa, 1868-1871); S. de Sismondi, <i>Histoire +des républiques italiennes</i> (Brussels, 1838); also the various annotated +editions of Dante, especially W. W. Vernon’s <i>Readings from the +Inferno</i>, vol. ii. (2nd ed., London, 1905).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(L. V.*)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELLA PORTA, GIOVANNI BATTISTA<a name="ar199" id="ar199"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1538-1615), +Italian natural philosopher, was born of a noble and ancient +family at Naples about the year 1538. He travelled extensively +not only in Italy but also in France and Spain, and he was still a +youth when he published <i>Magia naturalis, sive de miraculis rerum +naturalium lib. IV.</i> (1558), the first draft of his <i>Magia naturalis</i>, +in twenty books, published in 1589. He founded in Naples the +Academia Secretorum Naturae, otherwise known as the Accademia +dei Oziosi; and in 1610 he became a member of the Accademia +dei Lincei at Rome. He died at Naples on the 4th of February +1615.</p> + +<p>The following is a list of his principal writings:—<i>De miraculis +rerum naturalium</i>, in four books (1558); <i>De furtivis litterarum +notis</i>, in five books (1563, and frequently afterwards, entitling +him to high rank among the early writers on cryptography); +<i>Phytognomonica</i> (1583, a bulky treatise on the physiology of +plants as then understood); <i>Magia naturalis</i> (1589, and often +reprinted); <i>De humana physiognomonia</i>, in six books (1591); +<i>Villa</i>, in twelve books (1592, an interesting practical treatise on +farming, gardening and arboriculture, based upon his own observations +at his country-seat near Naples); <i>De refractione, optices +parte</i>, in nine books (1593); <i>Pneumatica</i>, in three books (1601); +<i>De coelesti physiognomonia</i>, in six books (1601); <i>Elementa +curvilinea</i> (1601); <i>De distillatione</i>, in nine books (1604); <i>De +munitione</i>, in three books (1608); and <i>De aëris transmutationibus</i>, +in four books (1609). He also wrote several Italian comedies +<i>Olimpia</i> (1589); <i>La Fantesca</i> (1592); <i>La Trappolaria</i> (1597); +<i>I’ Due Fratelli rivali</i> (1601); <i>La Sorella</i> (1607); <i>La Chiappinaria</i> +(1609); <i>La Carbonaria</i> (1628); <i>La Cintia</i> (1628). Among all +the above-mentioned works the chief interest attaches to the +<i>Magia naturalis</i>, in which a strange medley of subjects is discussed, +including the reproduction of animals, the transmutation +of metals, pyrotechny, domestic economy, statics, hunting, the +preparation of perfumes. In book xvii. he describes a number +of optical experiments, including a description of the camera +obscura (<i>q.v.</i>).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELLA QUERCIA,<a name="ar200" id="ar200"></a></span> or <span class="sc">Della Fonte</span>, <b>JACOPO</b> (1374-1438), +Italian sculptor, was born at Siena. He was the son of a goldsmith +of repute, Pietro d’Agnolo, to whom he doubtless owed +much of his training. There are no records of his early life until +the year 1394, when he made an equestrian statue of Gian +Tedesco. He is next heard of at Florence in 1402, when he was +one of six artists who submitted designs for the great gates of the +baptistery, in which competition Ghiberti was the victor. From +Florence he seems to have gone to Lucca, where in 1406 he +executed one of his finest works, the monument of Ilaria del +Caretto, wife of Paolo Guinigi. It is uncertain if he visited +Ferrara in 1408; but at the end of that year he was engaged +in negotiations which resulted in his acceptance of the commission +for the famous Fonte Gaia, at Siena, early in 1409. This +work was not seriously begun by him until 1414, and was only +finished in 1419. In 1858 the remains of the fountain were +removed to the Opera del Duomo, where they are now preserved; +a copy of the original by Sarrocchi being erected on the site. +After another visit to Lucca in 1422, he returned to Siena, and +in March 1425 undertook the contract for the doors of S. Petronio, +Bologna. He is known, in following years, to have been to Milan, +Verona, Ferrara and Venice; but the rest of his life was chiefly +divided between his native city and Bologna. In 1430 he finished +the great font of S. Giovanni at Siena, which he had begun in +1417, contributing himself only one of the bas-reliefs, “Zacharias +in the Temple,” the others being by Ghiberti, Donatello and +other sculptors. Among the work known to have been done by +Jacopo, may be mentioned also the reliefs of the <i>predella</i> of the +altar of S. Frediano at Lucca (1422); and the Bentivoglio monument +which was unfinished at the time of his death on the 20th +of October 1438. Jacopo della Quercia’s work exercised a powerful +influence on that of the artists of the later Italian Renaissance. +He himself reflects not a little of the Gothic spirit, admirably +intermixed with some of the best qualities of neo-classicism. +He was an artist whose powers have hardly yet received the +recognition they undoubtedly deserve.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See C. Cornelius, <i>Jacopo della Quercia: eine Kunsthistorische +Studie</i> (1896), and works relating generally to the arts in Siena.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(E. F. S.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELLA ROBBIA,<a name="ar201" id="ar201"></a></span> the name of a family of great distinction in +the annals of Florentine art. Its members are enumerated in +chronological order below.<a name="fa1s" id="fa1s" href="#ft1s"><span class="sp">1</span></a></p> + +<p>I. <span class="sc">Luca della Robbia</span> (1399 or 1400<a name="fa2s" id="fa2s" href="#ft2s"><span class="sp">2</span></a>-1482) was the son of a +Florentine named Simone di Marco della Robbia. According to +Vasari, whose account of Luca’s early life is little to be trusted, +he was apprenticed to the silversmith Leonardo di Ser Giovanni, +who from 1355 to 1371 was working on the grand silver altar +frontal for the cathedral at Pistoia (<i>q.v.</i>); this, however, appears +doubtful from the great age which it would give to Leonardo, and +it is more probable that Luca was the pupil of Ghiberti. During +the early part of his life Luca executed many important and +exceedingly beautiful pieces of sculpture in marble and bronze. +In technical skill he was quite the equal of Ghiberti, and, while +possessing all Donatello’s vigour, dramatic power and originality, +he very frequently excelled him in grace of attitude and soft +beauty of expression. No sculptured work of the great 15th +century ever surpassed the singing gallery which Luca made for +the cathedral at Florence between 1431 and 1440, with its ten +magnificent panels of singing angels and dancing boys, far exceeding +in beauty those which Donatello in 1433 sculptured for the +opposite gallery in the same choir. This splendid work is now +to be found in the Museo del Duomo. The general effect of the +whole can also be seen at the Victoria and Albert Museum, where +a complete cast is fixed to the wall. The same museum possesses +a study in <i>gesso duro</i> for one of the panels, which appears to be +the original sketch by Luca’s own hand.</p> + +<p>In May 1437 Luca received a commission from the signoria of +Florence to execute five reliefs for the north side of the campanile, +to complete the series begun by Giotto and Andrea Pisano. These +panels are so much in the earlier style of Giotto that we must +conclude that he had left drawings from which Luca worked. +They have representative figures chosen to typify grammar, +logic, philosophy, music, and science,—the last represented by +Euclid and Ptolemy.<a name="fa3s" id="fa3s" href="#ft3s"><span class="sp">3</span></a> In 1438 Luca in association with Donatello +received an order for two marble altars for chapels in the +cathedral. The reliefs from one of them—St Peter’s Deliverance +from Prison and his Crucifixion—are now in the Bargello. It +is probable that these altars were never finished. A tabernacle +for the host, made by Luca in 1442, is now at Peretola, near +Florence, in the church of S. Maria. A document in the archives +of S. Maria Nuova at Florence shows that he received for this 700 +florins 1 lira 16 soldi (about £1400 of modern money). In 1437 +Donatello received a commission to cast a bronze door for one of +the sacristies of the cathedral; but, as he delayed to execute this +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page967" id="page967"></a>967</span> +order, the work was handed over to Luca on the 28th of February +1446, with Michelozzo and Maso di Bartolomeo as his assistants. +Part of this wonderful door was cast in 1448, and the last two +panels were finished by Luca in 1467, with bronze which was +supplied to him by Verrocchio.<a name="fa4s" id="fa4s" href="#ft4s"><span class="sp">4</span></a> The door is divided into ten +square panels, with small heads in the style of Ghiberti projecting +from the framing. The two top subjects are the Madonna and +Child and the Baptist, next come the four Evangelists, and below +are the four Latin Doctors, each subject with attendant angels. +The whole is modelled with perfect grace and dignified simplicity; +the heads throughout are full of life, and the treatment of the +drapery in broad simple folds is worthy of a Greek sculptor of the +best period of Hellenic art. These exquisite reliefs are perfect +models of plastic art, and are quite free from the over-elaboration +and too pictorial style of Ghiberti. Fig. 1 shows one of the panels.</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:485px; height:493px" src="images/img967.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig. 1.</span>—Bronze Relief of one of the Latin Doctors, from the +sacristy door in the cathedral of Florence, by Luca.</td></tr></table> + +<p>The most important existing work in marble by Luca (executed +in 1454-1456) is the tomb of Benozzo Federighi, bishop of +Fiesole, originally placed in the church of S. Pancrazio at Florence, +but removed to S. Francesco di Paola on the Bellosguardo road +outside the city in 1783. In 1898 it was again removed to the +church of SS. Trinita in Florence. A very beautiful effigy of the +bishop in a restful pose lies on a sarcophagus sculptured with +graceful reliefs of angels holding a wreath which contains the +inscription. Above are three-quarter length figures of Christ +between St John and the Virgin, of conventional type. The +whole is surrounded by a rectangular frame formed of painted +tiles of exquisite beauty, but out of keeping with the memorial. +On each tile is painted, with enamel pigments, a bunch of flowers +and fruit in brilliant realistic colours, the loveliness of which +is very hard to describe. Though the bunch of flowers on each is +painted on one slab, the ground of each tile is formed of separate +pieces, fitted together like a kind of mosaic, probably because the +pigment of the ground required a different degree of heat in firing +from that needed for the enamel painting of the centre. The few +other works of this class which exist do not approach the beauty +of this early essay in tile painting, on which Luca evidently put +forth his utmost skill and patience.</p> + +<p>In the latter part of his life Luca was mainly occupied with the +production of terra-cotta reliefs covered with enamel, a process +which he improved upon, but did not invent, as Vasari asserts. +The <i>rationale</i> of this process was to cover the clay relief with an +enamel formed of the ordinary ingredients of glass (<i>marzacotto</i>), +made white and opaque by oxide of tin. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Ceramics</a></span>: <i>Italian +Majolica</i>.) Though Luca was not the inventor of the process, +yet he extended its application to fine sculptured work in terra-cotta, +so that it is not unnaturally known now as Della Robbia +ware; it must, however, be remembered that by far the majority +of these reliefs which in Italy and elsewhere are ascribed to Luca +are really the work of some of the younger members of the family +or of the <i>atelier</i> which they founded. Comparatively few exist +which can with certainty be ascribed to Luca himself. Among +the earliest of these are medallions of the four Evangelists in the +vault of Brunelleschi’s Pazzi chapel in S. Croce. These fine reliefs +are coloured with various metallic oxides in different shades of +blue, green, purple, yellow and black. It has often been asserted +that the very polychromatic reliefs belong to Andrea or his sons, +and that Luca’s were all in pure white, or in white and blue; this, +however, is not the case; colours were used as freely by Luca as +by his successors. A relief in the Victoria and Albert Museum +furnishes a striking example of this and is of especial value from +its great size, and also because its date is known. This is an +enormous medallion containing the arms of René of Anjou and +other heraldic devices; it is surrounded by a splendidly modelled +wreath of fruit and flowers, especially apples, lemons, oranges +and fir cones, all of which are brilliantly coloured. This medallion +was set up on the façade of the Pazzi Palace to commemorate +René’s visit to Florence in 1442. Other reliefs by Luca, also in +glazed terra-cotta, are those of the Ascension and Resurrection +in the tympani of the doors of the sacristies in the cathedral, +executed in 1443 and 1446. Other existing works of Luca in +Florence are the tympanum reliefs of the Madonna between two +Angels in the Via dell’ Agnolo, a work of exquisite beauty, and +another formerly over the door of S. Pierino del Mercato Vecchio, +but now removed to the Bargello (No. 29). The only existing +statues by Luca are two lovely enamelled figures of kneeling +angels holding candlesticks, now in the canons’ sacristy.<a name="fa5s" id="fa5s" href="#ft5s"><span class="sp">5</span></a> A +very fine work by Luca, executed between 1449 and 1452, is the +tympanum relief of the Madonna and four Monastic Saints over +the door of S. Domenico at Urbino.<a name="fa6s" id="fa6s" href="#ft6s"><span class="sp">6</span></a> Luca also made the four +coloured medallions of the Virtues set in the vault over the tomb +of the young cardinal-prince of Portugal in a side chapel of +S. Miniato in Florence (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Rossellino</a></span>). By Luca also are +various polychromatic medallions outside Or San Michele.<a name="fa7s" id="fa7s" href="#ft7s"><span class="sp">7</span></a> One +of his chief decorative works which no longer exists was a small +library or study for Piero de’ Medici, wholly lined with enamelled +plaques and reliefs.<a name="fa8s" id="fa8s" href="#ft8s"><span class="sp">8</span></a> The Victoria and Albert Museum possesses +twelve circular plaques of majolica ware painted in blue and white +with the Occupations of the Months; these have been attributed +to Luca, under the idea that they formed part of the decoration of +this room, but their real origin is doubtful.</p> + +<p>In 1471 Luca was elected president of the Florentine Gild of +Sculptors, but he refused this great honour on account of his age +and infirmity. It shows, however, the very high estimation in +which he was held by his contemporaries. He died on the 20th +of February 1482, leaving his property to his nephews Andrea and +Simone.<a name="fa9s" id="fa9s" href="#ft9s"><span class="sp">9</span></a> His chief pupil was his nephew Andrea, and Agostino +di Duccio, who executed many pieces of sculpture at Rimini, and +the graceful but mannered marble reliefs of angels on the façade +of S. Bernardino at Perugia, may have been one of his assistants.<a name="fa10s" id="fa10s" href="#ft10s"><span class="sp">10</span></a> +Vasari calls this Agostino Luca’s brother, but he was not related +to him at all.</p> + +<p>II. <span class="sc">Andrea della Robbia</span> (1435-1525), the nephew and pupil +of Luca, carried on the production of the enamelled reliefs on a +much larger scale than his uncle had ever done; he also extended +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page968" id="page968"></a>968</span> +its application to various architectural uses, such as friezes and to +the making of lavabos (lavatories), fountains and large retables. +The result of this was that, though the finest reliefs from the +workshop of Andrea were but little if at all inferior to those from +the hand of Luca, yet some of them, turned out by pupils and +assistants, reached only a lower standard of merit. Only one +work in marble by Andrea is known, namely, an altar in S. Maria +delle Grazie near Arezzo, mentioned by Vasari (ed. Milanesi, ii. +p. 179), and still well preserved.</p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:475px; height:665px" src="images/img968.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig. 2.</span>—Enamelled Clay Relief of Virgin and Child, by Andrea.</td></tr></table> + +<p>One variety of method was introduced by Andrea in his +enamelled work; sometimes he omitted the enamel on the face +and hands (nude parts) of his figures, especially in those cases +where he had treated the heads in a realistic manner; as, for +example, in the noble tympanum relief of the meeting of St +Domenic and St Francis in the loggia of the Florentine hospital of +S. Paolo,—a design suggested by a fresco of Fra Angelico’s in the +cloister of St Mark’s. One of the most remarkable works by +Andrea is the series of medallions with reliefs of Infants in white +on a blue ground set on the front of the foundling hospital at +Florence. These lovely child-figures are modelled with wonderful +skill and variety, no two being alike. Andrea produced, for +gilds and private persons, a large number of reliefs of the +Madonna and Child varied with much invention, and all of +extreme beauty of pose and sweetness of expression. These are +frequently framed with realistic yet decorative garlands of fruit +and flowers painted with coloured enamels, while the main relief +is left white. Fig. 2 shows a good example of these smaller +works. The hospital of S. Paolo, near S. Maria Novella, has also +a number of fine medallions with reliefs of saints, two of Christ +Healing the Sick, and two fine portraits, under which are white +plaques inscribed—“<span class="scs">DALL ANNO 1451 ALL ANNO 1495</span>”<a name="fa11s" id="fa11s" href="#ft11s"><span class="sp">11</span></a>; the +first of these dates is the year when the hospital was rebuilt +owing to a papal brief sent to the archbishop of Florence. Arezzo +possesses a number of fine enamelled works by Andrea and his +sons—a retable in the cathedral with God holding the Crucified +Christ, surrounded by angels, and below, kneeling figures of +S. Donato and S. Bernardino; also in the chapel of the Campo +Santo is a fine relief of the Madonna and Child with four saints +at the sides. In S. Maria in Grado is a very noble retable with +angels holding a crown over a standing figure of the Madonna; +a number of small figures of worshippers take refuge in the folds +of the Virgin’s mantle, a favourite motive for sculpture dedicated +by gilds or other corporate bodies. Perhaps the finest collection +of works of this class is at La Verna, not far from Arezzo (see +Vasari, ed. Milanesi, ii. p. 179). The best of these, three large +retables with representations of the Annunciation, the Crucifixion, +and the Madonna giving her Girdle to St Thomas, are probably +the work of Andrea himself, the others being by his sons. In +1489 Andrea made a beautiful relief of the Virgin and two Angels, +now over the archive-room door in the Florentine Opera del +Duomo; for this he was paid twenty gold florins (see Cavallucci, +<i>S. Maria del Fiore</i>). In the same year he modelled the fine +tympanum relief over a door of Prato cathedral, with a half-length +figure of the Madonna between St Stephen and St +Lawrence, surrounded by a frame of angels’ heads.</p> + +<p>In 1491 he was still working at Prato, where many of his +best reliefs still exist. A fine bust of S. Lino exists over the side +door of the cathedral at Volterra, which is attributed to Andrea. +Other late works of known date are a magnificent bust of the +Protonotary Almadiano, made in 1510 for the church of S. +Giovanni de’ Fiorentini at Viterbo, now preserved in the Palazzo +Communale there, and a medallion of the Virgin in Glory, surrounded +by angels, made in 1505 for Pistoia cathedral.<a name="fa12s" id="fa12s" href="#ft12s"><span class="sp">12</span></a> The +latest work attributed to Andrea, though apparently only a +workshop production of 1515, is a relief representing the Adoration +of the Magi, made for a little church, St Maria, in Pian di +Mugnone, near Florence.<a name="fa13s" id="fa13s" href="#ft13s"><span class="sp">13</span></a> Portions of this work are still in the +church, but some fragments of it are at Oxford.</p> + +<p>III., IV. Five of Andrea’s seven sons worked with their father, +and after his death carried on the Robbia fabrique; the dates +of their birth are shown in the table on p. 838 <i>ante</i>. Early in +life two of them came under the influence of Savonarola, and took +monastic orders at his Dominican convent; these were <span class="sc">Marco</span>, +who adopted the name of Fra Luca, and <span class="sc">Paolo</span>, called Fra +Ambrogio. One relief by the latter, a Nativity with four life-sized +figures of rather poor work, is in the Cappella degli Spagnuoli +in the Sienese convent of S. Spirito; a MS. in the convent +archives records that it was made in 1504.</p> + +<p>V. The chief existing work known to be by the second <span class="sc">Luca</span><a name="fa14s" id="fa14s" href="#ft14s"><span class="sp">14</span></a> +is the very rich and beautiful tile pavement in the uppermost +story of Raphael’s loggie at the Vatican, finely designed and +painted in harmonious majolica colours. This was made by Luca +at Raphael’s request and under his supervision in 1518.<a name="fa15s" id="fa15s" href="#ft15s"><span class="sp">15</span></a> It is +still in very fine preservation.</p> + +<p>VI. <span class="sc">Giovanni della Robbia</span> (1460-1529?) during a great +part of his life worked as assistant to his father, Andrea, and in +many cases the enamelled sculpture of the two cannot be distinguished. +Some of Giovanni’s independent works are of great +merit, especially the earlier ones; during the latter part of his +life his reliefs deteriorated in style, owing mainly to the universal +decadence of the time. A very large number of pieces of Robbia +ware which are attributed to Andrea, and even to the elder Luca, +were really by the hand of Giovanni. One of his finest works is a +large retable at Volterra in the church of S. Girolamo, dated 1501; +it represents the Last Judgment, and is remarkable for the fine +modelling of the figures, especially that of the archangel Michael, +and a nude kneeling figure of a youth who has just risen from his +tomb. Quite equal in beauty to anything of his father’s, from +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page969" id="page969"></a>969</span> +whom the design of the figures was probably taken, is the washing-fountain +in the sacristy of S. Maria Novella at Florence, made in +1497.<a name="fa16s" id="fa16s" href="#ft16s"><span class="sp">16</span></a> It is a large arched recess with a view of the seashore, +not very decorative in style, painted on majolica tiles at the back. +There are also two very beautiful painted majolica panels of fruit-trees +let into the lower part. In the tympanum of the arch is a +very lovely white relief of the Madonna between two Adoring +Angels (see fig. 3). Long coloured garlands of fruit and flowers +are held by nude boys reclining on the top of the arch and others +standing on the cornice. All this part is of enamelled clay, but +the basin of the fountain is of white marble. Neither Luca nor +Andrea was in the habit of signing his work, but Giovanni often +did so, usually adding the date, probably because other potters +had begun to imitate the Robbia ware.<a name="fa17s" id="fa17s" href="#ft17s"><span class="sp">17</span></a></p> + +<table class="nobctr" style="clear: both;" summary="Illustration"> +<tr><td class="figcenter"><img style="width:493px; height:449px" src="images/img969.jpg" alt="" /></td></tr> +<tr><td class="caption"><span class="sc">Fig. 3.</span>—Relief of Madonna and Angels in the tympanum of the +lavabo (S. Maria Novella, Florence), by Giovanni.</td></tr></table> + +<p>Giovanni lacked the original talent of Luca and Andrea, and +so he not only copied their work but even reproduced in clay the +marble sculpture of Pollaiuolo, Da Settignano, Verrocchio and +others. A relief by him, evidently taken from Mino da Fiesole, +exists in the Palazzo Castracane Staccoli. Among the very +numerous other works of Giovanni are a relief in the wall of a +suppressed convent in the Via Nazionale at Florence, and two +reliefs in the Bargello dated 1521 and 1522. That dated 1521 is +a many-coloured relief of the Nativity, and was taken from the +church of S. Girolamo in Florence; it is a too pictorial work, +marred by the use of many different planes. Its predella has a +small relief of the Adoration of the Magi, and is inscribed “Hoc +opus fecit Ioaes Andee de Robia, ac a posuit hoc in tempore die +ultima lulli ANO. DNI. M.D. XXI.” At Pisa in the Campo Santo is a +relief in Giovanni’s later and poorer manner dated 1520; it is a +Madonna surrounded by angels, with saints below—the whole +overcrowded with figures and ornaments. Giovanni’s largest and +perhaps finest work is the polychromatic frieze on the outside of +the Del Ceppo hospital at Pistoia, for which he received various +sums of money between 1525 and 1529, as is recorded in documents +which still exist among the archives of the hospital.<a name="fa18s" id="fa18s" href="#ft18s"><span class="sp">18</span></a> The subjects +of this frieze are the Seven Works of Mercy, forming a continuous +band of sculpture in high relief, well modelled and designed in a +very broad sculpturesque way, but disfigured by the crudeness +of some of its colouring. Six of these reliefs are by Giovanni, +namely, Clothing the Naked, Washing the Feet of Pilgrims, +Visiting the Sick, Visiting Prisoners, Burying the Dead, and +Feeding the Hungry. The seventh, Giving drink to the Thirsty, +was made by Filippo Paladini of Pistoia in 1585; this last is +simply made of painted stucco. The large figures of the virtues +placed between the scenes, and the medallions between the +pillars, are the work of assistants or imitators.</p> + +<p>A large octagonal font of enamelled clay, with pilasters at the +angles and panels between them with scenes from the life of the +Baptist, in the church of S. Leonardo at Cerreto Guidi, is a work +of the school of Giovanni; the reliefs are pictorial in style and +coarse in execution. Giovanni’s chief pupil was a man named +Benedetto Buglioni (1461-1521), and a pupil of his, one Santi +Buglioni (b. 1494), entered the Robbia workshops in 1521, and +assisted in the later works of Giovanni.</p> + +<p>VII. <span class="sc">Girolamo della Robbia</span> (1488-1566), another of +Andrea’s sons, was an architect and a sculptor in marble and +bronze as well as in enamelled clay. During the first part of his +life he, like his brothers, worked with his father, but in 1528 he +went to France and spent nearly forty years in the service of the +French Royal family. Francis I. employed him to build a palace +in the Bois de Boulogne called the Château de Madrid. This was +a large well-designed building, four storeys high, two of them +having open loggie in the Italian fashion. Girolamo decorated +it richly with terra-cotta medallions, friezes and other architectural +features.<a name="fa19s" id="fa19s" href="#ft19s"><span class="sp">19</span></a> For this purpose he set up kilns at Suresnes. +Though the palace itself has been destroyed, drawings of it +exist.<a name="fa20s" id="fa20s" href="#ft20s"><span class="sp">20</span></a></p> + +<p>The best collections of Robbia ware are in the Florentine +Bargello, Accademia and Museo del Duomo; the Victoria and +Albert Museum (the finest out of Italy); the Louvre, the +Cluny and the Berlin Museums; while fine examples are to be +found in New York, Boston, St Petersburg and Vienna. Many +fine specimens exist in private collections in England, France, +Germany and the United States. The greater part of the Robbia +work still remains in the churches and other buildings of Italy, +especially in Florence, Fiesole, Arezzo, La Verna, Volterra, +Barga, Montepulciano, Lucca, Pistoia, Prato and Siena.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p><span class="sc">Literature.</span>—H. Barbet de Jouy, <i>Les della Robbia</i> (Paris, 1855); +W. Bode, <i>Die Künstlerfamilie della Robbia</i> (Leipzig, 1878); “Luca +della Robbia ed i suoi precursori in Firenze,” <i>Arch. stor. dell’ arte</i> +(1899); “Über Luca della Robbia,” <i>Sitzungsbericht von der Berliner +kunstgeschichtlichen Gesellschaft</i> (1896); <i>Florentiner Bildhauer der +Renaissance</i> (Berlin, 1902); G. Carocci, <i>I Dintorni de Firenze</i> +(Florence, 1881); “Il Monumento di Benozzo Federighi,” <i>Arte e +Storia</i> (1894); “Opere Robbiane poco noti,” <i>Arte e storia</i> (1898, +1899); Cavallucci et Molinier, <i>Les della Robbia</i> (Paris, 1884); +Maud Crutwell, <i>Luca and Andrea della Robbia and their Successors</i> +(London, 1902); A. du Cerceau, <i>Les plus excellents bastiments +de France</i> (Paris, 1586); G. Milanesi, <i>Le Vite scritte da Vasari</i> +(Florence, 1878); M. Reymond, <i>Les della Robbia</i> (Florence, 1897); +<i>La Sculpture Florentine</i> (Florence, 1898); I. B. Supino, <i>Catalogo +del R. Museo di Firenze</i> (Rome 1898); Vasari (see Milanesi’s +edition).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(J. H. M.; W. B.*)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1s" id="ft1s" href="#fa1s"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Genealogical tree of Della Robbia sculptors:—</p> + +<div class="center pt2"><img style="width:529px; height:234px; vertical-align: middle;" src="images/img966.jpg" alt="" /></div> + +<p><a name="ft2s" id="ft2s" href="#fa2s"><span class="fn">2</span></a> Not 1388, as Vasari says. See a document printed by Gaye, +<i>Carteggio inedito</i>, i. pp. 182-186.</p> + +<p><a name="ft3s" id="ft3s" href="#fa3s"><span class="fn">3</span></a> Vasari is not quite right in his account of these reliefs: he speaks +of Euclid and Ptolemy as being in different panels.</p> + +<p><a name="ft4s" id="ft4s" href="#fa4s"><span class="fn">4</span></a> See Cavallucci, <i>S. Maria del Fiore</i>, pt. ii. p. 137.</p> + +<p><a name="ft5s" id="ft5s" href="#fa5s"><span class="fn">5</span></a> The Victoria and Albert Museum possesses what seem to be fine +replicas of these statues.</p> + +<p><a name="ft6s" id="ft6s" href="#fa6s"><span class="fn">6</span></a> The document in which the order for this and the price paid for +it are recorded is published by Yriarte, <i>Gaz. d. beaux arts</i>, xxiv. +p. 143.</p> + +<p><a name="ft7s" id="ft7s" href="#fa7s"><span class="fn">7</span></a> One of these medallions, that of the Physicians, is now removed +to the inside of the church.</p> + +<p><a name="ft8s" id="ft8s" href="#fa8s"><span class="fn">8</span></a> It is fully described by Filarete in his <i>Trattato dell’ architectura</i>, +written in 1464, and therefore was finished before that date; see also +Vasari, ed. Milanesi (Florence, 1880), ii. p. 174.</p> + +<p><a name="ft9s" id="ft9s" href="#fa9s"><span class="fn">9</span></a> His will, dated 19th February 1471, is published by Gaye, <i>Cart. +ined.</i> i. p. 185.</p> + +<p><a name="ft10s" id="ft10s" href="#fa10s"><span class="fn">10</span></a> In the works of Perkins and others on Italian sculpture these +Perugian reliefs are wrongly stated to be of enamelled clay.</p> + +<p><a name="ft11s" id="ft11s" href="#fa11s"><span class="fn">11</span></a> Professor Marquand has discovered, beneath 1451, the inscription +Prete Benino, and, under 1495, De Benini; probably the names of +the governors of the hospital at these dates.</p> + +<p><a name="ft12s" id="ft12s" href="#fa12s"><span class="fn">12</span></a> See Gualandi, <i>Memorie risguardanti le belle arti</i> (Bologna, 1845), +vi. pp. 33-35, where original documents are printed recording the +dates and prices paid for these and other works of Andrea.</p> + +<p><a name="ft13s" id="ft13s" href="#fa13s"><span class="fn">13</span></a> See a document printed by Milanesi in his Vasari, ii. p. 180.</p> + +<p><a name="ft14s" id="ft14s" href="#fa14s"><span class="fn">14</span></a> It appears certain that this Luca was a layman and not the Fra +Luca referred to above.</p> + +<p><a name="ft15s" id="ft15s" href="#fa15s"><span class="fn">15</span></a> It is illustrated by Gruner, <i>Fresco Decorations of Italy</i> (London, +1854), pl. iv.; see also Müntz, <i>Raphaël, sa vie</i>, &c. (Paris, 1881), +p. 452, note i., and Vasari, ed. Milanesi, ii. p. 182.</p> + +<p><a name="ft16s" id="ft16s" href="#fa16s"><span class="fn">16</span></a> See a document printed by Milanesi in his Vasari, ii. 193.</p> + +<p><a name="ft17s" id="ft17s" href="#fa17s"><span class="fn">17</span></a> Examples of these imitations are a retable in S. Lucchese near +Poggibonsi dated 1514, another of the Madonna and Saints at Monte +San Savino of 1525, and a third in the Capuchin church of Arceria +near Sinigaglia; they are all inferior to the best works of the Robbia +family, though some of them may have been made by assistants +trained in the Robbia workshops.</p> + +<p><a name="ft18s" id="ft18s" href="#fa18s"><span class="fn">18</span></a> The hospital itself was begun in 1514.</p> + +<p><a name="ft19s" id="ft19s" href="#fa19s"><span class="fn">19</span></a> The Sèvres Museum possesses some fragments of these decorations.</p> + +<p><a name="ft20s" id="ft20s" href="#fa20s"><span class="fn">20</span></a> See Laborde, <i>Château de Madrid</i> (Paris, 1853), and <i>Comptes des +bâtiments du roi</i> (Paris, 1877-1880), in which a full account is given +of Girolamo’s work in connexion with this palace.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELMEDIGO,<a name="ar202" id="ar202"></a></span> a Cretan Jewish family, of whom the following +are the most important:</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Elijah Delmedigo</span> (1460-1497), philosopher, taught in several +Italian centres of learning. He translated some of Averroes’ +commentaries into Latin at the instigation of Pico di Mirandola. +In the sphere of religion, Delmedigo represents the tendency +to depart from the scholastic attitude in which religion and +philosophy were identified. His most important work was +devoted to this end; it was entitled <i>Behinath ha-Dath</i> (Investigation +of Religion).</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Joseph Solomon Delmedigo</span> (1591-1655), pupil of Galileo, +wrote many books on science and philosophy, and bore a considerable +part in initiating the critical movement in Judaism. +He belonged to the sceptical school, and though his positive +contributions to literature were not of lasting worth, Graetz +includes him among the important formative influences within +the synagogue of the 17th century.</p> +<div class="author">(I. A.)</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="page970" id="page970"></a>970</span></p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELMENHORST,<a name="ar203" id="ar203"></a></span> a town of Germany, grand duchy of Oldenburg, +on the Delme, 8 m. by rail W. from Bremen, at the junction +of a line to Vechta. Pop. (1905) 20,147. It has a Protestant +and a Roman Catholic church, and is the seat of considerable +industries; notably wool-combing, weaving, jute-spinning and +the manufacture of linoleum. Delmenhorst was founded in 1230, +and from 1247 to 1679, when it was destroyed by the French, was +protected by a strong castle.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELOLME, JEAN LOUIS<a name="ar204" id="ar204"></a></span> (1740-1806), Swiss jurist and constitutional +writer, was born at Geneva in 1740. He studied for +the bar, and had begun to practise when he was obliged to +emigrate on account of a pamphlet entitled <i>Examen de trois parts +de droit</i>, which gave offence to the authorities of the town. He +took refuge in England, where he lived for several years on the +meagre and precarious income derived from occasional contributions +to various journals. In 1775 he found himself compelled +to accept aid from a charitable society to enable him to return +home. He died at Sewen, a village in the canton of Schwyz, +on the 16th of July 1806.</p> + +<p>During his protracted exile in England Delolme made a careful +study of the English constitution, the results of which he +published in his <i>Constitution de l’Angleterre</i> (Amsterdam, 1771), +of which an enlarged and improved edition in English appeared in +1772, and was several times reprinted. The work excited much +interest as containing many acute observations on the causes +of the excellence of the English constitution as compared with +that of other countries. It is, however, wanting in breadth of +view, being written before the period when constitutional +questions were treated in a scientific manner. Along with a +translation of Hume’s <i>History of England</i> it supplied the +<i>philosophes</i> with most of their ideas about the English constitution. +It thus was used somewhat as a political pamphlet. +Several editions were published after the author’s death. +Delolme also wrote in English <i>Parallel between the English +Government and the former Government of Sweden</i> (1772); A +<i>History of the Flagellants</i> (1782), based upon a work of Boileau’s; +<i>An Essay on the Union of Scotland with England</i> (1787), and one +or two smaller works.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELONEY<a name="ar205" id="ar205"></a></span> (or <span class="sc">Delone</span>), <b>THOMAS,</b> English ballad-writer and +pamphleteer, produced his earliest indisputable work in 1586, +and died about 1600. In 1596 Thomas Nashe, in his <i>Have with +you to Saffron Walden</i>, wrote: “Thomas Deloney, the ballating +silk-weaver, hath rime enough for all myracles, and wit to make +a Garland of Good Will more than the premisses ... and this +deare yeare, together with the silencing of his looms, scarce that, +he being constrained to betake himself to carded ale; whence it +proceedeth that since Candlemas, or his jigge, John for the king, +not one merrie dittie will come from him, but, the Thunderbolt +against Swearers,—Repent, England, Repent—and, the strange +Judgements of God.” In 1588 the coming of the Armada +inspired him for three broadsides, which were reprinted (1860) +by J. O. Halliwell-Phillipps. They are entitled “The Queenes +visiting of the Campe at Tilsburie with her entertainment there,” +“A Joyful new Ballad, declaring the happie obtaining of the +great Galleazzo ...,” and “A new Ballet of the straunge and +Most cruell Whippes which the Spaniards had prepared.” A +collection of <i>Strange Histories</i> (1607) consists of historical ballads +by Deloney, with some poems from other hands. This collection, +known in later and enlarged editions as <i>The Royal Garland of +Love and Delight</i> and <i>The Garland of Delight</i>, contains the ballad +of Fair Rosamond. J. H. Dixon in his preface to <i>The Garland of +Good Will</i> (Percy Society, 1851) ascribes to Deloney <i>The Blind +Beggar of Bednall Green</i>, and <i>The Pleasant and sweet History of +Patient Grissel</i>, in prose, with the whole of the <i>Garland of Good +Will</i>, including some poems such as “The Spanish Lady’s Love” +generally supposed to be by other hands. His other works include +<i>The Gentle Craft</i> (1597) in praise of shoemakers, <i>The Pleasant +Historie of John Winchecombe</i> (8th ed., 1619), and <i>Thomas of +Reading or the Sixe Worthie Yeomen of the West</i> (earliest extant +edition, 1612). Kempe, the actor, jeers at these histories in his +<i>Nine Daies Wonder</i>, but they were very popular, being reprinted +as penny chap-books.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE LONG, GEORGE WASHINGTON<a name="ar206" id="ar206"></a></span> (1844-1881), American +explorer, was born in New York city on the 22nd of August 1844. +He graduated at the U.S. Naval Academy in 1865, and spent the +next fourteen years in naval service in various parts of the world, +attaining the rank of lieutenant in 1869, and lieutenant-commander +in 1879. In 1873 he took part in the voyage of the +“Juniata,” sent to search for and relieve the American Arctic +expedition under Hall in the “Polaris,” commanding a steam +launch which was sent out from Upernivik, Greenland, to make +a thorough search of Melville Bay. On his return to New York +the same year he proposed to James Gordon Bennett, of <i>The New +York Herald</i>, that the latter should fit out a Polar expedition. +It was not until 1879 that the final arrangements were made, +the “Pandora,” a yacht which had already made two Arctic +voyages under Sir Allen Young, being purchased and rechristened +the “Jeannette” for this voyage. The story of this expedition +(see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Polar Regions</a></span>) is chiefly remarkable on account of the long +and helpless drifting of the “Jeannette” with the polar ice-pack +in which she was caught (September 5, 1879) and by which +she was finally crushed and sunk on the 13th of June 1881. The +members of the expedition set out in three boats, one of which +was lost in a gale, while another boat-load under De Long died +from starvation after reaching the mouth of the Lena river. He +was the last survivor of his party. His journal, in which he made +regular entries up to the day on which he died (October 30, +1881) was edited by his wife and published in 1883 under the +title <i>Voyage of the “Jeannette”</i>; and an account of the search +which was made for him and his comrades by his heroic companion +George W. Melville, who was chief engineer of the expedition +and commanded the third of the retreating parties, was +published a year later under the title of <i>In the Lena Delta</i>. The +fate of the “Jeannette” was still more remarkable in its sequel. +Three years after she had sunk several articles belonging to her +crew were found on an ice-floe near Julianshaab on the south-west +coast of Greenland; thus adding fresh evidence to the +theory of a continuous ocean current passing across the unknown +Polar regions, which was to be finally demonstrated by Nansen’s +voyage in the “Fram.” By direction of the United States +government, the remains of De Long and his companions were +brought home and interred with honour in his native city.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELORME, MARION<a name="ar207" id="ar207"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1613-1650), French courtesan, was +the daughter of Jean de Lou, sieur de l’Orme, president of the +treasurers of France in Champagne, and of Marie Chastelain. +She was born at her father’s château near Champaubert. Initiated +into the philosophy of pleasure by the epicurean and atheist +Jacques Vallée, sieur Desbarreaux, she soon left him for Cinq +Mars, at that time at the height of his popularity, and succeeded, +it is said, in marrying him in secret. From this time Marion +Delorme’s salon became one of the most brilliant centres of +elegant Parisian society. After the execution of Cinq Mars she +is said to have numbered among her lovers Charles de St Evremond +(1610-1703) the wit and littérateur, Buckingham (Villiers), the +great Condé, and even Cardinal Richelieu. Under the Fronde +her salon became a meeting place for the disaffected, and Mazarin +is said to have sent to arrest her when she suddenly died. Her +last years have been adorned with considerable legend (cf. Merecourt, +<i>Confessions de Marie Delorme</i>, Paris, 1856). It seems +established that she died in 1650. But she was believed to have +lived until 1706 or even 1741, after having had the most +fantastic adventures, including marriage with an English lord, +and an old age spent in poverty in Paris. Her name has been +popularized by various authors, especially by Alfred de Vigny +in his novel <i>Cinq Mars</i>, by Victor Hugo in the drama <i>Marion +Delorme</i>, and by G. Bottesini in an opera of the same title.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See P. J. Jacob, <i>Marion Delorme et Ninon Lenclos</i> (Paris, 1859); +J. Peladan, <i>Histoire et légende de Marion de Lorme</i> (Paris, 1882).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE L’ORME, PHILIBERT<a name="ar208" id="ar208"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 1510-1570), French architect, one +of the great masters of the Renaissance, was born at Lyons, the +son of Jehan de L’Orme, who practised the same art and brought +his son up to it. At an early age Philibert was sent to Italy to +study (1533-1536) and was employed there by Pope Paul III. +Returning to France he was patronized by Cardinal du Bellay +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page971" id="page971"></a>971</span> +at Lyons, and was sent by him about 1540 to Paris, where he began +the Château de St Maur, and enjoyed royal favour; in 1545 he +was made architect to Francis I. and given the charge of works +in Brittany. In 1548 Henry II. gave him the supervision of +Fontainebleau, Saint-Germain and the other royal buildings; +but on his death (1559) Philibert fell into disgrace. Under +Charles IX., however, he returned to favour, and was employed +to construct the Tuileries, in collaboration with Jean Brillant. +He died in Paris on the 8th of January 1570. Much of his work +has disappeared, but his fame remains. An ardent humanist and +student of the antique, he yet vindicated resolutely the French +tradition in opposition to Italian tendencies; he was a man +of independent mind and +a vigorous originality. His +masterpiece was the Château +d’Anet (1552-1559), built for +Diane de Poitiers, the plans +of which are preserved in Du +Cerceau’s <i>Plus excellens bastimens +de France</i>, though part +of the building alone remains; +and his designs for the Tuileries +(also given by Du +Cerceau), begun by Catherine +de’ Medici in 1565, were +magnificent. His work is also +seen at Chenonceaux and +other famous châteaux; and +his tomb of Francis I. at St +Denis remains a perfect specimen +of his art. He wrote two +books on architecture (1561 +and 1567).</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Marius Vachon, <i>Philibert +de L’Orme</i> (1887); Chevalier, +<i>Lettres et devis relatifs à la construction +de Chenonceaux</i> (1864); +Pfror, <i>Monographie du château +d’Anet</i> (1867); Herbet, <i>Travaux +de P. de L’Orme à Fontainebleau</i> +(1890).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELOS<a name="ar209" id="ar209"></a></span> (mod. <i>Mikra Dili</i>, +or Little Delos, to distinguish +it from Megali Dili, or Great +Delos), an island in the +Aegean, the smallest but most +famous of the Cyclades, and, +according to the ancient belief, +the spot round which the group arranged itself in a nearly +circular form. It is a rugged mass of granite, about 3 m. long +and 1 m. to ½ m. broad, about ½ m. E. of Megali Dili or +Rheneia, and 2 m. W. of Myconus. Towards the centre it rises +to its greatest height of 350 ft. in the steep and rocky peak of +Mount Cynthus, which, though overtopped by several eminences +in the neighbouring islands, is very conspicuous from the surrounding +sea. It is now completely destitute of trees, but it +abounds with brushwood of lentisk and cistus, and here and there +affords a patch of corn-land to the occasional sower from Myconus.</p> + +<p>I. <i>Archaeology.</i>—Excavations have been made by the French +School at Athens upon the island of Delos since 1877, chiefly +by Th. Homolle. They have proceeded slowly but systematically, +and the method adopted, though scientific and economical, +left the site in some apparent confusion, but the débris have more +recently been cleared away to a considerable extent. The complete +plan of the sacred precinct of Apollo has been recovered, as +well as those of a considerable portion of the commercial quarter +of Hellenistic and Roman times, of the theatre, of the temples +of the foreign gods, of the temples on the top of Mount Cynthus, +and of several very interesting private houses. Numerous works +of sculpture of all periods have been found, and also a very +extensive series of inscriptions, some of them throwing much +light upon the subject of temple administration in Greece.</p> + +<div class="center pt2"><img style="width:823px; height:685px; vertical-align: middle;" src="images/img971.jpg" alt="" /></div> + +<p class="pt2">The most convenient place for landing is protected by an ancient +mole; it faces the channel between Delos and Rheneia, and is +about opposite the most northerly of the two little islands now +called <span class="grk" title="Rheumatiari">Ῥευματιάρι</span>. From this side the sacred precinct of Apollo +is approached by an avenue flanked by porticoes, that upon the +seaside bearing the name of Philip V. of Macedon, who dedicated +it about 200 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> This avenue must have formed the usual +approach for sacred embassies and processions; but it is probable +that the space to the south was not convenient for marshalling +them, since Nicias, on the occasion of his famous embassy, built +a bridge from the island of Hecate (the Greater Rhevmatiari) +to Delos, in order that the imposing Athenian procession might +not miss its full effect. Facing the avenue were the propylaea +that formed the chief entrance of the precinct of Apollo. They +consisted of a gate faced on the outside with a projecting portico of +four columns, on the inside with two columns <i>in antis</i>. Through +this one entered a large open space, filled with votive offerings +and containing a large exedra. The sacred road continued its +course to the north-east corner of this open space, with the +precinct of Artemis on its west side, and, on its east side, a terrace +on which stood three temples. The southernmost of these was +the temple of Apollo, but only its back was visible from this side. +Though there is no evidence to show to whom the other two were +dedicated, the fact that they faced west seems to imply that they +were either dedicated to heroes or minor deities, or that they were +treasuries. Beyond them a road branches to the right, sweeping +round in a broad curve to the space in front of the temple of +Apollo. The outer side of this curve is bounded by a row of +treasuries, similar to those found at Delphi and Olympia, and +serving to house the more costly offerings of various islands or +cities. The space to the east and south of the temple of Apollo +could also be approached directly from the propylaea of entrance, +by turning to the right through a passage-like building with a +porch at either end. Just to the north of this may be seen the +basis of the colossal statue of Apollo dedicated by the Naxians, +with its well-known archaic inscription; two large fragments of +the statue itself may still be seen a little farther to the north.</p> + +<p>The temple of Apollo forms the centre of the whole precinct, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page972" id="page972"></a>972</span> +which it dominates by the height of its steps as well as of the +terrace already mentioned; its position must have been more +commanding in ancient times than it is now that heaps of earth +and débris cover so much of the level. The temple was of Doric +style, with six columns at the front and back and thirteen at the +sides; it was built early in the 4th century <span class="scs">B.C.</span>; little if any +traces have been found of the earlier building which it superseded. +Its sculptural decoration appears to have been but +scanty; the metopes were plain. The groups which ornamented, +as acroteria, the two gables of the temple have been in part +recovered, and may now be seen in the national museum at +Athens; at the one end was Boreas carrying off Oreithyia, at the +other Eos and Cephalus, the centre in each case being occupied +by the winged figure that stood out against the sky—a variation +on the winged Victories that often occupy the same position on +temples.</p> + +<p>To the east of the space in front of the temple was an oblong +building of two chambers, with a colonnade on each side but not +in front; this may have been the Prytaneum or some other +official building; beyond it is the most interesting and characteristic +of all the monuments of Delphi. This is a long narrow hall, +running from north to south, and entered by a portico at its +south end. At the north end was the famous altar, built out of +the horns of the victims, which was sometimes reckoned among +the seven wonders of the world. The rest of the room is taken +up by a paved space, surrounded by a narrow gangway; and on +this it is supposed that the <span class="grk" title="geranos">γέρανος</span> or stork-dance took place. +The most remarkable architectural feature of the building is the +partition that separated the altar from this long gallery; it +consists of two columns between <i>antae</i>, with capitals of a very +peculiar form, consisting of the fore parts of bulls set back to +back; from these the whole building is sometimes called the +sanctuary of the bulls. Beyond it, on the east, was a sacred +wood filling the space up to the wall of the precinct; and at the +south end of this was a small open space with the altar of Zeus +Polieus.</p> + +<p>At the north of the precinct was a broad road, flanked with +votive offerings and exedrae, and along the boundary were +porticoes and chambers intended for the reception of the <span class="grk" title="theôriai">θεωρίαι</span> +or sacred embassies; there are two entrances on this side, each +of them through extensive propylaea.</p> + +<p>At the north-west corner of the precinct is a building of limestone, +the <span class="grk" title="pôrinos oikos">πώρινος οἶκος</span> often mentioned in the inventories of +the treasures of the Delian shrine. South of it is the precinct of +Artemis, containing within it the old temple of the goddess; +her more recent temple was to the south of her precinct, opening +not into it but into the open space entered through the southern +propylaea of the precinct of Apollo. The older temple is +mentioned in some of the inventories as “the temple in which +were the seven statues”; and close beside it was found a series of +archaic draped female statues, which was the most important +of its kind until the discovery of the finer and better preserved set +from the Athenian Acropolis.</p> + +<p>Within the precinct there were found many statues and other +works of art, and a very large number of inscriptions, some of +them giving inventories of the votive offerings and accounts of the +administration of the temple and its property. The latter are +of considerable interest, and give full information as to the +sources of the revenue and its financial administration.</p> + +<p>Outside the precinct of Apollo, on the south, was an open +place; between this and the precinct was a house for the priests, +and within it, in a kind of court, a set of small structures that may +perhaps be identified as the tombs of the Hyperborean maidens. +Just to the east was the temple of Dionysus, which is of peculiar +plan, and faces the open place; on the other side of it is a large +rectangular court, surrounded by colonnades and chambers which +served as offices, the whole forming a sort of commercial +exchange; in the middle of it was a temple dedicated to +Aphrodite and Hermes.</p> + +<p>To the north of the precinct of Apollo, between it and the +sacred lake, there are very extensive ruins of the commercial +town of Delos; these have been only partially cleared, but have +yielded a good many inscriptions and other antiquities. The +most extensive building is a very large court surrounded by +chambers, a sort of club or exchange. Beyond this, on the way +to the east coast, are the remains of the new and the old palaestra, +also partially excavated.</p> + +<p>The shore of the channel facing Rheneia is lined with docks and +warehouses, and behind them, as well as elsewhere in the island, +there have been found several private houses of the 2nd or 3rd +century <span class="scs">B.C.</span> Each of these consists of a single court surrounded +by columns and often paved with mosaic; various chambers +open out of the court, including usually one of large proportions, +the <span class="grk" title="andrôn">ἀνδρών</span> or dining-room for guests.</p> + +<p>The theatre, which is set in the lower slope of Mount Cynthus, +has the wings of the auditorium supported by massive substructures. +The most interesting feature is the <i>scena</i>, which is +unique in plan; it consisted of an oblong building of two storeys, +surrounded on all sides by a low portico or terrace reaching to the +level of the first floor. This was supported by pillars, set closer +together along the front than at the sides and back. An inscription +found in the theatre showed that this portico, or at least the +front portion of it, was called the proscenium or logeum, two +terms of which the identity was previously disputed.</p> + +<p>On the summit of Mount Cynthus, above the primitive cave-temple +which has always been visible, there have been found +the remains of a small precinct dedicated to Zeus Cynthius and +Athena Cynthia. Some way down the slope of the hill, between +the cave-temple and the ravine of the Inopus, is a terrace with +the temples of the foreign gods, Isis and Serapis, and a small +odeum.</p> + +<p>II. <i>History.</i>—Many alternative names for Delos are given by +tradition; one of these, Ortygia, is elsewhere also assigned to an +island sacred to Artemis. Of the various traditions that were +current among the ancient Greeks regarding the origin of Delos, +the most popular describes it as drifting through the Aegean till +moored by Zeus as a refuge for the wandering Leto. It supplied +a birthplace to Apollo and Artemis, who were born beneath a +palm tree beside its sacred lake, and became for ever sacred to +these twin deities. The island first appears in history as the seat +of a great Ionic festival to which the various Ionic states, including +Athens, were accustomed annually to despatch a sacred +embassy, or Theoria, at the anniversary of the birth of the god +on the 7th of Thargelion (about May). In the 6th century <span class="scs">B.C.</span> +the influence of the Delian Apollo was at its height; Polycrates +of Samos dedicated the neighbouring island of Rheneia to his +service and Peisistratus of Athens caused all the area within sight +of the temple to be cleared of the tombs by which its sanctity was +impaired. After the Persian wars, the predominance of Athens +led to the transformation of the Delian amphictyony into the +Athenian empire. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Delian League</a></span>.) In 426 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, in connexion +with a reorganization of the festival, which henceforth was +celebrated in the third year of every Olympiad, the Athenians +instituted a more elaborate lustration, caused every tomb to be +removed from the island, and established a law that ever after +any one who was about to die or to give birth to a child should +be at once conveyed from its shores. And even this was not +accounted sufficient, for in 422 they expelled all its secular +inhabitants, who were, however, permitted to return in the +following year. At the close of the Peloponnesian War the +Spartans gave to the people of Delos the management of their +own affairs; but the Athenian predominance was soon after +restored, and survived an appeal to the amphictyony of Delphi in +345 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> During Macedonian times, from 322 to 166 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, Delos +again became independent; during this period the shrine was +enriched by offerings from all quarters, and the temple and +its possessions were administered by officials called <span class="grk" title="hieropoioi">ἱεροποιοί</span>. +After 166 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> the Romans restored the control of Delian worship +to Athens, but granted to the island various commercial +privileges which brought it great prosperity. In 87 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> Menophanes, +the general of Mithradates VI. of Pontus, sacked the +island, which had remained faithful to Rome. From this blow +it never recovered; the Athenian control was resumed in 42 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, +but Pausanias (viii. 33. 2) mentions Delos as deserted but for a +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page973" id="page973"></a>973</span> +few Athenian officials; and several epigrams of the 1st or 2nd +century <span class="scs">A.D.</span> attest the same fact, though the temple and worship +were probably kept up until the official extinction of the ancient +religion. A museum has now been built to contain the antiquities +found in the excavations; otherwise Delos is now uninhabited, +though during the summer months a few shepherds cross over +with their flocks from Myconus or Rheneia. As a religious centre +it is replaced by Tenos and as a commercial centre by the +flourishing port of Syra.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Lebègue, <i>Recherches sur Délos</i> (Paris, 1876). Numerous +articles in the <i>Bulletin de correspondance hellénique</i> record the various +discoveries at Delos as they were made. See also Th. Homolle, <i>Les +Archives de l’intendance sacrée à Délos</i> (with plan). The best consecutive +account is given in the <i>Guide Joanne, Grèce</i>, ii. 443-464. +For history, see Sir R. C. Jebb, <i>Journal of Hellenic Studies</i>, +i. (1889), pp. 7-62. For works of art found at Delos see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Greek +Art</a></span>.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(E. Gr.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DE LOUTHERBOURG, PHILIP JAMES<a name="ar210" id="ar210"></a></span> (1740-1812), English +artist, was born at Strassburg on the 31st of October 1740, where +his father, the representative of a Polish family, practised +miniature painting; but he spent the greater part of his life in +London, where he was naturalized, and exerted a considerable +influence on the scenery of the English stage, as well as on the +artists of the following generation. De Loutherbourg was +intended for the Lutheran ministry, and was educated at the +university of Strassburg. As the calling, however, was foreign +to his nature, he insisted on being a painter, and placed himself +under Vanloo in Paris. The result was an immediate and +precocious development of his powers, and he became a figure in +the fashionable society of that day. In 1767 he was elected into +the French Academy below the age required by the law of the +institution, and painted landscapes, sea storms, battles, all of +which had a celebrity above those of the specialists then working +in Paris. His début was made by the exhibition of twelve +pictures, including “Storm at Sunset,” “Night,” “Morning after +Rain.” He is next found travelling in Switzerland, Germany and +Italy, distinguishing himself as much by mechanical inventions +as by painting. One of these, showing quite new effects produced +in a model theatre, was the wonder of the day. The exhibition +of lights behind canvas representing the moon and stars, the +illusory appearance of running water produced by clear blue +sheets of metal and gauze, with loose threads of silver, and so on, +were his devices. In 1771 he came to London, and was employed +by Garrick, who offered him £500 a year to apply his inventions +to Drury Lane, and to superintend the scene-painting, which he +did with complete success, making a new era in the adjuncts of +the stage. Garrick’s own piece, the <i>Christmas Tale</i>, and the +pantomime, 1781-1782, introduced the novelties to the public, +and the delight not only of the masses, but of Reynolds and the +artists, was unbounded. The green trees gradually became +russet, the moon rose and lit the edges of passing clouds, and all +the world was captivated by effects we now take little notice of. +A still greater triumph awaited him on his opening an entertainment +called the “Eidophusicon,” which showed the rise, progress +and result of a storm at sea—that which destroyed the great +Indiaman, the “Halsewell,”—and the Fallen Angels raising the +Palace of Pandemonium. De Loutherbourg has been called the +inventor of the panorama, but this honour does not belong to +him, although it first appeared about the same time as the +eidophusicon. The first panorama was painted and exhibited +by Robert Barker.</p> + +<p>All this mechanism did not prevent De Loutherbourg from +painting. “Lord Howe’s Victory off Ushant” (1794), and other +large naval pictures were commissioned for Greenwich Hospital +Gallery, where they still remain. His finest work was the +“Destruction of the Armada.” He painted also the Great Fire +of London, and several historical works, one of these being the +“Attack of the Combined Armies on Valenciennes” (1793). He +was made R.A., in addition to other distinctions, in 1781, shortly +after which date we find an entirely new mental impulse taking +possession of him. He joined Balsamo, comte de Cagliostro, and +travelled about with this extraordinary person—leaving him, +however, before his condemnation to death. We do not hear +that Mesmer had attracted De Loutherbourg, nor do we find +an exact record of his connexion with Cagliostro. A pamphlet +published in 1789, <i>A List of a few Cures performed by Mr and Mrs +De Loutherbourg without Medicine</i>, shows that he had taken up +faith-healing, and there is a story that a successful projection of +the philosopher’s stone was only spoiled by the breaking of +the crucible by a relative. He died on the 11th of March 1812. +His publications are few—some sets of etchings, and <i>English +Scenery</i> (1805).</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELPHI<a name="ar211" id="ar211"></a></span> (the Pytho of Homer and Herodotus; in Boeotian +inscriptions <span class="grk" title="Belphoi">Βελφοί</span>, on coins <span class="grk" title="Dalphoi">Δαλφοί</span>), a place in ancient Greece in +the territory of Phocis, famous as the seat of the most important +temple and oracle of Apollo. It was situated about 6 m. inland +from the shores of the Corinthian Gulf, in a rugged and romantic +glen, closed on the N. by the steep wall-like under-cliffs of Mount +Parnassus known as the Phaedriades or Shining Rocks, on the E. +and W. by two minor ridges or spurs, and on the S. by the +irregular heights of Mount Cirphis. Between the two mountains +the Pleistus flowed from east to west, and opposite the town +received the brooklet of the Castalian fountain, which rose in a +deep gorge in the centre of the Parnassian cliff. About 7 m. to +the north, on the side of Mount Parnassus, was the famous +Corycian cave, a large grotto in the limestone rock, which afforded +the people of Delphi a refuge during the Persian invasion. It is +now called in the district the Sarant’ Aulai or Forty Courts, and +is said to be capable of holding 3000 people.</p> + +<p>I. <i>The Site.</i>—The site of Delphi was occupied by the modern +village of Castri until it was bought by the French government +in 1891, and the peasant proprietors expropriated and transferred +to the new village of Castri, a little farther to the west. Excavations +had been made previously in some parts of the precinct; +for example, the portico of the Athenians was laid bare in 1860. +The systematic clearing of the site began in the spring of 1892, +and it was rapidly cleared of earth by means of a light railway. +The plan of the precinct is now easily traced, and with the help of +Pausanias many of the buildings have been identified.</p> + +<p>The ancient wall running east and west, commonly known as +the Hellenico, has been found extant in its whole length, and the +two boundary walls running up the hill at each end of it, traced. +In the eastern of these was the main entrance by which Pausanias +went in along the Sacred Way. This paved road is easily +recognized as it zigzags up the hill, with treasuries and the bases +of various offerings facing it on both sides. It mounts first westwards +to an open space, then turns eastwards till it reaches the +eastern end of the terrace wall that supports the temple, and then +turns again and curves up north and then west towards the +temple. Above this, approached by a stair, are the Lesche and +the theatre, occupying respectively the north-east and north-west +corner of the precinct. On a higher level still, a little to +the west, is the stadium. There are several narrow paths and +stairs that cut off the zigzags of the Sacred Way.</p> + +<p>In describing the monuments discovered by the French +excavators, the simplest plan is to follow the route of Pausanias. +Outside the entrance is a large paved court of Roman date, +flanked by a colonnade. On the north side of the Sacred Way, +close to the main entrance, stood the offering dedicated by the +Lacedaemonians after the battle of Aegospotami. It was a large +quadrangular building of conglomerate, with a back wall faced +with stucco, and stood open to the road. On a stepped pedestal +facing the open stood the statues of the gods and the admirals, +perhaps in rows above one another.</p> + +<p>The statues of the Epigoni stood on a semicircular basis on the +south side of the way. Opposite them stood another semicircular +basis which carried the statues of the Argive kings, +whose names are cut on the pedestal in archaic characters, +reading from right to left. Farther west was the Sicyonian +treasury on the south of the way. It was in the form of a small +Doric temple <i>in antis</i>, and had its entrance on the east. The +present foundations are built of architectural fragments, probably +from an earlier building of circular form on the same site. The +sculptures from this treasury are in the museum, as are the other +sculptures found on the site. These sculptures, which are in +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page974" id="page974"></a>974</span> +rough limestone, most likely belong to the earlier building, as +their surface is in a better state of preservation than could be +possible if they had been long exposed to the air. The earlier +treasury was probably destroyed either by earthquake or by the +percolation of water through the terracing.</p> + +<div class="center pt2"><img style="width:900px; height:693px; vertical-align: middle;" src="images/img974.jpg" alt="" /></div> + +<p class="pt2">The Cnidian treasury stands on the south side of the way +farther west. This building was originally surmised by the +excavators to be the treasury of Siphnos, but further evidence +led them to change their opinion. The treasury was raised on +a quadrangular structure, supported on its south side by the +Hellenico, and built of tufa. The lower courses are left rough and +were most likely hidden. A small Ionic temple of marble with +two caryatids between antae stood on this substructure. The +sculpture from this treasury, which ornamented its frieze and +pediment, is of great interest in the history of the development of +the art, and the fragments of architectural mouldings are of great +delicacy and beauty. The whole work is perhaps the most +perfect example we possess of the transitional style of the early +5th century. Standing back somewhat from the path just as it +bends round up the hill is the Theban treasury. Farther north, +where the path turns again, is the Athenian treasury. This +structure, which was in the form of a small Doric temple <i>in antis</i>, +appears to have suffered from the building above it having been +shaken down by an earthquake. It has now been rebuilt with +the original blocks. There can be no doubt about the identity of +the building, for the basis on which it stands bears the remains +of the dedicatory inscription, stating that it was erected from +the spoils of Marathon. Almost all the sculptured metopes are +in the museum, and are of the highest interest to the student +of archaic art. The famous inscriptions with hymns to Apollo +accompanied by musical notation were found on stones belonging +to this treasury.</p> + +<p>Above the Athenian treasury is an open space, in which is a +rock which has been identified as the Sybil’s rock. It has steps +hewn in it, and has a cleft. The ground round it has been left +rough like the space on the Acropolis at Athens identified as the +ancient altar of Athena. Here too was placed the curious column, +with many flutes and an Ionic capital, on which stood the colossal +sphinx, dedicated by the Naxians, that has been pieced together +and placed in the museum.</p> + +<p>A little farther on, but below the Sacred Way, is another open +space, of circular form, which is perhaps the <span class="grk" title="halôs">ἅλως</span> or sacred +threshing-floor on which the drama of the slaying of the Python +by Apollo was periodically performed. Opposite this space, and +backed against the beautifully jointed polygonal wall which +has for some time been known, and which supports the terrace +on which the temple stands, is the colonnade of the Athenians. +A dedicatory inscription runs along the face of the top step, and +has been the subject +of much dispute. +Both the forms of +the letters and the +style of the architecture +show that the +colonnade cannot +date, as Pausanias +says, from the time +of the Peloponnesian +War; Th. +Homolle now assigns +it to the end +of the 6th century. +The polygonal terrace +wall at the +back, on being +cleared, proves to +be covered with +inscriptions, most +of them concerning +the manumission of +slaves.</p> + +<p>After rounding +the east end of the +terrace wall, the +Sacred Way turns +northward, leaving +the Great Altar, +dedicated by the +Chians, on the left. +After passing the +altar, it turns to the +left again at right +angles, and so enters +the space in front +of the temple. Remains of offerings found in this region include +those dedicated by the Cyrenians and by the Corinthians. The +site of the temple itself carries the remains of successive structures. +Of that built by the Alcmaeonids in the 6th century <span class="scs">B.C.</span> +considerable remains have been found, some in the foundations +of the later temple and some lying where they were thrown by +the earthquake. The sculptures found have been assigned to this +building, probably to the gables, as they are archaic in character, +and show a remarkable resemblance to the sculptures from the +pediment of the early temple of Athena at Athens. The existing +foundations are these of the temple built in the 4th century. +They give no certain information as to the sacred cleft and other +matters relating to the oracle. Though there are great hollow +spaces in the structure of the foundations, these appear merely +to have been intended to save material, and not to have been put +to any religious or other use. Up in the north-eastern corner of +the precinct, standing at the foot of the cliffs, are the remains +of the interesting Cnidian Lesche or Clubhouse. It was a long +narrow building accessible only from the south, and the famous +paintings were probably disposed around the walls so as to meet +in the middle of the north side. Some scanty fragments of the +lower part of the frescoed walls have survived; but they are not +enough to give any information as to the work of Polygnotus.</p> + +<p>At the north-western corner of the precinct is the theatre, one +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page975" id="page975"></a>975</span> +of the best preserved in Greece. The foundations of the stage are +extant, as well as the orchestra, and the walls and seats of the +auditorium. There are thirty-three tiers of seats in seven sets, +and a paved diazoma. The sculptures from the stage front, now +in the museum, have the labours of Heracles as their subject. +The date of the theatre is probably early 2nd century <span class="scs">B.C.</span></p> + +<p>The stadium lies, as Pausanias says, in the highest part of the +city to the north-west. It stands on a narrow plateau of ground +supported on the south-east by a terrace wall. The seats have +been cleared, and are in a state of extraordinary preservation. +A few of those at the east end are hewn in the rock. No trace of +the marble seats mentioned by Pausanias has been found, but +they have probably been carried off for lime or building, as they +could easily be removed. An immense number of inscriptions +have been found in the excavations, and many works of art, +including a bronze charioteer, which is one of the most admirable +statues preserved from ancient times.</p> + +<p>II. <i>History.</i>—Our information as to the oracle at Delphi and +the manner in which it was consulted is somewhat confused; +there probably was considerable variation at different periods. +The tale of a hole from which intoxicating “mephitic” vapour +arose has no early authority, nor is it scientifically probable +(see A. P. Oppé in <i>Journal of Hellenic Studies</i>, xxiv. 214). The +questions had to be given in writing, and the responses were +uttered by the Pythian priestess, in early times a maiden, later +a woman over fifty attired as a maiden. After chewing the sacred +bay and drinking of the spring Cassotis, which was conducted +into the temple by artificial channels, she took her seat on the +sacred tripod in the inner shrine. Her utterances were reduced +to verse and edited by the prophets and the “holy men” (<span class="grk" title="hosioi">ὅσιοι</span>). +For the influence and history of the oracle see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Oracle</a></span>.</p> + +<p>Delphi also contained the “Omphalos,” a sacred stone bound +with fillets, supposed to mark the centre of the earth. It was +said Zeus had started two eagles from the opposite extremities +and they met there. Other tales said the stone was the one given +by Rhea to Cronus as a substitute for Zeus.</p> + +<p>For the history of the Delphic Amphictyony see under <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Amphictyony</a></span>. +The oracle at Delphi was asserted by tradition to have +existed before the introduction of the Apolline worship and to +have belonged to the goddess Earth (Ge or Gaia). The Homeric +Hymn to Apollo evidently combines two different versions, one +of the approach of Apollo from the north by land, and the +other of the introduction of his votaries from Crete. The +earliest stone temple was said to have been built by Trophonius +and Agamedes. This was destroyed by fire in 548 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, and +the contract for rebuilding was undertaken by the exiled +Alcmaeonidae from Athens, who generously substituted marble +on the eastern front for the poros specified (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Cleisthenes</a></span>, +<i>ad init.</i>). Portions of the pediments of this temple have been +found in the excavations; but no sign has been found of the +pediments mentioned by Pausanias, representing on the east +Apollo and the Muses, and on the west Dionysus and the +Thyiades (Bacchantes), and designed by Praxias, the pupil of +Calanias. The temple which was seen by Pausanias, and of +which the foundations were found by the excavators, was the +one of which the building is recorded in inscriptions of the 4th +century. A raid on Delphi attempted by the Persians in 480 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> +was said to have been frustrated by the god himself, by means of +a storm or earthquake which hurled rocks down on the invaders; +a similar tale is told of the raid of the Gauls in 279 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> But the +sacrilege thus escaped at the hands of foreign invaders was +inflicted by the Phocian defenders of Delphi during the Sacred +War, 356-346 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, when many of the precious votive offerings +were melted down. The Phocians were condemned to replace +their value to the amount of 10,000 talents, which they paid in +instalments. In 86 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> the sanctuary and its treasures were put +under contribution by L. Cornelius Sulla for the payment of his +soldiers; Nero removed no fewer than 500 bronze statues from +the sacred precincts; Constantine the Great enriched his new +city by the sacred tripod and its support of intertwined snakes +dedicated by the Greek cities after the battle of Plataea. This +still exists, with its inscription, in the Hippodrome at Constantinople. +Julian afterwards sent Oribasius to restore the temple; +but the oracle responded to the emperor’s enthusiasm with +nothing but a wail over the glory that had departed.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Provisional accounts of the excavations have appeared during the +excavations in the <i>Bulletin de correspondance hellénique</i>. A summary +is given in J. G. Frazer, <i>Pausanias</i>, vol. v. The official account +is entitled <i>Fouilles de Delphes</i>. For history see Hiller von Gärtringen +in Pauly-Wissowa, <i>Realencyclopädie, s.v.</i> “Delphi.” For cult see +L. R. Farnell, <i>Cults of the Creek States</i>, iv. 179-218. For the works +of art discovered see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Greek Art</a></span>.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(E. Gr.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELPHINIA,<a name="ar212" id="ar212"></a></span> a festival of Apollo Delphinius held annually on +the 6th (or 7th) of the month Munychion (April) at Athens. +All that is known of the ceremonies is that a number of girls +proceeded to his temple (Delphinium) carrying suppliants’ +branches and seeking to propitiate Apollo, probably as a god +having influence on the sea. It was at this time of year that +navigation began again after the storms of winter. According +to the story in Plutarch (<i>Theseus</i>, 18), Theseus, before setting out +to Crete to slay the Minotaur, repaired to the Delphinium and +deposited, on his own behalf and that of his companions on whom +the lot had fallen, an offering to Apollo, consisting of a branch of +consecrated olive, bound about with white wool; after which +he prayed to the god and set sail. The sending of the maidens +to propitiate the god during the Delphinia commemorates this +event in the life of Theseus.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See A. Mommsen, <i>Festeder Stadt Athen</i> (1898); L. Preller, <i>Griechische +Mythologie</i> (4th ed., 1887); P. Stengel, <i>Die griechische Kultusaltertümer</i> +(1898); Daremberg and Saglio, <i>Dictionnaire des antiquités</i>; +G. F. Schömann, <i>Griechische Altertümer</i> (4th ed., 1897-1902).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELPHINUS<a name="ar213" id="ar213"></a></span> (“<span class="sc">The Dolphin</span>”), in astronomy, a constellation +of the northern hemisphere, mentioned by Eudoxus (4th century +<span class="scs">B.C.</span>) and Aratus (3rd century <span class="scs">B.C.</span>); and catalogued by Ptolemy +(10 stars), Tycho Brahe (10 stars), and Hevelius (14 stars), +Γ <i>Delphini</i> is a double star: a yellowish of magnitude 4, and a +bluish of magnitude 5.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELTA<a name="ar214" id="ar214"></a></span> (from the shape of the Gr. letter Δ, delta, originally +used of the mouth of the Nile), a tract of land enclosed by the +diverging branches of a river’s mouth and the seacoast, and +traversed by other branches of the stream. This triangular tract +is formed from the fine silt brought down in suspension by +a muddy river and deposited when the river reaches the sea. +When tidal currents are feeble, the delta frequently advances +some distance seawards, forming a local prolongation of the +coast.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELUC, JEAN ANDRÉ<a name="ar215" id="ar215"></a></span> (1727-1817), Swiss geologist and +meteorologist, born at Geneva on the 8th of February 1727, was +descended from a family which had emigrated from Lucca and +settled at Geneva in the 15th century. His father, François +Deluc, was the author of some publications in refutation of +Mandeville and other rationalistic writers, which are best known +through Rousseau’s humorous account of his ennui in reading +them; and he gave his son an excellent education, chiefly in +mathematics and natural science. On completing it he engaged +in commerce, which principally occupied the first forty-six years +of his life, without any other interruption than that which was +occasioned by some journeys of business into the neighbouring +countries, and a few scientific excursions among the Alps. +During these, however, he collected by degrees, in conjunction +with his brother Guillaume Antoine, a splendid museum of mineralogy +and of natural history in general, which was afterwards +increased by his nephew J. André Deluc (1763-1847), who was +also a writer on geology. He at the same time took a prominent +part in politics. In 1768 he was sent to Paris on an embassy +to the duc de Choiseul, whose friendship he succeeded in gaining. +In 1770 he was nominated one of the Council of Two Hundred. +Three years later unexpected reverses in business made it advisable +for him to quit his native town, which he only revisited +once for a few days. The change was welcome in so far as it +set him entirely free for scientific pursuits, and it was with +little regret that he removed to England in 1773. He was made +a fellow of the Royal Society in the same year, and received the +appointment of reader to Queen Charlotte, which he continued +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page976" id="page976"></a>976</span> +to hold for forty-four years, and which afforded him both leisure +and a competent income. In the latter part of his life he obtained +leave to make several tours in Switzerland, France, Holland and +Germany. In Germany he passed the six years from 1798 to +1804; and after his return he undertook a geological tour +through England. When he was at Göttingen, in the beginning +of his German tour, he received the compliment of being +appointed honorary professor of philosophy and geology in that +university; but he never entered upon the active duties of a +professorship. He was also a correspondent of the Academy +of Sciences at Paris, and a member of several other scientific +associations. He died at Windsor on the 7th of November 1817.</p> + +<p>His favourite studies were geology and meteorology. The +situation of his native country had naturally led him to contemplate +the peculiarities of the earth’s structure, and the properties +of the atmosphere, as particularly displayed in mountainous +countries, and as subservient to the measurement of heights. +According to Cuvier, he ranked among the first geologists of his +age. His principal geological work, <i>Lettres physiques et morales +sur les montagnes el sur l’histoire de la terre et de l’homme</i>, first +published in 1778, and in a more complete form in 1779, was +dedicated to Queen Charlotte. It dealt with the appearance of +mountains and the antiquity of the human race, explained the +six days of the Mosaic creation as so many epochs preceding the +actual state of the globe, and attributed the deluge to the filling +up of cavities supposed to have been left void in the interior of +the earth. He published later an important series of volumes +on geological travels in the north of Europe (1810), in England +(1811), and in France, Switzerland and Germany (1813). These +were translated into English.</p> + +<p>Deluc’s original experiments relating to meteorology were +valuable to the natural philosopher; and he discovered many +facts of considerable importance relating to heat and moisture. +He noticed the disappearance of heat in the thawing of ice about +the same time that J. Black founded on it his ingenious hypothesis +of latent heat. He ascertained that water was more dense about +40° F. (4° C.) than at the temperature of freezing, expanding +equally on each side of the maximum; and he was the originator +of the theory, afterward readvanced by John Dalton, that the +quantity of aqueous vapour contained in any space is independent +of the presence or density of the air, or of any other +elastic fluid.</p> + +<p>His <i>Recherches sur les modifications de l’atmosphère</i> (2 vols. +4to, Geneva, 1772; 2nd ed., 4 vols. 8vo, Paris, 1784) contains +many accurate and ingenious experiments upon moisture, +evaporation and the indications of hygrometers and thermometers, +applied to the barometer employed in determining +heights. In the <i>Phil. Trans.</i>, 1773, appeared his account of a +new hygrometer, which resembled a mercurial thermometer, +with an ivory bulb, which expanded by moisture, and caused the +mercury to descend. The first correct rules ever published for +measuring heights by the barometer were those he gave in the +<i>Phil. Trans.</i>, 1771, p. 158. His <i>Lettres sur l’histoire physique de +la terre</i> (8vo, Paris, 1798), addressed to Professor Blumenbach, +contains an essay on the existence of a General Principle of +Morality. It also gives an interesting account of some conversations +of the author with Voltaire and Rousseau. Deluc was +an ardent admirer of Bacon, on whose writings he published two +works—<i>Bacon tel qu’il est</i> (8vo, Berlin, 1800), showing the bad +faith of the French translator, who had omitted many passages +favourable to revealed religion, and <i>Précis de la philosophie de +Bacon</i> (2 vols. 8vo, Paris, 1802), giving an interesting view of the +progress of natural science. <i>Lettres sur le Christianisme</i> (Berlin +and Hanover, 1801, 1803) was a controversial correspondence +with Dr Teller of Berlin in regard to the Mosaic cosmogony. +His <i>Traité élémentaire de géologie</i> (8vo, Paris, 1809, also in English, +by de la Fite, the same year) was principally intended as a +refutation of the Vulcanian system of Hutton and Playfair, who +deduced the changes of the earth’s structure from the operation +of fire, and attributed a higher antiquity to the present state of +the continents than is required in the Neptunian system adopted +by Deluc after D. Dolomieu. He sent to the Royal Society, in +1809, a long paper on separating the chemical from the electrical +effect of the pile, with a description of the electric column and +aerial electroscope, in which he advanced opinions so little in +unison with the latest discoveries of the day, that the council +deemed it inexpedient to admit them into the <i>Transactions</i>. +The paper was afterwards published in Nicholson’s <i>Journal</i> +(xxvi.), and the dry column described in it was constructed by +various experimental philosophers. This dry pile or electric +column has been regarded as his chief discovery.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Many other of his papers on subjects kindred to those already +mentioned are to be found in the <i>Transactions</i> and in the <i>Philosophical +Magazine</i>. See <i>Philosophical Magazine</i> (November 1817).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELUGE, THE<a name="ar216" id="ar216"></a></span> (through the Fr. from Lat. <i>diluvium</i>, flood, +<i>diluere</i>, to wash away), a great flood or submersion of the earth (so +far as the earth was known to the narrators), or of heaven and +earth, or simply of heaven, by which, according to primitive and +semi-primitive races, chaos was restored. It is, of course, not +meant that all the current flood stories, as they stand, answer to +this description. There are flood stories which, at first sight, +may plausibly be held to be only exaggerated accounts of some +ancient historical occurrences. The probability of such traditions +being handed down is, however, extremely slight. If some flood +stories are apparently local, and almost or quite without mythical +colouring, it may be because the original myth-makers had a +very narrow conception of the earth, and because in the lapse of +time the original mythic elements had dwindled or even disappeared. +The relics of the traditional story may then have been +adapted by scribes and priests to a new theory. Many deluge +stories may in this way have degenerated. It is at any rate +undeniable that flood stories of the type described above, and +even with similar minor details, are fairly common. A conspectus +of illustrative flood stories from different parts of the +world would throw great light on the problems before us; see +the article <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Cosmogony</a></span>, especially for the North American tales, +which show clearly enough that the deluge is properly a second +creation, and that the serpent is as truly connected with the +second chaos as with the first. One of them, too, gives a striking +parallel to the Babylonian name Ḫasis-andra (the Very Wise), +whence comes the corrupt form Xisuthrus; the deluge hero +of the Hare Indians is called Kunyan, “the intelligent.” +Polynesia also gives us most welcome assistance, for its flood +stories still present clear traces of the primitive imagination that +the sky was a great blue sea, on which the sun, moon and stars +(or constellations) were voyagers. Greece too supplies some +stimulus to thought, nor are Iran and Egypt as unproductive +as some have supposed. But the only pauses that we can allow +ourselves are in Hindustan, Babylonia and Canaan. The +peoples of these three countries, which are religiously so prominent +in antiquity, have naturally connected their name equally +with thoughts about earth production and earth destruction.</p> + +<p>The Indian tradition exists in several forms.<a name="fa1t" id="fa1t" href="#ft1t"><span class="sp">1</span></a> The earliest is +preserved in the Satapatha Brahmana. It is there related that +Manu, the first man, the son of the sun-god Vivasvat, +found, in bathing, a small fish, which asked to be +<span class="sidenote">Indian Tradition.</span> +tended, and in reward promised to save him in the +coming flood. The fish grew, and at last had to be carried to the +sea, where it revealed to Manu the time of the flood, and bade +him construct a ship for his deliverance. When the time came, +Manu, unaccompanied, went on board; the grateful fish towed +the ship through the water to the summit of the northern +mountain, where it bade Manu bind the vessel to a tree. Gradually, +as the waters fell, Manu descended the mountain; he then +sacrificed and prayed. In a year’s time his prayer was granted. +A woman appeared, who called herself his daughter Idā (goddess +of fertility). It is neither stated, nor even hinted, that sin was +the cause of the flood.</p> + +<p>Another version occurs in the great epic, the Mahābhārata. +The lacunae of the earlier story are here supplied. Manu, for +instance, embarks with the seven “rishis” or wise men, and +takes with him all kinds of seed. The fish announces himself as +the God Brahman, and enables Manu to create both gods and +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page977" id="page977"></a>977</span> +men. A third account is given in the Bhāgavata Purāna. It +contains the details of the announcement of the flood seven +days beforehand (cf. Gen. vii. 4) and of the taking of pairs of +all kinds of animals (cf. Gen. vi. 19), besides the seeds of plants +(as the epic; cf. Gen. vi. 21). This story, however, is a late +composition, not earlier than the 12th century <span class="scs">A.D.</span> A first +glance at these stories is somewhat bewildering. We shall +return, however, to this problem later with a good hope of +mastering it.</p> + +<p>The Israelite (Biblical) and the Babylonian deluge-stories +remain to be considered. Neither need be described here in +detail; for the former see Gen. vi. 5-ix. 17, and for the +latter <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Gilgamesh</a></span>. As most students are aware, the +<span class="sidenote">Israelite and Babylonian.</span> +Biblical deluge-story is composite, being made up of +two narratives, the few lacunae in which are due to the +ancient redactor who worked them together.<a name="fa2t" id="fa2t" href="#ft2t"><span class="sp">2</span></a> The narrators +are conventionally known as J. (= the Yahwist, from the divine +name Yahweh) and P. (= the Priestly Writer) respectively. It +is important to notice that P., though chronologically later than +J., reproduces certain elements which must be archaic. For +instance, while J. speaks only of a rain-storm, P. states that “all +the fountains of the great ocean were broken up, and the windows +of heaven opened” (Gen. vii. 11), <i>i.e.</i> the lower and the upper +waters met together and produced the deluge. It is also P. who +tells the story of the appointment of the rainbow (Gen ix. 12-17), +which is evidently ancient, though only paralleled in a Lithuanian +flood-story, and near it we find the divine declaration (Gen. ix. +2-6) that the golden age of universal peace (cf. Gen. i. 29, 30), +already sadly tarnished, is over.<a name="fa3t" id="fa3t" href="#ft3t"><span class="sp">3</span></a> Surely this too has a touch of +the archaic; nor can we err in connecting it with the tradition +of man’s first home in Paradise, where no enemy could come, +because, in the original form of the tradition, Paradise was the +abode of God. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Paradise</a></span>.)</p> + +<p>The Babylonian tradition exists in two main forms,<a name="fa4t" id="fa4t" href="#ft4t"><span class="sp">4</span></a> nor can +we affirm that the shorter form, due to Berōssus, is superseded +by the larger one in the Gilgamesh epic, for it communicates +four important points: (1) Xisuthrus, the hero +<span class="sidenote">Berōssus: four points.</span> +of the deluge, was also the tenth Babylonian king; cf. +Noah, in P., the tenth patriarch as well as the survivor +from the deluge; (2) the destination of Xisuthrus is said to be +“to the gods,” a statement which virtually records his divine +character. In accordance with this, the final reward of the hero +is declared to be “living with the gods.” This suggests that +Noah (?) may originally have been represented as a supernatural +man, a demigod. True, Gen. ix. 20, 21 is not consistent with +this, but it is very possible that Noah was substituted by a +scribe’s error for Enoch,<a name="fa5t" id="fa5t" href="#ft5t"><span class="sp">5</span></a> who, like Xisuthrus, “walked with +God (learning the heavenly wisdom) and disappeared, for God +had taken him” (Gen. v. 22, 24); (3) the birds, when sent out +by Xisuthrus the second time, return with mud on their feet. +This detail reminds us of points in some archaic North American +myths which probably supply the key to its meaning;<a name="fa6t" id="fa6t" href="#ft6t"><span class="sp">6</span></a> (4) in +the time of Berōssus the mountain on which the ark grounded +was considered to be in Armenia.</p> + +<p>We pass on to the relation of J. and P. to the Babylonian story. +(1) The polytheistic colouring of the latter contrasts strongly with +the far simpler religious views of J. and P. Note the +capricious character of the god Bel who sends the +<span class="sidenote">Details on relation of Israelite story to Babylonian.</span> +deluge, while at the end of the story the catastrophe +is represented as a judgment upon human sins. It is the +latter view which is adopted by J. and P. We cannot, +however, infer from this that the narratives which +doubtless underlie J. and P. were directly taken from some such +story as that in the Gilgamesh epic. The theory of an indirect +and unconscious borrowing on the part of the Israelitish compilers +will satisfy all the conditions of the case. (2) In the general +scheme the three accounts very nearly agree, for J. must originally +have contained directions as to the building of the vessel, +and a notice that the ark grounded on a certain mountain. +P.’s omission of the sacrifice at the close seems to be arbitrary. +His theory of religious history forbade a reference to an altar +so early, but his document must have contained it. J. expressly +mentions it (Gen. viii. 20, 21), though not in such an original +way as the cuneiform text. (3) As to the directions for building +the ship (epic) or chest (J. and P.). Here the Babylonian story +and P. have a strong general resemblance; note, <i>e.g.</i>, the mention +of bitumen in both. Whether the Hebrew reference to a chest +(<i>tēbah</i>) is, or is not, more archaic than the Babylonian reference +to a ship (<i>elippu</i>) is a question which admits of different answers. +(4) As to the material cause of the deluge. According to P. (see +above) the water came both from above and from below; J. +only speaks of continuous rain. The Gilgamesh epic, however, +mentions besides thunder, lightning and rain, a hurricane which +drove the sea upon the land. We can hardly regard this as more +original than P.’s representation. (5) As to the extent of the flood. +From the opening of the story in the epic we should naturally +infer that only a single S. Babylonian city was affected. The +sequel, however, implies that the flood extended all over Babylonia +and the region of Niṣir. More than this can hardly be +claimed. Similarly the earlier story which underlies J. and P. +need only have referred to the region of the myth-framers, <i>i.e.</i> +either Canaan or N. Arabia. (6) As to the duration of the flood +the traditions differ. P. reckons it at 365 days, <i>i.e.</i> a solar year, +which is parallel to the 365 years of the life of Enoch (who, as +we have seen, may have been the original hero of the flood). It +is probable (see below) that P.’s ultimate authority, far back in +the centuries, represented the deluge as a celestial occurrence. +The origin of J.’s story is not quite so clear, owing to the lacunae +in the narrative. If the text may be followed, this narrator made +the flood last forty days and nights, after which two periods of +seven days elapse, and then the patriarch leaves the ark. The +epic shortens the duration of the flood to seven days, after which +the ship remains another seven days (more strictly six full days) +on the mountain of the land of Niṣir (P., the mountains of Ararat; +J., unrecorded). (7) As to the despatch of the birds. J. begins, +the epic closes, with the raven. Clearly the epic is more original. +Besides, one of the two missions of the dove is evidently +superfluous. Dove, swallow, raven, as in the epic, must be +more primitive than raven, dove, dove.</p> + +<p>That the Hebrew deluge-story in both its forms has been at +least indirectly influenced by the Babylonian is obvious. We +cannot indeed reconstruct the form either of the Canaanitish +(or N. Arabian) story, which was recast partly at least under the +influence of a recast Babylonian myth, nor can we conjecture +where the sanctuary was, the priests of which, yielding to a +popular impulse, adopted and modified the fascinating story. +But the fact of the ultimate Babylonian origin of the Israelitish +narratives cannot seriously be questioned. The Canaanites or the +N. Arabians handed on at least a portion of their myths to the +Israelites, and the creation and deluge stories were among these. +That the Israelitish priests gradually recast them is an easy and +altogether satisfactory conjecture.</p> + +<p>It remains to ask, What is the history and significance of the +deluge-myth? The question carries us into far-off times. We +have no version of the Babylonian myth which goes +back to about 2100 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, while its text was apparently +<span class="sidenote">History and significance of deluge-myths.</span> +derived from a still older tablet. But even this is not +primitive; behind it there must have been a much +shorter and simpler myth. The recast represented by +the existing versions of the myth must have been produced partly +by the insertion, partly by the omission or modification, of mythic +details, and by the application to the story thus produced of a +particular mythic theory respecting the celestial world. The +shorter myth referred to may—if we take hints from the very +primitive myths of N. America—have run somewhat thus, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page978" id="page978"></a>978</span> +omitting minor details: “The earth (a small enough earth, +doubtless) and its inhabitants proved so imperfect that the +beneficent superhuman Being, who had created it, or perhaps +another such Being, determined to remake it. He, therefore, +summoned the serpent or dragon who controlled the cosmic +ocean, and had been subjugated at creation, to overwhelm the +earth, after which the creator remade it better,<a name="fa7t" id="fa7t" href="#ft7t"><span class="sp">7</span></a> and the survivor +and his family became the ancestors of a new human race.”</p> + +<p>This, however, is only one possible representation. It may +have been said that the serpent of his own accord, not having +been killed by the creator, maliciously flooded the earth (cf. the +Algonquian myth), but was again overcome in battle, or that the +serpent, after filling the earth with violence and wrong, was at +length slain by the Good Being, and that his blood, streaming, +out, produced a deluge.<a name="fa8t" id="fa8t" href="#ft8t"><span class="sp">8</span></a> In any case it is unnatural to hold that +the first flood (that which preceded creation) had a dragon, but +not the second. An old cuneiform text, recopied late, however, +appears to call the year of the deluge (<i>i.e.</i> of what we here +call the second flood) “the year of the raging (or red-shining) +serpent,”<a name="fa9t" id="fa9t" href="#ft9t"><span class="sp">9</span></a> and certainly the N. American myths distinctly +connect serpents with the deluges.</p> + +<p>Among the probable minor details (omitted above) of the +presumed shorter and older myth we may include: (1) the +warning of “Very-Wise,”<a name="fa10t" id="fa10t" href="#ft10t"><span class="sp">10</span></a> either by friendly animals or by a +dream; (2) the construction of a chest to contain “Very-Wise,” +his wife and his sons, together with animals;<a name="fa11t" id="fa11t" href="#ft11t"><span class="sp">11</span></a> (3) the despatch of +three birds with a special object (see below); (4) the landing of +the survivors on a mountain. As to (1), Berōssus suggests that the +notice came to Xisuthrus in a dream; in the Indian myth it is the +sacred fish which warns Manu. In the archaic N. American +myths, however, it is some animal which gives the notice—an +eagle or a coyote (a kind of wolf). As to (2), nothing is more +common than the story of a divine child cast into the sea in a +box.<a name="fa12t" id="fa12t" href="#ft12t"><span class="sp">12</span></a> The ship-motive is also found,<a name="fa13t" id="fa13t" href="#ft13t"><span class="sp">13</span></a> but it is not too rash to +assume that the box-motive is the earlier, and, in accordance with +the parallels, that the hero of the deluge was originally a god or a +demigod. The translation of the hero to be with the gods is a +transparent modification of the original tradition. As to (3), the +original object of sending out the birds was probably not to find +out where dry land was, but to use them as helpers in the work +of re-creation. Take the story of the Tlatlasik Indians, where +the diving-bird (one of three sent out) comes back with a branch +of a fir-tree, out of which O’meatl made mountains, earth and +heaven;<a name="fa14t" id="fa14t" href="#ft14t"><span class="sp">14</span></a> so, too, the Caingangs relate<a name="fa15t" id="fa15t" href="#ft15t"><span class="sp">15</span></a> that those who escaped +from the flood, as they tarried on a mountain, heard the song of +the <i>saracura</i> birds, who came carrying earth in baskets, and +threw it into the waters, which slowly subsided. As to (4), the +mountain would naturally be thought of as a place of refuge +even in the old, simple flood-story. But when Babylonian +mythology effected an entrance, the mountain would receive a +new and much grander significance. It would then come to represent +the summit of that great and most holy mountain, which, +save by the special favour of the gods, no human eye has seen.</p> + +<p>That a didactic element entered the deluge-tradition but slowly, +may be surmised, not only from the genuinely old N. American +stories, but from the inconsistent statements, to which Jastrow +has already referred, in the Babylonian story. We may imagine +that between the creation and the deluge some great and wise +Being had initiated the early men, not only in the necessary arts +of life, but in the “ways” that were pleasing to the heavenly +powers. The Babylonians apparently think of neglected sacrifices, +the Australians of a desecrated mystery as the cause of the flood. +Some such violation of a sacred rule is the origin that naturally +occurs to an adapter or expander of primitive myths.</p> + +<p>And now as to the application of the celestial mythic theory to +the early deluge-story. In the agricultural stage it was natural +that men should take a deeper interest than before in +the appearance of the sky, and especially of the sun +<span class="sidenote">Celestial myth theory.</span> +and moon, and of the constellations, even though an +astrological science or quasi-science would very slowly, +if at all, grow up. That the Polynesian myths (which show no +vestige of science) originally referred to the supposed celestial +ocean, seems to be plain. Schirren<a name="fa16t" id="fa16t" href="#ft16t"><span class="sp">16</span></a> regarded the New Zealand +cosmogonies as myths of sunrise, and the deluge-stories as myths +of sunset. We may at any rate plausibly hold, with the article +“Deluge” (by Cheyne) in the ninth edition of this work<a name="fa17t" id="fa17t" href="#ft17t"><span class="sp">17</span></a> (1877), +that the deluge-stories of Polynesia and early Babylonia (we may +now probably add India) were accommodated to an imaginative +conception of the sun and moon as voyagers on the celestial +ocean. “When this story had been told and retold a long time, +rationalism suggested that the sea was not in heaven but on +earth, and observation of the damage wrought in winter by +excessive rains and the inundations of great rivers suggested the +introduction of corresponding details into the new earthly deluge-myth.” +“This accounts for the strongly mythological character +of Par-napishti (Ut-napishti) in Babylonia and Maui in New +Zealand, who are in fact solar personages. Enoch, too, must +be classed in this category, his perfect righteousness and superhuman +wisdom now first become intelligible. Moreover, we now +comprehend how the goddess Sabitu (the guardian of the entrance +to the sea) can say to Gilgamesh (himself a solar personage), +‘Shamash the mighty (<i>i.e.</i> the sun-god) has crossed the sea; +besides (?) Shamash, who can cross it?’ For though the sea +in the epic is no doubt the earth-circling ocean, it was hardly this +in the myth from which the words were taken.”<a name="fa18t" id="fa18t" href="#ft18t"><span class="sp">18</span></a> And, what is +still more important, we can understand better how, in the +Gilgamesh epic (lines 115-116), the gods, after cowering like dogs, +go up to the “heaven of Ana.” They, too, fear the deluge, and +only in the highest heaven can they feel themselves secure.</p> + +<p>Such an explanation seems indispensable if the wide influence +of the Babylonian form of the deluge-myth is to be accounted for. +As Gunkel well remarks,<a name="fa19t" id="fa19t" href="#ft19t"><span class="sp">19</span></a> neither the tenacity and self-propagating +character of this myth, nor the solemn utterance of Yahweh +(who corresponds to the Babylonian Marduk) in Gen. viii. 21<i>b</i> (J.) +and ix. 8-17 (P.) can be understood, if the deluge-story is nothing +more than an exaggerated account of a historical, earthly occurrence. +We, therefore, venture to hold that it is an insufficient +account to give of the story in the Gilgamesh epic that it is a +combination of a local tradition of the destruction of a single city +with a myth of the destruction of mankind—a myth exaggerated +in its present form, but based on accurate knowledge of the yearly +recurring phenomenon of the overflow of the Euphrates.<a name="fa20t" id="fa20t" href="#ft20t"><span class="sp">20</span></a> There +are no doubt points in the story as it now stands which indicate a +composite origin, but it is probable that even the tradition which +apparently limits the destruction to a single city, equally with +many other local flood-stories, has a basis in what we may fairly +call a celestial myth.</p> + +<p>We can now return with some confidence to the Indian deluge-story. +It is unlikely that so richly gifted a race as the Aryans of +India should not have produced their own flood-story +out of the same primeval germs which grew up into the +<span class="sidenote">Indian myth reconsidered.</span> +earliest Babylonian flood-story,<a name="fa21t" id="fa21t" href="#ft21t"><span class="sp">21</span></a> and almost inconceivable +that in its second form the Indian story should not +have become adapted to what may be called the celestial mythic +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page979" id="page979"></a>979</span> +theory. The phrase “the northern mountain” for the place +where the ship grounded may quite well be the name of an earthly +substitute (the epic has “the highest summit of the Himalaya”) +for the mythic mountain of heaven. Nor is it unimportant that +Manu is the son of the sun-god, and that the phrase “the seven +rishis” in classical Sanskrit is a designation of the seven stars of +the Great Bear. For such problems all that we can hope for is +a probable solution. The opposite view<a name="fa22t" id="fa22t" href="#ft22t"><span class="sp">22</span></a> that the deluge is a +historical occurrence implies a self-propagating power in early +tradition which is not justified by critical research, and leaves +out of sight many important facts revealed by comparative study.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>For a conspectus of deluge-stories see Andree, <i>Die Flutsagen, +ethnographisch betrachtet</i> (1891), by a competent anthropologist; +E. Suess, <i>Face of the Earth</i>, i. 17 (1904); also Elwood Worcester, +<i>Genesis in the Light of Modern Knowledge</i> (New York, 1901), Appendix +ii., in tabular form, from Schwarz’s <i>Sintfluth und Völkerwanderungen</i>. +Dr Worcester’s work is popular, but based on well-chosen authorities. +The article “Flood” in Hastings’ <i>D. B.</i> is comprehensive; it represents +the difficult view that flood-stories, &c., are generally highly-coloured +traditions of genuine facts.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(T. K. C.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1t" id="ft1t" href="#fa1t"><span class="fn">1</span></a> See Muir, <i>Sanscrit Texts</i>, i. 182, 206 ff.</p> + +<p><a name="ft2t" id="ft2t" href="#fa2t"><span class="fn">2</span></a> Cf. Carpenter and Harford-Battersby, <i>The Hexateuch</i>, ii. 9, +where the documents are printed separately in a tabular form.</p> + +<p><a name="ft3t" id="ft3t" href="#fa3t"><span class="fn">3</span></a> Isa. xi. 6-8 prophesies that one day this idyllic state shall be +restored.</p> + +<p><a name="ft4t" id="ft4t" href="#fa4t"><span class="fn">4</span></a> For a discussion of the Babylonian version of the Deluge Legend, +recently discovered among the tablets from Nippur, see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Nippur</a></span>.</p> + +<p><a name="ft5t" id="ft5t" href="#fa5t"><span class="fn">5</span></a> The genealogy in Gen. v. is hardly in its original form. Enoch is +probably misplaced, and Noah inserted in error.</p> + +<p><a name="ft6t" id="ft6t" href="#fa6t"><span class="fn">6</span></a> Cf. <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Cosmogony</a></span>, and Cheyne’s <i>Traditions and Beliefs of Ancient +Israel</i> (on deluge-story).</p> + +<p><a name="ft7t" id="ft7t" href="#fa7t"><span class="fn">7</span></a> Cf. the myths of the Pawnees and the Quichés of Guatemala.</p> + +<p><a name="ft8t" id="ft8t" href="#fa8t"><span class="fn">8</span></a> See the cuneiform text described in <i>KAT</i><span class="sp">3</span>, pp. 498-499.</p> + +<p><a name="ft9t" id="ft9t" href="#fa9t"><span class="fn">9</span></a> Zimmern, <i>KAT</i><span class="sp">3</span>, p. 554.</p> + +<p><a name="ft10t" id="ft10t" href="#fa10t"><span class="fn">10</span></a> <i>i.e.</i> Atraḫasīs (Xisuthrus).</p> + +<p><a name="ft11t" id="ft11t" href="#fa11t"><span class="fn">11</span></a> To have omitted the animals would have been an offence against +primitive views of kinship.</p> + +<p><a name="ft12t" id="ft12t" href="#fa12t"><span class="fn">12</span></a> Usener, <i>Die Sintflutsagen</i>, pp. 80-108, 115-127.</p> + +<p><a name="ft13t" id="ft13t" href="#fa13t"><span class="fn">13</span></a> Ib. p. 254.</p> + +<p><a name="ft14t" id="ft14t" href="#fa14t"><span class="fn">14</span></a> Stucken, <i>Astralmythen</i>, pp. 233-234.</p> + +<p><a name="ft15t" id="ft15t" href="#fa15t"><span class="fn">15</span></a> <i>Amer. Journ. of Folklore</i>, xviii. 223 ff.</p> + +<p><a name="ft16t" id="ft16t" href="#fa16t"><span class="fn">16</span></a> Schirren, <i>Wandersagen der Neuseeländer</i> (1856), p. 193.</p> + +<p><a name="ft17t" id="ft17t" href="#fa17t"><span class="fn">17</span></a> Referring for Polynesia to Gerland in Waitz-Gerland, <i>Anthropologie +der Naturvölker</i>, vi. 270-273 (1872). After a long interval, +this theory has been taken up by Zimmern, <i>KAT</i>³, p. 355, and by +Jensen, <i>Das Gilgamesch-Epos</i> (1906), p. 120; Winckler (<i>AOF</i>, 3rd +series, i. 96) also speaks of the deluge as a “celestial occurrence.” +For other forms of this view see Jeremias, <i>ATAO</i>, pp. 134-136; +Usener, p. 239.</p> + +<p><a name="ft18t" id="ft18t" href="#fa18t"><span class="fn">18</span></a> Cheyne, <i>Ency. Bib.</i> cols. 1063-1064.</p> + +<p><a name="ft19t" id="ft19t" href="#fa19t"><span class="fn">19</span></a> <i>Genesis</i>, p. 67.</p> + +<p><a name="ft20t" id="ft20t" href="#fa20t"><span class="fn">20</span></a> Jastrow, <i>Religion of Babylonia and Assyria</i> (1898), pp. 502, 506.</p> + +<p><a name="ft21t" id="ft21t" href="#fa21t"><span class="fn">21</span></a> The view here adopted is that of Lindner and Usener. On the +opposite side are Zimmern, Tiele, Jensen, Oldenberg, Nöldeke, +Stucken, Lenormant.</p> + +<p><a name="ft22t" id="ft22t" href="#fa22t"><span class="fn">22</span></a> Held by Franz Delitzsch, Dillmann and Lenormant.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DELYANNI, THEODOROS<a name="ar217" id="ar217"></a></span> (1826-1905), Greek statesman, was +born at Kalavryta, Peloponnesus, in 1826. He studied law at +Athens, and in 1843 entered the ministry of the interior, of which +department he became permanent secretary in 1859. In 1862, +on the deposition of King Otho, he became minister for foreign +affairs in the provisional government. In 1867 he was minister at +Paris. On his return to Athens he became a member of successive +cabinets in various capacities, and rapidly collected a party +around him consisting of those who opposed his great rival, +Tricoupi. In the so-called “Oecumenical Ministry” of 1877 he +voted for war with Turkey, and on its fall he entered the cabinet +of Koumoundoros as minister for foreign affairs. He was a +representative of Greece at the Berlin Congress in 1878. From +this time forward, and particularly after 1882, when Tricoupi +again came into power at the head of a strong party, the duel +between these two statesmen was the leading feature of Greek +politics. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Greece</a></span>: <i>History</i>.) Delyanni first formed a cabinet +in 1885; but his warlike policy, the aim of which was, by threatening +Turkey, to force the powers to make concessions in order +to avoid the risk of a European war, ended in failure. For the +powers, in order to stop his excessive armaments, eventually +blockaded the Peiraeus and other ports, and this brought about +his downfall. He returned to power in 1890, with a radical +programme, but his failure to deal with the financial crisis produced +a conflict between him and the king, and his disrespectful +attitude resulted in his summary dismissal in 1892. Delyanni, +by his demagogic behaviour, evidently expected the public to +side with him; but at the elections he was badly beaten. In +1895, however, he again became prime minister, and was at the +head of affairs during the Cretan crisis and the opening of the +war with Turkey in 1897. The humiliating defeat which ensued—though +Delyanni himself had been led into the disastrous war +policy to some extent against his will—caused his fall in April +1897, the king again dismissing him from office when he declined +to resign. Delyanni kept his own seat at the election of 1899, +but his following dwindled to small dimensions. He quickly +recovered his influence, however, and he was again president of +the council and minister of the interior when, on the 13th of +June 1905, he was murdered in revenge for the rigorous measures +taken by him against gambling houses.</p> + +<p>The main fault of Delyanni as a statesman was that he was +unable to grasp the truth that the prosperity of a state depends +on its adapting its ambitions to its means. Yet, in his vast +projects, which the powers were never likely to endorse, and +without their endorsement were vain, he represented the real +wishes and aspirations of his countrymen, and his death was the +occasion for an extraordinary demonstration of popular grief. +He died in extreme poverty, and a pension was voted to the two +nieces who lived with him.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMADES<a name="ar218" id="ar218"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 380-318 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>), Athenian orator and demagogue. +He was originally of humble position, and was employed at one +time as a common sailor, but he rose partly by his eloquence and +partly by his unscrupulous character to a prominent position +at Athens. He espoused the cause of Philip in the war against +Olynthus, and was thus brought into bitter and life-long enmity +with Demosthenes, whom he at first supported. He fought against +the Macedonians in the battle of Chaeroneia, and was taken +prisoner. Having made a favourable impression upon Philip, +he was released together with his fellow-captives, and was instrumental +in bringing about a treaty of peace between Macedonia +and Athens. He continued to be a favourite of Alexander, and, +prompted by a bribe, saved Demosthenes and the other obnoxious +Athenian orators from his vengeance. It was also chiefly owing +to him that Alexander, after the destruction of Thebes, treated +Athens so leniently. His conduct in supporting the Macedonian +cause, yet receiving any bribes that were offered by the opposite +party, caused him to be heavily fined more than once; and +he was finally deprived of his civil rights. He was reinstated +(322) on the approach of Antipater, to whom he was sent as +ambassador. Before setting out he persuaded the citizens to +pass sentence of death upon Demosthenes and his followers, who +had fled from Athens. The result of his embassy was the conclusion +of a peace greatly to the disadvantage of the Athenians. +In 318 (or earlier), having been detected in an intrigue with +Perdiccas, Antipater’s opponent, he was put to death by Antipater +at Pella, when entrusted with another mission by the Athenians. +Demades was avaricious and unscrupulous; but he was a highly +gifted and practised orator.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>A fragment of a speech (<span class="grk" title="Peri dôdekaetias">Περὶ δωδεκαετίας</span>), bearing his name, in +which he defends his conduct, is to be found in C. Müller’s <i>Oratores +Attici</i>, ii. 438, but its genuineness is exceedingly doubtful.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMAGOGUE<a name="ar219" id="ar219"></a></span> (Gr. <span class="grk" title="dêmagôgos">δημαγωγός</span>, from <span class="grk" title="agein">ἄγειν</span>, to lead, and <span class="grk" title="dêmos">δῆμος</span>, +the people), a leader of the popular as opposed to any other +party. Being particularly used with an invidious sense of a +mob leader or orator, one who for his own political ends panders +to the passions and prejudices of the people, the word has come +to mean an unprincipled agitator.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMANTOID,<a name="ar220" id="ar220"></a></span> the name given by Nils Gustaf Nordenskiöld +to a green garnet, found in the Urals and used as a gem stone. +As it possesses high refractive and dispersive power, it presents +when properly cut great brilliancy and “fire,” and the name has +reference to its diamond-like appearance. It is sometimes known +as “Uralian emerald,” a rather unfortunate name inasmuch as +true emerald is found in the Urals, whilst it not infrequently +passes in trade as olivine. Demantoid is regarded as a lime-iron +garnet, coloured probably by a small proportion of chromium. +The colour varies in different specimens from a vivid green to a +dull yellowish-green, or even to a brown. The specific gravity +of an emerald-green demantoid was found to be 3.849, and that +of a greenish-yellow specimen 3.854 (A. H. Church). The hardness +is only 6.5, or lower even than that of quartz—a character +rather adverse to the use of demantoid as a gem. This mineral +was originally discovered as pebbles in the gold-washings at +Nizhne Tagilsk in the Ural Mountains, and was afterwards +found in the stream called Bobrovka, in the Sysertsk district +on the western slope of the Urals. It occurs not only as +pebbles but in the form of granular nodules in a serpentine +rock, and occasionally, though very rarely, shows traces of +crystal faces.</p> +<div class="author">(F. W. R.*)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMARATUS<a name="ar221" id="ar221"></a></span> (Doric <span class="grk" title="Damaratos">Δαμάρατος</span>, Ionic <span class="grk" title="Dêmarêtos">Δημάρητος</span>), king of +Sparta of the Eurypontid line, successor of his father Ariston. He +is known chiefly for his opposition to his colleague Cleomenes I. +(<i>q.v.</i>) in his attempts to make Isagoras tyrant in Athens and +afterwards to punish Aegina for medizing. He did his utmost to +bring Cleomenes into disfavour at home. Thereupon Cleomenes +urged Leotychides, a relative and personal enemy of Demaratus, +to claim the throne on the ground that the latter was not really +the son of Ariston but of Agetus, his mother’s first husband. The +Delphic oracle, under the influence of Cleomenes’ bribes, pronounced +in favour of Leotychides, who became king (491 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>). +Soon afterwards Demaratus fled to Darius, who gave him the +cities of Pergamum, Teuthrania and Halisarna, where his descendants +were still ruling at the beginning of the 4th century +(Xen. <i>Anabasis</i>, ii. 1. 3, vii. 8. 17; <i>Hellenica</i>, iii. 1. 6); to these +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page980" id="page980"></a>980</span> +Gambreum should perhaps be added (Athenaeus i. 29 f). He +accompanied Xerxes on his expedition to Greece, but the stories +told of the warning and advice which on several occasions he +addressed to the king are scarcely historical.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Herodotus v. 75, vi. 50-70, vii.; later writers either reproduce +or embellish his narrative (Pausanias iii. 4, 3-5, 7, 7-8; +Diodorus xi. 6; Polyaenus ii. 20; Seneca, <i>De beneficiis</i>, vi. 31, 4-12). +The story that he took part in the attack on Argos which was +repulsed by Telesilla, the poetess, and the Argive women, can +hardly be true (Plutarch, <i>Mul. virt.</i> 4; Polyaenus, <i>Strat.</i> viii. 33; +G. Busolt, <i>Griechische Geschichte</i>, ii.<span class="sp">2</span> 563, note 4).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(M. N. T.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMERARA,<a name="ar222" id="ar222"></a></span> one of the three settlements of British Guiana, +taking its name from the river Demerara. See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Guiana</a></span>.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMESNE<a name="ar223" id="ar223"></a></span> (<span class="sc">Demeine</span>, <span class="sc">Demain</span>, <span class="sc">Domain</span>, &c.),<a name="fa1u" id="fa1u" href="#ft1u"><span class="sp">1</span></a> that portion of +the lands of a manor not granted out in freehold tenancy, but +(<i>a</i>) retained by the lord of the manor for his own use and occupation +or (<i>b</i>) let out as tenemental land to his retainers or “villani.” +This demesne land, originally held at the will of the lord, in course +of time came to acquire fixity of tenure, and developed into the +modern copyhold (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Manor</a></span>). It is from demesne as used +in sense (<i>a</i>) that the modern restricted use of the word comes, +<i>i.e.</i> land immediately surrounding the mansion or dwelling-house, +the park or chase. <i>Demesne of the crown</i>, or royal demesne, was +that part of the crown lands not granted out to feudal tenants, +but which remained under the management of stewards appointed +by the crown. These crown lands, since the accession +of George III., have been appropriated by parliament, the +sovereign receiving in return a fixed annual sum (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Civil +List</a></span>). <i>Ancient demesne</i> signified lands or manors vested in the +king at the time of the Norman Conquest. There were special +privileges surrounding tenancies of these lands, such as freedom +from tolls and duties, exemption from danegeld and amercement, +from sitting on juries, &c. Hence, the phrase “ancient +demesne” came to be applied to the tenure by which the lands +were held. Land held in ancient demesne is sometimes also +called customary freehold. (See <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Copyhold</a></span>.)</p> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1u" id="ft1u" href="#fa1u"><span class="fn">1</span></a> The form “demesne” is an Anglo-French spelling of the Old Fr. +<i>demeine</i> or <i>demaine</i>, belonging to a lord, from Med. Lat. <i>dominicus</i>, +<i>dominus</i>, lord; <i>dominicum</i> in Med. Lat. meant <i>proprietas</i> (see Du +Cange). From the later Fr. <i>domaine</i>, which approaches more nearly +the original Lat., comes the other Eng. form “domain,” which is +chiefly used in a non-legal sense of any tract of country or district +under the rule of any specific sovereign state, &c. “Domain” is, +however, the form kept in the legal phrase “Eminent Domain” +(<i>q.v.</i>).</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMETER,<a name="ar224" id="ar224"></a></span> in Greek mythology, daughter of Cronus and +Rhea and sister of Zeus, goddess of agriculture and civilized life. +Her name has been explained as (1) “grain-mother,” from <span class="grk" title="dêai">δηαί</span>, +the Cretan form of <span class="grk" title="xeiai">ζειαί</span>, “barley,” or (2) “earth-mother,” or +rather “mother earth,” <span class="grk" title="dâ">δᾶ</span> being regarded as the Doric form of <span class="grk" title="lê">λῆ</span>. +She is rarely mentioned in Homer, nor is she included amongst +the Olympian gods.</p> + +<p>The central fact of her cult was the story of her daughter +Persephone (Proserpine), a favourite subject in classical poetry. +According to the Homeric <i>Hymn to Demeter</i>, Persephone, while +gathering flowers on the Nysian plain (probably here a purely +mythical locality), was carried off by Hades (Pluto), the god +of the lower world, with the connivance of Zeus (see also +<span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Proserpine</a></span>). The incident has been assigned to various other +localities—Crete, Eleusis, and Enna in Sicily, the last being most +generally adopted. This rape is supposed to point to an original +<span class="grk" title="ieros lamos">ἰερὸς λάμος</span>, an annual holy marriage of a god and goddess of +vegetation. Wandering over the earth in search of her daughter, +Demeter learns from Helios the truth about her disappearance. +In the form of an old woman named Deo (= the “seeker,” or +simply a diminutive form), she comes to the house of Celeus +at Eleusis, where she is hospitably received. Having revealed +herself to the Eleusinians, she departs, in her wrath having +visited the earth with a great dearth. At last Zeus appeases +her by allowing her daughter to spend two-thirds of the year with +her in the upper world. Demeter then returns to Olympus, but +before her final departure from earth, in token of her gratitude, +she instructs the rulers of Eleusis in the art of agriculture and +in the solemnities and rites whereby she desires in future to +be honoured.</p> + +<p>Those who were initiated into the mysteries of Eleusis found a +deep meaning in the myth, which was held to teach the principle +of a future life, founded on the return of Persephone to the upper +world, or rather on the process of nature by which seed sown in +the ground must first die and rot before it can yield new life +(see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Mystery</a></span>). At Eleusis, Demeter was venerated as the +introducer of all the blessings which agriculture brings in its +train—fixed dwelling-places, civil order, marriage and a peaceful +life; hence her name <i>Thesmophoros</i>, “the bringer of law and +order,” and the festival <i>Thesmophoria</i> (<i>q.v.</i>). J. G. Frazer takes +the epithet to mean “bearer of the sacred objects deposited on +the altar”; L. R. Farnell (<i>Cults of the Greek States</i>, iii. 106) +suggests “the bringer of treasure or riches,” as appropriate to the +goddess of corn and of the lower world; others refer the name +to “the law of wedlock” (<span class="grk" title="thesmos lektroio">θεσμὸς λέκτροιο</span>, Odyssey, xxiii. 296, +where, however, D. B. Monro translates “place, situation”). +At Eleusis also, Triptolemus (<i>q.v.</i>), the son of Celeus, who was +said to have invented the plough and to have been sent by +Demeter round the world to diffuse the knowledge of agriculture, +had a temple and threshing-floor.</p> + +<p>In the agrarian legends of Iasion and Erysichthon, Demeter +also plays an important part. Iasion (or Iasius), a beautiful +youth, inspired her with love for him in a thrice-ploughed field +in Crete, the fruit of their union being Plutus (wealth). According +to Homer (<i>Odyssey</i>, v. 128) he was slain by Zeus with a +thunderbolt. The story is compared by Frazer (<i>Golden Bough</i>, +2nd ed., ii. 217) with the west Prussian custom of the mock +birth of a child on the harvest-field, the object being to ensure +a plentiful crop for the coming year. It seems to point to the +supersession of a primitive local Cretan divinity by Demeter, and +the adoption of agriculture by the inhabitants, bringing wealth +in its train in the form of the fruits of the earth, both vegetable +and mineral. Some scholars, identifying Iasion with Jason (<i>q.v.</i>), +regard Thessaly as the original home of the legend, and the union +with Demeter as the <span class="grk" title="ieros gamos">ἱερὸς γάμος</span> of mother earth with a health +god. Erysichthon (“tearer up of the earth”), son of Triopas or +Myrmidon, having cut down the trees in a grove sacred to +the goddess, was punished by her with terrible hunger +(Callimachus, <i>Hymn to Demeter</i>; Ovid, <i>Metam.</i> viii. 738-878). +Perhaps Erysichthon may be explained as the personification of +the labourer, who by the systematic cultivation and tilling of the +soil endeavours to force the crops, instead of allowing them to +mature unmolested as in the good old times. Tearing up the +soil with the plough is regarded as an invasion of the domain +of the earth-mother, punished by the all-devouring hunger for +wealth, that increases with increasing produce. According to +another view, Erysichthon is the destroyer of trees, who wastes +away as the plant itself loses its vigour. It is possible that the +story may originally have been connected with tree-worship. +Here again, as in the case of Iasion, a conflict between an older +and a younger cult seems to be alluded to (for the numerous +interpretations see O. Crusius <i>s.v.</i> in Roscher’s <i>Lexikon</i>).</p> + +<p>It is as a corn-goddess that Demeter appears in Homer and +Hesiod, and numerous epithets from various sources (see +Bruchmann, <i>Epitheta Deorum</i>, supplement to Roscher’s <i>Lexikon</i>, +i. 2) attest her character as such. The name <span class="grk" title="Ioulô">Ἰουλώ</span> (? at Delos), +from <span class="grk" title="ioulos">ἱουλος</span>, “corn-sheaf,” has been regarded as identifying the +goddess with the sheaf, and as proving that the cult of Demeter +originated in the worship of the corn-mother or corn-spirit, the +last sheaf having a more or less divine character for the primitive +husbandman. According to this view, the prototypes of Demeter +and Persephone are the corn-mother and harvest maiden of +northern Europe, the corn-fetishes of the field (Frazer, <i>Golden +Bough</i>, 2nd ed., ii. 217, 222; but see Farnell, <i>Cults</i>, iii. 35). +The influence of Demeter, however, was not limited to corn, but +extended to vegetation generally and all the fruits of the earth, +with the curious exception of the bean, the use of which was +forbidden at Eleusis, and for the protection of which a special +patron was invented. In this wider sense Demeter is akin to Ge, +with whom she has several epithets in common, and is sometimes +identified with Rhea-Cybele; thus Pindar speaks of Demeter +<span class="grk" title="chalkokrotos">χαλκοκρότος</span> (“brass-rattling”), an epithet obviously more +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page981" id="page981"></a>981</span> +suitable to the Asiatic than to the Greek earth-goddess. Although +the goddess of agriculture is naturally inclined to peace and +averse from war, the memory of the time when her land was won +and kept by the sword still lingers in the epithets <span class="grk" title="chrysaoros">χρυσάορος</span> and +<span class="grk" title="xiphêphoros">ξιφηφόρος</span> and in the name Triptolemus, which probably means +“thrice fighter” rather than “thrice plougher.”</p> + +<p>Another important aspect of Demeter was that of a divinity +of the under-world; as such she is <span class="grk" title="chthonia">χθονία</span> at Sparta and especially +at Hermione in Argolis, where she had a celebrated temple, +said to have been founded by Clymenus (one of the names of +Hades-Pluto) and his sister Chthonia, the children of Phoroneus, +an Argive hero. Here there was said to be a descent into the +lower world, and local tradition made it the scene of the rape +of Persephone. At the festival Chthonia, a cow (representing, +according to Mannhardt, the spirit of vegetation), which voluntarily +presented itself, was sacrificed by three old women. Those +joining in the procession wore garlands of hyacinth, which seems +to attribute a chthonian character to the ceremony, although it +may also have been connected with agriculture (see S. Wide, +<i>De Sacris Troezeniorum, Hermionensium, Epidauriorum</i>, Upsala, +1888). The striking use of the term <span class="grk" title="dêmêtreioi">δημήτρειοι</span> in the sense of +“the dead” may be noted in this connexion.</p> + +<p>The remarkable epithets, <span class="grk" title="Erinys">Ἐρινύς</span> and <span class="grk" title="Melaina">Μέλαινα</span>, as applied +to Demeter, were both localized in Arcadia, the first at Thelpusa +(or rather Onkeion close by), the second at Phigalia (see +W. Immerwahr, <i>Die Kulte und Mythen Arkadiens</i>, i. 1891). +According to the Thelpusan story, Demeter, during her wanderings +in search of Persephone, changed herself into a mare to avoid the +persecution of Poseidon. The god, however, assumed the form +of a stallion, and the fruit of the union was a daughter of mystic +name and the horse Areion (or Erion). Demeter, at first enraged, +afterwards calmed down, and washed herself in the river Ladon +by way of purification. Demeter “the angry” (<span class="grk" title="erinys">ἐρινύς</span>) became +Demeter “the bather” (<span class="grk" title="lousia">λουσία</span>). An almost identical story was +current in the neighbourhood of Tilphossa, a Boeotian spring. +In the Phigalian legend, no mention is made of the horse Areion, +but only of the daughter, who is called Despoina (mistress), +a title common to all divinities connected with the under-world. +Demeter, clad in black (hence <span class="grk" title="melaina">μέλαινα</span>) in token of mourning +for her daughter and wrath with Poseidon, retired into a cave. +During that time the earth bore no fruit, and the inhabitants of +the world were threatened with starvation. At last Pan, the old +god of Arcadia, discovered her hiding-place, and informed Zeus, +who sent the Moirae (Fates) to fetch her out. The cave, still +called Mavrospēlya (“black cave”), was ever afterwards regarded +as sacred to Demeter, and in it, according to information given to +Pausanias, there had been set up an image of the goddess, a +female form seated on a rock, but with a horse’s head and mane, +to which were attached snakes and other wild animals. It was +clothed in a black garment reaching to the feet, and held in one +hand a dolphin, in the other a dove. The image was destroyed +by fire, replaced by the sculptor Onatas from inspiration in a +dream, but disappeared again before the time of Pausanias.</p> + +<p>Both <span class="grk" title="melaina">μέλαινα</span> and <span class="grk" title="erinus">ἐρινύς</span>, according to Farnell, are epithets of +Demeter as an earth-goddess of the under-world. The first has +been explained as referring to the gloom of her abode, or the +blackness of the withered corn. The second, according to Max +Müller and A. Kuhn, is the etymological equivalent of the +Sanskrit Saranyu, who, having turned herself into a mare, is +pursued by Vivasvat, and becomes the mother of the two Asvins, +the Indian Dioscuri, the Indian and Greek myths being regarded +as identical. According to Farnell, the meaning of the epithet +is to be looked for in the original conception of Erinys, which was +that of an earth-goddess akin to Ge, thus naturally associated +with Demeter, rather than that of a wrathful avenging deity.</p> + +<p>Various interpretations have been given of the horse-headed +form of the Black Demeter: (1) that the horse was one of the +forms of the corn-spirit in ancient Greece; (2) that it was an +animal “devoted” to the chthonian goddess; (3) that it is +totemistic; (4) that the form was adopted from Poseidon +Hippios, who is frequently associated with the earth-goddess and +is said to have received the name Hippios first at Thelpusa, in +order that Demeter might figure as the mother of Areion (for a +discussion of the whole subject see Farnell, <i>Cults</i>, iii. pp. 50-62). +The union of Poseidon and Demeter is thus explained by Mannhardt. +As the waves of the sea are fancifully compared to horses, +so a field of corn, waving in the breeze, may be said to represent +the wedding of the sea-god and the corn-goddess. In any case +the association of Poseidon, representing the fertilizing element +of moisture, with Demeter, who causes the plants and seeds to +grow, is quite natural, and seems to have been widespread.</p> + +<p>Demeter also appears as a goddess of health, of birth and of +marriage; and a certain number of political and ethnic titles +is assigned to her. Of the latter the most noteworthy are: +<span class="grk" title="Panachaia">Παναχαία</span> at Aegium in Achaea, pointing to some connexion with +the Achaean league; <span class="grk" title="Achaia">Ἀχαία</span>,<a name="fa1v" id="fa1v" href="#ft1v"><span class="sp">1</span></a> “the Achaean goddess,” unless it +refers to the “sorrow” of the goddess for the loss of her daughter +(cf. <span class="grk" title="Achea">Ἀχέα</span> in Boeotia); and, most important of all, <span class="grk" title="Amphiktyonis">Ἀμφικτυονίς</span>, +at Anthela near Thermopylae, as patron-goddess of the Amphictyonic +league, subsequently so well known in connexion with the +temple at Delphi.</p> + +<p>The Eleusinia and Thesmophoria are discussed elsewhere, but +brief mention may here be made of certain agrarian festivals held +in honour of Demeter.</p> + +<p>1. <i>Haloa</i>, obviously connected with <span class="grk" title="halôs">ἅλως</span> (“threshing-floor”), +begun at Athens and finished at Eleusis, where there was a +threshing-floor of Triptolemus, in the month Poseideon +(December). This date, which is confirmed by historical and +epigraphical evidence, seems inappropriate, and it is suggested +(A. Mommsen, <i>Feste der Stadt Athen</i>, p. 365 foll.) that the festival, +originally held in autumn, was subsequently placed later, so as +to synchronize with the winter Dionysia. Dionysus, as the god +of vines, and (in a special procession) Poseidon <span class="grk" title="phytalmios">φυτάλμιος</span> (“god +of vegetation”) were associated with Demeter. In addition to +being a harvest festival, marked by the ordinary popular rejoicings, +the Haloa had a religious character. The <span class="grk" title="aparchai">ἀπαρχαί</span> (“first +fruits”) were conveyed to Eleusis, where sacrifice was offered +by a priestess, men being prohibited from undertaking the duty. +A <span class="grk" title="teletê">τελετή</span> (“initiatory ceremony”) of women by a woman also +took place at Eleusis, characterized by obscene jests and the +use of phallic emblems. The sacramental meal on this occasion +consisted of the produce of land and sea, certain things (pomegranates, +honey, eggs) being forbidden for mystical reasons. +Although the offerings at the festival were bloodless, the ceremony +of the presentation of the <span class="grk" title="aparchai">ἀπαρχαί</span> was probably accompanied +by animal sacrifice (Farnell, Foucart); Mommsen, however, +considers the offerings to have been pastry imitations. Certain +games (<span class="grk" title="patrios agôn">πάτριος ἀγών</span>), of which nothing is known, terminated the +proceedings. In Roman imperial times the ephebi had to deliver +a speech at the Haloa.</p> + +<p>2. <i>Chloeia</i> or <i>Chloia</i>, the festival of the corn beginning to +sprout, held at Eleusis in the early spring (Anthesterion) in +honour of Demeter Chloë, “the green,” the goddess of growing +vegetation. This is to be distinguished from the later sacrifice +of a ram to the same goddess on the 6th of the month Thargelion, +probably intended as an act of propitiation. It has been identified +with the <i>Procharisteria</i> (sometimes called <i>Proschaireteria</i>), +another spring festival, but this is doubtful. The scholiast on +Pindar (Ol. ix. 150) mentions an Athenian harvest festival +<i>Eucharisteria</i>.</p> + +<p>3. <i>Proërosia</i>, at which prayers were offered for an abundant +harvest, before the land was ploughed for sowing. It was also +called <i>Proarcturia</i>, an indication that it was held before the rising +of Arcturus. According to the traditional account, when Greece +was threatened with famine, the Delphic oracle ordered first-fruits +to be brought to Athens from all parts of the country, +which were to be offered by the Athenians to the goddess Deo on +behalf of all the contributors. The most important part of the +festival was the three sacred ploughings—the Athenian <span class="grk" title="hypo +polin">ὑπὸ πόλιν</span>, the Eleusinian on the Rharian plain, the Scirian (a +compromise between Athens and Eleusis). The festival itself +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page982" id="page982"></a>982</span> +took place, probably some time in September, at Eleusis. In +later times the ephebi also took part in the Proërosia.</p> + +<p>4. <i>Thalysia</i>, a thanksgiving festival, held in autumn after the +harvest in the island of Cos (see Theocritus vii.).</p> + +<p>5. The name of Demeter is also associated with the +<i>Scirophoria</i> (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Athena</a></span>). It is considered probable that +the festival was originally held in honour of Athena, but that +the growing importance of the Eleusinia caused it to be attached +to Demeter and Kore.</p> + +<p>The attributes of Demeter are chiefly connected with her +character as goddess of agriculture and vegetation—ears of corn, +the poppy, the mystic basket (<i>calathus</i>) filled with flowers, corn +and fruit of all kinds, the pomegranate being especially common. +Of animals, the cow and the pig are her favourites, the latter +owing to its productivity and the cathartic properties of its +blood. The crane is associated with her as an indicator of the +weather. As a chthonian divinity she is accompanied by a +snake; the myrtle, asphodel and narcissus (which Persephone +was gathering when carried off by Hades) also are sacred to her.</p> + +<p>In Greek art, Demeter is made to resemble Hera, only more +matronly and of milder expression; her form is broader and +fuller. She is sometimes riding in a chariot drawn by horses or +dragons, sometimes walking, sometimes seated upon a throne, +alone or with her daughter. The Demeter of Cnidus in the +British Museum, of the school of Praxiteles, apparently shows her +mourning for the loss of her daughter. The article <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Greek Art</a></span>, +fig. 67 (pl. iv.), gives a probable representation of Demeter (or +her priestess) from the stone of a vault in a Crimean grave.</p> + +<p>The Romans identified Demeter with their own Ceres (<i>q.v.</i>).</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See L. Preller, <i>Demeter und Persephone</i> (1837); P. R. Förster, +<i>Der Raub und die Rückkehr der Persephone</i> (1874), in which considerable +space is devoted to the representations of the myth in art; +W. Mannhardt, <i>Mythologische Forschungen</i> (1884); J. E. Harrison, +<i>Prolegomena to the Study of Greek Religion</i> (1903); L. Dyer, <i>The +Gods in Greece</i> (1891); J. G. Frazer, <i>The Golden Bough</i> (2nd ed.), +ii. 168-222; L. Preller, <i>Griechische Mythologie</i> (4th ed., by C. Robert); +O. Kern in Pauly-Wissowa’s <i>Realencyclopädie</i>, iv. pt. 2 (1901); +L. Bloch in Roscher’s <i>Lexikon der Mythologie</i>; O. Gruppe, <i>Griechische +Mythologie und Religionsgeschichte</i>, ii. (1907); L. R. Farnell, <i>Cults +of the Greek States</i>, iii. (1907); article “Ceres” by F. Lenormant in +Daremberg and Saglio’s <i>Dictionnaire des antiquités</i>.</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(J. H. F.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1v" id="ft1v" href="#fa1v"><span class="fn">1</span></a> O. Gruppe (<i>Griechische Mythologie</i>, ii. 1177, note 1) considers it +“certain” that <span class="grk" title="Achaia = Achelôia">Ἀχαία = Ἀχελωία</span>, although he is unable to explain +the form.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMETRIA,<a name="ar225" id="ar225"></a></span> a Greek festival in honour of Demeter, held at +seed-time, and lasting ten days. Nothing is known of it beyond +the fact that the men who took part in it lashed one another with +whips of bark (<span class="grk" title="morotton">μόροττον</span>), while the women made obscene jests. +It is even doubtful whether it was a particular festival at all or +only another name for the Eleusinia or Thesmophoria. The +Dionysia also were called Demetria in honour of Demetrius +Poliorcetes, upon whom divine honours were conferred by the +Athenians.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>Hesychius, <i>s.v.</i> <span class="grk" title="morotton">μόροττον</span>; Pollux i. 37; Diod. Sic. v. 4; Plutarch, +<i>Demetrius</i>, 12; Daremberg and Saglio, <i>Dictionnaire des antiquités</i>.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMETRIUS,<a name="ar226" id="ar226"></a></span> king of Bactria, was the son of the Graeco-Bactrian +king Euthydemus, for whom he negotiated a peace with +Antiochus the Great in 206 (Polyb. xi. 34). Soon afterwards he +crossed the Hindu Kush and began the invasion of India (Strabo +xi. 516); he conquered the Punjab and the valley of the Indus +down to the sea and to Gujerat. The town Sangala, a town of the +Kathaeans in the Punjab (Arrian v. 22, 2 ff.), he named after his +father Euthydemia (Ptol. vii. 1, 46). That his power extended +into Arachosia (Afghanistan) is proved by the name of a town +Demetrias near Kandahar (Isidor. Charac. 19, cf. Strabo xi. 516). +On his coins he wears an elephant’s skin with trunk and teeth on +his head; on bronze coins, which have also an Indian legend in +Kharoshti letters (see <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Bactria</a></span>), he calls himself the unvanquished +king (<span class="grk" title="Basileôs anikêtou Dêmêtriou">Βασιλέως ἀνικήτου Δημητρίου</span>). One of his coins has +already the square form used in India instead of the circular. +Eventually he was defeated by the usurper Eucratides (<i>q.v.</i>), who +meanwhile had risen to great power in Bactria. About his death +we know nothing; his young son Euthydemus II. (known only +from coins) can have ruled only a short time.</p> +<div class="author">(Ed. M.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMETRIUS,<a name="ar227" id="ar227"></a></span> the name of two kings of Macedonia.</p> + +<p>1. <span class="sc">Demetrius I.</span> (337-283 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>), surnamed <i>Poliorcetes</i> +(“Besieger”), son of Antigonus Cyclops and Stratonice. At +the age of twenty-two he was left by his father to defend Syria +against Ptolemy the son of Lagus; he was totally defeated near +Gaza (312), but soon partially repaired his loss by a victory in the +neighbourhood of Myus. After an unsuccessful expedition against +Babylon, and several campaigns against Ptolemy on the coasts of +Cilicia and Cyprus, Demetrius sailed with a fleet of 250 ships to +Athens. He freed the city from the power of Cassander and +Ptolemy, expelled the garrison which had been stationed there +under Demetrius of Phalerum, and besieged and took Munychia +(307). After these victories he was worshipped by the Athenians +as a tutelary deity under the title of <i>Soter</i> (“Preserver”). In +the campaign of 306 against Ptolemy he defeated Menelaus +(the brother of Ptolemy) in Cyprus, and completely destroyed the +naval power of Egypt. In 305 he endeavoured to punish the +Rhodians for having deserted his cause; and his ingenuity in +devising new instruments of siege, in his unsuccessful attempt +to reduce the capital, gained him the appellation of Poliorcetes. +He returned a second time to Greece as liberator. But his +licentiousness and extravagance made the Athenians regret the +government of Cassander. He soon, however, roused the jealousy +of the successors of Alexander; and Seleucus, Cassander and +Lysimachus united to destroy Antigonus and his son. The hostile +armies met at Ipsus in Phrygia (301). Antigonus was killed in +the battle, and Demetrius, after sustaining a severe loss, retired +to Ephesus. This reverse of fortune raised up many enemies +against him; and the Athenians refused even to admit him into +their city. But he soon afterwards ravaged the territory of +Lysimachus, and effected a reconciliation with Seleucus, to whom +he gave his daughter Stratonice in marriage. Athens was at this +time oppressed by the tyranny of Lachares; but Demetrius, +after a protracted blockade, gained possession of the city (294) +and pardoned the inhabitants their former misconduct. In the +same year he established himself on the throne of Macedonia by +the murder of Alexander, the son of Cassander. But here he was +continually threatened by Pyrrhus, who took advantage of his +occasional absence to ravage the defenceless part of his kingdom +(Plutarch, <i>Pyrrhus</i>, 7 ff.); and at length the combined forces of +Pyrrhus, Ptolemy and Lysimachus, assisted by the disaffected +among his own subjects, obliged him to leave Macedonia after he +had sat on the throne for six years (294-288). He passed into +Asia, and attacked some of the provinces of Lysimachus with +varying success; but famine and pestilence destroyed the greater +part of his army, and he solicited Seleucus for support and assistance. +But before he reached Syria hostilities broke out; and +after he had gained some advantages over his son-in-law, +Demetrius was totally forsaken by his troops on the field of battle, +and surrendered his person to Seleucus. His son Antigonus +offered all his possessions, and even his person, in order to procure +his father’s liberty; but all proved unavailing, and Demetrius +died in the fifty-fourth year of his age, after a confinement of +three years (283). His remains were given to Antigonus, +honoured with a splendid funeral at Corinth, and thence conveyed +to Demetrias. His posterity remained in possession of the +Macedonian throne till the time of Perseus, who was conquered +by the Romans.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See <i>Life</i> by Plutarch; Diod. Sic. xix. xx.; Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, +<i>Antigonos von Karystos</i>; De Sanctis, <i>Contributi alla storia +Ateniese</i> in Beloch’s <i>Studi di storia antica</i> (1893); Fergusson in +Lehmann’s <i>Beiträge z. alt. Gesch.</i> (<i>Klio</i>) vol. v. (1905); also authorities +under <span class="sc"><a href="#artlinks">Macedonian Empire</a></span>.</p> +</div> + +<p>2. <span class="sc">Demetrius II.</span>, son of Antigonus Gonatas, reigned from +239 to 229 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> He had already during his father’s lifetime +distinguished himself by defeating Alexander of Epirus at Derdia +and so saving Macedonia (about 260?). On his accession he had +to face a coalition which the two great leagues, usually rivals, +the Aetolian and Achaean, formed against the Macedonian +power. He succeeded in dealing this coalition severe blows, +wresting Boeotia from their alliance. The revolution in Epirus, +which substituted a republican league for the monarchy, gravely +weakened his position. Demetrius had also to defend Macedonia +against the wild peoples of the north. A battle with the Dardanians +turned out disastrously, and he died shortly afterwards, +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page983" id="page983"></a>983</span> +leaving Philip, his son by Chryseïs, still a child. Former wives +of Demetrius were Stratonice, the daughter of the Seleucid king +Antiochus I., Phthia the daughter of Alexander of Epirus, and +Nicaea, the widow of his cousin Alexander. The chronology of +these marriages is a matter of dispute.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Thirlwall, <i>History of Greece</i>, vol. viii. (1847); Ad. Holm, <i>Griech. +Gesch.</i> vol. iv. (1894); B. Niese, <i>Gesch. d. griech. u. maked. Staaten</i>, +vol. ii. (1899); J. Beloch, <i>Griech. Gesch.</i> vol. iii. (1904).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(E. R. B.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMETRIUS,<a name="ar228" id="ar228"></a></span> the name of three kings of Syria.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Demetrius I.</span> (d. 150 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>), surnamed <i>Soter</i>, was sent to Rome +as a hostage during the reign of his father, Seleucus IV. Philopator, +but after his father’s death in 175 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> he escaped from confinement, +and established himself on the Syrian throne (162 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>) +after overthrowing and murdering King Antiochus V. Eupator. +He acquired his surname of <i>Soter</i>, or <i>Saviour</i>, from the +Babylonians, whom he delivered from the tyranny of the Median +satrap, Timarchus, and is famous in Jewish history for his contests +with the Maccabees. Hated for his vices, Demetrius fell in battle +against the usurper, Alexander Balas, in 150 <span class="scs">B.C.</span></p> + +<p><span class="sc">Demetrius II.</span> (d. 125 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>), surnamed <i>Nicator</i>, son of +Demetrius I., fled to Crete after the death of his father, but about +147 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> he returned to Syria, and with the help of Ptolemy VII. +Philometor, king of Egypt, regained his father’s throne. In +140 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> he marched against Mithradates, king of Parthia, but +was taken prisoner by treachery, and remained in captivity for +ten years, regaining his throne about 129 <span class="scs">B.C.</span> on the death of his +brother, Antiochus VII., who had usurped it. His cruelties and +vices, however, caused him to be greatly detested, and during +another civil war he was defeated in a battle at Damascus, and +killed near Tyre, possibly at the instigation of his wife, a daughter +of Ptolemy VII., who was indignant at his subsequent marriage +with a daughter of the Parthian king, Mithradates. His successor +was his son, Antiochus VIII. Grypus.</p> + +<p><span class="sc">Demetrius III.</span> (d. 88 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>), called <i>Euergetes</i> and <i>Philometor</i>, +was the son of Antiochus VIII. Grypus. By the assistance of +Ptolemy X. Lathyrus, king of Egypt, he recovered part of his +Syrian dominions from Antiochus X. Eusebes, and held his court +at Damascus. In attempting to dethrone his brother, Philip +Epiphanes, he was defeated by the Arabs and Parthians, was +taken prisoner, and kept in confinement in Parthia by King +Mithradates until his death in 88 <span class="scs">B.C.</span></p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMETRIUS,<a name="ar229" id="ar229"></a></span> a Greek sculptor of the early part of the 4th +century <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, who is said by ancient critics to have been notable +for the life-like realism of his statues. His portrait of Pellichus, +a Corinthian general, “with fat paunch and bald head, wearing +a cloak which leaves him half exposed, with some of the hairs of +his head flowing in the wind, and prominent veins,” was admired +by Lucian. He was contrasted with Cresilas (<i>q.v.</i>), an idealizing +sculptor of the generation before. Since however the peculiarities +mentioned by Lucian do not appear in Greek portraits before +the 3rd century <span class="scs">B.C.</span>, and since the Greek art of the 4th century +consistently idealizes, there would seem to be a difficulty to +explain. The date of Demetrius above given is confirmed by +inscriptions found on the Athenian Acropolis.</p> +<div class="author">(P. G.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMETRIUS,<a name="ar230" id="ar230"></a></span> a Cynic philosopher, born at Sunium, who lived +partly at Corinth and later in Rome during the reigns of Caligula, +Nero and Vespasian. He was an intimate friend of Thrasea +Paetus and Seneca, and was held in the highest estimation for his +consistent disregard of creature comfort in the pursuit of virtue. +His contempt for worldly prosperity is shown by his reply to +Caligula who, wishing to gain his friendship, sent him a large +present. He replied, “If Caligula had intended to bribe me, he +should have offered me his crown.” Vespasian banished him, +but Demetrius laughed at the punishment and mocked the +emperor’s anger. He reached the logical conclusion of Cynicism +in attaching no real importance to scientific data.</p> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMETRIUS DONSKOI<a name="ar231" id="ar231"></a></span><a name="fa1w" id="fa1w" href="#ft1w"><span class="sp">1</span></a> (1350-1389), grand duke of Vladimir +and Moscow, son of the grand duke Ivan Ivanovich by his second +consort Aleksandra, was placed on the grand-ducal throne of +Vladimir by the Tatar khan in 1362, and married the princess +Eudoxia of Nizhniy Novgorod in 1364. It was now that Moscow +was first fortified by a strong wall, or <i>kreml</i> (citadel), and the +grand duke began “to bring all the other princes under his will.” +Michael, prince of Tver, appealed however for help to Olgierd, +grand duke of Lithuania, who appeared before Moscow with his +army and compelled Demetrius to make restitution to the prince +of Tver (1369). The war between Tver and Vladimir continued +intermittently for some years, and both the Tatars and the +Lithuanians took an active part in it. Demetrius was generally +successful in what was really a contention for the supremacy. +In 1371 he won over the khan by a personal visit to the Horde, +<span class="correction" title="amended from add">and</span> in 1372 he defeated the Lithuanians at Lyubutsk. Demetrius +then formed a league of all the Russian princes against the Tatars +and in 1380 encountered them on the plain of Kulikovo, between +the rivers Nepryadvaya and Don, where he completely routed +them, the grand khan Mamai perishing in his flight from the field. +But now Toktamish, the deputy of Tamerlane, suddenly appeared +in the Horde and organized a punitive expedition against +Demetrius. Moscow was taken by treachery, and the Russian +lands were again subdued by the Tatars (1381). Nevertheless, +while compelled to submit to the Horde, Demetrius maintained +his hegemony over Tver, Novgorod and the other recalcitrant +Russian principalities, and even held his own against the Lithuanian +grand dukes, so that by his last testament he was able to +leave not only his ancestral possessions but his grand-dukedom +also to his son Basil. Demetrius was one of the greatest of the +north Russian grand dukes. He was not merely a cautious and +tactful statesman, but also a valiant and capable captain, in +striking contrast to most of the princes of his house.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Sergyei Solovev, <i>History of Russia</i> (Rus.), vols, i.-ii. (St +Petersburg, 1857), &c.; Nikolai Savelev, <i>Demetrius Ivanovich +Donskoi</i> (Rus.), (Moscow, 1837).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(R. N. B.)</div> + +<hr class="foot" /> <div class="note"> + +<p><a name="ft1w" id="ft1w" href="#fa1w"><span class="fn">1</span></a> Of the Don.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMETRIUS PHALEREUS<a name="ar232" id="ar232"></a></span> (<i>c.</i> 345-283 <span class="scs">B.C.</span>), Attic orator, +statesman and philosopher, born at Phalerum, was a pupil of +Theophrastus and an adherent of the Peripatetic school. He +governed the city of Athens as representative of Cassander (<i>q.v.</i>) +for ten years from 317. It is said that he so won the hearts of +the people that 360 statues were erected in his honour; but +opinions are divided as to the character of his rule. On the +restoration of the old democracy by Demetrius Poliorcetes, he +was condemned to death by the fickle Athenians and obliged to +leave the city. He escaped to Egypt, where he was protected by +Ptolemy Lagus, to whom he is said to have suggested the foundation +of the Alexandrian library. Having incurred the displeasure +of Lagus’s successor Philadelphus, Demetrius was banished to +Upper Egypt, where he died (according to some, voluntarily) +from the bite of an asp. Demetrius composed a large number of +works on poetry, history, politics, rhetoric and accounts of +embassies, all of which are lost.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>The treatise <span class="grk" title="Peri Hermêneias">Περὶ Ἑρμηνείας</span> (on rhetorical expression), which is +often ascribed to him, is probably the work of a later Alexandrian +(1st century <span class="scs">A.D.</span>) of the same name; it has been edited by +L. Radermacher (1901) and W. Rhys Roberts (1902), the last-named +providing English translation, introduction, notes, glossary and +complete bibliography. Fragments in C. Müller, <i>Frag. Hist. Graec.</i> +ii. p. 362. See A. Holm, <i>History of Greece</i> (Eng. trans.), iv. 60.</p> +</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMETRIUS, PSEUDO-<a name="ar233" id="ar233"></a></span> (or <span class="sc">False</span>), the name by which three +Muscovite princes and pretenders, who claimed to be Demetrius, +son of Ivan the Terrible, are known in history. The real +Demetrius had been murdered, while still a child, in 1591, at +Uglich, his widowed mother’s appanage.</p> + +<p>1. In the reign of Tsar Boris Godunov (1598-1605), the first +of these pretenders, whose origin is still obscure, emigrated to +Lithuania and persuaded many of the magnates there of his +tsarish birth, and consequently of his right to the Muscovite +throne. His real name seems to have been Yury or Gregory, and +he was the grandson of Bogdan Otrepev, a Galician boyar, and +a tool in the hands of Tsar Boris Godunov’s enemies. He first +appears in history <i>circa</i> 1600, when his learning and assurance +seem to have greatly impressed the Muscovite patriarch Job. +Tsar Boris, however, ordered him to be seized and examined, +whereupon he fled to Prince Constantine Ostrogsky at Ostrog, +and subsequently entered the service of another Lithuanian, +Prince Wisniwiecki, who accepted him for what he pretended +<span class="pagenum"><a name="page984" id="page984"></a>984</span> +to be and tried to enlist the sympathy of the Polish king, +Sigismund III., in his favour. The king refused to support him +officially, but his cause was taken up, as a speculation, by the +Polish magnate Yury Mniszek, whose daughter Marina he afterwards +wedded and crowned as his tsaritsa. The Jesuits also seem +to have believed in the man, who was evidently an unconscious +impostor brought up from his youth to believe that he was the +real Demetrius; numerous fugitives from Moscow also acknowledged +him, and finally he set out, at the head of an army of Polish +and Lithuanian volunteers, Cossacks and Muscovite fugitives, +to drive out the Godunovs, after being received into the Church +of Rome. At the beginning of 1604 he was invited to Cracow, +where Sigismund presented him to the papal nuncio Rangoni. +His public conversion took place on the 17th of April. In October +the false Demetrius crossed the Russian frontier, and shortly +afterwards routed a large Muscovite army beneath the walls of +Novgorod-Syeversk. The sudden death of Tsar Boris (April 13, +1605) removed the last barrier to the further progress of the +pretender. The principal Russian army, under P. F. Basmanov, +at once went over to him (May 7); on the 20th of June he made +his triumphal entry into Moscow, and on the 21st of July he was +crowned tsar by a new patriarch of his own choosing, the Greek +Isidore. He at once proceeded to introduce a whole series of +political and economical reforms. From all accounts, he must +have been a man of original genius and extraordinary resource. +He did his best to relieve the burdens of the peasantry; he formed +the project of a grand alliance between the emperor, the pope, +Venice, Poland and Muscovy against the Turk; he displayed an +amazing toleration in religious matters which made people suspect +that he was a crypto-Arian; and far from being, as was expected, +the tool of Poland and the pope, he maintained from the first a +dignified and independent attitude. But his extravagant opinion +of his own authority (he lost no time in styling himself emperor), +and his predilection for Western civilization, alarmed the ultra-conservative +boyars (the people were always on his side), and a +conspiracy was formed against him, headed by Basil Shuisky, +whose life he had saved a few months previously. A favourable +opportunity for the conspirators presented itself on the 8th of +May 1606, when Demetrius was married to Marina Mniszek. +Taking advantage of the hostility of the Muscovites towards the +Polish regiments which had escorted Marina to Moscow and there +committed some excesses, the boyars urged the citizens to rise +against the Poles, while they themselves attacked and slew +Demetrius in the Kreml on the night of the 17th of May.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Sergyei Solovev, <i>History of Russia</i> (Rus.), vol. viii. (St Petersburg, +1857, &c.); Nikolai Kostomarov, <i>Historical Monographs</i> (Rus.) +vols, iv.-vi. (St Petersburg, 1863, &c.); Orest Levitsky, <i>The First +False Demetrius as the Propagandist of Catholicism in Russia</i> (Rus.) +(St Petersburg, 1886); Paul Pierling, <i>Rome et Demetrius</i> (Paris, +1878); R. N. Bain, <i>Poland and Russia</i>, cap. 10 (Cambridge, 1907).</p> +</div> + +<p>2. The second pretender, called “the thief of Tushino,” first +appeared on the scene <i>circa</i> 1607 at Starodub. He is supposed to +have been either a priest’s son or a converted Jew, and was highly +educated, relatively to the times he lived in, knowing as he did +the Russian and Polish languages and being somewhat of an +expert in liturgical matters. He pretended at first to be the +Muscovite boyarin Nagi; but confessed, under torture, that he +was Demetrius Ivanovich, whereupon he was taken at his word +and joined by thousands of Cossacks, Poles and Muscovites. He +speedily captured Karachev, Bryansk and other towns; was +reinforced by the Poles; and in the spring of 1608 advanced +upon Moscow, routing the army of Tsar Basil Shuisky, at Bolkhov, +on his way. Liberal promises of the wholesale confiscation of +the estates of the boyars drew the common people to him, and he +entrenched himself at the village of Tushino, twelve versts from +the capital, which he converted into an armed camp, collecting +therein 7000 Polish soldiers, 10,000 Cossacks and 10,000 of the +rabble. In the course of the year he captured Marina Mniszek, +who acknowledged him to be her husband (subsequently quieting +her conscience by privately marrying this impostor, who in no +way resembled her first husband), and brought him the support +of the Lithuanian magnates Mniszek and Sapieha so that his +forces soon exceeded 100,000 men. He raised to the rank of +patriarch another illustrious captive, Philaret Romanov, and +won over the towns of Yaroslavl, Kostroma, Vologda, Kashin +and other places to his allegiance. But a series of subsequent +disasters, and the arrival of King Sigismund III. at Sinolensk, +induced him to fly his camp disguised as a peasant and go to +Kostroma, where Marina joined him and he lived once more in +regal state. He also made another but unsuccessful attack on +Moscow, and, supported by the Don Cossacks, recovered a hold +over all south-eastern Russia. He was killed, while half drunk, +on the 11th of December 1610, by a Tatar whom he had flogged.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Sergyei Solovev, <i>History of Russia</i> (Rus.) vol. viii. (St Petersburg, +1657, &c.).</p> +</div> + +<p>3. The third, a still more enigmatical person than his predecessors, +supposed to have been a deacon called Siderka, +appeared suddenly, “from, behind the river Yanza,” in the +Ingrian town of Ivangorod (Narva), proclaiming himself the +tsarevich Demetrius Ivanovich, on the 28th of March 1611. +The Cossacks, ravaging the environs of Moscow, acknowledged +him as tsar on the 2nd of March 1612, and under threat of +vengeance in case of non-compliance, the gentry of Pskov also +kissed the cross to “the thief of Pskov,” as he was usually nicknamed. +On the 18th of May 1612 he fled from Pskov, was +seized and delivered up to the authorities at Moscow, and there +executed.</p> + +<div class="condensed"> +<p>See Sergyei Solovev, <i>History of Russia</i> (Rus.), vol. viii. (St Petersburg, +1857, &c.).</p> +</div> +<div class="author">(R. N. B.)</div> + + +<hr class="art" /> +<p><span class="bold">DEMIDOV,<a name="ar234" id="ar234"></a></span> the name of a famous Russian family, founded by +Nikita Demidov (b. <i>c.</i> 1665), who was originally a blacksmith +serf. He made his fortune by his skill in the manufacture of +weapons, and established an iron foundry for the government. +Peter the Great, with whom he was a favourite, ennobled him +in 1720. His son, Akinfiy Demidov (d. <i>c.</i> 1740), increased his +inherited wealth by the discovery and working of gold, silver and +copper mines. The latter’s nephew, Paul Grigoryevich Demidov +(1738-1821), was a great traveller who was a benefactor of +Russian scientific education; he founded an annual prize for +Russian literature, awarded by the Academy of Sciences. +Paul’s nephew, Nikolay Nikitich Demidov (1774-1828), raised +and commanded a regiment to oppose Napoleon’s invasion, and +carried on the accumulation of the family wealth from mining; +he contributed liberally to the erection of four bridges in St +Petersburg, and to the propagation of scientific culture in Moscow. +Paul’s son, Anatoli Demidov (1812-1870), was a well-known +traveller and patron of art; he married Princess Mathilde, +daughter of Jerome Bonaparte.</p> + +<hr class="art" /> + + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th +Edition, Volume 7, Slice 10, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ENCYC. BRITANNICA, VOL 7 SL 10 *** + +***** This file should be named 38892-h.htm or 38892-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/8/9/38892/ + +Produced by Marius Masi, Don Kretz and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> + diff --git a/38892-h/images/img885.jpg b/38892-h/images/img885.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..68cfe04 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h/images/img885.jpg diff --git a/38892-h/images/img891a.jpg b/38892-h/images/img891a.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7f9a9b --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h/images/img891a.jpg diff --git a/38892-h/images/img891b.jpg b/38892-h/images/img891b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb23b90 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h/images/img891b.jpg diff --git a/38892-h/images/img891c.jpg b/38892-h/images/img891c.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea05f10 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h/images/img891c.jpg diff --git a/38892-h/images/img966.jpg b/38892-h/images/img966.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..56c6ec2 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h/images/img966.jpg diff --git a/38892-h/images/img967.jpg b/38892-h/images/img967.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..cfc208c --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h/images/img967.jpg diff --git a/38892-h/images/img968.jpg b/38892-h/images/img968.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0473f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h/images/img968.jpg diff --git a/38892-h/images/img969.jpg b/38892-h/images/img969.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..30960c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h/images/img969.jpg diff --git a/38892-h/images/img971.jpg b/38892-h/images/img971.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4850c96 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h/images/img971.jpg diff --git a/38892-h/images/img974.jpg b/38892-h/images/img974.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8153b6b --- /dev/null +++ b/38892-h/images/img974.jpg diff --git a/38892.txt b/38892.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5b6f18 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19110 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th Edition, +Volume 7, Slice 10, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th Edition, Volume 7, Slice 10 + "David, St" to "Demidov" + +Author: Various + +Release Date: February 15, 2012 [EBook #38892] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ENCYC. BRITANNICA, VOL 7 SL 10 *** + + + + +Produced by Marius Masi, Don Kretz and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + +Transcriber's notes: + +(1) Numbers following letters (without space) like C2 were originally + printed in subscript. Letter subscripts are preceded by an + underscore, like C_n. + +(2) Characters following a carat (^) were printed in superscript. + +(3) Side-notes were relocated to function as titles of their respective + paragraphs. + +(4) Macrons and breves above letters and dots below letters were not + inserted. + +(5) [root] stands for the root symbol; [alpha], [beta], etc. for greek + letters. + +(6) The following typographical errors have been corrected: + + ARTICLE DAVIS, HENRY WINTER: "The War of Ormuzd and Ahriman in the + Nineteenth Century (1853), in which he combated the Southern + contention that slavery was a divine institution." 'Nineteenth' + amended from 'Ninteenth'. + + ARTICLE DEAD SEA: "Among these may be mentioned 880 (1) the + explanation of a remarkable line of white foam that extends along + the axis of the lake almost every morning--supposed by Blanckenhorn + ..." 'almost' amended from 'amost'. + + ARTICLE DECEMVIRI: "... the name applied by the Romans to any + official commission of ten." 'commission' amended from 'commision'. + + ARTICLE DEJAZET, PAULINE VIRGINIE: "French actress, born in Paris + on the 30th of August 1798, made her first appearance on the stage + at the age of five." 'August' amended from 'Ausust'. + + ARTICLE DEKKER, EDWARD DOUWES: "He was ardent, provocative, perhaps + a little hysterical, but he made himself heard all over Europe." + 'himself' amended from 'himelf'. + + ARTICLE DEKKER, JEREMIAS DE: "(Klaagliederen van Jeremias), which + was followed by translations and imitations of Horace, Juvenal and + other Latin poets." 'Klaagliederen' amended from 'Klaagliedern'. + + ARTICLE DELABORDE, HENRI FRANCOIS: "Against Sir Arthur Wellesley's + English army he fought the skillful brilliant rear-guard action of + Rolica." 'skillful' amended from 'skilful'. + + ARTICLE DEMETRIUS DONSKOI: "In 1371 he won over the khan by a + personal visit to the Horde, and in 1372 he defeated the + Lithuanians at Lyubutsk." 'and' amended from 'add'. + + + + + ENCYCLOPAEDIA BRITANNICA + + A DICTIONARY OF ARTS, SCIENCES, LITERATURE + AND GENERAL INFORMATION + + ELEVENTH EDITION + + + VOLUME VII, SLICE X + + David, St to Demidov + + + + +ARTICLES IN THIS SLICE: + + + DAVID, ST DEERFIELD + DAVID I. DEER PARK + DAVID II. DEFAMATION + DAVID (Welsh princes) DEFAULT + DAVID, FELICIEN DEFEASANCE + DAVID, GERARD DEFENCE + DAVID, JACQUES LOUIS DEFENDANT + DAVID, PIERRE JEAN DEFENDER OF THE FAITH + DAVIDISTS DEFERENT + DAVIDSON, ANDREW BRUCE DEFFAND, MARIE ANNE DE VICHY-CHAMROND + DAVIDSON, JOHN DEFIANCE + DAVIDSON, RANDALL THOMAS DEFILE + DAVIDSON, SAMUEL DEFINITION + DAVIDSON, THOMAS DEFOE, DANIEL + DAVIES, DAVID CHARLES DEGAS, HILAIRE GERMAIN EDGARD + DAVIES, SIR JOHN DE GEER, LOUIS GERHARD + DAVIES, JOHN DEGGENDORF + DAVIES, SIR LOUIS HENRY DE HAAS, MAURITZ FREDERICK HENDRICK + DAVIES, RICHARD DEHRA + DAVILA, ENRICO CATERINO DEHRA DUN + DAVIS, ANDREW JACKSON DEIOCES + DAVIS, CHARLES HOWARD DEIOTARUS + DAVIS, CUSHMAN KELLOGG DEIR + DAVIS, HENRY WILLIAM BANKS DEIRA + DAVIS, HENRY WINTER DEISM + DAVIS, JEFFERSON DEISTER + DAVIS, JOHN DEJAZET, PAULINE VIRGINIE + DAVIS, THOMAS OSBORNE DE KALB + DAVISON, WILLIAM DE KEYSER, THOMAS + DAVIS STRAIT DEKKER, EDWARD DOUWES + DAVITT, MICHAEL DEKKER, JEREMIAS DE + DAVOS DEKKER, THOMAS + DAVOUT, LOUIS NICOLAS DE LA BECHE, SIR HENRY THOMAS + DAVY, SIR HUMPHRY DELABORDE, HENRI FRANCOIS + DAWARI DELACROIX, FERDINAND VICTOR EUGENE + DAWES, HENRY LAURENS DE LA GARDIE, MAGNUS GABRIEL + DAWES, RICHARD DELAGOA BAY + DAWISON, BOGUMIL DELAMBRE, JEAN BAPTISTE JOSEPH + DAWKINS, WILLIAM BOYD DELAMERE, GEORGE BOOTH + DAWLISH DE LAND + DAWN DELANE, JOHN THADEUS + DAWSON, GEORGE DELANY, MARY GRANVILLE + DAWSON, SIR JOHN WILLIAM DE LA REY, JACOBUS HERCULES + DAWSON CITY DE LA RIVE, AUGUSTE ARTHUR + DAX DELAROCHE, HIPPOLYTE + DAY, JOHN DELARUE, GERVAIS + DAY, THOMAS DE LA RUE, WARREN + DAY DELATOR + DAYLESFORD DELAUNAY, ELIE + DAYTON (Kentucky, U.S.A.) DELAUNAY, LOUIS ARSENE + DAYTON (Ohio, U.S.A.) DELAVIGNE, JEAN FRANCOIS CASIMIR + DEACON DELAWARE (state of the U.S.) + DEACONESS DELAWARE (city) + DEAD SEA DELAWARE INDIANS + DEADWOOD DELAWARE RIVER + DEAF AND DUMB DELAWARE WATER-GAP + DEAK, FRANCIS DE LA WARR + DEAL (municipal borough) DELBRUCK, HANS + DEAL (part or portion) DELBRUCK, MARTIN FRIEDRICH RUDOLF VON + DEAN DELCASSE, THEOPHILE + DEAN, FOREST OF DEL CREDERE + DEANE, RICHARD DELESCLUZE, LOUIS CHARLES + DEANE, SILAS DELESSE, ACHILLE ERNEST OSCAR JOSEPH + DEATH DELESSERT, JULES PAUL BENJAMIN + DEATH-WARNING DELFICO, MELCHIORRE + DEATH-WATCH DELFT + DE BARY, HEINRICH ANTON DELHI + DEBENTURES and DEBENTURE STOCK DELIA + DEBORAH DELIAN LEAGUE + DEBRECZEN DELIBES, CLEMENT PHILIBERT LEO + DEBT DELILAH + DEBUSSY, CLAUDE ACHILLE DELILLE, JACQUES + DECADE DELIRIUM + DECAEN, CHARLES MATHIEU ISIDORE DELISLE, JOSEPH NICOLAS + DECALOGUE DELISLE, LEOPOLD VICTOR + DE CAMP, JOSEPH DELITZSCH, FRANZ + DECAMPS, ALEXANDRE GABRIEL DELITZSCH + DECAPOLIS DELIUS, NIKOLAUS + DECASTYLE DELLA BELLA, STEFANO + DECATUR, STEPHEN DELLA CASA, GIOVANNI + DECATUR DELLA COLLE, RAFFAELLINO + DECAZES, ELIE DELLA GHERARDESCA, UGOLINO + DECAZEVILLE DELLA PORTA, GIOVANNI BATTISTA + DECCAN DELLA QUERCIA, JACOPO + DECELEA DELLA ROBBIA + DECEMBER DELMEDIGO + DECEMVIRI DELMENHORST + DECHEN, ERNST HEINRICH KARL VON DELOLME, JEAN LOUIS + DECIDUOUS DELONEY, THOMAS + DECIMAL COINAGE DE LONG, GEORGE WASHINGTON + DECIUS, GAIUS MESSIUS TRAJANUS DELORME, MARION + DECIZE DE L'ORME, PHILIBERT + DECKER, SIR MATTHEW DELOS + DECKER, PIERRE DE DE LOUTHERBOURG, PHILIP JAMES + DECLARATION DELPHI + DECLARATION OF PARIS DELPHINIA + DECLARATOR DELPHINUS + DECLINATION DELTA + DECOLOURIZING DELUC, JEAN ANDRE + DECORATED PERIOD DELUGE, THE + DE COSTA, BENJAMIN FRANKLIN DELYANNI, THEODOROS + DE COSTER, CHARLES HENRI DEMADES + DECOY DEMAGOGUE + DECREE DEMANTOID + DECRETALS DEMARATUS + DECURIO DEMERARA + DEDEAGATCH DEMESNE + DEDHAM DEMETER + DEDICATION DEMETRIA + DE DONIS CONDITIONALIBUS DEMETRIUS (king of Bactria) + DEDUCTION DEMETRIUS (kings of Macedonia) + DEE, JOHN DEMETRIUS (kings of Syria) + DEE (river of Wales) DEMETRIUS (Greek sculptor) + DEE (river of Scotland) DEMETRIUS (Cynic philosopher) + DEED DEMETRIUS DONSKOI + DEEMS, CHARLES (ALEXANDER) FORCE DEMETRIUS PHALEREUS + DEER DEMETRIUS, PSEUDO- + DEMIDOV + + + + +DAVID, ST (_Dewi, Sant_), the national and tutelar saint of Wales, whose +annual festival, known as "St David's Day," falls on the 1st of March. +Few historical facts are known regarding the saint's life and actions, +and the dates both of his birth and death are purely conjectural, +although there is reason to suppose he was born about the year 500 and +died at a great age towards the close of the 6th century. According to +his various biographers he was the son of Sandde, a prince of the line +of Cunedda, his mother being Non, who ranks as a Cymric saint. He seems +to have taken a prominent part in the celebrated synod of +Llanddewi-Brefi (see CARDIGANSHIRE), and to have presided at the +so-called "Synod of Victory," held some years later at Caerleon-on-Usk. +At some date unknown, St David, as _penescoli_ or primate of South +Wales, moved the seat of ecclesiastical government from Caerleon to the +remote headland of Mynyw, or Menevia, which has ever since, under the +name of St David's (_Ty-Dewi_), remained the cathedral city of the +western see. St David founded numerous churches throughout all parts of +South Wales, of which fifty-three still recall his name, but apparently +he never penetrated farther north than the region of Powys, although he +seems to have visited Cornwall. With the passing of time the saint's +fame increased, and his shrine at St David's became a notable place of +pilgrimage, so that by the time of the Norman conquest his importance +and sanctity were fully recognized, and at Henry I.'s request he was +formally canonized by Pope Calixtus II. about 1120. + + Of the many biographies of St David, the earliest known is that of + Rhyddmarch, or Ricemarchus (c. 1090), one of the last British bishops + of St David's, from whose work Giraldus Cambrensis (q.v.) chiefly + compiled his extravagant life of the saint. + + + + +DAVID I. (1084-1153), king of Scotland, the youngest son of Malcolm +Canmore and (Saint) Margaret, sister of Edgar Aetheling, was born in +1084. He married in 1113 Matilda, daughter and heiress of Waltheof, earl +of Northumbria, and thus became possessed of the earldom of Huntingdon. +On the death of Edgar, king of Scotland, in 1107, the territories of the +Scottish crown were divided in accordance with the terms of his will +between his two brothers, Alexander and David. Alexander, together with +the crown, received Scotland north of the Forth and Clyde, David the +southern district with the title of earl of Cumbria. The death of +Alexander I. in 1124 gave David possession of the whole. In 1127, in the +character of an English baron, he swore fealty to Matilda as heiress to +her father Henry I., and when the usurper Stephen ousted her in 1135 +David vindicated her cause in arms and invaded England. But Stephen +marched north with a great army, whereupon David made peace. The peace, +however, was not kept. After threatening an invasion in 1137, David +marched into England in 1138, but sustained a crushing defeat on Cutton +Moor in the engagement known as the battle of the Standard. He returned +to Carlisle, and soon afterwards concluded peace. In 1141 he joined +Matilda in London and accompanied her to Winchester, but after a narrow +escape from capture he returned to Scotland. Henceforth he remained in +his own kingdom and devoted himself to its political and ecclesiastical +reorganization. A devoted son of the church, he founded five bishoprics +and many monasteries. In secular politics he energetically forwarded the +process of feudalization which had been initiated by his immediate +predecessors. He died at Carlisle on the 24th of May 1153. + + + + +DAVID II. (1324-1371), king of Scotland, son of King Robert the Bruce by +his second wife, Elizabeth de Burgh (d. 1327), was born at Dunfermline +on the 5th of March 1324. In accordance with the terms of the treaty of +Northampton he was married in July 1328 to Joanna (d. 1362), daughter of +the English king, Edward II., and became king of Scotland on his +father's death in June 1329, being crowned at Scone in November 1331. +Owing to the victory of Edward III. of England and his protege, Edward +Baliol, at Halidon Hill in July 1333, David and his queen were sent for +safety into France, reaching Boulogne in May 1334, and being received +very graciously by the French king, Philip VI. Little is known about the +life of the Scottish king in France, except that Chateau Gaillard was +given to him for a residence, and that he was present at the bloodless +meeting of the English and French armies at Vironfosse in October 1339. +Meanwhile his representatives had obtained the upper hand in Scotland, +and David was thus enabled to return to his kingdom in June 1341, when +he took the reins of government into his own hands. In 1346 he invaded +England in the interests of France, but was defeated and taken prisoner +at the battle of Neville's Cross in October of this year, and remained +in England for eleven years, living principally in London and at Odiham +in Hampshire. His imprisonment was not a rigorous one, and negotiations +for his release were soon begun. Eventually, in October 1357, after +several interruptions, a treaty was signed at Berwick by which the +Scottish estates undertook to pay 100,000 marks as a ransom for their +king. David, who had probably recognized Edward III. as his feudal +superior, returned at once to Scotland; but owing to the poverty of the +kingdom it was found impossible to raise the ransom. A few instalments +were paid, but the king sought to get rid of the liability by offering +to make Edward III., or one of his sons, his successor in Scotland. In +1364 the Scottish parliament indignantly rejected a proposal to make +Lionel, duke of Clarence, the next king; but David treated secretly with +Edward III. over this matter, after he had suppressed a rising of some +of his unruly nobles. The king died in Edinburgh Castle on the 22nd of +February 1371. His second wife was Margaret, widow of Sir John Logie, +whom he divorced in 1369; but he left no children, and was succeeded by +his nephew, Robert II. David was a weak and incapable ruler, without a +spark of his father's patriotic spirit. + + See Andrew of Wyntoun, _The orygynale cronykil of Scotland_, edited by + D. Laing (Edinburgh, 1872-1879); John of Fordun, _Chronica gentis + Scotorum_, edited by W. F. Skene (Edinburgh, 1871-1872); J. H. Burton, + _History of Scotland_, vol. ii. (Edinburgh, 1905); and A. Lang, + _History of Scotland_, vol. i. (Edinburgh, 1900). + + + + +DAVID, the name of three Welsh princes. + +DAVID I. (d. 1203), a son of Prince Owen Gwynedd (d. 1169), came into +prominence as a leader of the Welsh during the expedition of Henry II. +in 1157. In 1170 he became lord of Gwynedd (i.e. the district around +Snowdon), but some regarded him as a bastard, and Gwynedd was also +claimed by other members of his family. After fighting with varying +fortunes he sought an ally in the English king, whom he supported during +the baronial rising in 1173; then after this event he married Henry's +half-sister Emma. But his enemies increased in power, and about 1194 he +was driven from Wales by the partisans of his half-brother Llewelyn ab +Iorwerth. The chronicler Benedictus Abbas calls David _rex_, and +Rhuddlan castle was probably the centre of his vague authority. + +DAVID II. (c. 1208-1246) was a son of the great Welsh prince, Llewelyn +ab Iorwerth, and through his mother Joanna was a grandson of King John. +He married an English lady, Isabella de Braose, and, having been +recognized as his father's heir both by Henry III. and by the Welsh +lords, he had to face the hostility of his half-brother Gruffydd, whom +he seized and imprisoned in 1239. When Llewelyn died in April 1240, +David, who had already taken some part in the duties of government, was +acknowledged as a prince of North Wales, doing homage to Henry III. at +Gloucester. However, he was soon at variance with the English king, who +appears to have espoused the cause of the captive Gruffydd. Henry's +Welsh campaign in 1241 was bloodless but decisive. Gruffydd was +surrendered to him; David went to London and made a full submission, but +two or three years later he was warring against some English barons on +the borders. To check the English king he opened negotiations with +Innocent IV., doubtless hoping that the pope would recognize Wales as an +independent state, but here, as on the field of battle, Henry III. was +too strong for him. Just after Henry's second campaign in Wales the +prince died in March 1246. + +DAVID III. (d. 1283) was a son of Gruffydd and thus a nephew of David +II. His life was mainly spent in fighting against his brother, the +reigning prince, Llewelyn ab Gruffydd. His first revolt took place in +1254 or 1255, and after a second about eight years later he took refuge +in England, returning to Wales when Henry III. made peace with Llewelyn +in 1267. Then about 1274 the same process was repeated. David attended +Edward I. during the Welsh expedition of 1277, receiving from the +English king lands in North Wales; but in 1282 he made peace with +Llewelyn and suddenly attacked the English garrisons, a proceeding which +led to Edward's final conquest of Wales. After Llewelyn's death in +December 1282 David maintained the last struggle of the Welsh for +independence. All his efforts, however, were vain; in June 1283 he was +betrayed to Edward, was tried by a special court and sentenced to death, +and was executed with great barbarity at Shrewsbury in October 1283. As +the last native prince of Wales, David's praises have been sung by the +Welsh bards, but his character was not attractive, and a Welsh historian +says "his life was the bane of Wales." + + + + +DAVID, FELICIEN (1810-1876), French composer, was born on the 13th of +April 1810 at Cadenet, in the department of Vaucluse. As a child he +showed unusual musical precocity, and being early left an orphan he was +admitted into the choir of Saint Sauveur at Aix. He was for a time +employed in an attorney's office, but quitted his service to become +_chef d'orchestre_ in the theatre at Aix, and chapel-master at Saint +Sauveur. Then he went to Paris, being provided with L100 a year by a +rich uncle. After having studied for a while at the Paris Conservatoire, +he joined the sect of Saint Simonians, and in 1833 travelled in the East +in order to preach the new doctrine. After three years' absence, during +which Constantinople and Smyrna were visited and some time was spent in +Egypt, he returned to France and published a collection of _Oriental +Melodies_. For several years he worked in retirement, and wrote two +symphonies, some chamber music and songs. On the 8th of December 1844 he +suddenly leapt into fame through the extraordinary success obtained by +his symphonic ode _Le Desert_, which was produced at the Conservatoire. +In this work David had struck out a new line. He had attempted in simple +strains to evoke the majestic stillness of the desert. Notwithstanding +its title of "symphonic ode," _Le Desert_ has little in common with the +symphonic style. What distinguishes it is a certain naivete of +expression and an effective oriental colouring. In this last respect +David may be looked upon as the precursor of a whole army of composers. +His succeeding works, _Moise au Sinai_ (1846), _Christophe Colomb_ +(1847), _L'Eden_ (1848), scarcely bore out the promise shown in _Le +Desert_, although the second of these compositions was successful at the +time of its production. David now turned his attention to the theatre, +and produced the following operas in succession: _La Perle du Bresil_ +(1851), _Herculanum_ (1859), _Lalla-Roukh_ (1862), _Le Saphir_ (1865). +Of these, _Lalla-Roukh_ is the one which has obtained the greatest +success. In 1868 he gained the award of the French Institute for the +biennial prize given by the emperor; and in 1869 he was made librarian +at the Conservatoire instead of Berlioz, whom subsequently he succeeded +as a member of the Institute. He died at Saint-Germain-en-Laye on the +29th of August 1876. If David can scarcely be placed in the first rank +of French composers, he nevertheless deserves the consideration due to a +sincere artist, who was undoubtedly inspired by lofty ideals. At a time +when the works of Berlioz were still unappreciated by the majority of +people, David succeeded in making the public take interest in music of a +picturesque and descriptive kind. Thus he may be considered as one of +the pioneers of modern French musical art. + + + + +DAVID, GERARD [GHEERAERT DAVIT], (?-1523), Netherlands painter, born at +Oudewater in Holland between 1450 and 1460, was the last great master of +the Bruges school. He was only rescued from complete oblivion in +1860-1863 by Mr W. J. H. Weale, whose researches in the archives of +Bruges brought to the light the main facts of the master's life. We have +now documentary evidence that David came to Bruges in 1483, presumably +from Haarlem, where he had formed his early style under the tuition of +Ouwater; that he joined the gild of St Luke at Bruges in 1484 and became +dean of the gild in 1501; that he married in 1496 Cornelia Cnoop, +daughter of the dean of the Goldsmiths' gild; became one of the leading +citizens of the town; died on the 13th of August 1523; and was buried in +the Church of Our Lady at Bruges. In his early work he had followed the +Haarlem tradition as represented by Dirck Bouts, Ouwater and Geertgen of +Haarlem, but already gave evidence of his superior power as colourist. +To this early period belong the "St John" of the Kaufmann collection in +Berlin, and Mr Salting's "St Jerome." In Bruges he applied himself to +the study and the copying of the masterpieces by the Van Eycks, Van der +Weyden, and Van der Goes, and came under the direct influence of the +master whom he followed most closely, Hans Memlinc. From him he acquired +the soulful intensity of expression, the increased realism in the +rendering of the human form and the orderly architectonic arrangement of +the figures. Yet another master was to influence him later in life when, +in 1515, he visited Antwerp and became impressed with the life and +movement of Quentin Matsys, who had introduced a more intimate and more +human conception of sacred themes. David's "Pieta" in the National +Gallery, and the "Descent from the Cross," in the Cavallo collection, +Paris (Guildhall, 1906), were painted under this influence and are +remarkable for their dramatic movement. But the works on which David's +fame will ever rest most securely are the great altar-pieces executed by +him before his visit to Antwerp--the "Marriage of St Catherine," at the +National Gallery; the triptych of the "Madonna Enthroned and Saints" of +the Brignole-Sale collection in Genoa; the "Annunciation" of the +Sigmaringen collection; and, above all, the "Madonna with Angels and +Saints" which he painted gratuitously for the Carmelite Nuns of Sion at +Bruges, and which is now in the Rouen museum. Only a few of his works +have remained in Bruges--"The Judgment of Cambyses," "The Flaying of +Sisamnes" and the "Baptism of Christ" in the Town museum, and the +"Transfiguration" in the Church of Our Lady. The rest were scattered all +over the world, and to this may be due the oblivion into which his very +name had fallen--partly to this, and partly to the fact that with all +the beauty and soulfulness of his work he had no new page to add to the +history of the progressive development of art, and even in his best work +only gave new variations of the tunes sung by his great precursors and +contemporaries. That he is worthy to rank among the masters was only +revealed to the world when a considerable number of his paintings were +assembled at Bruges on the occasion of the exhibition of early Flemish +masters in 1902. At the time of his death the glory of Bruges, and also +of the Bruges school, was on the wane, and Antwerp had taken the +leadership in art as in political and commercial importance. Of David's +pupils in Bruges, only Isenbrandt, A. Cornelis and Ambrosius Benson +achieved importance. Among other Flemish painters Joachim Patinir and +Mabuse were to some degree influenced by him. + + Eberhard Freiherr von Bodenhausen published in 1905 a very + comprehensive monograph on _Gerard David and his School_ (Munich, F. + Bruckmann), together with a _catalogue raisonne_ of his works, which, + after careful sifting, are reduced to the number of forty-three. + (P. G. K.) + + + + +DAVID, JACQUES LOUIS (1748-1825), French painter, was born in Paris on +the 30th of April 1748. His father was killed in a duel, when the boy +was but nine years old. His education was begun at the College des +Quatre Nations, where he obtained a smattering of the classics; but, his +artistic talent being already obvious, he was soon placed by his +guardian in the studio of Francois Boucher. Boucher speedily realized +that his own erotic style did not suit the lad's genius, and recommended +him to J. M. Vien, the pioneer of the classical reaction in painting. +Under him David studied for some years, and, after several attempts to +win the _prix de Rome_, at last succeeded in 1775, with his "Loves of +Antiochus and Stratonice." Vien, who had just been appointed director of +the French Academy at Rome, carried the youth with him to that city. The +classical reaction was now in full tide; Winckelmann was writing, +Raphael Mengs painting; and the treasures of the Vatican galleries +helped to confirm David in a taste already moulded by so many kindred +influences. This severely classical spirit inspired his first important +painting, "_Date obolum Belisario_," exhibited at Paris in 1780. The +picture exactly suited the temper of the times, and was an immense +success. It was followed by others, painted on the same principles, but +with greater perfection of art: "The Grief of Andromache" (1783), "The +Oath of the Horatii" (Salon, 1785), "The Death of Socrates," "Love of +Paris and Helen" (1788), "Brutus" (1789). In the French drama an +unimaginative imitation of ancient models had long prevailed; even in +art Poussin and Le Sueur were successful by expressing a bias in the +same direction; and in the first years of the revolutionary movement the +fashion of imitating the ancients even in dress and manners went to the +most extravagant length. At this very time David returned to Paris; he +was now painter to the king, Louis XVI., who had been the purchaser of +his principal works, and his popularity was soon immense. At the +outbreak of the Revolution in 1789, David was carried away by the flood +of enthusiasm that made all the intellect of France believe in a new era +of equality and emancipation from all the ills of life. + +The success of his sketch for the picture of the "Oath of the Tennis +Court," and his pronounced republicanism, secured David's election to +the Convention in September 1792, by the _Section du Museum_, and he +quickly distinguished himself by the defence of two French artists in +Rome who had fallen into the merciless hands of the Inquisition. As, in +this matter, the behaviour of the authorities of the French Academy in +Rome had been dictated by the tradition of subservience to authority, he +used his influence to get it suppressed. In the January following his +election into the Convention his vote was given for the king's death. +Thus the man who was so greatly indebted to the Roman academy and to +Louis XVI. assisted in the destruction of both, no doubt in obedience to +a principle, like the act of Brutus in condemning his sons--a subject he +painted with all his powers. Cato and stoicism were the order of the +day. Hitherto the actor had walked the stage in modern dress. Brutus had +been applauded in red-heeled shoes and _culottes jarretees_; but Talma, +advised by David, appeared in toga and sandals before an enthusiastic +audience. At this period of his life Mademoiselle de Noailles persuaded +him to paint a sacred subject, with Christ as the hero. When the picture +was done, the Saviour was found to be another Cato. "I told you so," he +replied to the expostulations of the lady, "there is no inspiration in +Christianity now!" David's revolutionary ideas, which led to his +election to the presidency of the Convention and to the committee of +general security, inspired his pictures "Last Moments of Lepelletier de +Saint-Fargeau" and "Marat Assassinated." He also arranged the programme +of the principal republican festivals. When Napoleon rose to power David +became his enthusiastic admirer. His picture of Napoleon on horseback +pointing the way to Italy is now in Berlin. During this period he also +painted the "Rape of the Sabines" and "Leonidas at Thermopylae." +Appointed painter to the emperor, David produced the two notable +pictures "The Coronation" (of Josephine) and the "Distribution of the +Eagles." + +On the return of the Bourbons the painter was exiled with the other +remaining regicides, and retired to Brussels, where he again returned to +classical subjects: "Amor quitting Psyche," "Mars disarmed by Venus," +&c. He rejected the offer, made through Baron Humboldt, of the office of +minister of fine arts at Berlin, and remained at Brussels till his death +on the 29th of December 1825. His end was true to his whole career and +to his nationality. While dying, a print of the Leonidas, one of his +favourite subjects, was submitted to him. After vaguely looking at it a +long time, "_Il n'y a que moi qui pouvais concevoir la tete de +Leonidas_," he whispered, and died. His friends and his party thought to +carry the body back to his beloved Paris for burial, but the government +of the day arrested the procession at the frontier, an act which caused +some scandal, and furnished the occasion of a terrible song of +Beranger's. + +It is difficult for a generation which has witnessed another complete +revolution in the standards of artistic taste to realize the secret of +David's immense popularity in his own day. His style is severely +academic, his colour lacking in richness and warmth, his execution hard +and uninteresting in its very perfection. Subjects and treatment alike +are inspired by the passing fashion of an age which had deceived itself +into believing that it was living and moving in the spirit of classical +antiquity. The inevitable reaction of the romantic movement made the +masterpieces, which had filled the men of the Revolution with +enthusiasm, seem cold and lifeless to those who had been taught to +expect in art that atmosphere of mystery which in nature is everywhere +present. Yet David was a great artist, and exercised in his day and +generation a great influence. His pictures are magnificent in their +composition and their draughtsmanship; and his keen observation and +insight into character are evident, especially in his portraits, notably +of Madame Recamier, of the Conventional Gerard and of Boissy d'Anglas. + + See E. J. Delecluze, _Louis David, son ecole et son temps_ (Paris, + 1855), and _Le Peintre Louis David. Souvenirs et documents inedits_, + by J. L. Jules David, the painter's grandson (Paris, 1880). + + + + +DAVID, PIERRE JEAN (1789-1856), usually called David d'Angers, French +sculptor, was born at Angers on the 12th of March 1789. His father was a +sculptor, or rather a carver, but he had thrown aside the mallet and +taken the musket, fighting against the Chouans of La Vendee. He returned +to his trade at the end of the civil war, to find his customers gone, so +that young David was born into poverty. As the boy grew up his father +wished to force him into some more lucrative and certain way of life. At +last he succeeded in surmounting the opposition to his becoming a +sculptor, and in his eighteenth year left for Paris to study the art +upon a capital of eleven francs. After struggling against want for a +year and a half, he succeeded in taking the prize at the Ecole des +Beaux-Arts. An annuity of 600 francs (L24) was granted by the +municipality of his native town in 1809, and in 1811 David's +"Epaminondas" gained the _prix de Rome_. He spent five years in Rome, +during which his enthusiasm for the works of Canova was often excessive. + +Returning from Rome about the time of the restoration of the Bourbons, +he would not remain in the neighbourhood of the Tuileries, which swarmed +with foreign conquerors and returned royalists, and accordingly went to +London. Here Flaxman and others visited upon him the sins of David the +painter, to whom he was erroneously supposed to be related. With great +difficulty he made his way to Paris again, where a comparatively +prosperous career opened upon him. His medallions and busts were in much +request, and orders for monumental works also came to him. One of the +best of these was that of Gutenberg at Strassburg; but those he himself +valued most were the statue of Barra, a drummer boy who continued to +beat his drum till the moment of death in the war in La Vendee, and the +monument to the Greek liberator Bozzaris, consisting in a young female +figure called "Reviving Greece," of which Victor Hugo said: "It is +difficult to see anything more beautiful in the world; this statue joins +the grandeur of Pheidias to the expressive manner of Puget." David's +busts and medallions were very numerous, and among his sitters may be +found not only the illustrious men and women of France, but many others +both of England and Germany--countries which he visited professionally +in 1827 and 1829. His medallions, it is affirmed, number 500. He died on +the 4th of January 1856. David's fame rests firmly on his pediment of +the Pantheon, his monument to General Gobert in Pere Lachaise and his +marble "Philopoemen" in the Louvre. In the Musee David at Angers is an +almost complete collection of his works either in the form of copies or +in the original moulds. As an example of his benevolence of character +may be mentioned his rushing off to the sickbed of Rouget de Lisle, the +author of the "Marseillaise Hymn," modelling and carving him in marble +without delay, making a lottery of the work, and sending to the poet in +the extremity of need the seventy-two pounds which resulted from the +sale. + + See H. Jouin, _David d'Angers et ses relations litteraires_ (1890); + _Lettres de P. J. David d'Angers a Louis Dupre_ (Paris, 1891); + _Collection de portraits des contemporains d'apres les medaillons de + P. J. David_ (Paris, 1838). + + + + +DAVIDISTS, a fancy name rather than a recognized designation for three +religious sects. It has been applied (1) to the followers (if he had +any) of David of Dinant, in Belgium, the teacher or pupil of Amalric +(Amaury) of Bena, both of whom taught apparently a species of pantheism. +David's _Quaterni_, or _Quaternuli_, condemned and burnt at Paris +(1209), is a lost book, known only by references in Albertus Magnus and +Thomas Aquinas. Its author would have been burnt had he not fled. The +name has been given (2) to the followers of David George or Joris +(q.v.), and (3) to the followers of Francis David (1510-1579), the +apostle of Transylvanian unitarianism. (See SOCINUS, UNITARIANISM.) + + + + +DAVIDSON, ANDREW BRUCE (1831-1902), Scottish divine, was born in 1831 at +Kirkhill in Aberdeenshire, where his father Andrew Davidson had a farm. +The Davidsons belonged to the congregation of James Robertson +(1803-1860) of Ellon, one of the ministers of Strathbogie Presbytery, +which in the controversy which led to the disruption, resisted the +"dangerous claims of the established church to self-government." When +the disruption came the principles at stake were keenly canvassed in +Ellon, and eventually Andrew Davidson, senior, went with the Free +Church. In 1845 the boy, who had been a "herd" on the farm, went for six +months to the grammar school at Aberdeen and was there prepared for a +university bursary, which was sufficient to pay his fees, but no more. +During his four years at the university his mother supplied him +fortnightly with provisions from the farm; sometimes she walked the +whole twenty miles from Kirkhill and handed the coach fee to her son. He +graduated in 1849. At the university he had acquired a distrust of +philosophy, and found it difficult to choose between mathematical and +linguistic studies. A Free Church school having been opened in Ellon, he +became master there for three years. Here he developed special aptitude +for linguistic and philological studies. Besides Hebrew he taught +himself French, German, Dutch, Italian and Spanish. In November 1852 he +entered New College, Edinburgh. There he took the four years' +theological course, and was licensed in 1856. For two years he preached +occasionally and took vacancies. In 1858 the New College authorities +appointed him assistant to the professor of Hebrew. He taught during the +winter, and in the long vacation continued his preparation for his life +work. One year he worked in Germany under Ewald, another year he went to +Syria to study Arabic. In 1862 he published the first part of a +commentary on Job. It was never finished and deals only with one-third +of the book, but it is recognized as the first really scientific +commentary on the Old Testament in the English language. In 1863 he was +appointed by the general assembly professor of oriental languages at New +College. He was junior colleague of Dr John Duncan (Rabbi Duncan) till +1870, and then for thirty years sole professor. He was a member of the +Old Testament revision committee, and his work was recognized by several +honorary distinctions, LL.D. (Aberdeen), D.D. (Edinburgh), Litt.D. +(Cambridge). Among his students were Professors Elmslie, Skinner, Harper +of Melbourne, Walker of Belfast, George Adam Smith of Glasgow and W. +Robertson Smith. He understood it to be the first duty of an exegete to +ascertain the meaning of the writer, and he showed that this could be +done by the use of grammar and history and the historical imagination. +He supplied guidance when it was much needed as to the methods and +results of the higher criticism. Being a master of its methods, but very +cautious in accepting assertions about its results, he secured attention +early in the Free Church for scientific criticism, and yet threw the +whole weight of his learning and his caustic wit into the argument +against critical extravagance. He had thought himself into the ideas and +points of view of the Hebrews, and his work in Old Testament theology is +unrivalled. He excels as an expositor of the governing Hebrew ideas such +as holiness, righteousness, Spirit of God, Messianism. In 1897 he was +chosen moderator of the general assembly, but his health prevented his +accepting the post. He died, unmarried, on the 26th of January 1902. + + Besides the commentary on Job he published a book on the _Hebrew + Accents_, the only Scottish performance of the kind since the days of + Thomas Boston. His _Introductory Hebrew Grammar_ has been widely + adopted as a class-book in theological colleges. His _Hebrew Syntax_ + has the same admirable clearness, precision and teaching quality. His + _Commentary on the Epistle to the Hebrews_ is one of a series of + handbooks for Bible classes. These were followed by commentaries on + Job, Ezekiel, Nahum, Habakkuk and Zephaniah, in the Cambridge series; + and a Bible-class primer on _The Exile and Restoration_. His lectures + on _Old Testament Prophecy_ were published after his death by + Professor J. A. Paterson. The _Theology of the Old Testament_ in the + "International Theological Library" is a posthumous volume edited by + Professor Salmond. "Isaiah" in the _Temple Bible_ was finished, but + not revised, when he died; and he also had in hand the volume on + Isaiah for the _International Critical Commentary_; to which must be + added a mass of articles contributed to _The Imperial Bible + Dictionary_, _The Encyclopaedia Britannica_, and the chief religious + reviews. Various articles in Dr Hastings' _Bible Dictionary_ were by + Davidson, especially the article "God." Two volumes of sermons, _The + Called of God_, and _Waiting upon God_, were published from MS. after + Davidson's death. + + + + +DAVIDSON, JOHN (1857-1909), British poet, playwright and novelist, son +of the Rev. Alexander Davidson, a minister of the Evangelical Union, was +born at Barrhead, Renfrewshire, Scotland, on the 11th of April 1857. +After a schooling at the Highlanders' Academy, Greenock, at the age of +thirteen he was set to work in that town, by helping in a sugar factory +laboratory and then in the town analyst's office; and at fifteen he went +back to his old school as a pupil-teacher. In 1876 he studied for a +session at Edinburgh University, and then went as a master to various +Scotch schools till 1890, varying his experiences in 1884 by being a +clerk in a Glasgow thread firm. He had married in 1885, and meanwhile +his literary inclinations had shown themselves, without attracting any +public success, in the publication of his poetical and fantastic plays, +_Bruce_ (1886), _Smith; a tragic farce_ (1888) and _Scaramouch in Naxos_ +(1889). Determining at all costs to follow his literary vocation, he +went to London in 1890, but at first had a hard struggle. There his +prose-romance _Perfervid_ (1890) was published, one of the most original +and fascinating stories of "young blood" and child adventure ever +written, but for some reason it did not catch the public; and a sort of +sequel in _The Great Men_ (1891) met no better fate. He contributed, +however, to newspapers and became known among literary journalists, and +his volume of verse _In a Music-Hall_ (1891) prepared the way for the +genuine success two years later of his _Fleet Street Eclogues_ (1893), +which sounded a new and vigorous note and at once established his +position among the younger generation of poets. He subsequently produced +several more books in prose, romantic stories like _Baptist Lake_ (1894) +and _Earl Lavender_ (1895), and an admirable piece of descriptive +landscape writing in _A Random Itinerary_ (1894); but his acceptance as +a poet gave a more emphatic impulse to his work in verse, and most +attention was given to the increasing proof of his powers shown in his +_Ballads and Songs_ (1894), _Second Series of Fleet Street Eclogues_ +(1895), _New Ballads_ (1896), _The Last Ballad, &c._ (1898), all full of +remarkably fresh and unconventional beauty. In spite of the strangely +neglected genius of this early _Perfervid_, it is accordingly as a +writer of verse rather than of prose-fiction that he occupies a leading +place, with a decided character of his own, in recent English +literature, his revival of a modernized ballad form being a considerable +achievement in itself, and his poems being packed with fine thought, +robust and masterful in expression and imagery. Meanwhile in 1896 he +produced an English verse adaptation, in _For the Crown_ (acted by +Forbes Robertson and Mrs Patrick Campbell), of Francois Coppee's drama +_Pour la couronne_, which had considerable success and was revived in +1905; and he wrote several other literary plays, remarkable none the +less for dramatic qualities,--_Godfrida_ (1898), _Self's the Man_ +(1901), _The Knight of the Maypole_ (1902) and _The Theatrocrat_ (1905), +in the last of which a tendency to be extraordinary is rather too +manifest. This tendency was not absent from his volume of _Holiday and +Other Poems_ (1906), containing many fine things, together with an +"essay on blank verse" illustrated from his own compositions, the +outspoken criticisms of a writer of admitted originality and insight, +but not devoid of eccentric volubility. But if the identification of +"eccentricity" and "greatness" by Cosmo Mortimer in Mr Davidson's own +_Perfervid_ sometimes obtrudes itself on the memory in considering his +more peculiarly "robust" and somewhat volcanic deliverances, no such +objection can detract from the genuine inspiration of his best work, in +which the true poetic afflatus is unmistakable. This is to be found in +his poems published from 1893 to 1898, five years during which his +reputation steadily and deservedly grew,--the _Fleet Street Eclogues_, +with their passionate modern criticism of life combined with their +breath of rural beauty, and such intense ballads as those "Of a Nun," +and "Of Heaven and Hell." In his ethical and didactic utterances, _The +Testament of a Vivisector_ and _The Testament of a Man Forbid_ (1901), +_The Testament of an Empire Builder_ (1902), _Mammon and his Message_ +(1908), &c., the fine quality of the verse is wedded with a certain +fervid satirical journalism of subject, less admirable than the +detachment of thought in the earlier volumes. In later years he lived at +Penzance, provided with a small Civil List pension, but otherwise badly +off, for his writings brought in very little money. On March 23rd, 1909, +he disappeared, in circumstances pointing to suicide, and six months +later his body was found in the sea. + + See an article by Filson Young on "The New Poetry," in the + _Fortnightly Review_, January 1909. + + + + +DAVIDSON, RANDALL THOMAS (1848- ), archbishop of Canterbury, son of +Henry Davidson, of Muirhouse, Edinburgh, was born in Edinburgh and +educated at Harrow and Trinity College, Oxford. He took orders in 1874 +and held a curacy at Dartford, in Kent, till 1877, when he became +resident chaplain and private secretary to Dr Tait, archbishop of +Canterbury, a position which he occupied till Dr Tait's death, and +retained for a short time (1882-1883) under his successor Dr Benson. He +married in 1878 Edith, the second daughter of Archbishop Tait, whose +_Life_ he eventually wrote (1891). In 1882 he became honorary chaplain +and sub-almoner to Queen Victoria, and in the following year was +appointed dean of Windsor, and domestic chaplain to the queen. His +advice upon state matters was constantly sought by the queen and greatly +valued. From 1891 to 1903 he was clerk of the closet, first to Queen +Victoria and afterwards to King Edward VII. He was made bishop of +Rochester in 1891, and was translated to Winchester in 1895. In 1903 he +succeeded Temple as archbishop of Canterbury. The new archbishop, +without being one of the English divines who have made notable +contributions to theological learning, already had a great reputation +for ecclesiastical statesmanship; and in subsequent years his diplomatic +abilities found ample scope in dealing not only with the difficulties +caused in the church by doctrinal questions, but pre-eminently with the +education crisis, and with the new problems arising in the enlarged +Anglican Communion. As the chief representative of the Church of England +in the House of Lords, his firmness, combined with broadmindedness, in +regard to the attitude of the nonconformists towards denominational +education, made his influence widely felt. In 1904 he visited Canada and +the United States, and was present at the triennial general convention +of the Protestant Episcopal Church of the United States and Canada. In +1908 he presided at the Pan-Anglican congress held in London, and at the +Lambeth conference which followed. He had edited in 1889 _The Lambeth +Conferences_, an historical account of the conferences of 1867, 1878 and +1888, giving the official reports and resolutions, and the sermons +preached on these occasions. + + + + +DAVIDSON, SAMUEL (1807-1898), Irish biblical scholar, was born near +Ballymena in Ireland. He was educated at the Royal College of Belfast, +entered the Presbyterian ministry in 1835, and was appointed professor +of biblical criticism at his own college. Becoming a Congregationalist, +he accepted in 1842 the chair of biblical criticism, literature and +oriental languages at the Lancashire Independent College at Manchester; +but he was obliged to resign in 1857, being brought into collision with +the college authorities by the publication of an introduction to the Old +Testament entitled _The Text of the Old Testament, and the +Interpretation of the Bible_, written for a new edition of Horne's +_Introduction to the Sacred Scripture_. Its liberal tendencies caused +him to be accused of unsound views, and a most exhaustive report +prepared by the Lancashire College committee was followed by numerous +pamphlets for and against. After his resignation a fund of L3000 was +subscribed as a testimonial by his friends. In 1862 he removed to London +to become scripture examiner in London University, and he spent the rest +of his life in literary work. He died on the 1st of April 1898. Davidson +was a member of the Old Testament Revision Committee. Among his +principal works are:--_Sacred Hermeneutics Developed and Applied_ +(1843), rewritten and republished as _A Treatise on Biblical Criticism_ +(1852), _Lectures on Ecclesiastical Polity_ (1848), _An Introduction to +the New Testament_ (1848-1851), _The Hebrew Text of the Old Testament +Revised_ (1855), _Introduction to the Old Testament_ (1862), _On a Fresh +Revision of the Old Testament_ (1873), _The Canon of the Bible_ (1877), +_The Doctrine of Last Things in the New Testament_ (1883), besides +translations of the New Testament from Von Tischendorf's text, +Gieseler's _Ecclesiastical History_ (1846) and Furst's _Hebrew and +Chaldee Lexicon_. + + + + +DAVIDSON, THOMAS (1817-1885), British palaeontologist, was born in +Edinburgh on the 17th of May 1817. His parents possessed considerable +landed property in Midlothian. Educated partly in the university at +Edinburgh and partly in France, Italy and Switzerland, and early +acquiring an interest in natural history, he benefited greatly by +acquaintance with foreign languages and literature, and with men of +science in different countries. He was induced in 1837, through the +influence of Leopold von Buch, to devote his special attention to the +brachiopoda, and in course of time he became the highest authority on +this group. The great task of his life was the _Monograph of British +Fossil Brachiopoda_, published by the Palaeontographical Society +(1850-1886). This work, with supplements, comprises six quarto volumes +with more than 200 plates drawn on stone by the author. He also prepared +an exhaustive memoir on "Recent Brachiopoda," published by the Linnean +Society. He was elected F.R.S. in 1857. He was awarded in 1865 the +Wollaston medal by the Geological Society of London, and in 1870 a Royal +medal by the Royal Society; and in 1882 the degree of LL.D. was +conferred upon him by the university of St Andrews. He died at Brighton +on the 14th of October 1885, bequeathing his fine collection of recent +and fossil brachiopoda to the British Museum. + + See biography with portrait and list of papers in _Geol. Mag._ for + 1871, p. 145. + + + + +DAVIES, DAVID CHARLES (1826-1891), Welsh nonconformist divine, was born +at Aberystwyth on the 11th of May 1826, his father being a merchant and +a pioneer of Welsh Methodism, his mother a niece of Thomas Charles +(q.v.) of Bala. He was educated in his native town by a noted +schoolmaster, John Evans, at Bala College, and at University College, +London, where he graduated B.A. in 1847 and M.A. (in mathematics) in +1849. He had already begun to preach, and after an evangelistic tour in +South Wales supplied the pulpit of the English presbyterian church at +Newtown for six months, and settled as pastor of the bilingual church at +Builth in 1851. He returned to this charge after a pastorate at +Liverpool (1853-1856), left it again in 1858 for Newtown, and went in +May 1859 to the Welsh church at Jewin Crescent, London. Here he remained +until 1876, and from that date till 1882, although living at Bangor for +reasons of health, had the chief oversight of the church. In 1888 he +accepted the principalship of the Calvinistic Methodist College at +Trevecca in Brecknockshire. His work here was successful, but short; he +died at Bangor on the 26th of September 1891, and was buried at +Aberystwyth. + +Though Davies stood somewhat apart from the main currents of thought +both without and within his church, and was largely unknown to English +audiences or readers, he exercised a strong influence on Welsh life and +thought in the 19th century. He was a serious student, especially of +anti-theistic positions, a good speaker, and a frequent contributor to +Welsh theological journals. Several of his articles have been collected +and published, the most noteworthy being expositions on _The First +Epistle of John_ (1889), _Ephesians_ (2 vols., 1896, 1901), _Psalms_ +(1897), _Romans_ (1902); and _The Atonement and Intercession of Christ_ +(1899, English trans. by D. E. Jenkins, 1901). + + + + +DAVIES, SIR JOHN (1569-1626), English philosophical poet, was baptized +on the 16th of April 1569, at Tisbury, Wiltshire, where his parents +lived at the manor-house of Chicksgrove. He was educated at Winchester +College, and became a commoner of Queen's College, Oxford, in 1585. In +1588 he entered the Middle Temple, and was called to the bar in 1595. In +his general onslaught on literature in 1599 the archbishop of Canterbury +ordered to be burnt the notorious and now excessively rare volume, _All +Ovid's Elegies, 3 Bookes, by C. M. Epigrams by J. D._ (Middleburgh, +1598?), which contained posthumous work by Marlowe. The epigrams by +Davies, although not devoid of wit, were coarse enough to deserve their +fate. It is probable that they were earlier in date of composition than +the charming fragment entitled _Orchestra_ (1596), written in praise of +dancing. The poet, in the person of Antinous, tries to induce Penelope +to dance by arguing that all harmonious natural processes partake of the +nature of a conscious and well-ordered dance. He closes his argument by +foreshadowing in a magic mirror the revels of the court of Cynthia +(Elizabeth). _Orchestra_ was dedicated to the author's "very friend, +Master Richard Martin," but in the next year the friends quarrelled, and +Davies was expelled from the society for having struck Martin with a +cudgel in the hall of the Middle Temple. He spent the year after his +expulsion at Oxford in the composition of his philosophical poem on the +nature of the soul and its immortality--_Nosce teipsum_ (1599). The +style of the work was entirely novel; and the stanza in which it was +written--the decasyllabic quatrain with alternate rhymes--had never been +so effectively handled. Its force, eloquence and ingenuity, the orderly +and lucid arrangement of its matter, place it among the finest of +English didactic poems. In 1599 he also published a volume of twenty-six +graceful acrostics on the words _Elisabetha Regina_, entitled _Hymns to +Astraea_. He produced no more poetry except his contributions to Francis +Davison's _Poetical Rhapsody_ (1608). These were two dialogues which had +been written as entertainments for the queen, and "Yet other Twelve +Wonders of the World," satirical epigrams on the courtier, the divine, +the maid, &c., and "A Hymn in praise of Music." Ten sonnets to Philomel +are signed J. D., and are assigned to Davies (_Poetical Rhapsody_, ed. +A. H. Bullen, 1890). In 1601 Davies was restored to his position at the +bar, after making his apologies to Martin, and in the same year he sat +for Corfe Castle in parliament. James I. received the author of _Nosce +teipsum_ with great favour, and sent him (1603) to Ireland as +solicitor-general, conferring the honour of knighthood upon him in the +same year. In 1606 he was promoted to be attorney-general for Ireland, +and created serjeant-at-arms. Of the difficulties in the way of the +prosecution of his work, and his untiring industry in overcoming them, +there is abundant evidence in his letters to Cecil preserved in the +_State Papers on Ireland_. One of his chief aims was to establish the +Protestant religion firmly in Ireland, and he took strict measures to +enforce the law for attendance at church. With the same end in view he +took an active part in the "plantation" of Ulster. In 1612 he published +his prose _Discoverie of the true causes why Ireland was never entirely +subdued untill the beginning of his Majestie's happie raigne_.[1] In the +same year he entered the Irish parliament as member for Fermanagh, and +was elected speaker after a scene of disorder in which the Catholic +nominee, Sir John Everard, who had been installed, was forcibly ejected. +In the capacity of speaker he delivered an excellent address reviewing +previous Irish parliaments. He resigned his Irish offices in 1619, and +sat in the English parliament of 1621 for Newcastle-under-Lyme. With Sir +Robert Cotton he was one of the founders of the Society of Antiquaries. +He was appointed lord chief justice in 1626, but died suddenly (December +8th) before he could enter on the office. He had married (1609) Eleanor +Touchet, daughter of George, Baron Audley. She developed eccentricity, +verging on madness, and wrote several fanatical books on prophecy. + + In 1615 Davies published at Dublin _Le Primer Discours des Cases et + Matters in Ley resolues et adjudges en les Courts del Roy en cest + Realme_ (reprinted 1628). He issued an edition of his poems in 1622. + His prose publications were mainly posthumous. _The Question + concerning Impositions, Tonnage, Poundage ..._ was printed in 1656, + and four of the tracts relating to Ireland, with an account of Davies + and his services to that country, were edited by G. Chalmers in 1786. + His works were edited by Dr A. B. Grosart (3 vols. 1869-1876), with a + full biography, for the Fuller Worthies Library. + + He is not to be confounded with another poet, JOHN DAVIES of Hereford + (1565?-1618), among whose numerous volumes of verse may be mentioned + _Mirum in modum_ (1602), _Microcosmus_ (1603), _The Holy Roode_ + (1609), _Wittes Pilgrimage_ (c. 1610), _The Scourge of Folly_ (c. + 1611), _The Muses Sacrifice_ (1612) and _Wittes Bedlam_ (1607); his + _Scourge of Folly_ contains verses addressed to many of his + contemporaries, to Shakespeare among others; he also wrote _A Select + Second Husband for Sir Thomas Overbury's Wife_ (1616), and _The + Writing Schoolmaster_ (earliest known edition, 1633); his works were + collected by Dr A. B. Grosart (2 vols., 1873) for the Chertsey + Worthies Library. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] Edited by Henry Morley in his _Ireland under Elizabeth and James + I._ (1890). + + + + +DAVIES (DAVISIUS), JOHN (1679-1732), English classical scholar and +critic, was born in London on the 22nd of April 1679. He was educated at +Charterhouse and Queens' College, Cambridge, of which society he was +elected fellow (July 7th, 1701). He subsequently became rector of Fen +Ditton, prebendary of Ely, and president of his college. He died on the +7th of March 1731-1732, and was buried in the college chapel. Davies was +considered one of the best commentators on Cicero, his attention being +chiefly devoted to the philosophical works of that author. Amongst these +he edited the _Tusculanae disputationes_ (1709), _De natura deorum_ +(1718), _De divinatione_ and _De fato_ (1725), _Academica_ (1725), _De +legibus_ (1727), _De finibus_ (1728). His nearly finished notes on the +_De officiis_ he bequeathed to Dr Richard Mead, with a view to their +publication. Mead, finding himself unable to carry out the undertaking, +transferred the notes to Thomas Bentley (nephew of the famous Richard +Bentley), by whose carelessness they were burnt. Davies's editions, +which were intended to supplement those of Graevius, show great learning +and an extensive knowledge of the history and systems of philosophy, but +he allows himself too much licence in the matter of emendation. He also +edited Maximus of Tyre's _Dissertationes_ (1703); the works of Caesar +(1706); the _Octavius_ of Minucius Felix (1707); the _Epitome divinarum +institutionum_ of Lactantius (1718). Although on intimate terms with +Richard Bentley, he found himself unable to agree with the great scholar +in regard to his dispute with Trinity College. + + + + +DAVIES, SIR LOUIS HENRY (1845- ), Canadian politician and jurist, was +born in Prince Edward Island in 1845, of Huguenot descent. From 1869 to +1879 he took part in local politics, and was premier from 1876-1879; in +1882 he entered the Canadian parliament as a Liberal, and from 1896 to +1901 was minister of marine and fisheries. In the latter year he became +one of the judges of the supreme court of Canada. In 1877 he was counsel +for Great Britain before the Anglo-American fisheries arbitration at +Halifax; in 1897 he was a joint delegate to Washington with Sir Wilfrid +Laurier on the Bering Sea seal question; and in 1898-1899 a member of +the Anglo-American joint high commission at Quebec. + + + + +DAVIES, RICHARD (c. 1505-1581), Welsh bishop and scholar, was born in +North Wales, and was educated at New Inn Hall, Oxford, becoming vicar of +Burnham, Buckinghamshire, in 1550. Being a reformer he took refuge at +Geneva during the reign of Mary, returning to England and to parochial +work after the accession of Elizabeth in 1558. His connexion with Wales +was renewed almost at once; for, after serving on a commission which +visited the Welsh dioceses, he was, in January 1560, consecrated bishop +of St Asaph, whence he was translated, early in 1561, to the bishopric +of St Davids. As a bishop Davies was an earnest reformer, very +industrious, active and liberal, but not very scrupulous with regard to +the property of the church. He was a member of the council of Wales, was +very friendly with Matthew Parker, archbishop of Canterbury, and was +regarded both by Parker and by William Cecil, Lord Burghley, as a +trustworthy adviser on Welsh concerns. Another of the bishop's friends +was Walter Devereux, first earl of Essex. Assisting William Salisbury, +Davies took part in translating the New Testament into Welsh, and also +did some work on the Welsh translation of the Book of Common Prayer. He +helped to revise the "Bishops' Bible" of 1568, being himself responsible +for the book of Deuteronomy, and the second book of Samuel. He died on +the 7th of November 1581, and was buried in Abergwili church. + + + + +DAVILA, ENRICO CATERINO (1576-1631), Italian historian, was descended +from a Spanish noble family. His immediate ancestors had been constables +of the kingdom of Cyprus for the Venetian republic since 1464. But in +1570 the island was taken by the Turks; and Antonio Davila, the father +of the historian, had to leave it, despoiled of all he possessed. He +travelled into Spain and France, and finally returned to Padua, and at +Sacco on the 30th of October 1576 his youngest son, Enrico Caterino, was +born. About 1583 Antonio took this son to France, where he became a page +in the service of Catherine de' Medici, wife of King Henry II. In due +time he entered the military service, and fought through the civil wars +until the peace in 1598. He then returned to Padua, where, and +subsequently at Parma, he led a studious life until, when war broke out, +he entered the service of the republic of Venice and served with +distinction in the field. But during the whole of this active life, many +details of which are very interesting as illustrative of the life and +manners of the time, he never lost sight of a design which he had formed +at a very early period, of writing the history of those civil wars in +France in which he had borne a part, and during which he had had so many +opportunities of closely observing the leading personages and events. +This work was completed about 1630, and was offered in vain by the +author to all the publishers in Venice. At last one Tommaso Baglioni, +who had no work for his presses, undertook to print the manuscript, on +condition that he should be free to leave off if more promising work +offered itself. The printing of the _Istoria delle guerre civili di +Francia_ was, however, completed, and the success and sale of the work +were immediate and enormous. Over two hundred editions followed, of +which perhaps the best is the one published in Paris in 1644. Davila was +murdered, while on his way to take possession of the government of +Cremona for Venice in July 1631, by a ruffian, with whom some dispute +seems to have arisen concerning the furnishing of the relays of horses +ordered for his use by the Venetian government. + + The _Istoria_ was translated into French by G. Baudouin (Paris, 1642); + into Spanish by Varen de Soto (Madrid, 1651, and Antwerp, 1686); into + English by W. Aylesbury (London, 1647), and by Charles Cotterel + (London, 1666), and into Latin by Pietro Francesco Cornazzano (Rome, + 1745). The best account of the life of Davila is that by Apostolo + Zeno, prefixed to an edition of the history printed at Venice in 2 + vols. in 1733. Peter Bayle is severe on certain historical + inaccuracies of Davila, and it is true that Davila must be read with + due remembrance of the fact that he was not only a Catholic but the + especial protege of Catherine de' Medici, but it is not to be + forgotten that Bayle was as strongly Protestant. + + + + +DAVIS, ANDREW JACKSON (1826-1910), American spiritualist, was born at +Blooming Grove, Orange county, New York, on the 11th of August 1826. He +had little education, though probably much more than he and his friends +pretended. In 1843 he heard lectures in Poughkeepsie on "animal +magnetism," as the phenomena of hypnotism was then termed, and found +that he had remarkable clairvoyant powers; and in the following year he +had, he said, spiritual messages telling him of his life work. For the +next three years (1844-1847) he practised magnetic healing with much +success; and in 1847 he published _The Principles of Nature_, _Her +Divine Revelations_, and a _Voice to Mankind_, which in 1845 he had +dictated while in a trance to his "scribe," William Fishbough. He +lectured with little success and returned to writing (or "dictating") +books, publishing about thirty in all, including _The Great Harmonia_ +(1850-1861), an "encyclopaedia" in six volumes; _The Philosophy of +Special Providences_ (1850), which with its evident rehash of old +arguments against special providences and miracles would seem to show +that Davis's inspiration was literary; _The Magic Staff: an +Autobiography_ (1857), which was supplemented by _Arabula: or the Divine +Guest, Containing a New Collection of New Gospels_ (1867), the gospels +being those "according to" St Confucius, St John (G. Whittier), St +Gabriel (Derzhavin), St Octavius (Frothingham), St Gerrit (Smith), St +Emma (Hardinge), St Ralph (W. Emerson), St Seiden (J. Finney), St +Theodore (Parker), &c.; and _A Stellar Key to the Summer Land_ (1868) +and _Views of Our Heavenly Home_ (1878), each with illustrative +diagrams. Davis was much influenced by Swedenborg and by the Shakers, +who reprinted his panegyric of Ann Lee in an official _Sketch of Shakers +and Shakerism_ (1884). + + + + +DAVIS, CHARLES HOWARD (1857- ), American landscape painter, was born at +East Cambridge, Massachusetts, on the 2nd of February 1857. A pupil of +the schools of the Boston Museum of Fine Arts, he was sent to Paris in +1880. Having studied at the Academy Julian under Lefebvre and Boulanger, +he went to Barbizon and painted much in the forest of Fontainebleau +under the traditions of the "men of thirty." He became a full member of +the National Academy of Design in 1906, and received many awards, +including a silver medal at the Paris Exhibition of 1889. He is +represented by important works in the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New +York; the Corcoran Art Gallery, Washington; the Pennsylvania Academy, +Philadelphia, and the Boston Museum of Fine Arts. + + + + +DAVIS, CUSHMAN KELLOGG (1838-1900), American political leader and +lawyer, was born in Henderson, New York, on the 16th of June 1838. He +was taken by his parents to Wisconsin Territory in the year of his +birth, and was educated at Carroll College, Waukesha, Wisconsin, and at +the university of Michigan, from which he graduated in 1857. After +studying law in the office of Alexander W. Randall, he was admitted to +the bar in 1860. During the Civil War, as a first lieutenant of Federal +volunteers, he served in the western campaigns of 1862 and 1863, and in +1864 was an aide to General Willis A. Gorman (1814-1876). Resigning his +commission (1864) on account of ill-health, he soon settled in St Paul, +Minnesota, where he practised law in partnership with General Gorman, +and soon became prominent both at the bar and, as a Republican, in +politics. He served in the state House of Representatives in 1867, +1868-1873 was United States district attorney for Minnesota. In +1874-1876 he was governor of the state, and from 1887 until his death +was a member of the United States Senate. In the Senate he was one of +the acknowledged leaders of his party, an able and frequent speaker and +a committee worker of great industry. In March 1897 he became chairman +of the committee on foreign relations at a time when its work was +peculiarly influential in shaping American foreign policy. His extensive +knowledge of international law, and his tact and diplomacy, enabled him +to render services of the utmost importance in connexion with the +Spanish-American War, and he was one of the peace commissioners who +negotiated and signed the treaty of Paris by which the war was +terminated. He died at St Paul on the 27th of November 1900. Few public +men in the United States since the Civil War have combined skill in +diplomacy, constructive statesmanship, talent for political +organization, oratorical ability and broad culture to such a degree as +Senator Davis. In addition to various speeches and public addresses, he +published an essay entitled _The Law of Shakespeare_ (1899). + + + + +DAVIS, HENRY WILLIAM BANKS (1833- ), English painter, received his art +training in the Royal Academy schools, where he was awarded two silver +medals. He was elected an associate of the Academy in 1873, and +academician in 1877. He made a considerable reputation as an +accomplished painter of quiet pastoral subjects and carefully elaborated +landscapes with cattle. His pictures, "Returning to the Fold" (1880), +and "Approaching Night" (1899), bought for the Chantrey Fund Collection, +are now in the National Gallery of British Art (Tate Gallery). + + + + +DAVIS, HENRY WINTER (1817-1865), American political leader, was born at +Annapolis, Maryland, on the 16th of August 1817. His father, Rev Henry +Lyon Davis (1775-1836), was a prominent Protestant Episcopal clergyman +of Maryland, and for some years president of St John's College at +Annapolis. The son graduated at Kenyon College, Gambier, Ohio, in 1837, +and from the law department of the university of Virginia in 1841, and +began the practice of law in Alexandria, Virginia, but in 1850 removed +to Baltimore, Maryland, where he won a high position at the bar. Early +becoming imbued with strong anti-slavery views, though by inheritance he +was himself a slave holder, he began political life as a Whig, but when +the Whig party disintegrated, he became an "American" or "Know-Nothing," +and as such served in the national House of Representatives from 1855 to +1861. By his independent course in Congress he won the respect and +esteem of all political groups. In the contest over the speakership at +the opening of the Thirty-Sixth Congress (1859) he voted with the +Republicans, thereby incurring a vote of censure from the Maryland +legislature, which called upon him to resign. In 1860, not being quite +ready to ally himself wholly with the Republican party, he declined to +be a candidate for the Republican nomination for the vice-presidency, +and supported the Bell and Everett ticket. He was himself defeated in +this year for re-election to Congress. In the winter of 1860-1861 he was +active on behalf of compromise measures. Finally, after President +Lincoln's election, he became a Republican, and as such was re-elected +in 1862 to the national House of Representatives, in which he at once +became one of the most radical and aggressive members, his views +commanding especial attention owing to his being one of the few +representatives from a slave state. From December 1863 to March 1865 he +was chairman of the committee on foreign affairs; as such, in 1864, he +was unwilling to leave the delicate questions concerning the French +occupation of Mexico entirely in the hands of the president and his +secretary of state, and brought in a report very hostile to France, +which was adopted in the House, but fortunately, as it proved later, was +not adopted by the Senate. With other radical Republicans Davis was a +bitter opponent of Lincoln's plan for the reconstruction of the Southern +States, and on the 15th of February 1864 he reported from committee a +bill placing the process of reconstruction under the control of +Congress, and stipulating that the Confederate States, before resuming +their former status in the Union, must disfranchise all important civil +and military officers of the Confederacy, abolish slavery, and repudiate +all debts incurred by or with the sanction of the Confederate +government. In his speech supporting this measure Davis declared that +until Congress should "recognize a government established under its +auspices, there is no government in the rebel states save the authority +of Congress." The bill--the first formal expression by Congress with +regard to Reconstruction--did not pass both Houses until the closing +hours of the session, and failed to receive the approval of the +president, who on the 8th of July issued a proclamation defining his +position. Soon afterwards, on the 5th of August 1864, Davis joined +Benjamin F. Wade of Ohio, who had piloted the bill through the Senate, +in issuing the so-called "Wade-Davis Manifesto," which violently +denounced President Lincoln for encroaching on the domain of Congress +and insinuated that the presidential policy would leave slavery +unimpaired in the reconstructed states. In a debate in Congress some +months later he declared, "When I came into Congress ten years ago this +was a government of law. I have lived to see it a government of personal +will." He was one of the radical leaders who preferred Fremont to +Lincoln in 1864, but subsequently withdrew his opposition and supported +the President for re-election. He early favoured the enlistment of +negroes, and in July 1865 publicly advocated the extension of the +suffrage to them. He was not a candidate for re-election to Congress in +1864, and died in Baltimore, Maryland, on the 30th of December 1865. +Davis was a man of scholarly tastes, an orator of unusual ability and +great eloquence, tireless and fearless in fighting political battles, +but impulsive to the verge of rashness, impractical, tactless and +autocratic. He wrote an elaborate political work entitled _The War of +Ormuzd and Ahriman in the Nineteenth Century_ (1853), in which he +combated the Southern contention that slavery was a divine institution. + + See _The Speeches of Henry Winter Davis_ (New York, 1867), to which is + prefixed an oration on his life and character delivered in the House + of Representatives by Senator J. A. J. Creswell of Maryland. + + + + +DAVIS, JEFFERSON (1808-1889), American soldier and statesman, president +of the Confederate states in the American Civil War, was born on the 3rd +of June 1808 at what is now the village of Fairview, in that part of +Christian county, Kentucky, which was later organized as Todd county. +His father, Samuel Davis (1756-1824), who served in the War of +Independence, was of Welsh, and his mother, Jane Cook, of Scotch-Irish +descent; during his infancy the family moved to Wilkinson county, +Mississippi. Jefferson Davis was educated at Transylvania University +(Lexington, Kentucky) and at the United States Military Academy at West +Point. From the latter he graduated in July 1828, and became by brevet a +second lieutenant of infantry. He was assigned for duty to Jefferson +Barracks at St Louis, and on reaching this post was ordered to Fort +Crawford, near Prairie du Chien, Wisconsin. In 1833 he took part in the +closing scenes of the Black Hawk War, was present at the capture of +Black Hawk, and was sent to Dixon, Illinois, to muster into service some +volunteers from that state. Their captain was Abraham Lincoln, and +Lieutenant Davis is said to have administered to him his first oath of +allegiance. In June 1835 he resigned from the army, married Miss Knox +Taylor, daughter of Colonel (later General) Zachary Taylor, and became a +cotton planter in Warren county, Miss. In September of the same year, +while visiting in Louisiana to escape the fever, his wife died of it and +Davis himself was dangerously ill. For the next few months he travelled +to regain his health; and in the spring of 1836 returned to his cotton +plantation, where for several years he devoted his time largely to +reading political philosophy, political economy, public law and the +English classics, and by careful management of his estate he acquired +considerable wealth. In 1843 Davis entered the field of politics as a +Democrat, and exhibited great power as a public speaker. In 1844 he was +chosen as a presidential elector on the Polk and Dallas ticket; in +February 1845 he married Miss Varina Howell (1826-1906) of Mississippi +(a granddaughter of Governor Richard Howell of New Jersey), and in the +same year became a Democratic representative in Congress. From the +beginning of his political career he advocated a strict construction of +the Federal constitution. He was an ardent admirer of John C. Calhoun, +and eventually became his successor as the leader of the South. In his +rare speeches in the House of Representatives he clearly defined his +position in regard to states rights, which he consistently held ever +afterwards. During his first session, war with Mexico was declared, and +he resigned his seat in June 1846 to take command of the first regiment +raised in his state--the Mississippi Rifles. He served in the Northern +Campaign under his father-in-law, General Taylor, and was greatly +distinguished for gallantry and soldierly conduct at Monterey and +particularly at Buena Vista, where he was severely wounded early in the +engagement, but continued in command of his regiment until victory +crowned the American arms. While still in the field he was appointed +(May 1847) by President Polk to be brigadier-general of volunteers; but +this appointment Davis declined, on the ground, as he afterwards said, +"that volunteers are militia and the Constitution reserves to the state +the appointment of all militia officers." Afterwards, Davis himself, as +president of the Confederate States, was to appoint many volunteer +officers. + +Upon his return to his home late in 1847 he was appointed to fill a +vacancy in the United States Senate, and in 1850 he was elected for a +full term of six years. He resigned in 1851, but was again elected in +1857, and continued as a member from that year until the secession of +his State in 1861. As a senator he stood in the front rank in a body +distinguished for ability; his purity of character and courteous manner, +together with his intellectual gifts, won him the esteem of all parties; +and he became more and more the leader of the Southern Democrats. He +was, however, possessed of a logical rather than an intuitive mind. In +his famous speech in the Senate on the 12th of July 1848, on the +question of establishing a government for Oregon Territory, he held that +a slave should be treated by the Federal government on the same basis as +any other property, and therefore that it was the duty of Congress to +protect the owner's right to his slave in whatever state or territory of +the Union that slave might be. In the debates on the Compromise Measures +of 1850 he took an active part, strongly opposing these measures, while +Henry Stuart Foote (1800-1880), the other Mississippi senator, was one +of their leading advocates. But although still holding to the theory +expounded in his July speech of 1848, he was now ready with the proposal +that slavery might be prohibited north of latitude 36 deg. 30' N. +provided it should not be interfered with in any territory south of that +line. He resigned from the Senate in 1851 to become a candidate of the +Democratic States-Rights party for the governorship of his state against +Foote, the candidate of the Union Democrats. In the campaign he held, in +opposition to the wishes of the more radical members of his party, that +although secession might be resorted to as a last alternative the +circumstances were not yet such as to justify it. A temporary loss of +eyesight interfered with his canvass, and he was defeated by a small +majority (1009), the campaign having been watched with the greatest +interest throughout the country. In 1853 he accepted the position of +secretary of war in the cabinet of President Pierce, and for four years +performed the duties of the office with great distinction and with +lasting benefit to the nation. He organized the engineer companies which +explored and reported on the several proposed routes for a railway +connecting the Mississippi valley with the Pacific Ocean; he effected +the enlargement of the army, and made material changes in its equipment +of arms and ammunition, utilizing the latest improvements; he made his +appointments of subordinates on their merits, regardless of party +considerations; he revised the system of tactics, perfected the signal +corps service, and enlarged the coast and frontier defences of the +country. During all this time he was on terms of intimate friendship +with the president, over whom he undoubtedly exerted a powerful, but +probably not, as is often said, a dominating influence; for instance he +is generally supposed to have won the president's support for the +Kansas-Nebraska Bill of 1854. After the passage of this bill, Davis, who +as secretary of war had control of the United States troops in Kansas, +sympathized strongly with the pro-slavery party there. At the end of his +service in the cabinet, he was returned to the Senate. To his insistence +in 1860 that the Democratic party should support his claim to the +protection of slavery in the territories by the Federal government, the +disruption of that party was in large measure due. At the same time he +practically told the Senate that the South would secede in the event of +the election of a radical Republican to the presidency; and on the 10th +of January 1861, not long after the election of Lincoln, he argued +before that body the constitutional right of secession and declared that +the treatment of the South had become such that it could no longer +remain in the Union without being degraded. When his state had passed +the ordinance of secession he resigned his seat, and his speech on the +21st of January was a clear and able statement of the position taken by +his state, and a most pathetic farewell to his associates. + +On the 25th of January 1861 Davis was commissioned major-general of the +forces Mississippi was raising in view of the threatened conflict. On +the 9th of February he received the unanimous vote of the Provisional +Congress of the seceded states as president of the "Confederate States +of America." He was inaugurated on the 18th of February, was +subsequently, after the adoption of the permanent constitution, +regularly elected by popular vote, for a term of six years, and on the +22nd of February 1862 was again inaugurated. He had not sought the +office, preferring service in the field. His brilliant career, both as a +civilian and as a soldier, drew all eyes to him as best fitted to guide +the fortunes of the new Confederacy, and with a deep sense of the +responsibility he obeyed the call. He heartily approved of the peace +conference, which attempted to draw up a plan of reconciliation between +the two sections, but whose failure made war inevitable. Montgomery, in +Alabama, was the first Confederate capital, but after Virginia joined +her sister states, the seat of government was removed to Richmond, on +the 29th of May 1861. How Davis--of whom W. E. Gladstone, in the early +days of English sympathy with the South, said that he had "made a +nation"--bore himself in his most responsible position during the +gigantic conflict which ensued, cannot here be related in detail. (See +CONFEDERATE STATES; and AMERICAN CIVIL WAR.) In the shortest time he +organized and put into the field one of the finest bodies of soldiers of +which history has record. Factories sprang up in the South in a few +months, supplying the army with arms and munitions of war, and the +energy of the president was everywhere apparent. That he committed +serious errors, his warmest admirers will hardly deny. Unfortunately his +firmness developed into obstinacy, and exhibited itself in continued +confidence in officers who had proved to be failures, and in dislike of +some of his ablest generals. He committed the great mistake, too, of +directing the movements of distant armies from the seat of government, +though those armies were under able generals. This naturally caused +great dissatisfaction, and more than once resulted in irreparable +disaster. Moreover, he was not, like Lincoln, a great manager of men; he +often acted without tact; he was charged with being domineering and +autocratic, and at various times he was seriously hampered by the +meddling of the Confederate Congress and the opposition of such men as +the vice-president, A. H. Stephens, Governor Joseph E. Brown of Georgia, +and Governor Zebulon Vance of North Carolina. + +During the winter of 1864-1865 the resources of the government showed +such exhaustion that it was apparent that the end would come with the +opening of the spring campaign. This was clearly stated in the reports +of the heads of departments and of General Lee. President Davis, +however, acted as if he was assured of ultimate success. He sent Duncan +F. Kenner as special commissioner to the courts of England and France to +obtain recognition of the Confederacy on condition of the abolition of +slavery. When a conference was held in Hampton Roads on the 3rd of +February 1865 between President Lincoln and Secretary Seward on the one +side, and A. H. Stephens, R. M. T. Hunter, and Judge James A. Campbell, +representing President Davis, on the other, he instructed his +representatives to insist on the recognition of the Confederacy as a +condition to any arrangement for the termination of the war. This +defeated the object of the conference, and deprived the South of terms +which would have been more beneficial than those imposed by the +conqueror when the end came a few weeks later. The last days of the +Confederate Congress were spent in recriminations between that body and +President Davis, and the popularity with which he commenced his +administration had almost entirely vanished. In January 1865 the +Congress proposed to supersede the president and make General Lee +dictator,--a suggestion, however, to which the Confederate commander +refused to listen. + +After the surrender of the armies of Lee and Johnston in April 1865, +President Davis attempted to make his way, through Georgia, across the +Mississippi, in the vain hope of continuing the war with the forces of +Generals Smith and Magruder. He was taken prisoner on the 10th of May by +Federal troops near Irwinville, Irwin county, Georgia, and was brought +back to Old Point, Virginia, in order to be confined in prison at +Fortress Monroe. In prison he was chained and treated with great +severity. He was indicted for treason by a Virginia grand jury, +persistent efforts were made to connect him with the assassination of +President Lincoln, he was unjustly charged with having deliberately and +wilfully caused the sufferings and deaths of Union prisoners at +Andersonville and for two years he was denied trial or bail. Such +treatment aroused the sympathy of the Southern people, who regarded him +as a martyr to their cause, and in a great measure restored him to that +place in their esteem which by the close of the war he had lost. It also +aroused a general feeling in the North, and when finally he was admitted +to bail (in May 1867), Horace Greeley, Gerrit Smith, and others in that +section who had been his political opponents, became his sureties. +Charles O'Conor, a leader of the New York bar, volunteered to act as his +counsel. With him was associated Robert Ould of Richmond, a lawyer of +great ability. They moved to quash the indictment on which he was +brought to trial. Chief Justice Chase and Judge John C. Underwood +constituted the United States circuit court sitting for Virginia before +which the case was brought in December 1868; the court was divided, the +chief justice voting to sustain the motion and Underwood to overrule it. +The matter was thereupon certified to the Supreme Court of the United +States, but as the general amnesty of the 25th of December 1868 included +Davis, an order of _nolle prosequi_ was entered in February 1869, and +Davis and his bondsmen were thereupon released. After his release he +visited Europe, and spent the last years of his life in retirement, +during which he wrote his _Rise and Fall of the Confederate Government_ +(2 vols., 1881). In these volumes he attempted to vindicate his +administration, and in so doing he attacked the records of those +generals he disliked. He also wrote a _Short History of the Confederate +States of America_ (1890). He died on the 6th of December 1889, at New +Orleans, leaving a widow and two daughters--Margaret, who married J. A. +Hayes in 1877, and Varina Anne (1864-1898), better known as "Winnie" +Davis, the "daughter of the Confederacy," who was the author of several +books, including _A Sketch of the Life of Robert Emmet_ (1888), a novel, +_The Veiled Doctor_ (1895), and _A Romance of Summer Seas_ (1898). A +monument to her, designed by George J. Zolnay, and erected by the +Daughters of the Confederacy, was unveiled in Hollywood cemetery, +Richmond, Va., on the 9th of November 1899. Mrs Davis, who exerted a +marked influence over her husband, survived him many years, passed the +last years of her life in New York City, and died there on the 16th of +October 1906. + + AUTHORITIES.--Several biographies and memoirs of Davis have been + published, of which the best are: _Jefferson Davis, Ex-President of + the Confederate States_ (2 vols., New York, 1890), by his widow; F. H. + Alfriend's _Life of Jefferson Davis_ (Cincinnati, 1868), which + defended him from the charges of incompetence and despotism brought + against him; E. A. Pollard's _Life of Jefferson Davis, with a Secret + History of the Southern Confederacy_ (Philadelphia, 1869), a somewhat + partisan arraignment by a prominent Southern journalist; and W. E. + Dodd's _Jefferson Davis_ (Philadelphia, 1907), which embodies the + results of recent historical research. _The Prison Life of Jefferson + Davis_ (New York, 1866) by John J. Craven (d. 1893), a Federal army + surgeon who was Davis's physician at Fortress Monroe, was long + popular; it gives a vivid and sympathetic picture of Mr Davis as a + prisoner, but its authenticity and accuracy have been questioned. + (W. W. H.*; N. D. M.) + + + + +DAVIS (or DAVYS), JOHN (1550?-1605), one of the chief English navigators +and explorers under Elizabeth, especially in Polar regions, was born at +Sandridge near Dartmouth about 1550. From a boy he was a sailor, and +early made several voyages with Adrian Gilbert; both the Gilbert and +Raleigh families were Devonians of his own neighbourhood, and through +life he seems to have profited by their friendship. In January 1583 he +appears to have broached his design of a north-west passage to +Walsingham and John Dee; various consultations followed; and in 1585 he +started on his first north-western expedition. On this he began by +striking the ice-bound east shore of Greenland, which he followed south +to Cape Farewell; thence he turned north once more and coasted the west +Greenland littoral some way, till, finding the sea free from ice, he +shaped a "course for China" by the north-west. In 66 deg. N., however, +he fell in with Baffin Land, and though he pushed some way up Cumberland +Sound, and professed to recognize in this the "hoped strait," he now +turned back (end of August). He tried again in 1586 and 1587; in the +last voyage he pushed through the straits still named after him into +Baffin's Bay, coasting west Greenland to 73 deg. N., almost to +Upernavik, and thence making a last effort to find a passage westward +along the north of America. Many points in Arctic latitudes (Cumberland +Sound, Cape Walsingham, Exeter Sound, &c.) retain names given them by +Davis, who ranks with Baffin and Hudson as the greatest of early Arctic +explorers and, like Frobisher, narrowly missed the discovery of Hudson's +Bay via Hudson's Straits (the "Furious Overfall" of Davis). In 1588 he +seems to have commanded the "Black Dog" against the Spanish Armada; in +1589 he joined the earl of Cumberland off the Azores; and in 1591 he +accompanied Thomas Cavendish on his last voyage, with the special +purpose, as he tells us, of searching "that north-west discovery upon +the back parts of America." After the rest of Cavendish's expedition +returned unsuccessful, he continued to attempt on his own account the +passage of the Strait of Magellan; though defeated here by foul weather, +he discovered the Falkland Islands. The passage home was extremely +disastrous, and he brought back only fourteen of his seventy-six men. +After his return in 1593 he published a valuable treatise on practical +navigation in _The Seaman's Secrets_ (1594), and a more theoretical work +in _The World's Hydrographical Description_ (1595). His invention of +back-staff and double quadrant (called a "Davis Quadrant" after him) +held the field among English seamen till long after Hadley's reflecting +quadrant had been introduced. In 1596-1597 Davis seems to have sailed +with Raleigh (as master of Sir Walter's own ship) to Cadiz and the +Azores; and in 1598-1600 he accompanied a Dutch expedition to the East +Indies as pilot, sailing from Flushing, returning to Middleburg, and +narrowly escaping destruction from treachery at Achin in Sumatra. In +1601-1603 he accompanied Sir James Lancaster as first pilot on his +voyage in the service of the East India Company; and in December 1604 he +sailed again for the same destination as pilot to Sir Edward Michelborne +(or Michelbourn). On this journey he was killed by Japanese pirates off +Bintang near Sumatra. + + _A Traverse Book made by John Davis in 1587_, an _Account of his + Second Voyage in 1586_, and a _Report of Master John Davis of his + three voyages made for the Discovery of the North West Passage_ were + printed in Hakluyt's collection. Davis himself published _The Seaman's + Secrets, divided into two Parts_ (London, 1594), _The World's + Hydrographical Description ... whereby appears that there is a short + and speedy Passage into the South Seas, to China, Molucca, Philippina, + and India, by Northerly Navigation_ (London, 1595). Various references + to Davis are in the _Calendars of State Papers, Domestic_ (1591-1594), + and _East Indies_ (1513-1616). See also _Voyages and Works of John + Davis_, edited by A. H. Markham (London, Hakluyt Society, 1880), and + the article "John Davys" by Sir J. K. Laughton in the _Dictionary of + National Biography_. (C. R. B.) + + + + +DAVIS, THOMAS OSBORNE (1814-1845), Irish poet and journalist, was born +at Mallow, Co. Cork, on the 14th of October 1814. His father, James +Thomas Davis, a surgeon in the royal artillery, who died in the month of +his son's birth, belonged to an English family of Welsh extraction, and +his mother, Mary Atkins, belonged to a Protestant Anglo-Irish family. +Davis graduated B.A. at Trinity College, Dublin, in 1836, and was called +to the bar two years later. Brought up in an English and Tory circle, he +was led to adopt nationalist views by the study of Irish history, a +complicated subject in which text-books and the ordinary guides to +knowledge were then lacking. In 1840 he made a speech appealing to Irish +sentiment before the college historical society, which had been +reorganized in 1839. With a view to indoctrinating the Irish people with +the idea of nationality he joined John Blake Dillon in editing the +_Dublin Morning Register_. The proprietor very soon dismissed him, and +Davis saw that his propaganda would be ineffective if he continued to +stand outside the national organization. He therefore announced himself +a follower of Daniel O'Connell, and became an energetic worker (1841) on +the committee of the repeal association. He helped Dillon and Charles +Gavan Duffy to found the weekly newspaper, _The Nation_, the first +number of which appeared on the 15th of October 1842. The paper was +chiefly written by these three promoters, and its concentrated purpose +and vigorous writing soon attracted attention. Davis, who had never +written verse, was induced to attempt it for the new undertaking. The +"Lament of Owen Roe O'Neill" was printed in the sixth number, and was +followed by a series of lyrics that take a high place in Irish national +poetry--"The Battle of Fontenoy," "The Geraldines," "Maire Bhan a Stoir" +and many others. Davis contemplated a history of Ireland, an edition of +the speeches of Irish orators, one volume of which appeared, and a life +of Wolfe Tone. These projects remained incomplete, but Davis's +determination and continuous zeal made their mark on his party. +Differences arose between O'Connell and the young writers of _The +Nation_, and as time went on became more pronounced. Davis was accused +of being anti-Catholic, and was systematically attacked by O'Connell's +followers. But he differed, said Sir Charles Gavan Duffy, from earlier +and later Irish tribunes, "by a perfectly genuine desire to remain +unknown, and reap neither recognition nor reward for his work." His +early death from scarlet fever (September 15th, 1845) deprived "Young +Ireland" of its most striking personality. + + His _Poems_ and his _Literary and Historical Essays_ were collected in + 1846. There is an edition of his prose writings (1889) in the _Camelot + Classics_. See the monograph on _Thomas Davis_ by Sir Charles Gavan + Duffy (1890, abridged ed. 1896), and the same writer's _Young Ireland_ + (revised edition, 1896). + + + + +DAVISON, WILLIAM (c. 1541-1608), secretary to Queen Elizabeth, was of +Scottish descent, and in 1566 acted as secretary to Henry Killigrew (d. +1603), when he was sent into Scotland by Elizabeth on a mission to Mary, +queen of Scots. Remaining in that country for about ten years, Davison +then went twice to the Netherlands on diplomatic business, returning to +England in 1586 to defend the hasty conduct of his friend, Robert +Dudley, earl of Leicester. In the same year he became member of +parliament for Knaresborough, a privy councillor, and assistant to +Elizabeth's secretary, Thomas Walsingham; but he soon appears to have +acted rather as the colleague than the subordinate of Walsingham. He was +a member of the commission appointed to try Mary, queen of Scots, +although he took no part in its proceedings. When sentence was passed +upon Mary the warrant for her execution was entrusted to Davison, who, +after some delay, obtained the queen's signature. On this occasion, and +also in subsequent interviews with her secretary, Elizabeth suggested +that Mary should be executed in some more secret fashion, and her +conversation afforded ample proof that she disliked to take upon herself +any responsibility for the death of her rival. Meanwhile, the privy +council having been summoned by Lord Burghley, it was decided to carry +out the sentence at once, and Mary was beheaded on the 8th of February +1587. When the news of the execution reached Elizabeth she was extremely +indignant, and her wrath was chiefly directed against Davison, who, she +asserted, had disobeyed her instructions not to part with the warrant. +The secretary was arrested and thrown into prison, but, although he +defended himself vigorously, he did not say anything about the queen's +wish to get rid of Mary by assassination. Charged before the Star +Chamber with misprision and contempt, he was acquitted of evil +intention, but was sentenced to pay a fine of 10,000 marks, and to +imprisonment during the queen's pleasure; but owing to the exertions of +several influential men he was released in 1589. The queen, however, +refused to employ him again in her service, and he retired to Stepney, +where he died in December 1608. Davison appears to have been an +industrious and outspoken man, and was undoubtedly made the scapegoat +for the queen's pusillanimous conduct. By his wife, Catherine Spelman, +he had a family of four sons and two daughters. Two of his sons, Francis +and Walter, obtained some celebrity as poets. + + Many state papers written by him, and many of his letters, are extant + in various collections of manuscripts. See Sir N. H. Nicolas, _Life of + W. Davison_ (London, 1823); J. A. Froude, _History of England_ + (London, 1881 fol.); _Calendar of State Papers 1580-1609_; and + _Correspondence of Leicester during his Government of the Low + Countries_, edited by J. Bruce (London, 1844). + + + + +DAVIS STRAIT, the broad strait which separates Greenland from North +America, and connects Baffin Bay with the open Atlantic. At its +narrowest point, which occurs just where the Arctic Circle crosses it, +it is nearly 200 m. wide. This part is also the shallowest, a sounding +of 112 fathoms being found in the centre, whereas the depth increases +rapidly both to north and to south. Along the western shore (Baffin +Land) a cold current passes southward; but along the east there is a +warm northward stream, and there are a few Danish settlements on the +Greenland coast. The strait takes its name from the explorer John Davis. + + + + +DAVITT, MICHAEL (1846-1906), Irish Nationalist politician, son of a +peasant farmer in Co. Mayo, was born on the 25th of March 1846. His +father was evicted for non-payment of rent in 1851, and migrated to +Lancashire, where at the age of ten the boy began work in a cotton mill +at Haslingden. In 1857 he lost his right arm by a machinery accident, +and he had to get employment as a newsboy and printer's "devil." He +drifted into the ranks of the Fenian brotherhood in 1865, and in 1870 he +was arrested for treason-felony in arranging for sending fire-arms into +Ireland, and was sentenced to fifteen years' penal servitude. After +seven years he was released on ticket of leave. He at once rejoined the +"Irish Republican Brotherhood," and went to the United States, where his +mother, herself of American birth, had settled with the rest of the +family, in order to concert plans with the Fenian leaders there. +Returning to Ireland he helped C. S. Parnell to start the Land League in +1879, and his violent speeches resulted in his re-arrest and consignment +to Portland by Sir William Harcourt, then home secretary. He was +released in 1882, but was again prosecuted for seditious speeches in +1883, and suffered three months' imprisonment. He had been elected to +parliament for Meath as a Nationalist in 1882, but being a convict was +disqualified to sit. He was included as one of the respondents before +the Parnell Commission (1888-1890) and spoke for five days in his own +defence, but his prominent association with the revolutionary Irish +schemes was fully established. (See PARNELL.) He took the +anti-Parnellite side in 1890, and in 1892 was elected to parliament for +North Meath, but was unseated on petition. He was then returned for +North-East Cork, but had to vacate his seat through bankruptcy, caused +by the costs in the North Meath petition. In 1895 he was elected for +West Mayo, but retired before the dissolution in 1900. He died on the +31st of May 1906, in Dublin. A sincere but embittered Nationalist, +anti-English to the backbone, anti-clerical, and sceptical as to the +value of the purely parliamentary agitation for Home Rule, Davitt was a +notable representative of the survival of the Irish "physical force" +party, and a strong link with the extremists in America. In later years +his Socialistic Radicalism connected him closely with the Labour party. +He wrote constantly in American and colonial journals, and published +some books, always with the strongest bias against English methods; but +his force of character earned him at least the respect of those who +could make calm allowance for an open enemy of the established order, +and a higher meed of admiration from those who sympathized with his +objects or were not in a position to be threatened by them. + + + + +DAVOS (Romonsch _Tavau_, a name variously explained as meaning a sheep +pasture or simply "behind"), a mountain valley in the Swiss canton of +the Grisons, lying east of Coire (whence it is 40 m. distant by rail), +and north-west of the Lower Engadine (accessible at Sus in 18 m. by +road). It contains two main villages, 2 m. from each other, Dorfli and +Platz (the chief hamlet), which are 5015 ft. above the sea-level, and +had a population in 1900 of 8089, a figure exceeded in the Grisons only +by the capital Coire. Of the population 5391 were Protestants, 2564 +Romanists, and 81 Jews; while 6048 were German-speaking and 486 +Romonsch-speaking. In 1860 the population was only 1705, rising to 2002 +in 1870, to 2865 in 1880, to 3891 in 1888, and to 8089 in 1890. This +steady increase is due to the fact that the valley is now much +frequented in winter by consumptive patients, as its position, sheltered +from cold winds and exposed to brilliant sunshine in the daytime, has a +most beneficial effect on invalids in the first stages of that terrible +disease. A local doctor, by name Spengler, first noticed this fact about +1865, and the valley soon became famous. It is now provided with +excellent hotels, sanatoria, &c., but as lately as 1860 there was only +one inn there, housed in the 16th-century _Rathhaus_ (town hall), which +is still adorned by the heads of wolves shot in the neighbourhood. At +the north end of the valley is the fine lake of Davos, used for skating +in the winter, while from Platz the splendidly engineered +_Landwasserstrasse_ leads (20 m.) down to the Alvaneubad station on the +Albula railway from Coire to the Engadine. + +We first hear of Tavaus or Tavauns in 1160 and 1213, as a mountain +pasture or "alp." It was then in the hands of a Romonsch-speaking +population, as is shown by many surviving field names. But, some time +between 1260 and 1282, a colony of German-speaking persons from the +Upper Valais (first mentioned in 1289) was planted there by its lord, +Walter von Vaz, so that it has long been a Teutonic island in the midst +of a Romonsch-speaking population. Historically it is associated with +the Prattigau or Landquart valley to the north, as it was the most +important village of the region, and in 1436 became the capital of the +League of the Ten Jurisdictions. (See GRISONS.) It formerly contained +many iron mines, and belonged from 1477 to 1649 to the Austrian +Habsburgs. In 1779 Davos was visited and described by Archdeacon W. +Coxe. (W. A. B. C.) + + + + +DAVOUT, LOUIS NICOLAS, duke of Auerstadt and prince of Eckmuhl +(1770-1823), marshal of France, was born at Annoux (Yonne) on the 10th +of May 1770. His name is also, less correctly, spelt Davout and Davoust. +He entered the French army as a sub-lieutenant in 1788, and on the +outbreak of the Revolution he embraced its principles. He was _chef de +bataillon_ in a volunteer corps in the campaign of 1792, and +distinguished himself at Neerwinden in the following spring. He had just +been promoted general of brigade when he was removed from the active +list as being of noble birth. He served, however, in the campaigns of +1794-1797 on the Rhine, and accompanied Desaix in the Egyptian +expedition of Bonaparte. On his return he took part in the campaign of +Marengo under Napoleon, who placed the greatest confidence in his +abilities, made him a general of division soon after Marengo, and in +1801 gave him a command in the consular guard. At the accession of +Napoleon as emperor, Davout was one of the generals who were created +marshals of France. As commander of the III. corps of the _Grande Armee_ +Davout rendered the greatest services. At Austerlitz, after a forced +march of forty-eight hours, the III. corps bore the brunt of the allies' +attack. In the Jena campaign Davout with a single corps fought and won +the brilliant victory of Auerstadt against the main Prussian army. (See +NAPOLEONIC CAMPAIGNS.) He took part, and added to his renown, in the +campaign of Eylau and Friedland. Napoleon left him as governor-general +in the grand-duchy of Warsaw when the treaty of Tilsit put an end to the +war (1807), and in 1808 created him duke of Auerstadt. In the war of +1809 Davout took a brilliant part in the actions which culminated in the +victory of Eckmuhl, and had an important share in the battle of Wagram +(q.v.). He was created prince of Eckmuhl about this time. It was Davout +who was entrusted by Napoleon with the task of organizing the "corps of +observation of the Elbe," which was in reality the gigantic army with +which the emperor invaded Russia in 1812. In this Davout commanded the +I. corps, over 70,000 strong, and defeated the Russians at Mohilev +before he joined the main army, with which he continued throughout the +campaign and the retreat from Moscow. In 1813 he commanded the Hamburg +military district, and defended Hamburg, a city ill fortified and +provisioned, and full of disaffection, through a long siege, only +surrendering the place on the direct order of Louis XVIII. after the +fall of Napoleon in 1814. + +Davout's military character was on this, as on many other occasions, +interpreted as cruel and rapacious, and he had to defend himself against +many attacks upon his conduct at Hamburg. He was a stern disciplinarian, +almost the only one of the marshals who exacted rigid and precise +obedience from his troops, and consequently his corps was more +trustworthy and exact in the performance of its duty than any other. +Thus, in the earlier days of the _Grande Armee_, it was always the III. +corps which was entrusted with the most difficult part of the work in +hand. The same criterion is to be applied to his conduct of civil +affairs. His rapacity was in reality Napoleon's, for he gave the same +undeviating obedience to superior orders which he enforced in his own +subordinates. As for his military talents, he was admitted by his +contemporaries and by later judgment to be one of the ablest, perhaps +the ablest, of all Napoleon's marshals. On the first restoration he +retired into private life, openly displaying his hostility to the +Bourbons, and when Napoleon returned from Elba; Davout at once joined +him. Appointed minister of war, he reorganized the French army as far as +the limited time available permitted, and he was so far indispensable to +the war department that Napoleon kept him at Paris during the Waterloo +campaign. To what degree his skill and bravery would have altered the +fortunes of the campaign of 1815 can only be surmised, but it has been +made a ground of criticism against Napoleon that he did not avail +himself in the field of the services of the best general he then +possessed. Davout directed the gallant, but hopeless, defence of Paris +after Waterloo, and was deprived of his marshalate and his titles at the +second restoration. When some of his subordinate generals were +proscribed, he demanded to be held responsible for their acts, as +executed under his orders, and he endeavoured to prevent the +condemnation of Ney. After a time the hostility of the Bourbons towards +Davout died away, and he was reconciled to the monarchy. In 1817 his +rank and titles were restored, and in 1819 he became a member of the +chamber of peers. He died at Paris on the 1st of June 1823. + + See the marquise de Blocqueville, _Le Marechal Davout raconte par les + siens et lui-meme_ (Paris, 1870-1880, 1887); Chenier, _Davout, duc + d'Auerstadt_ (Paris, 1866). + + + + +DAVY, SIR HUMPHRY, Bart. (1778-1829), English chemist, was born on the +17th of December 1778 at or near Penzance in Cornwall. During his school +days at the grammar schools of Penzance and Truro he showed few signs of +a taste for scientific pursuits or indeed of any special zeal for +knowledge or of ability beyond a certain skill in making verse +translations from the classics and in story-telling. But when in 1794 +his father, Robert Davy, died, leaving a widow and five children in +embarrassed circumstances, he awoke to his responsibilities as the +eldest son, and becoming apprentice to a surgeon-apothecary at Penzance +set to work on a systematic and remarkably wide course of +self-instruction which he mapped out for himself in preparation for a +career in medicine. Beginning with metaphysics and ethics and passing on +to mathematics, he turned to chemistry at the end of 1797, and within a +few months of reading Nicholson's and Lavoisier's treatises on that +science had produced a new theory of light and heat. About the same time +he made the acquaintance of two men of scientific attainments--Gregory +Watt (1777-1804), a son of James Watt, and Davies Giddy, afterwards +Gilbert (1767-1839), who was president of the Royal Society from 1827 to +1831. By the latter he was recommended to Dr Thomas Beddoes, who was in +1798 establishing his Medical Pneumatic Institution at Bristol for +investigating the medicinal properties of various gases. Here Davy, +released from his indentures, was installed as superintendent towards +the end of 1798. Early next year two papers from his pen were published +in Beddoes' _West Country Contributions_--one "On Heat, Light and the +Combinations of Light, with a new Theory of Respiration and Observations +on the Chemistry of Life," and the other "On the Generation of +Phosoxygen (Oxygen gas) and the Causes of the Colours of Organic +Beings." These contain an account of the well-known experiment in which +he sought to establish the immateriality of heat by showing its +generation through the friction of two pieces of ice in an exhausted +vessel, and further attempt to prove that light is "matter of a peculiar +kind," and that oxygen gas, being a compound of this matter with a +simple substance, would more properly be termed phosoxygen. Founded on +faulty experiments and reasoning, the views he expressed were either +ignored or ridiculed; and it was long before he bitterly regretted the +temerity with which he had published his hasty generalizations. + +One of his first discoveries at the Pneumatic Institution on the 9th of +April 1799 was that pure nitrous oxide (laughing gas) is perfectly +respirable, and he narrates that on the next day he became "absolutely +intoxicated" through breathing sixteen quarts of it for "near seven +minutes." This discovery brought both him and the Pneumatic Institution +into prominence. The gas itself was inhaled by Southey and Coleridge +among other distinguished people, and promised to become fashionable, +while further research yielded Davy material for his _Researches, +Chemical and Philosophical, chiefly concerning Nitrous Oxide_, published +in 1800, which secured his reputation as a chemist. Soon afterwards, +Count Rumford, requiring a lecturer on chemistry for the recently +established Royal Institution in London, opened negotiations with him, +and on the 16th of February 1801 he was engaged as assistant lecturer in +chemistry and director of the laboratory. Ten weeks later, having "given +satisfactory proofs of his talents" in a course of lectures on +galvanism, he was appointed lecturer, and his promotion to be professor +followed on the 31st of May 1802. One of the first tasks imposed on him +by the managers was the delivery of a course of lectures on the chemical +principles of tanning, and he was given leave of absence for July, +August and September 1801 in order to acquaint himself practically with +the subject. The main facts he discovered from his experiments in this +connexion were described before the Royal Society in 1803. In 1802 the +board of agriculture requested him to direct his attention to +agricultural subjects; and in 1803, with the acquiescence of the Royal +Institution, he gave his first course of lectures on agricultural +chemistry and continued them for ten successive years, ultimately +publishing their substance as _Elements of Agricultural Chemistry_ in +1813. But his chief interest at the Royal Institution was with +electro-chemistry. Galvanic phenomena had already engaged his attention +before he left Bristol, but in London he had at his disposal a large +battery which gave him much greater opportunities. His first +communication to the Royal Society, read in June 1801, related to +galvanic combinations formed with single metallic plates and fluids, and +showed that an electric cell might be constructed with a single metal +and two fluids, provided one of the fluids was capable of oxidizing one +surface of the metal; previous piles had consisted of two different +metals, or of one plate of metal and the other of charcoal, with an +interposed fluid. Five years later he delivered before the Royal Society +his first Bakerian lecture, "On some Chemical Agencies of Electricity," +which J. J. Berzelius described as one of the most remarkable memoirs in +the history of chemical theory. He summed up his results in the general +statement that "hydrogen, the alkaline substances, the metals and +certain metallic oxides are attracted by negatively electrified metallic +surfaces, and repelled by positively electrified metallic surfaces; and +contrariwise, that oxygen and acid substances are attracted by +positively electrified metallic surfaces and repelled by negatively +electrified metallic surfaces; and these attractive and repulsive forces +are sufficiently energetic to destroy or suspend the usual operation of +elective affinity." He also sketched a theory of chemical affinity on +the facts he had discovered, and concluded by suggesting that the +electric decomposition of neutral salts might in some cases admit of +economical applications and lead to the isolation of the true elements +of bodies. A year after this paper, which gained him from the French +Institute the medal offered by Napoleon for the best experiment made +each year on galvanism, he described in his second Bakerian lecture the +electrolytic preparation of potassium and sodium, effected in October +1807 by the aid of his battery. According to his cousin, Edmund Davy,[1] +then his laboratory assistant, he was so delighted with this achievement +that he danced about the room in ecstasy. Four days after reading his +lecture his health broke down, and severe illness kept him from his +professional duties until March 1808. As soon as he was able to work +again he attempted to obtain the metals of the alkaline earths by the +same methods as he had used for those of the fixed alkalis, but they +eluded his efforts and he only succeeded in preparing them as amalgams +with mercury, by a process due to Berzelius. His attempts to decompose +"alumine, silica, zircone and glucine" were still less fortunate. At the +end of 1808 he read his third Bakerian lecture, one of the longest of +his papers but not one of the best. In it he disproved the idea advanced +by Gay Lussac that potassium was a compound of hydrogen, not an element; +but on the other hand he cast doubts on the elementary character of +phosphorus, sulphur and carbon, though on this point he afterwards +corrected himself. He also described the preparation of boron, for which +at first he proposed the name boracium, on the impression that it was a +metal. About this time a voluntary subscription among the members of the +Royal Institution put him in possession of a new galvanic battery of +2000 double plates, with a surface equal to 128,000 sq. in., to replace +the old one, which had become unserviceable. His fourth Bakerian +lecture, in November 1809, gave further proofs of the elementary nature +of potassium, and described the properties of telluretted hydrogen. Next +year, in a paper read in July and in his fifth Bakerian lecture in +November, he argued that oxymuriatic acid, contrary to his previous +belief, was a simple body, and proposed for it the name "chlorine." + +Davy's reputation was now at its zenith. As a lecturer he could command +an audience of little less than 1000 in the theatre of the Royal +Institution, and his fame had spread far outside London. In 1810, at the +invitation of the Dublin Society, he gave a course of lectures on +electro-chemical science, and in the following year he again lectured in +Dublin, on chemistry and geology, receiving large fees at both visits. +During his second visit Trinity College conferred upon him the honorary +degree of LL.D., the only university distinction he ever received. On +the 8th of April 1812 he was knighted by the prince regent; on the 9th +he gave his farewell lecture as professor of chemistry at the Royal +Institution; and on the 11th he was married to Mrs Apreece, daughter and +heiress of Charles Kerr of Kelso, and a distant connexion of Sir Walter +Scott. A few months after his marriage he published the first and only +volume of his _Elements of Chemical Philosophy_, with a dedication to +his wife, and was also re-elected professor of chemistry at the Royal +Institution, though he would not pledge himself to deliver lectures, +explaining that he wished to be free from the routine of lecturing in +order to have more time for original work. Towards the end of the year +he began to investigate chloride of nitrogen, which had just been +discovered by P. L. Dulong, but was obliged to suspend his inquiries +during the winter on account of injury to his eye caused by an explosion +of that substance. In the spring of 1813 he was engaged on the chemistry +of fluorine, and though he failed to isolate the element, he reached +accurate conclusions regarding its nature and properties. In October he +started with his wife for a continental tour, and with them, as +"assistant in experiments and writing," went Michael Faraday, who in the +previous March had been engaged as assistant in the Royal Institution +laboratory. Having obtained permission from the French emperor to travel +in France, he went first to Paris, where during his two months' stay +every honour was accorded him, including election as a corresponding +member of the first class of the Institute. He does not, however, seem +to have reciprocated the courtesy of his French hosts, but gave offence +by the brusqueness of his manner, though his supercilious bearing, +according to his biographer, Dr Paris, was to be ascribed less to any +conscious superiority than to an "ungraceful timidity which he could +never conquer." Nor was his action in regard to iodine calculated to +conciliate. That substance, recently discovered in Paris, was attracting +the attention of French chemists when he stepped in and, after a short +examination with his portable chemical laboratory, detected its +resemblance to chlorine and pronounced it an "undecompounded body." +Towards the end of December he left for Italy. At Genoa he investigated +the electricity of the torpedo-fish, and at Florence, by the aid of the +great burning-glass in the Accademia del Cimento, he effected the +combustion of the diamond in oxygen and decided that, beyond containing +a little hydrogen, it consisted of pure carbon. Then he went to Rome and +Naples and visited Vesuvius and Pompeii, called on Volta at Milan, spent +the summer in Geneva, and returning to Rome occupied the winter with an +inquiry into the composition of ancient colours. + +A few months after his return, through Germany, to London in 1815, he +was induced to take up the question of constructing a miner's safety +lamp. Experiments with samples of fire-damp sent from Newcastle soon +taught him that "explosive mixtures of mine-damp will not pass through +small apertures or tubes"; and in a paper read before the Royal Society +on the 9th of November he showed that metallic tubes, being better +conductors of heat, were superior to glass ones, and explained that the +heat lost by contact with a large cooling surface brought the +temperature of the first portions of gas exploded below that required +for the firing of the other portions. Two further papers read in January +1816 explained the employment of wire gauze instead of narrow tubes, and +later in the year the safety lamps were brought into use in the mines. A +large collection of the different models made by Davy in the course of +his inquiries is in the possession of the Royal Institution. He took out +no patent for his invention, and in recognition of his disinterestedness +the Newcastle coal-owners in September 1817 presented him with a +dinner-service of silver plate.[2] + +In 1818, when he was created a baronet, he was commissioned by the +British government to examine the papyri of Herculaneum in the +Neapolitan museum, and he did not arrive back in England till June 1820. +In November of that year the Royal Society, of which he had become a +fellow in 1803, and acted as secretary from 1807 to 1812, chose him as +their president, but his personal qualities were not such as to make him +very successful in that office, especially in comparison with the tact +and firmness of his predecessor, Sir Joseph Banks. In 1821 he was busy +with electrical experiments and in 1822 with investigations of the +fluids contained in the cavities of crystals in rocks. In 1823, when +Faraday liquefied chlorine, he read a paper which suggested the +application of liquids formed by the condensation of gases as mechanical +agents. In the same year the admiralty consulted the Royal Society as to +a means of preserving the copper sheathing of ships from corrosion and +keeping it smooth, and he suggested that the copper would be preserved +if it were rendered negatively electrical, as would be done by fixing +"protectors" of zinc to the sheeting. This method was tried on several +ships, but it was found that the bottoms became extremely foul from +accumulations of seaweed and shellfish. For this reason the admiralty +decided against the plan, much to the inventor's annoyance, especially +as orders to remove the protectors already fitted were issued in June +1825, immediately after he had announced to the Royal Society the full +success of his remedy. + +In 1826 Davy's health, which showed signs of failure in 1823, had so +declined that he could with difficulty indulge in his favourite sports +of fishing and shooting, and early in 1827, after a slight attack of +paralysis, he was ordered abroad. After a short stay at Ravenna he +removed to Salzburg, whence, his illness continuing, he sent in his +resignation as president of the Royal Society. In the autumn he returned +to England and spent his time in writing his _Salmonia or Days of +Flyfishing_, an imitation of _The Compleat Angler_. In the spring of +1828 he again left England for Illyria, and in the winter fixed his +residence at Rome, whence he sent to the Royal Society his "Remarks on +the Electricity of the Torpedo," written at Trieste in October. This, +with the exception of a posthumous work, _Consolations in Travel, or the +Last Days of a Philosopher_ (1830), was the final production of his pen. +On the 20th of February 1829 he suffered a second attack of paralysis +which rendered his right side quite powerless, but under the care of his +brother, Dr John Davy (1791-1868), he rallied sufficiently to be removed +to Geneva, where he died on the 29th of May. + +Of a sanguine, somewhat irritable temperament, Davy displayed +characteristic enthusiasm and energy in all his pursuits. As is shown by +his verses and sometimes by his prose, his mind was highly imaginative; +the poet Coleridge declared that if he "had not been the first chemist, +he would have been the first poet of his age," and Southey said that "he +had all the elements of a poet; he only wanted the art." In spite of his +ungainly exterior and peculiar manner, his happy gifts of exposition and +illustration won him extraordinary popularity as a lecturer, his +experiments were ingenious and rapidly performed, and Coleridge went to +hear him "to increase his stock of metaphors." The dominating ambition +of his life was to achieve fame, but though that sometimes betrayed him +into petty jealousy, it did not leave him insensible to the claims on +his knowledge of the "cause of humanity," to use a phrase often employed +by him in connexion with his invention of the miners' lamp. Of the +smaller observances of etiquette he was careless, and his frankness of +disposition sometimes exposed him to annoyances which he might have +avoided by the exercise of ordinary tact. + + See Dr J. A. Paris, _The Life of Sir Humphry Davy_ (1831), vol. ii. of + which on pp. 450-456 gives a list of his publications. Dr John Davy, + _Memoirs of Sir Humphry Davy_ (1836); Collected Works (with shorter + memoir, 1839); _Fragmentary Remains, Literary and Scientific_ (1858). + T. E. Thorpe, _Humphry Davy, Poet and Philosopher_ (1896). + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] Edmund Davy (1785-1857) became professor of chemistry at Cork + Institution in 1813, and at the Royal Dublin Society in 1826. His + son, Edmund William Davy (born in 1826), was appointed professor of + medicine in the Royal College, Dublin, in 1870. + + [2] Davy's will directed that this service, after Lady Davy's death, + should pass to his brother, Dr John Davy, on whose decease, if he had + no heirs who could make use of it, it was to be melted and sold, the + proceeds going to the Royal Society "to found a medal to be given + annually for the most important discovery in chemistry anywhere made + in Europe or Anglo-America." The silver produced L736, and the + interest on that sum is expended on the Davy medal, which was awarded + for the first time in 1877, to Bunsen and Kirchhoff for their + discovery of spectrum analysis. + + + + +DAWARI, or DAURI, a Pathan tribe on the Waziri border of the North-West +Frontier Province of India. The Dawaris inhabit the Tochi Valley (q.v.), +otherwise known as Dawar or Daur, and are a homogeneous tribe of +considerable size, numbering 5200 fighting men. Though surrounded on all +four sides by a Waziri population they bear little resemblance to +Waziris. They are an agricultural and the Waziris a pastoral race, and +they are much richer than their neighbours. They thrive on a rich +sedimentary soil copiously irrigated in the midst of a country where +cultivable land of any kind is scarce and water in general hardly to be +obtained. But they pay a heavy tax in health and well-being for the +possession of their fertile acres. Fevers and other ravaging diseases +are bred in the wet sodden lands of the Tochi Valley, lying at the +bottom of a deep depression exposed to the burning rays of the sun; and +the effects of these ailments may be clearly traced in the drawn or +bloated features and the shrunken or swollen limbs of nearly every +Dawari that has passed middle life. They have an evil name for +indolence, drug-eating and unnatural vices, and are morally the lowest +of the Afghan races; but in spite of these defects, and of the contempt +with which they are regarded by the other Afghan tribes, they have held +their own for centuries against the warlike and hardy Waziris. The +secret of this is that the Dawaris stand together, and the Waziris do +not, while the weaker race is gifted with infinite patience and tenacity +of purpose. With the advent of British government, however, the Dawaris +are now secured in the possession of their ancestral lands. + + See J. G. Lorimer, _Grammar and Vocabulary of Waziri Pushtu_ (1902). + + + + +DAWES, HENRY LAURENS (1816-1903), American lawyer, was born at +Cummington, Massachusetts, on the 30th of October 1816. After graduating +at Yale in 1839, he taught for a time at Greenfield, Mass., and also +edited _The Greenfield Gazette_. In 1842 he was admitted to the bar and +began the practice of law at North Adams, where for a time he conducted +_The Transcript_. He served in the Massachusetts House of +Representatives in 1848-1849 and in 1852, in the state Senate in 1850, +and in the Massachusetts constitutional convention in 1853. From 1853 to +1857 he was United States district attorney for the western district of +Massachusetts; and from 1857-1875 he was a Republican member of the +national House of Representatives. In 1875 he succeeded Charles Sumner +as senator from Massachusetts, serving until 1893. During this long +period of legislative activity he served in the House on the committees +on elections, ways and means, and appropriations, took a prominent part +in the anti-slavery and reconstruction measures during and after the +Civil War, in tariff legislation, and in the establishment of a fish +commission and the inauguration of daily weather reports. In the Senate +he was chairman of the committee on Indian affairs, and gave much +attention to the enactment of laws for the benefit of the Indians. On +leaving the Senate, in 1893, he became chairman of the Commission to the +Five Civilized Tribes (sometimes called the Dawes Indian Commission), +and served in this capacity for ten years, negotiating with the tribes +for the extinction of the communal title to their land and for the +dissolution of the tribal governments, with the object of making the +tribes a constituent part of the United States.[1] Dawes died at +Pittsfield, Mass., on the 5th of February 1903. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] The commission completed its labours on the 1st of July 1905, + after having allotted 20,000,000 acres of land among 90,000 Indians + and absorbed the five Indian governments into the national system. + The "five tribes" were the Cherokee, Chickasaw, Choctaw, Creek and + Seminole Indians. + + + + +DAWES, RICHARD (1708-1766), English classical scholar, was born in or +near Market Bosworth. He was educated at the town grammar school under +Anthony Blackwall, and at Emmanuel College, Cambridge, of which society +he was elected fellow in 1731. His peculiar habits and outspoken +language made him unpopular. His health broke down in consequence of his +sedentary life, and it is said that he took to bell-ringing at Great St +Mary's as a restorative. He was a bitter enemy of Bentley, who he +declared knew nothing of Greek except from indexes. In 1738 Dawes was +appointed to the mastership of the grammar school, Newcastle-on-Tyne, +combined with that of St Mary's hospital. From all accounts his mind +appears to have become unhinged; his eccentricities of conduct and +continual disputes with his governing body ruined the school, and +finally, in 1749, he resigned his post and retired to Heworth, where he +chiefly amused himself with boating. He died on the 21st of March 1766. +Dawes was not a prolific writer. The book on which his fame rests is his +_Miscellanea critica_ (1745), which gained the commendation of such +distinguished continental scholars as L. C. Valckenaer and J. J. Reiske. +The _Miscellanea_, which was re-edited by T. Burgess (1781), G. C. +Harles (1800) and T. Kidd (1817), for many years enjoyed a high +reputation, and although some of the "canons" have been proved untenable +and few can be accepted universally, it will always remain an honourable +and enduring monument of English scholarship. + + See J. Hodgson, _An Account of the Life and Writings of Richard Dawes_ + (1828); H. R. Luard in _Dict. of Nat. Biog._; J. E. Sandys, _Hist. of + Classical Scholarship_, ii. 415. + + + + +DAWISON, BOGUMIL (1818-1872), German actor, was born at Warsaw, of +Jewish parents, and at the age of nineteen went on the stage. In 1839 he +received an appointment to the theatre at Lemberg in Galicia. In 1847 he +played at Hamburg with marked success, was from 1849 to 1854 a member of +the Burg theatre in Vienna, and then became connected with the Dresden +court theatre. In 1864 he was given a life engagement, but resigned his +appointment, and after starring through Germany visited the United +States in 1866. He died in Dresden on the 1st of February 1872. Dawison +was considered in Germany an actor of a new type; a leading critic wrote +that he and Marie Seebach "swept like fresh gales over dusty tradition, +and brushing aside the monotony of declamation gave to their roles more +character and vivacity than had hitherto been known on the German +stage." His chief parts were Mephistopheles, Franz Moor, Mark Antony, +Hamlet, Charles V., Richard III. and King Lear. + + + + +DAWKINS, WILLIAM BOYD (1838- ), English geologist and archaeologist, +was born at Buttington vicarage near Welshpool, Montgomeryshire, on the +26th of December 1838. Educated at Rossall School and Oxford, he joined +the Geological Survey in 1862, and in 1869 became curator of the +Manchester museum, a post which he retained till 1890. He was appointed +professor of geology and palaeontology in Owens College, Manchester, in +1874. He paid special attention to the question of the existence of coal +in Kent, and in 1882 was selected by the Channel tunnel committee to +make a special survey of the French and English coasts. He was also +employed in the scheme of a tunnel beneath the Humber. His chief +distinctions, however, were won in the realms of anthropology by his +researches into the lives of the cave-dwellers of prehistoric times, +labours which have borne fruit in his books _Cave-hunting_ (1874); +_Early Man in Britain_ (1880); _British Pleistocene Mammalia_ +(1866-1887). He became a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1867, and acted +as president of the anthropological section of the British Association +in 1882 and of the geological section in 1888. + + + + +DAWLISH, a watering-place in the Ashburton parliamentary division of +Devonshire, England, on the English Channel, near the outflow of the +Exe, 12 m. S. of Exeter by the Great Western railway. Pop. of urban +district (1901) 4003. It lies on a cove sheltered by two projecting +headlands. A small stream which flows through the town is lined on both +sides by pleasure-grounds. Dawlish owes its prosperity to the visitors +attracted, in spring and early summer, by the warm climate and excellent +bathing. An annual pleasure fair is held on Easter Monday, and a regatta +in August or September. Until its sale in the 19th century, the site of +Dawlish belonged to Exeter cathedral, having been given to the chapter +by Leofric, bishop of Exeter, in 1050. + + + + +DAWN (the 16th-century form of the earlier "dawing" or "dawning," from +an old verb "daw," O. Eng. _dagian_, to become day; cf. Dutch _dagen_, +and Ger. _tagen_), the time when light appears (daws) in the sky in the +morning. The dawn colours appear in the reverse order of the sunset +colours and are due to the same cause. When the sun is lowest in both +cases the colour is deep red; this gradually changes through orange to +gold and brilliant yellow as the sun approaches the horizon. These +colours follow each other in order of refrangibility, reproducing all +the colours of the spectrum in order except the blue rays which are +scattered in the sky. The colours of the dawn are purer and colder than +the sunset colours since there is less dust and moisture in the +atmosphere and less consequent sifting of light rays. + + + + +DAWSON, GEORGE (1821-1876), English nonconformist divine, was born in +London on the 24th of February 1821, and was educated at Marischal +College, Aberdeen, and at the university of Glasgow. In 1843 he accepted +the pastorate of the Baptist church at Rickmansworth, and in 1844 a +similar charge at Mount Zion, Birmingham, where he attracted large +congregations by his eloquence and his unconventional views. Desiring +freedom from any definite creed, he left the Baptist church and became +minister of the "Church of the Saviour," a building erected for him by +his supporters. Here he exercised a stimulating and varied ministry for +nearly thirty years, gathering round him a congregation of all types and +especially of such as found the dogmas of the age distasteful. He had +much sympathy with the Unitarian position, but was not himself a +Unitarian. Indeed he had no fixed standpoint, and discussed truths and +principles from various aspects. His sermons, though not particularly +speculative, were unconventional and quickening. He was the friend of +Carlyle and Emerson, and did much to popularize their teachings, his +influence being conspicuous, especially in his demand for a high ethical +standard in everyday life and his insistence on the Christianization of +citizenship. He was warmly supported by Dr R. W. Dale, and by J. T. +Bunce, editor of _The Birmingham Daily Post_. Both Dawson and Dale were +disqualified as ministers from seats on the town council, but both +served on the Birmingham school board. Dawson also lectured on English +literature at the Midland Institute and helped to found the Shakespeare +Memorial library in Birmingham. He died suddenly at King's Norton on the +30th of November 1876. Four volumes of _Sermons_, two of _Prayers_ and +two of _Biographical Lectures_ were published after his death. + + See _Life_ by H. W. Crosskey (1876) and an article by R. W. Dale in + _The Nineteenth Century_ (August 1877). + + + + +DAWSON, SIR JOHN WILLIAM (1820-1899), Canadian geologist, was bom at +Pictou, Nova Scotia, on the 30th of October 1820. Of Scottish descent, +he went to Edinburgh to complete his education, and graduated at the +university in 1842, having gained a knowledge of geology and natural +history from Robert Jameson. On his return to Nova Scotia in 1842 he +accompanied Sir Charles Lyell on his first visit to that territory. +Subsequently he was appointed to the post of superintendent of education +(1850-1853); at the same time he entered zealously into the geology of +the country, making a special study of the fossil forests of the +coal-measures. From these strata, in company with Lyell (during his +second visit) in 1852, he obtained the first remains of an +"air-breathing reptile" named _Dendrerpeton_. He also described the +fossil plants of the Silurian, Devonian and Carboniferous rocks of +Canada for the Geological Survey of that country (1871-1873). From 1855 +to 1893 he was professor of geology and principal of M'Gill University, +Montreal, an institution which under his influence attained a high +reputation. He was elected F.R.S. in 1862. When the Royal Society of +Canada was constituted he was the first to occupy the presidential +chair, and he also acted as president of the British Association at its +meeting at Birmingham in 1886, and of the American Association for the +Advancement of Science. Sir William Dawson's name is especially +associated with the _Eozoon canadense_, which in 1864 he described as an +organism having the structure of a foraminifer. It was found in the +Laurentian rocks, regarded as the oldest known geological system. His +views on the subject were contested at the time, and have since been +disproved, the so-called organism being now regarded as a mineral +structure. He was created C.M.G. in 1881, and was knighted in 1884. In +his books on geological subjects he maintained a distinctly theological +attitude, declining to admit the descent or evolution of man from brute +ancestors, and holding that the human species only made its appearance +on this earth within quite recent times. Besides many memoirs in the +Transactions of learned societies, he published _Acadian Geology: The +geological structure, organic remains and mineral resources of Nova +Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island_ (1855; ed. 3, 1878); +_Air-breathers of the Coal Period_ (1863); _The Story of the Earth and +Man_ (1873; ed. 6, 1880); _The Dawn of Life_ (1875); _Fossil Men and +their Modern Representatives_ (1880); _Geological History of Plants_ +(1888); _The Canadian Ice Age_ (1894). He died on the 20th of November +1899. + +His son, GEORGE MERCER DAWSON (1849-1901), was born at Pictou on the 1st +of August 1849, and received his education at M'Gill University and the +Royal School of Mines, London, where he had a brilliant career. In 1873 +he was appointed geologist and naturalist to the North American boundary +commission, and two years later he joined the staff of the geological +survey of Canada, of which he became assistant director in 1883, and +director in 1895. He was in charge of the Canadian government's Yukon +expedition in 1887, and his name is permanently written in Dawson City, +of gold-bearing fame. As one of the Bering Sea Commissioners he spent +the summer of 1891 investigating the facts of the seal fisheries on the +northern coasts of Asia and America. For his services there, and at the +subsequent arbitration in Paris, he was made a C.M.G. He was elected +F.R.S. in 1891, and in the same year was awarded the Bigsby medal by the +Geological Society of London. He was president of the Royal Society of +Canada in 1893. He died on the 2nd of March 1901. He was the author of +many scientific papers and reports, especially on the surface geology +and glacial phenomena of the northern and western parts of Canada. + + + + +DAWSON CITY, or DAWSON, the capital of the Yukon territory, Canada, on +the right bank of the Yukon river, and in the middle of the Klondyke +gold region, of which it is the distributing centre. It is situated in +beautiful mountainous country, 1400 ft. above the sea, and 1500 m. from +the mouth of the Yukon river. It is reached by a fleet of river +steamers, and has telegraphic communication. Founded in 1896, its +population soon reached over 20,000 at the height of the gold rush; in +1901 it was officially returned as 9142, and is now not more than 5000. +The temperature varies from 90 deg. F. in summer to 50 deg. below zero +in winter. It possesses three opera-houses and numerous hotels, and is a +typical mining town, though even at first there was much less +lawlessness than is usually the case in such cities. + + + + +DAX, a town of south-western France, capital of an arrondissement in the +department of Landes, 92 m. S.S.W, of Bordeaux, on the Southern railway +between that city and Bayonne. Pop. (1906) 8585. The town lies on the +left bank of the Adour, a stone bridge uniting it to its suburb of Le +Sablar on the right bank. It has remains of ancient Gallo-Roman +fortifications, now converted into a promenade. The most remarkable +building in the town is the church of Notre-Dame, once a cathedral; it +was rebuilt from 1656 to 1719, but still preserves a sacristy, a porch +and a fine sculptured doorway of the 13th century. The church of St +Vincent, to the south-west of the town, derives its name from the first +bishop, whose tomb it contains. The church of St Paul-les-Dax, a suburb +on the right bank of the Adour, belongs mainly to the 15th century, and +has a Romanesque apse adorned with curious bas-reliefs. On a hill to the +west of Dax stands a tower built in memory of the sailor and scientist +Jean Charles Borda, born there in 1733; a statue was erected to him in +the town in 1891. Dax, which is well known as a winter resort, owes much +of its importance to its thermal waters and mud-baths (the deposit of +the Adour), which are efficacious in cases of rheumatism, neuralgia and +other disorders. The best-known spring is the Fontaine Chaude, which +issues into a basin 160 ft. wide in the centre of the town. The +principal of numerous bathing establishments are the Grands Thermes, the +Bains Sales, adjoining a casino, and the Baignots, which fringe the +Adour and are surrounded by gardens. Dax has a sub-prefecture, tribunals +of first instance and of commerce, a communal college, a training +college and a library. It has salt workings, tanneries, saw-mills, +manufactures of soap and corks; commerce is chiefly in the pine wood, +resin and cork of the Landes, in mules, cattle, horses and poultry. + +Dax (_Aquae Tarbellicae_, _Aquae Augustae_, later _D'Acqs_) was the +capital of the Tarbelli under the Roman domination, when its waters were +already famous. Later it was the seat of a viscounty, which in the 11th +century passed to the viscounts of Bearn, and in 1177 was annexed by +Richard Coeur de Lion to Gascony. The bishopric, founded in the 3rd +century, was in 1801 attached to that of Aire. + + + + +DAY, JOHN (1574-1640?), English dramatist, was born at Cawston, Norfolk, +in 1574, and educated at Ely. He became a sizar of Caius College, +Cambridge, in 1592, but was expelled in the next year for stealing a +book. He became one of Henslowe's playwrights, collaborating with Henry +Chettle, William Haughton, Thomas Dekker, Richard Hathway and Wentworth +Smith, but his almost incessant activity seems to have left him poor +enough, to judge by the small loans, of five shillings and even two +shillings, that he obtained from Henslowe. The first play in which Day +appears as part-author is _The Conquest of Brute, with the finding of +the Bath_ (1598), which, with most of his journeyman's work, is lost. A +drama dealing with the early years of the reign of Henry VI., _The Blind +Beggar of Bednal Green_ (acted 1600, printed 1659), written in +collaboration with Chettle, is his earliest extant work. It bore the +sub-title of _The Merry Humor of Tom Strowd, the Norfolk Yeoman_, and +was so popular that second and third parts, by Day and Haughton, were +produced in the next year. _The Ile of Guls_ (printed 1606), a prose +comedy founded upon Sir Philip Sidney's _Arcadia_, contains in its light +dialogue much satire to which the key is now lost, but Mr Swinburne +notes in Manasses's burlesque of a Puritan sermon a curious anticipation +of the eloquence of Mr Chadband in _Bleak House_. In 1607 Day produced, +in conjunction with William Rowley and George Wilkins, _The Travailes of +the Three English Brothers_, which detailed the adventures of Sir +Thomas, Sir Anthony and Robert Shirley. + +_The Parliament of Bees_ is the work on which Day's reputation chiefly +rests. This exquisite and unique drama, or rather masque, is entirely +occupied with "the doings, the births, the wars, the wooings" of bees, +expressed in a style at once most singular and most charming. The bees +hold a parliament under Prorex, the Master Bee, and various complaints +are preferred against the humble-bee, the wasp, the drone and other +offenders. This satirical allegory of affairs ends with a royal progress +of Oberon, who distributes justice to all. The piece contains much for +which parallel passages are found in Dekker's _Wonder of a Kingdom_ +(1636) and Samuel Rowley's (or Dekker's) _Noble Soldier_ (printed 1634). +There is no earlier known edition of _The Parliament of Bees_ than that +in 1641, but a persistent tradition has assigned the piece to 1607. In +1608 Day published two comedies, _Law Trickes, or Who Would have Thought +it?_ and _Humour out of Breath_. The date of his death is unknown, but +an elegy on him by John Tatham, the city poet, was published in 1640. +The six dramas by John Day which we possess show a delicate fancy and +dainty inventiveness all his own. He preserved, in a great measure, the +dramatic tradition of John Lyly, and affected a kind of subdued +euphuism. _The Maydes Metamorphosis_ (1600), once supposed to be a +posthumous work of Lyly's, may be an early work of Day's. It possesses, +at all events, many of his marked characteristics. His prose +_Peregrinatic Scholastica or Learninges Pilgrimage_, dating from his +later years, was printed by Mr A. H. Bullen from a MS. of Day's. +Considerations partly based on this work have suggested that he had a +share in the anonymous _Pilgrimage to Parnassus_ and the _Return from +Parnassus_. The beauty and ingenuity of _The Parliament of Bees_ were +noted and warmly extolled by Charles Lamb; and Day's work has since +found many admirers. + + His works, edited by A. H. Bullen, were printed at the Chiswick Press + in 1881. The same editor included _The Maydes Metamorphosis_ in vol. + i. of his _Collection of Old Plays_. _The Parliament of Bees_ and + _Humour out of Breath_ were printed in _Nero and other Plays_ (Mermaid + Series, 1888), with an introduction by Arthur Symons. An appreciation + by Mr A. C. Swinburne appeared in _The Nineteenth Century_ (October + 1897). + + + + +DAY, THOMAS (1748-1789), British author, was born in London on the 22nd +of June 1748. He is famous as the writer of _Sandford and Merton_ +(1783-1789), a book for the young, which, though quaintly didactic and +often ridiculous, has had considerable educational value as inculcating +manliness and independence. Day was educated at the Charterhouse and at +Corpus Christi College, Oxford, and became a great admirer of J. J. +Rousseau and his doctrine of the ideal state of nature. Having +independent means he devoted himself to a life of study and +philanthropy. His views on marriage were typical of the man. He brought +up two foundlings, one of whom he hoped eventually to marry. They were +educated on the severest principles, but neither acquired the high +quality of stoicism which he had looked for. After several proposals of +marriage to other ladies had been rejected, he married an heiress who +agreed with his ascetic programme of life. He finally settled at +Ottershaw in Surrey and took to farming on philanthropic principles. He +had many curious and impracticable theories, among them one that all +animals could be managed by kindness, and while riding an unbroken colt +he was thrown near Wargrave and killed on the 28th of September 1789. +His poem _The Dying Negro_, published in 1773, struck the keynote of the +anti-slavery movement. It is also obvious from his other works, such as +_The Devoted Legions_ (1776) and _The Desolation of America_ (1777), +that he strongly sympathized with the Americans during their War of +Independence. + + + + +DAY (O. Eng. _daeg_, Ger. _Tag_; according to the _New English +Dictionary_, "in no way related to the Lat. _dies_"), in astronomy, the +interval of time in which a revolution of the earth on its axis is +performed. Days are distinguished as solar, sidereal or lunar, according +as the revolution is taken relatively to the sun, the stars or the moon. +The solar day is the fundamental unit of time, not only in daily life +but in astronomical practice. In the latter case, being determined by +observations of the sun, it is taken to begin with the passage of the +mean sun over the meridian of the place, or at mean noon, while the +civil day begins at midnight. A vigorous effort was made during the last +fifteen years of the 19th century to bring the two uses into harmony by +beginning the astronomical day at midnight. In some isolated cases this +has been done; but the general consensus of astronomers has been against +it, the day as used in astronomy being only a measure of time, and +having no relation to the period of daily repose. The time when the day +shall begin is purely a matter of convenience. The present practice +being the dominant one from the time of Ptolemy until the present, it +was felt that the confusion in the combination of past and present +astronomical observations, and the doubts and difficulties in using the +astronomical ephemerides, formed a decisive argument against any change. + +The question of a possible variability in the length of the day is one +of fundamental importance. One necessary effect of the tidal retardation +of the earth's rotation is gradually to increase this length. It is +remarkable that the discussion of ancient eclipses of the moon, and +their comparison with modern observations, show only a small and rather +doubtful change, amounting perhaps to less than one-hundredth of a +second per century. As this amount seems to be markedly less than that +which would be expected from the cause in question, it is probable that +some other cause tends to accelerate the earth's rotation and so to +shorten the day. The moon's apparent mean motion in longitude seems also +to indicate slow periodic changes in the earth's rotation; but these are +not confirmed by transits of Mercury, which ought also to indicate them. +(See MOON and TIDES.) (S. N.) + +_Legal Aspects._--In law, a day may be either a _dies naturalis_ or +natural day, or a _dies artificialis_ or artificial day. A natural day +includes all the twenty-four hours from midnight to midnight. Fractions +of the day are disregarded to avoid dispute, though sometimes the law +will consider fractions, as where it is necessary to show the first of +two acts. In cases where action must be taken for preserving or +asserting a right, a day would mean the natural day of twenty-four +hours, but on the other hand, as in cases of survivorship, for +testamentary or other purposes, it would suffice if a person survived +for even the smallest portion of the last day necessary. + +When a statute directs any act to be done within so many days, these +words mean _clear days_, i.e. a number of perfect intervening days, not +counting the terminal days: if the statute says nothing about Sunday, +the days mentioned mean consecutive days and include Sundays. Under some +statutes (e.g. the Parliamentary Elections Act 1868, the Corrupt and +Illegal Practices Prevention Act 1883) Sundays and holidays are excluded +in reckoning days, and consequently all the Sundays, &c., of a +prescribed sequence of days would be eliminated. So also, by custom, the +word "day" may be understood in some special sense. In bills of lading +and charter parties, when "days" or "running days" are spoken of without +qualification, they usually mean consecutive days, and Sundays and +holidays are counted, but when there is some qualification, as where a +charter party required a cargo "to be discharged in fourteen days," +"days" will mean _working days_. Working days, again, vary in different +ports, and the custom of the port will decide in each case what are +working days. In English charter parties, unless the contrary is +expressed, Christmas day and other recognized holidays are included as +working days. A _weather working day_, a term sometimes used in charter +parties, means a day when work is not prevented by the weather, and +unless so provided for, a day on which work was rendered impossible by +bad weather would still be counted as a working day. _Lay days_, which +are days given to the charterer in a charter party either to load or +unload without paying for the use of the ship, are days of the week, not +periods of twenty-four hours. + +_Days of Grace._--When a bill of exchange is not payable at sight or on +demand, certain days (called days of grace, from being originally a +gratuitous favour) are added to the time of payment as fixed by the +bill, and the bill is then due and payable on the last day of grace. In +the United Kingdom, by the Bills of Exchange Act 1882, three days are +allowed as days of grace, but when the last day of grace falls on +Sunday, Christmas day, Good Friday or a day appointed by royal +proclamation as a public fast or thanksgiving day, the bill is due and +payable on the preceding business day. If the last day of grace is a +bank holiday (other than Christmas day or Good Friday), or when the last +day of grace is a Sunday, and the second day of grace is a bank holiday, +the bill is due and payable on the succeeding business day. Days of +grace (_dies non_) are in existence practically among English-speaking +peoples only. They were abolished by the French Code (Code de Commerce, +Liv. i. tit. 8, art. 135), and by most, if not all, of the European +codes since framed. + +_Civil Days._--An artificial or civil day is, to a certain extent, +difficult to define; it "may be regarded as a convenient term to signify +all the various kinds of 'day' known in legal proceedings other than the +natural day." (_Ency. English Law_, tit. "Day"). The Jews, Chaldeans and +Babylonians began the day at the rising of the sun; the Athenians at the +fall; the Umbri in Italy began at midday; the Egyptians and Romans at +midnight; and in England, the United States and most of the countries of +Europe the Roman civil day still prevails, the day usually commencing as +soon as the clock begins to strike 12 P.M. of the preceding day. + +In England the period of the civil day may also vary under different +statutes. In criminal law the day formerly commenced at sunrise and +extended to sunset, but by the Larceny Act 1861 the day is that period +between six in the morning and nine in the evening. The same period of +time comprises a day under the Housing of the Working Classes Act 1885 +and the Public Health (London) Act 1891, but under the Public Health +(Scotland) Act 1897 "day" is the period between 9 A.M. and 6 P.M. By an +act of 1845, regulating the labour of children in print-works, "day" is +defined as from 6 A.M. to 10 P.M. Daytime, within which distress for +rent must be made, is from sunrise to sunset (_Tulton_ v. _Darke_, 1860, +2 L.T. 361). An obligation to pay money on a certain day is +theoretically discharged if the money is paid before midnight of the day +on which it falls due, but custom has so far modified this that the law +requires reasonable hours to be observed. If, for instance, payment has +to be made at a bank or place of business, it must be within business +hours. + +When an act of parliament is expressed to come into operation on a +certain day, it is to be construed as coming into operation on the +expiration of the previous day (Interpretation Act 1889, S 36; Statutes +[Definition of Time] Act 1880). + +Under the orders of the supreme court the word "day" has two meanings. +For purposes of personal service of writs, it means any time of the day +or night on week-days, but excludes the time from twelve midnight on +Saturday till twelve midnight on Sunday. For purposes of service not +required to be personal, it means before six o'clock on any week-day +except Saturday, and before 2 P.M. on Saturday. + +_Closed Days_, i.e. Sunday, Christmas day and Good Friday, are excluded +from all fixtures of time less than six days: otherwise they are +included, unless the last day of the time fixed falls on one of those +days (R.S.C., O. lxiv.). + +_American Practice._--In the United States a day is the space of time +between midnight and midnight. The law pays no regard to fractions of a +day except to prevent injustice. A "day's work" is by statute in New +York fixed at eight hours for all employees except farm and domestic +servants, and for employees on railroads at ten hours (Laws 1897, ch. +415). In the recording acts relating to real property, fractions of a +day are of the utmost importance, and all deeds, mortgages and other +instruments affecting the property, take precedence in the order in +which they were filed for record. Days of grace are abolished in many of +the seventeen states in which the Negotiable Instruments law has been +enacted. Sundays and public holidays are usually excluded in computing +time if they are the last day within which the act was to be done. +General public holidays throughout the United States are Christmas, +Thanksgiving (last Thursday in November) and Independence (July 4th) +days and Washington's birthday (February 22nd). The several states have +also certain local public holidays. (See also MONTH; TIME.) + (T. A. I.) + + + + +DAYLESFORD, a town of Talbot county, Victoria, Australia, 74 m. by rail +N.W. of Melbourne. Pop. (1901) 3384. It lies on the flank of the Great +Dividing Range, at an elevation of 2030 ft. On Wombat Hill are beautiful +public gardens commanding extensive views, and a fine convent of the +Presentation Order. Much wheat is grown in the district, and +gold-mining, both quartz and alluvial, is carried on. Daylesford has an +important mining school. Near the town are the Hepburn mineral springs +and a number of beautiful waterfalls, and 6 m. from it is Mount +Franklin, an extinct volcano. + + + + +DAYTON, a city of Campbell county, Kentucky, U.S.A., on the S. bank of +the Ohio river, opposite Cincinnati, and adjoining Bellevue and Newport, +Ky. Pop. (1890) 4264; (1900) 6104 including 655 foreign-born and 63 +negroes; (1910) 6979. It is served by the Chesapeake & Ohio railway at +Newport, of which it is a suburb, largely residential. It has +manufactories of watch-cases and pianos, and whisky distilleries. In +the city is the Speers Memorial hospital. Dayton was settled and +incorporated in 1849. + + + + +DAYTON, a city and the county-seat of Montgomery county, Ohio, U.S.A., +at the confluence of Wolf Creek, Stillwater river and Mad river with the +Great Miami, 57 m. N.N.E. of Cincinnati and about 70 m. W.S.W. of +Columbus. Pop. (1890) 61,220; (1900) 85,333; (1910) 116,577. In 1900 +there were 10,053 foreign-born and 3387 negroes; of the foreign-born +6820 were Germans and 1253 Irish. Dayton is served by the Erie, the +Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago & St Louis, the Pittsburg, Cincinnati, +Chicago & St Louis, the Cincinnati, Hamilton & Dayton, and the Dayton & +Union railways, by ten interurban electric railways, centring here, and +by the Miami & Erie Canal. The city extends more than 5 m. from E. to +W., and 3(1/2) m. from N. to S., lies for the most part on level ground +at an elevation of about 740 ft. above sea-level, and numerous good, +hard gravel roads radiate from it in all directions through the +surrounding country, a fertile farming region which abounds in +limestone, used in the construction of public and private buildings. +Among the more prominent buildings are the court-house--the portion +first erected being designed after the Parthenon--the Steele high +school, St Mary's college, Notre Dame academy, the Memorial Building, +the Arcade Building, Reibold Building, the Algonquin Hotel, the post +office, the public library (containing about 75,000 volumes), the Young +Men's Christian Association building and several churches. At Dayton are +the Union Biblical seminary, a theological school of the United Brethren +in Christ, and the publishing house of the same denomination. By an +agreement made in 1907 the school of theology of Ursinus College +(Collegeville, Pennsylvania; the theological school since 1898 had been +in Philadelphia) and the Heidelberg Theological seminary (Tiffin, Ohio) +united to form the Central Theological seminary of the German Reformed +Church, which was established in Dayton in 1908. The boulevard and park +along the river add attractiveness to the city. Among the charitable +institutions are the Dayton state hospital (for the insane), the Miami +Valley and the St Elizabeth hospitals, the Christian Deaconess, the +Widows' and the Children's homes, and the Door of Hope (for homeless +girls); and 1 m. W. of the city is the central branch of the National +Home for disabled volunteer soldiers, with its beautifully ornamented +grounds, about 1 sq. m. in extent. The Mad river is made to furnish good +water-power by means of a hydraulic canal which takes its water through +the city, and Dayton's manufactures are extensive and varied, the +establishments of the National Cash Register Company employing in 1907 +about 4000 wage-earners. This company is widely known for its "welfare +work" on behalf of its operatives. Baths, lunch-rooms, rest-rooms, +clubs, lectures, schools and kindergartens have been supplied, and the +company has also cultivated domestic pride by offering prizes for the +best-kept gardens, &c. From April to July 1901 there was a strike in the +already thoroughly unionized factories; complaint was made of the +hectoring of union men by a certain foreman, the use in toilet-rooms of +towels laundered in non-union shops (the company replied by allowing the +men to supply towels themselves), the use on doors of springs not +union-made (these were removed by the company), and especially the +discharge of four men whom the company refused to reinstate. The company +was victorious in the strike, and the factory became an "open shop." In +addition to cash registers, the city's manufactured products include +agricultural implements, clay-working machinery, cotton-seed and linseed +oil machinery, filters, turbines, railway cars (the large Barney-Smith +car works employed 1800 men in 1905), carriages and wagons, +sewing-machines (the Davis Sewing Machine Co.), automobiles, clothing, +flour, malt liquors, paper, furniture, tobacco and soap. The total value +of the manufactured product, under the "factory system," was $31,015,293 +in 1900 and $39,596,773 in 1905. Dayton's site was purchased in 1795 +from John Cleves Symmes by a party of Revolutionary soldiers, and it was +laid out as a town in 1796 by Israel Ludlow (one of the owners), by whom +it was named in honour of Jonathan Dayton (1760-1824), a soldier in the +War of Independence, a member of Congress from New Jersey in 1791-1799, +and a United States senator in 1799-1805. It was made the county-seat in +1803, was incorporated as a town in 1805, grew rapidly after the opening +of the canal in 1828, and in 1841 was chartered as a city. + + + + +DEACON (Gr. [Greek: diakonos], minister, servant), the name given to a +particular minister or officer of the Christian Church. The status and +functions of the office have varied in different ages and in different +branches of Christendom. + +(a) _The Ancient Church._--The office of deacon is almost as old as +Christianity itself, though it is impossible to fix the moment at which +it came into existence. Tradition connects its origin with the +appointment of "the Seven" recorded in Acts vi. This connexion, however, +is questioned by a large and increasing number of modern scholars, on +the ground that "the Seven" are not called deacons in the New Testament +and do not seem to have been identified with them till the time of +Irenaeus (A.D. 180). The first definite reference to the diaconate +occurs in St Paul's Epistle to the Philippians (i. 1), where the +officers of the Church are described as "bishops and deacons"--though it +is not unlikely that earlier allusions are to be found in 1 Cor. xii. 28 +and Romans xii. 7. In the pastoral epistles the office seems to have +become a permanent institution of the Church, and special qualifications +are laid down for those who hold it (1 Tim. iii. 8). By the time of +Ignatius (A.D. 110) the "three orders" of the ministry were definitely +established, the deacon being the lowest of the three and subordinate to +the bishop and the presbyters. The inclusion of deacons in the "three +orders" which were regarded as essential to the existence of a true +Church sharply distinguished them from the lower ranks of the ministry, +and gave them a status and position of importance in the ancient Church. + +The functions attaching to the office varied at different times. In the +apostolic age the duties of deacons were naturally vague and undefined. +They were "helpers" or "servants" of the Church in a general way and +served in any capacity that was required of them. With the growth of the +episcopate, however, the deacons became the immediate ministers of the +bishop. Their duties included the supervision of Church property, the +management of Church finances, the visitation of the sick, the +distribution of alms and the care of widows and orphans. They were also +required to watch over the souls of the flock and report to the bishop +the cases of those who had sinned or were in need of spiritual help. +"You deacons," says the Apostolical Constitutions (4th century), "ought +to keep watch over all who need watching or are in distress, and let the +bishop know." With the growth of hospitals and other charitable +institutions, however, the functions of deacons became considerably +curtailed. The social work of the Church was transferred to others, and +little by little the deacons sank in importance until at last they came +to be regarded merely as subordinate officers of public worship, a +position which they hold in the Roman Church to-day, where their duties +are confined to such acts as the following:--censing the officiating +priest and the choir, laying the corporal on the altar, handing the +paten or cup to the priest, receiving from him the pyx and giving it to +the subdeacon, putting the mitre on the archbishop's head (when he is +present) and laying his pall upon the altar. + +(b) _The Church of England._--The traditionary position of the diaconate +as one of the "three orders" is here maintained. Deacons may conduct any +of the ordinary services in the church, but are not permitted to +pronounce the absolution or consecrate the elements for the Eucharist. +In practice the office has become a stepping-stone to the priesthood, +the deacon corresponding to the licentiate in the Presbyterian Church. +Candidates for the office must have attained the age of twenty-three and +must satisfy the bishop with regard to their intellectual, moral and +spiritual fitness. The functions of the office are defined in the +Ordinal--"to assist the priest in divine service and specially when he +ministereth the Holy Communion, to read Holy Scriptures and Homilies in +the church, to instruct the youth in the catechism, to baptize in the +absence of the priest, to preach if he be admitted thereto by the +bishop, and furthermore to search for the sick, poor and impotent +people and intimate their estates and names to the curate." + +(c) _Churches of the Congregational Order._--In these (which of course +include Baptists) the diaconate is a body of laymen appointed by the +members of the church to act as a management committee and to assist the +minister in the work of the church. There is no general rule as to the +number of deacons, though the traditionary number of seven is often +kept, nor as to the frequency of election, each church making its own +arrangements in this respect. The deacons superintend the financial +affairs of the church, co-operate with the minister in the various +branches of his work, assist in the visitation of the sick, attend to +the church property and generally supervise the activities of the +church. + + See Thomassinus, _Vetus ac nova disciplina_, pars i. lib. i. c. 51 f. + and lib. ii. c. 29 f. (Lugdunum, 1706); J. N. Seidl, _Der Diakonat in + der katholischen Kirche_ (Regensburg, 1884); R. Sohm, _Kirchenrecht_, + i. 121-137 (Leipzig, 1892); F. J. A. Hort, _The Christian Ecclesia_ + (London, 1897). + + + + +DEACONESS ([Greek: he diakonos] or [Greek: diakonissa], servant, +minister), the name given to a woman set apart for special service in +the Christian Church. The origin and early history of the office are +veiled in obscurity. It is quite certain that from the 3rd century +onward there existed in the Eastern Church an order of women, known as +deaconesses, who filled a position analogous to that of deacons. They +are quite distinct from the somewhat similar orders of "virgins" and +"widows," who belonged to a lower plane in the ecclesiastical system. +The order is recognized in the canons of the councils of Nicaea (325) +and Chalcedon (451), and is frequently mentioned in the writings of +Chrysostom (some of whose letters are addressed to deaconesses at +Constantinople), Epiphanius, Basil, and indeed most of the more +important Fathers of the 4th and 5th centuries. Deaconesses, upon +entering their office, were ordained much in the same way as deacons, +but the ordination conveyed no sacerdotal powers or authority. +Epiphanius says quite distinctly that they were woman-elders and not +priestesses in any sense of the term, and that their mission was not to +interfere with the functions allotted to priests but simply to perform +certain offices in connexion with the care of women. Several specimens +of the ordination service for deaconesses have been preserved (see +Cecilia Robinson, _The Ministry of Deaconesses_, London, 1878, appendix +B, p. 197). The functions of the deaconess were as follows: (1) To +assist at the baptism of women, especially in connexion with the +anointing of the body which in the ancient Church always preceded +immersion; (2) to visit the women of the Church in their homes and to +minister to the needs of the sick and afflicted; (3) according to the +Apostolical Constitutions they acted as door-keepers in the church, +received women as they entered and conducted them to their allotted +seats. In the Western Church, on the other hand, we hear nothing of the +order till the 4th century, when an attempt seems to have been made to +introduce it into Gaul. Much opposition, however, was encountered, and +the movement was condemned by the council of Orange in 441 and the +council of Epaone in 517. In spite of the prohibition the institution +made some headway, and traces of it are found later in Italy, but it +never became as popular in the West as it was in the East. In the middle +ages the order fell into abeyance in both divisions of the Church, the +abbess taking the place of the deaconess. Whether deaconesses, in the +later sense of the term, existed before 250 is a disputed point. The +evidence is scanty and by no means decisive. There are only three +passages which bear upon the question at all. (i) Romans xvi. 1: Phoebe +is called [Greek: he diakonos], but it is quite uncertain whether the +word is used in its technical sense. (ii) 1 Tim. iii. 11: after stating +the qualifications necessary for deacons the writer adds, "Women in like +manner must be grave--not slanderers," &c.; the Authorized Version took +the passage as referring to deacons' wives, but many scholars think that +by "women" deaconesses are meant. (iii) In Pliny's famous letter to +Trajan respecting the Christians of Bithynia mention is made of two +Christian maidservants "_quae ministrae dicebantur_"; whether +_ministrae_ is equivalent to [Greek: diakonoi], as is often supposed, is +dubious. On the whole the evidence does not seem sufficient to prove +the contention that an order of deaconesses--in the ecclesiastical sense +of the term--existed from the apostolic age. + +In modern times several attempts have been made to revive the order of +deaconesses. In 1833 Pastor Fleidner founded "an order of deaconesses +for the Rhenish provinces of Westphalia" at Kaiserswerth. The original +aim of the institution was to train nurses for hospital work, but its +scope was afterwards extended and it trained its members for teaching +and parish work as well. Kaiserswerth became the parent of many similar +institutions in different parts of the continent. A few years later, in +1847, Miss Sellon formed for the first time a sisterhood at Devonport in +connexion with the Church of England. Her example was gradually followed +in other parts of the country, and in 1898 there were over two thousand +women living together in different sisterhoods. The members of these +institutions do not represent the ecclesiastical deaconesses, however, +since they are not ministers set apart by the Church; and the +sisterhoods are merely voluntary associations of women banded together +for spiritual fellowship and common service. In 1861 Bishop Tait set +apart Miss Elizabeth Ferard as a deaconess by the laying on of hands, +and she became the first president of the London Deaconess Institution. +Other dioceses gradually adopted the innovation. It has received the +sanction of Convocation, and the Lambeth Conference in 1897 declared +that it "recognized with thankfulness the revival of the office of +deaconess," though at the same time it protested against the +indiscriminate use of the title and laid it down emphatically that the +name must be restricted to those who had been definitely set apart by +the bishop for the position and were working under the direct +supervision and control of the ecclesiastical authority in the parish. + + In addition to Miss Robinson's book cited above, see _Church Quarterly + Review_, xlvii. 302 ff., art. "On the Early History and Modern Revival + of Deaconesses" (London, 1899), and the works there referred to; D. + Latas, [Greek: Christianike Archaiologia], i. 163-171 (Athens, 1883); + _Testamentum Domini_, ed. Rahmani (Mainz, 1899); L. Zscharnack, _Der + Dienst der Frau in den ersten Jahrhunderten der chr. Kirche_ (1902). + + + + +DEAD SEA, a lake in Palestine occupying the deepest part of the valley +running along the line of a great "fault" that has been traced from the +Gulf of Akaba (at the head of the Red Sea) to Hermon. This fracture was +caused after the end of the Eocene period by the earth-movement which +resulted in the raising of the whole region out of the sea. Level for +level, the more ancient rocks are on the eastward side of the lake: the +cretaceous limestones that surmount the older volcanic substrata come +down on the western side to the water's edge, while on the eastern side +they are raised between 3000 and 4000 feet above it. In the Pleistocene +period the whole of this depression was filled with water forming a lake +about 200 m. long north to south, whose waters were about the same level +as that of the Mediterranean Sea. With the diminishing rainfall and +increased temperature that followed that period the effects of +evaporation gradually surpassed the precipitation, and the waters of the +lake slowly diminished to about the extent which they still display. + +The length of the sea is 47 m., and its maximum breadth is about 9(1/2) +m.; its area is about 340 sq. m. It lies nearly north and south. Its +surface being 1289-1300 ft. below the level of the Mediterranean Sea, it +has of course no outlet. It is bounded on the north by the broad valley +of the Jordan; on the east by the rapidly rising terraces which +culminate in the Moabite plateau, 3100 ft. above the level of the lake; +on the south by the desert of the Arabah, which rises to the watershed +between the Dead and the Red Sea--65(1/2) m. from the former, 46(1/2) +from the latter; height 660 ft.--and on the west by the Judean mountains +which attain a height of 3300 ft. On the east side a peninsula, El-Lisan +("the tongue"), of white calcareous marl with beds of salt and gypsum, +divides the sea into two unequal parts: this peninsula is about 50 ft. +high, and is connected by a narrow strip of marshland with the shore. +Its northern and southern extremities have been named Cape Costigan and +Cape Molyneux, in memory of two explorers who were among the first in +modern times to navigate the sea and succumbed to the consequent fever +and exhaustion. North of the peninsula the lake has a maximum depth of +1278 ft.; south of it the water is nowhere more than 12 ft., and in some +places only 3 ft. The surface level of the lake varies with the season, +and recent observations taken on behalf of the Palestine Exploration +Fund seem to show that there are probably cyclical variations also +(ultimately dependent on the rainfall), the nature and periodicity of +which there are as yet no sufficient data to determine. In 1858 there +was a small island near the north end rising 10 or 12 ft. above the +surface and connected with the shore by a causeway; this has been +submerged since 1892; and owing to the gradual rise of level within +these years the fords south of the Lisan, and the pathway which formerly +rounded the Ras Feshkhah, are now no longer passable. + +The slopes on each side of the sea are furrowed with watercourses, some +of them perennial, others winter torrents only. The chief affluents of +the sea are as follows:--on the north, Jordan and 'Ain es-Suweimeh; on +the east Wadis Ghuweir, Zerka Ma'in (Callirrhoe), Mojib (Arnon), +Ed-Dera'a, and el-Hesi; on the west, Wadis Muhawat and Seyal, 'Ain Jidi +(En-Gedi), Wadi el Merabbah, 'Ain Ghuweir, Wadi el-Nar, 'Ain Feshkhah. +The quantity of water poured daily into the sea is not less than +6,000,000 tons, all of which has to be carried off by evaporation. The +consequence of the ancient evaporation, by which the great Pleistocene +lake was reduced to its present modest dimensions, and of the ceaseless +modern daily evaporation, is the impregnation of the waters of the lake +with salts and other mineral substances to a remarkable degree. Ocean +water contains on an average 4-6% of salts: Dead Sea water contains 25%. +The following analysis, by Dr Bernays, gives the contents of the water +more accurately:-- + +Specific gravity 1.1528 at 15.5 deg. C. + + Calcium carbonate 70.00 grains + Calcium sulphate 163.39 + Magnesium nitrate 175.01 + Potassium chloride 1089.06 + Sodium chloride 5106.00 + Calcium chloride 594.46 + Magnesium chloride 7388.21 + Magnesium bromide 345.80 + Iron and aluminium oxides 10.50 + Organic matter, water of crystallization, loss 317.57 + -------- + Total residue per gallon 15260.00 + +The density of the water averages 1.166. It increases from north to +south, and with the depth. The increase is at first rapid, then, after +reaching a certain point, becomes more uniform. At 300 metres its +density is 1.253. The boiling point is 221 deg. F. To the quantity of +solid matter suspended in its water the Dead Sea owes, beside its +saltness, its buoyancy and its poisonous properties. The human body +floats on the surface without exertion. Owing principally to the large +proportion of chloride and bromide of magnesia no animal life can exist +in its water. Fish, which abound in the Jordan and in the brackish +spring-fed lagoons that exist in one or two places around its shores +(such as 'Ain Feshkhah), die in a very short time if introduced into the +main waters of the lake. The only animal life reported from the lake has +been some tetanus and other bacilli said to have been found in its mud; +but this discovery has not been confirmed. To the chloride of calcium is +due the smooth and oily feeling of the water, and to the chloride of +magnesia its disagreeable taste. In Roman times curative properties were +ascribed to the waters: Mukaddasi (A.D. 985) asserts that people +assembled to drink it on a feast day in August. The salt of the Dead Sea +is collected and sold in Jerusalem; smuggling of salt (which in Turkey +is a government monopoly) is a regular occupation of the Bedouin. The +bitumen which floats to shore is also collected. The origin of this +bitumen is disputed: it was supposed to be derived from subaqueous +strata of bituminous marl and rose to the surface when loosened by +earthquakes. It is, however, now more generally believed that it exists +in the breccia of some of the valleys on the west side of the lake, +which is washed into the sea and submerged, till the small stones by +which it is sunk are loosened and fall out, when the bitumen rises to +the surface. + +_History._--The earliest references to the sea or its basin are in the +patriarchal narratives of Lot and Abraham, the most striking being the +destruction of the neighbouring cities of Sodom and Gomorrah. (See +SODOM.) The biblical name is the Salt Sea, the Sea of the Arabah (the +south end of the Jordan valley), or the East Sea. The name in Josephus +is _Asphaltites_, referring to the bituminous deposits above alluded to. +The modern name is Bahr Lut or "Sea of Lot"--a name hardly to be +explained as a survival of a vague tradition of the patriarch, but more +probably due to the literary influences of the Hebrew Scriptures and the +Koran filtering through to the modern inhabitants or their ancestors. +The name Dead Sea first appears in late Greek writers, as Pausanias and +Galen. At En-Gedi on its western bank David for a while took refuge. +South of it is the stronghold of Masada, built by Jonathan Maccabaeus +and fortified by Herod in 42 B.C., where the last stand of the Jews was +made against the Romans after the fall of Jerusalem, and where the +garrison, when the defences were breached, slew themselves rather than +fall into Roman hands. + +The sea has been but little navigated. Tacitus and Josephus mention +boats on the lake, and boats are shown upon it in the Madeba mosaic. The +navigation dues formed part of the revenue of the lords of Kerak under +the crusaders. In modern times navigation is practically _nil_. The +lake, with the whole Jericho plain, is claimed as the personal property +of the sultan. + +The medieval travellers brought home many strange legends of the sea and +its peculiarities--some absurd, others with a basis of fact. The absence +of sea-birds, due to the absence of fish, probably accounts for the +story that no birds could fly over it. The absence of vegetation on its +shores, due to the scanty rainfall and general want of fresh +water--except in the neighbourhood of springs like 'Ain Feshkhah and +'Ain Jidi, where a luxuriant subtropical vegetation is found--accounts +for the story that no plant could live in the poisonous air which broods +over the sea. The mists, due to the great heat and excessive +evaporation, and the noxious miasmata, especially of the southern +region, were exaggerated into the noisome vapours that the "black and +stinking" waters ever exhaled. The judgment on Sodom and Gomorrah (which +of course they believed to be _under_ the waters of the lake, in +accordance with the absurd theory first found in Josephus and still +often repeated) blinded these good pilgrims to the ever-fresh beauty of +this most lovely lake, whose blue and sparkling waters lie deep between +rocks and precipices of unsurpassable grandeur. The play of brilliant +colours and of ever-changing contrasts of light and shade on those +rugged mountain-sides and on the surface of the sea itself might have +been expected to appeal to the most prosaic. The surface of the sea is +generally smooth (seldom, however, absolutely inert as the pilgrims +represented it), but is frequently raised by the north winds into waves, +which, owing to the weight and density of the water, are often of great +force. + +The first to navigate the sea in modern times was an Irish traveller, +Costigan by name, in August and September 1835. Owing largely to the +folly of his Greek servant, who, without his master's knowledge, threw +overboard the drinking-water to lighten the boat, the explorer after +circumnavigating the sea reached Jericho in an exhausted condition, and +was there attacked by a severe fever. The greatest difficulty was +experienced in obtaining assistance for him, but he was ultimately +conveyed on camel-back to Jerusalem, where he died; his grave is in the +Franciscan cemetery there. His fate was shared by his successor, a +British naval officer, Lieutenant Molyneux (1847), whose party was +attacked and robbed by Bedouins. W. F. Lynch, an American explorer +(1848), equipped by the United States government, was more successful, +and he may claim to be the first who examined its shores and sounded its +depths. Since his time the duc de Luynes, Lartet, Wilson, Hull, +Blanckenhorn, Gautier, Libbey, Masterman and Schmidt, to name but a few, +have made contributions to our knowledge of this lake; but still many +problems present themselves for solution. Among these may be mentioned +(1) the explanation of a remarkable line of white foam that extends +along the axis of the lake almost every morning--supposed by +Blanckenhorn to mark the line of a fissure, thermal and asphaltic, under +the bed of the lake, but otherwise explained as a consequence of the +current of the Jordan, which is not completely expended till it reaches +the Lisan, or as a result of the mingling of the salt water with the +brackish spring water especially along the western shore; (2) a +northward current that has been observed along the east coast; (3) +various disturbances of level, due possibly to differences of barometric +pressure; (4) some apparently electrical phenomena that have been +observed in the valley. Before we can be said to know all that we might +regarding this most interesting of lakes further extensive scientific +observations are necessary; but these are extremely difficult owing to +the impossibility of maintaining self-registering instruments in a +region practically closed to Europeans for nearly half the year by the +stifling heat, and inhabited only by Bedouins, who are the worst kind of +ignorant, thievish and mischievous savages. (R. A. S. M.) + + + + +DEADWOOD, a city and the county-seat of Lawrence county, South Dakota, +U.S.A., about 180 m. W. of Pierre. Pop. (1890) 2366; (1900) 3498, of +whom 707 were foreign-born; (1905) 4364; (1910) 3653. It is served by +the Chicago, Burlington & Quincy and the Chicago & North-Western +railways. It lies on hilly ground in the canyon of Whitewood Creek at an +elevation of about 4530 ft. Deadwood is the commercial centre of the +Black Hills. About it are several gold mines (including the well-known +Home-stake mine), characterized by the low grade of their ores (which +range from $2 to $8 per ton), by their vast quantity, and by the ease of +mining and of extracting the metal. The ore contains free gold, which is +extracted by the simple process of stamping and amalgamation, and +refractory values, extracted by the cyaniding process. Several hundred +tons of ore are treated thus in Deadwood and its environs daily, and its +stamp mills are exceeded in size only by those of the Treadwell mine in +S.E. Alaska, and by those on the Rand in South Africa. The discovery of +gold here was made known in June 1875, and in February 1877 the United +States government, after having purchased the land from the Sioux +Indians, opened the place for legal settlement. + + + + +DEAF AND DUMB.[1] The term "deaf" is frequently applied to those who are +deficient in hearing power in any degree, however slight, as well as to +people who are unable to detect the loudest sounds by means of the +auditory organs. It is impossible to draw a hard and fast line between +the deaf and the hearing at any particular point. For the purposes of +this article, however, that denotation which is generally accepted by +educators of the deaf may be given to the term. This makes it refer to +those who are so far handicapped as to be incapable of instruction by +the ordinary means of the ear in a class of those possessing normal +hearing. Paradoxical though it may seem, it is yet true to say that +"dumbness" in our sense of the word does not, strictly speaking, exist, +though the term "dumb" may, for all practical purposes, fairly be +applied to many of the deaf even after they are supposed to have learnt +how to speak. Oral teachers now confess that it is not worth while to +try to teach more than a large percentage of the deaf to speak at all. +We are not concerned with aphasia, stammering or such inability to +articulate as may be due to malformation of the vocal organs. In the +case of the deaf and dumb, as these words are generally understood, +dumbness is merely the result of ignorance in the use of the voice, this +ignorance being due to the deafness. The vocal organs are perfect. The +deaf man can laugh, shout, and in fact utter any and every sound that +the normal person can. But he does not speak English (if that happens to +be his nationality) for the same reason that a French child does not, +which is that he has never heard it. There is in fact no more a priori +reason why an English baby, born in England, should talk English than +that it should talk any other language. English may be correctly +described as its "mother tongue," but not its _natural_ language; the +only reason why one person speaks English and another Russian is that +each imitated that particular language which he heard in infancy. This +imitation depends upon the ability to hear. Hence if one has never +heard, or has lost hearing in early childhood, he has never been able to +imitate that language which his parents and others used, and the +condition of so-called dumbness is added to his deafness. From this it +follows that if the sense of hearing be not lost till the child has +learnt to speak fluently, the ability to speak is unaffected by the +calamity of deafness, except that after many years the voice is likely +to become high-pitched, or too guttural, or peculiar in some other +respect, owing to the absence of the control usually exercised by the +ear. It also follows that, to a certain extent, the art of speech can be +taught the deaf person even though he were born deaf. Theoretically, he +is capable of talking just as well as his hearing brother, for the +organs of speech are as perfect in one as in the other, except that they +suffer from lack of exercise in the case of the deaf man. Practically, +he can never speak perfectly, for even if he were made to attempt +articulation as soon as he is discovered to be deaf, the fact that the +ear, the natural guide of the voice, is useless, lays upon him a +handicap which can never be wiped out. He can never hear the tone of his +teacher's voice nor of his own; he can only see small and, in many +instances, scarcely discernible movements of the lips, tongue, nose, +cheeks and throat in those who are endeavouring to teach him to speak, +and he can never hope to succeed in speech through the instrumentality +of such unsatisfactory appeals to his eye as perfectly as the hearing +child can with the ideal adaptation of the voice to the ear. Sound +appeals to the ear, not the eye, and those who have to rely upon the +latter to imitate speech must suffer by comparison. + +Deafness then, in our sense, means the incapacity to be instructed by +means of the ear in the normal way, and dumbness means only that +ignorance of how to speak one's mother tongue which is the effect of the +deafness. + +Of such deaf people many can hear sound to some extent. Dr Kerr Love +quotes several authorities (_Deaf Mutism_, pp. 58 ff.) to show that 50 +or 60% are absolutely deaf, while 25% can detect loud sounds such as +shouting close to the ear, and the rest can distinguish vowels or even +words. He himself thinks that not more than 15 or 20% are totally +deaf--sometimes only 7 or 8%; that ability to hear speech exists in +about one in four, while ten or fifteen in each hundred are only +semi-deaf. He rightly warns against the use of tuning forks or other +instruments held on the bones of the head as tests of hearing, because +the vibration which is felt, not heard, may very often be mistaken for +sound. + +Dr Edward M. Gallaudet, president of the Columbia Institution for the +Deaf in Washington, D.C., suggests the following terms for use in +dividing the whole class of the deaf into its main sections, though it +is obviously impossible to split them up into perfectly defined +subdivisions, where, as a matter of fact, you have each degree of +deafness and dumbness shading into the next:--the _speaking deaf_, _the +semi-speaking deaf_, the _mute deaf_ (or _deaf-mute_), the _speaking +semi-deaf_, the _mute semi-deaf_, the _hearing mute_ and the _hearing +semi-mute_. He points out that the last two classes are usually persons +of feeble mental power. We should exclude these altogether from the +list, since their hearing is, presumably, perfect, and should add the +_semi-speaking semi-deaf_ before the mute semi-deaf. This would give two +main divisions--those who cannot hear at all, and those who have partial +hearing--with three subsections in each main division--those who speak, +those who have partial speech and those who do not speak at all. Where +the hearing is perfect it is paradoxical to class a person with the +deaf, and the dumbness in such a case is due (where there is no +malformation of the vocal organs) to inability of the mind to pay +attention to, and imitate, what the ear really hears. In such cases this +mental weakness is generally shown in other ways besides that of not +hearing sounds. Probably no sign will be given of recognizing persons or +objects around; there will be in fact, a general incapacity of the +whole body and senses. It is incorrect to designate such persons as deaf +and feeble-minded or deaf and idiotic, because in many cases their +organs of hearing are as perfect as are other organs of their body, and +they are no more deaf than blind, though they may pay no attention to +what they hear any more than to what they see. They are simply weak in +intellect, and this is shown by the disuse of any and all of their +senses; hence it is incorrect to classify them according to one, and one +only, of the evidences of this mental weakness. + + _Extent of Deafness._--The following table shows the number of deaf + and dumb persons in the United Kingdom at successive censuses:-- + + +------+-----------------------------------------+ + | | NUMBER OF DEAF AND DUMB PERSONS. | + | YEAR.+---------+---------+----------+----------+ + | | United | England | Scotland.| Ireland. | + | |Kingdom. |& Wales. | | | + +------+---------+---------+----------+----------+ + | 1851 | 17,649 | 10,314 | 2155 | 5180 | + | 1861 | 20,224 | 12,236 | 2335 | 5653 | + | 1871 | 19,159 | 11,518 | 2087 | 5554 | + | 1881 | 20,573 | 13,295 | 2142 | 5136 | + | 1891 | 20,781 | 14,192 | 2125 | 4464 | + | 1901 | 21,855 | 15,246 | 2638 | 3971 | + +------+---------+---------+----------+----------+ + + From this we find that the proportion of deaf and dumb to the + population has been as follows:-- + + +------+-----------------------------------------------+ + | | PROPORTION OF DEAF AND DUMB TO THE POPULATION.| + | YEAR.+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + | | United | England | Scotland. | Ireland. | + | | Kingdom. | & Wales. | | | + +------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + | 1851 | 1 in 1550 | 1 in 1739 | 1 in 1340 | 1 in 1264 | + | 1861 | 1 in 1430 | 1 in 1639 | 1 in 1310 | 1 in 1025 | + | 1871 | 1 in 1642 | 1 in 1972 | 1 in 1610 | 1 in 974 | + | 1881 | 1 in 1694 | 1 in 1953 | 1 in 1745 | 1 in 1008 | + | 1891 | 1 in 1814 | 1 in 2040 | 1 in 1893 | 1 in 1053 | + | 1901 | 1 in 1897 | 1 in 2132 | 1 in 1694 | 1 in 1122 | + +------+-----------+-----------+-----------+-----------+ + + There has, therefore, been on the whole a steady decrease of those + described as "deaf and dumb" in proportion to the population in Great + Britain and Ireland. But in the census for 1901, in addition to the + 15,246 returned as "deaf and dumb" in England and Wales, 18,507 were + entered as being "deaf," 2433 of whom were described as having been + "deaf from childhood." + + Mr B. H. Payne, the principal of the Royal Cambrian Institution, + Swansea, makes the following remarks upon these figures:-- + + "The natural conclusion, of course, is that there has been a large + increase, relative as well as absolute, of the class in which we are + interested, which we call the deaf, and which includes the deaf and + dumb. Indeed, the number, large as it is, cannot be considered as + complete, for the schedules did not require persons who were only deaf + to state their infirmity, and, though many did so, it may be presumed + that more did not. + + "On the other hand, circumstances exist which may reasonably be held + to modify the conclusion that there has been a large relative increase + of the deaf. The spread of education, the development of local + government, and an improved system of registration, may have had the + effect of procuring fuller enumeration and more appropriate + classification than heretofore, while 1368 persons described simply as + dumb, and who therefore probably belong, not to the deaf, but to the + feeble-minded and aphasic classes, are included in the 'deaf and dumb' + total. It is also to be noted that some of those who described + themselves as 'deaf' though not born so may have been educated in the + ordinary way before they lost their hearing, and are therefore outside + the sphere of the operation of schools for the deaf. + + "In connexion with the census of 1891, it has been remarked in the + report of the institution that no provision was made in the schedules + for distinguishing the congenital from the non-congenital deaf, and + that it was desirable to draw such a distinction. To ascertain the + relative increase or decrease of one or the other section of the class + would contribute to our knowledge of the incidence of known causes of + deafness or to the confirmation or discovery of other causes, and so + far indicate the appropriate measures of prevention, while such an + inquiry as that recommended has, besides, a certain bearing upon + educational views. + + "The exact number of 'deaf and dumb' and 'deaf' children who are of + school age cannot be ascertained from the census tables, which give + the numbers in quinquennial age-groups, while the school age is seven + to sixteen. It is a pity that in this respect the functions of the + census department are not co-ordinated with those of the Board of + Education." + + John Hitz, the superintendent of the Volta Bureau for the Increase of + Knowledge Relating to the Deaf, Washington, D.C., U.S.A., gives the + number of schools for deaf children, and pupils, in different + countries in 1900 as follows:-- + + AFRICA. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Algeria | 1 | 3 | 37 | + | Egypt | 1 | 2 | 6 | + | Cape Colony | 4 | 9* | 77 | + | Natal | 1 | 2 | 7 | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 7 | 16* | 127 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + * Incomplete. + + ASIA. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | China | 3 | 10 | 43 | + | India | 3 | 13 | 73 | + | Japan | 3 | 24 | 337 | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 9 | 47 | 453 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + + AUSTRALASIA. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Australia | 6 | 41 | 282 | + | New Zealand | 1 | 5 | 50 | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 7 | 46 | 332 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + + EUROPE. + + +------------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +------------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Austria-Hungary | 38 | 291 | 2440 | + | Belgium | 12 | 181 | 1265 | + | Denmark | 5 | 57 | 348 | + | France | 71 | 598 | 4098 | + | Germany | 99 | 798 | 6497 | + | Great Britain | 95 | 462 | 4222 | + | Italy | 47 | 234 | 2519 | + | Luxemburg | 1 | 3 | 22 | + | Netherlands | 3 | 74 | 473 | + | Norway | 5 | 54 | 309 | + | Portugal | 2 | 9 | 64 | + | Rumania | 1 | 3 | 46 | + | Russia, Finland, | | | | + | Livonia | 34 | 118 | 1719 | + | Servia | 2 | 2* | 26* | + | Spain | 11 | 60 | 462 | + | Sweden | 9 | 124 | 726 | + | Switzerland | 14 | 84 | 650 | + | Turkey | 1 | | | + | +---------+----------+---------| + | | 450 | 3152 |25,886 | + +------------------+---------+----------+---------+ + * Incomplete. + + NORTH AMERICA. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Canada | 7 | 130 | 768 | + | United States | 126 | 1347 | 10,946 | + | Mexico | 1 | 13 | 46 | + | Cuba | 1 | | | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 135 | 1490 | 11,760 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + + SOUTH AMERICA. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Argentine | 4 | 18 | 133 | + | Brazil | 1 | 9 | 35 | + | Chile | 1 | 7 | 61 | + | Uruguay | 1 | | | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 7 | 34 | 229 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + + SUMMARY. + + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + | Country. | Schools.| Teachers.| Pupils. | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + |Africa | 7 | 16 | 127 | + |Asia | 9 | 47 | 453 | + |Australia | 7 | 46 | 332 | + |Europe | 450 | 3152 | 25,886 | + |North America | 135 | 1490 | 11,760 | + |South America | 7 | 34 | 229 | + | +---------+----------+---------+ + | | 615 | 4785 | 38,787 | + +---------------+---------+----------+---------+ + + These figures refer only to deaf children who are actually under + instruction, not to the whole deaf population. + + While it is gratifying to find that so much is being done in the way + of educating this class of the community, the number of schools in + most parts of the world is still lamentably inadequate. For instance, + taking the school age as from seven to sixteen, which is now made + compulsory by Act of Parliament in Great Britain, and assuming that + 20% of the deaf population are of that age, as they are in England, + there should be 40,000 deaf pupils under instruction in India alone, + whereas there are but seventy-three. There are 200,000 deaf of all + ages in India. And what an enormous total should be in schools in + China instead of forty-three! The whole of the rest of Asia, with the + exception of Japan, has apparently not a single school. There must be + many thousands of thousands of deaf (hundreds of thousands, if not + thousands of thousands of whom are of school age) in that continent, + unless indeed they are destroyed, which is not impossible. What are we + to say of Africa, where only 100 pupils are being taught; of South + America, with its paltry 200, and Australia's 300? To come to Europe + itself, Russia should have many times more pupils than her 1700. Even + in Great Britain the education of the deaf was not made compulsory + till 1893, and there are many still evading the law and growing up + uneducated. Mr Payne of Swansea estimated (_Institution Report_, + 1903-1904) from the 1901 census, that there must be approximately 204 + deaf of school age in South Wales and Monmouthshire, while only 144 + were accounted for in all the schools in that district according to Dr + Hitz's statistics. + + Dr Kerr Love (_Deaf Mutism_, p. 217) gives the following table, which + shows the number of deaf people in proportion to the population in the + countries named:-- + + Switzerland 1 in 408 + Austria " 765 + Hungary " 792 + Sweden " 977 + Prussia " 981 + Finland " 981 + Canada " 1003 + Norway " 1052 + Germany (exclusive of Prussia) " 1074 + Portugal " 1333 + Ireland " 1398* + India " 1459 + United States " 1514 + Denmark " 1538 + Greece " 1548 + France " 1600 + Italy " 1862 + Scotland " 1885* + Cape Colony " 1904 + England " 2043* + Spain " 2178 + Belgium " 2247 + Australasia " 2692 + Holland " 2985 + Ceylon " 4328 + + * The figures for England, Scotland and Ireland, according to the + 1901 census, are different and have been given above. + + According to a tabular statement of British and Colonial schools, June + 1899, the proportion of those born deaf to those who lost hearing + after birth was, at that time and in those countries, 2126 to 1251, as + far as returns had been made. Several schools had, however, failed to + give statistics. These figures show a proportion of nearly 59% + congenitally deaf persons to over 41% whose deafness is acquired. + Professor Fay, whose monumental work, _Marriages of the Deaf in + America_, deserves particular attention, mentions (p. 38) that of + 23,931 persons who attended American schools for the deaf up to the + year 1890, 9842, or 41%, were reported as congenitally deaf, and + 14,089, or 59%, as adventitiously deaf,--figures which exactly reverse + those just quoted. The classification of deafness acquired in infancy + with congenital deafness by some other authorities (giving rise to the + rather absurd term "toto-congenital" to describe the latter) is + unscientific. There is reason for the opinion that the non-congenital, + even when hearing has been lost in early infancy, acquire language + better, and it is a mistake from any point of view to include them in + the born deaf. + + Other statistics vary very much as to the proportion of born deaf, + some being as low as a quarter, and some as high as three-quarters, of + the whole class. We can only say, speaking of both sides of the + Atlantic, and counterbalancing one period with another, that the + general average appears to be about 50% for each. Probably the + percentage varies in different places for definite reasons, which we + shall now briefly consider. + +_Causes of Deafness._--These may be considered in two divisions, +pre-natal and post-natal. + +1. _Pre-Natal._--A small percentage of these is due, it seems, to +malformation of some portion of the auditory apparatus. Another +percentage is known to represent the children of the intermarriage of +blood relations. Dr Kerr Love (_Deaf Mutism_, p. 117) gives statistics +from thirteen British institutions which show that on a general average +at least 8% of the congenitally deaf are the offspring of such +marriages. Besides this, little is known. Beyond all doubt a much larger +percentage of deaf children are the offspring of marriages in which one +or both partners were born deaf than of ordinary marriages. But +inquiries into such phenomena have generally been directed towards +tracing deafness and not consanguinity, or at least the inquirer has +rarely troubled to make sure whether the grandparents or +great-grandparents on either side were relations or not. Such +investigations rarely go beyond ascertaining if the parents were related +to each other, though we have proof that a certain tendency towards any +particular abnormality may not exhibit itself in every generation of the +family in question. To give an illustration, suppose that G is a deaf +man. Several inquirers may trace back to the preceding generation F, and +to the grandparents E, and even to the great-grandparents D, in search +of an ancestor who is deaf, and such they may discover in the third +generation D. But probably not one of these several inquirers will ask G +if any of his grandparents or great-grandparents married a cousin, for +instance, though they may ask if his father did. To continue this +hypothetical case, the investigators will again trace back along the +family tree to generations C, B and A in search of an original _deaf_ +ancestor, on whose shoulders they seek to lay the blame of both D's and +G's deafness. Not finding any such, they will again content themselves +with asking if D's parents (generation C) were blood relations or not, +and, receiving an answer in the negative, desist from further inquiry in +this direction, assuming that D's deafness is the original cause of G's +deafness. They do not, we fear, inquire if any grandparents or +great-grandparents (hearing people) were related, with the same +persistency as they ask if any were deaf. The search for deafness is +pushed through several generations, the search for consanguinity is only +extended to one generation. Perhaps if it were carried further, it would +be discovered that A married his niece, and there lay the secret of the +deafness in both D and G. In other words, the deafness in D is not the +cause of that in G, but the deafness in both D and G are effects of the +consanguineous marriage in A. All this is, however, merely by way of +suggestion. We submit that if deafness in one generation may be followed +by deafness two or even three generations later, while the tendency to +deafness exists, but does not appear, in the intermediate generations, +it is only logical to inquire if deafness in the first discoverable +instance in a family may not be caused by consanguinity, the effect of +which is not seen for two or three generations in a similar manner. +Moreover it is probable that consanguinity in parents or grandparents +may often be denied. An exhaustive investigation along these lines is +desirable, for we believe that congenital deafness would be proved to be +due to consanguinity in hearing people, if the search were pushed far +enough back and the truth were told, in a far greater percentage of +cases than is now suspected. This is not disproved by quoting numbers of +cases where no deafness follows consanguinity in any generation, for +resulting weakness may be shown (where it exists) in many other ways +than by deafness. + +This theory receives support from the statistics quoted by Dr Kerr Love +(_Deaf Mutism_, p. 132), where the percentage of defective children +resulting from the consanguineous marriages of hearing people increases +in almost exact proportion to the nearness of affinity of the parents. +It is further borne out by statistics of the duchy of Nassau, and of +Berlin, both quoted by Dr Kerr Love (pp. 119, 120). These show 1 deaf +person in 1397 Roman Catholics, 1101 Evangelicals and 508 Jews in the +former case, and 1 in 3000 Roman Catholics, 2000 Protestants and 400 +Jews in the latter. When we are told that "Roman Catholics prohibit +marriages between persons who are near blood relations, Protestants view +such marriages as permissible, and Jews encourage intermarriage with +blood relations," these figures become suggestive. We find the same +greater tendency to deafness in thinly-populated and out-of-the-way +districts and countries where, owing to the circle of acquaintances +being limited, people are more likely to marry relations. + + With regard to the question of marriages of the deaf, Professor Edward + Allen Fay's work is so complete that the results of his six years' + labour are particularly worthy of notice, for, as the introduction + states, the book is a "collection of records of marriages of the deaf + far larger than all previous collections put together," and it deals + in detail with 4471 such marriages. The summary of statistics is as + follows (_Marriages of the Deaf in America_, p. 134):-- + + +----------------------+-----------------+------------+--------------------+ + | | NUMBER OF | NUMBER OF | PERCENTAGE. | + | | MARRIAGES. | CHILDREN. | | + | MARRIAGES +------+----------+------+-----+----------+---------+ + | OF THE DEAF. | |Resulting | | |Marriages | | + | |Total.| in deaf |Total.|Deaf.|resulting | Deaf | + | | |offspring.| | | in deaf |children.| + | | | | | |offspring.| | + +----------------------+------+----------+------+-----+----------+---------+ + | One or both partners | | | | | | | + | deaf | 3078 | 300 | 6782 | 588 | 9.7 | 8.6 | + | Both partners deaf | 2377 | 220 | 5072 | 429 | 9.2 | 8.4 | + | One partner deaf, | | | | | | | + | the other hearing | 599 | 75 | 1532 | 151 | 12.5 | 9.8 | + | One or both partners | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf, | 1477 | 194 | 3401 | 413 | 13.1 | 12.1 | + | One or both partners | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf | 2212 | 124 | 4701 | 199 | 5.6 | 4.2 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf | 335 | 83 | 779 | 202 | 24.7 | 25.9 | + | One partner | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf, | | | | | | | + | the other | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf | 814 | 66 | 1820 | 119 | 8.1 | 6.5 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf | 845 | 30 | 1720 | 40 | 3.5 | 2.3 | + | One partner | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf, | | | | | | | + | the other hearing | 191 | 28 | 528 | 63 | 14.6 | 11.9 | + | One partner | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf,| | | | | | | + | the other hearing | 310 | 10 | 713 | 16 | 3.2 | 2.2 | + | Both partners had | | | | | | | + | deaf relatives | 437 | 103 | 1060 | 222 | 23.5 | 20.9 | + | One partner had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives, the other| | | | | | | + | had not | 541 | 36 | 1210 | 78 | 6.6 | 6.4 | + | Neither partner had | | | | | | | + | deaf relatives | 471 | 11 | 1044 | 13 | 2.3 | 1.2 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf; | | | | | | | + | both had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives | 172 | 49 | 429 | 130 | 28.4 | 30.3 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf; | | | | | | | + | one had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives, the other| | | | | | | + | had not | 49 | 8 | 105 | 21 | 16.3 | 20.0 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | congenitally deaf; | | | | | | | + | neither had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives | 14 | 1 | 24 | 1 | 7.1 | 4.1 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf;| | | | | | | + | both had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives. | 57 | 10 | 114 | 11 | 17.5 | 9.6 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf;| | | | | | | + | one had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives, the other| | | | | | | + | had not | 167 | 7 | 357 | 10 | 4.1 | 2.8 | + | Both partners | | | | | | | + | adventitiously deaf;| | | | | | | + | neither had deaf | | | | | | | + | relatives | 284 | 2 | 550 | 2 | 0.7 | 0.3 | + | Partners | | | | | | | + | consanguineous | 31 | 14 | 100 | 30 | 45.1 | 30.0 | + +----------------------+------+----------+------+-----+----------+---------+ + + One point deserves special attention in the above list. It is that + where there are no deaf relatives (i.e. where there has not been a + history of deafness in the family) only one child out of twenty-four + is deaf, even when the parents were both born deaf themselves. Where + there were deaf relatives already in the family on both sides, and the + parents were born deaf, the percentage of deaf children is seven and a + half times as great. This seems to show that there are causes of + congenital deafness which are, comparatively speaking, unlikely to be + transmitted to future generations, while other causes of congenital + deafness are so liable to be perpetuated that one child in every three + is deaf. We conjecture that one original cause of congenital deafness + which reappears in a family is consanguinity--for instance, the + intermarriage of first or second cousins (hearing people) in some + previous generation. Out of the 2245 deaf persons who were born deaf, + 269 had parents who were blood relations, according to Fay. And + perhaps many more refrained from acknowledging the fact. Eleven had + grandparents who were cousins. This theory calls for investigation, + and while the marriage of deaf people is not encouraged, it is fair to + ask those who so strenuously oppose such unions whether they may not + be spending their energies on trying to check an effect instead of a + cause, and if that cause may not really be consanguinity,--witness the + percentage of deaf people among Roman Catholics, Protestants and Jews + before noticed. On the principle that prevention is better than cure + it is the intermarriage of cousins and other relations which should be + discouraged. The marriage of deaf people is inadvisable where there + has been deafness in the family in former generations, but the same + warning applies to all the other members of that family, for the + hearing members are as likely to transmit the defect of which deafness + is a symptom as the deaf members are. We are more concerned to + discover the primary cause of the defect, and take steps to prevent + the latter from occurring at all. Those who have no dissuasions for + hearing people, who might perhaps cause the misery, and only give + counsel to those among the transmitters of it who happen to be deaf, + are acting in a manner which is hardly logical. + +2. _Post-Natal._--We have collected and grouped the stated causes of +deafness in those partners of the marriages in America noticed by Fay. +About a hundred and thirty did not mention how they lost hearing. Any +errors in this calculation must be less than 1% at most, and can make no +material difference. In some cases two or more diseases are given as the +cause of deafness. In such cases where one is a very common cause of +deafness, and the other is unusual, the former is credited with being +the reason for the defect. Where both are common, we have divided the +cases between them in a rough proportion. + + Scarlet fever 973; scarlatina 3; scarlet rash 2 978 + + Spotted fever 260; meningitis 92; spinal meningitis 76; + cerebro-spinal meningitis 70; spinal fever 28; spinal + disease 8; congestion of spine 2 536 + + Brain fever 309; inflammation of brain 62; congestion of + brain 30; disease in brain 3 404 + + Typhoid 127; "fever" (unspecified) 117; typhus 17; + intermittent fever 14; bilious fever 11; other fevers 14 300 + + Gatherings, inflammations, in head; ulcers, disease, sores, + risings, &c., all but 22 being explicitly stated to be in + head or ears 276 + + "Sickness" 167; "illness" 49; "disease" 8; no definite + specification 12 236 + + Measles 191 + + Colds 101; colds in head, &c. 35; catarrh 19; catarrhal + fevers 10; chills, &c. 17 182 + + Whooping cough 77; diphtheria 34; lung fever, and various + diseases of lungs and throat 60 171 + + Falls 143 + + Fits and convulsions 58; spasms 18; teething 16 92 + + Scrofula 35; mumps 25; swellings on neck 2 62 + + Many various and unusual causes 60 + + Smallpox 8; chickenpox 6, cholera, &c. 7; canker, &c. 11; + erysipelas 13 45 + + Paralysis, &c. 12; nerve diseases 12; fright 8; palsy 3 35 + + Hydrocephalus 14; dropsy on brain or in head 17; dropsy 2 33 + + Various accidents, blows, kicks, &c. 31 + + Quinine 22; other medicines 7 29 + ---- + Total 3804 + ---- + +We have counted a hundred and thirty of those who were returned as +having lost hearing who were also stated to be the offspring of +consanguineous marriages. + + Dr Kerr Love (_Deaf Mutism_, p. 150) gives the following list compiled + from the registers of British institutions:-- + + Scarlet fever 331 + Miscellaneous causes 175 + Teething, convulsions, &c. 171 + Meningitis, brain fever, &c. 166 + Measles 138 + Falls and accidents 122 + Enteric and other fevers 119 + Disease, illness, &c. 37 + Whooping cough 33 + Suppurative ear diseases 18 + Syphilis 2 + ---- + 1312 + + Unknown causes 98 + + The same writer quotes Hartmann's table, compiled in 1880 from + continental statistics, as follows:-- + + Cerebral affections, inflammations, + convulsions 644 + Cerebro-spinal meningitis 295 + Typhus 260 + Scarlatina 205 + Measles 84 + Ear disease, proper 77 + Lesions of the head 70 + Other diseases 354 + ---- + 1989 + +There appears to be no cure for deafness that is other than partial; but +with the advance of science preventive treatment is expected to be +efficacious in scarlet fever, measles, &c. + + +_Condition of the Deaf._ + +1. _In Childhood._--It is difficult to impress people with two facts in +connexion with teaching language to the average child who was born deaf, +or lost hearing in early infancy. One is the necessity of the +undertaking, and the other is that this necessity is not due to mental +deficiency in the pupil. To the born deaf-mute in an English-speaking +country English is a foreign language. His inability to speak is due to +his never having heard that tongue which his mother uses. The same +reason holds good for his entire ignorance of that language. The hearing +child does not know a word of English when he is born, and never would +learn it if taken away from where it is spoken. He learns English +unconsciously by imitating what he hears. The deaf child never hears +English, and so he never learns it till he goes to school. Here he has +to start learning English--or whatever is the language of his native +land--in the same way as a hearing boy learns a foreign language. + +But another reason exists which renders his task much more difficult +than that of a normal English schoolboy learning, say, German. The +latter has two channels of information, the eye and the ear; the deaf +boy has only one, the eye. The hearing boy learns German by what he +hears of it in class as well as by reading it; the deaf boy can only +learn by what he sees. It is as if you tried to fill two cisterns of the +same capacity with two inlets to one and only one inlet to the other; +supposing the inlets to be the same size, the former will fill twice as +fast. So it is in the case of the hearing boy as compared with his deaf +brother. The cerebral capacity and quality are the same, but in one case +one of the avenues to the brain is closed, and consequently the +development is less rapid. Moreover, the thoughts are precisely those +which would be expected in people who form them only from what they see. +We were often asked by our deaf playmates in our childhood such +questions (in signs) as "What does the cat say?"--"The dog talks, does +he not?"--"Is the rainbow very hot on the roof of that house?" They have +often told us such things as that they used to think someone went to the +end of the earth and climbed up the sky to light the stars, and to pour +down rain through a sieve. + +But there is yet a third disadvantage for the already handicapped deaf +boy. He has no other language to build upon, while the other has his +mother tongue with which to compare the foreign language he is learning. +The latter already has a general idea of sentences and clauses, of tense +and mood, of gender, number and case, of substantives, verbs and +prepositions; and he knows that one language must form some sort of +parallel to another. He is already prepared to find a subject, predicate +and object, in the sentence of a foreign language, even when he knows +not a word of any but his own mother tongue. If he is told that a +certain word in German is an adjective, he understands what its function +is, even when he has yet to learn the meaning of the word. All this goes +for nothing in the case of the deaf pupil. The very elementary fact that +certain words denote certain objects--that there is such a class of word +as substantives--comes as a revelation to most deaf children. They have +to begin at seven laboriously and artificially to learn what an ordinary +baby has unconsciously and naturally discovered at the age of two. +English, spoken, written, printed or finger-spelled, is no more natural, +comprehensible or easy of acquirement to the deaf than is Chinese. The +manual alphabet is simply one way of expressing the vernacular on the +fingers; it is no more the deaf-mute's "natural" language than speech or +writing, and if he cannot express himself by the latter modes of +communicating, he cannot by spelling on the fingers. The last is simply +a case of _vicaria linguae manus_. None of these are languages in +themselves; whether you use pen or type, hand or voice, you are but +adopting one or other method of expressing one and the same +tongue--English or whatever it may be, that of a "people of a strange +speech and of a hard language, whose words they cannot understand." The +deaf child's natural mode of communication--more natural to him than any +verbal language is to hearing people--is the world-wide, natural +language of signs. + +2. _Natural Language of the Deaf._--We have just called signs a natural +language. While a purist might properly object to this adjective being +applied to all signs, yet it is not an unfair term to use as regards +this method of conversing as a whole, even in the United States, where +signs, being to a great extent the French signs invented by de l'Epee, +are more artificial than in England. The old story, by the way, of the +pupil of de l'Epee failing to write more than "hand, breast," as +describing what an incredulous investigator did when he laid his hand on +his breast, proves nothing. In all probability he had no idea that he +was expected to describe an action, and thought that he was being asked +the names of certain parts of the body. The hand was held out to him and +he wrote "hand." Then the breast was indicated by placing the hand on +it, and he wrote "breast." Moreover, the artificial element is much less +pronounced than is supposed by most of those who are loudest in their +condemnation of signs, there being almost invariably an obvious +connexion between the sign and idea. These critics are generally people +whose acquaintance with the subject is rather limited, and the +thermometer of whose zeal in waging war against gestures generally falls +in proportion as the photometer of their knowledge about them shows an +increasing light. We may go still further and point out that to object +to any sign on the ground of artificiality _per se_, is to strain at the +gnat and to swallow the camel, for English itself is one of the most +artificial languages in existence, and certainly is more open to such an +objection than signs. If we apply the same test to English that is +applied to signs by those who would rule out any which they suppose +cannot come under the head of natural gesture or pantomime, what +fraction of our so-called natural language should we have left? For a +spoken word to be "natural" in this sense it must be onomatopoetic, and +what infinitesimal percentage of English words are such? A foreigner, +unacquainted with the language, could not glean the drift of a +conversation in English, except perhaps a trifle from the tone of the +voices and more from the natural signs used--the smiles and frowns, the +expressions of the faces, the play of eyes, lips, hands and whole body. +The only words he could possibly understand without such aids are some +such onomatopoetic words as the cries of animals--"mew," "chirrup," &c., +and a few more like "bang" or "swish." + +The reason why we insist emphatically upon the importance of teaching +English in schools for the deaf in English-speaking countries, is, +firstly, because that is the language which the pupil will be called +upon to use in his intercourse with his fellow-men after he leaves +school, and secondly, because, if his grasp of that tongue only be +sufficient and his interest in books be properly aroused, he can go on +educating himself in after-life by means of reading. Time tables are +overcrowded with kindergarten, clay modelling, wood-carving, carpentry, +and other things which are excellent in themselves. But there is not +time for everything, and these are not as important in the case of the +deaf pupil as language. Putting aside the question of religion and moral +training, we consider the flooding of their minds with general +knowledge, and the teaching of English to enable them to express their +thoughts to their neighbours, to be of paramount importance, so +paramount that all other branches of education in their turn pale into +insignificance by comparison with these, while the question of methods +of instruction should be subservient to these main ends. Too many make +speech in itself an end. This is a mistake. Speech is not in itself +English; it is only one way of expressing that language. And we are +little concerned to inquire by what means the deaf pupil expresses +himself in English so long as he does so express himself, whether by +speech or writing, or as he does so express himself, whether by speech +or writing or finger-spelling--for if he can finger-spell he can write. +It is not the mere fact that he can make certain sounds or write certain +letters or form the alphabet on his hands that should signify. It is the +actual language that he uses, whatever be the means, and the thoughts +that are enshrined in the language, that should be our criterion when +judging of his education. + +The importance of English is insisted upon because to place the deaf +child in touch with his English-speaking fellow-men we must teach him +their language, and also because he can thereby educate himself by means +of books if, and when, he has a sufficient command of that language. The +reason is not because the vernacular is actually superior to signs as a +means of conversation. The sign language is quite equal to the +vernacular as a means of expression. The former is as much our mother +tongue, if we may say so, as the latter; we used one language as soon as +the other, in our earliest infancy; and, after a lifelong experience of +both, we affirm that signs are a more beautiful language than English, +and provide possibilities of a wealth of expression which English does +not possess, and which probably no other language possesses. + +That others whose knowledge of signs is lifelong hold similar opinions +is shown by the following extract from _The Deaf and their +Possibilities_, by Dr Gallaudet:-- + + "Thinking that the question may arise in the minds of some, 'Does the + sign language give the deaf, when used in public addresses, all that + speech affords to the hearing?' I will say that my experience and + observation lead me to answer with a decided affirmative. On occasions + almost without number it has been my privilege to interpret, through + signs to the deaf, addresses given in speech; I have addressed + hundreds of assemblages of deaf persons in the college, in schools I + have visited, and elsewhere, using signs for the original expression + of thought; I have seen many more lectures and public debates given + originally in signs; I have seen conventions of deaf-mutes in which no + word was spoken, and yet all the forms of parliamentary proceedings + were observed, and the most earnest, and even excited, discussions + were carried on. I have seen the ordinances of religion administered, + and the full service of the Church rendered in signs; and all this + with the assurance growing out of my complete understanding of the + language--a knowledge which dates from my earliest childhood--that for + all the purposes enumerated gestural expression is in no respect + inferior, and is in many respects superior, to oral, verbal utterance + as a means of communicating ideas." + +The following is an analysis of the sign language given by Mr Payne of +the Swansea Institution, together with his explanatory notes:-- + +"_Analysis of the Sign Language._ + + I. Facial expression. + + /1. Sympathetic \ + II. Gesture < 2. Representative (= Natural signs | Conventional + \3. Systematic (a) Arbitrary signs > especially in + (b) Grammatical signs / shortened form. + III. Mimic action. + + IV. Pantomime. + + + "_Observations._--People speak of 'manual signs.' Of course there are + signs which are made with the hands only, as there are others which + are labial, &c. But the sign language is comprehensive, and at times + the whole frame is engaged in its use. A late American teacher could + and did 'sign' a story to his pupils with his hands behind him. Facial + expression plays an important part in the language. Sympathetic + gestures are individualistic and spontaneous, and are sometimes + unconsciously made. The speaker, feeling that words are inadequate, + reinforces them with gesture. Arbitrary signs are, e.g., drumming with + three separated fingers on the chin for 'uncle.' Grammatical signs are + those which are used for inflections, parts of speech, or letters as + in the manual alphabet, and some numerical signs, though other + numerals may be classed as natural; also signs for sounds, and even + labial signs. Signs, whether natural or arbitrary, which gain + acceptance, especially if they are shortened, are 'conventional.' + 'Mimic action' refers, e.g., to the sign for sawing, the side of one + hand being passed to and fro over the side or back of the + other.'Pantomime' means, e.g., when the signer pretends to hang up his + hat and coat, roll up his sleeves, kneel on his board, guide the saw + with his thumb, saw through, wipe his forehead, &c." + +Illustrations of one style of numerical signs are given below. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.] + +Units are signified with the palm turned inwards; tens with the palm +turned outwards; hundreds with the fingers downwards; thousands with the +left hand to the right shoulder; millions with the hand near the +forehead. For 12, sign 10 outwards and 2 inwards, and so on up to 19. 21 += 2 outwards, 1 inwards, and so on up to 30. 146 = 1 downwards, 4 +outwards, 6 inwards. 207,837 = 2 downwards, 7 inwards (both at +shoulder), 8 downwards, 3 outwards, 7 inwards. 599,126,345 = 5 +downwards, 9 outwards, 9 inwards (all near forehead); 1 downwards, 2 +outwards, 6 inwards (all at shoulder); 3 downwards, 4 outwards, 5 +inwards (in front of chest). + +Only the third, and a few of the second, subdivision of the second +section of the above classes of signs can be excluded when talking of +signs as being the deaf-mute's natural language. In fact we hesitate to +call representative gesture--e.g. the horns and action of milking for +"cow," the smelling at something grasped in the hand for "flower," +&c.--conventional at all, except when shortened as the usual sign for +"cat" is, for instance, from the sign for whiskers _plus_ stroking the +fur on back and tail _plus_ the action of a cat licking its paw and +washing its face, to the sign for whiskers only. + +The deaf child expresses himself in the sign language of his own accord. +The supposition that in manual or combined schools generally they "teach +them signs" is incorrect, except that perhaps occasionally a few pupils +may be drilled and their signs polished for a dramatic rendering of a +poem at a prize distribution or public meeting, which is no more +"teaching them signs" than training hearing children to recite the same +poem orally and polishing their rendering of it is teaching them +English. If the deaf boy meets with some one who will use gesture to +him, a new sign will be invented as occasion requires by one or other to +express a new idea, and if it be a good one is tacitly adopted to +express that idea, and so an entire language is built up. It follows +that in different localities signs will differ to a great extent, but +one who is accustomed to signing can readily see the connexion and +understand what is meant even when the signs are partly novel to him. We +are sometimes asked if we can make a deaf child understand abstract +ideas by this language. Our answer is that we can, if a hearing child of +no greater age and intelligence can understand the same ideas in +English. Signs are particularly the best means of conveying religious +truths to the deaf. If you wish to appeal to him, to impress him, to +reach his heart and his sympathies (and, incidentally, to offer the best +possible substitute for music), use his own eloquent language of signs. +We have conversed by signs with deaf people from all parts of the +British Isles, from France, Norway and Sweden, Poland, Finland, Italy, +Russia, Turkey, the United States, and found that they are indeed a +world-wide means of communication, even when we wandered on to most +unusual and abstract subjects. Deaf people in America converse with Red +Indians with ease thereby, which shows how natural the generality of +even de l'Epee signs are. The sign language is everybody's natural +language, not only the deaf-mute's. + + Addison (_Deaf Mutism_, p. 283) quotes John Bulwer as follows:--"What + though you (the deaf and dumb) cannot express your minds in those + verbal contrivances of man's invention: yet you want not speech who + have your whole body for a tongue, having a language which is more + natural and significant, which is common to you with us, to wit, + gesture, the general and universal language of human nature." The same + writer says further on (p. 297): "The same process of growth goes on + alike with the signs of the deaf and dumb as with the spoken words of + the hearing. Arnold, than whom no stronger advocate of the oral method + exists, recognizes this in his comment on this principle of the German + school, for he writes: 'It is much to be regretted that teachers + should indulge in unqualified assertions of the impossibility of + deaf-mutes attaining to clear conceptions and abstract thinking by + signs or mimic gestures. Facts are against them.' Again, Graham Bell, + who is generally considered an opponent of the sign system, says: 'I + think that if we have the mental condition of the child alone in view + without reference to language, no language will reach the mind like + the language of signs; it is the method of reaching the mind of the + deaf child.'" + + The opinions of the deaf themselves, from all parts of the world, are + practically unanimous on this question. In the words of Dr Smith, + president of the World's Congress of the Deaf held at St Louis, + Missouri, in 1904, under the auspices of the National Association of + the Deaf, U.S.A., "the educated deaf have a right to be heard in these + matters, and they must and shall be heard." A portion may be quoted of + the resolutions passed at that congress of 570 of the best-informed + deaf the world has ever seen, at least scores, if not hundreds, of + them holding degrees, and being as well educated as the vast majority + of teachers of the deaf in England: "Resolved, that the oral method, + which withholds from the congenitally and quasi-congenitally deaf the + use of the language of signs outside the schoolroom, robs the children + of their birthright; that those champions of the oral method, who have + been carrying on a warfare, both overt and covert, against the use of + the language of signs by the adult deaf, are not friends of the deaf; + and that, in our opinion, it is the duty of every teacher of the deaf, + no matter what method he or she uses, to have a working command of the + sign language." + +It is often urged as an objection to the use of signs that those who use +them think in them, and that their English (or other vernacular +language) suffers in consequence. There is, however, no more objection +to thinking in signs than to thinking in any other language, and as to +the second objection, facts are against such a statement. The +best-educated deaf in the world, as a class, are in America, and the +American deaf sign almost to a man. It is true that at first a beginner +in school may, when at a loss how to express himself in words, render +his thoughts in sign-English, if we may use the expression, just as a +schoolboy will sometimes put Latin words in the English order. That is, +the deaf pupil puts the word in the natural order of the signs, which is +really the logical order, and is much nearer the Latin sequence of words +than the English. But, firstly, if he had always been forbidden to use +signs he would not express himself in English any better in that +particular instance; he would simply not attempt to express himself at +all,--so he loses nothing, at least; and secondly, it is perfectly easy +to teach him in a very short time that each language has its own idiom +and that the thought is expressed in a different order in each. + +Of the deaf child's moral condition nothing more need be said than that +it is at first exactly that of his hearing brother, and his development +therein depends entirely upon whether he is trained to the same degree. +The need of this is great. He is quite as capable of religious and moral +instruction, and benefits as much by what he receives of it. Happiness +is a noticeable feature of the character of the deaf when they are +allowed to mix with each other. The charge of bad temper can usually be +sustained only when the fault is on the side of those with whom they +live. For instance, the latter often talk in the presence of the deaf +person without saying a word to him, and if he then shows irritation, +which is not often in any case, it is no more to be wondered at than if +a hearing person resents whispering or other secret communication in his +presence. + +3. _Social Status, &c._--From the 1901 census "Summary Tables" we gather +the following facts concerning the occupations of the deaf, aged ten and +upwards, in England and Wales. About half of the total number, taking +males and females together (13,450), are engaged in occupations--6665. +The rest--6785--are retired or unoccupied. Of the former, the following +table given below shows the distribution:-- + + In general or local government work (clerks, messengers, &c.) 11 + In professional occupations and subordinate services 87 + In domestic offices or services 788 + In commercial occupations 12 + In work connected with conveyance of men, goods or messages 144 + In agriculture 568 + In fishing 3 + In and about mines and quarries, &c. 151 + In work connected with metals, machines, implements, &c. 503 + In work connected with precious metals, jewels, games, &c. 46 + In building and works of construction 485 + In work connected with wood, furniture, fittings and decorations 470 + In work connected with brick, cement, pottery and glass 153 + In work connected with chemicals, oil, soap, &c. 46 + In work connected with skins, hair and feathers 137 + In work connected with paper, prints, books, &c. 238 + In work connected with textile fabrics 407 + In work connected with dress 1829 + In work connected with food, tobacco, drink and lodging 194 + In work connected with gas, water and electric supply, and + sanitary service 22 + Other general and undefined workers and dealers 371 + ---- + Total 6665 + + Among those in professional occupations are a clergyman, five law + clerks, ten schoolmasters, teachers, &c., thirty-seven painters, + engravers and sculptors, and seven photographers. Of those not engaged + in occupations, 235 have retired from business, and 245 are living on + their own means. Probably a very large number of the remainder were + out of work or engaged in odd jobs at the time of the census; it would + certainly be incorrect to take the words "Without specified + occupations or unoccupied" to mean that those classified as such were + permanently unable to support themselves. + + The commonest occupations of men are bootmaking (555), tailoring + (429), farm-labouring (287), general labouring (257), carpentry (195), + cabinet-making (142), painting, decorating and glazing (95), + French-polishing (88), harness-making, &c. (80). + + The commonest occupations of women are dressmaking (484), domestic + service (367), laundry and washing service (230), tailoring (170), + shirtmaking, &c. (81), charing (79). + + In Munich there are about sixty deaf artists, especially painters and + sculptors. In Germany and Austria generally, deaf lithographers, + xylographers and photographers are well employed, as are bookbinders + in Leipzig in particular, and labourers in the provinces. + + In France there are several deaf writers, journalists, &c., two + principals of schools, an architect, a score or so of painters, + several of whom are ladies, nine sculptors, and a few engravers, + photographers, proof-readers, &c. + + Italy boasts deaf wood-carvers, sculptors, painters, and architects + graduating from the universities and academies of fine arts with + prizes and medals; also type-setters, pressmen, carvers of coral, + ivory and precious stones. + + Two gentlemen in the office of the Norwegian government are deaf, as + are four in the engraving department of the land survey; one is a + master-lithographer, another a master-printer, a third a civil + engineer, and the rest are engaged in the usual trades, as are those + in Sweden. + +The deaf form societies of their own to guard their interests, for +social intercourse and other purposes. In England there is the British +Deaf and Dumb Association; in America the National Association of the +Deaf and many lesser societies; Germany has no fewer than 150 such +associations, some of which are athletic clubs, benefit societies, +dramatic clubs, and so forth. The central Federation is the largest +German association. France has the National Union of Deaf-Mutes and +others, many being benefit clubs. Italy has some societies; Sweden has +eight. + +In the United States there are no fewer than fifty-three publications +devoted to the interests of the deaf, most of them being school +magazines published in the institutions themselves. Great Britain and +Ireland have six, four of them being school magazines. France, Germany, +Sweden, Hungary have several, and Finland, Russia, Norway, Denmark and +Austria are represented. Canada has three. + +There are many Church and other missions to the deaf in England and +abroad, which are much needed owing to the difficulty the average deaf +person has in understanding the archaic language of both Bible and +Prayer-book. Until they have this explained to them it is useless to +place these books in their hands, and even where they are well-educated +and can follow the services, they fail to get the sermon. Chaplains and +missioners engage in all branches of pastoral work among them, and also +try to find them employment, interpret for them where necessary, and +interview people on their behalf. + +The difficulty of obtaining employment for the deaf has been increased +in Great Britain by the Employers' Liability and Workmen's Compensation +Acts, for masters are afraid--needlessly, as facts show--to employ them, +under the impression that they are more liable to accidents owing to +their affliction. + +The new After-Care Committees of the London County Council are a late +confession of a need which other bodies have long endeavoured to supply. +Education should be a development of the whole nature of the child. The +board of education in England provides for intellectual, industrial and +physical training, but does not take cognizance of those parts of +education which are far more important--the social, moral and spiritual. +Some teachers, both oral and manual, do an incalculable amount of good +at the cost of great self-sacrifice and in face of much discouragement. +They deserve the highest praise for so doing, and such work needs to be +carried on after their pupils leave school. + + +_Education._ + +_History._[2]--"Who hath made man's mouth? or who maketh a man dumb, or +deaf, or seeing, or blind? Is it not I the Lord?" (Ex. iv. 11). Such is +the first known reference to the deaf. But the significance of this +statement was not realized by the ancients, who mercilessly destroyed +all the defective, the deaf among the rest. Greek and Roman custom +demanded their death, and they were thrown into the river, or otherwise +killed, without causing any comment but that so many encumbrances had +been removed. They were regarded as being on a mental level with idiots +and utterly incapable of helping themselves. In later times Roman law +forbade those who were deaf and dumb from birth to make a will or +bequest, placing them under the care of guardians who were responsible +for them to the state; though if a deaf person had lost hearing after +having been educated, and could either speak or write, he retained his +rights. Herodotus refers to a deaf son of Croesus, whom he declares to +have suddenly recovered his speech upon seeing his father about to be +killed. Gellius makes a similar statement with reference to a certain +athlete. Hippocrates was in advance of Aristotle when he realized that +deaf-mutes did not speak simply because they did not know how to; for +the last-named seems to have considered that some defect of the +intellect was the cause of their inability to utter articulate sounds. +Pliny the elder and Messalla Corvinus mention deaf-mutes who could +paint. + +The true mental condition of the deaf was realized, however, by few, if +any, before the time of Christ. He, as He opened the ears of the deaf +man and loosened his tongue, talked to him in his own language, the +language of signs. + +St Augustine erred amazingly when he declared that the deaf could have +no faith, since "faith comes by hearing only." The Talmud, on the other +hand, recognized that they could be taught, and were therefore not +idiotic. + +It is, however, with those who attempted to educate the deaf that we are +here chiefly concerned. The first to call for notice is St John of +Beverley. The Venerable Bede tells how this bishop made a mute speak and +was credited with having performed a miracle in so doing. Probably it +was nothing more than the first attempt to teach by the oral method, and +the greatest credit is due to him for being so far in advance of his +times as to try to instruct his pupil at all. Bede himself invented a +system of counting on the hands; and also a "manual speech," as he +called it,--using his numerals to indicate the number of the letter of +the alphabet; thus, the sign for "seven" would also signify the letter +"g," and so forth. But we do not know that he intended this alphabet for +the use of the deaf. + +It is not until the 16th century that we hear much of anybody else who +was interested in the deaf, but at this date we find Girolamo Cardan +stating that they can be instructed by writing, after they have been +shown the signification of words, since their mental power is unaffected +by their inability to hear. + +Pedro Ponce de Leon (c. 1520-1584), a Spanish Benedictine monk, is more +worthy of notice, as he, to use his own words, taught the deaf "to +speak, read, write, reckon, pray, serve at the altar, know Christian +doctrine, and confess with a loud voice." Some he taught languages and +science. That he was successful was proved by other witness than his +own, for Panduro, Valles and de Morales all give details of his work, +the last-named giving an account by one of Ponce's pupils of his +education. De Morales says further that Ponce de Leon addressed his +scholars either by signs or writing, and that the reply came by speech. +It appears that this master committed his methods to writing. Though +this work is lost it is probable that his system was put into practice +by Juan Pablo Bonet. This Spaniard successfully instructed a brother of +his master the constable of Castile, who had lost hearing at the age of +two. His method corresponded in a great measure to that which is now +called the combined system, for, in the work which he wrote, he shows +how the deaf can be taught to speak by reducing the letters to their +phonetic value, and also urges that finger-spelling and writing should +be used. The connexion between all three, he goes on to say, should be +shown the pupils, but the manual alphabet should be mastered first. +Nouns he taught by pointing to the objects they represented; verbs he +expressed by pantomime; while the value of prepositions, adverbs and +interjections, as well as the tenses of verbs, he believed could be +learnt by repeated use. The pupil should be educated by interrogation, +conversation, and carefully graduated reading. The success of Bonet's +endeavours are borne witness to by Sir Kenelm Digby, who met the teacher +at Madrid. + +Bonifacio's work on signs, in which he uses every part of the body for +conversational purposes, may be mentioned before passing to John Bulwer, +the first Englishman to treat of teaching the deaf. In his three works, +_Philocophus_, _Chirologia_ and _Chironomia_, he enlarges upon Sir +Kenelm Digby's account, and argues about the possibility of teaching the +deaf by speech. But he seems to have had no practical experience of the +art. + +Dr John Wallis is more important, though it has been disputed whether he +was not indebted to his predecessors for some ideas. He taught by +writing and articulation. He took the trouble to classify to a certain +extent the various sounds, dividing both vowels and "open" consonants +into gutturals, palatals and labials. The "closed" consonants he +subdivided into mutes, semi-mutes and semi-vowels. Language, Wallis +maintained, should be taught when the pupil had first learned to write, +and the written characters should be associated with some sort of manual +alphabet. Names of things should be given first, and then the parts of +those things, e.g. "body" first, and then, under that, "head," "arm," +"foot," &c. Then the singular and plural should be given, then +possessives and possessive pronouns, followed by particles, other +pronouns and adjectives. These should be followed by the copulative +verb; after which should come the intransitive verb and its nominative +in the different tenses, and the transitive with its object in the same +way. Lastly, prepositions and conjunctions should be taught. All this, +Wallis held, ought to be done by writing as well as signing, for he did +not lose sight of the fact that "we must learn the pupil's language in +order to teach him ours." + +Dr William Holder, who read an essay before the Royal Society in +1668-1669 on the "Elements of Speech," added an appendix concerning the +deaf and dumb. He describes the organs of speech and their positions in +articulation, suggesting teaching the pupil the sounds in order of +simplicity, though he held that he must learn to write first. Afterwards +the pupil must associate the letters with a manual alphabet. Holder +notices that dumbness is due to the want of hearing, and therefore +speech can be acquired through watching the lips, though he admits the +task is a laborious one. He also urges the teacher to be patient and to +make the work as interesting to the pupil as possible. Command of +language, he maintains, will enable the deaf person to read a sentence +from the lips if he gets most of the words; for he will be able to +supply those he did not see, from his knowledge of English. + +Johan Baptist van Helmont treated of the work of the vocal organs. Amman +says that Van Helmont had discovered a manual alphabet and used it to +instruct the deaf, but had not attained very good results. + +George Sibscota published a work in 1670 called the _Deaf and Dumb Man's +Discourse_, in which he contradicts Aristotle's opinion that people are +dumb because of defects in the vocal organs; for they are, he believed, +dumb because never taught to speak. They can gain knowledge by sight, he +maintained; can write, converse by signs, speak and lip-read. Ramirez de +Carrion also taught the deaf to speak and write, as did P. Lana Terzi. + +About George Dalgarno more is known. He wrote, in 1680, his +_Didascalocophus_, or _Deaf-Mute's Preceptor_, in which he makes the +mistake of saying that the deaf have the advantage over the blind in +opportunities for learning language. The deaf can, in his opinion, be +taught to speak, and also to read the lips if the letters are very +distinct. They ought to read, write and spell on the fingers constantly, +but use no signs. Substantives are to be taught by associating them with +the things they represent; then adjectives should be joined to them. +Verbs should be taught by suiting the action to the words, and +associating the pronouns with them. Other parts of speech should be +given as opportunities of explaining them present themselves. Dalgarno +invented an alphabet, the letters being on the joints of the fingers and +palm of the left hand. + +John Conrad Amman published his _Dissertatio de Loquela_ in 1700. In the +first chapter he treats, among other things, of the nature of the breath +and voice and the organs of speech. In the second chapter he classifies +sounds into vowels, semi-vowels and consonants, and a detailed +description of each sound is given. The third chapter is devoted to +showing how to produce and control the voice, to utter each sound from +writing or from the lips, and to combine them into syllables and words. +It was only after the pupil had attained to considerable success in +articulation and lip-reading that Amman taught the meaning of words and +language; but the name of this teacher will long stand as that of one of +the most successful the world has known. + +Passing over Camerarius, Schott, Kerger (who began teaching language +sooner than Amman did, and depended more on writing and signs), Raphel +(who instructed three deaf daughters), Lasius, Arnoldi, Lucas, Vanin, de +Fay (himself deaf) and many others, we come to Giacobbo Rodriguez +Pereira, the pioneer of deaf-mute education in France, if we except de +Fay. Beginning his experience by instructing his deaf sister, he soon +attained to considerable success with two other pupils; his chief aim +being, as he said, to make them comprehend the meaning of, and express +their thoughts in, language. A commission of the French Academy of +Sciences, before whom he appeared, testified to the genuineness of his +achievements, noticing that he wrote and signed to his pupils, and +stating that he hoped to proceed to the instruction of lip-reading. +Pereira soon after came under the notice of the duc de Chaulnes, whose +deaf godson, Saboureaux de Fontenay, became his pupil; and in five years +this boy was well able to speak and read the lips. Pereira had several +other pupils. Probably kindness and affection were two of the secrets of +his success, for the love his scholars showed for him was unbounded. His +method is only partly known, but he used a manual alphabet which +indicated the pronunciation of the letters and some combinations. He +used reading and writing; but signs were only called to his aid when +absolutely necessary. Language he taught by founding it on action where +possible, abstract ideas being gradually developed in later stages of +the education. + +We now come to the abbe de l'Epee (q.v.). The all-important features in +this teacher's character and method were his intense devotion to his +scholars and their class, and the fact that he lived among them and +talked to them as one of themselves. Meeting with two girls who were +deaf, he started upon the task of instructing them, and soon had a +school of sixty pupils, supported entirely by himself. He spared himself +no expense and no trouble in doing his utmost to benefit the deaf, +learning Spanish for the sole purpose of reading Bonet's work, and +making this book and Amman's _Dissertatio de Loquela_ his guiding +lights. But de l'Epee was the first to attach great importance to signs; +and he used them, along with writing, until the pupil had some knowledge +of language before he passed on to articulation and lip-reading. To the +latter method, however, he never paid as much attention as he did to +instructing by signs and writing, and finally he abandoned it altogether +through lack of time and means. He laboured long on a dictionary of +signs, but never completed it. He was attacked by Pereira, who condemned +his method as being detrimental, and this was the beginning of the +disputes as to the merits of the different methods which have lasted to +the present day; but whatever opinions we may hold as to the best means +of instructing the deaf we cannot but admire the devoted teacher who +spent his life and his all in benefiting this class of the community. + +Samuel Heinicke first began his work in 1754 at Dresden, but in 1778 he +removed to Leipzig and started on the instruction of nine pupils. His +methods he kept secret; but we know that he taught orally, using signs +only when he considered them helpful, and spelling only to combine +ideas. He wrote two books and several articles on the subject of +educating the deaf, but it is from Walther and Fornari that we learn +most about his system. At first Heinicke laid stress on written +language, starting with the concrete and going on to the abstract; and +he only passed to oral instruction when the pupils could express +themselves in fairly correct language. Subsequently, however, he +expressed the opinion that speech should be the sole method of +instruction, and, strange to say, that by speech alone could thoughts be +fully expressed. + +Henry Baker became tutor to a deaf girl in 1720, and his success led to +the establishment of a private school in London. He also kept his system +a secret, but recently his work on lessons for the deaf was discovered, +from which we gather that he adopted writing, drawing, speech and +lip-reading as his course of instruction. The point to notice is that +after the primary stages Baker turned events of every-day life to use in +his teaching. His pupils went about with him, and he taught by +conversation upon what they saw in the streets,--an excellent method; +but it is a pity that such a good teacher had not the philanthropy to +make his methods known and to give the poorer deaf the benefit of them, +as de l'Epee did. + +A school was established in Edinburgh in 1760 by Thomas Braidwood, who +taught by the oral method. He taught the sounds first, then syllables, +and finally words, teaching their meaning. In 1783 Braidwood came to +Hackney, whence he moved to Old Kent Road, and in 1809 there were +seventy pupils in what was lately the Old Kent Road Institution. +Braidwood's method was practically a development of Wallis's. We must +regard him as the founder of the first public school for the deaf in +England. + +It was only at the beginning of the 19th century that a brighter day +dawned on the deaf as a class. With the sole exception of de l'Epee no +teacher had yet undertaken the instruction of a deaf child who could not +pay for it. Now things began to be different. Institutions were founded, +and their doors were opened to nearly all. + +Dr Watson, the first principal of the Old Kent Road "Asylum," taught by +articulation and lip-reading, reading and writing, explaining by signs +to some extent, but using pictures much more, according to Addison, and +composing a book of these for the use of his pupils. From Addison (_Deaf +Mutism_, pp. 248 ff.) we learn what developments followed. In Vienna, +Prague and Berlin, schools had been founded in rapid succession before +the 19th century dawned, and in 1810 the Edinburgh institution opened +its doors. Nine years later the Glasgow school was established and, +under the able guidance of Mr Duncan Anderson (after several other +headmasters had been tried) from 1831, taught pupils whose grasp of +English was equal to that of the very best educated deaf in England +to-day, as has been proved by conversation with the survivors. Mr +Anderson's great aim was to teach his pupils language, and we might look +almost in vain for a teacher in England to succeed as well with a whole +class in the beginning of the 20th century as he did in the middle of +the 19th. He wrote a dictionary, used pictures and signs to explain +English, and apparently paid little or no attention to most of the +numerous subjects attempted to-day in schools for the deaf, which, while +excellent in themselves, generally exclude what is far more important +from the curriculum. + +Addison further mentions Mr Baker of Doncaster, a contemporary of +Anderson, as having compiled many lesson books for deaf children which +came to be used in ordinary schools also, and Mr Scott of Exeter as +having, together with Baker, "exercised a profound influence on the +course of deaf-mute education in this country." "Written language," +explained by signs where necessary, was the watchword of these teachers. + +Moritz Hill is credited with being principally responsible for having +evolved the German, or "pure," oral method out of the experimental stage +to that at which it has arrived at the present day. Arnold of Riehen is +also honourably mentioned. + +The great "oral revival" now swept all before it. The German method was +enthusiastically welcomed in all parts of Europe, and at the Milan +conference in 1880 was almost unanimously adopted by teachers from all +countries. Those in high places countenanced it; educational authorities +awoke to the fact that the deaf needed special teaching, and came to the +conclusion that the "pure" oral method was the panacea that would +restore all the deaf to a complete equality with the hearing in any +conversation upon any subject that might be broached; many governments +suddenly took the deaf under the shelter of their own ample wings, and +the "bottomless pocket of the ratepayer," instead of the purse of the +charitable, became in many cases the fount of supply for what has been a +costly and by no means entirely satisfactory experiment in the history +of their education. The "pure" oral method has had a long and unique +trial in England in circumstances which other methods have never +enjoyed. + +Meanwhile in the United States Dr Thomas Hopkins Gallaudet was elected +in 1815 to go to Europe to inquire into the methods of educating the +deaf in vogue there. This was at a meeting held in the house of a +physician named Cogswell, in Hartford, Connecticut, and was the result +of the latter's discovery that eighty-four persons in the state besides +his own little girl were deaf. Henry Winter Syle, himself deaf, tells +how "four months were spent in learning that the doors of the British +schools were 'barred with gold, and opened but to golden keys,'" and +how, disappointed in England, Gallaudet met with a ready response to his +inquiries in Paris. With Laurent Clerc, a deaf teacher, he returned to +the United States in 1816, and the "Connecticut Asylum" was founded a +year after with seven pupils. The name was changed to "The American +Asylum" later, when it was enlarged. This was followed by the +Pennsylvania, New York and Kentucky institutions, with the second of +which the Peet family were connected. Dr Gallaudet married one of his +deaf pupils, Sophia Fowler, and, after a very happy married life, Mrs +Gallaudet accompanied her youngest son, Edward Miner Gallaudet, to the +Columbia institution for the Deaf and Dumb, Washington, D.C., founded in +1857 by Congress and largely supported by Amos Kendall, and to the +National Deaf Mute College, which was founded in 1864, was renamed the +Gallaudet College, in honour of Dr T. H. Gallaudet, in 1893, and with +the Kendall School (secondary), now forms the Columbia Institution. This +college is supported by Congress. + + The following account of the work done at the National Deaf-Mute + College at Washington is worth attention, as the results are unique, + and are often strangely ignored. + + Here is a statement of the course for the B.A. degree:-- + + First year: Algebra, grammar, punctuation, history of England, + composition, Latin grammar, Caesar. + + Second year: Algebra (from quadratics), geometry, composition, Caesar + (Gallic War), Cicero (Orations), Allen and Greenough's _Latin + Grammar_, Myer's _General History_, Goodwin's _Greek Grammar_ + (optional), Xenophon's _Anabasis_ (optional). + + Third year: Olney's or Loomis's _Plane and Spherical Trigonometry_, + Loomis's _Analytical Geometry_ (optional), Orton's _Zoology_, Gray's + _Botany_, Remsen's _Chemistry_, laboratory practice, Virgil's + _Aeneid_, Homer's _Iliad_ (optional), Meiklejohn's _History of English + Literature and Language_ (two books), Maertz's _English Literature_, + Hadley's _History_, original composition. + + Fourth year: Loomis's _Calculus_ (optional), Dana's _Mechanics_, + Gage's _Natural Philosophy_, Young's _Astronomy_, laboratory practice, + qualitative analysis, Steel's Hygienic _Physiology_, Edgren's _French + Grammar_, Super's _French Reader, Demosthenes on the Crown_ + (optional), Hart's _Composition and Rhetoric_, original composition, + Hill's-Jevon's _Elementary Logic_. + + Fifth year: Arnold's _Manual of English Literature_, Maertz's _English + Literature_, original composition, Guizot's _History of Civilization_, + Sheldon's _German Grammar_, Joynes's _German Reader_, LeConte's + _Geology_, Guyot's _Earth and Man_, Hill's _Elements of Psychology_, + Haven's _Moral Philosophy_, Butler's _Analogy_, Bascom's _Elements of + Beauty_, Perry's _Political Economy_, Gallaudet's _International Law_. + + Even in 1893 we were told that of the graduates of the college + "fifty-seven have been engaged in teaching, four have entered the + ministry; three have become editors and publishers of newspapers; + three others have taken positions connected with journalism; fifteen + have entered the civil service of the government,--one of these, who + had risen rapidly to a high and responsible position, resigned to + enter upon the practice of law in patent cases, in Cincinnati and + Chicago, and has been admitted to practise in the Supreme Court of the + United States; one is the official botanist of a state, who has + correspondents in several countries of Europe who have repeatedly + purchased his collections, and he has written papers upon seed tests + and related subjects which have been published and circulated by the + agricultural department; one, while filling a position as instructor + in a western institution, has rendered important service to the coast + survey as a microscopist, and one is engaged as an engraver in the + chief office of the survey; of three who became draughtsmen in + architects' offices, one is in successful practice as an architect on + his own account, which is also true of another, who completed his + preparation by a course of study in Europe; one has been repeatedly + elected recorder of deeds in a southern city, and two others are + recorders' clerks in the west; one was elected and still sits as a + city councilman; another has been elected city treasurer and is at + present cashier of a national bank; one has become eminent as a + practical chemist and assayer; two are members of the faculty of the + college, and two others are rendering valuable service as instructors + therein; some have gone into mercantile and other offices; some have + undertaken business on their own account; while not a few have chosen + agricultural and mechanical pursuits, in which the advantages of + thorough mental training will give them a superiority over those not + so well educated. Of those alluded to as having engaged in teaching, + one has been the principal of a flourishing institution in + Pennsylvania; one is now in his second year as principal of the Ohio + institution; one has been at the head of a day school in Cincinnati, + and later of the Colorado institution; a third has had charge of the + Oregon institution; a fourth is at the head of a day school in St + Louis; three others have respectively founded and are now at the head + of schools in New Mexico, North Dakota, and Evansville, Indiana, and + others have done pioneer work in establishing schools in Florida and + in Utah." + + Later years would unfold a similar tale of subsequent students; in + 1907 there were 134 in the college and 59 in the Kendall School. + + There is a normal department attached to the college, to which are + admitted six hearing young men and women for one year who are + recommended as being anxious to study methods of teaching the deaf and + likely to profit thereby. Their course of study for 1898-1899 included + careful training in the oral method, instruction in Bell's _Visible + Speech_, instruction in the anatomy of the vocal organs, lectures on + sound, observation of methods, oral and manual, in Kendall School, + lectures on various subjects connected with the deaf and their + education, lectures on pedagogy, lessons in the language of signs, + practical work with classes in Kendall School under the direction of + the teachers, correction of essays of the introductory class, &c. But + the greatest advantage of the year's course is that the half-dozen + hearing students live in the college, have their meals with the + hundred deaf, and mix with them all day long--if they wish it--in + social intercourse and recreation. We are very far indeed from saying + that one such year is sufficient to make a hearing man a qualified + teacher of the deaf, but the arrangement is based on the right + principle, and it sets his feet on the right path to learn how to + teach--so far as this art can be learned. The recent regulation of the + board of education in England, prohibiting hearing pupil teachers in + schools for the deaf, is deplorable, retrograde and inimical to the + best interests of the deaf. It shows a complete ignorance of their + needs. The younger a teacher begins to mix with that class the better + he will teach them. + +In 1886 a royal commission investigated the condition and education of +the deaf in Great Britain, and in 1889 issued its report. Some of the +recommendations most worthy of notice were that deaf children from seven +to sixteen years of age should be compelled to attend a day school or +institution, part, or the whole, of the expense being borne by the local +school authority; that technical instruction should be given, and that +all the children should be taught to speak and lip-read on the "pure" +oral method unless physically or mentally disqualified, those who had +partial hearing or remains of speech being entirely educated by that +method. To the last mentioned recommendation--concerning the method to +be adopted--two of the commissioners took exception, and another stated +his recognition of some advantage in the manual method. + +As a result of the report of the royal commission a bill was passed in +1893 making it compulsory for all deaf children to be educated. This was +to be done by the local education authority, either by providing day +classes or an institution for them, or by sending them to an already +existing institution, parents having the choice, within reasonable +limits, of the school to which the child should go. School-board classes +came into existence in almost every large town where there was no +institution, and sometimes where one existed. Those who uphold the +day-school system advance the arguments that the pupils are not, under +it, cut off from the influence of home life as they are in institutions; +that such influences are of great advantage; that this system permits +the deaf to mix freely with their hearing brethren, &c. The objections, +however, to this arrangement outweigh its possible advantages. The +latter, indeed, amount to little; for home influences in many cases, +especially in the poorer parts of the large cities, are not the best, +and communication with the hearing children who attend some of the day +schools may not be an unmixed blessing, nor is freedom to run wild on +the streets between school hours. But it may be urged further that it is +difficult, except in very large towns, to obtain a sufficient number of +deaf children attending a day school to classify them according to their +status, while it is more than one teacher can do to give sufficient +attention to several children, each at a different stage of instruction +from any other. Moreover, the deaf need more than mere school work; they +need training in morals and manners, and receive much less of it from +their parents than their hearing brothers and sisters. This can only be +given in an institution wherein they board and lodge as well as attend +classes. The existing institutions were from 1893 placed, by the act of +that date, either partly or wholly under the control of the school +board. They were put under the inspection of the government, and as long +as they fulfilled the requirements of the inspectors as regards +education, manual and physical training, outdoor recreation and suitable +class-room and dormitory accommodation, they might remain in the hands +of a committee who collected, or otherwise provided, one-third of the +total expenditure, and received two-thirds from public sources. Or else, +the institution might be surrendered entirely to the management of the +public school authority, and then the whole of the expenditure was to be +borne by that body. Extra government grants of five guineas per pupil +are now given for class work and manual or technical training. Such is +the state of things at the present day, except, of course, that the +school board has given place to the county council as local authority. + + Some teachers have asked for the children to be sent to school at the + age of five instead of seven. This savours of another confession that + the "pure" oral method had not done what was expected of it at first. + First, the demand was for the method itself; then came requests for + more teachers, so that, the classes being smaller, each pupil should + receive more attention; this meant more money, and so this was asked + for; then day schools would remedy the failure by giving the pupils + opportunities of talking with the public in general; then we were told + the teachers were unskilful; finally, more time is needed. And yet the + _language_ of the pupils is no better to-day than it was in 1881, even + though they were at school only four or five years then as opposed to + nine or ten now. + + + Foreign schools. + + To Addison's _Report on a Visit to some Continental Schools for the + Deaf_ (1904-1905) we are indebted for the following information. The + new school at Frankfort-on-Maine, accommodating forty or fifty + children at a cost of L40 to L50 per head, is modelled on the plan of + a family home. The main objects are to obtain good speech and + lip-reading and to use these colloquially; the work is very thorough + and the teaching very skilful. At Munich those of the hundred pupils + who have some hearing are separated from the others and taught by ear + as well as eye. At Vienna (Royal Institution) a small proportion of + the pupils are day scholars, as they are at Munich, and the teaching + is, of course, carried on by the oral method, as it is all over + Germany. Here, however, the teachers "think it impossible to educate + fully all deaf-mutes by the oral method only." In the Jews' Home at + Vienna the semi-deaf are taught by the acoustic method, and are not + allowed to see the teacher's lips at all. At Dresden, a large school + of 240 pupils, the director favours smaller institutions than his own, + considers the oral method possible for all but the "weak-minded deaf," + and divides his pupils into A, B and C divisions, according to + intellect. In the first division good speech is obtained. Saxony + boasts a home for deaf homeless women, grants premiums for deaf + apprentices, and trains its teachers of the deaf in the institution + itself--a good record and plan. In the royal institution at Berlin + Addison saw good lip-reading and thorough work, though the deaf in the + city--as in most of the schools--signed. The men in Berlin "like the + adult deaf generally, were all in favour of a combination of methods, + and condemned the pure oral theory as impracticable." At Hamburg, + again, "hand signs" were used at least for Sunday service. Schleswig + has two schools. Pupils are admitted first to the residential + institution, where they are instructed for a year, and are then + divided into A, B and C classes, "according to intellect." The lowest + class (C) remain at this institution for the rest of the eight years, + and a "certain amount of signing" is allowed in their instruction. A + and B classes are boarded out in the town and attend classes at a day + school specially built for them, being taught orally exclusively. + + In Denmark Addison saw what impressed him most. All the children of + school age go to Fredericia and remain for a year in the boarding + institution. They are then examined and the semi-deaf--29% of the + whole--are sent to Nyborg. The rest--all the totally deaf--remain + another year at Fredericia and are then divided into the A, B and C + divisions before mentioned, and on the same criterion--intellect. + Those in C--the lowest class, 28% of the totally deaf--are sent to + Copenhagen, where they are taught by the manual method, no oral work + being attempted. Those in B class, numbering 19% of the deaf, remain + in the residential institution in Fredericia and are taught orally, + while the best pupils--A class--are boarded out in the town and attend + a special day school. These form 26% of the deaf, and those with whom + they live encourage them to speak when out of as well as when in + school. The buildings and equipment generally are excellent. "Hand + signs" are used at Nyborg, indicating the position of the vocal organs + when speaking, and, as might be expected, the "lip"-reading is 90% + more correct when these symbols--infinitely more visible than most of + the movements of the vocal organs and face when speaking--are used at + the same time. The idea of these hand signs, by the way, corresponds + to that of Graham Bell's _Visible Speech_, in which a written symbol + is used to indicate the position of the vocal organs when uttering + each sound; it is a kind of phonetic writing which is to a slight + extent illustrative at the same time. We find natural signs of the + utmost value when teaching articulation, to describe the position of + the vocal organs. We give these details from Mr Addison's notes + because it is to Germany that so many look for guidance to-day, and it + is the home of the so-called "pure" oral method; while the system of + classification in Denmark into the four schools which are controlled + by one authority, struck him very favourably and so is given rather + fully. + + In France most of the schools are supported by charity, and the only + three government institutions are those at Paris for boys, with 263 + pupils lately, at Bordeaux for girls, having 225 inmates, and at + Chambery with 86 boys and 38 girls. In the great majority the method + of instruction is professedly pure oral. "But," said Henri Gaillard + (_Report, World's Congress of the Deaf_, Missouri, 1904), "this is + only in appearance. In reality all of the schools use the combined + method; only they are not willing to admit it, because the oral method + is the official method, imposed by the inspectors of the minister of + the interior." + + In Italy, again, we are told that the teachers sign in most of the + schools, which are professedly pure oral. + + In Sweden, schools for the deaf have ceased to depend, as they did up + to 1891, upon private benevolence. The system is generally the + combined, and in schools where the oral method is adopted the pupils + are divided into A, B and C divisions, as in Denmark and Dresden, in + the two latter divisions of which signs are allowed. In Norway the + method is the oral. + +_Methods of Teaching._--There have always been two principal methods of +teaching the deaf, and all education at the present time is carried on +by means of one or other or both of these. Where there is sufficient +hearing to be utilized, instruction is sometimes given thereby as well, +though this auricular method does not seem to make much headway, and +experience is not in favour of believing that the sense of hearing, +where a little exists, can be "cultivated" to any marked degree. It is +really impossible to draw hard and fast lines between these means of +instruction. One merges into another, and this other into the next; and +no two teachers will, or can, adopt exactly the same lines. It is not +desirable that they should, for much must be left to individuality. +Orders, rules, methods, should not be absolute laws. Observe them +generally, but dispense with them as circumstances, the pupil and +opportunity may require. Strong individuality, sympathy, enthusiasm, +long intercourse with the deaf, are needed in the teacher, and it is +surely obvious that every teacher should have a full command of all the +primary means of instruction to begin with, and not of one only. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--The Manual Alphabet. (One-handed.) + +The Manual Alphabet. (Two-handed.)] + +Where deafness is absolute, or practically so, we have to seek for means +that will appeal to the eye instead of the ear. Of these, we have the +sign language, writing and printing, pictures, manual alphabets and +lip-reading. We have to choose which of these is to be used, if not all, +and which must be rejected, if any. Moreover, we have to decide how much +or how little one or another is to be adopted if we employ more than +one. Hence it is obvious that there may be many different systems and +subdivisions of systems. But the two main methods are the _manual_, +which generally depends upon all the above-mentioned means of appealing +to the eye except lip-reading, and the _oral_, which adopts what the +manual method rejects, uses writing and printing and perhaps pictures, +but excludes finger-spelling and (theoretically) signs. To these two we +must add a third means of instruction--the _combined system_--which +rejects no means of teaching, but uses all in most cases. The dual +method need hardly be called a separate method or system, for it implies +simply the use of the manual method for some pupils and of the oral for +others. Nor need we call the mother's (= intuitive or natural) a +separate method in the sense in which we are using the word here, for it +is rather a mode of procedure which can be applied manually or orally +indifferently. The same may be said of the grammatical "method"; also of +the "word method," which is really the "mother's." The "eclectic method" +is practically the combined system, or something between that and the +dual method, and hardly needs separate classification. + +Let us notice the manual method, the oral method, and the combined +system, considering with the last the "dual method." + + + Manual. + +The chief elements of the manual method are finger-spelling, reading and +writing and signing. These are used, that is to say, as means of +teaching English and imparting ideas. Signs are used to awaken the +child's thoughts, finger-spelling and writing are used to express these +thoughts in the vernacular. The latter are used to express English, the +former to explain English. + +We give two manual alphabets, the one-handed being used in America, on +the continent of Europe with some variations and additions, in Ireland, +and also to some extent in England; the two-handed in Great Britain, +Ireland and Australia. A speed of 130 words a minute can be attained +when spelling on the fingers. Words are quite readable at this speed. + +Although reading and writing are common to both methods, the manual and +oral, as a matter of fact they seem to be used considerably more in the +former than in the latter. + + + Oral. + +In the oral method articulation and lip-reading are chiefly relied upon; +reading and writing are also adopted. The phonetic values of the letters +are taught, not the names of the letters; for instance, the _sound_ of +the letter a in "hat" is taught instead of the _name_ of the letter +(long A), though of course the latter is taught where such is the proper +pronunciation, as in "hate." + +Here is a chart which was lately in use: + +_Articulation Sheets._ + + +-------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | ANALYSIS OF THE VOWEL SOUNDS. | + +-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+ + | Long. | Middle. | Short. | Broad. | + +-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+ + |Diacritic Phonetic |Diacritic Phonetic |Diacritic Phonetic |Diacritic Phonetic | + | mark. spelling.| mark. spelling.| mark. spelling.| mark. spelling.| + +-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+ + | fat(e) = feit | far = far | f)at = fat | fall = /fawl | + | | | | \fol | + | me = /mee | | | | + | \mi | | m)et = met | | + | pin(e) = pain | | p)in = pin | | + | no = nou | move = muv | n)ot = not | | + | tub(e) = tiub | bull = bul | t)ub = tub | | + +-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+-------------------+ + + Order in which the Vowel Sounds are to be taught. + + /Diacritic / a + | Mark < wall + | | || + 2 < \ aw, o + |Phonetic \ wol + \ Spelling / + + /Diacritic / a )o u )e e o i a u oe + | Mark | path hot blu(e) set see ton(e) pi(e) lat(e) mul(e) boy + | < || || || || || || || || || || + 1 < | a o u e i ou ai ei iu oi + | \ ee + |Phonetic \ path hot blu set si toun pai leit miul boi + \ Spelling / + + /Diacritic / )a )u i + | Mark < hat hut hit + 3 < | || || || + | \ a u i + |Phonetic \ hat hut hit + \ Spelling / + +The consonants are as follows, though the order of teaching them +varies:-- + +p; f; s; h; sh; v = _f_; th (thin; moth); _th_ (then; smooth); l; r; t; +k; b; d; g (go; egg); z = _s_; m; n; ch = tsh; j = dzh = g; ph = f; kc = +k; cs = s; q = kw; x = ks; ng; w = oo; wh = hw; y = e. + +The following mode of writing the sounds is now preferred by some as it +renders the diacritic marks unnecessary:-- + +_Middle, Broad and Long Vowel Sounds._ + + ar or oo ee er oa igh ai ew oi ou + aw ea ir o-e i-e a-e u-e oy ow + au ur ay + a-- + +_Short Vowel Sounds._ + + a o oo e i u + +_Consonants._ + + h p /ph\ t s th sh ch /k \ l r m n ng w + \f / \ck/ + b v d z _th_ zh / j \ g + \dzh/ + +These charts are given as examples of those used, but they vary in +different schools, as does the order of teaching the vowel and consonant +sounds and the combinations. The exact order is not important. Words are +made up by combining vowels and consonants as soon as the pupil can say +each sound separately. + +Here are extracts from the directions on articulation written by a +principal to the teacher of the lowest class, which show the method of +procedure:-- + + "(1) Produce the sound of a letter. Each pupil to reproduce, and write + it on the tablet. + + (2) Point to the letter on the tablet, and make each pupil say it. + + (3) The same with combinations of vowels and consonants. + + (4) Instead of tablet, each pupil to use rough exercise-book. + + (5) Write on tablet and make each pupil articulate from teacher's + writing. + + (6) When a combination is made of which a word may be made make all + write it in their books, thus:--'te--tea,' 'sho--show,' 'ov--of,' + 'nalz--nails,' &c. + + (7) When one pupil produces a combination correctly make the others + lip-read it from him. In this way make them exercise each other. + + (8) When they have a good many sounds and combinations written in + their books make them sit down and say them off their books as hearing + children do. + + (9) Make them say the sounds off the cards, and form combinations on + the cards for them to say. + + (10) Take each vowel separately and make each pupil use it before and + after each consonant. + + (11) Take each consonant and put it before and after each vowel. + + "The above will suggest other exercises to the teacher. + + "Give breathing exercises. Incite emulation as to deep breathing and + slow expiration. Never force the voice. Make the pupil speak out, but + do not let him strain either the voice or vocal organs. Do not force + the tongue, lips, or any organ into position more than you can help. + Do all as gently as possible. Register their progress. 'A' (as in + 'path'; 'father'). As 'A' is the basis of all the vowels, being most + like all, it is taken first. It is an open vowel. Do not make + grimaces, or exaggerate. If false sound be produced do not let the + pupil speak loudly; make him speak quietly. If nasal sound be produced + do not pinch the nose, but first take the back of the child's hand, + warmly breathe on it, or get a piece of glass, and let the child + breathe on it, or press the back of the tongue down. Show the child + that when you are saying 'a' your tongue lies flat or nearly so, and + you do not raise the back of the tongue. Prefix 'h' to 'a' and make + the pupil say 'ha' first, then 'a' alone. + + "'P.' If the child does not imitate at the first the teacher should + take the back of the hand and let the child feel the puff of air as + 'p' is formed on the lips. + + "'P' is produced by the volume of air brought into the cavity of the + mouth being, checked by the perfect closure of the lips, which are + then opened, and the accumulated air is propelled. The outburst of + this propelled air creates the sound of 'p.' Take the pupil to see + porridge boiling. Pretend to smoke. 'P' is taken first because it has + no vibration and is the most simple. The consonants should first be + joined to each vowel separately, and to prevent the pupils making an + after-sound the letters should be said with a pause between, _viz._ 'A + . . p,' and as they become more familiar with them, lessen the pause + until it is pronounced properly:--'ap.'" + +These directions, which are only brief examples of those given for one +particular subject in one particular class, will give an idea of the +mode of beginning to teach articulation and lip-reading. + + + Combined method. + +The combined system, as before mentioned, makes use of both the manual +and oral method, as well as the auricular, without any hard and fast +rule as regards the amount of instruction to be given by means of each, +but using more of one and less of another, or _vice versa_, according to +the aptitude of the child. It thus follows the sensible, obvious plan +of fitting the method to the child and not the unnatural one of forcing +the child to try to fit the method. + +The following is the way the same principal would teach language to +beginners by the combined system:-- + + "The letters p, q, b and d of the Roman text are to be taught first. + The pupils are to do them 9 in. long on the blackboard or tablet + first; then trace them on the frames; then on slips of paper with pen + and ink, or in rough exercise-book with pen and ink. + + "The whole of the Roman text is then to be taught in the same manner, + also the small and capital script. + + "When the English alphabet has been mastered in the above four forms + the pupil may proceed to the printing and writing of his own name. + Then his teacher's and class-mates' names. Then the names of other + persons and the places, things and actions with which he has to do in + his daily life. Every direction the teacher has to give in school and + out of school should be expressed in speech, writing or + finger-spelling, or by any two or all three means. Repetition of such + directions by the pupil enables him to learn words before he has + finished the alphabet. + + "All words to be spelled on one hand first; then two. When a few words + have been memorized, they should be written on slips of paper, then in + the exercise-books and dated. After this there should be further + repetition and exercising. The same course should be taken with + phrases and short sentences. Names of persons should be written on + cards and slips of paper and pinned to the chest. Names of things to + be affixed to them, or written on them. Names of apartments on cards + laid in the rooms. Where the object is not available use a picture, or + draw the outline and make pupil do the same. Never nod, or point, or + jerk the finger, or use any other gesture, without previously giving + the word, and when the latter is understood drop the gesture + altogether. + + "Never allow a single mistake to pass uncorrected, and make pupils + always learn the corrections. + + "Language should be a translation of life. It should proceed all day + long, out of school as well as in it. If spoken so much the better, + but finger-spelling is not a hindrance but a valuable help to its + acquisition. + + "In most language lessons, especially those exemplifying a particular + form of sentence, the pupils should: + + "(1) Correct each other's mistakes. Correct 'mistakes' designedly made + by the teacher. + + "(2) Teacher rubs out a word here and there on the blackboard or + tablet; pupils to supply them. + + "(3) Pupils to answer questions, giving the subject, predicate and + object of the sentence as required, e.g. 'A farmer ploughs the + ground.' 'Who ploughs the ground?' 'What does a farmer do?' 'What does + he plough?' Also additional and illustrative questions; e.g. 'Does the + ground plough the farmer?' 'Does a farmer plough the sea?' 'Does he + eat the ground?' &c. + + "The pupils should learn meanings or synonyms of unfamiliar words + before such words are signed. + + "(4) Teacher gives a word, and requires pupils to exemplify it in a + sentence, e.g. 'sows,' 'He sows the seed.' + + "(5) Let them give as many sentences as they can think of in the same + form. + + "Occurrences, incidents, objects, pictures, reading-books, newspaper + cuttings and correspondence should all be used." + + + The best system. + +The "pure" oral method, as before noticed, came with a bound into +popularity in the early seventies. Since then it has had everything in +its favour, but the results have been by no means entirely satisfactory, +and there is a marked tendency among advocates of this method to +withdraw from the extreme position formerly held. Opinion has gradually +veered round till they have come to seek for some sort of _via media_ +that shall embrace the good points of both methods. Some now suggest the +"dual method"--that those pupils who show no aptitude for oral training +shall be taught exclusively by the manual method and the rest by the +oral only. While this is a concession which is positively amazing when +compared with the title of the booklet containing utterances of the Abbe +Tarra, president of the Milan conference in 1880--"The _Pure_ Oral +Method the _Best_ for _All_ Deaf Children"!--yet we believe that in no +case should the instruction be given by the oral method alone, and that +the best system is the "combined." That the combined system is +detrimental to lip-reading has not much more than a fraction of truth in +it, for if the command of language is better the pupils can supply the +lacunae in their lip-reading from their better knowledge of English. It +is found that they have constantly to guess words and letters from the +context. Teach all by and through finger-spelling, reading, writing and +signing where necessary to explain the English, and teach those in whose +case it is worth it by articulation and lip-reading as well. Signs +should be used less and less in class work, and English more and more +exclusively as the pupil progresses--English in any and every form. A +proportion of teachers should be themselves deaf, as in America. They +are in perfect understanding and sympathy with their pupils, which is +not always the case with hearing teachers. Statistics which we collected +in London showed the following results of the education of 403 deaf +pupils after they had left school:-- + + Manual. Combined. Oral. + Quite satisfactory result 65% 51% 20% + Moderate success 29% 41% 35% + Unsatisfactory result 5% 7% 44% + +That the combined system should show to slightly less advantage than the +exclusively manual method is what we might perhaps expect, for the time +given to oral instruction means time taken from teaching language +speedily, the manual method being, we believe, the best of all for this. +But it may be worth while to lose a little in command of language for +the sake of gaining another means of expressing that language. Hence we +advocate the combined system, regarding speech as merely a means of +expressing English, as writing and finger-spelling are, and a good +sentence written or finger-spelled as being preferable to a poorer one +which is spoken, no matter how distinct the speech may be. It is no +answer to point to a few isolated cases where the oral method is +considered to have succeeded, for one success does not counterbalance a +failure if by another method you would have had two successes; and, +moreover, these oral successes would have been still greater +successes--we are taking language in any form as our criterion--had the +teacher fully known and judiciously used the manual method as well as +the oral. + + The _exclusive_ use of the oral method leads, generally speaking, to + comparative failure, for the following, among other, reasons:--(1) It + is a slow way of teaching English, the learning to speak the elements + of sound taking months at least, and seldom being fully mastered for + years. The "word method," by the way, starts at once with words + without taking their component phonetic elements separately; but it + has yet to be proved that any quicker progress is made by this means + of teaching speech than by the other. (2) Lip-reading is, to the deaf, + sign-reading with the disadvantage of being both microscopic and + partially hidden. The deaf hear nothing, they only partly _see_ tiny + movements of the vocal organs. Finger-spelling, writing, signing, are + incomparably more visible, while 130 words a minute can be attained by + finger-spelling, and read at that speed. (3) The signs--as they are to + the deaf--made by the vocal organs are entirely arbitrary, and have + not even a fraction of the redeeming feature of naturalness which + oralists demand in ordinary gestures. (4) Circumstances, such as + light, position of the speaker, &c., must be favourable for the + lip-reading to approach certainty. (5) Styles of speech vary, and it + is a constant experience that even pupils who comparatively easily + read their teacher's lips, to whose style of utterance they are + accustomed, fail to read other people's lips. (6) There is a great + similarity between certain sounds as seen on the lips, e.g. between + _t_ and _d_, _f_ and _v_, _p_ and _b_, _s_ and _z_, _k_ and _g_. Which + is meant has usually to be guessed from the context, and this requires + a certain amount of knowledge of language, which is the very thing + that is needed to be imparted. (7) The deliberate avoidance by the + teacher of the pupil's own language--signs--as an aid to teaching him + English. If a hearing boy does not understand the meaning of a French + word he looks it up in the dictionary and finds its English + equivalent. If the deaf boy does not understand a word in English, the + simplest, quickest, best way to explain it is, in most cases, to sign + it. (8) The distaste of the pupil for the method. This is common. (9) + The mechanical nature of the method. There is nothing to rouse his + interest nor to appeal to his imagination in it. (10) The temptation + to the teacher to use very simple phrases, owing to the difficulty the + pupil has in reading others from his lips. Consequently the pupil + comparatively seldom learns advanced language. + + Other means of educating the deaf in addition to the oral should have + a fair trial in modern conditions for the same length of time that the + oral method has been in operation. To consider pupils taught manually + in oral schools fair criteria of what can be done by the manual method + or combined system, when those pupils have confessedly been relegated + to the manual class because of "dulness" (as in the case of the C + divisions in Denmark and Dresden), is obviously unfair. This division, + moreover, assumes that the "pure" oral method is the best for the + brightest pupils. The comparing of oral pupils privately taught by a + tutor to themselves with manual pupils from an institution crippled + and hampered by need of funds, where they had to take their chance in + a class of twelve, and the comparison of oral pupils of twelve years' + standing with combined system pupils of four years', are also + obviously unfair. Reference may be made on this subject to Heidsiek's + remarkable articles on the question of education, which appeared in + the _American Annals of the Deaf_ from April 1899 to January 1900. + + The opinions of the deaf themselves as to the relative merits of the + methods of teaching also demand particular attention. The ignoring of + their expressed sentiments by those in authority is remarkable. In the + case of school children it might fairly be argued that they are too + young to know what is good for them, but with the adult deaf who have + had to learn the value of their education by bitter experience in the + battle of life it is otherwise. In Germany, the home of the "pure" + oral method, 800 deaf petitioned the emperor against that method. In + 1903 no fewer than 2671 of the adult deaf of Great Britain and Ireland + who had passed through the schools signed a petition in favour of the + combined system. The figures are remarkable, for children under + sixteen were excluded, those who had not been educated in schools for + the deaf were excluded, and the education of the deaf has only lately + been made compulsory, while many thousands who live scattered about + the country in isolation probably never even heard of the petition, + and so could not sign it. In America an overwhelming majority favour + the combined system, and it is in America that by far the best results + of education are to be seen. At the World's Congress of the Deaf at St + Louis in 1904 the combined system was upheld, as it was at Liege. From + France, Germany, Norway and Sweden, Finland, Italy, Russia, everywhere + in fact where they are educated, the deaf crowd upon us with + expressions of their emphatic conviction, repeated again and again, + that the combined system is what meets their needs best and brings + most happiness into their lives. The majority of deaf in every known + country which is in favour of this means of education is so great that + we venture to say that in no other section of the community could + there be shown such an overwhelming preponderance of opinion on one + side of any question which affects its well-being. In the case of the + rare exceptions, the pupil has almost always been brought up in the + strictest ignorance of the manual method, which he has been sedulously + taught to regard as clumsy and objectionable. + + +_The Blind Deaf._ + +In the summary tables (p. 283) of the 1901 British census the following +numbers are given of those suffering from other afflictions besides +deafness:-- + + 1. Blind and deaf and dumb 58 + 2. Blind and deaf 389 + 3. Blind, deaf and dumb and lunatic 5 + 4. Blind, deaf and lunatic 5 + 5. Deaf and dumb and lunatic 136 + 6. Deaf and lunatic 51 + 7. Blind, deaf and dumb and feeble-minded 5 + 8. Blind, deaf and feeble-minded 8 + 9. Deaf and dumb and feeble-minded 221 + 10. Deaf and feeble-minded 100 + +In addition to these, 2 are said to be blind, dumb and lunatic; 20 dumb +and lunatic; 3 blind, dumb and feeble-minded, and 222 dumb and +feeble-minded. These are certainly outside our province, which is the +deaf. The "dumbness" in these four classes is aphasia, due to some brain +defect. + +Of those in the list, classes 7, 8, 9 and 10 are (we are strongly of +opinion) incorrectly described, being, as we think, composed of those +who are simply feeble-minded as well as, in classes 7 and 8, blind. +Their so-called "deafness" is merely inability of the brain to notice +what the ear does actually hear and to govern the vocal organs to +produce articulate sound. Many of classes 9 and 10, however, may not be +"feeble-minded" at all, but only rather dull pupils whom their teachers +have failed to educate. + +It is safe to say that in some instances in classes 3, 4, 5 and 6 the +persons were only assumed to be deaf. Again, cases of deaf people who to +all appearance could not fairly be called insane but who may have had +violent temper or some slight eccentricity being relegated to an asylum +have come to our notice. A good teacher might accomplish much with some +of these described as lunatic in classes 5 and 6. Finally, classes 3 and +4 may have become lunatic owing to the loneliness and brooding +inseparable to a great extent from such terrible afflictions as +blindness and deafness combined. Probably the isolation became +intolerable, and if only they had had some one who understood them to +educate them their reason might have been saved. + +We are most concerned with the first two classes, and in considering +them have to take individual cases separately, as there is no regular +institution for them in Great Britain. + +Mr W. H. Illingworth, head master of the Blind School at Old Trafford, +Manchester, tells how David Maclean, a blind and deaf boy, was taught, +in the 1903 report of the conference of teachers of the deaf. The boy +lost both sight and hearing, but not before six years of age, which was +an advantage, and could still speak or whisper to some extent when +admitted to school. His teacher began with kindergarten and attempts at +proper voice-production. He gave the sound of "ah" and made David feel +his larynx. Then he tickled the boy under his arms, and when he laughed +made him feel his own larynx, so that the boy should notice the +similarity of the vibration. Then, acting on the theory that brain-waves +are to some extent transmittable, Mr Illingworth procured a hearing boy +as companion, and, ordering him to keep his mind fixed on the work and +to place one hand on David's shoulder, made him repeat what was +articulated. The blind-deaf boy's right hand was placed on Mr +Illingworth's larynx and the left on the companion's lips. Thus the +pupil felt the sound and the companion's imitation of it, and soon +reproduced it himself. From this syllables and words were formed by +degrees. The pupil knew the forms of some letters of the alphabet in the +Roman type before he lost sight and hearing, and the connexion between +them and the Braille characters and manual alphabet was the next step +achieved. This, and all the steps, were aided to a great extent by the +hearing and seeing boy companion's sympathetic influence and +concentration of mind, in Mr Illingworth's opinion. After this stage his +progress was comparatively quick and easy; he read from easy books in +Braille, and people spelled to him in the ordinary way by forming the +letters with their right hand on his left. + +From Mr B. H. Payne of Swansea comes the following account of how four +blind-deaf pupils were taught:-- + + "We have received four pupils who were deaf-mute and blind, one of + them being also without the sense of smell. One was born deaf, the + others having lost hearing in childhood. There was no essential + difference between the methods employed in their education and those + of 'sighted' deaf children. Free-arm writing of ordinary script was + taught on the blackboard, the teacher guiding the pupil's hand, or + another pupil guiding it over the teacher's pencilling. The script + alphabet was cut on a slate, and the pupil's pencil made to run in the + grooves. The one-hand alphabet, used with the left hand, was employed + to distinguish the letters so written. The script alphabet was also + formed in wire for him. The object was to enable the pupil when he had + gained language to write to friends and others who were unacquainted + with Braille, but the latter notation was taught to enable the pupil + to profit by the literature provided for the blind. Both one- and + two-hand alphabets were taught, the teacher forming the letters with + one of his own hands upon the pupil's hand. The name of the object + presented to the pupil was spelled and written repeatedly until he had + memorized it. Qualities were taught by comparison, and actions by + performance. The words 'Come with me' were spelled before he was + guided to any place, and other sentences were spelled as they would be + spoken to a 'hearing' child in appropriate associations. The blind + pupil followed with his hands the signs made by junior pupils who were + unacquainted with language, and in this way readily learned to sign + himself, the art being of advantage in stimulating and in forming the + mind, and explaining language to him. One of the pupils was confirmed, + and in preparation for the rite over 800 questions were put to him by + finger-spelling. His education was continued in Braille. The deaf-born + boy developed a fair voice, and could imitate sounds by placing his + hand on a speaker's mouth. Two of them had a keen sense of humour, and + would slyly move the finger to the muscles of their companion's face + to feel the smile with which a bit of pleasantry was responded to. In + connexion with the pupil who was confirmed, the vicar who examined him + declared that none of his questions had been answered better even by + candidates possessed of all their faculties than they were by this + blind-deaf boy." + +Mr W. M. Stone, principal of the Royal Blind School at West Craigmillar, +Edinburgh, gives this very interesting information: + + "We have five blind-deaf children at this institution, and all are + wonderfully clever and intelligent. In all cases the children + possessed hearing for a time and had some knowledge--very slight in + some cases--of language. The method of teaching is, first to teach + them the names of common objects on their fingers. A well-known object + is put in the child's hand and then the word is spelled on the + hand,--the child's hand of course. The child learns to associate these + signs--he does not know they are letters--with the object, and so he + learns a name. Other names are then given and similar names are + associated together, and by noticing the difference in the names the + child gradually grasps the idea of an alphabet. For instance, if he + learns the words cat, bat and mat, he will quickly distinguish that + the words are alike except in their initial letters. When in this way + language has been acquired he is taught the Braille system of reading + for the blind and his progress is now very rapid. This method may + appear very complicated and difficult, but in reality it is not so. + There are no institutions in Great Britain specially for the + blind-deaf, nor are there any in America. I do not know of any on the + continent. Our own blind children here are receiving the same + education as our other children, and in some ways are more advanced + than seeing and hearing children of their own ages. They not only + read, write and do arithmetic, but they do typewriting and much manual + work." + +Mr Addison mentions two deaf and blind pupils who were taught by the +late Mr Paterson of Manchester, and a third in the same school later on. +Another was taught in the asylum for the blind in Glasgow, though she +only lost hearing and became deaf at ten. + +Mr William Wade has written a monograph on the blind-deaf of America, in +the preface to which he points out, rightly, that the education of the +blind-deaf is not such a stupendous task as people imagine it to be. + + "It may not be amiss," he says, "to state the methods of teaching the + first steps to a deaf-blind pupil, that the public may see how + exceedingly simple the fundamental principles are, and it should be + remembered that those principles are exactly the same in the cases of + the deaf and of the deaf-blind, the only difference being in the + application--the deaf _see_, the deaf-blind _feel_. Some familiar, + tangible object--a doll, a cup, or what not--is given to the pupil, + and at the same time the name of the object is spelled into its hand + by the manual alphabet." (The one-hand alphabet is in vogue in + America.) "By patient persistence, the pupil comes to recognize the + manual spelling as a _name_ for a familiar object, when the next step + is taken--associating familiar acts with the corresponding manual + spelling. A continuation of this simple process gradually leads the + pupils to the comprehension of language as a means for communication + of thoughts." Mr Wade is right. Given a sympathetic, resourceful + teacher with strong individuality, common-sense, patience, and the + necessary amount of time, anything and everything in the way of + teaching them is not only possible but certain to be achieved. + Language,--give the deaf and the blind-deaf a working command of that + and everything else is easy. + +In the New York Institution for the Deaf ten blind-deaf pupils were +educated, up to the year 1901. Nearly all of these lost one or both +senses after they had been able to acquire some knowledge with their +aid. In the Perkins Institution for the Blind, Boston, five were taught. +It was here that Laura Bridgman was educated by Dr Samuel G. Howe +(q.v.); all honour is due to him for being the pioneer in attempting to +teach this class of the community, for she was the first blind-deaf +person to be taught. Many other schools for the deaf or blind have +admitted one or two pupils suffering from both afflictions. In all, +seventy cases are mentioned by Mr Wade of those who are quite blind and +deaf, and others of people who are partially so. The most interesting, +of course, of all these is Helen Keller, if we except Laura Bridgman, in +whose case the initial attempt to teach the blind-deaf was made. Helen +Keller was taught primarily by finger-spelling into her hand, and +signing (which she, of course, felt with her hands) where necessary. Her +first teacher was Miss Sullivan. The pupil "acquired language by +practice and habit rather than by study of rules and definitions." +Finger-spelling and books were the two great means of educating her at +all times. After her grasp of language had been brought to a high +standard, Miss Fuller gave her her first lessons in speech, and Miss +Sullivan continued them, the method being that of making the pupil feel +the vocal organs of the teacher. She learnt to speak well, and to tell +(with some assistance from finger-spelling) what some people say by +feeling their mouth. Her literary style became excellent; her studies +included French, German, Latin, Greek, arithmetic, algebra, geometry, +history, ancient and modern, and poetry and literature of every +description. Of course she had many tutors, but Miss Sullivan was "eyes +and ears" at all times, by acting as interpreter, and this patient +teacher had the satisfaction of seeing her pupil pass the entrance +examination of Harvard University. To all time the success attained in +educating Helen Keller will be a monument of what can be accomplished in +the most favourable conditions. (A. H. P.) + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] The two words are common to Teutonic languages, cf. Ger. _taub_ + and _dumm_ (only in the sense of "stupid"), Dutch _doof_ and _dom_; + the original meaning seems to have been dull of perception, stupid, + obtuse, and the words may be ultimately related. The Gr. [Greek: + typhlos] blind, and [Greek: typhos], smoke, mist, probably show the + same base. + + [2] For our resume of the history we are indebted solely to Arnold + (_Education of Deaf Mutes, Teachers' Manual_) as far as the date of + the founding of the Old Kent Road Institution. + + + + +DEAK, FRANCIS (FERENCZ), (1803-1876), Hungarian statesman, was born at +Sojtor in the county of Zala, on the 17th of October 1803. He came of an +ancient and distinguished noble family, and was educated for the law at +Nagy-Kanizsa, Papa, Raab and Pest, and practised first as an advocate +and ultimately as a notary. His first case was the defence of a +notorious robber and murderer. His reputation in his own county was +quickly established, and when in 1833 his elder brother Antal, also a +man of extraordinary force of character, was obliged by ill-health to +relinquish his seat in the Hungarian parliament, the electors chose +Ferencz in his stead. He took an active part in the proceedings of the +diet at Pressburg and made the acquaintance of Odon Beothy and the other +Liberal leaders. No man owed less to external advantages. He was to all +appearance a simple country squire. His true greatness was never +exhibited in debate. It was in friendly talk, generally with a pipe in +his mouth and an anecdote on the tip of his tongue, that he exercised +his extraordinary influence over his fellows. Convinced from the first +of his disinterestedness and sincerity, and impressed by his penetrating +shrewdness and his instinctive faculty of always seizing the main point +and sticking to it, his hearers soon felt an absolute confidence in the +deputy from Zala county. Perhaps there is not another instance in +history in which a man who was neither a soldier, nor a diplomatist, nor +a writer, who appealed to no passion but patriotism, and who avoided +power with almost oriental indolence instead of seeking it, became, in +the course of a long life, the leader of a great party by sheer force of +intellect and moral superiority. + +During the diet of 1839-1840 Deak succeeded in bringing about an +understanding between a reactionary government, sadly in want of money, +and a Liberal opposition determined that the nation should have its +political privileges respected. "Let us put all jealousy on one side and +allow him the pre-eminence," wrote Szechenyi of Deak (April 30th, 1840). +Deak would not go to the diet of 1843-1844, though he had received a +mandate, because his election was the occasion of bloodshed in the +struggle between the Clericals who would have ousted him and the +Liberals who brought him in. In 1848, however, he accepted the post of +minister of justice offered to him by Louis Batthyany. He never ceased +to urge moderation in those stormy days, holding rather with Eotvos and +Batthyany than with Kossuth, and he went more than once to Vienna to +endeavour to effect a compromise between the Radicals and the court. But +when the ill-will of the Vienna government became patent, and the +sentiments of the king doubtful, he resigned together with Batthyany, +but without ceasing to be a member of the diet. He it was who drew up +the resolution of the Lower House in reply to the rescript of the +Austrian ministry demanding the repeal of the Hungarian constitution. It +was he who urged the Hungarian cabinet not to depart a hair's-breadth +from their legitimate position. He was one of the parliamentary +deputation which waited in vain upon Prince Windischgratz in his camp. +(See HUNGARY: _History_.) He then retired to his estate at Kehida. After +the war of independence he was tried by court-martial, but acquitted. + +During the years of repression he lived in complete retirement. He +rejected Schmerling's proposal that he should take part in the project +of judicial reform, but on the other hand he held completely aloof from +the widespread, secret revolutionary movements. After 1854 he spent the +greater part of his time at Pest, and his little room at the "Queen of +England" inn became the meeting-place for those patriots who in those +dark days looked to the wisdom of Deak for guidance. He used every +opportunity of stimulating the moral strength of the nation and keeping +its hopes alive. He invited the nation to contribute to the support of +the orphans of Vorosmarty when that great poet died. He drew up the +petition of the academy to the government, in which he defended the +maintenance of this asylum of the national language against Austrian +intervention. He trusted that, as had so often happened in the course of +Hungarian history, the weakness and blindness of the court would help +Hungary back to her constitutional rights. Armed resistance he +considered dangerous, but he was an immutable defender of the continuity +of the Hungarian constitution on the basis of the reforms of 1848. His +principles alienated him from the Kossuth faction, which looked for +salvation to a second war with Austria, engineered from abroad; but he +was equally opposed to the attitude of resignation taken up by the +followers of Szechenyi, who, according to Deak, always regarded the +world from a purely provincial point of view. + +The war of 1859 convinced the Austrian government, at last, of the +necessity of a reconciliation with Hungary; but the ensuing negotiations +were conducted not through Deak, but through the Magyar Conservatives. +In 1860 Deak rejected the October diploma (see HUNGARY: _History_), +which was simply a cast-back to the Maria Theresa system of 1747; but, +at the request of the government, he went to Vienna to set forth the +national demands. On this occasion he insisted on the re-establishment +of the constitution in its integrity as a _sine qua non_. Meanwhile, it +became more and more evident that the Conservative party had no standing +in the country. The majority of the deputies returned to the diet of +1861 were in favour of asserting their rights by a resolution of the +House, instead of petitioning for them by an address to the crown; hence +arose the two parties of the Addressers and the Resolutioners. The +_Patent_ of the 20th of February 1861 increased the uneasiness and +suspicion of the nation; but Deak, now one of the deputies for Pest, was +in favour of an address rather than of a resolution, and his great +speech on the subject (May 13th, 1861) converted the majority hostile to +an address into a majority for it. The object of the Addressers was to +make the responsibility for a rupture rest on the Austrian government. +Nevertheless, the court found the address so voted inadmissible; +whereupon, on Deak's motion, the Hungarian diet drew up a second address +vigorously defending the rights of the nation, and solemnly protesting +against the usurpations of the Austrian government. The speech which +Deak made on this occasion was his finest effort. Henceforth all Europe +identified his name with the cause of Hungary. The Magyar Conservatives +hereupon entered into negotiations with Deak, and the Austrian +government, more than ever convinced of the necessity of a +reconciliation, was ready to take the first step, if Hungary would take +the second and third. Deak now proposed that the sovereign himself +should break away from counsellors who had sought to oppress Hungary, +and should restore the constitution as a personal act. The worthy +response to this loyal invitation was the dismissal of the Schmerling +administration, the suspension of the February constitution and the +summoning of the coronation diet. Of that diet Deak was the +indispensable leader. Under his direction the Addressers and the +Resolutioners coalesced, and he was entrusted with the difficult and +delicate negotiations with the crown, which aimed at effecting a +compromise between the Pragmatic Sanction of 1719, which established the +indivisibility of the Habsburg monarchy, and the March decrees of 1848. +The committee of which he was president had completed its work, when the +war of 1866 broke out and all again became uncertain. + +After Koniggratz the extreme parties in Hungary hoped to extort still +more favourable terms from the emperor; but Deak remained true to +himself and to the constitutional principle. On the 18th of July he went +to Vienna, to urge the necessity of forming a responsible Magyar +ministry without delay. He offered the post of premier to Count Julius +Andrassy, but would not himself take any part in the administration. The +diet was resummoned on the 17th of November 1866 and, chiefly through +the efforts of Deak, the responsible ministry was formed (February 17th, +1867). There was still one fierce parliamentary struggle, in which Deak +defended the Composition (Ausgleich) of 1867, both against the +Kossuthites and against the Left-centre, which had detached itself from +his own party under the leadership of Kalman Tisza (q.v.). He, a simple +citizen, from pure patriotism, thus mediated between the crown and the +people, as the Hungarian palatines were wont to do in years gone by, and +it was the wish of the diet that Deak should exercise the functions of a +palatine at the solemn ceremony of the coronation. This honour he +refused, as he had refused every other reward and distinction. "It was +beyond the king's power to give him anything but a clasp of the hand." +His real recompense was the assurance of the prosperity and the +tranquillity of his country in the future, and the reconciliation of the +nation and its sovereign. The consciousness of these great services even +reconciled him to the loss of much of his popularity; for there can be +no doubt that a large part of the Hungarian nation regarded the +Composition of 1867 as a sort of surrender and blamed Deak as the author +of it. The Composition was the culminating point of Deak's political +activity; but as a party-leader he still exercised considerable +influence. He died at midnight of the 28th-29th of July 1876, after long +and painful sufferings. His funeral was celebrated with royal pomp on +the 3rd of February, and representatives from every part of Hungary +followed the "Sage" to the grave. A mausoleum was erected by national +subscription, and in 1887 a statue, overlooking the Danube, was erected +to his memory. + + See _Speeches_ (Hung.) ed. by Mano Konyi (Budapest, 1882); Z. + Ferenczi, _Life of Deak_ (Hung., Budapest, 1894); _Memorials of + Ferencz Deak_ (Hung., Budapest, 1889-1890); Ferencz Pulszky, + _Charakterskizze_ (Leipzig, 1876). (R. N. B.) + + + + +DEAL, a market town, seaport and municipal borough in the St Augustine's +parliamentary division of Kent, England, 8 m. N.E. by N. of Dover on the +South-Eastern & Chatham railway. Pop. (1901) 10,581. It consists of +three divisions--Lower Deal, on the coast; Middle Deal; and, about a +mile inland, though formerly on the coast, Upper Deal, which is the +oldest part. Though frequented as a seaside resort, the town derives its +importance mainly from its vicinity to the Downs, a fine anchorage, +between the shore and the Goodwin Sands, about 8 m. long and 6 m. wide, +in which large fleets of windbound vessels may lie in safety. The trade +consequently consists largely in the supply of provisions and naval +stores, which are conveyed to the ships in need of them by "hovellers," +as the boatmen are called all along the Kentish coast; the name is +probably a corruption of _hobeler_, anciently applied to light-horsemen +from the hobby or small horse which they rode. The Deal hovellers and +pilots are famous for their skill. Boat-building and a few other +industries are carried on. Among buildings the most remarkable are St +Leonard's church in Upper Deal, which dates from the Norman period; the +Baptist chapel in Lower Deal, founded by Captain Taverner, governor of +Deal Castle, in 1663; the military and naval hospital; and the barracks, +founded in 1795. The site of the old navy yard is occupied by villas; +and the esplanade, nearly four miles long, is provided with a promenade +pier. The golf-links is well known. At the south end of the town is Deal +Castle, erected by Henry VIII. in 1539, together with the castles of +Sandown, Walmer and Sandgate. They were built alike, and consisted of a +central keep surrounded by four lunettes. Sandown Castle, which stood +about a mile to the east of Deal Castle, was of interest as the prison +in which Colonel Hutchinson, the Puritan soldier, was confined, and is +said to have died, September 1664. It was removed on becoming endangered +by encroachments of the sea. The "captain" of Deal Castle is appointed +by the lord warden of the Cinque Ports. The town is governed by a mayor, +6 aldermen and 18 councillors. Area, 1111 acres. + +Deal is one of the possible sites of the landing-place of Julius Caesar +in Britain. Later in the period of Roman occupation the site was +inhabited, but apparently was not a port. In the Domesday Survey, Deal +(_Dola_, _Dale_, _Dele_) is mentioned among the possessions of the +canons of St Martin, Dover, as part of the hundreds of Bewsborough and +Cornilo; it seems, however, from early times to have been within the +liberty of the Cinque Ports as a member of Sandwich, but was not +continuously reckoned as a member until Henry VI., on the occasion of a +dispute as to its assessment, finally annexed it to their jurisdiction. + +In the time of Henry VIII. Deal was merely a fishing village standing +half-a-mile from the sea, but the growth of the English navy and the +increase of trade brought men-of-war and merchant ships in increased +numbers to the Downs. Deal began to grow in importance, and Lower or New +Deal was built along the shore. The prosperity of the town has ever +since depended almost entirely on its shipping trade. In 1699 the +inhabitants petitioned for incorporation, since previously the town had +been under the jurisdiction of Sandwich and governed by a deputy +appointed by the mayor of that town; William III. by his charter +incorporated the town under the title of mayor, jurats and commonalty of +Deal, and he also granted a market to be held on Tuesday and Saturday, +and fairs on the 25th and 26th of March, and on the 30th of September +and 1st of October, with a court of Pie Powder. The Cinque Ports were +first represented in the parliament of 1265; the two members returned by +Sandwich represented Sandwich, Deal and Walmer, until they were +disenfranchized by the act of 1885. + + + + +DEAL. (1) (A common Teutonic word for a part or portion, cf. Ger. +_Teil_, and the Eng. variant "dole"), a division or part, obsolete +except in such phrases as "a great deal" or "a good deal," where it +equals quantity or lot. From the verb "to deal," meaning primarily to +divide into parts, come such uses as for the giving out of cards to the +players in a game, or for a business transaction. (2) (Also a Teutonic +word, meaning a plank or board, cf. Ger. _Diele_, Dutch _deel_), +strictly a term in carpentry and joinery for a sawn plank, usually of +pine or fir, 9 in. wide and 2 to 4(1/2) in. thick. (See JOINERY.) The +word is also used more loosely of the timber from which such deals are +cut, thus "white deal" is used of the wood of the Norway spruce, and +"red deal" of the Scotch pine. + + + + +DEAN (Lat. _decanus_, derived from the Gr. [Greek: deka], ten), the +style of a certain functionary, primarily ecclesiastical. Whether the +term was first used among the secular clergy to signify the priest who +had a charge of inspection and superintendence over two parishes, or +among the regular clergy to signify the monk who in a monastery had +authority over ten other monks, appears doubtful. "Decurius" may be +found in early writers used to signify the same thing as "decanus," +which shows that the word and the idea signified by it were originally +borrowed from the old Roman military system. + +The earliest mention which occurs of an "archipresbyter" seems to be in +the fourth epistle of St Jerome to Rusticus, in which he says that a +cathedral church should possess one bishop, one archipresbyter and one +archdeacon. Liberatus also (_Breviar._ c. xiv.) speaks of the office of +archipresbyter in a manner which, as J. Bingham says, enables one to +understand what the nature of his duties and position was. And he thinks +that those are right who hold that the archipresbyters were the same as +the deans of English cathedral churches. E. Stillingfleet (_Irenic._ +part ii. c. 7) says of the archipresbyters that "the memory of them is +preserved still in cathedral churches, in the chapters there, where the +dean was nothing else but the archipresbyter; and both dean and +prebendaries were to be assistant to the bishop in the regulating the +church affairs belonging to the city, while the churches were contained +therein." Bingham, however, following Liberatus, describes the office of +the archipresbyter to have been next to that of the bishop, the head of +the presbyteral college, and the functions to have consisted in +administering all matters pertaining to the church in the absence of the +bishop. But this does not describe accurately the office of dean in an +English cathedral church. The dean is indeed second to the bishop in +rank and dignity, and he is the head of the presbyteral college or +chapter; but his functions in no wise consist in administering any +affairs in the absence of the bishop. There may be some matters +connected with the ordering of the internal arrangements of cathedral +churches, respecting which it may be considered a doubtful point whether +the authority of the bishop or that of the dean is supreme. But the +consideration of any such question leads at once to the due theoretical +distinction between the two. With regard to matters spiritual, properly +and strictly so called, the bishop is supreme in the cathedral as far +as--and no further than--he is supreme in his diocese generally. With +regard to matters material and temporal, as concerning the fabric of the +cathedral, the arrangement and conduct of the services, and the +management of the property of the chapter, &c., the dean (not excluding +the due authority of the other members of the chapter, but speaking with +reference to the bishop) is supreme. And the cases in which a doubt +might arise are those in which the material arrangements of the fabric +or of the services may be thought to involve doctrinal considerations. + +The Roman Catholic writers on the subject say that there are two sorts +of deans in the church--the deans of cathedral churches, and the rural +deans--as has continued to be the case in the English Church. And the +probability would seem to be that the former were the successors and +representatives of the monastic decurions, the latter of the inspectors +of "ten" parishes in the primitive secular church. It is thought by some +that the rural dean is the lineal successor of the _chorepiscopus_, who +in the early church was the assistant of the bishop, discharging most, +if not all, episcopal functions in the rural districts of the diocese. +But upon the whole the probability is otherwise. W. Beveridge, W. Cave, +Bingham and Basnage all hold that the _chorepiscopi_ were true bishops, +though Romanist theologians for the most part have maintained that they +were simple priests. But if the _chorepiscopus_ has any representative +in the church of the present day, it seems more likely that the +archdeacon is such rather than the dean. + +The ordinary use of the term dean, as regards secular bodies of persons, +would lead to the belief that the oldest member of a chapter had, as a +matter of right, or at least of usage, become the dean thereof. But +Bingham (lib. ii. chap. 18) very conclusively shows that such was at no +time the case; as is also further indicated by the maxim to the effect +that the dean must be selected from the body of the chapter--"_Unus de +gremio tantum potest eligi et promoveri ad decanatus dignitatem_." The +duties of the dean in a Roman Catholic cathedral are to preside over the +chapter, to declare the decisions to which the chapter may have in its +debates arrived by plurality of voices, to exercise inspection over the +choir, over the conduct of the capitular body, and over the discipline +and regulations of the church; and to celebrate divine service on +occasion of the greater festivals of the church in the absence or +inability of the bishop. With the exception of the last clause the same +statement may be made as to the duties and functions of the deans of +Church of England cathedral churches. + +Deans had also a place in the judicial system of the Lombard kings in +the 8th, 9th and 10th centuries. But the office indicated by that term, +so used, seems to have been a very subordinate one; and the name was in +all probability adopted with immediate reference to the etymological +meaning of the word,--a person having authority over ten (in this case +apparently) families. L. A. Muratori, in his _Italian Antiquities_, +speaks of the resemblance between the _saltarii_ or _sylvani_ and the +_decani_, and shows that the former had authority in the rural +districts, and the latter in towns, or at least in places where the +population was sufficiently close for them to have authority over ten +families. Nevertheless, a document cited by Muratori from the archives +of the canons of Modena, and dated in the year 813, recites the names of +several "deaneries" (_decania_), and thus shows that the authority of +the dean extended over a certain circumscription of territory. + +In the case of the "dean of the sacred college," the connexion between +the application of the term and the etymology of it is not so evident as +in the foregoing instances of its use; nor is it by any means clear how +and when the idea of seniority was first attached to the word. This +office is held by the oldest cardinal--i.e. he who has been longest in +the enjoyment of the purple, not he who is oldest in years,--who is +usually, but not necessarily or always, the bishop of Ostia and +Velletri. Perhaps the use of the word "dean," as signifying simply the +eldest member of any corporation or body of men, may have been first +adopted from its application to that high dignitary. The dean of the +sacred college is in the ecclesiastical hierarchy second to the pope +alone. His privileges and special functions are very many; a compendious +account of the principal of them may be found in the work of G. Moroni, +vol. xix. p. 168. + +There are four sorts of deans of whom the law of England takes notice. +(1) The dean and chapter are a council subordinate to the bishop, +assistant to him in matters spiritual relating to religion, and in +matters temporal relating to the temporalities of the bishopric. The +dean and chapter are a corporation, and the dean himself is a +corporation sole. Deans are said to be either of the old or of the new +foundation--the latter being those created and regulated after the +dissolution of the monasteries by Henry VIII. The deans of the old +foundation before the Ecclesiastical Commissioners Act 1841 were elected +by the chapter on the king's _conge d'elire_; and the deans of the new +foundation (and, since the act, of the old foundation also) are +appointed by the king's letters patent. It was at one time held that a +layman might be dean; but since 1662 priest's orders are a necessary +qualification. Deaneries are sinecures in the old sense, i.e. they are +without cure of souls. The chapter formerly consisted of canons and +prebendaries, the dean being the head and an integral part of the +corporation. By the Ecclesiastical Commissioners Act 1841, it is enacted +that "all the members of the chapter except the dean, in every +collegiate and cathedral church in England, and in the cathedral +churches of St David and Llandaff, shall be styled canons." By the same +act the dean is required to be in residence eight months, and the canons +three months, in every year. The bishop is visitor of the dean and +chapter. (2) A dean of peculiars is the chief of certain peculiar +churches or chapels. He "hath no chapter, yet is presentative, and hath +cure of souls; he hath a _peculiar_, and is not subject to the +visitation of the bishop of the diocese." The only instances of such +deaneries are Battle (Sussex), Bocking (Essex) and Stamford (Rutland). +The deans of Jersey and Guernsey have similar status. (3) The third dean +"hath no cure of souls, but hath a court and a _peculiar_, in which he +holdeth plea and jurisdiction of all such ecclesiastical matters as come +within his peculiar. Such is the dean of the arches, who is the judge of +the court of the arches, the chief court and consistory of the +archbishop of Canterbury, so called of Bow Church, where this court was +ever wont to be held." (See ARCHES, COURT OF.) The parish of Bow and +twelve others were within the peculiar jurisdiction of the archbishop in +spiritual causes, and exempted out of the bishop of London's +jurisdiction. They were in 1845 made part of the diocese of London. (4) +Rural deans are clergymen whose duty is described as being "to execute +the bishop's processes and to inspect the lives and manners of the +clergy and people within their jurisdiction." (See Phillimore's +_Ecclesiastical Law_.) + +In the colleges of the English universities one of the fellows usually +holds the office of "dean," and is specially charged with the +discipline, as distinguished from the teaching functions of the tutors. +In some universities the head of a faculty is called "dean," and in each +of these cases the word is used in a non-ecclesiastical and purely +titular sense. + + + + +DEAN, FOREST OF, a district in the west of Gloucestershire, England, +between the Severn and the Wye. It extends northward in an oval form +from the junction of these rivers, for a distance of 20 m., with an +extreme breadth of 10 m., and still retains its true forest character. +The surface is agreeably undulating, its elevation ranging from 120 to +nearly 1000 ft., and its sandy peat soil renders it most suitable for +the growth of timber, which is the cause of its having been a royal +forest from time immemorial. It is recorded that the commanders of the +Armada had orders not to leave in it a tree standing. In the reign of +Charles I. the forest contained 105,537 trees, and, straitened for +money, the king granted it to Sir John Wyntour for L10,000, and a fee +farm rent of L2000. The grant was cancelled by Cromwell; but at the +Restoration only 30,000 trees were left, and Wyntour, the Royalist +commander, having got another grant, destroyed all but 200 trees fit for +navy timber. In 1680 an act was passed to enclose 11,000 acres and plant +with oak and beech for supply of the dockyards; and the present forest, +though not containing very many gigantic oaks, has six "walks" covered +with timber in various stages of growth. + +The forest is locally governed by two crown-appointed deputy gavellers +to superintend the woods and mines, and four verderers elected by the +freeholders, whose office, since the extermination of the deer in 1850, +is almost purely honorary. From time immemorial all persons born in the +hundred of St Briavel's, who have worked a year and a day in a coal +mine, become "free miners," and may work coal in any part of the forest +not previously occupied. The forest laws were administered at the +Speech-House, a building of the 17th century in the heart of the forest, +where the verderers' court is still held. The district contains coal and +iron mines, and quarries of building-stone, which fortunately hardly +minimize its natural beauty. Near Coleford and Westbury pit workings of +the Roman period have been discovered, and the Romans drew large +supplies of iron from this district. The scenery is especially fine in +the high ground bordering the Wye (q.v.), opposite to Symond's Yat above +Monmouth, and Tintern above Chepstow. St Briavel's Castle, above +Tintern, was the headquarters of the forest officials from an early date +and was frequented by King John. It is a moated castle, of which the +north-west front remains, standing in a magnificent position high above +the Wye. + + See H. G. Nicholls, _Forest of Dean_ (London, 1858). + + + + +DEANE, RICHARD (1610-1653), British general-at-sea, major-general and +regicide, was a younger son of Edward Deane of Temple Guiting or Guyting +in Gloucestershire, where he was born, his baptism taking place on the +8th of July 1610. His family seems to have been strongly Puritan and was +related to many of those Buckinghamshire families who were prominent in +the parliamentary party. His uncle or great-uncle was Sir Richard Deane, +lord mayor of London, 1628-1629. Of Deane's early life nothing is +accurately known, but he seems to have had some sea training, possibly +on a ship-of-war. At the outbreak of the Civil War he joined the +parliamentary army as a volunteer in the artillery, a branch of the +service with which he was constantly and honourably associated. In 1644 +he held a command in the artillery under Essex in Cornwall and took part +in the surrender after Lostwithiel. Essex (_Letter to Sir Philip +Stapleton_, Rushworth Collection) calls him "an honest, judicious and +stout man," an estimate of Deane borne out by Clarendon's "bold and +excellent officer" (book xiv. cap. 27), and he was one of the few +officers concerned in the surrender who were retained at the remodelling +of the army. Appointed comptroller of the ordnance, he commanded the +artillery at Naseby and during Fairfax's campaign in the west of England +in 1645. In 1647 he was promoted colonel and given a regiment. In May of +that year Cromwell was made lord-general of the forces in Ireland by the +parliament, and Deane, as a supporter of Cromwell who had to be reckoned +with, was appointed his lieutenant of artillery. Cromwell refused to be +thus put out of the way, and Deane followed his example. When the war +broke out afresh in 1648 Deane went with Cromwell to Wales. As +brigadier-general his leading of the right wing at Preston contributed +greatly to the victory. On the entry of the army into London in 1648, +Deane superintended the seizure of treasure at the Guildhall and +Weavers' Hall the day after Pride "purged" the House of Commons, and +accompanied Cromwell to the consultations as to the "settlement of the +Kingdom" with Lenthall and Sir Thomas Widdrington, the keeper of the +great seal. He is rightly called by Sir J. K. Laughton (in the _Dict. of +Nat. Biog._) Cromwell's "trusted partisan," a character which he +maintained in the active and responsible part taken by him in the events +which led up to the trial and execution of the king. He was one of the +commissioners for the trial, and a member of the committee which +examined the witnesses. He signed the death warrant. + +Deane's capacities and activities were now required for the navy. In +1649 the office of lord high admiral was put into commission. The first +commissioners were Edward Popham, Robert Blake and Deane, with the title +of generals-at-sea. His command at sea was interrupted in 1651, when as +major-general he was brought back to the army and took part in the +battle of Worcester. Later he was made president of the commission for +the settlement of Scotland, with supreme command of the military and +naval forces. At the end of 1652 Deane returned to his command as +general-at-sea, where Monck had succeeded Popham, who had died in 1651. +In 1653 Deane was with Blake in command at the battle off Portland and +later took the most prominent and active part in the refitting of the +fleet on the reorganization of the naval service. At the outset of the +three days' battle off the North Foreland, the 1st, 2nd and 3rd of June +1653, Deane was killed. His body lay in state at Greenwich and after a +public funeral was buried in Henry VII.'s chapel at Westminster Abbey, +to be disinterred at the Restoration. + + See J. Bathurst Deane, _The Life of Richard Deane_ (1870). + + + + +DEANE, SILAS (1737-1789), American diplomat, was born in Groton, +Connecticut, on the 24th of December 1737. He graduated at Yale in 1758 +and in 1761 was admitted to the bar, but instead of practising became a +merchant at Wethersfield, Conn. He took an active part in the movements +in Connecticut preceding the War of Independence, and from 1774 to 1776 +was a delegate from Connecticut to the Continental Congress. Early in +1776 he was sent to France by Congress, in a semi-official capacity, as +a secret agent to induce the French government to lend its financial aid +to the colonies. Subsequently he became, with Benjamin Franklin and +Arthur Lee, one of the regularly accredited commissioners to France from +Congress. On arriving in Paris, Deane at once opened negotiations with +Vergennes and Beaumarchais, securing through the latter the shipment of +many vessel loads of arms and munitions of war to America. He also +enlisted the services of a number of Continental soldiers of fortune, +among whom were Lafayette, Baron Johann De Kalb and Thomas Conway. His +carelessness in keeping account of his receipts and expenditures, and +the differences between himself and Arthur Lee regarding the contracts +with Beaumarchais, eventually led, in November 1777, to his recall to +face charges, of which Lee's complaints formed the basis. Before +returning to America, however, he signed on the 6th of February 1778 the +treaties of amity and commerce and of alliance which he and the other +commissioners had successfully negotiated. In America he was defended by +John Jay and John Adams, and after stating his case to Congress was +allowed to return to Paris (1781) to settle his affairs. Differences +with various French officials led to his retirement to Holland, where he +remained until after the treaty of peace had been signed, when he +settled in England. The publication of some "intercepted" letters in +Rivington's _Royal Gazette_ in New York (1781), in which Deane declared +his belief that the struggle for independence was hopeless and +counselled a return to British allegiance, aroused such animosity +against him in America that for some years he remained in England. He +died on shipboard in Deal harbour, England, on the 23rd of September +1789 after having embarked for America on a Boston packet. No evidence +of his dishonesty was ever discovered, and Congress recognized the +validity of his claims by voting $37,000 to his heirs in 1842. He +published his defence in _An Address to the Free and Independent +Citizens of the United States of North America_ (Hartford, Conn., and +London, 1784). + + _The Correspondence of Silas Deane_ was published in the Connecticut + Historical Society's Collections, vol. ii.; and _The Deane Papers_, in + 5 vols., in the New York Historical Society's _Collections_ + (1887-1890). See also Winsor's _Narrative and Critical History_, vol. + vii. chap, i., and Wharton's _Revolutionary Diplomatic Correspondence + of the United States_ (6 vols., Washington, 1889). + + + + +DEATH, the permanent cessation of the vital functions in the bodies of +animals and plants, the end of life or act of dying. The word is the +English representative of the substantive common to Teutonic languages, +as "dead" is of the adjective, and "die" of the verb; the ultimate +origin is the pre-Teutonic verbal stem _dau_-; cf. Ger _Tod_, Dutch +_dood_, Swed. and Dan. _dod_. + +For the scientific aspects of the processes involved in life and its +cessation see BIOLOGY, PHYSIOLOGY, PATHOLOGY, and allied articles; and +for the consideration of the prolongation of life see LONGEVITY. Here it +is only necessary to deal with the more primitive views of death and +with certain legal aspects. + +_Ethnology._--To the savage, death from natural causes is inexplicable. +At all times and in all lands, if he reflects upon death at all, he +fails to understand it as a natural phenomenon; nor in its presence is +he awed or curious. Man in a primitive state has for his dead an almost +animal indifference. The researches of archaeologists prove that +Quaternary Man cared little what became of his fellow-creature's body. +And this lack of interest is found to-day as a general characteristic +of savages. The Goajiros of Venezuela bury their dead, they confess, +simply to get rid of them. The Galibis of Guiana, when asked the meaning +of their curious funeral ceremony, which consists in dancing on the +grave, replied that they did it to stamp down the earth. Fuegians, +Bushmen, Veddahs, show the same lack of concern and interest in the +memory of the dead. Even the Eskimos, conspicuous as they are for their +intelligence and sociability, save themselves the trouble of caring for +their sick and old by walling them up and leaving them to die in a +lonely hut; the Chukches stone or strangle them to death; some Indian +tribes give them over to tigers, and the Battas of Sumatra eat them. +This indifference is not dictated by any realization that death means +annihilation of the personality. The savage conception of a future state +is one that involves no real break in the continuity of life as he leads +it. If a man dies without being wounded he is considered to be the +victim of the sorcerers and the evil spirits with which they consort. +Throughout Africa the death of anyone is ascribed to the magicians of +some hostile tribe or to the malicious act of a neighbour. A culprit is +easily discovered either by an appeal to a local diviner or in torturing +some one into confession. In Australia it is the same. Mr Andrew Lang +says that "whenever a native dies, no matter how evident it may be that +death has been the result of natural causes, it is at once set down that +the defunct was bewitched." The Bechuanas and all Kaffir tribes believe +that death, even at an advanced age, if not from hunger or violence, is +due to witchcraft, and blood is required to expiate or avenge it. +Similar beliefs are found among the Papuans, and among the Indians of +both Americas. The history of witchcraft in Europe and its attendant +horrors, so vividly painted in Lecky's _Rise of Rationalism_, are but +echoes of this universal refusal of savage man to accept death as the +natural end of life. Even to-day the ignorant peasantry of many European +countries, Russia, Galicia and elsewhere, believe that all disease is +the work of demons, and that medicinal herbs owe their curative +properties to their being the materialized forms of benevolent spirits. + +This animistic tendency is a marked characteristic of primitive Man in +every land. The savage explains the processes of inanimate nature by +assuming that living beings or spirits, possessed of capacities similar +to his own, are within the inanimate object. The growth of a tree, the +spark struck from a flint, the devastating floods of a river, mean to +him the natural actions of beings within the tree, stone or water. And +thus too he explains to himself the phenomena of human life, believing +that each man has within him a mannikin or animal which dictates his +actions in life. This miniature man is the savage's conception of the +soul; sleep and trance being regarded as the temporary, death as the +permanent, absence of the soul. Each individual is thus deemed to have a +dual existence. This "subliminal" self (in modern terminology) has many +forms. The Hurons thought that it possessed head, body, arms and legs, +in fact that it was an exact miniature of a man. The Nootkas of British +Columbia regard it as a tiny man, living in the crown of the head. So +long as it stands erect, its possessor is well, but if it falls from its +position the misfortunes of ill-health and madness at once assail him. +The ancient Egyptian believed in the soul or "double." The inhabitants +of Nias, an island to the west of Sumatra, have the strange belief that +to everyone before birth is given the choice of a long and heavy or +short and light soul (a parallel belief may be found in early Greek +philosophy), and his choice determines the length of life. Sometimes the +soul is conceived as a bird. The Bororos of Brazil fancy that in that +shape the soul of a sleeper passes out of the body during night-time, +returning to him at his awakening. The Bella Coola Indians say the soul +is a bird enclosed in an egg and lives in the nape of the neck. If the +shell bursts and the soul flies away, the man must die. If however the +bird flies away, egg and all, then he faints or loses his reason. A +popular superstition in Bohemia assumes that the soul in the shape of a +white bird leaves the body by way of the mouth. Among the Battas of +Sumatra rice or grain is sprinkled on the head of a man who returns from +a dangerous enterprise, and in the latter case the grains are called +_padiruma tondi_, "means to make the soul (_tondi_) stay at home." In +Java the new-born babe is placed in a hen-coop, and the mother makes a +clucking noise, as if she were a hen, to attract the child's soul. It is +regarded by many savage peoples as highly dangerous to arouse a sleeper +suddenly, as his soul may not have time to return. Still more dangerous +is it to move a sleeper, for the soul on its return might not be able to +find the body. Flies and butterflies are forms which the souls are +believed by some races to take, and the Esthonians of the island of +Oesel think that the gusts of wind which whirl tornado-like through the +roads are the souls of old women seeking what they can find. + +But more widespread perhaps than any belief, from its simplicity +doubtless, is the idea that the body's shadow or reflexion is the soul. +The Basutos think that crocodiles can devour the shadow of a man cast on +the surface of water. In many parts of the world sorcerers are credited +with supernatural powers over a man by an attack on his shadow. The sick +man is considered to have lost his shadow or a part of it. Dante refers +to the shadowless spectre of Virgil, and the folklore of many European +countries affords examples of the prevalence of the superstition that a +man must be as careful of his shadow as of his body. In the same way the +reflexion-soul is thought to be subject to a malice of enemies or +attacks of beasts and has been the cause of superstitions which in one +form or another exist to-day. From the Fijian and Andaman islander who +exhibits abject terror at seeing himself in a glass or in water, to the +English or European peasant who covers up the mirrors or turns them to +the wall, upon a death occurring, lest an inmate of the house should see +his own face and have his own speedy demise thus prognosticated, the +idea holds its ground. It was probably the origin of the story of +Narcissus, and there is scarcely a race which is free from the haunting +dread. Lastly the soul is pictured as being a man's breath (_anima_), +and this again has come down to us in literature, evidenced by the fact +that the word "breath" has become a synonym for life itself. The "last +breath" has meant more than a mere metaphor. It expresses the savage +belief that there departs from the dying in the final expiration a +something tangible, capable of separate existence--the soul. Among the +Romans custom imposed a sacred duty on the nearest relative, usually the +heir, to inhale the "last breath" of the dying. Moreover the classics +bear evidence to the sanctity with which sentiment surrounded the last +kiss; Cicero, in his speech against Verres, saying "_Matres ab extremo +complexu liberum exclusae: quae nihil aliud orabant nisi ut filiorum +extremum spiritum ore excipere sibi liceret_." Virgil, too, refers in +the _Aeneid_, iv. 684, to the custom, which survives to-day as a +ceremonial practice among many savage and semi-civilized people. + +From the inability of the savage in all ages and in all lands to +comprehend death as a natural phenomenon, there results a tendency to +personify death, and myths are invented to account for its origin. +Sometimes it is a "taboo" which has been broken and gives Death power +over man. In New Zealand Maui, the divine hero of Polynesia, was not +properly baptized. In Australia a woman was told not to go near a tree +where a bat lived: she infringed the prohibition, the bat fluttered out, +and death resulted. The Ningphoos were dismissed from Paradise and +became mortal because one of them bathed in water which had been +"tabooed" (Dalton, p. 13). Other versions of the Death-myth in Polynesia +relate that Maui stole a march on Night as she slept, and would have +passed right through her to destroy her, but a little bird which sings +at sunset woke her, she destroyed Maui, and men lost immortality. In +India Yama, the god of Death, is assumed, like Maui, to have been the +first to "spy out the path to the other world." In the Solomon Islands +(_Jour. Anth. Inst._, February 1881) "Koevari was the author of death, +by resuming her cast-off skin." The same story is told in the Banks +Islands. The Greek myth (Hesiod, _Works and Days_, 90) alleged that +mortals lived "without ill diseases that give death to men" till the +cover was lifted from the box of Pandora. This personification of Death +has had as a consequence the introduction into the folklore of many +lands of stories, often humorous, of the tricks played on the Enemy of +Mankind. Thus Sisyphus fettered Death, keeping him prisoner till rescued +by Ares; in Venetian folklore Beppo ties him up in a bag for eighteen +months; while in Sicily an innkeeper corks him up in a bottle, and a +monk keeps him in his pouch for forty years. The German parallel is +Gambling Hansel, who kept Death up a tree for seven years. Such examples +might be multiplied unendingly, but enough has been said to show that +the attitude of civilized man towards the sphinx-riddle of his end has +been in part dictated and is even still influenced by the savage belief +that to die is unnatural. + +_Law--Registration._--The registration of burials in England goes back +to the time of Thomas Cromwell, who in 1538 instituted the keeping of +parish registers. Statutory measures were taken from time to time to +ensure the preservation of registers of burials, but it was not until +1836 (the Births and Deaths Registration Act) that the registration of +deaths became a national concern. Other acts dealing with death +registration were subsequently passed, and the whole law for England +consolidated by the Births and Deaths Registration Act 1874. By that +act, the registration of every death and the cause of the death is +compulsory. When a person dies in a house information of the death and +the particulars required to be registered must be given within five days +of the death to the registrar to the best of the person's knowledge and +belief by one of the following persons:--(1) The nearest relative of the +deceased present at the death, or in attendance during the last illness +of the deceased. If they fail, then (2) some other relative of the +deceased in the same sub-district (registrar's) as the deceased. In +default of relatives, (3) some person present at the death, or the +occupier of the house in which, to his knowledge, the death took place. +If all the above fail, (4) some inmate of the house, or the person +causing the body of the deceased to be buried. The person giving the +information must sign the register. Similarly, also, information must be +given concerning death where the deceased dies not in a house. + +Where written notice of the death, accompanied by a medical certificate +of the cause of death, is sent to the registrar, information must +nevertheless be given and the register signed within fourteen days after +the death by the person giving the notice or some other person as +required by the act. Failure to give information of death, or to comply +with the registrar's requisitions, entails a penalty not exceeding forty +shillings, and making false statements or certificates, or forging or +falsifying them, is punishable either summarily within six months, or on +indictment within three years of the offence. Before burial takes place +the clergyman or other person conducting the funeral or religious +service must have the registrar's certificate that the death of the +deceased person has been duly registered, or else a coroner's order or +warrant. Failing the certificate, the clergyman cannot refuse to bury, +but he must forthwith give notice in writing to the registrar. Failure +to do so within seven days involves a penalty not exceeding ten pounds. +Children must not be registered as still-born without a medical +certificate or a signed declaration from some one who would have been +required, if the child had been born alive, to give information +concerning the birth, that the child was still-born and that no medical +man was present at the birth, or a coroner's order. The registration of +deaths at sea is regulated by the act of 1874 together with the Merchant +Shipping Act 1894. See further BIRTH and BURIAL AND BURIAL ACTS. +Registers of death are, in law, evidence of the fact of death, and the +entry, or a certified copy of it, will be sufficient evidence without a +certificate of burial, although it is desirable that it should also be +produced. + +_Presumption of Death._--The fact of death may, in English law, be +proved not only by direct but by presumptive evidence. When a person +disappears, so that no direct proof of his whereabouts or death is +obtainable, death may be presumed at the expiration of seven years from +the period when the person was last heard of. It is always, however, a +matter of fact for the jury, and the onus of proving the death lies on +the party who asserts it. In Scotland, by the Presumption of Life +(Scotland) Act 1891, the presumption is statutory. In those cases where +people disappear under circumstances which create a strong probability +of death, the court may, for the purpose of probate or administration, +presume the death before the lapse of seven years. The question of +survivorship, where two or more persons are shown to have perished by +the same catastrophe, as in cases of shipwreck, has been much discussed. +It was at one time thought that there might be a presumption of +survivorship in favour of the younger as against the older, of the male +as against the female, &c. But it is now clear that there is no such +presumption (_In re Alston_, 1892, P. 142). This is also the rule in +most states of the American Union. The doctrine of survivorship +originated in the Roman Law, which had recourse to certain artificial +presumptions, where the particular circumstances connected with deaths +were unknown. Some of the systems founded on the civil law, as the +French code, have adopted certain rules of survivorship. + +_Civil Death_ is an expression used, in law, in contradistinction to +natural death. Formerly, a man was said to be dead in law (1) when he +entered a monastery and became professed in religion; (2) when he +abjured the realm; (3) when he was attainted of treason or felony. Since +the suppression of the monasteries there has been no legal establishment +for professed persons in England, and the first distinction has +therefore disappeared, though for long after the original reason had +ceased to make it necessary grants of life estates were usually made for +the terms of a man's _natural_ life. The act abolishing sanctuaries +(1623) did away with civil death by abjuration; and the Forfeiture Act +1870, that on attainder for treason or felony. + + For the tax levied on the estate of deceased persons, and sometimes + called "death duty," see SUCCESSION DUTY. + + For the statistics of the death-rate of the United Kingdom as compared + with that of the various European countries see UNITED KINGDOM. See + also the articles ANNUITY; CAPITAL PUNISHMENT; CREMATION; INSURANCE; + MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE, &c. + + + + +DEATH-WARNING, a term used in psychical research for an intimation of +the death of another person received by other than the ordinary sensory +channels, i.e. by (1) a sensory hallucination or (2) a massive +sensation, both being of telepathic origin. (See TELEPATHY.) Both among +civilized and uncivilized peoples there is a widespread belief that the +apparition of a living person is an omen of death; but until the Society +of Psychical Research undertook the statistical examination of the +question, there were no data for estimating the value of the belief. In +1885 a collection of spontaneous cases and a discussion of the evidence +was published under the title _Phantasms of the Living_, and though the +standard of evidence was lower than at the present time, a substantial +body of testimony, including many striking cases, was there put forward. +In 1889 a further inquiry was undertaken, known as the "Census of +Hallucinations," which provided information as to the percentage of +individuals in the general population who, at some period of their +lives, while they were in a normal state of health, had had "a vivid +impression of seeing or being touched by a living being or inanimate +object, or of hearing a voice; which impression, so far as they could +discover, was not due to any external cause." To the census question +about 17,000 answers were received, and after making all deductions it +appeared that death coincidences numbered about 30 in 1300 cases of +recognized apparitions; or about 1 in 43, whereas if chance alone +operated the coincidences would have been in the proportion of 1 to +19,000. As a result of the inquiry the committee held it to be proved +that "between deaths and apparitions of the dying person a connexion +exists which is not due to chance alone." From an evidential point of +view the apparition is the most valuable class of death-warning, +inasmuch as recognition is more difficult in the case of an auditory +hallucination, even where it takes the form of spoken words; moreover, +auditory hallucinations coinciding with deaths may be mere knocks, +ringing of bells, &c.; tactile hallucinations are still more difficult +of recognition; and the hallucinations of smell which are sometimes +found as death-warnings rarely have anything to associate them specially +with the dead person. Occasionally the death-warning is in the form of +an apparition of some other person; it may also take the form of a +temporary feeling of intense depression or other massive sensation. + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--Podmore, Gurney and Myers, _Phantasms of the Living_ + (1885); for the Census Report see _Proceedings of the Society for + Psychical Research_, part xxvi.; see also F. Podmore, _Apparitions and + Thought Transference_. For a criticism of the results of the Census + see E. Parish, _Hallucinations and Illusions_ and _Zur Kritik des + telepathischen Beweismaterials_, and Mrs Sidgwick's refutation in + _Proc. S.P.R._ part xxxiii. 589-601. The _Journal of the S.P.R._ + contains the most striking spontaneous cases received from time to + time by the society. (N. W. T.) + + + + +DEATH-WATCH, a popular name applied to insects of two distinct families, +which burrow and live in old furniture and produce the mysterious +"ticking" vulgarly supposed to foretell the death of some inmate of the +house. The best known, because the largest, is a small beetle, _Anobium +striattum_, belonging to the family _Ptinidae_. The "ticking," in +reality a sexual call, like the chirp of a grasshopper, is produced by +the beetle rapidly striking its head against the hard and dry woodwork. +In the case of the smaller death-watches, some of the so-called +book-lice of the family _Psocidae_, the exact way in which the sound is +caused has not been satisfactorily explained. Indeed the ability of such +small and soft insects to give rise to audible sounds has been seriously +doubted; but it is impossible to ignore the positive evidence on the +point. The names _Atropos divinatoria_ and _Clothilla pulsatoria_, given +to two of the commoner forms, bear witness both to a belief in a causal +connexion between these insects and the ticking, and to the superstition +regarding the fateful significance of the sound. + + + + +DE BARY, HEINRICH ANTON (1831-1888), German botanist, was of Belgian +extraction, though his family had long been settled in Germany, and was +born on the 26th of January 1831, at Frankfort-on-Main. From 1849 to +1853 he studied medicine at Heidelberg, Marburg and Berlin. In 1853 he +settled at Frankfort as a surgeon. In 1854 he became privat-docent for +botany in Tubingen, and professor of botany at Freiburg in 1855. In 1867 +he migrated to Halle, and in 1872 to Strassburg, where he was the first +rector of the newly constituted university, and where he died on the +19th of January 1888. + +Although one of his largest and most important works was on the +_Comparative Anatomy of Ferns and Phanerogams_ (1877), and +notwithstanding his admirable acquaintance with systematic and field +botany generally, de Bary will always be remembered as the founder of +modern mycology. This branch of botany he completely revolutionized in +1866 by the publication of his celebrated _Morphologie und Physiologie +d. Pilze_, &c., a classic which he rewrote in 1884, and which has had a +world-wide influence on biology. His clear appreciation of the real +significance of symbiosis and the dual nature of lichens is one of his +most striking achievements, and in many ways he showed powers of +generalizing in regard to the evolution of organisms, which alone would +have made him a distinguished man. It was as an investigator of the then +mysterious Fungi, however, that de Bary stands out first and foremost +among the biologists of the 19th century. He not only laid bare the +complex facts of the life-history of many forms,--e.g. the Ustilagineae, +Peronosporeae, Uredineae and many Ascomycetes,--treating them from the +developmental point of view, in opposition to the then prevailing +anatomical method, but he insisted on the necessity of tracing the +evolution of each organism from spore to spore, and by his methods of +culture and accurate observation brought to light numerous facts +previously undreamt of. These his keen perception and insight +continually employed as the basis for hypotheses, which in turn he +tested with an experimental skill and critical faculty rarely equalled +and probably never surpassed. One of his most fruitful discoveries was +the true meaning of infection as a morphological and physiological +process. He traced this step by step in _Phytophthora_, _Cystopus_, +_Puccinia_, and other Fungi, and so placed before the world in a clear +light the significance of parasitism. He then showed by numerous +examples wherein lay the essential differences between a parasite and a +saprophyte; these were by no means clear in 1860-1870, though he himself +had recognized them as early as 1853, as is shown by his work, _Die +Brandpilze_. + +These researches led to the explanation of epidemic diseases, and de +Bary's contributions to this subject were fundamental, as witness his +classical work on the potato disease in 1861. They also led to his +striking discovery of _heteroecism_ (or _metoecism_) in the Uredineae, +the truth of which he demonstrated in wheat rust experimentally, and so +clearly that his classical example (1863) has always been confirmed by +subsequent observers, though much more has been discovered as to +details. It is difficult to estimate the relative importance of de +Bary's astoundingly accurate work on the sexuality of the Fungi. He not +only described the phenomena of sexuality in Peronosporeae and +Ascomycetes--_Eurotium_, _Erysiphe_, _Peziza_, &c.--but also established +the existence of parthenogenesis and apogamy on so firm a basis that it +is doubtful if all the combined workers who have succeeded him, and who +have brought forward contending hypotheses in opposition to his views, +have succeeded in shaking the doctrine he established before modern +cytological methods existed. In one case, at least (_Pyronema +confluens_), the most skilful investigations, with every modern +appliance, have shown that de Bary described the sexual organs and +process accurately. + +It is impossible here to mention all the discoveries made by de Bary. He +did much work on the Chytridieae, Ustilagineae, Exoasceae and +Phalloideae, as well as on that remarkable group the Myxomycetes, or, as +he himself termed them, _Mycetozoa_, almost every step of which was of +permanent value, and started lines of investigation which have proved +fruitful in the hands of his pupils. Nor must we overlook the important +contributions to algology contained in his earlier monograph on the +Conjugatae (1858), and investigations on Nostocaceae (1863), _Chara_ +(1871), _Acetabularia_ (1869), &c. De Bary seems to have held aloof from +the Bacteria for many years, but it was characteristic of the man that, +after working at them in order to include an account of the group in the +second edition of his book in 1884, he found opportunity to bring the +whole subject of bacteriology under the influence of his genius, the +outcome being his brilliant _Lectures on Bacteria_ in 1885. De Bary's +personal influence was immense. Every one of his numerous pupils was +enthusiastic in admiration of his kind nature and genial criticism, his +humorous sarcasm, and his profound insight, knowledge and originality. + + Memoirs of de Bary's life will be found in _Bot. Centralbl._ (1888), + xxxiv. 93, by Wilhelm; _Ber. d. d. bot. Ges._ vol. vi. (1888) p. + viii., by Reess, each with a list of his works; _Bot. Zeitung_ (1889), + vol. xlvii. No. 3, by Graf zu Soems-Laubach. (H. M. W.) + + + + +DEBENTURES and DEBENTURE STOCK. One of the many advantages incident to +incorporation under the English Companies Acts is found in the +facilities which such incorporation affords a trading concern for +borrowing on debentures or debenture stock. More than five hundred +millions of money are now invested in these forms of security. Borrowing +was not specifically dealt with by the Companies Acts prior to the act +of 1900, but that it was contemplated by the legislature is evident from +the provision in S 43 of the act of 1862 for a company keeping a +register of mortgages and charges. The policy of the legislature in +this, as in other matters connected with trading companies, was +apparently to leave the company to determine whether borrowing should or +should not form one of its objects. + +The first principle to be borne in mind is that a company cannot borrow +unless it is expressly or impliedly authorized to do so by its +memorandum of association. In the case of a _trading_ company borrowing +is impliedly authorized as a necessary incident of carrying on the +company's business. Thus a company established for the conveyance of +passengers and luggage by omnibuses, a company formed to buy and run +vessels between England and Australia, and a company whose objects +included discounting approved commercial bills, have all been held to be +trading companies with an incidental power of borrowing as such to a +reasonable amount. A building society, on the other hand, has no +inherent power of borrowing (though a limited statutory power was +conferred on such societies by the Building Societies Act 1874); nor has +a society formed not for gain but to promote art, science, religion, +charity or any other useful object. Public companies formed to carry out +some undertaking of public utility, such as docks, water works, or gas +works, and governed by the Companies Clauses Acts, have only limited +powers of borrowing. + +An implied power of borrowing, even when it attaches, is too +inconvenient to be relied on in practice, and an express power is always +now inserted in a joint stock company's memorandum of association. This +power is in the most general terms. It is left to the articles to define +the amount to be borrowed, the nature of the security, and the +conditions, if any,--such as the sanction of a general meeting of +shareholders,--on which the power is to be exercised. Under the +Companies Act 1908, S 87, a company cannot exercise any borrowing power +until it has fulfilled the conditions prescribed by the act entitling it +to commence business: one of which is that the company must have +obtained its "minimum subscription." A person who is proposing to lend +money to a company must be careful to acquaint himself with any +statutory regulations of this kind, and also to see (1) that the +memorandum and articles of association authorize borrowing, and (2) that +the borrowing limit is not being exceeded, for if it should turn out +that the borrowing was in excess of the company's powers and _ultra +vires_, the company cannot be bound, and the borrower's only remedy is +against the directors for breach of warranty of authority, or to be +surrogated to the rights of any creditors who may have been paid out of +the borrowed moneys. + +A company proposing to borrow usually issues a prospectus, similar to +the ordinary share prospectus, stating the amount of the issue, the +dates for payment, the particulars of the property to be comprised in +the security, the terms as to redemption, and so on, and inviting the +public to subscribe. Underwriting is also resorted to, as in the case of +shares, to ensure that the issue is taken up. There is no objection to a +company issuing debentures or debenture stock at a discount, as there is +to its issuing its shares at a discount. It must borrow on the best +terms its credit will enable it to obtain. A prospectus inviting +subscriptions for debentures or debenture stock comes within the terms +of the Directors' Liability Act 1890 (re-enacted in Companies Act 1908, +S 84), and persons who are parties to it have the onus cast upon them, +should the prospectus contain any misstatements, of showing that, at the +time when they issued the prospectus, they had reasonable grounds to +believe, and did in fact believe, that the statements in question were +true; otherwise they will be liable to pay compensation to any person +injured by the misstatements. A debenture prospectus is also within the +terms of the Companies Act 1908. It must be filed with the registrar of +joint stock companies (S 80) and must contain all the particulars +specified in S 81 of the act. (See COMPANY.) + +The usual mode of borrowing by a company is either on debentures or +debenture stock. Etymologically, debenture is merely the Latin word +_debentur_,--The first word in a document in common use by the crown in +early times admitting indebtedness to its servants or soldiers. This was +the germ of a security which has now, with the expansion of joint stock +company enterprise, grown into an instrument of considerable complexity. + +Debentures may be classified in various ways. From the point of view of +the security they are either (1) debentures (simply); (2) mortgage +debentures; (3) debenture bonds. In the debenture the security is a +floating charge. In the mortgage debenture there is also a floating +charge, but the property forming the principal part of the security is +conveyed by the company to trustees under a trust deed for the benefit +of the debenture-holders. In the debenture bond there is no security +proper: only the covenant for payment by the company. For purposes of +title and transfer, debentures are either "registered" or "to bearer." +For purposes of payment they are either "terminable" or "perpetual" (see +Companies Act 1908, S 103). + +_The Floating Debenture._--The form of debenture chiefly in use at the +present day is that secured by a floating charge. By it the company +covenants to pay to the holder thereof the sum secured by the debenture +on a specified day (usually ten or fifteen years after the date of +issue), or at such earlier date as the principal moneys become due under +the provisions of the security, and in the meantime the company +covenants to pay interest on the principal moneys until payment, or +until the security becomes enforceable under the conditions; and the +company further charges its undertaking and all its property, including +its uncalled capital, with the payment of the amount secured by the +debentures. Uncalled capital if included must be expressly mentioned, +because the word "property" by itself will not cover uncalled capital +which is only property potentially, i.e. when called up. This is the +body of the instrument; on its back is endorsed a series of conditions, +constituting the terms on which the debenture is issued. Thus the +debenture-holders are to rank _pari passu_ with one another against the +security; the debenture is to be transferable free from equities between +the company and the original holder; the charge is to be a floating +charge, and the debenture-holders' moneys are to become immediately +repayable and the charges enforceable in certain events: for instance, +if the interest is in arrear for (say) two or three months, or if a +winding-up order is made against the company, or a resolution for +winding-up is passed. Other events indicative of insolvency are +sometimes added in which payment is to be accelerated. The conditions +also provide for the mode and form of transfer of the debentures, the +death or bankruptcy of the holder, the place of payment, &c. The most +characteristic feature of the security--the floating charge--grew +naturally out of a charge on a company's undertaking as a going concern. +Such a charge could only be made practicable by leaving the company free +to deal with and dispose of its property in the ordinary course of its +business--to sell, mortgage, lease, and exchange it as if no charge +existed: and this is how the security works. The debenture-holders give +the directors an implied licence to deal with and dispose of the +property comprised in the security until the happening of any of the +events upon which the debenture-holders' money becomes under the +debenture conditions immediately repayable. Pending this the charge is +dormant. The licence extends, however, only to dealings in _the ordinary +course of business_. Payment by a company of its just debts is always in +the ordinary course of business, but satisfaction by execution levied +_in invitum_ is not. This floating form of security is found very +convenient both to the borrowing company and to the lender. The company +is not embarrassed by the charge, while the lender has a security +covering the whole assets for the time being, and can intervene at any +moment by obtaining a receiver if his security is imperilled, even +though none of the events in which the principal moneys are made payable +have happened. If any of them has happened, for instance default in +payment of interest, or a resolution by the company to wind up, the +payment of the principal moneys is accelerated, and a debenture-holder +can at once commence an action to obtain payment and to realize his +security. At times a proviso is inserted in the conditions endorsed on +the debenture, that the company is not to create any mortgage or charge +ranking in priority to or _pari passu_ with that contained in the +debentures. Very nice questions of priority have arisen under such a +clause. A floating charge created by a company within three months of +its being wound up will now be invalid under S 12 of the Companies Act +1908 unless the company is shown to have been solvent at the time, but +there is a saving clause for cash paid under the security and interest +at 5%. + +_Trust Deeds._--When the amount borrowed by a company is large, the +company commonly executes a trust deed by way of further security. The +object of such a trust deed is twofold: (1) it conveys specific property +to the trustees of the deed by way of legal mortgage (the charge +contained in the debentures is only an equitable security), and it +further charges all the remaining assets in favour of the +debenture-holders, with appropriate provisions for enabling them, in +certain events similar to those expressed in the debenture conditions, +to enforce the security, and for that purpose to enter into possession +and carry on the business, or to sell it and distribute the proceeds; +(2) it organizes the debenture-holders and constitutes in the trustees +of the deed a body of experienced business men who can watch over the +interests of the debenture-holders and take steps for their protection +if necessary. In particular it provides machinery for the calling of +meetings of debenture-holders by the trustees, and empowers a majority +of (say) two-thirds or three-fourths in number and value at such meeting +to bind the rest to any compromise or arrangement with the company which +such majorities may deem beneficial. This is found a very useful power, +and may save recourse to a scheme or arrangement first sanctioned under +the machinery of the Joint Stock Companies Arrangement Act 1870 +(Companies Act 1908, S 120). + +_Registration of Mortgages and Charges._--A company is bound, under the +Companies Act 1862, to keep a register of mortgages and charges, but the +register is only open for the inspection of persons who have actually +become creditors of the company, not of persons who may be thinking of +giving it credit, and the legislature recognizing its inadequacy +provided in the Companies Act 1900 (S 4 of act of 1908) for a public +register at Somerset House of all mortgages and charges of certain +specified classes by a company. If not registered within twenty-one days +from their creation such mortgages and charges are made void--so far as +they are securities--against the liquidator and any creditor of the +company, but the debenture-holders retain the rights of unsecured +creditors. An extension of the time for registering may be granted by +the court, but it will only be without prejudice to the rights of third +persons acquired before actual registration. These provisions for +registration as amended are contained in the Companies Act 1908 (S 93). + +_Debentures Registered and to Bearer._--Debentures are, for purposes of +title and transfer, of two kinds--(1) registered debentures, and (2) +debentures to bearer. Registered debentures are transferable only in the +books of the company. Debentures to bearer are negotiable instruments +and pass by delivery. Coupons for interest are attached. Sometimes +debentures to bearer are made exchangeable for registered debentures and +vice versa. + +_Redemption._--A company generally reserves to itself a right of +redeeming the security before the date fixed by the debenture for +repayment; and accordingly a power for that purpose is commonly inserted +in the conditions. But as debenture-holders, who have got a satisfactory +security, do not wish to be paid off, the right of redemption is often +qualified so as not to arise till (say) five years after issue, and a +premium of 5% is made payable by way of bonus to the redeemed +debenture-holder. Sometimes the number of debentures to be redeemed each +year is limited. The selection is made by drawings held in the presence +of the directors. A sinking fund is a convenient means frequently +resorted to for redemption of a debenture debt, and is especially +suitable where the security is of a wasting character, leaseholds, +mining property or a patent. Such a fund is formed by the company +setting apart a certain sum each year out of the profits of the company +after payment of interest on the debentures. Redeemed debentures may in +certain cases be reissued; see Companies Act 1908 (S 104). + +_Debenture Stock._--Debenture stock bears the same relation to +debentures that stock does to shares. "Debenture stock," as Lord Lindley +states (_Companies_, 5th ed., 195), "is merely borrowed capital +consolidated into one mass for the sake of convenience. Instead of each +lender having a separate bond or mortgage, he has a certificate +entitling him to a certain sum, being a portion of one large loan." This +sum is not uniform, as in the case of debentures, but variable. One +debenture-stockholder, for instance, may hold L20 of the debenture +stock, another L20,000. Debenture stock is usually issued in multiples +of L10 or sometimes of L1, and is made transferable in sums of any +amount not involving a fraction of L1. It is this divisibility of stock, +whether debenture or ordinary stock, into quantities of any amount, +which constitutes in fact its chief characteristic, and its convenience +from a business point of view. It facilitates dealing with the stock, +and also enables investors with only a small amount to invest to become +stockholders. The property comprised in this security is generally the +same as in the case of debentures. Debenture stock created by trading +companies differs in various particulars from debenture stock created by +public companies governed by the Companies Clauses Act. The debenture +stock of trading companies is created by a contract made between the +company and trustees for the debenture-stockholders. This contract is +known as a debenture-stockholders' trust deed, and is analogous in its +provisions to the trust deed above described as used to secure +debentures. By such a deed the company acknowledges its indebtedness to +the trustees, as representing the debenture-stockholders, to the amount +of the sum advanced, covenants to pay it, and conveys the property by +way of security to the trustees with all the requisite powers and +provisions for enabling them to enforce the security on default in +payment of interest by the company or on the happening of certain +specified events evidencing insolvency. The company further, in +pursuance of the contract, enters the names of the subsisting +stockholders in a register, and issues certificates for the amount of +their respective holdings. These certificates have, like debentures, the +conditions of the security indorsed on their back. Debenture stock is +also issued to bearer. A deed securing debenture stock requires an _ad +valorem_ stamp. + +_Debenture Scrip._--Debentures and debenture stock are usually made +payable in instalments, for example 10% on application, 10% on allotment +and the remainder at intervals of a few months. Until these payments are +complete the securities are not issued, but to enable the subscriber to +deal with his security pending completion the company issues to him an +interim scrip certificate acknowledging his title and exchangeable on +payment of the remaining instalments for debentures or debenture stock +certificates. If a subscriber for debentures made default in payment the +company could not compel him specifically to perform his contract, the +theory of law being that the company could get the loan elsewhere, but +this inconvenience is now removed (see S 105 of the Companies Act 1908). + +_Remedies._--When debenture-holders' security becomes enforceable there +are a variety of remedies open to them. These fall into two classes--(1) +remedies available without the aid of the court; (2) remedies available +only with the aid of the court. + +1. If there is a trust deed, the trustees may appoint a receiver of the +property comprised in the security, and they may also sell under the +powers contained in the deed, or under S 25 of the Conveyancing Act +1881. Sometimes, where there is no trust deed, similar powers--to +appoint a receiver and to sell--are inserted in the conditions indorsed +on the debentures. + +2. The remedies with the aid of the court are--(a) an action by one or +more debenture-holders on behalf of all for a receiver and to realize +the security; (b) an originating summons for sale or other relief, under +Rules of Supreme Court, 1883, O. lv. r. 5A; (c) an action for +foreclosure where the security is deficient (all the debenture-holders +must be parties to this proceeding); (d) a winding-up petition. Of these +modes of proceeding, the first is by far the most common and most +convenient. Immediately on the issue of the writ in the action the +plaintiff applies for the appointment of a receiver to protect the +security, or if the security comprises a going business, a receiver _and +manager_. In due course the action comes on for judgment, usually on +agreed minutes, when the court directs accounts and inquiries as to who +are the holders of the debentures, what is due to them, what property is +comprised in the security, and gives leave to any of the parties to +apply in chambers for a sale. If the company has gone into liquidation, +leave must be obtained to commence or continue the action, but such +leave in the case of debenture-holders is _ex debito justitiae_. A +debenture-holder action when the company is in winding up is always now +transferred to the judge having the control of the winding-up +proceedings. The administration of a company's assets in such actions by +debenture-holders (debenture-holders' liquidations, as they are called) +has of late encroached very much on the ordinary administration of +winding up, and it cannot be denied that great hardship is often +inflicted by the floating security on the company's unsecured creditors, +who find that everything belonging to the company, uncalled capital +included, has been pledged to the debenture-holders. The conventional +answer is that such creditors might and ought to have inspected the +company's register of mortgages and charges. The matter was fully +considered by the departmental board of trade committee which reported +in July 1906, but the committee, looking at the business convenience of +the floating charge, saw no reason for recommending an alteration in the +law. + +_Reconstruction._--When a company reconstructs, as it often does in +these days, the rights of debenture-holders have to be provided for. +Reconstructions are mainly of two kinds--(1) by arrangement, under the +Joint Stock Companies Arrangement Act 1870, amended in 1900 and 1907, +incorporated in act of 1908 (S 120), and (2) by sale and transfer of +assets, either under S 192 of the act of 1908, or under a power in the +company's memorandum of association. By the procedure provided under (1) +a petition for the sanction of the court to a scheme is presented, and +the court thereupon directs meetings of creditors, including +debenture-holders, to be held. A three-fourths majority in value of +debenture-holders present at the meeting in person or by proxy binds the +rest. Debenture-holders claiming to vote must produce their debentures +at or before the meeting. Under the other mode of reconstruction--sale +and transfer of assets--there is usually a novation, and the +debenture-holders accept the security of the new company in the shape of +debentures of equivalent value or--occasionally--of fully paid +preference shares. + +A point in this connexion, which involves some hardship to +debenture-holders, may here be adverted to. It is a not uncommon +practice for a solvent company to pass a resolution to wind up +voluntarily for the purpose of reconstructing. The effect of this is to +accelerate payment of the security, and the debenture-holders have to +accept their principal and interest only, parting with a good security +and perhaps a premium which would have accrued to them in a year or two. +The company is thus enabled by its own act to redeem the reluctant +debenture-holder on terms most advantageous to itself. To obviate this +hardship, it is now a usual thing in a debenture-holders' trust deed to +provide--the committee of the London Stock Exchange indeed require +it--that a premium shall be paid to the debenture-holders in the event +of the security becoming enforceable by a voluntary winding up with a +view to reconstruction. + +_Public Companies._--Public companies, i.e. companies incorporated by +special act of parliament for carrying on undertakings of public utility, +form a class distinct from trading companies. The borrowing powers of +these companies, the form of their debenture or debenture stock, and the +rights of the debenture-holders or debenture-stockholders, depend on the +conjoint operation of the companies' own special act and the Companies +Clauses Acts 1845, 1863 and 1869. The provisions of these acts as to +borrowing, being express, exclude any implicit power of borrowing. The +first two of the above acts relate to mortgages and bonds, the last to +debenture stock. The policy of the legislature in all these acts is the +same, namely, to give the greatest facilities for borrowing, and at the +same time to take care that undertakings of public utility which have +received legislative sanction shall not be broken up or destroyed, as +they would be if the mortgagees or debenture-holders were allowed the +ordinary rights of mortgagees for realizing their security by seizure and +sale. Hence the legislature has given them only "the fruit of the tree," +as Lord Cairns expressed it. The debenture-holders or the +debenture-stockholders may take the earnings of the company's undertaking +by obtaining the appointment of a receiver, but that is all they can do. +They cannot sell the undertaking or disorganize it by levying execution, +so long as the company is a going concern; but this protecting principle +of public policy will not be a bar to a debenture-holder, in his +character of creditor, presenting a petition to wind up the company, if +it is no longer able to fulfil its statutory objects. Railway companies +have further special legislation, which will be found in the Railway +Companies Powers Act 1864, the Railways Construction Facilities Act 1864 +and the Railway Securities Act 1866. + +_Municipal Corporations and County Councils._--These bodies are +authorized to borrow for their proper purposes on debentures and +debenture stock with the sanction of the Local Government Board. See the +Municipal Corporations Act 1882, the Local Authorities' Loans Act 1875, +and the Local Government (England and Wales) Act 1888. + +_United States._--In the United States there are two meanings of +debenture--(1) a bond not secured by mortgage; (2) a certificate that +the United States is indebted to a certain person or his assigns in a +certain sum on an audited account, or that it will refund a certain sum +paid for duties on imported goods, in case they are subsequently +exported. + + AUTHORITIES.--E. Manson, _Debentures and Debenture Stock_ (London, 2nd + ed., 1908); Simonson, _Debentures and Debenture Stock_ (London, 2nd + ed., 1902); Palmer, _Company Precedents (Debentures)_ (3rd ed., + London, 1907). (E. Ma.) + + + + +DEBORAH (Heb. for "bee"), the Israelite heroine in the Bible through +whose encouragement the Hebrews defeated the Canaanites under Sisera. +The account is preserved in Judges iv.-v., and the ode of victory (chap. +v.), known as the "Song of Deborah," is held to be one of the oldest +surviving specimens of Hebrew literature. Although the text of this _Te +Deum_ has suffered (especially in vv. 8-15) its value is without an +equal for its historical contents. It is not certain that the poem was +actually composed by Deborah (v. 1); ver. 7, which can be rendered +"until _thou_ didst arise, O Deborah," is indecisive. The poem consists +of a series of rapidly shifting scenes; the words are often obscure, but +the general drift of the whole can be easily followed. After the +exordium, the writer describes the approach of Yahweh from his seats in +Seir and Edom in the south to the help of his people--the language is +reminiscent of Ps. lxviii. 7 sqq., Hab. iii. 3 seq. 12 seq. In the days +of Shamgar the son of Anath the land had been insecure, the people were +disarmed, and neither shield nor spear was to be seen among their forty +thousand (cf. 1 Sam. xiii. 19-22, and for the number Josh. iv. 13). Then +follows, apparently, a summons to magnify Yahweh. After an apostrophe to +Deborah and Barak, the son of Abinoam, the meeting of the clans is +vividly portrayed. Ephraim, with Benjamin behind him (for the wording, +cf. Hos. v. 8), Machir (here the tribe of Manasseh) and Zebulun, +Issachar and Naphtali, pour down into the valley of the Kishon. Not all +the tribes were represented. Reuben was wavering, Gilead (i.e. Gad) +remained beyond the Jordan, and Dan's interests were apparently with the +sea-going Phoenicians (see DAN); their conduct is contrasted with the +reckless bravery of Zebulun and Naphtali. Judah is nowhere mentioned; it +lay outside the confederation. The Canaanite kings unite at Taanach by +Megiddo, an ancient battlefield probably to be identified with Lejjun. +The heavens joined the fight against Sisera (cf. the appeal in Josh. x. +12 seq.), a storm rages, and the enemy are swept away in the flood. +Meroz, presumably on the line of flight, is bitterly cursed for its +inaction: "they came not to the help of Yahweh." In vivid contrast to +this is the conduct of one of the Kenites: "blessed of all women is +Jael, of all the nomad women is she blessed." The poem recounts how the +fleeing king craves water, she gives him milk, and (as he drinks) she +fells him (perhaps with a tent-peg); "at her feet he sank down, he fell, +he lay, where he sank he lay overcome." The last scene paints the mother +of Sisera impatiently awaiting the king. Her attendants confidently +picture him dividing the booty--a maiden or two for each man, and richly +embroidered cloth for himself. With inimitable strength the poet +suddenly drops the curtain--"so perish thine enemies, all of them, +Yahweh! But let them that love him be as the sun when it rises in its +might." + +The historical background of this great event is unknown. The Israelite +confederation consists of central Palestine with the (east-Jordanic) +Machir, and the northern tribes with the exception of Dan and Asher. +This has suggested to some an invasion from the coast, or from the north +by way of the coast, since had Dan and Asher fallen into the hands of +the enemy, this would probably have been referred to in some way. Sisera +is scarcely a Semitic name; a "Hittite" origin has been suggested.[1] +Shamgar son of Anath seems equally foreign; the latter is the name of a +Syrian goddess and the former recalls Sangara, a Hittite chief of +Carchemish in the 9th century. The context suggests that Shamgar is a +foreign oppressor (ver. 6), but he appears to have been converted +subsequently into one of the "judges" of Israel (iii. 31), perhaps with +the idea of bringing their total up to twelve. + +The prose version (iv.) contains new and conflicting details. Deborah, +whose home is placed under "Deborah's palm" between Ramah and Bethel, +summons Barak from Kadesh-Naphtali to collect Naphtali and Zebulun, +10,000 strong, and to meet Sisera (who is here the general of a certain +Jabin, king of Hazor) at Mt. Tabor. But Sisera marches south to Kishon, +and after his defeat flees north through Israelite territory, past Hazor +to the neighbourhood of Kadesh. His death, moreover, is differently +described (iv. 21, v. 25-27), and Jael "who with inhospitable guile +smote Sisera sleeping" (Milton) is guilty of an act which has possibly +originated from a misunderstanding of the poem. In the prose narrative +Jabin has nothing to do with the fight, whereas in Josh. xi. he is at +the head of an alliance of north Canaanite kings who were defeated by +Joshua at the waters of Merom. It would seem that certain elements which +are inconsistent with the representation in Judg. v. belonged originally +to the other battle. Kadesh, for example, might be a natural +meeting-place for an attack upon Hazor, and the designation "Jabin's +general," applied to Sisera, is probably due to the attempt to harmonize +the two distinct stories. Moreover, Deborah, who is associated with the +tribe of Issachar (v. 15), appears to have been confused with Rebekah's +nurse, whose tomb lay near Bethel (Gen. xxxv. 5). Some more northerly +place seems to be required, and it has been pointed out that the name +corresponds with Daberath (modern Daburiyeh) at the foot of Tabor, on +the border of Zebulun and Issachar. At all events, to represent her as a +prophetess, judging the people of Israel (iv. 4 seq.), ill accords with +both the older account (v.) and the general situation reflected in the +earlier narratives in the book of Judges. + + For fuller details see G. A. Cooke, _History and Song of Deborah_ + (1892), the commentaries on Judges and the histories of Israel. + Cheyne, _Critica Biblica_, pp. 446-464, offers many new textual + emendations. Paton (_Syria and Palestine_, p. 158 sqq.) suggests that + the battle was against the Hittites (Sisera, a successor of Shamgar). + See also L. W. Batten, J_ourn. Bibl. Lit._ (1905) pp. 31-40 (who + regards Judg. v. and Josh. xi. as duplicates); Winckler, _Gesch. + Israels_, ii. 125-155; _Keilinschr. u. d. Alte Test._(^3) p. 218; and + Ed. Meyer, _Israeliten_, pp. 272 sqq., 487 sqq. (S. A. C.) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] The term "Hittite" is here used as a loose but convenient + designation for closely related groups of N. Syria; see HITTITES. + + + + +DEBRECZEN, a town of Hungary, capital of the county of Hajdu, 138 m. E. +of Budapest by rail. Pop. (1900) 72,351. It is the principal Protestant +centre in Hungary, and bears the name of "Calvinistic Rome." Debreczen +is one of the largest towns of Hungary, and is situated in the midst of +a sandy but fertile plain. It consists of the inner old town, and +several suburbs, which stretch out irregularly into the plain. The walls +of the old town have given place to a broad boulevard and several open +commons, beautifully laid out. The most prominent of its public +buildings is the principal Protestant church, built at the beginning of +the 19th century, which ranks as the largest in the country, but has no +great architectural pretensions. In its immediate neighbourhood is the +Protestant Collegium, for theology and law, which is one of the most +frequented institutions of its kind in Hungary, being attended by over +two thousand students. This college was founded in 1531, and possesses a +rich library and other scientific collections. The town hall, the +Franciscan church, the Piarist monastery and college, and the theatre +are also worthy of mention. Amongst its educational establishments it +includes an agricultural academy. The industries of the town are +various, but none is of importance enough to give it the character of a +manufacturing centre. Its tobacco-pipes, sausages and soap are widely +known. It carries on an active trade in cattle, horses, corn and honey, +while four well-attended fairs are held annually. The municipality of +Debreczen owns between three hundred and four hundred square miles of +the adjoining country, which possesses all the characteristics of the +Hungarian _puszta_, and on which roam large herds of cattle. + +The town is of considerable antiquity, but owes its development to the +refugees who flocked from the villages plundered by the Turks in the +15th century. In 1552 it adopted the Protestant faith, and it had to +suffer in consequence, especially when it was captured in 1686 by the +imperial forces. In 1693 it was made a royal free city. In 1848-1849 it +formed a refuge for the national government and legislature when +Budapest fell into the hands of the Austrians; and it was in the great +Calvinist church that, on Kossuth's motion (April 14th, 1849) the +resolution was passed declaring the house of Habsburg to have forfeited +the crown of St Stephen. On the 3rd of July the town was captured by the +Russians. + + + + +DEBT (Lat. _debitum_, a thing owed), a definite sum due by one person to +another. It may be created by contract, by statute or by judgment. +Putting aside those created by statute, recoverable by civil process, +debts may be divided into three classes, (1) judgment debts, (2) +specialty debts, and (3) simple contract debts. As to judgment debts, it +is sufficient to say that, when by the judgment of a court of competent +jurisdiction an order is made that a sum of money be paid by one of two +parties to another, such a debt is not only enforceable by process of +court, but it can be sued upon as if it were an ordinary debt. A +specialty debt is created by deed or instrument under seal. Until 1869 +specialty debts had preference under English law over simple contract +debts in the event of the bankruptcy or death of the debtor, but this +was abolished by the Administration of Estates Act of that year. The +main difference now is that a specialty debt may, in general, be created +without consideration, as for example by a bond (a gratuitous promise +under seal), and that a right of action arising out of a specialty debt +is not barred if exercised any time within twenty years, whereas a right +of action arising out of a simple contract debt is barred unless +exercised within six years. (See LIMITATION, STATUTES OF.) Any other +debt than a judgment or specialty debt, whether evidenced by writing or +not, is a simple contract debt. There are also certain liabilities or +debts which, for the convenience of the remedy, have been made to appear +as though they sprang from contract, and are sometimes termed +quasi-contracts. Such would be an admission by one who is in account +with another that there is a balance due from him. Such an admission +implies a promise to pay when requested and creates an actionable +liability _ex contractu_. Or, when one person is compelled by law to +discharge the legal liabilities of another, he becomes the creditor of +the person for the money so paid. Again, where a person has received +money under circumstances which disentitle him to retain it, such as +receiving payment of an account twice over, it can generally be +recovered as a debt. + +At English common law debts and other choses in action were not +assignable (see CHOSE), but by the Judicature Act 1873 any absolute +assignment of any debt or other legal chose in action, of which express +notice in writing is given to the debtor, trustee or other person from +whom the assignor would have been entitled to receive or claim such +debt, is effectual in law. Debts do not, as a general rule, carry +interest, but such an obligation may arise either by agreement or by +mercantile usage or by statute. The discharge of a debt may take place +either by payment of the amount due, by accord and satisfaction, i.e. +acceptance of something else in discharge of the liability, by set-off +(q.v.), by release or under the law of bankruptcy (q.v.). It is the duty +of a debtor to pay a debt without waiting for any demand, and, unless +there is a place fixed on either by custom or agreement, he must seek +out his creditor for the purpose of paying him unless he is "beyond the +seas." Payment by a third person to the creditor is no discharge of a +debt, as a general rule, unless the debtor subsequently ratifies the +payment. When a debtor tenders the amount due to his creditor and the +creditor refuses to accept, the debt is not discharged, but if the +debtor is subsequently sued for the debt and continues willing and ready +to pay, and pays the amount tendered into court, he can recover his +costs in the action. A creditor is not bound to give change to the +debtor, whose duty it is to make tender in lawful money the whole amount +due, or more, without asking for change. (See PAYMENT.) A debtor takes +the risk if he makes payment through the post, unless the creditor has +requested or authorized that mode of payment. The payment of a debt is +sometimes secured by one person, called a surety, who makes himself +collaterally liable for the debt of the principal. (See GUARANTEE.) The +ordinary method of enforcing a debt is by action. Where the debt does +not exceed L100 the simplest procedure for its recovery is that of the +county court, but if the debt exceeds L100 the creditor must proceed in +the high court, unless the cause of action has arisen within the +jurisdiction of certain inferior courts, such as the mayor's court of +London, the Liverpool court of passage, &c. When judgment has been +obtained it may be enforced either by process (under certain conditions) +against the person of the debtor, by an execution against the debtor's +property, or, with the assistance of the court, by attaching any debt +owed to the debtor by a third person. Where a debtor has committed any +act of bankruptcy a creditor or creditors whose aggregate claims are not +less than L50 may proceed against him in bankruptcy (q.v.). Where the +debtor is a company or corporation registered under the companies acts, +the creditor may petition to have it wound up. (See COMPANY.) + +Imprisonment for debt, the evils of which have been so graphically +described by Dickens, was abolished in England by the Debtors Act 1869, +except in cases of default of payment of penalties, default by trustees +or solicitors and certain other cases. But in cases where a debt or +instalment is in arrear and it is proved to the satisfaction of the +court that the person making default either has or has had since the +date of the order or judgment the means to pay the sum in respect of +which he has made default and has refused or neglected to pay, he may be +committed to prison at the discretion of the judge for a period of not +more than forty-two days. In practice, a period of twenty-one days is +usually the maximum period ordered. Such an imprisonment does not +operate as a satisfaction or extinguishment of the debt, and no second +order of commitment can be made against him for the same debt, although +where the court has made an order or judgment for the payment of the +debt by instalments a power of committal arises on default of payment of +each instalment. In Ireland imprisonment for debt was abolished by the +Debtors Act (Ireland) 1872, and in Scotland by the Debtors (Scotland) +Act 1880. In France it was abolished in 1867, in Belgium in 1871, in +Switzerland and Norway in 1874, and in Italy in 1877. In the United +States imprisonment for debt was universal under the common law, but it +has been abolished in every state, except in certain cases, as where +there is any suspicion of fraud or where the debtor has an intention of +removing out of the state to avoid his debts. (See also CONTRACT; +BANKRUPTCY.) + + + + +DEBUSSY, CLAUDE ACHILLE (1862- ), French composer, was born at St +Germain-en-Laye on the 22nd of August 1862, and educated at the Paris +Conservatoire under Marmontel, Lavignac, Massenet and Guiraud. There +between 1874 and 1884 he gained many prizes for solfege, pianoforte +playing, accompanying, counterpoint and fugue, and, in the last-named +year, the coveted Grand Prix de Rome by means of his cantata _L'Enfant +prodigue_. In this composition already were thought to be noticeable the +germs of unusual and "new" talent, though in the light of later +developments it is not very easy to discern them, for then Debussy had +not come under the influence which ultimately turned his mind to the +system he afterwards used, not only with peculiar distinction but also +with particular individual and complete success. Nevertheless, the mind +had clearly been prepared by nature for the reception of this influence +when it should arise; for, in order to fulfil that condition of the Prix +de Rome which entails the submitting periodically of compositions to the +judges, Debussy sent to them his symphonic suite _Printemps_, to which +the judges took exception on the ground of its formlessness. Following +in the wake of _Printemps_ came _La damoiselle elue_ for solo, female +voice and orchestra--a setting of a French version of Rossetti's "The +Blessed Damosel"--which in the eyes of the judges was even more +unorthodox than its predecessor, though, be it said, fault was found as +much with the libretto as with the music. Both works were denied the +customary public performance. + +The Rome period over, Debussy returned to Paris, whence shortly he went +to Russia, where he came directly under the influence referred to above. +In Russia he absorbed the native music, especially that of Moussorgsky, +who, recently dead, had left behind him the reputation of a "musical +nihilist," and on his return to Paris Debussy devoted himself to +composition, the stream of his muse being even in 1908 as fluent as +twenty years before. To him public recognition was slow in coming, but +in 1893 the Societe Nationale de Musique performed his _Damoiselle +elue_, in 1894 the Ysaye Quartet introduced the string quartet, while in +the same year the _Prelude a l'apres-midi d'un Faune_ was heard, and +brought Debussy's name into some prominence. As time passed the +prominence grew, until the climax of Debussy's creative career was +reached by the production at the Opera Comique on the 30th of April 1902 +of his masterpiece _Pelleas et Melisande_. Herein lay the whole strength +of Debussy's system, the perfection of his appeal to the mind and +imagination as well as to the emotions and senses. Since its production +the world has been enriched by _La Mer_, and by the _Ariettes oubliees_, +but the lyric drama remains on its own lofty pedestal, a monument of +elusive and subtle beauty, of emphatic originality and of charm. In an +Apologia Debussy has declared that in composing _Pelleas_ he "wanted to +dispense with parasitic musical phrases. Melody is, if I may say so, +almost anti-lyric, and powerless to express the constant change of +emotion or life. Melody is suitable only for the chanson, which confirms +a fixed sentiment. I have never been willing that my music should +hinder, through technical exigencies, the change of sentiment and +passion felt by my characters. It is effaced as soon as it is necessary +that these should have perfect liberty in their gestures or in their +cries, in their joy, or in their sorrow." + +The list of Debussy's works is a lengthy one. Several of them have been +referred to already. Among the others, of which the complete list is too +long to print here, are the dances for chromatic harp or pianoforte; +_Images_; incidental music to _King Lear_; the _Petite Suite_; _Trois +Nocturnes_; innumerable songs, as _Proses Lyriques_ (text by Debussy); +two series of Verlaine's _Fetes galantes_; _Cinq Poemes de Baudelaire_; +many pianoforte pieces. + +In 1891 Debussy was appointed critic of the _Revue Blanche_. In his +first notice he expressed his faith thus: "I shall endeavour to trace in +a musical work the many different emotions which have helped to give it +birth, also to demonstrate its inner life. This, surely, will be +accounted of greater interest than the game which consists in dissecting +it as if it were a curious timepiece." + +As to the theories, so much debated, of this remarkable +musician--probably in the whole range of musical history there has not +appeared a more difficult theorist to "place." Unquestionably Debussy +has introduced a new system of colour into music, which has begun +already to exert widespread influence. Roughly, Debussy's system may be +summarized thus: + +His scale basis is of six whole tones (enharmonic), as (1) middle C, D, +E, G[flat], A[flat], B[flat], which are of excellent sound when +superimposed in the form of two augmented unrelated triads. + + / B[flat] / A[sharp] + < G[flat]or enharmonically < F[sharp] + \ D \ D + + / A[flat] / G[sharp] + < E < E + \ C \ C + +used frequently incomplete (i.e. by the omission of one note) by +Debussy. + + E \ + C | + A > + F[sharp] | + D / + +Now, upon the basis of an augmented triad a tune may be played above it +provided that it be based upon the six-tone scale, and a fugue may be +written, the re-entry of the subject of which may be made upon any note +of the scale, and the harmony will be complete. To associate this scale +with the ordinary diatonic scale let a major 9th be taken, e.g.: one may +conventionally flatten or sharpen the fifth of this (A becoming [sharp] +or [flat] as desired): if _both_ the flattened and sharpened fifths be +taken in the one chord this chord is arrived at: + + E + C + B[flat] + A[flat] (A[sharp] enharmonically altered to B[flat]) + F[sharp] + D + +which is composed of the notes of the aforesaid scale (1), and Debussy +thereby proves his case to belong to the "primitifs." It will be noticed +that chords of the 9th in sequence and in all forms occur in Debussy's +music as well as the augmented triad harmonics, where the melodic line +is based on the tonal scale. This, in all likelihood, is the outcome of +Debussy's instinctive feeling for the association of his so-called +discovery with the ordinary scale. The "secret," it may be added, comes +not from Annamese music as has been frequently stated, but probably from +Russia, where certainly it was used before Debussy's rise. (R. H. L.) + + + + +DECADE (from Gr. [Greek: deka], ten), a group or series containing ten +members, particularly a period of ten years. In the new calendar made at +the time of the French Revolution in 1793, a decade of ten days took the +place of the week. The word is also used of the divisions containing ten +books or parts into which the history of Livy was divided. + + + + +DECAEN, CHARLES MATHIEU ISIDORE, COUNT (1769-1832), French soldier, was +born at Caen on the 13th of April 1769. He was educated for the bar, but +soon showed a strong preference for the military career, in which he +quickly made his way during the wars of the French Revolution under +Kleber, Marceau and Jourdan, in the Rhenish campaigns. In 1799 he became +general of division, and contributed to the success of the famous attack +by General Richepanse on the Austrian flank and rear at Hohenlinden +(December 1800). Becoming known for his Anglophobe tendencies, he was +selected by Napoleon early in the year 1802 for the command of the +French possessions in the East Indies. The secret instructions issued to +him bade him prepare the way, so that in due course (September 1804 was +hinted at as the suitable time) everything might be ready for an attack +on the British power in India. Napoleon held out to him the hope of +acquiring lasting glory in that enterprise. Decaen set sail with Admiral +Linois early in March 1803 with a small expeditionary force, touched at +the Cape of Good Hope (then in Dutch hands), and noted the condition of +the fortifications there. On arriving at Pondicherry he found matters in +a very critical condition. Though the outbreak of war in Europe had not +yet been heard of, the hostile preparations adopted by the Marquis +Wellesley caused Decaen to withdraw promptly to the Isle of France +(Mauritius), where, during eight years, he sought to harass British +trade and prepare for plans of alliance with the Mahratta princes of +India. They all came to naught. Linois was captured by a British +squadron, and ultimately, in 1811, Mauritius itself fell to the Union +Jack. Returning to France on honourable terms, Decaen received the +command of the French troops in Catalonia. The rest of his career calls +for no special mention. He died of the cholera in 1832. + + See M. L. E. Gautier, _Biographie du general Decaen_ (Caen, 1850). + (J. Hl. R.) + + + + +DECALOGUE (in patristic Gr. [Greek: he dekalogos], sc. [Greek: biblos] +or [Greek: nomothesia]), another name for the biblical _Ten +Commandments_, in Hebrew the _Ten Words_ (Deut. iv. 13, x. 4; Ex. xxxiv. +28), written by God on the two tables of stone (Ex. xxiv. 12, xxxii. +16), the so-called _Tables of the Revelation_ (E.V. "tables of +testimony," Ex. xxxiv. 29), or _Tables of the Covenant_ (Deut. ix. 9, +11, 15). These tables were broken by Moses (Ex. xxxii. 19), and two new +ones were hewn (xxxiv. 1), and upon them were written the words of the +covenant by Moses (xxxiv. 27 sqq.) or, according to another view, by God +himself (Deut. iv. 13, ix. 10). They were deposited in the Ark (Ex. xxv. +21; 1 Kings viii. 9). In Deuteronomy the inscription on these tables, +which is briefly called the covenant (iv. 13), is expressly identified +with the words spoken by Jehovah (Yahweh) out of the midst of the fire +at Mt. Sinai or Horeb (according to the Deuteronomic tradition), in the +ears of the whole people on the "day of the assembly," and rehearsed in +v. 6-21. In the narrative of Exodus the relation of the "ten words" of +xxxiv. to the words spoken from Sinai, xx. 2-17, is not so clearly +indicated, and it is generally agreed that the Pentateuch presents +divergent and irreconcilable views of the Sinaitic covenant. + +As regards the Decalogue, as usually understood, and embodied in the +parallel passages in Ex. xx. and Deut. v., certain preliminary points of +detail have to be noticed. The variations in the parallel texts are +partly verbal, partly stylistic (e.g. "Remember the Sabbath day," Ex.; +but "observe," &c., Deut.), and partly consist of amplifications or +divergent explanations. Thus the reason assigned for the institution of +the Sabbath in Exodus is drawn from the creation, and agrees with Gen. +ii. 3. In Deuteronomy the command is based on the duty of humanity to +servants and the memory of Egyptian bondage. Again, in the tenth +commandment, as given in Exodus, "house" means house and household, +including the wife and all the particulars which are enumerated in ver. +17. In Deuteronomy, "Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's wife," comes +first, and "house" following in association with field is to be taken in +the literal restricted sense, and another verb ("thou shalt not desire") +is used. + +The construction of the second commandment in the Hebrew text is +disputed, but the most natural sense seems to be, "Thou shalt not make +unto thee a graven image; (and) to no visible shape in heaven, &c., +shalt thou bow down, &c." The third commandment might be rendered, "Thou +shalt not utter the name of the Lord thy God vainly," but it is possible +that the meaning is that Yahweh's name is not to be used for purposes of +sorcery. + + The order of the commandments relating to murder, adultery and + stealing varies in the Vatican text of the Septuagint, viz. adultery, + stealing, murder, in Ex.; adultery, murder, stealing, in Deut. The + latter is supported by several passages in the New Testament (Rom. + xiii. 9; Mark x. 19, A.V.; Luke xviii. 20; contrast Matt. xix. 18), + and by the "Nash Papyrus."[1] It may be added that the double system + of accentuation of the Decalogue in the Hebrew Bible seems to preserve + traces of the ancient uncertainty concerning the numeration. + +_Divisions of the Decalogue._--The division current in England and +Scotland, and generally among the Reformed (Calvinistic) churches and in +the Orthodox Eastern Church, is known as the Philonic division (Philo, +_de Decalogo_, S12). It is sometimes called by the name of Origen, who +adopts it in his _Homilies on Exodus_. On this scheme the preface, Ex. +xx. 2, has been usually taken as part of the first commandment. The +Church of Rome and the Lutherans adopt the Augustinian division (Aug., +_Quaest. super Exod._, lxxi.), combining into one the first and second +commandments of Philo, and splitting his tenth commandment into two. To +gain a clear distinction between the ninth and tenth commandments on +this scheme it has usually been felt to be necessary to follow the +Deuteronomic text, and make the ninth commandment, Thou shalt not covet +thy neighbour's wife.[2] As few scholars will now claim priority for the +text of Deuteronomy, this division may be viewed as exploded. But there +is a third scheme (the Talmudic) still current among the Jews, and not +unknown to early Christian writers, which is still a rival of the +Philonic view, though less satisfactory. Here the preface, Ex. xx. 2, is +taken as the first "word," and the second embraces verses 3-6. + + See further Nestle, _Expository Times_ (1897), p. 427. The decision + between Philo and the Talmud must turn on two questions. Can we take + the preface as a separate "word"? And can we regard the prohibition of + polytheism and the prohibition of idolatry as one commandment? Now, + though the Hebrew certainly speaks of ten "words," not of ten + "precepts," it is most unlikely that the first word can be different + in character from those that follow. But the statement "I am the Lord + thy God" is either no precept at all, or only enjoins by implication + what is expressly commanded in the words "Thou shalt have no other + gods before me." Thus to take the preface as a distinct word is not + reasonable unless there are cogent grounds for uniting the + commandments against polytheism and idolatry. But that is far from + being the case. The first precept of the Philonic scheme enjoins + monolatry, the second expresses God's spiritual and transcendental + nature. Accordingly Kuenen does not deny that the prohibition of + images contains an element additional to the precept of monolatry, + but, following De Goeje, regards the words from "thou shalt not make + unto thyself" down to "the waters under the earth" as a later + insertion in the original Decalogue. Unless this can be made out, the + Philonic scheme is clearly best, and as such it is now accepted by + most scholars. + +How were the ten words disposed on the two tables? The natural +arrangement (which is assumed by Philo and Josephus) would be five and +five. And this, as Philo recognized, is a division appropriate to the +sense of the precepts; for antiquity did not look on piety towards +parents as a mere precept of probity, part of one's duty towards one's +neighbour. The authority of parents and rulers is viewed in the Old +Testament as a delegated divine authority, and the violation of it is +akin to blasphemy (cf. Ex. xxi. 17 and Lev. xx. 9 with Lev. xxiv. 15, +16, and note the formula of treason, 1 Kings xxi. 13). + +We have thus five precepts of piety on the first table, and five of +probity, in negative form, on the second, an arrangement which is +accepted by the best recent writers. But the current view of the Western +Church since Augustine has been that the precept to honour parents heads +the second table. The only argument of weight in favour of this view is +that it makes the amount of writing on the two tables less unequal, +while we know that the second table as well as the first was written on +both sides (Ex. xxxii. 15). But we shall presently see that there may be +another way out of this difficulty. + +_Date._--It is much disputed what the original compass of the Decalogue +was. Did the whole text of Ex. xx. 2-17 stand on the tables of stone? +The answer to this question must start from the reason annexed to the +fourth commandment, which is different in Deuteronomy. But the express +words "and he added no more," in Deut. v. 22, show that there is no +conscious omission by the Deuteronomic speaker of part of the original +Decalogue, which cannot therefore have included the reason annexed in +Exodus. On the other hand the reason annexed in Deuteronomy is rather a +parenetic addition than an original element dropped in Exodus. Thus the +original fourth commandment was simply "Remember the Sabbath day to keep +it holy."[3] When this is granted it must appear not improbable that the +elucidations of other commandments may not have stood on the tables, and +that Nos. 6-9 have survived in their original form. Thus in the second +commandment, "Thou shalt not bow down to any visible form," &c., is a +sort of explanatory addition to the precept "Thou shalt not make unto +thee a graven image." And so the promise attached to the fifth +commandment was probably not on the tables, and the tenth commandment +may have simply been, "Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's house," +which includes all that is expressed in the following clauses. Such a +view gets over the difficulty arising from the unequal length of the two +halves of the Decalogue. + +It is quite another question whether there is any idea in the Decalogue +which can be as old as Moses. It is urged by many critics that Moses +cannot have prohibited the worship of Yahweh by images; for the +subsequent history shows us a descendant of Moses as priest in the +idolatrous sanctuary of Dan. There were teraphim in David's house, and +the worship of Yahweh under the image of a calf was the state religion +of the kingdom of Ephraim. Even Moses himself is said to have made a +brazen serpent which, down to Hezekiah's time, continued to be +worshipped at Jerusalem. It is argued from these facts that +image-worship went on unchallenged, and that this would not have been +possible had Moses forbidden it. The argument is supported by others of +great cogency. Although the literary problems of the chapters which +narrate the law-giving on Mt. Sinai are extremely intricate, it is +generally agreed that Ex. xx. cannot be ascribed to the oldest source, +and if, in accordance with many critics, this chapter is ascribed to the +Elohist or Ephraimite school, its incorporation can scarcely be older +than the middle of the 8th century, and is probably later. With this, +the condemnation of adultery in Gen. xx. 1-17 (contrast xii. 10-20, +xxvi. 6-11) is in harmony, and the prohibition of the worship of the +heavenly bodies is aimed at a form of idolatry which is frequently +alluded to in the times of the later kings. The lofty ethics (e.g. tenth +commandment) is in itself no _sound_ criterion, whilst the external form +of the laws, though characteristic of later codes, need not be taken as +evidence of importance. But the general result of a study of the +Decalogue as a whole, in connexion with Israelite political history and +religion, strongly supports, in fact demands, a post-Mosaic origin, and +modern criticism is chiefly divided only as to the approximate date to +which it is to be ascribed. The time of Manasseh (cf. especially its +contact with Micah vi. 6-8) has found many adherents, but an earlier +period, about 750 B.C. (time of Amos and Hosea), is often held to +satisfy the main conditions; the former, however, is probably nearer the +mark. + +_The Decalogue of Exodus xxxiv._--In the book of Exodus the words +written on the tables of stone are nowhere expressly identified with the +ten commandments of chap. xx. In xxv. 16, xxxi. 18, xxxii. 15, we simply +read of "the testimony" inscribed on the tables, and it seems to be +assumed that its contents must be already known to the reader. The +expression "ten words" first occurs in xxxiv. 28, in a passage which +relates the restoration of the tables after they had been broken. But +these "ten words" are called "the words of the covenant," and so can +hardly be different from the words mentioned in the preceding verse as +those in accordance wherewith the covenant was made with Israel. And +again, the words of ver. 27 are necessarily the commandments which +immediately precede in vv. 12-26. Accordingly many recent critics have +sought to show that Ex. xxxiv. 12-26 contains just ten precepts forming +a second decalogue.[4] + +These consist not of precepts of social morality, but of several laws of +religious observance closely corresponding to the religious and ritual +precepts of Ex. xxi.-xxiii. The number ten is not clearly made out, and +the individual precepts are somewhat variously assigned. They prohibit +(1) the worship of other gods, (2) the making of molten images; they +ordain (3) the observance of the feast of unleavened bread, (4) the +feast of weeks, (5) the feast of ingathering at the end of the year, and +(6) the seventh-day rest; to Yahweh belong (7) the firstlings, and (8) +the first-fruits of the land; they forbid also (9) the offering of the +blood of sacrifice with leaven, (10) the leaving-over of the fat of a +feast until the morning, and (11) the seething of a kid in its mother's +milk. This scheme ignores the command to appear thrice in the year +before Yahweh which recapitulates Nos. 3-5, and the decade is obtained +by omitting No. 6, which some hold to be out of place. Others include +"none shall appear before me empty-handed" (xxxiv. 20), and unite Nos. +4-5, 9 and 10. C. F. Kent (_Beginnings of Heb. Hist._ pp. 183 sqq.) +obtains a decalogue from scattered precepts in Ex. xx.-xxiii., which +corresponds with Nos. 2, 7, 6, 3 and 5 (in one), 9 and 10 (in one), 11 +above, and adds (a) the building of an altar of earth (xx. 24), (b) +offering from the harvest and wine-press (xxii. 29), (c) firstlings of +animals (xxii. 29 sqq.; cf. No. 7, and xxxiv. 19); (d) prohibition +against eating torn flesh (xxii. 31).[5] The so-called Yahwist Decalogue +in xxxiv. presupposes a rather more primitive stage in society, partly +nomadic and partly agricultural; No. 6 is suitable only for +agriculturists and cannot have originated among nomads. The whole may be +summed up in a sentence:--"Worship Yahweh and Yahweh alone, without +images, let the worship be simple and in accord with the old usage; +forbear to introduce the practices of your Canaanitish neighbours" +(Harper). It would seem to represent more precisely a Judaean standpoint +(cf. the simpler customs of the Rechabites, q.v.). + +If such a system of precepts was ever viewed as the basis of the +covenant with Israel, it must belong to a far earlier stage of religious +development than that of Ex. xx. This is recognized by Wellhausen, who +says that our decalogue stands to that of Ex. xxxiv. as Amos stood to +his contemporaries, whose whole religion lay in the observance of sacred +feasts. To those accustomed to look on the Ten Words written on the +tables of stone as the very foundation of the Mosaic law, it is hard to +realize that in ancient Israel there were two opinions as to what these +"Words" were. The hypothesis that Ex. xxxiv. 10-26 originally stood in a +different connexion, and was misplaced at some stage in the redaction of +the Hexateuch, does not help us, since it would still have to be +admitted that the editor to whom we owed the present form of the chapter +identified this little code of religious observances with the Ten Words. +Were this the case the editor, to quote Wellhausen, "introduced the most +serious internal contradiction found in the Old Testament."[6] + +_The Decalogue in Christian Theology._--Following the New Testament, in +which the "commandments" summed up in the law of love are identified +with the precepts of the Decalogue (Mark x. 19; Rom. xiii. 9; cf. Mark +xii. 28 ff.), the ancient Church emphasized the permanent obligation of +the ten commandments as a summary of _natural_ in contradistinction to +_ceremonial_ precepts, though the observance of the Sabbath was to be +taken in a spiritual sense (Augustine, _De spiritu et litera_, xiv.; +Jerome, _De celebratione Paschae_). The medieval theologians followed in +the same line, recognizing all the precepts of the Decalogue as moral +precepts _de lege naturae_, though the law of the Sabbath is not of the +law of nature, in so far as it prescribes a determinate day of rest +(Thomas, _summa_, I^ma II^dae, qu. c. art. 3; Duns, _Super sententias_, +lib. iii. dist. 37). The most important medieval exposition of the +Decalogue is that of Nicolaus de Lyra; and the 15th century, in which +the Decalogue acquired special importance in the confessional, was +prolific in treatises on the subject (Antoninus of Florence, Gerson, +&c.). + +Important theological controversies on the Decalogue begin with the +Reformation. The question between the Lutheran (Augustinian) and +Reformed (Philonic) division of the ten commandments was mixed up with +controversy as to the legitimacy of sacred images not designed to be +worshipped. The Reformed theologians took the stricter view. The +identity of the Decalogue with the eternal law of nature was maintained +in both churches, but it was an open question whether the Decalogue, as +such (that is, as a law given by Moses to the Israelites), is of +perpetual obligation. The Socinians, on the other hand, regarded the +Decalogue as abrogated by the more perfect law of Christ; and this view, +especially in the shape that the Decalogue is a civil and not a moral +law (J. D. Michaelis), was the current one in the period of 18th-century +rationalism. The distinction of a permanent and a transitory element in +the law of the Sabbath is found, not only in Luther and Melanchthon, but +in Calvin and other theologians of the Reformed church. The main +controversy which arose on the basis of this distinction was whether the +prescription of one day in seven is of permanent obligation. It was +admitted that such obligation must be not natural but positive; but it +was argued by the stricter Calvinistic divines that the proportion of +one in seven is agreeable to nature, based on the order of creation in +six days, and in no way specially connected with anything Jewish. Hence +it was regarded as a _universal positive_ law of God. But those who +maintained the opposite view were not excluded from the number of the +orthodox. The laxer conception found a place in the Cocceian school. + + LITERATURE.--Geffcken, _Uber die verschiedenen Eintheilungen des + Dekalogs und den Einfluss derselben auf den Cultus_; W. Robertson + Smith, _Old Test. Jew. Church_, pp. 331-345, where his earlier views + (1877) in the _Ency. Brit._ are largely modified (cf. also _Eng. Hist. + Rev._ (1888) p. 352); Montefiore, _Hibbert Lectures_ (1892), Appendix + I; W. R. Harper, _Internat. Crit. Comm. on Amos and Hosea_, pp. 58-64 + (on the position of the Decalogue in early pre-prophetic religion of + Israel); C. A. Briggs, _Higher Criticism of Hexat_.^2 pp. 189-210; see + also the references under EXODUS. (W. R. S.; S. A. C.) + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] A Hebrew fragment probably of the 2nd century A.D., in the + University Library, Cambridge, containing the Decalogue with several + variant readings; see S. A. Cook, _Proceed. Soc. Bibl. Archaeology_ + (1903), pp. 34-56; F. C. Burkitt, _Jewish Quarterly Review_ (1903), + pp. 392-408; N. Peters, _D. alteste Abschrift d. zehn Gebote_ (1905). + + [2] So, for example, Augustine, l.c., Thomas, _Summa_ (_Prima + Secundae_, qu. c. art. 4), and recently Sonntag and Kurtz. Purely + arbitrary is the idea of Lutheran writers (Gerhard, Loc. xiii. S 46) + that the ninth commandment forbids _concupiscentia actualis_, the + tenth _conc. originalis_. + + [3] It is generally assumed that the addition in Exodus is from a + hand akin to Gen. ii. 2 sqq.; Ex. xxxi. 17 (P.). + + [4] So Hitzig (_Ostern und Pfingsten im zweiten Dekalog_, Heidelberg, + 1838), independently of a previous suggestion of Goethe in 1783, who + in turn appears to have been anticipated by an early Greek writer + (Nestle, _Zeit. fur alt-test. Wissenschaft_ (1904), pp. 134 sqq.). + + [5] See also W. E. Barnes, _Journ. Theol. Stud._ (1905), pp. 557-563. + + [6] The last three sentences of this paragraph are taken almost + bodily from Robertson Smith's later views (_Old Testament in the + Jewish Church^2_, pp. 335 seq.). + + + + +DE CAMP, JOSEPH (1858- ), American portrait and figure painter, was +born in Cincinnati, Ohio, in 1858. He was a pupil of Frank Duveneck and +of the Royal Academy of Munich; became a member of the society of Ten +American Painters, and a teacher in the schools of the Pennsylvania +Academy of Fine Arts, Philadelphia, and the Boston Museum of Fine Arts; +and painted important mural decorations in the Philadelphia city hall. + + + + +DECAMPS, ALEXANDRE GABRIEL (1803-1860), French painter, was born in +Paris on the 3rd of March 1803. In his youth he travelled in the East, +and reproduced Oriental life and scenery with a bold fidelity to nature +that made his works the puzzle of conventional critics. His powers, +however, soon came to be recognized, and he was ranked along with +Delacroix and Vernet as one of the leaders of the French school. At the +Paris Exhibition of 1855 he received the grand or council medal. Most of +his life was passed in the neighbourhood of Paris. He was passionately +fond of animals, especially dogs, and indulged in all kinds of field +sports. He died on the 22nd of August 1860 in consequence of being +thrown from a vicious horse while hunting at Fontainebleau. The style of +Decamps was characteristically and intensely French. It was marked by +vivid dramatic conception, by a manipulation bold and rapid, sometimes +even to roughness, and especially by original and startling use of +decided contrasts of colour and of light and shade. His subjects +embraced an unusually wide range. He availed himself of his travels in +the East in dealing with scenes from Scripture history, which he was +probably the first of European painters to represent with their true and +natural local background. Of this class were his "Joseph sold by his +Brethren," "Moses taken from the Nile," and his scenes from the life of +Samson, nine vigorous sketches in charcoal and white. Perhaps the most +impressive of his historical pictures is his "Defeat of the Cimbri," +representing with wonderful skill the conflict between a horde of +barbarians and a disciplined army. Decamps produced a number of genre +pictures, chiefly of scenes from French and Algerine domestic life, the +most marked feature of which is humour. The same characteristic attaches +to most of his numerous animal paintings. He painted dogs, horses, &c., +with great fidelity and sympathy; but his favourite subject was monkeys, +which he depicted in various studies and sketches with a grotesque +humour that could scarcely be surpassed. Probably the best known of all +his works is "The Monkey Connoisseurs," a clever satire of the jury of +the French Academy of Painting, which had rejected several of his +earlier works on account of their divergence from any known standard. +The pictures and sketches of Decamps were first made familiar to the +English public through the lithographs of Eugene le Roux. + + See Moreau's _Decamps et son oeuvre_ (Paris, 1869). + + + + +DECAPOLIS, a league of ten cities ([Greek: deka poleis]) with their +surrounding district, situated with one exception on the eastern side of +the upper Jordan and the Sea of Tiberias. Being essentially a +confederation of _cities_ it is impossible precisely to fix Decapolis as +a _region_ with definite boundaries. The names of the original ten +cities are given by Pliny; these are as follows: Damascus, Philadelphia, +Raphana, Scythopolis (= Beth-Shan, now _Beisan_, west of Jordan), +Gadara, Hippos, Dion, Pella, Gerasa and Kanatha. Of these Damascus alone +retains its importance. Scythopolis (as represented by the village of +Beisan) is still inhabited; the ruins of Pella, Gerasa and Kanatha +survive, but the other sites are unknown or disputed. Scythopolis, being +in command of the communications with the sea and the Greek cities on +the coast, was the most important member of the league. The league +subsequently received additions and some of the original ten dropped +out. In Ptolemy's enumeration Raphana has no place, and nine, such as +Kapitolias, Edrei, Bosra, &c., are added. The purpose of the league was +no doubt mutual defence against the marauding Bedouin tribes that +surrounded them. These were hardly if at all checked by the Semitic +kinglings to whom the Romans delegated the government of eastern +Palestine. + +It was probably soon after Pompey's campaign in 64-63 B.C. that the +Decapolis league took shape. The cities comprising it were united by +the main roads on which they lay, their respective spheres of influence +touching, if not overlapping, one another. A constant communication was +maintained with the Mediterranean ports and with Greece, and there was a +vigorous municipal life which found expression in literature, in +athletic contests, and in a thriving commerce, thus carrying a truly +Hellenic influence into Perea and Galilee. From Josephus we learn that +the cities were severally subject to the governor of Syria and taxed for +imperial purposes; some of them afterwards came under Herod's +jurisdiction, but reserved the substantial rights granted them by +Pompey. + + The best account is in G. A. Smith's _Historical Geography of the Holy + Land_, chap. xxviii. (R. A. S. M.) + + + + +DECASTYLE (Gr. [Greek: deka], ten, and [Greek: stylos], column), the +architectural term given to a temple where the front portico has ten +columns; as in the temple of Apollo Didymaeus at Miletus, and the +portico of University College, London. (See TEMPLE.) + + + + +DECATUR, STEPHEN (1779-1820), American naval commander, was born at +Sinnepuxent, Maryland, on the 5th of January 1779, and entered the +United States navy as a midshipman in 1798. He was promoted lieutenant a +year later, and in that rank saw some service in the short war with +France. In 1803 he was in command of the "Enterprise," which formed part +of Commodore Preble's squadron in the Mediterranean, and in February +1804 led a daring expedition into the harbour of Tripoli for the purpose +of burning the U.S. frigate "Philadelphia" which had fallen into +Tripolitan hands. He succeeded in his purpose and made his escape under +the fire of the batteries with a loss of only one man wounded. This +brilliant exploit earned him his captain's commission and a sword of +honour from Congress. Decatur was subsequently engaged in all the +attacks on Tripoli between 1804 and 1805. In the War of 1812 his ship +the "United States" captured H.M.S. "Macedonian" after a desperate +fight, and in 1813 he was appointed commodore to command a squadron in +New York harbour, which was soon blockaded by the British. In an attempt +to break out in February 1815 Decatur's flagship the "President" was cut +off and after a spirited fight forced to surrender to a superior force. +Subsequently he commanded in the Mediterranean against the corsairs of +Algiers, Tunis and Tripoli with great success. On his return he was made +a navy commissioner (November 1815), an office which he held until his +death, which took place in a duel with Commodore James Barron at +Bladensburg, Md., on the 22nd of March 1820. + + See Mackenzie, _Life of Decatur_ (Boston, 1846). + + + + +DECATUR, a city and the county-seat of Macon county, Illinois, U.S.A., +in the central part of the state, near the Sangamon river, about 39 m. +E. of Springfield. Pop. (1890) 16,841; (1900) 20,754, of whom 1939 were +foreign-born; (1910 census) 31,140. Decatur is served by the Cincinnati, +Hamilton & Dayton, the Illinois Central, the Wabash (which maintains car +shops here), and the Vandalia railways, and is connected with Danville, +Saint Louis, Springfield, Peoria, Bloomington and Champaign by the +Illinois Traction System (electric). Decatur has three large parks and a +public library; and S.E. of Fairview Park, with a campus of 35 acres, is +the James Millikin University (co-educational; Cumberland Presbyterian), +founded in 1901 by James Millikin, and opened in 1903. The university +comprises schools of liberal arts, engineering (mechanical, electrical, +and civil), domestic economy, fine and applied arts, commerce and +finance, library science, pedagogy, music, and a preparatory school; in +1907-1908 it had 936 students, 440 being in the school of music. Among +the city's manufactures are iron, brass castings, agricultural +implements, flour, Indian corn products, soda fountains, plumbers' +supplies, coffins and caskets, bar and store fixtures, gas and electric +light fixtures, street cars, and car trucks. The value of the city's +factory products increased from $5,133,677 in 1900 to $8,667,302 in +1905, or 68.8%. The city is also an important shipping point for +agricultural products (especially grain), and for coal taken from the +two mines in the city and from mines in the surrounding country. The +first settlement in Decatur was made in 1829, and the place was +incorporated in 1836. On the 22nd of February 1856 a convention of +Illinois editors met at Decatur to determine upon a policy of opposition +to the Kansas-Nebraska Bill. They called a state convention, which met +at Bloomington, and which is considered to have taken the first step +toward founding the Republican party in Illinois. + + + + +DECAZES, ELIE, DUC (1780-1860), French statesman, was born at Saint +Martin de Laye in the Gironde. He studied law, became a judge in the +tribunal of the Seine in 1806, was attached to the cabinet of Louis +Bonaparte in 1807, and was counsel to the court of appeal at Paris in +1811. Immediately upon the fall of the empire he declared himself a +Royalist, and remained faithful to the Bourbons through the Hundred +Days. He made the personal acquaintance of Louis XVIII. during that +period through Baron Louis, and the king rewarded his energy and tact by +appointing him prefect of police at Paris on the 7th of July 1815. His +marked success in that difficult position won for him the ministry of +police, in succession to Fouche, on the 24th of September. In the +interval he had been elected deputy for the Seine (August 1815) and both +as deputy and as minister he led the moderate Royalists. His formula was +"to royalize France and to nationalize the monarchy." The Moderates were +in a minority in the chamber of 1815, but Decazes persuaded Louis XVIII. +to dissolve the house, and the elections of October 1816 gave them a +majority. During the next four years Decazes was called upon to play the +leading role in the government. At first, as minister of police he had +to suppress the insurrections provoked by the ultra-Royalists (the White +Terror); then, after the resignation of the duc de Richelieu, he took +the actual direction of the ministry, although the nominal president was +General J. J. P. A. Dessolle (1767-1828). He held at the same time the +portfolio of the interior. The cabinet, in which Baron Louis was +minister of finance, and Marshal Gouvion Saint Cyr remained minister of +war, was entirely Liberal; and its first act was to suppress the +ministry of police, as Decazes held that it was incompatible with the +regime of liberty. His reforms met with the strong hostility of the +Chamber of Peers, where the ultra-Royalists were in a majority, and to +overcome it he got the king to create sixty new Liberal peers. He then +passed the laws on the press, suppressing the censorship. By +reorganization of the finances, the protection of industry and the +carrying out of great public works, France regained its economic +prosperity, and the ministry became popular. But the powers of the Grand +Alliance had been watching the growth of Liberalism in France with +increasing anxiety. Metternich especially ascribed this mainly to the +"weakness" of the ministry, and when in 1819 the political elections +still further illustrated this trend, notably by the election of the +celebrated Abbe Gregoire, it began to be debated whether the time had +not come to put in force the terms of the secret treaty of +Aix-la-Chapelle. It was this threat of foreign intervention, rather than +the clamour of the "Ultras," that forced Louis XVIII. to urge a change +in the electoral law that should render such a "scandal" as Gregoire's +election impossible for the future. Dessolle and Louis, refusing to +embark on this policy, now resigned; and Decazes became head of the new +ministry, as president of the council (November 1819). But the exclusion +of Gregoire from the chamber and the changes in the franchise embittered +the Radicals without conciliating the "Ultras." The news of the +revolution in Spain in January 1820 added fuel to their fury; it was the +foolish and criminal policy of the royal favourite that had once more +unchained the demon of revolution. Decazes was denounced as the new +Sejanus, the modern Catiline; and when, on the 13th of February, the +duke of Berry was murdered, clamorous tongues loudly accused him of +being an accomplice in the crime. Decazes, indeed, foreseeing the storm, +at once placed his resignation in the king's hands. Louis at first +refused. "They will attack," he exclaimed, "not your system, my dear +son, but mine." But in the end he was forced to yield to the importunity +of his family (February 17th); and Decazes, raised to the rank of duke, +passed into honourable exile as ambassador to Great Britain. + +This ended Decazes's meteoric career of greatness. In December 1821 he +returned to sit in the House of Peers, when he continued to maintain +his Liberal opinions. After 1830 he adhered to the monarchy of July, but +after 1848 he remained in retirement. He had organized in 1826 a society +to develop the coal and iron of the Aveyron, and the name of Decazeville +was given in 1829 to the principal centre of the industry. He died on +the 24th of October 1860. + +His son, LOUIS CHARLES ELIE DECAZES, duc de Glucksberg (1819-1886), was +born at Paris, and entered the diplomatic career. He became minister +plenipotentiary at Madrid and at Lisbon, but the revolution of 1848 +caused him to withdraw into private life, from which he did not emerge +until in 1871 he was elected deputy to the National Assembly by the +Gironde. There he sat in the right centre among the Orleanists, and was +chosen by the duc de Broglie as minister of foreign affairs in November +1873. He voted with the Orleanists the "Constitutional Laws" of 1875, +and approved of MacMahon's parliamentary _coup d'etat_ on the 16th of +May 1877. He was re-elected deputy in October 1877 by the arrondissement +of Puget-Theniers, but his election was annulled by the chamber, and he +was not re-elected. He died on the 16th of September 1886. + + On the Duc Decazes see E. Daudet, _Louis XVIII. et le duc Decazes_ + (1899), and his "L'ambassade du duc Decazes" in the _Revue des deux + mondes_ for 1899. + + + + +DECAZEVILLE, a town of south-central France, in the department of +Aveyron, 34 m. N.W. of Rodez by the Orleans railway. Pop. (1906) 9749. +It possesses iron mines and is the centre of the coal-fields of the +Aveyron, which supply the ironworks established by the Duc Decazes, +minister of Louis XVIII. A statue commemorates the founder. + + + + +DECCAN (Sans. _Dakshina_, "the South"), a name applied, according to +Hindu geographers, to the whole of the territories in India situated to +the south of the river Nerbudda. In its more modern acceptation, +however, it is sometimes understood as comprising only the country lying +between that river and the Kistna, the latter having for a long period +formed the southern boundary of the Mahommedan empire of Delhi. +Assigning it the more extended of these limits, it comprehends the whole +of the Indian peninsula, and in this view the mountainous system, +consisting of the Eastern and Western Ghats, constitutes the most +striking feature of the Deccan. These two mountain ranges unite at their +northern extremities with the Vindhya chain of mountains, and thus is +formed a vast triangle supporting at a considerable elevation the +expanse of table-land which stretches from Cape Comorin to the valley of +the Nerbudda. The surface of this table-land slopes from west to east, +as indicated by the direction of the drainage of the country,--the great +rivers, the Cauvery, Godavari, Kistna and Pennar, though deriving their +sources from the base of the Western Ghats, all finding their way into +the Bay of Bengal through fissures in the Eastern Ghats. + +_History._--The detailed and authentic history of the Deccan only begins +with the 13th century A.D. Of the early history the main facts +established are the Aryan invasion (c. 700 B.C.), the growth of the +Maurya empire (250 B.C.) and the invasion (A.D. 100) of the Scythic +tribes known as the Sakas, Pahlavas and Yavanas, which led to the +establishment of the power of the Kshaharata satraps in western India. +In addition to this, modern study of monuments and inscriptions has +recovered the names, and to a certain extent the records, of a +succession of dynasties ruling in the Deccan; of these the most +conspicuous are the Cholas, the Andhras or Satavahanas, the Chalukyas, +the Rashtrakutas and the Yadavas of Devagiri (Deogiri). (See INDIA: +_History_; BOMBAY; PRESIDENCY: _History_; INSCRIPTIONS: _Indian_.) In +1294 Ala-ud-Din Khilji, emperor of Delhi, invaded the Deccan, stormed +Devagiri, and reduced the Yadava rajas of Maharashtra to the position of +tributary princes (see DAULATABAD), then proceeding southward overran +Telingana and Carnata (1294-1300). With this event the continuous +history of the Deccan begins. In 1307, owing to non-payment of tribute, +a fresh series of Mussulman incursions began, under Malik Kafur, issuing +in the final ruin of the Yadava power; and in 1338 the reduction of the +Deccan was completed by Mahommed ben Tughlak. The imperial sway was, +however, of brief duration. Telingana and Carnata speedily reverted to +their former masters; and this defection on the part of the Hindu states +was followed by a general revolt of the Mussulman governors, resulting +in the establishment in 1347 of the independent Mahommedan dynasty of +Bahmani, and the consequent withdrawal of the power of Delhi from the +territory south of the Nerbudda. In the struggles which ensued, the +Hindu kingdom of Telingana fell bit by bit to the Bahmani dynasty, who +advanced their frontier to Golconda in 1373, to Warangal in 1421, and to +the Bay of Bengal in 1472. On the dissolution of the Bahmani empire +(1482), its dominions were distributed into the five Mahommedan states +of Golconda, Bijapur, Ahmednagar, Bidar and Berar. To the south of these +the great Hindu state of Carnata or Vijayanagar still survived; but +this, too, was destroyed, at the battle of Talikota (1565), by a league +of the Mahommedan powers. These latter in their turn soon disappeared. +Berar had already been annexed by Ahmednagar in 1572, and Bidar was +absorbed by Bijapur in 1609. The victories of the Delhi emperors, Akbar, +Shah Jahan and Aurangzeb, crushed the rest. Ahmednagar was incorporated +in the Mogul empire in 1598, Bijapur in 1686, and Golconda in 1688. The +rule of the Delhi emperors in the Deccan did not, however, long survive. +In 1706 the Mahrattas acquired the right of levying tribute in southern +India, and their principal chief, the Peshwa of Poona, became a +practically independent sovereign. A few years later the emperor's +viceroy in Ahmednagar, the nizam-al-mulk, threw off his allegiance and +established the seat of an independent government at Hyderabad (1724). +The remainder of the imperial possessions in the peninsula were held by +chieftains acknowledging the supremacy of one or other of these two +potentates. In the sequel, Mysore became the prize of the Mahommedan +usurper Hyder Ali. During the contests for power which ensued about the +middle of the 18th century between the native chiefs, the French and the +English took opposite sides. After a brief course of triumph, the +interests of France declined, and a new empire in India was established +by the British. Mysore formed one of their earliest conquests in the +Deccan. Tanjore and the Carnatic were shortly after annexed to their +dominions. In 1818 the forfeited possessions of the Peshwa added to +their extent; and these acquisitions, with others which have more +recently fallen to the paramount power by cession, conquest or failure +of heirs, form a continuous territory stretching from the Nerbudda to +Cape Comorin. Its length is upwards of 1000 m., and its extreme breadth +exceeds 800. This vast tract comprehends the chief provinces now +distributed between the presidencies of Madras and Bombay, together with +the native states of Hyderabad and Mysore, and those of Kolhapur, +Sawantwari, Travancore, Cochin and the petty possessions of France and +Portugal. + + See J. D. B. Gribble, _History of the Deccan_ (1896); Prof. + Bhandarkar, "Early History of the Dekkan" (_Bombay Gazetteer_); + Vincent A. Smith, _Early History of India_ (2nd ed., Oxford, 1908), + chap. xv. "The Kingdoms of the Deccan." + + + + +DECELEA (Gr. [Greek: Dekeleia]), an Attic deme, on the pass which led +over the east end of Mt. Parnes towards Oropus and Chalcis. From its +position it has a commanding view over the Athenian plain. Its eponymous +hero, Decelus, was said to have indicated to the Tyndaridae, Castor and +Pollux, the place where Theseus had hidden their sister Helen at +Aphidnae; and hence there was a traditional friendship between the +Deceleans and the Spartans (Herodotus ix. 73). This tradition, together +with the advice of Alcibiades, led the Spartans to fortify Decelea as a +basis for permanent occupation in Attica during the later years of the +Peloponnesian War, from 413-404 B.C. Its position enabled them to harass +the Athenians constantly, and to form a centre for fugitive slaves and +other deserters. The royal palace of Tatoi has been built on the site. + + See PELOPONNESIAN WAR; also Judeich in Pauly-Wissowa, + _Realencyclopadie_. + + + + +DECEMBER (Lat. _decem_, ten), the last month of the year. In the Roman +calendar, traditionally ascribed to Romulus, the year was divided into +ten months, the last of which was called December, or the _tenth_ month, +and this name, though etymologically incorrect, was retained for the +last or twelfth month of the year as now divided. In the Romulian +calendar December had thirty days; Numa reduced the number to +twenty-nine; Julius Caesar added two days to this, giving the month its +present length. The _Saturnalia_ occurred in December, which is +therefore styled "acceptus geniis" by Ovid (_Fasti_, iii. 58); and this +also explains the phrase of Horace "libertate Decembri utere" (_Sat._ +ii. 7). Martial applies to the month the epithet _canus_ (hoary), and +Ovid styles it _gelidus_ (frosty) and _fumosus_ (smoky). In the reign of +Commodus it was temporarily styled _Amazonius_, in honour of the +emperor's mistress, whom he had had painted as an Amazon. The Saxons +called it _winter-monath_, winter month, and _heligh-monath_, holy +month, from the fact that Christmas fell within it. Thus the modern +Germans call it _Christmonat_. The 22nd of December is the date of the +winter solstice, when the sun reaches the tropic of Capricorn. + + + + +DECEMVIRI ("the ten men"), the name applied by the Romans to any +official commission of ten. The title was often followed by a statement +of the purpose for which the commission was appointed, e.g. _Xviri +legibus scribundis, stlitibus judicandis, sacris faciundis_. + +I. Apart from such qualification, it signified chiefly the temporary +commission which superseded all the ordinary magistrates of the Republic +from 451 to 449 B.C., for the purpose of drawing up a code of laws. In +462 B.C. a tribune proposed that the appointment of a commission to draw +up a code expressing the legal principles of the administration was +necessary to secure for the _plebs_ a hold over magisterial caprice. +Continued agitation to this effect resulted in an agreement in 452 B.C. +between patricians and plebeians that decemvirs should be appointed to +draw up a code, that during their tenure of office all other +magistracies should be in abeyance, that they should not be subject to +appeal, but that they should be bound to maintain the laws which +guaranteed by religious sanctions the rights of the plebs. The first +board of decemvirs (apparently consisting wholly of patricians) was +appointed to hold office during 451 B.C.; and the chief man among them +was Appius Claudius. Livy (iii. 32) says that only patricians were +eligible. Mommsen, however, held that plebeians were legally eligible, +though none were actually appointed for 451. The decemvirs ruled with +singular moderation, and submitted to the _Comitia Centuriata_ a code of +laws in ten headings, which was passed. So popular were the decemvirs +that another board of ten was appointed for the following year, some of +whom, if the extant list of names is correct, were certainly plebeians. +These added two more to the ten laws of their predecessors, thus +completing the Laws of the Twelve Tables (see ROMAN LAW). But their rule +then became violent and tyrannical, and they fell before the fury of the +_plebs_, though for some reason, not easily understood, they continued +to have the support of the patricians. They were forced to abdicate (449 +B.C.), and the ordinary magistrates were restored. + +II. The judicial board of decemvirs (_stlitibus judicandis_) formed a +civil court of ancient origin concerned mainly with questions bearing on +the status of individuals. They were originally a body of jurors which +gave a verdict under the presidency of the praetor (q.v.), but +eventually became annual minor magistrates of the Republic, elected by +the _Comitia Tributa_. + +III. The priestly board of decemvirs (_sacris faciundis_) was an outcome +of the claim of the _plebs_ to a share in the administration of the +state religion. Five of the decemvirs were patricians, and five +plebeians. They were first appointed in 367 B.C. instead of the +patrician _duumviri_ who had hitherto performed these duties. The board +was increased to fifteen in the last century of the Republic. Its chief +function was the care of the Sibylline books, and the celebration of the +games of Apollo (Livy x. 8) and the Secular Games (Tac. _Ann._ xi. 11). + +IV. Decemvirs were also appointed from time to time to control the +distribution of the public land (_agris dandis adsignandis_; see +AGRARIAN LAWS). + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--B. G. Niebuhr, _History of Rome_ (Eng. trans.), ii. 309 + et seq. (Cambridge, 1832); Th. Mommsen, _History of Rome_, bk. ii. c. + 2, vol. i. pp. 361 et seq. (Eng. trans., new ed., 1894); _Romisches + Staatsrecht_, ii. 605 et seq., 714 (Leipzig, 1887); A. H. J. + Greenidge, _Legal Procedure of Cicero's Time_, p. 40 et seq., 263 + (Oxford, 1901); J. Muirhead, _Private Law of Rome_, p. 73 et seq. + (London, 1899); Pauly-Wissowa, _Realencyclopadie_, iv. 2256 et seq. + (Kubler). (A. M. Cl.) + + + + +DECHEN, ERNST HEINRICH KARL VON (1800-1889), German geologist, was born +in Berlin on the 25th of March 1800, and was educated in the university +in that city. He subsequently studied mining in Bochum and Essen, and +was in 1820 placed in the mining department of the Prussian state, +serving on the staff until 1864, and becoming director in 1841 when he +was stationed at Bonn. In early years he made journeys to study the +mining systems of other countries, and with this object he visited +England and Scotland in company with Karl von Oeynhausen (1797-1865). In +the course of his work he paid special attention to the coal-formation +of Westphalia and northern Europe generally, and he greatly furthered +the progress made in mining and metallurgical works in Rhenish Prussia. +He made numerous contributions to geological literature; notably the +following:--_Geognostische Umrisse der Rheinlander zwischen Basel und +Mainz mit besonderer Rucksicht auf das Vorkommen des Steinsalzes_ (with +von Oeynhausen and La Roche), 2 vols. (Berlin, 1825); _Geognostische +Fuhrer in das Siebengebirge am Rhein_ (Bonn, 1861); _Die nutzbaren +Mineralien und Gebirgsarten im deutschen Reiche_ (1873). But his main +work was a geological map of Rhenish Prussia and Westphalia in 35 sheets +on the scale of 1 : 80,000, issued with two volumes of explanatory text +(1855-1882). He published also a small geological map of Germany (1869). +He died at Bonn on the 15th of February 1889. (H. B. W.) + + + + +DECIDUOUS (from Lat. _decidere_, to fall down), a botanical and +zoological term for "falling in season," as of petals after flowering, +leaves in autumn, the teeth or horns of animals, or the wings of +insects. + + + + +DECIMAL COINAGE.[1] Any currency in which the various denominations of +coin are arranged in multiples or submultiples of ten (Lat. _decem_), +with reference to a standard unit, is a decimal system. Thus if the +standard unit be 1 the higher coins will be 10, 100, 1000, &c., the +lower .1, .01, .001, &c. In a perfect system there would be no breaks or +interpolations, but the actual currencies described as "decimal" do not +show this rigid symmetry. In France the standard unit--the franc--has +the 10 franc and the 100 franc pieces above it; the 10 centime below it; +there are also, however, 50 franc, 20 franc, 5 franc, 2 franc pieces as +well as 50 and 20 centime ones. Similar irregularities occur in the +German and United States coinages, and indeed in all countries in which +a decimal system has been established. Popular convenience has compelled +this departure from the strict decimal form. + +Subject to these practical modifications the leading countries of the +world (Great Britain and India are the chief exceptions) have adopted +decimal coinage. The United States led the way (1786 and 1792) with the +dollar as the unit, and France soon followed (1799 and 1803), her system +being extended to the countries of the Latin Union (1865). The German +empire (1873), the Scandinavian States (1875), Austria-Hungary (1870, +developed in 1892) and Russia (1839 and 1897) are further adherents to +the decimal system. The Latin-American countries and Japan (1871) have +also adopted it. + +In England proposals for decimalizing the coinage have long been under +discussion at intervals. Besides the inconvenience of altering the +established currency, the difficulty of choosing between the different +schemes propounded has been a considerable obstacle. One plan took the +farthing as a base: then 10 farthings = 1 doit (2(1/2)d.), 10 doits = 1 +florin (2s. 1d.), 10 florins = 1 pound (20s. 10d.). The advantages +claimed for this scheme were (1) the preservation of the smaller coins +(the penny = 4 farthings); and (2) the avoidance of interference with +the smaller retail prices. Its great disadvantage was the destruction of +the existing unit of value--the pound--and the consequent disturbance of +all accounts. A second proposal would retain the pound as unit and the +florin, but would subdivide the latter into 100 "units" (or farthings +reduced 4%) and introduce a new coin = 10 units (2.4d.). By it the unit +of account would remain as at present, and the shilling (as 50 units) +would continue in use. The alteration of the bronze and several silver +coins, and the need of readjusting all values and prices expressed in +pence, formed the principal difficulties. A third scheme, which was +connected with the assimilation of English to French and American money, +proposed the establishment of an 8s. gold coin as unit, with the +tenpenny or franc and the penny (reduced by 4%) as subdivisions. The new +coin would be equivalent to 10 francs or (by an anticipated reduction of +the dollar) 2 dollars. None of these plans has gained any great amount +of popular support. + + For the general question of monetary scales see MONEY, and for the + decimal system in reference to weights and measures see METRIC SYSTEM + and WEIGHTS AND MEASURES. (C. F. B.) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] For "decimal" in general see ARITHMETIC. + + + + +DECIUS, GAIUS MESSIUS QUINTUS TRAJANUS (201-251), Roman emperor, the +first of the long succession of distinguished men from the Illyrian +provinces, was born at Budalia near Sirmium in lower Pannonia in A.D. +201. About 245 the emperor Philip the Arabian entrusted him with an +important command on the Danube, and in 249 (or end of 248), having been +sent to put down a revolt of the troops in Moesia and Pannonia, he was +forced to assume the imperial dignity. He still protested his loyalty to +Philip, but the latter advanced against him and was slain near Verona. +During his brief reign Decius was engaged in important operations +against the Goths, who crossed the Danube and overran the districts of +Moesia and Thrace. The details are obscure, and there is considerable +doubt as to the part taken in the campaign by Decius and his son (of the +same name) respectively. The Goths were surprised by the emperor while +besieging Nicopolis on the Danube; at his approach they crossed the +Balkans, and attacked Philippopolis. Decius followed them, but a severe +defeat near Beroe made it impossible to save Philippopolis, which fell +into the hands of the Goths, who treated the conquered with frightful +cruelty. Its commander, Priscus, declared himself emperor under Gothic +protection. The siege of Philippopolis had so exhausted the numbers and +resources of the Goths, that they offered to surrender their booty and +prisoners on condition of being allowed to retire unmolested. But +Decius, who had succeeded in surrounding them and hoped to cut off their +retreat, refused to entertain their proposals. The final engagement, in +which the Goths fought with the courage of despair, took place on swampy +ground in the Dobrudja near Abritum (Abrittus) or Forum Trebonii and +ended in the defeat and death of Decius and his son. Decius was an +excellent soldier, a man of amiable disposition, and a capable +administrator, worthy of being classed with the best Romans of the +ancient type. The chief blot on his reign was the systematic and +authorized persecution of the Christians, which had for its object the +restoration of the religion and institutions of ancient Rome. Either as +a concession to the senate, or perhaps with the idea of improving public +morality, Decius endeavoured to revive the separate office and authority +of the censor. The choice was left to the senate, who unanimously +selected Valerian (afterwards emperor). But Valerian, well aware of the +dangers and difficulties attaching to the office at such a time, +declined the responsibility. The invasion of the Goths and the death of +Decius put an end to the abortive attempt. + + See Aurelius Victor, _De Caesaribus_, 29, _Epit._ 29; Jordanes, _De + rebus Geticis_, 18; fragments of Dexippus, in C. W. Muller, _Frag. + Hist. Graec._ iii. (1849); Gibbon, _Decline and Fall_, chap. 10; H. + Schiller, _Geschichte der romischen Kaiserzeit_, i. (pt. 2), 1883. + + + + +DECIZE, a town of central France, in the department of Nievre, on an +island in the Loire, 24 m. S.E. of Nevers by the Paris-Lyon railway. +Pop. (1906) 3813. The most important of its buildings is the church of +Saint Are, which dates in part from the 11th and 12th centuries; there +are also ruins of a castle of the counts of Nevers. The town has a +statue of Guy Coquille, the lawyer and historian, who was born there in +1523. Decize is situated at the starting-point of the Nivernais canal. +The coal mine of La Machine, which belongs to the Schneider Company of +Le Creusot, lies four miles to the north. The industries of Decize and +its suburbs on both banks of the Loire include the working of gypsum +and lime, and the manufacture of ceramic products and glass. Trade is +in horses from the Morvan, cattle, coal, iron, wood and stone. + +Under the name of _Decetia_ the place is mentioned by Julius Caesar as a +stronghold of the Aedui, and in 52 B.C. was the scene of a meeting of +the senate held by him to settle the leadership of the tribe and to +reply to his demand for aid against Vercingetorix. In later times it +belonged to the counts of Nevers, from whom it obtained a charter of +franchise in 1226. + + + + +DECKER, SIR MATTHEW, Bart. (1679-1749), English merchant and writer on +trade, was born in Amsterdam in 1679. He came to London in 1702 and +established himself there as a merchant. He was remarkably successful in +his business life, gaining great wealth and having many honours +conferred upon him. He was a director of the East India Company, sat in +parliament for four years as member for Bishops Castle, and was high +sheriff of Surrey in 1729. He was created a baronet by George I. in +1716. Decker's fame as a writer on trade rests on two tracts. The first, +_Serious considerations on the several high duties which the Nation in +general, as well as Trade in particular, labours under, with a proposal +for preventing the removal of goods, discharging the trader from any +search, and raising all the Publick Supplies by one single Tax_ (1743; +name affixed to 7th edition, 1756), proposed to do away with customs +duties and substitute a tax upon houses. He also suggested taking the +duty off tea and putting instead a licence duty on households wishing to +consume it. The second, an _Essay on the Causes of the Decline of the +Foreign Trade, consequently of the value of the lands in Britain, and on +the means to restore both_ (1744), has been attributed to W. Richardson, +but internal evidence is strongly in favour of Decker's authorship. He +advocates the licence plan in an extended form; urges the repeal of +import duties and the abolition of bounties, and, in general, shows +himself such a strong supporter of the doctrine of free trade as to rank +as one of the most important forerunners of Adam Smith. Decker died on +the 18th of March 1749. + + + + +DECKER, PIERRE DE (1812-1891), Belgian statesman and author, was +educated at a Jesuit school, studied law at Paris, and became a +journalist on the staff of the _Revue de Bruxelles_. In 1839 he was +elected to the Belgian lower chamber, where he gained a great reputation +for oratory. In 1855 he became minister of the interior and prime +minister, and attempted, by a combination of the moderate elements of +the Catholic and Liberal parties, the impossible task of effecting a +settlement of the educational and other questions by which Belgium was +distracted. In 1866 he retired from politics and went into business, +with disastrous results. He became involved in financial speculations +which lost him his good name as well as the greater part of his fortune; +and, though he was never proved to have been more than the victim of +clever operators, when in 1871 he was appointed by the Catholic cabinet +governor of Limburg, the outcry was so great that he resigned the +appointment and retired definitively into private life. He died on the +4th of January 1891. Decker, who was a member of the Belgian academy, +wrote several historical and other works of value, of which the most +notable are _Etudes historiques et critiques sur les monts-de-piete en +Belgique_ (Brussels, 1844); _De l'influence du libre arbitre de l'homme +sur les faits sociaux_ (1848); _L'Esprit de parti et l'esprit national_ +(1852); _Etude politique sur le vicomte Ch. Vilain XIIII_ (1879); +_Episodes de l'hist. de l'art en Belgique_ (1883); _Biographie de H. +Conscience_ (1885). + + + + +DECLARATION (from Lat. _declarare_, to make fully clear, _clarus_), +formerly, in an action at English law, the first step in pleading--the +precise statement of the matter in respect of which the plaintiff sued. +It was divided into counts, in each of which a specific cause of action +was alleged, in wide and general terms, and the same acts or omissions +might be stated in several counts as different causes of actions. Under +the system of pleading established by the Judicature Act 1875, the +declaration has been superseded by a statement of claim setting forth +the facts on which the plaintiff relies. Declarations are now in use +only in the mayor's court of London and certain local courts of record, +and in those of the United States and the British colonies in which the +Common Law system of pleading survives. In the United States a +declaration is termed a "complaint," which is the first pleading in an +action. It is divided into parts,--the _title_ of the court and term; +the _venue_ or county in which the facts are alleged to have occurred; +the _commencement_, which contains a statement of the names of the +parties and the character in which they appear; the _statement_ of the +cause of action; and the _conclusion_ or claim for relief. (See +PLEADING.) + +The term is also used in other English legal connexions; e.g. the +Declaration of Insolvency which, when filed in the Bankruptcy Court by +any person unable to pay his debts, amounts to an act of bankruptcy (see +BANKRUPTCY); the Declaration of Title, for which, when a person +apprehends an invasion of his title to land, he may, by the Declaration +of Title Act 1862, petition the Court of Chancery (see LAND +REGISTRATION); or the Declaration of Trust, whereby a person +acknowledges that property, the title of which he holds, belongs to +another, for whose use he holds it; by the Statute of Frauds, +declarations of trust of land must be evidenced in writing and signed by +the party declaring the trust. (See TRUSTS.) By the Statutory +Declarations Act 1835 (which was an act to make provision for the +abolition of unnecessary oaths, and to repeal a previous act of the same +session on the same subject), various cases were specified in which a +solemn declaration was, or might be, substituted for an affidavit. In +nearly all civilized countries an affirmation is now permitted to those +who object to take an oath or upon whose conscience an oath is not +binding. (See AFFIDAVIT; OATH.) + +An exceptional position in law is accorded to a Dying or Deathbed +Declaration. As a general rule, hearsay evidence is excluded on a +criminal charge, but where the charge is one of homicide it is the +practice to admit dying declarations of the deceased with respect to the +cause of his death. But before such declarations can be admitted in +evidence against a prisoner, it must be proved that the deceased when +making the declaration had given up all hope of recovery. Unsworn +declarations as to family matters, e.g. as to pedigree, may also be +admitted as evidence, as well as declarations made by deceased persons +in the course of their duty. (See EVIDENCE.) + + + + +DECLARATION OF PARIS, a statement of principles of international law +adopted at the conclusion (16th of April 1856) of the negotiations for +the treaty of Paris at the suggestion of Count Walewski, the French +plenipotentiary. The declaration set out that maritime law in time of +war had long been the subject of deplorable disputes, that the +uncertainty of the rights and duties in respect of it gave rise to +differences of opinion between neutrals and belligerents which might +occasion serious difficulties and even conflicts, and that it was +consequently desirable to agree upon some fixed uniform rules. The +plenipotentiaries therefore adopted the four following principles:-- + + 1. Privateering is and remains abolished; 2. The neutral flag covers + enemy's goods, with the exception of contraband of war; 3. Neutral + goods, with the exception of contraband of war, are not liable to + capture under the enemy's flag; 4. Blockades, in order to be binding, + must be effective, that is to say, maintained by a force sufficient + really to prevent access to the coast of the enemy. + +They also undertook to bring the declaration to the knowledge of the +states which had not taken part in the congress of Paris and to invite +them to accede to it. The text of the declaration concluded as +follows:--"Convinced that the maxims which they now proclaim cannot but +be received with gratitude by the whole world, the undersigned +plenipotentiaries doubt not that the efforts of their governments to +obtain the general adoption thereof will be crowned with full success." + +The declaration is of course binding only on the powers which adopted it +or have acceded to it. The majority which adopted it consisted of Great +Britain, Austria, France, Prussia, Russia, Sardinia and Turkey. The +United States government declined to sign the declaration on the ground +that, not possessing a great navy, they would be obliged in time of war +to rely largely upon merchant ships commissioned as war vessels, and +that therefore the abolition of privateering would be entirely in favour +of European powers, whose large navies rendered them practically +independent of such aid. All other maritime states acceded to the +declaration except Spain, Mexico[1] and Venezuela. + +Although the United States and Spain were not parties to the +declaration, both, during the Spanish-American War, observed its +principles. The Spanish government, however, expressly gave notice that +it reserved its right to issue letters of marque. At the same time both +belligerents organized services of auxiliary cruisers composed of +merchant ships under the command of naval officers. In how far this +might operate as a veiled revival of the forbidden practice has now +ceased to be a matter of much importance, the Hague Conference having +adopted a series of rules on the subject which may be said to interpret +the first of the four principles of the declaration with such precision +as to take its place. + +The New Convention on the subject (October 18th, 1907) sets out that, in +view of the incorporation in time of war of merchant vessels in +combatant fleets, it is desirable to define the conditions under which +this can be effected, that, nevertheless, the contracting powers, not +having been able to come to an understanding on the question whether the +transformation of a merchant ship into a war vessel may take place on +the high sea,[2] are agreed that the question of the place of +transformation is in no way affected by the rules adopted, which are as +follows:-- + + Art. i. No merchant ship transformed into a war vessel can have the + rights and obligations attaching to this condition unless it is placed + under the direct authority, the immediate control and the + responsibility of the power whose flag it carries. + + Art. ii. Merchant ships transformed into war vessels must bear the + distinctive external signs of war vessels of their nationality. + + Art. iii. The officer commanding must be in the service of the state, + and properly commissioned by the competent authorities. His name must + appear in the list of officers of the combatant fleet. + + Art. iv. The crew must be subject to the rules of military discipline. + + Art. v. Every merchant ship transformed into a war vessel is bound to + conform, in its operation, to the laws and customs of war. + + Art. vi. The belligerent who transforms a merchant ship into a war + vessel must, as soon as possible, mention this transformation on the + list of vessels belonging to its combatant fleet. + + Art. vii. The provisions of the present convention are only applicable + as among the contracting powers and provided the belligerents are all + parties to the convention. + + See T. Gibson Bowles, _Declaration of Paris_ (London, 1900); Sir T. + Barclay, _Problems of International Practice and Diplomacy_ (London, + 1907), chap. xv.^2. (T. Ba.) + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] At the 7th plenary sitting of the second Hague Conference + (September 7th, 1907) the chiefs of the Spanish and Mexican + delegations, M. de Villa Urratia and M. de la Barra, announced the + determination of their respective governments to accede to the + Declaration of Paris. + + [2] This relates to the incident in the Russo-Japanese War of the + transformation of Russian vessels which had passed through the + Dardanelles unarmed. + + + + +DECLARATOR, in Scots law, a form of action by which some right of +property, or of servitude, or of status, or some inferior right or +interest, is sought to be judicially declared. + + + + +DECLINATION (from Lat. _declinare_, to decline), in magnetism the angle +between true north and magnetic north, i.e. the variation between the +true meridian and the magnetic meridian. In 1596 at London the angle of +declination was 11 deg. E. of N., in 1652 magnetic north was true north, +in 1815 the magnetic needle pointed 24(1/2) deg. W. of N., in 1891 18 +deg. W., in 1896 17 deg. 56' W. and in 1906 17 deg. 45'. The angle is +gradually diminishing and the declination will in time again be 0 deg., +when it will slowly increase in an easterly direction, the north +magnetic pole oscillating slowly around the North Pole. Regular daily +changes of declination also occur. Magnetic storms cause irregular +variations sometimes of one or two degrees. (See MAGNETISM, +TERRESTRIAL.) + +In astronomy the declination is the angular distance, as seen from the +earth, of a heavenly body from the celestial equator, thus corresponding +with terrestrial latitude. + + + + +DECOLOURIZING, in practical chemistry and chemical technology, the +removal of coloured impurities from a substance. The agent most +frequently used is charcoal, preferably prepared from blood, which when +shaken with a coloured solution frequently precipitates the coloured +substances leaving the solution clear. Thus the red colour of wines may +be removed by filtering the wine through charcoal; the removal of the +dark-coloured impurities which arise in the manufacture of sugar may be +similarly effected. Other "decolourizers" are sulphurous acid, +permanganates and manganates, all of which have received application in +the sugar industry. + + + + +DECORATED PERIOD, in architecture, the term given by Richman to the +second pointed or Gothic style, 1307-1377. It is characterized by its +window tracery, geometrical at first and flowing in the later period, +owing to the omission of the circles in the tracery of windows, which +led to the juxtaposition of the foliations and their pronounced curves +of contre-flexure. This flowing or flamboyant tracery was introduced in +the first quarter of the century and lasted about fifty years. The +arches are generally equilateral, and the mouldings bolder than in the +Early English, with less depth in the hollows and with the fillet +largely used. The ball flower and a four-leaved flower take the place of +the dog-tooth, and the foliage in the capitals is less conventional than +in Early English and more flowing, and the diaper patterns in walls are +more varied. The principal examples are those of the east end of Lincoln +and Carlisle cathedral; the west fronts of York and Lichfield; the +crossing of Ely cathedral, including the lantern and three west bays of +choir and the Lady Chapel; and Melrose Abbey. (R. P. S.) + + + + +DE COSTA, BENJAMIN FRANKLIN (1831-1904), American clergyman and +historical writer, was born in Charlestown, Massachusetts, on the 10th +of July 1831. He graduated in 1856 at the Biblical Institute at Concord, +New Hampshire (now a part of Boston University), became a minister in +the Episcopal Church in 1857, and during the next three years was a +rector first at North Adams, and then at Newton Lower Falls, Mass. After +serving as chaplain in two Massachusetts regiments during the first two +years of the Civil War, he became editor (1863) of _The Christian Times_ +in New York, and subsequently edited _The Episcopalian_ and _The +Magazine of American History_. He was rector of the church of St John +the Evangelist in New York city from 1881 to 1899, when he resigned in +consequence of being converted to Roman Catholicism. He was one of the +organizers and long the secretary of the Church Temperance Society, and +founded and was the first president (1884-1899) of the American branch +of the White Cross Society. He became a high authority on early American +cartography and the history of the period of exploration. He died in New +York city on the 4th of November 1904. In addition to numerous +monographs and valuable contributions to Winsor's _Narrative and +Critical History of America_, he published _The Pre-Columbian Discovery +of America by the Northmen_ (1868); _The Northmen in Maine_ (1870); _The +Moabite Stone_ (1871); _The Rector of Roxburgh_ (1871), a novel under +the _nom de plume_ of "William Hickling"; and _Verrazano the Explorer; +being a Vindication of his Letter and Voyage_ (1880). + + + + +DE COSTER, CHARLES THEODORE HENRI (1827-1879), Belgian writer, was born +at Munich on the 20th of August 1827. His father, Augustin de Coster, +was a native of Liege, who was attached to the household of the papal +nuncio at Munich, but soon returned to Belgium. Charles was placed in a +Brussels bank, but in 1850 he entered the university of Brussels, where +he completed his studies in 1855. He was one of the founders of the +_Societe des Joyeux_, a small literary club, more than one member of +which was to achieve literary distinction. De Coster made his debut as a +poet in the _Revue trimestrielle_, founded in 1854, and his first +efforts in prose were contributed to a periodical entitled +_Uylenspiegel_ (founded 1856). A correspondence covering the years +1850-1858, his _Lettres a Elisa_, were edited by Ch. Potvin in 1894. He +was a keen student of Rabelais and Montaigne, and familiarized himself +with 16th-century French. He said that Flemish manners and speech could +not be rendered faithfully in modern French, and accordingly wrote his +best works in the old tongue. The success of his _Legendes flamandes_ +(1857) was increased by the illustrations of Felicien Rops and other +friends. In 1861 he published his _Contes brabancons_, in modern French. +His masterpiece is his _Legende de Thyl Uylenspiegel et de Lamme +Goedzak_ (1867), a 16th-century romance, in which Belgian patriotism +found its fullest expression. In the preparation for this prose epic of +the _gueux_ he spent some ten years. Uylenspiegel (Eulenspiegel) has +been compared to Don Quixote, and even to Panurge. He is the type of the +16th-century Fleming, and the history of his resurrection from the grave +itself was accepted as an allegory of the destiny of the race. The +exploits of himself and his friend form the thread of a semi-historical +narrative, full of racy humour, in spite of the barbarities that find a +place in it. This book also was illustrated by Rops and others. In 1870 +De Coster became professor of general history and of French literature +at the military school. His works however were not financially +profitable; in spite of his government employment he was always in +difficulties; and he died in much discouragement on the 7th of May 1879 +at Ixelles, Brussels. The expensive form in which _Uylenspiegel_ was +produced made it open only to a limited class of readers, and when a new +and cheap edition in modern French appeared in 1893 it was received +practically as a new book in France and Belgium. + + + + +DECOY, a contrivance for the capture or enticing of duck and other wild +fowl within range of a gun, hence any trap or enticement into a place or +situation of danger. Decoys are usually made on the following plan: long +tunnels leading from the sea, channel or estuary into a pool or pond are +covered with an arched net, which gradually narrows in width; the ducks +are enticed into this by a tame trained bird, also known as a "decoy" or +"decoy-duck." In America the "decoy" is an artificial bird, placed in +the water as if it were feeding, which attracts the wild fowl within +range of the concealed sportsman. The word "decoy" has, etymologically, +a complicated history. It appears in English first in the 17th century +in these senses as "coy" and "coy-duck," from the Dutch _kooi_, a word +which is ultimately connected with Latin _cavea_, hollow place, +"cage."[1] The _de_-, with which the word begins, is either a corruption +of "duck-coy," the Dutch article _de_, or a corruption of the Dutch +_eende-kooi_, _eende_, duck. The _New English Dictionary_ points out +that the word "decoy" is found in the particular sense of a sharper or +swindler as a slang term slightly earlier than "coy" or "decoy" in the +ordinary sense, and, as the name of a game of cards, as early as 1550, +apparently with no connexion in meaning. It is suggested that "coy" may +have been adapted to this word. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] Distinguish "coy," affectedly shy or modest, from O. Fr. _coi_, + Lat. _quietus_, quiet. + + + + +DECREE (from the past participle, _decretus_, of Lat. _decernere_), in +earlier form _Decreet_, an authoritative decision having the force of +law; the judgment of a court of justice. In Roman law, a decree +(_decretum_) was the decision of the emperor, as the supreme judicial +officer, settling a case which had been referred to him. In +ecclesiastical law the term was given to a decision of an ecclesiastical +council settling a doubtful point of doctrine or discipline (cf. also +DECRETALS). In English law decree was more particularly the judgment of +a court of equity, but since the Judicature Acts the expression +"judgment" (q.v.) is employed in reference to the decisions of all the +divisions of the supreme court. A "decree _nisi_" is the conditional +order for a dissolution of marriage made by the divorce court, and it is +made "absolute" after six months (which period may, however, be +shortened) in the absence of sufficient cause shown to the contrary. +(See DIVORCE.) _Decreet arbitral_ is a Scottish phrase for the award of +an arbitrator. + + + + +DECRETALS (_Epistolae decretales_), the name (see DECREE above), which +is given in Canon Law to those letters of the pope which formulate +decisions in ecclesiastical law; they are generally given in answer to +consultations, but are sometimes due to the initiative of the popes. +These furnish, with the canons of the councils, the chief source of the +legislation of the church, and form the greater part of the _Corpus +Juris_. In this connexion they are dealt with in the article on Canon +Law (q.v.). + +_The False Decretals._ A special interest, however, attaches to the +celebrated collection known by this name. This collection, indeed, +comprises at least as many canons of councils as decretals, and the +decretals contained in it are not all forgeries. It is an amplification +and interpolation, by means of spurious decretals, of the canonical +collection in use in the Church of Spain in the 8th century, all the +documents in which are perfectly authentic. With these amplifications, +the collection dates from the middle of the 9th century. We shall give a +brief account of its contents, its history and its influence on canon +law. + +The author assumes the name of Isidore, evidently the archbishop of +Seville, who was credited with a preponderating part in the compilation +of the _Hispana_; he takes in addition the surname of Mercator, perhaps +because he has made use of two passages of Marius Mercator. Hence the +custom of alluding to the author of the collection under the name of the +pseudo-Isidore. + +The collection itself is divided into three parts. The first, which is +entirely spurious, contains, after the preface and various introductory +sections, seventy letters attributed to the popes of the first three +centuries, up to the council of Nicaea, i.e. up to but not including St +Silvester; all these letters are a fabrication of the pseudo-Isidore, +except two spurious letters of Clement, which were already known. The +second part is the collection of councils, classified according to their +regions, as it figures in the _Hispana_; the few spurious pieces which +are added, and notably the famous Donation of Constantine, were already +in existence. In the third part the author continues the series of +decretals which he had interrupted at the council of Nicaea. But as the +collection of authentic decretals does not begin till Siricius (385), +the pseudo-Isidore first forges thirty letters, which he attributes to +the popes from Silvester to Damasus; after this he includes the +authentic decretals, with the intermixture of thirty-five apocryphal +ones, generally given under the name of those popes who were not +represented in the authentic collection, but sometimes also under the +names of the others, for example, Damasus, St Leo, Vigilius and St +Gregory; with one or two exceptions he does not interpolate genuine +decretals. The series stops at St Gregory the Great (d. 604), except for +one letter of Gregory II. (715-731). The forged letters are not, for the +most part, entirely composed of fresh material; the author draws his +inspiration from the notices on each of the popes given in the _Liber +Pontificalis_; he inserts whole passages from ecclesiastical writers; +and he antedates the evidences of a discipline which actually existed; +so it is by no means all invented. + +Thus the authentic elements were calculated to serve as a passport for +the forgeries, which were, moreover, quite skilfully composed. In fact, +the collection thus blended was passed from hand to hand without meeting +with any opposition. At most all that was asked was whether those +decretals which did not appear in the _Liber canonum_ (the collection of +Dionysius Exiguus, accepted in France) had the force of law, but Pope +Nicholas having answered that all the pontifical letters had the same +authority (see _Decr. Gra._ Dist. xix. c. 1), they were henceforward +accepted, and passed in turn into the later canonical collections. No +doubts found an expression until the 15th century, when Cardinal +Nicholas of Cusa (d. 1464) and Juan Torquemada (d. 1468) freely +expressed their suspicions. More than one scholar of the 16th century, +George Cassander, Erasmus, and the two editors of the _Decretum_ of +Gratian, Dumoulin (d. 1568) and Le Conte (d. 1577), decisively rejected +the False Decretals. This contention was again upheld, in the form of a +violent polemic against the papacy, by the Centuriators of Magdeburg +(_Ecclesiastica historia_, Basel, 1559-1574); the attempt at refutation +by the Jesuit Torres (_Adversus Centur. Magdeburg. libri quinque_, +Florence, 1572) provoked a violent rejoinder from the Protestant +minister David Blondel (_Pseudo-Isidorus et Turrianus rapulantes_, +Geneva, 1620). Since then, the conclusion has been accepted, and all +researches have been of an almost exclusively historical character. One +by one the details are being precisely determined, and the question may +now almost be said to be settled. + + + Date. + +In the first place, an exact determination of the date of the collection +has been arrived at. On the one hand, it cannot go back further than +847, the date of the False Capitularies, with which the author of the +False Decretals was acquainted.[1] On the other hand, in a letter of +Lupus, abbot of Ferrieres, written in 858, and in the synodical letter +of the council of Quierzy in 857 are to be found quotations which are +certainly from these false decretals; and further, an undoubted allusion +in the statutes given by Hincmar to his diocese on the 1st of November +852. The composition of the collection must then be dated approximately +at 850. + + + Aim of the author. + +The object which the forger had in view is clearly stated in his +preface; the reform of the canon law, or rather its better application. +But, again, in what particular respects he wishes it to be reformed can +be best deduced from certain preponderant ideas which make themselves +felt in the apocryphal documents. He constantly harps upon accusations +brought against bishops and the way they were judged; his wish is to +prevent them from being unjustly accused, deposed or deprived of their +sees; to this end he multiplies the safeguards of procedure, and secures +the right of appeal to the pope and the possibility of restoring bishops +to their sees. His object, too, was to protect the property, as well as +the persons, of the clergy against the encroachments of the temporal +power. In the second place, Isidore wishes to increase the strength and +cohesion of the churches; he tries to give absolute stability to the +diocese and the ecclesiastical province; he reinforces the rights of the +bishop and his comprovincials, while he initiates a determined campaign +against the _chorepiscopi_; finally, as the keystone of the arch he +places the papacy. These aims are most laudable, and in no way +subversive; but the author must have had some particular reasons for +emphasizing these questions rather than others; and the examination of +these reasons may help us to determine the nationality of this +collection. + + + Nationality of the collection. + +The name of Isidore usurped by the author at first led to the +supposition that the False Decretals originated in Spain; this opinion +no longer meets with any support; it is enough to point out that there +is no Spanish manuscript of the collection, at least until the 13th +century. In the 16th century the Protestants, who wished to represent +the forgeries in the light of an attempt in favour of the papacy, +ascribed the origin of the False Decretals to Rome, but neither the +manuscript tradition nor the facts confirm this view, which is nowadays +entirely abandoned. Everybody is agreed in placing the origin of the +False Decretals within the Frankish empire. Within these limits, three +different theories have successively arisen: "At first it was thought +that Isidore's domicile could be fixed in the province of Mainz, it is +now about fifty years ago that the balance of opinion was turned in +favour of the province of Reims; and now, after the lapse of about +twenty years, several authors have suggested the province of Tours" (P. +Fournier, _Etude sur les Fausses Decretales_). In favour of Mainz, +especial stress was laid on the fact that it was the country of +Benedictus Levita, the compiler of the False Capitularies, to which the +False Decretals are closely related. But Benedict, the deacon of Otgar +of Mainz, is as much of a hypothetical personage as Isidorus Mercator; +moreover, in the middle of the 9th century the condition of the province +of Mainz was not disturbed, nor were the _chorepiscopi_ menaced. In +favour of Reims, it has been pointed out that it was there that the +first judicial use of the False Decretals is recorded, in the trials of +Rothad, bishop of Soissons (d. 869), and of Hincmar the younger, bishop +of Laon (d. c. 882); and an application of the axiom has been attempted: +_Is fecit cui prodest_. But both these trials took place later than 852, +at which date the existence of the collection is an established fact; +the texts of it were used, but they were in existence before. Between +847 and 852, the province of Reims was disturbed by another affair, that +of the clergy ordained by Ebbo at the time of his short restoration to +the see of Reims, in 840-841; these clerics, Vulfadus (afterwards +archbishop of Bourges), and a few others, had been suspended by Hincmar +on his election in 845. But the affair of Ebbo's clergy did not become +critical till the council of Soissons in 853; up till then these clergy +had, so far as we know, produced no documents, and the citations from +the False Decretals made in their later writings do not prove that they +had forged them. Moreover, Hincmar would not have cited the forged +letters of the popes in 852; above all, this theory would not explain +the chief preoccupation of the forger, which is to protect bishops +against unjust judgments and depositions. We must, then, look for +conditions in which the bishops were concerned. It is precisely this +which has suggested the province of Tours. Brittany, which was dependent +on the province of Tours, had just for a time recovered its +independence, thanks to its duke Nominoe. The struggle between the two +nationalities, the Celt and the Frank, found a reflexion in the sphere +of religion. The Breton bishops were for the most part abbots of +monasteries, who had but little consideration for the territorial limits +of the civitates; and many of the religious usages of the Bretons +differed profoundly from those of the Franks. Charlemagne had divided up +the Breton dioceses and established in them Frankish bishops. Nominoe +hastened to depose the four Frankish bishops, after wringing from them +by force confessions of simony; he then established a metropolitan see +at Dol. Hence arose incessant complaints on the part of the dispossessed +bishops, of the metropolitan of Tours, and his suffragans, notably those +of Angers and Le Mans, which were more exposed than the others to the +incursions of the Bretons; and this gave rise to numerous papal letters, +and all this throughout a period of thirty years. There were requests +that the bishops should be judged according to the rules, protests +against the interlopers, demands for the restoration of the bishops to +their sees. These circumstances fall in perfectly with the questions +about which, as we have pointed out, the pseudo-Isidore was mainly +concerned: the judgment of bishops, and the stability of the +ecclesiastical organizations. + +In the province of Tours, attempts have been made to define more clearly +the centre of the forgeries, and the most recent authorities fix upon Le +Mans. The sole argument, though a very weighty one, is found in the +undeniable relation, revealed in an astonishing similarity both in +expressions and composition, which exists between these forgeries and +some other documents certainly fabricated at Le Mans, under the +episcopate of Aldric (832-856), notably the _Actus Pontificum Cenomanis +in urbe degentium_, in which there is no lack of forged documents. These +certainly bear the mark of the same hand. + + + Canonical influence. + +Though we cannot admit that the False Decretals were composed in order +to enforce the rights of the papacy, we may at least consider whether +the popes did not make use of the False Decretals to support their +rights. It is certain that in 864 Rothad of Soissons took with him to +Rome, if not the collection, at least important extracts from the +pseudo-Isidore; M. Fournier has pointed out in the letters of the pope +of that time, "a literary influence, which is shown in the choice of +expressions and metaphors," notably in those passages relating to the +_restitutio spolii_; but he concludes by affirming that the ideas and +acts of Nicholas were not modified by the new collection: even before +864 he acted in affairs concerning bishops, e.g. in the case of the +Breton bishops or the adversaries of Photius, patriarch of +Constantinople, exactly as he acted later; all that can be said is that +the False Decretals, though not expressly cited by the pope, "led him to +accentuate still further the arguments which he drew from the decrees of +his predecessors," notably with regard to the _exceptio spolii_. In the +papal letters of the end of the 9th and the whole of the 10th century, +only two or three insignificant citations of the pseudo-Isidore have +been pointed out; the use of the pseudo-Isidorian forged documents did +not become prevalent at Rome till about the middle of the 11th century, +in consequence of the circulation of the canonical collections in which +they figured; but nobody then thought of casting any doubts on the +authenticity of those documents. One thing only is established, and this +may be said to have been the real effect of the False Decretals, namely, +the powerful impulse which they gave in the Frankish territories to the +movement towards centralization round the see of Rome, and the legal +obstacles which they opposed to unjust proceedings against the bishops. + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--The best edition is that of P. Hinschius, _Decretales + pseudo-Isidorianae et capitula Angilramni_ (Leipzig, 1863). In it the + authentic texts are printed in two columns, the forgeries across the + whole width of the page; an important preface of ccxxviii. pages + contains, besides the classification of the MSS., a profound study of + the sources and other questions bearing on the collection. After the + works cited above, the following dissertations should be noted. + Placing the origin of the False Decretals at Rome is: A. Theiner, _De + pseudo-Isidoriana canonum collectione_ (Breslau, 1827); at Mainz, the + brothers Ballerini, _De antiquis collectionibus et collectoribus + canonum_, iii. (_S. Leonis opera_, t. iii.; Migne, _Patrologia Lat._ + t. 56); Blascus, _De coll. canonum Isidori Mercatoris_ (Naples, 1760); + Wasserschleben, _Beitrage zur Geschichte der falschen Dekretalen_ + (Breslau, 1844); in the province of Reims: Weizsacker, "Die + pseudoisidorianische Frage," in the _Histor. Zeitschrift_ of Sybel + (1860); Hinschius, Preface, p. ccviii.; A. Tardif, _Histoire des + sources du droit canonique_ (Paris, 1887); Schneider, _Die Lehre der + Kirchenrechtsquellen_ (Regensburg, 1892). An excellent resume of the + question; seems more favourable to Le Mans in the article of the + _Kirchenlexicon_ of Wetzer and Welte (2nd ed.); F. Lot, _Etudes sur le + regne de Hugues Capet_ (Paris, 1903); Lesne, _La Hierarchie episcopale + en Gaule et Germanie_ (Paris, 1905); for the province of Tours and Le + Mans: B. Simson, _Die Entstehung der pseudoisidor. Falschungen in Le + Mans_ (Leipzig, 1886. It is he who pointed out the connexion with the + forgeries of Le Mans); especially Paul Fournier, "La Question des + fausses decretales," in the _Nouvelle Revue historique de droit + francais et etranger_ (1887, 1888); in the _Congres internat. des + savants cathol._ t. ii.; "Etude sur les fausses decretales," in _Revue + d'histoire ecclesiastique de Louvain_ (1906, 1907), to which the above + article is greatly indebted. (A. Bo.*) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] The False Capitularies are for civil legislation what the False + Decretals are for ecclesiastical legislation: three books of + Capitularies of the Frankish kings, more of which are spurious than + authentic. The author gives himself out as a certain Benedict, a + deacon of the church of Mainz; hence the name by which he is usually + known, Benedictus Levita. The two false collections are closely akin, + and are doubtless the fabrication of the same hands. + + + + +DECURIO, a Roman official title, used in three connexions. (1) A member +of the senatorial order in the Italian towns under the administration of +Rome, and later in provincial towns organized on the Italian model (see +CURIA 4). The number of _decuriones_ varied in different towns, but was +usually 100. The qualifications for the office were fixed in each town +by a special law for that community (_lex municipalis_). Cicero (_in +Verr._ 2. 49, 120) alludes to an age limit (originally thirty years, +until lowered by Augustus to twenty-five), to a property qualification +(cf. Pliny, _Ep._ i. 19. 2), and to certain conditions of rank. The +method of appointment varied in different towns and at different +periods. In the early municipal constitution ex-magistrates passed +automatically into the senate of their town; but at a later date this +order was reversed, and membership of the senate became a qualification +for the magistracy. Cicero (_l.c._) speaks of the senate in the Sicilian +towns as appointed by a vote of the township. But in most towns it was +the duty of the chief magistrate to draw up a list (_album_) of the +senators every five years. The _decuriones_ held office for life. They +were convened by the magistrate, who presided as in the Roman senate. +Their powers were extensive. In all matters the magistrates were obliged +to act according to their direction, and in some towns they heard cases +of appeal against judicial sentences passed by the magistrate. By the +time of the municipal law of Julius Caesar (45 B.C.) special privileges +were conferred on the _decuriones_, including the right to appeal to +Rome for trial in criminal cases. Under the principate their status +underwent a marked decline. The office was no longer coveted, and +documents of the 3rd and 4th centuries show that means were devised to +compel members of the towns to undertake it. By the time of the jurists +it had become hereditary and compulsory. This change was largely due to +the heavy financial burdens which the Roman government laid on the +municipal senates. (2) The president of a _decuria_, a subdivision of +the _curia_ (q.v.). (3) An officer in the Roman cavalry, commanding a +troop of ten men (_decuria_). + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--C. G. Bruns, _Fontes juris Romani_, c. 3, No. 18, c. 4, + Nos. 27, 29, 30 (_leges municipales_); J. C. Orelli, _Inscr. Latinae_, + No. 3721 (Album of Canusium); Godefroy, _Paratitl. ad cod. + Theodosianam_, xii. 1 (vol. iv. pp. 352 et seq., ed. Ritter); J. + Marquardt, _Romische Staatsverwaltung_, i. pp. 183 et seq. (Leipzig, + 1881); P. Willems, _Droit public romain_, pp. 535 et seq. (Paris, + 1884); Pauly-Wissowa, _Realencyclopadie_, IV. ii. pp. 2319 foll. + (Stuttgart, 1901); W. Liebenam, _Stadteverwaltung im romischen + Kaiserreiche_ (Leipzig, 1900). (A. M. Cl.) + + + + +DEDEAGATCH, a seaport of European Turkey, in the vilayet of Adrianople, +10 m. N.W. of the Maritza estuary, on the Gulf of Enos, an inlet of the +Aegean Sea. Pop. (1905) about 3000, mostly Greeks. Until 1871 Dedeagatch +was a mere cluster of fishermen's huts. A new town then began to spring +up, settlers being attracted by the prospect of opening up a trade in the +products of a vast forest of valonia oaks which grew near. In 1873 it was +made the chief town of a _Kaza_, to which it gave its name, and a +_Kaimakam_ was appointed to it. In 1884 it was raised in administrative +rank from a _Kaza_ to a _Sanjak_, and the governor became a _Mutessarif_. +In 1889 the Greek archbishopric of Enos was transferred to Dedeagatch. On +the opening, early in 1896, of the Constantinople-Salonica railway, which +has a station here, a large proportion of the extensive transit trade +which Enos, situated at the mouth of the Maritza, had acquired, was +immediately diverted to Dedeagatch, and an era of unprecedented +prosperity began; but when the railway connecting Burgas on the Black Sea +with the interior was opened, in 1898, Dedeagatch lost all it had won +from Enos. Owing to the lack of shelter in its open roadstead, the port +has not become the great commercial centre which its position otherwise +qualifies it to be. It is, however, one of the chief outlets for the +grain trade of the Adrianople, Demotica and Xanthi districts. The valonia +trade has also steadily developed, and is supplemented by the export of +timber, tobacco and almonds. In 1871, while digging out the foundations +of their houses, the settlers found many ancient tombs. Probably these +are relics, not of the necropolis of the ancient _Zone_, but of a +monastic community of Dervishes, of the Dede sect, which was established +here in the 15th century, shortly after the Turkish conquest, and gave to +the place its name. + + + + +DEDHAM, a township and the county seat of Norfolk county, Massachusetts, +U.S.A., with an area of 23 sq. m. of comparatively level country. Pop. +(1890) 7123; (1900) 7457, of whom 2186 were foreign-born; (1910 U.S. +census) 9284. The township is traversed by the New York, New Haven & +Hartford railway, and by interurban electric lines. It contains three +villages, Dedham, East Dedham and Oakdale. Dedham has a public library +(1854; incorporated 1871). The Dedham historical society was organized +in 1859 and was incorporated in 1862. The Fairbanks house was erected in +part as early as 1654. Carpets, handkerchiefs and woollen goods are +manufactured, and a pottery here is reputed to make the only true +crackleware outside the East. Dedham was "planted" in 1635 and was +incorporated in 1636. It was one of the first two inland settlements of +the colony, being coeval with Concord. The original plantation, about 20 +m. long and 10 m. wide, extended from Roxbury and Dorchester to the +present state line of Rhode Island: from this territory several +townships were created, including Westwood (pop. in 1910, 1266), in +1897. A free public school, one of the first in America to be supported +by direct taxation, was established in Dedham in 1645. In the Woodward +tavern, the birthplace of Fisher Ames, a convention met in September +1774 and adjourned to Milton (q.v.), where it passed the Suffolk +Resolves. + + + + +DEDICATION (Lat. _dedicatio_, from _dedicare_, to proclaim, to +announce), properly the setting apart of anything by solemn +proclamation. It is thus in Latin the term particularly applied to the +consecration of altars, temples and other sacred buildings, and also to +the inscription prefixed to a book, &c., and addressed to some +particular person. This latter practice, which formerly had the purpose +of gaining the patronage and support of the person so addressed, is now +only a mark of affection or regard. In law, the word is used of the +setting apart by a private owner of a road to public use. (See HIGHWAY.) + +_The Feast of Dedication_ ([Hebrew: hanuka]; [Greek: ta egkainia]) was a +Jewish festival observed for eight days from the 25th of Kislev (i.e. +about December 12) in commemoration of the reconsecration (165 B.C.) of +the temple and especially of the altar of burnt offering, after they had +been desecrated in the persecution under Antiochus Epiphanes (168 B.C.). +The distinguishing features of the festival were the illumination of +houses and synagogues, a custom probably taken over from the feast of +tabernacles, and the recitation of Psalm xxx. The biblical references +are 1 Macc. i. 41-64, iv. 36-39; 2 Macc. vi. 1-11; John x. 22. See also +2 Macc. i. 9, 18; ii. 16; and Josephus, _Antiq._ xii. v. 4. J. +Wellhausen suggests that the feast was originally connected with the +winter solstice, and only afterwards with the events narrated in +Maccabees. + +_Dedication of Churches._--The custom of solemnly dedicating or +consecrating buildings as churches or chapels set apart for Christian +worship must be almost as old as Christianity itself. If we find no +reference to it in the New Testament or in the very earliest apostolic +or post-apostolic writings, it is merely due to the fact that Christian +churches had not as yet begun to be built. Throughout the ante-Nicene +period, until the reign of Constantine, Christian churches were few in +number, and any public dedication of them would have been attended with +danger in those days of heathen persecution. This is why we are ignorant +as to what liturgical forms and what consecration ritual were employed +in those primitive times. But when we come to the earlier part of the +4th century allusions to and descriptions of the consecration of +churches become plentiful. + +Like so much else in the worship and ritual of the Christian church this +service is probably of Jewish origin. The hallowing of the tabernacle +and of its furniture and ornaments (Exodus xl.); the dedication of +Solomon's temple (1 Kings viii.) and of the second temple by Zerubbabel +(Ezra vi.), and its rededication by Judas Maccabaeus (see above), and +the dedication of the temple of Herod the Great (Josephus, _Antiq. of +the Jews_, bk. xv. c. xi. S 6), and our Lord's recognition of the Feast +of Dedication (St John xi. 22, 23)--all these point to the probability +of the Christians deriving their custom from a Jewish origin, quite +apart from the intrinsic appropriateness of such a custom in itself. + +Eusebius (_Hist. Eccles._ lib. x. cap. 3) speaks of the dedication of +churches rebuilt after the Diocletian persecution, including the church +at Tyre in A.D. 314. The consecrations of the church of the Holy +Sepulchre at Jerusalem in A.D. 335, which had been built by Constantine, +and of other churches after his time, are described both by Eusebius and +by other ecclesiastical historians. From them we gather that every +consecration was accompanied by a celebration of the Holy Eucharist and +a sermon, and special prayers of a dedicatory character, but there is no +trace of the elaborate ritual, to be described presently, of the +medieval pontificals dating from the 8th century onwards. + +The separate consecration of altars is provided for by canon 14 of the +council of Agde in 506, and by canon 26 of the council of Epaone in 517, +the latter containing the first known reference to the usage of +anointing the altar with chrism. The use of both holy water and of +unction is attributed to St Columbanus, who died in 615 (Walafrid +Strabo, _Vita S. Galli_, cap. 6). + +There was an annual commemoration of the original dedication of the +church, a feast with its octave extending over eight days, during which +Gregory the Great encouraged the erection of booths and general feasting +on the part of the populace, to compensate them for, and in some way to +take the place of, abolished heathen festivities (Sozomen, _Hist. +Eccles._ lib. ii. cap. 26; Bede, _Hist. Eccles._ lib. i. cap. 30). + +At an early date the right to consecrate churches was reserved to +bishops, as by canon 37 of the first council of Bracara in 563, and by +the 23rd of the Irish collections of canons, once attributed to St +Patrick, but hardly to be put earlier than the 8th century (Haddon and +Stubbs, _Councils, &c._, vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 329). + +When we come to examine the MS. and printed service-books of the +medieval church, we find a lengthy and elaborate service provided for +the consecration of churches. It is contained in the pontifical. The +earliest pontifical which has come down to us is that of Egbert, +archbishop of York (732-766), which, however, only survives in a +10th-century MS. copy. Later pontificals are numerous; we cannot +describe all their variations. A good idea, however, of the general +character of the service will be obtained from a skeleton of it as +performed in this country before the Reformation according to the use of +Sarum. The service in question is taken from an early 15th-century +pontifical in the Cambridge University Library as printed by W. Makell +in _Monumenta ritualia ecclesiae Anglicanae_, and ed., vol. i. pp. +195-239. + +There is a preliminary office for laying a foundation-stone. On the day +of consecration the bishop is to vest in a tent outside the church, +thence to proceed to the door of the church on the outside, a single +deacon being inside the church, and there to bless holy water, twelve +lighted candles being placed outside, and twelve inside the church. He +is then to sprinkle the walls all round outside, and to knock at the +door; then to sprinkle the walls all round outside a second time and to +knock at the door again; then to sprinkle the walls all round outside a +third time, and a third time to knock at the door, by which he will then +enter, all laity being excluded. The bishop is then to fix a cross in +the centre of the church, after which the litany is said, including a +special clause for the consecration of the church and altar. Next the +bishop inscribes the alphabet in Greek letters on one of the limbs of St +Andrew's cross from the left east corner to the right west corner on the +pavement cindered for the purpose, and the alphabet in Latin on the +other limb from the right east corner to the left west corner. Then he +is to genuflect before the altar or cross. Then he blesses water, +mingled with salt, ashes and wine, and sprinkles therewith all the walls +of the church inside thrice, beginning at the altar; then he sprinkles +the centre of the church longwise and crosswise on the pavement, and +then goes round the outside of the church sprinkling it thrice. Next +reentering the church and taking up a central position he sprinkles holy +water to the four points of the compass, and toward the roof. Next he +anoints with chrism the twelve internal and twelve external +wall-crosses, afterwards perambulating the church thrice inside and +outside, censing it. + +Then there follows the consecration of the altar. First, holy water is +blessed and mixed with chrism, and with the mixture the bishop makes a +cross in the middle of the altar, then on the right and the left, then +on the four horns of the altar. Then the altar is sprinkled seven times +or three times with water not mixed with chrism, and the altar-table is +washed therewith and censed and wiped with a linen cloth. The centre of +the altar is next anointed with the oil of the catechumens in the form +of a cross; and the altar-stone is next anointed with chrism; and then +the whole altar is rubbed over with oil of the catechumens and with +chrism. Incense is next blessed, and the altar censed, five grains of +incense being placed crosswise in the centre and at the four corners, +and upon the grains five slender candle crosses, which are to be lit. +Afterwards the altar is scraped and cleansed; then the altar-cloths and +ornaments having been sprinkled with holy water are placed upon the +altar, which is then to be censed. + +All this is subsidiary to the celebration of mass, with which the whole +service is concluded. The transcription and description of the various +collects, psalms, anthems, benedictions, &c., which make up the order of +dedication have been omitted for the sake of brevity. + +The Sarum order of dedication described above is substantially identical +with the Roman order, but it would be superfluous to tabulate and +describe the lesser variations of language or ritual. There is, however, +one very important and significant piece of ritual, not found in the +above-described English church order, but always found in the Roman +service, and not infrequently found in the earlier and later English +uses, in connexion with the presence and use of relics at the +consecration of an altar. According to the Roman ritual, after the +priest has sprinkled the walls of the church inside thrice all round and +then sprinkled the pavement from the altar to the porch, and sideways +from wall to wall, and then to the four quarters of the compass, he +prepares some cement at the altar. He then goes to the place where the +relics are kept, and starts a solemn procession with the relics round +the outside of the church. There a sermon is preached, and two decrees +of the council of Trent are read, and the founder's deed of gift or +endowment. Then the bishop, anointing the door with chrism, enters the +church with the relics and deposits them in the cavity or confession in +the altar. Having been enclosed they are censed and covered in, and the +cover is anointed. Then follows the censing and wiping of the altar as +in the Sarum order. + +This use of relics is very ancient and can be traced back to the time +of St Ambrose. There was also a custom, now obsolete, of enclosing a +portion of the consecrated Eucharist if relics were not obtainable. This +was ordered by cap. 2 of the council of Celchyth (Chelsea) in 816. But +though ancient the custom of enclosing relics was not universal, and +where found in English church orders, as it frequently is found from the +pontifical of Egbert onwards, it is called the "Mos Romanus" as +distinguished from the "Mos Anglicanus" (_Archaeologia_, liv. 416). It +is absent from the description of the early Irish form of consecration +preserved in the _Leabhar Breac_, translated and annotated by Rev. T. +Olden in the _Transactions of the St Paul's Ecclesiolog. Soc._ vol. iv. +pt. ii. p. 98. + +The curious ritual act, technically known as the _abecedarium_, i.e. the +tracing of the alphabet, sometimes in Latin characters, sometimes in +Latin and Greek, sometimes, according to Menard, in Latin, Greek and +Hebrew, along the limbs of St Andrew's cross on the floor of the church, +can be traced back to the 8th century and may be earlier. Its origin and +meaning are unknown. Of all explanations we like best the recent one +suggested by Rossi and adopted by the bishop of Salisbury. This +interprets the St Andrew's cross as the initial Greek letter of +Christus, and the whole act as significant of taking possession of the +site to be consecrated in the name of Christ, who is the Alpha and +Omega, the word of God, combining in himself all letters that lie +between them, every element of human speech. The three languages may +then have been suggested by the Latin, Greek and Hebrew, in which his +title was written on the cross. + +The disentangling the Gallican from the Roman elements in the early +Western forms of service is a delicate and difficult task, undertaken by +Monsignor Louis Duchesne, who shows how the former partook of a funerary +and the latter of a baptismal character (_Christian Worship_ (London, +1904), cap. xii.). + +The dedication service of the Greek Church is likewise long and +elaborate. Relics are to be prepared and guarded on the day previous in +some neighbouring sacred building. On the morning following, all +ornaments and requisites having been got ready, the laity being +excluded, the bishop and clergy vested proceed to fix in its place and +consecrate the altar, a long prayer of dedication being said, followed +by a litany. The altar is then sprinkled with warm water, then with +wine, then anointed with chrism in the form of a cross. The altar, the +book of the gospels, and all cloths are then censed, every pillar is +crossed with chrism, while various collects are said and psalms recited. +One lamp is then filled with oil and lit, and placed on the altar, while +clergy bring in other lamps and other ornaments of the church. On the +next day--if the service cannot be concluded in one day--the bishop and +clergy go to the building where the relics have been kept and guarded. A +procession is formed and advances thence with the relics, which are +borne by a priest in a holy vessel (_discus_) on his head; the church +having been entered, the relics are placed by him with much ceremonial +in the "confession," the recess prepared in or about the altar for their +reception, which is then anointed and sealed up. After this the liturgy +is celebrated both on the feast of dedication and on seven days +afterwards. + +There is no authorized form for the dedication of a church in the +reformed Church of England. A form was drawn up and approved by both +houses of the convocation of Canterbury under Archbishop Tenison in +1712, and an almost identical form was submitted to convocation in 1715, +but its consideration was not completed by the Lower House, and neither +form ever received royal sanction. The consequence has been that +Anglican bishops have fallen back on their undefined _jus liturgicum_, +and have drawn up and promulgated forms for use in their various +dioceses, some of them being content to borrow from other dioceses for +this purpose. There is a general similarity, with a certain amount of +difference in detail, in these various forms. In the diocese of London +the bishop, attended by clergy and churchwardens, receives at the west +door, outside, a petition for consecration; the procession then moves +round the whole church outside, while certain psalms are chanted. On +again reaching the west door the bishop knocks thrice for admission, and +the door being opened the procession advances to the east end of the +church. He there lays the keys on the table "which is to be hallowed." +The _Veni Creator_ is then sung kneeling, followed by the litany with +special suffrages. The bishop then proceeds to various parts of the +church and blesses the font, the chancel, with special references to +confirmation and holy matrimony, the lectern, the pulpit, the clergy +stalls, the choir seats, the holy table. The deed of consecration is +then read and signed, and the celebration of Holy Communion follows with +special collects, epistle and gospel. + +The Church of Ireland and the episcopal Church of Scotland are likewise +without any completely authorized form of dedication, and their +archbishops or bishops have at various times issued forms of service on +their own authority. (F. E. W.) + + + + +DE DONIS CONDITIONALIBUS, a chapter of the statute of Westminster the +Second (1285) which originated the law of entail. Strictly speaking, a +form of entail was known before the Norman feudal law had been +domesticated in England. The common form was a grant "to the feoffee and +the heirs of his body," by which limitation it was sought to prevent +alienation from the lineage of the first purchaser. These grants were +also known as _feuda conditionata_, because if the donee had no heirs of +his body the estate reverted to the donor. This right of reversion was +evaded by the interpretation that such a gift was a conditional fee, +which enabled the donee, if he had an heir of the body born alive, to +alienate the land, and consequently disinherit the issue and defeat the +right of the donor. To remedy this the statute _De Donis +Conditionalibus_ was passed, which enacted that, in grants to a man and +the heirs of his body, the will of the donor according to the form in +the deed of gift manifestly expressed, should be from thenceforth +observed; so that they to whom the land was given under such condition, +should have no power to alienate the land so given, but that it should +remain unto the issue of those to whom it was given after their death, +or unto the giver or his heirs, if issue fail. Since the passing of the +statute an estate given to a man and the heirs of his body has been +known as an estate tail, or an estate in fee tail (_feudum talliatum_), +the word tail being derived from the French _tailler_, to cut, the +inheritance being by the statute cut down and confined to the heirs of +the body. The operation of the statute soon produced innumerable evils: +"children, it is said, grew disobedient when they knew they could not be +set aside; farmers were deprived of their leases; creditors were +defrauded of their debts; innumerable latent entails were produced to +deprive purchasers of the land they had fairly bought; treasons also +were encouraged, as estates tail were not liable to forfeiture longer +than for the tenant's life" (Williams, _Real Property_). Accordingly, +the power of alienation was reintroduced by the judges in Taltarum's +case (_Year Book_, 12 Edward IV., 1472) by means of a fictitious suit or +recovery which had originally been devised by the regular clergy for +evading the statutes of mortmain. This was abolished by an act passed in +1833. (See FINE.) + + + + +DEDUCTION (from Lat. _deducere_, to take or lead from or out of, +derive), a term used in common parlance for the process of taking away +from, or subtracting (as in mathematics), and specially for the +argumentative process of arriving at a conclusion from evidence, i.e. +for any kind of inference.[1] In this sense it includes both arguments +from particular facts and those from general laws to particular cases. +In logic it is generally used in contradiction to "induction" for a kind +of mediate inference, in which a conclusion (often itself called the +deduction) is regarded as following necessarily under certain fixed laws +from premises. This, the most common, form of deduction is the syllogism +(q.v.; see also LOGIC), which consists in taking a general principle and +deriving from it facts which are necessarily involved in it. This use of +deduction is of comparatively modern origin; it was originally used as +the equivalent of Aristotle's [Greek: apagoge] (see _Prior Analytics_, B +xxv.). The modern use of deduction is practically identical with the +Aristotelian [Greek: syllogismos]. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] Two forms of the verb are used, "deduce" and "deduct"; originally + synonymous, they are now distinguished, "deduce" being confined to + arguments, "deduct" to quantities. + + + + +DEE, JOHN (1527-1608), English mathematician and astrologer, was born on +the 13th of July 1527, in London, where his father was, according to +Wood, a wealthy vintner. In 1542 he was sent to St John's College, +Cambridge. After five years spent in mathematical and astronomical +studies, he went to Holland, in order to visit several eminent +continental mathematicians. Having remained abroad nearly a year, he +returned to Cambridge, and was elected a fellow of Trinity College, then +first erected by King Henry VIII. In 1548 he took the degree of master +of arts; but in the same year he found it necessary to leave England on +account of the suspicions entertained of his being a conjurer; these +were first excited by a piece of machinery, which, in the _Pax_ of +Aristophanes, he exhibited to the university, representing the +scarabaeus flying up to Jupiter, with a man and a basket of victuals on +its back. He went first to the university of Louvain, where he resided +about two years, and then to the college of Rheims, where he had +extraordinary success in his public lectures on Euclid's _Elements_. On +his return to England in 1551 King Edward assigned him a pension of 100 +crowns, which he afterwards exchanged for the rectory of +Upton-upon-Severn, Worcestershire. Soon after the accession of Mary he +was accused of using enchantments against the queen's life; but after a +tedious confinement he obtained his liberty in 1555, by an order of +council. + +When Elizabeth ascended the throne, Dee was asked by Lord Dudley to name +a propitious day for the coronation. On this occasion he was introduced +to the queen, who took lessons in the mystical interpretation of his +writings, and made him great promises, which, however, were never +fulfilled. In 1564 he again visited the continent, in order to present +his _Monas hieroglyphica_ to the emperor Maximilian, to whom he had +dedicated it. He returned to England in the same year; but in 1571 he +was in Lorraine, whither two physicians were sent by the queen to his +relief in a dangerous illness. Returning to his home at Mortlake, in +Surrey, he continued his studies, and made a collection of curious books +and manuscripts, and a variety of instruments. In 1578 Dee was sent +abroad to consult with German physicians and astrologers in regard to +the illness of the queen. On his return to England, he was employed in +investigating the title of the crown to the countries recently +discovered by British subjects, and in furnishing geographical +descriptions. Two large rolls containing the desired information, which +he presented to the queen, are still preserved in the Cottonian Library. +A learned treatise on the reformation of the calendar, written by him +about the same time, is also preserved in the Ashmolean Library at +Oxford. + +From this period the philosophical researches of Dee were concerned +entirely with necromancy. In 1581 he became acquainted with Edward +Kelly, an apothecary, who had been convicted of forgery and had lost +both ears in the pillory at Lancaster. He professed to have discovered +the philosopher's stone, and by his assistance Dee performed various +incantations, and maintained a frequent imaginary intercourse with +spirits. Shortly afterwards Kelly and Dee were introduced by the earl of +Leicester to a Polish nobleman, Albert Laski, palatine of Siradz, +devoted to the same pursuits, who persuaded them to accompany him to his +native country. They embarked for Holland in September 1583, and arrived +at Laski's residence in February following. Upon Dee's departure the +mob, believing him a wizard, broke into his house, and destroyed a +quantity of furniture and books and his chemical apparatus. Dee and +Kelly lived for some years in Poland and Bohemia in alternate wealth and +poverty, according to the credulity or scepticism of those before whom +they exhibited. They professed to raise spirits by incantation; and +Kelly dictated the utterances to Dee, who wrote them down and +interpreted them. + +Dee at length quarrelled with his companion, and returned to England in +1589. He was helped over his financial difficulties by the queen and his +friends. In May of 1595 he became warden of Manchester College. In +November 1604 he returned to Mortlake, where he died in December 1608, +at the age of eighty-one, in the greatest poverty. Aubrey describes him +as "of a very fair, clear sanguine complexion, with a long beard as +white as milk--a very handsome man--tall and slender. He wore a goune +like an artist's goune with hanging sleeves." Dee's _Speculum_ or +mirror, a piece of solid pink-tinted glass about the size of an orange, +is preserved in the British Museum. + + His principal works are--_Propaedeumata aphoristica_ (London, 1558); + _Monas hieroglyphica_ (Antwerp, 1564); _Epistola ad Fredericum + Commandinum_ (Pesaro, 1570); _Preface Mathematical to the English + Euclid_ (1570); _Divers Annotations and Inventions added after the + tenth book of English Euclid_ (1570); _Epistola praefixa Ephemeridibus + Joannis Feldi, a. 1557; Parallaticae commentationis praxeosque nucleus + quidam_ (London, 1573). The catalogue of his printed and published + works is to be found in his _Compendious Rehearsal_, as well as in his + letter to Archbishop Whitgift. A manuscript of Dee's, relating what + passed for many years between him and some spirits, was edited by + Meric Casaubon and published in 1659. _The Private Diary of Dr John + Dee, and the Catalogue of his Library of Manuscripts_, edited by J. O. + Halliwell, was published by the Camden Society in 1842. There is a + life of Dee in Thomas Smith's _Vitae illustrium virorum_ (1707); + English translation by W. A. Ayton, the _Life of John Dee_ (1909). + + + + +DEE (Welsh, _Dyfrdwy_; Lat., and in Milton, _Deva_), a river of Wales +and England. It rises in Bala Lake, Merionethshire, which is fed by a +number of small streams. Leaving the lake near the town of Bala it +follows a north-easterly course to Corwen, turns thence E. by S. past +Llangollen to a point near Overton, and then bends nearly north to +Chester, and thereafter north-west through a great estuary opening into +the Irish Sea. In the Llangollen district the Dee crosses Denbighshire, +and thereafter forms the boundary of that county with Shropshire, a +detached part of Flint, and Cheshire. From Bala nearly down to Overton, +a distance of 35 m., during which the river falls about 330 ft., its +course lies through a narrow and beautiful valley, enclosed on the south +by the steep lower slopes of the Berwyn Mountains and on the north by a +succession of lesser ranges. The portion known as the Vale of Llangollen +is especially famous. Here an aqueduct carrying the Pontcysyllte branch +of the Shropshire Union canal bestrides the valley; it is a remarkable +engineering work completed by Thomas Telford in 1805. The Dee has a +total length of about 70 m. and a fall of 530 ft. Below Overton it +debouches upon its plain track. Below Chester it follows a straight +artificial channel to the estuary, and this is the only navigable +portion. The estuary, which is 14 m. long, and 5(1/4) m. wide at its +mouth, between Hilbre Point on the English and Point of Air on the Welsh +side, is not a commercial highway like the neighbouring mouth of the +Mersey, for though in appearance a fine natural harbour at high tide, it +becomes at low tide a vast expanse of sand, through which the river +meanders in a narrow channel. The navigation, however, is capable of +improvement, and schemes have been set on foot to this end. The tide +rushes in with great speed over the sands, and their danger is +illustrated in the well-known ballad "The Sands of Dee" by Charles +Kingsley. The Dee drains an area of 813 sq. m. + + + + +DEE, a river in the south of Aberdeenshire, Scotland, pursuing a +generally easterly direction from its source in the extreme west of the +county till it reaches the North Sea at the city of Aberdeen. It rises +in the Wells of Dee, a spring on Ben Braeriach, one of the Cairngorms, +at a height of 4061 ft. above the sea. It descends rapidly from this +altitude, and by the time that it receives the Geusachan, on its right +bank, about 6 m. from its source, it has fallen 2421 ft. From the +mountains flanking its upper reaches it is fed by numerous burns named +and unnamed. With its tributaries the river drains an area of 1000 sq. +m. Rapid and turbulent during the first half of its course of 90 m., it +broadens appreciably below Aboyne and the rate of flow is diminished. +The channel towards its mouth was artificially altered in order to +provide increased dock accommodation at Aberdeen, but, above, the stream +is navigable for only barges and small craft for a few miles. It runs +through scenery of transcendent beauty, especially in Braemar. About two +miles above Inverey it enters a narrow rocky gorge, 300 yds. long and +only a few feet wide at one part, and forms the rapids and cascades of +the famous Linn of Dee. One of the finest of Scottish salmon streams, it +retains its purity almost to the very end of its run. The principal +places on the Dee, apart from private residences, are Castleton of +Braemar, Ballater, Aboyne, Kincardine O'Neil, Banchory, Culter and +Cults. + + + + +DEED (in O. Eng. _dead_, from the stem of the verb "to do"), that which +is done, an act, doing; particularly, in law, a contract in writing, +sealed and delivered by the party bound to the party intended to +benefit. Contracts or obligations under seal are called in English law +_specialties_, and down to 1869 they took precedence in payment over +_simple_ contracts, whether written or not. Writing, sealing and +delivery are all essential to a deed. The signature of the party charged +is not material, and the deed is not void for want of a date. Delivery, +it is held, may be complete without the actual handing over of the deed; +it is sufficient if the act of sealing were accompanied by words or acts +signifying that the deed was intended to be presently binding; and +delivery to a third person for the use of the party benefited will be +sufficient. On the other hand, the deed may be handed over to a third +person as an _escrow_,[1] in which case it will not take effect as a +deed until certain conditions are performed. Such conditional delivery +may be inferred from the circumstances attending the transaction, +although the conditions be not expressed in words. A deed indented, or +indenture (so called because written in counterparts on the same sheet +of parchment, separated by cutting a wavy line between them so as to be +identified by fitting the parts together), is between two or more +parties who contract mutually. The actual indentation is not now +necessary to an indenture. The _deed-poll_ (with a polled or smooth-cut +edge, not indented) is a deed in which one party binds himself without +reference to any corresponding obligations undertaken by another party. +See CONTRACT. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] An Anglo-French law term meaning a "scroll" or strip of + parchment, cognate with the English "shred." The modern French + _ecroue_ is used for the entry of a name on a prison register. + + + + +DEEMS, CHARLES (ALEXANDER) FORCE (1820-1893), American clergyman, was +born in Baltimore, Maryland, on the 4th of December 1820. He was a +precocious child and delivered lectures on temperance and on Sunday +schools before he was fourteen years old. He graduated at Dickinson +College in 1839, taught and preached in New York city for a few months, +in 1840 took charge of the Methodist Episcopal church at Asbury, New +Jersey, and removed in the next year to North Carolina, where he was +general agent for the American Bible Society. He was professor of logic +and rhetoric at the University of North Carolina in 1842-1847, and +professor of natural sciences at Randolph-Macon College (then at +Boydton, Virginia) in 1847-1848, and after two years of preaching at +Newbern, N.C., he held for four years (1850-1854) the presidency of +Greensboro (N.C.) Female College. He continued as a Methodist Episcopal +clergyman at various pastorates in North Carolina from 1854 to 1865, for +the last seven years being a presiding elder and in 1859 to 1863 being +the proprietor of St Austin's Institute, Wilson. In 1865 he settled in +New York City, where in 1866 he began preaching in the chapel of New +York University, and in 1868 he established and became the pastor of the +undenominational Church of the Strangers, which in 1870 occupied the +former Mercer Street Presbyterian church, purchased and given to Dr +Deems by Cornelius Vanderbilt; there he remained until his death in New +York city on the 18th of November 1893. He was one of the founders +(1881) and president of the American Institute of Christian Philosophy +and for ten years was editor of its organ, _Christian Thought_. Dr Deems +was an earnest temperance advocate, as early as 1852 worked +(unsuccessfully) for a general prohibition law in North Carolina, and in +his later years allied himself with the Prohibition party. He was +influential in securing from Cornelius Vanderbilt the endowment of +Vanderbilt University, in Nashville, Tennessee. He was a man of rare +personal and literary charm; he edited _The Southern Methodist Episcopal +Pulpit_ (1846-1852) and _The Annals of Southern Methodism_ (1855-1857); +he compiled _Devotional Melodies_ (1842), and, with the assistance of +Phoebe Cary, one of his parishioners, _Hymns for all Christians_ (1869; +revised, 1881); and he published many books, among which were: _The Life +of Dr Adam Clarke_ (1840); _The Triumph of Peace and other Poems_ +(1840); _The Home Altar_ (1850); _Jesus_ (1872), which ran through many +editions and several revisions, the title being changed in 1880 to _The +Light of the Nations_; _Sermons_ (1885); _The Gospel of Common Sense_ +(1888); _The Gospel of Spiritual Insight_ (1891) and _My Septuagint_ +(1892). The Charles F. Deems Lectureship in Philosophy was founded in +his honour in 1895 at New York University by the American Institute of +Christian Philosophy. + + His _Autobiography_ (New York, 1897) is autobiographical only to 1847, + the memoir being completed by his two sons. + + + + +DEER (O. E. _deor_, _dior_, a common Teutonic word, meaning a wild animal, +cf. Ger. _Tier_, Du. _dier_, &c., probably from a root _dhus_-, to +breathe), originally the name of one of two British species, the red-deer +or the fallow-deer, but now extended to all the members of the family +_Cervidae_, in the section Pecora of the suborder Artiodactyla of the +order Ungulata. (See PECORA; ARTIODACTYLA and UNGULATA.) Briefly, deer may +be defined as Pecora presenting the following characteristics:--either +antlers present in the male, or when these are absent, the upper canines +large and sabre-like, and the lateral metacarpal bones represented only by +their lower extremities. This definition will include the living and also +most of the extinct forms, although in some of the latter the lateral +metacarpal bones not only retain their lower ends, but are complete in +their entire length. + +The leading characters of antlers are described under PECORA, but these +structures may be defined somewhat more fully in the following passage +from the present writer's _Deer of all Lands_:-- + + "Antlers are supported on a pair of solid bony processes, or pedicles, + arising from the frontal bones of the skull, of which they form an + inseparable portion; and if in a fully adult deer these pedicles be + sawn through, they will generally be found to consist of solid, + ivory-like bone, devoid of perceptible channels for the passage of + blood-vessels. The pedicles are always covered with skin well supplied + with blood-vessels; and in young deer, or those in which the antlers + have been comparatively recently shed, the covering of skin extends + over their summits, when they appear as longer or shorter projections + on the forehead, according to the species. When the first or a new + antler is about to be formed, the summits of these pedicles become + tender, and bear small velvet-like knobs, which have a high + temperature, and are supplied by an extra quantity of blood, which + commences to deposit bony matter. This deposition of bony matter + progresses very rapidly, and although in young deer and the adults of + some species the resulting antler merely forms a simple spike, or a + single fork, in full-grown individuals of the majority it assumes a + more or less complexly branched structure. All this time the growing + antler is invested with a skin clothed with exceedingly fine short + hairs, and is most liberally supplied with blood-vessels; this + sensitive skin being called the velvet. Towards the completion of its + growth a more or less prominent ring of bone, termed the burr or + coronet, is deposited at its base just above the junction with the + pedicle; this ring tending to constrict the blood-vessels, and thus + cut off the supply of blood from the antlers.... + + "When the antlers are freed from the velvet--a process usually + assisted by the animal rubbing them against tree stems or boughs--they + have a more or less rugose surface, owing to the grooves formed in + them by the nutrient blood-vessels. Although a few living species have + the antlers in the form of simple spikes in the adult male, in the + great majority of species they are more or less branched; while in + some, like the elk and fallow-deer, they expand into broad palmated + plates, with tines, or snags, on one or both margins. In the antlers + of the red-deer group, which form the type of the whole series, the + following names have been applied to their different component parts + and branches. The main shaft is termed the beam; the first or lowest + tine the brow-tine; the second the bez-tine; the third the trez-tine, + or royal; and the branched portion forming the summit the crown, or + surroyals. But the antlers of all deer by no means conform to this + type; and in certain groups other names have to be adopted for the + branches. + + "The antlers of young deer are in the form of simple spikes; and this + form is retained in the South American brockets, although the simple + antlers of these deer appear due to degeneration, and are not + primitive types. Indeed, no living deer shows such primitive + spike-like antlers in the adult, and it is doubtful whether such a + type is displayed by any known extinct form, although many have a + simple fork. In the deer of the sambar group, where the antlers never + advance beyond a three-tined type, the shedding is frequently, if not + invariably, very irregular; but in the majority at least of the + species with complex antlers the replacement is annual, the new + appendages attaining their full development immediately before the + pairing-season. In such species there is a more or less regular annual + increase in the complexity of the antlers up to a certain period of + life, after which they begin to degenerate." + + +The _Cervidae_ are distributed all over Europe, Asia, Northern Africa +and America, but are unknown in Africa south of the Sahara. They are +undoubtedly a group of European or Asiatic origin, and obtained an +entrance into America at a time when that continent was connected with +Asia by way of Bering Strait. + +The existing members of the family are classified in the writer's _Deer +of all Lands_ as follows:-- + + A. Subfamily CERVINAE.--Antlers, with one exception, present in the + male; liver without a gall-bladder; a face-gland, and a gland-pit in + the skull. + + I. Reindeer, Genus _Rangifer_.--Lateral metacarpal bones represented + only by their lower extremities; antlers present in both sexes, + complex. Northern part of both hemispheres. + + II. Elk, Genus _Alces_.--Lateral metacarpals as in preceding; antlers + (as in the following genera) present only in the male, arising at + right angles to the median longitudinal line of the skull, and + extending at first in the plane of the forehead, after which, when in + their fullest development, they expand into a broad palmation margined + with snags. Northern portion of both hemispheres. + + III. True Deer, Genus _Cervus_.--Lateral metacarpals represented only + by their upper ends. Antlers arising at acute angles to the median + line of the skull (as in the following genera), at first projecting + from the plane of the forehead, and then continued upwards nearly in + that plane, supported on short pedicles, and furnished with a + brow-tine, never regularly forked at first division, but generally of + large size, and with not less than three tines; the skull without + ridges on the frontals forming the bases of the pedicles of the + antlers. Upper canine teeth small, or wanting. Europe, Asia and N. + America. + + 1. Red-deer Group, Subgenus _Cervus_.--Antlers rounded, usually with + five or more tines, generally including a bez (second), and always a + trez (third); coat of adult generally unspotted, with a large + light-coloured disk surrounding the tail; young, spotted. Europe, + Northern and Central Asia and North America. + + 2. Sika Deer, Subgenus _Pseudaxis_.--Antlers smaller and simpler, + four-tined, with a trez (third), but no bez (second); coat of adult + spotted, at least in summer, with a white area bordered by black in + the region of the tail, which is also black and white. North-Eastern + Asia. + + 3. Fallow-deer, Subgenus _Dama_.--Antlers without a bez, but with a + trez-tine, above which the beam is more or less palmated, and + generally furnished with numerous snags; coat of adult spotted in + summer, uniform in winter, with black and white markings in the region + of the tail similar to those of _Pseudaxis_; young, spotted. + Mediterranean region, but more widely spread in Europe during the + Pleistocene epoch, and also introduced into many European countries. + + 4. Sambar Group, Subgenus _Rusa_.--Antlers rounded, three-tined, with + the bez- and trez-tines wanting, and the beam simply forked at the + summit; coat either uniform or spotted at all seasons. Indo-Malay + countries and part of China. + + 5. Barasingha Group, Subgenus _Rucervus_.--Antlers flattened or + rounded, without bez- or trez-tine, the beam dichotomously forking, + and one or both branches again forked, so that the number of tines is + at least four; brow-tine forming a right angle or a continuous curve + with the beam; coat of adult generally more or less uniform, of young + spotted. Indo-Malay countries. + + IV. Muntjacs, Genus _Cervulus_.--Lateral metacarpals as in _Cervus_; + antlers small, with a brow-tine and an unbranched beam, supported on + long bony pedicles, continued downwards as convergent ridges on the + forehead; upper canines of male large and tusk-like. Indo-Malay + countries and China. + + V. Tufted Muntjacs, Genus _Elaphodus_.--Nearly related to the last, + but the antlers still smaller, with shorter pedicles and divergent + frontal ridges; upper canines of male not everted at the tips. Tibet + and China. + + VI. Water-deer, Genus _Hydrelaphus_.--Lateral metacarpals as in + _Rangifer_; antlers wanting; upper canines of males tusk-like and + growing from semi-persistent pulps; cheek-teeth tall-crowned + (hypsodont); tail moderate. China. + + VII. Roe-deer, Genus _Capreolus_.--Lateral metacarpals as in + _Rangifer_; antlers rather small, without a brow-tine or sub-basal + snag, dichotomously forked, with the upper or posterior prong again + forking; tail rudimentary; vomer not dividing posterior nasal aperture + of skull. Europe and Northern Asia. + + VIII. Pere David's Deer, Genus _Elaphurus_.--Lateral metacarpals as in + _Cervus_; antlers large, without a brow-tine or sub-basal snag, + dichotomously forked, with the upper prong of the fork curving + forwards and dividing, and the lower prong long, simple, and projected + backwards, the beam making a very marked angle with the plane of the + face; tail very long; vomer as in _Capreolus_. North-East Asia. + + IX. American Deer, Genus _Mazama_.--Lateral metacarpals as in + _Rangifer_; antlers very variable in size, forming a marked angle with + the plane of the face, without a brow-tine; when consisting of more + than a simple prong, dichotomously forked, frequently with a sub-basal + snag, and always with the lower prong of the fork projected from the + front edge of the beam, in some cases the lower, in others the upper, + and in others both prongs again dividing; tail long; tarsal gland + generally present; metatarsal gland very variable, both as regards + presence and position; vomer dividing the inner aperture of the + nostrils in the skull into two distinct chambers. America. + + 1. White-tailed Group, Subgenus _Dorcelaphus_ or + _Odocoileus_.--Antlers large and complex, with a sub-basal snag, and + the lower prong more or less developed at the expense of the upper + one; metatarsal gland usually present; tail long or moderate, and + hairy below; face very long and narrow; the face-gland small, and the + gland-pit in the skull of moderate extent; no upper canines; size + generally large. North America to Northern South America. + + 2. Marsh-deer Group, Subgenus _Blastoceros_.--Antlers large and + complex, without a sub-basal snag, and the upper prong more developed + than the lower one; metatarsal gland absent; tail short; face + moderately long; face-gland and gland-pit well developed; upper + canines usually present in male. Size large or rather small. South + America. + + 3. Guemals, Subgenus _Xenelaphus_.--Antlers small and simple, forming + a single dichotomous fork; metatarsal gland absent; tail short; face + moderately long; face-gland and gland-pit well developed; upper + canines present in both sexes. Size medium. South America. + + 4. Brockets, Subgenus _Mazama_.--Antlers in the form of simple + unbranched spikes; metatarsal, and in one case also the tarsal gland + absent; tail very short; face elongated; face-gland small and + gland-pit deep and triangular; hair of face radiating from two whorls: + upper canines sometimes present in old males. Size small. Central and + South America. + + X. Genus _Pudua_.--Skull and metacarpals generally as in _Mazama_; + size very small; hair coarse and brittle; antlers in the form of + short, simple spikes; cannon-bones very short; tail very short or + wanting; no whorls in the hair of the face; face-gland moderately + large, and gland-pit deep and oval; tarsal and metatarsal glands + wanting; ectocuneiform bone of tarsus united with the naviculocuboid. + South America. + + B. Subfamily MOSCHINAE.--Antlers wanting in both sexes; liver + furnished with a gall-bladder; no face-gland or gland-pit. + + XI. Musk-deer, Genus _Moschus_.--Hair coarse and brittle; upper + canines of male very long; no tarsal or metatarsal glands or tufts; + lateral metacarpals represented by their lower extremities; lateral + hoofs very large; tail very short; naked portion of muzzle extensive; + male with a large abdominal gland. Central Asia. + +Of the above, Reindeer and Elk are dealt with in separate articles +(qq.v.). + +The first or typical group of the genus _Cervus_ includes the red-deer +(_Cervus elaphus_) of Europe and western Asia, of which there are +several local races, such as the large _C. elaphus maral_ of eastern +Europe and Persia, which is often partially spotted above and +dark-coloured below, the smaller _C. e. barbarus_ of Tunisia and +Morocco, and the still smaller _C. e. corsicanus_ of Corsica. The +Scandinavian red-deer is the typical form of the species. In all +red-deer the antlers are rounded, and show a more or less marked +tendency to form a cup at the summit. Wapiti, on the other hand, show a +marked tendency to the flattening of the antlers, with a great +development of the fourth tine, which is larger than all the others, and +the whole of the tines above this in the same plane, or nearly so, this +plane being the same as the long axis of the animal. Normally no cup is +developed at the summit of the antler. The tail, too, is shorter than in +the red-deer; while in winter the under parts become very dark, and the +upper surface often bleaches almost white. The cry of the stags in the +breeding season is also different. The typical representative of the +group is the North American wapiti _C. canadensis_, but there are +several closely allied races in Central Asia, such as _C. canadensis +songaricus_ and _C. c. bactrianus_, while in Manchuria the subgroup is +represented by _C. c. xanthopygus_, in which the summer coat is reddish +instead of grey. The hangul (_C. cashmirianus_) of Kashmir is a distinct +dark-coloured species, in which the antlers tend to turn in at the +summit; while _C. yarcandensis_, of the Tarim Valley, Turkestan, is a +redder animal, with a wholly rufous tail, and antlers usually +terminating in a simple fork placed in a transverse plane. Another +Asiatic species is the great shou (_C. affinis_) of the Chumbi Valley, +in which the antlers curve forwards in a remarkable manner. Lastly _C. +albirostris_, of Tibet, is easily recognized by its white muzzle, and +smooth, whitish, flattened antlers, which have fewer tines than those of +the other members of the group, all placed in one plane. + +The second group of the genus _Cervus_, forming the subgenus +_Pseudaxis_, is typified by the handsome little Japanese deer, or sika, +_C. (P.) sika_, in which the antlers are four-tined, and covered with +red "velvet" when first grown, while the coat is fully spotted in +summer, but more or less uniformly brown in winter. The most distinctive +feature of the deer of this group is, however, the patch of long +erectile white hairs on the buttocks, which, although inconspicuous when +the animals are quiescent, is expanded into a large chrysanthemum-like +bunch when they start to run or are otherwise excited. The patch then +forms a guiding signal for the members of the herd when in flight. On +the mainland of Manchuria both the typical sika, and a larger race (_C. +sika manchuricus_), occur. A still larger and finer animal is the Pekin +sika (_C. hortulorum_), of northern Manchuria, which is as large as a +small red-deer; it is represented in the Yang-tse valley by a local +race, _C. h. kopschi_. Formosa possesses a species of its own (_C. +taevanus_), which, in correlation with the perpetual verdure of that +island, is spotted at all seasons. + +For the fallow-deer, _Cervus [Dama] dama_, see FALLOW-DEER. + +The rusine or sambar group of _Cervus_, of which the characteristics are +given above, comprises a considerable number of long-tailed species with +three-tined antlers from the Indo-Malay countries and some parts of +China. The largest and handsomest is the sambar of India (_Cervus [Rusa] +unicolor_), characterized by its massive and rugged antlers. It is +represented by a number of local races, mostly of smaller size, such as +the Burmese and Malay _C. u. equinus_, the Formosan _C. u. swinhoei_, +and the Philippine _C. u. philippinus_ and _C. u. nigricans_, of which +the latter is not larger than a roe-buck, while the sambar itself is as +large as a red-deer. Whether these local phases of a single variable +type are best denominated races or species, must be largely a matter of +individual opinion. The rusa, or Javan sambar, _C. (R.) hippelaphus_, is +a lighter-coloured and smaller deer than the Indian sambar, with longer, +slenderer and less rugged antlers. Typically from Java, this deer is +also represented in the Moluccas and Timor, and has thus the most +easterly range of the whole tribe. A black coat with white spots +distinguishes the Philippine spotted deer, _C. alfredi_, which is about +the size of a roe-buck; while other members of this group are the +Calamianes deer of the Philippines (_C. culionensis_), the Bavian deer +(_C. kuhli_) from a small island near Java, and the well-known Indian +hog-deer or para (_C. porcinus_), all these three last being small, more +or less uniformly coloured, and closely allied species. On the other +hand, the larger and handsomer chital, or spotted deer (_C. axis_), +stands apart by its white-spotted fawn-red coat and differently formed +antlers. + +Nearly allied to the preceding is the barasingha or rucervine group +(subgenus _Rucervus_), in which the antlers are of a different and +generally more complex character. The typical species is the Indian +barasingha or swamp-deer, _Cervus (Rucervus) duvauceli_, a uniformly red +animal, widely distributed in the forest districts of India. In Siam it +is replaced by _C. (R.) schomburgki_, in which the antlers are of a +still more complex type. Finally, we have the thamin, or Eld's deer, _C. +(R.) eldi_, ranging from Burma to Siam, and characterized by the +continuous curve formed by the beam and the brow-tine of the antlers. + +For the small eastern deer, respectively known as muntjacs (_Cervulus_) +and tufted muntjacs or tufted deer (_Elaphodus_), see MUNTJAC; while +under WATER-DEER will be found a notice of the Chinese representative of +the genus _Hydrelaphus_ (or _Hydropotes_). The roe-deer, or roe-buck +(_Capreolus_), likewise form the subject of a separate article (see +ROE-BUCK), as is also the case with Pere David's deer, the sole +representative of the genus _Elaphurus_. + +The American deer include such New World species as are generically +distinct from Old World types. All these differ from the members of the +genus _Cervus_ in having no brow-tine to the antlers, which, in common +with those of the roe-deer, belong to what is called the forked type. +Including all these deer except one in the genus _Mazama_ (of which the +typical representatives are the South American brockets), the North +American species constitute the subgenus _Dorcelaphus_ (also known as +_Cariacus_ and _Odocoileus_). One of the best known of these is the +white-tailed deer _Mazama (Dorcelaphus) americana_, often known as the +Virginian deer. It is typically an animal of the size of a fallow-deer, +reddish in summer and greyish in winter, with a long tail, which is +coloured like the back above but white below, and is carried elevated +when the animal is running, so as to form with the white of the inner +sides of the buttocks a conspicuous "blaze." A white fetlock-gland with +a black centre is also distinctive of this species. The antlers are +large and curve forwards, giving off an upright snag near the base, and +several vertical tines from the upper surface of the horizontal portion. +As we proceed southwards from the northern United States, deer of the +white-tailed type decrease steadily in size, till in Central America, +Peru and Guiana they are represented by animals not larger that a +roe-buck. The most convenient plan appears to be to regard all these +degenerate forms as local races of the white-tail, although here again +there is room for difference of opinion, and many naturalists prefer to +call them species. The large ears, brown-and-white face, short, +black-tipped tail, and antlers without large basal snag serve to +distinguish the mule-deer _M. (D.) hemionus_, of western North America; +while the black tail, _M. (D.) columbiana_, ranging from British +Columbia to California, is a smaller animal, recognizable by the larger +and longer tail, which is black above and white below. + +South America is the home of the marsh-deer or guazu, _M. (Blastoceros) +dichotoma_, representing a subgenus in which the complex antlers lack a +basal snag, while the hair of the back is reversed. This species is +about the size of a red-deer, with a foxy red coat with black legs. The +pampas-deer, _M. (B.) bezoartica_, of the Argentine pampas is a much +smaller animal, of paler colour, with three-tined antlers. The Chilean +and Peruvian Andes and Patagonia are the homes of two peculiar deer +locally known as guemals (huemals), and constituting the subgenus +_Xenelaphus_, or _Hippocamelus_. They are about the size of fallow-deer, +and have simply forked antlers. The Chilian species is _M. (B.) bisulca_ +and the Peruvian _M. (B.) antisiensis_. Brockets, of which there are +numerous species, such as _M. rufa_ and _M. nemorivaga_, are Central and +South American deer of the size of roe-bucks or smaller, with simple +spike-like antlers, tufted heads and the hair of the face radiating from +two whorls on the forehead so that on the nose the direction is +downwards. The smallest of all deer is the Chilian pudu (_Pudua pudu_), +a creature not much larger than a hare, with almost rudimentary antlers. + +The musk-deer forms the subject of a separate article. + + For deer in general, see R. Lydekker, _The Deer of all Lands_ (London, + 1898, 1908). (R. L.*) + + + + +DEERFIELD, a township of Franklin county, Massachusetts, U.S.A., on the +Connecticut and Deerfield rivers, about 33 m. N. of Springfield. Pop. +(1900) 1969; (1910 U.S. census) 2209. Deerfield is served by the Boston +& Maine and the New York, New Haven & Hartford railways. The natural +beauty and the historic interest of Deerfield attract many visitors. +There are several villages and hamlets in the township, the oldest and +most interesting of which is that known as "The Street" or "Old Street." +This extends along one wide thoroughfare over a hill and across a +plateau or valley that is hemmed in on the E. by a range of highlands +known as East Mountain and on the W. by the foothills of Hoosac +Mountain. Many of the houses in this village are very old. In Memorial +Hall, a building erected in 1797-1798 for the Deerfield academy, the +Pocumtuck Valley memorial association (incorporated in 1870) has +gathered an interesting collection of colonial and Indian relics. +Deerfield was one of the first places in the United States to enter into +the modern "arts and crafts movement"; in 1896 many of the old household +industries were revived and placed upon a business basis. Most of the +work is done by women in the homes. The products, including needlework +and embroidery, textiles, rag rugs, netting, wrought iron, furniture, +and metal-work in gold and silver embellished with precious and +semi-precious stones, are annually exhibited in an old-fashioned house +built in 1710, and a large portion of them are sold to tourists. There +is an arts and crafts society, but the profits from the sales go +entirely to the workers. + +The territory which originally constituted the township of Deerfield +(known as Pocumtuck until 1674) was a tract of 8000 acres granted in +1654 to the town of Dedham in lieu of 2000 acres previously taken from +that town and granted to Rev. John Eliot to further his mission among +the Natick Indians. The rights of the Pocumtuck Indians to the Deerfield +tract were purchased at about fourpence per acre, settlement was begun +upon it in 1669, and the township was incorporated in 1673. For many +years, Deerfield was the N.W. frontier settlement of New England. It was +slightly fortified at the beginning of King Philip's War, and after an +attack by the Indians on the 1st of September 1675 it was garrisoned by +a small force under Captain Samuel Appleton. A second attack was made on +the 12th of September, and six days later, as Captain Thomas Lothrop and +his company were guarding teams that were hauling wheat from Deerfield +to the English headquarters at Hadley, they were surprised by Indians in +ambush at what has since been known as Bloody Brook (in the village of +South Deerfield), and Lothrop and more than sixty of his men were slain. +From this time until the end of the war Deerfield was abandoned. In the +spring of 1677 a few of the old settlers returned, but on the 19th of +September some were killed and the others were captured by a party of +Indians from Canada. Resettlement was undertaken again in 1682. On the +15th of September 1694 Deerfield narrowly escaped capture by a force of +French and Indians from Canada. In the early morning of the 29th of +February 1703-1704, Deerfield was surprised by a force of French and +Indians (under Hertel de Rouville), who murdered 49 men, women and +children, captured 111, burned the town, and on the way back to Canada +murdered 20 of the captured. Among the captives was the Rev. John +Williams (1664-1729), the first minister of Deerfield, who (with the +other captives) was redeemed in 1706 and continued as pastor here until +his death; in 1707 he published an account of his experiences as a +prisoner, _The Redeemed Captive Returning to Zion_, which has frequently +been reprinted. From the original township of Deerfield the territory of +the following townships has been taken: Greenfield (1753 and 1896), +Conway (1767, 1791 and 1811), Shelburne (1768) and a part of Whately +(1810). + + See George Sheldon, _A History of Deerfield_ (Deerfield, 1895); the + _History and Proceedings of the Pocumtuck Valley Memorial Association_ + (Deerfield, 1890 et seq.); and Pauline C. Bouve, "The Deerfield + Renaissance," in _The New England Magazine_ for October 1905. + + + + +DEER PARK, an enclosure of rough wooded pastureland for the +accommodation of red- or fallow-deer. The distinction between a deer +"park" and a deer "forest" is that the former is always enclosed either +by a wall or fence, and is relatively small, whereas the forest covers a +much larger area, and is not only open but sometimes contains +practically no trees at all. Originally, the possession of a deer park +in England was a royal prerogative, and no subject could enclose one +without a direct grant from the crown--a licence to impark, like a +licence to embattle a house, was always necessary. When Domesday Book +was compiled, there were already thirty-one deer parks in England, some +of which may have existed in Saxon times; about one-fourth of them +belonged to the king. After the Conquest they increased rapidly in +number, but from about the middle of the 11th century this tendency was +reversed. In the middle of the 16th century it was conjectured that +one-twentieth of England and Wales was given up to deer and rabbits. +Upon Saxton's maps, which were made between 1575 and 1580, over 700 +parks are marked, and it is not improbable that the number was +understated. Mr Evelyn Philip Shirley enumerated only 334 in his book on +_English Deer Parks_ published in 1867. To these Mr Joseph Whitaker, in +_A Descriptive List of the Deer Parks of England_ (1892), has added +another fifty, and the total is believed to be now about 400. It is a +curious circumstance that despite the rather minute detail of Domesday +none of the parks there enumerated can now be identified. There is, +however, a plausible case for Eridge Park in Sussex as the Reredfelle of +Domesday. The state and consequence of the great barons of the middle +ages depended in some measure upon the number of deer parks which they +possessed. Most bishops and abbots had one or two, and at one time more +than twenty were attached to the archbishopric of Canterbury. When the +power of the barons was finally broken and a more settled period began +with the accession of the house of Tudor, the deer park began to fall +into decay. By Queen Elizabeth's time a considerable proportion of the +ancestral acres of the great houses had passed into the possession of +rich merchants and wealthy wool-staplers, and it had become more +profitable to breed bullocks than to find pasture for deer, and even +where the new men retained, and even in some cases created, deer parks, +they reduced their area in order that more land might be available for +grazing or for corn. Thus began that decadence of the deer park which +has continued down to the present time. More than anything, however, the +strife between Charles I. and parliament contributed to reduce both the +number and size of English parks containing deer. By the Restoration the +majority of the parks in England had for the time being been destroyed, +the palings pulled down, the trees felled, and the deer stolen. Of the +duke of Newcastle's eight parks seven were ruined, that at Welbeck alone +remaining intact. Not a tree was left in Clipston Park, although the +timber had been valued at L20,000. One of the results of the Restoration +was to empty the parks of the Roundhead squires to replenish those of +the Royalists, but this measure helped little, and great numbers of deer +had to be brought from Germany to replenish the depleted stocks. A +gentleman of the Isle of Ely was indeed given a baronetcy in return for +a large present of deer which he made to Charles II. The largest +existing deer park in England is that at Savernake (4000 acres), next +comes Windsor, which contains about 2600 acres in addition to the 1450 +acres of Windsor Forest. Lord Egerton of Tatton's park at Tatton in +Cheshire, and Lord Abergavenny's at Eridge, each contain about 2500 +acres. Other parks which are much about the same size are those of +Blenheim, Richmond, Eastwell, Duncombe, Grimsthorpe, Thoresby and +Knowsley. All these parks are famous either for their size, their +beauty, or the number and long descent of the deer which inhabit them. +The size of English parks devoted to deer varies from that of these +historic examples down to a very few acres. A small proportion of the +older enclosures contains red- as well as fallow-deer. In some of the +larger ones many hundreds of head browse, whereas those of the smallest +size may have only a dozen or two. Although many enclosures were +disparked in very recent times, the 19th century saw the making of a +considerable number of new ones, usually of small dimensions. The +tendency, however, is still towards diminution both in number and +extent, cattle taking the place of deer. + + + + +DEFAMATION (from the classical Lat. _diffamare_, to spread abroad an +evil report--the English form in _de_ is taken from the Late Lat. +_defamare_), the saying or writing something of another, calculated to +injure his reputation or expose him to public hatred, contempt and +ridicule. (See LIBEL AND SLANDER.) + + + + +DEFAULT (Fr. _defaut_, from _defailler_, to fail, Lat. _fallere_), in +English law, a failure to do some act required by law either as a +regular step in procedure or as being a duty imposed. Parties in an +action may be in default as to procedure by failure to appear to the +writ, or to take some other step, within the prescribed time. In such +cases the opposing party gains some advantage by being allowed to sign +judgment or otherwise. But as a rule, unless the party is much in +default and is under a peremptory order to proceed, the penalty for +default is by order to pay the costs occasioned. When there is default +in complying with the terms of a judgment the remedy is by executing it +by one of the processes admitted by the law. (See EXECUTION.) In the +case of judgments in criminal or quasi-criminal cases, where a fine is +imposed, it is in most cases legal and usual to order imprisonment if +the fine is not paid or if the property of the defendant is insufficient +to realize its amount. Default in compliance with a statute renders the +defaulter liable to action by the person aggrieved or to indictment if +the matter of command is of public concern, subject in either case to +the qualification that the statute may limit the remedy for the default +to some particular proceeding specifically indicated; and in some +instances, e.g. in the case of local authorities, default in the +execution of their public duties is dealt with administratively by a +department of the government, and only in the last resort, if at all, by +recourse to judicial tribunals. + + + + +DEFEASANCE, or DEFEAZANCE (Fr. _defaire_, to undo), in law, an +instrument which defeats the force or operation of some other deed or +estate; as distinguished from _condition_, that which in the same deed +is called a condition is a defeasance in another deed. A defeasance +should recite the deed to be defeated and its date, and it must be made +between the same parties as are interested in the deed to which it is +collateral. It must be of a thing defeasible, and all the conditions +must be strictly carried out before the defeasance can be consummated. +Defeasance in a bill of sale is the putting an end to the security by +realizing the goods for the benefit of the mortgagee. It is not strictly +a defeasance, because the stipulation is in the same deed; it is really +a condition in the nature of a defeasance. + + + + +DEFENCE (Lat. _defendere_, to defend), in general, a keeping off or +defending, a justification, protection or guard. Physical defence of +self is the right of every man, even to the employment of force, in +warding off an attack. A person attacked may use such force as he +believes to be necessary for the warding off an attack, even to the +extent of killing an assailant. The same right of reciprocal defence +extends not only to defence of one's own person, but also to the defence +of a husband or wife, parent or child, master or servant. (See ASSAULT; +HOMICIDE.) As a legal term in English pleading, "defence" means the +denial by the party proceeded against of the validity of a charge, or +the steps taken by an accused person or his legal advisers for defending +himself. In civil actions, a statement of defence is the second step in +proceedings, being the answer of the defendant to the plaintiff's +statement of claim. In the statement of defence must be set out every +material fact upon which the defendant intends to rely at the trial. +Every fact alleged in the statement of claim must be dealt with, and +either admitted or denied; further facts may be pleaded in answer to +those admitted; the whole pleading of the plaintiff may be objected to +as insufficient in law, or a set-off or counter-claim may be advanced. A +statement of defence must be delivered within ten days from the delivery +of the statement of claim, or appearance if no statement of claim be +delivered. + +By the Poor Prisoners' Defence Act 1903, where it appears, having regard +to the nature of the defence set up by any poor prisoner, as disclosed +in the evidence given or statement made by him before the committing +justices, that it is desirable in the interests of justice that he +should have legal aid in the preparation and conduct of his defence, and +that his means are insufficient to enable him to obtain such aid, it may +be ordered either (1) on committal for trial by the committing justices, +or (2) after reading the depositions by the judge or quarter sessions +chairman. The defence includes the services of solicitor and counsel and +the expenses of witnesses, the cost being payable in the same manner as +the expenses of a prosecution for felony. Briefly, the object of the act +is, not to give a prisoner legal assistance to find out if he has got a +defence, but in order that a prisoner who has a defence may have every +inducement to tell the truth about it at the earliest opportunity. Legal +assistance under the act is only given where both (1) the nature of the +defence as disclosed is such that in the interests of justice the +prisoner should have legal aid to make his defence clear, and (2) where +also his means are insufficient for that end (Lord Alverstone, C. J., at +Warwick Summer Assizes, _The Times_, July 26, 1904). + + + + +DEFENDANT, in law, a person against whom proceedings are instituted or +directed; one who is called upon to answer in any suit. At one time the +term "defendant" had a narrower meaning, that of a person sued in a +personal action only, the corresponding term in a real action being +"tenant," but the distinction is now practically disregarded, except in +a few states of the United States. + + + + +DEFENDER OF THE FAITH (_Fidei Defensor_), a title belonging to the +sovereign of England in the same way as _Christianissimus_ belonged to +the king of France, and _Catholicus_ belongs to the ruler of Spain. It +seems to have been suggested in 1516, and although certain charters have +been appealed to in proof of an earlier use of the title, it was first +conferred by Pope Leo X. on Henry VIII. The Bull granting the title is +dated the 11th of October 1521, and was a reward for the king's +treatise, _Assertio, septem sacramentorum_, against Luther. When Henry +broke with the papacy, Pope Paul III. deprived him of this designation, +but in 1544 the title of "Defender of the Faith" was confirmed to Henry +by parliament, and has since been used by all his successors on the +English throne. + + + + +DEFERENT (Lat. _deferens_, bearing down), in ancient astronomy, the mean +orbit of a planet, which carried the epicycle in which the planet +revolved. It is now known to correspond to the actual orbit of the +planet round the sun. + + + + +DEFFAND, MARIE ANNE DE VICHY-CHAMROND, MARQUISE DU (1697-1780), a +celebrated Frenchwoman, was born at the chateau of Chamrond near +Charolles (department of Saone-et-Loire) of a noble family in 1697. +Educated at a convent in Paris, she showed, along with great +intelligence, a sceptical and cynical turn of mind. The abbess, alarmed +at the freedom of her views, arranged that Massillon should visit and +reason with her, but he accomplished nothing. Her parents married her at +twenty-one years of age to her kinsman, Jean Baptiste de la Lande, +marquis du Deffand, without consulting her inclination. The union proved +an unhappy one, and resulted in a separation as early as 1722. Madame du +Deffand, young and beautiful, is said by Horace Walpole to have been for +a short time the mistress of the regent, the duke of Orleans (Walpole to +Gray, January 25, 1766). She appeared in her earlier days to be +incapable of any strong attachment, but her intelligence, her cynicism +and her _esprit_ made her the centre of attraction of a brilliant +circle. In 1721 began her friendship with Voltaire, but their regular +correspondence dates only from 1736. She spent much time at Sceaux, at +the court of the duchesse du Maine, where she contracted a close +friendship with the president Henault. In Paris she was in a sense the +rival of Madame Geoffrin, but the members of her salon were drawn from +aristocratic society more than from literary cliques. There were, +however, exceptions. Voltaire, Montesquieu, Fontenelle and Madame de +Staal-Delaunay were among the habitues. When Henault introduced +D'Alembert, Madame du Deffand was at once captivated by him. With the +encyclopaedists she was never in sympathy, and appears to have tolerated +them only for his sake. In 1752 she retired from Paris, intending to +spend the rest of her days in the country, but she was persuaded by her +friends to return. She had taken up her abode in 1747 in apartments in +the convent of St Joseph in the rue St Dominique, which had a separate +entrance from the street. When she lost her sight in 1754 she engaged +Mademoiselle de Lespinasse to help her in entertaining. This lady's wit +made some of the guests, D'Alembert among others, prefer her society to +that of Madame du Deffand, and she arranged to receive her friends for +an hour before the appearance of her patron. When this state of things +was discovered Mademoiselle de Lespinasse was dismissed (1764), but the +salon was broken up, for she took with her D'Alembert, Turgot and the +literary clique generally. From this time Madame du Deffand very rarely +received any literary men. The principal friendships of her later years +were with the duchesse de Choiseul and with Horace Walpole. Her +affection for the latter, which dated from 1765, was the strongest and +most durable of all her attachments. Under the stress of this tardy +passion she developed qualities of style and eloquence of which her +earlier writings had given little promise. In the opinion of +Sainte-Beuve the prose of her letters ranks with that of Voltaire as the +best of that classical epoch without excepting any even of the great +writers. Walpole refused at first to acknowledge the closeness of their +intimacy from an exaggerated fear of the ridicule attaching to her age, +but he paid several visits to Paris expressly for the purpose of +enjoying her society, and maintained a close and most interesting +correspondence with her for fifteen years. She died on the 23rd of +September 1780, leaving her dog Tonton to the care of Walpole, who was +also entrusted with her papers. Of her innumerable witty sayings the +best known is her remark on the cardinal de Polignac's account of St +Denis's miraculous walk of two miles with his head in his hands,--_Il +n'y a que le premier pas qui coute_. + + The _Correspondance inedite_ of Madame du Deffand with D'Alembert, + Henault, Montesquieu, and others was published in Paris (2 vols.) in + 1809. _Letters of the marquise du Deffand to the Hon. Horace Walpole, + afterwards earl of Orford, from the year 1766 to the year 1780_ (4 + vols.), edited, with a biographical sketch, by Miss Mary Berry, were + published in London from the originals at Strawberry Hill in 1810. + + The standard edition of her letters is the _Correspondance complete de + la marquise du Deffand ..._ by M. de Lescure (1865); the + _Correspondance inedite_ with M. and Mme de Choiseul and others was + edited in 1859 and again in 1866 by the marquis de Ste-Aulaire. Other + papers of Madame du Deffand obtained at the breaking up of Walpole's + collection are in private hands. Madame du Deffand returned many of + Walpole's letters at his request, and subsequently destroyed those + which she received from him. Those in his possession appear to have + been destroyed after his death by Miss Berry, who printed fragments + from them as footnotes to the edition of 1810. The correspondence + between Walpole and Madame du Deffand thus remains one-sided, but + seven of Walpole's letters to her are printed for the first time in + the edition (1903) of his correspondence by Mrs Paget Toynbee, who + discovered a quantity of her unedited letters. See Sainte-Beuve, + _Causeries du lundi_, vols. i. and xiv.; and the notice by M. de + Lescure in his edition of the correspondence. + + + + +DEFIANCE, a city and the county seat of Defiance county, Ohio, U.S.A., +at the confluence of the Auglaize and Tiffin rivers with the Maumee, +about 50 m. S.W. of Toledo. Pop. (1890) 7694; (1900) 7579 (960 +foreign-born); (1910) 7327. It is served by the Baltimore & Ohio and the +Wabash railways, and by the Ohio Electric railway to Lima (42 m.). The +city commands a fine view of the rivers and the surrounding country, +which is well adapted to agriculture; and has large machine shops and +several flour mills, besides manufactories of agricultural implements, +waggons, sashes and blinds, and wood-working machinery for the +manufacture of artillery wheels. Here, too, is Defiance College, an +institution of the Christian Denomination, opened in 1885. Defiance was +long the site of an Indian village. In 1794 General Anthony Wayne built +a fort here and named it Defiance. In 1822 Defiance was laid out as a +town; in 1845 it was made the county seat of the newly erected county; +and in 1881 it became a city of the second class. + + + + +DEFILE, a military expression for a passage, to march through which +troops are compelled to "defile," or narrow their front (from the Fr. +_defiler_, to march in a line, or by "files"). The word is usually +applied to a ravine or gorge in a range of hills, but a causeway over a +river, a bridge and even a village may equally be called a defile. The +term is also used to express, without any special reference to military +operations, a gorge in mountains. The verb "to defile" is used of troops +marching on a narrow front, or narrowing their front, under all +circumstances, and in this sense is the contrary of "deploy." + +"Defile," in the sense of "pollute," is another form of "defoul"; though +spelt alike, the two words are pronounced differently, the accent being +on the first syllable for the former and on the second for the latter. + + + + +DEFINITION (Lat. _definitio_, from _de-finire_, to set limits to, +describe), a logical term used popularly for the process of explaining, +or giving the meaning of, a word, and also in the concrete for the +proposition or statement in which that explanation is expressed. In +logic, definition consists in determining the qualities which belong to +given concepts or universals; it is not concerned with individuals, +which are marked by an infinity of peculiarities, any one or all of +which might be predicated of another individual. Individuals can be +defined only in so far as they belong to a single kind. According to +Aristotle, definition is the statement of the essence of a concept +([Greek: horismos men gar tou ti esti kai ousias], _Posterior +Analytics_, B iii. 90 b 30); that is, it consists of the genus and the +differentia. In other words, "man" is defined as "animal _plus_ +rationality," or "rational animal,"[1] i.e. the concept is (1) referred +to the next higher genus, and (2) distinguished from other modes in +which that genus exists, i.e. from other species. It is sometimes argued +that, there being no definition of individuals as such, definition is of +names (see J. S. Mill, _Logic_, i. viii. 5), not of things; it is +generally, however, maintained that definition is _of things, regarded +as, or in so far as they are, of a kind_. Definition of words can be +nothing more than the explanation of terms such as is given in a +dictionary. + +The following rules are generally given as governing accurate +definition. (1) _The definition must be equivalent or commensurate with +that which is defined_; it must be applicable to all the individuals +included in the concept and to nothing else. Every man, and nothing +else, is a rational animal. "Man is mortal" is not a definition, for +mortality is predicable of irrational animals. (2) _The definition must +state the essential attributes_; a concept cannot be defined by its +accidental attributes; those attributes must be given which are +essential and primary. (3) _The definition must be per genus et +differentiam_ (or _differentias_), as we have already seen. These are +the important rules. Three minor rules are: (4) _The definition must not +contain the name of the concept to be defined_; if it does, no +information is given. Such a proposition as "an archdeacon is one who +performs archidiaconal functions" is not a definition. Concepts cannot +be defined by their correlatives. Such a definition is known as a +_circulus in definiendo_. (5) _Obscure and figurative language must be +avoided_, and (6) _Definitions must not be in the negative when they can +be in the affirmative_. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] "Rational animal" is thus the predicate of the statement + constituting the definition. Sometimes the word "definition" is used + to signify merely the predicate. + + + + +DEFOE, DANIEL (c. 1659-1731), English author, was born in the parish of +St Giles, Cripplegate, London, in the latter part of 1659 or early in +1660, of a nonconformist family. His grandfather, Daniel Foe, lived at +Etton, Northamptonshire, apparently in comfortable circumstances, for he +is said to have kept a pack of hounds. As to the variation of name, +Defoe or Foe, its owner signed either indifferently till late in life, +and where his initials occur they are sometimes D. F. and sometimes D. +D. F. Three autograph letters of his are extant, all addressed in 1705 +to the same person, and signed respectively D. Foe, de Foe and Daniel +Defoe. His father, James Foe, was a butcher and a citizen of London. + +Daniel was well educated at a famous dissenting academy, Mr Charles +Morton's of Stoke Newington, where many of the best-known nonconformists +of the time were his schoolfellows. With few exceptions all the known +events of Defoe's life are connected with authorship. In the older +catalogues of his works two pamphlets, _Speculum Crapegownorum_, a +satire on the clergy, and _A Treatise against the Turks_, are attributed +to him before the accession of James II., but there seems to be no +publication of his which is certainly genuine before _The Character of +Dr Annesley_ (1697). He had, however, before this, taken up arms in +Monmouth's expedition, and is supposed to have owed his lucky escape +from the clutches of the king's troops and the law, to his being a +Londoner, and therefore a stranger in the west country. On the 26th of +January 1688 he was admitted a liveryman of the city of London, having +claimed his freedom by birth. Before his western escapade he had taken +up the business of hosiery factor. At the entry of William and Mary into +London he is said to have served as a volunteer trooper "gallantly +mounted and richly accoutred." In these days he lived at Tooting, and +was instrumental in forming a dissenting congregation there. His +business operations at this period appear to have been extensive and +various. He seems to have been a sort of commission merchant, especially +in Spanish and Portuguese goods, and at some time to have visited Spain +on business. In 1692 he failed for L17,000. His misfortunes made him +write both feelingly and forcibly on the bankruptcy laws; and although +his creditors accepted a composition, he afterwards honourably paid them +in full, a fact attested by independent and not very friendly witnesses. +Subsequently, he undertook first the secretaryship and then the +management and chief ownership of some tile-works at Tilbury, but here +also he was unfortunate, and his imprisonment in 1703 brought the works +to a standstill, and he lost L3000. From this time forward we hear of no +settled business in which he engaged. + +The course of Defoe's life was determined about the middle of the reign +of William III. by his introduction to that monarch and other +influential persons. He frequently boasts of his personal intimacy with +the "glorious and immortal" king, and in 1695 he was appointed +accountant to the commissioners of the glass duty, an office which he +held for four years. During this time he produced his _Essay on +Projects_ (1698), containing suggestions on banks, road-management, +friendly and insurance societies of various kinds, idiot asylums, +bankruptcy, academies, military colleges, high schools for women, &c. It +displays Defoe's lively and lucid style in full vigour, and abounds with +ingenious thoughts and apt illustrations, though it illustrates also the +unsystematic character of his mind. In the same year Defoe wrote the +first of a long series of pamphlets on the then burning question of +occasional conformity. In this, for the first time, he showed the +unlucky independence which, in so many other instances, united all +parties against him. While he pointed out to the dissenters the +scandalous inconsistency of their playing fast and loose with sacred +things, yet he denounced the impropriety of requiring tests at all. In +support of the government he published, in 1698, _An Argument for a +Standing Army_, followed in 1700 by a defence of William's war policy +called _The Two Great Questions considered_, and a set of pamphlets on +the Partition Treaty. Thus in political matters he had the same fate as +in ecclesiastical; for the Whigs were no more prepared than the Tories +to support William through thick and thin. He also dealt with the +questions of stock-jobbing and of electioneering corruption. But his +most remarkable publication at this time was _The True-Born Englishman_ +(1701), a satire in rough but extremely vigorous verse on the national +objection to William as a foreigner, and on the claim of purity of blood +for a nation which Defoe chooses to represent as crossed and dashed with +all the strains and races in Europe. He also took a prominent part in +the proceedings which followed the Kentish petition, and was the author, +some say the presenter, of the _Legion Memorial_, which asserted in the +strongest terms the supremacy of the electors over the elected, and of +which even an irate House of Commons did not dare to take much notice. +The theory of the indefeasible supremacy of the freeholders of England, +whose delegates merely, according to this theory, the Commons were, was +one of Defoe's favourite political tenets, and he returned to it in a +powerfully written tract entitled _The Original Power of the Collective +Body of the People of England examined and asserted_ (1701). + +At the same time he was occupied in a controversy on the conformity +question with John How (or Howe) on the practice of "occasional +conformity." Defoe maintained that the dissenters who attended the +services of the English Church on particular occasions to qualify +themselves for office were guilty of inconsistency. At the same time he +did not argue for the complete abolition of the tests, but desired that +they should be so framed as to make it possible for most Protestants +conscientiously to subscribe to them. Here again his moderation pleased +neither party. + +The death of William was a great misfortune to Defoe, and he soon felt +the power of his adversaries. After publishing _The Mock Mourners_, +intended to satirize and rebuke the outbreak of Jacobite joy at the +king's death, he turned his attention once more to ecclesiastical +subjects, and, in an evil hour for himself, wrote the anonymous +_Shortest Way with the Dissenters_ (1702), a statement in the most +forcible terms of the extreme "high-flying" position, which some high +churchmen were unwary enough to endorse, without any suspicion of the +writer's ironical intention. The author was soon discovered; and, as he +absconded, an advertisement was issued offering a reward for his +apprehension, and giving the only personal description we possess of +him, as "a middle-sized spare man about forty years old, of a brown +complexion and dark brown-coloured hair, but wears a wig; a hooked nose, +a sharp chin, grey eyes, and a large mole near his mouth." In this +conjuncture Defoe had really no friends, for the dissenters were as much +alarmed at his book as the high-flyers were irritated. He surrendered, +and his defence appears to have been injudiciously conducted; at any +rate he was fined 200 marks, and condemned to be pilloried three times, +to be imprisoned indefinitely, and to find sureties for his good +behaviour during seven years. It was in reference to this incident that +Pope, whose Catholic rearing made him detest the abettor of the +Revolution and the champion of William of Orange, wrote in the +_Dunciad_-- + + "Earless on high stands unabash'd Defoe" + +--though he knew that the sentence to the pillory had long ceased to +entail the loss of ears. Defoe's exposure in the pillory (July 29, 30, +31) was, however, rather a triumph than a punishment, for the populace +took his side; and his _Hymn to the Pillory_, which he soon after +published, is one of the best of his poetical works. Unluckily for him +his condemnation had the indirect effect of destroying his business at +Tilbury. + +He remained in prison until August 1704, and then owed his release to +the intercession of Robert Harley, who represented his case to the +queen, and obtained for him not only liberty but pecuniary relief and +employment, which, of one kind or another, lasted until the termination +of Anne's reign. Defoe was uniformly grateful to the minister, and his +language respecting him is in curious variance with that generally used. +There is no doubt that Harley, who understood the influence wielded by +Defoe, made some conditions. Defoe says he received no pension, but his +subsequent fidelity was at all events indirectly rewarded; moreover, +Harley's moderation in a time of the extremest party-insanity was no +little recommendation to Defoe. During his imprisonment he was by no +means idle. A spurious edition of his works having been issued, he +himself produced a collection of twenty-two treatises, to which some +time afterwards he added a second group of eighteen more. He also wrote +in prison many short pamphlets, chiefly controversial, published a +curious work on the famous storm of the 26th of November 1703, and +started in February 1704 perhaps the most remarkable of all his +projects, _The Review_. This was a paper which was issued during the +greater part of its life three times a week. It was entirely written by +Defoe, and extends to eight complete volumes and some few score numbers +of a second issue. He did not confine himself to news, but wrote +something very like finished essays on questions of policy, trade and +domestic concerns; he also introduced a "Scandal Club," in which minor +questions of manners and morals were treated in a way which undoubtedly +suggested the _Tatlers_ and _Spectators_ which followed. Only one +complete copy of the work is known to exist, and that is in the British +Museum. It is probable that if bulk, rapidity of production, variety of +matter, originality of design, and excellence of style be taken +together, hardly any author can show a work of equal magnitude. After +his release Defoe went to Bury St Edmunds, though he did not interrupt +either his _Review_ or his occasional pamphlets. One of these, _Giving +Alms no Charity, and Employing the Poor a Grievance to the Nation_ +(1704), is extraordinarily far-sighted. It denounces both indiscriminate +alms-giving and the national work-shops proposed by Sir Humphrey +Mackworth. + +In 1705 appeared _The Consolidator, or Memoirs of Sundry Transactions +from the World in the Moon_, a political satire which is supposed to +have given some hints for Swift's _Gulliver's Travels_; and at the end +of the year Defoe performed a secret mission, the first of several of +the kind, for Harley. In 1706 appeared the _True Relation of the +Apparition of one Mrs Veal_, long supposed to have been written for a +bookseller to help off an unsaleable translation of Drelincourt, _On +Death_, but considerable doubt has been cast upon this by William Lee. +Defoe's next work was _Jure divino_, a long poetical argument in (bad) +verse; and soon afterwards (1706) he began to be much employed in +promoting the union with Scotland. Not only did he write pamphlets as +usual on the project, and vigorously recommend it in _The Review_, but +in October 1706 he was sent on a political mission to Scotland by Sidney +Godolphin, to whom Harley had recommended him. He resided in Edinburgh +for nearly sixteen months, and his services to the government were +repaid by a regular salary. He seems to have devoted himself to +commercial and literary as well as to political matters, and prepared at +this time his elaborate _History of the Union_, which appeared in 1709. +In this year Henry Sacheverell delivered his famous sermons, and Defoe +wrote several tracts about them and attacked the preacher in his +_Review_. + +In 1710 Harley returned to power, and Defoe was placed in a somewhat +awkward position. To Harley himself he was bound by gratitude and by a +substantial agreement in principle, but with the rest of the Tory +ministry he had no sympathy. He seems, in fact, to have agreed with the +foreign policy of the Tories and with the home policy of the Whigs, and +naturally incurred the reproach of time-serving and the hearty abuse of +both parties. At the end of 1710 he again visited Scotland. In the +negotiations concerning the Peace of Utrecht, Defoe strongly supported +the ministerial side, to the intense wrath of the Whigs, displayed in an +attempted prosecution against some pamphlets of his on the all-important +question of the succession. Again the influence of Harley saved him. He +continued, however, to take the side of the dissenters in the questions +affecting religious liberty, which played such a prominent part towards +the close of Anne's reign. He naturally shared Harley's downfall; and, +though the loss of his salary might seem a poor reward for his constant +support of the Hanoverian claim, it was little more than his ambiguous, +not to say trimming, position must have led him to expect. + +Defoe declared that Lord Annesley was preparing the army in Ireland to +join a Jacobite rebellion, and was indicted for libel; and prior to his +trial (1715) he published an apologia entitled _An Appeal to Honour and +Justice_, in which he defended his political conduct. Having been +convicted of the libel he was liberated later in the year under +circumstances that only became clear in 1864, when six letters were +discovered in the Record Office from Defoe to a Government official, +Charles Delafaye, which, according to William Lee, established the fact +that in 1718 at least Defoe was doing not only political work, but that +it was of a somewhat equivocal kind--that he was, in fact, sub-editing +the Jacobite _Mist's Journal_, under a secret agreement with the +government that he should tone down the sentiments and omit +objectionable items. He had, in fact, been released on condition of +becoming a government agent. He seems to have performed the same not +very honourable office in the case of two other journals--_Dormer's +Letter_ and the _Mercurius Politicus_; and to have written in these and +other papers until nearly the end of his life. Before these letters were +discovered it was supposed that Defoe's political work had ended in +1715. + +Up to that time Defoe had written nothing but occasional literature, +and, except the _History of the Union_ and _Jure Divino_, nothing of any +great length. In 1715 appeared the first volume of _The Family +Instructor_, which was very popular during the 18th century. The first +volume of his most famous work, the immortal story--partly adventure, +partly moralizing--of _The Life and Strange Surprizing Adventures of +Robinson Crusoe_, was published on the 25th of April 1719. It ran +through four editions in as many months, and then in August appeared the +second volume. Twelve months afterwards the sequel _Serious +Reflections_, now hardly ever reprinted, appeared. Its connexion with +the two former parts is little more than nominal, Crusoe being simply +made the mouth-piece of Defoe's sentiments on various points of morals +and religion. Meanwhile the first two parts were reprinted as a +_feuilleton_ in _Heathcote's Intelligencer_, perhaps the earliest +instance of the appearance of such a work in such a form. The story was +founded on Dempier's _Voyage round the World_ (1697), and still more on +Alexander Selkirk's adventures, as communicated by Selkirk himself at a +meeting with Defoe at the house of Mrs Damaris Daniel at Bristol. +Selkirk afterwards told Mrs Daniel that he had handed over his papers to +Defoe. _Robinson Crusoe_ was immediately popular, and a wild story was +set afloat of its having been written by Lord Oxford in the Tower. A +curious idea, at one time revived by Henry Kingsley, is that the +adventures of Robinson are allegorical and relate to Defoe's own life. +This idea was certainly entertained to some extent at the time, and +derives some colour of justification from words of Defoe's, but there +seems to be no serious foundation for it. _Robinson Crusoe_ (especially +the story part, with the philosophical and religious moralizings largely +cut out) is one of the world's classics in fiction. Crusoe's shipwreck +and adventures, his finding the footprint in the sand, his man +"Friday,"--the whole atmosphere of romance which surrounds the position +of the civilized man fending for himself on a desert island--these have +made Defoe's great work an imperishable part of English literature. +Contemporaneously appeared _The Dumb Philosopher_, or _Dickory Cronke_, +who gains the power of speech at the end of his life and uses it to +predict the course of European affairs. + +In 1720 came _The Life and Adventures of Mr Duncan Campbell_. This was +not entirely a work of imagination, its hero, the fortune-teller, being +a real person. There are amusing passages in the story, but it is too +desultory to rank with Defoe's best. In the same year appeared two +wholly or partially fictitious histories, each of which might have made +a reputation for any man. The first was the _Memoirs of a Cavalier_, +which Lord Chatham believed to be true history, and which William Lee +considers the embodiment at least of authentic private memoirs. The +Cavalier was declared at the time to be Andrew Newport, made Lord +Newport in 1642. His elder brother was born in 1620 and the Cavalier +gives 1608 as the date of his birth, so that the facts do not fit the +dates. It is probable that Defoe, with his extensive acquaintance with +English history, and his astonishing power of working up details, was +fully equal to the task of inventing it. As a model of historical work +of a certain kind it is hardly surpassable, and many separate +passages--accounts of battles and skirmishes--have never been equalled +except by Carlyle. _Captain Singleton_, the last work of the year, has +been unjustly depreciated by most of the commentators. The record of the +journey across Africa, with its surprising anticipations of subsequent +discoveries, yields in interest to no work of the kind known to us; and +the semi-piratical Quaker who accompanies Singleton in his buccaneering +expeditions is a most life-like character. There is also a Quaker who +plays a very creditable part in _Roxana_ (1724), and Defoe seems to have +been well affected to the Friends. In estimating this wonderful +productiveness on the part of a man sixty years old, it should be +remembered that it was a habit of Defoe's to keep his work in manuscript +sometimes for long periods. + +In 1721 nothing of importance was produced, but in the next twelvemonth +three capital works appeared. These were _The Fortunes and Misfortunes +of Moll Flanders_, _The Journal of the Plague Year_, and _The History of +Colonel Jack_. _Moll Flanders_ and _The Fortunate Mistress_ (Roxana), +which followed in 1724, have subjects of a rather more than questionable +character, but both display the remarkable art with which Defoe handles +such subjects. It is not true, as is sometimes said, that the difference +between the two is that between gross and polished vice. The real +difference is much more one of morals than of manners. Moll is by no +means of the lowest class. Notwithstanding the greater degradation into +which she falls, and her originally dependent position, she has been +well educated, and has consorted with persons of gentle birth. She +displays throughout much greater real refinement of feeling than the +more high-flying Roxana, and is at any rate flesh and blood, if the +flesh be somewhat frail and the blood somewhat hot. Neither of the +heroines has any but the rudiments of a moral sense; but Roxana, both in +her original transgression and in her subsequent conduct, is actuated +merely by avarice and selfishness--vices which are peculiarly offensive +in connexion with her other failing, and which make her thoroughly +repulsive. The art of both stories is great, and that of the episode of +the daughter Susannah in _Roxana_ is consummate; but the transitions of +the later plot are less natural than those in _Moll Flanders_. It is +only fair to notice that while the latter, according to Defoe's more +usual practice, is allowed to repent and end happily, Roxana is brought +to complete misery; Defoe's morality, therefore, required more +repulsiveness in one case than in the other. + +In the _Journal of the Plague Year_, more usually called, from the title +of the second edition, _A History of the Plague_, the accuracy and +apparent veracity of the details is so great that many persons have +taken it for an authentic record, while others have contended for the +existence of such a record as its basis. But here too the genius of Mrs +Veal's creator must, in the absence of all evidence to the contrary, be +allowed sufficient for the task. _The History of Colonel Jack_ is an +unequal book. There is hardly in _Robinson Crusoe_ a scene equal, and +there is consequently not in English literature a scene superior, to +that where the youthful pickpocket first exercises his trade, and then +for a time loses his ill-gotten gains. But a great part of the book, +especially the latter portion, is dull; and in fact it may be generally +remarked of Defoe that the conclusions of his tales are not equal to the +beginning, perhaps from the restless indefatigability with which he +undertook one work almost before finishing another. + +To this period belong his stories of famous criminals, of Jack Sheppard +(1724), of Jonathan Wild (1725), of the Highland Rogue i.e. Rob Roy +(1723). The pamphlet on the first of these Defoe maintained to be a +transcript of a paper which he persuaded Sheppard to give to a friend at +his execution. + +In 1724 appeared also the first volume of _A Tour through the whole +Island of Great Britain_, which was completed in the two following +years. Much of the information in this was derived from personal +experience, for Defoe claims to have made many more tours and visits +about England than those of which we have record; but the major part +must necessarily have been dexterous compilation. In 1725 appeared _A +New Voyage round the World_, apparently entirely due to the author's own +fertile imagination and extensive reading. It is full of his peculiar +verisimilitude and has all the interest of Anson's or Dampier's voyages, +with a charm of style superior even to that of the latter. + +In 1726 Defoe published a curious and amusing little pamphlet entitled +_Everybody's Business is Nobody's Business, or Private Abuses Public +Grievances, exemplified in the Pride, Insolence, and Exorbitant Wages of +our Women-Servants, Footmen, &c._ This subject was a favourite one with +him, and in the pamphlet he showed the immaturity of his political views +by advocating legislative interference in these matters. Towards the end +of this same year _The Complete English Tradesman_, which may be +supposed to sum up the experience of his business life, appeared, and +its second volume followed two years afterwards. This book has been +variously judged. It is generally and traditionally praised, but those +who have read it will be more disposed to agree with Charles Lamb, who +considers it "of a vile and debasing tendency," and thinks it "almost +impossible to suppose the author in earnest." The intolerable meanness +advocated for the sake of the paltriest gains, the entire ignoring of +any pursuit in life except money-getting, and the representation of the +whole duty of man as consisting first in the attainment of a competent +fortune, and next, when that fortune has been attained, in spending not +more than half of it, are certainly repulsive enough. But there are no +reasons for thinking the performance ironical or insincere, and it +cannot be doubted that Defoe would have been honestly unable even to +understand Lamb's indignation. To 1726 also belongs _The Political +History of the Devil_. This is a curious book, partly explanatory of +Defoe's ideas on morality, and partly belonging to a series of +demonological works which he wrote, and of which the chief others are _A +System of Magic_ (1726), and _An Essay on the History of Apparitions_ +(1728), issued the year before under another title. In all these works +his treatment is on the whole rational and sensible; but in _The History +of the Devil_ he is somewhat hampered by an insufficiently worked-out +theory as to the nature and personal existence of his hero, and the +manner in which he handles the subject is an odd and not altogether +satisfactory mixture of irony and earnestness. _A Plan of English +Commerce_, containing very enlightened views on export trade, appeared +in 1728. + +During the years from 1715 to 1728 Defoe had issued pamphlets and minor +works too numerous to mention. The only one of them perhaps which +requires notice is _Religious Courtship_ (1722), a curious series of +dialogues displaying Defoe's unaffected religiosity, and at the same +time the rather meddling intrusiveness with which he applied his +religious notions. This was more flagrantly illustrated in one of his +latest works, _The Treatise Concerning the Use and Abuse of the Marriage +Bed_ (1727), which was originally issued with a much more offensive +name, and has been called "an excellent book with an improper title." +The _Memoirs of Captain Carleton_ (1728) were long attributed to Defoe, +but the internal evidence is strongly against his authorship. They have +been also attributed to Swift, with greater probability as far as style +is concerned. _The Life of Mother Ross_, reprinted in Bohn's edition, +has no claim whatever to be considered Defoe's. + +There is little to be said of Defoe's private life during this period. +He must in some way or other have obtained a considerable income. In +1724 he had built himself a large house at Stoke Newington, which had +stables and grounds of considerable size. From the negotiations for the +marriage of his daughter Sophia it appears that he had landed property +in more than one place, and he had obtained on lease in 1722 a +considerable estate from the corporation of Colchester, which was +settled on his unmarried daughter at his death. Other property was +similarly allotted to his widow and remaining children, though some +difficulty seems to have arisen from the misconduct of his son, to whom, +for some purpose, the property was assigned during his father's +lifetime, and who refused to pay what was due. There is a good deal of +mystery about the end of Defoe's life; it used to be said that he died +insolvent, and that he had been in jail shortly before his death. As a +matter of fact, after great suffering from gout and stone, he died in +Ropemaker's Alley, Moorfields, on Monday the 26th of April 1731, and was +buried in Bunhill Fields. He left no will, all his property having been +previously assigned, and letters of administration were taken out by a +creditor. How his affairs fell into this condition, why he did not die +in his own house, and why in the previous summer he had been in hiding, +as we know he was from a letter still extant, are points not clearly +explained. He was, however, attacked by Mist, whom he wounded, in prison +in 1724. It is most likely that Mist had found out that Defoe was a +government agent and quite probable that he communicated his knowledge +to other editors, for Defoe's journalistic employment almost ceased +about this time, and he began to write anonymously, or as "Andrew +Moreton." It is possible that he had to go into hiding to avoid the +danger of being accused as a real Jacobite, when those with whom he had +contracted to assume the character were dead and could no longer justify +his attitude. + +Defoe married, on New Year's Day, 1684, Mary Tuffley, who survived until +December 1732. They had seven children. His second son, Bernard or +Benjamin Norton, has, like his father, a scandalous niche in the +_Dunciad_. In April 1877 public attention was called to the distress of +three maiden ladies, directly descended from Defoe, and bearing his +name; and a crown pension of L75 a year was bestowed on each of them. +His youngest daughter, Sophia, who married Henry Baker, left a +considerable correspondence, now in the hands of her descendants. There +are several portraits of Defoe, the principal one being engraved by +Vandergucht. + +In his lifetime, Defoe, as not belonging to either of the great parties +at a time of the bitterest party strife, was subjected to obloquy on +both sides. The great Whig writers leave him unnoticed. Swift and Gay +speak slightingly of him,--the former, it is true, at a time when he was +only known as a party pamphleteer. Pope, with less excuse, put him in +the _Dunciad_ towards the end of his life, but he confessed to Spence in +private that Defoe had written many things and none bad. At a later +period he was unjustly described as "a scurrilous party writer," which +he certainly was not; but, on the other hand, Johnson spoke of his +writing "so variously and so well," and put _Robinson Crusoe_ among the +only three books that readers wish longer. From Sir Walter Scott +downwards the tendency to judge literary work on its own merits to a +great extent restored Defoe to his proper place, or, to speak more +correctly, set him there for the first time. Lord Macaulay's description +of _Roxana_, _Moll Flanders_ and _Colonel Jack_ as "utterly nauseous and +wretched" must be set aside as a freak of criticism. + +Scott justly observed that Defoe's style "is the last which should be +attempted by a writer of inferior genius; for though it be possible to +disguise mediocrity by fine writing, it appears in all its naked inanity +when it assumes the garb of simplicity." The methods by which Defoe +attains his result are not difficult to disengage. They are the +presentment of all his ideas and scenes in the plainest and most direct +language, the frequent employment of colloquial forms of speech, the +constant insertion of little material details and illustrations, often +of a more or less digressive form, and, in his historico-fictitious +works, as well as in his novels, the most rigid attention to vivacity +and consistency of character. Plot he disregards, and he is fond of +throwing his dialogues into regular dramatic form, with by-play +prescribed and stage directions interspersed. A particular trick of his +is also to divide his arguments after the manner of the preachers of his +day into heads and subheads, with actual numerical signs affixed to +them. These mannerisms undoubtedly help and emphasize the extraordinary +faithfulness to nature of his fictions, but it would be a great mistake +to suppose that they fully explain their charm. Defoe possessed genius, +and his secret is at the last as impalpable as the secret of genius +always is. + +The character of Defoe, both mental and moral, is very clearly indicated +in his works. He, the satirist of the true-born Englishman, was himself +a model, with some notable variations and improvements, of the +Englishman of his period. He saw a great many things, and what he did +see he saw clearly. But there were also a great many things which he did +not see, and there was often no logical connexion whatever between his +vision and his blindness. The most curious example of this +inconsistency, or rather of this indifference to general principle, +occurs in his _Essay on Projects_. He there speaks very briefly and +slightingly of life insurance, probably because it was then regarded as +impious by religionists of his complexion. But on either side of this +refusal are to be found elaborate projects of friendly societies and +widows' funds, which practically cover, in a clumsy and roundabout +manner, the whole ground of life insurance. In morals it is evident that +he was, according to his lights, a strictly honest and honourable man. +But sentiment of any "high-flying" description--to use the cant word of +his time--was quite incomprehensible to him, or rather never presented +itself as a thing to be comprehended. He tells us with honest and simple +pride that when his patron Harley fell out, and Godolphin came in, he +for three years held no communication with the former, and seems quite +incapable of comprehending the delicacy which would have obliged him to +follow Harley's fallen fortunes. His very anomalous position in regard +to Mist is also indicative of a rather blunt moral perception. One of +the most affecting things in his novels is the heroic constancy and +fidelity of the maid Amy to her exemplary mistress Roxana. But Amy, +scarcely by her own fault, is drawn into certain breaches of definite +moral laws which Defoe did understand, and she is therefore condemned, +with hardly a word of pity, to a miserable end. Nothing heroic or +romantic was within Defoe's view; he could not understand passionate +love, ideal loyalty, aesthetic admiration or anything of the kind; and +it is probable that many of the little sordid touches which delight us +by their apparent satire were, as designed, not satire at all, but +merely a faithful representation of the feelings and ideas of the +classes of which he himself was a unit. + +His political and economical pamphlets are almost unmatched as clear +presentations of the views of their writer. For driving the nail home no +one but Swift excels him, and Swift perhaps only in _The Drapier's +Letters_. There is often a great deal to be said against the view +presented in those pamphlets, but Defoe sees nothing of it. He was +perfectly fair but perfectly one-sided, being generally happily ignorant +of everything which told against his own view. + +The same characteristics are curiously illustrated in his moral works. +The morality of these is almost amusing in its downright positive +character. With all the Puritan eagerness to push a clear, +uncompromising, Scripture-based distinction of right and wrong into the +affairs of every-day life, he has a thoroughly English horror of +casuistry, and his clumsy canons consequently make wild work with the +infinite intricacies of human nature. He is, in fact, an instance of the +tendency, which has so often been remarked by other nations in the +English, to drag in moral distinctions at every turn, and to confound +everything which is novel to the experience, unpleasant to the taste, +and incomprehensible to the understanding, under the general epithets of +wrong, wicked and shocking. His works of this class therefore are now +the least valuable, though not the least curious, of his books. + + The earliest regular life and estimate of Defoe is that of Dr Towers + in the _Biographia Britannica_. George Chalmers's _Life_, however + (1786), added very considerable information. In 1830 Walter Wilson + wrote the standard _Life_ (3 vols.); it is coloured by political + prejudice, but is a model of painstaking care, and by its abundant + citations from works both of Defoe and of others, which are + practically inaccessible to the general reader, is invaluable. In 1859 + appeared a life of Defoe by William Chadwick, an extraordinary + rhapsody in a style which is half Cobbett and half Carlyle, but + amusing, and by no means devoid of acuteness. In 1864 the discovery of + the six letters stirred up William Lee to a new investigation, and the + results of this were published (London, 1869) in three large volumes. + The first of these (well illustrated) contains a new life and + particulars of the author's discoveries. The second and third contain + fugitive writings assigned by Lee to Defoe for the first time. For + most of these, however, we have no authority but Lee's own impressions + of style, &c.; and consequently, though the best qualified judges will + in most cases agree that Defoe may very likely have written them, it + cannot positively be stated that he did. There is also a _Life_ by + Thomas Wright (1894). The _Earlier Life and Chief Earlier Works_ of + Defoe (1890) was included by Henry Morley in the "Carisbrooke + Library." Charles Lamb's criticisms were made in three short pieces, + two of which were written for Wilson's book, and the third for _The + Reflector_. The volume on _Defoe_ (1879) in the "English Men of + Letters" series is by W. Minto. + + There is considerable uncertainty about many of Defoe's writings; and + even if all contested works be excluded, the number is still enormous. + Besides the list in Bohn's _Lowndes_, which is somewhat of an _omnium + gatherum_, three lists drawn with more or less care were compiled in + the 19th century. Wilson's contains 210 distinct works, three or four + only of which are marked as doubtful; Hazlitt's enumerates 183 + "genuine" and 52 "attributed" pieces, with notes on most of them; + Lee's extends to 254, of which 64 claim to be new additions. The + reprint (3 vols.) edited for the "Pulteney Library" by Hazlitt in + 1840-1843 contains a good and full life mainly derived from Wilson, + the whole of the novels (including the _Serious Reflections_ now + hardly ever published with _Robinson Crusoe_), _Jure Divino_, _The Use + and Abuse of Marriage_, and many of the more important tracts and + smaller works. There is also an edition, often called Scott's, but + really edited by Sir G. C. Lewis, in twenty volumes (London, + 1840-1841). This contains the _Complete Tradesman_, _Religious + Courtship_, _The Consolidator_ and other works not comprised in + Hazlitt's. Scott had previously in 1809 edited for Ballantyne some of + the novels, in twelve volumes. Bohn's "British Classics" includes the + novels (except the third part of _Robinson Crusoe_), _The History of + the Devil_, _The Storm_, and a few political pamphlets, also the + undoubtedly spurious _Mother Ross_. In 1870 Nimmo of Edinburgh + published in one volume an admirable selection from Defoe. It contains + Chalmers's _Life_, annotated and completed from Wilson and Lee, + _Robinson Crusoe_, pts. i. and ii., _Colonel Jack_, _The Cavalier_, + _Duncan Campbell_, _The Plague_, _Everybody's Business_, _Mrs Veal_, + _The Shortest Way with Dissenters_, _Giving Alms no Charity_, _The + True-Born Englishman_, _Hymn to the Pillory_, and very copious + extracts from _The Complete English Tradesman_. An edition of Defoe's + _Romances and Narratives_ in sixteen volumes by G. A. Aitken came out + in 1895. + + If we turn to separate works, the bibliography of Defoe is practically + confined (except as far as original editions are concerned) to + _Robinson Crusoe_. _Mrs Veal_ has been to some extent popularized by + the work which it helped to sell; _Religious Courtship_ and _The + Family Instructor_ had a vogue among the middle class until well into + the 19th century, and _The History of the Union_ was republished in + 1786. But the reprints and editions of _Crusoe_ have been innumerable; + it has been often translated; and the eulogy pronounced on it by + Rousseau gave it special currency in France, where imitations (or + rather adaptations) have also been common. + + In addition to the principal authorities already mentioned see John + Forster, _Historical and Biographical Essays_ (1858); G. Saintsbury, + "Introduction" to Defoe's _Minor Novels_; and valuable notes by G. A. + Aitken in _The Contemporary Review_ (February 1890), and _The + Athenaeum_ (April 30, 1889; August 31, 1890). A facsimile reprint + (1883) of _Robinson Crusoe_ has an introduction by Mr Austin Dobson. + Dr Karl T. Bulbring edited two unpublished works of Defoe, _The + Compleat English Gentleman_ (London, 1890) and _Of Royall Educacion_ + (London, 1905), from British Museum Add. MS. 32,555. Further light was + thrown on Defoe's work as a political agent by the discovery (1906) of + an unpublished paper of his in the British Museum by G. F. Warner. + This was printed in the _English Historical Review_, and afterwards + separately. + + + + +DEGAS, HILAIRE GERMAIN EDGARD (1834- ), French painter, was born in +Paris on the 19th of July 1834. Entering in 1855 the Ecole des Beaux +Arts, he early developed independence of artistic outlook, studying +under Lamothe. He first exhibited in the Salon of 1865, contributing a +"War in the middle ages," a work executed in pastel. To this medium he +was ever faithful, using it for some of his best work. In 1866 his +"Steeplechase" revealed him as a painter of the racecourse and of all +the most modern aspects of life and of Parisian society, treated in an +extremely original manner. He subsequently exhibited in 1867 "Family +Portraits," and in 1868 a portrait of a dancer in the "Ballet of _La +Source_." In 1869 and 1870 he restricted himself to portraits; but +thenceforward he abandoned the Salons and attached himself to the +Impressionists. With Manet and Monet he took the lead of the new school +at its first exhibition in 1874, and repeatedly contributed to these +exhibitions (in 1876, 1878, 1879 and 1880). In 1868 he had shown his +first study of a dancer, and in numerous pastels he proclaimed himself +the painter of the ballet, representing its figurantes in every attitude +with more constant aim at truth than grace. Several of his works may be +seen at the Luxembourg Gallery, to which they were bequeathed, among a +collection of impressionist pictures, by M. Caillebotte. In 1880 Degas +showed his powers of observation in a set of "Portraits of Criminals," +and he attempted modelling in a "Dancer," in wax. He afterwards returned +to his studies of the sporting world, exhibiting in December 1884 at the +Petit Gallery two views of "Races" which had a great success, proving +the increasing vogue of the artist among collectors. He is ranked with +Manet as the leader of the "impressionist school." At the eighth +Impressionist Exhibition, in 1886, Degas continued his realistic studies +of modern life, showing drawings of the nude, of workwomen, and of +jockeys. Besides his pastels and his paintings of genre and +portraits--among these, several likenesses of Manet--Degas also handled +his favourite subjects in etching and in aquatint; and executed several +lithographs of "Singers at Cafes-concert," of "Ballet-girls," and indeed +of every possible subject of night-life and incidents behind the scenes. +His work is to be seen not only at the Luxembourg but in many of the +great private collections in Paris, in England and America. In the +Centenary Exhibition of 1900 he exhibited "The Interior of a +Cotton-Broker's Office at New Orleans" (belonging to the Museum at Pau) +and "The Rehearsal." + + See also G. Moore, "Degas, the Painter of Modern Life," _Magazine of + Art_ (1890); J. K. Huysmans, _Certains_ (Paris, 1889); G. Geffroy, _La + Vie Artistique_ (3^e Serie, Paris, 1894). + + + + +DE GEER, LOUIS GERHARD, BARON (1818-1896), Swedish statesman and writer, +was born on the 18th of July 1818 at Finspang castle. He adopted the +legal profession, and in 1855 became president of the Gota Hofret, or +lord justice of one of the Swedish supreme courts. From the 7th of April +1858 to the 3rd of June 1870 he was minister of justice. As a member of +the Upper House he took part in all the Swedish _Riksdags_ from 1851 +onwards, though he seldom spoke. From 1867 to 1878 he was the member for +Stockholm in the first chamber, and introduced and passed many useful +reformatory statutes; but his greatest achievement, as a statesman, was +the reform of the Swedish representative system, whereby he substituted +a bi-cameral elective parliament, on modern lines, for the existing +cumbersome representation by estates, a survival from the later middle +ages. This great measure was accepted by the Riksdag in December 1865, +and received the royal sanction on the 22nd of June 1866. For some time +after this De Geer was the most popular man in Sweden. He retired from +the ministry in 1870, but took office again, as minister of justice, in +1875. In 1876 he became minister of state, which position he retained +till April 1880, when the failure of his repeated efforts to settle the +armaments' question again induced him to resign. From 1881 to 1888 he +was chancellor of the universities of Upsala and Lund. Besides several +novels and aesthetic essays, De Geer has written a few political memoirs +of supreme merit both as to style and matter, the most notable of which +are: _Minnesteckning ofver A. J. v. Hopken_ (Stockholm, 1881); +_Minnesteckning ofver Hans Jarta_ (Stockholm, 1874); _Minnesteckning +ofver B. B. von Platen_ (Stockholm, 1886); and his own _Minnen_ +(Stockholm, 1892), an autobiography, invaluable as a historical +document, in which the political experience and the matured judgments of +a lifetime are recorded with singular clearness, sobriety and charm. + + See _Sveriges historia_ (Stockholm, 1881, &c.), vi,; Carl Gustaf + Malmstrom, _Historiska Studier_ (Stockholm, 1897). (R. N. B.) + + + + +DEGGENDORF, or DECKENDORF, a town of Germany, in the kingdom of Bavaria, +25 m. N.W. of Passau, on the left bank of the Danube, which is there +crossed by two iron bridges. Pop. (1905) 7154. It is situated at the +lower end of the beautiful valley of the Perlbach, and in itself it is a +well-built and attractive town. It possesses an old town hall dating +from 1566, a hospital, a lunatic asylum, an orphanage, and a large +parish church rebuilt in 1756; but the chief interest centres in the +church of the Holy Sepulchre, built in 1337, which attracts thousands of +pilgrims to its _Porta Caeli_ or _Gnadenpforte_ (Gate of Mercy) opened +annually on Michaelmas eve and closed again on the 4th of October. In +1837, on the celebration of the 500th anniversary of this solemnity, the +number of pilgrims was reckoned at nearly 100,000. Such importance as +the town possesses is now rather commercial than religious,--it being a +depot for the timber trade of the Bavarian forest, a station for the +Danube steamboat company, and the seat of several mills, breweries, +potteries and other industrial establishments. On the bank of the Danube +outside the town are the remains of the castle of Findelstein; and on +the Geiersberg (1243 ft.), in the immediate vicinity, stands another old +pilgrimage church. About 6 m. to the north is the village of Metten, +with a Benedictine monastery founded by Charlemagne in 801, restored as +an abbey in 1840 by Louis I. of Bavaria, and well known as an +educational institution. The first mention of Deggendorf occurs in 868, +and it appears as a town in 1212. Henry (d. 1290) of the Landshut branch +of the ruling family of Bavaria made it the seat of a custom-house; and +in 1331 it became the residence of Henry III. of Natternberg (d. 1333), +so called from a castle in the neighbourhood. In 1337 a wholesale +massacre of the Jews, who were accused of having thrown the sacred host +of the church of the Holy Sepulchre into a well, took place in the town; +and it is probably from about this date that the pilgrimage above +mentioned came into vogue. The town was captured by the Swedish forces +in 1633, and in the war of the Austrian Succession it was more than once +laid in ashes. + + See Gruber and Muller, _Der bayerische Wald_ (Regensburg, 1851); + Mittermuller, _Die heil. Hostien und die Juden in Deggendorf_ + (Landshut, 1866); and _Das Kloster Metten_ (Straubing, 1857). + + + + +DE HAAS, MAURITZ FREDERICK HENDRICK (1832-1895), American marine +painter, was born on the 12th of December 1832 in Rotterdam, Holland. He +studied art in the Rotterdam Academy and at The Hague, under Bosboom and +Louis Meyer, and in 1851-1852 in London, following the English +water-colourists of the day. In 1857 he received an artist's commission +in the Dutch navy, but in 1859, under the patronage of August Belmont, +who had recently been minister of the United States at The Hague, he +resigned and removed to New York city. He became an associate of the +National Academy in 1863 and an academician in 1867, and exhibited +annually in the academy, and in 1866 he was one of the founders of the +American Society of Painters in Water Colors. He died on the 23rd of +November 1895. His "Farragut Passing the Forts at the Battle of New +Orleans" and "The Rapids above Niagara," which were exhibited at the +Paris Exposition of 1878, were his best known but not his most typical +works, for his favourite subjects were storm and wreck, wind and heavy +surf, and less often moonlight on the coasts of Holland, of Jersey, of +New England, and of Long Island, and on the English Channel. + +His brother, WILLIAM FREDERICK DE HAAS (1830-1880), who emigrated to New +York in 1854, was also a marine painter. + + + + +DEHRA, a town of British India, headquarters of the Dehra Dun district +in the United Provinces. Pop. (1901) 28,095. It lies at an elevation of +2300 ft. Here the Hardwar-Dehra railway terminates. Dehra is the +headquarters of the Trigonometrical Survey and of the Forest Department, +besides being a cantonment for a Gurkha force. The Forest School, which +trains subordinate forest officials for all parts of India, is a fine +building. Attached to it is an institution for the scientific study of +sylvi-culture and the exploitation and administration of forests. The +town of Dehra grew up round the temple built in 1699 by the heretical +Sikh Guru, Ram Rai, the founder of the Udasi sect of Ascetics. This +temple is a remarkable building in Mahommedan style. The central block, +in imitation of the emperor Jahangir's tomb, contains the bed on which +the Guru, after dying at will and coming back to life several times, +ultimately died outright; it is an object of great veneration. At the +corners of the central block are smaller monuments commemorating the +Guru's wives. + + + + +DEHRA DUN, a district of British India, in the Meerut division of the +United Provinces. Its area is 1209 sq. m. The district is bounded on the +N. by the native state of Tehri or Garhwal, on the E. by British +Garhwal, on the S. by the Siwalik hills, which separate it from +Saharanpur district, and on the W. by the hill states of Sirmur, Jubbal +and Taroch. The valley (the Dun) has an area of about 673 sq. m., and +forms a parallelogram 45 m. from N.W. to S.E. and 15 m. broad. It is +well wooded, undulating and intersected by streams. On the N.E. the +horizon is bounded by the Mussoorie or lower range of the Himalayas, and +on the S. by the Siwalik hills. The Himalayas in the north of the +district attain a height between 7000 and 8000 ft., one peak reaching an +elevation of 8565 ft.; the highest point of the Siwalik range is 3041 +ft. above sea-level. The principal passes through the Siwalik hills are +the Timli pass, leading to the military station of Chakrata, and the +Mohand pass leading to the sanatoriums of Mussoorie and Landaur. The +Ganges bounds the Dehra valley on the E.; the Jumna bounds it on the W. +From a point about midway between the two rivers, and near the town of +Dehra, runs a ridge which forms the watershed of the valley. To the west +of this ridge the water collects to form the Asan, a tributary of the +Jumna; whilst to the east the Suswa receives the drainage and flows into +the Ganges. To the east the valley is characterized by swamps and +forests, but to the west the natural depressions freely carry off the +surface drainage. Along the central ridge, the water-level lies at a +great depth from the surface (228 ft.), but it rises gradually as the +country declines towards the great rivers. In 1901 the population was +178,195, showing an increase of 6% in the decade. A railway to Dehra +from Hardwar, on the Oudh and Rohilkhand line (32 m.), was completed in +1900. The district is served by the Dun canals. Tea gardens cover a +considerable area, and the valley contains a colony of European tea +planters. + +_History._--Dehra Dun only emerges from the mists of legend into +authentic history in the 17th century A.D., when it formed part of the +Garhwal kingdom. Towards the end of the century the heretical Sikh Guru, +Ram Rai, expelled from the Punjab, sought refuge in the Dun and gathered +round him a crowd of devotees. Fateh Sah, raja of Garhwal, endowed the +temple which he built, round which grew up the town of Gurudwara or +Dehra (q.v.). In the 18th century the fertility of the valley attracted +the attention of Najib-ud-daula, governor of Saharanpur, who invaded it +with an army of Rohillas in 1757 and annexed it to his dominion. His +rule, which lasted till 1770, brought great prosperity to the Dun; but +on his death it became a prey to the surrounding tribes, its desolation +being completed after its conquest by the Gurkhas in 1803. In 1814 it +was taken possession of by the British, and in the following year was +annexed to Saharanpur. Under British administration the Dun rapidly +recovered its prosperity. + + + + +DEIOCES ([Greek: Deiokes]), according to Herodotus (i. 96 ff.) the first +king of the Medes. He narrates that, when the Medes had rebelled against +the Assyrians and gained their independence about 710 B.C., according to +his chronology (cf. Diodor. ii. 32), they lived in villages without any +political organization, and therefore the whole country was in a state +of anarchy. Then Deioces, son of Phraortes, an illustrious man of +upright character, was chosen judge in his village, and the justness of +his decisions induced the inhabitants of the other villages to throng to +him. At last the Medes resolved to make an end of the intolerable state +of their country by erecting a kingdom, and chose Deioces king. He now +caused them to build a great capital, Ecbatana, with a royal palace, and +introduced the ceremonial of oriental courts; he surrounded himself +with a guard and no longer showed himself to the people, but gave his +judgments in writing and controlled the people by officials and spies. +He united all the Median tribes, and ruled fifty-three years (c. 699-647 +B.C.), though perhaps, as G. Rawlinson supposed, the fifty-three years +of his reign are exchanged by mistake with the twenty-two years of his +son Phraortes, under whom the Median conquests began. + +The narration of Herodotus is only a popular tradition which derives the +origin of kingship from its judicial functions, considered as its +principal and most beneficent aspect. We know from the Assyrian +inscriptions that just at the time which Herodotus assigns to Deioces +the Medes were divided into numerous small principalities and subjected +to the great Assyrian conquerors. Among these petty chieftains, Sargon +in 715 mentions Dayukku, "lieutenant of Man" (he probably was, +therefore, a vassal of the neighbouring king of Man in the mountains of +south-eastern Armenia), who joined the Urartians and other enemies of +Assyria, but was by Sargon transported to Hamath in Syria "with his +clan." His district is called "bit-Dayaukki," "house of Deioces," also +in 713, when Sargon invaded these regions again. So it seems that the +dynasty, which more than half a century later succeeded in throwing off +the Assyrian yoke and founded the Median empire, was derived from this +Dayukku, and that his name was thus introduced into the Median +traditions, which contrary to history considered him as founder of the +kingdom. (Ed. M.) + + + + +DEIOTARUS, a tetrarch of Galatia (Gallo-Graecia) in Asia Minor, and a +faithful ally of the Romans. He is first heard of at the beginning of +the third Mithradatic war, when he drove out the troops of Mithradates +under Eumachus from Phrygia. His most influential friend was Pompey, +who, when settling the affairs of Asia (63 or 62 B.C.), rewarded him +with the title of king and an increase of territory (Lesser Armenia). On +the outbreak of the civil war, Deiotarus naturally sided with his old +patron Pompey, and after the battle of Pharsalus escaped with him to +Asia. In the meantime Pharnaces, the son of Mithradates, had seized +Lesser Armenia, and defeated Deiotarus near Nicopolis. Fortunately for +Deiotarus, Caesar at that time (47) arrived in Asia from Egypt, and was +met by the tetrarch in the dress of a suppliant. Caesar pardoned him for +having sided with Pompey, ordered him to resume his royal attire, and +hastened against Pharnaces, whom he defeated at Zela. In consequence of +the complaints of certain Galatian princes, Deiotarus was deprived of +part of his dominions, but allowed to retain the title of king. On the +death of Mithradates of Pergamum, tetrarch of the Trocmi, Deiotarus was +a candidate for the vacancy. Other tetrarchs also pressed their claims; +and, further, Deiotarus was accused by his grandson Castor of having +attempted to assassinate Caesar when the latter was his guest in +Galatia. Cicero, who entertained a high opinion of Deiotarus, whose +acquaintance he had made when governor of Cilicia, undertook his +defence, the case being heard in Caesar's own house at Rome. The matter +was allowed to drop for a time, and the assassination of Caesar +prevented any final decision being pronounced. In his speech Cicero +briefly dismisses the charge of assassination, the main question being +the distribution of the provinces, which was the real cause of the +quarrels between Deiotarus and his relatives. After Caesar's death, Mark +Antony, for a large monetary consideration, publicly announced that, in +accordance with instructions left by Caesar, Deiotarus was to resume +possession of all the territory of which he had been deprived. When +civil war again broke out, Deiotarus was persuaded to support Brutus and +Cassius, but after the battle of Philippi went over to the triumvirs. He +remained in possession of his kingdom till his death at a very advanced +age. + + See Cicero, _Philippica_, ii. 37; _Ad fam._ viii. 10, ix. 12, xv. 1, + 2, 4; _Ad Att._ xiv. 1; _De divin._ i. 15, ii. 36, 37; _De harusp. + resp._ 13, and above all _Pro rege Deiotaro_; Appian, _Bell. Mithrid._ + 75, 114; _Bellum Alexandrinum_, 34-41, 65-77; Dio Cassius xli. 63, + xlii. 45, xlvii. 24, 48, xlviii. 33. + + + + +DEIR, or DEIR EZ-ZOR, a town of Asiatic Turkey, on the right bank of the +Euphrates, 27(1/2) m. above its junction with the Khabor, lat. 35 deg. +20' N., long. 40 deg. 12' E. Pop. 8000 and upward, about one-tenth +Christians; except in the official classes, there are no Turks. It is +the capital and the only considerable town of the Zor sanjak, formed in +1857, which includes Ras el-'Ain on the north and Palmyra on the south, +with a total area of 32,820 sq. m., chiefly desert, and an estimated +population of 100,000, mostly Arab nomads. Deir itself is a thrifty and +rising town, having considerable traffic; it is singularly European in +appearance, with macadamized streets and a public garden. The name Deir +means monastery, but there is no other trace or tradition of the +occupation of the site before the 14th century, and until it became the +capital of the sanjak it was an insignificant village. It is an +important centre for the control of the Bedouin Arabs, and has a +garrison of about 1000 troops, including a special corps of mule-riders. +It is also a road centre, the roads from the Mediterranean to Bagdad by +way of Aleppo and Damascus respectively meeting here. A road also leads +northward, by Sinjar, to Mosul, crossing the river on a stone bridge, +built in 1897, the only permanent bridge over the Euphrates south of +Asia Minor. (J. P. Pe.) + + + + +DEIRA, the southern of the two English kingdoms afterwards united as +Northumbria. According to Simeon of Durham it extended from the Humber +to the Tyne, but the land was waste north of the Tees. York was the +capital of its kings. The date of its first settlement is quite unknown, +but the first king of whom we have any record is Ella or Aelle, the +father of Edwin, who is said to have been reigning about 585. After his +death Deira was subject to Aethelfrith, king of Northumbria, until the +accession of Edwin, in 616 or 617, who ruled both kingdoms (see Edwin) +till 633. Osric the nephew of Edwin ruled Deira (633-634), but his son +Oswine was put to death by Oswio in 651. For a few years subsequently +Deira was governed by Aethelwald son of Oswald. + + See Bede, _Historia ecclesiastica_, ii. 14, iii. 1, 6, 14 (ed. C. + Plummer, Oxford, 1896); Nennius, _Historia Brittonum_, S 64 (ed. Th. + Mommsen, Berlin, 1898); Simeon of Durham, _Opera_, i. 339 (ed. T. + Arnold, London, 1882-1885). (F. G. M. B.) + + + + +DEISM (Lat. _deus_, god), strictly the belief in one supreme God. It is +however the received name for a current of rationalistic theological +thought which, though not confined to one country, or to any +well-defined period, was most conspicuous in England in the last years +of the 17th and the first half of the 18th century. The deists, +differing widely in important matters of belief, were yet agreed in +seeking above all to establish the certainty and sufficiency of natural +religion in opposition to the positive religions, and in tacitly or +expressly denying the unique significance of the supernatural revelation +in the Old and New Testaments. They either ignored the Scriptures, +endeavoured to prove them in the main by a helpful republication of the +_Evangelium aeternum_, or directly impugned their divine character, +their infallibility, and the validity of their evidences as a complete +manifestation of the will of God. The term "deism" not only is used to +signify the main body of the deists' teaching, or the tendency they +represent, but has come into use as a technical term for one specific +metaphysical doctrine as to the relation of God to the universe, assumed +to have been characteristic of the deists, and to have distinguished +them from atheists, pantheists and theists,--the belief, namely, that +the first cause of the universe is a personal God, who is, however, not +only distinct from the world but apart from it and its concerns. + +The words "deism" and "deist" appear first about the middle of the 16th +century in France (cf. Bayle's _Dictionnaire, s.v._ "Viret," note D), +though the deistic standpoint had already been foreshadowed to some +extent by Averroists, by Italian authors like Boccaccio and Petrarch, in +More's _Utopia_ (1515), and by French writers like Montaigne, Charron +and Bodin. The first specific attack on deism in English was Bishop +Stillingfleet's _Letter to a Deist_ (1677). By the majority of those +historically known as the English deists, from Blount onwards, the name +was owned and honoured. They were also occasionally called +"rationalists." "Free-thinker" (in Germany, _Freidenker_) was generally +taken to be synonymous with "deist," though obviously capable of a +wider signification, and as coincident with _esprit fort_ and with +_libertin_ in the original and theological sense of the word.[1] +"Naturalists" was a name frequently used of such as recognized no god +but nature, of so-called Spinozists, atheists; but both in England and +Germany, in the 18th century, this word was more commonly and aptly in +use for those who founded their religion on the _lumen naturae_ alone. +It was evidently in common use in the latter half of the 16th century as +it is used by De Mornay in _De la verite de la religion chretienne_ +(1581) and by Montaigne. The same men were not seldom assaulted under +the name of "theists"; the later distinction between "theist" and +"deist," which stamped the latter word as excluding the belief in +providence or in the immanence of God, was apparently formulated in the +end of the 18th century by those rationalists who were aggrieved at +being identified with the naturalists. (See also THEISM.) + +The chief names amongst the deists are those of Lord Herbert of Cherbury +(1583-1648), Charles Blount (1654-1693), Matthew Tindal (1657-1733), +William Wollaston (1659-1724), Thomas Woolston (1669-1733), Junius Janus +(commonly known as John) Toland (1670-1722), the 3rd earl of Shaftesbury +(1671-1713), Viscount Bolingbroke (1678-1751), Anthony Collins +(1676-1729), Thomas Morgan (?-1743), and Thomas Chubb (1679-1747).[2] +Peter Annet (1693-1769), and Henry Dodwell (the younger; d. 1784), who +made his contribution to the controversy in 1742, are of less +importance. Of the eleven first named, ten appear to have been born +within twenty-five years of one another; and it is noteworthy that by +far the greater part of the literary activity of the deists, as well as +of their voluminous opponents, falls within the same half century. + +The impulses that promoted a vein of thought cognate to deism were +active both before and after the time of its greatest notoriety. But +there are many reasons to show why, in the 17th century, men should have +set themselves with a new zeal, in politics, law and theology, to follow +the light of nature alone, and to cast aside the fetters of tradition +and prescriptive right, of positive codes, and scholastic systems, and +why in England especially there should, amongst numerous free-thinkers, +have been not a few free writers. The significance of the Copernican +system, as the total overthrow of the traditional conception of the +universe, dawned on all educated men. In physics, Descartes had prepared +the way for the final triumph of the mechanical explanation of the world +in Newton's system. In England the new philosophy had broken with +time-honoured beliefs more completely than it had done even in France; +Hobbes was more startling than Bacon. Locke's philosophy, as well as his +theology, served as a school for the deists. Men had become weary of +Protestant scholasticism; religious wars had made peaceful thinkers seek +to take the edge off dogmatical rancour; and the multiplicity of +religious sects, coupled with the complete failure of various attempts +at any substantial reconciliation, provoked distrust of the common basis +on which all were founded. There was a school of distinctively +latitudinarian thought in the Church of England; others not unnaturally +thought it better to extend the realm of the _adiaphora_ beyond the +sphere of Protestant ritual or the details of systematic divinity. +Arminianism had revived the rational side of theological method. +Semi-Arians and Unitarians, though sufficiently distinguished from the +free-thinkers by reverence for the letter of Scripture, might be held to +encourage departure from the ancient landmarks. The scholarly labours of +P. D. Huet, R. Simon, L. E. Dupin, and Jean Le Clerc (Clericus), of the +orientalists John Lightfoot, John Spencer and Humphrey Prideaux, of John +Mill, the collator of New Testament readings, and John Fell, furnished +new materials for controversy; and the scope of Spinoza's _Tractatus +theologico-politicus_ had naturally been much more fully apprehended +than ever his _Ethica_ could be. The success of the English revolution +permitted men to turn from the active side of political and theological +controversy to speculation and theory; and curiosity was more powerful +than faith. Much new ferment was working. The toleration and the free +press of England gave it scope. Deism was one of the results, and is an +important link in the chain of thought from the Reformation to our own +day. + +Long before England was ripe to welcome deistic thought Lord Herbert of +Cherbury earned the name "Father of Deism" by laying down the main line +of that religious philosophy which in various forms continued ever after +to be the backbone of deistic systems. He based his theology on a +comprehensive, if insufficient, survey of the nature, foundation, limits +and tests of human knowledge. And amongst the divinely implanted, +original, indefeasible _notitiae communes_ of the human mind, he found +as foremost his five articles:--that there is one supreme God, that he +is to be worshipped, that worship consists chiefly of virtue and piety, +that we must repent of our sins and cease from them, and that there are +rewards and punishments here and hereafter. Thus Herbert sought to do +for the religion of nature what his friend Grotius was doing for natural +law,--making a new application of the standard of Vincent of Lerins, +_Quod semper, quod ubique, quod ab omnibus_. It is important to notice +that Herbert, as English ambassador at Paris, united in himself the +currents of French and English thought, and also that his De Veritate, +published in Latin and translated into French, did not appear in an +English version. + +Herbert had hardly attempted a systematic criticism of the Christian +revelation either as a whole or in its details. Blount, a man of a very +different spirit, did both, and in so doing may be regarded as having +inaugurated the second main line of deistic procedure, that of +historico-critical examination of the Old and New Testaments. Blount +adopted and expanded Hobbes's arguments against the Mosaic authorship of +the Pentateuch; and, mainly in the words of Burnet's _Archeologiae +philosophicae_, he asserts the total inconsistency of the Mosaic +Hexaemeron with the Copernican theory of the heavens, dwelling with +emphasis on the impossibility of admitting the view developed in +Genesis, that the earth is the most important part of the universe. He +assumes that the narrative was meant _ethically_, not _physically_, in +order to eliminate false and polytheistic notions; and he draws +attention to that double narrative in Genesis which was elsewhere to be +so fruitfully handled. The examination of the miracles of Apollonius of +Tyana, professedly founded on papers of Lord Herbert's, is meant to +suggest similar considerations with regard to the miracles of Christ. +Naturalistic explanations of some of these are proposed, and a mythical +theory is distinctly foreshadowed when Blount dwells on the inevitable +tendency of men, especially long after the event, to discover miracles +attendant on the birth and death of their heroes. Blount assaults the +doctrine of a mediator as irreligious. He dwells much more pronouncedly +than Herbert on the view, afterwards regarded as a special +characteristic of all deists, that much or most error in religion has +been invented or knowingly maintained by sagacious men for the easier +maintenance of good government, or in the interests of themselves and +their class. And when he heaps suspicion, not on Christian dogmas, but +on beliefs of which the resemblance to Christian tenets is sufficiently +patent, the real aim is so transparent that his method seems to partake +rather of the nature of literary eccentricity than of polemical +artifice; yet by this disingenuous indirectness he gave his argument +that savour of duplicity which ever after clung to the popular +conception of deism. + +Shaftesbury, dealing with matters for the most part different from those +usually handled by the deists, stands almost wholly out of their ranks. +But he showed how loosely he held the views he did not go out of his way +to attack, and made it plain how little weight the letter of Scripture +had for himself; and, writing with much greater power than any of the +deists, he was held to have done more than any one of them to forward +the cause for which they wrought. Founding ethics on the native and +cultivable capacity in men to appreciate worth in men and actions, and, +like the ancient Greek thinkers whom he followed, associating the +apprehension of morality with the apprehension of beauty, he makes +morality wholly independent of scriptural enactment, and still more, of +theological forecasting of future bliss or agony. He yet insisted on +religion as the crown of virtue; and, arguing that religion is +inseparable from a high and holy enthusiasm for the divine plan of the +universe, he sought the root of religion in feeling, not in accurate +beliefs or meritorious good works. He set little store on the theology +of those who in a system of dry and barren notions "pay handsome +compliments to the Deity," "remove providence," "explode devotion," and +leave but "little of zeal, affection, or warmth in what they call +rational religion." In the protest against the scheme of "judging truth +by counting noses," Shaftesbury recognized the danger of the standard +which seemed to satisfy many deists; and in almost every respect he has +more in common with those who afterwards, in Germany, annihilated the +pretensions of complacent rationalism than with the rationalists +themselves. + +Toland, writing at first professedly without hostility to any of the +received elements of the Christian faith, insisted that Christianity was +not mysterious, and that the value of religion could not lie in any +unintelligible or self-contradictory elements; though we cannot know the +real essence of God or of any of his creatures, yet our beliefs about +God must be thoroughly consistent with reason. Afterwards, Toland +discussed, with considerable real learning and much show of candour, the +comparative evidence for the canonical and apocryphal Scriptures, and +demanded a careful and complete historical examination of the grounds on +which our acceptance of the New Testament canon rests. He contributed +little to the solution of the problem, but forced the investigation of +the canon alike on theologians and the reading public. Again, he +sketched a view of early church history, further worked out by Johann +Salomo Semler (1725-1791), and surprisingly like that which was later +elaborated by the Tubingen school. He tried to show, both from Scripture +and extra-canonical literature, that the primitive church, so far from +being an incorporate body of believers with the same creed and customs, +really consisted of two schools, each possessing its "own gospel"--a +school of Ebionites or Judaizing Christians, and the more liberal school +of Paul. These parties, consciously but amicably differing in their +whole relation to the Jewish law and the outside world, were +subsequently forced into a non-natural uniformity. The cogency of +Toland's arguments was weakened by his manifest love of paradox. +Wollaston upheld the "intellectual" theory of morality, and all his +reasoning is independent of any authority or evidence derived from +revelation. His system was simplicity itself, all sin being reduced to +the one form of lying. He favoured the idea of a future life as being +necessary to set right the mistakes and inequalities of the present. + +Collins, who had created much excitement by his _Discourse of +Free-thinking_, insisting on the value and necessity of unprejudiced +inquiry, published at a later stage of the deistic controversy the +famous argument on the evidences of Christianity. Christianity is +founded on Judaism; its main prop is the argument from the fulfilment of +prophecy. Yet no interpretation or rearrangement of the text of Old +Testament prophecies will secure a fair and non-allegorical +correspondence between these and their alleged fulfilment in the New +Testament. The inference is not expressly drawn, though it becomes +perfectly clear from his refutation of William Whiston's curious counter +theory that there were in the original Hebrew scriptures prophecies +which were literally fulfilled in the New Testament, but had been +expunged at an early date by Jewish scribes. Collins indicates the +possible extent to which the Jews may have been indebted to Chaldeans +and Egyptians for their theological views, especially as great part of +the Old Testament would appear to have been remodelled by Ezra; and, +after dwelling on the points in which the prophecies attributed to +Daniel differ from all other Old Testament predictions, he states the +greater number of the arguments still used to show that the book of +Daniel deals with events past and contemporaneous, and is from the pen +of a writer of the Maccabean period, a view now generally accepted. +Collins resembles Blount in "attacking specific Christian positions +rather than seeking for a foundation on which to build the edifice of +Natural Religion." Amongst those who replied to him were Richard +Bentley, Edward Chandler, bishop of Lichfield, and Thomas Sherlock, +afterwards bishop of London, who also attacked Woolston. They refuted +him easily on many specific points, but carefully abstained from +discussing the real question at issue, namely the propriety of free +inquiry. + +Woolston, at first to all appearance working earnestly in behalf of an +allegorical but believing interpretation of the New Testament miracles, +ended by assaulting, with a yet unknown violence of speech, the +absurdity of accepting them as actual historical events, and did his +best to overthrow the credibility of Christ's principal miracles. The +bitterness of his outspoken invective against the clergy, against all +priestcraft and priesthood, was a new feature in deistic literature, and +injured the author more than it furthered his cause. + +Tindal's aim seems to have been a sober statement of the whole case in +favour of natural religion, with copious but moderately worded criticism +of such beliefs and usages in the Christian and other religions as he +conceived to be either non-religious or directly immoral and +unwholesome. The work in which he endeavoured to prove that true +Christianity is as old as the creation, and is really but the +republication of the gospel of nature, soon gained the name of the +"Deist's Bible." It was against Tindal that the most important of the +orthodox replies were directed, e.g. John Conybeare's _Defence of +Revealed Religion_, William Law's _Case of Reason_ and, to a large +extent, Butler's _Analogy_. + +Morgan criticized with great freedom the moral character of the persons +and events of Old Testament history, developing the theory of conscious +"accommodation" on the part of the leaders of the Jewish church. This +accommodation of truth, by altering the form and substance of it to meet +the views and secure the favour of ignorant and bigoted contemporaries, +Morgan attributes also to the apostles and to Jesus. He likewise expands +at great length a theory of the origin of the Catholic Church much like +that sketched by Toland, but assumes that Paul and his party, latterly +at least, were distinctly hostile to the Judaical party of their +fellow-believers in Jesus as the Messias, while the college of the +original twelve apostles and their adherents viewed Paul and his +followers with suspicion and disfavour. Persecution from without Morgan +regards as the influence which mainly forced the antagonistic parties +into the oneness of the catholic and orthodox church. Morgan "seems to +have discerned the dawning of a truer and better method" than the +others. "He saw dimly that things require to be accounted for as well as +affirmed or denied," and he was "one of the pioneers of modern +historical science as applied to biblical criticism." + +Annet made it his special work to invalidate belief in the resurrection +of Christ, and to discredit the work of Paul. + +Chubb, the least learnedly educated of the deists, did more than any of +them, save Herbert, to round his system into a logical whole. From the +New Testament he sought to show that the teaching of Christ +substantially coincides with natural religion as he understood it. But +his main contention is that Christianity is not a doctrine but a life, +not the reception of a system of truths or facts, but a pious effort to +live in accordance with God's will here, in the hope of joining him +hereafter. Chubb dwells with special emphasis on the fact that Christ +preached the gospel to the poor, and argues, as Tindal had done, that +the gospel must therefore be accessible to all men without any need for +learned study of evidences for miracles, and intelligible to the meanest +capacity. He sought to show that even in the New Testament there are +essential contradictions, and instances the unconditional forgiveness +preached by Christ in the gospels as compared with Paul's doctrine of +forgiveness by the mediation of Christ. Externally Chubb is interesting +as representing the deism of the people contrasted with that of Tindal +the theologian. + +Dodwell's ingenious thesis, that Christianity is not founded on +argument, was certainly not meant as an aid to faith; and, though its +starting-point is different from all other deistical works, it may +safely be reckoned amongst their number. + +Though himself contemporary with the earlier deists, Bolingbroke's +principal works were posthumously published after interest in the +controversy had declined. His whole strain, in sharp contrast to that of +most of his predecessors, is cynical and satirical, and suggests that +most of the matters discussed were of small personal concern to himself. +He gives fullest scope to the ungenerous view that a vast proportion of +professedly revealed truth was ingeniously palmed off by the more +cunning on the more ignorant for the convenience of keeping the latter +under. But he writes with keenness and wit, and knows well how to use +the materials already often taken advantage of by earlier deists. + +Before passing on to a summary of the deistic position, it is necessary +to say something of the views of Conyers Middleton (q.v.), who, though +he never actually severed himself from orthodoxy, yet advanced theories +closely analogous to those of the deists. His most important theological +work was that devoted to an exposure of patristic miracles. His attack +was based largely on arguments which could be turned with equal force +against the miracles of the New Testament, and he even went further than +previous rationalists in impugning the credibility of statements as to +alleged miracles emanating from martyrs and the fathers of the early +church. That Middleton was prepared to carry this type of argument into +the apostolic period is shown by certain posthumous essays +(_Miscellaneous Works_; ii. pp. 255 ff.), in which he charges the New +Testament writers with inconsistency and the apostles with suppressing +their cherished beliefs on occasions of difficulty. + +In the substance of what they received as natural religion, the deists +were for the most part agreed; Herbert's articles continued to contain +the fundamentals of their theology. Religion, though not identified with +morality, had its most important outcome in a faithful following of the +eternal laws of morality, regarded as the will of God. With the virtuous +life was further to be conjoined a humble disposition to adore the +Creator, avoiding all factitious forms of worship as worse than useless. +The small value they attributed to all outward and special forms of +service, and the want of any sympathetic craving for the communion of +saints, saved the deists from attempting to found a free-thinking +church. They seem generally to have inclined to a quietistic +accommodation to established forms of faith, till better times came. +They steadfastly sought to eliminate the miraculous from theological +belief, and to expel from the system of religious truth all debatable, +difficult or mysterious articles. They aimed at a rational and +intelligible faith, professedly in order to make religion, in all its +width and depth, the heritage of every man. They regarded with as much +suspicion the notion of a "peculiar people" of God, as of a unique +revelation, and insisted on the possibility of salvation for the +heathen. They rejected the doctrine of the Trinity, and protested +against mediatorship, atonement and the imputed righteousness of Christ, +always laying more stress on the teaching of Christ than on the teaching +of the church about him; but they repeatedly laid claim to the name of +Christians or of Christian deists. Against superstition, fanaticism and +priestcraft they protested unceasingly. They all recognized the soul of +man--not regarded as intellectual alone--as the ultimate court of +appeal. But they varied much in their attitude towards the Bible. Some +were content to argue their own ideas into Scripture, and those they +disliked out of it; to one or two it seemed a satisfaction to discover +difficulties in Scripture, to point to historical inaccuracies and moral +defects. Probably Chubb's position on this head is most fairly +characteristic of deism. He holds that the narrative, especially of the +New Testament, is in the main accurate, but, as written after the events +narrated, has left room for misunderstandings and mistakes. The apostles +were good men, to whom, after Christ, we are most indebted; but they +were fairly entitled to their own private opinions, and naturally +introduced these into their writings. The epistles, according to Chubb, +contain errors of fact, false interpretations of the Old Testament, and +sometimes disfigurement of religious truth. + +The general tendency of the deistical writings is sufficiently +self-consistent to justify a common name. But deism is not a compact +system nor is it the outcome of any one line of philosophical thought. +Of matters generally regarded as pertaining to natural religion, that on +which they were least agreed was the certainty, philosophical +demonstrability and moral significance of the immortality of the soul, +so that the deists have sometimes been grouped into "mortal" and +"immortal" deists. For some the belief in future rewards and punishments +was an essential of religion; some seem to have questioned the doctrine +as a whole; and, while others made it a basis of morality, Shaftesbury +protested against the ordinary theological form of the belief as +immoral. No two thinkers could well be more opposed than Shaftesbury and +Hobbes; yet sometimes ideas from both were combined by the same writer. +Collins was a pronounced necessitarian; Morgan regarded the denial of +free will as tantamount to atheism. And nothing can be more misleading +than to assume that the belief in a Creator, existent wholly apart from +the work of his hands, was characteristic of the deists as a body. In +none of them is any theory on the subject specially prominent, except +that in their denial of miracles, of supernatural revelation, and a +special redemptive interposition of God in history, they seem to have +thought of providence much as the mass of their opponents did. Herbert +starts his chief theological work with the design of vindicating God's +providence. Shaftesbury vigorously protests against the notion of a +wholly transcendent God. Morgan more than once expresses a theory that +would now be pronounced one of immanence. Toland, the inventor of the +name of pantheism, was notoriously, for a great part of his life, in +some sort a pantheist. And while as thinkers they diverged in their +opinions, so too they differed radically in character, in reverence for +their subject and in religious earnestness and moral worth. + +The deists were not powerful writers; none of them was distinguished by +wide and accurate scholarship; hardly any was either a deep or +comprehensive thinker. But though they generally had the best +scholarship of England against them, they were bold, acute, +well-informed men; they appreciated more fully than their contemporaries +not a few truths now all but universally accepted; and they seemed +therefore entitled to leave their mark on subsequent theological +thought. Yet while the seed they sowed was taking deep root in France +and in Germany, the English deists, the most notable men of their time, +were soon forgotten, or at least ceased to be a prominent factor in the +intellectual life of the century. The controversies they had provoked +collapsed, and deism became a by-word even amongst those who were in no +degree anxious to appear as champions of orthodoxy. + +The fault was not wholly in the subjectivism of the movement. But the +subjectivism that founded its theology on the "common sense" of the +individual was accompanied by a fatal pseudo-universalism which, cutting +away all that was peculiar, individual and most intense in all +religions, left in any one of them but a lifeless form. A theology +consisting of a few vague generalities was sufficient to sustain the +piety of the best of the deists; but it had not the concreteness or +intensity necessary to take a firm hold on those whom it emancipated +from the old beliefs. The negative side of deism came to the front, and, +communicated with fatal facility, seems ultimately to have constituted +the deism that was commonly professed at the clubs of the wits and the +tea-tables of polite society. But the intenser religious life before +which deism fell was also a revolt against the abstract and +argumentative orthodoxy of the time. + +That the deists appreciated fully the scope of difficulties in Christian +theology and the sacred books is not their most noteworthy feature; but +that they made a stand, sometimes cautiously, often with outspoken +fearlessness, against the presupposition that the Bible is the religion +of Protestants. They themselves gave way to another presupposition +equally fatal to true historical research, though in great measure +common to them and their opponents. It was assumed by deists in +debating against the orthodox, that the flood of error in the hostile +camp was due to the benevolent cunning or deliberate self-seeking of +unscrupulous men, supported by the ignorant with the obstinacy of +prejudice. + +Yet deism deserves to be remembered as a strenuous protest against +bibliolatry in every degree and against all traditionalism in theology. +It sought to look not a few facts full in the face, from a new point of +view and with a thoroughly modern though unhistorical spirit. It was not +a religious movement; and though, as a defiance of the accepted +theology, its character was mainly theological, the deistical crusade +belongs, not to the history of the church, or of dogma, but to the +history of general culture. It was an attitude of mind, not a body of +doctrine; its nearest parallel is probably to be found in the eclectic +strivings of the Renaissance philosophy and the modernizing tendencies +of cisalpine humanism. The controversy was assumed to be against +prejudice, ignorance, obscurantism; what monks were to Erasmus the +clergy as such were to Woolston. Yet English deism was in many ways +characteristically English. The deists were, as usually happens with the +leaders of English thought, no class of professional men, but +represented every rank in the community. They made their appeal in the +mother tongue to all men who could read and think, and sought to reduce +the controversy to its most direct practical issue. And, with but one or +two exceptions, they avoided wildness in their language as much as in +the general scheme of theology they proposed. If at times they had +recourse to ambiguity of speech and veiled polemic, this might be partly +excused when we remember the hanging of Thomas Aikenhead in 1697 for +ridiculing the Bible, and Woolston's imprisonment in 1729. + +French deism, the direct progeny of the English movement, was equally +short-lived. Voltaire during his three years' residence in England +(1726-1729) absorbed an enthusiasm for freedom of thought, and provided +himself with the arguments necessary to support the deism which he had +learned in his youth; he was to the end a deist of the school of +Bolingbroke. Rousseau, though not an active assailant of Christianity, +could have claimed kindred with the nobler deists. Diderot was for a +time heartily in sympathy with deistic thought; and the _Encyclopedie_ +was in its earlier portion an organ of deism. Even in the Roman Catholic +Church a large number of the leading divines were frankly deistic, nor +were they for that reason regarded as irreligious. But as Locke's +philosophy became in France sensationalism, and as Locke's pregnant +question, reiterated by Collins, how we know that the divine power might +not confer thought on matter, led the way to dogmatic materialism, so +deism soon gave way to forms of thought more directly and completely +subversive of the traditional theology. None the less it is +unquestionable that in the period preceding the Revolution the bulk of +French thinkers were ultimately deists in various degrees, and that +deism was a most potent factor not only in speculative but also in +social and political development. Many of the leaders of the +revolutionary movement were deists, though it is quite false to say that +the extreme methods of the movement were the result of widespread +rationalism. + +In Germany there was a native free-thinking theology nearly contemporary +with that of England, whence it was greatly developed and supplemented. +Among the earliest names are those of Georg Schade (1712-1795), J. B. +Basedow (1723-1790), the educationist, Johann August Eberhard (q.v.); +and K. F. Bahrdt, who regarded Christ as merely a noble teacher like +Moses, Confucius and Luther. The compact rational philosophy of Wolff +nourished a theological rationalism which in H. S. Reimarus was wholly +undistinguishable from dogmatic deism, and was undoubtedly to a great +extent adopted by Lessing; while, in the case of the historico-critical +school to which J. S. Sender belonged, the distinction is not always +easily drawn--although these rationalists professedly recognized in +Scripture a real divine revelation, mingled with local and temporary +elements. It deserves to be noted here that the former, the theology of +the _Aufklarung_, was, like that of the deists, destined to a +short-lived notoriety; whereas the solid, accurate and scholarly +researches of the rationalist critics of Germany, undertaken with no +merely polemical spirit, not only form an epoch in the history of +theology, but have taken a permanent place in the body of theological +science. Ere _rationalismus vulgaris_ fell before the combined assault +of Schleiermacher's subjective theology and the deeper historical +insight of the Hegelians, it had found a refuge successively in the +Kantian postulates of the practical reason, and in the vague but earnest +faith-philosophy of Jacobi. + +Outside France, Germany and England, there were no great schools of +thought distinctively deistic, though in most countries there is to be +found a rationalistic anti-clerical movement which partakes of the +character of deism. It seems probable, for example, that in Portugal the +marquis de Pombal was in reality a deist, and both in Italy and in Spain +there were signs of the same rationalistic revolt. More certain, and +also more striking, is the fact that the leading statesmen in the +American War of Independence were emphatically deists; Benjamin Franklin +(who attributes his position to the study of Shaftesbury and Collins), +Thomas Paine, Washington and Jefferson, although they all had the +greatest admiration for the New Testament story, denied that it was +based on any supernatural revelation. For various reasons the movement +in America did not appear on the surface to any great extent, and after +the comparative failure of Elihu Palmer's _Principles of Nature_ it +expressed itself chiefly in the spread of Unitarianism. + +In England, though the deists were forgotten, their spirit was not +wholly dead. For men like Hume and Gibbon the standpoint of deism was +long left behind; yet Gibbon's famous two chapters might well have been +written by a deist. Even now many undoubtedly cling to a theology nearly +allied to deism. Rejecting miracles and denying the infallibility of +Scripture, protesting against Calvinistic views of sovereign grace and +having no interest in evangelical Arminianism, the faith of such +inquirers seems fairly to coincide with that of the deists. Even some +cultured theologians, the historical representatives of +latitudinarianism, seem to accept the great body of what was contended +for by the deists. Moreover, the influence of the deistic writers had an +incalculable influence in the gradual progress towards tolerance, and in +the spread of a broader attitude towards intellectual problems, and this +too, though, as we have seen, the original deists devoted themselves +mainly to a crusade against the doctrine of revelation. + +The original deists displayed a singular incapacity to understand the +true conditions of history; yet amongst them there were some who pointed +the way to the truer, more generous interpretation of the past. When +Shaftesbury wrote that "religion is still a discipline, and progress of +the soul towards perfection," he gave birth to the same thought that was +afterwards hailed in Lessing's _Erziehung des Menschengeschlechtes_ as +the dawn of a fuller and a purer light on the history of religion and on +the development of the spiritual life of mankind. + + AUTHORITIES.--See John Leland, _A View of the Principal Deistical + Writers_ (2 vols., 1754-1756; ed. 1837); G. V. Lechler, _Geschichte + des englischen Deismus_ (2 vols., 1841); L. Noack, _Die Freidenker in + der Religion_ (Bern, 1853-1855); John Hunt, _Religious Thought in + England_ (3 vols., 1870-1872); Leslie Stephen, _History of English + Thought in the 18th Century_ (2 vols., 1876); A. S. Farrar, _A + Critical History of Free Thought_ (1862, Bampton Lectures); J. H. + Overton and F. Relton, _The English Church from the Accession of + George I. to the end of the 18th Century_ (1906; especially chap. iv., + "The Answer to Deism"); A. W. Benn, _History of English Rationalism in + the 19th Century_ (1906); i. 111 ff.; J. M. Robertson, _Short History + of Free Thought_ (1906); G. Ch. B. Punjer, _Geschichte der + christlichen Religionsphilosophie seit der Reformation_ (Brunswick, + 1880); M. W. Wiseman, _Dynamics of Religion_ (London, 1897), pt. ii.; + article "Deismus" in Herzog-Hauck, _Realencyklopadie_ (vol. iv., + 1898). + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] The right of the orthodox party to use this name was asserted by + the publication in 1715 of a journal called _The Freethinker_, + conducted by anti-deistic clergymen. The term _libertin_ appears to + have been used first as a hostile epithet of the Brethren of the Free + Spirit, a 13th-century sect which was accused not only of + free-thought but also of licentious living. + + [2] See the separate biographies of these writers. The three most + significant names after Lord Herbert are those of Toland, Wollaston + and Tindal. + + + + +DEISTER, a chain of hills in Germany, in the Prussian province of +Hanover, about 15 m. S.W. of the city of Hanover. It runs in a +north-westerly direction from Springe in the S. to Rodenberg in the N. +It has a total length of 14 m., and rises in the Hofeler to a height of +1250 ft. The chain is well-wooded and abounds in game. There are some +coal mines and sandstone quarries. + + + + +DEJAZET, PAULINE VIRGINIE (1798-1875), French actress, born in Paris on +the 30th of August 1798, made her first appearance on the stage at the +age of five. It was not until 1820, when she began her seven years' +connexion with the recently founded Gymnase, that she won her triumphs +in soubrette and "breeches" parts, which came to be known as +"_Dejazets_." From 1828 she played at the Nouveautes for three years, +then at the Varietes, and finally became manager, with her son, of the +Folies, which was renamed the Theatre Dejazet. Here, even at the age of +sixty-five, she had marvellous success in youthful parts, especially in +a number of Sardou's earlier plays, previously unacted. She retired in +1868, and died on the 1st of December 1875, leaving a great name in the +annals of the French stage. + + See Duval's _Virginie Dejazet_ (1876). + + + + +DE KALB, a city of De Kalb county, Illinois, U.S.A., in the N. part of +the state, about 58 m. W. of Chicago. Pop. (1890) 2579; (1900) 5904 +(1520 foreign-born); (1910) 8102. De Kalb is served by the Chicago Great +Western, the Chicago & North-Western, and the Illinois, Iowa & Minnesota +railways, and by interurban electric lines. It is the seat of the +Northern Illinois state normal school (opened in 1899). The principal +manufactures of De Kalb are woven and barbed wire, waggons and +agricultural implements, pianos, shoes, gloves, and creamery packages. +The city has important dairy interests also. De Kalb was first settled +in 1832, was known as Buena Vista until 1840, was incorporated as a +village in 1861, and in 1877 was organized under the general state law +as a city. + + + + +DE KEYSER, THOMAS (1596 or 1597-1667), Dutch painter, was born at +Amsterdam, the son of the architect and sculptor Hendrik de Keyser. We +have no definite knowledge of his training, and but scant information as +to the course of his life, though it is known that he owned a basalt +business between 1640 and 1654. Aert Pietersz, Cornelis vanider Voort, +Werner van Valckert and Nicolas Elias are accredited by different +authorities with having developed his talent; and M. Karl Woermann, who +has pronounced in favour of Nicolas Elias is supported by the fact that +almost all that master's pictures were formerly attributed to De Keyser, +who, in like fashion, exercised some influence upon Rembrandt when he +first went to Amsterdam in 1631. De Keyser chiefly excelled as a +portrait painter, though he also executed some historical and +mythological pictures, such as the "Theseus" and "Ariadne" in the +Amsterdam town hall. His portraiture is full of character and masterly +in handling, and often, as in the "Old Woman" of the Budapest gallery, +is distinguished by a rich golden glow of colour and Rembrandtesque +chiaroscuro. Some of his portraits are life-size, but the artist +generally preferred to keep them on a considerably smaller scale, like +the famous "Group of Amsterdam Burgomasters" assembled to receive Marie +de' Medici in 1638, now at the Hague museum. The sketch for this +important painting, together with three other drawings, was sold at the +Gallitzin sale in 1783 for the sum of threepence. The German emperor +owns an "Equestrian Portrait of a young Dutchman," by De Keyser, a late +work which in general disposition and in the soft manner of painting +recalled the work of Cuyp. Similar pictures are in the Dresden and +Frankfort museums, in the Heyl collection at Worms, and the +Liechtenstein Gallery in Vienna. The National Gallery, London, owns a +characteristic portrait group of a "Merchant with his Clerk"; the Hague +museum, besides the group already referred to, a magnificent "Portrait +of a Savant," and the Haarlem museum a fine portrait of "Claes +Fabricius." At the Ryks Museum in Amsterdam there are no fewer than +twelve works from his brush, and other important examples are to be +found in Brussels, Munich, Copenhagen and St Petersburg. + + + + +DEKKER, EDWARD DOUWES (1820-1887), Dutch writer, commonly known as +MULTATULI, was born at Amsterdam on the 2nd of March 1820. His father, a +ship's captain, intended his son for trade, but this humdrum prospect +disgusted him, and in 1838 he went out to Java, and obtained a post in +the Inland Revenue. He rose from one position to another, until, in +1851, he found himself assistant-resident at Amboyna, in the Moluccas. +In 1857 he was transferred to Lebak, in the Bantam residency of Java. +By this time, however, all the secrets of Dutch administration were +known to him, and he had begun to protest against the abuses of the +colonial system. In consequence he was threatened with dismissal from +his office for his openness of speech, and, throwing up his appointment, +he returned to Holland in a state of fierce indignation. He determined +to expose in detail the scandals he had witnessed, and he began to do so +in newspaper articles and pamphlets. Little notice, however, was taken +of his protestations until, in 1860, he published, under the pseudonym +of "Multatuli," his romance entitled _Max Havelaar_. An attempt was made +to ignore this brilliant and irregular book, but in vain; it was read +all over Europe. The exposure of the abuse of free labour in the Dutch +Indies was complete, although there were not wanting apologists who +accused Dekker's terrible picture of being over-coloured. He was now +fairly launched on literature, and he lost no time in publishing _Love +Letters_ (1861), which, in spite of their mild title, proved to be +mordant satires of the most rancorous and unsparing kind. The literary +merit of Multatuli's work was much contested; he received an unexpected +and most valuable ally in Vosmaer. He continued to write much, and to +faggot his miscellanies in uniform volumes called _Ideas_, of which +seven appeared between 1862 and 1877. Douwes quitted Holland, snaking +off her dust from his feet, and went to live at Wiesbaden. He now made +several attempts to gain the stage, and one of his pieces, _The School +for Princes_, 1875 (published in the fourth volume of _Ideas_), pleased +himself so highly that he is said to have styled it the greatest drama +ever written. It is a fine poem, written in blank verse, like an English +tragedy, and not in Dutch Alexandrines; but it is undramatic, and has +not held the boards. Douwes Dekker moved his residence to Nieder +Ingelheim, on the Rhine, and there he died on the 19th of February 1887. + +Towards the end of his career he was the centre of a crowd of disciples +and imitators, who did his reputation no service; he is now, again, in +danger of being read too little. To understand his fame, it is necessary +to remember the sensational way in which he broke into the dulness of +Dutch literature fifty years ago, like a flame out of the Far East. He +was ardent, provocative, perhaps a little hysterical, but he made +himself heard all over Europe. He brought an exceedingly severe +indictment against the egotism and brutality of the administrators of +Dutch India, and he framed it in a literary form which was brilliantly +original. Not satisfied with this, he attacked, in a fury that was +sometimes blind, everything that seemed to him falsely conventional in +Dutch religion, government, society and morals. He respected nothing, he +left no institution untouched. Now that it is possible to look back upon +Multatuli without passion, we see in him, not what Dutch enthusiasm +saw,--"the second writer of Europe in the nineteenth century" (Victor +Hugo being presumably the first),--but a great man who was a powerful +and glowing author, yet hardly an artist, a reckless enthusiast, who was +inspired by indignation and a burning sense of justice, who cared little +for his means if only he could produce his effect. He is seen to his +best and worst in _Max Havelaar_; his _Ideas_, hard, fantastic and +sardonic, seldom offer any solid satisfaction to the foreign reader. But +Multatuli deserves remembrance, if only on account of the unequalled +effect his writing had in rousing Holland from the intellectual and +moral lethargy in which she lay half a century ago. (E. G.) + + + + +DEKKER, JEREMIAS DE (1610-1666), Dutch poet, was born at Dort in 1610. +His father was a native of Antwerp, who, having embraced the reformed +religion, had been compelled to take refuge in Holland. Entering his +father's business at an early age, he found leisure to cultivate his +taste for literature and especially for poetry, and to acquire without +assistance a competent knowledge of English, French, Latin and Italian. +His first poem was a paraphrase of the Lamentations of Jeremiah +(_Klaagliederen van Jeremias_), which was followed by translations and +imitations of Horace, Juvenal and other Latin poets. The most important +of his original poems were a collection of epigrams (_Puntdichten_) and +a satire in praise of avarice (_Lof der Geldzucht_). The latter is his +best-known work. Written in a vein of light and yet effective irony, it +is usually ranked by critics along with Erasmus's _Praise of Folly_. +Dekker died at Amsterdam in November 1666. + + A complete collection of his poems, edited by Brouerius van Nideck, + was published at Amsterdam in 1726 under the title _Exercices + poetiques_ (2 vols. 4to.). Selections from his poems are included in + Siegenbeck's _Proeven van nederduitsche Dichtkunde_ (1823), and from + his epigrams in Geijsbeek's _Epigrammatische Anthologie_ (1827). + + + + +DEKKER (or DECKER), THOMAS (c. 1570-1641), English dramatist, was born +in London. His name occurs frequently in Henslowe's _Diary_ during the +last three years of the 16th century; he is mentioned there as receiving +loans and payments for writing plays in conjunction with Ben Jonson, +Drayton, Chettle, Haughton, Wilson, Day and others, and he would appear +to have been then in the most active employment as a playwright. The +titles of the plays on which he was engaged from April 1599 to March +1599/1600 are _Troilus and Cressida_, _Orestes Fures_, _Agamemnon_, _The +Gentle Craft_, _The Stepmother's Tragedy_, _Bear a Brain_, _Pagge of +Plymouth_, _Robert the Second_, _The Whole History of Fortunatus_, +_Patient Grissel_, _Truth's Supplication to Candlelight_, _The Spanish +Moor's Tragedy_, _The Seven Wise Masters_. At that date it is evident +that Dekker's services were in great request for the stage. He is first +mentioned in the Diary under date 8th of January 1597/1598, as having +sold a book, i.e. the manuscript of a play; the payments in 1599 are +generally made in advance, "in earnest" of work to be done. In the case +of three of the above plays, _Orestes Fures_, _Truth's Supplication_ and +_The Gentle Craft_, Dekker is paid as the sole author. Only _The Gentle +Craft_ has been preserved; it was published anonymously in 1600 under +the title of _The Shoemaker's Holiday_. It would be unsafe to argue from +the classical subjects of some of these plays that Dekker was then a +young man from the university, who had come up like so many others to +make a living by writing for the stage. Classical knowledge was then in +the air; playwrights in want of a subject were content with +translations, if they did not know the originals. However educated, +Dekker was then a young man just out of his teens, if he spoke with any +accuracy when he said that he was threescore in 1637. And it was not in +scholarly themes that he was destined to find his true vein. The call +for the publication of _The Gentle Craft_, which deals with the life of +the city, showed him where his strength lay. + +To give a general idea of the substance of Dekker's plays, there is no +better way than to call him the Dickens of the Elizabethan period. The +two men were as unlike as possible in their habits of work, Dekker +having apparently all the thriftlessness and impecunious shamelessness +of Micawber himself. Henslowe's _Diary_ contains two notes of payments +made in 1597/1598 and 1598/1599 to release Dekker from prison, and he is +supposed to have spent the years between 1613 and 1616 in the King's +Bench. Dekker's Bohemianism appears in the slightness and hurry of his +work, a strong contrast to the thoroughness and rich completeness of +every labour to which Dickens applied himself; perhaps also in the +exquisite freshness and sweetness of his songs, and the natural charm of +stray touches of expression and description in his plays. But he was +like Dickens in the bent of his genius towards the representation of the +life around him in London, as well as in the humorous kindliness of his +way of looking at that life, his vein of sentiment, and his eye for odd +characters, though the random pickings of Dekker, hopping here and there +in search of a subject, give less complete results than the more +systematic labours of Dickens. Dekker's Simon Eyre, the good-hearted, +mad shoemaker, and his Orlando Friscobaldo, are touched with a kindly +humour in which Dickens would have delighted; his Infelices, Fiamettas, +Tormiellas, even his Bellafront, have a certain likeness in type to the +heroines of Dickens; and his roaring blades and their gulls are +prototypes of Sir Mulberry Hawk and Lord Frederick Verisopht. Only there +is this great difference in the spirit of the two writers, that Dekker +wrote without the smallest apparent wish to reform the life that he saw, +desiring only to exhibit it; and that on the whole, apart from his +dramatist's necessity of finding interesting matter, he cast his eye +about rather with a liking for the discovery of good under unpromising +appearances than with any determination to detect and expose vice. The +observation must also be made that Dekker's personages have much more +individual character, more of that mixture of good and evil which we +find in real human beings. Hack-writer though Dekker was, and writing +often under sore pressure, there is no dramatist whose personages have +more of the breath of life in them; drawing with easy, unconstrained +hand, he was a master of those touches by which an imaginary figure is +brought home to us as a creature with human interests. A very large part +of the motive power in his plays consists in the temporary yielding to +an evil passion. The kindly philosophy that the best of natures may be +for a time perverted by passionate desires is the chief animating +principle of his comedy. He delights in showing women listening to +temptation, and apparently yielding, but still retaining sufficient +control over themselves to be capable of drawing back when on the verge +of the precipice. The wives of the citizens were his heroines, pursued +by the unlawful addresses of the gay young courtiers; and on the whole +Dekker, from inclination apparently as well as policy, though himself, +if Ben Jonson's satire had any point, a bit of a dandy in his youth, +took the part of morality and the city, and either struck the rakes with +remorse or made the objects of their machinations clever enough to +outwit them. From Dekker's plays we get a very lively impression of all +that was picturesque and theatrically interesting in the city life of +the time, the interiors of the shops and the houses, the tastes of the +citizens and their wives, the tavern and tobacco-shop manners of the +youthful aristocracy and their satellites. The social student cannot +afford to overlook Dekker; there is no other dramatist of that age, +except Thomas Middleton, from whom we can get such a vivid picture of +contemporary manners in London. He drew direct from life; in so far as +he idealized, he did so not in obedience to scholarly precepts or +dogmatic theories, but in the immediate interests of good-natured farce +and tender-hearted sentiment. + +In all the serious parts of Dekker's plays there is a charming delicacy +of touch, and his smallest scraps of song are bewitching; but his plays, +as plays, owe much more to the interest of the characters and the +incidents than to any excellence of construction. We see what use could +be made of his materials by a stronger intellect in _Westward Ho!_ which +he wrote in conjunction with John Webster. The play, somehow, though the +parts are more firmly knit together, and it has more unity of purpose, +is not so interesting as Dekker's unaided work. Middleton formed a more +successful combination with Dekker than Webster; there is some evidence +that in _The Honest Whore_, or _The Converted Courtesan_, which is +generally regarded as the best that bears Dekker's name, he had the +assistance of Middleton, although the assistance was so immaterial as +not to be worth acknowledging in the title-page. Still that Middleton, a +man of little genius but of much practical talent and robust humour, was +serviceable to Dekker in determining the form of the play may well be +believed. The two wrote another play in concert, _The Roaring Girl_, for +which Middleton probably contributed a good deal of the matter, as well +as a more symmetrical form than Dekker seems to have been capable of +devising. In _The Witch of Edmonton_, except in a few scenes, it is +difficult to trace the hand of Dekker with any certainty; his +collaborators were John Ford and William Rowley; to Ford probably +belongs the intense brooding and murderous wrath of the old hag, which +are too direct and hard in their energy for Dekker, while Rowley may be +supposed to be responsible for the delineation of country life. _The +Virgin Martyr_, one of the best constructed of his plays, was written in +conjunction with Massinger, to whom the form is no doubt due. Dekker's +plays contain a few songs which show him to have been possessed of very +great lyrical skill, but of this he seems to have made sadly little use. +His poem of _Canaans Calamitie_--if indeed it be his, which is hard to +believe--is exceedingly poor stuff, and the verse portion of his +_Dreame_, though containing some good lines, is, as a whole, not much +better. + +When Gerard Langbaine wrote his _Account of the English Dramatic Poets_ +in 1691, he spoke of Dekker as being "more famous for the contention he +had with Ben Jonson for the bays, than for any great reputation he had +gained by his own writings." This is an opinion that could not be +professed now, when Dekker's work is read. In the contention with Ben +Jonson, one of the most celebrated quarrels of authors, the origin of +which is matter of dispute, Dekker seems to have had very much the best +of it. We can imagine that Jonson's attack was stinging at the time, +because it seems to be full of sarcastic personalities, but it is dull +enough now when nobody knows what Dekker was like, nor what was the +character of his mother. There is nothing in the _Poetaster_ that has +any point as applied to Dekker's powers as a dramatist, while, on the +contrary, _Satiromastix, or the Untrussing of the Humorous Poet_ is full +of pungent ridicule of Jonson's style, and of retorts and insults +conceived in the happiest spirit of good-natured mockery. Dekker has +been accused of poverty of invention in adopting the character of the +_Poetaster_, but it is of the very pith of the jest that Dekker should +have set on Jonson's own foul-mouthed Captain Tucca to abuse Horace +himself. + + WORKS.--_The Pleasant Comedie of Old Fortunatus_ (1600); _The + Shomakers Holiday. Or The gentle Craft. With the humorous life of + Simon Eyre, shoomaker, and Lord Maior of London_ (1600); + _Satiromastix. Or The untrussing of the Humorous Poet_ (1602); _The + Pleasant Comodie of Patient Grissill_ (1603), with Chettle and + Haughton; _The Honest Whore. With The Humours of the Patient Man, and + the Longing Wife_ (1604); _North-Ward Hoe_ (1607), with John Webster; + _West-Ward Hoe_ (1607), with John Webster; _The Whore of Babylon_ + (1607); _The Famous History of Sir Thomas Wyat. With the Coronation of + Queen Mary, and the coming in of King Philip_ (1607), with John + Webster; _The Roaring Girle. Or Moll Cut-Purse_ (1611), with Thomas + Middleton; _The Virgin Martir_ (1622), with Massinger; _If It Be Not + Good, the Divel is in it_ (1612); _The Second Part of the Honest + Whore. With the Humors of the Patient Man, the Impatient Wife; the + Honest Whore, perswaded by strong Arguments to turne Curtizan againe; + her brave refuting those Arguments. And lastly, the Comicall Passages + of an Italian Bridewell, where the Scaene ends_ (1630); _A + Tragi-Comedy: Called, Match mee in London_ (1631); _The Wonder of a + Kingdome_ (1636); _The Witch of Edmonton. A known true Story. Composed + into a Tragi-Comedy_ (1658), with William Rowley and John Ford. _The + Sun's Darling_ (1656) was possibly written by Ford and Dekker, or may + be perhaps more correctly regarded as a recast by Ford of a masque by + Dekker, perhaps his lost play of _Phaeton_. The pageants for the Lord + Mayor's shows of 1612 and 1629 were written by Dekker, and both are + preserved. His tracts are invaluable for the light which they throw on + the London of his time, especially in their descriptions of the + circumstances of the theatre. Their titles, many of which are + necessarily abbreviated, are: _Canaans Calamitie, Jerusalems Miserie, + and Englands Mirror_ (1598), in verse; _The Wonderfull Yeare 1603. + Wherein is shewed the picture of London lying sicke of the Plague_ + (1603); _The Batchelars Banquet_ (1603); a brilliant adaptation of + _Les Quinze Joyes de mariage_; the _Seven Deadly Sinnes of London_ + (1606); _Newes from Hell, Brought by the Divells Carrier_ (1606), + reprinted in the next year with some interesting additions as _A + Knights Conjuring; Jests to make you Merie_ (1607), with George + Wilkins; _The Belman of London: Bringing to Light the most notorious + villanies that are now practised in the Kingdome_ (1608); followed by + a second part and enlarged editions under other titles; _The Dead + Tearme_ (1608); _The Ravens Almanacke, foretelling of a Plague, Famine + and Civill Warre_ (1609), ridiculing the almanac makers; _The Guls + Horne-booke_ (1609), the most famous of all his tracts, providing a + code of manners for the Elizabethan gallant, in the aisle of St + Paul's, at the ordinary, at the playhouse, and other resorts; _Worke + for Armorours, or the Peace is Broken_ (1609); _Foure Birds of Noahs + Ark_ (1609); _A Strange Horse-Race_ (1613); _Dekker his Dreame ..._ + (1620), in verse and prose, illustrated with a woodcut of the dreamer; + and _A Rod for Run-awayes_ (1625). This long list does not exhaust + Dekker's work, much of which is lost. + + AUTHORITIES.--An edition of the collected dramatic works of Dekker by + R. H. Shepherd appeared in 1873; his prose tracts and poems were + included in Dr A. B. Grosart's _Huth Library_ (1884-1886): both these + contain memoirs of him, but by far the most complete account of his + life and writings is to be found in the article by A. H. Bullen in the + _Dictionary of National Biography_. See also the elaborate discussion + of his plays in Mr Fleay's _Biographical Chronicle_ (1891), i. 115, + &c., and, for his quarrel with Ben Jonson, Prof. J. H. Penniman's _War + of the Theatres_ (Boston, 1897) and Mr R. A. Small's _Stage Quarrel + between Ben Jonson and the so-called Poetasters_ (Breslau, 1899). A + selection from his plays was edited for the Mermaid Series (1887; new + series, 1904) by Ernest Rhys. An essay on Dekker by A. C. Swinburne + appeared in _The Nineteenth Century_ for January 1887. + (W. M.; R. B. McK.) + + + + +DE LA BECHE, SIR HENRY THOMAS (1796-1855), English geologist, was born +in the year 1796. His father, an officer in the army, possessed landed +property in Jamaica, but died while his son was still young. The boy +accordingly spent his youth with his mother at Lyme Regis among the +interesting and picturesque coast cliffs of the south-west of England, +where he imbibed a love for geological pursuits and cultivated a marked +artistic faculty. When fourteen years of age, being destined, like his +friend Murchison, for the military profession, he entered the college at +Great Marlow, where he distinguished himself by the rapidity and skill +with which he executed sketches showing the salient features of a +district. The peace of 1815, however, changed his career and he devoted +himself with ever-increasing assiduity to the pursuit of geology. When +only twenty-one years of age he joined the Geological Society of London, +continuing throughout life to be one of its most active, useful and +honoured members. He was president in 1848-1849. Possessing a fortune +sufficient for the gratification of his tastes, he visited many +localities of geological interest, not only in Britain, but also on the +continent, in France and Switzerland. His journeys seldom failed to bear +fruit in suggestive papers accompanied by sketches. Early attachment to +the south-west of England led him back to that region, where, with +enlarged experience, he began the detailed investigation of the rocks of +Cornwall and Devon. Thrown much into contact with the mining community +of that part of the country, he conceived the idea that the nation ought +to compile a geological map of the United Kingdom, and collect and +preserve specimens to illustrate, and aid in further developing, its +mineral industries. He showed his skilful management of affairs by +inducing the government of the day to recognize his work and give him an +appointment in connexion with the Ordnance Survey. This formed the +starting point of the present Geological Survey of Great Britain, which +was officially recognized in 1835, when De la Beche was appointed +director. Year by year increasing stores of valuable specimens were +transmitted to London; and the building at Craig's Court, where the +young Museum of Economic Geology was placed, became too small. But De la +Beche, having seen how fruitful his first idea had become, appealed to +the authorities not merely to provide a larger structure, but to widen +the whole scope of the scientific establishment of which he was the +head, so as to impart to it the character of a great educational +institution where practical as well as theoretical instruction should be +given in every branch of science necessary for the conduct of mining +work. In this endeavour he was again successful. Parliament sanctioned +the erection of a museum in Jermyn Street, London, and the organization +Of a staff of professors with laboratories and other appliances. The +establishment, in which were combined the offices of the Geological +Survey, the Museum of Practical Geology, The Royal School of Mines and +the Mining Record Office, was opened in 1851. Many foreign countries +have since formed geological surveys avowedly based upon the +organization and experience of that of the United Kingdom. The British +colonies, also, have in many instances established similar surveys for +the development of their mineral resources, and have had recourse to the +parent survey for advice and for officers to conduct the operations. + +De la Beche published numerous memoirs on English geology in the +_Transactions of the Geological Society of London_, as well as in the +_Memoirs of the Geological Survey_, notably the _Report on the Geology +of Cornwall, Devon and West Somerset_ (1839). He likewise wrote _A +Geological Manual_ (1831; 3rd ed., 1833); and a work of singular breadth +and clearness--_Researches in Theoretical Geology_ (1834)--in which he +enunciated a philosophical treatment of geological questions much in +advance of his time. An early volume, _How to Observe Geology_ (1835 and +1836), was rewritten and enlarged by him late in life, and published +under the title of _The Geological Observer_ (1851; 2nd ed., 1853). It +was marked by wide practical experience, multifarious knowledge, +philosophical insight and a genius for artistic delineation of +geological phenomena. He was elected F.R.S. in 1819. He received the +honour of knighthood in 1848, and near the close of his life was awarded +the Wollaston medal--the highest honour in the gift of the Geological +Society of London. After a life of constant activity he began to suffer +from partial paralysis, but, though becoming gradually worse, continued +able to transact his official business until a few days before his +death, which took place on the 13th of April 1855. + + See Sir A. Geikie's _Memoir of Sir A. C. Ramsay_ (1895), which + contains a sketch of the history of the Geological Survey, and of the + life of De la Beche (with portrait); also _Summary of Progress of the + Geological Survey for 1897_ (1898). + + + + +DELABORDE, HENRI FRANCOIS, COUNT (1764-1833), French soldier, was the +son of a baker of Dijon. At the outbreak of the French Revolution he +joined the "Volunteers of the Cote-d'Or," and passing rapidly through +all the junior grades, was made general of brigade after the combat of +Rhein-Zabern (1793). As chief of the staff he was present at the siege +of Toulon in the same year, and, promoted general of division, he was +for a time governor of Corsica. In 1794 Delaborde served on the Spanish +frontier, distinguishing himself at the Bidassoa (July 25) and Misquiriz +(October 16). His next command was on the Rhine. At the head of a +division he took part in the celebrated campaigns of 1795-97, and in +1796 covered Moreau's right when that general invaded Bavaria. Delaborde +was in constant military employment during the Consulate and the early +Empire. Made commander of the Legion of Honour in 1804, he received the +dignity of count in 1808. In that year he was serving in Portugal under +Junot. Against Sir Arthur Wellesley's English army he fought the +skillful brilliant rear-guard action of Rolica. In 1812 he was one of +Mortier's divisional leaders in the Russian War, and in the following +year was grand cross and governor of the castle of Compiegne. Joining +Napoleon in the Hundred Days, he was marked for punishment by the +returning Bourbons, sent before a court-martial, and only escaped +condemnation through a technical flaw in the wording of the charge. The +rest of his life was spent in retirement. + + + + +DELACROIX, FERDINAND VICTOR EUGENE (1798-1863), French historical painter, +leader of the Romantic movement, was born at Charenton-St-Maurice, near +Paris, on the 26th of April 1798. His father Charles Delacroix (1741-1805) +was a partisan of the most violent faction during the time of the +Revolution, and was foreign minister under the Directory. The family +affairs seem to have been conducted in the wildest manner, and the +accidents that befell the child, well authenticated as they are said to +be, make it almost a miracle that he survived. He was first nearly burned +to death in the cradle by a nurse falling asleep over a novel and the +candle dropping on the coverlet; this left permanent marks on his arms and +face. He was next dropped into the sea by another _bonne_, who was +climbing up a ship's side to see her lover. He was nearly poisoned, and +nearly choked, and, to crown all, he tried to hang himself, without any +thought of suicide, in imitation of a print exhibiting a man in that +position of final ignominy. The prediction of a charlatan founded on his +horoscope has been preserved: "Cet enfant deviendra un homme celebre, mais +sa vie sera des plus laborieuses, des plus tourmentees, et toujours livree +a la contradiction." + +Delacroix the elder (also known as Delacroix de Contaut) died at +Bordeaux when Eugene was seven years of age, and his mother returned to +Paris and placed him in the Lycee Napoleon. Afterwards, on his +determining to be a painter, he entered the _atelier_ of Baron Guerin, +who affected to treat him as an amateur. His fellow-pupil was Ary +Scheffer, who was alike by temperament and antecedents the opposite of +the _bizarre_ Delacroix, and the two remained antagonistic to the end of +life. Delacroix's acknowledged power and yet want of success with +artists and critics--Thiers being his only advocate--perhaps mainly +resulted from his bravura and rude dash in the use of the brush, at a +time when smooth roundness of surface was general. His first important +picture, "Dante and Virgil," was painted in his own studio; and when +Guerin went to see it he flew into a passion, and told him his picture +was absurd, detestable, exaggerated. "Why ask me to come and see this? +You knew what I must say." Yet his work was received at the Salon, and +produced an enthusiasm of debate (1822). Some said Gericault had worked +on it, but all treated it with respect. Still in private his position, +even after the larger tragic picture, the "Massacre of Chios," had been +deposited in the Luxembourg by the government (1824), became that of an +Ishmaelite. The war for the freedom of Greece then going on moved him +deeply, and his next two pictures--"Marino Faliero Decapitated on the +Giant's Staircase of the Ducal Palace" (which has always remained a +European success), and "Greece Lamenting on the Ruins of +Missolonghi"--with many smaller works, were exhibited for the benefit of +the patriots in 1826. This exhibition was much visited by the public, +and next year he produced another of his important works, +"Sardanapalus," from Byron's drama. After this, he says, "I became the +abomination of painting, I was refused water and salt,"--but, he adds +with singularly happy naivete, "J'etais enchante de moi-meme!" The +patrimony he inherited, or perhaps it should be said, what remained of +it, was 10,000 _livres de rente_, and with economy he lived on this, and +continued the expensive process of painting large historical pictures. +In 1831 he reappeared in the Salon with six works, and immediately after +left for Morocco, where he found much congenial matter. Delacroix never +went to Italy; he refused to go on principle, lest the old masters, +either in spirit or manner, should impair his originality and +self-dependence. His greatest admiration in literature was the poetry of +Byron; Shakespeare also attracted him for tragic inspirations; and of +course classic subjects had their turn of his easel. + +He continued his work indefatigably, having his pictures very seldom +favourably received at the Salon. These were sometimes very large, full +of incidents, with many figures. "Drawing of Lots in the Boat at Sea," +from Byron's _Don Juan_, and the "Taking of Constantinople by the +Christians" were of that character, and the former was one of his +noblest creations. In 1845 he was employed to decorate the library of +the Luxembourg, that of the chamber of deputies in 1847, the ceiling of +the gallery of Apollo in the Louvre in 1849 and that of the Salon de la +Paix in the hotel de ville in 1853. He died on the 13th of August 1863, +and in August 1864 an exhibition of his works was opened on the +Boulevard des Italiens. It contained 174 pictures, many of them of large +dimensions, and 303 drawings, showing immense perseverance as well as +energy and versatility. As a colourist, and a romantic painter, he now +ranks among the greatest of French artists. + + See also A. Robaut, _Delacroix_ (1885); E. Dargenty, _Delacroix par + lui-meme_ (1885); G. Moreau, _Delacroix et son oeuvre_ (1893); Dorothy + Bussy, _Eugene Delacroix_ (1907). + + + + +DE LA GARDIE, MAGNUS GABRIEL, COUNT (1622-1686), Swedish statesman, the +best-known member of an ancient family of French origin (the +D'Escouperies of Languedoc) which had been settled in Sweden since the +14th century. After a careful education, completed by the usual grand +tour, Magnus learned the art of war under Gustavus Horn, and during the +reign of Christina (1644-1654), whose prime favourite he became, though +the liaison was innocent enough, he was raised to the highest offices in +the state and loaded with distinctions. In 1646 he was sent at the head +of an extraordinary mission to France, and on his return married the +queen's cousin Marie Euphrosyne of Zweibrucken, who, being but a poor +princess, benefited greatly by her wedding with the richest of the +Swedish magnates. Immediately afterwards, De la Gardie was made a +senator, governor-general of Saxony during the last stages of the Thirty +Years' War, and, in 1652, lord high treasurer. In 1653 he fell into +disgrace and had to withdraw from court. During the reign of Charles X. +(1654-1660) he was employed in the Baltic provinces both as a civilian +and a soldier, although in the latter capacity he gave the martial king +but little satisfaction. Charles X. nevertheless, in his last will, +appointed De la Gardie grand-chancellor and a member of the council of +regency which ruled Sweden during the minority of Charles XI. +(1660-1672). During this period De la Gardie was the ruling spirit of +the government and represented the party of warlike adventure as opposed +to the party of peace and economy led by Counts Bonde and Brahe (qq.v.). +After a severe struggle De la Gardie's party finally prevailed, and its +triumph was marked by that general decline of personal and political +morality which has given to this regency its unenviable reputation. It +was De la Gardie who first made Sweden the obsequious hireling of the +foreign power which had the longest purse. The beginning of this +shameful "subsidy policy" was the treaty of Fontainebleau, 1661, by a +secret paragraph of which Sweden, in exchange for a considerable sum of +money, undertook to support the French candidate on the first vacancy of +the Polish throne. It was not, however, till the 14th of April 1672 that +Sweden, by the treaty of Stockholm, became a regular "mercenarius +Galliae," pledging herself, in return for 400,000 _ecus_ per annum in +peace and 600,000 in war time, to attack with 16,000 men those German +princes who might be disposed to assist Holland. The early disasters of +the unlucky war of 1675-1679 were rightly attributed to the +carelessness, extravagance, procrastination and general incompetence of +De la Gardie and his high aristocratic colleagues. In 1675 a special +commission was appointed to inquire into their conduct, and on the 27th +of May 1682 it decided that the regents and the senate were solely +responsible for dilapidations of the realm, the compensation due by them +to the crown being assessed at 4,000,000 _daler_ or L500,000. De la +Gardie was treated with relative leniency, but he "received permission +to retire to his estates for the rest of his life" and died there in +comparative poverty, a mere shadow of his former magnificent self. The +best sides of his character were his brilliant social gifts and his +intense devotion to literature and art. + + See Martin Veibull, _Sveriges Storhetstid_ (Stockholm, 1881); _Sv. + Hist._ iv.; Robert Nisbet Bain, _Scandinavia_ (Cambridge, 1905). + (R. N. B.) + + + + +DELAGOA BAY (Port. for the bay "of the lagoon"), an inlet of the Indian +Ocean on the east coast of South Africa, between 25 deg. 40' and 26 deg. +20' S., with a length from north to south of over 70 m. and a breadth of +about 20 m. The bay is the northern termination of the series of lagoons +which line the coast from Saint Lucia Bay. The opening is toward the +N.E. The southern part of the bay is formed by a peninsula, called the +Inyak peninsula, which on its inner or western side affords safe +anchorage. At its N.W. point is Port Melville. North of the peninsula is +Inyak Island, and beyond it a smaller island known as Elephant's Island. + +In spite of a bar at the entrance and a number of shallows within, +Delagoa Bay forms a valuable harbour, accessible to large vessels at all +seasons of the year. The surrounding country is low and very unhealthy, +but the island of Inyak has a height of 240 ft., and is used as a +sanatorium. A river 12 to 18 ft. deep, known as the Manhissa or Komati, +enters the bay at its northern end; several smaller streams, the +Matolla, the Umbelozi, and the Tembi, from the Lebombo Mountains, meet +towards the middle of the bay in the estuary called by the Portuguese +the Espirito Santo, but generally known as the English river; and the +Maputa, which has its headwaters in the Drakensberg, enters in the +south, as also does the Umfusi river. These rivers are the haunts of the +hippopotamus and the crocodile. + +The bay was discovered by the Portuguese navigator Antonio de Campo, one +of Vasco da Gama's companions, in 1502, and the Portuguese post of +Lourenco Marques was established not long after on the north side of the +English river. In 1720 the Dutch East India Company built a fort and +"factory" on the spot where Lourenco Marques now stands; but in 1730 the +settlement was abandoned. Thereafter the Portuguese +had--intermittently--trading stations in the Espirito Santo. These +stations were protected by small forts, usually incapable, however, of +withstanding attacks by the natives. In 1823 Captain (afterwards +Vice-Admiral) W. F. W. Owen, of the British navy, finding that the +Portuguese exercised no jurisdiction south of the settlement of Lourenco +Marques, concluded treaties of cession with native chiefs, hoisted the +British flag, and appropriated the country from the English river +southwards; but when he visited the bay again in 1824 he found that the +Portuguese, disregarding the British treaties, had concluded others with +the natives, and had endeavoured (unsuccessfully) to take military +possession of the country. Captain Owen rehoisted the British flag, but +the sovereignty of either power was left undecided till the claims of +the Transvaal Republic rendered a solution of the question urgent. In +the meantime Great Britain had taken no steps to exercise authority on +the spot, while the ravages of Zulu hordes confined Portuguese authority +to the limits of their fort. In 1835 Boers, under a leader named Orich, +had attempted to form a settlement on the bay, which is the natural +outlet for the Transvaal; and in 1868 the Transvaal president, Marthinus +Pretorius, claimed the country on each side of the Maputa down to the +sea. In the following year, however, the Transvaal acknowledged +Portugal's sovereignty over the bay. In 1861 Captain Bickford, R.N., had +declared Inyak and Elephant islands British territory; an act protested +against by the Lisbon authorities. In 1872 the dispute between Great +Britain and Portugal was submitted to the arbitration of M. Thiers, the +French president; and on the 19th of April 1875 his successor, Marshal +MacMahon, declared in favour of the Portuguese. It had been previously +agreed by Great Britain and Portugal that the right of pre-emption in +case of sale or cession should be given to the unsuccessful claimant to +the bay. Portuguese authority over the interior was not established +until some time after the MacMahon award; nominally the country south of +the Manhissa river was ceded to them by the Matshangana chief Umzila in +1861. In 1889 another dispute arose between Portugal and Great Britain +in consequence of the seizure by the Portuguese of the railway running +from the bay to the Transvaal. This dispute was referred to arbitration, +and in 1900 Portugal was condemned to pay nearly L1,000,000 in +compensation to the shareholders in the railway company. (See LOURENCO +MARQUES and GAZALAND.) + + For an account of the Delagoa Bay arbitration proceedings see Sir E. + Hertslet, _The Map of Africa by Treaty_, iii. 991-998 (London, 1909). + Consult also the British blue-book, _Delagoa Bay, Correspondence + respecting the Claims of Her Majesty's Government_ (London, 1875); L. + van Deventer, _La Hollande et la Baie Delagoa_ (The Hague, 1883); G. + McC. Theal, _The Portuguese in South Africa_ (London, 1896), and + _History of South Africa since September 1795_, vol. v. (London, + 1908). _The Narrative of Voyages to explore the shores of Africa ... + performed ... under direction of Captain W. F. W. Owen, R.N._ (London, + 1833) contains much interesting information concerning the district in + the early part of the 19th century. + + + + +DELAMBRE, JEAN BAPTISTE JOSEPH (1749-1822), French astronomer, was born +at Amiens on the 19th of September 1749. His college course, begun at +Amiens under the abbe Jacques Delille, was finished in Paris, where he +took a scholarship at the college of Plessis. Despite extreme penury, he +then continued to study indefatigably ancient and modern languages, +history and literature, finally turning his attention to mathematics and +astronomy. In 1771 he became tutor to the son of M. d'Assy, +receiver-general of finances; and while acting in this capacity, +attended the lectures of J. J. Lalande, who, struck with his remarkable +acquirements, induced M. d'Assy in 1788 to install an observatory for +his benefit at his own residence. Here Delambre observed and computed +almost uninterruptedly, and in 1790 obtained for his Tables of Uranus +the prize offered by the academy of sciences, of which body he was +elected a member two years later. He was admitted to the Institute on +its organization in 1795, and became, in 1803, perpetual secretary to +its mathematical section. He, moreover, belonged from 1795 to the bureau +of longitudes. From 1792 to 1799 he was occupied with the measurement of +the arc of the meridian extending from Dunkirk to Barcelona, and +published a detailed account of the operations in _Base du systeme +metrique_ (3 vols., 1806, 1807, 1810), for which he was awarded in 1810 +the decennial prize of the Institute. The first consul nominated him +inspector-general of studies; he succeeded Lalande in 1807 as professor +of astronomy at the College de France, and filled the office of +treasurer to the imperial university from 1808 until its suppression in +1815. Delambre died at Paris on the 19th of August 1822. His last years +were devoted to researches into the history of science, resulting in the +successive publication of: _Histoire de l'astronomie ancienne_ (2 vols., +1817); _Histoire de l'astronomie au moyen age_ (1819); _Histoire de +l'astronomie moderne_ (2 vols., 1821); and _Histoire de l'astronomie au +XVIII^e siecle_, issued in 1827 under the care of C. L. Mathieu. These +books show marvellous erudition; but some of the judgments expressed in +them are warped by prejudice; they are diffuse in style and overloaded +with computations. He wrote besides: _Tables ecliptiques des satellites +de Jupiter_, inserted in the third edition of J. J. Lalande's +_Astronomie_ (1792), and republished in an improved form by the bureau +of longitudes in 1817; _Methodes analytiques pour la determination d'un +arc du meridien_ (1799); _Tables du soleil (publiees par le bureau des +longitudes)_ (1806); _Rapport historique sur les progres des sciences +mathematiques depuis l'an 1789_ (1810); _Abrege d'astronomie_ (1813); +_Astronomie theorique et pratique_ (1814); &c. + + See J. B. J. Fourier's "Eloge" in _Memoires de l'acad. des sciences_, + t. iv.; Ch. Dupin, _Revue encyclopedique_, t. xvi. (1822); _Biog. + universelle_, t. lxii. (C. L. Mathieu); Max. Marie, _Hist. des + sciences_, x. 31; R. Grant, _Hist. of Physical Astr._ pp. 96, 142, + 165; R. Wolf, _Geschichte der Astronomie_, p. 779, &c. (A. M. C.) + + + + +DELAMERE (or DE LA MER), GEORGE BOOTH, 1st BARON (1622-1684), son of +William Booth, a member of an ancient family settled at Dunham Massey in +Cheshire, and of Vere, daughter and co-heir of Sir Thomas Egerton, was +born in August 1622. He took an active part in the Civil War with his +grandfather, Sir George Booth, on the parliamentary side. He was +returned for Cheshire to the Long Parliament in 1645 and to Cromwell's +parliaments of 1654 and 1656. In 1655 he was appointed military +commissioner for Cheshire and treasurer at war. He was one of the +excluded members who tried and failed to regain their seats after the +fall of Richard Cromwell in 1659. He had for some time been regarded by +the royalists as a well-wisher to their cause, and was described to the +king in May 1659 as "very considerable in his country, a presbyterian in +opinion, yet so moral a man.... I think your Majesty may safely [rely] +on him and his promises which are considerable and hearty."[1] He now +became one of the chief leaders of the new "royalists" who at this time +united with the cavaliers to effect the restoration. A rising was +arranged for the 5th of August in several districts, and Booth took +charge of operations in Cheshire, Lancashire and North Wales. He got +possession of Chester on the 19th, issued a proclamation declaring that +arms had been taken up "in vindication of the freedom of parliament, of +the known laws, liberty and property," and marched towards York. The +plot, however, was known to Thurloe. It had entirely failed in other +parts of the country, and Lambert advancing with his forces defeated +Booth's men at Nantwich Bridge. Booth himself escaped disguised as a +woman, but was discovered at Newport Pagnell on the 23rd in the act of +shaving, and was imprisoned in the Tower. He was, however, soon +liberated, took his seat in the parliament of 1659-1660, and was one of +the twelve members deputed to carry the message of the Commons to +Charles II. at the Hague. In July 1660 he received a grant of L10,000, +having refused the larger sum of L20,000 at first offered to him, and on +the 20th of April 1661, on the occasion of the coronation, he was +created Baron Delamere, with a licence to create six new knights. The +same year he was appointed _custos rotulorum_ of Cheshire. In later +years he showed himself strongly antagonistic to the reactionary policy +of the government. He died on the 8th of August 1684, and was buried at +Bowdon. He married (1) Lady Catherine Clinton, daughter and co-heir of +Theophilus, 4th earl of Lincoln, by whom he had one daughter; and (2) +Lady Elizabeth Grey, daughter of Henry, 1st earl of Stamford, by whom, +besides five daughters, he had seven sons, the second of whom, Henry, +succeeded him in the title and estates and was created earl of +Warrington. The earldom became extinct on the death of the latter's son, +the 2nd earl, without male issue, in 1758, and the barony of Delamere +terminated in the person of the 4th baron in 1770; the title was revived +in 1821 in the Cholmondeley family. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] Clarendon, _State Papers_, iii. 472. + + + + +DE LAND, a town and the county-seat of Volusia county, Florida, U.S.A., +111 m. by rail S. of Jacksonville, 20 m. from the Atlantic coast and 4 +m. from the St John's river. Pop. (1900) 1449; (1910) 2812. De Land is +served by the Atlantic Coast Line and by steamboats on the St John's +river. It has a fine winter climate, with an average temperature of 60 +deg. F., has sulphur springs, and is a health and winter resort. There +is a starch factory here; and the surrounding country is devoted to +fruit-growing. De Land is the seat of the John B. Stetson University +(co-educational), an undenominational institution under Baptist control, +founded in 1884, as an academy, by Henry A. De Land, a manufacturer of +Fairport, New York, and in 1887 incorporated under the name of De Land +University, which was changed in 1889 to the present name, in honour of +John Batterson Stetson (1830-1906), a Philadelphia manufacturer of hats, +who during his life gave nearly $500,000 to the institution. The +university includes a college of liberal arts, a department of law, a +school of technology, an academy, a normal school, a model school, a +business college and a school of music. De Land was founded in 1876 by +H. A. De Land, above mentioned, who built a public school here in 1877 +and a high school in 1883. + + + + +DELANE, JOHN THADEUS (1817-1879), editor of _The Times_ (London), was +born on the 11th of October 1817 in London. He was the second son of Mr +W. F. A. Delane, a barrister, of an old Irish family, who about 1832 was +appointed by Mr Walter financial manager of _The Times_. While still a +boy he attracted Mr Walter's attention, and it was always intended that +he should find work on the paper. He received a good general education +at private schools and King's College, London, and also at Magdalen +Hall, Oxford; after taking his degree in 1840 he at once began work on +the paper, though later he read for the bar, being called in 1847. In +1841 he succeeded Thomas Barnes as editor, a post which he occupied for +thirty-six years. He from the first obtained the best introductions into +society and the chief political circles, and had a position there such +as no journalist had previously enjoyed, using his opportunities with a +sure intuition for the way in which events would move. His staff +included some of the most brilliant men of the day, who worked together +with a common ideal. The result to the paper, which in those days had +hardly any real competitor in English journalism, was an excellence of +information which gave it great power. (See NEWSPAPERS.) Delane was a +man of many interests and great judgment; capable of long application +and concentrated attention, with power to seize always on the main point +at issue, and rapidly master the essential facts in the most complicated +affair. His general policy was to keep the paper a national organ of +opinion above party, but with a tendency to sympathize with the Liberal +movements of the day. He admired Palmerston and respected Lord Aberdeen, +and was of considerable use to both; and it was Lord Aberdeen himself +who, in 1845, told him of the impending repeal of the Corn Laws, an +incident round which many incorrect stories have gathered. The history, +however, of the events during the thirteen administrations, between 1841 +and 1877, in which _The Times_, and therefore Delane, played an +important part cannot here be recapitulated. In 1877 his health gave +way, and he retired from the editorship; and on the 22nd of November +1879 he died at Ascot. + + A biography by his nephew, Arthur Irwin Dasent, was published in 1908. + + + + +DELANY, MARY GRANVILLE (1700-1788), an Englishwoman of literary tastes, +was born at Coulston, Wilts, on the 14th of May 1700. She was a niece of +the 1st Lord Lansdowne. In 1717 or 1718 she was unhappily married to +Alexander Pendarves, a rich old Cornish landowner, who died in 1724. +During a visit to Ireland she met Dean Swift and his intimate friend, +the Irish divine, Patrick Delany, whose second wife she became in 1743. +After his death in 1768 she passed all her summers with her bosom friend +the dowager duchess of Portland--Prior's "Peggy"--and when the latter +died George III. and Queen Charlotte, whose affection for their "dearest +Mrs Delany" seems to have been most genuine, gave her a small house at +Windsor and a pension of L300 a year. Fanny Burney (Madame D'Arblay) was +introduced to her in 1783, and frequently visited her at her London home +and at Windsor, and owed to her friendship her court appointment. At +this time Mrs Delany was a charming and sweet old lady, with a +reputation for cutting out and making the ingenious "paper mosaiks" now +in the British Museum; she had known every one worth knowing in her day, +had corresponded with Swift and Young, and left an interesting picture +of the polite but commonplace English society of the 18th century in her +six volumes of _Autobiography and Letters_. Burke calls her "a real fine +lady"--"the model of an accomplished woman of former times." She died on +the 15th of April 1788. + + + + +DE LA REY, JACOBUS HERCULES (1847- ), Boer soldier, was born in the +Lichtenburg district, and in his youth and early manhood saw much +service in savage warfare. In 1893 he entered the Volksraad of the South +African Republic, and was an active supporter of the policy of General +Joubert. At the outbreak of the war with Great Britain in 1899 De La Rey +was made a general, and he was engaged in the western campaign against +Lord Methuen and Lord Roberts. He won his first great success at +Nitral's Nek on the 11th of July 1900, where he compelled the surrender +of a strong English detachment. In the second or guerrilla stage of the +war De La Rey became one of the most conspicuously successful of the +Boer leaders. He was assistant to General Louis Botha and a member of +the government, with charge of operations in the western Transvaal. The +principal actions in which he was successful (see also TRANSVAAL: +_History_) were Nooitgedacht, Vlakfontein and the defeat and capture of +Lord Methuen at Klerksdorp (March 7, 1902). The British general was +severely wounded in the action, and De La Rey released him at once, +being unable to afford him proper medical assistance. This humanity and +courtesy marked De La Rey's conduct throughout the war, and even more +than his military skill and daring earned for him the esteem of his +enemies. After the conclusion of peace De La Rey, who had borne a +prominent part in the negotiations, visited Europe with the other +generals, with the intention of raising funds to enable the Boers to +resettle their country. In December 1903 he went on a mission to India, +and induced the whole of the Boer prisoners of war detained at +Ahmednagar to accept the new order of things and to take the oath of +allegiance. In February 1907 General De La Rey was returned unopposed as +member for Ventersdorp in the legislative assembly of the first +Transvaal parliament under self-government. + + + + +DE LA RIVE, AUGUSTE ARTHUR (1801-1873), Swiss physicist, was born at +Geneva on the 9th of October 1801. He was the son of Charles Gaspard de +la Rive (1770-1834), who studied medicine at Edinburgh, and after +practising for a few years in London, became professor of pharmaceutical +chemistry at the academy of Geneva in 1802 and rector in 1823. After a +brilliant career as a student, he was appointed at the age of twenty-two +to the chair of natural philosophy in the academy of Geneva. For some +years after his appointment he devoted himself specially, with Francois +Marcet (1803-1883), to the investigation of the specific heat of gases, +and to observations for determining the temperature of the earth's +crust. Electrical studies, however, engaged most of his attention, +especially in connexion with the theory of the voltaic cell and the +electric discharge in rarefied gases. His researches on the +last-mentioned subject led him to form a new theory of the aurora +borealis. In 1840 he described a process for the electro-gilding of +silver and brass, for which in the following year he received a prize of +3000 francs from the French Academy of Sciences. Between 1854 and 1858 +he published a _Traite de l'electricite theorique et appliquee_, which +was translated into several languages. De la Rive's birth and fortune +gave him considerable social and political influence. He was +distinguished for his hospitality to literary and scientific men, and +for his interest in the welfare and independence of his native country. +In 1860, when the annexation of Savoy and Nice had led the Genevese to +fear French aggression, de la Rive was sent by his fellow-citizens on a +special embassy to England, and succeeded in securing a declaration from +the English government, which was communicated privately to that of +France, that any attack upon Geneva would be regarded as a _casus +belli_. On the occasion of this visit the university of Oxford conferred +upon de la Rive the honorary degree of D.C.L. When on his way to pass +the winter at Cannes he died suddenly at Marseilles on the 27th of +November 1873. + +His son, LUCIEN DE LA RIVE, born at Geneva on the 3rd of April 1834, +published papers on various mathematical and physical subjects, and with +Edouard Sarasin carried out investigations on the propagation of +electric waves. + + + + +DELAROCHE, HIPPOLYTE, commonly known as PAUL (1797-1856), French +painter, was born in Paris on the 17th of July 1797. His father was an +expert who had made a fortune, to some extent, by negotiating and +cataloguing, buying and selling. He was proud of his son's talent, and +able to forward his artistic education. The master selected was Gros, +then painting life-size histories, and surrounded by many pupils. In no +haste to make an appearance in the Salon, his first exhibited picture +was a large one, "Josabeth saving Joas" (1822). This picture led to his +acquaintance with Gericault and Delacroix, with whom he remained on the +most friendly terms, the three forming the central group of a numerous +body of historical painters, such as perhaps never before lived in one +locality and at one time. + +From 1822 the record of his life is to be found in the successive works +coming from his hand. He visited Italy in 1838 and 1843, when his +father-in-law, Horace Vernet, was director of the French Academy. His +studio in Paris was in the rue Mazarine, where he never spent a day +without some good result, his hand being sure and his knowledge great. +His subjects, definitely expressed and popular in their manner of +treatment, illustrating certain views of history dear to partisans, yet +romantic in their general interest, were painted with a firm, solid, +smooth surface, which gave an appearance of the highest finish. This +solidity, found also on the canvas of Vernet, Scheffer, Leopold Robert +and Ingres, was the manner of the day. It repudiates the technical charm +of texture and variety of handling which the English school inherited as +a tradition from the time of Reynolds; but it is more easily understood +by the world at large, since a picture so executed depends for its +interest rather on the history, scene in nature or object depicted, than +on the executive skill, which may or may not be critically appreciated. +We may add that his point of view of the historical characters which he +treated is not always just. "Cromwell lifting the Coffin-lid and looking +at the Body of Charles" is an incident only to be excused by an +improbable tradition; but "The King in the Guard-Room," with villainous +roundhead soldiers blowing tobacco smoke in his patient face, is a libel +on the Puritans; and "Queen Elizabeth dying on the Ground," like a +she-dragon no one dares to touch, is sensational; while the "Execution +of Lady Jane Grey" is represented as taking place in a dungeon. Nothing +can be more incorrect than this last as a reading of English history, +yet we forget the inaccuracy in admiration of the treatment which +represents Lady Jane, with bandaged sight, feeling for the block, her +maids covering their faces, and none with their eyes visible among the +many figures. On the other hand, "Strafford led to Execution," when Laud +stretches his lawn-covered arms out of the small high window of his cell +to give him a blessing as he passes along the corridor, is perfect; and +the splendid scene of Richelieu in his gorgeous barge, preceding the +boat containing Cinq-Mars and De Thou carried to execution by their +guards, is perhaps the most dramatic semi-historical work ever done. +"The Princes in the Tower" must also be mentioned as a very complete +creation; and the "Young female Martyr floating dead on the Tiber" is so +pathetic that criticism feels hard-hearted and ashamed before it. As a +realization of a page of authentic history, again, no picture can +surpass the "Assassination of the duc de Guise at Blois." The expression +of the murdered man stretched out by the side of the bed, the +conspirators all massed together towards the door and far from the body, +show exact study as well as insight into human nature. This work was +exhibited in his meridian time, 1835; and in the same year he exhibited +the "Head of an Angel," a study from Horace Vernet's young daughter +Louise, his love for whom was the absorbing passion of his life, and +from the shock of whose death, in 1845, it is said he never quite +recovered. By far his finest productions after her death are of the most +serious character, a sequence of small elaborate pictures of incidents +in the Passion. Two of these, the Virgin and the other Maries, with the +apostles Peter and John, within a nearly dark apartment, hearing the +crowd as it passes haling Christ to Calvary, and St John conducting the +Virgin home again after all is over, are beyond all praise as exhibiting +the divine story from a simply human point of view. They are pure and +elevated, and also dramatic and painful. Delaroche was not troubled by +ideals, and had no affectation of them. His sound but hard execution +allowed no mystery to intervene between him and his _motif_, which was +always intelligible to the million, so that he escaped all the waste of +energy that painters who try to be poets on canvas suffer. Thus it is +that essentially the same treatment was applied by him to the characters +of distant historical times, the founders of the Christian religion, and +the real people of his own day, such as "Napoleon at Fontainebleau," or +"Napoleon at St Helena," or "Marie Antoinette leaving the Convention" +after her sentence. + +In 1837 Delaroche received the commission for the great picture, 27 +metres long, in the hemicycle of the lecture theatre of the Ecole des +Beaux Arts. This represents the great artists of the modern ages +assembled in groups on either hand of a central elevation of white +marble steps, on the topmost of which are three thrones filled by the +architects and sculptors of the Parthenon. To supply the female element +in this vast composition he introduced the genii or muses, who symbolize +or reign over the arts, leaning against the balustrade of the steps, +beautiful and queenly figures with a certain antique perfection of form, +but not informed by any wonderful or profound expression. The portrait +figures are nearly all unexceptionable and admirable. This great and +successful work is on the wall itself, an inner wall however, and is +executed in oil. It was finished in 1841, and considerably injured by a +fire which occurred in 1855, which injury he immediately set himself to +remedy (finished by Robert-Fleury); but he died before he had well +begun, on the 4th of November 1856. + +Personally Delaroche exercised even a greater influence than by his +works. Though short and not powerfully made, he impressed every one as +rather tall than otherwise; his physiognomy was accentuated and firm, +and his fine forehead gave him the air of a minister of state. + + See Rees, _Delaroche_ (London, 1880). (W. B. Sc.) + + + + +DELARUE, GERVAIS (1751-1835), French historical investigator, formerly +regarded as one of the chief authorities on Norman and Anglo-Norman +literature, was a native of Caen. He received his education at the +university of that town, and was ultimately raised to the rank of +professor. His first historical enterprise was interrupted by the French +Revolution, which forced him to take refuge in England, where he took +the opportunity of examining a vast mass of original documents in the +Tower and elsewhere, and received much encouragement, from Sir Walter +Scott among others. From England he passed over to Holland, still in +prosecution of his favourite task; and there he remained till in 1798 he +returned to France. The rest of his life was spent in his native town, +where he was chosen principal of his university. While in England he had +been elected a member of the Royal Society of Antiquaries; and in his +own country he was made a corresponding member of the Institute, and was +enrolled in the Legion of Honour. Besides numerous articles in the +_Memoirs of the Royal Society of London_, the _Memoires de l'Institut_, +the _Memoires de la Societe d'Agriculture de Caen_, and in other +periodical collections, he published separately _Essais historiques sur +les Bardes, les Jongleurs, et les Trouveres normands et anglo-normands_ +(3 vols., 1834), and _Recherches historiques sur la Prairie de Caen_ +(1837); and after his death appeared _Memoires historiques sur le +palinod de Caen_ (1841), _Recherches sur la tapisserie de Bayeux_ +(1841), and _Nouveaux Essais historiques sur la ville de Caen_ (1842). +In all his writings he displays a strong partiality for everything +Norman, and rates the Norman influence on French and English literature +as of the very highest moment. + + + + +DE LA RUE, WARREN (1815-1889), British astronomer and chemist, son of +Thomas De la Rue, the founder of the large firm of stationers of that +name in London, was born in Guernsey on the 18th of January 1815. Having +completed his education in Paris, he entered his father's business, but +devoted his leisure hours to chemical and electrical researches, and +between 1836 and 1848 published several papers on these subjects. +Attracted to astronomy by the influence of James Nasmyth, he constructed +in 1850 a 13-in. reflecting telescope, mounted first at Canonbury, later +at Cranford, Middlesex, and with its aid executed many drawings of the +celestial bodies of singular beauty and fidelity. His chief title to +fame, however, is his pioneering work in the application of the art of +photography to astronomical research. In 1851 his attention was drawn to +a daguerreotype of the moon by G. P. Bond, shown at the great exhibition +of that year. Excited to emulation and employing the more rapid +wet-collodion process, he succeeded before long in obtaining exquisitely +defined lunar pictures, which remained unsurpassed until the appearance +of the Rutherfurd photographs in 1865. In 1854 he turned his attention +to solar physics, and for the purpose of obtaining a daily photographic +representation of the state of the solar surface he devised the +photo-heliograph, described in his report to the British Association, +"On Celestial Photography in England" (1859), and in his Bakerian +Lecture (_Phil. Trans._ vol. clii. pp. 333-416). Regular work with this +instrument, inaugurated at Kew by De la Rue in 1858, was carried on +there for fourteen years; and was continued at the Royal Observatory, +Greenwich, from 1873 to 1882. The results obtained in the years +1862-1866 were discussed in two memoirs, entitled "Researches on Solar +Physics," published by De la Rue, in conjunction with Professor Balfour +Stewart and Mr B. Loewy, in the _Phil. Trans._ (vol. clix. pp. 1-110, +and vol. clx. pp. 389-496). In 1860 De la Rue took the photo-heliograph +to Spain for the purpose of photographing the total solar eclipse which +occurred on the 18th of July of that year. This expedition formed the +subject of the Bakerian Lecture already referred to. The photographs +obtained on that occasion proved beyond doubt the solar character of the +prominences or red flames, seen around the limb of the moon during a +solar eclipse. In 1873 De la Rue gave up active work in astronomy, and +presented most of his astronomical instruments to the university +observatory, Oxford. Subsequently, in the year 1887, he provided the +same observatory with a 13-in. refractor to enable it to take part in +the International Photographic Survey of the Heavens. With Dr Hugo +Muller as his collaborator he published several papers of a chemical +character between the years 1856 and 1862, and investigated, 1868-1883, +the discharge of electricity through gases by means of a battery of +14,600 chloride of silver cells. He was twice president of the Chemical +Society, and also of the Royal Astronomical Society (1864-1866). In 1862 +he received the gold medal of the latter society, and in 1864 a Royal +medal from the Royal Society, for his observations on the total eclipse +of the sun in 1860, and for his improvements in astronomical +photography. He died in London on the 19th of April 1889. + + See _Monthly Notices Roy. Astr. Soc._ l. 155; _Journ. Chem. Soc._ + lvii. 441; _Nature_, xl. 26; _The Times_ (April 22, 1889); Royal + Society, _Catalogue of Scientific Papers_. + + + + +DELATOR, in Roman history, properly one who gave notice (_deferre_) to +the treasury officials of moneys that had become due to the imperial +fisc. This special meaning was extended to those who lodged information +as to punishable offences, and further, to those who brought a public +accusation (whether true or not) against any person (especially with the +object of getting money). Although the word _delator_ itself, for +"common informer," is confined to imperial times, the right of public +accusation had long been in existence. When exercised from patriotic and +disinterested motives, its effects were beneficial; but the moment the +principle of reward was introduced, this was no longer the case. +Sometimes the accuser was rewarded with the rights of citizenship, a +place in the senate, or a share of the property of the accused. At the +end of the republican period, Cicero (_De Officiis_, ii. 14) expresses +his opinion that such accusations should be undertaken only in the +interests of the state or for other urgent reasons. Under the empire the +system degenerated into an abuse, which reached its height during the +reign of Tiberius, although the delators continued to exercise their +activity till the reign of Theodosius. They were drawn from all classes +of society,--patricians, knights, freedmen, slaves, philosophers, +literary men, and, above all, lawyers. The objects of their attacks were +the wealthy, all possible rivals of the emperor, and those whose conduct +implied a reproach against the imperial mode of life. Special +opportunities were afforded by the law of majestas, which (originally +directed against attacks on the ruler by word or deed) came to include +all kinds of accusations with which it really had nothing to do; indeed, +according to Tacitus, a charge of treason was regularly added to all +criminal charges. The chief motive for these accusations was no doubt +the desire of amassing wealth,[1] since by the law of majestas +one-fourth of the goods of the accused, even if he committed suicide in +order to avoid confiscation (which was always carried out in the case of +those condemned to capital punishment), was assured to the accuser (who +was hence called _quadruplator_). Pliny and Martial mention instances of +enormous fortunes amassed by those who carried on this hateful calling. +But it was not without its dangers. If the delator lost his case or +refused to carry it through, he was liable to the same penalties as the +accused; he was exposed to the risk of vengeance at the hands of the +proscribed in the event of their return, or of their relatives; while +emperors like Tiberius would have no scruples about banishing or putting +out of the way those of his creatures for whom he had no further use, +and who might have proved dangerous to himself. Under the better +emperors a reaction set in, and the severest penalties were inflicted +upon the delators. Titus drove into exile or reduced to slavery those +who had served Nero, after they had first been flogged in the +amphitheatre. The abuse naturally reappeared under a man like Domitian; +the delators, with whom Vespasian had not interfered, although he had +abolished trials for majestas, were again banished by Trajan, and +threatened with capital punishment in an edict of Constantine; but, as +has been said, the evil, which was an almost necessary accompaniment of +autocracy, lasted till the end of the 4th century. + + See Mayor's note on Juvenal iv. 48 for ancient authorities; C. + Merivale, _Hist. of the Romans under the Empire_, chap. 44; W. Rein, + _Criminalrecht der Romer_ (1842); T. Mommsen, _Romisches Strafrecht_ + (1899); Kleinfeller in Pauly-Wissowa's _Realencyclopadie_. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] "Delatores, genus hominum publico exitio repertum ... per praemia + eliciebantur" (Tacitus, _Annals_, iv. 30). + + + + +DELAUNAY, ELIE (1828-1891), French painter, was born at Nantes and +studied under Flandrin and at the Ecole des Beaux Arts. He worked in the +classicist manner of Ingres until, after winning the Prix de Rome, he +went to Italy in 1856, and abandoned the ideal of Raphaelesque +perfection for the sincerity and severity of the quattrocentists. As a +pure and firm draughtsman he stands second only to Ingres. After his +return from Rome he was entrusted with many important commissions for +decorative paintings, such as the frescoes in the church of St Nicholas +at Nantes; the three panels of "Apollo," "Orpheus" and "Amphion" at the +Paris opera-house; and twelve paintings for the great hall of the +council of state in the Palais Royal. His "Scenes from the Life of St +Genevieve," which he designed for the Pantheon, remained unfinished at +his death. The Luxembourg Museum has his famous "Plague in Rome" and a +nude figure of "Diana"; and the Nantes Museum, the "Lesson on the +Flute." In the last decade of his life he achieved great popularity as a +portrait painter. + + + + +DELAUNAY, LOUIS ARSENE (1826-1903), French actor, was born in Paris, the +son of a wine-seller. He studied at the Conservatoire, and made his +first formal appearance on the stage in 1845, in _Tartuffe_ at the +Odeon. After three years at this house he made his debut at the Comedie +Francaise as Dorante in Corneille's _Le Menteur_, and began a long and +brilliant career in young lover parts. He continued to act as _jeune +premier_ until he was sixty, his grace, marvellous diction and passion +enchanting his audiences. It was especially in the plays of Alfred de +Musset that his gifts found their happiest expression. In the +thirty-seven years during which he was a member of the Comedie +Francaise, Delaunay took or created nearly two hundred parts. He retired +in 1887, having been made a chevalier of the Legion of Honour in 1883. + + + + +DELAVIGNE, JEAN FRANCOIS CASIMIR (1793-1843), French poet and dramatist, +was born on the 4th of April 1793 at Havre. His father sent him at an +early age to Paris, there to be educated at the Lycee Napoleon. +Constitutionally of an ardent and sympathetic temperament, he enlarged +his outlook by extensive miscellaneous reading. On the 20th of March +1811 the empress Marie Louise gave birth to a son, named in his very +cradle king of Rome. This event was celebrated by Delavigne in a +_Dithyrambe sur la naissance du roi de Rome_, which secured for him a +sinecure in the revenue office. + +About this time he competed twice for an academy prize, but without +success. Delavigne, inspired by the catastrophe of 1815, wrote two +impassioned poems, the first entitled Waterloo, the second, _Devastation +du musee_, both written in the heat of patriotic enthusiasm, and teeming +with popular political allusions. A third, but of inferior merit, _Sur +le besoin de s'unir apres le depart des etrangers_, was afterwards +added. These stirring pieces, termed by him _Messeniennes_, sounded a +keynote which found an echo in the hearts of all. Twenty-five thousand +copies were sold; Delavigne was famous. He was appointed to an honorary +librarianship, with no duties to discharge. In 1819 his play _Les vepres +Siciliennes_ was performed at the Odeon, then just rebuilt; it had +previously been refused for the Theatre Francais. On the night of the +first representation, which was warmly received, Picard, the manager, +threw himself into the arms of his elated friend, exclaiming, "You have +saved us! You are the founder of the second French Theatre." This +success was followed up by the production of the _Comediens_ (1820), a +poor play, with little plot, and the _Paria_ (1821), with still less, +but containing some well-written choruses. The latter piece obtained a +longer lease of life than its intrinsic literary merits warranted, on +account of the popularity of the political opinions freely expressed in +it--so freely expressed, indeed, that the displeasure of the king was +incurred, and Delavigne lost his post. But Louis Philippe, duke of +Orleans, willing to gain the people's good wishes by complimenting their +favourite, wrote to him as follows: "The thunder has descended on your +house; I offer you an apartment in mine." Accordingly Delavigne became +librarian at the Palais Royal, a position retained during the remainder +of his life. It was here that he wrote the _Ecole des vieillards_ +(1823), his best comedy, which gained his election to the Academy in +1825. To this period also belong _La Princesse Aurelie_ (1828), and +_Marino Faliero_ (1829), a drama in the romantic style. + +For his success as a writer Delavigne was in no small measure indebted +to the stirring nature of the times in which he lived. The +_Messeniennes_, which first introduced him to universal notice, had +their origin in the excitement consequent on the occupation of France by +the allies in 1815. Another crisis in his life and in the history of his +country, the revolution of 1830, stimulated him to the production of a +second masterpiece, _La Parisienne_. This song, set to music by Auber, +was on the lips of every Frenchman, and rivalled in popularity the +_Marseillaise_. A companion piece, _La Varsovienne_, was written for the +Poles, by whom it was sung on the march to battle. Other works of +Delavigne followed each other in rapid succession--_Louis XI_ (1832), +_Les Enfants d'Edouard_ (1833), _Don Juan d'Autriche_ (1835), _Une +Famille au temps du Luther_ (1836), _La Popularite_ (1838), _La Fille du +Cid_ (1839), _Le Conseiller rapporteur_ (1840), and _Charles VI_ (1843), +an opera partly written by his brother. In 1843 he quitted Paris to seek +in Italy the health his labours had cost him. At Lyons his strength +altogether gave way, and he died on the 11th of December. + +By many of his own time Delavigne was looked upon as unsurpassed and +unsurpassable. Every one bought and read his works. But the applause of +the moment was gained at the sacrifice of lasting fame. As a writer he +had many excellences. He expressed himself in a terse and vigorous +style. The poet of reason rather than of imagination, he recognized his +own province, and was rarely tempted to flights of fancy beyond his +powers. He wrote always as he would have spoken, from sincere +conviction. In private life he was in every way estimable,--upright, +amiable, devoid of all jealousy, and generous to a fault. + + His _Poesies_ and his _Theatre_ were published in 1863. His _Oeuvres + completes_ (new edition, 1855) contains a biographical notice by his + brother, Germain Delavigne, who is best known as a librettist in + opera. See also Sainte-Beuve, _Portraits litteraires_, vol. v.; A. + Favrot, _Etude sur Casimir Delavigne_ (1894); and F. Vuacheux, + _Casimir Delavigne_ (1893). + + + + +DELAWARE, a South Atlantic state of the United States of America, one of +the thirteen original states, situated between 38 deg. 27' and 39 deg. +50' N. lat. and between 75 deg. 2' and 75 deg. 47' W. long. (For map see +MARYLAND.) It is bounded N. and N.W. by Pennsylvania, E. by the Delaware +river and Delaware Bay, which separate it from New Jersey, and by the +Atlantic Ocean; S. and W. by Maryland. With the exception of Rhode +Island it is the smallest state in the Union, its area being 2370 sq. +m., of which 405 sq. m. are water surface. + +_Physical Features._--Delaware lies on the Atlantic coastal plain, and +is for the most part level and relatively low, its average elevation +above the sea being about 50 ft. It is situated in the eastern part of +the peninsula formed by Chesapeake Bay and the estuary of the Delaware +river. In the extreme N. the country is rolling, with moderately high +hills, moderately deep valleys and rapid streams. West of Wilmington +there rises a ridge which crosses the state in a north-westerly +direction and forms a watershed between Christiana and Brandywine +creeks, its highest elevation above sea-level being 280 ft. South of the +Christiana there begins another elevation, sandy and marshy, which +extends almost the entire length of the state from N.W. to S.E., and +forms a second water-parting. The streams that drain the state are small +and insignificant. Those of the N. flow into Brandywine and Christiana +creeks, whose estuary into Delaware river forms Wilmington harbour; +those of the S.W. have a common outlet in the Nanticoke river of +Maryland; those of the E. empty into Delaware Bay and the Atlantic +Ocean. The principal harbours are those of Wilmington, New Castle and +Lewes. The shore of the bay is marshy, that of the Atlantic is sandy. In +Kent county there are more than 60,000 acres of tidal marshland, some of +which has been reclaimed by means of dykes; Cypress Swamp in the extreme +S. has an area of 50,000 acres. The soils of the N. are clays, sometimes +mixed with loam; those of the central part are mainly loams; while those +of the S. are sands. + +Minerals are found only in the N. part of the state. Those of economic +value are kaolin, mined chiefly in the vicinity of Hockessin, New Castle +county, the static kaolin product being exceeded in 1903 only by that of +Pennsylvania among the states of the United States; granite, used for +road-making and rough construction work, found near Wilmington; and +brick and tile clays; but the value of their total product in 1902 was +less than $500,000. In 1906 the total mineral product was valued at +$814,126, of which $237,768 represented clay products and $146,346 +stone. In 1902 only 2.2% of the wage-earners were engaged in mining. + +The forests, which once afforded excellent timber, including white oak +for shipbuilding, have been greatly reduced by constant cutting; in 1900 +it was estimated that 700 sq. m. were wooded, but practically none of +this stand was of commercial importance. The fisheries, chiefly oyster, +sturgeon and shad, yield an annual product valued at about $250,000. + +The proximity of the Delaware and Chesapeake bays help to give Delaware +a mild and temperate climate. The mean annual temperature is +approximately 55 deg. F., ranging from 52 deg. in the S. to 56 deg. in +the N., and the extremes of heat and cold are 103 deg. in the summer and +-17 deg. in the winter. The annual rainfall, greater on the coast than +inland, ranges from 40 to 45 in. + +_Industry and Trade._--Delaware is pre-eminently an agricultural state. +In 1900 85% of its total land surface was enclosed in farms--a slight +decline since 1880. Seven-tenths of this was improved land, and the +expenditure per farm for fertilizers, greater in 1890 than the average +of the Atlantic states, approximated $55 per farm in 1900. In 1899 +Delaware spent more per acre for fertilizers than any of the other +states except New Jersey, Rhode Island and Maryland. The average size of +farms, as in the other states, has declined, falling from 124.6 acres in +1880 to 110.1 acres in 1900. A large proportion of farms (49.7%) were +operated by the owners, and the prevailing form of tenantry was the +share system by which 42.5% of the farms were cultivated, while 8.24% of +the farms were operated by negroes; these represented less than 4% of +the total value of farm property, the average value of farms operated by +negroes being $17 per acre, that of farms operated by whites, $23 per +acre. The total value of farm products in 1900 was $9,190,777, an +increase of 30% over that of 1890, while the cultivation of cereals +suffered on account of the competition of the western states. Indian +corn and wheat form the two largest crops, their product in 1900 being +respectively 24% and 52% greater than in 1890; but these crops when +compared with those of other states are relatively unimportant. In 1906 +the acreage of Indian corn was 196,472 acres with a yield of 5,894,160 +bushels valued at $2,475,547, and the acreage of wheat was 121,745 acres +with a yield of 1,947,920 bushels valued at $1,383,023. The value of the +fruit crop, for which Delaware has long been noted, also increased +during the same decade, but disease and frost caused a marked decline in +the production of peaches, a loss balanced by an increased production of +apples, pears and other orchard fruits. Large quantities of small +fruits, particularly of strawberries, raspberries and blackberries, are +produced, the southern portion of Sussex county being particularly +favourable for strawberry culture. The vicissitudes of fruit raising +have also caused increasing attention to be paid to market gardening, +dairying and stock raising, particularly to market gardening, an +industry which is favoured by the proximity of large cities. The same +influence also explains, partly at least, the decrease (of 13%) in the +value of farm property between 1890 and 1900. + +The development of manufacturing in Delaware has not been so extensive +as its favourable situation relative to the other states, the facilities +for water and railway transportation, and the proximity of the coal and +iron fields of Pennsylvania, would seem to warrant. In 1905 the +wage-earners engaged in manufacturing (under the factory system) +numbered 18,475, and the total capital invested in manufacturing was +$50,925,630; the gross value of products was $41,160,276; the net value +(deducting the value of material purchased in partly manufactured form) +was $16,276,470. The principal industry was the manufacture of iron and +steel products, which, including steel and rolling mills, car, foundry +and machine shops, and shipyards, represented more than 30% of the total +capital, and approximately 25% of the total gross product of the +manufactures in the state. The tanning, currying and finishing of +leather ranks second in importance, with a gross product ($10,250,842) +9% greater than that of 1900, and constituting about one-fourth of the +gross factory product of the state in 1905; and the manufacture of food +products ranked third, the value of the products of the fruit canning +and preserving industry having more than doubled in the decade +1890-1900, but falling off a little more than 7% in 1900-1905. The +manufacture of paper and wood pulp showed an increased product in 1905 +19.1% greater than in 1900; and flour and grist mill products were +valued in 1905 43.6% higher than in 1900. In the grand total of +manufactured products, however, the state showed in 1905 a decrease of +4% from 1900. The great manufacturing centre is Wilmington, where in +1905 almost two-thirds of the capital was invested, and nearly +three-fourths of the product was turned out. There is much manufacturing +also at New Castle. + +Delaware has good facilities for transportation. Its railway mileage in +January 1907 was 333.6 m; the Philadelphia, Baltimore & Washington +(Pennsylvania system), the Baltimore & Philadelphia (Baltimore & Ohio +system), and the Wilmington & Northern (Philadelphia & Reading system) +cross the northern part of the state, while the Delaware railway (leased +by the Philadelphia, Baltimore & Washington) runs the length of the +state below Wilmington, and another line, the Maryland, Delaware & +Virginia (controlled by the Baltimore, Chesapeake & Atlantic railway, +which is related to the Pennsylvania system), connects Lewes, Del., with +Love Point, Md., on the Chesapeake Bay. There is no state railway +commission, and the farmers of southern Delaware have suffered from +excessive freight rates. The Delaware & Chesapeake Canal (13(1/2) m. +long, 66 ft. wide and 10 ft. deep) crosses the N. part of the state, +connecting Delaware river and Chesapeake Bay, and thus affords +transportation by water from Baltimore to Philadelphia. The canal was +completed in 1829; in 1907 a commission appointed by the president to +report on a route for a waterway between Chesapeake and Delaware bays +selected the route of this canal. The states of Maryland and Delaware +aided in its construction, and in 1828 the national government also made +an appropriation. Wilmington is a customs district in which New Castle +and Lewes are included; but its trade is largely coastwise. Rehoboth and +Indian River bays are navigable for vessels of less than 6 ft. draft. +Opposite Lewes is the Delaware Breakwater (begun in 1818 and completed +in 1869, at a cost of more than $2,000,000), which forms a harbour 16 +ft. deep. In 1897-1901 the United States government constructed a +harbour of refuge, formed by a second breakwater 2(1/4) m. N. of the +existing one; its protected anchorage is 552 acres and the cost was more +than $2,090,000. The harbour is about equidistant from New York, +Philadelphia, and the capes of Chesapeake Bay, and is used chiefly by +vessels awaiting orders to ports for discharge or landing. The national +government also made appropriations for opening an inland waterway from +Lewes to Chincoteague Bay, Virginia, for improving Wilmington harbour, +and for making navigable several of the larger streams of the state. + +_Population._--The population in 1880 was 146,608; in 1890, 168,493, an +increase of 14.9%; in 1900, 184,735, a further increase of 9.6%; in +1910, 202,322. The rate of increase before 1850 was considerably smaller +than the rate after that date. Of the population in 1900, 92.5% was +native born and 7.5% was foreign-born. The negro population was 30,697, +or 16.6% of the total. In Indian River Hundred, Sussex county, there +formerly lived a community of people,--many of whom are of the fair +Caucasian type,--called "Indians" or "Moors"; they are now quite +generally dispersed throughout the state, especially in Kent and Sussex +counties. Their origin is unknown, but according to local tradition they +are the descendants of some Moorish sailors who were cast ashore many +years ago in a shipwreck; their own tradition is that they are descended +from the children of an Irish mother and a negro father, these children +having intermarried with Indians of the Nanticoke tribe. They have, +where practicable, separate churches and schools, the latter receiving +state aid. The urban population of Delaware (i.e. of Wilmington, the +only city having more than 5000 inhabitants) was, in 1900, 41.4% of the +state's population. There were thirty-five incorporated cities and +towns. The largest of these was the city of Wilmington, with 76,508 +inhabitants. The city next in size, New Castle, had a population of +3380, while the largest town, Dover, the capital of the state, had 3329. +The total number of communicants of all denominations in 1906 was +71,251,--32,402 Methodists, 24,228 Roman Catholics, 5200 Presbyterians, +3796 Protestant Episcopalians, and 2921 Baptists. + +_Government._--The constitution by which Delaware is governed was +adopted in 1897. Like the previous constitutions of 1776, 1792 and 1831, +it was promulgated by a constitutional convention without submission to +the people for ratification, and amendments may be adopted by a +two-thirds vote of each house in two consecutive legislatures. Its +character is distinctly democratic. The property qualification of state +senators and the restriction of suffrage to those who have paid county +or poll taxes are abolished; but suffrage is limited to male adults who +can read the state constitution in English, and can write their names, +unless physically disqualified, and who have registered. In 1907 an +amendment to the constitution was adopted, which struck out from the +instrument the clause requiring the payment of a registration fee of one +dollar by each elector. Important innovations in the constitution of +1897 are the office of lieutenant-governor, and the veto power of the +governor which may extend to parts and clauses of appropriation bills, +but a bill may be passed over his veto by a three-fifths vote of each +house of the legislature, and a bill becomes a law if not returned to +the legislature within ten days after its reception by the governor, +unless the session of the legislature shall have expired in the +meantime. The governor's regular term in office is four years, and he is +ineligible for a third term. All his appointments to offices where the +salary is more than $500 must be confirmed by the senate; all pardons +must be approved by a board of pardons. Representation in the +legislature is according to districts, members of the lower house being +chosen for two, and members of the upper house for four years. Members +of the lower house must be at least twenty-four years of age, members of +the senate at least twenty-seven; members of both houses must at the +time of their election have been citizens of the state for at least +three years. In November 1906 the people of the state voted (17,248 for; +2162 against) in favour of the provision of a system of advisory +initiative and advisory referendum; and in March 1907 the general +assembly passed an act providing initiative and referendum in the +municipal affairs in the city of Wilmington. The organization of the +judiciary is similar to that under the old English system. Six judges--a +chancellor, a chief justice, and four associate justices--of whom there +shall be at least one resident in each of the three counties, and not +more than three shall belong to the same political party, are appointed +by the governor, with the consent of the senate, for a term of twelve +years. A certain number of them hold courts of chancery, general +sessions, oyer and terminer, and an orphans' court; the six together +constitute the supreme court, but the judge from whose decision appeal +is made may not hear the appealed case unless the appeal is made at his +own instance. Bribery may be punished by fine, imprisonment and +disfranchisement for ten years. Corporations cannot be created by a +special act of the legislature, and no corporation may issue stock +except for an equivalent value of money, labour or property. In order to +attract capital to the state, the legislature has reduced the taxes on +corporations, has forbidden the repeal of charters, and has given +permission for the organization of corporations with both the power and +name of trust companies. Legislative divorces are forbidden by the +constitution, and a statute of 1901 subjects wife-beaters to corporal +punishment. Although punishment by whipping and by standing in the +pillory was prohibited by an act of Congress in 1839, in so far as the +Federal government had jurisdiction, both these forms of punishment were +retained in Delaware, and standing in the pillory was prescribed by +statute as a punishment for a number of offences, including various +kinds of larceny and forgery, highway robbery, and even pretending "to +exercise the art of witchcraft, fortune-telling or dealing with +spirits," at least until 1893. In 1905, by a law approved on the 20th of +March, the pillory was abolished. The whipping-post was in 1908 still +maintained in Delaware, and whipping continued to be prescribed as a +punishment for a variety of offences, although in 1889 a law was passed +which prescribed that "hereafter no female convicted of any crime in +this state shall be whipped or made to stand in the pillory," and a law +passed in 1883 prescribed that "in case of conviction of larceny, when +the prisoner is of tender years, or is charged for the first time (being +shown to have before had a good character), the court may in its +discretion omit from the sentence the infliction of lashes." An old law +still on the statute-books when the edition of the revised statutes was +issued in 1893, prescribes that "the punishment of whipping shall be +inflicted publicly by strokes on the bare back, well laid on." + +The unit of local government is the "hundred," which corresponds to the +township of Pennsylvania. The employment of children under fourteen +years of age in factories is forbidden by statute. Divorces are granted +for adultery, desertion for three years, habitual drunkenness, impotence +at the time of marriage, fraud, lack of marriageable age (eighteen for +males, sixteen for females), and failure of husband to provide for his +wife during three consecutive years. The marriages of whites with +negroes and of insane persons are null; but the children of the married +insane are legitimate. + +In 1908 the state debt was $816,785, and the assets in bonds, railway +mortgages and bank stocks exceeded the liabilities by $717,779. Besides +the income from interest and dividends on investments, the state +revenues are derived from taxes on licences, on commissions to public +officers, on railway, telegraph and telephone, express, and banking +companies, and to a slight extent from taxes on collateral inheritance. + +_Education._--The charitable and penal administration of Delaware is not +well developed. There is a state hospital for the insane at Farnhurst. +Other dependent citizens are cared for in the institutions of other +states at public expense. In 1899 a county workhouse was established in +New Castle county, in which persons under sentence must labour eight +hours a day, pay being allowed for extra hours, and a diminution of +sentence for good behaviour. At Wilmington is the Ferris industrial +school for boys, a private reformatory institution to which New Castle +county gives $146 for each boy; and the Delaware industrial school for +girls, also at Wilmington, receives financial support from both county +and state. + +The educational system of the state has been considerably improved +within recent years. The maintenance of a system of public schools is +rendered compulsory by the state constitution, and a new compulsory +school law came into effect in 1907. The first public school law, passed +in 1829, was based largely on the principle of "local option," each +school district being left free to determine the character of its own +school or even to decide, if it wished, against having any school at +all. The system thus established proved to be very unsatisfactory, and a +new school law in 1875 brought about a greater degree of uniformity and +centralization through its provisions for the appointment of a state +superintendent of free schools and a state board of education. In 1888, +however, the state superintendency was abolished, and county +superintendencies were created instead, the legislature thus returning, +in a measure, to the old system of local control. Centralization was +again secured, in 1898, by the passage of a law reorganizing and +increasing the powers of the state board of education. The state school +fund, ranging from about $150,000 to $160,000 a year, is apportioned +among the school districts, according to the number of teachers +employed, and is used exclusively for teachers' salaries and the +supplying of free text-books. This fund is supplemented by local +taxation. No discrimination is allowed on account of race or colour; but +separate schools are provided for white and coloured children. Delaware +College (non-sectarian) at Newark, founded in 1833 as Newark College and +rechartered, after suspension from 1859 to 1870, under the present name, +as a state institution, derives most of its financial support from the +United States Land Grant of 1862 and the supplementary appropriation of +1890, and is the seat of an agricultural experiment station, established +in 1888 under the so-called "Hatch Bill" of 1887. In 1906-1907 Delaware +College had 20 instructors and 130 students. The college is a part of +the free school system of Delaware, and tuition is free to all students +from the state. There is an agricultural college for negroes at Dover; +this college receives one-fifth of the appropriation made by the +so-called "new Morrill Bill" of 1890. + +_History._--Delaware river and bay were first explored on behalf of the +Dutch by Henry Hudson in 1609, and more thoroughly in 1615-1616 by +Cornelius Hendrikson, whose reports did much to cause the incorporation +of the Dutch West India Company. The first settlement on Delaware soil +was made under the auspices of members of this company in 1631 near the +site of the present Lewes. The leaders, one of whom was Captain David P. +de Vries, wished "to plant a colony for the cultivation of grain and +tobacco as well as to carry on the whale fishery in that region." The +settlement, however, was soon completely destroyed by the Indians. (See +LEWES.) A more successful effort at colonization was made under the +auspices of the South Company of Sweden, a corporation organized in 1624 +as the "Australian Company," by William Usselinx, who had also been the +chief organizer of the Dutch West India Company, and now secured a +charter or _manifest_ from Gustavus Adolphus. The privileges of the +company were extended to Germans in 1633, and about 1640 the Dutch +members were bought out. In 1638 Peter Minuit on behalf of this company +established a settlement at what is now Wilmington, naming it, in +honour of the infant queen Christina, Christinaham, and naming the +entire territory, bought by Minuit from the Minquas Indians and +extending indefinitely westward from the Delaware river between Bombay +Hook and the mouth of the Schuylkill river, "New Sweden." This territory +was subsequently considerably enlarged. In 1642 mature plans for +colonization were adopted. A new company, officially known as the West +India, American, or New Sweden Company, but like its predecessor +popularly known as the South Company, was chartered, and a governor, +Johan Printz (c. 1600-1663) was sent out by the crown. He arrived early +in 1643 and subsequently established settlements on the island of +Tinicum, near the present Chester, Pennsylvania, at the mouth of Salem +Creek, New Jersey, and near the mouth of the Schuylkill river. Friction +had soon arisen with New Netherland, although, owing to their common +dislike of the English, the Swedes and the Dutch had maintained a formal +friendship. In 1651, however, Peter Stuyvesant, governor of New +Netherland, and more aggressive than his predecessors, built Fort +Casimir, near what is now New Castle. In 1654 Printz's successor, Johan +Claudius Rising, who had arrived from Sweden with a large number of +colonists, expelled the Dutch from Fort Casimir. In retaliation, +Stuyvesant, in 1655, with seven vessels and as many hundred men, +recaptured the fort and also captured Fort Christina (Wilmington). New +Sweden thus passed into the control of the Dutch, and became a +dependency of New Netherland. In 1656, however, the Dutch West India +Company sold part of what had been New Sweden to the city of Amsterdam, +which in the following year established a settlement called "New Amstel" +at Fort Casimir (New Castle). This settlement was badly administered and +made little progress. + +In 1663 the whole of the Delaware country came under the jurisdiction of +the city of Amsterdam, but in the following year this territory, with +New Netherland, was seized by the English. For a brief interval, in +1673-1674, the Dutch were again in control, but in the latter year, by +the treaty of Westminster, the "three counties on the Delaware" again +became part of the English possessions in America held by the duke of +York, later James II. His formal grant from Charles II. was not received +until March 1683. In order that no other settlements should encroach +upon his centre of government, New Castle, the northern boundary was +determined by drawing an arc of a circle, 12 m. in radius, and with New +Castle as the centre. This accounts for the present curved boundary line +between Delaware and Pennsylvania. Previously, however, in August 1680, +the duke of York had leased this territory for 10,000 years to William +Penn, to whom he conveyed it by a deed of feoffment in August 1682; but +differences in race and religion, economic rivalry between New Castle +and the Pennsylvania towns, and petty political quarrels over +representation and office holding, similar to those in the other +American colonies, were so intense that Penn in 1691 appointed a special +deputy governor for the "lower counties." Although reunited with the +"province" of Pennsylvania in 1693, the so-called "territories" or +"lower counties" secured a separate legislature in 1704, and a separate +executive council in 1710; the governor of Pennsylvania, however, was +the chief executive until 1776. A protracted boundary dispute with +Maryland, which colony at first claimed the whole of Delaware under Lord +Baltimore's charter, was not settled until 1767, when the present line +separating Delaware and Maryland was adopted. In the War of Independence +Delaware furnished only one regiment to the American army, but that was +one of the best in the service. One of its companies carried a number of +gamecocks said to have been the brood of a blue hen; hence the soldiers, +and later the people of the state, have been popularly known as the +"Blue Hen's Chickens." + +In 1776 a state government was organized, representative of the Delaware +state, the term "State of Delaware" being first adopted in the +constitution of 1792. One of the peculiarities of the government was +that in addition to the regular executive, legislative and judicial +departments there was a privy council without whose approval the +governor's power was little more than nominal. In 1786 Delaware was one +of the five states whose delegates attended the Annapolis Convention +(see ANNAPOLIS, Maryland), and it was the first (on the 7th of December +1787) to ratify the Federal constitution. From then until 1850 it was +controlled by the Federalist or Whig parties. In 1850 the Democrats, who +had before then elected a few governors and United States senators, +secured control of the entire administration--a control unarrested, +except in 1863, until the last decade of the 19th century. Although it +was a slave state, the majority of the people of Delaware opposed +secession in 1861, and the legislature promptly answered President +Lincoln's call to arms; yet, while 14,000 of the 40,000 males between +the ages of fourteen and sixty served in the Union army, there were many +sympathizers with the Confederacy in the southern part of the state. + +In 1866, 1867 and 1869, respectively, the legislature refused to ratify +the thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth amendments to the Federal +constitution. The provision of the state constitution that restricted +suffrage to those who had paid county or poll taxes and made the tax +lists the basis for the lists of qualified voters, opened the way for +the disfranchisement of many negroes by fraudulent means. Consequently +the levy court of New Castle county was indicted in the United States +circuit court in 1872, and one of its members was convicted. Again in +1880 the circuit court, by virtue of the Federal statute of 1872 on +elections, appointed supervisors of elections in Delaware. The negro +vote has steadily increased in importance, and in 1900 was approximately +one-fifth of the total vote of the state. In 1901 the legislature +ratified the three amendments rejected in former years. Another +political problem has been that of representation. According to the +constitution of 1831 the unit of representation in the legislature was +the county; inasmuch as the population of New Castle county has exceeded +after 1870 that of both Kent and Sussex, the inequality became a cause +of discontent. This is partly eradicated by the new constitution of +1897, which reapportioned representation according to electoral +districts, so that New Castle has seven senators and fifteen +representatives, while each of the other counties has seven senators and +ten representatives. + +In 1889 the Republicans for the first time since the Civil War secured a +majority in the legislature, and elected Anthony J. Higgins to the +United States Senate. In that year a capitalist and promoter, J. Edward +Addicks (b. 1841, in Pennsylvania), became a citizen of the state, and +after securing for himself the control of the Wilmington gas supply, +systematically set about building up a personal "machine" that would +secure his election to the national Senate as a Republican. His purpose +was thwarted in 1893, when a Democratic majority chose, for a second +term, George Gray (b. 1840), who from 1879 to 1885 had been the +attorney-general of the state and subsequently was a member of the +Spanish-American Peace Commission at Paris in 1898 and became a judge of +the United States circuit court, third judicial circuit, in 1899. Mr +Addicks was an avowed candidate in 1895, but the opposition of the +Regular Republicans, who accused him of corruption and who held the +balance of power, prevented an election. In 1897, the legislature being +again Democratic, Richard R. Kenney (b. 1856) was chosen to fill the +vacancy for the remainder of the unexpired term. Meanwhile the two +Republican factions continued to oppose one another, and both sent +delegates to the national party convention in 1896, the "regular" +delegation being seated. The expiration of Senator Gray's term in 1899 +left a vacancy, but although the Republicans again had a clear majority +the resolution of the Regulars prevented the Union Republicans, as the +supporters of Addicks called themselves, from seating their patron. Both +the Regular and Union factions sent delegations to the national party +convention in 1900, where the refusal of the Regulars to compromise led +to the recognition of the Union delegates. Despite this apparent +abandonment of their cause by the national organization, the Regulars +continued their opposition, the state being wholly without +representation in the Senate from the expiration of Senator Kenney's +term in 1901 until 1903, when a compromise was effected whereby two +Republicans, one of each faction, were chosen, one condition being that +Addicks should not be the candidate of the Union Republicans. Both +factions were recognized by the national convention of 1904, but the +legislature of 1905 adjourned without being able to fill a vacancy in +the Senate which had again occurred. The deadlock, however, was broken +at the special session of the legislature called in 1906, and in June of +that year Henry A. Du Pont was elected senator. + +GOVERNORS OF DELAWARE + + I. _Swedish._ + + Peter Minuit 1638-1640 + Peter Hollander 1640-1643 + Johan Printz 1643-1653 + Johan Papegoga (acting) 1653-1654 + Johan Claudius Rising 1654-1655 + + II. _Dutch._ + + (Same as for New York.) + + III. _English._ + + (Same as New York until 1682.) + (Same as Pennsylvania 1682-1776.) + +PRESIDENTS OF DELAWARE + + John McKinley 1776-1778 + Caesar Rodney 1778-1781 + John Dickinson 1781-1783 + Nicholas Van Dyke 1783-1786 + Thomas Collins 1786-1789 + +GOVERNORS + + Joshua Clayton 1789-1796 Federalist + Gunning Bedford 1796-1797 " + Daniel Rogers[1] 1797-1799 " + Richard Bassett 1799-1801 " + James Sykes[2] 1801-1802 " + David Hall 1802-1805 Federalist + Nathaniel Mitchell 1805-1808 " + George Truett 1808-1811 " + Joseph Haslett 1811-1814 " + Daniel Rodney 1814-1817 " + John Clarke 1817-1820 " + Henry Malleston[3] 1820 " + Jacob Stout[4] 1820-1821 " + John Collins 1821-1822 Democratic-Republican + Caleb Rodney[5] 1822 " + Joseph Haslett 1822-1823 Democratic-Republican + Charles Thomas[6] 1823-1824 " + Samuel Paynter 1824-1827 Federalist + Charles Polk 1827-1830 " + David Hazzard 1830-1833 American-Republican + Caleb P. Bennett 1833-1836 Democrat + Charles Polk[7] 1836-1837 " + Cornelius P. Comegys 1837-1841 Whig + William B. Cooper 1841-1845 " + Thomas Stockton 1845-1846 " + Joseph Maul[8] 1846 " + William Temple[9] 1846-1847 " + William Tharp 1847-1851 Democrat + William H. Ross 1851-1855 " + Peter F. Causey 1855-1859 Whig-Know-Nothing + William Burton 1859-1863 Democrat + William Cannon 1863-1865 Republican + Gove Saulsbury[10] 1865-1871 Democrat + James Ponder 1871-1875 " + John P. Cockran 1875-1879 " + John W. Hall 1879-1883 " + Charles C. Stockley 1883-1887 " + Benjamin T. Biggs 1887-1891 " + Robert J. Reynolds 1891-1895 " + Joshua H. Marvil 1895 Republican + William T. Watson[11] 1895-1897 Democrat + Ebe W. Tunnell 1897-1901 " + John Hunn 1901-1905 Republican + Preston Lea 1905-1909 " + Simeon S. Pennewill 1909 " + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--Information about manufactures, mining and agriculture + may be found in the reports of the _Twelfth Census of the United + States_, especially _Bulletins 69_ and _100_. The Agricultural + Experiment Station, at Newark, publishes in its _Annual Report_ a + record of temperature and rainfall. For law and administration see + _Constitution of Delaware_ (Dover, 1899) and the _Revised Code_ of + 1852, amended 1893 (Wilmington, 1893). For education see L. B. Powell, + _History of Education in Delaware_ (Washington, 1893), and a sketch in + the _Annual Report_ for 1902 of the United States Commissioner of + Education. The most elaborate history is that of John Thomas Scharf, + _History of the State of Delaware_ (2 vols., Philadelphia, 1888); the + second volume is entirely biographical. Claes T. Odhner's brief + sketch, _Kolonien Nya Sveriges Grundlaggning, 1637-1642_ (Stockholm, + 1876; English translation in the _Pennsylvania Magazine of History and + Biography_, vol. iii.), and Carl K. S. Sprinchorn's _Kolonien Nya + Sveriges Historia_ (1878; English translation in the _Pennsylvania + Magazine of History and Biography_, vols. vii. and viii.) are based, + in part, on documents in the Swedish Royal Archives and at the + universities of Upsala and Lund, which were unknown to Benjamin Ferris + (_History of the Original Settlements of the Delaware_, Wilmington, + 1846) and Francis Vincent (_History of the State of Delaware_, + Philadelphia, 1870), which ends with the English occupation in 1664. + In vol. iv. of Justin Winsor's _Narrative and Critical History of + America_ (Boston, 1884) there is an excellent chapter by Gregory B. + Keen on "New Sweden, or the Swedes on the Delaware," to which a + bibliographical chapter is appended. The _Papers_ of the Historical + Society of Delaware (1879 seq.) contain valuable material. In part ii. + of the _Report of the Superintendent of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic + Survey_ for 1893 (Washington, 1905) there is "A Historical Account of + the Boundary Line between the States of Pennsylvania and Delaware, by + W. C. Hodgkins." The colonial records are preserved with those of New + York and Pennsylvania; only one volume of the State Records has been + published, and _Minutes of the Council of Delaware State, 1776-1792_ + (Dover, 1886). For political conditions since the Civil War see vol. + 141 of the _North American Review_, vol. 32 of the _Forum_, and vol. + 73 of the _Outlook_--all published in New York. + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] Speaker of the senate. Filled unexpired term of Gunning Bedford + (d. 1797). + + [2] Speaker of senate. Filled unexpired term of Richard Bassett, who + resigned 1801. + + [3] Died before he was inaugurated. + + [4] Speaker of the senate. + + [5] Speaker of the senate, John Collins dying in 1822. + + [6] Speaker of senate, Haslett dying in 1823. + + [7] Speaker of senate. + + [8] Speaker of senate, Stockton dying in 1846. + + [9] Speaker of senate, Maul dying in 1846. + + [10] As speaker of the senate filled the unexpired term of Cannon (d. + 1865), and then became governor in 1867. + + [11] President of senate, Marvil dying in 1895. + + + + +DELAWARE, a city and the county-seat of Delaware county, Ohio, U.S.A., +on the Olentangy (or Whetstone) river, near the centre of the state. +Pop. (1890) 8224; (1900) 7940 (572 being foreign-born and 432 negroes); +(1910) 9076. Delaware is served by the Pennsylvania, the Cleveland, +Cincinnati, Chicago & St Louis (New York Central system), and the +Hocking Valley railways, and by two interurban lines. The city is built +on rolling ground about 900 ft. above sea-level. There are many sulphur +and iron springs in the vicinity. Delaware is the seat of the Ohio +Wesleyan University (co-educational), founded by the Ohio Conference of +the Methodist Episcopal Church in 1841, and opened as a college in 1844; +it includes a college of liberal arts (1844), an academic department +(1841), a school of music (1877), a school of fine arts (1877), a school +of oratory (1894), a business school (1895), and a college of medicine +(the Cleveland College of Physicians and Surgeons, at Cleveland, Ohio; +founded as the Charity Hospital Medical College in 1863, and the medical +department of the university of Wooster until 1896, when, under its +present name, it became a part of Ohio Wesleyan University). In 1877 the +Ohio Wesleyan female college, established at Delaware in 1853, was +incorporated in the university. In 1907-1908 the university had 122 +instructors, 1178 students and a library of 55,395 volumes. At Delaware, +also, are the state industrial school for girls, a Carnegie library, the +Edwards Young Men's Christian Association building and a city hospital. +The city has railway shops and foundries, and manufactures furniture, +carriages, tile, cigars and gas engines. Delaware was laid out in 1808 +and was first incorporated in 1815. It was the birthplace of Rutherford +B. Hayes, president of the United States from 1877 to 1881. + + + + +DELAWARE INDIANS, the English name for the Leni Lenape, a tribe of North +American Indians of Algonquian stock. When first discovered by the +whites the tribe was settled on the banks of the Delaware river. The +French called them Loups (wolves) from their chief totemic division. +Early in the 17th century the Dutch began trading with them. +Subsequently William Penn bought large tracts of land from them, and war +followed, the Delawares alleging they had been defrauded; but, with the +assistance of the Six Nations, the whites forced them back west of the +Alleghenies. In 1789 they were placed on a reservation in Ohio and +subsequently in 1818 were moved to Missouri. Various removals followed, +until in 1866 they accepted lands in the Indian territory (Oklahoma) +and gave up the tribal relation. They have remained there and now number +some 1700. + + + + +DELAWARE RIVER, a stream of the Atlantic slope of the United States, +meeting tide-water at Trenton, New Jersey, 130 m. above its mouth. Its +total length, from the head of the longest branch to the capes, is 410 +m., and above the head of the bay its length is 360 m. It constitutes in +part the boundary between Pennsylvania and New York, the boundary +between New Jersey and Pennsylvania, and, for a few miles, the boundary +between Delaware and New Jersey. The main, west or Mohawk branch rises +in Schoharie county, N.Y., about 1886 ft. above the sea, and flows +tortuously through the plateau in a deep trough until it emerges from +the Catskills. Other branches rise in Greene and Delaware counties. In +the upper portion of its course the varied scenery of its hilly and +wooded banks is exquisitely beautiful. After leaving the mountains and +plateau, the river flows down broad Appalachian valleys, skirts the +Kittatinny range, which it crosses at Delaware Water-Gap, between nearly +vertical walls of sandstone, and passes through a quiet and charming +country of farm and forest, diversified with plateaus and escarpments, +until it crosses the Appalachian plain and enters the hills again at +Easton, Pa. From this point it is flanked at intervals by fine hills, +and in places by cliffs, of which the finest are the Hockamixon Rocks, 3 +m. long and above 200 ft. high. At Trenton there is a fall of 8 ft. +Below Trenton the river becomes a broad, sluggish inlet of the sea, with +many marshes along its side, widening steadily into its great estuary, +Delaware Bay. Its main tributaries in New York are Mongaup and Neversink +rivers and Callicoon Creek; from Pennsylvania, Lackawaxen, Lehigh and +Schuylkill rivers; and from New Jersey, Rancocas Creek and Musconetcong +and Maurice rivers. Commerce was once important on the upper river, but +only before the beginning of railway competition (1857). The Delaware +division of the Pennsylvania Canal, running parallel with the river from +Easton to Bristol, was opened in 1830. A canal from Trenton to New +Brunswick unites the waters of the Delaware and Raritan rivers; the +Morris and the Delaware and Hudson canals connect the Delaware and +Hudson rivers; and the Delaware and Chesapeake canal joins the waters of +the Delaware with those of the Chesapeake Bay. The mean tides below +Philadelphia are about 6 ft. The magnitude of the commerce of +Philadelphia has made the improvements of the river below that port of +great importance. Small improvements were attempted by Pennsylvania as +early as 1771, but apparently never by New Jersey. The ice floods at +Easton are normally 10 to 20 ft., and in 1841 attained a height of 35 +ft. These floods constitute a serious difficulty in the improvement of +the lower river. In the "project of 1885" the United States government +undertook systematically the formation of a 26-ft. channel 600 ft. wide +from Philadelphia to deep water in Delaware Bay; $1,532,688.81 was +expended--about $200,000 of that amount for maintenance--before the 1885 +project was superseded by a paragraph of the River and Harbor Act of the +3rd of March 1899, which provided for a 30-ft. channel 600 ft. wide from +Philadelphia to the deep water of the bay. In 1899 the project of 1885 +had been completed except for three shoal stretches, whose total length, +measured on the range lines, was 4(3/8) m. The project of 1899, +estimated to cost $5,810,000, was not completed at the close of the +fiscal year (June 30) 1907, when $4,936,550.63 had been expended by the +Federal government on the work; in 1905 the state of Pennsylvania +appropriated $750,000 for improvement of the river in Pennsylvania, +south of Philadelphia. + + + + +DELAWARE WATER-GAP, a borough and summer resort of Monroe county, +Pennsylvania, U.S.A., on the Delaware river, about 108 m. N. of +Philadelphia and about 88 m. W. by N. of New York. Pop. (1890) 467; +(1900) 469. It is served directly by the Delaware, Lackawanna & Western, +and by the Belvidere division of the Pennsylvania railways; along the +river on the opposite side (in New Jersey) runs the New York, +Susquehanna & Western railway, and the borough is connected with +Stroudsburg, Pa. (about 3 m. W. by N.) by an electric line. The borough +was named from the neighbouring gorge, which is noted for the +picturesqueness of its scenery, especially in winter, when the ice piles +up in the river, sometimes to a height of 20 ft. Here the river cuts +through the Kittatinny (Blue) Ridge to its base. On the New Jersey side +is Mt. Tammany (about 1600 ft.); on the Pennsylvania side, Mt. Minsi +(about 1500 ft.); the elevation of the river here is about 300 ft. The +gap (about 2 m. long) through the mountain is the result of erosion by +the waters of a great river which flowed northwards acting along a line +of faulting at right angles to the strike of the tilted rock formations. +The scenery and the delightful climate have made the place a popular +summer resort. The borough was incorporated in 1889. + + See L. W. Brodhead, _The Delaware Water-Gap_ (Philadelphia, 2nd ed., + 1870). + + + + +DE LA WARR, or DELAWARE, an English barony, the holders of which are +descended from Roger de la Warr of Isfield, Sussex, who was summoned to +parliament as a baron in 1299 and the following years. He died about +1320; his great-grandson Roger, to whom the French king John surrendered +at the battle of Poitiers, died in 1370; and the male line of the family +became extinct on the death of Thomas, 5th baron, in 1426. + +The 5th baron's half-sister Joan married Thomas West, 1st Lord West (d. +1405), and in 1415 her second son Reginald (1394-1451) succeeded his +brother Thomas as 3rd Lord West. After the death of his uncle Thomas, +5th Baron De La Warr, whose estates he inherited, Reginald was summoned +to parliament as Baron La Warr, and he is thus the second founder of the +family. His grandson was Thomas, 3rd (or 8th) baron (d. 1525), a +courtier during the reigns of Henry VII. and Henry VIII.; and the +latter's son was Thomas, 4th (or 9th) baron (c. 1472-1554). The younger +Thomas was a very prominent person during the reigns of Henry VIII. and +Edward VI. After serving with the English army in France in 1513 and +being present at the Field of the Cloth of Gold, he rebuilt the house at +Halnaker in Sussex, which he had obtained by marriage, and here in 1526 +he entertained Henry VIII. "with great cheer." He disliked the +ecclesiastical changes introduced by the king, and he was one of the +peers who tried Anne Boleyn; later he showed some eagerness to stand +well with Thomas Cromwell, but this did not prevent his arrest in 1538. +He is said to have denounced "the plucking down of abbeys," and he +certainly consorted with many suspected persons. But he was soon +released and pardoned, although he was obliged to hand over Halnaker to +Henry VIII., receiving instead the estate of Wherwell in Hampshire. He +died without children in September 1554, when his baronies of De La Warr +and West fell into abeyance. His monument may still be seen in the +church at Broadwater, Sussex. + +He had settled his estates on his nephew William West (c. 1519-1595), +who then tried to bring about his uncle's death by poison; for this +reason he was disabled by act of parliament (1549) from succeeding to +his honours. However, in 1563 he was restored, and in 1570 was created +by patent Baron De La Warr. This was obviously a new creation, but in +1596 his son Thomas (c. 1556-1602) claimed precedency in the baronage as +the holder of the ancient barony of De La Warr. His claim was admitted, +and accordingly his son and successor, next mentioned, is called the 3rd +or the 12th baron. + +THOMAS WEST, 3rd or 12th Baron De La Warr (1577-1618), British soldier +and colonial governor in America, was born on the 9th of July 1577, +probably at Wherwell, Hampshire, where he was baptized. He was educated +at Queen's College, Oxford, where he did not complete his course, but +subsequently (1605) received the degree of M.A. In 1597 he was elected +member of parliament for Lymington, and subsequently fought in Holland +and in Ireland under the earl of Essex, being knighted for bravery in +battle in 1599. He was imprisoned for complicity in Essex's revolt +(1600-1601), but was soon released and exonerated. In 1602 he succeeded +to his father's title and estates and became a privy councillor. +Becoming interested in schemes for the colonization of America, he was +chosen a member of the council of the Virginia Company in 1609, and in +the same year was appointed governor and captain-general of Virginia for +life. Sailing in March 1610 with three ships, 150 settlers and +supplies, he himself bearing the greater part of the expense of the +expedition, he arrived at Jamestown on the 10th of June, in time to +intercept the colonists who had embarked for England and were abandoning +the enterprise. Lord De La Warr's rule was strict but just; he +constructed two forts near the mouth of the James river, rebuilt +Jamestown, and in general brought order out of chaos. In March 1611 he +returned to London, where he published at the request of the company's +council, his _Relation_ of the condition of affairs in Virginia +(reprinted 1859 and 1868). He remained in England until 1618, when the +news of the tyrannical rule of the deputy, Samuel Argall, led him to +start again for Virginia. He embarked in April, but died en route on the +7th of June 1618, and was buried at sea. The Delaware river and the +state of Delaware were named in his honour. + +A younger brother, Francis (1586-c. 1634), was prominent in the affairs +of Virginia, and in 1627-1628 was president of the council, and +acting-governor of the colony. + +In 1761 the 3rd or 12th baron's descendant, John, 7th or 16th Baron De +La Warr (1693-1766), was created Viscount Cantelupe and 1st Earl De La +Warr. He was a prominent figure in the House of Lords, at first as a +supporter of Sir Robert Walpole. He also served in the British army and +fought at Dettingen, and was made governor of Guernsey in 1752. + +George John West, 5th earl (1791-1869), married Elizabeth, sister and +heiress of George John Frederick Sackville, 4th duke of Dorset, who was +created Baroness Buckhurst in 1864; consequently in 1843 he and his sons +took the name of Sackville-West. The earl was twice lord chamberlain to +Queen Victoria, and he is celebrated as "Fair Euryalus" in the _Childish +Recollections_ of his schoolfellow, Lord Byron. His son Charles Richard +(1815-1873), 6th earl, served in the first Sikh war and in the Crimea; +and being unmarried was succeeded by his brother Reginald (1817-1896) as +7th Earl De La Warr. Having inherited his mother's barony of Buckhurst +on her death in 1870, he retained this title along with the barony and +earldom of De La Warr, although the patent had contained a proviso that +it should be kept separate from these dignities. In 1896 the 7th earl's +son, Gilbert George Reginald Sackville-West (b. 1869), became 8th earl +De La Warr. + + See G. E. C(okayne), _Complete Peerage_ (1887-1898). + + + + +DELBRUCK, HANS (1848- ), German historian, was born at Bergen on the +island of Rugen on the 11th of November 1848, and studied at the +universities of Heidelberg and Bonn. As a soldier he fought in the +Franco-German War, after which he was for some years tutor to one of the +princes of the German imperial family. In 1885 he became professor of +modern history in the university of Berlin, and he was a member of the +German Reichstag from 1884 to 1890. Delbruck's writings are chiefly +concerned with the history of the art of war, his most ambitious work +being his _Geschichte der Kriegskunst im Rahmen der politischen +Geschichte_ (first section, _Das Altertum_, 1900; second, _Romer und +Germanen_, 1902; third, _Das Mittelalter_, 1907). Among his other works +are: _Die Perserkriege und die Burgunderkriege_ (Berlin, 1887); +_Historische und politische Aufsatze_ (1886); _Erinnerungen, Aufsatze +und Reden_ (1902); _Die Strategie des Perikles erlautert durch die +Strategie Friedrichs des Grossen_ (1890); _Die Polenfrage_ (1894); and +_Das Leben des Feldmarschalls Grafen Neithardt von Gneisenau_ (1882 and +1894). Delbruck began in 1883 to edit the _Preussische Jahrbucher_, in +which he has written many articles, including one on "General Wolseley +uber Napoleon, Wellington und Gneisenau," and he has contributed to the +_Europaischer Geschichtskalender_ of H. Schulthess. + + + + +DELBRUCK, MARTIN FRIEDRICH RUDOLF VON, Prussian statesman (1817-1903), +was born at Berlin on the 16th of April 1817. On completing his legal +studies he entered the service of the state in 1837; and after holding a +series of minor posts was transferred in 1848 to the ministry of +commerce, which was to be the sphere of his real life's work. Both +Germany and Austria had realized the influence of commercial upon +political union. Delbruck in 1851 induced Hanover, Oldenburg and +Schaumburg-Lippe to join the Zollverein; and the southern states, which +had agreed to admit Austria to the union, found themselves forced in +1853 to renew the old union, from which Austria was excluded. Delbruck +now began, with the support of Bismarck, to apply the principles of free +trade to Prussian fiscal policy. In 1862 he concluded an important +commercial treaty with France. In 1867 he became the first president of +the chancery of the North German Confederation, and represented Bismarck +on the federal tariff council (_Zollbundesrath_), a position of +political as well as fiscal importance owing to the presence in the +council of representatives of the southern states. In 1868 he became a +Prussian minister without portfolio. In October 1870, when the union of +Germany under Prussian headship became a practical question, Delbruck +was chosen to go on a mission to the South German states, and +contributed greatly to the agreements concluded at Versailles in +November. In 1871 he became president of the newly constituted +_Reichskanzleramt_. Delbruck, however, began to feel himself uneasy +under Bismarck's leanings towards protection and state control. On the +introduction of Bismarck's plan for the acquisition of the railways by +the state, Delbruck resigned office, nominally on the ground of +ill-health (June 1, 1876). In 1879 he opposed in the _Reichstag_ the new +protectionist tariff, and on the failure of his efforts retired +definitely from public life. In 1896 he received from the emperor the +order of the Black Eagle. He died at Berlin on the 1st of February 1903. + + + + +DELCASSE, THEOPHILE (1852- ), French statesman, was born at Pamiers, in +the department of Ariege, on the 1st of March 1852. He wrote articles on +foreign affairs for the _Republique francaise_ and _Paris_, and in 1888 +was elected _conseiller general_ of his native department, standing as +"un disciple fidele de Gambetta." In the following year he entered the +chamber as deputy for Foix. He was appointed under-secretary for the +colonies in the second Ribot cabinet (January to April 1893), and +retained his post in the Dupuy cabinet till its fall in December 1893. +It was largely owing to his efforts that the French colonial office was +made a separate department with a minister at its head, and to this +office he was appointed in the second Dupuy cabinet (May 1894 to January +1895). He gave a great impetus to French colonial enterprise, especially +in West Africa, where he organized the newly acquired colony of Dahomey, +and despatched the Liotard mission to the Upper Ubangi. While in +opposition he devoted special attention to naval affairs, and in +speeches that attracted much notice declared that the function of the +French navy was to secure and develop colonial enterprise, deprecated +all attempts to rival the British fleet, and advocated the construction +of commerce destroyers as France's best reply to England. On the +formation of the second Brisson cabinet in June 1898 he succeeded M. +Hanotaux at the foreign office, and retained that post under the +subsequent premierships of MM. Dupuy, Waldeck-Rousseau, Combes and +Rouvier. In 1898 he had to deal with the delicate situation caused by +Captain Marchand's occupation of Fashoda, for which, as he admitted in a +speech in the chamber on the 23rd of January 1899, he accepted full +responsibility, since it arose directly out of the Liotard expedition, +which he had himself organized while minister for the colonies; and in +March 1899 he concluded an agreement with Great Britain by which the +difficulty was finally adjusted, and France consolidated her vast +colonial empire in North-West Africa. In the same year he acted as +mediator between the United States and Spain, and brought the peace +negotiations to a successful conclusion. He introduced greater +cordiality into the relations of France with Italy: at the same time he +adhered firmly to the alliance with Russia, and in August 1899 made a +visit to St Petersburg, which he repeated in April 1901. In June 1900 he +made an arrangement with Spain, fixing the long-disputed boundaries of +the French and Spanish possessions in West Africa. Finally he concluded +with England the important Agreements of 1904 covering colonial and +other questions which had long been a matter of dispute, especially +concerning Egypt, Newfoundland and Morocco. Suspicion of the growing +_entente_ between France and England soon arose on the part of Germany, +and in 1905 German assertiveness was shown in a crisis which was forced +on in the matter of the French activity in Morocco (q.v.), in which the +handling of French policy by M. Delcasse personally was a sore point +with Germany. The situation became acute in April, and was only relieved +by M. Delcasse's resignation of office. He retired into private life, +but in 1908 was warmly welcomed on a visit to England, where the closest +relations now existed with France. + + + + +DEL CREDERE (Ital. "of belief" or "trust"). A "del credere agent," in +English law, is one who, selling goods for his principal on credit, +undertakes for an additional commission to sell only to persons who are +absolutely solvent. His position is thus that of a surety who is liable +to his principal should the vendee make default. The agreement between +him and his principal need not be reduced to or evidenced by writing, +for his undertaking is not a guarantee within the Statute of Frauds. See +also BROKER; GUARANTEE. + + + + +DELESCLUZE, LOUIS CHARLES (1809-1871), French journalist, was born at +Dreux on the 2nd of October 1809. Having studied law in Paris, he early +developed a strong democratic bent, and played a part in the July +revolution of 1830. He became a member of various republican societies, +and in 1836 was forced to take refuge in Belgium, where he devoted +himself to republican journalism. Returning in 1840 he settled in +Valenciennes, and after the revolution of 1848 removed to Paris, where +he started a newspaper called _La Revolution democratique et sociale_. +His zeal so far outran his discretion that he was twice imprisoned and +fined, his paper was suppressed and he himself fled to England, where he +continued his journalistic work. He was arrested in Paris in 1853, and +deported to French Guiana. Released under the amnesty of 1859, he +returned to France with health shattered but energies unimpaired. His +next venture was the publication of the _Reveil_, a radical organ +upholding the principles of the _Association internationale des +travailleurs_, known as the "_Internationale_." This journal, which +brought him three condemnations, fine and imprisonment in one year, +shared the fate of his Paris sheet, and its founder again fled to +Belgium. In 1871 he was elected to the National Assembly, becoming +afterwards a member of the Paris commune. At the siege of Paris he +fought with reckless courage, and met his death on the last of the +barricades (May 1871). He wrote an account of his imprisonment in +Guiana, _De Paris a Cayenne, Journal d'un transporte_ (Paris, 1869). + + + + +DELESSE, ACHILLE ERNEST OSCAR JOSEPH (1817-1881), French geologist and +mineralogist, was born at Metz on the 3rd of February 1817. At the age +of twenty he entered the Ecole Polytechnique, and subsequently passed +through the Ecole des Mines. In 1845 he was appointed to the chair of +mineralogy and geology at Besancon; in 1850 to the chair of geology at +the Sorbonne in Paris; and in 1864 professor of agriculture at the Ecole +des Mines. In 1878 he became inspector-general of mines. In early years +as _ingenieur des mines_ he investigated and described various new +minerals; he proceeded afterwards to the study of rocks, devising new +methods for their determination, and giving particular descriptions of +melaphyre, arkose, porphyry, syenite, &c. The igneous rocks of the +Vosges, and those of the Alps, Corsica, &c., and the subject of +metamorphism occupied his attention. He also prepared in 1858 geological +and hydrological maps of Paris--with reference to the underground water, +similar maps of the departments of the Seine and Seine-et-Marne, and an +agronomic map of the Seine-et-Marne (1880), in which he showed the +relation which exists between the physical and chemical characters of +the soil and the geological structure. His annual _Revue des progres de +geologie_, undertaken with the assistance (1860-1865) of Auguste Laugel +and afterwards (1865-1878) of Albert de Lapparent, was carried on from +1860 to 1880. His observations on the lithology of the deposits +accumulated beneath the sea were of special interest and importance. His +separate publications were: _Recherches sur l'origine des roches_ +(Paris, 1865); _Etude sur le metamorphisme des roches_ (1869); +_Lithologie des mers de France et des mers principales du globe_ (2 +vols. and atlas, 1871). He died at Paris on the 24th of March 1881. + + + + +DELESSERT, JULES PAUL BENJAMIN (1773-1847), French banker, was born at +Lyons on the 14th of February 1773, the son of Etienne Delessert +(1735-1816), the founder of the first fire insurance company and the +first discount bank in France. Young Delessert was travelling in England +when the Revolution broke out in France, but he hastened back to join +the Paris National Guard in 1790, becoming an officer of artillery in +1793. His father bought him out of the army, however, in 1795 in order +to entrust him with the management of his bank. Gifted with remarkable +energy, he started many commercial enterprises, founding the first +cotton factory at Passy in 1801, and a sugar factory in 1802, for which +he was created a baron of the empire. He sat in the chamber of deputies +for many years, and was a strong advocate for many humane measures, +notably the suppression of the "Tours" or revolving box at the foundling +hospital, the suppression of the death penalty, and the improvement of +the penitentiary system. He was made regent of the Bank of France in +1802, and was also member of, and, indeed, founder of many, learned and +philanthropic societies. He founded the first savings bank in France, +and maintained a keen interest in it until his death in 1847. He was +also an ardent botanist and conchologist; his botanical library embraced +30,000 volumes, of which he published a catalogue--_Musee botanique de +M. Delessert_ (1845). He also wrote _Des avantages de la caisse +d'epargne et de prevoyance_ (1835), _Memoire sur un projet de +bibliotheque royale_ (1836), _Le Guide de bonheur_ (1839), and _Recueil +de coquilles decrites par Lamarck_ (1841-1842). + + + + +DELFICO, MELCHIORRE (1744-1835), Italian economist, was born at Teramo +in the Abruzzi on the 1st of August 1744, and was educated at Naples. He +devoted himself specially to the study of jurisprudence and political +economy, and his numerous publications exercised great practical +influence in the correction and extinction of many abuses. Under Joseph +Bonaparte Delfico was made a councillor of state, an office which he +held until the restoration of Ferdinand IV., when he was appointed +president of the commission of archives, from which he retired in 1825. +He died at Teramo on the 21st of June 1835. His more important works +were: _Saggio filosofico sul matrimonio_ (1774); _Memoria sul Tribunale +della Grascia e sulle leggi economiche nelle provincie confinanti del +regno_ (1785), which led to the abolition in Naples of the most +vexatious and absurd restrictions on the sale and exportation of +agricultural produce; _Riflessioni su la vendita dei feudi_ (1790) and +_Lettera a Sua Ecc. il sig. Duca di Cantalupo_ (1795), which brought +about the abolition of feudal rights over landed property and their +sale; _Ricerche sul vero carattere della giurisprudenza Romana e dei +suoi cultori_ (1791); _Pensieri su la storia e su l' incertezza ed +inutilita della medesima_ (1806), both on the early history of Rome. + + See F. Mozzetti, _Degli studii, delle opere e delle virtu di + Melchiorre Delfico_; Tipaldo's _Biographia degli Italiani illustri_ + (vol. ii.). + + + + +DELFT, a town of Holland in the province of South Holland, on the Schie, +5 m. by rail S.E. by S. of the Hague, with which it is also connected by +steam-tramway. Pop. (1900) 31,582. It is a quiet, typically Dutch town, +with its old brick houses and tree-bordered canals. The Prinsenhof, +previously a monastery, was converted into a residence for the counts of +Orange in 1575; it was here that William the Silent was assassinated. It +is now used as a William of Orange Museum. The New Church, formerly the +church of St Ursula (14th century), is the burial place of the princes +of Orange. It is remarkable for its fine tower and chime of bells, and +contains the splendid allegorical monument of William the Silent, +executed by Hendrik de Keyser and his son Pieter about 1621, and the +tomb of Hugo Grotius, born in Delft in 1583, whose statue, erected in +1886, stands in the market-place outside the church. The Old Church, +founded in the 11th century, but in its present form dating from 1476, +contains the monuments of two famous admirals of the 17th century, +Martin van Tromp and Piet Hein, as well as the tomb of the naturalist +Leeuwenhoek, born at Delft in 1632. In the town hall (1618) are some +corporation pictures, portraits of the counts of Orange and Nassau, +including several by Michiel van Mierevelt (1567-1641), one of the +earliest Dutch portrait painters, and with his son Pieter (1595-1623), a +native of Delft. There are also a Roman Catholic church (1882) and a +synagogue. Two important educational establishments are the Indian +Institute for the education of civil service students for the colonies, +to which is attached an ethnographical museum; and the Royal Polytechnic +school, which almost ranks as a university, and teaches, among other +sciences, that of diking. A fine collection of mechanical models is +connected with the polytechnic school. Among other buildings are the +modern "Phoenix" club-house of the students; the hospital, containing +some anatomical pictures, including one by the two Mierevelts (1617); a +lunatic asylum; the Van Renswoude orphanage, the theatre, a school of +design, the powder magazine and the state arsenal, originally a +warehouse of the East India Company, and now used as a manufactory of +artillery stores. + +The name of Delft is most intimately associated with the manufacture of +the beautiful faience pottery for which it was once famous. (See +CERAMICS.) This industry was imported from Haarlem towards the end of +the 16th century, and achieved an unrivalled position in the second half +of the following century; but it did not survive the French occupation +at the end of the 18th century. It has, however, been revived in modern +times under the name of "New Delft." Other branches of industry are +carpet-weaving, distilling, oil and oil-cake manufacture, dyeing, +cooperage and the manufacture of arms and bullets. There is also an +important butter and cheese market. + +Delft was founded in 1075 by Godfrey III., duke of Lower Lorraine, after +his conquest of Holland, and came subsequently into the hands of the +counts of Holland. In 1246 it received a charter from Count William II. +(see C. Hegel, _Stadte und Gilden_, ii. 251). In 1536 it was almost +totally destroyed by fire, and in 1654 largely ruined by the explosion +of a powder magazine. + + + + +DELHI, DEHLI or DILLI, the ancient capital of the Mogul empire in India, +and a modern city which gives its name to a district and division of +British India. The city of Delhi is situated in 28 deg. 38' N., 77 deg. +13' E., very nearly due north of Cape Comorin, and practically in a +latitudinal line with the more ancient cities of Cairo and Canton. It +lies in the south-east corner of the province of the Punjab, to which it +was added in 1858, and abuts on the right bank of the river Jumna. +Though Lahore, the more ancient city, remains the official capital of +the Punjab, Delhi is historically more famous, and is now more important +as a commercial and railway centre. + +Though the remains of earlier cities are scattered round Delhi over an +area estimated to cover some 45 sq. m., modern Delhi dates only from the +middle of the 17th century, when Shah Jahan rebuilt the city on its +present site, adding the title Shah-jahanabad from his own name. It +extends for nearly 2(1/4) m. along the right bank of the Jumna from the +Water bastion to the Wellesley bastion in the south-east corner, nearly +one-third of the frontage being occupied by the river wall of the +palace. The northern wall, famous in the siege of Delhi in 1857, extends +three-quarters of a mile from the Water bastion to the Shah, commonly +known as the Mori, bastion; the length of the west wall from this +bastion to the Ajmere gate is 1(1/4) m. and of the south wall to the +Wellesley bastion again almost exactly the same distance, the whole land +circuit being thus 3(1/4) m. The complete circuit of Delhi is 5(1/2) m. +In the north wall is situated the famous Kashmir gate, while the Mori or +Drain gate, which was built by a Mahratta governor, has now been +removed. In the west wall are the Farash Khana and Ajmere gates, while +the Kabul and Lahore gates have been removed. In the south wall are the +Turkman and Delhi gates. The gates on the river side of the city +included the Khairati and Rajghat, the Calcutta and Nigambod--both +removed; the Kela gate, and the Badar Rao gate, now closed. The great +wall of Delhi, which was constructed by Shah Jahan, was strengthened by +the English by the addition of a ditch and glacis, after Delhi was +captured by Lord Lake in 1803; and its strength was turned against the +British at the time of the Mutiny. The imperial palace (1638-1648), now +known as the "Fort," is situated on the east of the city, and abuts +directly on the river. It consists at present of bare and ugly British +barracks, among which are scattered exquisite gems of oriental +architecture. The two most famous among its buildings are the +Diwan-i-Am or Hall of Public Audience, and the Diwan-i-Khas or Hall of +Private Audience. The Diwan-i-Am is a splendid building measuring 100 +ft. by 60 ft., and was formerly plastered with chunam and overlaid with +gold. The most striking effect now lies in its engrailed arches. It was +in the recess in the back wall of this hall that the famous Peacock +Throne used to stand, "so called from its having the figures of two +peacocks standing behind it, their tails being expanded and the whole so +inlaid with sapphires, rubies, emeralds, pearls and other precious +stones of appropriate colours as to represent life." Tavernier, the +French jeweller, who saw Delhi in 1665, describes the throne as of the +shape of a bed, 6 ft. by 4 ft., supported by four golden feet, 20 to 25 +in. high, from the bars above which rose twelve columns to support the +canopy; the bars were decorated with crosses of rubies and emeralds, and +also with diamonds and pearls. In all there were 108 large rubies on the +throne, and 116 emeralds, but many of the latter had flaws. The twelve +columns supporting the canopy were decorated with rows of splendid +pearls, and Tavernier considered these to be the most valuable part of +the throne. The whole was valued at L6,000,000. This throne was carried +off by the Persian invader Nadir Shah in 1739, and has been rumoured to +exist still in the Treasure House of the Shah of Persia; but Lord +Curzon, who examined the thrones there, says that nothing now exists of +it, except perhaps some portions worked up in a modern Persian throne. +The Diwan-i-Khas is smaller than the Diwan-i-Am, and consists of a +pavilion of white marble, in the interior of which the art of the Moguls +reached the perfection of its jewel-like decoration. On a marble +platform rises a marble pavilion, the flat-coned roof of which is +supported on a double row of marble pillars. The inner face of the +arches, with the spandrils and the pilasters which support them, are +covered with flowers and foliage of delicate design and dainty +execution, crusted in green serpentine, blue _lapis lazuli_ and red and +purple porphyry. During the lapse of years many of these stones were +picked from their setting, and the silver ceiling of flowered patterns +was pillaged by the Mahrattas; but the inlaid work was restored as far +as possible by Lord Curzon. It is in this hall that the famous +inscription "If a paradise be on the face of the earth, it is this, it +is this, it is this," still exists. It is given in Persian characters +twice in the panels over the narrow arches at the ends of the middle +hall, beginning from the east on the north side, and from the west at +the south side. At the time of the Delhi Durbar held in January 1903 to +celebrate the proclamation of Edward VII. as emperor of India these two +halls were used as a dancing-room and supper-room, and their full beauty +was brought out by the electric light shining through their marble +grille-work. + +The native city of Delhi is like most other cities in India, a huddle of +mean houses in mean streets, diversified with splendid mosques. The +Chandni Chauk ("silver street"), the principal street of Delhi, which +was once supposed to be the richest street in the world, has fallen from +its high estate, though it is still a broad and imposing avenue with a +double row of trees running down the centre. During the course of its +history it was four times sacked, by Nadir Shah, Timur, Ahmad Shah and +the Mahrattas, and its roadway has many times run with blood. Now it is +the abode of the jewellers and ivory-workers of Delhi, but the jewels +are seldom valuable and the carving has lost much of its old delicacy. A +short distance south of the Chandni Chauk the Jama Masjid, or Great +Mosque, rises boldly from a small rocky eminence. It was erected in +1648-1650, two years after the royal palace, by Shah Jahan. Its front +court, 450 ft. square, and surrounded by a cloister open on both sides, +is paved with granite inlaid with marble, and commands a fine view of +the city. The mosque itself, a splendid structure forming an oblong 261 +ft. in length, is approached by a magnificent flight of stone steps. +Three domes of white marble rise from its roof, with two tall minarets +at the front corners. The interior of the mosque is paved throughout, +and the walls and roof are lined, with white marble. Two other mosques +in Delhi itself deserve passing notice, the Kala Masjid or Black Mosque, +which was built about 1380 in the reign of Feroz Shah, and the Moti +Masjid or Pearl Mosque, a tiny building added to the palace by +Aurangzeb, as the emperor's private place of prayer. It is only 60 ft. +square, and the domes alone are seen above the red sandstone walls until +the opening of two small fine brass gates. + +To the west and north-west of Delhi considerable suburbs cluster beyond +the walls. Here are the tombs of the imperial family. That of Humayun, +the second of the Mogul dynasty, is a noble building of rose-coloured +sandstone inlaid with white marble. It lies about 3 m. from the city, in +a terraced garden, the whole surrounded by an embattled wall, with +towers and four gateways. In the centre stands a platform about 20 ft. +high by 200 ft. square, supported by arches and ascended by four flights +of steps. Above, rises the mausoleum, also a square, with a great dome +of white marble in the centre. About a mile to the west is another +burying-ground, or collection of tombs and small mosques, some of them +very beautiful. The most remarkable is perhaps the little chapel in +honour of a celebrated Mussulman saint, Nizam-ud-din, near whose shrine +the members of the imperial family, up to the time of the Mutiny, lie +buried, each in a small enclosure surrounded by lattice-work of white +marble. + +Still farther away, some 10 m. south of the modern city, amid the ruins +of old Delhi, stands the Kutb Minar, which is supposed to be the most +perfect tower in the world, and one of the seven architectural wonders +of India. The Minar was begun by Kutb-ud-din Aibak about A.D. 1200. The +two top storeys were rebuilt by Feroz Shah. It consists of five storeys +of red sandstone and white marble. The purplish red of the sandstone at +the base is finely modulated, through a pale pink in the second storey, +to a dark orange at the summit, which harmonizes with the blue of an +Indian sky. Dark bands of Arabic writing round the three lower storeys +contrast with the red sandstone. The height of the column is 238 ft. The +plinth is a polygon of twenty sides. The basement storey has the same +number of faces formed into convex flutes which are alternately angular +and semicircular. The next has semicircular flutes, and in the third +they are all angular. Then rises a plain storey, and above it soars a +partially fluted storey, the shaft of which is adorned with bands of +marble and red sandstone. A bold projecting balcony, richly ornamented, +runs round each storey. After six centuries the column is almost as +fresh as on the day it was finished. It stands in the south-east corner +of the outer court of the mosque erected by Kutb-ud-din immediately +after his capture of Delhi in 1193. The design of this mosque is +Mahommedan, but the wonderfully delicate ornamentation of its western +facade and other remaining parts is Hindu. In the inner courtyard of the +mosque stands the Iron Pillar, which is probably the most ancient +monument in the neighbourhood of Delhi, dating from about A.D. 400. It +consists of a solid shaft of wrought iron some 16 in. in diameter and 23 +ft. 8 in. in height, with an inscription eulogizing Chandragupta +Vikramaditya. It was brought, probably from Muttra, by Anang Pal, a +Rajput chief of the Tomaras, who erected it here in 1052.[1] + +Among the modern buildings of Delhi may be mentioned the Residency, now +occupied by a government high school, and the Protestant church of St +James, built at a coast of L10,000 by Colonel Skinner, an officer well +known in the history of the East India Company. About half-way down the +Chandni Chauk is a high clock-tower. Near it is the town hall, with +museum and library. Behind the Chandni Chauk, to the north, lie the +Queen's Gardens; beyond them the "city lines" stretch away as far as the +well-known rocky ridge, about a mile outside the town. From the summit +of this ridge the view of the station and city is very picturesque. The +principal local institution until 1877 was the Delhi College, founded in +1792. It was at first exclusively an oriental school, supported by the +voluntary contributions of Mahommedan gentlemen, and managed by a +committee of the subscribers. In 1829 an English department was added to +it; and in 1855 the institution was placed under the control of the +Educational Department. In the Mutiny of 1857 the old college was +plundered of a very valuable oriental library, and the building +completely destroyed. A new college was founded in 1858, and was +affiliated to the university of Calcutta in 1864. The old college +attained to great celebrity as an educational institution, and produced +many excellent scholars, but it was abolished in 1877, in order to +concentrate the grant available for higher-class education upon the +Punjab University at Lahore. + +The Ridge, famous as the British base during the siege of Delhi during +the Mutiny, in 1857, is a last outcrop of the Aravalli Hills which rises +in a steep escarpment some 60 ft. above the city. At its nearest point +on the right of the British position, where the Mutiny Memorial now +stands, the Ridge is only 1200 yds. from the walls of Delhi; at the +Flagstaff Tower in the centre of the position it is a mile and a half +away; and at the left near the river nearly two miles and a half. It was +behind the Ridge at this point that the main portion of the British camp +was pitched. The Mutiny Memorial, which was erected by the army before +Delhi, is a rather poor specimen of a Gothic spire in red sandstone, +while the memorial tablets are of inferior marble. Next to the Ridge the +point of most interest to every English visitor to Delhi is Nicholson's +grave, which lies surrounded by an iron railing in the Kashmir gate +cemetery. The Kashmir gate itself bears a slab recording the gallant +deed of the party under Lieutenants D. C. Home and P. Salkeld, who blew +in the gate in broad daylight on the day that Delhi was taken by +assault. + +The population of Delhi according to the census of 1901 was 208,575, of +whom 88,460 were Mahommedans and 114,417 were Hindus. The city is served +by five different railways, the East Indian, the Oudh & Rohilkhand, the +Rajputana-Malwa & Bombay-Baroda, the Southern Punjab, and the +North-Western, and occupies a central position, being 940 m. from +Karachi, 950 from Calcutta, and 960 from Bombay. Owing to the advantages +it enjoys as a trade centre, Delhi is recovering much of the prominence +which it lost at the time of the Mutiny. It has spinning-mills and other +mills worked by steam. The principal manufactures are gold and silver +filigree work and embroidery, jewelry, muslins, shawls, glazed pottery +and wood-carving. + +The DISTRICT OF DELHI has an area of 1290 sq. m. It consists of a strip +of territory on the right or west bank of the Jumna river, 75 m. in +length, and varying from 15 to 233 m. in breadth. Most of the district +consists of hard and stony soil, depending upon irrigation, which is +supplied by the Western Jumna canal, the Ali Mardan canal and the Agra +canal. The principal crops are wheat, barley, sugar-cane and cotton. + +When Lord Lake broke the Mahratta power in 1803, and the emperor was +taken under the protection of the East India Company, the present +districts of Delhi and Hissar were assigned for the maintenance of the +royal family, and were administered by a British resident. In 1832 the +office of resident was abolished, and the tract was annexed to the +North-Western Provinces. After the Mutiny in 1858 it was separated from +the North-Western Provinces and annexed to the Punjab. The population in +1901 was 689,039. + +The DIVISION OF DELHI stretches from Simla to Rajputana, and is much +broken up by native states. It comprises the seven districts of Hissar, +Rohtak, Gurgaon, Delhi, Karnal, Umballa and Simla. Its total area is +15,393 sq. m., and in 1901 the population was 4,587,092. + +_History._--According to legends, which may or may not have a +substantial basis, Delhi or its immediate neighbourhood has from time +immemorial been the site of a capital city. The neighbouring village of +Indarpat preserves the name of Indraprashta, the semi-mythical city +founded, according to the Sanscrit epic _Mahabharata_, by Yudisthira and +his brothers, the five Pandavas. Whatever its dim predecessors may have +been, however, the actual history of Delhi dates no further back than +the 11th century A.D., when Anangapala (Anang Pal), a chief of the +Tomara clan, built the Red Fort, in which the Kutb Minar now stands; in +1052 the same chief removed the famous Iron Pillar from its original +position, probably at Muttra, and set it up among a group of temples of +which the materials were afterwards used by the Mussulmans for the +construction of the great Kutb Mosque. About the middle of the 12th +century the Tomara dynasty was overthrown by Vigraha-raja (Visala-deva, +Bisal Deo), the Chauhan king of Ajmere, who from inscribed records +discovered of late years appears to have been a man of considerable +culture (see V. A. Smith, _Early Hist. of India_, ed. 1908, p. 356). His +nephew and successor was Prithwi-raja (Prithiraj, or Rai Pithora), lord +of Sambhar, Delhi and Ajmere, whose fame as lover and warrior still +lives in popular story. He was the last Hindu ruler of Delhi. In 1191 +came the invasion of Mahommed of Ghor. Defeated on this occasion, +Mahommed returned two years later, overthrew the Hindus, and captured +and put to death Prithwi-raja. Delhi became henceforth the capital of +the Mahommedan Indian empire, Kutb-ud-din (the general and slave of +Mahommed of Ghor) being left in command. His dynasty is known as that of +the slave kings, and it is to them that old Delhi owes its grandest +remains, among them Kutb Mosque and the Kutb Minar. The slave dynasty +retained the throne till 1290, when it was subverted by Jalal-ud-din +Khilji. The most remarkable monarch of this dynasty was Ala-ud-din, +during whose reign Delhi was twice exposed to attack from invading +hordes of Moguls. On the first occasion Ala-ud-din defeated them under +the walls of his capital; on the second, after encamping for two months +in the neighbourhood of the city, they retired without a battle. The +house of Khilji came to an end in 1321, and was followed by that of +Tughlak. Hitherto the Pathan kings had been content with the ancient +Hindu capital, altered and adorned to suit their tastes. But one of the +first acts of the founder of the new dynasty, Ghias-ud-din Tughlak, was +to erect a new capital about 4 m. farther to the east, which he called +Tughlakabad. The ruins of his fort remain, and the eye can still trace +the streets and lanes of the long deserted city. Ghias-ud-din was +succeeded by his son Mahommed b. Tughlak, who reigned from 1325 to 1351, +and is described by Elphinstone as "one of the most accomplished princes +and most furious tyrants that ever adorned or disgraced human nature." +Under this monarch the Delhi of the Tughlak dynasty attained its utmost +growth. His successor Feroz Shah Tughlak transferred the capital to a +new town which he founded some miles off, on the north of the Kutb, and +to which he gave his own name, Ferozabad. In 1398, during the reign of +Mahmud Tughlak, occurred the Tatar invasion of Timurlane. The king fled +to Gujarat, his army was defeated under the walls of Delhi, and the city +surrendered. The town, notwithstanding a promise of protection, was +plundered and burned; the citizens were massacred. The invaders at last +retired, leaving Delhi without a government, and almost without +inhabitants. At length Mahmud Tughlak regained a fragment of his former +kingdom, but on his death in 1412 the family became extinct. He was +succeeded by the Sayyid dynasty, which held Delhi and a few miles of +surrounding territory till 1444, when it gave way to the house of Lodi, +during whose rule the capital was removed to Agra. In 1526 Baber, sixth +in descent from Timurlane, invaded India, defeated and killed Ibrahim +Lodi at the battle of Panipat, entered Delhi, was proclaimed emperor, +and finally put an end to the Afghan empire. Baber's capital was at +Agra, but his son and successor, Humayun, removed it to Delhi. In 1540 +Humayun was defeated and expelled by Sher Shah, who entirely rebuilt the +city, enclosing and fortifying it with a new wall. In his time Delhi +extended from where Humayun's tomb now is to near the southern gate of +the modern city. In 1555 Humayun, with the assistance of Persia, +regained the throne; but he died within six months, and was succeeded by +his son, the illustrious Akbar. + +During Akbar's reign and that of his son Jahangir, the capital was +either at Agra or at Lahore, and Delhi once more fell into decay. +Between 1638 and 1658, however, Shah Jahan rebuilt it almost in its +present form; and his city remains substantially the Delhi of the +present time. The imperial palace, the Jama Masjid or Great Mosque, and +the restoration of what is now the western Jumna canal, are the work of +Shah Jahan. The Mogul empire rapidly expanded during the reigns of Akbar +and his successors down to Aurungzeb, when it attained its climax. After +the death of the latter monarch, in 1707, came the decline. +Insurrections and civil wars on the part of the Hindu tributary chiefs, +Sikhs and Mahrattas, broke out. Aurungzeb's successors became the +helpless instruments of conflicting chiefs. His grandson, Jahandar Shah, +was, in 1713, deposed and strangled after a reign of one year; and +Farrakhsiyyar, the next in succession, met with the same fate in 1719. +He was succeeded by Mahommed Shah, in whose reign the Mahratta forces +first made their appearance before the gates of Delhi, in 1736. Three +years later the Persian monarch, Nadir Shah, after defeating the Mogul +army at Karnal, entered Delhi in triumph. While engaged in levying a +heavy contribution, the Persian troops were attacked by the populace, +and many of them were killed. Nadir Shah, after vainly attempting to +stay the tumult, at last gave orders for a general massacre of the +inhabitants. For fifty-eight days Nadir Shah remained in Delhi, and when +he left he carried with him a treasure in money amounting, at the lowest +computation, to eight or nine millions sterling, besides jewels of +inestimable value, and other property to the amount of several millions +more. + +From this time (1740) the decline of the empire proceeded unchecked and +with increased rapidity. In 1771 Shah Alam, the son of Alamgir II., was +nominally raised to the throne by the Mahrattas, the real sovereignty +resting with the Mahratta chief, Sindhia. An attempt of the puppet +emperor to shake himself clear of the Mahrattas, in which he was +defeated in 1788, led to a permanent Mahratta garrison being stationed +at Delhi. From this date, the king remained a cipher in the hands of +Sindhia, who treated him with studied neglect, until the 8th of +September 1803, when Lord Lake overthrew the Mahrattas under the walls +of Delhi, entered the city, and took the king under the protection of +the British. Delhi, once more attacked by a Mahratta army under the +Mahratta chief Holkar in 1804, was gallantly defended by Colonel +Ochterlony, the British resident, who held out against overwhelming odds +for eight days, until relieved by Lord Lake. From this date a new era in +the history of Delhi began. A pension of L120,000 per annum was allowed +to the king, with exclusive jurisdiction over the palace, and the +titular sovereignty as before; but the city, together with the Delhi +territory, passed under British administration. + +Fifty-three years of quiet prosperity for Delhi were brought to a close +by the Mutiny of 1857. Its capture by the mutineers, its siege, and its +subsequent recapture by the British have been often told, and nothing +beyond a short notice is called for here. The outbreak at Meerut +occurred on the night of the 10th of May 1857. Immediately after the +murder of their officers, the rebel soldiery set out for Delhi, about 35 +m. distant, and on the following morning entered the city, where they +were joined by the city mob. Mr Fraser, the commissioner, Mr Hutchinson, +the collector, Captain Douglas, the commandant of the palace guards, and +the Rev. Mr Jennings, the residency chaplain, were at once murdered, as +were also most of the civil and non-official residents whose houses were +situated within the city walls. The British troops in cantonments +consisted of three regiments of native infantry and a battery of +artillery. These cast in their lot with the mutineers, and commenced by +killing their officers. The Delhi magazine, then the largest in the +north-west of India, was in the charge of Lieutenant Willoughby, with +whom were two other officers and six non-commissioned officers. The +magazine was attacked by the mutineers, but the little band defended to +the last the enormous accumulation of munitions of war stored there, +and, when further defence was hopeless, fired the magazine. Five of the +nine were killed by the explosion, and Lieutenant Willoughby +subsequently died of his injuries; the remaining three succeeded in +making their escape. The occupation of Delhi by the rebels was the +signal for risings in almost every military station in North-Western +India. The revolted soldiery with one accord thronged towards Delhi, and +in a short time the city was garrisoned by a rebel army variously +estimated at from 50,000 to 70,000 disciplined men. The pensioned king, +Bahadur Shah, was proclaimed emperor; his sons were appointed to various +military commands. About fifty Europeans and Eurasians, nearly all +females, who had been captured in trying to escape from the town on the +day of the outbreak, were confined in a stifling chamber of the palace +for fifteen days; they were then brought out and massacred in the +court-yard. + +The siege which followed forms one of the memorable incidents of the +British history of India. On the 8th June, four weeks after the +outbreak, Sir H. Barnard, who had succeeded as commander-in-chief on the +death of General Anson, routed the mutineers with a handful of Europeans +and Sikhs, after a severe action at Badliki-Serai, and encamped upon the +Ridge that overlooks the city. The force was too weak to capture the +city, and he had no siege train or heavy guns. All that could be done +was to hold the position till the arrival of reinforcements and of a +siege train. During the next three months the little British force on +the Ridge were rather the besieged than the besiegers. Almost daily +sallies, which often turned into pitched battles, were made by the +rebels upon the over-worked handful of Europeans, Sikhs and Gurkhas. A +great struggle took place on the centenary of the battle of Plassey +(June 23), and another on the 25th of August; but on both occasions the +mutineers were repulsed with heavy loss. General Barnard died of cholera +in July, and was succeeded by General Archdale Wilson. Meanwhile +reinforcements and siege artillery gradually arrived, and early in +September it was resolved to make the assault. The first of the heavy +batteries opened fire on the 8th of September, and on the 13th a +practicable breach was reported. + +On the morning of the 14th Sept. the assault was delivered, the points +of attack being the Kashmir bastion, the Water bastion, the Kashmir +gate, and the Lahore gate. The assault was thoroughly successful, +although the column which was to enter the city by the Lahore gate +sustained a temporary check. The whole eastern part of the city was +retaken, but at a cost of 66 officers and 1104 men killed and wounded, +out of the total strength of 9866. Fighting continued more or less +during the next six days, and it was not till the 20th of September that +the entire city and palace were occupied, and the reconquest of Delhi +was complete. During the siege, the British force sustained a loss of +1012 officers and men killed, and 3837 wounded. Among the killed was +General John Nicholson, the leader of one of the storming parties, who +was shot through the body in the act of leading his men, in the first +day's fighting. He lived, however, to learn that the whole city had been +recaptured, and died on the 23rd of September. On the flight of the +mutineers, the king and several members of the royal family took refuge +at Humayun's tomb. On receiving a promise that his life would be spared, +the last of the house of Timur surrendered to Major Hodson; he was +afterwards banished to Rangoon. Delhi, thus reconquered, remained for +some months under military authority. Owing to the murder of several +European soldiers who strayed from the lines, the native population was +expelled the city. Hindus were soon afterwards readmitted, but for some +time Mahommedans were rigorously excluded. Delhi was made over to the +civil authorities in January 1858, but it was not till 1861 that the +civil courts were regularly reopened. The shattered walls of the Kashmir +gateway, and the bastions of the northern face of the city, still bear +the marks of the cannonade of September 1857. Since that date Delhi has +settled down into a prosperous commercial town, and a great railway +centre. The lines which start from it to the north, south, east and west +bring into its bazaars the trade of many districts. But the romance of +antiquity still lingers around it, and Delhi was selected for the scene +of the Imperial Proclamation on the 1st of January 1877, and for the +great Durbar held in January 1903 for the proclamation of King Edward +VII. as emperor of India. + + AUTHORITIES.--The best modern account of the city is _Delhi, Past and + Present_ (1901), by H. C. Fanshawe, a former commissioner of Delhi. + Other authoritative works are _Cities of India_ (1903) and _The Mutiny + Papers_ (1893), both by G. W. Forrest, and _Forty-one Years in India_ + (1897), by Lord Roberts; while some impressionistic sketches will be + found in _Enchanted India_ (1899), by Prince Bojidar Karageorgevitch. + See also the chapter on Delhi in H. G. Keene, _Hist. of Hindustan ... + to the fall of the Mughol Empire_ (1885). For the Delhi Durbar of 1903 + see Stephen Wheeler, _Hist. of the Delhi Coronation Durbar_, compiled + from official papers by order of the viceroy of India (London, 1904), + which contains numerous portraits and other illustrations. + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] See the paper by V. A. Smith in the _Journal of the Royal Asiatic + Soc._ (1897), p. 13. + + + + +DELIA, a festival of Apollo held every five years at the great panegyris +in Delos (Homeric _Hymn to Apollo_, 147). It included athletic and +musical contests, at which the prize was a branch of the sacred palm. +This festival was said to have been established by Theseus on his way +back from Crete. Its celebration gradually fell into abeyance and was +not revived till 426 B.C., when the Athenians purified the island and +took so prominent a part in the maintenance of the Delia that it came to +be regarded almost as an Athenian festival (Thucydides iii. 104). +Ceremonial embassies ([Greek: theoriai]) from all the Greek cities were +present. + + See G. Gilbert, _Deliaca_ (1869); J. A. Lebegue, _Recherches sur + Delos_ (1876); A. Mommsen, _Feste der Stadt Athen_ (1898); E. Pfuhl, + _De Atheniensium pompis sacris_ (1900); G. F. Schomann, _Griechische + Altertumer_ (4th ed., 1897-1902); P. Stengel, _Die griechischen + Kultusaltertumer_ (1898); T. Homolle in Daremberg and Saglio's + _Dictionnaire des antiquites_. + + + + +DELIAN LEAGUE, or CONFEDERACY OF DELOS, the name given to a +confederation of Greek states under the leadership of Athens, with its +headquarters at Delos, founded in 478 B.C. shortly after the final +repulse of the expedition of the Persians under Xerxes I. This +confederacy, which after many modifications and vicissitudes was finally +broken up by the capture of Athens by Sparta in 404, was revived in +378-7 (the "Second Athenian Confederacy") as a protection against +Spartan aggression, and lasted, at least formally, until the victory of +Philip II. of Macedon at Chaeronea. These two confederations have an +interest quite out of proportion to the significance of the detailed +events which form their history. (See GREECE: _Ancient History_.) They +are the first two examples of which we have detailed knowledge of a +serious attempt at united action on the part of a large number of +self-governing states at a relatively high level of conscious political +development. The first league, moreover, in its later period affords the +first example in recorded history of self-conscious imperialism in which +the subordinate units enjoyed a specified local autonomy with an +organized system, financial, military and judicial. The second league is +further interesting as the precursor of the Achaean and Aetolian +Leagues. + +_History._--Several causes contributed to the formation of the first +Confederacy of Delos. During the 6th century B.C. Sparta had come to be +regarded as the chief power, not only in the Peloponnese, but also in +Greece as a whole, including the islands of the Aegean. The Persian +invasions of Darius and Xerxes, with the consequent importance of +maritime strength and the capacity for distant enterprise, as compared +with that of purely military superiority in the Greek peninsula, caused +a considerable loss of prestige which Sparta was unwilling to recognize. +Moreover, it chanced that at the time the Spartan leaders were not men +of strong character or general ability. Pausanias, the victor of +Plataea, soon showed himself destitute of the high qualities which the +situation demanded. Personal cupidity, discourtesy to the allies, and a +tendency to adopt the style and manners of oriental princes, combined to +alienate from him the sympathies of the Ionian allies, who realized +that, had it not been for the Athenians, the battle of Salamis would +never have been even fought, and Greece would probably have become a +Persian satrapy. The Athenian contingent which was sent to aid Pausanias +in the task of driving the Persians finally out of the Thraceward towns +was under the command of the Athenians, Aristides and Cimon, men of tact +and probity. It is not, therefore, surprising that when Pausanias was +recalled to Sparta on the charge of treasonable overtures to the +Persians, the Ionian allies appealed to the Athenians on the grounds of +kinship and urgent necessity, and that when Sparta sent out Dorcis to +supersede Pausanias he found Aristides in unquestioned command of the +allied fleet. To some extent the Spartans were undoubtedly relieved, in +that it no longer fell to them to organize distant expeditions to Asia +Minor, and this feeling was strengthened about the same time by the +treacherous conduct of their king Leotychides (q.v.) in Thessaly. In any +case the inelastic quality of the Spartan system was unable to adapt +itself to the spirit of the new age. To Aristides was mainly due the +organization of the new league and the adjustment of the contributions +of the various allies in ships or in money. His assessment, of the +details of which we know nothing, was so fair that it remained popular +long after the league of autonomous allies had become an Athenian +empire. The general affairs of the league were managed by a synod which +met periodically in the temple of Apollo and Artemis at Delos, the +ancient centre sanctified by the common worship of the Ionians. In this +synod the allies met on an equality under the presidency of Athens. +Among its first subjects of deliberation must have been the ratification +of Aristides' assessment. Thucydides lays emphasis on the fact that in +these meetings Athens as head of the league had no more than +presidential authority, and the other members were called [Greek: +summachoi] (allies), a word, however, of ambiguous meaning and capable +of including both free and subject allies. The only other fact preserved +by Thucydides is that Athens appointed a board called the Hellenotamiae +([Greek: tamias], steward) to watch over and administer the treasury of +the league, which for some twenty years was kept at Delos, and to +receive the contributions ([Greek: phoros]) of the allies who paid in +money. + +The league was, therefore, specifically a free confederation of +autonomous Ionian cities founded as a protection against the common +danger which threatened the Aegean basin, and led by Athens in virtue of +her predominant naval power as exhibited in the war against Xerxes. Its +organization, adopted by the common synod, was the product of the new +democratic ideal embodied in the Cleisthenic reforms, as interpreted by +a just and moderate exponent. It is one of the few examples of free +corporate action on the part of the ancient Greek cities, whose +centrifugal yearning for independence so often proved fatal to the +Hellenic world. It is, therefore, a profound mistake to regard the +history of the league during the first twenty years of its existence as +that of an Athenian empire. Thucydides expressly describes the +predominance of Athens as [Greek: hegemonia] (leadership, headship), not +as [Greek: arche] (empire), and the attempts made by Athenian orators +during the second period of the Peloponnesian War to prove that the +attitude of Athens had not altered since the time of Aristides are +manifestly unsuccessful. + +Of the first ten years of the league's history we know practically +nothing, save that it was a period of steady, successful activity +against the few remaining Persian strongholds in Thrace and the Aegean +(Herod, i. 106-107, see ATHENS, CIMON). In these years the Athenian +sailors reached a high pitch of training, and by their successes +strengthened that corporate pride which had been born at Salamis. On the +other hand, it naturally came to pass that certain of the allies became +weary of incessant warfare and looked for a period of commercial +prosperity. Athens, as the chosen leader, and supported no doubt by the +synod, enforced the contributions of ships and money according to the +assessment. Gradually the allies began to weary of personal service and +persuaded the synod to accept a money commutation. The Ionians were +naturally averse from prolonged warfare, and in the prosperity which +must have followed the final rout of the Persians and the freeing of the +Aegean from the pirates (a very important feature in the league's +policy) a money contribution was only a trifling burden. The result was, +however, extremely bad for the allies, whose status in the league +necessarily became lower in relation to that of Athens, while at the +same time their military and naval resources correspondingly diminished. +Athens became more and more powerful, and could afford to disregard the +authority of the synod. Another new feature appeared in the employment +of coercion against cities which desired to secede. Athens might fairly +insist that the protection of the Aegean would become impossible if some +of the chief islands were liable to be used as piratical strongholds, +and further that it was only right that all should contribute in some +way to the security which all enjoyed. The result was that, in the cases +of Naxos and Thasos, for instance, the league's resources were employed +not against the Persians but against recalcitrant Greek islands, and +that the Greek ideal of separate autonomy was outraged. Shortly after +the capture of Naxos (c. 467 B.C.) Cimon proceeded with a fleet of 300 +ships (only 100 from the allies) to the south-western and southern +coasts of Asia Minor. Having driven the Persians out of Greek towns in +Lycia and Caria, he met and routed the Persians on land and sea at the +mouth of the Eurymedon in Pamphylia. In 463 after a siege of more than +two years the Athenians captured Thasos, with which they had quarrelled +over mining rights in the Strymon valley. It is said (Thuc. i. 101) that +Thasos had appealed for aid to Sparta, and that the latter was prevented +from responding only by earthquake and the Helot revolt. But this is +both unproved and improbable. Sparta had so far no quarrel with Athens. +Athens thus became mistress of the Aegean, while the synod at Delos had +become practically, if not theoretically, powerless. It was at this time +that Cimon (q.v.), who had striven to maintain a balance between Sparta, +the chief military, and Athens, the chief naval power, was successfully +attacked by Ephialtes and Pericles. During the ensuing years, apart from +a brief return to the Cimonian policy, the resources of the league, or, +as it has now become, the Athenian empire, were directed not so much +against Persia as against Sparta, Corinth, Aegina and Boeotia. (See +ATHENS; SPARTA, &c.) A few points only need be dealt with here. The +first years of the land war brought the Athenian empire to its zenith. +Apart from Thessaly, it included all Greece outside the Peloponnese. At +the same time, however, the Athenian expedition against the Persians in +Egypt ended in a disastrous defeat, and for a time the Athenians +returned to a philo-Laconian policy, perhaps under the direction of +Cimon (see CIMON and PERICLES). Peace was made with Sparta, and, if we +are to believe 4th-century orators, a treaty, the Peace of Callias or of +Cimon, was concluded between the Great King and Athens in 449 after the +death of Cimon before the walls of Citium in Cyprus. The meaning of this +so-called Peace of Callias is doubtful. Owing to the silence of +Thucydides and other reasons, many scholars regard it as merely a +cessation of hostilities (see CIMON and CALLIAS, where authorities are +quoted). At all events, it is significant of the success of the main +object of the Delian League, the Athenians resigning Cyprus and Egypt, +while Persia recognized the freedom of the maritime Greeks of Asia +Minor. + +During this period the power of Athens over her allies had increased, +though we do not know anything of the process by which this was brought +about. Chios, Lesbos and Samos alone furnished ships; all the rest had +commuted for a money payment. This meant that the synod was quite +powerless. Moreover in 454 (probably) the changed relations were +crystallized by the transference (proposed by the Samians) of the +treasury to Athens (_Corp. Inscr. Attic._ i. 260). Thus in 448 B.C. +Athens was not only mistress of a maritime empire, but ruled over +Megara, Boeotia, Phocis, Locris, Achaea and Troezen, i.e. over so-called +allies who were strangers to the old pan-Ionian assembly and to the +policy of the league, and was practically equal to Sparta on land. An +important event must be referred probably to the year 451,--the law of +Pericles, by which citizenship (including the right to vote in the +Ecclesia and to sit on paid juries) was restricted to those who could +prove themselves the children of an Athenian father and mother ([Greek: +ex amphoin astoin]). This measure must have had a detrimental effect on +the allies, who thus saw themselves excluded still further from +recognition as equal partners in a league (see PERICLES). The natural +result of all these causes was that a feeling of antipathy rose against +Athens in the minds of those to whom autonomy was the breath of life, +and the fundamental tendency of the Greeks to disruption was soon to +prove more powerful than the forces at the disposal of Athens. The first +to secede were the land powers of Greece proper, whose subordination +Athens had endeavoured to guarantee by supporting the democratic parties +in the various states. Gradually the exiled oligarchs combined; with the +defeat of Tolmides at Coroneia, Boeotia was finally lost to the empire, +and the loss of Phocis, Locris and Megara was the immediate sequel. +Against these losses the retention of Euboea, Nisaea and Pegae was no +compensation; the land empire was irretrievably lost. + +The next important event is the revolt of Samos, which had quarrelled +with Miletus over the city of Priene. The Samians refused the +arbitration of Athens. The island was conquered with great difficulty +by the whole force of the league, and from the fact that the tribute of +the Thracian cities and those in Hellespontine district was increased +between 439 and 436 we must probably infer that Athens had to deal with +a widespread feeling of discontent about this period. It is, however, +equally noticeable on the one hand that the main body of the allies was +not affected, and on the other that the Peloponnesian League on the +advice of Corinth officially recognized the right of Athens to deal with +her rebellious subject allies, and refused to give help to the Samians. + +The succeeding events which led to the Peloponnesian War and the final +disruption of the league are discussed in other articles. (See ATHENS: +_History_, and PELOPONNESIAN War.) Two important events alone call for +special notice. The first is the raising of the allies' tribute in 425 +B.C. by a certain Thudippus, presumably a henchman of Cleon. The fact, +though not mentioned by Thucydides, was inferred from Aristophanes +(_Wasps_, 660), Andocides (_de Pace_, S 9), Plutarch (_Aristides_, c. +24), and pseudo-Andocides (_Alcibiad._ 11); it was proved by the +discovery of the assessment list of 425-4 (Hicks and Hill, _Inscrip._ +64). The second event belongs to 411, after the failure of the Sicilian +expedition. In that year the tribute of the allies was commuted for a 5% +tax on all imports and exports by sea. This tax, which must have tended +to equalize the Athenian merchants with those of the allied cities, +probably came into force gradually, for beside the new collectors called +[Greek: poristai] we still find Hellenotamiae (_C.I.A._ iv. [i.] p. 34). + +_The Tribute._--Only a few problems can be discussed of the many which +are raised by the insufficient and conflicting evidence at our disposal. +In the first place there is the question of the tribute. Thucydides is +almost certainly wrong in saying that the amount of the original tribute +was 460 talents (about L106,000); this figure cannot have been reached +for at least twelve, probably twenty years, when new members had been +enrolled (Lycia, Caria, Eion, Lampsacus). Similarly he is probably +wrong, or at all events includes items of which the tribute lists take +no account, when he says that it amounted to 600 talents at the +beginning of the Peloponnesian War. The moderation of the assessment is +shown not only by the fact that it was paid so long without objection, +but also by the individual items. Even in 425 Naxos and Andros paid only +15 talents, while Athens had just raised an _eisphora_ (income tax) from +her own citizens of 200 talents. Moreover it would seem that a tribute +which yielded less than the 5% tax of 411 could not have been +unreasonable. + +The number of tributaries is given by Aristophanes as 1000, but this is +greatly in excess of those named in the tribute lists. Some authorities +give 200; others put it as high as 290. The difficulty is increased by +the fact that in some cases several towns were grouped together in one +payment ([Greek: synteleis]). These were grouped into five main +geographical divisions (from 443 to 436; afterwards four, Caria being +merged in Ionia). Each division was represented by two elective +assessment commissioners ([Greek: taktai]), who assisted the Boule at +Athens in the quadrennial division of the tribute. Each city sent in its +own assessment before the [Greek: taktai], who presented it to the +Boule. If there was any difference of opinion the matter was referred to +the Ecclesia for settlement. In the Ecclesia a private citizen might +propose another assessment, or the case might be referred to the law +courts. The records of the tribute are preserved in the so-called quota +lists, which give the names of the cities and the proportion, +one-sixtieth, of their several tributes, which was paid to Athens. No +tribute was paid by members of a _cleruchy_ (q.v.), as we find from the +fact that the tribute of a city always decreased when a cleruchy was +planted in it. This highly organized financial system must have been +gradually evolved, and no doubt reached its perfection only after the +treasury was transferred to Athens. + +_Government and Jurisdiction._--There is much difference of opinion +among scholars regarding the attitude of imperial Athens towards her +allies. Grote maintained that on the whole the allies had little ground +for complaint; but in so doing he rather seems to leave out of account +the Greek's dislike of external discipline. The very fact that the +hegemony had become an empire was enough to make the new system highly +offensive to the allies. No very strong argument can be based on the +paucity of actual revolts. The indolent Ionians had seen the result of +secession at Naxos and rebellion at Thasos; the Athenian fleet was +perpetually on guard in the Aegean. On the other hand among the mainland +cities revolt was frequent; they were ready to rebel [Greek: kai para +dynamin]. Therefore, even though Athenian domination may have been +highly salutary in its effects, there can be no doubt that the allies +did not regard it with affection. + +To judge only by the negative evidence of the decree of Aristoteles +which records the terms of alliance of the second confederacy (below), +we gather that in the later period at least of the first league's +history the Athenians had interfered with the local autonomy of the +allies in various ways--an inference which is confirmed by the terms of +"alliance" which Athens imposed on Erythrae, Chalcis and Miletus. Though +it appears that Athens made individual agreements with various states, +and therefore that we cannot regard as general rules the terms laid down +in those which we possess, it is undeniable that the Athenians planted +garrisons under permanent Athenian officers ([Greek: phrourarchoi]) in +some cities. Moreover the practice among Athenian settlers of acquiring +land in the allied districts must have been vexatious to the allies, the +more so as all important cases between Athenians and citizens of allied +cities were brought to Athens. Even on the assumption that the Athenian +dicasteries were scrupulously fair in their awards, it must have been +peculiarly galling to the self-respect of the allies and inconvenient to +individuals to be compelled to carry cases to Athens and Athenian +juries. Furthermore we gather from the Aristoteles inscription and from +the 4th-century orators that Athens imposed democratic constitutions on +her allies; indeed Isocrates (_Paneg._, 106) takes credit for Athens on +this ground, and the charter of Erythrae confirms the view (cf. Arist. +_Polit._, viii., vi. 9 1307 b 20; Thuc. viii. 21, 48, 64, 65). Even +though we admit that Chios, Lesbos and Samos (up to 440) retained their +oligarchic governments and that Selymbria, at a time (409 B.C.) when the +empire was _in extremis_, was permitted to choose its own constitution, +there can be no doubt that, from whatever motive and with whatever +result, Athens did exercise over many of her allies an authority which +extended to the most intimate concerns of local administration. + +Thus the great attempt on the part of Athens to lead a harmonious league +of free Greek states for the good of Hellas degenerated into an empire +which proved intolerable to the autonomous states of Greece. Her failure +was due partly to the commercial jealousy of Corinth working on the dull +antipathy of Sparta, partly to the hatred of compromise and discipline +which was fatally characteristic of Greece and especially of Ionian +Greece, and partly also to the lack of tact and restraint shown by +Athens and her representatives in her relations with the allies. + +_The Second League._--The conditions which led to the second Athenian or +Delian Confederacy were fundamentally different, not only in virtue of +the fact that the allies had learned from experience the dangers to +which such a league was liable, but because the enemy was no longer an +oriental power of whose future action there could be no certain +anticipation, but Sparta, whose ambitious projects since the fall of +Athens had shown that there could be no safety for the smaller states +save in combination. + +There can be no reasonable doubt that as soon as the Athenians began to +recover from the paralysing effect of the victory of Lysander and the +internal troubles in which they were involved by the government of the +Thirty, their thoughts turned to the possibility of recovering their +lost empire. The first step in the direction was the recovery of their +sea-power, which was effected by the victory of Conon at Cnidus (August +394 B.C.). Gradually individual cities which had formed part of the +Athenian empire returned to their alliance with Athens, until the +Spartans had lost Rhodes, Cos, Nisyrus, Teos, Chios, Mytilene, Ephesus, +Erythrae, Lemnos, Imbros, Scyros, Eretria, Melos, Cythera, Carpathus +and Delos. Sparta had only Sestos and Abydos of all that she had won by +the battle of Aegospotami. At the same time no systematic constructive +attempt at a renewal of empire can as yet be detected. Athenian +relations were with individual states only, and the terms of alliance +were various. Moreover, whereas Persia had been for several years aiding +Athens against Sparta, the revolt of the Athenian ally Evagoras (q.v.) +of Cyprus set them at enmity, and with the secession of Ephesus, Cnidus +and Samos in 391 and the civil war in Rhodes, the star of Sparta seemed +again to be in the ascendant. But the whole position was changed by the +successes of Thrasybulus, who brought over the Odrysian king Medocus and +Seuthes of the Propontis to the Athenian alliance, set up a democracy in +Byzantium and reimposed the old 10% duty on goods from the Black Sea. +Many of the island towns subsequently came over, and from inscriptions +at Clazomenae (_C.I.A._ ii. 14_b_) and Thasos (_C.I.A._ iv. 11_b_) we +learn that Thrasybulus evidently was deliberately aiming at a renewal of +the empire, though the circumstances leading to his death at Aspendus +when seeking to raise money suggest that he had no general backing in +Athens. + +The peace of Antalcidas or the King's Peace (see ANTALCIDAS; SPARTA) in +386 was a blow to Athens in the interests of Persia and Sparta. +Antalcidas compelled the Athenians to give their assent to it only by +making himself master of the Hellespont by stratagem with the aid of +Dionysius the Elder of Syracuse. By this peace all the Greek cities on +the mainland of Asia with the islands of Cyprus and Clazomenae were +recognized as Persian, all other cities except Imbros, Lemnos and Scyros +as autonomous. Directly, this arrangement prevented an Athenian empire; +indirectly, it caused the sacrificed cities and their kinsmen on the +islands to look upon Athens as their protector. The gross selfishness of +the Spartans, herein exemplified, was emphasized by their capture of the +Theban citadel, and, after their expulsion, by the raid upon Attica in +time of peace by the Spartan Sphodrias, and his immunity from punishment +at Sparta (summer of 378 B.C.). The Athenians at once invited their +allies to a conference, and the Second Athenian Confederacy was formed +in the archonship of Nausinicus on the basis of the famous decree of +Aristoteles. Those who attended the conference were probably Athens, +Chios, Mytilene, Methymna, Rhodes, Byzantium, Thebes, the latter of +which joined Athens soon after the Sphodrias raid. In the spring of 377 +invitations were sent out to the maritime cities. Some time in that year +Tenedos, Chios, Chalcis in Euboea, and probably the Euboean cities +Eretria, Carystus and Arethusa gave in their adherence, followed by +Perinthus, Peparethus, Sciathus and other maritime cities. + +At this point Sparta was roused to a sense of the significance of the +new confederacy, and the Athenian corn supply was threatened by a +Spartan fleet of sixty triremes. The Athenians immediately fitted out a +fleet under Chabrias, who gained a decisive victory over the Spartans +between Naxos and Paros (battle of Naxos 376 B.C.), both of which were +added to the league. Proceeding northwards in 375 Chabrias brought over +a large number of the Thraceward towns, including Abdera, Thasos and +Samothrace. It is interesting to notice that a garrison was placed in +Abdera in direct contravention of the terms of the new confederacy +(Meyer, _Gesch. d. Alt._, v. 394). About the same time the successes of +Timotheus in the west resulted in the addition to the league of Corcyra +and the cities of Cephallenia, and his moderation induced the +Acarnanians and Alcetas, the Molossian king, to follow their example. +Once again Sparta sent out a fleet, but Timotheus in spite of financial +embarrassment held his ground. By this time, however, the alliance +between Thebes and Athens was growing weaker, and Athens, being short of +money, concluded a peace with Sparta (probably in July 374), by which +the peace of Antalcidas was confirmed and the two states recognized each +other as mistress of sea and land respectively. Trouble, however, soon +arose over Zacynthus, and the Spartans not only sent help to the +Zacynthian oligarchs but even besieged Corcyra (373). Timotheus was sent +to relieve the island, but shortness of money compelled him to search +for new allies, and he spent the summer of 373 in persuading Jason of +Pherae (if he had not already joined), and certain towns in Thrace, the +Chersonese, the Propontis and the Aegean to enrol themselves. This delay +in sending help to Corcyra was rightly or wrongly condemned by the +Athenians, who dismissed Timotheus in favour of Iphicrates. The +expedition which followed produced negative successes, but the absence +of any positive success and the pressure of financial difficulty, +coupled with the defection of Jason (probably before 371), and the +high-handed action of Thebes in destroying Plataea (373), induced Athens +to renew the peace with Sparta which Timotheus had broken. With the +support of Persia an agreement was made by a congress at Sparta on the +basis of the autonomy of the cities, Amphipolis and the Chersonese being +granted to Athens. The Thebans at first accepted the terms, but on the +day after, realizing that they were thus balked of their pan-Boeotian +ambition, withdrew and finally severed themselves from the league. + +The peace of 371 may be regarded as the conclusion of the first distinct +period in the league's existence. The original purpose of the +league--the protection of the allies from the ambitions of Sparta--was +achieved. Athens was recognized as mistress of the sea; Sparta as the +chief land power. The inherent weakness of the coalition had, however, +become apparent. The enthusiasm of the allies (numbering about seventy) +waned rapidly before the financial exigencies of successive campaigns, +and it is abundantly clear that Thebes had no interest save the +extension of her power in Boeotia. Though her secession, therefore, +meant very little loss of strength, there were not wanting signs that +the league was not destined to remain a power in the land. + +The remaining history may be broken up into two periods, the first from +371 to 357, the second from 357 to 338. Throughout these two periods, +which saw the decline and final dissolution of the alliance, there is +very little specific evidence for its existence. The events seem to +belong to the histories of the several cities, and examples of corporate +action are few and uncertain. None the less the known facts justify a +large number of inferences as to the significance of events which are on +the surface merely a part of the individual foreign policy of Athens. + +_Period 371-357._--The first event in this period was the battle of +Leuctra (July 371), in which, no doubt to the surprise of Athens, Thebes +temporarily asserted itself as the chief land power in Greece. To +counterbalance the new power Athens very rashly plunged into +Peloponnesian politics with the ulterior object of inducing the states +which had formerly recognized the hegemony of Sparta to transfer their +allegiance to the Delian League. It seems that all the states adopted +this policy with the exception of Sparta (probably) and Elis. The policy +of Athens was mistaken for two reasons: (1) Sparta was not entirely +humiliated, and (2) alliance with the land powers of Peloponnese was +incalculably dangerous, inasmuch as it involved Athens in enterprises +which could not awake the enthusiasm of her maritime allies. This new +coalition naturally alarmed Sparta, which at once made overtures to +Athens on the ground of their common danger from Thebes. The alliance +was concluded in 369. About the same time Iphicrates was sent to take +possession of Amphipolis according to the treaty of 371. Some success in +Macedonia roused the hostility of Thebes, and the subsequent attempts on +Amphipolis caused the Chalcidians to declare against the league. It +would appear that the old suspicion of the allies was now thoroughly +awakened, and we find Athens making great efforts to conciliate Mytilene +by honorific decrees (Hicks and Hill, 109). This suspicion, which was +due primarily, no doubt, to the agreement with Sparta, would find +confirmation in the subsequent exchange of compliments with Dionysius I. +of Syracuse, Sparta's ally, who with his sons received the Athenian +citizenship. It is not clear that the allies officially approved this +new friendship; it is certain that it was actually distasteful to them. +The same dislike would be roused by the Athenian alliance with Alexander +of Pherae (368-367). The maritime allies naturally had no desire to be +involved in the quarrels of Sicily, Thessaly and the Peloponnese. + +In 367 Athens and Thebes sent rival ambassadors to Persia, with the +result that Athens was actually ordered to abandon her claim to +Amphipolis, and to remove her navy from the high seas. The claim to +Amphipolis was subsequently affirmed, but the Greek states declined to +obey the order of Persia. In 366 Athens lost Oropus, a blow which she +endeavoured to repair by forming an alliance with Arcadia and by an +attack on Corinth. At the same time certain of the Peloponnesian states +made peace with Thebes, and some hold that Athens joined this peace +(Meyer, _Gesch. d. Alt._ v. 449). Timotheus was sent in 366-365 to make +a demonstration against Persia. Finding Samos in the hands of +Cyprothemis, a servant of the satrap Tigranes, he laid siege to it, +captured it after a ten months' siege and established a cleruchy. Though +Samos was not apparently one of the allies, this latter action could not +but remind the allies of the very dangers which the second confederacy +had set out to avoid. + +The next important event was the serious attempt on the part of +Epaminondas to challenge the Athenian naval supremacy. Though Timotheus +held his ground the confederacy was undoubtedly weakened. In 362 Athens +joined in the opposition to the Theban expedition which ended in the +battle of Mantineia (July). In the next year the Athenian generals +failed in the north in their attempt to control the Hellespont. In +Thessaly Alexander of Pherae became hostile and after several successes +even attacked the Peiraeus. Chares was ordered to make reprisals, but +instead sailed to Corcyra, where he made the mistake of siding with the +oligarchs. The last event of the period was a success, the recovery of +Euboea (357), which was once more added to the league. + +During these fourteen years the policy of Athens towards her maritime +allies was, as we have seen, shortsighted and inconsistent. Alliances +with various land powers, and an inability to understand the true +relations which alone could unite the league, combined to alienate the +allies, who could discover no reason for the expenditure of their +contributions on protecting Sparta or Corinth against Thebes. The +[Greek: Synedrion] of the league is found taking action in several +instances, but there is evidence (cf. the expedition of Epaminondas in +363) that there was ground for suspecting disloyalty in many quarters. +On the other hand, though the Athenian fleet became stronger and several +cities were captured, the league itself did not gain any important +voluntary adherents. The generals were compelled to support their forces +by plunder or out of their private resources, and, frequently failing, +diverted their efforts from the pressing needs of the allies to purely +Athenian objects. + +_Period 357-338._--The latent discontent of the allies was soon fanned +into hostility by the intrigues of Mausolus, prince of Cardia, who was +anxious to extend his kingdom. Chios, Rhodes, Cos, Byzantium, Erythrae +and probably other cities were in revolt by the spring of 356, and their +attacks on loyal members of the confederacy compelled Athens to take the +offensive. Chabrias had already been killed in an attack on Chios in the +previous autumn, and the fleet was under the command of Timotheus, +Iphicrates and Chares, who sailed against Byzantium. The enemy sailed +north from Samos and in a battle off Embata (between Erythrae and Chios) +defeated Chares, who, without the consent of his colleagues, had +ventured to engage them in a storm. The more cautious generals were +accused of corruption in not supporting Chares. Iphicrates was acquitted +and Timotheus condemned. Chares sought to replenish his resources by +aiding the Phrygian satrap Artabazus against Artaxerxes Ochus, but a +threat from the Persian court caused the Athenians to recall him, and +peace was made by which Athens recognized the independence of the +revolted towns. The league was further weakened by the secession of +Corcyra, and by 355 was reduced to Athens, Euboea and a few islands. By +this time, moreover, Philip II. of Macedon had begun his career of +conquest, and had shattered an embryonic alliance between the league and +certain princes of Thrace (Cetriporis), Paeonia (Lyppeius) and Illyria +(Grabus). In 355 his advance temporarily ceased, but, as we learn from +Isocrates and Xenophon, the financial exhaustion of the league was such +that its destruction was only a matter of time. Resuming operations in +354, Philip, in spite of temporary checks at the hands of Chares, and +the spasmodic opposition of a few barbarian chiefs, took from the +league all its Thracian and Macedonian cities (Abdera, Maronea, +Neapolis, Methone.) In 352-351 Philip actually received help from former +members of the confederacy. In 351 Charidemus, Chares and Phocion were +sent to oppose him, and we find that the contributions of the Lesbian +cities were assigned to them for supplies, but no successes were gained. +In 349 Euboea and Olynthus were lost to the league, of which indeed +nothing remained but an empty form, in spite of the facts that the +expelled Olynthians appealed to it in 348 and that Mytilene rejoined in +347. In 346 the peace of Philocrates was made between the league and +Philip on terms which were accepted by the Athenian Boule. It is very +remarkable that, in spite of the powerlessness of the confederacy, the +last recorded event in its history is the steady loyalty of Tenedos, +which gave money to Athens about 340 (Hicks and Hill, 146). The victory +of Philip at Chaeronea in 338 finally destroyed the league. + +In spite of the precautions taken by the allies to prevent the +domination of Athens at their expense, the policy of the league was +almost throughout directed rather in the interests of Athens. Founded +with the specific object of thwarting the ambitious designs of Sparta, +it was plunged by Athens into enterprises of an entirely different +character which exhausted the resources of the allies without benefiting +them in any respect. There is no doubt that, with very few exceptions, +the cities were held to their allegiance solely by the superior force of +the Athenian navy. The few instances of its action show that the [Greek: +Synedrion] was practically only a tool in the hands of Athens. + + AUTHORITIES.--_The First League._--The general histories of Greece, + especially those of A. Holm (Eng. trans., London, 1894), G. Busolt + (2nd ed., Gotha, 1893), J. Beloch (Strassburg, 1893 foll.), and G. + Grote (the one-vol. ed. of 1907 has some further notes on later + evidence). E. Meyer's _Gesch. des Altertums_ (Stuttgart, 1892 foll.) + and _Forschungen_ (Halle, 1892 foll.) are of the greatest value. For + inscriptions, G. F. Hill, _Sources of Greek History_, 478-431 (2nd + ed., 1907); E. L. Hicks and G. F. Hill, _Greek Hist. Inscr._ (Oxford, + 1901). On the tribute see also U. Kohler in _Abhandlungen d. Berliner + Akademie_ (1869) and U. Pedroli, "I Tributi degli alleati d' Atene" in + Beloch's _Studi di storia antica_. See also articles ARISTIDES; + THEMISTOCLES; PERICLES; CIMON, &c., and GREECE: _History_, with works + quoted. For the last years of the league see also PELOPONNESIAN WAR. + + _The Second League._--The chief modern works are G. Busolt, "Der + zweite athenische Bund" in _Neue Jahrbucher fur classische Philologie_ + (supp. vol. vii., 1873-1875, pp. 641-866), and F. H. Marshall, _The + Second Athenian Confederacy_ (1905), one of the Cambridge Historical + Essays (No. xiii.). The latter is based on Busolt's monograph and + includes subsequent epigraphic evidence, with a full list of + authorities. For inscriptions see Hicks and Hill, op. cit., and the + _Inscriptiones Atticae_, vol. ii. pt. 5. The meagre data given by + ancient writers are collected by Busolt and Marshall. (J. M. M.) + + + + +DELIBES, CLEMENT PHILIBERT LEO (1836-1891), French composer, was born at +Saint Germain du Val on the 21st of February 1836. He studied at the +Paris Conservatoire under Adolphe Charles Adam, through whose influence +he became accompanist at the Theatre Lyrique. His first essay in +dramatic composition was his _Deux sous de charbon_ (1853), and during +several years he produced a number of operettas. His cantata _Alger_ was +heard at the Paris opera in 1865. Having become second chorus master at +the Grand Opera, he wrote the music of a ballet entitled _La Source_ for +this theatre, in collaboration with Minkous, a Polish composer. La +Source was produced with great success in 1866. The composer returned to +the operetta style with _Malbrouk s'en va-t-en guerre_,--written in +collaboration with Georges Bizet, Emile Jonas and Legouix, and given at +the Theatre de l'Athenee in 1867. Two years later came _L'Ecossais de +Chatou_, a one-act piece, and _La Cour du roi Petaud_, a three-act +opera-bouffe. The ballet _Coppelia_ was produced at the Grand Opera on +the 25th of May 1870 with enormous success. + +Delibes gave up his post as second chorus master at the Grand Opera in +1872 when he married the daughter of Mademoiselle Denain, formerly an +actress at the Comedie Francaise. In this year he published a collection +of graceful melodies including _Myrto_, _Les Filles de Cadiz_, +_Bonjour_, _Suzon_ and others. His first important dramatic work was _Le +Roi l'a dit_, a charming comic opera, produced on the 24th of May 1873 +at the Opera Comique. Three years later, on the 14th of June 1876, +_Sylvia_, a ballet in three acts, one of the composer's most delightful +works, was produced at the Grand Opera. This was followed by _La Mort +d'Orphee_, a grand scena produced at the Trocadero concerts in 1878; by +_Jean de Nivelle_, a three-act opera brought out at the Opera Comique on +the 8th of March 1880; and by _Lakme_, an opera in three acts produced +at the same theatre on the 14th of April 1883. Lakme has remained his +most popular opera. The composer died in Paris on the 16th of January +1891, leaving _Kassya_, a four-act opera, in an unfinished state. This +work was completed by E. Guiraud, and produced at the Opera Comique on +the 21st of March 1893. In 1877 Delibes became a chevalier of the Legion +of Honour; in 1881 he became a professor of advanced composition at the +Conservatoire; in 1884 he took the place of Victor Masse at the Institut +de France. + +Leo Delibes was a typically French composer. His music is light, +graceful and refined. He excelled in ballet music, and _Sylvia_ may well +be considered a masterpiece. His operas are constructed on a +conventional pattern. The harmonic texture, however, is modern, and the +melodic invention abundant, while the orchestral treatment is invariably +excellent. + + + + +DELILAH, in the Bible, the heroine of Samson's last love-story and the +cause of his downfall (Judg. xvi.). She was a Philistine of Sorek (mod. +Surik), west of Zorah, and when her countrymen offered her an enormous +bribe to betray him, she set to work to find out the source of his +strength. Thrice Samson scoffingly told her how he might be bound, and +thrice he readily broke the bonds with which she had fettered him in his +sleep; seven green bow-strings, new ropes, and even the braiding of his +hair into the frame of the loom failed to secure him. At length he +disclosed the secret of his power. Delilah put him to sleep upon her +lap, called in a man to shave off his seven locks, and this time he was +easily captured. See SAMSON. + + + + +DELILLE, JACQUES (1738-1813), French poet, was born on the 22nd of June +1738 at Aigue-Perse in Auvergne. He was an illegitimate child, and was +descended by his mother from the chancellor De l'Hopital. He was +educated at the college of Lisieux in Paris and became an elementary +teacher. He gradually acquired a reputation as a poet by his epistles, +in which things are not called by their ordinary names but are hinted at +by elaborate periphrases. Sugar becomes "le miel americain que du suc +des roseaux exprima l'Africain." The publication (1769) of his +translation of the _Georgics_ of Virgil made him famous. Voltaire +recommended the poet for the next vacant place in the Academy. He was at +once elected a member, but was not admitted until 1774 owing to the +opposition of the king, who alleged that he was too young. In his +_Jardins, ou l'art d'embellir les paysages_ (1782) he made good his +pretensions as an original poet. In 1786 he made a journey to +Constantinople in the train of the ambassador M. de Choiseul-Gouffier. + +Delille had become professor of Latin poetry at the College da France, +and abbot of Saint-Severin, when the outbreak of the Revolution reduced +him to poverty. He purchased his personal safety by professing his +adherence to revolutionary doctrine, but eventually quitted Paris, and +retired to St Die, where he completed his translation of the _Aeneid_. +He emigrated first to Basel and then to Glairesse in Switzerland. Here +he finished his _Homme des champs_, and his poem on the _Trois regnes de +la nature_. His next place of refuge was in Germany, where he composed +his _La Pitie_; and finally, he passed some time in London, chiefly +employed in translating _Paradise Lost_. In 1802 he was able to return +to Paris, where, although nearly blind, he resumed his professorship and +his chair at the Academy, but lived in retirement. He fortunately did +not outlive the vogue of the descriptive poems which were his special +province, and died on the 1st of May 1813. + +Delille left behind him little prose. His preface to the translation of +the _Georgics_ is an able essay, and contains many excellent hints on +the art and difficulties of translation. He wrote the article "La +Bruyere" in the _Biographie universelle_. The following is the list of +his poetical works:--_Les Georgiques de Virgile, traduites en vers +francais_ (Paris, 1769, 1782, 1785, 1809); _Les Jardins_, en quatre +chants (1780; new edition, Paris, 1801); _L'Homme des champs, ou les +Georgiques francaises_ (Strassburg, 1802); _Poesies fugitives_ (1802); +_Dithyrambe sur l'immortalite de l'ame, suivi du passage du Saint +Gothard_, poeme traduit de l'Anglais de Madame la duchesse de Devonshire +(1802); _La Pitie_, poeme en quatre chants (Paris, 1802); _L'Eneide de +Virgile, traduite en vers francais_ (4 vols., 1804); _Le Paradis perdu_ +(3 vols., 1804); _L'Imagination_, poeme en huit chants (2 vols., 1806); +_Les trois regnes de la nature_ (2 vols., 1808); _La Conversation_ +(1812). A collection given under the title of _Poesies diverses_ (1801) +was disavowed by Delille. + + His _Oeuvres_ (16 vols.) were published in 1824. See Sainte-Beuve, + _Portraits litteraires_, vol. ii. + + + + +DELIRIUM (a Latin medical term for madness, from _delirare_, to be mad, +literally to wander from the _lira_, or furrow), a temporary form of +brain disorder, generally occurring in connexion with some special form +of bodily disease. It may vary in intensity from slight and occasional +wandering of the mind and incoherence of expression, to fixed delusions +and violent maniacal excitement, and again it may be associated with +more or less of coma or insensibility. (See INSANITY, and +NEUROPATHOLOGY.) Delirium is apt to occur in most diseases of an acute +nature, such as fevers or inflammatory affections, in injuries affecting +the brain, in blood diseases, in conditions of exhaustion, and as the +result of the action of certain specific poisons, such as opium, Indian +hemp, belladonna, chloroform and alcohol. + +Delirium tremens is one of a train of symptoms of what is termed in +medical nomenclature acute alcoholism, or excessive indulgence in +alcohol. It must, however, be observed that this disorder, although +arising in this manner, rarely comes on as the result of a single +debauch in a person unaccustomed to the abuse of stimulants, but +generally occurs in cases where the nervous system has been already +subjected for a length of time to the poisonous action of alcohol, so +that the complaint might be more properly regarded as acute supervening +on chronic alcoholism. It is equally to be borne in mind that many +habitual drunkards never suffer from delirium tremens. + +It was long supposed, and is indeed still believed by some, that +delirium tremens only comes on when the supply of alcohol has been +suddenly cut off; but this view is now generally rejected, and there is +abundant evidence to show that the attack comes on while the patient is +still continuing to drink. Even in those cases where several days have +elapsed between the cessation from drinking and the seizure, it will be +found that in the interval the premonitory symptoms of delirium tremens +have shown themselves, one of which is aversion to drink as well as +food--the attack being in most instances preceded by marked derangement +of the digestive functions. Occasionally the attack is precipitated in +persons predisposed to it by the occurrence of some acute disease, such +as pneumonia, by accidents, such as burns, also by severe mental strain, +and by the deprivation of food, even where the supply of alcohol is less +than would have been likely to produce it otherwise. Where, on the other +hand, the quantity of alcohol taken has been very large, the attack is +sometimes ushered in by fits of an epileptiform character. + +One of the earliest indications of the approaching attack of delirium +tremens is sleeplessness, any rest the patient may obtain being troubled +by unpleasant or terrifying dreams. During the day there is observed a +certain restlessness and irritability of manner, with trembling of the +hands and a thick or tremulous articulation. The skin is perspiring, the +countenance oppressed-looking and flushed, the pulse rapid and feeble, +and there is evidence of considerable bodily prostration. These symptoms +increase each day and night for a few days, and then the characteristic +delirium is superadded. The patient is in a state of mental confusion, +talks incessantly and incoherently, has a distressed and agitated or +perplexed appearance, and a vague notion that he is pursued by some one +seeking to injure him. His delusions are usually of transient character, +but he is constantly troubled with visual hallucinations in the form of +disagreeable animals or insects which he imagines he sees all about him. +He looks suspiciously around him, turns over his pillows, and ransacks +his bedclothes for some fancied object he supposes to be concealed +there. There is constant restlessness, a common form of delusion being +that he is not in his own house, but imprisoned in some apartment from +which he is anxious to escape to return home. In these circumstances he +is ever wishing to get out of bed and out of doors, and, although in +general he may be persuaded to return to bed, he is soon desiring to get +up again. The trembling of the muscles from which the name of the +disease is derived is a prominent but not invariable symptom. It is most +marked in the muscles of the hands and arms and in the tongue. The +character of the delirium is seldom wild or noisy, but is much more +commonly a combination of busy restlessness and indefinite fear. When +spoken to, the patient can answer correctly enough, but immediately +thereafter relapses into his former condition of incoherence. +Occasionally maniacal symptoms develop themselves, the patient becoming +dangerously violent, and the case thus assuming a much graver aspect +than one of simple delirium tremens. + +In most cases the symptoms undergo abatement in from three to six days, +the cessation of the attack being marked by the occurrence of sound +sleep, from which the patient awakes in his right mind, although in a +state of great physical prostration, and in great measure if not +entirely oblivious of his condition during his illness. + +Although generally the termination of an attack of delirium tremens is +in recovery, it occasionally proves fatal by the supervention of coma +and convulsions, or acute mania, or by exhaustion, more especially when +any acute bodily disease is associated with the attack. In certain +instances delirium tremens is but the beginning of serious and permanent +impairment of intellect, as is not infrequently observed in confirmed +drunkards who have suffered from frequent attacks of this disease. The +theory once widely accepted, that delirium tremens was the result of the +too sudden breaking off from indulgence in alcohol, led to its treatment +by regular and often large doses of stimulants, a practice fraught with +mischievous results, since however much the delirium appeared to be thus +calmed for the time, the continuous supply of the poison which was the +original source of the disease inflicted serious damage upon the brain, +and led in many instances to the subsequent development of insanity. The +former system of prescribing large doses of opium, with the view of +procuring sleep at all hazards, was no less pernicious. In addition to +these methods of treatment, mechanical restraint of the patient was the +common practice. + +The views of the disease which now prevail, recognizing the delirium as +the effect at once of the poisonous action of alcohol upon the brain and +of the want of food, encourage reliance to be placed for its cure upon +the entire withdrawal, in most instances, of stimulants, and the liberal +administration of light nutriment, in addition to quietness and gentle +but firm control, without mechanical restraint. In mild attacks this is +frequently all that is required. In more severe cases, where there is +great restlessness, sedatives have to be resorted to, and many +substances have been recommended for the purpose. Opiates administered +in small quantity, and preferably by hypodermic injection, are +undoubtedly of value; and chloral, either alone or in conjunction with +bromide of potassium, often answers even better. Such remedies, however, +should be administered with great caution, and only under medical +supervision. + +Stimulants may be called for where the delirium assumes the low or +adynamic form, and the patient tends to sink from exhaustion, or when +the attack is complicated with some other disease. Such cases are, +however, in the highest degree exceptional, and do not affect the +general principle of treatment already referred to, which inculcates the +entire withdrawal of stimulants in the treatment of ordinary attacks of +delirium tremens. + + + + +DELISLE, JOSEPH NICOLAS (1688-1768), French astronomer, was born at +Paris on the 4th of April 1688. Attracted to astronomy by the solar +eclipse of the 12th of May 1706, he obtained permission in 1710 to lodge +in the dome of the Luxembourg, procured some instruments, and there +observed the total eclipse of the 22nd of May 1724. He proposed in 1715 +the "diffraction-theory" of the sun's corona, visited England and was +received into the Royal Society in 1724, and left Paris for St +Petersburg on a summons from the empress Catherine, towards the end of +1725. Having founded an observatory there, he returned to Paris in 1747, +was appointed geographical astronomer to the naval department with a +salary of 3000 livres, and installed an observatory in the Hotel Cluny. +Charles Messier and J. J. Lalande were among his pupils. He died of +apoplexy at Paris on the 12th of September 1768. Delisle is chiefly +remembered as the author of a method for observing the transits of Venus +and Mercury by instants of contacts. First proposed by him in a letter +to J. Cassini in 1743, it was afterwards perfected, and has been +extensively employed. As a preliminary to the transit of Mercury in +1743, which he personally observed, he issued a map of the world showing +the varied circumstances of its occurrence. Besides many papers +communicated to the academy of sciences, of which he became a member in +1714, he published _Memoires pour servir a l'histoire et au progres de +l'astronomie_ (St Petersburg, 1738), in which he gave the first method +for determining the heliocentric co-ordinates of sun-spots; _Memoire sur +les nouvelles decouvertes au nord de la mer du sud_ (Paris, 1752), &c. + + See _Memoires de l'acad. des sciences_ (Paris, 1768), _Histoire_, p. + 167 (G. de Fouchy); J. B. J. Delambre, _Hist. de l'astronomie au + XVIII^e siecle_, pp. 319, 533; Max. Marie, _Hist. des sciences_, vii. + 254; Lalande, Bibl. astr. p. 385; and _Le Necrologe des hommes + celebres de France_ (1770). The records of Delisle's observations at + St Petersburg are preserved in manuscript at the Pulkowa observatory. + A report upon them was presented to the St Petersburg academy of + sciences by O. Struve in 1848, and those relating to occultations of + the Pleiades were discussed by Carl Linsser in 1864. See also S. + Newcomb, _Washington Observations_ for 1875, app. ii. pp. 176-189. + (A. M. C.) + + + + +DELISLE, LEOPOLD VICTOR (1826- ), French bibliophile and historian, was +born at Valognes (Manche) on the 24th of October 1826. At the Ecole des +Chartes, where his career was remarkably brilliant, his valedictory +thesis was an _Essai sur les revenus publics en Normandie au XII^e +siecle_ (1849), and it was to the history of his native province that he +devoted his early works. Of these the _Etudes sur la condition de la +classe agricole et l'etat de l'agriculture en Normandie au moyen age_ +(1851), condensing an enormous mass of facts drawn from the local +archives, was reprinted in 1905 without change, and remains +authoritative. In November 1852 he entered the manuscript department of +the Bibliotheque Imperiale (Nationale), of which in 1874 he became the +official head in succession to Jules Taschereau. He was already known as +the compiler of several invaluable inventories of its manuscripts. When +the French government decided on printing a general catalogue of the +printed books in the Bibliotheque, Delisle became responsible for this +great undertaking and took an active part in the work; in the preface to +the first volume (1897) he gave a detailed history of the library and +its management. Under his administration the library was enriched with +numerous gifts, legacies and acquisitions, notably by the purchase of a +part of the Ashburnham MSS. Delisle proved that the bulk of the MSS. of +French origin which Lord Ashburnham had bought in France, particularly +those bought from the bookseller Barrois, had been purloined by Count +Libri, inspector-general of libraries under King Louis Philippe, and he +procured the repurchase of the MSS. for the library, afterwards +preparing a catalogue of them entitled _Catalogue des MSS. des fonds +Libri et Barrois_ (1888), the preface of which gives the history of the +whole transaction. He was elected member of the Academie des +Inscriptions et Belles Lettres in 1859, and became a member of the staff +of the _Recueil des historiens de la France_, collaborating in vols. +xxii. (1865) and xxiii. (1876) and editing vol. xxiv. (1904), which is +valuable for the social history of France in the 13th century. The +jubilee of his fifty years' association with the Bibliotheque Nationale +was celebrated on the 8th of March 1903. After his retirement (February +21, 1905) he brought out in two volumes a catalogue and description of +the printed books and MSS. in the Musee Conde at Chantilly, left by the +due d'Aumale to the French Institute. He produced many valuable official +reports and catalogues and a great number of memoirs and monographs on +points connected with palaeography and the study of history and +archaeology (see his _Melanges de paleographie et de bibliographie_ +(1880) with atlas; and his articles in the _Album paleographique_ +(1887). Of his purely historical works special mention must be made of +his _Memoire sur les actes d'Innocent III_ (1857), and his _Memoire sur +les operations financieres des Templiers_ (1889), a collection of +documents of the highest value for economic history. The thirty-second +volume of the _Histoire litteraire de la France_, which was partly his +work, is of great importance for the study of 13th and 14th century +Latin chronicles. Delisle was undoubtedly the most learned man in Europe +with regard to the middle ages; and his knowledge of diplomatics, +palaeography and printing was profound. His output of work, in +catalogues, &c., was enormous, and his services to the Bibliotheque +Nationale in this respect cannot be overestimated. His wife, a daughter +of Eugene Burnouf, was for many years his collaborator. + + The _Bibliographie des travaux de L. Delisle_ (1902), by Paul Lacombe, + may be consulted for a full list of his numerous works. + + + + +DELITZSCH, FRANZ (1813-1890), German Lutheran theologian and +orientalist, of Jewish descent, was born at Leipzig on the 23rd of +February 1813. He studied theology and oriental languages in the +university of his native town, and in 1850 was appointed professor +ordinarius of theology at Erlangen, where the school of theologians +became almost as famous as that of Tubingen. In 1867 he accepted a call +to Leipzig, where he died on the 4th of March 1890. Delitzsch was a +strict Lutheran. "By the banner of our Lutheran confession let us +stand," he said in 1888; "folding ourselves in it, let us die" (T. K. +Cheyne, _Founders_, p. 160). Greatly interested in the Jews, he longed +ardently for their conversion to Christianity; and with a view to this +he edited the periodical _Saat auf Hoffnung_ from 1863, revived the +"Institutum Judaicum" in 1880, founded a Jewish missionary college for +the training of theologians, and translated the _New Testament_ into +Hebrew. He acquired such a mastery of post-biblical, rabbinic and +talmudic literature that he has been called the "Christian Talmudist." +Though never an advanced critic, his article on Daniel in the second +edition of Herzog's _Realencyklopadie_, his _New Commentary on Genesis_ +and the fourth edition of his _Isaiah_ show that as years went on his +sympathy with higher criticism increased--so much so indeed that Prof. +Cheyne has included him among its founders. + +He wrote a number of very valuable commentaries on _Habakkuk_ (1843), +_Genesis_ (1852, 4th ed. 1872), _Neuer Kommentar uber die Genesis_ +(1887, Eng. trans. 1888, &c.), _Psalms_ (4th ed. 1883, Eng. trans. 1886, +&c.), _Job_ (2nd ed., 1876), _Isaiah_ (4th ed. 1889, Eng. trans. 1890, +&c.), _Proverbs_ (1873), _Epistle to the Hebrews_ (1857, Eng. trans. +1865, &c.), _Song of Songs and Ecclesiastes_ (4th ed., 1875). Other +works are _Geschichte der jud. Poesie_ (1836); _Jesus und Hillel_ (1867, +3rd ed. 1879); _Handwerkerleben zur Zeit Jesu_ (1868, 3rd ed. 1878, Eng. +trans. in the "Unit Library," 1902); _Ein Tag in Kapernaum_ (1871, 3rd +ed. 1886); _Poesieen aus vormuhammedanischer Zeit_ (1874); _Iris, +Farbenstudien und Blumenstucke_ (1888, Eng. trans. 1889); _Messianische +Weissagungen in geschichtlicher Folge_ (1890, 2nd ed. 1898). His Hebrew +_New Testament_ reached its eleventh edition in 1891, and his popular +devotional work _Das Sakrament des wahren Leibes und Blutes Jesu +Christi_ its seventh edition in 1886. + +His son, FRIEDRICH DELITZSCH (b. 1850), became well known as professor +of Assyriology in Berlin, and the author of many books of great research +and learning, especially on oriental philology. Among other works of +importance he wrote _Wo lag das Paradies?_ (1881), and _Babel und Bibel_ +(1902, 1903, Eng. trans. 1903). + + + + +DELITZSCH, a town of Germany, in the Prussian province of Saxony, on the +Lober, an affluent of the Mulde, 12 m. north of Leipzig at the junction +of the railways, Bitterfeld-Leipzig and Halle-Cottbus. Pop. (1905) +10,479. Its public buildings comprise an old castle of the 14th century +now used as a female penitentiary, a Roman Catholic and three Protestant +churches, a normal college (_Schullehrerseminar_) established in 1873 +and several other educational institutions. Besides _Kuhschwanz_, a +peculiar kind of beer, it manufactures tobacco, cigars, shoes and +hosiery; and coal-mining is carried on in the neighbourhood, It was the +birthplace of the naturalist Christian Gottfried Ehrenberg (1795-1876), +and the political economist Hermann Schulze-Delitzsch (1808-1883), to +the latter of whom a statue has been erected. Originally a settlement of +the Sorbian Wends, and in the 12th century part of the possessions of +the bishops of Merseburg, Delitzsch ultimately passed to the +Saxe-Merseburg family, and, on their extinction in 1738, was +incorporated with Electoral Saxony. + + + + +DELIUS, NIKOLAUS (1813-1888), German philologist and Shakespearean +scholar, was born at Bremen on the 19th of September 1813. He was +educated at Bonn and Berlin, and took the degree of doctor in philosophy +in 1838. After travelling for some time in England, France and Germany, +he returned to Bonn in 1846, where in 1855 he was appointed professor of +Sanskrit, Provencal and English literature, a post he held until his +death, which took place at Bonn on the 18th of November 1888. His +greatest literary achievement was his scholarly edition of Shakespeare +(1854-1861). He also edited Wace's _St Nicholas_ (1850), a volume of +Provencal songs (1853), and published a _Shakspere-Lexikon_ (1852). His +original works include: _Uber das englische Theaterwesen zu Shaksperes +Zeit_ (1853), _Gedichte_ (1853), _Der sardinische Dialekt des +dreizehnten Jahrhunderts_ (1868), and _Abhandlungen zu Shakspere_ (two +series, 1878 and 1888). As a critic of Shakespeare's text he stands in +the first rank. + + See the biographical notice by J. Schipper in _Englische Studien_, + vol. 14. + + + + +DELLA BELLA, STEFANO (1610-1664), Italian engraver, was born at +Florence. He was apprenticed to a goldsmith; but some prints of Callot +having fallen into his hands, he began to turn his attention entirely +towards engraving, and studied the art under Canta Gallina, who had also +been the instructor of Callot. By the liberality of Lorenzo de' Medici +he was enabled to spend three years in study at Rome. In 1642 he went to +Paris, where Cardinal Richelieu engaged him to go to Arras and make +drawings of the siege and taking of that town by the royal army. After +residing a considerable time at Paris he returned to Florence, where he +obtained a pension from the grand duke, whose son, Cosmo, he instructed +in drawing. His productions were very numerous, amounting to over 1400 +separate pieces. + + + + +DELLA CASA, GIOVANNI (1503-1556), Italian poet, was born at Mugillo, in +Tuscany, in 1503. He studied at Bologna, Florence and Rome, and by his +learning attracted the patronage of Alexander Farnese, who, as Pope Paul +III., made him nuncio to Florence, where he received the honour of being +elected a member of the celebrated academy, and then to Naples, where +his oratorical ability brought him considerable success. His reward was +the archbishopric of Benevento, and it was believed that it was only his +openly licentious poem, _Capitoli del forno_, and the fact that the +French court seemed to desire his elevation, which prevented him from +being raised to a still higher dignity. He died in 1556. Casa is chiefly +remarkable as the leader of a reaction in lyric poetry against the +universal imitation of Petrarch, and as the originator of a style, +which, if less soft and elegant, was more nervous and majestic than that +which it replaced. His prose writings gained great reputation in their +own day, and long afterwards, but are disfigured by apparent straining +after effect, and by frequent puerility and circumlocution. The +principal are--in Italian, the famous _Il Galateo_ (1558), a treatise of +manners, which has been translated into several languages, and in Latin, +_De officiis_, and translations from Thucydides, Plato and Aristotle. + + A complete edition of his works was published at Florence in 1707, to + which is prefixed a life by Casotti. The best edition is that of + Venice, 1752. + + + + +DELLA COLLE, RAFFAELLINO, Italian painter, was born at Colle, near Borgo +San Sepolcro, in Tuscany, about 1490. A pupil of Raphael, whom he is +held to have assisted in the Farnesina and the Vatican, Della Colle, +after his master's death, was the assistant of his chief scholar, Giulio +Romano, at Rome and afterwards at Mantua. In 1536, on the occasion of +the entry of Charles V. into Florence, he took service in that city +under Vasari. In his later years Della Colle resided at Borgo San +Sepolcro, where he kept a school of design; among his many pupils of +note may be mentioned Gherardi and Vecchi. His works, which are to be +found at Urbino, at Perugia, at Pesaro and at Gubbio, are fine examples +of the Roman school of Raphael. The best are a painting of the Almighty +supported by angels, a Resurrection and an Assumption, all preserved in +churches at Borgo San Sepolcro. + + + + +DELLA GHERARDESCA, UGOLINO (c. 1220-1289), count of Donoratico, was the +head of the powerful family of Gherardesca, the chief Ghibelline house +of Pisa. His alliance with the Visconti, the leaders of the Guelph +faction, through the marriage of his sister with Giovanni Visconti, +judge of Gallura, aroused the suspicions of his party, and the +Ghibellines being then predominant in Pisa, the disorders in the city +caused by Ugolino and Visconti in 1271-1274 led to the arrest of the +former and the banishment of the latter. Visconti died soon afterwards, +and Ugolino, no longer regarded as dangerous, was liberated and +banished. But he immediately began to intrigue with the Guelph towns +opposed to Pisa, and with the help of Charles I. of Anjou (q.v.) +attacked his native city and forced it to make peace on humiliating +terms, pardoning him and all the other Guelph exiles. He lived quietly +in Pisa for some years, although working all the time to extend his +influence. War having broken out between Pisa and Genoa in 1284, Count +Ugolino was given the command of a division of the Pisan fleet. It was +by his flight--usually attributed to treachery--that the fortunes of the +day were decided and the Pisans totally defeated at La Meloria (October +1284). But the political ability which he afterwards displayed led to +his being appointed _podesta_ for a year and _capitano del popolo_ for +ten years. Florence and Lucca took advantage of the Pisan defeat to +attack the republic, but Ugolino succeeded in pacifying them by ceding +certain castles. He was however less anxious to make peace with Genoa, +for the return of the Pisan prisoners, including most of the leading +Ghibellines, would have diminished his power. He was now the most +influential man in Pisa, and was preparing to establish his absolute +sovereignty, when for some reason not clearly understood he was forced +to share his power with his nephew Nino Visconti, son of Giovanni. The +duumvirate did not last, and the count and Nino soon quarrelled. Then +Ugolino tried to consolidate his position by entering into negotiations +with the archbishop, Ruggieri degli Ubaldini, the leader of the +Ghibellines. But that party having revived once more, the archbishop +obliged both Nino and Ugolino to leave the city, and had himself elected +_podesta_ and _capitano del popolo_. However, he allowed Ugolino to +return soon afterwards, and was even ready to divide the government of +the city with him, although he refused to admit his armed followers. The +count, determined to be sole master, attempted to get his followers into +the city by way of the Arno, and Ruggieri, realizing the danger, aroused +the citizens, accusing Ugolino of treachery for having ceded the +castles, and after a day's street fighting (July 1, 1288), Gherardesca +was captured and immured together with his sons Gaddo and Uguccione, and +his grandsons Nino (surnamed _il Brigata_) and Anselmuccio, in the Muda, +a tower belonging to the Gualandi family; here they were detained for +nine months, and then starved to death. + +The historic details of the episode are still involved in some +obscurity, and although mentioned by Villani and other writers, it owes +its fame entirely to Dante, who placed Ugolino and Ruggieri in the +second ring (_Antenora_) of the lowest circle of the _Inferno_ (canto +xxxii. 124-140 and xxxiii. 1-90). This terrible but magnificent passage, +which includes "thirty lines unequalled by any other thirty lines in the +whole dominion of poetry" (Landor), has been paraphrased by Chaucer in +the "Monk's Tale" and more recently by Shelley. But the reason why Dante +placed Ugolino among the traitors is not by any means clear, as the +flight from La Meloria was not regarded as treachery by any writer +earlier than the 16th century, although G. del Noce, in _Il Conte U. +della Gherardesca_ (Citta di Castello, 1894), states that that was the +only motive; Bartoli, in vol. vi. of his _Storia della Letteratura +italiana_, suggests Ugolino's alliance with the Ghibellines as the +motive. The cession of the castles was not treachery but an act of +necessity, owing to the desperate conditions of Pisa. + + BIBLIOGRAPHY.--Besides the above-quoted works see P. Tronci, _Annali + Pisani_ (2 vols., Pisa, 1868-1871); S. de Sismondi, _Histoire des + republiques italiennes_ (Brussels, 1838); also the various annotated + editions of Dante, especially W. W. Vernon's _Readings from the + Inferno_, vol. ii. (2nd ed., London, 1905). (L. V.*) + + + + +DELLA PORTA, GIOVANNI BATTISTA (c. 1538-1615), Italian natural +philosopher, was born of a noble and ancient family at Naples about the +year 1538. He travelled extensively not only in Italy but also in France +and Spain, and he was still a youth when he published _Magia naturalis, +sive de miraculis rerum naturalium lib. IV._ (1558), the first draft of +his _Magia naturalis_, in twenty books, published in 1589. He founded in +Naples the Academia Secretorum Naturae, otherwise known as the Accademia +dei Oziosi; and in 1610 he became a member of the Accademia dei Lincei +at Rome. He died at Naples on the 4th of February 1615. + +The following is a list of his principal writings:--_De miraculis rerum +naturalium_, in four books (1558); _De furtivis litterarum notis_, in +five books (1563, and frequently afterwards, entitling him to high rank +among the early writers on cryptography); _Phytognomonica_ (1583, a +bulky treatise on the physiology of plants as then understood); _Magia +naturalis_ (1589, and often reprinted); _De humana physiognomonia_, in +six books (1591); _Villa_, in twelve books (1592, an interesting +practical treatise on farming, gardening and arboriculture, based upon +his own observations at his country-seat near Naples); _De refractione, +optices parte_, in nine books (1593); _Pneumatica_, in three books +(1601); _De coelesti physiognomonia_, in six books (1601); _Elementa +curvilinea_ (1601); _De distillatione_, in nine books (1604); _De +munitione_, in three books (1608); and _De aeris transmutationibus_, in +four books (1609). He also wrote several Italian comedies _Olimpia_ +(1589); _La Fantesca_ (1592); _La Trappolaria_ (1597); _I' Due Fratelli +rivali_ (1601); _La Sorella_ (1607); _La Chiappinaria_ (1609); _La +Carbonaria_ (1628); _La Cintia_ (1628). Among all the above-mentioned +works the chief interest attaches to the _Magia naturalis_, in which a +strange medley of subjects is discussed, including the reproduction of +animals, the transmutation of metals, pyrotechny, domestic economy, +statics, hunting, the preparation of perfumes. In book xvii. he +describes a number of optical experiments, including a description of +the camera obscura (q.v.). + + + + +DELLA QUERCIA, or DELLA FONTE, JACOPO (1374-1438), Italian sculptor, was +born at Siena. He was the son of a goldsmith of repute, Pietro d'Agnolo, +to whom he doubtless owed much of his training. There are no records of +his early life until the year 1394, when he made an equestrian statue of +Gian Tedesco. He is next heard of at Florence in 1402, when he was one +of six artists who submitted designs for the great gates of the +baptistery, in which competition Ghiberti was the victor. From Florence +he seems to have gone to Lucca, where in 1406 he executed one of his +finest works, the monument of Ilaria del Caretto, wife of Paolo Guinigi. +It is uncertain if he visited Ferrara in 1408; but at the end of that +year he was engaged in negotiations which resulted in his acceptance of +the commission for the famous Fonte Gaia, at Siena, early in 1409. This +work was not seriously begun by him until 1414, and was only finished in +1419. In 1858 the remains of the fountain were removed to the Opera del +Duomo, where they are now preserved; a copy of the original by Sarrocchi +being erected on the site. After another visit to Lucca in 1422, he +returned to Siena, and in March 1425 undertook the contract for the +doors of S. Petronio, Bologna. He is known, in following years, to have +been to Milan, Verona, Ferrara and Venice; but the rest of his life was +chiefly divided between his native city and Bologna. In 1430 he finished +the great font of S. Giovanni at Siena, which he had begun in 1417, +contributing himself only one of the bas-reliefs, "Zacharias in the +Temple," the others being by Ghiberti, Donatello and other sculptors. +Among the work known to have been done by Jacopo, may be mentioned also +the reliefs of the _predella_ of the altar of S. Frediano at Lucca +(1422); and the Bentivoglio monument which was unfinished at the time +of his death on the 20th of October 1438. Jacopo della Quercia's work +exercised a powerful influence on that of the artists of the later +Italian Renaissance. He himself reflects not a little of the Gothic +spirit, admirably intermixed with some of the best qualities of +neo-classicism. He was an artist whose powers have hardly yet received +the recognition they undoubtedly deserve. + + See C. Cornelius, _Jacopo della Quercia: eine Kunsthistorische Studie_ + (1896), and works relating generally to the arts in Siena. + (E. F. S.) + + + + +DELLA ROBBIA, the name of a family of great distinction in the annals of +Florentine art. Its members are enumerated in chronological order +below.[1] + +I. LUCA DELLA ROBBIA (1399 or 1400[2]-1482) was the son of a Florentine +named Simone di Marco della Robbia. According to Vasari, whose account +of Luca's early life is little to be trusted, he was apprenticed to the +silversmith Leonardo di Ser Giovanni, who from 1355 to 1371 was working +on the grand silver altar frontal for the cathedral at Pistoia (q.v.); +this, however, appears doubtful from the great age which it would give +to Leonardo, and it is more probable that Luca was the pupil of +Ghiberti. During the early part of his life Luca executed many important +and exceedingly beautiful pieces of sculpture in marble and bronze. In +technical skill he was quite the equal of Ghiberti, and, while +possessing all Donatello's vigour, dramatic power and originality, he +very frequently excelled him in grace of attitude and soft beauty of +expression. No sculptured work of the great 15th century ever surpassed +the singing gallery which Luca made for the cathedral at Florence +between 1431 and 1440, with its ten magnificent panels of singing angels +and dancing boys, far exceeding in beauty those which Donatello in 1433 +sculptured for the opposite gallery in the same choir. This splendid +work is now to be found in the Museo del Duomo. The general effect of +the whole can also be seen at the Victoria and Albert Museum, where a +complete cast is fixed to the wall. The same museum possesses a study in +_gesso duro_ for one of the panels, which appears to be the original +sketch by Luca's own hand. + +In May 1437 Luca received a commission from the signoria of Florence to +execute five reliefs for the north side of the campanile, to complete +the series begun by Giotto and Andrea Pisano. These panels are so much +in the earlier style of Giotto that we must conclude that he had left +drawings from which Luca worked. They have representative figures chosen +to typify grammar, logic, philosophy, music, and science,--the last +represented by Euclid and Ptolemy.[3] In 1438 Luca in association with +Donatello received an order for two marble altars for chapels in the +cathedral. The reliefs from one of them--St Peter's Deliverance from +Prison and his Crucifixion--are now in the Bargello. It is probable that +these altars were never finished. A tabernacle for the host, made by +Luca in 1442, is now at Peretola, near Florence, in the church of S. +Maria. A document in the archives of S. Maria Nuova at Florence shows +that he received for this 700 florins 1 lira 16 soldi (about L1400 of +modern money). In 1437 Donatello received a commission to cast a bronze +door for one of the sacristies of the cathedral; but, as he delayed to +execute this order, the work was handed over to Luca on the 28th of +February 1446, with Michelozzo and Maso di Bartolomeo as his assistants. +Part of this wonderful door was cast in 1448, and the last two panels +were finished by Luca in 1467, with bronze which was supplied to him by +Verrocchio.[4] The door is divided into ten square panels, with small +heads in the style of Ghiberti projecting from the framing. The two top +subjects are the Madonna and Child and the Baptist, next come the four +Evangelists, and below are the four Latin Doctors, each subject with +attendant angels. The whole is modelled with perfect grace and dignified +simplicity; the heads throughout are full of life, and the treatment of +the drapery in broad simple folds is worthy of a Greek sculptor of the +best period of Hellenic art. These exquisite reliefs are perfect models +of plastic art, and are quite free from the over-elaboration and too +pictorial style of Ghiberti. Fig. 1 shows one of the panels. + +[Illustration: FIG. 1.--Bronze Relief of one of the Latin Doctors, from +the sacristy door in the cathedral of Florence, by Luca.] + +The most important existing work in marble by Luca (executed in +1454-1456) is the tomb of Benozzo Federighi, bishop of Fiesole, +originally placed in the church of S. Pancrazio at Florence, but removed +to S. Francesco di Paola on the Bellosguardo road outside the city in +1783. In 1898 it was again removed to the church of SS. Trinita in +Florence. A very beautiful effigy of the bishop in a restful pose lies +on a sarcophagus sculptured with graceful reliefs of angels holding a +wreath which contains the inscription. Above are three-quarter length +figures of Christ between St John and the Virgin, of conventional type. +The whole is surrounded by a rectangular frame formed of painted tiles +of exquisite beauty, but out of keeping with the memorial. On each tile +is painted, with enamel pigments, a bunch of flowers and fruit in +brilliant realistic colours, the loveliness of which is very hard to +describe. Though the bunch of flowers on each is painted on one slab, +the ground of each tile is formed of separate pieces, fitted together +like a kind of mosaic, probably because the pigment of the ground +required a different degree of heat in firing from that needed for the +enamel painting of the centre. The few other works of this class which +exist do not approach the beauty of this early essay in tile painting, +on which Luca evidently put forth his utmost skill and patience. + +In the latter part of his life Luca was mainly occupied with the +production of terra-cotta reliefs covered with enamel, a process which +he improved upon, but did not invent, as Vasari asserts. The _rationale_ +of this process was to cover the clay relief with an enamel formed of +the ordinary ingredients of glass (_marzacotto_), made white and opaque +by oxide of tin. (See CERAMICS: _Italian Majolica_.) Though Luca was not +the inventor of the process, yet he extended its application to fine +sculptured work in terra-cotta, so that it is not unnaturally known now +as Della Robbia ware; it must, however, be remembered that by far the +majority of these reliefs which in Italy and elsewhere are ascribed to +Luca are really the work of some of the younger members of the family or +of the _atelier_ which they founded. Comparatively few exist which can +with certainty be ascribed to Luca himself. Among the earliest of these +are medallions of the four Evangelists in the vault of Brunelleschi's +Pazzi chapel in S. Croce. These fine reliefs are coloured with various +metallic oxides in different shades of blue, green, purple, yellow and +black. It has often been asserted that the very polychromatic reliefs +belong to Andrea or his sons, and that Luca's were all in pure white, or +in white and blue; this, however, is not the case; colours were used as +freely by Luca as by his successors. A relief in the Victoria and Albert +Museum furnishes a striking example of this and is of especial value +from its great size, and also because its date is known. This is an +enormous medallion containing the arms of Rene of Anjou and other +heraldic devices; it is surrounded by a splendidly modelled wreath of +fruit and flowers, especially apples, lemons, oranges and fir cones, all +of which are brilliantly coloured. This medallion was set up on the +facade of the Pazzi Palace to commemorate Rene's visit to Florence in +1442. Other reliefs by Luca, also in glazed terra-cotta, are those of +the Ascension and Resurrection in the tympani of the doors of the +sacristies in the cathedral, executed in 1443 and 1446. Other existing +works of Luca in Florence are the tympanum reliefs of the Madonna +between two Angels in the Via dell' Agnolo, a work of exquisite beauty, +and another formerly over the door of S. Pierino del Mercato Vecchio, +but now removed to the Bargello (No. 29). The only existing statues by +Luca are two lovely enamelled figures of kneeling angels holding +candlesticks, now in the canons' sacristy.[5] A very fine work by Luca, +executed between 1449 and 1452, is the tympanum relief of the Madonna +and four Monastic Saints over the door of S. Domenico at Urbino.[6] Luca +also made the four coloured medallions of the Virtues set in the vault +over the tomb of the young cardinal-prince of Portugal in a side chapel +of S. Miniato in Florence (see ROSSELLINO). By Luca also are various +polychromatic medallions outside Or San Michele.[7] One of his chief +decorative works which no longer exists was a small library or study for +Piero de' Medici, wholly lined with enamelled plaques and reliefs.[8] +The Victoria and Albert Museum possesses twelve circular plaques of +majolica ware painted in blue and white with the Occupations of the +Months; these have been attributed to Luca, under the idea that they +formed part of the decoration of this room, but their real origin is +doubtful. + +In 1471 Luca was elected president of the Florentine Gild of Sculptors, +but he refused this great honour on account of his age and infirmity. It +shows, however, the very high estimation in which he was held by his +contemporaries. He died on the 20th of February 1482, leaving his +property to his nephews Andrea and Simone.[9] His chief pupil was his +nephew Andrea, and Agostino di Duccio, who executed many pieces of +sculpture at Rimini, and the graceful but mannered marble reliefs of +angels on the facade of S. Bernardino at Perugia, may have been one of +his assistants.[10] Vasari calls this Agostino Luca's brother, but he +was not related to him at all. + +II. ANDREA DELLA ROBBIA (1435-1525), the nephew and pupil of Luca, +carried on the production of the enamelled reliefs on a much larger +scale than his uncle had ever done; he also extended its application to +various architectural uses, such as friezes and to the making of lavabos +(lavatories), fountains and large retables. The result of this was that, +though the finest reliefs from the workshop of Andrea were but little if +at all inferior to those from the hand of Luca, yet some of them, turned +out by pupils and assistants, reached only a lower standard of merit. +Only one work in marble by Andrea is known, namely, an altar in S. Maria +delle Grazie near Arezzo, mentioned by Vasari (ed. Milanesi, ii. p. +179), and still well preserved. + +[Illustration: FIG. 2.--Enamelled Clay Relief of Virgin and Child, by +Andrea.] + +One variety of method was introduced by Andrea in his enamelled work; +sometimes he omitted the enamel on the face and hands (nude parts) of +his figures, especially in those cases where he had treated the heads in +a realistic manner; as, for example, in the noble tympanum relief of the +meeting of St Domenic and St Francis in the loggia of the Florentine +hospital of S. Paolo,--a design suggested by a fresco of Fra Angelico's +in the cloister of St Mark's. One of the most remarkable works by Andrea +is the series of medallions with reliefs of Infants in white on a blue +ground set on the front of the foundling hospital at Florence. These +lovely child-figures are modelled with wonderful skill and variety, no +two being alike. Andrea produced, for gilds and private persons, a large +number of reliefs of the Madonna and Child varied with much invention, +and all of extreme beauty of pose and sweetness of expression. These are +frequently framed with realistic yet decorative garlands of fruit and +flowers painted with coloured enamels, while the main relief is left +white. Fig. 2 shows a good example of these smaller works. The hospital +of S. Paolo, near S. Maria Novella, has also a number of fine medallions +with reliefs of saints, two of Christ Healing the Sick, and two fine +portraits, under which are white plaques inscribed--"DALL ANNO 1451 ALL +ANNO 1495"[11]; the first of these dates is the year when the hospital +was rebuilt owing to a papal brief sent to the archbishop of Florence. +Arezzo possesses a number of fine enamelled works by Andrea and his +sons--a retable in the cathedral with God holding the Crucified Christ, +surrounded by angels, and below, kneeling figures of S. Donato and S. +Bernardino; also in the chapel of the Campo Santo is a fine relief of +the Madonna and Child with four saints at the sides. In S. Maria in +Grado is a very noble retable with angels holding a crown over a +standing figure of the Madonna; a number of small figures of worshippers +take refuge in the folds of the Virgin's mantle, a favourite motive for +sculpture dedicated by gilds or other corporate bodies. Perhaps the +finest collection of works of this class is at La Verna, not far from +Arezzo (see Vasari, ed. Milanesi, ii. p. 179). The best of these, three +large retables with representations of the Annunciation, the +Crucifixion, and the Madonna giving her Girdle to St Thomas, are +probably the work of Andrea himself, the others being by his sons. In +1489 Andrea made a beautiful relief of the Virgin and two Angels, now +over the archive-room door in the Florentine Opera del Duomo; for this +he was paid twenty gold florins (see Cavallucci, _S. Maria del Fiore_). +In the same year he modelled the fine tympanum relief over a door of +Prato cathedral, with a half-length figure of the Madonna between St +Stephen and St Lawrence, surrounded by a frame of angels' heads. + +In 1491 he was still working at Prato, where many of his best reliefs +still exist. A fine bust of S. Lino exists over the side door of the +cathedral at Volterra, which is attributed to Andrea. Other late works +of known date are a magnificent bust of the Protonotary Almadiano, made +in 1510 for the church of S. Giovanni de' Fiorentini at Viterbo, now +preserved in the Palazzo Communale there, and a medallion of the Virgin +in Glory, surrounded by angels, made in 1505 for Pistoia cathedral.[12] +The latest work attributed to Andrea, though apparently only a workshop +production of 1515, is a relief representing the Adoration of the Magi, +made for a little church, St Maria, in Pian di Mugnone, near +Florence.[13] Portions of this work are still in the church, but some +fragments of it are at Oxford. + +III., IV. Five of Andrea's seven sons worked with their father, and +after his death carried on the Robbia fabrique; the dates of their birth +are shown in the table on p. 838 _ante_. Early in life two of them came +under the influence of Savonarola, and took monastic orders at his +Dominican convent; these were MARCO, who adopted the name of Fra Luca, +and PAOLO, called Fra Ambrogio. One relief by the latter, a Nativity +with four life-sized figures of rather poor work, is in the Cappella +degli Spagnuoli in the Sienese convent of S. Spirito; a MS. in the +convent archives records that it was made in 1504. + +V. The chief existing work known to be by the second LUCA[14] is the +very rich and beautiful tile pavement in the uppermost story of +Raphael's loggie at the Vatican, finely designed and painted in +harmonious majolica colours. This was made by Luca at Raphael's request +and under his supervision in 1518.[15] It is still in very fine +preservation. + +VI. GIOVANNI DELLA ROBBIA (1460-1529?) during a great part of his life +worked as assistant to his father, Andrea, and in many cases the +enamelled sculpture of the two cannot be distinguished. Some of +Giovanni's independent works are of great merit, especially the earlier +ones; during the latter part of his life his reliefs deteriorated in +style, owing mainly to the universal decadence of the time. A very large +number of pieces of Robbia ware which are attributed to Andrea, and even +to the elder Luca, were really by the hand of Giovanni. One of his +finest works is a large retable at Volterra in the church of S. +Girolamo, dated 1501; it represents the Last Judgment, and is remarkable +for the fine modelling of the figures, especially that of the archangel +Michael, and a nude kneeling figure of a youth who has just risen from +his tomb. Quite equal in beauty to anything of his father's, from whom +the design of the figures was probably taken, is the washing-fountain in +the sacristy of S. Maria Novella at Florence, made in 1497.[16] It is a +large arched recess with a view of the seashore, not very decorative in +style, painted on majolica tiles at the back. There are also two very +beautiful painted majolica panels of fruit-trees let into the lower +part. In the tympanum of the arch is a very lovely white relief of the +Madonna between two Adoring Angels (see fig. 3). Long coloured garlands +of fruit and flowers are held by nude boys reclining on the top of the +arch and others standing on the cornice. All this part is of enamelled +clay, but the basin of the fountain is of white marble. Neither Luca nor +Andrea was in the habit of signing his work, but Giovanni often did so, +usually adding the date, probably because other potters had begun to +imitate the Robbia ware.[17] + +[Illustration: FIG. 3.--Relief of Madonna and Angels in the tympanum of +the lavabo (S. Maria Novella, Florence), by Giovanni.] + +Giovanni lacked the original talent of Luca and Andrea, and so he not +only copied their work but even reproduced in clay the marble sculpture +of Pollaiuolo, Da Settignano, Verrocchio and others. A relief by him, +evidently taken from Mino da Fiesole, exists in the Palazzo Castracane +Staccoli. Among the very numerous other works of Giovanni are a relief +in the wall of a suppressed convent in the Via Nazionale at Florence, +and two reliefs in the Bargello dated 1521 and 1522. That dated 1521 is +a many-coloured relief of the Nativity, and was taken from the church of +S. Girolamo in Florence; it is a too pictorial work, marred by the use +of many different planes. Its predella has a small relief of the +Adoration of the Magi, and is inscribed "Hoc opus fecit Ioaes Andee de +Robia, ac a posuit hoc in tempore die ultima lulli ANO. DNI. M.D. XXI." +At Pisa in the Campo Santo is a relief in Giovanni's later and poorer +manner dated 1520; it is a Madonna surrounded by angels, with saints +below--the whole overcrowded with figures and ornaments. Giovanni's +largest and perhaps finest work is the polychromatic frieze on the +outside of the Del Ceppo hospital at Pistoia, for which he received +various sums of money between 1525 and 1529, as is recorded in documents +which still exist among the archives of the hospital.[18] The subjects +of this frieze are the Seven Works of Mercy, forming a continuous band +of sculpture in high relief, well modelled and designed in a very broad +sculpturesque way, but disfigured by the crudeness of some of its +colouring. Six of these reliefs are by Giovanni, namely, Clothing the +Naked, Washing the Feet of Pilgrims, Visiting the Sick, Visiting +Prisoners, Burying the Dead, and Feeding the Hungry. The seventh, Giving +drink to the Thirsty, was made by Filippo Paladini of Pistoia in 1585; +this last is simply made of painted stucco. The large figures of the +virtues placed between the scenes, and the medallions between the +pillars, are the work of assistants or imitators. + +A large octagonal font of enamelled clay, with pilasters at the angles +and panels between them with scenes from the life of the Baptist, in the +church of S. Leonardo at Cerreto Guidi, is a work of the school of +Giovanni; the reliefs are pictorial in style and coarse in execution. +Giovanni's chief pupil was a man named Benedetto Buglioni (1461-1521), +and a pupil of his, one Santi Buglioni (b. 1494), entered the Robbia +workshops in 1521, and assisted in the later works of Giovanni. + +VII. GIROLAMO DELLA ROBBIA (1488-1566), another of Andrea's sons, was an +architect and a sculptor in marble and bronze as well as in enamelled +clay. During the first part of his life he, like his brothers, worked +with his father, but in 1528 he went to France and spent nearly forty +years in the service of the French Royal family. Francis I. employed him +to build a palace in the Bois de Boulogne called the Chateau de Madrid. +This was a large well-designed building, four storeys high, two of them +having open loggie in the Italian fashion. Girolamo decorated it richly +with terra-cotta medallions, friezes and other architectural +features.[19] For this purpose he set up kilns at Suresnes. Though the +palace itself has been destroyed, drawings of it exist.[20] + +The best collections of Robbia ware are in the Florentine Bargello, +Accademia and Museo del Duomo; the Victoria and Albert Museum (the +finest out of Italy); the Louvre, the Cluny and the Berlin Museums; +while fine examples are to be found in New York, Boston, St Petersburg +and Vienna. Many fine specimens exist in private collections in England, +France, Germany and the United States. The greater part of the Robbia +work still remains in the churches and other buildings of Italy, +especially in Florence, Fiesole, Arezzo, La Verna, Volterra, Barga, +Montepulciano, Lucca, Pistoia, Prato and Siena. + + LITERATURE.--H. Barbet de Jouy, _Les della Robbia_ (Paris, 1855); W. + Bode, _Die Kunstlerfamilie della Robbia_ (Leipzig, 1878); "Luca della + Robbia ed i suoi precursori in Firenze," _Arch. stor. dell' arte_ + (1899); "Uber Luca della Robbia," _Sitzungsbericht von der Berliner + kunstgeschichtlichen Gesellschaft_ (1896); _Florentiner Bildhauer der + Renaissance_ (Berlin, 1902); G. Carocci, _I Dintorni de Firenze_ + (Florence, 1881); "Il Monumento di Benozzo Federighi," _Arte e Storia_ + (1894); "Opere Robbiane poco noti," _Arte e storia_ (1898, 1899); + Cavallucci et Molinier, _Les della Robbia_ (Paris, 1884); Maud + Crutwell, _Luca and Andrea della Robbia and their Successors_ (London, + 1902); A. du Cerceau, _Les plus excellents bastiments de France_ + (Paris, 1586); G. Milanesi, _Le Vite scritte da Vasari_ (Florence, + 1878); M. Reymond, _Les della Robbia_ (Florence, 1897); _La Sculpture + Florentine_ (Florence, 1898); I. B. Supino, _Catalogo del R. Museo di + Firenze_ (Rome 1898); Vasari (see Milanesi's edition). + (J. H. M.; W. B.*) + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] Genealogical tree of Della Robbia sculptors:-- + + Simone di Marco. + | + +----------------+------------------+ + | | + Marco. Luca + | (1400-1482). + Andrea + (1435-1525). + | + +------+-------+------------+-------------+------------+ + | | | | | + Girolamo Luca Paolo Giovanni Marco + (1488-1566), (1475-1550?), (1470-?), (1469-1529?), (1468-?), + worked mostly worked in Dominican worked Dominican + in France. Florence monk. mainly in monk. + and Rome. Florence. + + [2] Not 1388, as Vasari says. See a document printed by Gaye, + _Carteggio inedito_, i. pp. 182-186. + + [3] Vasari is not quite right in his account of these reliefs: he + speaks of Euclid and Ptolemy as being in different panels. + + [4] See Cavallucci, _S. Maria del Fiore_, pt. ii. p. 137. + + [5] The Victoria and Albert Museum possesses what seem to be fine + replicas of these statues. + + [6] The document in which the order for this and the price paid for + it are recorded is published by Yriarte, _Gaz. d. beaux arts_, xxiv. + p. 143. + + [7] One of these medallions, that of the Physicians, is now removed + to the inside of the church. + + [8] It is fully described by Filarete in his _Trattato dell' + architectura_, written in 1464, and therefore was finished before + that date; see also Vasari, ed. Milanesi (Florence, 1880), ii. p. + 174. + + [9] His will, dated 19th February 1471, is published by Gaye, _Cart. + ined._ i. p. 185. + + [10] In the works of Perkins and others on Italian sculpture these + Perugian reliefs are wrongly stated to be of enamelled clay. + + [11] Professor Marquand has discovered, beneath 1451, the inscription + Prete Benino, and, under 1495, De Benini; probably the names of the + governors of the hospital at these dates. + + [12] See Gualandi, _Memorie risguardanti le belle arti_ (Bologna, + 1845), vi. pp. 33-35, where original documents are printed recording + the dates and prices paid for these and other works of Andrea. + + [13] See a document printed by Milanesi in his Vasari, ii. p. 180. + + [14] It appears certain that this Luca was a layman and not the Fra + Luca referred to above. + + [15] It is illustrated by Gruner, _Fresco Decorations of Italy_ + (London, 1854), pl. iv.; see also Muntz, _Raphael, sa vie_, &c. + (Paris, 1881), p. 452, note i., and Vasari, ed. Milanesi, ii. p. 182. + + [16] See a document printed by Milanesi in his Vasari, ii. 193. + + [17] Examples of these imitations are a retable in S. Lucchese near + Poggibonsi dated 1514, another of the Madonna and Saints at Monte San + Savino of 1525, and a third in the Capuchin church of Arceria near + Sinigaglia; they are all inferior to the best works of the Robbia + family, though some of them may have been made by assistants trained + in the Robbia workshops. + + [18] The hospital itself was begun in 1514. + + [19] The Sevres Museum possesses some fragments of these decorations. + + [20] See Laborde, _Chateau de Madrid_ (Paris, 1853), and _Comptes des + batiments du roi_ (Paris, 1877-1880), in which a full account is + given of Girolamo's work in connexion with this palace. + + + + +DELMEDIGO, a Cretan Jewish family, of whom the following are the most +important: + +ELIJAH DELMEDIGO (1460-1497), philosopher, taught in several Italian +centres of learning. He translated some of Averroes' commentaries into +Latin at the instigation of Pico di Mirandola. In the sphere of +religion, Delmedigo represents the tendency to depart from the +scholastic attitude in which religion and philosophy were identified. +His most important work was devoted to this end; it was entitled +_Behinath ha-Dath_ (Investigation of Religion). + +JOSEPH SOLOMON DELMEDIGO (1591-1655), pupil of Galileo, wrote many books +on science and philosophy, and bore a considerable part in initiating +the critical movement in Judaism. He belonged to the sceptical school, +and though his positive contributions to literature were not of lasting +worth, Graetz includes him among the important formative influences +within the synagogue of the 17th century. (I. A.) + + + + +DELMENHORST, a town of Germany, grand duchy of Oldenburg, on the Delme, +8 m. by rail W. from Bremen, at the junction of a line to Vechta. Pop. +(1905) 20,147. It has a Protestant and a Roman Catholic church, and is +the seat of considerable industries; notably wool-combing, weaving, +jute-spinning and the manufacture of linoleum. Delmenhorst was founded +in 1230, and from 1247 to 1679, when it was destroyed by the French, was +protected by a strong castle. + + + + +DELOLME, JEAN LOUIS (1740-1806), Swiss jurist and constitutional writer, +was born at Geneva in 1740. He studied for the bar, and had begun to +practise when he was obliged to emigrate on account of a pamphlet +entitled _Examen de trois parts de droit_, which gave offence to the +authorities of the town. He took refuge in England, where he lived for +several years on the meagre and precarious income derived from +occasional contributions to various journals. In 1775 he found himself +compelled to accept aid from a charitable society to enable him to +return home. He died at Sewen, a village in the canton of Schwyz, on the +16th of July 1806. + +During his protracted exile in England Delolme made a careful study of +the English constitution, the results of which he published in his +_Constitution de l'Angleterre_ (Amsterdam, 1771), of which an enlarged +and improved edition in English appeared in 1772, and was several times +reprinted. The work excited much interest as containing many acute +observations on the causes of the excellence of the English constitution +as compared with that of other countries. It is, however, wanting in +breadth of view, being written before the period when constitutional +questions were treated in a scientific manner. Along with a translation +of Hume's _History of England_ it supplied the _philosophes_ with most +of their ideas about the English constitution. It thus was used somewhat +as a political pamphlet. Several editions were published after the +author's death. Delolme also wrote in English _Parallel between the +English Government and the former Government of Sweden_ (1772); A +_History of the Flagellants_ (1782), based upon a work of Boileau's; _An +Essay on the Union of Scotland with England_ (1787), and one or two +smaller works. + + + + +DELONEY (or DELONE), THOMAS, English ballad-writer and pamphleteer, +produced his earliest indisputable work in 1586, and died about 1600. In +1596 Thomas Nashe, in his _Have with you to Saffron Walden_, wrote: +"Thomas Deloney, the ballating silk-weaver, hath rime enough for all +myracles, and wit to make a Garland of Good Will more than the premisses +... and this deare yeare, together with the silencing of his looms, +scarce that, he being constrained to betake himself to carded ale; +whence it proceedeth that since Candlemas, or his jigge, John for the +king, not one merrie dittie will come from him, but, the Thunderbolt +against Swearers,--Repent, England, Repent--and, the strange Judgements +of God." In 1588 the coming of the Armada inspired him for three +broadsides, which were reprinted (1860) by J. O. Halliwell-Phillipps. +They are entitled "The Queenes visiting of the Campe at Tilsburie with +her entertainment there," "A Joyful new Ballad, declaring the happie +obtaining of the great Galleazzo ...," and "A new Ballet of the straunge +and Most cruell Whippes which the Spaniards had prepared." A collection +of _Strange Histories_ (1607) consists of historical ballads by Deloney, +with some poems from other hands. This collection, known in later and +enlarged editions as _The Royal Garland of Love and Delight_ and _The +Garland of Delight_, contains the ballad of Fair Rosamond. J. H. Dixon +in his preface to _The Garland of Good Will_ (Percy Society, 1851) +ascribes to Deloney _The Blind Beggar of Bednall Green_, and _The +Pleasant and sweet History of Patient Grissel_, in prose, with the whole +of the _Garland of Good Will_, including some poems such as "The Spanish +Lady's Love" generally supposed to be by other hands. His other works +include _The Gentle Craft_ (1597) in praise of shoemakers, _The Pleasant +Historie of John Winchecombe_ (8th ed., 1619), and _Thomas of Reading or +the Sixe Worthie Yeomen of the West_ (earliest extant edition, 1612). +Kempe, the actor, jeers at these histories in his _Nine Daies Wonder_, +but they were very popular, being reprinted as penny chap-books. + + + + +DE LONG, GEORGE WASHINGTON (1844-1881), American explorer, was born in +New York city on the 22nd of August 1844. He graduated at the U.S. Naval +Academy in 1865, and spent the next fourteen years in naval service in +various parts of the world, attaining the rank of lieutenant in 1869, +and lieutenant-commander in 1879. In 1873 he took part in the voyage of +the "Juniata," sent to search for and relieve the American Arctic +expedition under Hall in the "Polaris," commanding a steam launch which +was sent out from Upernivik, Greenland, to make a thorough search of +Melville Bay. On his return to New York the same year he proposed to +James Gordon Bennett, of _The New York Herald_, that the latter should +fit out a Polar expedition. It was not until 1879 that the final +arrangements were made, the "Pandora," a yacht which had already made +two Arctic voyages under Sir Allen Young, being purchased and +rechristened the "Jeannette" for this voyage. The story of this +expedition (see POLAR REGIONS) is chiefly remarkable on account of the +long and helpless drifting of the "Jeannette" with the polar ice-pack in +which she was caught (September 5, 1879) and by which she was finally +crushed and sunk on the 13th of June 1881. The members of the expedition +set out in three boats, one of which was lost in a gale, while another +boat-load under De Long died from starvation after reaching the mouth of +the Lena river. He was the last survivor of his party. His journal, in +which he made regular entries up to the day on which he died (October +30, 1881) was edited by his wife and published in 1883 under the title +_Voyage of the "Jeannette"_; and an account of the search which was made +for him and his comrades by his heroic companion George W. Melville, who +was chief engineer of the expedition and commanded the third of the +retreating parties, was published a year later under the title of _In +the Lena Delta_. The fate of the "Jeannette" was still more remarkable +in its sequel. Three years after she had sunk several articles belonging +to her crew were found on an ice-floe near Julianshaab on the south-west +coast of Greenland; thus adding fresh evidence to the theory of a +continuous ocean current passing across the unknown Polar regions, which +was to be finally demonstrated by Nansen's voyage in the "Fram." By +direction of the United States government, the remains of De Long and +his companions were brought home and interred with honour in his native +city. + + + + +DELORME, MARION (c. 1613-1650), French courtesan, was the daughter of +Jean de Lou, sieur de l'Orme, president of the treasurers of France in +Champagne, and of Marie Chastelain. She was born at her father's chateau +near Champaubert. Initiated into the philosophy of pleasure by the +epicurean and atheist Jacques Vallee, sieur Desbarreaux, she soon left +him for Cinq Mars, at that time at the height of his popularity, and +succeeded, it is said, in marrying him in secret. From this time Marion +Delorme's salon became one of the most brilliant centres of elegant +Parisian society. After the execution of Cinq Mars she is said to have +numbered among her lovers Charles de St Evremond (1610-1703) the wit and +litterateur, Buckingham (Villiers), the great Conde, and even Cardinal +Richelieu. Under the Fronde her salon became a meeting place for the +disaffected, and Mazarin is said to have sent to arrest her when she +suddenly died. Her last years have been adorned with considerable legend +(cf. Merecourt, _Confessions de Marie Delorme_, Paris, 1856). It seems +established that she died in 1650. But she was believed to have lived +until 1706 or even 1741, after having had the most fantastic adventures, +including marriage with an English lord, and an old age spent in poverty +in Paris. Her name has been popularized by various authors, especially +by Alfred de Vigny in his novel _Cinq Mars_, by Victor Hugo in the drama +_Marion Delorme_, and by G. Bottesini in an opera of the same title. + + See P. J. Jacob, _Marion Delorme et Ninon Lenclos_ (Paris, 1859); J. + Peladan, _Histoire et legende de Marion de Lorme_ (Paris, 1882). + + + + +DE L'ORME, PHILIBERT (c. 1510-1570), French architect, one of the great +masters of the Renaissance, was born at Lyons, the son of Jehan de +L'Orme, who practised the same art and brought his son up to it. At an +early age Philibert was sent to Italy to study (1533-1536) and was +employed there by Pope Paul III. Returning to France he was patronized +by Cardinal du Bellay at Lyons, and was sent by him about 1540 to +Paris, where he began the Chateau de St Maur, and enjoyed royal favour; +in 1545 he was made architect to Francis I. and given the charge of +works in Brittany. In 1548 Henry II. gave him the supervision of +Fontainebleau, Saint-Germain and the other royal buildings; but on his +death (1559) Philibert fell into disgrace. Under Charles IX., however, +he returned to favour, and was employed to construct the Tuileries, in +collaboration with Jean Brillant. He died in Paris on the 8th of January +1570. Much of his work has disappeared, but his fame remains. An ardent +humanist and student of the antique, he yet vindicated resolutely the +French tradition in opposition to Italian tendencies; he was a man of +independent mind and a vigorous originality. His masterpiece was the +Chateau d'Anet (1552-1559), built for Diane de Poitiers, the plans of +which are preserved in Du Cerceau's _Plus excellens bastimens de +France_, though part of the building alone remains; and his designs for +the Tuileries (also given by Du Cerceau), begun by Catherine de' Medici +in 1565, were magnificent. His work is also seen at Chenonceaux and +other famous chateaux; and his tomb of Francis I. at St Denis remains a +perfect specimen of his art. He wrote two books on architecture (1561 +and 1567). + + See Marius Vachon, _Philibert de L'Orme_ (1887); Chevalier, _Lettres + et devis relatifs a la construction de Chenonceaux_ (1864); Pfror, + _Monographie du chateau d'Anet_ (1867); Herbet, _Travaux de P. de + L'Orme a Fontainebleau_ (1890). + + + + +DELOS (mod. _Mikra Dili_, or Little Delos, to distinguish it from Megali +Dili, or Great Delos), an island in the Aegean, the smallest but most +famous of the Cyclades, and, according to the ancient belief, the spot +round which the group arranged itself in a nearly circular form. It is a +rugged mass of granite, about 3 m. long and 1 m. to 1/2 m. broad, about +1/2 m. E. of Megali Dili or Rheneia, and 2 m. W. of Myconus. Towards the +centre it rises to its greatest height of 350 ft. in the steep and rocky +peak of Mount Cynthus, which, though overtopped by several eminences in +the neighbouring islands, is very conspicuous from the surrounding sea. +It is now completely destitute of trees, but it abounds with brushwood +of lentisk and cistus, and here and there affords a patch of corn-land +to the occasional sower from Myconus. + +I. _Archaeology._--Excavations have been made by the French School at +Athens upon the island of Delos since 1877, chiefly by Th. Homolle. They +have proceeded slowly but systematically, and the method adopted, though +scientific and economical, left the site in some apparent confusion, but +the debris have more recently been cleared away to a considerable +extent. The complete plan of the sacred precinct of Apollo has been +recovered, as well as those of a considerable portion of the commercial +quarter of Hellenistic and Roman times, of the theatre, of the temples +of the foreign gods, of the temples on the top of Mount Cynthus, and of +several very interesting private houses. Numerous works of sculpture of +all periods have been found, and also a very extensive series of +inscriptions, some of them throwing much light upon the subject of +temple administration in Greece. + +[Illustration: DELOS PRECINCT OF APOLLO.] + +The most convenient place for landing is protected by an ancient mole; +it faces the channel between Delos and Rheneia, and is about opposite +the most northerly of the two little islands now called [Greek: +Rheumatiari]. From this side the sacred precinct of Apollo is approached +by an avenue flanked by porticoes, that upon the seaside bearing the +name of Philip V. of Macedon, who dedicated it about 200 B.C. This +avenue must have formed the usual approach for sacred embassies and +processions; but it is probable that the space to the south was not +convenient for marshalling them, since Nicias, on the occasion of his +famous embassy, built a bridge from the island of Hecate (the Greater +Rhevmatiari) to Delos, in order that the imposing Athenian procession +might not miss its full effect. Facing the avenue were the propylaea +that formed the chief entrance of the precinct of Apollo. They consisted +of a gate faced on the outside with a projecting portico of four +columns, on the inside with two columns _in antis_. Through this one +entered a large open space, filled with votive offerings and containing +a large exedra. The sacred road continued its course to the north-east +corner of this open space, with the precinct of Artemis on its west +side, and, on its east side, a terrace on which stood three temples. The +southernmost of these was the temple of Apollo, but only its back was +visible from this side. Though there is no evidence to show to whom the +other two were dedicated, the fact that they faced west seems to imply +that they were either dedicated to heroes or minor deities, or that they +were treasuries. Beyond them a road branches to the right, sweeping +round in a broad curve to the space in front of the temple of Apollo. +The outer side of this curve is bounded by a row of treasuries, similar +to those found at Delphi and Olympia, and serving to house the more +costly offerings of various islands or cities. The space to the east and +south of the temple of Apollo could also be approached directly from the +propylaea of entrance, by turning to the right through a passage-like +building with a porch at either end. Just to the north of this may be +seen the basis of the colossal statue of Apollo dedicated by the +Naxians, with its well-known archaic inscription; two large fragments of +the statue itself may still be seen a little farther to the north. + +The temple of Apollo forms the centre of the whole precinct, which it +dominates by the height of its steps as well as of the terrace already +mentioned; its position must have been more commanding in ancient times +than it is now that heaps of earth and debris cover so much of the +level. The temple was of Doric style, with six columns at the front and +back and thirteen at the sides; it was built early in the 4th century +B.C.; little if any traces have been found of the earlier building which +it superseded. Its sculptural decoration appears to have been but +scanty; the metopes were plain. The groups which ornamented, as +acroteria, the two gables of the temple have been in part recovered, and +may now be seen in the national museum at Athens; at the one end was +Boreas carrying off Oreithyia, at the other Eos and Cephalus, the centre +in each case being occupied by the winged figure that stood out against +the sky--a variation on the winged Victories that often occupy the same +position on temples. + +To the east of the space in front of the temple was an oblong building +of two chambers, with a colonnade on each side but not in front; this +may have been the Prytaneum or some other official building; beyond it +is the most interesting and characteristic of all the monuments of +Delphi. This is a long narrow hall, running from north to south, and +entered by a portico at its south end. At the north end was the famous +altar, built out of the horns of the victims, which was sometimes +reckoned among the seven wonders of the world. The rest of the room is +taken up by a paved space, surrounded by a narrow gangway; and on this +it is supposed that the [Greek: geranos] or stork-dance took place. The +most remarkable architectural feature of the building is the partition +that separated the altar from this long gallery; it consists of two +columns between _antae_, with capitals of a very peculiar form, +consisting of the fore parts of bulls set back to back; from these the +whole building is sometimes called the sanctuary of the bulls. Beyond +it, on the east, was a sacred wood filling the space up to the wall of +the precinct; and at the south end of this was a small open space with +the altar of Zeus Polieus. + +At the north of the precinct was a broad road, flanked with votive +offerings and exedrae, and along the boundary were porticoes and +chambers intended for the reception of the [Greek: theoriai] or sacred +embassies; there are two entrances on this side, each of them through +extensive propylaea. + +At the north-west corner of the precinct is a building of limestone, the +[Greek: porinos oikos] often mentioned in the inventories of the +treasures of the Delian shrine. South of it is the precinct of Artemis, +containing within it the old temple of the goddess; her more recent +temple was to the south of her precinct, opening not into it but into +the open space entered through the southern propylaea of the precinct of +Apollo. The older temple is mentioned in some of the inventories as "the +temple in which were the seven statues"; and close beside it was found a +series of archaic draped female statues, which was the most important of +its kind until the discovery of the finer and better preserved set from +the Athenian Acropolis. + +Within the precinct there were found many statues and other works of +art, and a very large number of inscriptions, some of them giving +inventories of the votive offerings and accounts of the administration +of the temple and its property. The latter are of considerable interest, +and give full information as to the sources of the revenue and its +financial administration. + +Outside the precinct of Apollo, on the south, was an open place; between +this and the precinct was a house for the priests, and within it, in a +kind of court, a set of small structures that may perhaps be identified +as the tombs of the Hyperborean maidens. Just to the east was the temple +of Dionysus, which is of peculiar plan, and faces the open place; on the +other side of it is a large rectangular court, surrounded by colonnades +and chambers which served as offices, the whole forming a sort of +commercial exchange; in the middle of it was a temple dedicated to +Aphrodite and Hermes. + +To the north of the precinct of Apollo, between it and the sacred lake, +there are very extensive ruins of the commercial town of Delos; these +have been only partially cleared, but have yielded a good many +inscriptions and other antiquities. The most extensive building is a +very large court surrounded by chambers, a sort of club or exchange. +Beyond this, on the way to the east coast, are the remains of the new +and the old palaestra, also partially excavated. + +The shore of the channel facing Rheneia is lined with docks and +warehouses, and behind them, as well as elsewhere in the island, there +have been found several private houses of the 2nd or 3rd century B.C. +Each of these consists of a single court surrounded by columns and often +paved with mosaic; various chambers open out of the court, including +usually one of large proportions, the [Greek: andron] or dining-room for +guests. + +The theatre, which is set in the lower slope of Mount Cynthus, has the +wings of the auditorium supported by massive substructures. The most +interesting feature is the _scena_, which is unique in plan; it +consisted of an oblong building of two storeys, surrounded on all sides +by a low portico or terrace reaching to the level of the first floor. +This was supported by pillars, set closer together along the front than +at the sides and back. An inscription found in the theatre showed that +this portico, or at least the front portion of it, was called the +proscenium or logeum, two terms of which the identity was previously +disputed. + +On the summit of Mount Cynthus, above the primitive cave-temple which +has always been visible, there have been found the remains of a small +precinct dedicated to Zeus Cynthius and Athena Cynthia. Some way down +the slope of the hill, between the cave-temple and the ravine of the +Inopus, is a terrace with the temples of the foreign gods, Isis and +Serapis, and a small odeum. + +II. _History._--Many alternative names for Delos are given by tradition; +one of these, Ortygia, is elsewhere also assigned to an island sacred to +Artemis. Of the various traditions that were current among the ancient +Greeks regarding the origin of Delos, the most popular describes it as +drifting through the Aegean till moored by Zeus as a refuge for the +wandering Leto. It supplied a birthplace to Apollo and Artemis, who were +born beneath a palm tree beside its sacred lake, and became for ever +sacred to these twin deities. The island first appears in history as the +seat of a great Ionic festival to which the various Ionic states, +including Athens, were accustomed annually to despatch a sacred embassy, +or Theoria, at the anniversary of the birth of the god on the 7th of +Thargelion (about May). In the 6th century B.C. the influence of the +Delian Apollo was at its height; Polycrates of Samos dedicated the +neighbouring island of Rheneia to his service and Peisistratus of Athens +caused all the area within sight of the temple to be cleared of the +tombs by which its sanctity was impaired. After the Persian wars, the +predominance of Athens led to the transformation of the Delian +amphictyony into the Athenian empire. (See DELIAN LEAGUE.) In 426 B.C., +in connexion with a reorganization of the festival, which henceforth was +celebrated in the third year of every Olympiad, the Athenians instituted +a more elaborate lustration, caused every tomb to be removed from the +island, and established a law that ever after any one who was about to +die or to give birth to a child should be at once conveyed from its +shores. And even this was not accounted sufficient, for in 422 they +expelled all its secular inhabitants, who were, however, permitted to +return in the following year. At the close of the Peloponnesian War the +Spartans gave to the people of Delos the management of their own +affairs; but the Athenian predominance was soon after restored, and +survived an appeal to the amphictyony of Delphi in 345 B.C. During +Macedonian times, from 322 to 166 B.C., Delos again became independent; +during this period the shrine was enriched by offerings from all +quarters, and the temple and its possessions were administered by +officials called [Greek: hieropoioi]. After 166 B.C. the Romans restored +the control of Delian worship to Athens, but granted to the island +various commercial privileges which brought it great prosperity. In 87 +B.C. Menophanes, the general of Mithradates VI. of Pontus, sacked the +island, which had remained faithful to Rome. From this blow it never +recovered; the Athenian control was resumed in 42 B.C., but Pausanias +(viii. 33. 2) mentions Delos as deserted but for a few Athenian +officials; and several epigrams of the 1st or 2nd century A.D. attest +the same fact, though the temple and worship were probably kept up until +the official extinction of the ancient religion. A museum has now been +built to contain the antiquities found in the excavations; otherwise +Delos is now uninhabited, though during the summer months a few +shepherds cross over with their flocks from Myconus or Rheneia. As a +religious centre it is replaced by Tenos and as a commercial centre by +the flourishing port of Syra. + + See Lebegue, _Recherches sur Delos_ (Paris, 1876). Numerous articles + in the _Bulletin de correspondance hellenique_ record the various + discoveries at Delos as they were made. See also Th. Homolle, _Les + Archives de l'intendance sacree a Delos_ (with plan). The best + consecutive account is given in the _Guide Joanne, Grece_, ii. + 443-464. For history, see Sir R. C. Jebb, _Journal of Hellenic + Studies_, i. (1889), pp. 7-62. For works of art found at Delos see + GREEK ART. (E. Gr.) + + + + +DE LOUTHERBOURG, PHILIP JAMES (1740-1812), English artist, was born at +Strassburg on the 31st of October 1740, where his father, the +representative of a Polish family, practised miniature painting; but he +spent the greater part of his life in London, where he was naturalized, +and exerted a considerable influence on the scenery of the English +stage, as well as on the artists of the following generation. De +Loutherbourg was intended for the Lutheran ministry, and was educated at +the university of Strassburg. As the calling, however, was foreign to +his nature, he insisted on being a painter, and placed himself under +Vanloo in Paris. The result was an immediate and precocious development +of his powers, and he became a figure in the fashionable society of that +day. In 1767 he was elected into the French Academy below the age +required by the law of the institution, and painted landscapes, sea +storms, battles, all of which had a celebrity above those of the +specialists then working in Paris. His debut was made by the exhibition +of twelve pictures, including "Storm at Sunset," "Night," "Morning after +Rain." He is next found travelling in Switzerland, Germany and Italy, +distinguishing himself as much by mechanical inventions as by painting. +One of these, showing quite new effects produced in a model theatre, was +the wonder of the day. The exhibition of lights behind canvas +representing the moon and stars, the illusory appearance of running +water produced by clear blue sheets of metal and gauze, with loose +threads of silver, and so on, were his devices. In 1771 he came to +London, and was employed by Garrick, who offered him L500 a year to +apply his inventions to Drury Lane, and to superintend the +scene-painting, which he did with complete success, making a new era in +the adjuncts of the stage. Garrick's own piece, the _Christmas Tale_, +and the pantomime, 1781-1782, introduced the novelties to the public, +and the delight not only of the masses, but of Reynolds and the artists, +was unbounded. The green trees gradually became russet, the moon rose +and lit the edges of passing clouds, and all the world was captivated by +effects we now take little notice of. A still greater triumph awaited +him on his opening an entertainment called the "Eidophusicon," which +showed the rise, progress and result of a storm at sea--that which +destroyed the great Indiaman, the "Halsewell,"--and the Fallen Angels +raising the Palace of Pandemonium. De Loutherbourg has been called the +inventor of the panorama, but this honour does not belong to him, +although it first appeared about the same time as the eidophusicon. The +first panorama was painted and exhibited by Robert Barker. + +All this mechanism did not prevent De Loutherbourg from painting. "Lord +Howe's Victory off Ushant" (1794), and other large naval pictures were +commissioned for Greenwich Hospital Gallery, where they still remain. +His finest work was the "Destruction of the Armada." He painted also the +Great Fire of London, and several historical works, one of these being +the "Attack of the Combined Armies on Valenciennes" (1793). He was made +R.A., in addition to other distinctions, in 1781, shortly after which +date we find an entirely new mental impulse taking possession of him. He +joined Balsamo, comte de Cagliostro, and travelled about with this +extraordinary person--leaving him, however, before his condemnation to +death. We do not hear that Mesmer had attracted De Loutherbourg, nor do +we find an exact record of his connexion with Cagliostro. A pamphlet +published in 1789, _A List of a few Cures performed by Mr and Mrs De +Loutherbourg without Medicine_, shows that he had taken up +faith-healing, and there is a story that a successful projection of the +philosopher's stone was only spoiled by the breaking of the crucible by +a relative. He died on the 11th of March 1812. His publications are +few--some sets of etchings, and _English Scenery_ (1805). + + + + +DELPHI (the Pytho of Homer and Herodotus; in Boeotian inscriptions +[Greek: Belphoi], on coins [Greek: Dalphoi]), a place in ancient Greece +in the territory of Phocis, famous as the seat of the most important +temple and oracle of Apollo. It was situated about 6 m. inland from the +shores of the Corinthian Gulf, in a rugged and romantic glen, closed on +the N. by the steep wall-like under-cliffs of Mount Parnassus known as +the Phaedriades or Shining Rocks, on the E. and W. by two minor ridges +or spurs, and on the S. by the irregular heights of Mount Cirphis. +Between the two mountains the Pleistus flowed from east to west, and +opposite the town received the brooklet of the Castalian fountain, which +rose in a deep gorge in the centre of the Parnassian cliff. About 7 m. +to the north, on the side of Mount Parnassus, was the famous Corycian +cave, a large grotto in the limestone rock, which afforded the people of +Delphi a refuge during the Persian invasion. It is now called in the +district the Sarant' Aulai or Forty Courts, and is said to be capable of +holding 3000 people. + +I. _The Site._--The site of Delphi was occupied by the modern village of +Castri until it was bought by the French government in 1891, and the +peasant proprietors expropriated and transferred to the new village of +Castri, a little farther to the west. Excavations had been made +previously in some parts of the precinct; for example, the portico of +the Athenians was laid bare in 1860. The systematic clearing of the site +began in the spring of 1892, and it was rapidly cleared of earth by +means of a light railway. The plan of the precinct is now easily traced, +and with the help of Pausanias many of the buildings have been +identified. + +The ancient wall running east and west, commonly known as the Hellenico, +has been found extant in its whole length, and the two boundary walls +running up the hill at each end of it, traced. In the eastern of these +was the main entrance by which Pausanias went in along the Sacred Way. +This paved road is easily recognized as it zigzags up the hill, with +treasuries and the bases of various offerings facing it on both sides. +It mounts first westwards to an open space, then turns eastwards till it +reaches the eastern end of the terrace wall that supports the temple, +and then turns again and curves up north and then west towards the +temple. Above this, approached by a stair, are the Lesche and the +theatre, occupying respectively the north-east and north-west corner of +the precinct. On a higher level still, a little to the west, is the +stadium. There are several narrow paths and stairs that cut off the +zigzags of the Sacred Way. + +In describing the monuments discovered by the French excavators, the +simplest plan is to follow the route of Pausanias. Outside the entrance +is a large paved court of Roman date, flanked by a colonnade. On the +north side of the Sacred Way, close to the main entrance, stood the +offering dedicated by the Lacedaemonians after the battle of +Aegospotami. It was a large quadrangular building of conglomerate, with +a back wall faced with stucco, and stood open to the road. On a stepped +pedestal facing the open stood the statues of the gods and the admirals, +perhaps in rows above one another. + +The statues of the Epigoni stood on a semicircular basis on the south +side of the way. Opposite them stood another semicircular basis which +carried the statues of the Argive kings, whose names are cut on the +pedestal in archaic characters, reading from right to left. Farther west +was the Sicyonian treasury on the south of the way. It was in the form +of a small Doric temple _in antis_, and had its entrance on the east. +The present foundations are built of architectural fragments, probably +from an earlier building of circular form on the same site. The +sculptures from this treasury are in the museum, as are the other +sculptures found on the site. These sculptures, which are in rough +limestone, most likely belong to the earlier building, as their surface +is in a better state of preservation than could be possible if they had +been long exposed to the air. The earlier treasury was probably +destroyed either by earthquake or by the percolation of water through +the terracing. + +[ILLUSTRATION: PRECINCT OF APOLLO AT DELPHI.] + +The Cnidian treasury stands on the south side of the way farther west. +This building was originally surmised by the excavators to be the +treasury of Siphnos, but further evidence led them to change their +opinion. The treasury was raised on a quadrangular structure, supported +on its south side by the Hellenico, and built of tufa. The lower courses +are left rough and were most likely hidden. A small Ionic temple of +marble with two caryatids between antae stood on this substructure. The +sculpture from this treasury, which ornamented its frieze and pediment, +is of great interest in the history of the development of the art, and +the fragments of architectural mouldings are of great delicacy and +beauty. The whole work is perhaps the most perfect example we possess of +the transitional style of the early 5th century. Standing back somewhat +from the path just as it bends round up the hill is the Theban treasury. +Farther north, where the path turns again, is the Athenian treasury. +This structure, which was in the form of a small Doric temple _in +antis_, appears to have suffered from the building above it having been +shaken down by an earthquake. It has now been rebuilt with the original +blocks. There can be no doubt about the identity of the building, for +the basis on which it stands bears the remains of the dedicatory +inscription, stating that it was erected from the spoils of Marathon. +Almost all the sculptured metopes are in the museum, and are of the +highest interest to the student of archaic art. The famous inscriptions +with hymns to Apollo accompanied by musical notation were found on +stones belonging to this treasury. + +Above the Athenian treasury is an open space, in which is a rock which +has been identified as the Sybil's rock. It has steps hewn in it, and +has a cleft. The ground round it has been left rough like the space on +the Acropolis at Athens identified as the ancient altar of Athena. Here +too was placed the curious column, with many flutes and an Ionic +capital, on which stood the colossal sphinx, dedicated by the Naxians, +that has been pieced together and placed in the museum. + +A little farther on, but below the Sacred Way, is another open space, of +circular form, which is perhaps the [Greek: halos] or sacred +threshing-floor on which the drama of the slaying of the Python by +Apollo was periodically performed. Opposite this space, and backed +against the beautifully jointed polygonal wall which has for some time +been known, and which supports the terrace on which the temple stands, +is the colonnade of the Athenians. A dedicatory inscription runs along +the face of the top step, and has been the subject of much dispute. Both +the forms of the letters and the style of the architecture show that the +colonnade cannot date, as Pausanias says, from the time of the +Peloponnesian War; Th. Homolle now assigns it to the end of the 6th +century. The polygonal terrace wall at the back, on being cleared, +proves to be covered with inscriptions, most of them concerning the +manumission of slaves. + +After rounding the east end of the terrace wall, the Sacred Way turns +northward, leaving the Great Altar, dedicated by the Chians, on the +left. After passing the altar, it turns to the left again at right +angles, and so enters the space in front of the temple. Remains of +offerings found in this region include those dedicated by the Cyrenians +and by the Corinthians. The site of the temple itself carries the +remains of successive structures. Of that built by the Alcmaeonids in +the 6th century B.C. considerable remains have been found, some in the +foundations of the later temple and some lying where they were thrown by +the earthquake. The sculptures found have been assigned to this +building, probably to the gables, as they are archaic in character, and +show a remarkable resemblance to the sculptures from the pediment of the +early temple of Athena at Athens. The existing foundations are these of +the temple built in the 4th century. They give no certain information as +to the sacred cleft and other matters relating to the oracle. Though +there are great hollow spaces in the structure of the foundations, these +appear merely to have been intended to save material, and not to have +been put to any religious or other use. Up in the north-eastern corner +of the precinct, standing at the foot of the cliffs, are the remains of +the interesting Cnidian Lesche or Clubhouse. It was a long narrow +building accessible only from the south, and the famous paintings were +probably disposed around the walls so as to meet in the middle of the +north side. Some scanty fragments of the lower part of the frescoed +walls have survived; but they are not enough to give any information as +to the work of Polygnotus. + +At the north-western corner of the precinct is the theatre, one of the +best preserved in Greece. The foundations of the stage are extant, as +well as the orchestra, and the walls and seats of the auditorium. There +are thirty-three tiers of seats in seven sets, and a paved diazoma. The +sculptures from the stage front, now in the museum, have the labours of +Heracles as their subject. The date of the theatre is probably early 2nd +century B.C. + +The stadium lies, as Pausanias says, in the highest part of the city to +the north-west. It stands on a narrow plateau of ground supported on the +south-east by a terrace wall. The seats have been cleared, and are in a +state of extraordinary preservation. A few of those at the east end are +hewn in the rock. No trace of the marble seats mentioned by Pausanias +has been found, but they have probably been carried off for lime or +building, as they could easily be removed. An immense number of +inscriptions have been found in the excavations, and many works of art, +including a bronze charioteer, which is one of the most admirable +statues preserved from ancient times. + +II. _History._--Our information as to the oracle at Delphi and the +manner in which it was consulted is somewhat confused; there probably +was considerable variation at different periods. The tale of a hole from +which intoxicating "mephitic" vapour arose has no early authority, nor +is it scientifically probable (see A. P. Oppe in _Journal of Hellenic +Studies_, xxiv. 214). The questions had to be given in writing, and the +responses were uttered by the Pythian priestess, in early times a +maiden, later a woman over fifty attired as a maiden. After chewing the +sacred bay and drinking of the spring Cassotis, which was conducted into +the temple by artificial channels, she took her seat on the sacred +tripod in the inner shrine. Her utterances were reduced to verse and +edited by the prophets and the "holy men" ([Greek: hosioi]). For the +influence and history of the oracle see ORACLE. + +Delphi also contained the "Omphalos," a sacred stone bound with fillets, +supposed to mark the centre of the earth. It was said Zeus had started +two eagles from the opposite extremities and they met there. Other tales +said the stone was the one given by Rhea to Cronus as a substitute for +Zeus. + +For the history of the Delphic Amphictyony see under AMPHICTYONY. The +oracle at Delphi was asserted by tradition to have existed before the +introduction of the Apolline worship and to have belonged to the goddess +Earth (Ge or Gaia). The Homeric Hymn to Apollo evidently combines two +different versions, one of the approach of Apollo from the north by +land, and the other of the introduction of his votaries from Crete. The +earliest stone temple was said to have been built by Trophonius and +Agamedes. This was destroyed by fire in 548 B.C., and the contract for +rebuilding was undertaken by the exiled Alcmaeonidae from Athens, who +generously substituted marble on the eastern front for the poros +specified (see CLEISTHENES, _ad init._). Portions of the pediments of +this temple have been found in the excavations; but no sign has been +found of the pediments mentioned by Pausanias, representing on the east +Apollo and the Muses, and on the west Dionysus and the Thyiades +(Bacchantes), and designed by Praxias, the pupil of Calanias. The temple +which was seen by Pausanias, and of which the foundations were found by +the excavators, was the one of which the building is recorded in +inscriptions of the 4th century. A raid on Delphi attempted by the +Persians in 480 B.C. was said to have been frustrated by the god +himself, by means of a storm or earthquake which hurled rocks down on +the invaders; a similar tale is told of the raid of the Gauls in 279 +B.C. But the sacrilege thus escaped at the hands of foreign invaders was +inflicted by the Phocian defenders of Delphi during the Sacred War, +356-346 B.C., when many of the precious votive offerings were melted +down. The Phocians were condemned to replace their value to the amount +of 10,000 talents, which they paid in instalments. In 86 B.C. the +sanctuary and its treasures were put under contribution by L. Cornelius +Sulla for the payment of his soldiers; Nero removed no fewer than 500 +bronze statues from the sacred precincts; Constantine the Great enriched +his new city by the sacred tripod and its support of intertwined snakes +dedicated by the Greek cities after the battle of Plataea. This still +exists, with its inscription, in the Hippodrome at Constantinople. +Julian afterwards sent Oribasius to restore the temple; but the oracle +responded to the emperor's enthusiasm with nothing but a wail over the +glory that had departed. + + Provisional accounts of the excavations have appeared during the + excavations in the _Bulletin de correspondance hellenique_. A summary + is given in J. G. Frazer, _Pausanias_, vol. v. The official account is + entitled _Fouilles de Delphes_. For history see Hiller von Gartringen + in Pauly-Wissowa, _Realencyclopadie, s.v._ "Delphi." For cult see L. + R. Farnell, _Cults of the Creek States_, iv. 179-218. For the works of + art discovered see GREEK ART. (E. Gr.) + + + + +DELPHINIA, a festival of Apollo Delphinius held annually on the 6th (or +7th) of the month Munychion (April) at Athens. All that is known of the +ceremonies is that a number of girls proceeded to his temple +(Delphinium) carrying suppliants' branches and seeking to propitiate +Apollo, probably as a god having influence on the sea. It was at this +time of year that navigation began again after the storms of winter. +According to the story in Plutarch (_Theseus_, 18), Theseus, before +setting out to Crete to slay the Minotaur, repaired to the Delphinium +and deposited, on his own behalf and that of his companions on whom the +lot had fallen, an offering to Apollo, consisting of a branch of +consecrated olive, bound about with white wool; after which he prayed to +the god and set sail. The sending of the maidens to propitiate the god +during the Delphinia commemorates this event in the life of Theseus. + + See A. Mommsen, _Festeder Stadt Athen_ (1898); L. Preller, + _Griechische Mythologie_ (4th ed., 1887); P. Stengel, _Die griechische + Kultusaltertumer_ (1898); Daremberg and Saglio, _Dictionnaire des + antiquites_; G. F. Schomann, _Griechische Altertumer_ (4th ed., + 1897-1902). + + + + +DELPHINUS ("THE DOLPHIN"), in astronomy, a constellation of the northern +hemisphere, mentioned by Eudoxus (4th century B.C.) and Aratus (3rd +century B.C.); and catalogued by Ptolemy (10 stars), Tycho Brahe (10 +stars), and Hevelius (14 stars), [Gamma] _Delphini_ is a double star: a +yellowish of magnitude 4, and a bluish of magnitude 5. + + + + +DELTA (from the shape of the Gr. letter [Delta], delta, originally used +of the mouth of the Nile), a tract of land enclosed by the diverging +branches of a river's mouth and the seacoast, and traversed by other +branches of the stream. This triangular tract is formed from the fine +silt brought down in suspension by a muddy river and deposited when the +river reaches the sea. When tidal currents are feeble, the delta +frequently advances some distance seawards, forming a local prolongation +of the coast. + + + + +DELUC, JEAN ANDRE (1727-1817), Swiss geologist and meteorologist, born +at Geneva on the 8th of February 1727, was descended from a family which +had emigrated from Lucca and settled at Geneva in the 15th century. His +father, Francois Deluc, was the author of some publications in +refutation of Mandeville and other rationalistic writers, which are best +known through Rousseau's humorous account of his ennui in reading them; +and he gave his son an excellent education, chiefly in mathematics and +natural science. On completing it he engaged in commerce, which +principally occupied the first forty-six years of his life, without any +other interruption than that which was occasioned by some journeys of +business into the neighbouring countries, and a few scientific +excursions among the Alps. During these, however, he collected by +degrees, in conjunction with his brother Guillaume Antoine, a splendid +museum of mineralogy and of natural history in general, which was +afterwards increased by his nephew J. Andre Deluc (1763-1847), who was +also a writer on geology. He at the same time took a prominent part in +politics. In 1768 he was sent to Paris on an embassy to the duc de +Choiseul, whose friendship he succeeded in gaining. In 1770 he was +nominated one of the Council of Two Hundred. Three years later +unexpected reverses in business made it advisable for him to quit his +native town, which he only revisited once for a few days. The change was +welcome in so far as it set him entirely free for scientific pursuits, +and it was with little regret that he removed to England in 1773. He was +made a fellow of the Royal Society in the same year, and received the +appointment of reader to Queen Charlotte, which he continued to hold +for forty-four years, and which afforded him both leisure and a +competent income. In the latter part of his life he obtained leave to +make several tours in Switzerland, France, Holland and Germany. In +Germany he passed the six years from 1798 to 1804; and after his return +he undertook a geological tour through England. When he was at +Gottingen, in the beginning of his German tour, he received the +compliment of being appointed honorary professor of philosophy and +geology in that university; but he never entered upon the active duties +of a professorship. He was also a correspondent of the Academy of +Sciences at Paris, and a member of several other scientific +associations. He died at Windsor on the 7th of November 1817. + +His favourite studies were geology and meteorology. The situation of his +native country had naturally led him to contemplate the peculiarities of +the earth's structure, and the properties of the atmosphere, as +particularly displayed in mountainous countries, and as subservient to +the measurement of heights. According to Cuvier, he ranked among the +first geologists of his age. His principal geological work, _Lettres +physiques et morales sur les montagnes el sur l'histoire de la terre et +de l'homme_, first published in 1778, and in a more complete form in +1779, was dedicated to Queen Charlotte. It dealt with the appearance of +mountains and the antiquity of the human race, explained the six days of +the Mosaic creation as so many epochs preceding the actual state of the +globe, and attributed the deluge to the filling up of cavities supposed +to have been left void in the interior of the earth. He published later +an important series of volumes on geological travels in the north of +Europe (1810), in England (1811), and in France, Switzerland and Germany +(1813). These were translated into English. + +Deluc's original experiments relating to meteorology were valuable to +the natural philosopher; and he discovered many facts of considerable +importance relating to heat and moisture. He noticed the disappearance +of heat in the thawing of ice about the same time that J. Black founded +on it his ingenious hypothesis of latent heat. He ascertained that water +was more dense about 40 deg. F. (4 deg. C.) than at the temperature of +freezing, expanding equally on each side of the maximum; and he was the +originator of the theory, afterward readvanced by John Dalton, that the +quantity of aqueous vapour contained in any space is independent of the +presence or density of the air, or of any other elastic fluid. + +His _Recherches sur les modifications de l'atmosphere_ (2 vols. 4to, +Geneva, 1772; 2nd ed., 4 vols. 8vo, Paris, 1784) contains many accurate +and ingenious experiments upon moisture, evaporation and the indications +of hygrometers and thermometers, applied to the barometer employed in +determining heights. In the _Phil. Trans._, 1773, appeared his account +of a new hygrometer, which resembled a mercurial thermometer, with an +ivory bulb, which expanded by moisture, and caused the mercury to +descend. The first correct rules ever published for measuring heights by +the barometer were those he gave in the _Phil. Trans._, 1771, p. 158. +His _Lettres sur l'histoire physique de la terre_ (8vo, Paris, 1798), +addressed to Professor Blumenbach, contains an essay on the existence of +a General Principle of Morality. It also gives an interesting account of +some conversations of the author with Voltaire and Rousseau. Deluc was +an ardent admirer of Bacon, on whose writings he published two +works--_Bacon tel qu'il est_ (8vo, Berlin, 1800), showing the bad faith +of the French translator, who had omitted many passages favourable to +revealed religion, and _Precis de la philosophie de Bacon_ (2 vols. 8vo, +Paris, 1802), giving an interesting view of the progress of natural +science. _Lettres sur le Christianisme_ (Berlin and Hanover, 1801, 1803) +was a controversial correspondence with Dr Teller of Berlin in regard to +the Mosaic cosmogony. His _Traite elementaire de geologie_ (8vo, Paris, +1809, also in English, by de la Fite, the same year) was principally +intended as a refutation of the Vulcanian system of Hutton and Playfair, +who deduced the changes of the earth's structure from the operation of +fire, and attributed a higher antiquity to the present state of the +continents than is required in the Neptunian system adopted by Deluc +after D. Dolomieu. He sent to the Royal Society, in 1809, a long paper +on separating the chemical from the electrical effect of the pile, with +a description of the electric column and aerial electroscope, in which +he advanced opinions so little in unison with the latest discoveries of +the day, that the council deemed it inexpedient to admit them into the +_Transactions_. The paper was afterwards published in Nicholson's +_Journal_ (xxvi.), and the dry column described in it was constructed by +various experimental philosophers. This dry pile or electric column has +been regarded as his chief discovery. + + Many other of his papers on subjects kindred to those already + mentioned are to be found in the _Transactions_ and in the + _Philosophical Magazine_. See _Philosophical Magazine_ (November + 1817). + + + + +DELUGE, THE (through the Fr. from Lat. _diluvium_, flood, _diluere_, to +wash away), a great flood or submersion of the earth (so far as the +earth was known to the narrators), or of heaven and earth, or simply of +heaven, by which, according to primitive and semi-primitive races, chaos +was restored. It is, of course, not meant that all the current flood +stories, as they stand, answer to this description. There are flood +stories which, at first sight, may plausibly be held to be only +exaggerated accounts of some ancient historical occurrences. The +probability of such traditions being handed down is, however, extremely +slight. If some flood stories are apparently local, and almost or quite +without mythical colouring, it may be because the original myth-makers +had a very narrow conception of the earth, and because in the lapse of +time the original mythic elements had dwindled or even disappeared. The +relics of the traditional story may then have been adapted by scribes +and priests to a new theory. Many deluge stories may in this way have +degenerated. It is at any rate undeniable that flood stories of the type +described above, and even with similar minor details, are fairly common. +A conspectus of illustrative flood stories from different parts of the +world would throw great light on the problems before us; see the article +COSMOGONY, especially for the North American tales, which show clearly +enough that the deluge is properly a second creation, and that the +serpent is as truly connected with the second chaos as with the first. +One of them, too, gives a striking parallel to the Babylonian name +Hasis-andra (the Very Wise), whence comes the corrupt form Xisuthrus; +the deluge hero of the Hare Indians is called Kunyan, "the intelligent." +Polynesia also gives us most welcome assistance, for its flood stories +still present clear traces of the primitive imagination that the sky was +a great blue sea, on which the sun, moon and stars (or constellations) +were voyagers. Greece too supplies some stimulus to thought, nor are +Iran and Egypt as unproductive as some have supposed. But the only +pauses that we can allow ourselves are in Hindustan, Babylonia and +Canaan. The peoples of these three countries, which are religiously so +prominent in antiquity, have naturally connected their name equally with +thoughts about earth production and earth destruction. + + + Indian Tradition. + +The Indian tradition exists in several forms.[1] The earliest is +preserved in the Satapatha Brahmana. It is there related that Manu, the +first man, the son of the sun-god Vivasvat, found, in bathing, a small +fish, which asked to be tended, and in reward promised to save him in +the coming flood. The fish grew, and at last had to be carried to the +sea, where it revealed to Manu the time of the flood, and bade him +construct a ship for his deliverance. When the time came, Manu, +unaccompanied, went on board; the grateful fish towed the ship through +the water to the summit of the northern mountain, where it bade Manu +bind the vessel to a tree. Gradually, as the waters fell, Manu descended +the mountain; he then sacrificed and prayed. In a year's time his prayer +was granted. A woman appeared, who called herself his daughter Ida +(goddess of fertility). It is neither stated, nor even hinted, that sin +was the cause of the flood. + +Another version occurs in the great epic, the Mahabharata. The lacunae +of the earlier story are here supplied. Manu, for instance, embarks with +the seven "rishis" or wise men, and takes with him all kinds of seed. +The fish announces himself as the God Brahman, and enables Manu to +create both gods and men. A third account is given in the Bhagavata +Purana. It contains the details of the announcement of the flood seven +days beforehand (cf. Gen. vii. 4) and of the taking of pairs of all +kinds of animals (cf. Gen. vi. 19), besides the seeds of plants (as the +epic; cf. Gen. vi. 21). This story, however, is a late composition, not +earlier than the 12th century A.D. A first glance at these stories is +somewhat bewildering. We shall return, however, to this problem later +with a good hope of mastering it. + + + Israelite and Babylonian. + +The Israelite (Biblical) and the Babylonian deluge-stories remain to be +considered. Neither need be described here in detail; for the former see +Gen. vi. 5-ix. 17, and for the latter GILGAMESH. As most students are +aware, the Biblical deluge-story is composite, being made up of two +narratives, the few lacunae in which are due to the ancient redactor who +worked them together.[2] The narrators are conventionally known as J. (= +the Yahwist, from the divine name Yahweh) and P. (= the Priestly Writer) +respectively. It is important to notice that P., though chronologically +later than J., reproduces certain elements which must be archaic. For +instance, while J. speaks only of a rain-storm, P. states that "all the +fountains of the great ocean were broken up, and the windows of heaven +opened" (Gen. vii. 11), i.e. the lower and the upper waters met together +and produced the deluge. It is also P. who tells the story of the +appointment of the rainbow (Gen ix. 12-17), which is evidently ancient, +though only paralleled in a Lithuanian flood-story, and near it we find +the divine declaration (Gen. ix. 2-6) that the golden age of universal +peace (cf. Gen. i. 29, 30), already sadly tarnished, is over.[3] Surely +this too has a touch of the archaic; nor can we err in connecting it +with the tradition of man's first home in Paradise, where no enemy could +come, because, in the original form of the tradition, Paradise was the +abode of God. (See PARADISE.) + + + Berossus: four points. + +The Babylonian tradition exists in two main forms,[4] nor can we affirm +that the shorter form, due to Berossus, is superseded by the larger one +in the Gilgamesh epic, for it communicates four important points: (1) +Xisuthrus, the hero of the deluge, was also the tenth Babylonian king; +cf. Noah, in P., the tenth patriarch as well as the survivor from the +deluge; (2) the destination of Xisuthrus is said to be "to the gods," a +statement which virtually records his divine character. In accordance +with this, the final reward of the hero is declared to be "living with +the gods." This suggests that Noah (?) may originally have been +represented as a supernatural man, a demigod. True, Gen. ix. 20, 21 is +not consistent with this, but it is very possible that Noah was +substituted by a scribe's error for Enoch,[5] who, like Xisuthrus, +"walked with God (learning the heavenly wisdom) and disappeared, for God +had taken him" (Gen. v. 22, 24); (3) the birds, when sent out by +Xisuthrus the second time, return with mud on their feet. This detail +reminds us of points in some archaic North American myths which probably +supply the key to its meaning;[6] (4) in the time of Berossus the +mountain on which the ark grounded was considered to be in Armenia. + + + Details on relation of Israelite story to Babylonian. + +We pass on to the relation of J. and P. to the Babylonian story. (1) The +polytheistic colouring of the latter contrasts strongly with the far +simpler religious views of J. and P. Note the capricious character of +the god Bel who sends the deluge, while at the end of the story the +catastrophe is represented as a judgment upon human sins. It is the +latter view which is adopted by J. and P. We cannot, however, infer from +this that the narratives which doubtless underlie J. and P. were +directly taken from some such story as that in the Gilgamesh epic. The +theory of an indirect and unconscious borrowing on the part of the +Israelitish compilers will satisfy all the conditions of the case. (2) +In the general scheme the three accounts very nearly agree, for J. must +originally have contained directions as to the building of the vessel, +and a notice that the ark grounded on a certain mountain. P.'s omission +of the sacrifice at the close seems to be arbitrary. His theory of +religious history forbade a reference to an altar so early, but his +document must have contained it. J. expressly mentions it (Gen. viii. +20, 21), though not in such an original way as the cuneiform text. (3) +As to the directions for building the ship (epic) or chest (J. and P.). +Here the Babylonian story and P. have a strong general resemblance; +note, e.g., the mention of bitumen in both. Whether the Hebrew reference +to a chest (_tebah_) is, or is not, more archaic than the Babylonian +reference to a ship (_elippu_) is a question which admits of different +answers. (4) As to the material cause of the deluge. According to P. +(see above) the water came both from above and from below; J. only +speaks of continuous rain. The Gilgamesh epic, however, mentions besides +thunder, lightning and rain, a hurricane which drove the sea upon the +land. We can hardly regard this as more original than P.'s +representation. (5) As to the extent of the flood. From the opening of +the story in the epic we should naturally infer that only a single S. +Babylonian city was affected. The sequel, however, implies that the +flood extended all over Babylonia and the region of Nisir. More than +this can hardly be claimed. Similarly the earlier story which underlies +J. and P. need only have referred to the region of the myth-framers, +i.e. either Canaan or N. Arabia. (6) As to the duration of the flood the +traditions differ. P. reckons it at 365 days, i.e. a solar year, which +is parallel to the 365 years of the life of Enoch (who, as we have seen, +may have been the original hero of the flood). It is probable (see +below) that P.'s ultimate authority, far back in the centuries, +represented the deluge as a celestial occurrence. The origin of J.'s +story is not quite so clear, owing to the lacunae in the narrative. If +the text may be followed, this narrator made the flood last forty days +and nights, after which two periods of seven days elapse, and then the +patriarch leaves the ark. The epic shortens the duration of the flood to +seven days, after which the ship remains another seven days (more +strictly six full days) on the mountain of the land of Nisir (P., the +mountains of Ararat; J., unrecorded). (7) As to the despatch of the +birds. J. begins, the epic closes, with the raven. Clearly the epic is +more original. Besides, one of the two missions of the dove is evidently +superfluous. Dove, swallow, raven, as in the epic, must be more +primitive than raven, dove, dove. + +That the Hebrew deluge-story in both its forms has been at least +indirectly influenced by the Babylonian is obvious. We cannot indeed +reconstruct the form either of the Canaanitish (or N. Arabian) story, +which was recast partly at least under the influence of a recast +Babylonian myth, nor can we conjecture where the sanctuary was, the +priests of which, yielding to a popular impulse, adopted and modified +the fascinating story. But the fact of the ultimate Babylonian origin of +the Israelitish narratives cannot seriously be questioned. The +Canaanites or the N. Arabians handed on at least a portion of their +myths to the Israelites, and the creation and deluge stories were among +these. That the Israelitish priests gradually recast them is an easy and +altogether satisfactory conjecture. + + + History and significance of deluge-myths. + +It remains to ask, What is the history and significance of the +deluge-myth? The question carries us into far-off times. We have no +version of the Babylonian myth which goes back to about 2100 B.C., while +its text was apparently derived from a still older tablet. But even this +is not primitive; behind it there must have been a much shorter and +simpler myth. The recast represented by the existing versions of the +myth must have been produced partly by the insertion, partly by the +omission or modification, of mythic details, and by the application to +the story thus produced of a particular mythic theory respecting the +celestial world. The shorter myth referred to may--if we take hints from +the very primitive myths of N. America--have run somewhat thus, +omitting minor details: "The earth (a small enough earth, doubtless) +and its inhabitants proved so imperfect that the beneficent superhuman +Being, who had created it, or perhaps another such Being, determined to +remake it. He, therefore, summoned the serpent or dragon who controlled +the cosmic ocean, and had been subjugated at creation, to overwhelm the +earth, after which the creator remade it better,[7] and the survivor and +his family became the ancestors of a new human race." + +This, however, is only one possible representation. It may have been +said that the serpent of his own accord, not having been killed by the +creator, maliciously flooded the earth (cf. the Algonquian myth), but +was again overcome in battle, or that the serpent, after filling the +earth with violence and wrong, was at length slain by the Good Being, +and that his blood, streaming, out, produced a deluge.[8] In any case it +is unnatural to hold that the first flood (that which preceded creation) +had a dragon, but not the second. An old cuneiform text, recopied late, +however, appears to call the year of the deluge (i.e. of what we here +call the second flood) "the year of the raging (or red-shining) +serpent,"[9] and certainly the N. American myths distinctly connect +serpents with the deluges. + +Among the probable minor details (omitted above) of the presumed shorter +and older myth we may include: (1) the warning of "Very-Wise,"[10] +either by friendly animals or by a dream; (2) the construction of a +chest to contain "Very-Wise," his wife and his sons, together with +animals;[11] (3) the despatch of three birds with a special object (see +below); (4) the landing of the survivors on a mountain. As to (1), +Berossus suggests that the notice came to Xisuthrus in a dream; in the +Indian myth it is the sacred fish which warns Manu. In the archaic N. +American myths, however, it is some animal which gives the notice--an +eagle or a coyote (a kind of wolf). As to (2), nothing is more common +than the story of a divine child cast into the sea in a box.[12] The +ship-motive is also found,[13] but it is not too rash to assume that the +box-motive is the earlier, and, in accordance with the parallels, that +the hero of the deluge was originally a god or a demigod. The +translation of the hero to be with the gods is a transparent +modification of the original tradition. As to (3), the original object +of sending out the birds was probably not to find out where dry land +was, but to use them as helpers in the work of re-creation. Take the +story of the Tlatlasik Indians, where the diving-bird (one of three sent +out) comes back with a branch of a fir-tree, out of which O'meatl made +mountains, earth and heaven;[14] so, too, the Caingangs relate[15] that +those who escaped from the flood, as they tarried on a mountain, heard +the song of the _saracura_ birds, who came carrying earth in baskets, +and threw it into the waters, which slowly subsided. As to (4), the +mountain would naturally be thought of as a place of refuge even in the +old, simple flood-story. But when Babylonian mythology effected an +entrance, the mountain would receive a new and much grander +significance. It would then come to represent the summit of that great +and most holy mountain, which, save by the special favour of the gods, +no human eye has seen. + +That a didactic element entered the deluge-tradition but slowly, may be +surmised, not only from the genuinely old N. American stories, but from +the inconsistent statements, to which Jastrow has already referred, in +the Babylonian story. We may imagine that between the creation and the +deluge some great and wise Being had initiated the early men, not only +in the necessary arts of life, but in the "ways" that were pleasing to +the heavenly powers. The Babylonians apparently think of neglected +sacrifices, the Australians of a desecrated mystery as the cause of the +flood. Some such violation of a sacred rule is the origin that naturally +occurs to an adapter or expander of primitive myths. + + + Celestial myth theory. + +And now as to the application of the celestial mythic theory to the +early deluge-story. In the agricultural stage it was natural that men +should take a deeper interest than before in the appearance of the sky, +and especially of the sun and moon, and of the constellations, even +though an astrological science or quasi-science would very slowly, if at +all, grow up. That the Polynesian myths (which show no vestige of +science) originally referred to the supposed celestial ocean, seems to +be plain. Schirren[16] regarded the New Zealand cosmogonies as myths of +sunrise, and the deluge-stories as myths of sunset. We may at any rate +plausibly hold, with the article "Deluge" (by Cheyne) in the ninth +edition of this work[17] (1877), that the deluge-stories of Polynesia +and early Babylonia (we may now probably add India) were accommodated to +an imaginative conception of the sun and moon as voyagers on the +celestial ocean. "When this story had been told and retold a long time, +rationalism suggested that the sea was not in heaven but on earth, and +observation of the damage wrought in winter by excessive rains and the +inundations of great rivers suggested the introduction of corresponding +details into the new earthly deluge-myth." "This accounts for the +strongly mythological character of Par-napishti (Ut-napishti) in +Babylonia and Maui in New Zealand, who are in fact solar personages. +Enoch, too, must be classed in this category, his perfect righteousness +and superhuman wisdom now first become intelligible. Moreover, we now +comprehend how the goddess Sabitu (the guardian of the entrance to the +sea) can say to Gilgamesh (himself a solar personage), 'Shamash the +mighty (i.e. the sun-god) has crossed the sea; besides (?) Shamash, who +can cross it?' For though the sea in the epic is no doubt the +earth-circling ocean, it was hardly this in the myth from which the +words were taken."[18] And, what is still more important, we can +understand better how, in the Gilgamesh epic (lines 115-116), the gods, +after cowering like dogs, go up to the "heaven of Ana." They, too, fear +the deluge, and only in the highest heaven can they feel themselves +secure. + +Such an explanation seems indispensable if the wide influence of the +Babylonian form of the deluge-myth is to be accounted for. As Gunkel +well remarks,[19] neither the tenacity and self-propagating character of +this myth, nor the solemn utterance of Yahweh (who corresponds to the +Babylonian Marduk) in Gen. viii. 21_b_ (J.) and ix. 8-17 (P.) can be +understood, if the deluge-story is nothing more than an exaggerated +account of a historical, earthly occurrence. We, therefore, venture to +hold that it is an insufficient account to give of the story in the +Gilgamesh epic that it is a combination of a local tradition of the +destruction of a single city with a myth of the destruction of +mankind--a myth exaggerated in its present form, but based on accurate +knowledge of the yearly recurring phenomenon of the overflow of the +Euphrates.[20] There are no doubt points in the story as it now stands +which indicate a composite origin, but it is probable that even the +tradition which apparently limits the destruction to a single city, +equally with many other local flood-stories, has a basis in what we may +fairly call a celestial myth. + + + Indian myth reconsidered. + +We can now return with some confidence to the Indian deluge-story. It is +unlikely that so richly gifted a race as the Aryans of India should not +have produced their own flood-story out of the same primeval germs which +grew up into the earliest Babylonian flood-story,[21] and almost +inconceivable that in its second form the Indian story should not have +become adapted to what may be called the celestial mythic theory. The +phrase "the northern mountain" for the place where the ship grounded may +quite well be the name of an earthly substitute (the epic has "the +highest summit of the Himalaya") for the mythic mountain of heaven. Nor +is it unimportant that Manu is the son of the sun-god, and that the +phrase "the seven rishis" in classical Sanskrit is a designation of the +seven stars of the Great Bear. For such problems all that we can hope +for is a probable solution. The opposite view[22] that the deluge is a +historical occurrence implies a self-propagating power in early +tradition which is not justified by critical research, and leaves out of +sight many important facts revealed by comparative study. + + For a conspectus of deluge-stories see Andree, _Die Flutsagen, + ethnographisch betrachtet_ (1891), by a competent anthropologist; E. + Suess, _Face of the Earth_, i. 17 (1904); also Elwood Worcester, + _Genesis in the Light of Modern Knowledge_ (New York, 1901), Appendix + ii., in tabular form, from Schwarz's _Sintfluth und + Volkerwanderungen_. Dr Worcester's work is popular, but based on + well-chosen authorities. The article "Flood" in Hastings' D. B. is + comprehensive; it represents the difficult view that flood-stories, + &c., are generally highly-coloured traditions of genuine facts. + (T. K. C.) + + +FOOTNOTES: + + [1] See Muir, _Sanscrit Texts_, i. 182, 206 ff. + + [2] Cf. Carpenter and Harford-Battersby, _The Hexateuch_, ii. 9, + where the documents are printed separately in a tabular form. + + [3] Isa. xi. 6-8 prophesies that one day this idyllic state shall be + restored. + + [4] For a discussion of the Babylonian version of the Deluge Legend, + recently discovered among the tablets from Nippur, see NIPPUR. + + [5] The genealogy in Gen. v. is hardly in its original form. Enoch is + probably misplaced, and Noah inserted in error. + + [6] Cf. COSMOGONY, and Cheyne's _Traditions and Beliefs of Ancient + Israel_ (on deluge-story). + + [7] Cf. the myths of the Pawnees and the Quiches of Guatemala. + + [8] See the cuneiform text described in _KAT_^3, pp. 498-499. + + [9] Zimmern, _KAT_^3, p. 554. + + [10] i.e. Atrahasis (Xisuthrus). + + [11] To have omitted the animals would have been an offence against + primitive views of kinship. + + [12] Usener, _Die Sintflutsagen_, pp. 80-108, 115-127. + + [13] Ib. p. 254. + + [14] Stucken, _Astralmythen_, pp. 233-234. + + [15] _Amer. Journ. of Folklore_, xviii. 223 ff. + + [16] Schirren, _Wandersagen der Neuseelander_ (1856), p. 193. + + [17] Referring for Polynesia to Gerland in Waitz-Gerland, + _Anthropologie der Naturvolker_, vi. 270-273 (1872). After a long + interval, this theory has been taken up by Zimmern, _KAT_^3, p. 355, + and by Jensen, _Das Gilgamesch-Epos_ (1906), p. 120; Winckler (_AOF_, + 3rd series, i. 96) also speaks of the deluge as a "celestial + occurrence." For other forms of this view see Jeremias, _ATAO_, pp. + 134-136; Usener, p. 239. + + [18] Cheyne, _Ency. Bib._ cols. 1063-1064. + + [19] _Genesis_, p. 67. + + [20] Jastrow, _Religion of Babylonia and Assyria_ (1898), pp. 502, + 506. + + [21] The view here adopted is that of Lindner and Usener. On the + opposite side are Zimmern, Tiele, Jensen, Oldenberg, Noldeke, + Stucken, Lenormant. + + [22] Held by Franz Delitzsch, Dillmann and Lenormant. + + + + +DELYANNI, THEODOROS (1826-1905), Greek statesman, was born at Kalavryta, +Peloponnesus, in 1826. He studied law at Athens, and in 1843 entered the +ministry of the interior, of which department he became permanent +secretary in 1859. In 1862, on the deposition of King Otho, he became +minister for foreign affairs in the provisional government. In 1867 he +was minister at Paris. On his return to Athens he became a member of +successive cabinets in various capacities, and rapidly collected a party +around him consisting of those who opposed his great rival, Tricoupi. In +the so-called "Oecumenical Ministry" of 1877 he voted for war with +Turkey, and on its fall he entered the cabinet of Koumoundoros as +minister for foreign affairs. He was a representative of Greece at the +Berlin Congress in 1878. From this time forward, and particularly after +1882, when Tricoupi again came into power at the head of a strong party, +the duel between these two statesmen was the leading feature of Greek +politics. (See GREECE: _History_.) Delyanni first formed a cabinet in +1885; but his warlike policy, the aim of which was, by threatening +Turkey, to force the powers to make concessions in order to avoid the +risk of a European war, ended in failure. For the powers, in order to +stop his excessive armaments, eventually blockaded the Peiraeus and +other ports, and this brought about his downfall. He returned to power +in 1890, with a radical programme, but his failure to deal with the +financial crisis produced a conflict between him and the king, and his +disrespectful attitude resulted in his summary dismissal in 1892. +Delyanni, by his demagogic behaviour, evidently expected the public to +side with him; but at the elections he was badly beaten. In 1895, +however, he again became prime minister, and was at the head of affairs +during the Cretan crisis and the opening of the war with Turkey in 1897. +The humiliating defeat which ensued--though Delyanni himself had been +led into the disastrous war policy to some extent against his +will--caused his fall in April 1897, the king again dismissing him from +office when he declined to resign. Delyanni kept his own seat at the +election of 1899, but his following dwindled to small dimensions. He +quickly recovered his influence, however, and he was again president of +the council and minister of the interior when, on the 13th of June 1905, +he was murdered in revenge for the rigorous measures taken by him +against gambling houses. + +The main fault of Delyanni as a statesman was that he was unable to +grasp the truth that the prosperity of a state depends on its adapting +its ambitions to its means. Yet, in his vast projects, which the powers +were never likely to endorse, and without their endorsement were vain, +he represented the real wishes and aspirations of his countrymen, and +his death was the occasion for an extraordinary demonstration of popular +grief. He died in extreme poverty, and a pension was voted to the two +nieces who lived with him. + + + + +DEMADES (c. 380-318 B.C.), Athenian orator and demagogue. He was +originally of humble position, and was employed at one time as a common +sailor, but he rose partly by his eloquence and partly by his +unscrupulous character to a prominent position at Athens. He espoused +the cause of Philip in the war against Olynthus, and was thus brought +into bitter and life-long enmity with Demosthenes, whom he at first +supported. He fought against the Macedonians in the battle of +Chaeroneia, and was taken prisoner. Having made a favourable impression +upon Philip, he was released together with his fellow-captives, and was +instrumental in bringing about a treaty of peace between Macedonia and +Athens. He continued to be a favourite of Alexander, and, prompted by a +bribe, saved Demosthenes and the other obnoxious Athenian orators from +his vengeance. It was also chiefly owing to him that Alexander, after +the destruction of Thebes, treated Athens so leniently. His conduct in +supporting the Macedonian cause, yet receiving any bribes that were +offered by the opposite party, caused him to be heavily fined more than +once; and he was finally deprived of his civil rights. He was reinstated +(322) on the approach of Antipater, to whom he was sent as ambassador. +Before setting out he persuaded the citizens to pass sentence of death +upon Demosthenes and his followers, who had fled from Athens. The result +of his embassy was the conclusion of a peace greatly to the disadvantage +of the Athenians. In 318 (or earlier), having been detected in an +intrigue with Perdiccas, Antipater's opponent, he was put to death by +Antipater at Pella, when entrusted with another mission by the +Athenians. Demades was avaricious and unscrupulous; but he was a highly +gifted and practised orator. + + A fragment of a speech ([Greek: Peri dodekaetias]), bearing his name, + in which he defends his conduct, is to be found in C. Muller's + _Oratores Attici_, ii. 438, but its genuineness is exceedingly + doubtful. + + + + +DEMAGOGUE (Gr. [Greek: demagogos], from [Greek: agein], to lead, and +[Greek: demos], the people), a leader of the popular as opposed to any +other party. Being particularly used with an invidious sense of a mob +leader or orator, one who for his own political ends panders to the +passions and prejudices of the people, the word has come to mean an +unprincipled agitator. + + + + +DEMANTOID, the name given by Nils Gustaf Nordenskiold to a green garnet, +found in the Urals and used as a gem stone. As it possesses high +refractive and dispersive power, it presents when properly cut great +brilliancy and "fire," and the name has reference to its diamond-like +appearance. It is sometimes known as "Uralian emerald," a rather +unfortunate name inasmuch as true emerald is found in the Urals, whilst +it not infrequently passes in trade as olivine. Demantoid is regarded as +a lime-iron garnet, coloured probably by a small proportion of chromium. +The colour varies in different specimens from a vivid green to a dull +yellowish-green, or even to a brown. The specific gravity of an +emerald-green demantoid was found to be 3.849, and that of a +greenish-yellow specimen 3.854 (A. H. Church). The hardness is only 6.5, +or lower even than that of quartz--a character rather adverse to the use +of demantoid as a gem. This mineral was originally discovered as pebbles +in the gold-washings at Nizhne Tagilsk in the Ural Mountains, and was +afterwards found in the stream called Bobrovka, in the Sysertsk district +on the western slope of the Urals. It occurs not only as pebbles but in +the form of granular nodules in a serpentine rock, and occasionally, +though very rarely, shows traces of crystal faces. (F. W. R.*) + + + + +DEMARATUS (Doric [Greek: Damaratos], Ionic [Greek: Demaretos]), king of +Sparta of the Eurypontid line, successor of his father Ariston. He is +known chiefly for his opposition to his colleague Cleomenes I. (q.v.) in +his attempts to make Isagoras tyrant in Athens and afterwards to punish +Aegina for medizing. He did his utmost to bring Cleomenes into disfavour +at home. Thereupon Cleomenes urged Leotychides, a relative and personal +enemy of Demaratus, to claim the throne on the ground that the latter +was not really the son of Ariston but of Agetus, his mother's first +husband. The Delphic oracle, under the influence of Cleomenes' bribes, +pronounced in favour of Leotychides, who became king (491 B.C.). Soon +afterwards Demaratus fled to Darius, who gave him the cities of +Pergamum, Teuthrania and Halisarna, where his descendants were still +ruling at the beginning of the 4th century (Xen. _Anabasis_, ii. 1. 3, +vii. 8. 17; _Hellenica_, iii. 1. 6); to these Gambreum should perhaps +be added (Athenaeus i. 29 f). He accompanied Xerxes on his expedition to +Greece, but the stories told of the warning and advice which on several +occasions he addressed to the king are scarcely historical. + + See Herodotus v. 75, vi. 50-70, vii.; later writers either reproduce + or embellish his narrative (Pausanias iii. 4, 3-5, 7, 7-8; Diodorus + xi. 6; Polyaenus ii. 20; Seneca, _De beneficiis_, vi. 31, 4-12). The + story that he took part in the attack on Argos which was repulsed by + Telesilla, the poetess, and the Argive women, can hardly be true + (Plutarch, _Mul. virt._ 4; Polyaenus, _Strat._ viii. 33; G. Busolt, + _Griechische Geschichte_, ii.^2 563, note 4). (M. N. T.) + + + + +DEMERARA, one of the three settlements of British Guiana, taking its +name from the river Demerara. See GUIANA. + + + + +DEMESNE (DEMEINE, DEMAIN, DOMAIN, &c.),[1] that portion of the lands of +a manor not granted out in freehold tenancy, but (a) retained by the +lord of the manor for his own use and occupation or (b) let out as +tenemental land to his retainers or "villani." This demesne land, +originally held at the will of the lord, in course of time came to +acquire fixity of tenure, and developed into the modern copyhold (see +MANOR). It is from demesne as used in sense (a) that the modern +restricted use of the word comes, i.e. land immediately surrounding the +mansion or dwelling-house, the park or chase. _Demesne of the crown_, or +royal demesne, was that part of the crown lands not granted out to +feudal tenants, but which remained under the management of stewards +appointed by the crown. These crown lands, since the accession of George +III., have been appropriated by parliament, the sovereign receiving in +return a fixed annual sum (see CIVIL LIST). _Ancient demesne_ signified +lands or manors vested in the king at the time of the Norman Conquest. +There were special privileges surrounding tenancies of these lands, such +as freedom from tolls and duties, exemption from danegeld and +amercement, from sitting on juries, &c. Hence, the phrase "ancient +demesne" came to be applied to the tenure by which the lands were held. +Land held in ancient demesne is sometimes also called customary +freehold. (See COPYHOLD.) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] The form "demesne" is an Anglo-French spelling of the Old Fr. + _demeine_ or _demaine_, belonging to a lord, from Med. Lat. + _dominicus_, _dominus_, lord; _dominicum_ in Med. Lat. meant + _proprietas_ (see Du Cange). From the later Fr. _domaine_, which + approaches more nearly the original Lat., comes the other Eng. form + "domain," which is chiefly used in a non-legal sense of any tract of + country or district under the rule of any specific sovereign state, + &c. "Domain" is, however, the form kept in the legal phrase "Eminent + Domain" (q.v.). + + + + +DEMETER, in Greek mythology, daughter of Cronus and Rhea and sister of +Zeus, goddess of agriculture and civilized life. Her name has been +explained as (1) "grain-mother," from [Greek: deai], the Cretan form of +[Greek: xeiai], "barley," or (2) "earth-mother," or rather "mother +earth," [Greek: da] being regarded as the Doric form of [Greek: le]. She +is rarely mentioned in Homer, nor is she included amongst the Olympian +gods. + +The central fact of her cult was the story of her daughter Persephone +(Proserpine), a favourite subject in classical poetry. According to the +Homeric _Hymn to Demeter_, Persephone, while gathering flowers on the +Nysian plain (probably here a purely mythical locality), was carried off +by Hades (Pluto), the god of the lower world, with the connivance of +Zeus (see also PROSERPINE). The incident has been assigned to various +other localities--Crete, Eleusis, and Enna in Sicily, the last being +most generally adopted. This rape is supposed to point to an original +[Greek: ieros lamos], an annual holy marriage of a god and goddess of +vegetation. Wandering over the earth in search of her daughter, Demeter +learns from Helios the truth about her disappearance. In the form of an +old woman named Deo (= the "seeker," or simply a diminutive form), she +comes to the house of Celeus at Eleusis, where she is hospitably +received. Having revealed herself to the Eleusinians, she departs, in +her wrath having visited the earth with a great dearth. At last Zeus +appeases her by allowing her daughter to spend two-thirds of the year +with her in the upper world. Demeter then returns to Olympus, but before +her final departure from earth, in token of her gratitude, she instructs +the rulers of Eleusis in the art of agriculture and in the solemnities +and rites whereby she desires in future to be honoured. + +Those who were initiated into the mysteries of Eleusis found a deep +meaning in the myth, which was held to teach the principle of a future +life, founded on the return of Persephone to the upper world, or rather +on the process of nature by which seed sown in the ground must first die +and rot before it can yield new life (see MYSTERY). At Eleusis, Demeter +was venerated as the introducer of all the blessings which agriculture +brings in its train--fixed dwelling-places, civil order, marriage and a +peaceful life; hence her name _Thesmophoros_, "the bringer of law and +order," and the festival _Thesmophoria_ (q.v.). J. G. Frazer takes the +epithet to mean "bearer of the sacred objects deposited on the altar"; +L. R. Farnell (_Cults of the Greek States_, iii. 106) suggests "the +bringer of treasure or riches," as appropriate to the goddess of corn +and of the lower world; others refer the name to "the law of wedlock" +([Greek: thesmos lektroio], Odyssey, xxiii. 296, where, however, D. B. +Monro translates "place, situation"). At Eleusis also, Triptolemus +(q.v.), the son of Celeus, who was said to have invented the plough and +to have been sent by Demeter round the world to diffuse the knowledge of +agriculture, had a temple and threshing-floor. + +In the agrarian legends of Iasion and Erysichthon, Demeter also plays an +important part. Iasion (or Iasius), a beautiful youth, inspired her with +love for him in a thrice-ploughed field in Crete, the fruit of their +union being Plutus (wealth). According to Homer (_Odyssey_, v. 128) he +was slain by Zeus with a thunderbolt. The story is compared by Frazer +(_Golden Bough_, 2nd ed., ii. 217) with the west Prussian custom of the +mock birth of a child on the harvest-field, the object being to ensure a +plentiful crop for the coming year. It seems to point to the +supersession of a primitive local Cretan divinity by Demeter, and the +adoption of agriculture by the inhabitants, bringing wealth in its train +in the form of the fruits of the earth, both vegetable and mineral. Some +scholars, identifying Iasion with Jason (q.v.), regard Thessaly as the +original home of the legend, and the union with Demeter as the [Greek: +ieros gamos] of mother earth with a health god. Erysichthon ("tearer up +of the earth"), son of Triopas or Myrmidon, having cut down the trees in +a grove sacred to the goddess, was punished by her with terrible hunger +(Callimachus, _Hymn to Demeter_; Ovid, _Metam._ viii. 738-878). Perhaps +Erysichthon may be explained as the personification of the labourer, who +by the systematic cultivation and tilling of the soil endeavours to +force the crops, instead of allowing them to mature unmolested as in the +good old times. Tearing up the soil with the plough is regarded as an +invasion of the domain of the earth-mother, punished by the +all-devouring hunger for wealth, that increases with increasing produce. +According to another view, Erysichthon is the destroyer of trees, who +wastes away as the plant itself loses its vigour. It is possible that +the story may originally have been connected with tree-worship. Here +again, as in the case of Iasion, a conflict between an older and a +younger cult seems to be alluded to (for the numerous interpretations +see O. Crusius _s.v._ in Roscher's _Lexikon_). + +It is as a corn-goddess that Demeter appears in Homer and Hesiod, and +numerous epithets from various sources (see Bruchmann, _Epitheta +Deorum_, supplement to Roscher's _Lexikon_, i. 2) attest her character +as such. The name [Greek: Ioulo] (? at Delos), from [Greek: ioulos], +"corn-sheaf," has been regarded as identifying the goddess with the +sheaf, and as proving that the cult of Demeter originated in the worship +of the corn-mother or corn-spirit, the last sheaf having a more or less +divine character for the primitive husbandman. According to this view, +the prototypes of Demeter and Persephone are the corn-mother and harvest +maiden of northern Europe, the corn-fetishes of the field (Frazer, +_Golden Bough_, 2nd ed., ii. 217, 222; but see Farnell, _Cults_, iii. +35). The influence of Demeter, however, was not limited to corn, but +extended to vegetation generally and all the fruits of the earth, with +the curious exception of the bean, the use of which was forbidden at +Eleusis, and for the protection of which a special patron was invented. +In this wider sense Demeter is akin to Ge, with whom she has several +epithets in common, and is sometimes identified with Rhea-Cybele; thus +Pindar speaks of Demeter [Greek: chalkokrotos] ("brass-rattling"), an +epithet obviously more suitable to the Asiatic than to the Greek +earth-goddess. Although the goddess of agriculture is naturally inclined +to peace and averse from war, the memory of the time when her land was +won and kept by the sword still lingers in the epithets [Greek: +chrysaoros] and [Greek: xiphephoros] and in the name Triptolemus, which +probably means "thrice fighter" rather than "thrice plougher." + +Another important aspect of Demeter was that of a divinity of the +under-world; as such she is [Greek: chthonia] at Sparta and especially +at Hermione in Argolis, where she had a celebrated temple, said to have +been founded by Clymenus (one of the names of Hades-Pluto) and his +sister Chthonia, the children of Phoroneus, an Argive hero. Here there +was said to be a descent into the lower world, and local tradition made +it the scene of the rape of Persephone. At the festival Chthonia, a cow +(representing, according to Mannhardt, the spirit of vegetation), which +voluntarily presented itself, was sacrificed by three old women. Those +joining in the procession wore garlands of hyacinth, which seems to +attribute a chthonian character to the ceremony, although it may also +have been connected with agriculture (see S. Wide, _De Sacris +Troezeniorum, Hermionensium, Epidauriorum_, Upsala, 1888). The striking +use of the term [Greek: demetreioi] in the sense of "the dead" may be +noted in this connexion. + +The remarkable epithets, [Greek: Erinys] and [Greek: Melaina], as +applied to Demeter, were both localized in Arcadia, the first at +Thelpusa (or rather Onkeion close by), the second at Phigalia (see W. +Immerwahr, _Die Kulte und Mythen Arkadiens_, i. 1891). According to the +Thelpusan story, Demeter, during her wanderings in search of Persephone, +changed herself into a mare to avoid the persecution of Poseidon. The +god, however, assumed the form of a stallion, and the fruit of the union +was a daughter of mystic name and the horse Areion (or Erion). Demeter, +at first enraged, afterwards calmed down, and washed herself in the +river Ladon by way of purification. Demeter "the angry" ([Greek: +erinys]) became Demeter "the bather" ([Greek: lousia]). An almost +identical story was current in the neighbourhood of Tilphossa, a +Boeotian spring. In the Phigalian legend, no mention is made of the +horse Areion, but only of the daughter, who is called Despoina +(mistress), a title common to all divinities connected with the +under-world. Demeter, clad in black (hence [Greek: melaina]) in token of +mourning for her daughter and wrath with Poseidon, retired into a cave. +During that time the earth bore no fruit, and the inhabitants of the +world were threatened with starvation. At last Pan, the old god of +Arcadia, discovered her hiding-place, and informed Zeus, who sent the +Moirae (Fates) to fetch her out. The cave, still called Mavrospelya +("black cave"), was ever afterwards regarded as sacred to Demeter, and +in it, according to information given to Pausanias, there had been set +up an image of the goddess, a female form seated on a rock, but with a +horse's head and mane, to which were attached snakes and other wild +animals. It was clothed in a black garment reaching to the feet, and +held in one hand a dolphin, in the other a dove. The image was destroyed +by fire, replaced by the sculptor Onatas from inspiration in a dream, +but disappeared again before the time of Pausanias. + +Both [Greek: melaina] and [Greek: erinus], according to Farnell, are +epithets of Demeter as an earth-goddess of the under-world. The first +has been explained as referring to the gloom of her abode, or the +blackness of the withered corn. The second, according to Max Muller and +A. Kuhn, is the etymological equivalent of the Sanskrit Saranyu, who, +having turned herself into a mare, is pursued by Vivasvat, and becomes +the mother of the two Asvins, the Indian Dioscuri, the Indian and Greek +myths being regarded as identical. According to Farnell, the meaning of +the epithet is to be looked for in the original conception of Erinys, +which was that of an earth-goddess akin to Ge, thus naturally associated +with Demeter, rather than that of a wrathful avenging deity. + +Various interpretations have been given of the horse-headed form of the +Black Demeter: (1) that the horse was one of the forms of the +corn-spirit in ancient Greece; (2) that it was an animal "devoted" to +the chthonian goddess; (3) that it is totemistic; (4) that the form was +adopted from Poseidon Hippios, who is frequently associated with the +earth-goddess and is said to have received the name Hippios first at +Thelpusa, in order that Demeter might figure as the mother of Areion +(for a discussion of the whole subject see Farnell, _Cults_, iii. pp. +50-62). The union of Poseidon and Demeter is thus explained by +Mannhardt. As the waves of the sea are fancifully compared to horses, so +a field of corn, waving in the breeze, may be said to represent the +wedding of the sea-god and the corn-goddess. In any case the association +of Poseidon, representing the fertilizing element of moisture, with +Demeter, who causes the plants and seeds to grow, is quite natural, and +seems to have been widespread. + +Demeter also appears as a goddess of health, of birth and of marriage; +and a certain number of political and ethnic titles is assigned to her. +Of the latter the most noteworthy are: [Greek: Panachaia] at Aegium in +Achaea, pointing to some connexion with the Achaean league; [Greek: +Achaia],[1] "the Achaean goddess," unless it refers to the "sorrow" of +the goddess for the loss of her daughter (cf. [Greek: Achea] in +Boeotia); and, most important of all, [Greek: Amphiktyonis], at Anthela +near Thermopylae, as patron-goddess of the Amphictyonic league, +subsequently so well known in connexion with the temple at Delphi. + +The Eleusinia and Thesmophoria are discussed elsewhere, but brief +mention may here be made of certain agrarian festivals held in honour of +Demeter. + +1. _Haloa_, obviously connected with [Greek: halos] ("threshing-floor"), +begun at Athens and finished at Eleusis, where there was a +threshing-floor of Triptolemus, in the month Poseideon (December). This +date, which is confirmed by historical and epigraphical evidence, seems +inappropriate, and it is suggested (A. Mommsen, _Feste der Stadt Athen_, +p. 365 foll.) that the festival, originally held in autumn, was +subsequently placed later, so as to synchronize with the winter +Dionysia. Dionysus, as the god of vines, and (in a special procession) +Poseidon [Greek: phytalmios] ("god of vegetation") were associated with +Demeter. In addition to being a harvest festival, marked by the ordinary +popular rejoicings, the Haloa had a religious character. The [Greek: +aparchai] ("first fruits") were conveyed to Eleusis, where sacrifice was +offered by a priestess, men being prohibited from undertaking the duty. +A [Greek: telete] ("initiatory ceremony") of women by a woman also took +place at Eleusis, characterized by obscene jests and the use of phallic +emblems. The sacramental meal on this occasion consisted of the produce +of land and sea, certain things (pomegranates, honey, eggs) being +forbidden for mystical reasons. Although the offerings at the festival +were bloodless, the ceremony of the presentation of the [Greek: +aparchai] was probably accompanied by animal sacrifice (Farnell, +Foucart); Mommsen, however, considers the offerings to have been pastry +imitations. Certain games ([Greek: patrios agon]), of which nothing is +known, terminated the proceedings. In Roman imperial times the ephebi +had to deliver a speech at the Haloa. + +2. _Chloeia_ or _Chloia_, the festival of the corn beginning to sprout, +held at Eleusis in the early spring (Anthesterion) in honour of Demeter +Chloe, "the green," the goddess of growing vegetation. This is to be +distinguished from the later sacrifice of a ram to the same goddess on +the 6th of the month Thargelion, probably intended as an act of +propitiation. It has been identified with the _Procharisteria_ +(sometimes called _Proschaireteria_), another spring festival, but this +is doubtful. The scholiast on Pindar (Ol. ix. 150) mentions an Athenian +harvest festival _Eucharisteria_. + +3. _Proerosia_, at which prayers were offered for an abundant harvest, +before the land was ploughed for sowing. It was also called +_Proarcturia_, an indication that it was held before the rising of +Arcturus. According to the traditional account, when Greece was +threatened with famine, the Delphic oracle ordered first-fruits to be +brought to Athens from all parts of the country, which were to be +offered by the Athenians to the goddess Deo on behalf of all the +contributors. The most important part of the festival was the three +sacred ploughings--the Athenian [Greek: hypo polin], the Eleusinian on +the Rharian plain, the Scirian (a compromise between Athens and +Eleusis). The festival itself took place, probably some time in +September, at Eleusis. In later times the ephebi also took part in the +Proerosia. + +4. _Thalysia_, a thanksgiving festival, held in autumn after the harvest +in the island of Cos (see Theocritus vii.). + +5. The name of Demeter is also associated with the _Scirophoria_ (see +ATHENA). It is considered probable that the festival was originally held +in honour of Athena, but that the growing importance of the Eleusinia +caused it to be attached to Demeter and Kore. + +The attributes of Demeter are chiefly connected with her character as +goddess of agriculture and vegetation--ears of corn, the poppy, the +mystic basket (_calathus_) filled with flowers, corn and fruit of all +kinds, the pomegranate being especially common. Of animals, the cow and +the pig are her favourites, the latter owing to its productivity and the +cathartic properties of its blood. The crane is associated with her as +an indicator of the weather. As a chthonian divinity she is accompanied +by a snake; the myrtle, asphodel and narcissus (which Persephone was +gathering when carried off by Hades) also are sacred to her. + +In Greek art, Demeter is made to resemble Hera, only more matronly and +of milder expression; her form is broader and fuller. She is sometimes +riding in a chariot drawn by horses or dragons, sometimes walking, +sometimes seated upon a throne, alone or with her daughter. The Demeter +of Cnidus in the British Museum, of the school of Praxiteles, apparently +shows her mourning for the loss of her daughter. The article GREEK ART, +fig. 67 (pl. iv.), gives a probable representation of Demeter (or her +priestess) from the stone of a vault in a Crimean grave. + +The Romans identified Demeter with their own Ceres (q.v.). + + See L. Preller, _Demeter und Persephone_ (1837); P. R. Forster, _Der + Raub und die Ruckkehr der Persephone_ (1874), in which considerable + space is devoted to the representations of the myth in art; W. + Mannhardt, _Mythologische Forschungen_ (1884); J. E. Harrison, + _Prolegomena to the Study of Greek Religion_ (1903); L. Dyer, _The + Gods in Greece_ (1891); J. G. Frazer, _The Golden Bough_ (2nd ed.), + ii. 168-222; L. Preller, _Griechische Mythologie_ (4th ed., by C. + Robert); O. Kern in Pauly-Wissowa's _Realencyclopadie_, iv. pt. 2 + (1901); L. Bloch in Roscher's _Lexikon der Mythologie_; O. Gruppe, + _Griechische Mythologie und Religionsgeschichte_, ii. (1907); L. R. + Farnell, _Cults of the Greek States_, iii. (1907); article "Ceres" by + F. Lenormant in Daremberg and Saglio's _Dictionnaire des antiquites_. + (J. H. F.) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] O. Gruppe (_Griechische Mythologie_, ii. 1177, note 1) considers + it "certain" that [Greek: Achaia = Acheloia], although he is unable + to explain the form. + + + + +DEMETRIA, a Greek festival in honour of Demeter, held at seed-time, and +lasting ten days. Nothing is known of it beyond the fact that the men +who took part in it lashed one another with whips of bark ([Greek: +morotton]), while the women made obscene jests. It is even doubtful +whether it was a particular festival at all or only another name for the +Eleusinia or Thesmophoria. The Dionysia also were called Demetria in +honour of Demetrius Poliorcetes, upon whom divine honours were conferred +by the Athenians. + + Hesychius, s.v. [Greek: morotton]; Pollux i. 37; Diod. Sic. v. 4; + Plutarch, _Demetrius_, 12; Daremberg and Saglio, _Dictionnaire des + antiquites_. + + + + +DEMETRIUS, king of Bactria, was the son of the Graeco-Bactrian king +Euthydemus, for whom he negotiated a peace with Antiochus the Great in +206 (Polyb. xi. 34). Soon afterwards he crossed the Hindu Kush and began +the invasion of India (Strabo xi. 516); he conquered the Punjab and the +valley of the Indus down to the sea and to Gujerat. The town Sangala, a +town of the Kathaeans in the Punjab (Arrian v. 22, 2 ff.), he named +after his father Euthydemia (Ptol. vii. 1, 46). That his power extended +into Arachosia (Afghanistan) is proved by the name of a town Demetrias +near Kandahar (Isidor. Charac. 19, cf. Strabo xi. 516). On his coins he +wears an elephant's skin with trunk and teeth on his head; on bronze +coins, which have also an Indian legend in Kharoshti letters (see +BACTRIA), he calls himself the unvanquished king ([Greek: Basileos +aniketou Demetriou]). One of his coins has already the square form used +in India instead of the circular. Eventually he was defeated by the +usurper Eucratides (q.v.), who meanwhile had risen to great power in +Bactria. About his death we know nothing; his young son Euthydemus II. +(known only from coins) can have ruled only a short time. (Ed. M.) + + + + +DEMETRIUS, the name of two kings of Macedonia. + +1. DEMETRIUS I. (337-283 B.C.), surnamed _Poliorcetes_ ("Besieger"), son +of Antigonus Cyclops and Stratonice. At the age of twenty-two he was +left by his father to defend Syria against Ptolemy the son of Lagus; he +was totally defeated near Gaza (312), but soon partially repaired his +loss by a victory in the neighbourhood of Myus. After an unsuccessful +expedition against Babylon, and several campaigns against Ptolemy on the +coasts of Cilicia and Cyprus, Demetrius sailed with a fleet of 250 ships +to Athens. He freed the city from the power of Cassander and Ptolemy, +expelled the garrison which had been stationed there under Demetrius of +Phalerum, and besieged and took Munychia (307). After these victories he +was worshipped by the Athenians as a tutelary deity under the title of +_Soter_ ("Preserver"). In the campaign of 306 against Ptolemy he +defeated Menelaus (the brother of Ptolemy) in Cyprus, and completely +destroyed the naval power of Egypt. In 305 he endeavoured to punish the +Rhodians for having deserted his cause; and his ingenuity in devising +new instruments of siege, in his unsuccessful attempt to reduce the +capital, gained him the appellation of Poliorcetes. He returned a second +time to Greece as liberator. But his licentiousness and extravagance +made the Athenians regret the government of Cassander. He soon, however, +roused the jealousy of the successors of Alexander; and Seleucus, +Cassander and Lysimachus united to destroy Antigonus and his son. The +hostile armies met at Ipsus in Phrygia (301). Antigonus was killed in +the battle, and Demetrius, after sustaining a severe loss, retired to +Ephesus. This reverse of fortune raised up many enemies against him; and +the Athenians refused even to admit him into their city. But he soon +afterwards ravaged the territory of Lysimachus, and effected a +reconciliation with Seleucus, to whom he gave his daughter Stratonice in +marriage. Athens was at this time oppressed by the tyranny of Lachares; +but Demetrius, after a protracted blockade, gained possession of the +city (294) and pardoned the inhabitants their former misconduct. In the +same year he established himself on the throne of Macedonia by the +murder of Alexander, the son of Cassander. But here he was continually +threatened by Pyrrhus, who took advantage of his occasional absence to +ravage the defenceless part of his kingdom (Plutarch, _Pyrrhus_, 7 ff.); +and at length the combined forces of Pyrrhus, Ptolemy and Lysimachus, +assisted by the disaffected among his own subjects, obliged him to leave +Macedonia after he had sat on the throne for six years (294-288). He +passed into Asia, and attacked some of the provinces of Lysimachus with +varying success; but famine and pestilence destroyed the greater part of +his army, and he solicited Seleucus for support and assistance. But +before he reached Syria hostilities broke out; and after he had gained +some advantages over his son-in-law, Demetrius was totally forsaken by +his troops on the field of battle, and surrendered his person to +Seleucus. His son Antigonus offered all his possessions, and even his +person, in order to procure his father's liberty; but all proved +unavailing, and Demetrius died in the fifty-fourth year of his age, +after a confinement of three years (283). His remains were given to +Antigonus, honoured with a splendid funeral at Corinth, and thence +conveyed to Demetrias. His posterity remained in possession of the +Macedonian throne till the time of Perseus, who was conquered by the +Romans. + + See _Life_ by Plutarch; Diod. Sic. xix. xx.; Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, + _Antigonos von Karystos_; De Sanctis, _Contributi alla storia + Ateniese_ in Beloch's _Studi di storia antica_ (1893); Fergusson in + Lehmann's _Beitrage z. alt. Gesch._ (_Klio_) vol. v. (1905); also + authorities under MACEDONIAN EMPIRE. + +2. DEMETRIUS II., son of Antigonus Gonatas, reigned from 239 to 229 B.C. +He had already during his father's lifetime distinguished himself by +defeating Alexander of Epirus at Derdia and so saving Macedonia (about +260?). On his accession he had to face a coalition which the two great +leagues, usually rivals, the Aetolian and Achaean, formed against the +Macedonian power. He succeeded in dealing this coalition severe blows, +wresting Boeotia from their alliance. The revolution in Epirus, which +substituted a republican league for the monarchy, gravely weakened his +position. Demetrius had also to defend Macedonia against the wild +peoples of the north. A battle with the Dardanians turned out +disastrously, and he died shortly afterwards, leaving Philip, his son +by Chryseis, still a child. Former wives of Demetrius were Stratonice, +the daughter of the Seleucid king Antiochus I., Phthia the daughter of +Alexander of Epirus, and Nicaea, the widow of his cousin Alexander. The +chronology of these marriages is a matter of dispute. + + See Thirlwall, _History of Greece_, vol. viii. (1847); Ad. Holm, + _Griech. Gesch._ vol. iv. (1894); B. Niese, _Gesch. d. griech. u. + maked. Staaten_, vol. ii. (1899); J. Beloch, _Griech. Gesch._ vol. + iii. (1904). (E. R. B.) + + + + +DEMETRIUS, the name of three kings of Syria. + +DEMETRIUS I. (d. 150 B.C.), surnamed _Soter_, was sent to Rome as a +hostage during the reign of his father, Seleucus IV. Philopator, but +after his father's death in 175 B.C. he escaped from confinement, and +established himself on the Syrian throne (162 B.C.) after overthrowing +and murdering King Antiochus V. Eupator. He acquired his surname of +_Soter_, or _Saviour_, from the Babylonians, whom he delivered from the +tyranny of the Median satrap, Timarchus, and is famous in Jewish history +for his contests with the Maccabees. Hated for his vices, Demetrius fell +in battle against the usurper, Alexander Balas, in 150 B.C. + +DEMETRIUS II. (d. 125 B.C.), surnamed _Nicator_, son of Demetrius I., +fled to Crete after the death of his father, but about 147 B.C. he +returned to Syria, and with the help of Ptolemy VII. Philometor, king of +Egypt, regained his father's throne. In 140 B.C. he marched against +Mithradates, king of Parthia, but was taken prisoner by treachery, and +remained in captivity for ten years, regaining his throne about 129 B.C. +on the death of his brother, Antiochus VII., who had usurped it. His +cruelties and vices, however, caused him to be greatly detested, and +during another civil war he was defeated in a battle at Damascus, and +killed near Tyre, possibly at the instigation of his wife, a daughter of +Ptolemy VII., who was indignant at his subsequent marriage with a +daughter of the Parthian king, Mithradates. His successor was his son, +Antiochus VIII. Grypus. + +DEMETRIUS III. (d. 88 B.C.), called _Euergetes_ and _Philometor_, was +the son of Antiochus VIII. Grypus. By the assistance of Ptolemy X. +Lathyrus, king of Egypt, he recovered part of his Syrian dominions from +Antiochus X. Eusebes, and held his court at Damascus. In attempting to +dethrone his brother, Philip Epiphanes, he was defeated by the Arabs and +Parthians, was taken prisoner, and kept in confinement in Parthia by +King Mithradates until his death in 88 B.C. + + + + +DEMETRIUS, a Greek sculptor of the early part of the 4th century B.C., +who is said by ancient critics to have been notable for the life-like +realism of his statues. His portrait of Pellichus, a Corinthian general, +"with fat paunch and bald head, wearing a cloak which leaves him half +exposed, with some of the hairs of his head flowing in the wind, and +prominent veins," was admired by Lucian. He was contrasted with Cresilas +(q.v.), an idealizing sculptor of the generation before. Since however +the peculiarities mentioned by Lucian do not appear in Greek portraits +before the 3rd century B.C., and since the Greek art of the 4th century +consistently idealizes, there would seem to be a difficulty to explain. +The date of Demetrius above given is confirmed by inscriptions found on +the Athenian Acropolis. (P. G.) + + + + +DEMETRIUS, a Cynic philosopher, born at Sunium, who lived partly at +Corinth and later in Rome during the reigns of Caligula, Nero and +Vespasian. He was an intimate friend of Thrasea Paetus and Seneca, and +was held in the highest estimation for his consistent disregard of +creature comfort in the pursuit of virtue. His contempt for worldly +prosperity is shown by his reply to Caligula who, wishing to gain his +friendship, sent him a large present. He replied, "If Caligula had +intended to bribe me, he should have offered me his crown." Vespasian +banished him, but Demetrius laughed at the punishment and mocked the +emperor's anger. He reached the logical conclusion of Cynicism in +attaching no real importance to scientific data. + + + + +DEMETRIUS DONSKOI[1] (1350-1389), grand duke of Vladimir and Moscow, son +of the grand duke Ivan Ivanovich by his second consort Aleksandra, was +placed on the grand-ducal throne of Vladimir by the Tatar khan in 1362, +and married the princess Eudoxia of Nizhniy Novgorod in 1364. It was now +that Moscow was first fortified by a strong wall, or _kreml_ (citadel), +and the grand duke began "to bring all the other princes under his +will." Michael, prince of Tver, appealed however for help to Olgierd, +grand duke of Lithuania, who appeared before Moscow with his army and +compelled Demetrius to make restitution to the prince of Tver (1369). +The war between Tver and Vladimir continued intermittently for some +years, and both the Tatars and the Lithuanians took an active part in +it. Demetrius was generally successful in what was really a contention +for the supremacy. In 1371 he won over the khan by a personal visit to +the Horde, and in 1372 he defeated the Lithuanians at Lyubutsk. +Demetrius then formed a league of all the Russian princes against the +Tatars and in 1380 encountered them on the plain of Kulikovo, between +the rivers Nepryadvaya and Don, where he completely routed them, the +grand khan Mamai perishing in his flight from the field. But now +Toktamish, the deputy of Tamerlane, suddenly appeared in the Horde and +organized a punitive expedition against Demetrius. Moscow was taken by +treachery, and the Russian lands were again subdued by the Tatars +(1381). Nevertheless, while compelled to submit to the Horde, Demetrius +maintained his hegemony over Tver, Novgorod and the other recalcitrant +Russian principalities, and even held his own against the Lithuanian +grand dukes, so that by his last testament he was able to leave not only +his ancestral possessions but his grand-dukedom also to his son Basil. +Demetrius was one of the greatest of the north Russian grand dukes. He +was not merely a cautious and tactful statesman, but also a valiant and +capable captain, in striking contrast to most of the princes of his +house. + + See Sergyei Solovev, _History of Russia_ (Rus.), vols, i.-ii. (St + Petersburg, 1857), &c.; Nikolai Savelev, _Demetrius Ivanovich Donskoi_ + (Rus.), (Moscow, 1837). (R. N. B.) + + +FOOTNOTE: + + [1] Of the Don. + + + + +DEMETRIUS PHALEREUS (c. 345-283 B.C.), Attic orator, statesman and +philosopher, born at Phalerum, was a pupil of Theophrastus and an +adherent of the Peripatetic school. He governed the city of Athens as +representative of Cassander (q.v.) for ten years from 317. It is said +that he so won the hearts of the people that 360 statues were erected in +his honour; but opinions are divided as to the character of his rule. On +the restoration of the old democracy by Demetrius Poliorcetes, he was +condemned to death by the fickle Athenians and obliged to leave the +city. He escaped to Egypt, where he was protected by Ptolemy Lagus, to +whom he is said to have suggested the foundation of the Alexandrian +library. Having incurred the displeasure of Lagus's successor +Philadelphus, Demetrius was banished to Upper Egypt, where he died +(according to some, voluntarily) from the bite of an asp. Demetrius +composed a large number of works on poetry, history, politics, rhetoric +and accounts of embassies, all of which are lost. + + The treatise [Greek: Peri Hermeneias] (on rhetorical expression), + which is often ascribed to him, is probably the work of a later + Alexandrian (1st century A.D.) of the same name; it has been edited by + L. Radermacher (1901) and W. Rhys Roberts (1902), the last-named + providing English translation, introduction, notes, glossary and + complete bibliography. Fragments in C. Muller, _Frag. Hist. Graec._ + ii. p. 362. See A. Holm, _History of Greece_ (Eng. trans.), iv. 60. + + + + +DEMETRIUS, PSEUDO- (or FALSE), the name by which three Muscovite princes +and pretenders, who claimed to be Demetrius, son of Ivan the Terrible, +are known in history. The real Demetrius had been murdered, while still +a child, in 1591, at Uglich, his widowed mother's appanage. + +1. In the reign of Tsar Boris Godunov (1598-1605), the first of these +pretenders, whose origin is still obscure, emigrated to Lithuania and +persuaded many of the magnates there of his tsarish birth, and +consequently of his right to the Muscovite throne. His real name seems +to have been Yury or Gregory, and he was the grandson of Bogdan Otrepev, +a Galician boyar, and a tool in the hands of Tsar Boris Godunov's +enemies. He first appears in history _circa_ 1600, when his learning and +assurance seem to have greatly impressed the Muscovite patriarch Job. +Tsar Boris, however, ordered him to be seized and examined, whereupon he +fled to Prince Constantine Ostrogsky at Ostrog, and subsequently entered +the service of another Lithuanian, Prince Wisniwiecki, who accepted him +for what he pretended to be and tried to enlist the sympathy of the +Polish king, Sigismund III., in his favour. The king refused to support +him officially, but his cause was taken up, as a speculation, by the +Polish magnate Yury Mniszek, whose daughter Marina he afterwards wedded +and crowned as his tsaritsa. The Jesuits also seem to have believed in +the man, who was evidently an unconscious impostor brought up from his +youth to believe that he was the real Demetrius; numerous fugitives from +Moscow also acknowledged him, and finally he set out, at the head of an +army of Polish and Lithuanian volunteers, Cossacks and Muscovite +fugitives, to drive out the Godunovs, after being received into the +Church of Rome. At the beginning of 1604 he was invited to Cracow, where +Sigismund presented him to the papal nuncio Rangoni. His public +conversion took place on the 17th of April. In October the false +Demetrius crossed the Russian frontier, and shortly afterwards routed a +large Muscovite army beneath the walls of Novgorod-Syeversk. The sudden +death of Tsar Boris (April 13, 1605) removed the last barrier to the +further progress of the pretender. The principal Russian army, under P. +F. Basmanov, at once went over to him (May 7); on the 20th of June he +made his triumphal entry into Moscow, and on the 21st of July he was +crowned tsar by a new patriarch of his own choosing, the Greek Isidore. +He at once proceeded to introduce a whole series of political and +economical reforms. From all accounts, he must have been a man of +original genius and extraordinary resource. He did his best to relieve +the burdens of the peasantry; he formed the project of a grand alliance +between the emperor, the pope, Venice, Poland and Muscovy against the +Turk; he displayed an amazing toleration in religious matters which made +people suspect that he was a crypto-Arian; and far from being, as was +expected, the tool of Poland and the pope, he maintained from the first +a dignified and independent attitude. But his extravagant opinion of his +own authority (he lost no time in styling himself emperor), and his +predilection for Western civilization, alarmed the ultra-conservative +boyars (the people were always on his side), and a conspiracy was formed +against him, headed by Basil Shuisky, whose life he had saved a few +months previously. A favourable opportunity for the conspirators +presented itself on the 8th of May 1606, when Demetrius was married to +Marina Mniszek. Taking advantage of the hostility of the Muscovites +towards the Polish regiments which had escorted Marina to Moscow and +there committed some excesses, the boyars urged the citizens to rise +against the Poles, while they themselves attacked and slew Demetrius in +the Kreml on the night of the 17th of May. + + See Sergyei Solovev, _History of Russia_ (Rus.), vol. viii. (St + Petersburg, 1857, &c.); Nikolai Kostomarov, _Historical Monographs_ + (Rus.) vols, iv.-vi. (St Petersburg, 1863, &c.); Orest Levitsky, _The + First False Demetrius as the Propagandist of Catholicism in Russia_ + (Rus.) (St Petersburg, 1886); Paul Pierling, _Rome et Demetrius_ + (Paris, 1878); R. N. Bain, _Poland and Russia_, cap. 10 (Cambridge, + 1907). + +2. The second pretender, called "the thief of Tushino," first appeared +on the scene _circa_ 1607 at Starodub. He is supposed to have been +either a priest's son or a converted Jew, and was highly educated, +relatively to the times he lived in, knowing as he did the Russian and +Polish languages and being somewhat of an expert in liturgical matters. +He pretended at first to be the Muscovite boyarin Nagi; but confessed, +under torture, that he was Demetrius Ivanovich, whereupon he was taken +at his word and joined by thousands of Cossacks, Poles and Muscovites. +He speedily captured Karachev, Bryansk and other towns; was reinforced +by the Poles; and in the spring of 1608 advanced upon Moscow, routing +the army of Tsar Basil Shuisky, at Bolkhov, on his way. Liberal promises +of the wholesale confiscation of the estates of the boyars drew the +common people to him, and he entrenched himself at the village of +Tushino, twelve versts from the capital, which he converted into an +armed camp, collecting therein 7000 Polish soldiers, 10,000 Cossacks and +10,000 of the rabble. In the course of the year he captured Marina +Mniszek, who acknowledged him to be her husband (subsequently quieting +her conscience by privately marrying this impostor, who in no way +resembled her first husband), and brought him the support of the +Lithuanian magnates Mniszek and Sapieha so that his forces soon exceeded +100,000 men. He raised to the rank of patriarch another illustrious +captive, Philaret Romanov, and won over the towns of Yaroslavl, +Kostroma, Vologda, Kashin and other places to his allegiance. But a +series of subsequent disasters, and the arrival of King Sigismund III. +at Sinolensk, induced him to fly his camp disguised as a peasant and go +to Kostroma, where Marina joined him and he lived once more in regal +state. He also made another but unsuccessful attack on Moscow, and, +supported by the Don Cossacks, recovered a hold over all south-eastern +Russia. He was killed, while half drunk, on the 11th of December 1610, +by a Tatar whom he had flogged. + + See Sergyei Solovev, _History of Russia_ (Rus.) vol. viii. (St + Petersburg, 1657, &c.). + +3. The third, a still more enigmatical person than his predecessors, +supposed to have been a deacon called Siderka, appeared suddenly, "from, +behind the river Yanza," in the Ingrian town of Ivangorod (Narva), +proclaiming himself the tsarevich Demetrius Ivanovich, on the 28th of +March 1611. The Cossacks, ravaging the environs of Moscow, acknowledged +him as tsar on the 2nd of March 1612, and under threat of vengeance in +case of non-compliance, the gentry of Pskov also kissed the cross to +"the thief of Pskov," as he was usually nicknamed. On the 18th of May +1612 he fled from Pskov, was seized and delivered up to the authorities +at Moscow, and there executed. + + See Sergyei Solovev, _History of Russia_ (Rus.), vol. viii. (St + Petersburg, 1857, &c.). (R. N. B.) + + + + +DEMIDOV, the name of a famous Russian family, founded by Nikita Demidov +(b. c. 1665), who was originally a blacksmith serf. He made his fortune +by his skill in the manufacture of weapons, and established an iron +foundry for the government. Peter the Great, with whom he was a +favourite, ennobled him in 1720. His son, Akinfiy Demidov (d. c. 1740), +increased his inherited wealth by the discovery and working of gold, +silver and copper mines. The latter's nephew, Paul Grigoryevich Demidov +(1738-1821), was a great traveller who was a benefactor of Russian +scientific education; he founded an annual prize for Russian literature, +awarded by the Academy of Sciences. Paul's nephew, Nikolay Nikitich +Demidov (1774-1828), raised and commanded a regiment to oppose +Napoleon's invasion, and carried on the accumulation of the family +wealth from mining; he contributed liberally to the erection of four +bridges in St Petersburg, and to the propagation of scientific culture +in Moscow. Paul's son, Anatoli Demidov (1812-1870), was a well-known +traveller and patron of art; he married Princess Mathilde, daughter of +Jerome Bonaparte. + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th +Edition, Volume 7, Slice 10, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ENCYC. BRITANNICA, VOL 7 SL 10 *** + +***** This file should be named 38892.txt or 38892.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/8/9/38892/ + +Produced by Marius Masi, Don Kretz and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/38892.zip b/38892.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd14287 --- /dev/null +++ b/38892.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0718587 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #38892 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/38892) |
